Skip to main content

Full text of "Canada medical record"

See other formats


!- 


O-xio 


x»f  tie 


THE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


A    MONTHLY    JOURNAL    OF" 


Medicine  and  Surgery. 


J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D. 


ASSOCIATE     EDITORS 


F.  WAYLAND  CAMPBELL,  M.A.,  M.D.,  D.C.L.,  L.R.C.P.  Lond. 
W.  H.  DRUMMOND,  M.D. 


Volmne  XXVI,  Jan.,  1898,  to  Dec,  1898. 


pHoxiXvtVii  •■ 

ISHED  BY  JOHN"  LOVELL  6*  SONv 


'4li^^i 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  XXVI. 


ORIGINAL  COMMUNICATIONS. 

Acute  Infective  Pyo-Nephrosis, 
Complicating  Pregnancy 477 

Alcoholic  Excesses,  What  Classes 
of  Injuries  to  the  Human  Body 
dependent  on  Violence  are 
caused  by 311 

Aneurism  of  the  Ascending  Por- 
tion of  the  Aorta — Report  of  the 
Case 116 

Bell's  Paralysis,  Clinical  Lecture 
on 584 

Canadian  Medical  Association 421 

Colostomy,  Artificial  Anus  closed 
five  months  after— Report  of  the 
Case 113 

European  Gynaecologists  and  their 
Work,  Some  leading 316,  370 

Fibroid  Tumor,  Report  oftwo  cases 
in  which  a,  was  expelled  from 
the  Uterus  after  Electrical  Treat- 
ment      57 

General  Paralysis,  Case  of 365 

Gynaecological  Notes  from  Paris...  263 

Incontinence  of  Urine,  A  case  of, 
cured  by  Anterior  and  Poster- 
ior Colporrhaphy 531 

Inebriates,  Treatment  of 429 

Medicine,  The  Pioneers  of,  in  the 
Province  of  Quebec 425 

Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  The 
Section  of •..' l 

Pulmonary  Tuberculosis,  Oxytu- 
berculine  in  the  Treatment  of...  483 

Strontium  and  its  Salts  165 

Suppurative  Pylephlebitis,  A  case 
of,  with  no  apparent  cause 529 

Tubal  Pregnancy,  Two  Cases  of— 
Operation — Recovery 581 

Valedictory  Address  to  the  Gradu- 
ating Class,  1898,  at  the  26th 
Annual  Convocation  University 
of  Bishop's  College  Faculty  of 
Medicine 170 

Valedictory  of  the  Graduating 
Class,  1898,  University  of 
Bishop's  College  Faculty  of  Med- 
icine        175 

Ventrofixation,  Pregnancy  follow- 
ing, with  Improvements  in  Tech- 
nique   213 

CLINICAL,    LECTURES. 

Bilateral      Abductor      Laiyngeal 

Paralysis  , 215 

Exophthalmic  Goitre 61 


SELECTED   ARTICLES. 

Cheyne-Stokes    Respiration 221 

Diabetes,  Points  connected  with 
the    Pathology  and   Treatment 

of 119 

Diagnosis,  The  Centrifuge  as  an 
aid  to,  with  a  demonstration  of 
the  Urine-Sedimentor  Hemato- 
krit,  and  the  special  Apparatus 
for  the  Examination  of  Milk  and 

Sputum 328 

Neurasthenia 325 

Rontgen  Ray  and  its  Usefulness...  268 
Tuberculosis,  The    Treatment  of, 
by  Compulsory  Hygiene 533 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY. 

Albumen  Preparation,  Use    of  a 

new 541 

Alkaline  Silicates  in  Weakly  Min- 
eralized Water,  The 442 

Anemias  of  Infancy,  Remarks  on 
the   Classification  of  the,    with 

a  report  of  a  severe  case 543 

Anesthetics,  Experimental  Re- 
searches on  the  Effects  of  Dif- 
ferent   605 

Aortic  Incompetency,  The   use  of 

Digitalisin 68 

Appendicitis 494 

Arterio-Sclerosis,  The  Treatment 
of  Cardiac  Affections  dependent 

upon 439 

Ataxia  in  Tabes  Dorsalis,  Treat- 
ment of  the,  by  the  re-education 
of    the    movements — Fraenkel's 

Method. 299 

Bacillus  Tuberculosis,  A  Peculiar 

Effect  of  the  Toxin  of  the 595 

Bath,  A  Refreshing /182 

Bowel,  Uremic  and  other  Ulcers  of  338 
Brain  Anatomy  and  Brain  Tumors, 
Some  observations  on — Abstract  539 

Bubonic  Plague  in  Bombay 232 

Carbon  Dioxide 237 

Cardiac  Neuroses 64 

Cervantes  as  Patient  and  as  Phy- 
sician   347 

Children,  Digestion  Fever  in  439 

Children,   The  different  forms    of 

Colitis  in 441 

Children,  Venesection  and  the  ap 
plication  of  Leeches  in  the  Treat- 
ment of  Disease  in 432 

Chinosol 341 


c<ainT> 


CONTENTS. 


Chloroform  Inhalation,  Danger  of, 
in  the   presence  of  Illuminating 

Gas 350 

Choked  Disc  and  Brain  Tumor 24 

Cholelithiasis,  Which  Cases  of. 
are  suitable  for  Spa-treatment 

and  which  for  Operation..  591 

Cholera,  Typhoid  Fever  and  the 
like,  A  Theory  of  Active  and 
Passive  Immunity  from  the  Kac- 

teria  of 71 

Chorea  :  its  Symptomatology,  Etio- 
logy and  Treatment .S44 

Chorea,  The  Treatment  of. 587 

Chronic  Coughs,  Guaiacol  in 68 

Cigarette  Question,  The 543 

Colon,  Secretion  Neurosis  of  the..     181 
Consumptives,  Results  of  Methods 
of    Treatment  at    the    Loomis' 
Sanitarium  for,     Liberty,    New 

York 134. 

Continued      Fevers,       Alcoholic 

•Stimulation  in 294 

Cretinism,  The  Thyroid  Gland 
Treatment  of,   with   Report    of 

a  Case 230 

Cystinuria 438 

Diabetes,  Blood  Reaction  in 287 

Diabetes  Mellitus,  Knee-Jerks  in...  546 

Diagnosis,  On    180 

Diphtheria,    Contribution    to    the 

Study  of  Paralysis  in 382 

Diphtheria,Heart  Complications  in  493 
Diphtheria,  The    Antito-^cin   Treat- 
ment of 282 

Disease,  The  Antiigonisms  of 378 

Dyspepsia 292 

Ears,  Buzzing  in  the,  and  its  Treat- 
ment by  Cimieifuga  Racemusa 377 

Enteroptosis 237 

Enuresis,  The  Treatment  of. 549 

Epilepsy,  The  Bechterew  Treat- 
ment in 282 

Exophthalmic  Goitre,  The  Treat- 
ment of 69 

Fever,  Changes  in  the  Nerve-Cells 

in 180 

Gall-Duct  System,  The  Intracellu- 
lar Roots  of  the,  as  demonstrated 
by  Natural  Injection  and  the 
Icteric  Necrosis    of    the    Liver 

Cells- 381 

Gastro-Intestinal  Affections,  ^The 
Present  Aspect  of  the  Food  Pro- 
blem of  Infants  suffering  with...  609 
Habitual  Constipation  in  Infancy, 
The  Causes  and  Treatment  of...  598 

Health  and  Disease,  Diet  in  290 

Heart,  Rheumatic  Affections  of  the, 
in  Childhood  and  Early  Adoles- 
cence   547 

Heart  Disease,    The   Influence  of, 

on  Lite  Assurance 487 

Hemostatic,  Hot  Air  as  a 612 

Hypnotic  Creed.. 28 

Hysteria  and  Brain  Tumors 608 

Incontinence  of  Urine  in  Children, 
The  Treatment  of,  with  the  Li- 
quid Extract  of  Rhus  Aromatica  604 


fnsorania  in  Children,  The  Treat- 
ment of. 

Insomnia,  The  Use  and  Abuse  of 
Hypnotics  in 

Internal  Organs,  Syphilis  of  the.... 

Itch,  To  cure,  in  two  hours ,. 

Kidney,  The  Hunterian  Lectures 
on  Surgery  of  the 

Koch's  Tuberculin,  A  Review  of 
the  Literature  of 

Laughter,  The  Causs  of 

Locomotor  Ataxia,  The  fixercise 
Treatment  of 

Lumbar  Puncture 

Mania,  Treatment  of. 

Measles,  A  New  Diagnostic  Sign  of 

Medical  Prflctice,  Hypnotic  Sug- 
gestion in 

Morton's  Painful  Affection  of  the 
Fourth  Metatarso-phalangeal 
Articulation  and  Similar  Affec- 
tions of  the  Metatarsal  Region 
that  may  be  included  with  it 
under  the  term  Anterior  Meta- 
tarsalgia.  Observations  on 

Mucus,  The  Formation  of 

Mud  and  Peat  Baths,  Action  of..... 

Negro  Infants,  The  Color  of 

Nephritis,  The  Treatment  of 

Nervous  Diseases,  Exercise  Treat- 
ment in 

Neuralgia,  Music  as  a  Sedative  in 

Nose  and  the  Sexual  Apparatus  of 
Man,  The  Physiological  and 
Pathological  Relations  between 
the 

Nose-bleeding 

Orthoform 

Painful  Ulcerations,  especially  of 
the  Upper  Air  Passages,  Ortho- 
form  in  the  local  treatment  of.... 

Pathology,  Is  the  Uric  Acid  Dia- 
thesis an  Important  Factor  in... 

Pertussis,  The  "Bacteriology  of. 

Physical  Endurance — Why  we  get 
tired 

Pneumonia,  Dont's  for  the  Treat- 
ment of 

Polyneuritis,  Treatment  of. 

Post-Mortem  Ecchymoses,  On  the 
Origin  of 

Pseudo-leukemia  Infantum 

Pulmonary  Tuberculosis,  One 
hundred  Cases  of,  treated  with 
large  doses  of  Beech  wood  Creo- 
sote  

Respiratory  Organs,  Idithyol  in 
the  Treatment  of  Affections  of 
the 

Rheumatism  in   Children 

Rheumatism,  The  Electro  Thera- 
peutics of 

Sex,  Professor  Schenck's  Re. 
searches  on  the  Predetermination 
of. 

Sick  Headache,  How  to  Treat 

Smegma   Bacillus,   The 

Stomach,  The  Value  of  Electricity 
in  Functional  Diseases  of  the... 


292 

301 
66 

64 

388 

25 
512 

602 

21 

300 

442 

593 


490 
180 
443 
546 
279 

183 
34.3 


384 
432 
238 


138 


589 

229 


300 


592 
238 


435 

179 


349 


73 

185 


385 


288 
283 
381 

383 


CONTENTS. 


Streptococcus  Serum   (Marmorek) 

and  Streptococcus  Toxin 26 

Surgical  Medicine 235 

Syphilis    Severe  Types  of,  among 

Medical  Practitioners 541 

Tabes  Dorsaiis  and  Thermal  Baths  444 
Toothache,  Sodium  Salicylate  for..  612 
Toothache,  Temporary  Relief  of...  601 
Tuberculosis,   Diabetes  and   Base- 
dow's Disease  treated  by  Rectal 

Injections  of  Arsenic 140 

Tuberculosis, "Theories  and  Con. 
elusions,  on  the  Modern  Treat- 
ment of 386 

Typhoid  Fever,  yellow  Palms  as  a 

Sign  of 613 

Urine,' Electricity  in  Incontinence 

of...: ". 431 

Urine,  Incontinence  of, in  Children  184 
Urine,  New  Volumetric  Method  of 

estimating  Uric  Acid  in 141 

Urine  of  Healthy  Infants  ami  Chil- 
dren, The 595 

Urticaria  with   Recurrent   Hema- 

temesis 493 

Whooping  Cough,  Bacteriological 

Researches  in 298 

Woodbridge  Treatment  a  fallacy..  142 
Writers'  Cramp  and  Telegraphers' 

Paralysis,  The  Cure  of. 490 

X-Ray  "Burn,"  its  Production  and 
Prevention.  Has  the  X-Ray  any 
Therapeutic.  Properties? 340 

SUBGKRT. 

Abdominal  Operations,  The  Pre. 
vention  of  Thirst  after 144 

Absorbable  or  Non-absorbable 
Suture  Material 551 

Adenoid  Vegetations,  Fatal  He- 
morrhage from  the  Removal  of..  145 

Appendicitis — A  Possible  Cause — 
The  Use  of  the  Ligature — Is  it 
necessary?. 499 

Appendix  Vermiformis,  A  New 
Incision  for  the  Removal  of 
the 187 

Aseptic  Surgery,  Gloves  for 241 

Bile  Ducts,  Miniature  Hammers 
and  the  Suture  of  the 304 

Blood-Letting,  An  Advocate  of.....  193 

Brain  Surgery 307 

Bunion 30 

Carbolic  Acid,  Gangrenefrom 32 

Carbuncles,  Painless  Treatment 
of 614 

Catgut,  Sterilization  of,  by  For- 
malin after  HofFmeister's  Me- 
thod      33 

Chinese,  The  Anatomy  and  Sur- 
gery of  the ! 450 

Chronic  Ulcer  of  the  Leg,  The 
Treatment  of 556 

Clavicle,  Resection  of  the  outer 
two-thirds  of  the,  for  Malignant 
Disease — Recovery  with  full  use 
of  the  Arm 553 

Collapse,  Intravenous  Saline  In- 
jections in 32 


Colotomy  and  Colostomy 616 

Epilepsy,  Surgical  Treatment  of...  394 

Exophthalmic  Goitre,  The  Action 
of  Sympathicotomy  on  the 
Exophthalmia  and  Tachycardia 
Jn  a  Case  of 555 

Extremities,  Tuberculosis  of 
Lymph  Vessels  of  the 240 

Fistula,  Operation  for 397 

Fistula,  Urethro-Rectal 76 

Fracture,  Thyreoid  Treatment  as 
a  Means  of  Consolidation  in   ....     34 

Fractures,  The  Treatment  of,  by 
Massage  and  Mobilization 306 

Gonorrhoea,  A  Contribution  to  the 
Treatment  of 391 

Haemorrhoids, The  Operative  Treat- 
ment of 143 

Heart,  Experimental  Study  of 
Wounds  of  the 239 

Heart  Failure,  Camphor  in 31 

Hypodermatic  Syringes,  The  Ster- 
ilization of,  by  Boiling 75 

Inguinal    Hernia,    Two     hundred 
and  fifty  Bassini  Operations  for     • 
the  Cure  of,  without  Mortality..  397 

Intestines,  A  Retractor  for  the 303 

Intra-Abdominal  Diagnosis,  Im- 
perfections in 74 

Intussuscention,  The  Treatment 
of '. 143 

Joints,  What  produces  Ankylosis 
of 500 

Joints,  What  produces  and  what 
prevents  Ankylosis  of 31 

Kidney,  A  Series  of  sixty-six  Oper. 
ations  upon  the 75 

Microcephalic  Idiocy,  Craniotomy 
for 448 

Nerve  Injury,  Post  Operative 
Intestinal  Paresis  from 305 

Operative  Wound  Infection,  Notes 
on 389 

Osteomyelitis,  A  Case  of  rapidly 
fatal  Acute 448 

Paralysis,  Treatment  of— Trans- 
plantation of  Tendon 614 

Peritoneal  Cavity,  A  New  Method 
of  Draining  the 617 

Physiological  Albuminuria  and 
the  Bicycle 192 

Pyelephlebitis.  Intestinal  Obstruc- 
tion in  the  Course  of  554 

Pott's  Kyphosis,  Abrupt  Reduc- 
tion of.  - 498 

Recurrent  Carcinoma  of  the 
Female  Breast  entirely  disap- 
pearing under  the  persistent 
use  of  Thyroid  Extract  contin- 
ued for  eighteen  months 496 

Renal  Permeability,  Diagnosis  of, 
by  Methylene  Blue 501 

Safety  Pin,  An  open.  Swallowed.  240 

Senile  Gangrene,  Treatment  of 616 

Slipping  Patella,  An  operation 
for 396 

Soldiers  Feet,  Care  of. 615 

Stomach,  Diagnosis  and  Surgical 
Treatment  of  certain  Diseases  of  445 


CONTENTS. 


Stricture  with  Extravasation  in 
whicii  Suppuration  occurred 
behind  the  Pubes 501 

Surgery,  Eucaine  "  B"  as  a  local 
Anaesthetic  in 33 

Thoracic  Duct,  Stab  Wound  of 
the — Recovery 557 

Tibia,  Partially  United  Fractures 
of  the 499 

Traumatic  Aneurism,  Left  Sub- 
clavio  A  xillary — Ligation  of 
Subclavian  Artery  in  its  second 
stage — Recovery,  with  perfect 
use  of  Arm  447 

Trendelenburg  Posture,  The  Ad- 
vantages of  the,  during  all 
Operations  involving,  directly 
or  indirectly,  the  Cavities  of 
the  Mouth,  Ncse  and  Trachea..  304 

Tubercular  Peritonins,  Treatment 
of,  by  Laparotomy 531 

Ureters,  Uaiheterism  of  the,  with 
the  help  of  the  Ureter  Cysto- 
. scope.     Report  of  seven  Cases..  145 

Uterus  and  Ovaries,  Absence  of...     76 

Vascular  System 188 

Vegetations  on  the  Genitalia,  The 
Treatment  of,  by  Resorcine 556 

Vesical  Neck,  Chronic  Contrac- 
tion of  the  Fibres  encircling, 
audits  Treatment. 29 

OBSTETKICS. 

Abortion 79 

Abortion  and  Delivery,  The  Cu- 
rette after. 244 

Acute    Puerperal  Septic  Metritis, 

Hysterectomy  for 244 

Albuminuria  in  Past  and  Future 

Pregnancies 248 

Brow    Presentations     aud    their 

Treatment 38 

CoUes's  Law 246 

Double  Oophorectomy,  Pregnancy 

after -155 

Dry  Labor,  its  Dangers  and  Treat- 
ment  -    ••  560 

Dystocia  from  Narrow  Pelvis,  Diet- 
ing for... 194 

Eclampsia,  Rectal  Irrigation  in....  243 

Gonorrhoea 81 

Grippe  as  a  Complication  of  Preg- 
nancy and  the  Puerperal  State...  561 
Heart  Disease,  When  may  Women 

with,  Marry 196 

Hyperemesis  Gravidarum  and  Salt 

.  in  Food •  194 

Labor,  Cerebral  Embolism  during.    8 1 
Labor,    Hemorrhage     during, '  and 

after '..,....    • 80 

Lactation,    Iodide    of    Potassium 

and • 79 

Mammary  Abscesses,  Prevention  of 

Large,  by  Expression  of  the  Mills;  244 
May  a  Nephritic  Mother  Nurse  her 

Child? 34 

Obstetric  Douching,  The  Question 
of 558 


Post-Partum  Hiemorrhage,  Appar- 
ent Death  from 195 

Pregnancy,  Pruritus  Vulv     in 194 

Pregnancy,  Treatment    of    Renal 

Affections  duving 195 

Pregnancy,  Vomiting  of 78,  560 

Pregnancy    with    an    Unruptured 

Hymen 561 

Puerperal  Convulsions 247 

Puerperal  Eclanpsia,    A    Specific 

for 246 

Puerperal  Fever,  Local  Treatment 

of 19( 

Puerperal  Infection 80,  245 

Puerperal    Infection,     The    Early 

Symptoms  of , 78 

Puerperal   Infection,  The   Topical 

Use  of  Alcohol  in 559 

Puerperal    Infection  Treated   with 
Injections  of  Anti-Streptococcus 

Serum'. 37 

Puerperal  Sepsis  ....  452 

Puerperal  Septicaemia,  Two  Cases 
of.  Treated  by  Antistreptococcic 

Serum 35 

Puerperal     Septicaemia      Treated 
with  Antistreptococcic  Serum — 

Recovery 37 

Puerperal  Uterus,  On  the   Indica- 
tions for  and  Method  of  Wash 

ing  out  the 36 

Rigid  Perineum,  Remedy  for 560 

Sex,    Prof.    Schenck's  Researches 

on  tiie  Predetermination  of 242 

Sore  Nipples,  The  Prevention  of.....  559 
Umbilical  Cord,  A  New   Dressing 

for  the 193 

Uterine  Fibroid,  Placenta  Praevia 

the  Result  of 79 

Woman,  Nourishment  of  a,  during 

the  Puerperium ...  538 

Women,  A  Breeding  Time  for 456 


G^N^COLOGY. 

Abdominal  Sections,  Some  Results 
of  the  Postural  Method  of  Drain, 
ing  the  Peritoneal   Cavity  after  147 

Asepsis  and  Antisepsis 146 

Fibro-myoma,  Hysterectomy  for ; 
Some  Early  Records 148 

Tumors  of  the  Breast,  the  Diag- 
nosis of 148 


MEDICAL     SOCIETY      PROCEED- 
INGS. 

American  Electro-Therapeutic  As- 
sociation, Eighth  Annual  Meet- 
ing of  the,  Buffalo,  N.Y 562 

Canadian  Medical  Association 457 

College  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
geons of  the  Province  of  Quebec  503 

Montreal  Medico-Chirurgical  So- 
ciety     • 38,  149,  249,  618 


CONTENTS. 


EDITORIAL. 

American  Electro-Therapeutic  As- 
sociation, The 356 

American    Medical      Association, 

The 157.  160 

Bishop's  College,  Annual  Convo- 
cation of  Medical  Faculty  of. 198 

British  Pharmacopoeia 516 

Canadian  Medical  Association 257 

Canadian  Practitioner  and  Medi- 
cal Review,  The 624 

Cardio-Pulmonary  Murmurs 398 

College   of  Physicians  and   Sur- 
geons of  the  Province  of  Quebec 

199,  255,  352 
College   of  Physicians   and  Sur- 
geons of  the  Province  of  Quebec 

Triennial  Election  of  the 86 

Contract  Medical  Practice 404 

Drummond,  Dr.  W.  H.,   Compli- 
mentary Supper  to 50 

Epilepsy," Craig  Colony  Prize  for 

Original  Research  in 574 

Hospital  Abuse 308 

Inter-Provincial  Registration 469 

Medical  Book  Reviews,  The  Ethics 

and  Politics  of. 158 

Nasal  Reflex  Neuroses,  The  Signifi- 
cance of  Uric  Acid  in  the 569 

Philadelphia  Medical  Journal,  The  156 


Provincial  Matriculation  Examina- 
tion      55 

Revised  Statutes  of  the  Province 
of  Quebec,  Provincial  Medical 
Board's  recent  Amendments  to 
the 82 

Sajous  Annual  and  Analytical  En- 
cyclopaedia of  Practical  Medi- 
cine   155 

Shaving  and  Hair-Dressing  Par; 
lors,  Hygiene  in 573 

Third  Pan-American  Medical  Con- 
gress, Postponement  of  the 575 

MISCEIiLANEOUS. 

Eye  Language 472 

Johns    Hopkins    Medical    School, 

The .  472 

Pasteur  Monument,  The 472 

Correspondence 517 

Personals 163,505 

Book  Reviews 101,  207,  259, 

359,406,473,517,576,625 

Publishers' Department...  56,  108, 
163,  262,  310,  363, 
419,  475,  528,  679,  628 


CANADA 


MEDICAL  RECORD 


JANUARY.     1398. 


THE  SECTION  OF  OBSTETRICS  AND 
GYNAECOLOGY. 

By  W.  JAPP  SINOIiAm,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynaecology  in  Owen's  College,  Manchester. 

When  I  received  the  flattering  invitation  of  the  Council  of  the 
British  Medical  Association  to  occupy  this   position   to-day,  which 
is  to  me  one  of  distinguished  and,  I  fear,  unmerited  honor,  I  began 
to  debate  with  myself  whether  I  ought  to  take  advantage  of  the 
privilege  granted  to  me  to  open  the  proceedings  of  this  Section  with 
an  address.  The  occasion  seemed  at  first  too  great ;  no  subject  within 
my  range  of  ideas  appeared  adequate.     It  did  not  seem  fitting  that 
I  should  take  advantage  of  a  meeting  of  such  unique  interest — a  Bri- 
tish Empire  Meeting  during  the  Queen's  Commemoration  Year,  in 
this  already  historic  centre  of  commercial  and  intellectual  achieve- 
ment in  the  greatest  of  the  British  Colonies,  to  give  utterance  to  a 
formal  discourse  of  mere  academic  interest,  chosen  without  spontan- 
eity^ and  laboriously  compiled  in    the  library.     After  much  cogita- 
tion, however,  the  feeling  grew  upon  me  that  there  had  been  in  my 
mind  more  or  less  continuously  in  recent  years  a  subject  sufficiently 
interesting  to  myself  and  sufficiently  general  for  the  occasion.     The 
subject  is  so  important  in  its   far-reaching,  practical  bearings  in  ob- 
stetrics and  gynaecology  that  I  became  convinced  you  would  hold  me 
justified  in  pressing  it  upon  your  attention,  and   would  find  in  the 
interest  of  the  subject  matter  some  measure  of  excuse  for  the  inevit- 
able shortcomings   in  my  method  of  handling  it.     The  subject  to 
which  I  refer  is  that  of  the  Injuries  of  Parturition,  the    Old  and 
the  New ;  and  I  may  state  at  once  at  the  outset  that  the  reason 
why  it  has  haunted  my  mind  is  the  frequency  with  which,  as  a 
gynaecologist,  I  am  called  upon  to  deal  with  injuries  produced  by 
parturition,  and  the  growing  conviction  that  in  many,  if  not  in  the 
majority  of  these  injuries,  their  existence  has  not  appeared  to  be 


2  SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNAECOLOGY. 

altogether  satisfactorily  explained  as  inevitable,  and  not  a  few  have 
been  proved  by  irrefragable  evidence  to  be  produced  by  operative 
proceedings  altogether  unwarranted  by  the  circumstances. 

A  Comparison  and  a  Contrast. — My  position  will  be  made 
more  clear  by  one  or  two  examples,  and  these  lead  me  in  medias  res. 
Some  time  last  year  I  was  asked  to  see  a  young  primiparawho  was 
very  ill  towards  the  end  of  the  first  week  of  the  puerperium.  When 
we  met  in  consultation  I  was  informed  by  the  practitioner  in  charge 
that  the  case  had  been  quite  straightforward,  from  first  to  last,  and  in 
answer  to  my  enquiries  he  could  not  in  any  way  account  for  the 
patient's  condition,  which  was  as  serious  as  it  could  be  even  in  a  case 
of  the  kind.  It  appeared,  in  fact,  almost  or  altogether  hopeless. 
On  making  a  physical  examination  without  moving  the  patient  from 
the  dorsal  position,  I  discovered  a  deep  and  wide  laceration  of  the 
vaginal  vault,  the  examining  finger  passing  easily  into  the  tissues  of 
the  parametrium.  No  mention  of  forceps  was  made  in  the  conver- 
sation we  had  before  seeing  the  patient,  and  it  was  only  after  the 
examination  and  in  reply  to  a  question  that  my  colleague  explained 
why  and  when  they  had  been  applied.  It  seemed  to  me  at  the  time 
that  he  thought  the  completion  of  labor  by  means  of  the  forceps 
such  an  insignificant  detail  that  he  forgot  to  mention  it.  The  child,- 
in  this  case,  was  saved,  but  the  mother  died. 

A  few  years  ago  I  felt  called  upon  to  make  several  repairing 
operations  on  the  injured  pudenda  of  a  young  married  woman  who 
came  under  my  care  as  a  hospital  patient.  She  had  been  by  all 
accounts  perfectly  sound  and  active  a  year  before,  but  meanwhile 
she  had  got  married  and  she  had  become  a  mother.  When  I  first 
examined  her  the  uterus  was  found  to  be  completely  prolapsed,  and 
it  was  so  lacerated  that  the  anterior  and  posterior  halves  of  the  cer- 
vix projecting  from  between  the  nates  looked  like  two  separate 
organs,  and  the  perineum  was  torn  completely  through  into  the 
anus.  This  patient  then  suffered  from  dislocation  of  the  uterus, 
transverse  laceration  of  the  cervix  and  complete  rupture  of  the 
perineum.  She  was  treated  by  Emmet's  operation,  restoration  of 
the  perineum  and  shortening  of  the  round  ligaments,  and  then  she 
was  fairly  comfortable  with  a  pessary.  I  learned  afterwards  that 
this  case  had  been  one  of  normal  labor  in  a  primipara,  and  that 
the  delivery  had  been  effected  instrumentally  by  a  locum  tenensvt'i'Cciva. 
six  hours  from  the  commencement  of  the  pains. 

Let  us  now  compare  this  sort  of  practice,  still  possible  at  the 
present  day,  in  spite  of  all  our  anaesthetics,  antiseptics  and  perfect- 
ed scientific  apparatus  with  what  occurred  in  a  former  and  differ- 
ent age. 


SINCLAIR:   OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNECOLOGY.  3 

Mauriceau,*  for  example,  mentions  a  case  "  Du  laborieux 
accouchement  (Tune  femme  dont  V enfant  ttoit  resti  au  passage,  d 
cause  de  V extreme grosseur  de  la  teste"  He  was  called  in  March, 
1669,  to  a  primipara,  aged  35,  who  had  been  in  labor  eight  days. 
The  head  was  in  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  and  the  child  had  been 
dead  four  days.  The  patient  had  been  visited  and  abandoned  by 
three  or  four  surgeons,  one  of  whom  had  made  an  incision  into  the 
soft  parts  of  the  vulva.  The  obstruction  arose  from  the  large  size 
of  the  child's  head.  Mauriceau  perforated  and  extracted  with  the 
crotchet,  and  the  woman  who  appeared  to  be  moribund  when  the 
accoucheur  arrived,  lived  on  for  eleven  days,  ultimately  dying  of 
^^une  grosse  fievre  qu'elle  avoit  cinq  ou  six  Jours  auparavantJ*^ 
From  this  circumstance  Mauriceau  concluded  that  the  patient 
might  have  escaped  if  she  had  been  delivered  two  or  three  days 
earlier,  that  is  to  say,  if  she  had  been  in  labor  only  five  or  six 
days. 

He  relates  another  case  "  De  r accouchement  d'une  femtne 
qui eut  un  tres-laborieux  travail.^'  It  was  that  of  a  primipara, 
aged  28,  who  had  been  in  labor  two  entire  days  after  the  rupture 
of  the  membranes.  There  had  been  ten  hours  of  very  strong  pains. 
The  head  was  low  down  in  the  vagina  and  had  rested  there  for 
twelve  hours.  The  pains  had  now  ceased.  "  Quoique  sa  Sage- 
femme  luy  eut  donne  deux  clyster es  assez  forts,  pour  tacher  de  luy 
exciter  de  nouvelles  douleurs,  et  qu'elle  Peut  fait  aussi  saigner  du 
bras  suivajit  man  conseil."  .  .  .  Mauriceau  ordered  a  strong 
dose  of  senna  to  be  administered,  and  two  hours  afterwards  a  power- 
ful clyster.  Pains  then  came  on,  and  the  patient  was  delivered 
without  more  ado,  ^^  d'un  gros  enfafit  male,  qui  etoit  encore  vivant." 

Here  then,  we  have  two  extremes  of  practice  contrasted,  the 
helplessness  of  the  seventeenth  century,  and  our  own  resourcefulness 
at  the  end  of  the  nineteenth,  and  yet  it  may  be  alleged,  not  without 
reason,  that  there  is  to  be  seen  in  the  contrast  only  one  more  illustra- 
tion of  how  "  knowledge  conies  but  wisdom  lingers."  Such  results 
of  our  modern  practice  as  I  have  given  in  illustration  do  not  make 
it  so  perfectly  obvious  that  in  obstetrics  we  are  much  wiser  than  our 
sires. 

The  work  of  Mauriceau  from  which  I  have  quoted,  contains 
the  famous  case  in  which  he  met  Chamberlen,  who  failed  to  deliver 
with  his  forceps  a  woman  with  a  deformed  pelvis,  and  immediately 
after  fled  from  Paris. 

Mauriceau's  practice  illustrates,  then,  that  of  the  age  irame- 


#  Observations  sur  la  grossesse  et  raccoucbement,  etc.,  Paris,  1715. 


4  SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS   AND    GYNECOLOGY. 

diately  preceding  the  introduction  of  the  obstetric  forceps.  We 
may  divide  the  century  and  a  half  from  the  introduction  of  the  for- 
ceps to  the  present  time  roughly  speaking  into  three  periods : 
First,  from  the  introduction  of  the  forceps  to  the  discovery  of  anaes- 
thetics, about  a  century ;  second,  from  the  discovery  of  anses- 
thetics  to  the  introduction  of  antiseptics,  a  quarter  of  a  century  ; 
third,  from  the  general  introduction  of  antiseptics  in  midwifery  prac- 
tice to  the  present  time,  very  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  century. 

Now,  if  we  consider  our  present  position,  we  have  much  to 
congratulate  ourselves  upon,  and  yet  we  may  fairly  ask  if  there  is 
not  much  room  for  improvement  in  the  use  which  we  make  of  our 
resources.  Is  not  one  of  the  most  remarkable  things  in  the  history 
of  medical  science,  during  the  last  quarter  of  a  century,  the  ex- 
traordinary development  of  gynaecology  in  its  surgical  aspect? 
Gynaecology  flourished  and  has  become  largely  surgical ;  so  largely 
surgical  that  Sir  W.  J.  Priestly,  my  predecessor  of  two  years  ago 
in  the  position  which  I  occupy  to-day,  addressed  to  the  Obstetrical 
Section  a  warning  and  a  remonstrance  on  the  too  free  application 
of  surgical  methods  to  gynaecology.  Midwifery  has,  during  the 
same  period,  become  also  largely  surgical — too  surgical — and  a 
thesis  which  I  shall  endeavour  to  maintain  to-day  is  that  gynae- 
cology has  become  so  largely  surgical  as  the  direct  result  of  surgical 
interference  in  midwifery  practice;  the  accoucheurs  are  the  pro- 
viders of  material  for  the  gynaecologists.  I  fully  appreciate  the 
admirable  work  done  during  that  time  by  gynaecological  surgeons  in 
dealing  with  the  new  growths  of  the  sexual  organs,  and  I  do  not 
decry  it,  but  for  the  material  of  his  ordinary  daily  labour  the  gynae- 
cologist has  to  look  to  the  accoucheur.  Last  year  Dr.  CuUingworth 
did  a  good  service  to  the  medical  profession  by  addressing  the 
Obstetrical  Society  of  London,  on  the  subject  of  the  undiminished 
childbed  mortality  in  England  in  spite  of  our  advantages  and 
improved  methods  of  practice.  But  in  addition  to  the  avoidable 
childbed  mortality,  there  is  the  very  serious  question  of  childbed 
■morbidity,  which  I  maintain  and  repeat  is  largely  owing  to  the  pre- 
valence of  surgical  methods  in  the  practice  of  midwifery.  The  term 
"  surgical"  is  employed  here  with  almost  exclusive  reference  to  the 
use  of  midwifery  forceps.  It  was  said  by  Baudelocque  that  the 
midwifery  forceps  was  the  most  useful  surgical  instrument  ever 
invented,  and  with  that  strong  and  unqualified  opinion  we  are  all 
more  or  less  in  agreement.  But  like  all  our  powerful  remedies,  the 
forceps  must  be  used  with  circumspection,  else  disastrous  conse- 
quences must  ensue. 

Now  the  avoidable  evils  which  I  maintain  are  so  prevalent  at 


SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS   AND    GYNECOLOGY.  5 

the  present  time  have  developed  insidiously  and  largely  in  conse- 
quence of  the  resources  which  have  come  to  us  in  the  evolution  of 
medical  science.  If  we  sin,  it  is  against  the  clearest  light.  If  we 
trace  the  history  of  Obstetrics  during  the  last  century  and  a  half, 
and  consult  the  old  and  many  of  the  new  masters  on  the  subject, 
we  find  their  opinions  are  almost  unanimous  on  the  limitations  and 
conditions  under  which  the  practitioner  should  resort  to  his  most 
powerful  remedy.  There  have  been  from  the  beginning  fluctua- 
tions and  fashions  in  practice,  but  none  in  theory. 

First  Period. — In  addressing  a  meeting  of  English  speaking 
obstetricians  one  cannot  illustrate  the  theory  andpratice  of  the  first 
period  to  which  I  refer  without  quoting  Smellie.*  In  Smellie's  time, 
the  men  who  practised  obstetrics  were  no  longer  helpless  in  dealing 
with  the  most  frequently  occurring  cases  of  difficulty,  namely,  in 
tedious  labour  from  inertia,  or  from  disproportion  between  the  foetal 
head  and  the  maternal  passages.  In  reading  Smellie's  collection 
"  of  laborious  cases  when  the  head  of  the  child  is  low  in  the  pelvis 
and  delivered  with  forceps,"  no  one  could  fail  to  be  impressed  with 
the  caution  exercised  in  the  use  of  the  forceps  in  obviously  suit- 
able cases.  Take,  for  example,  the  first  case,  in  which  he  makes 
his  visit,  gives  his  instructions  for  the  night,  and  then  proceeds  : 
"  When  I  called  in  the  morning,  I  found  the  child's  head  advanced 
lower  in  the  pelvis."  He  gives  in  detail  his  reasons  for  expecting 
further  progress.  He  says,  "  Being  called  in  the  evening,  and  under- 
standing that  the  pains  were  still  weak  and  the  gossips  uneasy,  I 
examined  in  time  of  a  pain,  and  found  the  head  was  lower."  He  then 
describes  in  minute  detail  how  he  applied  the  forceps  and  extracted 
the  first  child  in  a  twin  pregnancy,  and  concludes  :  "  I  used  the  for- 
ceps in  this  case  as  a  pair  of  artificial  hands  to  assist  the  delivery, 
because  the  pains  were  too  weak  to  expel  the  child."  This  case 
very  well  illustrates  Smellie's  practice,  particularly  the  patient 
waiting  for  the  natural  efforts  of  delivery  before  interference.  In 
another  case  he  says,  "  The  patient,  though  much  recruited,  being 
still  weak  and  the  pains  languid,  I  directed  the  midwife  to  proceed 
in  supporting  her  with  the  broth,  and  prescribed  a  cordial  mixture 
without  any  opiate,  to  amuse  the  woman  and  her  friends."  In 
another  case  he  was  called  to  a  patient  who  had  been  in  labour  for 
three  days  under  the  care  of  a  midwife.  "  As  soon  as  I  was  dis- 
engaged," he  says,  "  I  accompanied  my  pupil  to  the  place  where  I 
found  this  loquacious  midwife  extremely  ignorant,  without  the  least 
tincture  of  knowledge  in  her  possession.  When  called  to  the  patient, 
whose  pains  were  just  beginning  in  this  her  first  labour,  she  had 

»  Collection  of  Cases  and  Observaiions  in  Midwifery.    3  vols.  London,  1764. 


6  SINCLAIR  :  OBSTETRICS   AND  GYNECOLOGY. 

walked  her  about  and  fatigued  her  so  much  that  she  was  quite 
exhausted  and  the  pains  had  entirely  ceased.  The  midwife  com- 
plained that  her  fingers  were  swelled  and  painful  with  stretching  the 
birth,  but  she  did  not  know  how  long  the  waters  had  been  dis- 
charged." Smellie  gave  directions  with  the  object  of  obtaining 
some  rest  for  the  patient,  and  early  the  next  morning  delivered  her 
with  the  forceps,  *'  without  lacerating  her  parts  or  even  marking 
the  child's  head." 

By  way  of  illustration  of  the  theory  of  the  next  generation  in 
this  period,  I  may  quote  from  the  "  Practical  Essays  on  the 
Management  of  Pregnancy  and  Labour,"  by  Dr.  John  Clarke, 
published  in  London  in  1793  :  "  Violence  offered  by  the  improper 
use  of  instruments  may  also  become  a  cause  of  fever  ;  therefore  they 
ought  never  to  be  employed  in  any  case  except  where  they  are 
absolutely  and  indispensably  necessary.  He  who  uses  them  unneces- 
sarily, and  solely  with  the  intention  of  saving  his  own  time,  has 
much  to  answer  for,  both  to  society  and  to  his  conscience." 

If  instead  of  accepting  an  opinion,  we  prefer  to  turn  to  a  record 
of  facts  in  order  to  draw  our  own  conclusions,  let  us  look  into  the 
"  Practical  Treatise  on  Midwifery,"  by  Dr.  Robert  Collins,  published 
in  1835.  The  author  gives  an  account  of  16,414  cases  of  labour  in 
the  Dublin  Lying-in  Hospital  during  his  Mastership.  The  rules 
laid  down  by  Collins  for  the  use  of  the  forceps  sound  very  much 
like  some  contained  in  the  most  recent  German  literature  on 
the  same  subject.  He  says,  "  In  tedious  labours,  where  the  mouth 
of  the  womb  is  fully  dilated,  the  soft  parts  relaxed,  and  the  head  so 
low  in  the  pelvis  as  to  bring  the  ear  within  reach  of  the  finger,  if 
there  be  a  necessity  for  interference,  the  forceps  may  be  used  with 
advantage ;  but  ample  experience  has  most  fully  proved  to  me,  that 
under  those  circumstances,  uterine  action  fails  but  seldom  in  ex- 
peUing  the  child,  and  that  it  is  only  in  cases  as  above  described, 
where  the  safety  of  the  patient  requires  assistance,  that  we  are  justi- 
fied in  using  this  instrument." 

In  16,414  deliveries  in  the  Hospital,  he  met  with  but  fourteen 
cases  answering  this  description ;  in  eleven  of  which  the  forceps 
were  used,  and  in  three,  the  lever.  In  the  other  instances  where 
the  forceps  was  applied  the  labours  were  complex. 

There  are  several  other  situations  in  which  the  forceps  may  be 
applied  with  much  benefit,  as  in  convulsions,  haemorrhages,  etc., 
where  the  case  is  in  other  respects  suited  to  their  application ; 
these  are  pointed  out  in  the  remarks  on  the  treatment  of  such 
labours. 

"  The  forceps  was  used  during  my  mastership  24  times,  and 


SINCLAIR:   OBSTETRICS   AND  GYNAECOLOGY.  7 

the  lever  3  times,  total  27  ;  making  the  average  about  i  in  608  deli- 
•veries.  According  to  this  calculation,  most  physicians  in  private 
practice  would  require  to  use  them  but  seldom,  as,  supposing  an 
individual  to  attend  4,000  cases  in  the  'course  of  his  life,  which  is 
a  greater  number  than  falls  to  the  lot  of  most  men,  the  forceps  or 
lever  would  be  necessary  in  little  more  than  six  cases.  I  consider 
the  forceps,  when  used  with  prudence,  a  most  valuable  instrument ; 
but  its  utility  is  greatly  lessened  by  the  injury  so  frequently  inflicted 
on  the  patient,  by  having  recourse  to  it  where  no  instrument  is 
necessary  :  but  muck  more  so  by  using  it  where,  in  my  mind,  it  is 
not  only  inapplicable,  but  highly  dangerous  to  the  patient's 
safety." 

But  it  may  be  objected  to  the  frank  acceptance   of  Collins' 
rules  for  our  guidance   at  the  present  time,  that  the  childbed  mor- 
tality under  such  rules  must  have  been  very  high.     It  was  far  other- 
wise.    After  giving  an  account  of  the  measures  adopted  to  banish 
or  guard  against  puerperal  fever,  he  says  :   '*  Of  10,785  patients  de. 
livered  in   the  Hospital  subsequent  to  this  period  only  58  died, 
which  is  nearly  in  the  proportion  ^of  i  in  every   186  ;  the  lowest 
mortality,  perhaps,  on  record  in  an  equal  number  of  a  similar  class 
of  females."      Another  objection  which  naturally  arises   to  what 
some  might  call  procrastination  in  the  management  of  labour  is  the 
high  death  rate  among  the  children  born  under  such  circumstances  ; 
but  Collins  supplies  us   with  full  and   exact  information  on  this 
subject^  and  the  infant   mortality  is  surprisingly  small.     He  says  : 
"The  total  number  of  children  born  was  16,654,  of  these  284  died 
previous  to  the  mother  leaving  the  hospital.     This  is  nearly  in  the 
proportion  of  i  in  58  J^,  which   must   be    considered  a  moderate 
mortality  under  any  circumstances  ;  however,  when  it  is  considered 
that  this  included  not  only  all  the  deaths  that  occurred  in  children 
born  prematurely,  and  in  twins,  but  also  every  instance  where  the 
heart  even  acted  or  where  respiration  ceased  in  a  few  seconds  after 
birth,  the  proportion  of  deaths    becomes  trifling  indeed.     Of  the 
584  deaths,  100  were  premature  deliveries." 

J  he  Influence  of  the  Introduction  of  Anesthetics. — The  intro- 
duction of  anaesthetics  into  midwifery  practice  marks  the  opening  of 
such  an  era  that  every  modification  of  the  obstetric  art  within  the 
■first  period  sinks  into  insignificance.  Time  permits  me  only  to  in- 
dicate, not  to  fully  detail,  the  modifications  of  practice  during  that 
time.  We  find,  for  example,  that  Smellie  was  rather  attracted  by 
the  use  of  the  forceps,  and  then  he  and  his  pupils  initiated  a  mode  of 
practice  which  came  dangerously  near  to  abuse.  The  work  of 
William  Hunter,  who  published  his   "Anatomy  of  the  Gravid  Ute- 


8  SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNECOLOGY. 

ms"  in  1774,  and  founded  physiological  midwifery,  produced  some 
modification  in  the  opposite  direction,  and  the  opinion  brought 
about  through  his  influence  may  be  indicated  by  a  quotation  from, 
his  disciple  Denman.  "  It  has  long  been  established,  in  this  coun- 
try, that  the  use  of  instruments  of  any  kind  ought  not  to  be  allow- 
ed in  the  practice  of  midwifery,  from  any  motives  oi  eligibility.  .  .  , 
Whoever  will  give  himself  time  to  consider  the  possible  mistakes 
and  want  of  skill  in  younger  practitioners,  which  I  fear  many  of  us 
recollect ;  the  instances  of  presumption  in  those  who,  by  experience^ 
have  acquired  dexterity,  and  the  accidents  which  under  certain 
circumstances  seem  5car<$ely  to  be  avoided,  will  be  strongly  im- 
pressed with  a  sense  of  the  propriety  of  this  rule." 

This  is  also  the  position  taken  up  by  Collins,  from  whose  work 
I  have  already  quoted.  There  can  be  little  doubt,  however,  that  un- 
der these  rules  the  interests  of  the  mothers  were  not  conserved. 
The  practice  was  to  delay  too  long  during  the  second  stage  of 
labour,  and  this  brought  about  those  terrible  injuries  from  slough- 
ing, leading  to  the  formation  of  fistulae  between  the  vagina  and  the 
bladder,  and  between  the  vagina  and  rectum,  which  produced  such 
a  frightful  amount  of  suffering  among  women  at  the  most  vigorous 
and  useful  perioi  of  their  lives.  Collins  speaks  of  using  the  mid- 
wifery forceps  only  once  in  608  cases,  but  he  gives  concisely  the 
facts  of  many  cases  of  cruelly  prolonged  childbirth,  of  which  the 
following  are  fairly  typical  examples : 

No.  504.  Was  brought  to  hospital  from  the  country  ;  reported 
to  have  been  five  days  in  labour ;  it  was  her  first  child  ;  it  was  dead 
and  the  head  firmly  fixed  in  the  pelvis.  She  was  much  exhausted  ; 
pulse  no  ;  tongue  parched.  "  The  head  was  immediately  lessened," 
and  delivery  effected  with  the  crotchet.  She  sank  on  the  ninth  day 
from  admission. 

^0*  555-  W^s  sixty  hours  in  labour  of  her  first  child.  The 
pelvis  was  defective,  and  there  had  been  no  advance  for  the  last 
twelve  hours,  the  child's  death  having  been  ascertained  by  the  ste- 
thoscope some  hours  previous ;  the  head  was  lessened  and  delivery 
thus  completed. 

No.  608.  The  labour  pains  were  very  tardy  and  feeble,  pro- 
ducing irritation  without  causing  any  dilatation  of  the  mouth  of  the 
womb.  In  this  state  she  remained  for  thirty  hours,  after  which 
opiates  were  given  three  times  at  considerable  intervals,  each  time 
with  benefit,  and  at  the  expiration  of  fifty-three  hours  she  was  de- 
livered naturally  of  a  still-born  child. 

We  need  not  go  abroad  to  seek  the  advice  of  the  masters  of 
the  obstetric  art  during  this  period,  and  I  need  not  further  multiply 


SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNAECOLOGY.  Q- 

quotations.  We  shall  find  the  great  teachers  always  sound  and 
clear  in  their  utterances.  I  shall  only  refer  to  our  own  Ramsbot- 
ham  who  comes  in  with  Sir  James  Y.  Simpson  at  the  end  of  the 
first  period.  His  great  work*  made  its  appearance  in  1841.  He 
considers  the  application  of  the  forceps  such  an  important  opera- 
tion that  he  strongly  recommends  consultation,  "  even  though  a 
neighbouring,  probably  a  rival,  and  perhaps  not  very  friendly  prac- 
titioner "  may  have  to  be  called  in.  And  he  frequently  exclaims  : 
"Cautiously  and  tenderly  must  this  iron  instrument  be  used  !  .  .  . 
We  must  remember  that  one  injudicious  thrust,  one  forcible  attempt 
at  introduction,  one  violent  effort  in  extraction,  may  bruise,  may 
lacerate,  may  destroy." 

The  typical  injury  of  parturition  during  this  period  was  vesico- 
vaginal fistula,  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  not  infrequent 
use  of  perforating  instruments  and  the  crotchet  produced  bruises 
and  lacerations  which,  in  pre-antiseptic  days,  must  have  conduced 
considerably  to  the  maternal  mortality.  The  mistaken  practice, 
also,  of  '*  stretching  the  birth,"  which  I  am  afraid  is  by  no  means  a 
thing  of  the  past,  was  so  prevalent  that  it  must  have  done  infinite 
injury.  By  causing  minute  necroses  or  lowering  the  vitality  of  the 
tissues  it  must  have  opened  up  the  way  to  bacterial  invasion  with 
all  its  consequences. 

Laceration  of  the  perineum  must  have  been  occasionally  inevit- 
able in  former  generations  as  in  our  time.  But  special  attention 
appears  to  have  been  given  to  its  prevention.  Denman  indeed  re- 
fers to  its  prevention  as  "the  principal  object  of  our  attention  in 
natural  labours." 

With  the  second  J>eriod  commencing  with  the  discovery  of  anaes- 
thetics, and  ending  with  the  general  introduction  of  antiseptics,  I 
,  have  at  present  comparatively  little  concern.  The  obstetrician  of 
that  quarter  of  the  century,  of  whom  we  may  take  as  a  type  the  late 
Dr.  Mathews  Duncan,  was  much  concerned  with  the  mechanism  of 
labour,  and  this  is  the  only  period,  if  any  exists,  in  the  history  of 
obstetrics  when  the  warnings  against  meddlesome  midwifery  by  the 
,  teachers  ceased  to  be  as  clear  and  emphatic  as  they  had  been  in^ 
former  times.  With  the  beginning  of  this  period,  we  have  the  work 
of  Marion  Sims  markuig  an  epoch  in  the  history  of  gynaecology.  He 
and  his  contemporary  imitators  and  his  successors  were  long  busy 
repairing  the  characteristic  ancient  injury  of  vesico-vaginal  fistula, 
for  they  had  the  accumulated  misery  of  a  whole  generation  of 
women  to  cure  or  ameliorate.     With  the  end  of  the  period  comes- 


*  Principles  and  Practice  of  Obstetric  Medicine  and  Surgery. 


10  SINCLAIR:   OBSTETRICS    AND   GYNAECOLOGY, 

the  introduction  of  Emmet's  operation,  which,  according  to  Jenks, 
marks  "  one  of  the  greatest  advances  in  modern  gynaecology,"  an 
opinion  not  even  yet  so  generally  held  in  England  as  it  ought  to 
be. 

The  introduction  of  anaesthesia  did  not  lead  to  any  great  im- 
provement in  the  practice  of  obstetrics;  the  medical  practitioner 
could  now  relieve  the  patient  from  the  worst  pangs  of  parturition, 
and  therefore  could  well  afford  to  wait  in  normal  labour  for  comple- 
tion by  the  natural  process.  But  it  was  soon  found  that  the  produc- 
tion of  anaesthesia  was  not  all  gain.  '  It  was  found  that  the  prolonged 
administration  of  chloroform  brought  on  inertia  of  the  uterus, 
tedious  labour  and  post-partum  haemorrhage.  The  tediousness  of  the 
labour  made  the  **  gossips  uneasy,"  and  the  most  conservative  of 
practitioners  was  too  often  driven  by  the  appeals  and  reproaches  of 
the  patient  and  her  friends  to  the  application  of  the  forceps.  In  fact, 
the  consciousness  that  the  final  pangs  of  labour  and  the  acute  suf- 
fering which  would  otherwise  be  produced  by  the  application  of  the 
forceps  could  be  entirely  relieved  by  the  administration  of  an  anaes- 
thetic had  for  its  practical  effect  a  great  extension  of  operative 
midwifery.  Lacerations  of  the  perineum  became  much  more  fre- 
quent than  under  the  old  practice  of  delay,  and  as  it  was  quite  un- 
usual to  suture  these  lacerations  as  is  now  the  universal  practice, 
incontinence  of  urine,  owing  to  vaginal  sloughing,  was  replaced  by 
incontinence  of  faeces  resulting  from  complete  laceration  of  the 
perineum.  The  lacerations  of  the  cervix  and  vagina  and  their  rela- 
tion to  parametritis  were  either  unobserved  or  not  understood  until 
Emmet  taught  the  medical  world  their  importance.  Just  as  the 
practice  of  the  first  period  made  material  for  the  special  beneficent 
work  of  Marion  Sims,  so  the  abuses  of  the  second  period  provided 
the  opportunities  which  Emmet  had  the  genius  to  recognize  and  to 
use.  He  was  the  first  to  observe  and  describe  the  injury  that  had 
been  inflicted,  and  to  teach  the  gynaecologist  the  method  by  which 
;it  could  be  repaired. 

Ancesthetic s plus  Antiseptics — The  advent  of  the  third  period, 
that  of  anaesthetics  combined  with  antiseptics,  dates  from  1870  to 
1873,  or  somewhat  later.  About  that  time  began  those  triumphs 
of  abdominal  and  pelvic  surgery  applied  to  the  diseases  of  women 
of  which  men  of  our  special  branches  of  medicine  are  so  justly 
proud.  The  operations  in  general  surgery  also  took  on  a  new 
phase,  and  our  students,  accustomed  to  witness  in  the  hospital  the 
audacity  with  which  the  modern  surgeon,  depending  upon  anaes- 
thetics and  antiseptics,  could  deal  with  new  growths  and  surgical  in- 
juries, were  influenced,  perhaps  almost  unconsciously,  by  what  they 


SINCLAIR:   OBSTETRICS   AND   GYNECOLOGY.  II 

had  seen  of  operative  surgery  towards  applying  its  methods  to  mid- 
wifery practice.  There  has  been  little  of  precept  and  example  to 
counteract  this  tendency.  Our  students  in  the  medical  schools  are 
not  taught  obstetrics  and  gynaecology  in  a  reasonably  practical  way- 
while  on  the  other  hand  they  apply  themselves  to  surgery,  theory 
and  practice,  from  the  time  they  pass  the  entrance  examination  un- 
til they  graduate.  They  learn  surgery  which  they  will  never  prac- 
tice, and  they  will  practice  midwifery  which  they  have  never 
learned. 

But  the  mischief  is  not  merely  negative.  If  the  y  oung  practition- 
er turns  to  some  of  our  English  manuals  of  midwifery,  or  to  contri- 
butions to  our  medical  journals,  he  is  liable  to  be  misled  into  prac- 
tice which  is  actively  harmful.  It  would  be  a  long  and  invidious 
task  to  support  this  statement  by  references,  but  it  may  be  as  well 
to  take  one  or  two  illustrations.  A  friend  of  mine  has  published  a 
"  Practice  of  Midwifery  "  as  a  guide  for  practitioners  and  students. 
The  edition  from  which  I  quote  is  dated  1896.  He  says  :  "  The  per- 
verted old  adage  that  'meddlesome  midwifery  is  bad'  has  long 
stood  in  the  way  of  an  early  application  of  the  forceps  in  uterine 
inertia  ....  Rash  and  inconsiderate  measures  I  would  not 
be  thought  to  encourage.  .  .  .  but  we  must  not  let  our  caution 
warp  our  judgment  and  so  delay  a  comparatively  simple  and  harm, 
less  operation  until  it  becomes  one  that  is  difficult  and  dangerous.'' 
On  the  rest  of  his  chapter  on  the  forceps  I  have  no  relevant  criti- 
cism to  make,  except  that  it  is  too  much  like  the  summing  up  of  a 
judge  to  a  jury  to  afford  a  clear,  definite  and  helpful  guidance  to 
the  student ;  but  in  this  respect  it  is  by  no  means  an  exception 
among  the  manuals. 

I  have  already  quoted  a  master  of  the  Rotunda  Hospital  of  Dub- 
lin, and  I  should  like  to  refer  for  a  moment  to  a  phase  of  midwifery 
practice  initiated,  or  largely  influenced  in  its  development,  by  an- 
other. Dr.  Johnston  *  published  an  account  of  the  use  of  the 
forceps  at  the  Rotunda  j Hospital  in  Dublin  during  the  year  1875. 
He  says  :  "There  were  113  cases  where  we  considered  it  advisable 
to  deliver  with  the  forceps,  and  83  of  these  were  primiparae,  .  .  . 
-75  mothers  recovered,  8  died,  6  being  cases  of  seduction,  fretting; 
_2  cases  of  peritonitis.  Thirty  were  pluriparse  ;  26  mothers  recov- 
ered, 2  died."  There  were  1,025  cases,  and  the  forceps  were  used 
in  II  per  cent.  The  maternal  mortality  is  10  per  cent,  in  the  for- 
ceps cases.  Death  in  child-bed  from  "  fretting  "  appears  to  be  a 
specialty  of  the  Dublin  medical  school.     They  have  not  anything 


.#  "  Medical  Press  and  Gircnlsr,"  January,  1876. 


12  SINCLAIR:   OBSTETRICS  AND    GYNECOLOGY. 

of  the  kind  in  Germany,  and  Fritscb,  in  his  book  on  puerperal  fever^ 
in  referring  to  the  Dublin  peculiarity,  calls  it  "  dummheit."  Dr. 
Johnston  goes  on  to  meet  the  objection  that  the  forceps  is  a  dan- 
■gerous  instrument,  and  he  says  :  "  As  a  proof  to  the  contrary  I  may 
mention  that  of  the  752  cases  that  have  been  delivered  within  the 
last  seven  years,  in  no  one  instance  was  injury  inflicted  by  the  in- 
struments on  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother."  We  shall  see  again  how 
the  best  practice  in* the  German  lying-in  hospitals  contrasts  with 
this  wonderful  result.  There  they  have  not  three  times  as  many 
deaths  from  fretting  as  from  peritonitis,  but  they  confess  to  inflicting 
much  injury  on  the  soft  parts  by  the  use  of  the  forcegs.  After  the 
usual  formal  caution  against  rash  interference,  Dr.  Johnston  goes  on 
to  say :  "  The  more  we  see  of  early  interference  and  the  benefits 
arising  from  it  the  more  we  are  induced  to  persevere  in  it."  He 
says  little  about  his  mortality,  which  was  about  double  that  of  ovar- 
iotomy in  experienced  hands.  His  argument  that  this  operation 
should  not  be  undertaken  by  an  "  unskillful  person,"  introducing  a 
comparison  between  applying  the  forceps  and  tying  the  subclavian 
artery  or  lithotomy,  amounts  to  a  plea  for  leaving  operative  mid- 
wifery entirely  in  the  hands  of  a  special  class. 

Facilis  descensus  averni.  We  soon  find  even  such  an  exper- 
ienced and  cautious  obstetrician  as  Dr.  Swayne,*  of  Bristol,  re- 
ferring to  Dr.  Johnston's  hospital  reports,  and  expressing  approval 
of  the  practice  of  using  the  forceps  during  the  first  stage  of  labour. 
Dr.  Swayne  quotes  Denman's  aphorism,  "The  first  stage  of  labour 
must  be  perfectly  finished  before  we  think  of  applying  forceps,"  and 
he  declares  with  evident  satisfaction  that  in  no  branch  of  obstetrics 
have  we  departed  from  the  precepts  and  practice  of  our  forefathers 
as  in  this. 

Further  examples  might  be  quoted  by  the  score.  The  deterio- 
ration went  on  rapidly,  until  many  teachers  and  writers  of  manuals 
seemed  to  have  hardly  the  courage  to  speak  with  clearness  and  pre- 
cision, and  they  talked  and  wrote  as  if  they  had  no  decided  opinion 
of  their  own.  Their  formal  cautions  and  restrictions,  more  or  less 
■  explicitly  stated  to  be  applicable  to  the  practice  of  the  experienced 
and  skillful,  are  a  mere  sham  as  applied  to  the  untaught  young 
practitioner,  and  they  become  a  delusion  and  a  snare. 

It  is  only  about  twenty  years  since  Dr.  Swayne  referred  to  the 
use  of  forceps,  in  the  first  stage  of  labour  as  a  "  startling  innovation  " 
in  obstetric  practice  ;  and  the  midwifery  practice  of  to-day,  espe- 
cially among  the  working-classes  in  England,  is  something  to  won- 
der at  and  deplore.     The  young  practitioner  sees  a  woman  suffering 


*  "  British  Medical  Journal,"  April,  1877. 


SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS  AND  GYNECOLOGY.  1 3 

under  the  pangs  of  labour ;  he  can  relieve  these  by  anaesthetics  ; 
normal  labour  is  a  process  which  requires  time ;  the  practitioner 
does  not  like  waiting,  and  he  has  appliances  by  which  he  can 
abridge  the  process  of  normal  labour ;  he  knows  he  may  produce 
injuries,  but  these  are  in  his  eyes  trifling  compared  with  the  injuries 
he  has  been  accustomed  to  see  treated  successfully  by  the  surgeon 
with  the  aid  of  antiseptic  appliances,  and  a  laceration  can  always  be 
sutured  if  it  appears  to  be  of  sufficient  importance.  Why,  there- 
fore, should  he  permit  suffering  to  his  patient  and  waste  his  own 
time  ?  He  does  not  know  enough  of  gynaecological  practice  to  be 
impressed  with  the  importance  of  a  laceration  of  the  cervix  or 
vagina  or  a  dislocation  of  the  uterus  ;  that  is  to  say,  of  the  remoter 
consequences  of  his  well-meant  interference.  More  than  that,  al- 
though he  may  have  attended  the  statutory  number  of  labours  re- 
quired by  his  college  or  university,  he  has  enjoyed  few  advantages 
of  direct  practical  instruction  and  example ;  he  may  be  unable  to 
diagnose  the  presentation,  so  he  must  trust  to  force  alone  ;  he  has 
seen  little  or  nothing  of  the  puerperal  state,  so  he  is  hardly  in  a  posi- 
tion to  appreciate  the  risk  to  his  patient  or  to  recognize  some  of 
even  the  immediate  effects  of  operative  midwifery. 

Meddlesome  Midwifery. — I  have  endeavoured  to  trace  the 
course  of  change  in  obstetric  practice  in  England,  and  to  indicate 
the  causes.  That  practice  is  now,  in  my  estimation,  vastly  too 
meddlesome  and  mischievous,  and  some  reform  is  urgently  required. 
Probably  few  men  even  in  the  medical  profession  who  do  not  ac- 
tually see  midwifery  practice  among  the  working  classes  of  our  large 
towns,  or  have  their  attention  constantly  drawn  to  the  injuries  re- 
sulting from  their  practice,  are  aware  of  the  actual  state  of  affairs. 
In  Manchester,  and  the  manufacturing  towns  of  Lancashire,  the  pro- 
portion of  cases  in  which  the  forceps  are  applied,  with  or  without 
indications,  amounts  to  five  and  twenty  or  thirty  per  cent,  and  even 
more.  One  of  my  friends  who  has  a  large  general  practice  within 
the  area  covered  by  our  Maternity  Hospital  has  been  good  enough 
to  give  me  a  statement  of  his  midwifery  practice  for  the  last  ten 
years,  and  the  proportion  comes  as  nearly  as  possible  to  twenty- 
five  per  cent.  From  1885  to  1889,  five  years,  he  attended  839 
cases,  and  applied  the  forceps  in  142,  that  is,  in  17  per  cent.  From 
1890  to  i8q6,  seven  years,  he  attended  900  cases  and  used  the 
forceps  in  246,  that  is  a  percentage  of  27.3.  His  rate  of  forceps 
delivery  is  highest  in  1896,  when  he  used  the  instrument  50  times 
in  150  cases.  Another  friend,  whose  practice  mostly  lies  within  the 
same  area,  tells  me  that  his  proportion  is  at  least  thirty  per  cent. 
The  highest  figure  mentioned  to  me  has  been  75  per  cent.     A  busy 


14!  SINCLAIR  :  OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNECOLOGY. 

practitioner  whose  field  of  operations  lies  in  one  of  the  largest  manu- 
facturing towns  in  Lancashire,  told  me,  in  answer  to  the  question 
which  I  so  frequently  put,  "  What  is  the  percentage  of  forceps 
cases  in  your  practice  ?  "  that  his  was  "  At  least  seventy-five  per 
cent."  "But,"  I  replied,  "  you  must  be  joking."  "  Not  at  all,"  he 
said,  "  between  high  and  low  applications  of  the  forceps,  at  least 
seventy-five  per  cent."  "  But,"  I  said,  "  surely  you  have  no  appre- 
ciable  number  of  cases  of  application  of  the  forceps  at  the  brim  ?  " 
"  I  had  three  cases  only  last  week,  but  it  is  a  good  while  since  I  had 
such  a  case  before,"  and,  to  prove  to  me  that  his  seventy-five  per- 
centage was  a  fact  and  within  the  mark,  he  promised  to  give  me  the 
exact  figures  from  the  recprd  of  his  cases. 

I  have  been  frequently  told  by  practitioners  in  similar  commun- 
ities that  in  the  case  of  a  multipara  they  allow  half  an  hour  to  an 
hour  for  the  second  stage  of  labour,  and,  if  the  case  does  not  show 
signs  of  immediate  spontaneous  completion,  they  apply  the  forceps. 
Among  the  gynaecological  cases  at  the  Manchester  Southern  Hos- 
pital it  is  by  no  means  a  rare  thing  to  find  a  young  woman  suffer- 
ing from  dislocation  of  the  uterus  and  lacerations  of  the  cervix  and 
of  the  perineum,  whose  first  labour  was  terminated  by  forceps 
within  four  to  six  hours  of  the  onset  of  regular  pains. 

Now,  before  passing  judgment  on  this  kind  of  practice  as  to 
whether  it  is  reasonable  or  unavoidable,  or  praiseworthy,  or  the 
reverse  of  all  that,  we  must  find  a  criterion  of  good  practice.  What 
means  have  we  of  forming  an  opinion  as  to  the  proportion  of  cases 
in  which  we  may  have  to  interfere  under  proper  indications  ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  symptoms  indicate  some  danger  to  the  mother,  to 
the  child,  or  to  both.  We  must  obviously  compare  the  methods 
of  treatment  adopted  and  the  results  obtained  over  large  numbers 
of  recorded  cases.  For  my  present  purpose  I  naturally  put  before 
you  in  the  first  place  facts  with  which  I  am  conversant  and  can 
establish  beyond  dispute.  I  have  here  figures  showing  the  details 
of  two  years  of  the  practice  of  the  Manchester  Maternity  Hospital. 
The  hospital  contains  only  twelve  beds  for  in-patients.  The  home- 
patients  who  form  the  great  majority  are  attended  by  more  or  less 
trained  and  experienced  midwives.  The  midwives  have  instruc- 
tions in  case  of  difficulty  to  send  for  the  assistance  of  a  district  ob- 
stetric physician,  who  lives  within  the  area  for  which  she  is  re- 
sponsible. 

Manchester  Maternity  Hospital. 
hrom  Cctober  1st,  1894,  to  September  Tfith,  1895. 
In- Patients — 

Total  number  confined  in  hospital 183 

"         "         delivered  with  forceps 12 


SINCLAIR:   OBSTETRICS    AND   GYNECOLOGY.  I5- 

Out.  Patients— 

Total  number  attended II02 

District  obstetric  physicians  sent  for  by  midwives,  forceps  cases.  15 

Doctor  called  in  by  midwife  on  account  of — 

Adherent,  or  retained  placenta 4  cases. 

Breech  presentation i      " 

Transverse  presentation i       *' 

Placenta  praevia , i      " 

From  October  1st,  1895,  to  September  T,otk,  1896. 
In-Patients — 

Total  number  confined  in  hospital 177 

"        "        delivered  with  forceps .... 21 

Out- Patients— 

Total  number  attended  to 947 

"        "        forceps  cases 14 

In  the  home-patient  department,  in  addition  to  the  fourteen  forceps  cases, 
the  doctor  was  called  in  three  times  to  twin  cases  (second  twin  tran verse).  Abor- 
tion I.  Retained  placenta  2.  Post-partum  hsemorrhage  I,  and  shoulder  pre- 
sentation!.    Placenta  prsevia  i. 

Only  simple  forceps  cases  are  set  down  in  this  statement ;  the  few  in  which 
forceps  were  applied  after  version  are  not  included. 

It  will  be  seen  from  these  figures  that  the  forceps  deliveries 
among  in-patients  are  in  a  comparatively  high  proportion,  but  it 
must  be  explained  that  the  hospital  beds  are  understood  to  be  re- 
tained for  cases  of  difficulty  and  danger  ;  hence  a  large  proportion 
of  the  women  admitted  have  a  history  of  difficult  or  operative 
labour  in  the  past.  The  proportion  of  forceps  deliveries  among 
these  in-patients  is  almost  exactly  nine  per  cent.,  and  no  woman 
died  after  the  use  of  the  forceps.  The  proportion  of  forceps  deliver- 
ies among  the  home-patients  in  the  charge  of  the  midwives  may  be 
considered  the  normal  requirements  in  such  a  community  as  ours. 
The  midwives  are  under  strict  supervision.  Their  credit  is  at 
stake  if  they  lose  their  heads  and  send  too  frequently  for  medical 
assistance,  and  their  position  is  in  danger  if  harm  comes  to  the 
mother  or  child  by  want  of  knowledge  and  judgment  in  failing  to 
send  when  necessity  arises.  Now,  in  2049  home-patient  deliveries^ 
the  forceps  had  to  be  applied  by  the  obstetric  physicians  29  times  j 
that  is,  as  nearly  as  possible,  1.4  per  cent.  I  have  already  called 
your  attention  to  the  fact  that  within  the  same  area  of  population, 
but  among  the  class  of  people  who  can  afford  to  pay  for  private 
medical  attendance,  the  proportion  of  forceps  deUveries  is  from  five 
and  twenty  to  thirty  per  cent.  Such  a  striking  contrast  surely 
supplies  food  for  reflection  and  calls  for  explanation.  Another 
point,  which  I  mention  with  some  diffidence  because  I  have  only 
my  own  figures  to  offer  by  way  of  illustration,  is  the  remarkable 
difference  in  the  proportion  of  forceps  deliveries  among  the  poor 


l6  SINCLAIR  :  OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNAECOLOGY. 

as  compared  with  those  in  a  better  position  in  life.  I  have  for  a 
long  time  made  cautious  inquiries  with  regard  to  the  history  of  the 
-confinements  in  taking  notes  of  my  private  gynaecological  cases,' 
and  my  conclusion  is  that  the  hospital  patients  are  delivered  with 
forceps  more  than  ten  times  as  often  as  the  class  of  women  who 
consult  the  gynaecologist  privately,  and  may  therefore  be  assumed 
to  be  in  a  position  to  pay  higher  fees  to  the  accoucheur.  If  this 
result  should  be  found  on  extended  enquiry  to  coincide  with  the 
experiences  of  others  in  a  similiar  position,  it  is  a  not  unimportant 
fact  in  guiding  our  judgment  to  a  conclusion  as  to  how  far  we  may 
have  drifted  astray  from  right  and  reasonable  midwifery  practice  at 
ithe  present  time,  and  as  to  one  cause  at  least  of  the  aberration. 

My  attention  was  first  attracted  to  this  subject  about  twelve 
years  ago,  and  I  have  given  it  some  attention  ever  since.  I  was 
then  assisting  an  experienced  accoucheur  in  a  case  of  normal  labour 
in  a  primipara.  As  far  I  could  judge,  nothing  could  be  more  typically 
normal  than  the  labour  up  to  the  point  of  what  appeared  the 
approaching  completion  of  the  second  stage,  and  yet  I  was  asked  to 
assist  in  an  obstetric  operation  by  administering  an  anaesthetic, 
although  my  senior  had  made  previously  some  joke  about  the 
"  healthy  young  animal  "  type  of  the  pains,  and  they  as  far  as  I 
•could  see  had  not  changed  from  that  type.  He  applied  the  forceps, 
and  by  repeated  efforts  at  traction  effected  delivery,  lacerating  the 
-vagina  and  perineum.  The  immediate  results  were  those  we  are 
familiar  with,  including  an  attack  of  parametritis  ;  the  remoter  effects 
were  prominent  cicatrix  of  the  vagina,  and  chronic  bad  health.  I 
am  reminded  of  the  history  from  time  to  time  by  being  consulted 
by  the  patient. 

My  enquiries  into  the  need  for  such  operations  and  their  conse- 
quences have  gone  on  intermittently  ever  since,  and  I  have  noted 
with  great  satisfaction  the  rising  protest  in  Germany  against  the 
abuse  of  the  forceps. 

There  is  now  a  considerable  literature  on  the  subject  ot  forceps 
deliveries.  There  is  not  time,  nor  is  this  quite  the  occasion  for 
going  into  many  details  on  the  subject.  I  may,  however,  make 
some  concise  reference  to  certain  facts  recorded  in  this  literature 
as  I  consider  it  of  the  greatest  possible  value  to  those  who  may 
wish  to  form  an  independent  judgment  on  the  matter,  on  account  of 
the  large  amount  of  material  and  the  exactness  with  which  the 
whole  matter  is  put  before  the  reader.  In  1889  Munchmeyer*  pub. 
lished  a  valuable  article  in  which  he  gave  an  account  of  the  cases  of 
Jabour  completed  with  forceps  in  the  Royal  Hospital  for  Women  in 

*  "  Archiv  fur  Gynakologie,"  Vol.  36. 


SINCLAIR  :  OBSTETRICS   AND   GYNAECOLOGY.  1 7 

Dresden  from  1883  to  1888,  and  the  last  of  this  series  of  papers  which 
I  have  seen  is  that  by  Dr.  B61a  von  Walla,  which  he  calls  "  Studien 
im  Auschlurs  an  115  Zangen  operationen."  It  appears  in  the  fifth 
volume  of  the  Monastschrift  fur  Geburtshulfe  und  Gymecologie. 
It  is  an  account  of  the  cases  delivered  with  forceps  in  the  Univer- 
sity Klinik  for  Obstetrics  and  Gynaecology  at  Buda-Pest.  From 
the  ist  September,  1882,  to  December '31st,  1895,  there  were 
11,064  women  confined  in  this  hospital.  Of  these  labours  115  were 
completed  with  forceps,  that  is,  in  the  proportion  of  1.04  per  cent. 
over  the  whole  time,  and  in  1895  the  percentage  of  forceps  opera- 
tions sank  to  0.32.  It  is  instructive  to  compare  with  this  the  fre- 
quency with  which  forceps  operations  are  performed  in  other  German 
University  kliniks,  and  also  to  compare  the  most  extreme  cases 
with  our  own  general  practice.  Wahl,  in  his  paper,  continuing  the 
report  of  the  Dresden  Hospital  begun  by  Munchmeyer,  gives  an 
interesting  table,  showing  the  relative  frequency  with  which  the  for-^ 
ceps  have  been  used  at  various  maternity  hospitals  :  — 

K^zmarszky,  Buda-Pest,  1874- 1882 L.4  per  cent. 

"    Abegg,  Danzig,  1872-1885 2.2  " 

von  Winckel,  Munchen,  1884-  '890 2.6  " 

Leopold,  Dresden,    1889-1894 , 2.56  " 

Gusserow,  Berlin  (Charit^),  1882-1886 2.66  '' 

Leopold,  Dresden,  1883-1688 2.6  " 

von  Winckel,  Dresden,    1879- 1883 3.  " 

Ahlfeld,  Marburg,  1881-1888 3.5  " 

von  Rosthorn,  Prag,  1891  1894 3.63  " 

Stuttgarter  Geb.  Austalt,  1872- 1885 3.7  " 

Braun,  Wien , 43  " 

Kehrer,  Heidelberg 4.6  '  • 

Olshausen,  Berlin 4-96  " 

Fehling,  Basel,  1887  1893 (5.33  " 

Sulugin 6.  " 

von  Saxinger,  Tubingen 6.5  " 

Olshausen,  Halle 8.4  «' 

Schauta,  Innsbruck,  1881- 1887 9.16  " 

Schultze,  Jena 11. 6  " 

As  Wahl  points  out  in  the  contribution  from  which  I  am  now 
quoting,  the  great  difference  in  these  figures  indicates  a  marked 
difference  of  opinion  as  to  what  are  the  indications  for  the  use  of 
the  forceps.  In  Buda-Pest  and  in  Dresden,  the  indications  for  the 
forceps  are  very  strictly  and  narrowly  defined,  whatever  may  be  the 
rule  at  other  institutions.  At  some  of  the  medical  school  hospitals 
it  is  unfortunately  thought  right  to  apply  the  forceps  in  cases  of 
normal  labour  in  order  to  give  instruction  to  the  students. 

This  is  an  excellent  account  of  the  forceps  treatment  of  labour 
in  the  Dresden  Hospital,  which  is  given  by  Wahl.*    It  is,  as  already 

*  Uber  die  entbindungen  mit  der  Zange  an  der  Kanigh,  1894.  Frauen- 
klinik  in  Dresden  in  den  Jahren  1889,  bis  1,  Januar,  1896.  Archiv  fur  Gynaco- 
logie,  Bd.  50. 


l8  SINCLAIR:   OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNECOLOGY. 

mentioned,  in  continuation  and  supplement  of  Munchmeyer's  report 
six  years  before,  and  deals  with  the  cases  delivered  within  the 
hospital  from  1889  to  the  end  of  1894 — six  years.  The  whole  num- 
ber of  cases  was  9,061  ;  forceps  were  used  in  232  cases,  that  is,  in 
2.5  per  cent.  An  examination  of  the  details  gives  some  extremely 
interesting  information,  which^  however,  is  not  altogether  relevant 
to  the  present  purpose.  The  forceps  were  used  only  on  certain 
exact  conditions  and  indications.  The  cervix  must  be  completely 
dilated,  the  membranes  ruptured,  and  the  sagital  suture  as  nearly 
as  possible  in  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  pelvic  outlet. 
There  were  212  or  91.5  per  cent,  of  typical  cases  for  the  applica- 
tion of  the  forceps  ;  there  were  only  17  cases  in  the  whole  9,000  in 
which  the  forceps  were  applied,  while  the  head  was  at  the  pelvic 
brim.  The  final  indication  for  resorting  to  forceps  was  always  danger 
to  the  mother,  to  the  child,  or  to  both,  and  three  to  four  hours  was 
the  period  allowed  for  the  second  stage  of  labour.  At  Buda-Pest 
the  time  allowed  for  the  second  stage  was  five  to  six  hours. 

Remarkably  interesting,  too,  is  the  information  contained  in 
this  report  regarding  the  morbidity  and  the  mortality  of  both 
mothers  and  children.  The  results  for  both  are  as  good  as  any 
ever  published.  The  only  point,  however,  to  which  I  wish  specially 
to  call  attention  is  the  number  and  extent  of  the  lacerations  and  in- 
juries which  are  attributed  to  the  forceps  under  conditions  in  which 
observations  could  be  exactly  made.  Munchmeyer  reports  85  per 
cent,  of  lacerations,  including  in  this  episiotomy  performed  by  him- 
self to  prevent  worse  lacerations,  and  those  small  injuries  which 
could  be  repaired  with  a  single  suture.  Schmidt  found  84.6  per 
cent,  of  lacerations  of  the  vagina  and  perineum,  twD  of  the  latter 
complete  in  132  forceps  operations  at  the  Klinik  of  Basel.  The 
latest  results  at  Dresden,  as  given  by  VVahl,  appear  to  be  some- 
what better.  In  232  cases  the  percentage  of  injuries  was  81.4  per 
cent.  These  included  injuries  to  the  vagina,  to  the  cervix  and  to 
the  perineum,  some  of  which  were  slight,  others  extremely  severe. 
There  were  lacerations  of  the  cervix  which  required  immediate 
suturing  to  stop  the  haemorrhage,  and  there  were  six  complete 
lacerations  of  the  perineum.  Only  18  ■per  cent,  of  the  cases 
w.re  unjured.  Munchmeyer  may  well  refer  to  the  applicatio.i  of 
the  forceps  as  the  bloodiest  operation  in  medical  practice,  and 
Wahl  quotes  with  approval  the  opinion  of  Von  Winkel,  that,  even 
in  the  hands  of  an  experienced  operator,  the  forceps  is  an  instru- 
ment by  no  means  devoid  of  danger.  Compare  these  results  of 
cautious  forceps  delivery  with  Dr.  George  Johnston's  who  had  752 
forceps  cases  "  without  once  injuring  the  soft  parts,"  and  yet  he 
applied  the  forceps  in  the  first  stage. 


SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS  AND   GYNECOLOGY.  1 9 

It  would  be  tedious  and  serve  no  good  purpose  to  go  on  multi- 
plying experiences.  All  that  we  see  and  all  that  we  read  seems  to 
point  to  the  fact  that  we  have  replaced  the  one  great  injury  of  part- 
turition  of  former  generations— vesico-vaginal  fistula,  by  a  host  of 
others,  vesico-vaginal  fistula  by  laceration  instead  of  by  sloughing  in- 
cluded. There  is  a  general  impression  thr.t  sloughing  was  very  com- 
mon in  former  generations  owing  to  long-continued  pressure.  It  is 
extremely  difficult  to  get  any  information  on  the  relative  frequency. 
I  have  gone  through  the  700  cases  which  form  the  material  of  Mau- 
riceau's  work,  and  have  found  only  six  cases  in  which  incontinence 
of  urine  resulted  from  tedious  labour.  The  utero-vesico-vaginal 
fistulse  which  we  have  to  deal  with  are  not  extremely  rare,  and  these 
are  invariably  produced  by  premature  application  of  the  midwifery 
forceps  in  primiparae.  There  can  be  no  question  that  many  other 
such  fistulae  are  produced,  but  we  never  see  them,  because  the 
patients  die  in  child-bed.  In  addition  to  the  lacerations  and  dis- 
ablement which  comes  from  them  as  lacerations,  there  are  numer- 
ous other  acute  and  subacute  troubles,  such  as  parametritis  and 
cicatrisation.  When  we  see  such  injuries  with  attendant  displace- 
ments so  frequently  produced,  when  we  think  of  the  extreme 
differences  in  the  practice  prevailing  in  one  country  and  another, 
or  among  one  class  of  society  or  another,  is  it  not  reasonable  to 
conclude  that  there  must  be  something  seriously  wrong  with  our 
theories  or  our  practices,  or  with  both  ? 

My  present  purpose  is  not  so  much  to  attempt  to  prove  any- 
thing to  demonstration,  as  to  call  attention  to  certain  obvious  evils, 
and  by  a  plain  statement  of  facts  to  establish  a  prima  facie  case  for 
closer  investigation  of  the  question: 

'*  That  from  Discussion's  lip  may  fall 
The  law  which  working  strongly  binds." 

I  may,  however,  without  irrelevance,  remark  now  that  I  have 
myself  a  firm  conviction  that  serious  evils  exist ;  that  a  vast  amount 
of  unnecessary  misery  is  produced,  and  that  it  should  not  surpass 
the  wit  of  man  to  find  a  remedy.  I  am  quite  aware  of  the 
difficulties  that  meet  the  individual  practitioner.  I  have  been  too 
long  a  general  practitioner,  before  specialising,  to  have  missed  my 
share  of  those  experiences,  and  perhaps  it  may  raise  a  smile  if  I 
say,  from  that  point  of  view,  "  that  the  gossips  being  uneasy,"  in 
the  language  of  Smellie,  is  one  of  the  real  difficulties  in  the  way  of 
reform,  ifby  "  gossips  "we  mean  those  interested  in  the  patient  who 
may  have  some  sort  of  right  to  ask  questions  or  claim  the  privilege 
of  offering  well-meant  but  ignorant  suggestions,  concerning  the 
"  exhausted  "  condition  of  some  vigorous  young  woman  in  the  first 


20  SINCLAIR  :   OBSTETRICS   AND  GYNECOLOGY. 

hours  of  a  normal  labour.  It  is  only  the  formation  of  a  strong  pro- 
fessional opinion  and  then  a  public  opinion  that  will  enable  the 
iadividual  practitioner  to  hold  on  to  the  proper  course  without 
ruinous  injury  to  his  professional  position  and  character.  But  I 
believe  that  just  as  twenty  years  ago  v/e  met  with  men  who  feared 
to  suture  a  spontaneously  lacerated  perineum,  lest  they  should  be 
blamed  for  producing  the  injury,  and  now  among  their  successors 
meet  with  few  who  would  not  fear  to  be  blamed  if  they  did  not  suture 
such  a  lacerated  perineum ;  so  the  same  process  of  formation  of 
opinion  by  the  practice  of  men  of  clear  views  and  strong  will  with 
regard  to  the  forceps  would  bring  about  a  similar  reform. 

Among  the  causes  which  give  rise  to  the  present  abuses  must 
be  put  in  a  high  place  our  over-confidence  in  antiseptics.  Too 
many  of  our  practitioners  think  that  ihey  can  do  anything  in  the 
way  of  manipulation,  digital  or  instrumental,  if  only  they  use  some 
chemical  solution  with  sufficient  copiousness.  This,  I  am  afraid, 
is  a  fatal  delusion.  Such  at  least  is  the  conclusion  I  am  compelled 
to  draw  from  my  own  experience  of  cases  of  puerperal  fever  seen 
in  consultation.  It  is  a  pathetic  and  humiliating  sight  to  see  a 
healthy  young  woman  dying  in  childbed,  with  her  little  wedding 
presents  as  yet  untarnished  around  her,  because  the  medical  attendant 
has  thought  it  right  to  risk  the  production  of  injuries  in  a  first  and 
normal  labour  under  the  mistaken  impression  that  he  can  prevent 
bacterial  invasion  by  means  of  some  weak  solution  of  permanganate 
of  potash  and  mercury  or  other  chemical  which  he  calls  an  antiseptic. 
I  believe  in  antiseptics  certainly,  but  my  faith  does  not  carry  me  to 
the  extreme  point  of  the  schoolboy's  definition  as  to  the  faculty  of 
believing  what  we  know  cannot  be  true. 

But  the  great  difficulty  in  theway  of  either  prevention  or  reform 
of  abuses  is  the  want  of  systematic  practical  instruction  in  our 
Maternity  Hospitals,  the  absence  of  the  precept  and  example  of 
the  best  available  men  at  the  bedside.  The  consequence  is  that  our 
young  medical  practitioners  at  the  commencement  of  their  careers 
have  to  learn  midwifery  by  a  process  which  amounts  to  involuntary 
experiment  upon  their  patients.  While  the  German  medical  student 
learns  midwifery  and  gynaecology  as  he  learns  surgery,  and  the  sub- 
ject ranks  with  medicine  and  surgery  in  the  examinations,  we  are 
still  content  to  insist  as  far  as  practical  instruction  in  obstetrics  is 
concerned  merely  upon  a  formal  compliance  with  certain  regula- 
tions which  do  not  necessarily  imply  practical  knowledge  worthy  of 
the  name. 

The  solution  of  the  problem  before  us  must  sooner  or  later  be 
attempted  ;  that  problem  is  :  "  How  are'we  to  proceed  in  order  to 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  21 

reconcile  the  avoidance  cf  injuries  to  our  patients  which  may  carry 
important  consequence  to  life  and  health  in  their  train,  with  the  use 
of  the  scientific  resources  of  our  generation  which  should  enable  us, 
under  proper  safeguards,  to  soothe  and  curtail  the  mental  and 
physical  suffering  which  at  the  best  are  inherent  in  the  process  of 
parturition  ?  " 

You  have  heard  what  I  have  to  say.  I  do  not  assume  the 
position  of  guide  or  philosopher  ;  I  take  the  advantage  of  the 
opportunity  you  offer  me  to  call  the  atcention  of  the  profession  to 
what  I  believe  to  be  a  crying  evil.  If  you,  the  professors  of  the 
science  of  obstetrics  and  gynaecology,  believe  the  evil  exists,  you  will 
find  the  remedy. 


Pro2:ress  of  Medical  Science. 


MKDICINK   AND  NKUROI^OGY. 

IN   CHARGE   OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D. 

Assosiate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 

University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Physician  Western  Hospital. 


LUMBAR  PUNCTURE. 

Fleischmann  {Deutsche  Zeits.  fur  Nerv.,  July,  1897, 
Medicine)  reports  on  the  lumbar  puncture  of  fifty-four 
patients  in  the  service  of  Lichtheim  at  Koenigsberg.  He 
agrees  with  nearly  all  others  that  the  procedure  is  without 
serious  therapeutic  value.  Even  in  so-called  serous  menin- 
gitis only  one  of  the  four  cases  upon  which  it  was  practised 
showed  any  good  results  from  the  operation.  In  accord 
with  previous  observers,  however,  is  the  conclusion  that  the 
technique  is  simple  and  facile,  and  the  few  unpleasant  results 
of  no  serious  import  and  not  to  be  regarded  as  a  contrain- 
dication. Together  with  most  other  investigators  of  the 
subject,  he  lays  most  stress  on  the  diagnostic  importance  of 
the  abstracted  fluid. 

Puncture  was  done  fifteen  times  in  twelve  cases  of 
tubercular  meningitis,  and  the  bacilli  were  found  nine  times 
in  eight  patients  ;  while  of  five  punctures  in  two  cases  of 
epidemic  cerebro-spinal  meningitis  only  one  yielded  the 
Weichselbaum  coccus. 

Four  cases  of  purulent  meningitis  are  recorded.  Pus 
corpuscles  and  streptococci  were  found  in  the  fluid  of  two, 
streptococci  without   pus  in    one,  and    many  white   blood- 


22  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

corpuscles  without  micro-organisms  in  the  fourth — that  is,  a 
positive  finding,  more  or  less  conclusive,  in  all. 

In  studying  this,  as  indeed  all  other  reports  on  this 
subject  the  thought  is  inevitable  that  even  when  lumbar 
puncture  is  an  undoubted  diagnostic  aid,  the  information 
thus  obtained,  considering  the  present  status  of  therapeutics, 
is  not  of  great  practical  value.  As  between  tubercular 
meningitis  and  purulent  meningitis,  or  as  between  the  former 
and  brain  tumor,  or  even  as  between  tubercular  meningitis 
and  serous  meningitis,  it  must  be  acknowledged  that  a  posi- 
tive diagnosis  is  really  of  no  very  great  value  in  directing 
the  treatment  or  affecting  the  result  of  the  disease. 

Of  the  cases  reported  in  detail  we  may  mention  three  of 
serous  meningitis,  as  the  disease  is  not  very  well  known,  and 
the  cases  illustrate  some  of  the  difficulties  of  diagnosis  by 
means  of  lumbar  puncture, 

A  young  woman  of  24  years  was  taken  suddenly  ill  with 
violent  headache,  nausea,  and  vomiting.  There  were  soon 
added  attacks  of  general  convulsions  with  loss  of  conscious- 
ness and  moderate  cervical  pain.  Seven  days  after  the  onset 
examination  showed  elevation  of  temperature,  a  dicrotic 
pulse  of  44,  pain  on  bending  the  head  forward,  and  double 
optic  neiiritis.  The  following  day  the  patient  vomited 
several  times  and  had  a  general  convulsion  lasting  about  two 
hours.  Afterward  she  was  quite  rational  and  without  fever. 
The  next  day  there  was  removed  by  lumbar  puncture  twenty- 
five  cubic  centimeters  of  fluid  which  contained  one  part  per 
thousand  of  albumen,  and  in  which  a  slight  coagulum  formed 
spontaneously.  No  immediate  good  effects  of  the  puncture 
were  discernible,  but  the  patient  gradually  improved,  and 
four  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  her  illness  was  completely 
well,  the  persisting  optic  neuritis  (which  also  rapidly  im- 
proved) being  the  only  sign  of  disease.  The  percentage  of 
albumen  in  the  fluid  as  well  as  the  spontaneous  formation  of 
coagulum  pointed  to  an  inflammatory  affection.  As  the 
patient  belonged  to  a  tuberculous  family  and  had  herself 
suffered  from  scrofula  and  bone  tuberculosis,  tubercular 
meningitis  was  suspected,  but  examination  of  the  fluid  for 
tubercle  bacilli  was  negative,  and  purulent  meningitis  was 
excluded  on  account  of  the  low  percentage  of  albumen,  the 
absence  of  pus  corpuscles,  and  micro-organisms.  The  rapid 
recovery  of  the  patient  was  considered  to  verify  the  diagnosis 
of  serous  meningitis. 

The  second  patient,  a  sailor  aged  22,  who  had  also  had 
tuberculous  osteitis,  was  taken  with  headache,  nausea,  vomit- 
ing, cervical  rigidity,  and  sleeplessness.  The  pulse  was  only 
36.     After  a  couple  of  weeks  he  improved  rapidly,  but  four 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  23 

weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the  trouble  the  same  symptoms 
returned,  with  a  pulse  of  48  and  double  optic  neuritis.  Three 
months  later  lumbar  puncture  was  made  and  fluid  removed 
which  contained  only  three-tenths  of  one  part  of  albumen 
per  1000,  and  did  not  coagulate.  After  four  weeks  a  second 
puncture  drew  fluid  of  the  same  character.  There  was  no 
perceptible  effect  from  the  operation,  but  the  patient 
improved  and  was  discharged  cured  four  months  from  the 
first  onset  of  his  sickness.  In  this  case  the  small  amount  of 
albumen  in  the  fluid  and  its  failure  to  show  coagulation 
indicated  a  non-inflammatory  affection,  and  yet  the  coures 
and  termination  of  the  disease  seemed  to  prove  it  a  serous 
meningitis. 

In  the  third  case  autopsy  confirmed  the  diagnosis.  A 
child  of  three  years  who  had  had  eclampsia  at  ten  days  sud- 
denly became  ill  with  fever,  headache,  vomiting,  loss  of  con- 
sciousness, and  rigidity  of  the  entire  body,  but  remained  sick 
only  a  short  time  Three  weeks  later  she  had  a  fit  with  loss 
of  consciousness,  clonic  spasm,  followed  by  loss  of  speech 
and  paralysis.  On  admission  there  were  rigidity  of  the  spine, 
impaired  consciousness,  rotatory  movements  of  the  head, 
continual  grinding  of  teeth,  slight  paresis  of  the  right  side, 
and  double  optic  neuritis.  During  the  period  of  observation 
the  pulse  remained  high,  the  temperature  occasionally  high 
but  generally  normal.  The  spinal  canal  was  punctured 
twice,  the  fluid  containing  only  a  trace  of  albumen  and  deve- 
loping no  cloudiness.  Three  weeks  after  admission  the  child 
developed  pneumonia,  which  was  quickly  fatal.  The  autop- 
sy revealed  internal  hydrocephalus,  spinal  meningitis,  catarr- 
hal pneumonia,  and  swelling  of  the  intestinal  follicles.  ,  This 
case,  as  well  as  others,  goes  to  show  that  the  serous  menin- 
gitis of  Quincke  is  probably  not  a  perfect  entity,  but  that  ap- 
proximately the  same  symptom-complex  may  be  developed 
by  a  variety  of  conditions.  It  will  also  be  noted  that  the 
qualities  of  the  fluid  indicating  inflammation — viz.,  large  pro- 
portion of  albumen  and  spontaneous  coagulation — were 
wanting,  although  distinct  inflammation  was  present. 

In  another  case  in  which  the  diagnosis  l*y  between 
tumor  and  abscess,  the  high  pressure — equal  to  forty-five 
millimeters  of  mercury — decided  the  observer  in  favor  of 
tumor — a  conclusion  shown  to  be  correct  by  operation  and 
autopsy. 

Another  interesting  case  was  that  of  a  boy  of  eight 
who  became  rapidly  sick  with  all  the  principal  symptoms  of 
meningitis,  but  a  few  days  later  the  condition  seemed  some- 
what anomalous  and  a  lumbar  puncture  was  made  for  diag- 


24  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

nostic  purposes.  The  fluid  was  clear,  contained  only  a  trace 
of  albumen,  and  showed  no  sign  of  cloudiness  on  standing  ; 
hence  an  inflammatory  afi'ection  of  the  [cerebro  spinal  men- 
inges was  excluded.  This  being  done,  typhoid  fever  seemed 
the  most  probable  disease,  and  the  serum  test  being  used 
gave  a  positive  result — the  correctness  of  which  was  fully  con- 
firmed by  the  subsequent  course  of  the  case  as  well  as  by 
the  diazo-test  of  the  urine. 

CHOKED  DISC  AND  BRAIN  TUMOR. 

Jacobson  {CentralblatI fur  Nervenh.und  Psychiat.^  June, 
1897,  Medicine)  reports  a  case  of  cerebral  tumor  somewhat 
unusual  in  several  respects.  The  patient,  a  child  of  five,  while 
confined  to  the  bed  with  a  series  of  acute  diseases  gradually 
developed  spastic  weakness  of  the  left  side  with  some  anes- 
thesia. This  paresis  continued  to  increase  after  the  patient 
was  out  of  bed  and  constituted  the  only  symptom,  except 
moderately  choked  discs  and  toward  the  last  a  few  attacks  of 
faintness  without  loss  of  consciousness.  The  choked  discs 
completely  disappeared  and  did  not  return,  and  because  of 
this  and  the  inconspicuous  general  symptoms  the  author  was 
inclined  to  diagnose  a  focus  of  cerebral  softening  rather  than 
tumor.  The  autopsy  revealed  a  tumor  about  the  size  of  the 
thumb  in  the  left  cerebellar  hemisphere,  and  another  as  large 
as  a  small  apple  in  the  right  cerebrum  that  destroyed  the  en- 
tire lenticular  nucleus,  most  of  the  posterior  limb  of  the  inter- 
nal capsule,  and  part  of  the  optic  thalamus.  Botli  were 
solitary  tubercles.  Jacobson  explains  the  absence  of  severe 
general  disturbance,  as  well  as  spontaneous  disappearance  of 
the  choked  discs,  by  the  fact  that  the  bones  of  the  cranial 
vault  had  become  very  thin  and  elastic,  allowing  them  to 
bulge,  thus  in  some  degree  preventing  great  increase  of  intra- 
cranial pressure.  He  does  not  consider,however,  that  the  dis- 
appearance of  choked  disc  from  relief  of  pressure  is  absolute- 
ly conclusive  proof  of  the  mechanical  (pressure),  as  opposed 
to  the  toxic,  cause  of  this  condition,  as  an  operation  relieving 
pressure  may  be  conceived  to  allow  of  the  re-establishment 
of  a  natural  circulation  in  the  lymph  channels,  which  permits 
removal  of  the  toxic  agents  that  presumably  cause  the  optic 
neuritis. 

In  the  discussion  Oppenheim  confirmed  the  disappear- 
ance of  the  choked  discs  in  the  present  case  in  spite  of  the  con- 
tinued growth  of  the  tumor,  and  was  inclined  to  favor  the 
mechanical  origin  of  optic  neuritis. 

Schuster  also  reported  the  disappearance  of  choked  disc 
in  a  tumor  case.     A  young  woman    who  presented   all  the 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  2$ 

principal  symptoms  of  tumor  was  put  on  inunctions  of  mercu- 
ry and  large  doses  of  potassium  iodide,  whereupon  the  head- 
aches ceased  and  the  choked  disc  disappeared.  Some  months 
later  she  suddenly  died,  and  the  autopsy  revealed  in  the  left 
posterior  fossa  a  glioma  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg,  which 
showed  no  trace  of  any  action  of  the  iodide. 

Greeff  thought  that  clinically  as  well  as  pathologically 
a  difference  should  be  made  between  pure  choked  disc  (pas- 
sive congest  ion)  and  optic  neuritis.  The  latter  means  severe 
change  in  the  nerve  fibres ;  the  former  may  exist  to  a  marked 
degree  without  damage  to  the  optic  nerve  and  with  normal 
vision  and  visual  fields. 

A  REVIEW  OF  THE  LITERATURE  OF  KOCH'S 
TUBERCULIN. 

The  International  Medical  Magazine  iox'Dt.zeTvifoex,  1897, 
contains  this  article  by  J.  Button  Steele,  M.D.,  Philadel- 
phia. A  brief  resume  is  given  of  the  experience  of  those  who 
have  used  tuberculin  R  since  its  discovery  some  eight 
months  ago.  E.  Buchner  employed  the  method  of  pulveriz- 
ation of  the  bacilli,  an  account  of  which  was  published  in 
1893.  He  ground  them  in  the  moist  state  with  sand.  The 
dose  of  the  material  diluted  with  glycerine  or  salt  solution  to 
the  proper  strength  is  from  1-500  of  a  milligramme  to  20 
milligrammes,  the  maximum  dose  being  seldom  reached. 
The  initial  dose  of  1-500  milligramme  is  doubled  every  second 
or  third  day,  or  by  slow  degrees  of  increase  if  too  much  re- 
action is  produced.  The  cure  is  finished  when  20  milligramme 
doses  have  been  reached,  which  occurs  in  from  sixty-five  to 
seventy  days.  After  this  the  patient  will  not  re^ct  to  ordinary 
tuberculin.  Various  micro-organisms  have  been  found  con- 
taminating the  specimens  of  tuberculin  R,  and  some  have 
contained  live  tubercle  bacilli,  and  samples  vary  in  their 
potency.  Considerable  local  irritation,  sometimes  abscesses, 
follow  the  hypodermic  injections.  Fever  and  nervous  dis- 
turbances follow,  and  isolated  cases  of  albuminuria  are  re- 
ported. A  resume  of  the  reports  on  its  use  is  thus  given,  and 
the  following  conclusions  are  drawn  : 

I.  The  new  preparation  if  uncontaminated  does  not 
seem  to  be  more  harmful  than  the  old  tuberculin  if  very  care- 
fully given.  The  dosage  suggested  by  Koch  is  probably  too 
severe.  Much  is  left  to  be  desired  in  the  preparation  of  the 
material.  In  its  present  form  it  is  usually  contaminated.  The 
greatest  element  of  danger  is  the  possibility  of  the  presence 
of  living  tubercle  bacilli.  It  may  also  contain  streptococci, 
diplococci,  staphylococci,    and  various  saprophytic  bacteria. 


26  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

Certain  outputs  of  the  substance  are  clearly  stronger  than 
others  and  more  likely  to  cause  serious  reaction, 

2.  The  injections  are  accompanied  by  much  disconfcrt 
to  the  individual.  The  point  of  entrance  of  the  needle  usual- 
ly becomes  the  seat  of  considerable  inflammatory  reaction 
and  occasionally  of  abscess  formation.  Much  of  this  may  be 
accounted  for  by  the  contamination  of  the  preparation  or 
faulty  asepsis  in  its  administration  ;  but,  even  in  the  absence 
of  the  former  and  with  extreme  care  in  the  latter,  as  in  the 
series  reported  by  Bussenius,  some  infiltration  may  occur. 
Very  marked  systemic  reaction  occurred  in  some  part  of  the 
course  of  injection,  but  there  is  a  reasonable  suspicion  that 
this  may  be  caused  by  the  apparent  variation  in  strength  of 
the  preparation.  It  is  possible  that,  if  this  uncertainty  is 
overcome,  immunity  against  the  products  of  the  microbe  may 
be  reached  without  undue  reaction. 

3.  The  immediate  effects  of  the  preparation  upon  exist- 
ing lesions  of  the  lung,  larynx,  bladder,  and  middle  ear  are 
too  indefinite  to  admit  of  any  certain  opinion  being  formed 
concerning  them.  In  lupus,  in  various  suppurating  tracts, 
and  in  one  noticeable  case  of  tuberculosis  of  the  uterus  and 
its  appendages,  the  remedy  seemed  to  be  of  value  ;  but 
whether  of  greater  worth  than  the  old  tuberculin  can  only  be 
determined  by  longer  observations. 

4.  Koch's  experiments  upon  guinea-pigs  apparently 
established  the  fact  that  in  them  an  immunity  against  both 
the  bacteria  and  their  products  could  be  obtained,  and,  inas- 
much as  several  patients  after  completing  the  course  of  in- 
jections stipulated  by  Koch  received  large  doses  of  the  old 
tuberculin  without  reaction,  it  would  seem  as  if  an  immunity 
against  the  products  of  the  bacilli  could  be  produced  in  man. 
Whether  such  individuals  possess  also  an  immunity  against 
the  bacteria  themselves,  and  therefore  are  protected  against 
reinfection,  must  be  settled  by  observations  extending  over  a 
longer  period  of  time.  The  observation  of  Baudach  in  this 
connection  is  p-rtinent:  "The  question  of  the  production  of 
immunity  is  unsettled.  If  there  is  none  produced,  then  the 
only  point  of  difference  between  tuberculin  R  and  the  old 
tuberculin  is  the  greater  toxicity  of  the  former,"  The  class 
of  cases  in  which  the  use  of  the  remedy  is  justifiable  is  natu- 
rally very  limited. 

STREPTOCOCCUS  SERUM  (MARMOREK)  AND 
STREPTOCOCCUS  TOXIN. 

By  FERDINAND  SCHENK,  M  D. 

The  following  experiments  were  undertaken  as  a  conti- 
nuation of  the   work  of  Borneman    published   in   the  same 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  2/ 

journal  in  1896.  Four  horses  were  immunized,  all  with  the 
streptococcus  Marmorek  ;  all  of  them  reacted  strongly  to  the 
injections  at  first,  but  subsequently  seemed  to  suffer  no  bad 
effect  from  active  virulent  cultures.  All  had  previously  been 
rendered  immune  to  diphtheria.  The  streptococci  were  the 
same  as  those  that  had  been  supplied  to  Borneman  by  Mar- 
morek himself,  their  virulence  having  been  maintained  by 
successive  passage  through  rabbits.  Altogether  sixty  pre- 
ventive experim.ents  were  made  with  various  quantities  of 
the  serum-test  obtained  from  these  horses,  reaching  from  0.2 
c.  c.  to  5  c.  c,  and  the  animals  were  subsequently  inoculated 
with  from  0.0 1  to  0.00 1  of  a  c.  c.  of  virulent  culture.  Of  these 
animals  twenty-three  survived — that  is  to  say,  36.6  per  cent. 
Those  that  died  had  an  average  existence  slightly  longer 
than  that  of  the  control  animals.  Of  the  latter  1 1.4  percent, 
only  survived.  Twenty-one  animals  were  tested  regarding 
the  curative  powers  of  the  serum,  as  much  as  10  c.  c.  having 
been  given  twenty-four  hours  after  the  injection  of  o.ooi  c  c. 
Of  these  only  two  survived.  Rabbits  were  taken  and  strep- 
tococcus culture  injected  into  the  ear,  to  develop  erysipelas. 
In  spite  of  the  preliminary  injection  of  antitoxin,  control 
animals  reacted  quite  as  well  as  those  that  had  been  protect- 
ed. When  more  virulent  serum  was  used,  the  animals  died 
quite  as  promptly  as  the  control  animals.  In  six  animals  the 
serum  was  employed  after  the  development  cf  erysipelas; 
one  survived  and  the  others  died  of  streptococcus  infection. 
Having  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  antistreptococcus 
serum  was  of  no  value,  Schenk  undertook  to  find  out  whether 
the  streptococcus  really  produced  toxin  or  not.  He  at  first 
endeavored  to  kill  the  micro-organisms  by  means  of  mixing 
carbolic  acid  with  infusions  of  the  spleen  and  liver  Injec- 
tions of  this,  however,  caused  death  by  carbolic-acid  poison- 
ing. An  attempt  to  sterilize  the  cultures  by  heat  (56^) 
rendered  them  innocuous.  He  then  filtered  cultures  of 
streptococcus,  and  found  that  the  filtrate  was  virulent,  causing 
death  within  a  few  hours,  but  not  giving  rise  to  the  typical 
picture  of  the  streptococcic  death,  and  it  was  not  possible 
to  cultivate  streptococci  from  the  blood  or  organs.  This 
proved  conclusively  that  toxins  must  be  present  in  the  cul- 
ture, and,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  he  was  able  to  precipitate 
them  with  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc  without  altering  their 
virulence.  It  appears  that  when  animals  have  been  prelimi- 
narily treated  with  streptococci  serum  the  mitro-organisms, 
although  they  produce  death,  show  considerable  diminution 
of  their  virulence.  Schenk  appears  to  ascribe  this,  to  some 
extent  at  least,  to  the  protective  action  of  the  serum,  although 
in  general  he  agrees  with  Petruschky  in  denying  it  any  real 


23  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

curative  or  preventive  value. —  Wien.  klm.  Woch.,  October  28, 
1897.    International  Medical  Magazine. 

HYPNOTIC    CREED. 

The  Hypnotic  Magazine  promulgates  the  following  arti- 
cles of  belief,  invites  opinions,  and  announces  that  any  propo- 
sition proven  unsound  will  be  stricken  out: 

1.  The  subject,  or  hypnotized  person,  is  always  respon- 
sible for  his  actions. 

2.  The  subject's  moral  resistance  is  as  strong  in  the 
hypnotic  as  in  the  waking  state. 

3.  The  subject  will  not  accept  a  su^jgestion,  or  a  post- 
hypnotic suggestion,  which  conflicts  with  his  principles  or  his 
all-potent  instinct  of  self-preservation. 

4.  The  subject  submits  to  be  hypnotized  ;  he  cannot  be 
influenced  against  his  will. 

5.  The  subject  can  break  the  hypnotic  sleep  and  return 
to  his  normal  state  of  consciousness,  even  in  defiance  of  the 
operator's  suggestion. 

6.  The  subject  is  never  unconscious  ;  the  subjective  mind 
is  always  on  the  alert. 

7.  The  suggestions  which  can  be  made  to  take  root  most 
readily  in  the  subjective  mind,  are  those  which  are  to  the 
therapeutic  advantage  of  the  subject. 

8.  Suggested  sense  delusions  are  accepted  by  the  sub- 
ject with  the  sub-conscious  understanding  that  they  are  pro- 
duced merely  for  the  purpose  of  experiment. 

9.  A  subject  of  good  moral  character  cannot  be  induced 
by  hypnotic  suggestion  to  perform  an  act  which  he  would 
consider  immoral  or  even  undignified  in  his  waking  state. 

10.  A  subject  of  loose  morals  will  exhibit  the  same 
characteristics  in  the  hypnotic  state,  but  will  refuse  to  com- 
mit a  crime  which  endangers  his  person  (see  "  instinct  of  self- 
preservation,"  No.  3). 

11.  A  crime  committed  through  post-hypnotic  sug- 
gestion by  a  subject  (if  such  a  thing  were  possible)  would  be 
assuredly  bungled,  since  the  carrying  out  of  a  complicated 
post-hypnotic  suggestion  entails  a  return  to  the  state  of  active 
somnambulism,  in  which  state  inductive  reasoning  is  im- 
possible. 

12.  The  assent  of  the  subject  is  always  necessary  to  the 
carrying  out  of  every  suggestion. 

13.  Auto-suggestion  is  more  powerful  than  the  sugges- 
tions of  another. 

14.  The  only  harm  which  can  result  to  a  subject  lies  in 
the  possible  ill  results  of  foolish  tests  which  the  subject  is 
willing  to  carry  out. 


STJRQBRY. 


IN  CHARGE   OF 


GEORGE  FISK,  M.D., 

Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospital. 


CHRONIC  CONTRACTION  OF  THE    FIBRES  EN- 
CIRCLING THE  VESICAL  NECK  AND 
ITS  TREATMENT. 

In  the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences  for 
Oct.,  '97,  Dr.  Fuller  describes  a  chronic  contraction  of  the 
prostatic  fibres  encircling  the  vesical  neck  which  he  regards 
as  a  pathological  condition  resulting  from  a  continued 
functional  contraction  due  to  some  settled  disorder  of  the 
sexual  apparatus,  the  rectum,  the  kidney,  or  other  part.  The 
leading  symptoms,  of  gradual  development,  is  a  partial  or 
complete  inability  to  void  urine.  At  first  there  is  a  hesitancy 
in  starting  the  stream,  and  dribbling  follows  with  inability  to 
completely  empty  the  bladder.  The  symptoms,  at  first  inter- 
mittent, become  permanent,  and  are  followed  by  complete 
retention.  Three  or  four  years  may  elapse  before  continued 
catherization  is  necessary. 

The  diagnosis  is  made  largely  on  the  clinical  history 
of  the  case  and  by  excluding  other  causes  of  retention,  as 
organic  stricture,  enlarged  prostate,  or  spinal  disease  and 
resulting  vesical  atony.  To  diagnose  between  muscular 
contraction  of  the  neck  due  to  existing  irritation,  and  chronic 
contraction,  remove  any  exciting  cause  of  the  former,  such  as 
seminal  vesiculitis,  pyelitis,  or  rectal  disease,  if  possible,  and 
note  the  result.  The  only  absolute  diagnosis,  however,  is  the 
feeling  to  the  finger-tips  of  the  ring  of  hardened  fibres  on 
making  a  perineal  boutonniere  incision. 

The  author  cites  several  cases,  each  with  an  interesting 
history,  in  proof  of  his  observations,  and  concludes  his 
remarks  as  follows  : — 

"The  only  treatment  for  chronic  contraction  of  the 
prostatic  fibres  encircling  the  vesical  neck  which  in  my  ex- 
perience has  shown  any  favorable  results  consists  in 
thoroughly  rupturing  or  in  cutting  through  them.  This  can 
be  accomplished  by  means  of  the  finger  or  the  knife,  as  the 
case  may  be,  introduced  through  a  perineal  incision.  Perineal 
vesical  drainage  should  be  practised  after  the  operation. 
Treatment  such  as  this  at  my  hands  has  been  followed  by 
complete  disappearance  of  all  subject  symptoms.  " 


30  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

BUNION. 

Parker  Syms  {^New  York  Medical  Journal,  Oct.  2,  1897) 
says  the  cause  of  this  deformity  of  the  foot  is  the  wearing  of 
shoes  which  are  faulty  in  shape  or  are  ill  fitting.  A  shoe  that 
crowds  the  toes  together  or  pushes  the  great  toe  backward 
will  tend  to  produce  this  trouble.  In  this  class  are  shoes 
with  the  following  characteristics  :  First,  shoes  with  narrow 
points,  with  the  point  in  the  median  line  ;  second,  shoes  that 
are  too  short  ;  third,  shoes  that  are  so  loose  at  the  instep  as 
to  allow  the  foot  to  ride  forward,  and  thus  bring  direct  back- 
ward pressure  on  the  toes  ;  fourth,  the  worst  of  all,  are  shoes 
which  combine  two  or  all  of  these  defects. 

This  deformity  has  been  ascribed  to  osteoarthritis,  to 
suppurative  arthritis,  to  rheumatism,  and  to  gout ;  but  bad 
shoes  are  its  cause,  and  the  arthritis  is  the  result  of  the  dis- 
placement they  produce,  and  of  the  injury  they  do  to  the 
joint. 

The  condition  will  vary  a  good  deal  in  different  instances. 
In  mild  cases  there  is  but  slight  deflection  of  the  toe  outward, 
and  little  or  no  dislocation.  From  this  stage  or  degree  on 
the  increased  deformity  is  owing  rather  to  pathological 
changes  than  to  mechanical  conditions.  A  chronic  arthritis 
is  established.  The  internal  lateral  ligament  is  stretched, 
the  external  one  is  contracted.  The  joint  surfaces  may  be- 
come eroded  or  eburnated.  The  weakened  support  finally 
allows  complete  dislocation,  so  that  the  toe  will  lie  at  an 
angle,  perhaps  a  right  angle,  across  its  fellows.  The  tendons 
will  of  course  become  disp'aced.  Some  surgeons  have  made 
the  mistake  of  considering  the  displaced  sesamoid  bones  (in 
the  tendons  of  the  flexor  brevis)  as  the  cause  of  the  trouble 
and  not  as  one  of  the  results. 

In  operating  the  writer  makes  an  incision  about  an  inch 
in  length  on  the  dorsum  of  the  toe.  In  a  mild  case,  after  re- 
tracting the  tendon  of  the  extensor  proprius  policis  outward, 
he  chisels  off  all  the  overprominent  portion  of  the  inner  side 
of  the  head  of  the  metatarsal  bone,  removing  as  much  bone 
as  is  necessary  to  do  away  with  all  protuberance ;  he  then 
sutures  the  wound  and  lets  it  heal  under  one  dressing. 
Usually  the  patient  can  walk  about  after  the  first  week. 

In  more  severe  cases,  where  there  is  a  marked  adduction 
as  well  as  lateral  dislocation,  Syms  removes  the  head  of  the 
metatarsal  with  a  chisel  or  bone  forceps,  and  also  cuts  off  the 
prominent  inner  side  of  that  bone.  To  resect  the  head  of 
the  metatarsal  bone  it  will  be  necessary  to  divide  the  lateral 
ligaments  and  completely  dislocate  the  toe.  This  can  be 
done  with  ease  and  satisfaction  through  the  simple  straight 


SURGERY.  31 

incision  described.  It  is  necessary  to  remove  so  much  bone 
that  the  toe  will  readily  come  into  place  and  have  no  ten- 
dency to  displacement.  If  this  is  not  accomplished  by  the 
first  ablation  more  bone  must  be  removed. 

The  dressing  must  be  carefully  done  and  close  attention 
given  to  the  after-treatment,  which  should  include  the  applica- 
tion of  a  plaster  splint.  The  writer  advises  never  to  operate 
during  an  acute  attack  of  inflammation  ;  always  to  treat  the 
deformity,  and  never  operate  on  the  bursa,  for  it  will  take 
care  of  itself  after  its  cause  is  removed — the  exceptions  to 
this  rule  are  the  removal  of  callosities  from  the  bursa  when 
they  exist,  and  the  incision  of  burste  when  they  suppurate ; 
never  to  make  the  operation  incision  around  or  through  the 
the  bursa, — Medicine, 

CAMPHOR  IN  HEART  FAILURE. 

C.  C.  West  {Philadelphia  Polyclinic,  Oct.  16,  1897)  recom- 
mends the  hypodermic  administration  of  camphor  according 
to  the  following  formula  : 

Camphor. 1  part. 

Olive  oil 10  parts. 

Inject  two  syringefuls  into  each  arm  (about  5  Cc.  altogether). 

With  the  ordinary  needle  the  injection  is  difficult,  be- 
cause of  the  thickness  of  the  oil.  One  having  a  slightly 
larger  bore  has  been  found  excellent.  In  a  case  now  under 
observation,  in  which  the  patient  has  a  number  of  times  been 
absolutely  pulseless  and  apparently  lifeless,  its  use  was  fol- 
lowed by  the  most  gratifying  results.  It  is  given  through- 
out the  illness,  whenever  the  pulse  fails,  to  supplement  other 
cardiac  stimulants. — Medicine,  Dec,  '97. 

N.  B, — This  is  useful  in  cardiac  depression  during 
operation. 

WHAT  PRODUCES  AND  WHAT  PREVENTS 
ANKYLOSIS  OF  JOINTS. 

Dr.  A.  M.  Phelps  arrives  at  the  following  conclusions : 
(i)  That  a  normal  joint  will  not  become  ankylosed  by  simply 
immobilizing  it  for  five  months.  (2)  That  motion  is  not 
necessary  to  preserve  the  normal  histological  character  of  a 
joint.  (3)  That  when  a  healthy  joint  becomes  ankylosed,  or 
its  normal  histological  character  changed,  it  is  not  due  to 
prolonged  rest,  but  to  pathological  causes.  (4)  That  immo- 
bilizing a  joint  in  such  a  manner  as  to  produce  and  continue 
intra-articular  pressure  will  result  in  destruction  of  the  head 
of  the  bone  and  the  socket  against  which  it  presses.     (5) 


32  PEOGRESS   OF  MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

That  atrophy  of  the  limb  muscles  will  follow  prolonged  im- 
mobilization of  a  joint.  The  question  of  ankylosis  is  deter- 
mined by  the  severity  and  duration  of  the  inflammation,  the 
presence  of  intra-articular  pressure,  the  subsequent  cicatricial 
contraction  of  soft  parts  around  the  joints,  the  tissues 
involved,  and  the  amount  of  destruction  of  bone  and  carti- 
lage.— Lancet- Clinic,  July  lo,  1897, 

INTRAVENOUS    SALINE    INJECTIONS    IN    COL- 
LAPSE. 

After  an  operation  by  Dr.  Leonard  A.  Bidwell  for  intes- 
tinal obstipation,  the  following  history  is  given :  "  The 
patient  rallied  well  after  the  operation,  and  only  vomited 
slightly.  On  the  following  day  brandy,  milk,  and  barley 
water  were  given  by  the  mouth,  and,  as  no  flatus  escaped  on 
passing  a  rectal  tube,  an  enema  was  ordered,  but  without  any 
result,  as  the  rectum  was  blocked  with  stoney  feces.  About 
mid-day  on  the  second  day  after  the  operation  the  bowels 
acted  four  or  five  times  copiously  without  any  further  enema, 
and  all  the  abdominal  distension  disappeared.  The  patient, 
however,  became  considerably  collapsed,  but  rallied  after 
champagne  and  hypodermie  injections  of  strychnine.  At  9 
p.  m.  she  became  worse  and  appeared  almost  moribund  ;  her 
pulse  was  small  and  flickering,  and  the  skin  was  cold;  she  also 
vomited  slightly.  My  house-surgeon,  Mr.  Pardoe.  imme- 
diately injected  four  pints  of  normal  saline  solution  into  the 
median  basilic  vein  ;  almost  directly  after  this  the  pulse 
became  firm  and  full,  and  there  was  no  more  vomiting.  The 
further  progress  of  the  case  was  quite  uneventful.  When 
last  seen,  four  months  after  the  operation,  she  was  in  excellent 
health,  and  did  not  have  any  trouble  with  her  bowels." — 
British  Medical  Journal,   May  8,  1897. 

GANGRENE  FROM  CARBOLIC  ACID. 

Czerny  {Munch.  Med.  Woch.,  April  20,  1897)  says  that, 
in  spite  of  the  repeated  warnings  which  have  been  given  on 
this  subject,  there  is  not  a  year  passes  in  which  he  is  not  able 
to  show  to  his  classes  cases  of  gangrene  brought  about  by 
the  use  of  carbolic  acid  solutions  as  dressings. 

They  are  generally  produced  by  the  continued  use  of 
moist  dressings  containing  the  officinal  3  per  cent,  solution  of 
carbolic  acid  and  applied  as  an  antiseptic  dressing  for  minor 
wounds  of  the  extremities.  The  ansesthetic  action  of  the 
carbolic  acid  makes  the  patient  unmindful  of  the  insidious 
action  of  the  drug,  and  he  is  much  surprised  to  see  the  fin- 
gers whiten  and   finally  turn   black;  aline  of  demarcation 


SURGERY.  33~ 

shows  itself  sharply,  and  amputation  finally  becomes  neces- 
sary. 

The  author  illustrates  his  subject  by  the  report  of  three 
cases  which  were  sent  in  from  the  country  to  his  clinic.  The 
danger  of  the  solution,  even  a  i  per  cent.,  is  very  great  if  the 
use  is  prolonged,  and  he  advises  that  carbolic  acid  should 
never  be  used  as  a  moist  dressing.  Other  antiseptics  are  fully 
as  efficient  without  this  danger. —  The  American  Journal  of 
the  Sciences,  Ocioher,  1897. 

EUCAINE  "B"  AS  A  LOCAL  ANiESTHETIC 
IN  SURGERY. 

Lohmann  contributes  to  the  TJierapeutiscJu  MonatsJiefte 
for  August,  1897,  an  account  of  his  experience  with  this  drug 
in  minor  surgery.  He  early  abandoned  weak  solutions,  pre- 
ferring those  often  per  cent.,  with  which  he  obtained  excel- 
lent results.  He  has  employed  the  drug  for  opening  abscesses, 
incising  carbuncles,  suture  of  tendons,  removal  of  foreign 
bodies,  and  the  exarticulation  of  fingers. 

In  the  treatment  of  abscesses  and  carbuncles  from  fifteen 
to  twenty  minims  of  the  ten-per-cent.  solution  was  employed. 
For  large  abscesses  three  or  four  times  this  quantity  was  used. 
H  e  is  convinced  that  any  abscess  can  be  painlessly  opened  with 
this  drug,  as  an  amount  equal  to  forty-five  grammes  maybe 
administered  to  an  adult  without  fear  of  toxic  symptoms. 

He  finds  that  Eucaine  "  B  "  has  many  advantages  over 
cocaine.  Not  only  is  it  less  toxic,  but  it  does  not  decompose 
under  sterilization,  and  while  dose  for  dose  its  anesthetic 
power  is  much  less  than  cocaine,  its  employment  in  a  ten-per- 
cent, solution  gives  us  a  very  powerful  local  anesthetic  with- 
out danger  of  toxic  symptoms. — Medicine,  Nov. 

STERILIZATION  OF  CATGUT  BY  FORMALIN 
AFTER  HOFFMEISTER'S  METHOD. 

Vinberg  {^American  Gynecological  and  Obstetrical  Journal^ 
June,  1897)  describes  this  process  as  follows  :  "  The  gut  is  first 
immersed  in  a  solution  of  formalin  of  from  two  to  four  per 
cent.,  according  to  the  size,  and  allowed  to  remain  in  this 
solution  for  a  period  of  from  twelve  to  forty-eight  hours. 
The  formalin  is  then  removed  by  washing  in  running  water 
for  twelve  hours.  It  is  then  boiled  in  water  for  fifteen 
minutes,  after  which  it  is  transferred  to  a  vessel  containing 
alcohol,  where  it  may  be  kept  until  required  for  use.  Carbolic 
acid  in  the  proportion  of  two  to  four  per  cent,  is  added  to  the 
alcohol  and  makes  the  gut  more  firm,  but  it  should  be  re- 
moved to  plain  alco'iol  some  time  before  using. 


34  PROGRESS  OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

The  secret  of  success  in  this  method  of  preparation  is  to 
keep  the  gut  in  a  high  state  of  tension  until  after  it  has  been 
boiled.  Hoffmeister  recommends  that  the  gut  be  rolled 
tightly  on  glass ;  and  Lange,  of  New  York,  has  devised  a 
small  steel  frame  for  this  purpose. — Medicine,  Nov. 

THYREOID  TREATMENT  AS  A  MEANS  OF 
CONSOLIDATION  IN  FRACTURE. 

Gabriel  Gauthier  contributes  to  the  Lyon  Medical  of 
June  27,  1897,  abstracted  in  the  British  Medical  Journal  of 
September  18,  1897,  an  account  of  his  experience  with  thy- 
reoid feeding  in  delayed  union  of  fractures.  He  was  led  to 
try  the  remedy  because  of  its  value  in  cases  of  disordered 
nutrition  such  as  myxedema  and  rickets. 

Hanau  and  Steinlein  have  called  attention  to  the  condi- 
tion of  the  bones  in  dogs  in  which  the  thyreoid  had  been 
removed.  Experimental  fractures  in  thyreoidectomized  dogs 
were  slow  in  uniting.  The  suggestion  was  made  first  by  them 
that  thyreoid  feeding  might  be  useful  in  delayed  union  of  frac- 
tures. 

Gauthier  reports  two  cases  :  One  a  girl  with  a  fracture  of 
the  leg,  had  no  union  at  the  end  of  1 10  days,  though  all  the 
usual  means  were  resorted  to.  A  fornight  after  beginning 
the  treatment  the  bone  was  consolidated  and  a  month  later 
she  was  walking.  A  man  with  delayed  union  of  the  radius 
was  given  thyreoids,  and  at  the  end  of  a  month  there  was 
a  firm  callus. 

The  reporter  admits  that  the  material  is  too  scanty 
to  allow  of  a  definite  opinion,  but  thinks  the  results  are 
suggestive  and  encouraging. — Medicine,  Nov. 


OBSTKTRICS. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

H.  L.  REDDY,  M.D.,  L.  R.  C.  P.,  London, 

Professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Bishop's  College;  Physician  Accoucheur  Womea'S 

Hospital ;   Physician  to  the  Western  Hospital. 


MAY  A  NEPHRITIC  MOTHER  NURSE  HER 
CHILD? 

Not  only  she  may,  but  she  should,  says  Dr.  M.  Gamuhn 
{Le  Scalpel).  As  a  rule  physicians  do  not  allow  women,  with 
any  form  of  nephritis,  to  nurse  their  children. 

It  is  considered  especially  inadmissible  in  patients  whose 
diet  is  restricted  to  milk  exclusively.  The  author  has  made 
observations  on    158   women   from   Baudelogue's  clinic,  who. 


OBSTETRICS.  35 

while  suffering  with  different  forms  of  nephritis,  nursed  their 
own  children.  The  latter  developed  as  normally  and  in- 
creased in  weight  as  regularly  as  the  children  whose  mothers 
were  healthy. 

To  the  mothers  the  nursing  was  not  only  not  injurious, 
but  it  seemed  to  do  them  good,  as  the  exercise  of  this  physio- 
logical function  usually  does.  Only  in  cases  of  progressive 
albuminuria,  and  where  the  child  loses  in  strength  and  weight, 
the  nursing  should  be  discontinued.  (In  a  case  under  our 
treatment,  where  nursing  was  persisted  in  against  our  advice, 
the  albuminuria  became  greatly  aggravated.) — H.  L.  R. 

TWO     CASES     OF     PUERPERAL     SEPTICAEMIA 
TREATED  BY  ANTISTREPTOCOCCIC  SERUM. 

Richard  Richmond  reports  the  following  cases  :  Case  I., 
a  multipara  had  a  chill  the  third  day  after  delivery  with  a 
temperature  of  102.2°  and  feelings  of  great  discoinfort.  The 
lochia  was  scanty,  pale  and  somewhat  fetid,  and  there  was 
tenderness  over  the  uterus.  A  calomel  purge  and  five-grain 
doses  of  quinine  were  given;  there  was  slight  temporary  im- 
provement, but  three  days  later  the  temperature  was  101.6^, 
and  10  c.c.  of  antistreptococcic  serum  were  injected,  the 
quinine  being  stopped.  The  next  day  the  temperature  was 
normal,  and  so  continued  ;  5  c.  c.  of  the  serum  were  injected 
on  that  and  the  following  day.  All  unpleasant  symptoms 
subsided,  and  the  patient  soon  recovered.  The  second  case 
was  a  primapara,  who  was  taken  with  a  chill  on  the  fourth 
day  following  a  difficult  case  of  breech  presentation,  with 
laceration  of  the  perinaeum.  Vaginal  douches  of  bichloride 
(1-2000)  were  given,  and  quinine  administered.  The  tem- 
perature of  101.2  °  continuing,  an  injection  of  8  cc,  of  serum 
was  given  followed  by  5  c.c.  on  the  following  two  days.  The 
temperature  dropped  to  normal,  there  was  no  fetor  to  the 
lochia,  and  the  general  condition  was  good.  Three  days 
later  the  temperature  rose  to  104*^  ;  the  lochia  was  very 
offensive,  and  there  was  great  tenderness  of  the  abdomen,  with 
some  exudation  to  the  left  of  the  uterus.  The  uterus  was 
irrigated  with  bichloride  solution  (1-4000),  hot  fomentations 
were  ordered  for  the  abdomen,  and  10  cc.  of  serum  were  in- 
jected. The  following  day  the  temperature  was  lOO  ^ ,  and 
5  c.c.  of  serum  were  injected.  The  intra-uterine  douche  was 
repeated  the  following  day,  and  the  injections  of  serum  con- 
tinued for  a  week.  But  the  temperature  remained  about 
100  °  for  twelve  days,  rising  once  to  102*^.  After  that  the 
progress  toward  recovery  was  slow  but  uneventful. — Am, 
Gynoec,  &  Obstet.  Jour, 


35  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

ON  THE  INDICATIONS  FOR  AND  METHOD  OF 
WASHING  OUT  THE  PUERPERAL  UTERUS. 

The  writer  arranges  in  a  tabular  form  the  principal  con- 
tritions in  which,  in  his  opinion,  the  uterine  douche  should  be 
used.  There  is  no  doubt  that  serious  symptoms  may  follow 
this  procedure,  and  it  should  not  be  lightly  undertaken. 

The  indications  are  briefly  as  follows  : — 

(i)  In  cases  of  uterine  tenderness  and  offensive  lochia, 
Avith  elevation  of  temperature  and  pulse  rate.  The  finger 
should  first  be  introduced  into  the  cervical  canal  to  ascertain 
if  the  uterine  discharge  is  offensive.  It  is  advisable  to  give 
■chloroform,  and  explore  the  uterus  with  the  finger  before 
douching. 

(2)  When,  with  rapid  pulse  and  rise  of  temperature, 
there  is  doubt  about  the  complete  removal  of  the  placenta,  or 
when  portions  of  membrane  are  known  to  be  retained. 

(3)  After  the  birth  of  a  "  putrid  "  foetus.  In  many  cases, 
however,  a  macerated  foetus  is  quite  aseptic,  so  that,  it  seems 
to  us,  this  is  not  always  necessary. 

(4)  If  the  involution  of  the  uterus  is  much  delayed,  due 
usually  to  retention  of  clots,  more  especially  if  there  is  any 
pyrexia, 

(5)  In  certain  cases  where,  as  the  result  of  acute  flexions 
of  the  uterus,  the  lochia  are  retained,  and  decompose. 

(6)  In  all  cases  after  curetting  of  the  uterus. 

(7)  In  all  cases  in  which  the  hand  has  been  introduced 
into  the  uterine  cavity,  as  in  post-partum  haemonhage,  ad- 
herent placenta,  etc. 

(8)  As  a  first  step  in  all  cases  of  septicsem'a. 

Tne  author  draws  attention  to  several  points  in  the  tech- 
nique of  the  operation.  The  patient  should  lie  upon  her 
back,  with  the  shoulders  raised  and  the  head  low,  to  facilitate 
free  discharge  of  the  fluid.  In  some  cases  it  is  better  to  place 
the  patient  on  her  side,  having  elevated  the  shoulders. 

It  is  necessary  also  to  assure  oneself  that  the  os  uteri  is 
sufficiently  open.  If  it  has  closed  a  double-channelled 
catheter  must  be  used,  preferably  of  glass.  A  douche  is 
much  preferable  to  using  a  syringe,  It  is  also  essential  to 
maintain  pressure  on  the  uterus  to  prevent  fluid  passing  into 
the  Fallopian  tubes.  Dr.  Mills  advises  that  an  assistant 
s  lould  hold  the  fundus  uteri,  with  a  hand  at  each  side,  so  as 
to  compress  the  entrance  to  the  Fallopian  tubes.  This  is 
more  especially  important,  as  the  uterus  is  often  atonic,  and 
the  cavity  very  large. 

The  solution  recommended  is  weak  perchloride  of  mer- 


OBSTEl  RICS.  37 

cury,  avoiding  its  use,  however,  in  severe  anaemia  and  disease 
of  the  kidne}s. 

It  is  usually  advisable  to  administer  chloroform  the  first 
time  that  the  uterus  is  douched  out. 

PUERPERAL  SEPTICiEMIA  TREATED  WITH 
ANTISTREPTOCOCCIC  SERUM— RECOVERY. 

G.  T.  Howard^  of  Melbourne  {Intercolonial  Med.  Jour,  of 
Australia^  October  20,  1897),  reports  a  case  of  primipara, 
who  was  delivered  by  forceps  after  a  tedious  labor,  with  lacera- 
tions of  the  cervix  and  perinaeum.  The  latter  was  imme- 
diately repaired.  Placenta  was  easily  expressed  and  the  uterus 
irrigated  with  a  one  per  cent,  solution  of  carbolic  acid.  The 
next  day  the  temperature  was  101.6'^  and  on  the  day  follow- 
ing 103.2°.  This  continued  until  the  fifth  day,  when  curettage 
was  performed,  bringing  away  some  shreddy  lymph.  The 
temperature  persisting  on  the  sixth  day,  10  cc.  of  antistrep- 
tococcic serum  was  injected  ;  this  was  repeated  twice  at 
intervals  of  about  fourteen  hours.  Each  injection  was 
promptly  followed  by  a  fall  of  temperature,  succeeded  by  a 
slight  rise.  After  the  third  injection  the  temperature  was 
100",  continuing  so  for  three  days,  and  not  until  three  weeks 
after  the  confinement  was  the  temperature  normal.  Vaginal 
irrigations  of  perchloride  of  mercury  were  used  for  a  week 
after  the  curettage,  then  carbolic  was  substituted. — Am. 
Gynczc.  &  Obstet.    Jour. 

PUERPERAL   INFECTION    TREATED  WITH  IN- 
JECTIONS OF  ANTI STREPTOCOCCUS 
SERUM. 

T.  J.  Henry,  of  Grafton,  N.  S.  W.  {Australasian  Med. 
Gas.,  October  20,  1897),  attended  a  primipara,  aged  fifteen 
years.  She  had  been  in  labor  for  twenty-four  hours  when 
first  seen,  and  the  os  was  not  then  fully  dilated.  After  a 
tedious  second  stage  forceps  were  applied  and  a  male  child 
weighing  eight  pounds  was  delivered.  There  was  no  lacera- 
tion. Seven  minutes  after  birth  there  was  a  sudden  haemorr- 
hage. The  placenta  could  not  be  expelled  by  Crede's 
method,  and  the  hand  had  to  be  inserted  into  the  uterus, 
Bimanual  compression  failed  to  check  the  haemorrhage,  but 
injections  of  very  hot  water  ultimately  secured  contraction  of 
the  uterus.  No  secundines  remained  in  utero.  On  the  fifth 
day  the  patient  had  prolonged  rigor?,  temperature  104.6. 
The  uterus  was  irrigated  with  a  two  per  cent,  lysol  solution. 
This  was  followed  by  a  fall  of  one  degree  in  temperature ; 


38  MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEDINGS. 

^O  c.c.  of  antistreptococcic  serum  was  injected  and  three  hours 
later  the  temperature  was  ioo°.  The  following  day  the  tem- 
perature having  risen  to  lOi"^,  the  uterus  was  again  irrigated, 
and  the  injection  of  serum  repeated.  In  four  hours  the  tem- 
perature was  normal.  A  vaginal  douche  of  lysol  solution 
was  given  the  day  following,  and  the  patient  was  up  and  per- 
fectly well  on  the  eleventh  day.  The  infection  was  probably 
due  to  intra-uterine  manipulations  necessary  to  control 
haemorrhage. — Am.  Gyncec.  &  Obsiei.  Jour. 

BROW  PRESENTATIONS    AND   THEIR   TREAT- 
MENT. 

Rose  discussed  this  subject  at  a  recent  meeting  of 
the  Hamburg  Medical  Society,  and  reports  a  case  of  a  brow 
presentation  in  which  the  head  was  firmly  fixed  in  the  pelvis. 
The  membranes  had  ruptured  six  hours  before.  There  was 
danger  from  rupture  ot  the  uterus.  An  attempt  to  deliver 
with  forceps  failed.  Rose  then  introduced  a  finger  into  the 
mouth,  pulling  down  the  chin  and  rotating  the  same  entirely. 
After  this  delivery  was  completed  with  the  forceps. — Amer. 
Jour.  Obstet. 


Medical  Society  Proceedings. 

MONTREAL  MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Stated  Meeting,   October  29//?,   1897. 

Robert   Cr\ik,  M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Dr.  Geo.  Fisk,  of  Montreal,  was  elected  an  ordinary  member. 

Ulceration  of  the  Bowel  Resembling  Typhoid  Fever. 

Dr.  J.  G.  Adami  showed  this  specimen,  a  report  of  which  will 
be  published  later. 

Dr.  A.  G.  Nicholls  stated  that  at  the  time  of  the  autopsy 
Payer's  patches  liigher  up  in  the  ileum  showed  signs  of  healing 
typhoid  lesions.  The  spleen  had  not  been  that  of  typhoid  fever, 
being  rather  smaller  than  normal. 

Dr.  Wyatt  Johnston  thought  that  the  ulcers  were  strongly 
suggestive  of  typhoid  fever,  especially  as  they  were  accurately  in 
c:)nnection  with  lymphatic  structures.  They,  however,  showed  more 
evidence  of  cicatrization  than  was  usual,  and  there  was  an  absence 
of  pigmentation,  whereas  healing  typhoid  ulcers  were  usually  slaty. 
He  considered  that  the  absence  of  the  ssrum  reaction  was  not  of 
much  moment  at  so  late  a  stage.  Several  fatal  cases  had  beea  re- 
corded where  it  was  absent  jast  before  death.     The  blood  from  the 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS.  39 

present  case  gave  negative  results,  even  in  i — 2  dilutions.  He 
thought  that  the  nature  of  the  disease  here  could  only  be  decided 
from  cultures.  It  was  not  unusual  to  find  the  spleen  not  enlarged 
at  this  stage  of  the  disease. 

Cholecystitis  Enterica. 

Dr.  C.  F.  Martin  read  the  report  of  this  case. 

Dr.  James  Stewart  referred  to  the  great  difficulty  met  with 
during  life  in  making  a  diagnosis  in  this  case.  Thus,  appendicitis, 
typhoid  perforation,  and  cholecystitis  were  all  entertained.  A  de- 
finite diagnosis  of  typhoid  had  been  made  before  the  patient 
entered  the  hospital,  and  by  some  the  symptoms  were  all  explained 
by  a  perforation  having  taken  place.  Others  considered  the  case  to 
be  one  of  appendicitis,  and  the  unusual  seat  of  the  pain  for  this  con- 
dition did  not  entirely  exclude  this  disease,  as  in  some  cases  the 
appendix  had  been  found  lying  quite  as  high  up  in  the  abdomen. 
The  limited  localization  of  thesymptons  over  the  gall-bladder  point- 
ed strongly  to  this  organ,  and  caused  him  to  decide  upon  cholecys- 
titis ;  the  absence  of  jaundice  was,  however,  confusing.  The  fact 
that  typhoid  bacilli  might  be  the  cause  of  a  cholecystitis  was  not 
admitted  by  the  surgeons. 

Pyopneumothorax. 

Dr.  W.  F.  Hamilton  presented  a  patient  and  demonstrated 
the  above  condition,  drawing  attention  to  the  following  points  of 
interest  in  the  case  : 

1.  The  occurrence  of  pneumothorax  was  of  tuberculous  origin, 
as  bacilli  had  been  found  in  the  sputum  and  also  in  the  purulent 
effusions  from  the  pleural  cavity  on  two  occasions, 

2.  The  case  had  an  exceptionally  chronic  course,  fourteen 
months  having  elapsed  since  it  was  first  recognized. 

3.  There  was  strong  evidence  to  show  that  the  tuberculous 
process  began  in  the  left  lung,  and  after  pneumothorax  occurred  the 
process  had  not  manifestly  advanced. 

4.  The  freedom  from  fever,  chills  and  sweats  was  to  be  noted 
as  rare  with  pus  formation,  while  an  increase  in  the  body  weight  had 
been  observed. 

5.  The  recurrence  of  febrile  temperature,  with  increased 
cough  and  expectoration,  was  simultaneous  with  signs  of  com- 
mencing lesion  ni  the  opposite  lung. 

Dr.  J.  B.  McConnell  said  that  it  was  stated  that  ten  per  cent, 
of  all  cases  of  phthisis  developed  pneumothorax,  accounting  for 
nine-tenths  of  the  cases.  An  iiteresting  point  about  the  present 
case  was  why,  with  such  a  large  amount  of  pus  being  produced  in 
the  thorax,  there  had  been  no  temperature  and  the  patient's  strength 
had  been  maintained  so  long. 

Dr.  George  Wilkins  referred  to  another  instance  in  which  a 
large  amount  of  pus  had  been  present  in  the  thorax  for  considerable 
time  without  causing  any  elevavion  of  temperature.  The  patient 
was  a  young  man  who  came  to  his  office  complaining  of  a  small 
tumour  in  the  right  side  which  turned  out  to  be  empyema.  The 
only  subjective  symptom  was  shortness  of  breath. 


40  MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

Typhoid  Fever  without  Intestinal  Lesions. 

Dr.  A.  G.  NrcHOLLS  read  a  paper  with  the  above  title. 

Dr.  Wvatt  Johnston  thought  the  case  reported  was  an  ex- 
tremely interesline:  one,  and  pointed  out  that  this  was  one  of  the 
cases  where  serum  diagnosis  hid  given  a  positive  result  which  the 
post-mortem  had  apparently  shown  (until  bacteriological  examina- 
tion was  made)  to  be  inconect.  He  thought  it  was  very  important 
in  any  case  where  there  was  discrepancy  between  the  serum  test  and 
the  diagnosis  to  do  the  test  quantitatively. 

Dr.  Jas.  Stewart  said  that  this  case  illustrated  the  great  prac- 
tical value  of  bacteriology  in  clinical  medicine.  At  the  outset,  dur- 
ing life,  the  serum  diagnosis  had  been  the  only  means  of  determin- 
ing the  nature  of  the  disease,  and  after  death,  if  it  had  not  been  for 
the  bacteriological  examination  made  by  Dr.  Keenan,  the  real  dis- 
ease would  have  been  overlooked. 

Dr.  Geo.  Wilkins  had  hitherto  believed  that  typhoid  fever 
always  required  the  presence  of  an  ulcerative  condition  of  the  intes- 
tines. Although  the  lymphatic  tissue  was  the  usual  channel  of 
entry  of  the  bacilli,  he  thought  that  there  must  be  other  sources  as 
well,  otherwise  it  would  be  difficult  to  explain  the  presence  of  bacilli 
in  the  urine  in  the  cases  cited,  where  the  lymph  glands  were  not 
involved. 

Dr.  J.  B.  McCoNNELL  thought  that  one  was  not  warranted  in 
making  anew  type  of  "  typhoid  without  intestinal  lesions,"  as,  even 
in  the  case  reported,  there  were  slight  lesions  in  the  lymphatics. 
The  idea  that  it»was  possible  to  havesuch  slight  intestinal  involve- 
ment enabled  us  to  take  a  broader  view  of  the  disease,  and  cease  to 
describe  as  complications  those  nephritic,  pulmonary,  cerebral  and 
other  varieties  occasionally  met  with,  but  rather  to  regard  the  affec- 
tion as  one  in  which  the  specific  cause  might  exert  its  influence  in 
various  parts  of  the  body  and  produce  its  typical  manifestations 
from  other  points  than  the  intestinal  canal. 

Dr.  NiCHOLLS,  in  reply  to  Dr.  Wilkins,  said  that  he  did  not 
mean  to  imply  that  the  bacilli  were  confined  to  the  lymphatic  sys- 
tem. They  eventually  did  get  into  the  blood  and  thence  to  all  parts 
of  the  body.  Dr.  Adami  had  suggested  that  the  lymphatic  system 
acted  as  a  sieve,  and  thus  accounted  for  the  relative  infrequency  in 
which  they  were  found  in  the  blood. 

In  reply  to  Dr.  McConnell's  criticism  on  his  choice  of  a  title, 
he  pointed  out  that  the  intestinal  lesion  had  been  so  slight  that  had 
it  not  been  looked  for  specially  it  would  not  have  been  detected 
during  an  ordinary  examination.  'I  he  hyperplasia  of  the  Peyer's 
patches  affected  was  so  extremely  slight  that  the  condition  did  not 
suggest  typhoid  fever. 

Stated  Mieting^  November  12,  1897. 

Robert  Craik,  M.  D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

ExcisioM  OF  the  Tongue. 

Dr.  G.  E.  Armstrong  exhibited  a  patient  operated  upon  for 
cancer  of  the  tongue  and  gave  the  following  report : 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  4 1 

I  have  recently  had  in  the  wards  of  the  Montreal  General 
Hospital  an  unusual  number  of  cases  of  cancer  of  the  tongue. 
There  has  been  a  marked  difference  in  the  location  of  the  cancer. 
In  this  man  the  disease  began  on  the  right  border  of  the  tongue,  well 
back,  opposite  to  the  molar  teeth.  He  first  entered  the  Montreal 
General  Hospital  in  June  last.  The  growth  was  then  small  and  lim- 
ited to  the  border  of  the  tongue.  A  small  piece  was  snipped  off,  and 
Dr.  Wyatt  Johnson  reported  it  to  be  an  epitheli<  ma.  The  man  de- 
clined to  have  any  operation  performed,  sayina;  that  he  preferred  to 
die  with  his  tongue  in  his  mouth.  He  returned  to  the  hospital  in 
the  beginning  of  October.  Infiltration  had  taken  place  rapidly  dur- 
ing the  interval  and  in  a  downward  direction.  The  whole  floor  of 
the  mouth  was  involved.  He  could  hardly  speak  so  that  he  could 
be  understood,  and  he  said  that  the  constant  pain  day  and  night  was 
so  severe  that  he  could  get  but  little  rest,  and  begged  to  have  the 
tongue  removed  on  account  of  the  pain.  The  deep  involvement  of 
the  floor  of  the  mouth  and  the  presence  of  enlarged  glands  in  the 
submaxillary  region  determined  me  to  remove  the  tongue  by 
Kocher's  method.  I  performed  the  tracheotomy  and  excised  the 
tongue  at  the  same  operation,  and  I  saw  no  reason  to  regret  doing 
so.  The  lateral  incision  of  Kocher  enables  one  to  remove  enlarged 
lymphatic  glands  and  the  submaxillary  gland.  The  mouth  is  then 
entered  laterally  just  beneath  the  lower  jaw.  The  patient  being 
tracheotomized,  the  pharynx  can  be  plugged  with  a  sponge  and 
blood  be  prevented  from  entering  the  air  passages.  The  access  to 
the  floor  of  the  mouth  is  good,  and  during  convalescence  the  patient 
breathes  a  pure  air  through  the  tracheotomy  tube,  and  thus  the 
danger  of  aspirative-pneumonia  is  lessened.  I  believe  this  method 
of  removing  the  tongue  to  be  an  admirable  one,  when  the  floor  of 
the  mouth  is  deeply  infiltrated  and  the  glands  at  the  side  of  the 
neck  enlarged. 

In  another  case  upon  which  I  have  just  operated,  the  disease 
was  seated  just  at  the  bottom  of  the  fisenum.  It  was  placed  so  low 
just  below  the  border  of  the  jaw  that  it  was  difficult  to  remove  a 
piece  for  the  microscope.  In  this  case  I  did  the  old  operation, 
originally  devised  by  Roux,  and  generally  known  in  England  as 
Syme's.  That  is  a  median  incision  through  the  lower  jaw.  This 
method  enabled  me  to  get  well  at  the  seat  of  the  trouble,  and  I 
think  I  effected  a  more  thorough  and  wide  removal  of  the  diseased 
area  in  this  case  by  a  Syme's  operation  than  I  could  have  done  by 
any  other. 

I  think  that  most  surgeons  consider  Whitehead's  operation, 
with  or  without  preliminary  ligature  of  the  lingual  arteries,  as  the 
operation  for  removal  of  cancerous  disease  of  the  protruding  portion 
of  the  tongue,  but  I  am  satisfied  that  it  is  unwise  to  allow  oneself  to 
be  limited  to  one  operation.  Disease  chiefly  seated  in  other  than  the 
protruding  tongue  may  sometimes  be  more  thoroughly  extirpated  by 
other  methods. 

But  in  the  future  we  must]aim  at  arriving  at  a  correct  diagnosis 
earlier  in  the  course  of  the  disease,  and  by  early  and  complete 
extirpation  strive  to  remove  the  whole  of  the  affected  area,  which 
all  pathologists  agree  is  at  first  a  local  disease,  and  thus  prevent 
recurrence. 


42  MEDICAL   SOCIETY    PROCEEDINGS. 

Death  by  Electricity. 

Dr.  Wyatt  Johnston  reported  five  cases,  in  three  of  which 
death  was  due  to  the  passage  of  the  electrical  current  through  the 
body.  In  one  of  the  others  a  motor  man,  having  climbed  to  the 
top  of  his  car  to  look  after  the  trolley  wire,  received  a  shock  which 
caused  him  to  fall  to  the  ground.  He  picked  himself  up  and 
was  sent  home,  but  died  a  few  hours  later  from  what  the  autopsy 
showed  to  be  a  fracture  of  the  base  of  the  skull,  with  intracranial 
haemorrhage.  The  medico-legal  diagnosis  was  very  easy  in  this  in- 
stance, but  was  less  so  in  the  second  case,  where  a  line  man  work- 
ing in  wet  weather  on  the  cross  bars  of  a  telephone  pole  received  a 
shock  from  an  electric  light  current  which  had  fouled  a  telephone 
wire.  He  was  seen  to  fall  to  the  ground  and  died  a  few  minutes 
later.  An  autopsy  by  Dr.  Villtneuve  showed  the  cause  of  death 
to  be  a  haemorrhage  at  the  base  of  the  skull,  some  of  the  blood 
having  been  inspirated  into  the  lungs  and  finer  bronchi. 
Examination  made  independently  by  both  himself  and  Dr.  Ville- 
neuve  showed  no  signs  of  burning  on  any  part  of  the  body.  The 
company  were  held  responsible,  although  the  fact  that  death  was  not 
due  to  the  shock  was  evidenced  from  the  time  that  must  have 
elapsed  to  allow  the  blood  to  be  drawn  into  the  lungs. 

Case  three  (communicated  by  Dr.  Villeneuve)  was  that  of  a 
man  who  picked  up  one  end  of  a  broken  live  wire  to  show  that 
there  was  no  danger  in  so  doing.  The  marks  of  the  burning  were 
present  on  the  hands  and  ecchymoses  on  the  surface  of  the  body. 
No  autopsy. 

In  case  four  a  man  made  a  connection  between  two  wires  by 
stepping  on  one  while  the  other  was  touching  his  arm.  'I'he  leather 
in  the  sole  of  his  boot  was  burnt  and  his  jersey  charred,  but  the 
burns  upon  the  skin  were  of  a  very  shght  degree — an  interesting 
point. 

In  case  five  a  man  received  the  fatal  shock  from  a  badly  insul- 
ated wire  while  sitting  between  two  other  men  upon  the  cross  bar  of 
an  electric  light  pole.  Some  minutes  elapsed  before  the  body  was 
taken  down,  and  during  this  time  the  current  was  passing.  The 
burns  here  also  were  extremely  slight  in  spite  of  the  long  exposure, 
and  no  second  point  of  contact  could  be  found.  A  small  morsel  of 
a  clay  pipe  which  the  man  held  between  his  teeth  was  inspirated 
into  the  smaller  bronchi,  and  the  blood  at  the  autopsy  was  found 
fluid,  and  remained  so  for  one  week.  This  condition  was  due  to 
the  continuous  passage  of  the  current,  other  causes  of  absence  of 
clotting  having  been  examined  for  and  excluded. 

It  was  not  generally  known  that  not  only  the  fatal  shock  but 
also  the  typical  changes  could  occur  with  such  shght  lesions  through 
contact  with  a  live  wire. 

Dr.  G.  P.  GiRDWooD  related  a  case  of  lightning  stroke  which 
had  come  under  his  observation,  and  in  v/bich  very  extensive  burn- 
ing of  a  slight  degree  had  occurred  without  a  fatal  result.  He  point- 
ed out  that  the  effect  of  the  electric  fluid  upon  the  body  depended 
both  upon  the  suddenness  of  the  shock  and  the  duration  of  the  cur- 
rent, the  latter  factor  producing  the  electrolytic  action  upon  the 
fluids  of  the  body. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS.  43 

Dr.  F.  W.  Campbell  referred  to  a  case  where  a  man,  after 
exposure  to  a  very  severe  thunder-storm,  but  without  being  actually 
struck  by  the  lightning,  had  gradually  lost  every  hair  on  his  body. 
Other  instances  of  baldness  produced  under  similar  conditions  were 
also  on  record. 

Experiences  of  two  hundred  and  forty-eight  Cases  of 
Abdominal  Sections. 

Dr.  Lapthorn  Smith  read  a  paper  with  the  above  title.  The 
cases  extended  over  a  period  of  eight  years,  a  nd  showed  a  total 
mortality  of  6|  per  cent.,  varying  between  17  per  cent,  in  92,  to  3 J 
per  cent,  in  96. 

The  cases  included  the  removal  of  two  large  tumors  of  the  kid- 
ney, eleven  large  ovarial  tumors  with  two  deaths,  fourteen  abdominal 
hysterectomies  with  four  deaths,  nine  ventral  and  umbilical  hernias 
with  no  deaths  and  sixty-two  double  pus  tubes  with  five  deaths. 

He  alluded  to  the  many  cases  in  which  it  had  been  impossible 
to  obtain  the  patient's  consent  to  an  operation,  although  he  could 
confidently  say  they  would  be  benefitted  thereby  ;  of  such  were 
cases  of  diseased  tubes  suffering  from  recurring  attacks  of  pelvic 
peritonitis  and  incurring  the  risk  of  having  recto  or  vaginal  fistula 
formed  with  perhaps  fatal  results.  In  cirrhotic  ovaries,  operation 
was  not  proposed  until  a  year  of  local  treatment  had  failed  to 
obtain  relief. 

With  regard  to  the  conservative  treatment  of  diseased  ovaries, 
i.e.,  cutting  out  cysts  without  excision  of  the  organ,  Dr.  Smith  stated 
that  his  experience  led  him  to  the  conclusion  that  it  was  a  mistake. 

Among  the  interesting  cases  mentioned  was  one  of  obstruction 
of  the  bowels  occurring  ten  days  after  removal  of  the  appendages. 
At  the  second  operation,  performed  nine  hours  after  f^cal  vomiting 
had  set  in,  the  bowel  was  found  kinked  and  adherent  to  the  abdo- 
minal wall,  and  on  being  freed  a  perfect  recovery  resulted. 

Seven  cases  of  tubal  pregnancy,  in  four  of  which  a  correct 
diagnosis  had  been  made,  were  reported.  All  recoveries.  The 
particulars  have  been  already  published. 

Hernia  following  operation  had  been  unknown  during  the  last 
three  or  four  years  ;  this  he  attributed  to  the  fact  that  the  sutures 
were  left  in  place  for  one  month.  Since  using  the  Trendelenburg 
posture,  drainage  had  been  practically  discarded  altogether  ;  the 
abdomen  was  flushed  out  with  a  large  quantity  of  salt  solution, and 
from  one  to  eight  quarts  of  it  left  in  the  abdomen.  This  proce- 
dure served  to  satisfy  thirst,  pi  event  adhesions,  wash  out  the  kid- 
neys and  strengthen  the  pulse. 

Dr.  F.  A.  Lockhart  thought  that  Dr.  Smith  was  to  be  con- 
gratulated on  his  success  with  his  cases  of  ectopic  gestation.  He 
felt  that  the  question  of  conservative  surgery  was  a  trying  one, 
whether  it  arose  concerning  the  surgery  of  the  pelvis  or  that  of 
other  parts  of  the  body.  It  was  always  a  difficult  matter  to  decide 
whether  or  not  one  ovary  was  to  be  left,  but  thought  this  should 
always  be  done  when  it  was  healthy.  Even  if  after  operation  the 
remaining  organ  gave  trouble,  this  \vas  often  to  be  accounted  for 
by  its  increased  activity,  causing  it  to  become  swollen  and  tender, 
and  rest  and  local  treatment  often  effected  a  cure. 


44  MEDICAL    SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

Stated  Meeting,  November  26th,  1897. 
Robert  Craik,  M.  D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Dr.  R.  A.  Kerry  and  Dr.  D.  D.  McTaggart  were  elected  or- 
dinary members. 

Lichen  Ruber. 

Dr.  F.  J.  Shepherd  exhibited  a  patient,  a  man  aged  35,  who 
had  suffered  from  lichen  ruber  for  seven  years.  Coincident  with 
the  appearance  of  this  disease  he  became  paralysed  in  the  left 
side;  especially  was  the  paralysis  marked  in  the  left  arm.  The 
patient's  appearance  was  very  characteristic ;  the  general  red- 
ness of  the  surface,  with  some  healthy  patches  of  skin  on  abdo- 
men and  back  ;  the  loss  of  hair  of  head,  eye-brows,  eye-lashes, 
pubic  hair,  and  axillary  hair  ;  the  ichihyotic  appearance  of  the 
skin  in  parts  and  in  other  places  such  as  legs,  elbows,  buttocks,  the 
acuminate  condition  of  the  eruption  about  the  hair  foHicles  and 
the  plugging  of  the  follicles  with  dried  epidermis  ;  the  absence  of 
any  tendency  to  form  vesicles  or  pustules. 

This  disease  is  sometimes  called  "  pityriasis  rubra  pilaris,'^ 
and  there  has  been  much  discussion  about  it,  it  having  been  con- 
founded with  pityriasis  rubra,  lichtn  planus,  etc.  It  was  first  de- 
scribed by  Duvergie,  then  more  fully  by  Hebra,  who  included  with 
it  the  lichen  planus  of  Erasmus  Wilson,  which  inclusion  has  caused 
much  confusion. 

The  prognosis  is  always  grave,  no  case  of  true  lichen  ruber 
having  had  a  favourable  termination.  Treatment  is  of  but  little 
use.  Cod  liver  oil  and  local  washings  and  tlie  application  of 
unguents  is  all  that  can  be  done.  Arsenic  is  only  of  use  in  the 
early  stages. 

The  paralysis  existing  in  this  patient  Dr.  Shepherd  thought 
was  an  accidental  complication  and  not  the  result    of  the   disease. 

Dr.  W.  F.  Hamilton,  a  few  months  since,  had  had  under 
his  care  an  old  gentleman  of  sixty  years  of  age  suffering  from 
Bright's  disease,  whose  body  from  head  to  heels  was  covered  with 
an  eruption  presenting  the  following  characteristics  :  Very  deep 
redness,  desquamation,  areas  of  a  peculiar  coppery  colour,  evident- 
ly staining  due  to  former  involvement  of  the  part,  enlargement  of 
the  glands  in  the  neck  and  axilla,  and  extensive  papular  areas 
which  seemed  due  to  lucal  irritation  from  scratching.  Dr.  Hamil- 
ton had  been  puzzled  between  lichen  ruber  and  pityriasis  rubra. 
The  disease  had  lasted  twenty  years  and  involved  every  part  ex- 
cept the  face  and  the  hands.  Finally,  the  case  was  looked  upon 
as  one  of  pityriasis  rubra  with  nephritis.  The  patient  died  a  few 
weeks  ago  from  Bright's  disease. 

Removal  cf  Foreign  Body  from  the  Cheek. 

Dr.  J.  M.  Elder  exhibited  a  steel  pen  which  he  had  removed 
from  the  cheek  of  a  young  man.  V\\\t  history,  in  brief,  was  as 
follows  : 

The  patient,  aged  twenty-four,  consulted   him   for   a   swelling 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS.  45 

on  the  left  cheek  ;  and,  on  examination,  a  fluctuating  tumour  was 
found  high  up  under  the  zygoma  at  the  anterior  border  of  the 
masseter  muscle.  Sevenieen  yeais  previously,  while  running 
with  a  pen  in  his  hand,  the  boy  had  fallen  and  the  penholder  had 
entered  his  left  cheek  in  an  upward  direction  opposite  the  angle  of 
the  mouth.  The  penholder  was  withdrawn,  and  as  there  was  no 
nib  on  it  none  was  supposed  to  have  been  there  at  the  time  of  the 
accident.  On  opening  through  the  buccal  mucous  membrane, 
some  fluid  and  pus  escaped,  and  Dr.  Elder  had  great  difficulty  in 
removing  small  poitions  of  the  nib  that  were  caught  in  the  forceps. 
The  wound  soon  healed,  but  two  weeks  later  a  fluctuating  abscess 
formed  opposite  the  old  scar  on  the  skin.  This  was  incised  and 
by  means  of  a  fenestrated  Volkman's  spoon,  the  pen,  as  shown, 
was  turned  round,  the  point  gripped  with  the  forceps,  and  drawn 
out  without  diflaculty.  The  interesting  point  of  the  case  was  the 
length  of  time  a  steel  object  could  remain  in  the  tissues  without 
being  very  much  corroded,  and  without  causing  any  symptoms. 

Dr.  RoLLO  Campbell  referred  to  a  case  he  had  seen  in  the 
London  Hospital  of  a  somewhat  similar  nature.  A  patient  shortly 
after  being  sent  in  was  found  to  have  some  interference  with  the 
venous  return  through  the  back  of  the  orbit  and  died  that  night 
with  symptoms- of  pressure  on  the  brain.  At  the  autopsy,  a  por- 
tion of  a  penholder  was  found,  the  supposition  being  that  it  had 
entered  through  the  nose. 

Diabetes  Mellitus. 
Dr.  Ridley  Mackenzie  reported  this  case. 


Stated  Meetings  December  loth,  1897. 
Robert  Craik,  M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Drs.  VV.  M.  F.  Nelson,  M.  Lauterman  and  G.  D.  Robins  were 
elected  ordinary  members. 

Intraligamentous  Myoma. 

Dr.  Wm.  Gardner  reported  this  case,  and  exhibited  the 
tumour  which  he  had  removed  as  follows  : 

Madame  v.,  aei.  32,  married  nine  years,  nullipara,  was  admitted 
to  the  gynaecological  service  of  the  Royal  Victoria  Hospital  on 
November  6th,  1897,  complaining  of  abdominal  pain  and  enlarge- 
ment, profuse  and  painful  menstruation,  and  difficult  and  painful 
micturition  and  defsecation. 

Soon  after  her  marriage  the  patient  noticed  a  lump  of  the  size 
of  an  orange  in  the  hypogastrium.  There  was  progressive  enlarge- 
ment for  two  years  subsequently,  when  a  surgeon  of  another  city 
operated,  removing  a  part  of  the  tumour.  The  same  surgeon  again 
operated  two  years  later,  but  with  only  partial  success. 

On  examination  the  abdomen  was  enlarged  equal  to  a  six 
months'  pregnancy  by  an  uneven,  very  firm,  almost  hard,  fixed 
mass.  Vaginal  palpation  revealed  the  pelvic  cavity  completely  filled 
almost  to   the  lower  outlet  by  the  tumour.    The  examining  finger 


46  MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

could  be  passed  upwards  only  close  to  posterior  surface  of  the 
pubes,  but  could  not  be  made  to  reach  the  cervix  uteri  or  fundus  of 
the  vagina.  The  operation  was  exceedingly  difficult,  tedious  and 
long,  involving,  as  it  did,  a  most  extensive  enucleation,  during  which 
important  blood-vessels  and  the  left  ureter  must  have  been  in  im- 
minent danger.  The  position  of  the  uterus  and  bladder  pushed  up 
into  the  abdominal  cavity,  and  to  the  extreme  right  of  the  pelvic 
brim,  mu&t  have  involved  immense  stretching  of  this  duct,  and  a 
very  close  relation  to  the  tumour,  in  a  furrow  of  which  it  may  have 
lain,  as  so  often  observed  in  similar  cases.  These  dangers  were, 
however,  averted. 

The  altered  relations  of  the  peritoneum,  by  reason  of  the 
situation,  size  and  direction  of  the  tumour,  were  interesing.  The 
anterior  lamina  of  the  broad  ligament  was  raised  so  that  on  the  left 
side  the  perineum  was  separated  from  the  anterior  abdominal  wall 
to  the  extent  of  at  least  eight  inches,  while  behind  the  tumour  had 
separated  the  layers  of  the  meso-colon  of  the  sigmoid  flexure  and 
lay  closely  in  contact  with  it. 

TliC  operation  was  completed  by  amputation  of  the  uterus  at 
the  supra-vaginal  cervix,  and  the  packing  of  the  enormous  cavity, 
now,  however,  much  contracted,  by  iodoform  gauze.  The  consider- 
able loss  of  blood  and  long  duration  of  the  operation  brought  the 
patient  before  its  close  to  a  very  critical  condition.  By  the  use  of 
sub-mammary  transfusion  of  normal  salt  solution  and  hypodermics 
of  strychnia,  she  was  kept  alive  and  got  to  bed.  Reaction  was  not 
fully  established  till  six  hours  later. 

Convalescence  has  been  retarded  by  a  severe  attack  of  bron- 
chial catarrh  and  some  suppuration  of  the  cavity  whence  the  tumour 
was  enucleated,  but  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  ultimate  complete 
recovery.     The  weight  of  the  tumour  was  six  pounds. 

Dr.  F.  J.  Shepherd  asked,  regarding  the  enucleation  of  these 
large  tumours,  whether  it  was  ever  done  rapidly,  or  always  slowly, 
as  in  the  present  case,  ligating  the  vessels  as  one  went  along.  From 
his  experience  with  tumours  of  the  thyroid  he  had  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  slow  method  was  always  the  best,  the  rapid  being 
often  disastrous. 

Case  of  Ruptlred  Tubal  Pregnancy — Laparotomy — 
Recovery. 

Dr.  G.  T.  Ross  said  that  he  had  visited  the  patient  (on  28th 
November),  and  her  history  in  brief  was  as  follows  ;  After  the  last 
accouchement,  ten  years  previously,  menstruation  had  been  regular 
until  November  of  the  present  year,  when  about  a  week  after  the 
ordinary  period  she  had  had  another  bloody  discharge,  lasting 
seven  days,  and,  following  that,  more  or  less  nausea  and  vomiting 
until,  on  November  26,  she  had  unusually  severe  pain  on  the  right 
side  for  twenty-four  hours  with  chills  and  fever.  The  family  phy- 
sician at  the  last  named  date  called  in  a  consultant,  when  preg- 
nancy was  diagnosed  and  a  favourable  prognosis  given.  Three  days 
later  Dr.  Ross  was  asked  to  see  her,  and  the  following  condition 
was  present  : 


MEDICAL    SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS.  47 

Patient  was  found  with  a  temperature  of  loi  J/^  '^ .  and  pulse  of 
122,  great  prostration,  blanched  face  and  anxious  countenance. 
Nausea  and  vomiting  were  present.  There  was  great  tenderness 
over  the  abdomen  extending  up  to  the  epigastric  region,  but  palpa- 
tion gave  no  evidence  of  any  special  resistance  or  any  tumour.  Per 
vaginam,  the  uterus  was  not  found  enlarged,  but  there  was  spe- 
cially great  tenderness  on  the  right  side  of  this  organ.  Although 
there  were  few  positive  symptoms  pointing  10  extra-uterine  foeta- 
tion,  he  regarded  the  case  ^as  such,  to  the  exclusion  of  other  con- 
ditions, considering  that  rupture  oi  a  tubo  ovarian  gestation  would 
account  for  most  of  the  symptoms.  On  his  advice  the  patient  was 
removed  to  the  hospital  and  a  laparotomy  performed. 

Dr.  Lapthorn  Smith  reported  the  operation  as  follows  :  The 
patient,  whose  history  has  been  already  given  by  Dr.  Smith,  was  a 
Jewish  woman,  Mrs.  K.,  28  years  of  age.  The  operation  took  place 
just  a  week  ago  to-day,  and  there  is  hardly  any  doubt  but  that  she 
will  make  a  good  recovery. 

On  examining  her  I  found  her  with  a  very  weak  and  rapid 
pulse,  slightly  elevated  temperature  and  distended  abdomen.  On 
examination  the  uterus  was  found  normal  in  size  and  position,  and 
nothing  could  be  made  out  the  matter  with  the  tubes  and  ovaries. 
It  was  thought  advisable  to  delay  operating  a  little  until  the  bowels 
could  be  moved  and  the  pulse  improved.  This  proved  unwise, 
however,  for  her  pulse  grew  worse,  until  it  reached  150,  and  in 
twenty-four  hours  she  was  vomiting  worse  than  ever,  some  of  the 
ejecta  appearing  decidedly  faecal.  This  led  me  to  suspect  ihe  pos- 
sibility of  obstruction  of  tlie  bowel,  and  made  me  more  anxious  still 
to  operate  at  once  and  at  all  hazards,  although  she  refused  to  sub- 
mit to  operation  until  the  last  minute.  On  opening  the  abdomen, 
back  blood  gushed  forth,  and  on  introducing  the  hand  large  clots 
could  be  felt  filling  the  cavity.  The  right  tube,  from  which  the 
blood  was  pouring,  was  seized  and  tied  and  removed  with  the  ovary. 
The  foetus,  about  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  was  found  among  the 
clots.  The  foetus  and  placenta  had  been  expelled  through  the  tear 
in  the  tube,  the  distended  and  torn  tube  being  entirely  empty.  The 
quantity  of  clot  and  fluid  blood  removed  was  estimated  by  my 
assistants  at  between  three  and  four  quarts.  After  this  hkd  been 
removed  a  gallon  of  hot  salt  solution  was  poured  into  the  abdomen 
and  left  there.  Besides  that  she  received  three  quarts  of  salt  solu- 
tion by  enema  the  first  day,  which  she  retained,  and  two  quarts  the 
second  day,  by  the  end  of  which  time  her  pulse,  which  was  150 
before  the  operation,  had  fallen  to  80.  I  think  we  have  reason  to 
be  proud  of  our  profession  when  we  see  a  general  practitioner  of  it 
diagnosing  accurately  and  at  once  such  an  obscure  case.  Unless 
this  diagnosis  had  been  made  and  acted  upon,  this  woman  was  con- 
demned to  certain  death. 

This  is  my  ninth  case  of  laparotomy  for  tubal  pregnancy,  and 
so  far  all  the  patients  have  recovered. 

I  would  like  to  call  attention  to  the  value  once  more  demon- 
strated in  this  case  of  artificial  serum  in  the  abdomen  and  adminis- 
tered by  enema.  The  result  on  the  patient's  pulse  was  marvellous 
and  unmistakable. 


48  MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

Intestinal  Resection   in  a  Child  aged    Four. 

Dr.  E.  A.  Robertson  read  the  report  of  this  case. 

Sir  Wm.  Hingston  said  he  had  nothing  to  add  to  the  report 
of  the  case,  which  was  very  clearly  given  ;  but  had  a  suggestion  to 
make  in  the  way  of  a  correction  of  terms.  He  had  always  objected 
to  the  term  "  exploratory  incision,"  as  he  did  not  consider  that  an 
operation  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  diagnosis  was  justifiable. 
In  this  case  it  was  not  an  exploration  ;  the  diagnosis  was  made 
beforehand,  and  not  till  then  did  they  proceed  to  perform  the  oper- 
ation. Although  death  had  taken  place,  it  did  not  alter  his  opinion 
that  the  operation  was  a  justifiable  one,  and  the  (mly  one  possible 
under  the  circumstances. 

Dr.  F.  J.  Shepherd  was  much  interested  in  the  case,  but  must 
take  exception  to  some  points  raised  by  Dr.  Robertson.  He  did 
not  believe  in  fascal  accumulation  as  a  cause  of  tumour;  when 
there  was  a  fgecal  accumulation  it  was  always  produced  by  a  stricture 
either  malignant  or  otherwise.  No  operator  had  ever  seen  such  a 
condition  simulating  tumour,  and  he  was  not  awaie  that  any 
pathologist  had  ever  seen  it  post-mortem.  Another  point  was  the 
mortality  statistics  presented  by  Dr.  Robertson  ;  in  abdominal  sur- 
gery old  statistics  were  useless,  or  worse,  they  were  misleading  ; 
methods  had  so  altered  in  the  last  ten  years  that  one  should  not  go 
back  beyond  that  period  to  obtain  a  basis  for  estimating  mortality. 
He  did  not  agree  with  Sir  William  Hingston  concerning  the  useless- 
ness  of  exploratory  operations  ;  he  thought  in  cases  like  this  it  was 
impossible  to  make  a  positive  diagnosis,  and  that  an  exploratory 
operation  was  justifiable.  He  would  like  to  ask  how  Sir  William,  in 
this  case,  made  a  positive  diagnosis  of  mesenteric  tumour.  He 
would  like  to  draw  Dr.  Robertson's  attention  to  a  paper  on  Solid 
Mesenteric  Tumours  in  the  July  number  of  the  Annals  of  Surgery, 
where  57  cases  are  collected,  also  to  the  speaker's  own  case  which 
was  shown  to  this  Society  last  winter. 

Some  Recent  Gall-Stone  Cases. 

Dr.  James  Bell  read  a  paper  with  this  title. 

Dr.  F,  J.  Shepherd  considered  cholecystotumy  one  of  the  most 
successful  operations  in  modern  surgery.  Incision  of  the  common 
duct  was  not  to  be  classed  in  the  same  category,  as  it  was  a  much 
more  serious  operation.  He  was  surprised  that  among  such  a  large 
number  of  cases  there  was  no  case  of  malignant  disease.  The 
frequency  with  which  gall-stones  existed  in  the  female  gall-bladder 
was  not  sufficiently  recognized.  Dr.  Shepherd  thought  it  was  due 
to  the  constriction  of  the  abdomen  which  caused  obstruction  of  the 
cystic  duct.  In  a  case  last  summer,  the  speaker  had  cut  down  and 
come  upon  a  distended  gall-bladder  which  simulated  appendicitis. 
The  case  recovered. 

Dr.  Shepherd  also  asked  whether,  after  incision  of  the  common 
duct,  Dr.  Bell  preferred  to  sew  it  up  or  simply  to  pack  it  round 
with  gauze,  leaving  in  a  drainage-tube.  In  a  recent  article,  Mr.  Jor- 
dan Lloyd  mentions  that  he  cut  down  on  the  ureter  for  impacted 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  49 

stone ;  after  first  making  an  abdominal  incision  to  determine  the 
place  of  the  stone,  he  opens  into  the  ureter  outside  the  peritoneum 
and  does  not  close  the  incision  up  again;  no  leakage  of  urine  took 
place  from  the  incision  in  the  duct. 

Dr.  W.  F.  Hamilton  referred  to  the  following  case  of  choleli- 
thiasis as  of  interest.  A  young  French-Canadian,  a  painter,  came 
to  the  hospital  complaining  of  severe  pain  in  the  region  of  the  liver 
off  and  on  for  five  to  seven  years.  At  that  time  there  was  a  slight 
icteroid  tinge  to  the  conjunctiva  ;  the  urine  contained  bile,  and  there 
was  tenderness  over  the  gall-bladder.  The  temperature  was  slightly 
raised.  The  speaker  suspected  catarrhal  duodenitis,  and  expected 
catarrhal  jaundice  to  develop.  The  following  morning,  however,  on 
examining  the  stools,  quite  a  large  gnll  stone  was  found.  The  sur- 
face of  the  stone  suggested  the  presence  of  others.  He  left  the 
hospital  in  a  few  days  fully  relieved. 

Dr.  G.  A.  Brown  drew  attention  to  the  fact  that  some  days 
might  elapse  after  the  stone  had  left  the  duct  before  it  appeared  in 
the  stools.  He  related  one  in  which  three  days  had  passed  before 
it  was  found  in  the  stools. 

Dr.  E.  A.  Robertson  thought  the  statement  that  the  stone  was 
sometimes  passed  without  causing  any  symptoms  was  most  im- 
probable. 

Dr.  Bell,  in  reply,  said  that  two  of  the  cases  had  been  sent  to 
him  as  cases  of  appendicitis,  and  that  the  physical  signs  and 
symptoms  had  given  good  ground  for  this  diagnosis.  He  always 
sutured  the  gall-bladder  to  the  peritoneum  only,  and  always  closed 
the  incision  in  the  ducts  by  suture,  using  fine  silk  as  suture  material. 
He  also  introduced  a  drainage  tube  and  packed  off  the  space  with 
gauze,  but  did  not  feel  safe  in  trusting  to  these  alone  ;  where  it  was 
possible,  he  preferred  to  close  the  incision  by  suture.  He  did  not 
think  the  incision  in  the  ureter,  as  mentioned  by  Mr.  Jordan  Lloyd 
for  the  removal  of  ureteral  calculi,  was  quite  a  parallel  case,  as  there 
was  always  a  great  flush  of  bile  when  the  stone  was  extracted  from 
the  common  duct.  Besides,  the  ureteral  wound  was  entraperitoneal. 
He  was  quite  sure  that  gall-stones  often  existed  for  a  very  long  time 
without  giving  rise  to  any  symptoms,  and  referred  to  case  IX.  in 
this  series  as  evidence  that  a  number  of  stones  had  existed  for  a 
long  time  in  the  gall-bladder,  and  only  gave  rise  to  symptoms  when 
disturbed  by  an  accident.  One  case  had  had  high  runs  of  fever, 
and  three  of  the  cases  where  cholecystitis  existed  (besides  the 
typhoid  case)  had  had  moderate  fever.  He  had  not  discussed  the 
prevention  of  gall-stones,  as  the  cases  reported  were  those  in 
which  the  stones  not  only  already  existed,  but  had  given 
rise  to  serious  symptoms.  He  was  quite  sure,  however,  that  the 
size  and  number  of  the  stones  found  in  a  given  case  was  not 
determined  by  the  age  or  sex  of  the  patient.  In  general  terms,  he 
thought  it  might  be  stated  that  stagnation  of  the  bile  in  the 
gall-bladder  was  an  important  factor  in  the  causation  of  gall-stones, 
and  thai  constriction  of  the  waist  as  seen  in  women,  and  certain 
positions,  such  as  that  assumed  by  a  man  sitting  at  a  desk,  con- 
tributed to  this  end  by  making  it  more  difficult  for  the  gall-bladder  to 
empty  itself. 


TME 


Canada  Medical  Record 


F'UBLISHED    IVIONTHIvY. 


Subscription  Price,  $i.oo  J>er  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  sutscription,  or  advertising,  payable  tO 
JOHIS  hUVBLLi  &  SON,  23  St.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  busmess  commu. 
nicatioiis  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Office,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 

COMPLIMENTARY    SUPPER    TO    DR.    W.    H. 

DRUMMOND,    AUTHOR    OF    "THE 

HABITANT." 

Few  authors  have  their  first  literary  ventures  so  thoroughly- 
appreciated  and  the  true  merits  of  their  production  so  early 
recognized  as  has  Dr.  Drummond,  our  esteemed  confrere,  in 
the  issue  of  his  book  of  poems  entitled  "  The  Habitant." 

The  new  field  from  which  the  material  of  these  poems  has 
been  culled  is  one  belonging  almost  entirely  to  our  Province 
of  Quebec,  and  has,  under  the  hand  of  one  who  during  a  life- 
time has  been  able  to  observe  all  the  traits  of  character  peculiar 
to  the  habitant,  proved  a  fertile  source  of  interest,  and  the 
author,  who  is  thoroughly  imbued  with  true  poetic  genius,  has 
woven  in  a  unique  production  descriptive  and  historical  pic- 
tures of  their  peculiarities,  brimming  with  pathos  and  humour. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  readers  in  this  Province  who  are 
familiar  with  the  characteristic  features  of  this  class  of  our 
rural  population  and  their  attempt  to  express  themselves  in 
English  should  thoroughly  appreciate  the  truthful  represen- 
tation these  poems  convey,  but  it  is  a  matter  for  the  fullest 
congratulation  to  Dr.  Drummond  and  this  country  that  this 
work  has  been  eagerly  sought  after  and  praised  not  only  by 
readers  in  Canada  but  throughout  the  United  States  and  in 
England,  so  that  publishers  and  author  have  been  gladdened 


EDITORIAL.  5 1 

by  the  demand  for  edition  after  edition  in  a  manner  quite 
unprecedented  in  the  annals  of  Canadian  authorship.  Hence 
it  is  easy  to  understand  the  appropriateness  of  the  slight 
token  of  appreciation  conveyed  in  the  complimentary  enter- 
tainment given  to  Dr.  Drummond  by  his  confreres  in  this 
city.  For  once,  the  members  of  our  profession  in  meeting 
together  eschewed  medical  topics  entirely,  and  the  after- 
dinner  oratory,  songs  and  recitations  suited  the  event  which 
the  gathering  was  intended  to  celebrate-  We  thoroughly  sym- 
pathize with  the  sentiments  of  Dean  Craik  as  expressed  dur- 
ing the  evening,  when  he  urged  more  recreation  for  the 
members  of  '~>ur  profession  in  the  way  of  keeping  abreast  in 
general  literature,  and  dropping  entirely  from  time  to  time 
medical  subjects  and  taking  more  interest  in  general  litera- 
ture, art  and  science  and  subjects  other  than  professional. 
This  spirit  of  outside  interest,  and  even  of  a  disposition  to 
contribute  to  general  literature,  seems  to  be  growing  in  our 
profession.  We  may  not  all  possess  the  attainments  of  a 
Conan  Doyle,  an  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  or  a  Drummond, 
but  occasional  attention  to  topics  outside  of  medical  would 
serve  as  a  recreation  and  broaden  our  ideas,  and  put  us 
more  in  harmony  with  the  highest  interests  of  the  commun- 
ity in  which  we  reside.  It  is  interesting  to  note  in  this  con- 
nection that  two  novels  have  recently  appeared  in  the  United 
States  by  members  of  the  Medical  Profession.  One  by  S. 
Weir  Mitchell,  entitled  "  Hugh  Wynne,  Free  Quaker,  some 
time  Brevet  Lieutenant  Colonel  on  the  Staff  of  His  Excel- 
lency General  Washington."  It  is  said  to  have  had  a  veiy 
large  sale,  and  to  be  a  charming  historical  novel,  very  interest- 
ing, with  artistically  depicted  characters,  and  giving  an  insight 
into  the  character  of  one  of  the  noblest  names  in  history, 
George  Washington.  This  is  only  one  of  a  number  written  by 
Dr.  Mitchell.  The  other  is  by  Dr.  Alexander).  C.  Skene^ 
entitled  "True  to  Themselves.  A  Psychological  Study" — his 
first  venture  in  this  line,  and  is  said  to  be  worthy  of  the  eminent 
medical  author.  We  give  the  following  account  of  the  supper 
to  Dr.  Drummond  as  reported  by  the  Montreal  Medical  Journal. 
On  the  evening  of  December  23rd,  Dr.  W.  H.  Drum- 
mond was  entertained  at  supper  in  the  St.  James  Club  by  the 


52  EDITORIAL. 

following  medical  friends :  Drs.  Armstrong,  James  Bell, 
Birkett,  A.  A.  Browne,  K.  Cameron,  F.  W.  Campbell,  G.  G. 
Campbell,  Craik,  Elder,  England,  Evans,  Finley,  W.  Gard- 
ner, Garrow,  Girdwood,  W.  D.  Hamilton,  W.  F.  Hamilton, 
Sir  W.  Hingston,  J.  A.  Hutchison,  Lachapelle,  Lockhart,  Mc- 
Callum,  McCarthy,  McConnell,  Tait  McKenzie,  McPhail,  Per- 
rigo.  Shepherd,  Grant  Stewart,  J.  Stewart,  Webster,  Wilkins, 
C.  W.  Wilson. 

The  supper  was  decided  upon  only  two  or  three  days 
beforehand,  and  no  effort  was  made  to  organize  a  large  and 
formal  gathering.  Had  such  a  plan  been  attempted  there 
would  have  been  no  difficulty  in  getting  together  a  very  much 
larger  body  of  Dr.  Drummond's  medical  brethren,  who 
would  have  been  glad  to  do  honour  to  the  author  of  "  The 
Habitan.t." 

The  Chair  was  occupied  by  Sir  William  Hingston,  who 
presided  with  his  customary  grace  and  dignity,  his  remarks 
being  at  all  times  characterised  by  their  fitness  and  felicitous- 
ness.  After  the  toast  of  "The  Queen  "  had  been  drank,  Sir 
William  proposed  "Our  Guest  "  in  a  very  happy  speech,  ex- 
pressing the  genuine  congratulations  of  those  present  on  Dr. 
Drummond's  literary  venture,  with  the  hope  that  it  might  be 
only  the  precursor  of  a  long  series  of  successes. 

Dr.  Drummond  replied  in  the  following  words : 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Gentlemen,  or  if  you  will  permit  me 
to  use  the  term  inclusively, /r^Vw^i",  I  am  naturally  very  proud, 
and  very,  very  grateful  for  the  position  in  which  I  find  my- 
self placed  to-night,  for  in  the  wildest  flights  of  imagination 
the  diaphanous  casement  of  my  brain  (as  dear  old  Father 
Prout  puts  it)  had  never,  I  assure  you,  been  penetrated  by 
the  thought  that  some  day,  "  Some  day,"  or  rather  some  even- 
ing, my  beloved  confreres,  the  medical  men  of  Montreal, 
would  extend  to  me  the  honour  of  a  dinner — and  when  the 
news  was  gently  conveyed  to  me  the  other  day  by  our  genial 
friend,  Dr.  Armstrong,  it  was  as  unexpected  as  undeserved. 
However,  when  a  committee  of  physicians  and  surgeons,  such 
as  the  present  one,  unanimously  decide  upon  the  line  of  treat- 
ment in  any  particular  case,  what  can  the  wretched  victim  do 
but  submit  quietly  to  the  anaesthetic  and  let  them  "Fire 
away,  Flanagan." 

But  seriously,  Mr.  Chairman  and  Gentlemen,  Why  this 
special  act  of  favour  ?  Was  it  a  recognition  of  the  fact  that 
my  attempt  to  provide  for  our  country  a  literature  purely 
"Canayen"  in  character  had  met  with  a  partial  degree  of 
success  .-* 

It  could  not  have  been  for  any  other  reason.  My  name 
will  probably  never  be  found  in  medical  text-books,  attached 


EDITORIAL.  53 

for  instance  to  some  great  medical  or  surgical  discovery,  but 
in  conjunction  with  my  good  friend,  Dr.  Charlie  Wilson,  per- 
haps for  a  few  years  there  may  linger  in  the  minds  of  those 
present  to-night,  memories  (not  altogether  unpleasant  I  hope) 
of  the  Wilson-Drummond  enunciation  ;  for,  gentlemen,  I  have 
no  hesitation  in  saying  that,  so  far  at  least  as  you  are  con- 
cerned, to  Dr.  Wilson  belongs  the  major  part  of  the  discovery. 
For  from  the  very  first  moment  that  the  Doctor  left  his  na- 
tive fastnesses  of  Buckingham,  P.  Q.,  for,  possibly,  the  more 
congenial  atmosphere  of  Montreal,  he  patiently  experimented 
and  demonstrated,  largely  before  medical  audiences,  until  now 
the  Wilson-Drummond  enunciatory  rale  is  apparently  accept- 
ed by  some  of  the  most  distinguished  men  in  the  profession. 

"  There  was  a  Duke  of  Buckingham,  who  never  did  a  thing 
But  strut  around  the  court,  and  keep  the  lasses  on  a  string, 
I  believe  His  Excellenza  was  perhaps  a  trifle  gay, 
But  the /;vj^«/ Duke  of  Buckingham  isn't  built  that  way." 

No,  gentlemen,  Dr.  Wilson  was  the  first  to  recognize  the 
premonitory  symptoms  of  the  hitherto  unknown  Canadian 
disease.  What  did  he  do  .''  Being  of  course  a  firm  believer  in 
the  science  of  inoculation,  he  at  once  proceeded  to  infuse, 
cautiously  perhaps  at  first,  little  by  little,  virus,  supplied  net 
from  the  laboratory  of  Merck,  but  from  the  Wilson-Drum- 
mond laboratory,  into  the  systems  of  those  who  would  consent 
to  the  operation,  the  Doctor,  naturally,  hoping  by  this  means 
to  stay  the  threatened  march  of  the  disease.  Medical  men 
are  ever,  in  the  interests  of  science,  among  the  first  to  risk 
experiments,  hazardous  not  only  to  life,  but  also  to  reason, 
and  many  underwent  the  painful  ordeal.  The  disease,  how- 
ever, continued  to  spread  ;  the  devoted  Doctor  laboured 
assiduously,  and  the  amount,  especially  of  night  work,  which 
he  was  compelled  to  undergo,  threatened  seriously  to  under- 
mine his  health. 

New  centres  of  contagion  sprang  up,  and  the  disease, 
which  at  first  was  purely  endemic,  at  last  became  epidemic^  and 
the  unfortunate  enthusiast  of  inoculation  was  reduced  to  des- 
pair. 

Finally,  one  never-to-be-forgotten  evening,  while  the 
Doctor  and  myself  were  closeted  together  in  the  sacred  re- 
cesses of  my  most  private  boudoir  (garnished  with  the  usual 
accompaniments)  he,  my  friend.  Dr.  Wilson,  broke  the  Sab- 
bath stillness  of  the  surrounding  air  by  exclaiming,  "  Billy, 
for  God's  sake  what  is  to  be  done  }  You  will  have  to  write  a 
text-book,  a  kind  of  vade  mecum,  paying  particular  attention 
to  the  disease  which  I,  alas !  have  so  vainly  endeavored  to 
combat,  Then  everyone  can  have  the  disease  all  to  them- 
selves, and  stick  to  it." 

And  this,  gentlemen,  is  the  story  of  "  The  Habitant." 


54  EDITORIAL. 

In  the  analysis  of  everything  that  is  human,  the  medical 
man  is  indeed  a  specialist ;  therefore,  if  in  painting  types,  in 
deh'neating  human  weaknesses,  passions,  and  foibles,  I  have 
gained  your  applause,  I  am  more  than  satisfied  that  my 
work  has  at  least  been  fairly  well  done." 

After  Dr.  Druminond's  speech,  a  very  pleasant  time  was 
spent,  contributions  in  the  shape  of  son^,  speech  or  story 
being  furnished  by  each  one  present.  It  is  impossible  to 
refer  to  these  in  detail,  yet  it  will  not  be  invidious  to  single 
out  two  or  three  for  special  mention.  Dr.  Wilson's  recita- 
tions of  selections  from  "The  Habitant "  were  a  great  treat. 
They  were  rendered  in  a  most  sympathetic  spirit  and  with 
rare  artistic  finish.  There  is  no  doubt,  as  the  Chairman 
stated,  that  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  interest  which 
has  been  taken  in  Dr.  Drummond's  poems,  in  Montreal  at 
least,  has  resulted  from  Dr.  Wilson's  masterly  presentation  of 
them  during  the  past  few  years. 

Dr.  Drummond's  reading  for  the  first  time  of  a  new  poem 
entitled  "  Phil-0-Rum's  Canoe"  was  listened  to  with  keen 
interest. 

Another  feature  of  the  evening  was  Dr.  Craik's  closing 
speech,  which  focused  the  attention  of  all  present.  In  a  few 
well  chosen  sentences,  the  Dean  spoke  weighty  words  of  wis- 
dom regarding  the  importance  of  literary  studies  to  the  medi- 
cal man,  who,  too  often,  owing  to  the  pressure  of  his  work, 
allowed  his  mind  to  be  cramped  within  the  purely  professional 
Hmits  of  his  life.  He  urged  upon  his  hearers  the  value  of 
continual  attention  to  "  Belles  Lettres,"  not  merely  as  a  pleas- 
ant recreation  in  itself,  but  also  as  a  means  of  opening  new 
avenues  of  interest,  of  keeping  the  mind  in  a  sympathetic  atti- 
tude towards  the  whole  world  of  thought — in  a  word,  of 
enabling  them  to  attain  the  highest  ideal  of  the  cultured 
physician. 

We  congratulate  Dr.  Drummond  on  the  success  of  the 
supper  given  in  his  honor;  still  more  on  the  triumphal  pro- 
gress which  his  book  has  made. 

We  doubt  if  any  poet  has  ever  known  ten  thousand 
copies  of  his  first  volume  to  be  bought  by  a  ravenous  public 
within  a  few  weeks  of  publication.  "Yet  this  has  been  Dr. 
Drummond's  good  fortune. 

We  do  not  know  what  his  future  literary  ventures  may  be, 
but  we  feel  sure  that  they  will  be  worthy  of  the  man, — worthy 
of  his  first  success.  Modern  literature  has  too  many  examples 
of  men  who  having  achieved  fame  by  their  early  strenuous 
labours,  thereafter  pour  forth  their  drivelling,  slovenly  stuff 
upon  the  credulous  public. 

It  is  some  satisfaction,  however,  to   know  that  such  per- 


EDITORIAL.  55 

sons  sooner  or  later  find  their  Gehenna,  though  too  often  with 
the  spoils  of  unrighteous  mammon,  which  they  have  gathered 
in  their  downward  course. 

We  trust  also  that  Dr.  Drummond,  having  proved  him- 
self a  master  in  delineating  various  types  of  French-Canadian 
character  in  the  well-known  patois  of  the  habitant,  will  soon 
cultivate  the  muse  in  pure  rich  mother  English. 

Dr.  Drummond's  work  is  an  evidence  of  his  exquisite 
cultured  poetic  faculty. 

It  is  not  too  much  to  expect  that,  following  Kipling's 
example,in  having  first  achieved  a  reputation  as  a  truthful  and 
sympathetic  painter  of  the  scenes  and  types  familiar  to  him 
from  early  days,  he  may  wander  far  afield  infancy's  realms, 
achieving  for  himself  a  splendid  reputation  as  one  of  the  great 
imperial  singers  of  our  race. 

PROVINCIAL  MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION. 

Dr.  Belleau,  Secretary  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons,  has  received  the  following  bill  from  Major  Pinault, 
M.P.P.,  sanctioned  Saturday  last,  and  we  have  to  thank  him 
for  forwarding  us  a  copy.  It  is  very  important  to  medical 
students  : — "  An  Act  to  amend  the  law  respecting  admission 
to  the  practice  of  medicine  in  certain  cases.  Whereas  there 
are  at  present  in  the  Universities  of  this  Province  nearly  two 
hundred  students  who  have  commenced  attending  the  medi- 
cal course  before  having  obtained  a  certificate  of  admission 
to  the  study  of  medicine  ;  whereas  the  fact  of  their  not  having 
been  regularly  admitted  to  the  study  of  medicine  exposes 
them  to  lose  the  benefit  of  several  years  of  medical  studies  ; 
therefore  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Legislature  of  Quebec,  enacts  as  follows  : — i.  Not- 
withstanding article  3,978  of  the  Revised  Statutes,  the  Col- 
lege of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  Province  of  Quebec  is 
authorized  to  admit  to  practice  the  medical  students  who,  on 
the  first  of  November,  1896,  had  commenced  attending  the 
medical  course  in  a  duly  incorporated  University  of  the 
Province  of  Quebec,  before  having  obtained  a  certificate  of 
admission  to  the  study  of  medicine,  and  to  grant  them  the 
necessary  license  to  practice  medicine,  surgery  and  obstetrics 
in  the  Province  after  having  passed  the  examinations  re- 
quired for  admission  to  study  and  those  required  for  admis- 
sion to  practice.  2.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the 
day  of  its  sanction." 


PUBIvISHBRS  DKPARXMKNT. 


CONTINUED  GOOD  RESULTS. 

The  January  1894  number  of  TJie  Quarterly  Journal  of  Inebriety  published 
under  the  auspices  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Study  and  Cure  of  Inebri- 
ates, Hartford,  Conn.,  U.S.A.,  says  through  its  able  editor,  T.  D.  Crothers, 
A.M.,  M.D. — "  Antikamnia  is  one  of  the  best  remedies  in  influenza,  and  in 
many  instances  is  very  valuable  as  a  mild  narcotic  in  neuralgias  from  alcohol 
and  opium  excesses.  We  have  used  it  with  best  results."  In  a  letter  of  more 
recent  date  to  the  Antikamnia  Chemical  Company,  Dr.  Crothers  writes  :  *'  Anti- 
kamnia continues  to  improve  in  value  and  usefulness,  and  we  are  using  it  freely." 
The  Edingburgh  Medical  Journal — Scotland — says,  regarding  antikamnia  :  "  In 
doses  of  three  lo  ten  grains,  it  appears  to  act  as  a  speedy  and  effective  antipyretic 
and  analgesic."  The  Medical  Annual,  London,  Eng.,says:  "Our  attention 
was  first  called  to  this  analgesic  by  an  American  physician  who  we  saw  in  consul- 
tation regarding  one  of  his  patients  who  suffered  from  locomotor  ataxia.  He 
told  us  that  nothing  had  relieved  the  lightning  pains  so  well  as  antikamania, 
vdiich  at  that  time  was  practically  unknown  in  England.  We  have  since  used  it 
repeatedly  for  the  purpose  of  removing  pain,  with  most  satisfactory  results.  The 
average  dose  is  only  five  grains,  which  may  be  repeated  without  fear  of  unpleasant 
symptoms." 

The  Living  Age  issues  for  January  show  that  the  spirit  of  its  founder  still 
lives  ;  but  they  show  more.  Their  contents  are  gleaned  from  a  wider  field,  and 
there  is  an  up-to-dateness  in  the  articles  which  evidence  renewed  life  and  vigor. 
The  recent  enlargement  of  the  magazine,  the  addition  of  new  departments,  the  wid- 
ening of  its  scope  by  the  introduction  of  translations  from  prominent  Continental 
authors  on  topics  of  present  interest,  and  the  presentation  of  American  literature, 
are  evidences  of  enterprise  that  will  be  appreciated  by  its  readers,  and  furnish 
what  was  needed  to  make  The  Living  Age  a  complete  compendium  of  the 
world's  best  current  literature. 

Space  will  allow  for  the  enumeration  of  a  few  only  of  the  many  papers 
presented  in  the  January  numbers.  These  include  "  Brunetiere's  Impressions  of 
America,"  from  the  Revue  des  Deux  Monde s ;  "The  Unrest  of  the  Nations," 
from  the  Spectator ;  "Modern  Education,"  by  Prof.  J.  P.  Mahaffy  ;  "  Ramo- 
zan,"  by  Hugh  Clifford  ;  *'  Blackwoodiana,"  by  Herbert  Maxwell  ;  The  Dual 
and  Triple  Alliance  and  Great  Britain,"  by  Francis  de  Pressense ;  "  Henrich 
Heine  :  A  Centenary  Retrospect,"  by  Edward  Dowden  ;  "  Women  at  Oxford 
and  Cambridge,"  from  the  Quarterly  Review  ;  "  Some  Reminiscences  of  Thomas 
Henry  Huxley,"  by  St.  George  Mivart ;  "  The  Evolution  of  the  Idea  of  God," 
by  Andrew  Lang  ;  "  Black  and  White  Rights  in  Africa,"  by  H.  R.  Fox  Bourne; 
"The  Farm  and  the  City,"  by  Walter  Besant  ;  "  Scandinavian  Literature,"  by 
David  Anderson,  and  "  Ihe  New  Learning,"  by  Herbert  Paul.  Fiction  includes 
an  instalment  in  each  number  of  the  serial  "  With  All  Her  Heart,"  from  the 
French  of  R6n6  Bazin  ;  "  Louey,"  a  touching  story  of  self-sacrifice  ;  "  A  Simple 
Story,"  by  Mnie.  Marguerite  Poradowzka,  adapted  for  The  Living  Age,  and 
several  short  stories.  The  Poetry  is  also  worthy  of  mention,  notably  "  Old 
Lovers,"  by  E.  Nesbit,  and  "In  the  Twilight,"  by  E.  S.  S.  W. 

The  publisher's  offer  of  the  eight  numbers  of  1897,  containing  the  opening 
chapters  of  the  serial  "  With  All  Her  Heart,"  free  to  all  new  subscribers  for  the 
year  1898,  still  holds  good.  Send  $600  to  The  Living  Age  Co.,  Boston,  and 
receive  the  benefit  of  this  offer.  In  no  other  way  can  so  much  reading  matter  of 
equal  quality  and  variety  be  obtained. 

Wanted — Trustworthy  and  activa  gentlemen  or  ladies  to  travel  for  respon- 
sible, established  house.  Monthly  $65.00  and  expenses.  Position  steady. 
Reference.     Enclose  self-addressed  stamped  envelope. 

The  Dominion  Company,  Dapt.  V.,  Chicago. 


CANADA 


MEDICAL  RECORD 


FEBRUARY.     1893. 


Original  Communications. 


REPORT  OF  T\VO  CASES  IN  WHICH  A  FIBROID 
TUMOR  WAS  EXPELLED    FROM  THE  UTERUS 
AFTER  ELECTRICAL  TREATMENT.^*^ 

By  A.  LAPTHORN  SMITH,  B.A.,  M.D.,  M.R.O.S.  Bng. 

Prof,  of  Clinical  Gynsecology  in  Bishop's  University  ;  Surgeon  in  Chief  of  the  Saraaritan 
Hospital  for  "Women  ;  Surgeon  to  the  "Western  Hospital  and  Gynaecologist  to  the 
Montreal  Dispensary,  Montreal,  Canada. 

The  specimen  "which  is  now  shown  is  about  the  size  of  a 
large  orange  and  weighs  about  one  pound,  and  consists  of 
solid  fibrous  tissue.  It  was  removed  from  a  patient  in  my 
private  hospital  about  two  weeks  ago.  The  following  is  a 
brief  history  of  the  case. 

Miss  X.,  31  years  of  age,  was  referred  to  me  by  Dr. 
Sinclair  of  Gananoque  for  electrical  treatment  for  fibroid 
tunior  of  uterus,  which  was  causing  such  profuse  hemorrhages 
that  the  patient  was  hardly  able  to  go  about.  She  had 
begun  to  menstruate  at  twelve,  and  had  always  suffered  at 
her  periods,  so  much  so  that  she  would  cry  and  sometimes 
faint  with  pain.  Her  nervous  system  was  completely  broken 
down  so  that  she  had  become  very  hysterical.  During  the 
last  two  years  her  abdomen  had  visibly  increased  in  size. 
Her  bowels  were  regular,  but  her  appetite  and  digestion  were 
very  poor.  She  had  had  typhoid,  rheumatic  and  malarial 
fever  at  different  times.  During  the  last  year  she  had  been 
under  the  best  of  treatment  in  Toronto  without  much  benefit, 
and  as  a  last  resource  the  leading  gynaecologist  there  recom- 
mended the  removal  of  the  tubes  and  ovaries  in  order  to  check 


*  Read  before  Medico  Chirurgical  Society,  Montreal,  18  Feb.,  1898. 


58  smith:  fibroid  tumor. 

the  hemorrhage  and  the  growth  of  the  tumor.    This  she  would 
not  consent  to  on  account  of  the  dread  of  the  operation.  Her 
physician  then  sent  her  to  me.     On  examination  a  hard  mass 
about  the  size  of  a  foetal  head  was  felt  in  the   anterior  wall 
of  the  uterus,  and  the  tubes  and  ovaries  were   tender  to  the 
touch.     Before  undertaking   the  electrical  treatment  I  fully- 
explained  to  her  that  it  was  tedious  and  troublesome,  and 
would  require  two  or  three  months  stay  in  the  city,  and  al- 
though it  was  pretty  certain  to   arrest  the  flow,  having  done 
so  in  more  than  sixty  cases,  it  was  by  no  means  certain  to 
make  the  tumor  disappear.     On  the  other  hand,  I  told  her  I 
could  remove  the  uterus  with  the  tumor  in  half  an  hour,  and  if 
she  recovered  that  would  be  the  end  of  it.     She  insisted  upon 
the  electricity,  which  was  accordingly  begun  on  the    i8th 
December.     From  that  date  until  the  i8th  January,  she  had 
about  forty  applications,  a  considerable  portion  of  the  time 
being  lost  by  the  periods  and  by  two  weeks  absence  at  Christ- 
mas. 

By  this  time  the  amount  of  the  flow  was  reduced  to  nor- 
mal i  she  had  quite  a  rosy  complexion  and  a  splendid  appe- 
tite, better  than  she  had  ever  had  in  her  life.     The  headaches 
which  she  had  had  almost  constantly  before  left  her  entirely 
from  the  first  treatment.     Also  the  backache,  which  had  been 
severe  before,  completely  disappeared.     She   and  her  friends 
were   satisfied    with   the  result,  and    I    would  have  allowed 
her  to  go  home  but  she  suggested  that  I  should  first  curette 
her,  as  I  had  suggested  this  as  one  of  the  alternative  treat- 
ments instead  of  electricity.     Thinking  that  this  would  make 
her  cure  more  certain  I  agreed  to  do  it,  and  she  entered  my 
private  hospital  for    the   purpose.       While  curetting  under 
anaesthesia  I  discovered  that  the  sound  could  be  passed  in  a 
distance  of  seven  inches  by  passing  it  in  a  certain  direction 
instead  of  four  and  a  half  inches,  to  which  distance  it  had 
generally  entered  while  using  electricity.     Iodine   and  car- 
bolic were  thoroughly  applied,  and  the  cavity  was  packed  with 
iodoform  gauze.     As  she  was  to  go  home  in  a  few  days  she 
wished  for  one  more  application  of  the  galvanic  current,  and 
this  I  gave  her  with  the  sound  six  inches  in  the  uterus.  Next 
day  severe  bearing  down  pains  set  in,  and  the  patient  became 
very  hysterical  and   nervous.     She  could  not  tolerate  opium 


SMITH:   FIBROID  TUMOR.  59 

or  morphine.  A  few  days  later  there  was  complete  blocking 
of  the  pelvis,  her  water  having  to  be  drawn  with  the  catheter* 
and  it  being  impossible  to  move  her  bowels  even  by  enema. 
She  became  very  distended  and  vomited  a  good  deal.  On 
examination  on  the  4th  of  February,  the  os  was  still  long  and 
narrow  and  closed,  but  after  many  severe  labor  pains  and 
pains  in  the  back  like  those  of  the  first  stage  of  labor,  she  was 
examined  again  on  the  5th,  the  next  day,  when  the  vagina 
was  found  to  be  tightly  plugged  or  filled  with  a  hard  mass 
the  size  of  a  full  time  fcetal  head  ;  the  cervix  could  not  be 
reached.  As  the  obstructive  symptoms  were  urgent,  she  was 
on  the  sixth  anaesthetized,  and  with  the  help  of  Dr.  Sinclair 
of  Gananoque  and  Dr.  Field  of  Montreal,  the  ecraseur  wire 
was  passed  around  it  as  high  as  possible,  but  although  of 
Delta  metal,  it  broke,  wounding  my  fingers  in  several  places. 
Another  and  more  successful  attempt  was  made  in  getting 
the  wire  farther  back,  with  the  result  that  its  connection  with 
the  uterine  wall  was  severed,  and  it  was  delivered  by  strong 
tractions  as  one  would  deliver  the  fcetal  head  with  forceps. 
As  the  patient  was  a  virgin  it  was  impossible  to  avoid  a  lacer- 
ation of  the  perineum,  which  was,  however,  at  once  repaired. 
In  the  meantime  the  contractions  of  the  uterus  had  caused 
gangrene  of  the  lower  end  of  the  tumor,  and  this  probably 
became  infected  from  the  vagina,  for  her  temperature  gra- 
dually rose  to  104,  but  was  brought  down  somewhat  by 
quinine,  and  a  few  days  later  it  returned  to  normal.  That 
the  discharge  from  the  uterus  was  very  acrid,  was  evidenced 
by  the  fact  that  three  of  the  little  wounds  on  my  hands  sup- 
purated and  the  patient's  thighs  were  much  excoriated.  The 
patient  is  now  convalescent  and  is  up  every  day  and  will  soon 
be  going  home  with  her  abdomen  flat  and  her  uterus  reduced 
to  normal  size. 

Case  II.  was  a  patient  about  thirty  years  of  age,  married 
but  sterile,  from  Holyoke,  Mass.,  who  had  a  fibroid  the  size 
of  a  foetal  head  in  the  posterior  wall  of  the  uterus.  She  was' 
having  very  severe  hemorrhages.  She  received  ten  applica- 
tions, at  the  end  of  which  time  she  had  a  period  which  only 
lasted  three  days,  and  was  otherwise  so  natural  that  she  be- 
lieved herself  cured  and  insisted  upon  going  home,  as  she  felt 
so  well.     She  had  been  able  to  take  in  several  inches  in  her 


6o  smith:  fibroid  tumor. 

belt.  While  on  the  train,  and  about  half  way  home,  she  was 
suddenly  taken  with  labor  pains  and  a  rather  free  hemor- 
rhage. The  pains  were  described  as  of  a  tearing  character. 
In  about  a  half  an  hour  the  tumor  came  away  entire,  I  am 
sorry  that  I  am  unable  to  show  this  specimen  although  I  went 
down  to  Holyoke  to  get  it,  and  saw  it  completely  filling  a 
quart  fruit  jar.  She  would  not  part  with  it  unless  at  a 
fabulous  price. 

In  Albutt  and  Playfair's  recent  work  on  Gynaecology, 
page  327,  the  following  words  appear:  "It  is  well  recognized, 
of  course,  that  the  continuous  current  has  a  marked  effect  in 
producing  powerful  contractions  of  the  uterus.  This  can  be 
demonstrated  experimentally  ;  and  it  is  also  shown  clini- 
,  cally  by  the  considerable  number  of  intra-uterine  fibroids 
which  have  been  expelled  during  electrical  treatment,  in 
some  cases  after  a  very  few  applications.  It  is  further  quite 
probable  that  we  must  look  to  this  contraction  producing 
effect  for  an  explanation  not  only  of  the  hemostatic  results, 
but  also  of  the  alteration  of  nutrition  and  consequent  diminu- 
tion in  size  which  not  infrequently  result  from  electrical 
treatment." 

I  might  add,  as  bearing  out  this  opinion,  that  case  No, 
I.  would  invariably  experience  strong  contractions  of  the 
bladder  whenever  the  current  was  continued  longer  than  five 
or  six  minutes. 

I  thought  it  worth  while  to  report  these  two  cases  of 
absolute  cure,  in  addition  to  the  many  I  have  reported  of 
women  with  fibroids  having  been  restored  to  health  by  the 
electrical  treatment,  because  it  is  no  more  than  right  that 
women  with  bleeding  fibroids  should  have  the  choice  of  this 
alternative  with  all  its  faults,  if  they  wish  it,  rather  than  take 
the  heavy  risk  of  absolute  and  speedy  cure  by  the  knife.  And 
I  feel  the  more  free  to  .say  this  because  personally  I  much 
prefer  the  latter  method,  while  the  treatment  by  electricity 
is  exceedingly  irksome  to  me  when  I  am  so  pressed  for  time. 

But  four  of  the  fourteen  women  upon  whom  I  performed 
abdominal  hysterectomy  are  dead,  while  all  of  the  sixty  and 
odd  whom  I  treated  by  electricity  are  still  alive — a  few  of 
them,  it  is  true,  no  better,  but  the  majority  of  them  in  perfect 
health. 

250  Bishop  St.,  Montreal. 


riontreal  General  Hospital. 


EXOPHTHALMIC  GOITRE. 

Clinical  Lectiire  by  F.  W.  CAMPBELL,  M.A..,  M.D.,  L.B.C.P.L..  D.C.L., 
Professor  of  Medicine  in  tlie  University  of  Bishop's  College. 

Gentlemen, — The  patient  now  before  you  is  a  young 
girl,  employed  in  a  factory,  of  the  age  of  about  nineteen  years. 
Her  mother,  who  is  with  her,  says  she  has  enjoyed  fair  health, 
eating  and  sleeping  fairly  well.  She  first  noticed  protube- 
rance of  the  eyeballs  about  three  months  ago,  and  soon  after 
enlargement  of  the  thyroid.  This  was  followed  by  nocturnal 
restlessness  and  palpitation  on  the  least  exertion.  It  is  about 
six  weeks  since  she  was  first  brought  to  the  clinic.  Her 
general  condition  then  was  as  follows  :  marked  protuberance 
of  the  eyeballs — well  defined  enlargement  of  the  thyroid — no 
cardiac  murmur — sounds  normal,  except  that  the  second 
is  markedly  accentuated — pulse  140 — tongue  clean  but  trem- 
bles on  protrusion,  and  tremblingof  thehands  was  very  marked. 
She  was  placed  upon  tincture  of  the  muriate  of  iron  with 
tincture  of  digitalis  and  enforced  rest,  either  on  bed  or  sofa. 
To  day,  while  I  cannot  say  that  the  eyeballs  are  less  promi- 
nent, or  the  thyroid  diminished,  still  there  is  a  marked  im- 
provement in  her  general  condition,  and  I  have  the  hope 
that  in  time  she  will  completely  recover.  As  the  disease  is  not 
common,  I  have  thought  that  having  a  case  to  illu.=trate  it,  it 
might  be  to  our  advantage  to  give  a  brief  survey  of  it,  as 
recorded  by  the  latest  authorities. 

It  was  not  till  the  second  quarter  of  the  present  century 
that  the  attention  of  the  profession  was  drawn  to  cases  of 
cardiac  palpitation,  with  an  enlarged  thyroid  and  staring 
eyeballs.  In  1835,  Dr.  Graves,  of  Dublin,  wrote  on  the  sub- 
ject, and  it  is  still  by  many  called  Graves'  disease.  As  a  rule 
it  sets  in  very  gradually,  and  no  definite  cause  can  be  assigned 
for  it.  It  has  been  known  to  follow  mental  shock.  Trousseau 
records  a  case  of  this  kind,  where  a  lady,  who  had  lost  her 
father,  cried  all  night.  She  suddenly  felt  her  eyes  swell  and 
lift  up  her  eyelids,  at  the  same  time  she  had   profuse  nasal 


62  CAMPBELL  :   EXOPHTHALMIC   GOITRE. 

haemorrhage,  violent  palpitation  of  the  heart,  throbbing 
and  enlargement  of  the  thyroid.  The  case  was  diagnosed  as 
one  of  exophthalmic  goitre.  Men  are  seldom  attacked  by  it. 
It  is  chiefly  met  with  in  young  women  about  the  age  of  twenty 
to  thirty  years,  and  is  sometimes  met  with  in  several  persons 
in  the  same  family.  Persons  who  are  anaemic  or  chlorotic 
are  especially  liable  to  it,  as  are  also  hysterical  and  neurotic 
subjects. 

Symptoms. — Increased  action  of  the  heart  is  first  noticed. 
At  first  and  for  a  time  this  may  only  be  occasional,  but  it 
soon  becomes  constant.  The  pulse  rate  varies  from  120  to 
even  200  per  minute.  The  cardiac  impulse  is  exaggerated, 
the  sounds  loud  and  ringing,  and  not  infrequently  a  blowing 
systolic  murmur  is  heard  at  the  base  or  apex.  The  area  of 
cardiac  dullness  is  not  increased.  The  carotids  throb,  and 
with  the  hand  a  pulsation  or  thrill  is  felt  in  the  thyroid.  The 
pulse  in  the  radials  is  not  unusually  forcible.  Swelling  of  the 
thyroid  may  not  come  on  for  some  little  time,  or  it  may 
appear  simultaneously  with  the  increased  cardiac  action.  The 
enlargement  may  be  symmetrical  or  it  may  be  only  one  side, 
and  then  generally  the  right.  It  generally  is  not  excessively 
enlarged,  though  cases  are  recorded  where  it  has  caused  in- 
convenience by  pressing  on  the  trachea.  The  third  cardinal 
symptom  is  prominence  of  the  eyeballs,  which  varies  greatly 
in  degree.  In  some  cases  the  stare  is  only  a  little 
more  than  is  natural,  in  others  it  gives  a  fierce  and  savage 
expression  Cases  of  great  prominence  are  recorded,  where 
the  eyeballs  have  been  forced  so  far  forward  as  to  expose 
the  insertion  of  the  recti  muscles  into  the  sclerotic-  Trousseau 
records  the  most  notable  case  on  record,  in  which  one  of  the 
eyes  actually  came  so  far  out  of  the  orbit  that  it  had  to  be 
pushed  back  by  the  fingers.  In  moderate  cases  the  eyeballs 
may  be  so  prominent  as  to  prevent  the  closing  of  the  lids 
during  sleep,  resulting  in  inflammation  of  the  cornea.  Fatigue 
in  using  the  eyes  is  at  times  complained  of.  The  ophthal- 
moscope shows  tortuous  and  dieted  condition  of  the  retinal 
veins.  The  cause  of  this  prominence  of  the  eyeballs  is  not 
settled,  and  has  been  attributed  to  turgescence  of  the  vessels  in 
the  orbit  or  an  overgrowth  or  swelling  of  the  fat  in  the  cavity. 
When  death  supervenes,  the  prominence  of  the  eyeballs,  as  a 


CAMPBELL  :  EXOPHTHALMIC  GOITRE.  6^ 

rule,  disappears  almost  entirely.  The  other  symptoms  which 
have  been  noted  are  irritability  of  temper,  insomnia,  headache, 
impairment  of  memory,  unfitness  for  employment,  voracious 
appetite,  flatulence,  constipation,  amenorrhoea,  leucorrhoea, 
and  epistaxis.  Irregular  febrile  attacks  sometimes  occur  in 
which  the  temperature  rises  2  or  3  degrees  F.  The  patient 
often  becomes  greatly  emaciated.  The  spleen  is  at  times 
enlarged. 

Pathology. — This  is  obscure,  and  as  there  is  not  any- 
thing definitely  known,  it  is  of  no  practical  importance  to 
discuss  the  numerous  theories  which  have  been  proposed. 
Everything  which  so  far  has  been  suggested  as  to  the  cause 
has  proved  so  full  of  errors  and  impossibilities,  that  we  are 
no  further  advanced  in  the  pathology  of  the  disease  than  we 
were  when  it  was  first  brought  to  the  notice  of  the  profession . 

Progfiosis. — Upon  the  whole  this  is  favorable,  though 
deaths  from  it  are  recorded,  but  they  are  rare  except  in  very 
severe  cases.  Its  course  is  generally  chronic,  lasting  several 
years.  After  persisting  six  months  or  a  year,  all  the  symp- 
toms not  infrequently  gradually  disappear. 

Treatment. — Medicinal  treatment  is  notoriously  uncer- 
tain, A  combination  of  the  tincture  of  the  muriate  of  iron 
with  tincture  of  digitalis  is  advised  when  the  patient  is  anae- 
mic, and  sometimes  appears  to  do  good.  Aconite  and  vera- 
trum  viridi  have  been  used,  but  the  consensus  of  opinion  is 
unfavorable.  Some  writers  advise  ergot  in  solution,  Stro- 
phanthus  has  in  somes  cases  reduced  the  action  of  the  heart. 
Atropia  in  doses  of  jgo  or  ^  of  a  grain  is  advised  to  be  given 
till  its  constitutional  effect  is  produced.  An  ice  bag  to  the 
cardiac  region  or  at  the  nape  of  the  neck,  with  complete  rest 
in  bed,  has  given  relief.  Osier  says  he  has  known  this  treat- 
ment reduce  the  pulse  from  140  to  90.  Electricity  has  been 
used,  and  cures  from  it  are  recorded.  Use  the  galvanic  current, 
placing  the  cathode  at  the  back  of  the  neck,  and  the  anode 
along  the  course  of  the  sympathetic  or  over  the  heart.  Liga- 
tion of  the  arteries  of  the  thyroid  have  been  tried,  but  not  with 
satisfactory  results.  Iodine  has  also  been  tried.  To  sum  up, 
we  have  not  any  sure  means  of  relief,  and  fortunately  nature 
comes  to  our  aid  and  relieves  the  patient  alter  months  of  great 
discomfort. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 


MEDICINB   AND  NETJROIvOGY. 

IN   CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNBLL,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Physician  Western  Hospital. 

TO    CURE     ITCH    IN  TWO  HOURS. 

Employ  fresh  sulphuret  of  calcium,  made  as  follows  : 

B     Sulphur  (flowers  of) .3  ounces 

Quicklime 6  ounces 

Water 2  pints 

Boil  together  till  combined,  then  allow  to  cool  and  settle.     Decant,  and 
preserve  in  hermetically  sealed  bottles. 

Rub  patient  all  over  with  soft    soap    for  half   an  hour, 

then  place  in  a  tepid  water-bath  for  another  half  hour.   Next 

rub  over  with  the  solution  and  allow  it  to  dry  on  the  skin  for 

a  quarter  of  an  hour.     Complete  by  washing  in  the  bath. — 

HiEMlNKX  (Belgium.) — Med.  Age. 

CARDIAC  NEUROSES. 

At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Italian  Medical  Society,  a 
report  of  which  is  published  in  the  Independance  Medicate 
{N.  Y.  Med.  Rec),  Dr.  Silva  stated  that  he  had  made  a 
special  study  of  paroxysmal  tachycardia  and  bradycardia. 
The  former,  he  said,  was  developed  especially  at  maturity, 
without  distinction  as  to  sex,  under  the  influence  of  great 
emotion  or  from  excessive  mental  and  physical  exertion.  It 
was  manifested  by  sudden  attacks,  vertigo,  buzzing  in  the 
ears,  and  contractions  of  the  neck  and  of  the  epigastrium. 
The  heart  beats  were  accelerated,  and  the  number  sometimes 
reach  250  or  even  300  pulsations.  If  the  thoracic  region 
was  examined  at  the  time  of  an  attack,  an  undulatory 
trembling  would  be  perceived  near  the  cardiac  region,  and 
auscultation  would  reveal  a  fetal  rhythm  of  the  beats.  The 
cardiac  sounds  were  so  accelerated  that  it  was  scarcely 
possible  to  distinguish  the  different  periods.  Sometimes, 
however,  a  systolic  souffle  could  be  perceived,  which  dis- 
appeared after  an  attack.  The  pulse  was  small  and  the  face 
pale.  In  addition  to  the  vertigo,  there  were  delirium,  in- 
somnia and  oliguria,  but  there  was  no  fever.  Mydriasis  or 
myosis  of  the  eyes  was  observed. 

It  was  not  possible,  said  Dr.  Silva,  to  determine  the  cer- 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  65 

tain  cause  of  these  attacks,  which  manifested  themselves 
without  any  apparent  cause  and  lasted  from  a  few  minutes  to 
several  hours.  They  became  grave  when  they  exceeded  the 
latter  duration  and  terminated  then  in  death  during  an 
asystolic  attack.  More  frequently  the  attack  was  terminated 
suddenly  at  the  end  of  a  few  hours  by  polyuria  and  profuse 
sweating,  when  the  patient,  recovered.  Attacks  of  tachy- 
cardia might  follow  each  other  at  intervals  of  a  few  days,  or 
there  might  be  very  long  respites. 

The  diagnosis,  said  Dr.  Silva,  was  established  by  the 
abruptness  of  the  paroxysms,  which  were  not  accompanied 
by  sounds  of  organic  lesions  of  the  heart.  This  abruptness 
of  the  symptoms,  which  broke  out  and  disappeared  suddenly 
without  leaving  behind  them  any  alteration  in  the  general 
health,  was  also  a  guide  to  the  clinician  in  distinguishing 
tachycardia  from  true  endocarditis  :  and  in  angina  pectoris 
arrhythmia,  which  was  generally  absent  in  tachycardia,  was 
present. 

Regarding  the  pathogency  of  this  affection,  Dr.  Silva 
said  that  many  theories  had  been  advanced.  According  to 
certain  authors,  it  was  an  excitation  of  the  great  sympathetic  ; 
according  to  others,  it  was,  on  the  contrary,  an  ephemeral 
paralysis  of  the  pneumogastric  nerve  which  caused  the  attack. 
Debove  and  Courtois  Sufht  thought  it  was  a  bulbar  neurosis  ; 
Frantzel  thought  it  was  an  undiscovered  lesion  of  the 
myocardium.  The  speaker  thought  that  the  beginning  of 
the  attack  depended  upon  the  pneumogastric  nerve,  and  that 
later  this  attack  was  kept  up  by  the  poisons  produced  by  the 
excessive  work  of  the  heart. 

Regarding  bradycardia  or  the  slow  pulse  of  Charcot,  the 
author  continued,  this  syndrome  was  manifested  especially 
in  old  persons.  The  patient  was  attacked  suddenly  with 
malaise,  the  face  became  pale,  and  he  fell  to  the  ground  in  a 
condition  of  trembling  and  profuse  sweating.  The  pulse 
slackened  and  did  not  reach  more  than  from  7  to  10  beats, 
Soon  the  patient  recovered  consciousness  himself,  and  all  the 
alarming  symptoms  disappeared  at  the  end  of  a  few  minutes. 
The  attacks  might  break  out  without  any  apparent  cause  or 
after  emotion,  anger,  etc.  The  patient  might  succumb  after 
the  first  attack.  More  frequently  the  attacks  occurred  every 
two  weeks  or  every  month  ;  in  the  interval  the  patient,  who 
might  live  many  years,  was  very  well. 

Dr.  Silva  stated  that  the  diagnosis  of  bradicardia  was 
very  easy  and  the  prognosis  very  grave. 

Charcot  and  Caracretti  had  thought  it  was  a  circulatory 
or  functional  anatomical  lesion  of  innervation,  but  Dr.  Silva 
thought,  on  the  contrary,  that  brachycardia  depended  some- 
times upon  a  lesion  of  the  centre  of  the  pneumogastric  nerve, 


66  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

sometimes  upon  arteriosclerosis,  and  at  other  times  upon  a 
lesion  of  the  myocardium. 

The  two  affections,  he  thought,  should  be  treated  in  the 
same  way — that  is,  with  hydrotherapy,  electricity,  thoracic 
massage  and  climatic  treatment. 

SYPHILIS  OF  THE  INTERNAL  ORGANS. 

Bourdieu  {Annals  de  Derm,  et  de  Syph. ;  Jour.  Ctita.  and 
Gen.  Urin.  Dis.)  contribution  to  pulmonary  syphilis  related 
to  a  man  in  life  showing  asthmatic,  bronchitic,  and  bronchiec- 
tatic  symptoms.  At  autopsy  there  was  found  a  thickening  of 
the  connective  tissue  skeleton  of  the  lung  everywhere,  in  ad- 
dition to  a  generalized  sclerogummatous  change  in  all  the 
tubes,  with  dilatation,  to  which  the  fibrosis  was  secondary. 
Diagnosis  in  such  a  case  is  made  by  the  presence  of  other 
accidents,  and  the  therapeutic  test.  The  symptomatology 
is  by  no  means  characteristic. 

Champenier  sums  up  his  investigations  on  neuritis  as 
follows  :  It  appears  during  the  first  six  months  of  infection. 
The  patient  complains  of  pain  and  formication,  which  may 
be  intense  and  persistent,  with  paroxysmal  crises.  There  are 
motor  disturbances  as  well,  loss  of  power  and  atrophy,  and 
diminution  of  electrical  contractility.  The  cause  is  a  peripheral, 
not  a  central  lesion.  In  th^  absence  of  other  causes,  an  os- 
seous disease,  exostosis,  periostitis,  may  involve  the  nerve. 
Neuritis  may  be  considered  as  an  indication  of  malignant, 
precocious  syphilis. 

Burdury,  writing  on  the  cerebrobulba  phenomena  in 
association  with  medullary  symptoms  of  syphilis,  says  that 
they  may  precede  or  follow  spinal  accidents  ;  more  often  the 
former  happens.  The  disturbances  most  frequently  seen  are 
those  of  the  eye,  paralysis,  diplopia,  hemianopsia,  diminution 
of  visual  acuity.  The  third  nerves  are  oftenest  attacked,  and 
the  appearance  of  ocular  paralysis  is  presumptive  evidence  of 
syphilis  in  a  myelitis.  Cerebral  syphilis  in  congestive  form 
comes  next  in  importance  ;  vertigo,  fainting,  transitory  loss 
of  speech  and  intelligence,  possibly  fleeting  paralysis,  epil- 
epsy, aphasia,  neuralgia,  sensory  disturbances.  Without  being 
able  to  give  figures,  Bardury  believes  that  the  phenomena 
occur  in  more  than  half  the  cases  of  spinal  syphilis. 

Schwab  maintains  that  the  prime  cause  of  premature  de- 
livery in  syphilis  is  disease  of  the  placenta.  All  authors  agree 
that  it  is  pale,  hypertrophied  and  edematous.  Placental  le- 
sions accompany  hereditary,  fetal  or  congenital  disease,  ex- 
cept in  a  few  postconceptional  in  origin,  attacking  fetal  and 
maternal  elements.  The  first  lesion  is  an  endoperiarteritis 
and  an  endoperiphlebitis.     The  vascular  disease  is  constant 


MEDICINE   AND  NEUROLOGY.  6/ 

and  results  in  perivascular  infiltration  and  vessel  obliteration. 
The  stroma  of  the  villi  is  altered  and  their  epithelium  pro- 
liferated or  destroyed.  Gumma  is  seldom  seen.  The  changes 
are  usually  general,  but  may  be  localized  with  greater  or  less 
intensity  in  one  part  or  another. 

Hector  has  succeeded  in  gathering  only  9  cases  of  ter- 
tiary epididymitis.  It  appears  2  to  20  years  after  infection, 
and  in  individuals  in  full  sexual  activity.  Traumatism,  go- 
norrhea, or  previous  inflammation  determine  its  appearance. 
To  be  called  tertiary,  an  epididymitis  must  exhibit :  1.  Co- 
existence with  other  tertiary  accidents  ;  2.  rapid  regression 
under  iodid.  One  organ  is  attacked  unusually  in  its  entirety. 
It  is  moderately  hard  and  painful,  and  nonadherent  to  the 
testicle.  The  duration  may  be  long  and  the  termination  be 
in  sclerosis. 

Rochon  reports  two  cases  to  show  the  virulence  of  sper- 
matic fluid  in  syphilis.  The  first  was  a  chancre  of  the  sub- 
umblical  region  in  a  woman  whose  husband  was  in  the  habit 
of  ejaculating  extra  genitally.  The  second  occurred  in  a 
young  woman  whose  lover  transmitted  syphilis  to  her,  al- 
though he  had  no  urethral  lesion. 

Stanziale  describes  two  cases  of  gumma  of  the  spleen. 
In  one,  the  disease  consisted  in  a  solitary  nodule ;  in  the 
other,  they  were  numerous,  small,  isolated  and  irregularly 
disseminated  through  the  parenchyma.  Some  showed  central 
caseation.  The  vessel  walls  had  undergone  amyloid  degen- 
eration in  other  parts  of  the  organ  than  the  gummata.  The 
arteries  of  the  splenic  corpuscles  showed  a  fibrous  adventitia, 
a  sign  which  may  dffferentiate  syphilitic  from  other  spleno- 
pathies. 

Rona  remarks  that  bone  fracture  due  to  syphilis  is  of 
rare  occurrence,  and  describes  two  cases  in  which  the  cause 
was  gummatous  osteomyelitis.  The  first  had  a  benign  attack 
at  first,  and  was  scarcely  treated  at  all.  Later  he  developed 
a  frontal  periostitis  and  thickening  of  the  clavicles,  cured  by 
inunction.  Shortly  after,  fracture  of  the  left  bone  followed  an 
abrupt  movement.  Complete  union  resulted.  The  second 
showed  cutaneous  lesions,  osteoperiostitis  and  myelitis,  frac- 
ture of  the  humerus,  acromion,  and  both  bones  of  the  fore- 
arm, and  gummatous  arthritis.  Spontaneous  amputation 
ensued.  A  third  case  is  given  in  which  the  left  leg  was 
amputated  spontaneously  in  hereditary  disease.  The  stump 
healed  without  treatment. 

Mosca  gives  the  history  of  a  similar  condition,  the  frac- 
ture occurring  at  the  juncture  of  the  upper  and  middle  thirds 
of  the  sternum.     Complete  repair  followed  treatment. 


6S  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 


GUAIACOL  IN   CHRONIC  COUGHS. 

A.  Goldhammer  {Medical  Record,  October  23,  1897) 
claims  to  have  had  remarkable  success  with  this  drug  in  many- 
cases  of  cough  of  long  standing,  in  which  no  tuberculous  ele- 
ment could  be  recognized.  He  was  first  led  to  the  employ- 
ment of  this  remedy  in  a  case  in  which  the  cough  had  existed 
for  two  years  and  numerous  other  drugs  had  been  used  with- 
out avail.  Under  the  use  of  guaiacol  daily  for  one  month 
the  cough  disappeared,  and  the  patient  has  been  entirely  free 
from  it  ever  since — a  period  of  ten  months.  Since  then  he 
has  used  guaiacol  in  every  case  of  cough  of  more  than  two 
weeks'  duration,  irrespective  of  origin.  He  has  found  it  of 
decided  value  in  cases  of  chronic  bronchitis  with  or  without 
asthma.  In  the  chronic  coughs  of  children  guaiacol  has 
proved  especially  beneficial.  He  has  employed  it  even  in 
several  cases  of  whooping-cough  with  excellent  results.  The 
paroxysms  were  rendered  less  severe  and  less  numerous,  and 
the  duration  of  the  attack  was  cut  short  to  two  or  three  weeks, 
'  For  children  of  a  delicate  temperament,  who  have  a  poor 
appetite  and  who  occasionally  have  a  slight  cough,  guaiacol 
is  a  valuable  remedy.  It  stops  the  cough  entirely  in  a  short 
time,  increases  the  appetite,  and  causes  the  patient  to  gain  in 
flesh.  It  is  his  opinion  that  many  a  case  of  incipient  tuber- 
culosis could  be  prevented,  if  every  old  cough,  no  matter  how 
slight,  were  treated  by  the  administration  of  guaiacol.  In 
acute  coughs  guaiacol  does  not  act  beneficially  and  should 
not  be  employed. 

The  author  has  recorded  thirty  cases  of  cough  of  varied 
origin  and  description,  in  which  no  distinct  tuberculous  ele- 
ment could  be  recognized,  and  in  which  he  employed  guaiacol 
as  a  remedy.  In  twenty-six  of  these  cases  the  cough  disap- 
peared entirely  after  the  drug  was  used  for  periods  of  from 
two  to  six  weeks.  In  the  four  remaining  cases  the  cough  was 
decidedly  improved,  although  not  entirely  cured.  Eighteen 
of  these  cases  were  in  children  under  ten  years  ;  nine  were  in 
adults,  three  of  whom  were  over  sixty-five  years  of  age. 
The  article  is  accompanied  by  the  history  of  five  cases. — 
Medicme. 


THE  USE  OF  DIGITALIS  IN  AORTIC 
INCOMPETENCY. 

That  property  of  some  minds  which  causes  them  to  ex- 
tend particular  experiences  into  general  conclusions  has  led 
to  much  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  role  of  digitalis  in  the 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  69 

treatment  of  aortic  regurgitation.  The  tyro  who  discovers 
that  a  patient  consulting  him  for  some  reason,  has  an  aortic 
regurgitant  bruit,  and  forthwith  prescribes  digitalis,  need  not 
be  surprised  if  in  a  day  or  two  his  patient  is  seriously  ill  with 
the  evidences  of  an  embarrassed  circulation.  Even  the  patient 
who  evinces  aortic  incompetency  with  lost  ventricular  com- 
pensation may  after  a  few  doses  of  digitalis  find  his  condition 
considerably  aggravated.  On  the  other  hand  the  agent 
which  has  proved  so  disastrous  under  the  circumstances  nar- 
rated may  prove  unquestionably  beneficial  in  cases  showing 
the  same  valvular  lesion.  Setting  aside  individual  peculiarity 
as  an  incalculable  factor  when  discussing  therapeutic  agents, 
it  is  desirable  to  arrive  at  some  explanation  of  the  seeming 
inconsistency  in  the  action  of  digitalis  in  these  cases. 

In  his  recently  published  work  on  Heart  Disease  (p.  161), 
Sir  William  Broadbent  remarks  that  when  the  preponderant 
character  of  the  symptoms  in  aortic  inadequacy  is  that  of 
venous  obstruction,  and  with  aortic  physical  signs  there  are 
mitral  symptoms,  digitalis  is  frequently  beneficial  and  justi- 
fies the  statements  of  those  who  find  this  remedy  of  the 
same  service  in  aortic  as  in  mitral  disease.  "  In  the  absence 
of  mitral  symptoms,  it  is  rarely,"  he  adds,  "  that  digitalis  is 
called  for  in  aortic  incompetence  or  is  of  service,  and  it  may 
undoubtedly  do  harm."  There  is  of  course  nothing  novel 
in  this  conclusion,  as  the  same  distinction  has  been  pointed 
out  before,  but  it  is  satisfactory  to  chronicle  the  decision  on 
a  moot  point,  of  one  who  has  had  much  practical  experience 
in  cardiotherap3'.  Digitalis,  in  other  words,  to  be  of  use  in 
aortic  incompetency,  requires  not  only  the  evidences  of  lost 
ventricular  compensation,  but  of  compensation  lost  to  such  an 
extent  that  dilatation  of  the  ventricle  and  its  impotent  con- 
traction permits  of  mitral  reflux.  It  is  in  the  addition  of  the 
aspirative  to  the  propulsive  difficulty,  that  the  factor  indicat- 
ing the  employment  of  digitalis  in  aortic  inadequacy  consists. 
—  Treatment. 

THE  TREATMENT  OF  EXOPHTHALMIC 
GOITRE. 

One  of  the  indirect  consequences  of  the  comparatively 
satisfactory  explanation  and  altogether  satisfactory  treatment 
of  myxoedema  seems  to  have  been  to  invest  with  additional 
investigative  interest  other  disturbances  in  which  the  thyroid 
gland  plays  a  part.  The  occasional  success  which  has  at- 
tended removal  of  that  organ  in  Graves's  disease  appears  to 
indicate  that  in  many,  if  not  all  cases,  disturbance  of  secre- 
tion in  it  lies  at  the  bottom  of  the  manife.sted  clinical  phen- 
omena. Ablation,  partial  or  complete,  has,  however,  proved 
sufficiently  often  fatal  to  cause  surgeons  to  enquire  whether 


70  PEOGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

there  be  not  some  safer   method  of  diminishing  the  exag- 
gerated   secretory    activity   of    the    organ.     Among   these, 
various  forms  of  section  of  the   cervical   sympatiietic  have 
been  advocated  and   practised.      In    the  Lyon  Medical  for 
October  31st,   1897,  M.  Jaboulay  claims  that  to  him  exclu- 
sively belongs  the  credit  of  having  shown  that  paralysis  of  the 
fibres  of  the  cervical  sympathetic  ameliorates  the  symptoms 
in  exophthalmic  goitre.     He  mentions  some  particulars  of  the 
usual   cutting,  tearing,     wrenching   and   squeezing  methods 
which  have  been  practised  by  surgeons  in  this  region  of  the 
body.     A  ganglion   more  or  less  cleared  out  seems  to  be  all 
in  the  day's  work,  and  then  the  operator  seems  to  adopt  a 
sagacious  Micawber-Hke  attitude  and  waits  for  something  to 
turn  up.     It  does,  I  suppose,  sometimes,  but  it  seems  also 
to  be  necessary  to  enter  a  word  of  caution  when  these  heroic 
methods  are  in  the  air.     In   the  first  place,  what  does  the 
surgeon  aim  at  beyond  the  broad  fact  of  reducing  somehow 
the  complex  of  systems  constituting  the  disease .-'     Dbes  he 
expect  to  diminish  the  glandular  activity  of  the  thyroid  }     If 
so,  how  does  he  know  that  the  sympathetic  is  the  chief  secre- 
tory nerve  involved  }     That  it  may  to  a  certain  extent  have 
such  a  function  may  from   analogy   with    other  glands  be 
admitted  ;  but  that  it  is  the  chief  secretory  nerve  may  as  cer- 
ainly  be  denied.     The  secretory  nerve  of  the  thyroid  gland 
is  in  all  probability  the  pneumogastric,  and  if  nerve  section 
for  this  purpose  is  to  be  practised,  it   would  seem  that  the 
sooner  the  surgeon  pays  attention  to  the  thyroid  branches  of 
the  pneumogastric    the   better,    always   supposing   that  the 
manipulations  involved  do  not  so  disturb  the  main  trunk  as 
to  cause — well,  an  inconvenient  duration  of  cardiac  inhibition. 
If  on  the  other  hand  his  object  be  to  quiet  the  tachycardiac 
heart,  it  would  seem  a  pity  that  the  patient  should  have  to 
part  with  so  much  of  his  indispensable  nervous  system  to 
secure   that    end.     If,    finally,   he    aims    at   the  removal  of 
exophthalmos,  inasmuch  as  the  sympathetic  is  essential  to 
vaso- constriction,  it  would   seem  unfortunate  that  he  should 
give    a   free    hand    to    vaso-dilators    and  over-secretors   by 
destroying  the  sympathetic.     If  there  be  any  cogency  in  these 
comments  it  would  appear  advisable,  in  the  mean  time,  that 
the  surgeon  and   the  physician    alike  should   restrict   their 
endeavors  to  diminishing,  if  possible,  and  by  less  heroic  means, 
the  secretory  activity  of  the  gland.      I  have  known  the  elec- 
trical treatment  of  the   thyroid    (galvano-puncture)  shrivel  a 
large  pland  causing  respiratory  difficulty,  to  a  mere  nodule, 
and  belladonna,  from  the  days  of  Begbie  till  now,  has  appar- 
ently been   capable  at  times  of  diminishing  thyroid  secretion 
just  as  it  does  that  of  the  salivary  and  pharyngeal  glands. — 
Treatment. 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY,  71 

A     THEORY     OF     ACTIVE     AND     PASSIVE    IM- 
MUNITY   FROM    THE    BACTERIA    OF 
CHOLERA,    TYPHOID     FEVER, 
AND  THE  LIKE. 

The  various  theories  of  immunity  have  been  occupying 
the  periodical  medical  press  extensively  for  several  years. 
They  bid  fair  to  be  settled  soon  on  experimental  lines.  We 
reproduce  the  conclusions  of  Max  Gruber,  of  Vienna,  which 
have  been  communicated  to  The  Lancet  of  October  9,  1897, 
by  H.  E.  Durham.  Both  of  these  investigators  have  been 
employed  upon  this  work  for  the  past  eighteen  months. 

1,  A  high  degree  of  long  persisting  immunity  can  be 
obtained  by  means  of  intraperitoneal  injections  (in  guinea- 
pigs)  of  microbes  killed  either  by  chloroform  or  by  exposure 
to  a  temperature  of  60  *^  C.  Such  killed  cultures  of  cholera, 
and  other  vibrios,  of  typhoid,  and  coli  bacilli,  etc.,  have  little 
or  no  poisonous  properties  ;  the  guinea-pigs  show  trifling 
symptoms  in  the  course  of  treatment ;  they  recover  rapidly, 
even  when  such  large  doses  as  0.5  gramme  per  one  kilo- 
gramme are  eventually  exhibited.  The  only  constant  symp- 
toms arising  from  these  injections  are  to  be  attributed  to  the 
peritonitis,  which  is  caused  by  the  proteins  of  the  bacteria. 
It  follows  from  these  facts  that  the  dead  bodies  of  the  bac- 
teria are  not  poisonous  in  themselves ;  and,  furthermore,  that 
the  immunizing  constituents  of  the  bacteria  are  not  identical 
with  the  bacterial  toxins. 

2,  The  animals,  when  immunized  by  this  method 
against  the  above-named  bacteria,  are  truly  infection  proof, 
but  they  are  by  no  means  toxin  proof.  At  the  present  time 
we  are  not  dealing  with  toxin  proof  immunity,  and  we  are 
far  from  saying  that  animals  cannot  be  rendered  proof  against 
the  toxins  of  the  above-named  bacteria  by  the  use  of  suit- 
able methods. 

3,  The  destruction  of  the  bacteria  takes  place  through 
the  medium  of  the  juices  in  actively  immunized  animals  as 
well  as  in  animals  which  are  protected  passively  by  means  of 
the  serums  of  immunized  animals.  This  fact  has  been  cor- 
rectly observed  and  emphasized  by  Pfeiffer.  The  (polynu- 
clear)  phagocytes  only  play  a  secondary  and  comparatively 
unimportant  part  in  the  process. 

4,  Protective  or  antagonistic  substances  (antikorper)  are 
always  present  in  the  blood  and  juices  of  the  immunized 
animals.  They  are  already  formed,  and  are  not  suddenly 
produced  at  the  moment  that  a  further  inoculation  is  given, 
as  has  been  asserted. 

5,  Both  in  actively  and  in  passively  immunized  ani- 
mals these  substances   (antikorper)  react  directly  upon  the 


72  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

bacteria,  whether  the  contact  occurs  within  the  body  or  in 
vitro.  There  is  no  evidence  that  they  undergo  any  changes 
or  transformations  in  conjunction  with  the  normal  juices 
when  animals  are  protected  passively  by  their  aid. 

6.  These  protective  substances  are  the  characteristic 
constituents  of  the  blood  and  juices  of  immunized  animals. 
They  are  not  capable  of  actually  killing  the  bacteria  by  them- 
selves. 

7.  The  actual  destruction  of  the  bacteria  is  effected  in 
all  animals,  whether  actively  or  passively  immunized,  by 
means  of  the  alexins  of  Buchner.  These  alexins  are  general 
protective  substances  entirely  without  specific  action  ;  they 
are  universally  present  in  all  animals.  Phagocytosis  only 
takes  a  secondary  share  in  the  destruction. 

8.  The  essential  action  of  the  protective  substances  of 
the  blood  and  juices  of  immunized  animals  consists  in  mak- 
ing the  bacterial  cell  walls  adhesive.  This  is  shown  by  the 
fact  that  the  bacteria  become  sticky  when  treated  by  these 
juices  ;  in  consequence,  they  adhere  together  in  clumps  and 
lose  their  motility.  This  fundamental  phenomenon  in  the 
action  of  protective  sera  has  been  entirely  overlooked  by 
Pfeifferand  his  pupils;  it  has  been  seen  by  Metchnikoff  and 
Bordet,  but  they  have  neither  recognized  its  importance  nor 
its  true  meaning.  On  account  of  this  fundamental  action  it 
is  proposed  to  call  the  specific  antagonistic  substances  of  im- 
munized animals  "  agglutinins." 

9.  The  agglutinins  act  upon  the  sheaths  of  the  bacteria 
and  make  them  more  penetrable.  The  alexins  are  enabled 
thereby  to  reach  the  bacterial  protoplasm  and  to  destroy  it — 
in  other  words,  to  kill  the  bacteria.  This  process  takes  place 
quite  indifferently  inside  the  living  animal  or  in  vitro,  the 
only  condition  necessary  being  that  both  agglutinins  and 
alexins  are  present. 

10.  The  agglutinins  are  used  up  during  the  process, 
perhaps  by  chemical  combination  or  perhaps  by  actual 
destruction.  It  therefore  follows  that  the  extent  of  action  of 
the  juices  of  an  immunized  animal  is  directly  proportional  to 
the  amount  used. 

11.  Active  immunity  never  occurs  without  evidence  of 
the  presence  of  agglutinins. 

12.  Active  and  passive  immunity  are  identical  in  na- 
ture. Both  forms  of  immunity  depend  upon  the  presence  of 
agglutinins. 

13.  It  has  been  asserted  that  active  immunity  persists 
even  after  complete  disappearance  of  the  protective  sub- 
stances— that  is  to  say,  after  the  tissue  juices  have  lost  the 
power  of  conferring  a  specific  passive  immunity.  This  in 
reality  is  only  the  expression  of  the  fact  that  the  degree  of 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  73 

concentration  of  the  agglutinins  gradually  diminishes  as  time 
goes  on  ;  eventually  the  proportion  of  agglutinins  present  is 
insufficient  to  be  effective  in  producing  passive  immunity. 

14.  He  has  been  able  to  prove  the  presence  of  agglu- 
tinins thirteen  months  after  the  last  immunizing  injection. 
How  much  longer  they  persist  he  is  unable  to  say,  as  at  pres- 
ent he  has  not  any  animals  which  have  been  kept  a  longer 
time  since  their  last  treatment. 

15.  Agglutinins  are  specifically  different.  Each  kind 
of  bacterium  has  its  own  kind  of  agglutinin. 

16.  The  influence  of  these  specific  agglutinins  is,  how- 
ever, not  limited  specifically ;  it  shows  gradations  in  intensity 
of  reaction,  the  maximum  intensity  of  action  being  manifest 
upon  its  own  kind.  On  other  species  the  action  is  the  more 
intense  the  more  closely  allied  the  microbe  is  to  that  by 
means  of  which  the  agglutinin  was  prepared. 

17.  Pfeiffer's  assertion  that  an  absolute  specificity  ex- 
ists in  the  action  of  protective  sera  is  not  in  accordance  with, 
or  supported  by,  observed  facts. 

18.  The  agglutinins  are  without  doubt  derived  from 
certain  constituents  of  the  bacteria  themselves  (specific  pro- 
teins.''). They  are  produced  only  in  the  bodies  of  actively 
immunized  animals,  probably  by  combination  with  some  con- 
stituents of  the  animal  body.  The  site  of  production  is 
perhaps  in  the  macrophages ;  these  cells  ingest  and  destroy 
the  polynuclear  leucocytes  which  are  laden  with  bacterial 
products. 

19.  The  above  conclusions  are  drawn  from  experiments 
with  the  microbes  of  cholera  and  allied  vibrios  of  typhoid 
fever,  and  the  like.  In  diphtheria  and  tetanus  other  factors 
are  probably  present. — Medicine. 

ICHTHYOL    IN    THE    TREATMENT    OF    AFFEC- 
TIONS  OF  THE  RESPIRATORY    ORGAN  S 

Le  Tanneur  (^Journal  de  Medicine  de  Paris,  Oct.  17, 
1897)  has  employed  this  remedy  extensively  in  a  variety  of 
affections,  and  has  found  it  especially  useful  in  the  treatment 
of  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  dry  and  purulent  catarrh  of  the 
bronchi,  and  also  dilatation  of  the  bronchi  with  profuse  fetid 
expectoration. 

The  only  form  in  which  the  drug  is  acceptable  to  the 
stomach  is  capsules,  which  should  be  surroun  ed  by  gluten 
envelope  in  the  hope  that  they  will  pass  through  the  stomach 
and  be  absorbed  from  the  intestine.  Each  capsule  should 
contain  0.25  centigrammes.  Most  of  his  patients  received 
from  eight  to  twelve  capsules   per  day.     He   aid  not  notice 


74  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

any  disturbance  of  digestion,  though  some  patients  continued 
to  take  tliis  dose  for  a  period  extending  over  fourteen  months. 
In  the  treatment  of  bronchial  catarrh  Le  Tanneur  found 
that  it  made  the  secretion  more  fluid,  and  that  it  was  conse- 
quently expelled  with  a  less  degree  of  effort.  He  also 
noticed  a  revulsive  effect,  a  decrease  of  the  congestion,  and  a 
return  of  the  bronchioles  to  their  normal  size.  An  antiseptic 
effect  was  also  noted  which  diminished  the  absorption  of 
toxins  and  consequently  lessened  the  systemic  infection. 
Especially  in  that  form  of  catarrh  accompanied  by  dilatation 
of  the  bronchioles  he  noted  a  very  rapid  improvement  in  all 
the  symptoms,  and  he  regards  the  action  of  the  drug  in  these 
cases  as  quite  as  efficient  as  it  is  in  tuberculosis. — Medicine. 


SURGKRY. 


IN  CHARGE  OF 


GEORaS  FISK,  M.D.. 
Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospital. 


IMPERFECTIONS  IN  INTRA-ABDOMINAL 
DIAGNOSIS. 

By  BYRON  B.  DAVIS,  A.  B.,  M.  D. 

Dr.  Davis  enters  a  plea  for  more  accurate  diagnosis 
before  abdominal  operation,  on  the  ground  that  valuable 
time  is  gained  by  being  better  prepared  to  do  the  operation 
rapidly.  To  diagnose  accurately  no  point  should  be  lost  by 
omitting  to  investigate  in  every  way  possible,  whether  it  be 
by  the  aid  of  physical  examination,  chemistry,  the  micro- 
scope, or  other  instruments  of  precision,  or  by  sifting  carefully 
the  history  of  the  patient  for  years  before.  He  cites  a 
case  of  a  woman  dying  from  ruptured  tubal  pregnancy  who 
was  seen  by  three  prominent  gynaecologists  who  had  no 
suspicion  of  the  real  condition  for  the  reason  that  they  were 
unable  to  obtain  a  proper  history.  As  to  gall  bladder  sur- 
gery he  speaks  as  follows :  "  It  is  yet  no  uncommon  thing 
to  explore  for  stones  in  the  gall  bladder  or  ducts,  and  find 
disease  of  the  hepatic  flexure  of  the  colon  or  cancer  of  the 
pylorus,  and  sometimes  to  find  nothing  at  all.  An  abnor- 
mally long  transverse  colon,  as  pointed  out  by  McGraw, 
doubtless  figures  frequently  in  these  cases.  As  he  states,  if 
the  transverse  colon  is  too  long  it  must  bend  up  or  down  ; 
it  cannot  bend  up,  therefore  it  bends  down  at  the  middle, 
assuming  a  V-shape.  When  faeces  accumulate  at  the  point 
of  the  V,  the  bowel  becomes  heavy  enough  to  put  the  hep- 
atic©-duodenal  ligament  upon  the  stretch  and  twist   it  suffi- 


SURGERY.  75 

ciently  to  acclude  the  common  duct,  and  symptoms  analo- 
gous to  those  of  gall-stone  obstruction.  McGraw  shows  that 
when  doubt  exists,  if  the  knee-elbow  position  relieves  pain, 
the  symptoms  are  due  to  an  abnormally  lon^  transverse 
colon  and  not  to  disease  within  the  gall  ducts," 

As  a  moveable  kidney  or  retro  placed  uterus  are  often 
due  to  a  general  ptosis  of  the  abdominal  viscera,  operation  to 
anchor  these  in  proper  place  has  failed  to  relieve  symptoms 
as  a  usual  result. 

A  SERIES    OF    SIXTY-SIX    OPERATIONS    UPON 
THE  KIDNEY. 

Albaran  {Rev.  de  Chir.,  November  lO,  1896)  reported  a 
series  of  sixty-six  operations  upon  the  kidney  to  the  French 
Surgical  Congress,  with  a  mortality  of  only  9  per  cent.,  or 
six  deaths. 

The  operations  were  the  following  :  seven  nephrectomies 
with  one  death  ;  one  partial  nephrectomy,  no  death  ;  twenty- 
four  nephrotomies,  two  deaths  ;  five  nephrolithotomies,  two 
deaths  ;  anuria,  operation  on  tenth  day,  death ;  twenty-three 
nephrorrhaphies,  no  deaths  ;  four  exploratory  nephrotomies, 
no  deaths. 

The  author  observed  after  a  number  of  his  operations 
reflex  phenomena  of  a  very  grave  nature,  always  accom- 
panied by  an  oliguria  of  more  or  less  marked  character.  The 
most  marked  symptoms  were  incoercible  vomiting,  with 
marked  epigastric  pain,  or  the  lumbar  regions  became  pain- 
ful subjectively  and  on  pressure ;  the  patient  was  pale, 
-anxious,  with  contracted  pupils,  small,  rapid  pulse,  and  a 
temperature  about  normal.  These  symptoms  cease  at  the 
end  of  from  twenty-four  to  thirty-six  hours,  or,  on  the  other 
hand,  they  may  continue  without  any  interruption  and  des- 
pite the  intravenous  injection  of  artificial  serum.  In  two 
cases  of  movable  kidney  these  symptoms  persisted  for  two 
and  three  days,  and  after  great  anxiety  had  been  caused  by 
the  patient's  condition  all  the  symptoms  ameliorated  and 
disappeared  upon  the  ingestion  of  hot  grog.  The  author 
observed  death  occur  in  a  case  of  nephrotomy  and  one  of 
nephrolithotomy  on  the  third  day ;  the  autopsy,  however, 
failed  to  reveal  the  cause  of  the  deaths. — American  Journal 
of  Med.  Sciences,  May,  i,  1S97. 

THE  STERILIZATION  OF  HYPODERMATIC 
SYRINGES  BY  BOILING. 

Hofmeister  {Cent,  fur  Chir..,  July  4,    1896)  details  a 

method  which  he  has  found  successful  for  the  sterilization  of 

iiypodermatic  syringes  by  boiling.    It  is  based  upon  the  fact, 


76  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

which  he  discovered,  that  ordinary  leather  which  has  lain  for 
twenty-four  hours  in  a  2  to  4  per  cent,  solution  of  formalia 
can  be  boiled  without  losing  its  strength,  softness,  and  sup- 
pleness. 

This  method  can  be  applied  only  to  such  syringes  as 
are  made  of  metal,  glass,  and  leather,  and  are  not  cemented 
but  screwed  together. 

The  cap  and  piston  are  moved  and  freed  from  oil  by  the 
use  of  ether.  They  are  then  placed  for  from  twenty-four  to 
forty-eight  hours  in  a  2  to  4  per  cent,  solution  of  formalin. 
After  a  thorough  washing  to  free  them  from  the  formalin 
they  are  ready  for  boiling. 

In  boiling  care  should  be  taken  to  expel  all  the  air  from 
the  syringe  by  holding  it  under  water  and  moving  the  piston 
in  and  out.  It  should  then  be  placed  in  cold  water  to  prevent 
the  glass  from  cracking,  and  gradually  brought  to  the  boiling- 
point. 

The  formalin  solution  should  be  employed  from  time  to- 
time,  but  is  not  necessary  every  time  the  syringe  is  boiled. 

If  the  piston  fits  properly  after  the  oil  has  been  re- 
moved, it  will  fit  after  the  boiling. — American  Journal 
of  Medical  Sciences,  May,  i,  1897. 

ABSENCE  OF  UTERUS  AND  OVARIES. 

Dr.  R.  D.  Garcin,  of  Richmond,  Va.,  reports  {Charlotte 
Medical  Journal; Mdiy,  1897  ;  Medicine,  Oct.,  1897)  the  case  of 
a  20-year-old  married  nullipara  who  consulted  him  for  ame- 
norrhea. The  patient  had  never  menstruated,  neither  had 
there  been  any  vicarious  hemorrhage.  After  a  careful  exam- 
ination of  her  general  condition,  and  finding  that  she  was 
not  pregnant,  but  somewhat  anemic,  gave  her  a  few  general 
directions  and  a  tonic  suitable  for  her  condition,  with  direc- 
tion to  report  in  a  month.  She  presented  herself  with  nO' 
improvement.  A  thorough  examination  resulted  in  finding 
neither  uterus  nor  ovaries ;  the  vagina  was  entirely  absent. 
The  urethra  would  in  the  undilated  state  admit  the  thumb 
and  index  finger  easily.  The  husband  stated  that  his  wife 
had  sexual  appetite.  After  intercourse  she  complained  for 
several  days  of  irritable  bladder  and  painful  micturition, 
showing  positively  that  he  had  intercourse  through  the  ure- 
thra into  the  bladder. 

URETHRO-RECTAL  FISTULA. 

Dr.  James  P.  Tuttle,  of  New  York,  in  a  paper  read  be- 
fore the  American  Association  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgeons 
(Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  July  15,  187:  Medi- 
cine, Oct.,'97),  laid  down  the  following  principles  as  nnderly- 


SURGERY.  TJ 

ing  successful  treatment  of  these:  (i)  Remove  all  obstruc- 
tions to  the  passage  of  urine  or  intestinal  contents  through 
their  normal  channels.  This  involves  the  treatment  or  re- 
moval of  rectal  or  urethal  stricture,  polypi  or  other  tumors, 
the  overcoming  of  sphincteric  spasm  and  obstruction  at  the 
anus.  (2)  Protect  the  parts  from  abnormal  passage  of  urine 
or  fecal  matter  and  gas.  (3)  The  therapeutic  and  surgical 
treatment  of  the  fistulous  tract  itself.  The  application  of 
stimulating  agents  or  cauterization  should  be  patiently  tried 
before  resorting  to  more  radical  measures.  He  cites  three 
illustrative  cases.  In  one  the  fistula  opened  into  the  rectum 
about  half  an  inch  above  the  external  sphincter,  and  was 
large  enough  to  admit  the  end  of  the  index  finger.  The 
urethral  floor  was  absent  to  a  considerable  extent  and  re- 
quired to  be  rebuilt.  There  was  much  connective  tissue 
around  the  opening  and  a  stricture  of  the  membranous  ure- 
thra anterior  to  the  fistula.  After  several  days*  vSterilization 
and  treatment  of  the  urethro-intestinal  tract  Dr.  Tuttle  incised 
the  sphincter  thoroughly  and  cut  away  the  cicatricial  tissue 
with  scissors,  thus  freshening  the  fistula  edges  at  both  ends. 
The  intestinal  wall  was  then  dissected  from  its  anterior  at- 
tachment up  to  a  point  three-fourths  of  an  inch  above  the 
fistula  and  half  an  inch  to  each  side.  The  urethral  stricture 
was  then  dealt  with  by  perineal  section,  the  incision  being 
carried  backward  into  the  fistulous  opening.  A  flap  was 
then  dissected  from  the  soft  tissues  at  either  side  of  the  ure- 
thra large  enough  to  replace  that  portion  of  the  floor  which 
had  been  destroyed.  These  were  sewed  together  with 
catgut  sutures  over  a  full-sized  sound  introduced  through  the 
meatus,  in  order  that  the  caliber  of  the  canal  might  be  ac- 
curately re-established  and  no  pocket  left.  The  fistula  being 
thus  closed  the  sound  was  withdrawn  and  the  fresh  perineal 
wound  and  anterior  incision  in  the  urethra  left  unsutured. 
The  edges  of  the  intestine  were  then  sewed  together  with 
chromicized  catgut  and  the  rectum  packed  with  iodoform 
gauze,  a  drainage  tube  having  been  introduced  into  the  blad- 
der through  the  meatus  and  fastened  there.  It  seemed  to 
cause  no  inconvenience  and  was  left  in  for  eighteen  days,  the 
bladder  and  perineal  wound  being  irrigated  daily  with 
Thiersch's  solution.  The  perineal  incision  was  loosely 
packed  with  absorbed  gauze  and  dressed  with  an  ordinary 
T-bandage.  Convalescence  was  uneventful,  the  perineal 
wound  healing  in  about  six  weeks.  The  patient  left  the  hos- 
pital perfectly  well  three  months  after. 

Two  other  cases  are    reported    by  Dr.  Tuttle  in    which 
the  operation  proved  successful. 


OBST^KTRICS. 

IN  CHARGE   OF 

H.  L.  REDDY,  M.D.,  L.  R.  C.  P.,  London, 

Professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Bishop's  College;  Physician  Accoucheur  Women's 

Hospital ;  Physiciao  to  the  Western  Hospital. 


THE    EARLY    SYMPTOMS    OF    PUERPERAL    IN- 
FECTION. 

Ferre  {U Obstetrique,  ii,  No.  5,  p.  425,  September  15th, 
1897)  points  out  that  the  general  notion  of  the  sudden  onset 
of  marked  symptoms  of  puerperal  infection  after  a  longer  and 
shorter  period  of  silent  incubation  is  inexact.  Even  in  the 
period  of  incubation  important,  although  attenuated,  symp- 
toms may  be  present,  and  their  recognition  will  greatly  con- 
duce to  successful  treatment.  These  early  symptoms  are : 
slight  elevations  of  temperature  occurring  once  (or  twice) 
daily,  and  usually  in  the  evening  ;  a  pulse  rate  of  80  or  more, 
especially  if  in  the  morning,  when  the  temperature  is  not  yet 
raised  ;  relative  or  absolute  insomnia,  which  is  a  very  impor- 
tant indication  of  serious  infection  and  requires  careful 
inquiry ;  headache,  at  first  intermittent  and  slight,  usually 
always  in  association  with  the  other  symptoms  mentioned  ;. 
sometimes  diminution  or  suppression  of  the  lochial  discharge, 
although  as  a  rule  this  is  a  later  manifestation  ;  and,  finally,, 
vague  impressions  of  cold,  but  not  usually  a  distinct  rigor.. 
The  later  symptoms,  such  as  marked  rigors,  high  tempera- 
ture, local  pain,  etc.,  are  well  known ;  it  is  to  the  recognition 
of  the  eatrly  symptoms  that  we  must  trust  for  the  successful 
treatment  of  such  cases. 

VOMITING  OF  PREGNANCY. 

W.  S.  Gordon  suggests  the  theory  that  the  nausea  and 
vomiting  of  pregnancy  may  be  due  to  impoverishment  of  the 
maternal  nervous  system  by  the  withdrawal  of  phosphorus  for 
the  growth  of  the  uterus  and  its  contents.  To  substantiate 
this  belief  he  cites  the  fact  that  nausea  is  most  intense  in  the 
mornings  when  the  mother  has  been  longest  without  food,, 
anc^  is  relieved  by  the  morning  meal ;  that  it  is  most  severe 
in  the  first  half  of  the  pregnancy,  when  the  fetal  development 
is  most  rapid,  and  that  there  is  a  diminished  elimination  of 
phosphorus  by  the  kidneys.  The  treatment  indicated  by 
this  hypothesis  includes  careful  attention  to  the  digestive 
organs,  persistent  or  forced  feeding,  and  the  administration 
of  phosphorus  in  the  form  of  hypophosphite  of  calcium  and 
sodium  with  bromides  or  other  nerve  sedatives. — Amer^ 
Jour.  Ohstet. 


OBSTETRICS.  79 

PLACENTA   PRiEVIA   THE  RESULT  OF   UTER- 
INE   FIBROID. 

Maygrier  (Bull,  Paris,  14th  January,  1897)  publishes  full 
notes  of  a  bad  case  of  placenta  prsevia.  The  patient  in  the 
eighth  month  of  pregnancy  was  brought  into  the  hospital 
already  exhausted  by  profuse  haemorrhage.  A  dead  child 
was  extracted  by  version.  The  detachment  of  the  placenta 
offered  extraordinary  difficulties.  Maygrier  was  fairly  puz- 
zled by  a  soft  mass,  which  he  detected  on  introducing  his 
hand  into  the  uterine  cavity.  It  was  very  resistant  notwith- 
standing its  softness,  and  the  process  of  separation  of  the 
intimately  adherent  border  of  the  placenta  fatigued  him  so 
that  the  midwife  had  to  conclude  the  process  as  far  as  possi- 
ble. In  spite  of  subcutaneous  injection  of  ether  and  intra- 
venous injections  of  serum  the  woman  died  an  hour  and  a 
half  after  the  delivery.  The  uterus  was  removed  after  death. 
A  tumor  was  found  occupying  the  posterior  and  left  aspect 
of  the  lower  segment  of  the  uterus  nearly  reaching  the  os. 
It  measured  six  inches  in  the  longest  diameter  and  was  a 
pure  fibroma,  very  soft,  yet  being  made  up  of  very  resistant 
white  fibres.  The  placenta,  altered  by  disease,  was  closely 
incorporated  with  its  lower  surface.  Thus  was  explained  the 
fatal  complication  in  a  condition  always  perilous  during  par- 
turition.—  Univ.  Med.  Mag. 

IODIDE  OF    POTASSIUM    AND    LACTATION. 

G.  Fieux  {Rev.  Obstet.  Internat.)  has  tested  the  effect  of 
iodide  of  potassium  on  nursing  women.  He  finds  from  six 
observations  that  the  coming  of  the  milk  after  labour  is  not 
delayed,  that  the  course  of  the  lactation  is  not  interfered 
with,  and  that  the  infant  does  not  suffer,  as  is  shown  by  the 
increase  in  weight  during  the  administration  of  the  iodide. 
There  is  no  reason,  therefore,  to  fear  that  the  administration 
of  iodide  of  potassium  to  a  syphilitic  mother  will  interfere  in 
any  way  with  her  functions  as  the  nurse  of  her  own  child. 
The  fears  that  it  will  do  so  are  imaginary. 

ABORTION. 

For  the  treatment  of  abortion,  H,  J.  Garrigues  advises 
instrumental  dilatation  of  the  cervix  and  removal  of  the  fetus 
by  blunt  forceps  with  heart-shaped  or  oval  rings,  and  of  the 
placenta  by  the  finger  and  dull  wire  curette.  Before  and 
after  curettage  the  uterus  is  flushed  with  one  per  cent,  creolin. 
If  pregnancy  has  passed  three  months  he  then  packs  the 
uterus  with  iodoform  gauze  before  tamponing  the  vagina, 
otherwise  the  latter  is  sufficient.     The  tampons  are  removed 


8o  PROGRESS  OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

on  the  second  day,  and  a  vaginal  douche  of  one  per  cent, 
carbolic  acid  is  given  twice  daily.  The  patient  remains  in 
bed  at  least  for  a  week. — Amer.  Jour.  Obstet. 

HEMORRHAGE  DURING  AND  AFTER  LABOR. 

A  source  of  the  haemorrhage  during  and  after  labor  is 
illustrated  by  a  case,  D.  A.  Hodghead.  Delivery  was  rapid, 
the  head  being  born  during  the  third  pain  after  rupture  of 
the  membranes.  A  tear  of  the  vestibule  occurred  extending 
to  the  median  line  from  just  below  the  clitoris  nearly  to  the 
meatus. — Amer.   Jotir.  Obstet. 

PUERPERAL   INFECTION. 

Of  the  treatment  of  puerperal  infection,  E.  E.  Mont- 
gomery says  that  when  examination  determines  the  absence 
of  anything  within  the  uterus  which  should  afford  a  cause  of 
high  temperature  associated  with  profuse  discharge,  or  possi- 
bly in  the  beginning  an  arrest  of  lochia,  and  particularly 
where  there  is  redness  or  swelling  of  the  vagina,  exfoliation 
of  the  mucous  membranes,  presence  of  diphtheritic  exudation 
upon  or  ulcerations  of  its  surface,  the  condition  should  be 
recognized  as  sepsis  and  treated  with  antistreptococcic  serum, 
local  cleanliness  and  constitutionally  supporting  measures. 
He  reports  several  cases  successfully  treated  in  this  manner. 
R.  R,  Kline  strongly  condemns  the  use  of  the  curette  and 
tampon  and  of  opium  and  coal  tar  derivatives  except  as  tem- 
porary measures  in  cases  of  extreme  pain  and  very  high 
temperature.  He  advises  drainage  with  the  softest,  most 
pliable  and  largest  sized  tubing  the  cervix  will  admit,  with 
plenty  of  openings  in  the  uterine  "portion  and  three  openings 
in  the  vaginal  portion  below  a  cross-bar  by  which  it  is  re- 
tained. This  should  be  removed  and  disinfected  once  or 
twice  daily,  and  the  uterus  freely  irrigated  with  boiled  water 
or  weak  solutions  of  carbolic  acid,  boric  acid,  creolin,  or  with 
the  tincture  of  iodine  if  the  uterus  is  flabby.  In  severe  cases 
a  strip  of  gauze  may  be  used  along  the  side  of  the  drainage 
tube.  The  bowels  should  be  kept  open  with  salines.  Bumm 
observed  750  confinement  cases,  in  22  per  cent,  of  which  he 
noticed  a  rise  of  temperature.  In  15  per  cent,  the  fever  was 
due  to  causes  not  related  to  labour.  In  29  per  cent,  no 
cause  could  be  found.  In  the  remaining  55  per  cent,  the 
fever  arose  from  infection  of  the  genital  tract,  streptococci 
causing  13  per  cent.,  gonococci  7  per  cent.,  putrid  infection 
35  per  cent.,  while  in  one  case  colon  bacilli  were  found.  The 
latter  case  ended  fatally.  Streptococci  infection  was  charac- 
terized by  mildness  of  the  attack.  Savor  administered  anti- 
streptococcic serum  in  19  cases   of  puerperal  infections,  and 


OBSTETRICS.  8 1 

•  concludes  that  it  is  of  absolutely  no  value  in  the  treatment  of 
this  condition.  In  every  one  of  these  cases  the  presence  of 
the  streptococcus  was  conclusively  demonstrated.  The  serum 
produced  no  bad  symptoms.  This  serum  has  been  employed 
by  C.  J.  Stansley  in  two  cases  of  puerperal  infection  in  which 
the  patients  were  delirious.  In  each,  consciousness  was 
regained,  the  temperature  fell,  and  subsequently  recovery 
occurred. — Amer.  Jour.  Obstet. 

GONORRHOEA. 

J.  F.  W.  Ross  considers  that  when  a  woman  is  delivered 
with  proper  aseptic  and  antiseptic  precautions,  even  after  she 
has  undergone  frequent  vaginal  examinations,  there  is  ground 
for  suspecting  gonorrhceal  infection  if  fever  develops.  Gono- 
cocci  in  the  lochia  may  confirm  the  diagnosis.  The  curette 
should  not  be  used  in  the  presence  of  acute  gonorrhoea,  as  it 
is  one  of  the  surest  ways  of  causing  extension  of  the  disease 
to  the  tubes  and  ovaries. — Amer.  Jour,  Obstet. 

CEREBRAL  EMBOLISM    DURING  LABOR. 

Shortly  after  rupture  of  the  membranes,  and  while  the 
OS  was  not  fully  dilated,  a  ii  para  became  suddenly  uncon- 
scious and  fell  to  the  floor.  There  was  a  slight  haemorrhage. 
She  had  general  convulsions,  especially  marked  in  the  left 
extremities.  After  the  convulsions  had  ceased  it  was  noticed 
that  she  had  left  hemiplegia  and  paralysis  of  the  facial  nerve. 
-A  second  attack  soon  followed,  resulting  in  complete  aphasia. 
Novelli  terminated  labor  by  rapid  extraction  of  the  child. 
Except  for  a  remaining  weakness  the  woman  recovered  en- 
tirely. The  author  believes  the  paralysis  was  due  to  cerebral 
embolism  caused  by  the  premature  detachment  of  a  part  of 
vthe  placenta. — Amer.  Jour.  Obstet. 


THE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBIvISHKD    MONTHLY. 


Subscription  Price,  %i.oo  per  annum  in  advance^    Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  to- 
JOHN  LOVELL,  &  SON,  23  St.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom,  all  business  commiu 
nicatlons  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  shotild  bo- 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Office,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 


PROVINCIAL    MEDICAL    BOARD'S    RECENT 
AMENDMENTS  TO   THE  REVISED  STAT- 
UTES OF  THE  PROVINCE  OF  QUEBEC. 

Several  important  additions  and  amendments  to  the  law- 
respecting  physicians  and  surgeons  received  the  sanction  of 
the  Lieutenant-Governor  at  the  last  session  of  Parliament. 
They  are  as  follows  : 

(ASSEMBLY  BILL  NO.  93.) 


AN  ACT  TO  AMEND  THE  LAW   RESPECTING   PHYSICIANS   AND- 

SURGEONS. 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislature  of  Quebec,  enacts  as  follows  : 

1.  Article  3973  of  the  Revised  Statutes  is  amended  : 
{a)  By  replacing  the  word  :  "  forty/'  in  the  second  line^ 

by  the  word  :  "  forty-two  "  ; 

{h)  By  replacing  the  word  :  "  nineteen,"  in  the  sixth 
line,  by  the  word  :  "  twenty-one  "  ; 

{c)  By  replacing  the  word  ;  "  ten,"  in  the  thirteenth 
and  sixteenth  lines,  by  the  word  :  "  twelve." 

2.  Article  3987  ot  the  Revised  Statutes  is  amended  by 
adding,  at  the  end  of  the  third  clause,  the  following  words  ; 


EDITORIAL.  S3. 

"  Such  certificate  shall  be  registered  in  the  register  of  the  re- 
gistrar of  the  council,  and  the  council  of  discipline  may  an- 
nul the  same  if  well  founded  complaints  are  made  against 
the  person  who  had  obtained  it." 

3.  The  following  paragraph  and  articles  are  added  after- 
article  3997  of  the  Revised  Statutes : 

"  §  3^ — Council  of  Discipline. 

I. — ORGANIZATION    OF   THE   COUNCIL. 

"  3997^'  The  Board  of  Governors  may  form  a  council 
called  :  "  Council  of  Discipline,"  of  four  governors  selected 
by  the  board. 

The  president  of  the  board  shall  in  addition  form  de 
jure  part  of  the  council. 

3997<^.  The  council  is  entrusted  with  trying,  hearing 
and  deciding  all  accusations  or  complaints  brought  against 
a  member  of  the  college  for  any  infringement  of  his  profes- 
sional duties  or  for  acts  derogatory  to  the  honor  of  the  pro- 
fession. 

"  3997^.  The  quorum  of  the  council  is  three. 

The  president  of  the  Board  of  Governors  is  de  jure 
chairman,  and  the  secretaries  of  the  board  act  as  clerks  ex- 
officio. 

"  3997^-  The  powers  of  the  members  of  the  council  ex- 
pire at  the  general  meeting  held  for  the  election  of  the  Board 
of  Governors  following  their  appointment,  but  the  council 
may,  notwithstanding  the  expiry  of  its  powers,  render  judg- 
ment upon  any  complaint  which  it  has  heard  upon  the 
merits. 

"3997^.  The  council  shall  sit  at  Quebec  or  Montreal 
whenever  it  is  so  required  by  the  chairman  or  by  two  mem- 
bers. 

The  secretary  of  the  place  where  the  council  meets  acts- 
as  clerk. 

"  3997/'  The  Board  of  Governors  is  authorized  to  make 
regulations  to  define  the  manner  of  convening  the  council, 
and  all  other  regulations  concerned  with  the  exercise  of  the 
powers  of  the  council,  provided  such  by-laws  shall  not  in 
any  wise  restrict  ihe  right  of  the  members  of  the  corporation  " 
to  practice  their  profession  with  a  philanthropical  and  charit- 
able object  for  the  members  of  benevolent  and  mutual  bene- 
fit associations  and  the  charitable  institutions  of  the  Province  ; 
but  such  regulations  do  not  come  into  form  until  after  they 
have  been  approved  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council.. 


•84  EDITORIAL. 

II. — PROCEEDINGS  UPON  COMPLAINTS. 

"  3997^.  Complaints  do  not  require  to  be  drawn  up  in 
■  any  special  form,  and,  in  the  exercise  of  the  powers  conferred 
•upon  it,  the  council  may  have  recourse  to  all  the  means 
which  it  deems  suitable  to  investigate  the  facts  to  be  proved 
and  to  permit  the  accused  to  defend  himself. 

"  3997^-  The  person  who  presides  may  swear  the  parties 
and  their  witnesses,  and  the  Board  may  compel  them  to  ap- 
pear and  to  answer  under  oath,  and  punish  them  by  fine  in 
case  of  refusal,  and,  as  regards  such  objects,  it  possesses  gen- 
rally  all  powers  of  the  Superior  Court. 

"  3997^  The  decision  of  the  council  is  rendered  by  the 
majority  of  the  members  sitting. 

"  3997;.  If  the  council  find  the  accusation  brought  to  be 
well  founded,  it  may,  according  to  the  gravity  of  the  case,  con- 
demn the  accused  to  one  of  the  following  punishments  : 

1.  Censure ; 

2.  Deprivation  of  the  right  to  be  elected  to  the  office  of 
governor  of  the  college,  and  even  of  the  right  of  voting  at 
•elections  of  governor  of  the  college,  for  a  certain  time; 

3.  Deprivation,  for  a  certain  limited  and  definite  time 
of  the  right  to  practice  his  profession. 

"  3997  -^^  The  council  may  condemn  to  such  costs  as  it, 
deems  expedient  the  unsuccessful  party,  or  divide  such  costs, 
and,  in  addition,  may  condemn  such  party  to  pay  to  the 
successful  party  a  sum  intended  to  indemnify  him  for  his 
personal  expenses  incurred  respecting  the  complaint, 

III. — APPEALS. 

3997/.  Every  decision  or  judgment  of  the  council  of 
•discipline  which  imposes  one  of  the  disciplinary  punishments 
enumerated  in  article  3997;'  is  subject  to  appeal  to  the  board 
of  governors. 

Such  appeal  is  made  by  letter  containing  a  copy  of  the 
decision,  addressed  within  fifteen  days  after  the  same  is  ren- 
dered to  one  of  the  secretaries  of  the  board. 

Upon  receipt  of  such  notice,  the  secretary  of  the  Board 
of  Governors  of  the  place  where  the  next  meeting  of  the 
toard  is  to  be  held,  is  bound  to  cause  the  record  in  the 
matter  to  be  sent  to  him,  and  to  keep  it  to  lay  it  before  the 
Board  of  Governors  at  its  next  meeting. 

"  3997^.  The  Board  of  Governors  decides  the  appeal 
in  summary  manner  at  its  earliest  meeting  after  the  receipt 
of  the  notice  of  appeal  by  the  secretary. 

No  other  evidence  than  that  adduced  before  the  coun- 
•cil  of  discipline  can  be  admitted  on  the  appeal. 


EDITORIAL.  85, 

The  Board  of  Governors  may,  however,  hear  the  com- 
plainant and  the  accused  or  their  counsel. 

"  3997«.  The  Board  of  Governors  may  confirm  the  de- 
cision of  the  council,  or  pronounce  the  judgment  it  should 
have  rendered,  and,  in  either  case,  decide,  as  it  may  deem 
equitable,  as  well  as  upon  the  costs  of  the  first  instance  as  of 
those  in  appeal. 

"  3997^.  The  decision  of  the  council  of  discipline,  if  not 
appealed  from   within  the  required   delays,  and,  in  case  of 
appeal,  that  of  the  Board  of  Governors  are  final. 

IV. — EXECUTIONS  OF  JUDGMENTS. 

"  3997/.  In  default  of  any  party  paying  the  costs  to 
which  he  has  been  condemned,  and  in  default  of  payment  of 
the  fine  by  a  witness  condemned  to  pay  such  fine  within 
fifteen  days  after  the  decision  of  the  council  of  discipline,  if 
there  has  been  no  appeal,  or  of  the  Board  of  Governors  if  an 
appeal  has  been  taken,  the  party  to  whom  such  costs  are  due 
may  obtain  from  the  Superior  Court  of  the  district  in  which 
the  complaint  was  made  an  execution  against  the  moveables 
and  immoveables  of  the  person  condemned  to  pay  the  same  by 
depositing  in  the  office  of  the  prothonotary  a  detailed  state- 
ment of  such  costs  duly  certified  by  one  of  the  secretaries  of 
the  board,  with  a  copy,  certified  in  the  same  manner,  of  the 
judgment  adjudicating  upon  the  costs. 

If  the  costs  do  not  reach  forty  dollars  no  execution 
against  immoveables  can  be  issued." 

4.  Article  3998  of  the  Revised  Statutes  is  amended  by 
adding  after  the  words:  "such  delays,"  at  the  end  of  the 
seventh  clause,  the  words:  "or  by  a  prosecution  before  at 
justice  of  the  peace,  in  conformity  with  the  provision  of  Part 
LVIII  of  the  Criminal  Code,  1892." 

5.  This  act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  of  its 
sanction. 

(ASSEMBLY  BILL  No.  188.) 

An  Act  to  amend  the  law  respecting  admission  to  the  prac- 
tice of  medicine  in  certain  cases. 

Whereas  there  are  at  present  in  the  universities  of  this 
Province  nearly  two  hundred  students  who  have  commenced 
attending  the  medical  course  before  having  obtained  a  certi- 
ficate of  admission  to  the  study  of  medicine  : 

Whereas  the  fact  of  their  not  having  been  regularly  ad- 
mitted to  the  study  of  medicine  exposes  them  to  lose  the 
benefit  of  several  years  of  medical  studies ; 


86  EDITORIAL. 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
•consent  of  the  Legislature  of  Quebec,  enacis  as  follows: 

1.  Notwithstanding  article  3978  of  the  Revised  Statutes, 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  Province  of 
C^Juebec  is  authorized  to  admit  to  practice  the  medical 
students  who,  on  the  first  of  November,  1896,  had  commenced 
attending  the  medical  course  in  a  duly  incorporated  univer- 
sity of  the  Province  of  Quebec  before  having  obtained  a  cer- 
tificate of  admission  to  the  study  of  medicine,  and  to  grant 
them  the  necessary  license  to  practice  medicine,  surgery  and 
obstetrics  in  the  Province  after  having  passed  the  exam- 
inations required  for  admission  to  study  and  those  required 
for  admission  to  practice, 

2.  This  act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  of  its  sanc- 
tion. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  Montreal  is  to  have  two  additional 
representatives.  These,  it  is  understood,  will  represent  the 
English  Protestant  and  Irish  Catholic  element.  Until  now 
only  four  were  elected  in  Montreal  besides  those  who  repre- 
sent the  three  Universities,  and  these  were  all  of  French 
Canadian  nationality — so  that  the  English  speaking  portion 
of  the  profession  in  the  city  had  not  directly  any  represent- 
ative on  the  Board.  The  rectification  of  this  defective 
arrangement  is  a  timely  action  on  the  part  of  the  Board. 

The  appointment  of  a  council  of  discipline  is  a  very 
important  addition  to  our  means  of  maintaining  a  high  stand- 
ard of  medical  ethics  in  the  profession,  and  some  important 
reforms,  it  is  stated,  will  be  initiated  and  carried  out  under 
its  protecting  influence,  including  the  abolishment  of  the 
Lodge  Doctor  in  his  present  relations  to  lodges. 

TRIENNIAL  ELECTION  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF 

PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS  OF  THE 

PROVINCE  OF  QUEBEC. 

Unusual  interest  is  being  manifested  in  the  approaching 
election  of  representatives  to  the  Medical  Board  of  the 
College,  which  takes  place  in  Montreal  on  the  loth  of 
July  next,  by  members  of  the  profession  representing 
various  interests  ;  and  it  will  not  be  amiss  to  draw  the 
attention  of  the  members  to  matters  connected  with  this 
^important  body.     All  physicians  registered  in  this  province 


EDITORIAL.  8y 

•are  members  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of 
the  Province  of  Quebec,  and,  if  in  good  standing,  are  entitled  to 
vote  for  those  whom  they  wish  appointed  on  the  Provincial 
Medical  Board  or  Board  of  Governors.  It  consists  of  forty- 
two  members,  who  are  elected  to  act  for  three  years :  fifteen 
from  the  district  of  Quebec,  twenty-one  from  the  district  of 
Montreal,  three  from  the  district  of  Three  Rivers  and  three 
from  the  district  of  St.  Francis.  The  city  of  Quebec  elects 
eight  and  Montreal  twelve  members.  Laval  University  in 
Quebec  elects  two  members,  and  Laval,  McGill  and  Bishop's 
Universities  each  elects  two  members  in  Montreal  from 
among  members  of  the  College  residing  in  the  city.  The 
•district  of  Quebec  comprises  the  present  judicial  districts  of 
Quebec,  Gaspe,  Saguenay,  Chicoutimi,  Rimouski,  Montmag- 
ny,  Beauce  and  Kamouraska ;  the  district  of  Montreal  in- 
cludes Montreal,  Terrebonne,  Joliette,  Richelieu,  Bedford,  St. 
Hyacinthe,  Iberville,  Beauharnois.Ottawaand  Pontiac;  Three 
Rivers  comprises  the  present  judicial  districts  of  Three  Rivers 
and  Arthabaska,  and,  finally,  St.  Francis  comprises  the  present 
judicial  district  of  St.  Francis.  At  each  election,  members 
can  vote  by  proxy.  The  Board  meets  twice  yearly,  alternately 
in  Quebec  and  Montreal.  Members  are  paid  ten  dollars  per 
diem  and  travelling  and  hotel  expenses,  A  secretary  at  Que- 
bec and  one  at  Montreal  are  paid  two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars 
each.  The  president,  according  to  recent  legislation,  receives 
four  hundred  dollars  per  annum,  and  the  registrar  three  hun- 
dred, and  the  treasurer  two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars.  All 
members  of  the  College  are  required  to  pay  an  annual  con- 
tribution of  two  dollars,  and  unless  this  is  paid  he  is  not  en- 
titled to  vote  at  the  triennial  elections. 

This  Medical  Board  of  forty-two  members  has  power  to 
legislate  for  the  College,  and  have  supervision  of  all  profes- 
sional matters  in  connection  with  the  teaching  and  practice 
of  Medicine  in  the  province,  subject  to  the  assent  of  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  of  the  Province  in  Council. 

There  are  thirteen  hundred  and  four  licensed  physicians 
in  the  province,  about  three  hundred  and  fifty  of  whom  reside 
in  the  city  and  suburbs  of  Montreal.  In  the  province  there 
are  about  one  thousand  of  French  nationality  and  some 
Ihree  hundred  English-speaking,  one  hundred  and  fifty  of 
whom  reside  in  the  city  of  Montreal. 


88  EDITORIAL. 

As  a  result  of  this  disparity,  the  Provincial  MedicaU 
Board  is  composed  almost  entirely  of  French-speaking 
members,  and  in  the  elections  the  English  element  will  count 
for  little  as  they  are  so  scattered,  although  they  have  a  fair 
representation  on  the  Board  ;  so  that  in  regard  to  election  to 
the  Board,  the  strife  is  mainly  between  the  French  factions. 
At  the  present  time,  the  division  is  represented  on  one  side 
largely  by  Laval  University  and  its  adherents  and  the 
Montreal  Medico-Chirurgical  Society,  and  on  the  other  by 
Dr.  Beausoleil  and  his  supporters.  The  latter  are  now  in 
full  control  of  the  Board,  and  have  been  so  for  some  nine 
years.  A  strong  effort  is  now  being  made  by  both  the  English, 
and  French  practitioners  of  the  Province  to  depose  the 
leading  members  of  the  present  regitne.  A  circular  has  been 
sent  out  by  each  French  section,  translations  of  which  we 
give  in  full,  as  they  are  supposed  to  fully  represent  the,  claims- ' 
of  each  upon  the  suffrages  of  the  general  medical  electorate. 
The  Provincial  Medical  Election  Committee  of  the  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Society  have  also  issued  a  circular  to  the  English 
speaking  members  of  the  College  which  we  also  print. 

While  the  present  Board  has  certainly  some  results   to- 
show  which  would  indicate  an  effort  made  to    improve  the 
conditions  of  the  profession,  a  history  of  its  methods  of  do- 
ing things  disposes  one  to  minimize  the  credit  which  would 
seem  to  be  due  them  and  which  would  otherwise  be  accorded.. 
For  we  would   be  more  disposed  to  support  a   Board  com- 
posed of  the  true  .Representatives  of  the  Profession  at  large 
and  the  University  representatives^  than  one  in  which  one 
University  would  be  supreme.     But  the  present    Board  is  the: 
result  of  the  abuse  of  the  Proxy  system  of  voting  and  a  de- 
termined effort  on  the  part  of  the  unscrupulous  to   gain  the 
reins  of  power,  and   has  been  a  regime   in   which  persistent 
and  systematic   canvassing  for  proxies  has  enabled   it  to  re- 
main in  control  during  three  terms,  and  where  an   autocrat. 
has  held   supreme  sway.     While  we  recognize  the  fact  that., 
some  combination  must  be  in  power,  we  might  overlook  even 
this  state  of  affairs  if  the  results  showed  a  true  interest  in  the 
welfare  of  the  profession. 

The  Board  has  certainly  stiffened  the  entrance  examina? 
tions  to  the   study  of  Medicine,  lei^thened   the  course  of' 


EDITORIAL.  89 

medical   study,    made   many    additions  to  the  curriculum, 
supported    inter-provincial   reciprocity   in   the    granting   of 
licenses,  secured    the  appointment  of  a  council  of  discipline 
and  a  better  method  of  disposing  of  irregular  practitioners 
and  now  a'dvocates  election  by  districts.    But  many  of  these 
reforms  and  others  not   yet   accomplished  were   attempted 
some  ten  years  ago  by  the  representatives  of  the  profession  in 
a  bill  which  was  prepared  after  prolonged  study  and  thought. 
This,  we  learn,  was  defeated  largely  by  t^e  rulers  of  the  ore- 
sent  Board,  who  favoured  and  were   especially  interested  in 
the   retention    of   the   proxy   system,  and    they    have    only 
recently,  owing    to    the    persistent    clamor    of   the  general 
profession,  acceded  to  some  of  the  latter's  just  demands.  The 
influence  of  McGill  was  also  potent  at  this  time  in  defeating 
this  bill,  as  some  of  the  teachers  were  opposed  to  a  central 
Board  of  examiners,  which  was  one  of  its  provisions,  and  one 
which  was  a   prime  requirement  in   order  to  have  Ontario 
even  consider  the  subject  of  reciprocity  in  licenses. 

We  are  glad  to  note  the  wakening  up  of  the  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Society  of  Montreal  to  questions  of  Provincial 
medical  politics.  No  greater  evidence  of  the  existence 
of  a  need  for  reforms  could  be  conceived  than  the 
unanimity  which  would  seem  to  prevail  among  those 
signers  of  the  circular  of  the  Laval  professors  and  that  bear- 
ing the  signatures  of  representatives  from  members  of  the 
Medico-Chirurgical  Society,  most  of  whom  are  members  o  f 
the  Faculties  of  McGill  and  Bishop's.  It  is  a  synthetical 
compound  apparently  from  the  same  laboratory.  We  notice 
the  names  of  members  of  the  present  Board  on  both  these 
circulars,  while  that  purporting  to  be  the  Board's  issue  has 
no  signatures.  Whether  that  of  the  Board  and  the  twin  pro- 
ductions are  largely  the  emanations  of  a  pair  of  individuals 
especially  interested  and  in  opposition,  we  will  not  attempt 
now  to  conjecture.  In  any  case  there  is  a  prospect  of  a 
lively  contest,  and  the  consentaneous  demand  for  reforms  by 
all,  bids  fair  to  result  to  the  benefit  of  the  profession  at  large, 
and  gives  promise  of  terminating  at  least  in  a  more  desirable 
method  of  electing  the  Board. 

Members  of  the  College  should  remember  that  in  order 
to  vote,  all  dues  should  be  paid  to  the  Registrar,  and  as  the 


90  EDITORIAL. 

coming  election  of  the  Board  will  be  on  the  old  lines,  those 
wishing  to  vote  by  proxy  may  receive  forms  from  the  Regis- 
trar or  from  the  Montreal  Medico-Chirurgical  Society's 
District  Electoral  Committee,  and  to  be  valid  they  "  must  be 
in  the  hands  of  the  Registrar  on  or  before  the  first  day  of 
July  preceding  the  triennial  meeting,  and  the  Registrar  shall 
return  it  certified  within  five  days  from  the  date  of  its  recep- 
tion." The  latter  committee  is^sending  proxy  forms  to  all  the 
English-speaking  members  in  the  province,  and  if  they  are 
returned  to  its  secretary  by  those  who  cannot  be  present, 
they  will  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  electing  men  who  will 
have  clean  records,  and  who  can  be  depended  upon  to  carry 
out  their  behests  for  reform  in  the  methods  for  the  election 
of  governors,  and  who  will  have  the  true  interests  of  the 
profession  as  their  motive^  and  will  be  free  to  act  in  accordance 
with  their  own  judgment  on  all  matters  pertaining  to  the 
welfare  of  the  College.  Active  committees  among  the 
French  speaking  members  in  Montreal  and  Quebec  have 
been  formed,  and  are  working  along  similar  lines. 

It  has  been  attempted,  on  several  occasions,  to  change 
the  present  method  of  voting  by  proxy,  and  the  practice  of 
the  whole  body  of  the  profession  voting  for  governors  without 
respect  to  representation  by  districts,  as  it  was  very  generally 
known  that  the  present  Board  had  abused  the  privileges  of 
voting  by  proxy.  But  on  each  occasion  the  motion  received 
only  a  few  votes.  It  is  quite  apparent  that,  unless  members 
can  vote  by  proxy  or  ballot,  only  a  few  can  cast  their  votes, 
as  it  is  not  always  convenient,  nor  would  many  be  sufficiently 
interested  to  leave  their  practice  and  come  many  miles  simply 
to  cast  a  vote.  This,  undoubtedly,  could  be  done  more  readily 
if  the  election  was  confined  to  districts,  a  change  which  the 
present  Board  promises,  and  which  is  the  leading  plank  in  the 
platform  of  the  opposition.  If  the  leaders  of  present  Board 
are  in  earnest  in  regard  to  election  by  district,  this  may  be 
regarded  as  already  an  accomplished  fact,  but  there  will  be 
the  possibility  of  manipulating  the  electorate  even  as  it  is 
now  done  if  the  proxy  system  is  still  retained.  The  present 
Board  does  not  pronounce  itself  on  this  subject,  but  gen- 
erously trusts  to  tae  opinion  of  the  next  general  meeting , 
As  the  proxy  can  only  be  used  for  the  election  of  governors, 


EDITORIAL,  91 

a  full  representation  at  the  meeting  of  those  opposed  to  the 
proxy  system  should  be  present. 

We  think  that  a  system  of  voting  by  ballot  paper  would 
be  less  subject  to  abuse  than  any  other.  Each  district  might 
have  an  electoral  committee  which  would  prepare  a  list  of 
the  members  in  good  standing,  and  it  or  the  Registrar  would 
furnish  each  with  a  ballot  paper  which  could  be  forwarded  by 
post  or  deposited  personally, 

ELECTORAL  COMMITTEE   OF  THE  PROVINCE 
OF  QUEBEC. 

Circular. 
Dear  Doctor, 

A  large  number  of  physicians  have  for  some  time  been 
desirous  of  having  the  elections  to  the  Medical  Board  made 
by  districts,  so  that  each  portion  of  the  Province  should 
choose  for  themselves  their  own  representatives.  The  pres- 
ent Medical  Board,  or  rather  those  who  act  in  their  name,  have 
been  constantly  opposed  to  this  legitimate  demand.  They 
have  rejected  every  motion  presented  to  the  Board  with  this 
object  in  view.  They  were  not  willing  to  allow  the  Quebec 
Legislature  to  amend  the  law  upon  this  subject.  It  would  be 
rash  then  to  give  credence  to  the  promises  which  they 
make  to  accord  us  election  by  districts  .  .  later  .  .  after 
the  elections  !  !  If  such  had  been  their  desire,  they  should  not 
have  omitted  to  insert  in  the  laws  which  they  have  just  had 
passed  at  Quebec  an  article  to  this  effect,  and  they  should  not 
have  opposed  so  strongly  the  amendment  which  asked  for 
election  by  districts,  and  which  one  of  us  had  brought  before 
the  Legislative  Council.  The  financial  administration  of  this 
Medical  Board  is  not  satisfactory,  and  permits  abuses  to  occur 
which  it  is  easy  to  prove  from  reading  the  oflficial  reports. 
It  is  necessary  to  regulate  the  financial  administration  and  the 
keeping  of  the  books  of  the  Board,  and  rectify  the  positions 
respectively  of  treasurer,  registrar  and  secretaries.  If  the 
receipts  and  expenditures  were  properly  controlled  ;  if  the 
salaries  of  officers  had  not  been  increased,  or  uselessly  cre- 
ated; if  the  treasurer  would  see  that  all  physicians  in  the 
Province  paid  their  subscriptions  regularly  each  year,  the  an- 


92 


EDITORIAL. 


nual  contribution  could  easily  be  reduced,  the  running  ex- 
penses be  met  and  the  accumulation  of  arrearages  be  pre- 
vented. This  constitutes  a  real  injustice  to  those  who  pay, 
and  causes  so  much  trouble  to  those  who  from  forgetfulness 
and  from  not  receiving  their  account  do  not  pay  their  annual 
contributions,  placing  them  in  a  position  in  which  it  is  im- 
possible to  obtain  their  rights  before  the  tribunals,  or  to  take 
part  in  the  triennial  elections.  It  is  to  obtain  these  ends  that 
the  signers  of  the  present  circular,  at  the  request  of  a  large 
number  of  physicians,  formed  themselves  into  an  Electoral 
Committee,  and  ask  you  to  give  them  your  support  in  order  to 
elect  a  Board  of  Governors  composed  of  physicians  who  will 
formally  engage  themselves  to  have  the  law  amended,  so  that 
we  shall  have  elections  by  districts  and  to  get  rid  of  the  ex- 
isting abuses. 

The  interests  of  the  profession  will  thus  be  confided  not 
to  governors  elected  for  the  most  part  by  some  holder  of 
proxies,  but  by  governors  which  the  profession  will  choose 
themselves  in  each  district  and  for  each  district  of  the  Pro- 
vince of  Quebec. 


J.  L.  Leprohon,  Montreal. 
Sir  Wm.  Kingston,  Montreal. 
J.  P.  ROTTOT,   Montreal. 
R.  Craik,  Montreal. 

E.  P.  Lachapelle,  Montreal. 

F.  W.  Campbell,  Montreal. 
J.  J.  GUERIN,  Montreal. 

T.  G.  Roddick,  Montreal. 
P.  Pelletier,   Sherbrooke, 
L.  J.  A.  SiROis,  St.  Ferdinand, 
L.  S.  Boulet,  Joliette. 
L.  A.  Demers,  Montreal. 


A.  A.  Faucher,  Montreal. 
L.  J.  V.  Cleroux,   Montreal. 
L.  N.  Delorme,  Montreal. 
J.  A.  Lalonde,  Montreal. 
A.  N.   Rivard,  Joliette. 
J.  A.  S.  Brunelle,  Montreal. 
J.  B.  A.  Lamarche,  Montreal. 
J,  I.  Desroche,  Montreal. 
L.  E.  FORTlER,  Montreal. 
M.  T.  Brennan,  Montreal. 
G.  T.  MuREAU,  Montreal. 
E.  P.  BenoiTj  Secretary. 

P.  O.  Box  2189, 

Montreal. 


February  ist,  1891. 


Montreal,  March  ist,  1898. 


Sir  and  much  honored  Confrere: — 

In  1985  the  members  of  the  present  Medical  Board  were 
elected  on  the  following  programme  : 

I.  To  amend  the  law  concerning  the  illegal  practice  of 
medicine. 


EDITORIAL.  93 


* 


2.  To  obtain  the  necessary  powers  for  creating  a  Council 
of  Discipline  to  regulate  the  differences  which  might  spring 
up  between  physicians. 

3.  To  found  a  provincial  medical  library. 

4.  To  establish  a  free  laboratory  for  clinical  researches. 
The    present  Board  can    flatter  themselves    in  having 

honored    these    engagements. 

I. 

The  medical  law  has  been  amended,  giving  power  to 
arrest  charlatans  or  unlicensed  practitioners  and  bring  them 
before  either  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  the  Police  Court,  or  a 
Magistrate's  Court,  or  the  Circuit  Court. 

It  was  well  known  that  until  now  the  role  of  the  Circuit 
Court — the  only  Court  that  the  law  permitted  us  to  make  a 
complaint  to — was  always  so  occupied  that  it  required  not 
less  than  10  or  15  months  to  obtain  a  judgment.  This  delay 
was  of  a  nature  to  delay  the  best  intentions. 

This  grave  obstacle  does  not  now  exist,  thanks  to  the 
new  legislation,  which  permits  us  to  obtain  justice  promptly* 

II. 

The  Medical  Board  since  last  session  has  been  invested 
with  the  necessary  powers  for  the  formation  of  a  Council  of 
Discipline.  This  Council  will  be  composed  of  five  members 
the  President  of  the  Medical  Board  being  a  member  ex- 
officio  ;  for  the  choice  of  other  members  the  Province  will  be 
divided  into  four  sections,  each  of  which  will  have  a  repre- 
sentative. 

This  Council  will  have  the  right  to  annul  certificates 
given  by  a  physician  to  midwives  unlicensed.  Here  is  a  great 
reform,  calculated  to  render  great  service  to  the  medical  pro- 
fession, and  the  sooner  they  are  put  into  force  the  better. 

III. 

For  over  twenty  years,  at  each  meeting  of  the  General 
Assembly  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  eminent 
voices  have  been  raised  calling  for  a  provincial  medical 
library  similar  to  that  of  the  Bar. 


94  EDITORIAL. 

Thanks  to  the  generosity  and  devotion  of  Mr.  Brouardel, 
Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Paris,  the  College  of  Physicians  has 
the  first  nucleus  of  a  library  formed  of  more  than  eighteen 
hundred  theses  from  Paris.  This  gift  will  be  perpetuated  by 
the  reception  of  six  or  seven  hundred  theses  annually.  These 
works  represent  the  latest  scientific  contributions  ;  they  are 
from  the  great  masters  of  French  medical  science. 

We  are  indebted  to  the  members  of  the  Medical  Board 
for  authorizing  the  Library  Committee  to  procure  copies  of 
the  best  treatises  on  modern  medicine,  in  surgery,  medicine 
and  obstetrics,  and  in  the  specialties. 

The  number  of  volumes  will  soon  be  sufficient  to  permit 
of  free  circulation  throughout  the  province. 

IV. 

As  to  the  Laboratory,  a  French  scientist,  M.  Minier, 
who  has  resided  in  Canada,  will  be  here  shortly  from  Paris, 
with  complete  apparatus  for  a  laboratory  for  physics, 
chemistry  and  clinical  research.  This  commencement,  which 
the  Minister  of  Instruction  of  France,  the  Dean  of  the 
Faculty  of  Medicine  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Science, 
of  Paris,  have  encouraged  by  rich  presentations,  will  be 
at  the  disposal  of  the  licensed  practitioners  of  this  Province. 

It  is  then  with  sentiments  of  obligations  accomplished 
that  the  present  members  of  the  Board  come  again  before 
their  peers,  and  ask  from  them  in  all  confidence  a  continua- 
tion of  the  mandate  which  they  entrusted  to  them  in  1895. 

From  a  purely  administrative  point  of  view  the  Board 
has  performed  its  duties  better  than  the  preceding  term. 

1.  It  has  published  and  distributed  the  proceedings  of 
the  meetings. 

2.  It  has  sent  to  each  physician  a  copy  of  the  Medical 
Register. 

3.  It  has  collected  arrearages  of  the  annual  contribution. 

4.  It  has  had  the  books  audited  each  year. 

5.  It  has  had  given  by  the  Treasurer,  the  Secretaries 
and  the  Registrar,  as  a  guarantee,  a  policy  of  two  thousand 
dollars  each. 


EDITORIAL.  95 

6.  It  has  established  scientific  relations  with  the  Univer- 
sity of  Paris,  which  honors  our  matriculation  examination  by 
an  equivalent  certificate. 

7.  It  has  put  into  practice  a  better  system  concerning 
assessors. 

8.  In  order  to  give  to  our  young  graduates  a  wider  field 
for  professional  work,  the  Medical  Board  has  approved  of 
inter-provincial  registration  of  licenses  between  six  of  the 
provinces  of  Confederation. 

This  regulation  establishes  uniformity  in  the  examina- 
tions for  admission  to  study,  in  the  curriculum  of  studies,  in  the 
control  of  the  examinations  for  Bachelor  and  Doctor,  so  that 
in  the  future  students  who  conform  to  these  rules  have  only 
to  present  their  license  in  order  to  be  able  to  practice  in  the 
following  Provinces :  Prince  Edward  Island,  Nova  Scotia, 
New  Brunswick,  Quebec,  Manitoba  and  British  Columbia. 
To  crown  this  work  of  Canadian  professional  unity,  the  Board 
has  appointed  two  of  its  members  to  confer  with  the  Ontario 
Board  with  a  view  of  its  entering  the  league  of  inter-provincial 
registration.  Negotiations  are  proceeding,  and  they  justify 
us  in  hoping  that  in  a  few  months  from  now  this  anomaly 
will  disappear — that  a  Canadian  physician  can  practice  his 
profession  only  in  a  corner  of  his  country. 

Before  soliciting  your  suffrage,  it  will  be  well  to  submit 
for  your  appreciation  the  programme  proposed  for  the  three 
coming  years. 

I. 

When  the  Medical  Board  were  before  Parliament  to  se^. 
cure  the  approval  of  the  amendments  concerning  the  illegal 
practice  of  medicine  and  the  formation  of  a  Council  of  Disci- 
pline, some  physicians  must  needs  ask  for  the  abrogation  of 
the  clause  permitting  members  of  the  College  to  vote  by 
proxy  at  the  election  for  governors. 

As  the  applicants  did  not  propose  any  remedy  for  the 
very  grave  abuses  which  they  failed  to  disclose,  their  aim 
was  simply  to  disenfranchise  seventy-five  per  cent,  of  the 
physicians  of  the  Province.  Audacious  coup  de  main  work 
of  a  master-schemer. 


96  EDITORIAL. 

We  were  then  before  the  Legislative  Council.  The 
Hons.  J.  J.  Ross  and  Dr.  Marcil  declared  from  their  seats, 
in  the  name  of  the  Medical  Board,  "that  this  body  had  not 
the  authority  to  change  the  method  of  election  without 
having  previously  consulted  the  electorate.  That  it  would  be 
the  duty  of  the  coming  Board  to  change  the  method  of  voting 
in  a  manner  to  meet  the  wish  which  would  be  expressed  by 
the  general  meeting  of  physicians  of  the  Province  in  July, 
1898. 

Observe  then  our  programme  : 

1.  To  change  the  method  of  electing  governors  in  con- 
formity with  what  may  he  decided  upon  by  tJte  majority  of  the 

neict  ge?ieral  meeting  on  July  loth,  1898. 

2.  To  give  to  each  district  the  right  to  elect  its  own  repre- 
sentatives without  tlie  participation  of  members  in  the  other 
districts  of  the  Province. 

II. 
Now  that  the  Medical  Act  concerning  the  illegal  prac- 
tice of  Medicine  is  amended  so  that  we  can  have  recourse 
before  several  tribunals  in  the  country  as  well  as  in  the  city, 
we  believe  that  the  best  means  of  protecting  the  profession 
and  the  public  against  charlatans  is  to  institute  in  each 
district,  represented  by  a  governor,  a  special  agent.  In  this 
manner  each  section  will  protect  itself  in  matters  requiring 
prompt  justice. 

3 .  Decentralization  of  the  agency  for  preventing  the  illegal 
practice  of  Medicine^  by  giving  to  each  district  a  special  agent. 

Until  now  the  assessors  were  chosen  largely  from  among 
the  physicians  of  the  large  cities.  We  believe  that,  in  distri- 
buting this  charge  among  the  different  districts,  the  profes- 
sion will  take  a  more  lively  interest  in  the  questions  of  the 
progress  of  medical  education.  The  responsibility  will  also 
be  divided  among  the  different  sections  of  the  Province. 

4.  To  perfect  the  system  of  assessors  in  giving  to  each 
district  a  representative  named  for  three  years,  charged  to  assist 
at  the  examinations  made  at  the  different  faculties. 

These  are  the  planks  in  the  platform  of  our  programme, 
but  we  shall  be  happy,  if  we  are  elected,  to  put  into  study 
and  practice  all  the  reforms  which  the  General  Assembly 
may  adopt. 


EDITORIAL.  97 

A   GRAVE  PERIL, 

Until  the  last  few  years,  harmony  reigned  among  the 
different  sections  of  the  Medical  Board,  composed  of  thirty- 
two  elected  governors  and  eight  delegates  from  the  Faculties 
of  Medicine.  The  delegates  from  the  Faculties  have  con- 
tented themselves  with  representing  the  interests  of  the  body 
which  nominated  them,  leaving  to  the  elected  members  the 
care  of  questions  which  concerns  the  profession  generally. 

The  majority  of  the  Board  were  always  happy  to  recognize 
the  eminent  qualities  of  the  University  delegates.  They  have 
taken  their  turn  on  the  list  of  the  honours  as  presidents,  vice- 
presidents,  secretaries,  etc.  ;  they  never  had  any  regrets  in 
regard  to  this  arrangement  ;  on  the  contrary,  it  was  quite 
satisfactory.  But  this  happy  state  of  things  threatens  to 
be  overthrown  by  those  who  are  attempting  to  disfranchise 
the  medical  electorate  of  this  province. 

Examine  with  us  the  list  of  subscribers  to  a  certain 
circular,  issued  by  a  certain  electoral  committee,  and  you  will 
find  the  following  names,  a  consideration  of  which  would 
indicate  that  there  is  peril  threatened. 

J.  P.  Rottot,  President  and  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine  of  Laval  of  Montreal. 
E.  P.  Lachapelle,  Prof,  of  Hygiene,  "  "  " 

L.  A^  Demers,  Prof,  of  Medicine  "  "  *' 

J.  A,  S.  Brunelle,  Prof,  of  Surgery  "  "  " 

J.  B.  A.  Lamarche,  Prof,  of  Obstetrics      "  "  " 

A.  A.  Foucher,  Prof,  of  Clinical  Ophthalmology  *'  " 

M.  T.  Brennan,  Assistant  in  Histology  and  Gynaecology     "  " 

L.  N.  Delorme,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  "  " 

G.  T.  Moreau,  Adjunct  Professor  "  " 

Sir  Wm.  H.  Kingston,  Prof,  of  Clinical  Surgery  "  ** 

J.  J.  Guerin,  "  "       Medicine  "  " 

Is  it  not  to  be  feared  that  there  is  here  a  well  concerted 
attempt  to  take  possession  of  the  control  of  professional 
interests  1 

Of  the  four  Faculties  of  Medicine  of  this  Province,  the 
School  of  Medicine  of  Laval  of  Montreal,  at  least  the  greater 
part  of  its  members,  are  desirous  of  supplanting  the  present 
Board,  and  for  what .''  Is  it  because  the  examination  for 
admission  to  study  is  too  severe,  and  from  that  the  crushing 
fact  leaks  out  that  about  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  students  of  this 
school  are  without  matriculation  certificates  } 

Is  it  because  the  present  Board  has  suppressed  the  'six 
months'  annual  vacation } 


98  EDITORIAL. 

Is  it  because  the  present  Boaid  exacts  more  than  an 
eight  months'  course  ? 

Is  it  because  the  present  Board  has  placed  the  medical 
curriculum  as  high  as  the  most  advanced  colleges  ?  Is  it  be- 
cause the  present  system  of  assessors  inconveniences  these 
gentlemen  ? 

These  are  some  of  the  questions  which  we  leave  with 
you  for  reflection  and  answer. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  these  are  the  only  points  of  contact 
of  the  Board  with  the  students.  We  still  refuse  to  believe 
that  these  gentlemen  have  reduced  their  onslaught  to  a 
question  of  personality.  In  any  case,  the  conduct  of  the 
majority  of  the  Professors  of  this  school  is  an  intrusion  upon 
the  ground  of  the  general  profession,  and  we  register  our 
most  energetic  protest  against  this  invasion,  which  nothing 
justifies  unless  it  is  the  ambition,  ote-toi  de  Id  que  je  m'y  mette  ! 
caveant  consules. 

Sir,  and  most  honored  Confrere, — You  ask,  why  do  the 
present  governors  look  for  re-election  ?  Indeed,  we  are  among 
the  first  to  recognize  that  there  are  any  number  of  physi- 
cians capable  of  serving  with  dignity  the  general  interests  of 
the  profession,  and,  therefore,  the  great  public ;  but  we  ask 
you,  is  it  not  prudent  to  confide  to  those  who  have  modified 
so  advantageously  our  medical  law,  the  care  of  putting  these 
reforms  into  full  exercise  ?  Have  they  not  the  special  quality 
to  accomplish  this  task  ? 

Have  they  not  for  this,  study,  observation,  and  experi- 
ence, and  the  unity  of  action  which  guarantees  success  ? 

Do  you  prefer  by  chance  to  have  the  medical  body 
towed  by  an  insignificant  portion,  irresponsible  to  electorate  ? 

Factious  opposition  turns  always  against  those  who 
encourage  it. 

Be  advised  by  us  ;  if,  owing  to  false  representations, 
your  good  faith  has  been  shaken,  regain  your  liberty  of  action 
whilst  there  is  still  time.  If  there  are  any  possibilities  which 
you  foresee  that  would  prevent  you  from  coming  to  Montreal 
on  the  loth  of  July  next  for  the  General  Meeting,  give  your 
proxy  to  a  governor  of  your  district,  or  to  a  regular  physician 
in  whom  you  have  confidence,  in  order  that  he  may  accom- 
plish for  you  the  supreme  duty  of  an  elector. 


EDITORIAL.  99 

You  have  the  right  to  indicate  for  whom  you  wish  to 
vote,  but  do  not  loose  sight  of  the  fact  that  a  proved  and 
faithful  servant  is  worth  more  than  all  the  lobbyists  that 
ambition  will  throw  in  your  path. 

We  h{\ve  the  honour  to  be,  Sir  and  honored  Confrere, 
with  consideration,  yours  very  devotedly. 


DISTRICT    ELECTORAL     COMMITTEE    OF    THE 

MEMBERS  OF  THE  MONTREAL    MEDICO- 

CHIRURGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Circular  to  the  Profession. 
Sir  :  — 

For  some  time  past  many  members  of  our  profession 
have  urged  that  the  elections  to  the  Board  of  Governors  of 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  this  Province 
should  be  made  by  districts,  so  that  each  part  of  the  Pro- 
vince might  choose  its  own  representatives  on  the  Board. 
In  that  case  each  representative  would  be  responsible  to  his 
constituents  in  his  own  district  for  his  acts  and  votes,  and 
such  an  arrangement  would  make  it  practically  impossible  for 
any  one  or  two  men  to  control  the  election  for  the  whole 
Province,  as  is  now  practically  done. 

The  present  governing  body,  or  more  correctly  speaking 
those  who  presume  to  act  for  it,  have  persistently  opposed 
this  reasonable  demand,  and  have  managed  to  defeat  every 
motion  having  that  end  in  view  whfch  has  been  brought  for- 
ward at  the  meetings. 

They  have  also  used  every  effort  to  defeat  any  Legis- 
lative amendments  to  the  Medical  Act  which  would  render 
territorial  representation  possible.  It  would  be  vain,  there- 
fore, to  hope  that  they  will  ever  spontaneously  accord  to  the 
profession  this  right ;  for,  during  the  passage  of  the  recent 
Medical  Legislation  at  Quebec,  they  actively  opposed  and 
managed  to  defeat  an  amendment,  having  this  end  in  view, 
which  had  been  brought  before  the  Legislative  Council  of 
the  Province. 

The  Board  has  not  resisted,  as  it  should  have  done,  the 
numerous  applications  made  by  different  individuals  at  every 
session  of  the  Legislature  to  obtain  an  irregular  entrance  into 
the  profession  ;  and  it  is  hard  to  believe  that  all  the  reports 


100  EDITORIAL. 

which  are  '  current  of  licenses  obtained  by  these  undesirable 
methods  are  piJrely  mythical. 

The  financial  administration  of  the  Council  is  not  satis- 
factory, and  lends  itself  to  abuses  which  are  so  noticeable  in 
the  official  reports.  Reforms  in  the  manner  of  keeping  and 
collecting  the  accounts  are  urgently  needed,  and  the  duties 
of  the  Treasurer,  Registrar  and  Secretaries  should  be  clearly 
defined  and  enforced.  If  the  salaries  of  the  officials  were  not 
augmented,  and  new  ones  needlessly  created  ;  and  if  the 
Treasurer  collected  yearly  the  dues  of  all  the  medical  men  in 
the  Province,  it  would  be  easy  to  lessen  the  amount  of  the 
annual  assessment. 

The  present  system  of  allowing  arrears  of  dues  to  accu- 
mulate is  not  only  a  serious  injustice  to  those  who  pay,  but 
it  is  also  a  source  of  annoyance  to  those  who  desire  to  pay, 
but  to  whom  no  notice  of  the  amount  due  has  been  sent;  as 
the  latter  are  thereby  debarred  from  voting  at  the  triennial 
election  of  governors,  and  their  legal  rights  before  the  courts 
are  endangered. 

To  remedy  these,  and  other  abuses  in  the  present  state 

of  things,  the  undersigned,  at  the  request  of  a  large  number 

of  the  profession,  have  been  chosen  as  an  Electoral  Committee- 

This  Committee    begs  you,  at  the  coming  election,  to  aid  it 

in  electing  as  governors  only  men  who  can  be  depended  upon 

to  work  for  the  reforms  indicated  in  this  circular,  so  that  the 

affairs  of  the  College  may  be  managed  in  a  straightforward, 

business-like  way  ;  and  that  a  sincere  effort  may  be  made  to 

give  to  the  profession  proper  representation  and  protection 

from  illegal  competition  ;  in  short,  to  make  to  the  Members 

of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  this  Province 

adequate  return  for  the  dues  collected  from  them. 

D.  C.  MacCallum,  M.D.  A.  D,  Blackader.  M.D. 

R.  Craik,  M.D.  F.  BuLLER,  M.D. 

Wm.  H.  Kingston,  M.D,  Geo.  Wilkins,  M.D. 

F.  W,  Campbell,  M.D.  H.   A.  Lafleur,  M.D. 

G.  P.  GiRDWooD,  M.D.  A.  A.  Browne,  M.D. 
T,  G.  Roddick,  M.D.  F.  R.  England,   M.D. 
James  Perrigo,  M.D.  James  Bell,  M.D. 
James  Stewart,  M.D.  A.  Proudfoot,  M.D. 
F.  J.  Shepherd,  M.D.  Geo.  Armstrong,  M  D. 
A.  C.  MacDonnell,   M.D.  Lapthorn  Smith,  M.D. 
Wm.  Gardner,  M.D.  T.  J.  Gardner,  M.D. 
D.  F.  GuRD.  M.D.  Wyatt  Johnston,  M.D. 


J.  A.  MacDonald,  M.D. 


J.  M.  ELDER,   M.D., 
Secretary. 


Book   Reviews. 


Orthopedic  Surgery. — By  James  E.  Moore,  M.D,,  Prof,  of 
Orthopedic  and  Clinical  Surgery,  College  of  Medicine,  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota,  etc.  Philadelphia,  \V.  B.  Saunders,  1898. 
Canadian  agents,  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto,  Ont. 
This  is  a  work  of  354  pages,  containing  177  illustrations,  all 
well  selected,  and  many  (jf  them  excellent  photographs.  The  type 
and  binding  are  of  the  best,  and  the  paper  is  above  the  average. 

The  author  has  wisely  chosen  descriptions  of  what  is  most 
modern  and  useful,  and  has  eliminated  tedious  details  of  what  "  has 
been."  It  is  eminently  the  work  of  a  close  observer  and  not  of  a 
theorist,  and  as  such  commends  itself  to  the  student  and  busy  prac- 
titioner alike.  While  this  branch  of  surgery,  in  which  actual  oper- 
ation is  so  often  replaced  by  mechanical  apparatus,  demands  such 
careful  adjustment  and  prolonged  attention  that  the  patience  and 
resources  of  the  surgeon  are  taxed  to  the  utmost,  it  is  indeed  con- 
venient to  have  at  hand  so  practical  a  work  for  ready  reference. 

The  ready  ingenuity  of  the  Americans  have  brought  them  well 
to  the  front  in  this  branch  of  surgery,  and  to  those  of  a  mechanical 
turn  of  mind  it  is  a  pleasure  to  observe  the  way  in  which  diseased 
bodies  are  strengthened  by  cleverly  arranged  supports. 

A  Clinical  Text-Book  of  Surgical  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment.  By  J.  D.  Macdonald,  M.D.,  Professor  Surgery 
and  Clinical  Surgery,  Hamline  University,  Minneapolis,  etc. 
Cloth  $5.00  ;  Yz  mor.  $6,00  net.  W.  B.  Saunders,  I'hiladel- 
phia,  1898.  Canadian  agents,  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto, 
Ont. 

What  a  good  work  on  physical  diagnosis  is  to  Medicine,  this 
work  is  to  Surgery,  plus  a  most  concise  description  of  modern  sur- 
gical treatment.  It  is  well  illustrated,  containing  328  illustrations, 
many  of  them  original  photographs.  The  treatment  of  the  various 
headings  is  especially  adapted  for  students  and  busy  practitioners, 
who  have  not  the  time  to  wade  through  a  long  history  of  the  gra- 
dual development  of  each  succeeding  theory  with  its  accompanying 
statistics  and  criticisms,  but  who  desire  the  ipost  recent  knowledge 
in  a  compact  form. 

The  various  points  concerning  similar  affections  arranged 
under  the  heading  "  diagnosis  "  are  of  great  value,  and  give  light  to 
many  a  confused  observer.  Although  the  articles  are  terse,  yet 
the  exhaustive  range  of  the  work  produces  a  volume  of  781  pages. 
As  an  up-to-date  work  it  touches  on  that  fourth  state  of  matter, 
i.e.,  radiant  matter  as  utilized  in  the  form  of  X-rays  for  surgical 
diagnosis. 

Students  and  practition.°rs  will  find  in  this  a  volume  of  real 
practical  value,  and  should  not  fail  to  secure  it. 


102  BOOK    REVIEWS, 

The  Care  and  Feeding  of  Children.— A  Catechism  for  the 
use  of  mothers   and  children's  nurses.     By    L.  Emmett  Holt, 
M.D.,  Professor  of  Diseases  of  Children  in  the  New  York  Po- 
lyclinic ;  Attending  Physician  to  the  Babies'  Hospital  and  the 
Nursery  and  Child's  Hospital,  New  York.     Second  Edition, 
revised  and  enlarged.     D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  New  York. 
A  lot  of  new  matter  has  been  added  to  this  edition,  which  con- 
tains over  a   hundred   pages.     The   information   is  invaluable   for 
mothers  and  those  in  charge  of  children.     It  is   arranged  in  the 
form  of  questions  and  answers,  and  covers  numerous  points  in  re- 
gard to   the  care  and  feeding  of  children.     On    such    subjects  as 
bathing,  clothing,  weight,  growth  and  development,  dentition,  nurs- 
ing, weaning,  mother's  milk,  preparation  of  cow's  milk,  how  to  feed, 
various  food  formulas,  bowels,   sleep,  exercise,  lifting    babies  and 
children,  various  minor  accidents,  colic,  earache,  croup  and  conta- 
gious diseases,  bad  habits,  etc.     These  and  other  subjects  are  dis- 
cussed  and  clear  explanations  and  advice  given,  which,   coming 
from  so  eminent  an  author,  conveys  information  from  the  best  au- 
thority on  many  points  which  are  of  paramount   importance  in 
regard  to  the  welfare  of  the  little  ones.     Physicians  would  promote 
their  comfort  by  recommending  this  little  work  freely. 

Saunders'    American    Year-Book  of  Medicine   and 
Surgery. — A  Yearly  Digest  of  Scientific  Progress  and  Au- 
thoritative Opinion  in  all  branches  of  Medicine  and  Surgery, 
drawn  from  journals,  monograms  and  text-books,  of  the  leading 
American   and  foreign    authors  and  investigators.     Collected 
and  arranged  by  e:::inent  American  specialists  and  teachers, 
under  the  editorial  charge  of  George  M.  Gould,  M.D.     In  one 
imperial  octavo  volume  of  about   1200  pages,  uniform  in  size 
with  the  "American  Text-Book  "  series.     Profusely  illustrated. 
Prices:    cloth,  $7.50  net;  half  morocco,    $8.50  net.     W.  B. 
Saunders,  publisher,  925  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia.     Canadian 
agents,  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto,  Ont. 
"The  design  of  this  work  is  to  give  in  a  compact  form  an  epi- 
tome of  the  new  and  progressive  medical  truths  or  suggestions  pub- 
lished during  the  preceding  year.     A  work  that  places  before  the 
physician  in  convenient  form  an  epitomization  of  this  literature  by 
persons  competent  to  pronounce  upon  the  value  of  a  discovery  or 
of  a  method  of  treatment  cannot  but  command  his  highest  appreci- 
ation.    It  is  this  critical  and  judicial  function  that  will  be  assumed 
by  the  Editorial  staff  of  "  Saunders'  American  Year-Book  of  Medi- 
cine and  Surgery,"  in  reviewing  not  only  recent  monograms  and  the 
contributions  to  Amefican  journals,  but  also  the  methods  and  dis- 
coveries reported  in  the  leading  medical  journals  of  Europe." 

The  publishers  thus  announce  the  third  issue  of  the  Year- 
Book. 

The  matter  has  been  collected  and  arranged  with  critical  edit- 
orial comments  by  the  following  : 

S.  M.  Abbott,  M.D. ;  J.  J.  Abel,  M.D. ;  J.  M.  Baldy,  M.D.  ; 
Chas.  H.  Burnett,  M.D.;  Archibald  Church,  M.D. ;  J.  Chalmers 
DaCosta,  M.D. ;  \V.  A.  Newman  Dorland,  M.D.  ;  Louis  A.  Duhr- 
ing,    M.D. ;  Virgil  P.  Gibney,   M.D.;  Homer  W.  Gibney,  M.D. ; 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  103 

Henry  A.  Griffin,  M.D. ;  John  Guit^ras,  M.D.;  C.  A.  Haraann, 
M.D.;  Howard  F.  Hansell,  M.D. ;  Barfon  Cook  Hirst,  M.D. ;  E. 
Fletcher  Ingalls,  M.D. ;  Wm.  W.  Keen,  M.D. ;  Henry  G.  Ohls, 
M.D. ;  Hugh  T.  Patrick,  M.D. ;  Wyatt  Johnston,  M.D.  ;  WiUiam 
Pepper,  M.D. ;  Wendell  Reber,  M.D. ;  David  Riesman,  M.D.  ;  Ls. 
Starr,  M.D. ;  Alfred  Stengel,  M.D. ;  G.  N.  Stewart,  M.D. ;  J.  R- 
Tallinghast,  jr.,  M.D. ;  Thompson  S.  Westcott,  M.D. 

We  understand  that  the  success  of  Saunders'  Year-Book  has 
been  beyond  expectation,  and  that  there  is  this  year  an  unprece- 
dented demand  for  it.  The  size  of  the  volume  rera?iins  the  same, 
and  it  is  intended  not  to  enlarge  it,  as  in  its  present  condition  it  is 
sufficiently  elaborate  for  the  needs  of  the  profession.  Works  of 
this  kind,  which  are  more  comprehensive,  are  undoubtedly  popular 
with  teachers  and  specialists,  and  useful  to  those  engaged  m  med- 
ical literary  work. 

The  bulk  of  the  profession  do  not  desire  any  but  a  concise  epi* 
tome  of  the  progress  made  in  the  different  departments  of  Medicine 
and  Surgery,  and  this  want  is  admirably  met  by  the  present  work. 

Each  department  opens  with  a  general  summary  of  the  year's 
work,  indicating  the  various  lines  in  which  progress  has  been  made. 
Throughout  the  department  critical  notes  are  made  by  the  compi- 
ler which  are  of  the  greatest  value,  and  one  recognizes  the  work  of 
an  authoritative  leader  throughout  the  section,  choosing  that  which 
is  of  value  and  eschewing  the  doubtful,  or  referring  to  similar 
work  in  the  previous  year.  One  can  then  in  a  short  time  become 
informed  in  regard  to  the  progress  made  throughout  the  world,  and 
receive  information  culled  from  scores  of  writers  and  hundreds  of 
journals. 

A  work  of  this  kind  is  indispensable  to  the  busy  physician, who 
can,  by  looking  it  through,  keep  fully  abreast  in  all  the  departments 
of  Medicine.  This  Year-Book  gives  evidence  of  careful  and 
thorough  work  on  the  part  of  Dr.  Gould  and  his  staff  of  collabora- 
tors. It  is  well  illustrated  throughout  with  cuts,  photographs  and 
colored  plates,  and  contains  an  immense  amount  ot  useful  inform- 
ation. 

Outlines  of  Rural  Hygiene.  For  Physicians,  Students  and 
Sanitarians.  By  Harvey  B.  Bashore,  M.D.,  Inspector  for  the 
State  Board  of  Health  of  Pennsylvania.  With  an  Appendix 
on  The  Normal  Distribution  of  Chlorine  by  Prof.  Herbert  E. 
Smith  of  Yale  University.  Illustrated  with  twenty  (20) 
engravings.  5^  x  8  inches.  Pages  vi-84.  Extra  Cloth,  75 
cents  net.  The  F.  A.  Davis  Co.,  Publishers,  1914-16  Cherry 
St.,  Philadelphia;  117  W.  Forty-Second  St.,  New  York  City  ; 
9  Lakeside  Building,  218-220  S.  Clark  St.,  Chicago,  III. 
Much  of  the  benefit  to  be  obtained  from  residence  in  the 
country  may  be  neutralized  by  unsanitary  conditions  in  and  about 
the  dwelling  houses. 

This  little  volume  of  78  pages  contains  much  that  is  useful  in 
the  way  of  advice  as  to  how  to  prevent  the  spread  of  illness 
through  the  contamination  of  drinking  water,  and  how  to  secure 
a  pure  water  supply  from  wells,  rivers,  lakes  and  springs. 

The  disposal  of  waste  is  fully  considered,  such  as  excreta, 


104  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

slop  waters  and  garbage.  There  is  a  chapter  also  on  the  soil, 
referring  to  surface  soil,  ground  moisture,  ground  water  and  ground 
air. 

In  regard  to  dwellings,  advice  is  given  as  to  the  site,  drainage, 
ventilating,  heating,  etc.  Other  points  considered  are  the  disposal 
of  the  dead  and  the  normal  distributions  of  chlorine.  The  free 
circulation  of  the  little  work  throughout  the  country  would  prevent 
much  suffering  and  illness. 

Diseases  of  the  Eye.  New  (5  th)  and  Revised  Edition.  By 
Edward  Nettleship,  F.R.C.S.,  Ophthalmic  Surgeon  at  St. 
Thomas'  Hospital,  London  ;  Surgeon  to  the  Royal  London 
(Moorfields)  Ophthalmic  Hospital.  Revised  and  Edited  by 
W.  T.  Holmes  Spicer,  M.A.,  M.B.,  F.R.C.S.,  Ophthalmic 
Surgeon  to  the  Metropolitan  Hospital  and  to  the  Victoria 
Hospital  for  Children.  Fifth  American  from  the  sixth  EngHsh 
edition.  With  a  supplement  on  Color  Blindness  by  William 
Thomson,  M.D.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Ophthalmology  in  the 
Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.  Handsome  i2mo. 
of  521  pages,  with  2  colored  plates  and  16 r  engravings. 
Cloth,  $2.25.  Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  Publishers,  Philadelphia 
and  New  York,  1897. 
There  is  hardly  any  necessity  to  express  an  opinion  about  this 

so  widely  known   and  thoroughly  good  work  on   the  eye  of  Mr. 

Nettleship's. 

The  American  edition  is  in  some  ways  an  improvement  on  the 

English,  especially  worthy  of  notice   being  the  additional  chapter 

on  Colour  Vision  written  by  Dr.  Thompson. 

As  a  text-book  for  both  the  busy  practitioner  and  the  medical 

student,  this  work  cannot  be  too  strongly  recommended. 

The  contents  are  the  result  of  the  long  experience  and  sound 

judgment   of  the   author,   who   is    "facile   principe"   among    the 

Ophthalmic  Surgeons  of  the  day. 

Messrs.  Lea  Bros.  &  Co.  have  brought  out  the  book  in  the 

usual  good  style  which  characterizes  their  house. 

King's  Manual  of  Obstetrics— New  (7th)  Edition.  By 
A.  F.  A.  King,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of 
Women  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Columbian  Uni- 
versity, Washington,  D.C.,  and  in  the  University  of  Vermont, 
etc.  In  one  i2mo.  volume  of  573  pages, with  223  illustrations. 
Cloth,  $2.50.  Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  Publishers,  Philadelphia 
and  New  York. 

That  a  new  edition  of  this  work  has  been  called  for  is  a  proof, 
if  any  were  needed,  that  it  is  a  work  that  is  appreciated  by  the 
medical  profession,  and  particularly  by  students.  Its  most  marked 
characteristic  is  that  it  gives  full  details  of  all  that  is  needful  with- 
out being  verbose.  The  advances  all  along  the  line  of  the  obste- 
trical art  are  noted,  and  much  new  matter  is  added.  Some  of  it, 
especially  the  chapter  on  septicaemia,  is  entirely  new.  We  can 
heartily  recommend  this  work  as  being  both  thoroughly  practical 
and  up  to  date. 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  105 

The  Treatment  of  Disease  by  Electric  Currents.— A 

Handbook  of  plain  instructions  for  the  general  practitioner.   By 
S.  H.  Moneli,  M.D.,  founder  and  chief  instructor  of  the  Brook- 
lyn Post  Graduate  School  of  Clinical  Electro-therapeutics  and 
Roentgen  Photography ;  Fellow  of  the  New  York  Academy  of 
Medicine;  Member  of  the  New  York  County  Medical  Society, 
and  New  York  Electrical  Society;  Editor  of  the  Electro-thera- 
peutic Department  of  the  Medical  Thnes and  Register ,  author 
of  Manual  of  Static  Electricity  in  X  Ray  and  therapeutic  uses. 
Dr.  Moneli,  the  author  of  this  work,  is,  it  is  very  evident,  an 
inveterate  worker  and  prolific  writer.     It  is  only  a  few  months  ago 
that  it  was  our  privilege  to  receive  his  large  work  on  Static  Electri- 
city in  X  ray  and  therapeutic  uses.     The  volume  before  us  contains 
eleven  hundred  pages,  printed  in  open  large  type.     There  are  sev- 
enty chapters,  including  all  that  one  needs   to  know  in   regard  to 
Electro-therapeutics.     In  the  preface  the  author  states  that  his  aim 
has  been  to  make  the  treatise  a   plain   handbook  of  instruction  in 
the  medical  uses  of  electricity,  avoiding  electrotechnics,  and  adopts 
a  simplified  nosology.     He  stat2s  : 

"  I  have  attempted  to  clear  aw'ay  many  of  the  perplexities  of 
the  subject.  The  central  facts  of  electro-physics  and  physiology 
are  condensed  into  a  few  chapters,  while  the  major  portion  of  this 
treatise  deals  with  therapeutics  alone.  I  have  aimed  to  make  every 
chapter  as  instructive  as  a  clinic.  As  the  name  of  a  disease  does 
not  always  signify  the  pathological  state  or  stage  of  a  progressive 
lesion,  I  have  described  the  electrical  treatment  for  a  variety  of  dif- 
ferent clinical  conditions  in  important  diseases,  so  that  the  physi- 
cian can  turn  to  these  pages  for  practical  help  in  the  treatment  of 
his  own  cases.  The  reader  will  find  explicit  indications  for  the  se- 
lection of  current,  choice  of  poles,  application  of  electrodes,  regu- 
lation of  dose,  and  duration  and  frequency  of  treatment,  throughout 
the  therapeutic  range  of  galvanic,  faradic  and  static  currents." 

One  cannot  in  a  brief  review  more  than  hint  at  the  scope  of 
the  work,  so  numerous  are  the  points  discussed.  The  author  at- 
tempts to  separate  from  the  vast  amount  that  is  written  on  the  sub- 
ject, much  of  which  only  tends  to  discourage  and  confuse  the 
student,  that  which  is  essential  and  which  his  experience  and  that 
of  other  capable  observers  has  shown  to  be  of  practical  importance. 
Few  practitioners  have  had  the  advantage  of  a  proper  training  in 
the  use  of  electricity  at  College,  and  have  to  gain  this  information 
in  Post  Graduate  Courses,  but  this  work  enters  into  the  elementary 
points  necessary  to  success  in  such  a  manner  that  one  can  instruct 
himself  fully  from  its  directions. 

Chapter  third  is  interesting  from  this  point  of  view.  There 
will  be  found  a  definition  of  all  the  important  technical  terms  used, 
and  the  discussion  of  such  subjects  as  tolerance,  electrodes,  how  to- 
test  the  polarity  of  each  current,  therapeutic  polarity,  practical  oper- 
ative methods.  The  essentials  of  galvanic  electrophysics  includes 
reference  to  cells,  elements  and  switchboards,  exciting  fluids,  mil- 
liameters,  rheostate,  etc. 

The  physiological  and  therapeutic  action  of  galvanic  currents 
upon  and  within  living  tissues  is  then  described,  followed  by  a 
description  of  cautery  apparatus.    The  essentials  of  Faradic  electro- 


Io6  BOOK  REVIEWS. 

therapeutics  is  similarly  treated,  as  is  also  static  electro-physics.  The 
description  of  the  special  effects  that  can  be  produced  by  static 
methods  is  very  interesting,  and  evidences  the  powerful  and  varied 
effects  that  may  be  derived  from  this  subtile  force.  Interesting 
chapters  follow  on  indications  and  contra-indications  and  electro 
diagnosis  for  the  general  practitioner. 

Over  three-fourths  of  the  book  is  taken  up  with  electro-therapeu- 
tics. First,  some  three  hundred  pages  are  devoted  to  gynaecologi- 
cal and  pelvic  therapeutics.  This  is  the  department  in  which  the 
most  progress  has  been  made  and  the  best  results  obtained.  The 
indications  for  the  use  of  the  various  currents  of  electricity  and  the 
results  that  can  be  obtained  have  now  reached  such  a  condition  of 
exactness  that  we  must  now  regard  this  means  of  treatment  as  hav- 
ing wider  application  than  any  other. 

These  pages  suggest  a  brief  work  on  gynaecology,  so  general 
does  this  remedy  seem  applicable.  The  treatment  of  genito-urinary 
and  rectal  disease  is  fully  considered,  and  the  good  results  which 
may  be  secured  in  many  of  the  morbid  conditions  scientifically  de- 
monstrated. 

Chapter  37  describes  the  therapeutic  results  to  be  obtained 
from  the  electric  light,  the  X  rays,  sinusoidal  current,  cataphoresis, 
metallic  electrolysis,  thermo-electric  currents,  electric  water  bath 
and  douche,  etc. 

The  remainder  of  the  book  takes  up  the  details  of  treatment  of 
gastric  disorders,  pain,  headaches,  neurasthenia,  insomnia,  neural- 
gia, rheumatism,  paralysis  and  various  nervous  affections,  pulmonary, 
cardiac  and  renal  disorders  and  diseases  of  the  eye,  ear,  nose,  and 
throat,  skin  diseases  and  various  miscellaneous  affections.  When 
one  sees  how  much  can  be  written  on  a  single  therapeutic  agent 
like  electricity,  it  excites  wonder  to  know  why  it  is  not  more  gener- 
ally used  hy  practitioners  generally.  But  reading  a  work  of  this 
kind  forces  the  conclusion  that  a  perfect  knowledge  of  the  subject 
and  experience  in  the  administration  of  electricity,  as  well  as  suit- 
able apparatus,  are  required  in  order  to  obtain  any  measure  of  satis- 
factory results.  But  this  does  not  generally  exist,  hence  the  general 
skepticism  in  regard  to  its  utility.  A  feature  of  this  book  we  do  not 
like  is  the  constant  repetition  of  the  same  diagrams,  sometimes  oc- 
curring on  the  two  pages  of  a  sheet.  These  add  unnecessarily  to  the 
volume  of  its  already  formidable  dimensions,  and  would  be  much 
better  left  out  or  replaced  by  others  that  would  aid  in  making  clear 
points  in  the  application  of  this  remedy.  Readers  of  this  work, 
however,  may  become  versed  in  all  the  technical  uses  of  this  potent 
remedy,  and  cannot  fail  to  catch  the  enthusiasm  which  characterises 
this  author's  work. 

A  System  of  Practical  Medicine  by  American 
Authors.  Edited  by  Alfred  Lee  Loomis,  M.D.,  Late  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology  and  Practical  Medicine  in  the  New  York 
University,  and  William  Oilman  Thompson,  M.D.,  Professor 
of  Medicine  in  the  New  York  University.  To  be  completed 
in  four  imperial  octavo  volumes,  containing  from  900  to  looo 
pages  each,  fully  illustrated  in  colors  and  in  black.  Volume 
ILL — Diseases  of  the  AHmentary  Canal,  Peritoneum,  Liver  and 
Oall  Bladder,  Spleen,  Pancreas  and  Thyroid  Gland,  Chronic 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  I07 

Metal  Poisoning,  Alcoholism,  Morphinism,  Infectious  Dis- 
eases Common  to  Man  and  Animals,  Miscellaneous  Subjects. 
For  sa'e  by  subscription.  Per  volume.  Cloth,  $5.00  ;  Leather, 
$6.00;  Half  Morocco,  $7.00.  Lea  Brothers  «Sc  Co.,  publishers, 
Philadelphia  and  New  York,  1  898. 

In  this  volume  the  following  subjects  are  considered  :  Diseases 
of  the  Mouth  and  Throat  by  Dr.  Richard  C.  Cabot  ;  of  the  OEeso- 
phagus,  by  Alma  Jones,  M.D. ;  Stomach,  by  C.  G.  Stockton,  M.  D., 
and  Allen  A.  Jones,  M.I).  ;  Intestines,  by  Wm.  Johnston,  M.D. 
and  H.  M.  Lyman,  M.D. ;  Appendicitis,  by  M.  F.  McNutt,  M.D.; 
Parasites,  by  Dr.  Geo.  Dock;  Food  Poisoning,  by  Dr.  Victor  C. 
Vaughan  ;  Peritoneum,  by  H.  A.  Hare,  M.D.  ;  Liver,  by  Dr.  J. 
E.  Graham  ;  Spleen  and  Purpura,  by  Geo.  Roe  Lockwood,  M.D.  ; 
Pancreas,  by  Charles  J.  Stockton,  M.D. ;  Thyroid  Gland,  by  Frank 
P.  Kinnicutt,  M.D. ;  Cretinism  and  Myxoedema,  by  M.  Allan  Starr, 
M.D.;  Chronic  Metal  Poisoning,  by  F.  J.  Findley,  M.  D.  ;  Alco- 
holism and  Morphinism  and  Beri  Beri,  by  Dr.  James  Stewart;  In- 
fectious diseases  Common  to  Man  and  Animals,  by  James  Law, 
F.R.C.V.S.  ;  Hsemophilia  Felaria  Sanguinis  Homnis,  by  Walter  B, 
James,  M.D. ;  Diabetes  Glycosuria,  by  Warren  Coleman,  M.D.  ; 
Insolation,  by  Alex.  Lambert,  M.D.  From  this  list,  one  ascer- 
tains that  in  every  instance  thoroughly  qualified  men  have  had 
the  preparation  of  the  articles.  One  is  struck  with  the  practical 
style  of  writing  which  characterizes  most  of  the  articles.  From 
the  vast  amount  of  literature  to  be  worked  over,  whether  as  books 
or  journals,  the  net  result  is  here  to  be  found  representing  in  ar- 
ticles not  too  extended  a  clear  statement  of  our  present  know- 
ledge. 

This  is  well  exemplified  in  the  article  on  Appendicitis,  where 
etiology,  pathology  and  symptoms  are  given  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
make  exceedingly  interesting  and  instructive  reading. 

An  interesting  section  is  that  on  food  poisoning  (Bromatotoxis- 
mus),  by  Dr.  Victor  Vaughan.  He  discusses  chiefly  food  infected 
with  harmful  micro-organisms,  such  as  meat  poisoning  (Kreatox- 
ismus)  ;  here  the  dangers  of  tuberculous  anthrax  and  even  ordinary 
bacterial  affections,  such  as  diarrhoea,  in  an  animal  at  the  time  of 
slaughtering  are  pointed  out.  Sausage  poisoning  (Botulismus)  is 
shown  to  be  due  to  harmful  saprophytic  micro-rganisms.  Other 
subjects  discussed  are  milk  poisoning  (Galactotoxismus),  fish 
poisoning  (Ichthyotoxismus),  cheese  poisoning  (Tyrotoxismus), 
ergotismus,  lathyrismus  and  maidismus. 

Several  of  the  articles  it  will  be  seen  are  written  by  Canadians, 
That  on  Disease  of  the  Liver,  by  Dr.  Graham,  gives  evidence  of  con- 
siderable labour,  and  he  has  in  the  hundred  pages  devoted  to  the 
subject  given  us  a  comprehensive  view  of  our  present  status  in  re- 
gard to  this  interesting  class  of  affections.  Dr.  Starr's  article  on" 
Cretinism  and  Myxoedema  is  very  fully  illustrated  with  cases  show- 
ing the  appearan  ces^before  and  after  treatment  with  thyroid  extract. 
The  article  on  Insolation  by  Dr.  Lambert  is  very  complete;  plates 
showing  the  characteristic  lesions  in  the  brain  of  acute  parenchy- 
matous degenerat  icn  of  the  grnglion  cells  are  given  from  Van  Gie- 
son,  who  first  de  signated  them.  The  pathology  of  this  affection 
makes  interesting    reading,  and  piobably  nowhere  else  than   in  this 


I08  PUBLISHERS    DEPARTMENT. 

article  could  the  literature  of  the  subject  be   found  so  fully  repre- 
sented. 

This    volume  is  quite   worthy  of  the   literary   and   scientific 
standard  aimed  at  for  this  system^by  its  promoters. 


PUBIvISHKRS  DKPARXMENT. 


LITERARY  NOTES. 


A  beautifully  illustiated  account  of  a  winter  trip  to  the  Sahara  Desert, 
by  Prof.  Angtlo  Heilprin,  is  announced  for  the  March  numher  of  ^/>pietons' 
}  opular  Science  Monthly.  Profesfor  Heilprin's  attractive  style  and  reputation 
as  a  careful  scientific  obferver  promise  an  instructive  and  entertaining  story. 

Under  the  title  An  Apostate  Democracy,  Appletotts'  Popular  Science 
Monthly  for  March  will  publish  a  i.harp  criticism  of  the  degeneration  in  American 
methods  of  Government,  by  Franklin  Smith,  who  has  during  the  past  two  years 
achieved  an  enviable  place  among  wi  iters  on  modern  economics  by  his  arraign- 
ment of  some  of  the  most  glaring  of  our  political  and  educational  abuses. 

The  Pioneer  Scientific  Society  of  the  West,  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  St.  Louis,  is  desciibed  by  Prof.  Frederick  Starr,  of  the  University 
of  Chicago,  in  an  illustrated  article  in  Appletons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for 


March. 


G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons  announce  that  they  expect  to  begin  in  the  near  future 
the  publication  of  a  series  of  volumes  prepared  by  Moses  Coit  Tyler,  Professor  of 
History  in  Cornell  University,  which  will  be  issued  under  the  following  subject 
title  : 

"  A  Century  of  American  Statesmen:  A  Biographical  Survey  of  American 
"  Politics  from  the  Inauguration  of  Jefferson  to  the  Close  of  the  Nineteenth 
"Century." 

Volume  I. — ^Jefferson,  Hamilton,  Burr,  John  Randolph,  Josiah  Quincy, 
Madison,  Munroe,  Gallatin,  Marshall,  John  Quincy  Adams. 

Volume  II. — Andrew  Jackson,  Calhoun,  Webster,  Clay,  Van  Buren,  Polk, 
Zachary  Taylor,  Cass,  Benton,  Franklin,  Pierce. 

Volume  III. — Giddings,  Seward,  Chase,  Sumner,  Jefferson  Davis,  A.  H. 
Stevens,  Douglas,  Buchanan,  Lincoln, 

Volume  IV. — Grant,  Andrew  Johnson,  Conkling,  Blain,  B.  F.  Butler,  Carl 
Schurz,  Garfield,  Sherman,  Cleveland,  Harrison,  McKinley. 

As  will  be  inferred  from  the  title,  the  work,  which  is  to  be  in  several  volumes, 
is  based  on  the  idea  of  presenting  a  rapid  survey  of  the  great  events  of  American 
history  during  the  century  now  drawing  to  a  close  by  presenting  in  vivid  outline 
the  lives  and  characteristics  of  the  ch:ef  statesmen  who.  whether  for  good  or  for 
ill,  have  influerced  American  political  life  since  the  4th  of  March,  l8or.  To 
each  statesman  included  in  the  plan  will  be  devoted  a  single  chapter,  wherein  the 
scale  and  method  of  the  portrait  will  be  somewhat  like  that  of  the  same  author's 
work  in  his  little  book  called  "  Three  Men  of  Letters," 

Professor  Tyler  has  also  in  preparation  a  volume  which  will  present  the 
literary  History  of  the  American  Republic  during  the  first  Half-Century  of  their 
Independence — 1783-1833.  This  work  will  form  a  continuation  of  the  volume 
previously  published  on  the  literature  of  the  Colonial  and  the  Revolutionary 
periods. 


W.  B.  Saunders,  publisher,  925  Walnut  street,  Philadelphia,  sends  us  an 
advance  bulletin  of  new  books  to  be  publislied  early  in  1898. 

Mr.  Saunders  is  pleased  to  announce  that  arrangements  have  been  com- 
pleted for  the  publication  of  an  tnglish  edition  of  the  world-famous    Lehmann 


PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT.  I09 

medicinische  Handatlanten.  For  scientific  accuracy,  pictorial  beauty,  compact- 
ness and  cheapness  these  books  surpass  any  similar  volumes  ever  published. 
Each  volume  contains  from  50  to  100  colored  plates,  besides  numerous  other 
illustrations  in  the  text.  These  colored  plates  have  been  executed  by  the  most 
skilful  Geiman  lithographers,  in  some  cases  twenty  or  more  impressions  being 
required  to  obtam  the  desired  result.  There  is  a  full  and  appropriate  description 
of  each  plate  (printed,  for  convenience,  opposite  the  plate),  together  with  a  con- 
densed outline  of  the  subject  to  which  the  book  is  devoted.  The  same  careful 
and  competent  editorial  supervision  will  be  secured  in  the  English  edition  as  in 
the  originals.  The  translations  will  be  directed  aud  edited  by  the  leading  Ameri- 
can specialists  ia  the  diffeient  subjects,  and  the  price  will  be  heretofore  un- 
approached  in  cheapness. 

The  following  volumes  are  in  active  preparation  and  will  be  issued  at  an  early 
date  : 

Atlas  of  Internal  Medicine  and  Clinical  Diagnosis. — ByDr.  Chas. 
Jakob,  of  hrlangen.  Edited  by  Augustus  A.  Eshner,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clini- 
cal Medicine  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  ;  Attending  Physician  to  the  Phila- 
delphia Hospital.     68  colored  plates,  and  64  illustrations  in  the  text. 

Atlas  of  Legal  Medicine. — By  Dr.  E.  R.  von  Hofmann,  of  Vienna. 
Edited  by  Frederick  Peterson,  M.  D. ,  Clinical  Professor  of  Mental  Diseases, 
Woman's  Medical  College,  New  York;  Chief  of  Clinic,  Nervous  Dept.,  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York.  With  I20  colored  figures  on  56  plates, 
and  193  beautiful  half-tone  illustrations. 

Atlas  of  Operative  Surgery. — By  Dr.  O.  Zuckerkandl,  of  Vienna. 
Edited  by  J.  Chalmers  DaCosta,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery,  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  Philadelphia;  Surgeon  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital.  With 
24  colored  plates,  and  217  illustrations  in  the  text. 

Atlas  of  Laryngology. — ByDr.  L.  Grunwald,  of  Munich.  With  107 
colored  figures  on  44  plates ;  25  black  and  white  illustrations. 

Atlas  of  External  Diseases  of  the  Eye. — By  Dr.  O.  Haab,  of  Zuiich. 
Edited  by  G.  E.  de  Schweinitz,  M.  D.,  Piofessor  of  Ophthalmology,  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  Philadelphia.     With  100  colored  illustrations. 

Atlas  of  Venereal  Diseases. — By  Dr.  Karl  Kopp,  of  Munich.  Edited 
by  L.  Bolton  Bangs,  M.  D.,  late  Professor  of  Genito  Urinary  and  Venereal 
Diseases,  New  Yorii  Post  Graduate  Medical  School  and  Hospital.  With  63 
colored  illustrations. 

Atlas  of  Skin  Diseases. — By  Dr.  Karl  Kopp,  of  Munich.  With  90 
colored  and  17  black  and  white  illustrations. 

The  American  Text  Book  of  Genito-Urinary  and  Skin  Diseases 
will  be  placed  on  the  market  about  the  latter  part  of  next  month.  This  will  be 
one  of  the  best  books  in  the  American  Text  Book  .Series,  as  it  contains  a  very 
large  number  of  beautiful  and  well-executed  illustrations  which  have  been 
specially  made  for  this  work.  Doctors  Bangs  and  Hardaway  have  associated 
with  them  a  large  number  of  the  most  prominent  men  in  their  specialties  in  this 
country. 

Val  Valzah  and  Nisbet's  Diseases  of  the  Stomach,  we  expect  to  be 
able  to  send  out  next  month,  as  well  as  copies  of  Keen's  Surgical  Complica- 
tions and  Sequels  of  Typhoid  Fever,  and  Dr.  Chapin's  Compendium 
of  Insanity. 

IN  PREPARATION  FOR  EARLY  PUBLICATION. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and 
Throat. — hdited  by  G.  E.  de  Schweinitz,  M.D.,  Piofessor  of  Ophthalmology 
in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia;  and  B.  Alexander  Randall, 
M.D.,  professor  of  the  diseases  of  the  Ear  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and 
in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Pathology.— Edited  by  John  Guit^ras, 
M.D.,  Pit>fessor  of  General  Pathology  and  of  Morbid  Anatomy  in  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania  ;  and  David  Riesman,  M.D.,  Demonstrator  of  Pathological 
Histology  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.. 


no  PUBLISHERS  departm{:nt. 

An  American  Text-Book  ok  Legal  Medicine  and  Toxicology.— 
Edited  by  Frederick  Peterson,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Mental  Diseases  in 
The  Woman's  Medical  College,  New  York  ;  Chief  of  Clinic,  Nervous  Depart- 
ment, College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York  ;  and  Walter  S.  Haynes, 
M.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Pharmacy  and  Toxicology  in  Rush  Medical 
College,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Stengel's  Pathology,  A  Manual  of  Pathology. — By  Alfred  Sten" 
gel,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Medicine,  University  of  Pennsylvania  ;  Physician 
to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital ;  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Woman's  Medical 
College  ;  Physician  to  the  Children's  Hospital  ;  late  Pathologist  to  the  German 
Hospital,  Philadelphia,    etc. 

Church  and  Peterson's  Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases. — Ner- 
vous and  Mental  Diseases.  By  Archibald  Church,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Mental 
Diseases  and  Medical  Jurisprudence  in  the  Northwestern  University  Medical 
School,  Chicago;  Frederick  Peterson,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Mental 
Diseases  in  the  Woman's  Medical  College,  New  Yoik  ;  Chief  of  Clinic,  Nervous 
Department,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York. 

Heisler's  Embryology — A  Text-Book  of  Embryology. — By  John  C- 
Heisler,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy  in  the  Medico-Chirurgical  College,  •  hila- 
delphia. 

Kyle  on  the  Nose  and  Throat. — Diseases  of  the  Nose  and 
Throat.— By  D.  Braden  Kyle,  M.D.,  Chief  Laryngologist  to  St.  Agnes'  Hos- 
pital ;  Bacteriologist  to  the  Orthopedic  Hospital  and  Infirmary  for  Nervous 
Diseases;  Instructor  in  Clinical  Microscopy  and  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Pa- 
thology, Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

Hirst's  Obstetrics — A  Text-Book  of  Obstetrics. — By  Barton  Cooke 
Hirst,  M.D  ,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

West's  Nursing. — An  American  Text-Book  of  Nursing.— By 
American  Teachers.  Edited  by  Roberta  M.  West,  late  Superintendent  of 
Nurses  in  the  Hospital  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

A  WINTER  REMEDY. 

That  Codeine  had  an  especial  effect  in  cases  of  nervous  coughs,  and  that 
it  was  capable  of  controlling  excessive  coughing  in  various  lung  and  throat 
affections,  was  noted  before  its  true  physiological  action  was  understood.  Later 
it  was  clear  that  its  power  as  a  nervous  calmative  was  due,  as  Bartholow  says, 
to  its  special  action  on  the  pneumogastric  nerve.  Codeine  stands  apart  from  the 
rest  of  its  group,  in  that  it  does  not  arrest  secretion  in  the  respiratory  and 
intestinal  tract. 

The  coal-tar  products  w^ere  found  to  have  great  power  as  analgesics  and 
antipyretics  long  before  experiments  in  the  therapeutical  laboratory  had  been 
conducted  to  show  their  exact  action.  As  a  result  of  this  laboratory  work  we 
knowr  now  that  some  products  of  the  coal  tar  series  are  safe,  while  others  are 
very  dangerous.  Antikamnia  has  stood  the  test  both  in  the  laboratory  and  in 
actual  practice  ;  and  is  now  generally  accepted  as  the  safest  and  surest  of  the  coal- 
tar  products.  Five  grain  "  Antikamnia  and  Codeine  Tablets,"  each  contain- 
ing 4|^  grains  Antikamnia,  X  grain  Sulph.  Codeine,  afford  a  very  desirable 
mode  of  exhibiting  these  two  valuable  drugs.  The  proportions  are  those  most 
frequently  indicated  in  the  various  neuroses  of  the  throat,  as  well  as  the  coughs 
incident  to  lung  affections. 

SANMETTO  IN  INCONTINENCE   OF  URINE. 

I  used  Sanmetto  in  a  case  of  a  lady  forty  years  of  age,  who  could  not  retain 
her  urine  more  than  one  hour  for  years.  She  had  been  under  treatment  before, 
without  any  remarkable  result.  I  put  her  on  teaspoonful  doses  of  Sanmetto  four 
times  daily,  and  her  improvement  was  very  marked,  and  she  is  now  practically 
cured.  I  desire  to  keep  Sanmetto  on  hand,  as  there  is  nothing  better  to  fill  its 
place  in  such  cases. 

Milwaukee,  Wis.  Fred.  A.  Goedecke,  M.D. 


PUBLISHERS    DEPARTMENT.  II  J 

SANMETTO  A  STANDARD  REMEDY  IN  GENITO-URINARY 
DISEASES. 

I  have  prescribed  Sanmetto  in  a  large  number  of  cases  of  genito-uiinary  trou- 
bles during;  the  last  four  years,  and  with  uniformly  good  success.  In  prostatic 
troubles  of  old  men,  with  difficult  micturition,  it  acts  like  a  charm.  In  cases  of 
irritable  bladder  with  incontinence  of  urine,  I  have  never  met  with  any  remedy 
that  acts  so  well.  I  prescribe  it  frequently,  and  shall  continue  to  do  so,  as  I 
look  upon  it  as  a  standard  remedy. 

Alma,  Mich.  J.  F.  Suydam,  M.D. 

THE  LIVING  AGE. 

The  Living  Age  needs  but  to  be  read  to  be  appreciated.  Elevating,  enter- 
taining and  instructive,  it  embraces  every  department  of  literature,  including 
some  of  the  best  fiction  of  the  day  and  poetry,  and  contains  something  for  every 
variety  of  taste. 

The  following  partial  contents  of  its  February  issue  is  suggestive  of  its 
wide  scope  and  great  value.  It  is  indeed  invaluable  to  one  who  has  neither  time 
nor  opportunity  for  scanning  all  the  magazines,  but  who  is  desirous  of  keeping 
abreast  of  the  literary  current. 

"  The  Degradation  of  Dreyfus,"  from  the  French  of  Adolph  Brisson,  in  Les 
Annates ;  "A  Session  of  The  Reichstag,"  from  the  German  of  Richard  Nord- 
hausen,  in  Ueber  Land  umi  Meer ;  "The  Coming  of  the  Slav,"  by  Geo. 
Washburn,  D.D.,  in  Contemporary  Review;  "Lewis  Carroll"  from  the 
Spectator  ;  "  The  Higher  Education  of  Women  in  Russia,"  by  Princess  Kropot- 
kin  ;  ««  A  Walk  thro'  Deserted  London,"  by  Sir  Algernon  West ;  "  A  Simple 
Story,"  from  the  Polish  of  M'me  Marguerite  Poradowzka  ;  "  A  Lady's  Life  on 
a  Ranch,"  by  Moira  O'Neill ;  "  Pilgrims  and  Emigrants,"  from  the  French  of 
Emile  Bertaux  ;  '•  A  Woman  Learned  and  Wise,"  by  Alexander  H.  Japp  ; 
•'  Burns,"  by  Charles  Whibley — and  many  others,  with  fiction,  including  an 
instalment  in  each  number  of  "  With  all  Her  Heart,"  a  delightful  serial,  trans- 
lated for  The  Living  Age  from  the  French  of  Rene  Bazin,  and  several  short 
stories,  and  poetry. 

The  Living  Age  is  published  weekly  at  $6.00  a  year  by  the  The  Living  Age 
Co.,  Boston.  Send  15  cents  for  a  sample  copy  and  special  offer  to  new  sub- 
scribers. 

HERE  IS  SUCCESS  FOR  YOU. 

"  Inside  figures  "  are  always  interesting,  and  the  following  are  certainly 
some  striking  ones  about  The  Ladies''  LLome  Journal.  During  1897,  8,183,113 
copies  of  this  magazine  were  printed  and  so  thoroughly  sold  that  the  Iat:er-year 
issues  are  entirely  out  of  print.  It  consumes  3,434,362  pounds  of  paper  in  a 
year,  and  absorbs  30,902  pounds  of  ink.  It  runs  28  presses.  The  advertising 
columns  contained  $498,325  worth  of  advertising  during  the  last  year.  The 
editors  received  9290  manuscripts  and  less  than  one  per  cent,  were  accepted. 
The  magazine  employs  22  staff  editors.  24,648  letters  have  been  received  and 
answered  in  the  year  by  the  editors  of  the  conespondence  columns.  The 
Jownat  ha.s  over  15,000  active  working  agents  on  the  road  getting  subscriptions. 
It  has  educated  442  girls  free  of  charge  under  its  free  educational  plan.  In  a 
single  day  it  has  received  as  high  as  18,000  subscriptions,  300,000  copies  of 
the  Journal  are  sold  each  month  on  the  news  stands  alone — 425,000  people 
subscribe  for  it  by  the  year. 

SPEECHES  AND  SPEECH  MAKING. 
By  Judge  J.  W.  Donovan. 

This  book  upon  its  appearance  obtained  an  immediate  and  wide-spread 
popularity.  And  that  is  natural,  for  it  is  of  practical  interest  and  value  to  every 
man  who  has  or  hopes  for  any  prominence  in  his  community.  It  contains  nearly 
300  pages,  giving  practical  hints  and  helps  both  as  to  preparing  and  delivering 
speeches ;  examples  of  speeches  for  the  many  different  occasions  on  which  we  are 


112  PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT. 

all  apt  to  be  called  upon  for  speeches,  when  we  have  not  time  to  prepare  and 
must  depend  upon  the  preparation  of  times  past.  This  book  will  aid  one  to  pre- 
pare for  such  occasions.  The  sooner  a  man  begins  to  prepare  the  better,  for  he 
cannot  become  a  good  public  speaker  at  a  hound,  but  public  speakers  are  made  as 
well  as  born. — Handsomely  bound  in  Cloih,  $1.50  delivered. 

MODEL  BANQUET  SPEECHES. 

By  Famous  Banquet  Speakers. 

Here  we  offer  you  the  finest  collection  of  after-dinner  speeches  ever  gathered 
together  in  one  book,  for  they  are  not  a  collection  of  the  utterances  of  one  man, 
but  are  the  best  efforts  of  many  men  famous  at  the  banquet  board,  such  as  Thomas 
A.  Hendricks,  Senator  Vilas,  James  G.Jenkins,  Geo.  W.  Wakefield,  Thomas  F. 
Bayard,  Gen.  J.  C.  Black,  Rev.  Wm.  E.  Park,  Dr.  Hirsch,  John  B.  Green, 
Henry  Woolman,  Joseph  C.  Hendrix,  Judge  Grosscup,  Senator  Foraker, 
Chauncey  M.  Depew,  and  many  others  •' of  infinite  jest,  of  most  excellent  fancy 
and  flashes  of  merriment  that  were  wont  to  set  the  tables  on  a  roar."  Thj 
speeches  here  given  cover  an  infinite  variety  of  subjects  and  occasions — bar  ban- 
quets, business  men's  banquets,  political  banquets,  occasional  celebrations,  and 
all  kinds  and  conditions  of  society  gatherings.  The  after-dinner  speaker,  or  one 
who  would  be  such,  wants  this  book. —  Handsomely  bound  in  Cloth,  $1.50 
delivered. 

NEURECTOxMY  FOR  TIC  DOULEUREUX. 

Bernays'  "Report  of  a  Surgical  Clinic, "  complimentary  to  the  Members  of 
the  Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Association,  contains  the  following,  in  reference 
to  his  patient's  condition  and  treatment  before  neurectomy  for  ticdouleureux 
was  decided  upon  :  - 

"  Case  V. — The  patient,  aet.  50,  white,  female.  Family  history  :  Has  one 
sister  who  suffered  from  emotional  insanity  ;  otherwise  the  family  history  is 
good.  Previous  health  'Excellent.  The  present  trouble  ,  began  with  a  severe 
neuralgic  toothache,  localized  in  the  right  lower  molars.  Paroxysms  of  pain 
Vv-ere  of  daily  occurrence,  and  most  severe  in  the  mornings  about  breakfast  time. 
The  pain  subsided  temporarily  whenever  the  teeth  were  pressed  firmly  together 
or  upon  any  substance  held  between  them,  but  only  to  return  when  the  pressure 
was  withdrawn.  The  presence  of  anything  cold  in  the  mouth  immediately  pro- 
duced the  most  exquisite  pain  ;  moderate  heat  produced  a  soothing  effect. 
After  two  months  the  pain  became  continuous,  and  four  molars  were  extracted 
without  in  any  way  relieving  it.  On  the  contrary,  the  pain  increased  in  severity 
until  October  when  it  ceased  entirely  for  a  period  of  two  weeks,  and  then  returned 
as  severely  as  before.  Another  tooth  was  sacrificed,  but  without  relief;  the 
pain  became  contmuous  until  last  June,  when  it  again  subsided  for  a  period  of  six 
weeks.  A  recurrence  then  took  place  together  with  an  involvement  of  the  parts 
supplied  by  the  second  branch  of  the  fifth  nerve.  Pain  has  been  constant  until 
the  operation.  She  had  strenuously  avoided  the  use  of  narcotics,  but  daring  the 
more  active  periods  of  pain  antikamnia  in  ten  grain  doses  was  found  to  be  an 
efficacious  obtunder."  After  describing  the  neurectomy,  Prof.  Bernays  says; 
"  Eight  weeks  have  now  elapsed  since  the  operation  and  no  recurrence  of  the 
trouble  has  taken  place." 


CANADA 


MEDICAL  RECORD 


MARCH.    1898. 


Original  Communications. 

ARTIFICIAL   ANUS  CLOSED  FIVE  MONTHS 

AFTER  COLOSTOMY  — REt>ORT  OF  THE 

CASE. 

By  PRANK  E.  ENGLAND,  M.D., 
Surgeon  to  the  Western  General  Hospital. 

E.  I.,  a  bright  and  healthy  looking  lad,  aged  fifteen 
years,  was  admitted  into  the  Surgical  Ward  of  the  Western 
Hospital  on  February  3,  1898,  He  comes  with  an  artificial 
anus  which  he  wishes,  if  possible,  to  have  closed,  and  the 
normal  relations  of  the  bowel  restored. 

Family  history  is  negative. 

Personal  History. — Patient  never  suffered  from  any 
illness  of  importance  until  the  beginning  of  September,  1897, 
when  he  complained  of  headache  and  feeling  out  of  sorts.  On 
the  22nd  day  of  September  he  was  seized  with  severe  pain 
in  the  left  lumbar  region,  radiating  over  the  abdomen.  A 
physician  was  called  in,  who  prescribed  poultices  and  a  dose 
of  castor  oil.  The  same  evening  he  was  taken  to  one  of  the 
city  hospitals,  where  an  operation  for  appendicitis  was  per- 
formed soon  after  admission.  The  usual  lateral  incision  was 
made.  On  opening  the  abdomen  the  caecum  and  appendix 
vermiformis  were  found  to  be  normal.  The  incision  was 
closed,  and  on  further  examination  a  tumor  of  considerable 
size  was  discovered  blocking  the  rectum,  and  situated  about 
four  inches  from  the  anus.  The  mass  was  considered  as 
probably  tubercular.     A  left   iliac   colostomy  was  then  per- 


1 14  ENGLAND  :   ARTIFICIAL  ANUS. 

formed.  The  symptoms  were  relieved  by  the  operation,  and 
the  patient  was  discharged  from  the  hospital  November  ist. 
Since  the  operation  the  bowels  have  acted  two  or  three  times 
a  day  by  the  artificial  anus,  the  stools  being  well  formed  and 
normal  in  character. 

February  10. — The  patient  was  examined  under  an 
anaesthetic,  no  tumor  could  be  made  out,  and  water  injected 
into  the  rectum,  under  a  slight  pressure,  flowed  out  at  the 
artificial  opening. 

February  12. — A  heavy  soft  rubber  tube,  one  inch  in 
diameter  and  five  inches  in  length,  secured  in  the  middle 
with  a  strong  silk  ligature,  was  introduced  into  the  lumen  of 
the  bowel  through  the  artificial  anus,  and  held  securely 
beneath  the  parietes  by  tying  the  tube  to  a  pad  of  gauze 
placed  over  and  closing  the  artificial  anus.  The  patient  was 
put  to  bed,  and  the  tube  allowed  to  remain  in  the  bowel  till 
the  following  day,  with  the  effect  that  two  large  but  rather 
soft  evacuations  were  passed  per  rectum,  showing  that  the 
lower  bowel  was  pervious. 

February  13. — Patient  complained  of  some  pain,  and 
there  was  considerable  swelling  of  the  mucosa,  due  to  the 
irritation  of  the  tube.  The  tube  was  removed  with  but  little 
difficulty,  and  the  intestine  irrigated  with  boracic  acid 
solution. 

February  19. — Having  decided  to  close  the  artificial 
anus,  the  patient  w^as  anaesthetized,  and  Drs.  Rollo  Campbell 
and  George  Fisk  kindly  assisted  me  at  the  operation.  An 
incision  was  made  around  the  fistula  at  the  junction  of  the 
mucous  and  cutaneous  surfaces.  The  walls  of  the  bowel 
having  been  slightly  freed,  and,  before  opening  the  periton- 
eal cavity,  a  continuous  Glovers'  suture  of  iron  dyed  silk 
was  introduced  to  close  the  fistula  and  thus  protect  the  peri- 
toneum against  contamination.  The  bowel  was  then  freed 
from  the  parieteS;  the  abdominal  incision  enlarged,  and  the 
peritoneal  cavity  opened.  It  was  found  that  the  omentum 
was  adherent  to  the  abdominal  wall  and  to  the  intestines,  and 
that  the  descending  colon  had  been  opened  when  the  colos- 
tomy was  performed.  With  the  hand  in  the  abdominal 
cavity  no  tumor  or  thickening  could  be  discovered  in  the 
sigmoid  or  rectum,    so   it    was    decided   to  close  the    fistula. 


ENGLAND:   ARTIFICIAL   ANUS.  II 5 

Any  lymph  or  thickening  on  the  bowel  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the  fistula  was  dissected  off.  It  was  then  found  that  the 
calibre  of  the  gut  was  only  slightly  narrowed,  and  this  was 
apparently  caused  by  the  suture  introduced  longitudinally 
at  the  beginning  of  the  operation  to  close  the  opening  in  the 
bowel.  This  suture  was  therefore  cut  and  removed,  and  the 
opening  into  the  bowel  re-sutured  transversely  (instead  of 
longtitudinally)  as  is  recommended  in  the  operation  of  pyloro- 
plasty, and  first  practiced  by  Heineke,  of  Erlangen.  A 
second  continuous  Lembert  suture  was  introduced,  and  for 
further  security  against  leakage  a  piece  of  omentum  was 
brought  like  a  cuff  around  the  bowel  and  sutured  on  either 
side  to  the  mesentery. 

Lastly,  the  old  cicatricial  tissue  in  the  abdominal  wall 
was  cut  away  and  the  wound  closed. 

February  20. —Temperature  98,  pulse  100.  Patient 
passed  a  fair  night  and  suffered  very  little  pain.  Flatus 
passed  per  rectum. 

February  21. — Patient  feeling  well,  and  asking  for 
food.     Pulse  and  temperature  normal. 

February  23. — Patient  feeling  well  and  hungry.  No 
distention.  Flatus  passing.  Six  tablet  triturates  Hydrarg. 
Subchlor.  gr,  i-io  were  ordered,  one  to  be  taken  every  hour, 
to  be  followed  by  a  saline. 

February  24. — Patient  feeling  perfectly  well.  Has 
had  two  large  natural  stools.  From  this  time  on  his  recovery 
was  rapid  and  complete,  his  bowels  moving  twice  daily 
without  medicine.  The  stitches  were  removed  on  March  4, 
(thirteen  days  after  the  operation).  Ihe  abdominal  wound 
healed  by  primary  union.  Two  days  later  the  patient  was 
up  and  about  the  ward  and  in  excellent  health. 

On  March  13  the  patient  complained  of  feeling 
poorly.  He  suffered  from  a  sore  throat  and  vomited  a  num- 
ber of  times.  Temperature  102 ^"F.,  pulse  120.  The  fol- 
lowing day  a  characteristic  scarlatina-form  rash  made  its 
appearance,  and  he  was  sent  to  the  Civic  Hospital,  where  he 
is  now  convalescing:. 


Il6  MCCONNELL:   ANEURISM. 

ANEURISM  OF  THE  ASCENDING  PORTION  OF 
THE  AORTA.—Report  of  Case. 

By  J.  BRADFORD   McCONNELL,  M.D. 

Asbociate   Professor  of    Medicine   and  Neurology  University  of   Bishop's    College, 
Physician  Western  Hospital. 

Mrs.  H.,  aged  32 years;  occupation, housewife.  Admitted 
to  the  Western  Hospital,  January  15,  1898.  Notes  taken 
January  17th,  recorded  by  A.  D.  Irvine,  M.D.,  Senior  House 
Physician. 

Complaints. — Shortness  of  breath,  pain  between  shoulder 
blades  and  in  both  arms,  especially  the  right.  Swelling  in 
right  breast. 

Previous  History. — Born  in  Derbyshire,  Eng.  Was 
never  seriously  ill  until  she  came  to  Canada.  Has  worked  very 
hard  since  her  arrival  in  this  country  seven  years  ago.  No 
specific  history  to  be  obtained. 

Present  Illness. —  Began  about  two  years  ago,  by  an 
attack  of  rheumatism,  which  confined  her  to  bed  for  about  one 
month.  She  had  almost  recovered  from  that  when  she 
received  a  fright,  and  putting  her  hand  to  her  chest  felt  a  pul- 
sating tumour  on  right  side,  after  which  she  was  very  short  of 
breath,  and  her  physician  advised  her  entrance  into  the 
hospital.  In  June,  '96,  patient  entered  hospital ;  the  dyspnoea 
was  found  to  be  due  to  an  aneurism  of  the  aorta.  She  was 
treated  by  rest  in  bed,  dry  diet  and  pot.  lod.  for  seven  weeks, 
and  improved  considerably,  but  she  had  to  remain  in  bed  for 
nine  months  after  leaving  the  hospital. 

For  the  last  seven  months  patient  has  been  doing  her 
household  work,  but  has  been  troubled  off  and  on  with  dysp  - 
noeaand  pain  in  right  chest;  also  has  had  pain  in  her  arms 
and  between  the  shoulder  blades  for  the  last  seven  months. 
Has  been  coughing  for  three  months. 

Present  Condition. — Rather  well  nourished,  intelligent 
woman.  Has  to  assume  an  upright  position  in  bed  on 
account  of  dyspnoea  ;  can  recline  a  little,  but  it  causes  a  feel- 
ing of  pressure  in  the  right  chest,  which  produces  dyspnoea  and 
causes  her  to  cough.  Cannot  sleep  on  account  of  impossi- 
bility to  assume  a  position  favorable  to  sleep.  Temperature 
normal. 


McCONxNJELL:    ANEURISM.  11/ 

Vascular  System. — Pulse  visible  in  all  superficial  arter- 
ies. Rapid,  but  free  and  strong.  No  arterio  sclerosis.  Right 
external  jugular  vein   somewhat  enlarged. 

On  inspection  of  the  chest  a  large  pulsatitig  tumor  about 
four  inches  in  diameter  is  seen  just  to  the  right  of  the  sternum 
over  the  2nd,  3rd  and  4th  ribs.  This  tumor  is  tender  to 
touch,  and  any  pressure  on  it  causes  a  smothering  sensation. 
No  difference  could  be  made  out  in  the  radial  pulsations  and 
they  were  synchronous.  Pulsations  cannot  be  made  out  in 
the  femorals. 

An  oval  pulsating  projection  is  seen  on  the  right  side 
of  the  chest  between  the  ist  space  and  4th  rib,  extending 
about  four  inches  to  the  right  of  the  sternum.  On  palpation 
the  mass  gave  evidence  of  great  tenderness  on  the  slightest 
pressure,  and  an  expansile  tumor  is  readily  made  out, 
reaching  to  the  spine,  and  having  caused  erosion  of  a  portion 
of  the  ribs  and  cartilages.  The  apex  of  the  heart  is  felt  in  the 
6th  space  in  the  nipple  line.  Dullness  on  percussion  corres- 
ponds to  the  outline  of  the  tumor  as  made  out  by  palpation. 

An  systolic  murmur  is  present,  heard  over  the  tumor 
and  along  the  course  of  the  aorta.  The  second  sound  is 
accentuated,  and  at  the  left  side  of  the  ensiform  cartilage  a 
diastolic  murmur  can  be  heard. 

Tracheal  tugging  is  readily  made  out.  There  is  some 
dullness  over  the  left  lung  at  the  apex  behind,  the  respiratory 
sounds  are  less  intense  than  on  right  side,  and  tubular  breath- 
ing is  present  throughout  the  upper  half  of  left  lung.  In  the 
right  lung  breathing  is  vesicular,  but  increased  in  intensity. 

The  pupils  are  normal  and  equal.  There  are  no  abnormal 
unilateral  skin  manifestations.  There  is  frequent  cough,  and 
the  difificulty  in  breathing  is  apparently  due  to  pressure  on 
the  bronchi,  especially  the  left,  and  infringement  on  the 
space  of  the  right  lung. 

Genito-urinary  system. — Menstruation  regular.  No 
children,  but  has  had  three  miscarriages.  Urine  sp.  gr.  1034, 
otherwise  normal. 

The  patient  had  frequent  dyspnoea  attacks,  which  were  re- 
lieved by  hypodermics  of  morphia,  gr.  y^  and  strychnia,  gr.  -^. 
Towards  the  end  the  patient  passed  urine  involuntarily. 

Between  the  17th  and  the  22nd,  while  she  was  in  the 


Il8  MCCONNELL  :  ANEURISM. 

hospital,  the  pulse  ranged  between  90  and  no,  and  the 
respiration  between  25  and  35  per  minute.  The  tempera- 
ture from  97°  to  98f  °. 

The  patient  died  suddenly  on  the  22nd. 

Pathological  Report,  by  Dr.  J.  A.  Macphail. 

The  throat  was  opened,  and  all  the  contents  removed, 
together  with  the  tongue  and  trachea.  The  relation  of  the 
parts  was  confused  till  a  careful  dissection  was  made.  An 
aneurismal  tumor  was  found  extending  from  its  site  upon 
the  ascending  arch  of  the  aorta  to  the  right  chest  wall,  and 
having  eroded  the  ribs  it  appeared  beneath  the  mammary- 
glands  externally. 

I. The  site  of  the  aneurism  was  upon  the  ascending 
arch,  commencing  just  above  the  aortic  valves,  and  reaching 
nearly  to  the  origin  of  the  innominate  artery.  The  tumor 
itself  measured  six  inches  in  diameter. 

2.  The  opening  in  the  chest  wall  was  nearly  circular,  and 
measured  three  inches  in  diameter.  The  ribs  involved  were  the 
third  and  fourth,  a  part  of  the  second  and  fourth. 

3.  The  tumor  rose  above  the  chest  walls  as  a  gently 
rounded  mass  to  the  height  of  an  inch,  its  centre  being  below 
the  middle  of  the  mammary  gland. 

4.  Adhesions  to  the  edge  of  the  bony  opening  were 
complete  and   firm,  and  the  lungs  were  adhered  in  places. 

5.  The  mammary  gland  and  the  subcutaneous  tissues  of 
the  chest  were  much  infiltrated  with  the  transuded  fluid. 

6.  The  sac  was  thin  but  ruptured  in  no  place,  and  was 
filled  for  the  most  part  with  dark  clot,  which  in  no  place  was 
well  organized.  The  remainder  of  the  cavity  contained  fluid 
blood. 

7.  The  aortic  valves  were  not  excessively  damaged,  though 
there  were  a  few  vegetations,  and  the  cusps  thickened  and 
curled  at  the  edges.  The  mitral  valves  were  thick  and  the 
muscles  powerful.  The  heart  was  hypertrophied  though  not 
to  a  high  degree.     The  aorta  was  markedly  atheromatous. 

8.  The  orifice  of  the  innominate  artery  was  dragged  into 
the  form  of  a  slit,  the  left  carotid  and  subclavian  arteries  were 
much  less  deformed. 

9.  The  bend  of  the  recurrent  laryngeal  nerve  was  dis- 
placed downward  at  least  two  inches. 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment   of  diabetes.     119 

Before  coming  to  the  hospital  the  patient  had  been 
treated  for  months  withiod.  potassium.  In  regard  to  etiology, 
while  there  was  no  evidence  of  a  general  arterio-sclerosis, 
the  post  mortem  examinations  showed  the  presence  of 
atheroma  in  the  arch,  and  the  dilatation  doubtless  began  in 
the  early  stage  of  the  process,  induced  by  the  patienj:'s  arduous 
work.  This  alone,  with  a  predisposition  to  incompetent 
vessels,  may  suffice  to  account  for  her  condition,  but  the  mis- 
carriages suggest  a  specific  taint  as  an  etiological  factor, 
although  her  condition  and  history  gave  no  direct  evidence 
of  its  presence.  Yet  her  age  would  suggest  the  probability 
of  some  such  special  cause  leading  to  the  early  change  in 
the  central  arterial  system.  Death  was  due  to  cardiac  ex- 
haustion. 


Selected  Articles. 


POINTS  CONNECTED  WITH  THE  PATHOLOGY 
AND  TREATMENT  OF  DIABETES/^^ 

By  F.  W.  PAVY,  M.D.,  Lond.,  LL.D..  P.R.S. 

Consulting  Physician  to  Guy's  Hospital. 

Mr.  Presfdent,  Colleagues  and  Gentlemen — I  appear 
before  you  to-day  to  draw  your  attention  to  points  connect- 
ed with  the  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes.  They  con- 
stitute the  outcome  of  the  study  which  formed  the  basis  of  the 
Croonian  Lectures  delivered  by  me  in  1894  and  of  the  study  I 
have  since  conducted.  Disease  is  a  deviation  from  health,  and 
for  its  proper  comprehension  we  require  to  have  a  knowledge  of 
the  conditions  belonging  to  health.  It  is  just  this  in  the  case  of 
diabetes  that  it  has  been  difficult  to  obtain,  and  the  complaint  has 
stood  as  one  of  the  most  inscrutable  of  diseases.  The  question 
first  presented  for  solution  is.  How  does  carbohydrate  normally 
become  disposed  of  in  the  system?  Next  follows  the  question, 
What  is  it  that  gives  rise  to  its  unnatural  escape  with  the  urine  ? 

Briefly  stated,  diabetes  may  be  said  to  consist  of  a  malappli- 
cation  of  the  carbohydrate  principles  of  food.  Common  observa- 
tion teaches  us  that  when  the  various  forms  of  carbohydrate  matter 
are  taken  by  a  healthy  person  with  the  food,  they  become  lost 
sight  of  and  contribute  to  the  benefit  of  the  system.  The  system 
has  the  power  of  placing  them  in  a  position  to  be  susceptible  of 
utilization,  and  they  thus  disappear  from  view  with  resultant  good. 
In  the  case  of  the  diabetic,  however,  the  carbohydrate  matter  that 


*  Supplementary  Croonian    Lecture   delivered  before  the    Royal   College 
of  Physicians  of  London  on  November  13,  1897. 


120   pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes. 

is  ingested  fails  to  undergo  proper  application,  and  passes,  instead, 
as  sugar  through  the  system  to  the  urine,  with  which  it  is  dis- 
charged as  waste  material.  This  is  the  plain  statement  of  fact  regard- 
ing the  difference  between  health  and  diabetes,  and  what  is  wanted 
is  a  right  understanding  of  the  details  concerned. 

It  has  been  hitherto  assumed,  without  any  positive  evidence 
as  a  basis,  that  the  carbohydrates  undergo  oxidation  in  a  direct 
manner  in  the  system.  Liebig  placed  them  in  his  group  of  calo- 
rifacient  food-principles.  In  his  time  physiology  and  chemistry 
were  not  sufficiently  advanced  to  permit  of  carbohydrate  matter 
being  followed  after  being  taken  as  food  so  as  to  obtain  informa- 
tion of  the  phenomena  occurring.  The  first  step  in  this  direction 
was  the  renowned  work  of  Bernard.  Bernard,  accepting  the  view 
that  the  carbohydrates  are  destined  for  the  purpose  of  oxidation 
within  the  system,  enunciated  the  doctrine  that  the  liver  is  endowed 
with  a  glycogenic  function  which  provides  a  supply  of  sugar  to 
be  conveyed  to  the  tissues  for  oxidation  when  carbohydrate  matter 
is  lacking  in  the  food.  I  need  not  give  attention  here  to  the  faulty 
groundwork  upon  which  the  glycogenic  doctrine  was  raised. 
This  matter  has  in  times  past  been  amply  dealt  with.  Notwith- 
standing, however,  that  it  is  recognized  that  the  experimental 
groundwork  is  fallacious,  the  doctrine  has  become  so  firmly  im- 
planted in  the  mind  as  to  render  effacement  difficult.  Apart  from 
ether  considerations,  what  it  implies  aftbrds  its  condemnation.  In 
order  that  sugar  may  reach  the  tissues  for  oxidation,  it  must  enter 
the  general  circulation.  Now  it  happens  that  the  stream  of  blood 
alleged  to  convey  sugar  to  the  tissues  for  destruction  in  part  goes 
to  the  kidney.  It  was  formerly  taught  that  the  capacity  existed  of 
tolerating  a  certain  amount  of  sugar  in  the  blood  wiihout  its  ])ass- 
ing  off  with  the  urine,  and  this  tolerating  capacity  was  asserted  to 
have  been  found  in  the  dog  to  stand  good  for  a  proportion  of  2.50 
per  1000  ;  in  other  words,  when  sugar  amounted  to  2.50  per  icoo 
in  the  blood,  sugar  escaped  with  the  urine,  but  not  when  a  less 
proportion  existed. 

At  that  time  neither  for  blood  nor  for  urine  were  the  analyti- 
cal methods  for  the  recognition  and  determination  of  sugar  in  the 
satisfactory  position  in  which  they  stand  now.  Modern  physiolo- 
gists are  agreed  that  the  amount  of  sugar  normally  present  in 
blood  is  about,  or  a  little  under,  i  per  loco;  and  in  association 
with  this  it  can  be  definitely  stated  that  sugar  passes  into  the  urine. 
It  can  also  be  definitely  stt  ted  that  in  association  with  2.5  per  1000 
of  sugar  in  the  blood  such  an  amount  passes  into  the  urine  as  to 
give  it  a  pronounced  saccharine  character.  The  question  of  the 
presence  of  sugar  in  normal  urine  long  stood,  or  was  considered 
to  stand,  as  a  debatable  point.  The  discussion  on  the  subject  that 
took  place  in  the  pages  of  The  Lancet  a  few  years  back,  in  which 
I  took  part,  will  probably  be  remembered.  The  method  formerly 
adopted  for  separating  the  sugar  from  the  urine  and  obtaining  it 
ill  sufficient  quantity  for  its  satisfactory  identification  was  by  pre- 
cipitation with  lead  acetate  and  ammonia.  Operating  upon  the 
product  yielded  by  this  process,  I  obtained  information  which  left 
no  doubt  in  my  own  mind  that  sugar  constitutes  an  ingredient  of 
healthy  urine.  More  recently  Baisch  and  others  have  operated 
with  benzoylchloride.     By  this    reagent  sugar  may  be  precipitated 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment   of  diabetes.      121 

and  can  afterwards  be  recovered  in  a  pure  form.  From  the 
evidence  that  has  been  obtained  the  matter  may  be  considered  to 
have  been  thoroughly  s?t  at  rest.  Not  only,  indeed,  can  it  be  said 
that  sugar  has  been  found,  but  likewise  that  its  nature  has  been 
defined. 

The  point  to  which  we  are  led  is  that  no  tolerating  capacity 
exists  against  elimination  by  the  kidney  of  sugar  present  in  the 
blood.  As  it  is  present  so  it  escapes,  and  the  urine  thus  becomes 
a  delicate  indica;or  of  the  condition  of  the  blood.  By  experiment 
it  can  be  shown  that  sugar  introduced  into  the  circulation  is  at 
once  revealed  by  the  urine.  I  have  found  that  even  as  small  a 
quantity  as  a  quarter  of  a  gramme  per  kilo,  body-weight — that  is, 
a  four-thousandth  of  the  weight  of  the  animal — intravenously  in- 
jected has  given  evidence  of  influence  upon  the  urine.  Where 
larger  quantities  are  used  a  more  or  less  pronounced  elimination 
occurs,  and  the  blood  even  an  hour  afterwards  has  not  regained 
its  normal  constitution,  but  still  retains  a  surplus  of  sugar. 
This  tells  against  the  assumed  destrt;ction  in  the  systemic  capil- 
laries being  the  natural  mode  of  application  of  sugar  in  the  animal 
economy.  It  is  sufficiently  evident  that  the  kidneys  constitute 
the  channel  through  which  the  sugar  permitted  to  reach  the  circu- 
lation in  diabetes  is  discharged  from  the  system.  The  action  of 
the  kidney  in  relation  to  sugar  is  not  different  in  health  from  that 
in  diabetes.  The  only  difference  is  one  of  degree  determined  by 
the  difference  in  the  amount  of  sugar  existing  in  the  blood.  It  is 
not  surprising  that  in  former  times  healthy  urine  was  regarded  as 
being  free  from  sugar.  1  he  quantity  is  too  minute  for  the  chemi- 
cal methods  then  at  command  to  reveal.  With  the  improved 
methods  of  the  present  day,  the  sugar  which  is  present  in  healthy 
urine,  and  is  derived  from  the  small  amount  naturally  existing  in 
the  blood,  is  readily  susceptible  of  demonstration. 

From  the  considerations  that  I  have  mentioned  it  is  permis- 
sible to  look  to  the  urine  for  the  supply  of  knowledge  regarding  the 
entry  of  sugar  into  the  blood  of  the  general  circulation,  and  to 
reason  as  follows  in  relation  to  the  glycogenic  doctrine.  Under 
natural  circumstances  the  blood  contains  a  certain  small  amount  of 
sugar  which  may  be  considered  as  constitutionally  belonging  to  it, 
just  as  is  noticeable  with  tiie  other  constituents  of  the  body.  Phy- 
siologists are  agreed  that  the  amount  of  sugar  in  the  blood  is  not 
altered  by  the  amount  of  carbohydrate  ingested.  Within  ordinary 
limits,  both  the  blood  and  the  urine  remain  uninfluenced  by  the 
character  of  the  food  with  respect  to  carbohydrate.  It  matters 
not  whether  the  comparatively  insignificant  amount  of  carbohydrate 
existing  in  an  animal  diet  or  the  large  amount  contained  in  many 
articles  of  food  from  the  vegetable  kingdom  be  ingested,  the  result 
is  the  same.  But  could  this  be  the  case  if  the  ingested  carbohy- 
drate had  to  be  conveyed  as  sugar  through  the  general  circulation 
to  the  systemic  capillaries  to  be  there  disposed  of?  It  would 
mean  that,  notwithstanding  the  demonstrable  fact  that  whilst  the 
introduction  of  an  exceedingly  small  amount  of  sugar  into  the 
circulation  gets  revealed  by  the  urine,  a  surpassingly  large  amount 
can  reach  it  from  the  food  without  evidence  being  afforded  of  its 
doing  so.  The  circumstances  are  such  that  whatever  presumably 
passes  to  the  tissues  for  destruction  would  equally  pass  to  the  kid 


122       pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes. 

ney  for  elimination.  If  the  kidneys  were  placed  on  the  other  side 
of  the  systemic  capillaries  there  might  be  destruction  without  elim- 
ination. But  it  is  the  same  stream  that  goes  to  the  systemic 
and  to  the  renal  capillaries,  and  for  the  teaching  to  hold  good  it 
would  have  to  be  assumed  that  destruction  could  proceed  and 
elimination  remain  in  abeyance.  By  the  ingested  carbohydrates 
being  temporarily  stopped  by  the  liver  and  stored  as  glycogen,  the 
difficulty  is  not  removed.  Within  a  given  time  the  transit  would 
have  to  be  made,  and  the  amount  transported  under  a  free  carbo- 
hydrate diet  would  be  infinitely  greater  than  could  be  derived  in  any 
way  from  animal  food,  and  yet  it  escapes,  being  revealed  by  the 
urine. 

What  the  quantity  is  that  would  have  to  pass  may  be  judged 
by  the  difference  in  the  amount  of  sugar  eliminated  by  the  diabetic 
patient  partaking  freely  of  carbohydrate  materials  on  the  one  liand, 
and  upon  animal  food  only  on  ihe  other.  Everyone  knows  the 
immense  difference  existing,  but  I  may  mention  in  illustration  the 
figures  drawn  from  a  case  in  which  many  years  ago  I  specially 
studied  the  effect  of  d'fferent  kinds  of  food  on  the  elimination  of 
sugar.  The  sugar  voided  during  a  twenty  four  hours'  period  on  a 
diet  exclusively  of  animal  food  stood  at  37  grammes,  while  for  a 
similar  period,  with  a  diet  containing  a  plentiful  supply  of  carbohy- 
trate  material,  it  reached  685  grammes.  Tiiis  gives  an  idea  of  the 
amount  of  sugar  that  would  have  to  traverse  the  circulation  if  the 
carbohydrate  matter  of  our  food  had  to  be  conveyed  as  sugar  to 
the  tissues  for  destruction.  And  yet,  in  the  healthy  state,  the 
urine  escapes  without  any  effect  being  produced  upon  it. 

If  in  reality  the  functional  transit  did  take  place,  it  could  not 
fail  to  be  rendered  conspicuously  evident  by  the  urine.  The  tran- 
sit, indeed,  is  just  what  belongs  to  diabetes,  and  I  submit  that  this 
consideration  is  fatal  to  the  glycogenic  doctrine.  For  freedom 
from  diabetes,  carbohydrate  matter  must  be  prevented  reaching 
the  general  circulation  as  sugar,  instead  of  being  thrown  into  it  as 
such  for  conveyance  to  the  tissues  for  destruction. 

And  now  the  problem  that  presents  itself  for  our  consider- 
ation is  :  In  what  way  does  the  carbohydrate  matter  of  our  food 
become  disposed  of  so  as  to  be  prevented  reaching  the  general  cir- 
culation as  sugar?  Any  explanatory  proposition  that  is  offered 
must  necessarily  locate  the  seat  of  the  disposal  as  standing  between 
the  alimentary  canal  and  the  point  where  the  portal  blood-stream 
obtains  entrance  into  the  general  circulation.  If  it  were  located 
beyond  this  point,  unless  the  capacity  existed,  which  may  be  con- 
fidently said  not  to  be  the  case,  for  effecting  an  instant  removal 
of  sugar  directly  the  general  circulation  is  reached,  the  conditions 
would  be  supplied  for  the  urine  to  be  influenced  as  it  is  found  to 
be  in  the  diabetic  state. 

What  I  have  to  say  with  reference  to  the  mode  of  application 
of  carbohydrate  matter  within  our  system  fits  in  with  what  is  ob- 
served to  occur  throughout  living  nature.  The  operations  of  ani- 
mal and  vegetable  life  are  brought  into  harmony  with  each  other. 
In  one  of  the  simplest  of  organisms — namely,  the  yeast-cell,  a  dem- 
onstration is  afforded  of  the  occurrence  of  the  operations  which  I 
submit  lead  to  the  carbohydrate  matter  of  our  food  being  disposed 
of  in  our  system  without  the  opportunity  being  given  of  its  reaching 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes.      123 

the  general  circulation  as  sugar,  and  thence  escaping  as  waste  ma- 
terial with  the  urine.  It  is  only  gradually,  and  as  the  result  of  life- 
long attention  devoted  to  the  subject,  in  association  with  unceasing 
laboratory  work,  that  the  knowledge  has  been  acquired  upon  which 
•  the  new  doctrine  is  based.  Much  help  has  been  afforded  by  the 
teachings  of  experience  in  connection  with  diabetes ;  and  while 
these  are  absolutely  irreconcilable  with  the  old  doctrine  upon  which 
physiologists  have  been  relying,  they,  in  the  most  complete  manner, 
fall  in  with  and  give  support  to  the  new  one.  The  subject  is  fully  con- 
sidered in  my  work  on  "  The  Physiology  of  the  Carbohydrates," 
published  in  1894  ;  and  it  will  only  be  requisite  here  to  enter  into 
sufficient  detail  for  the  comprehension  of  what  is  being  spoken  of. 

The  carbohydrates,  as  we  know,  are  susceptible  of  being 
transmuted  from  one  to  the  other  by  increased  and  decreased  hy- 
dration. Ferments  and  chemical  agents  move  them  in  the  former 
direction,  and  the  operation  is  one  that  we  have  the  power  of  in- 
ducing at  will.  Transformation  in  the  latter  takes  place  to  an  un- 
bounded extent  in  the  living  world,  but  if  we  exclude  a  few  special 
instances  of  laboratory  achievement,  we  have  not  the  power  our- 
selves of  bringing  it  about.  The  first  influence  exerted  on  ingested 
carbohydrate  is  by  the  ferments  of  the  alimentary  canal,  which 
hydrolyze  and  carry  the  insoluble  into  a  soluble  form  and  thus  pre- 
pare for  absorption.  On  being  absorbed  the  carbohydrate  is 
brought  within  the  sphere  of  influence  of  living  matter.  In  the  villi, 
which  constitute  the  seat  of  absorption,  there  are  active  cells  with 
which  the  absorbed  carbohydrate  falls  into  close  relation,  and 
subsequently  it  permeates  the  cellular  structure  of  the  liver,  which 
thus,  as  it  were,  stands  in  a  position  to  exert  a  supplementary  ac- 
tion, and  to  complete  before  the  general  circulation  is  reached, 
whatever  may  have  escaped  completion  in  the  villi. 

Now,  by  the  agency  of  protoplasmic  action,  or  the  power  pos- 
sessed by  living  matter,  carbohydrate  is  (i)  transmuted  to  a  lower 
form  of  hydraiion  ;  (2)  transformed  into  fat ;  and  {3)  synthesized 
into  proteid.  All  these  operations  can  be  definitely  shown  to  take 
place  in  the  simple  cell-organism  of  yeast  as  the  result  of  the  power 
with  which  its  protoplasm  is  endowed,  and  the  power  here  repre- 
sented is  nothing  more  than  the  common  property  possessed  by 
protoplasm  in  general  of  both  kingdoms  of  nature.  While  ferment- 
action  hydrates  and  breaks  down,  protoplasmic  action  dehydrates 
and  builds  u|) ;  and  it  is  by  the  influence  of  this  latter  power,  I 
contend,  that  carbohydrate  naturally  becomes  disposed  of  in  the 
system,  instead  of  by  ferment-action  leading  to  the  production  of 
sugar  that  is  fictitiously  assumed  to  undergo  oxidation  while  tra- 
versing the  systemic  capillaries. 

Between  the  seat  of  absorption  and  a  point  short  of  the  gen- 
eral circulation  being  reached  by  the  portal  stream  of  blood,  I  say, 
we  have  to  look  for  the  disposal  of  the  carbohydrate  derived  from 
our  food,  and  it  is  by  the  exercise  of  protoplasmic  power  that 
what  occurs  is  brought  about.  Ferment-action  has  performed  its 
office  within  the  alimentary  canal  in  putting  the  carbohydrate 
matter,  if  it  should  be  in  a  form  to  require  it,  into  a  fit  state  for 
absorption.  If  the  disposal  is  completely  accomplished,  no  sugar 
is  left  to  reach  the  general  circulation,  and  if  none  reaches  the 
general  circulation  there  is  none  to  reach  the  urine.     This  repre- 


124     pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes, 

sents  the  natural  order  of  things.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  dispo- 
sal of  carbohydrate  by  the  exercise  of  protoplasmic  power  should 
not  be  properly  effected,  if,  in  other  words,  the  circumstances 
should  be  such  as  to  lead  to  the  fauhy  accomplishment  of  proto- 
plasmic action  ;  or  if,  even  with  a  natural  state  existing  as  far  as 
the  system  is  concerned,  it  should  happen  that  the  function  is  un- 
duly taxed  by  the  ingestion  of  an  exceptionally  large  amount 
of  carbohydrate  in  a  readily  absorbable  form,  especially  at  a  period 
of  fasting,  sugar  will  be  permitted  to  reach  the  general  circulation, 
and  in  proportion  as  this  occurs  sugar  will  be  found  in  the  urine. 

The  process  of  transmutation  into  the  lower  state  of  hydration 
is  exemplified  by  the  production  of  glycogen  in  the  liver.  Carbo- 
hydrate which  escapes  being  transformed  into  fat  or  synthesized 
into  proteid  passes  on  to  the  liver,  and  here,  according  to  the  evidence 
presented,  it  may  be  looked  upon  as  undergoing  in  the  first  instance 
the  change  of  state  referred  to.  It  is  well  known  to  physiolo- 
gists that  the  liver  becomes  chaiged  with  glycogen  in  proportion  to 
the  largeness  of  supply  of  carbohydrate  with  the  food.  Possess- 
ing the  colloidal  property  that  belongs  to  it,  it  forms  a  serviceable 
storage-material,  which,  placed  in  the  position  it  is,  is  favorably 
situated  for  being  gradually  utilized  by  transformation  into  fat, 
and  possibly  synthesis  into  proteid.  That  it  should  be  destined  to 
come  back  into  sugar  to  be  discharged  into  the  general  circu- 
lation and  conveyed  as  such  to  the  tissues  for  oxidation  is  incom- 
patible with  the  condition  in  which  healthy  urine  is  found. 

It  was  a  subject  of  dispute  in  former  times  whether  animals 
possessed  the  power  of  forming  fat  from  carbohydrate.  The  mat- 
ter is  not  now  open  to  question.  The  power,  indeed,  is  largely 
turned  to  account  by  those  engaged  in  husbandry  for  the  fattening 
of  animals  for  the  table.  In  the  practice  of  our  own  profession  if 
we  want  to  reduce  obesity  we  advise  the  restriction  of  carbohydrate 
articles  of  food,  and  conversely  we  recommend  that  they  should  be 
freely  taken  if  we  wish  to  fatten.  For  many  years  the  state  of  the 
lacteals  of  the  rabbit  after  a  meal  of  oats  has  been  fixed  on  my 
mind.  Formerly  it  stood  unintelligibly  before  me,  but  now  I  think 
the  meaning  is  to  be  read  off.  It  is  common  knowledge  that  after 
fatty  food  the  lacteals,  of  the  dog,  for  instance,  are  to  be  found  con- 
spicuously injected  with  milky  chyle.  In  the  rabbit,  when  in  a 
vigorous  but  not  when  in  a  poor  or  sickly  state,  fed  on  oats  and 
taken  at  the  proper  time  afterward,  I  have  seen  the  lacteals  about 
as  fully  injected  with  milky  chyle  as  in  the  dog  after  fatty  food. 
Oats  in  their  dry  state  contain  about  5  per  cent,  of  fat,  which  I  am 
convinced  upon  full  consideration  of  the  matter  is  altogether  in- 
adequate to  account  for  what  is  observed.  The  extent  to  which 
the  villi  under  the  circumstances  are  charged  with  fat-globules  I 
have  represented  by  photo  engravings  from  microphotographs  in 
my  work  on  "  The  Physiology  of  the  Carbohydrates."  It  is  admit- 
ted that  animals  are  fat-producers  from  carbohydrate,  and  with  its 
production  in  the  villi  it  reaches  the  system  and  subsequently 
passes  on  in  precisely  the  same  way  as  fat  derived  from  without. 
In  the  one  case  we  have  to  deal  with  fat  emanating  from  a 
ready-formed  supply,  and  in  the  other  with  fat  formed  by  the 
protoplasmic  agency  of  the  cells  of  the  villi,  for  it  is  not  for 
a   moment    contended   that   what   occurs  is   of    the  nature    of  a 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes.       125 

mere  chemical  transformation.  As  carbohydrate  may  happen  to 
be  here  applied  to  fat-production,  so  have  we  a  provision  in  the 
direction  wanted  for  preventing  its  reaching  the  general  circulation 
as  sugar.  There  are  grounds  also  for  believing  thai  a  further 
formation  of  fat  is  effected  by  the  protoplasmic  agency  of  the  cells 
of  the  liver. 

That  carbohydrate  can  be  turned  to  account  in  contributing  to 
proteidproduction  is  demonstrated  by  the  growth  of  the  yeast-cell 
in  a  medium  containing  no  other  source  than  sugar  for  the  carbon 
constituent  of  its  protoplasm.  Further,  carbohydrate  is  suscepti- 
ble of  being  cleaved  off  from  the  proteid  molecule.  The  proteids 
entering  into  our  constitution  do  not  enter  the  system  in  a  ready- 
formed  state.  '1  he  proteid  matter  of  food  is  as  a  first  step  towards 
its  application  to  the  purposes  of  life  broken  up  by  the  ferment- 
agency  of  digestion.  The  absorbed  products  of  digestion  then  fall 
into  relation  with  the  living  protoj^lasm  of  the  cell  of  the  villi. 
Peptone,  which  is  recognizable  previous  to  the  occurrence  of  ab- 
sorption, now  becomes  lost  sight  of,  and  in  view  of  all  the  circum- 
stances existing  it  may  be  taken  as  reasonably  permissible  to  con- 
clude that  through  the  instrumentality  of  protoplasmic  action  an 
extensive  building  up  of  proteid  goes  on  in  the  villi. 

By  synthesis  into  proteid  carbohydrate  matter  is  placed  in  a 
position  to  be  susceptible  of  transport  through  the  system  without 
running  off  with  the  urine.  At  the  same  time  it  is  evident  that  its 
liberation  from  the  locked-up  state  into  a  free  foim  can  be  most 
easily  effected  in  the  presence  of  suitable  conditions.  i  he  lactose 
of  milk  cannot,  reconcilably  with  our  collateral  knowledge,  be  con- 
veyed as  such  to  the  mammary  gland,  but  must  cons  itute  a 
cleavage-product  resulting  from  the  effect  of — may  it  not  be  said — 
ferment-agency  existing  within.  In  the  grave  form  of  human 
diabetes,  as  well  as  in  the  experimentally  induced  phloridzin  and 
pancreatic  diabetes,  sugar  is  drawn  from  a  souice  other  than  the 
lood,  and  the  large  quantity  that  can  be  eliminated  testifies  to  the 
abundant  store  of  locked-up  carbohydrate  that  must  exist  ready  to 
be  set  free  when  the  requisite  agent  for  effecting  the  purpose  is 
j)resent,  just  as  the  sugar  inamygdalin  is  set  free  in  the  presence  of 
emulsion. 

What  has  been  said  of  the  villi  gives  them  the  assimilation  of 
food  ;  a  process  that  may  be  naturally  looked  for  to  immediately  fol- 
low absorption.  At  a  period  of  fasting,  the  amount  of  sugar  in  the 
portal  blood  practically  stands  in  accord  with  that  in  the  blood  of 
the  general  circulation.  After  the  copious  ingestion  of  carbohydrate 
food,  the  amount  of  sugar  in  the  portal  blood  rises,  and  I  have 
known  it  reach  as  high  as  between  4 and  5  per  i,ooo.  The  circum- 
stances are  such  as  to  lead  to  sugar  being  absorbed  in  too  large  a 
quantity  to  be  fully  assimilated  or  disposed  of  in  the  villi,  and  the- 
porlion  that  has  failed  to  be  assimilated  reaches  the  portal  blood 
and  gives  to  it  a  fluctuating  condition  dependent  upon  the  food. 
If  there  were  no  further  provision  existing  for  the  purpose  of 
assimilating  this  sugar  and  checking  its  passage  into  the  general 
circulation,  we  should  be  thrown  into  a  more  or  less  pronounced 
glycosuric  slate  after  every  meal,  in  precisely  the  same  way  as,  in 
fact,  occurs  with  the  subject  of  ailmentary  diabetes.  The  liver,  how- 
ever, intervenes  between  ihe  portal  vein  and  ihe  general  circulation, 


126     pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes. 

and  here  a  supplementary  action  is  performed,  which,  if  complete  in 
checking  the  flow  of  sugar  onwards,  protects  the  contents  of  the 
geneial  circulation,  and  hence  the  urine,  from  being  influenced  in 
relation  to  sugar  by  the  food  ingested.  If  the  supplementary 
action  is  incomplete,  the  blood  and  urine  become  influenced,  and  in 
proportion  to  the  incompleteness  so  is  the  extent  of  glycosuria. 
The  entry  of  sugar  into  the  general  circulation  constitutes  the  un- 
natural and  not  the  natural  occurrence.  In  order  that  we  may  be 
kept  free  from  glycosuria,  sugar  must  be  kept  out  of  and  not  thrown 
into  the  general  circulation. 

Whatever  may  be  the  means  by  which  it  is  effected,  it  may  be 
regarded  as  certain  that  to  keep  the  sugar  proceeding  from  the 
food  out  of  the  urine  it  must  be  kept  out  of  the  general  circulation. 
The  power  by  which  this  is  accomplished  falls  within  what  we 
understand  to  be  meant  by  the  term  "assimilative  power,"  and  it  is 
through  this  power  being  at  fault  that  in  diabetes  su^ar  gets  into 
the  urine  from  the  food.  In  proportion  as  the  power  in  question  is 
diminished  so  is  there  a  diminution  in  the  amount  of  carbohydrate 
that  can  be  taken  without  influencing  the  urine. 

The  position  of  things  may  be  exemplified  by  a  vertical  column, 
representative  of  the  power  under  consideration,  with  the  maximum 
degree  of  power,  or  that  belonging,  to  health,  standing  at  the  top 
and  successive  stages  of  decrease,  corresponding  with  what  may  be 
found  to  exist  in  different  cases  of  diabetes,  following  on  below 
until  we  arrive  at  the  bottom  where  the  power  is  nil.  The  maxi- 
mum power  is  such  as  to  be  sufficient  for  providing  for  the  disposal 
of  the  carbohydrade  that  is  taken  wiihin  ordinary  limits  ;  and  thus 
it  happens  that  under  these  circumstances  no  influence  is  exerted 
upon  the  urine.  If  carbohydrate,  however,  should  be  taken  to  an 
undue  extent,  and  especially  if  introduced  inio  the  stomach  in  a 
soluble  form  and  at  a  period  of  fasting,  the  tax  upon  the  assimilative 
power  surpasses  the  capacity  to  meet  it,  aiid  as  a  result,  notwith- 
standing we  are  in  the  presence  of  a  healthy  system,  a  portion  escapes 
being  disposed  of,  and  is  permitted  to  reach  the  general  circulation 
as  sugar,  and  in  this  state  to  find  its  way  into  the  urine.  This  may 
be  looked  upon  as  the  explanation  of  the  saccharine  urine,  which  it 
is  known  can  be  induced  in  both  man  and  the  lower  animals  by 
excessive  ingestion  of  carbohydrate. 

With  rather  less  assimilative  power  existing  than  is  normal,  a 
given  amount  of  carbohydrate  that  can  be  taken  by  a  healthy  per- 
son without  producing  any  noticeable  effect  gives  rise  to  glycosuria. 
Cases  of  this  nature  are  not  infrequently  met  with  in  practice,  and 
prove  perplexing  to  the  medical  man  and  to  the  patient.  By  one 
practitioner  the  [jatient  is  told  that  there  is  sugar  in  his  urine,  and 
for  a  while  he  may  be  inspired  with  gloomy  forebodings.  He  possi- 
bly later  on  seeks  the  opinion  of  another  practitioner,  who  pro- 
nounces his  urine  to  be  perfectly  right,  and  by  this  he  is  consoled 
till  it  arrives  that  he  is  afterwards  told  again  that  there  is  su^ar  in 
it.  This  apparently  puzzling  stite  is  entirely  due  to  the  amount  of 
carbohydrate  that  may  happen  to  have  been  ingested  just  previous 
to  the  urine  being  examined.  When  in  excess  of  a  certain  limit, 
sugar  is  voided; when,  on  the  other  hand,  bel  ^w  it,  no  sugar  is 
found,  the  assimilative  work  to  be  perfjrmed  being  widiin  the  ca- 
pacity existing  for  performing  it.     Like  to  what  has  been  said  with 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes.       127 

regard  to  the  healthy  person,  saccharine  and  nonsaccharine  urine 
follow  in  response  to  the  particular  amount  of  carbohydrate 
ingested.  The  only  difference  between  the  two  cases  is  that  an 
amount  of  carbohydrate  that  suffices  to  lead  to  the  production  of 
saccharine  urine  in  the  glycosuric  does  not  suffice  for  doing  so  in 
the  healthy  person.  It  is  to  be  remarked  that  the  effect  is  notice- 
able within  two  or  three  hours  after  the  food  has  been  taken.  Be- 
fore the  meal  there  may  be  no  sugar  in  the  water,  and  a  short  time 
afterwards  a  more  or  less  notable  amount  may  be  discoverable. 
These  are  the  cases  that  are  frequently  referred  to  as  cases  of  inter- 
mittent diabetes  ;  the  intermittent  character  noticeable  is  due  to 
variations  ihat  may  happen  to  occur  in  connection  with  the  food. 

So  it  runs  on.  Different  grades  of  power  are  met  with  in  different 
cases,  and  it  is  found  that  an  amount  of  carbohydrate  that  one  gly- 
cosuric may  be  able  to  take  without  its  leading  to  the  passage  of 
sugar  suffices  to  determine  its  escape  in  another.  The  person  has  his 
fixed  limit  of  power,  just  as  we,  as  healthy  subjects,  have,  but  the 
limit  of  power  stands  lower,  and  is  of  varying  degree  in  different 
cases.  In  each  instance,  as  long  as  the  carbohydrate  taken  is  with- 
in the  capacity  existing  of  assimilating  or  properly  disposing  of  it 
the  urine  remains  uninfluenced  ;  whilst,  when  the  capacity  has  been 
exceeded,  sugar  becomes  discoverable,  the  quantity  standing  in 
relation  to  the  extent  to  which  the  capacity  has  been  surpassed. 

A  case  at  a  given  time  may  be  advancing  in  the  direction  of 
loss  or  in  the  direction  of  gain  of  power  ;  but,  taken  at  other  times,  the 
steadiness  that  is  noticeable  from  day  to  day,  week  to  week,  month  to 
month,  or  even  year  to  year  is  most  striking.  The  patienthashis  fixed 
point  of  assimilative  power.  In  addition  to  the  restricted  diet  for  the 
diabetic,  he  may  be  able  to  take  a  certain  weighed  quantity  of 
ordinary  wheaien  bread  without  sugar  appearing  in  the  urine.  In 
other  cases  the  quantity  that  can  thus  be  taken  may  be  larger  and 
larger.  The  limit  belonging  to  the  case  is  ascertainable  by  observ- 
ation, and  subsequently  the  state  of  the  urine  will  depend  upon 
whether  carbohydrate  is  taken  to  a  greater  or  to  a  less  extent  than 
the  equivalent  of  that  contained  in  the  specific  quantity  of  bread 
found  to  be  permissible.  When  the  patient  is  living  close  up  to  his 
boundary-line,  sugar  is  apt  upon  occasions  to  be  met  with.  This, 
from  the  variation  that  is  liable  to  occur  in  his  daily  food  looked  at 
in  its  entirety,  is  only  what  may  be  reasonably  expected.  When, 
however,  thorou>'hly  below  his  boundary-line,  there  is  sufficient 
assimilative  capacity  to  spare  to  cover  any  little  variation,  and  pre- 
vent the  urine  bt-ing  influenced. 

It  is  not  for  a  moment  to  be  understood  that  in  the  restricted 
diet  there  is  a  complete  exclusion  of  carbohydrate  matter.  Even 
purely  animal  food  contains  a  certain  amount,  and  in  the  substitutes 
for  bread  variable  quantities  according  to  circumstances  exist.  All 
that  can  be  accomplished  is  to  carry  the  exclusion  as  far  as  is  prac- 
tically consistent  with  the  provision  of  a  supply  of  food  that  the  pa- 
tient can  satisfactorily  eat  and  subsist  upon. 

As  the  objjct  of  the  restricted  diet  is  to  reduce  the  supply  of 
carbohydrate  matter  so  that,  if  possible,  it  may  fall  within  the  as- 
similative capacity  existing,  it  is  of  paramount  importance  that  we 
should  be  able  to  rely  upon  the  articles  that  are  sold  to  take  the 
place  of  bread.     Without  security  in  this  matter  the  dietetic  treat 


128      pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes. 

ment  of  diabetes  may  not  merely  prove  fruitless,  but  at  the  same 
time  absolutely  misleading  to  the  medical  practitioner.  Unfortunate- 
ly either  from  ignorance  or  unscrupuiousness,  articles  are  put  into 
the  market  for  sale  as  appropriate  food  for  the  diabetic  which  are 
literally  no  more  suitable  for  the  purpose  than  the  food  they  are 
designed  to  replace.  Both  medical  man  and  patient  require  to  be 
vigilantly  on  guard  to  escape  from  the  infliction  of  grievous  physical 
harm  and  subjection  to  vexatious  disappointrncnt.  Even  with  foods 
of  the  better-class  character  considerable  variation  exists  in  the 
produce  (particularly  the  gluter-flour  and  thence  what  is  derived 
from  it)  of  different  makers,  and  want  of  success  in  treatment  may 
result  from  the  article  employed  not  being  of  the  degree  of  purity 
looked  for.  Fortunately,  the  high-class  makers  of  diabetic  foods  in 
this  country  are  fully  alive  to  the  importance  of  conscientiously 
attending  to  the  question  of  purity,  and  the  more  this  is  realized  and 
acted  up  to  the  better  tl  e  position  in  which  the  medical  practitioner 
is  placed.  It  must  be  acknowledged  that  the  matter  is  not  devoid  of 
difficulty.  Palatableness  has  to  be  looked  to,  and  ordinarly 
palatableness  suffers  at  the  expense  of  purity.  The  art  called  for 
is  to  produce  food  which  is  palatable  and  at  the  same  time  suitably 
constituted  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  complaint.  The 
producer  has  at  one  and  the  same  time  to  use  his  endeavors  to 
please  the  patient  and  satisfy  the  physician,  and  amongst  those  who 
have  exerted  themselves  in  a  right  way  to  attain  the  object  desired, 
I  consider  JVlr.  Callard  deserves  to  be  mentioned. 

The  state  of  the  urine  constitutes  a  tell-tale  in  relation  to  the 
food  that  has  been  taken,  and  errors  in  diet,  in  whatsoever  way 
occurring,  are  unfailingly  revealed.  A  reliable  quantitative  deter- 
mination of  the  sugir  is,  of  course,  required  for  the  purpose,  and 
with  a  specimen  of  urine  taken  for  examination  from  that  passed  on 
going  to  bed  at  night,  and  another  from  that  passed  on  rising  in  the 
morning,  the  one  being  tmder  the  influence  of  the  iood  of  the  day 
and  the  other  under  that  of  fasting  during  the  night,  we  obtain  a 
disclosure,  if  there  is  any  to  be  made,  of  the  effect  of  what  has  been 
ingested.  The  night  specimen  is  under  the  infltience  especially  of 
the  food  taken  in  the  latter  part  of  the  afternoon  and  the  early  part 
of  the  evening,  and  from  this  circumstance  it  is  not  infrequently 
found  to  contain  sugar  whilst  the  morning  specimen  may  be  free. 
On  the  other  hand,  should  food  be  taken  shortly  before  bedtime — in 
other  words,  should  the  last  meal  be  a  supper  at  the  end  of  the 
evening  instead  of  a  dinner  at  the  early  part  of  it,  the  position  may 
be  reversed  through  sufficient  time  not  having  elapsed  for  the  night 
specimen  to  be  influenced,  and  the  effect  of  the  food  being  thrown  in- 
stead on  the  morning  specimen.  Under  such  circumstances,  sugar 
may  be  found  in  marked  amount  in  the  morning  urine,  end  less  or 
none  in  that  passed  at  bed-time.  So  sensitive  is  the  urine  to  the  in- 
fluence of  food,  that  in  the  case  of  a  glycosuric  requiring  a  strict 
observance  of  the  restricted  diet  for  maintaining  the  urine  in  a 
sugar-free  state,  the  starchy  matter  contained  in  a  thin  water- 
biscuit  may  suffice  to  impart  to  it  a  distinctly  saccharine  character. 
Whatever  the  nature  of  the  article  containing  the  carbohydrate,  it 
equally  tells  upon  the  urine,  but  on  account  of  the  solubility  of 
sugar  in  contradistinction  to  starch,  articles  containing  the  former 
produce  a  more  speedy  effect  than  those  containing  the  latter.     I 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes.      129 

need  not  dwell  upon  the  delusion  so  extensively  prevalent  that  toast 
from  bread  is  allowable  when  bread  itself  is  not,  or  that  the  starchy 
matter  of  the  potato  stands  in  a  different  position  from  that  from 
other  sources. 

Removal  of  sugar  from  the  urine  by  reducing  the  carbohydrate 
taken  does  not  mean  cure  of  the  disease.  What  is  wanted  for  cure 
is  restoration  of  the  assimilative  power ;  and  in  proportion  as  this  is 
brought  about,  so  can  more  and  more  carbohydrate  be  taken  with- 
out leading  to  the  passage  of  sugar.  If,  indeed,  in  a  diabetic  case 
the  power  should  become  fully  restored,  the  patient  would  be 
placed  in  a  position  to  be  able  to  take  the  ordinary  diet  without  its 
influencing  his  urine,  and  he  might  then  be  truly  told  that  he  had 
shaken  off  his  complaint. 

But  control  of  the  elimination  of  sugar  by  diet  is  of  paramount 
importance  in  promoting  improvement,  and  may  be  looked  upon 
as  an  indispensable  measure  of  treatment.  It  is  not  the  mere  fact 
of  the  waste  of  food  occurring  with  the  discharge  of  sugar  that 
constitutes  the  great  source  of  trouble  in  diabetes.  It  is  the  state 
of  system  which  stands  as  a  preliminary  factor  to  the  elimination 
that  occurs.  The  blood  forms  the  connective  link  between  the 
urine  and  the  food.  The  sugar  present  in  the  urine  has  previously 
passed  to  it  through  the  blood,  and  in  doing  so  has  created  in  this 
fluid  a  deviation  from  the  natural  state  which  tells  injuriously 
throughout  the  entire  system.  It  is  not  natural  for  the  blood  of  the 
general  circulation  to  contain  more  than  a  certain  small  amount  of 
sugar — an  amount  varying  but  little  under  healthy  circumstances. 
With  the  presence  of  an  increased  quantity  as  a  result  of  the  faulty 
assimilation  of  the  carbohydrate  of  the  food  it  is  thrown  into  an 
unnatural  state,  and  its  constitution  altered  in  such  a  way  as  to  inter- 
fere with  its  fitness  for  administering  to  the  proper  performance  of 
the  nutritive  and  various  other  processes  of  life.  All  the  symptoms 
and  the  results  of  the  complaint  depend  upon  the  unnatural  presence 
of  sugar  in  the  contents  of  the  circulatory  system,  and  on  this  con- 
dition being  altered,  as  it  is  shown  to  be  by  the  disappearance  of 
sugar  from  the  urine,  the  symptoms  and  ill  effects  immediately  sub- 
side. It  may  then  be  said,  that  so  long  as  this  state  can  be  main- 
tained the  patient  has  nothing  to  fear  from  diabetes.  Diabetic 
coma  is  the  condition  most  to  be  dreaded  as  an  issue  of  the  disease. 
With  the  sugar  in  an  uncontrolled  state  the  condition  is  liable  at 
any  time  to  supervene  and  speedily  carry  off  the  patient.  If  any 
other  complaint  of  an  acute  nature,  as  influenza,  pneumonia,  etc., 
should  set  in,  great  danger  is  incurred  of  a  fatal  termination  through 
the  supervention  of  diabetic  coma.  A  diabetic  in  the  great  major- 
ity of  instances  does  not  die  in  a  direct  manner  from  the  super- 
added complaint,  but  from  the  development  of  diabetic  coma.  Not 
so,  however,  when  the  elimination  of  sugar  is  thoroughly  under 
control.  Such  a  patient  is  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  except  in 
relation  to  food,  in  the  same  position  as  an  ordinary  person.  In  all 
my  experience  I  have  never  come  across  the  supervention  of  diabetic 
coma  in  a  case  where  the  urine  has  previously  been  in  a  sugar-free 
state. 

To  control  the  escape  of  sugar  by  adaptation  of  the  diet  is 
only  a  rational  procedure,  and  cannot  be  otherwise  than  right. 
There  is  a  diminished  assimilative  power  existing,  and  to  bring  the 


130    pavy:  pathology  and  treatment   of  diabetes. 

conditions  to  a  properly  balanced  state  there  should  be  a  corres- 
ponding diminution  in  the  class  of  food  calling  for  the  exercise  of 
the  power.  When  the  amount  of  carbohydrate  matter  of  the  food 
is  shaped  so  as  to  be  properly  adapted  to  the  power  existing  of 
disposing  of  it,  there  is  no  disturbance  of  the  required  harmony 
between  the  two,  and  the  system  escapes  being  prejudicially  in- 
fluenced by  the  effect  of  the  deficient  power  that  has  to  be  dealt 
with — escapes,  in  other  words,  being  thrown  into  an  unnatural 
state  by  the  presence  within  it  of  sugar  which  ought  not  to  be  there. 
The  passage  of  sugar  that  can  be  controlled  by  reduction  of  ingest- 
ed carbohydrate  means  neither  more  nor  less  than  the  unnecessary 
infliction  of  harm,  and  the 'harm  inflicted  stands  in  proportion  to 
the  amount  of  sugar  that  is  allowed  tolreach  the  system,  and  thence 
to  escape  with  the  urine.  The  fact  of  the  voidance  of  sugar  affords 
evidence  that  the  system  is  already  overburdened  with  carbohy- 
drate, and  any  addition  will  have  the  effect  of  increasing  the  abnor- 
mal condition  existing.  If  the  case  is  one  in  which  the  sugar  in 
the  urine  is  not  susceptible  of  removal,  its  reduction  in  quantity 
does  good  by  establishing  within  the  body  a  closer  approach  to  the 
natural  state. 

As  I  have  asserted,  what  is  to  be  sought  for  by  treatment  is 
the  restoration  of  assimilative  power  over  the  carbohydrates,  and 
this  is  often  demonstrably  attainable.  Let  me  give  an  illustration 
of  the  kind  of  case  lam  not  infrequently  meeting  within  ray  exper- 
ience. A  patient,  say  above  middle  age,  has  become  diabetic,  but 
from  some  cause  or  other  does  not  happen  to  fall  under  proper 
treatment  until  he  has  reached  a  very  bad  state.  His  symptoms 
have  been  persistently  growing  more  and  more  marked,  and  at  the 
time  of  falling  under  observation  he  may  be  suffering  from  great 
thirst,  passing  an  enormous  quantity  of  urine,  and  having  become 
much  reduced  in  weight  and  strength.  We  will  suppose  that  he  is 
placed  on  the  restricted  diet,  which  is  loyally  attended  to,  and  that 
codeine,  opium,  or  morphine  is  administered.  Even  within  a  few 
days  a  very  marked  change  is  produced.  The  thirst  and  excess  of 
urine  subside,  and  the  patient  picks  up  in  weight  and  strength. 
The  sugar  falls  and  ultimately  disappears.  In  some  instances  this 
happens  with  surprising  rapidity,  but  in  others  it  may  not  be  till 
after  the  lapse  of  some  days  or  even  of  a  longer  time  than  this,  that 
the  urine  is  found  to  have  lost  its  saccharine  character.  The  satis- 
factory progress  continues.  The  patient  feels  as  though  he  had 
shaken  off  his  complaint,  and  perhaps  wonders  why  he  should  have 
to  keep  to  his  measures  of  treatment.  Any  relaxation  in  diet, 
however,  would  immediately  lead  to  a  return  of  sugar.  The 
power  of  disposing  of  carbohydrate  matter  has  not  yet  become 
restored.  For  a  while  the  improvement  is  well  maintained,  the 
weight,  which  in  the  first  place  underwent  increase,  being  after- 
wards kept  up.  Later  on,  but  when  cannot  be  foretold,  a  change  may 
set  in  which  is  not  unHkely  to  excite  gloomy  forebodings  by  lead- 
ing to  the  apprehension  that  a  relapse  has  occurred.  It  may  be  at 
the  end  of  some  weeks,  or  more  likely  months,  a  decrease  of  weight 
may  set  in,  and  the  patient  may  feel  weaker  and  be  reminded  of 
the  state  that  existed  before  the  treatment  was  commenced.  If 
with  this  alteration  the  urine  continues  free  from  sugar,  it  may  be 
read  off  as  a  sure  sign  that  a  restoration  of  assimilative  power  has 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes.      131 

commenced  to  take  place.  A  return  to  ordinary  food  would  indu- 
bitably bring  back  the  sugar.  The  improvement  of  power  that  has 
occurred  is  only  likely  to  be  slight,  and  requires  to  be  met  by  a 
correspondingly  slight  allowance  of  carbohydrate  matter.  It  ap- 
pears to  me  that  bread  is  the  article  most  missed  from  the  ordinary 
dietary,  and  this  therefore  I  am  in  the  habit  of  suggesting  for  em- 
ployment as  the  representative  of  carbohydrate  food.  I  begin  with 
3  ozs.  per  diem  in  portions  of  i  oz.  at  each  of  the  three  principal 
meals.  Under  the  circumstances  depicted  it  may  reasonably  be 
expected  that  no  sugar  will  be  made  to  appear  in  the  urine,  and 
such  being  the  case,  in  the  course  often  days  or  a  fortnight  a  trial  is 
made  of  i^  ozs.  in  place  of  i  oz.  three  times  daily.  This  also  is 
ordinarily  found  to  be  tolerated,  the  indication  of  toleration  being 
that  the  carbohydrate  does  not  pass  off  as  sugar.  Interesting  to 
note,  with  the  administration  of  the  bread  the  patient  immediately 
begins  to  recover  his  lost  weight  and  to  feel  himself  again.  Later 
on  another  drop  in  weight  may  occur,  and  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  in- 
dication for  a  further  increase  of  bread.  In  this  way  I  frequently 
work  up  during  a  space  of,  it  may  be,  two  or  three  months  to  7  or 
8  ozs.  of  bread  per  diem.  I  sometimes  find  that  the  capacity  ex- 
ists for  the  quantity  to  be  raised  to  9  or  10  ozs.,  and  I  have  known 
cases  where  I  have  been  able  to  proceed  as  far  as  12  ozs.,  and 
upon  rare  occasions  a  greater  latitude  of  diet  than  even  this  involves 
has  been  unattended  with  the  passage  of  sugar.  If  sugar  should 
appear  in  the  urine  it  must  be  looked  upon  as  meaning  that  the 
mark  has  been  overstepped  and  that  a  retrogression  must  be  made 
to  the  quantity  found  to  be  tolerated. 

Let  us  for  a  moment  pause  and  give  thought  to  what  the  re- 
turn of  the  capacity  of  taking  carbohydrate  matter  without  its  es- 
caping as  sugar  implies.  To  begin  with,  for  a  while  there  may  be 
a  passage  of  sugar  with  the  limited  supply  of  carbohydrate  associa- 
ted with  the  restricted  diet.  Then  this  sugar  disappears,  and  next 
more  and  more  carbohydrate  can  be  taken  without  running  off  from 
the  system  as  sugar  with  the  urine.  Surely  this  must  indisputably 
mean  that  the  system  has  regained  a  power  that  it  had  previously 
lost. 

An  important  principle  is  involved  in  connection  with  what  I 
have  just  set  forth,  and  the  facts  stand  in  harmony  with  what  may 
be  rationally  looked  for.  It  is  certainly  a  notable  point  that  every- 
thing should  work  out  as  harmoniously  as  it  does.  The  effect  of 
carbohydrate  food  in  health  is  diametrically  opposed  to  its  effect 
in  diabetes.  In  health,  as  we  well  know,  it  contributes  to  the  in- 
crease or  to  the  maintenance  of  weight.  In  diabetes  where  sugar 
is  being  voided  it  does  exactly  the  reverse.  If  it  runs  off  as  waste 
material  with  the  urine  it  naturally  cannnot  be  expect  to  go  to- 
wards maintaining  or  increasing  weight.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it 
leads  to  decrease  of  weight  through  waste  occurring,  and  the  wrong 
state  of  system  induced  by  the  abnormal  presence  of  sugar  in  tran- 
sit from  the  food  to  the  urine.  Who  has  not  noticed  the  marked 
decline  of  weight  that  occurs  in  a  diabetic  before  subjection  to 
dietetic  management  and  the  rise  that  immediately  follows  its 
adoption  ?  The  circumstances  in  diabetes,  then,  are  such  as  to 
lead  to  the  supply  of  carbohydrate  producing  a  loss,  and  restriction 
from  it  a  gain  of  weight.     The  healthy  person  on  the  other  hand 


132    pavy:  pathology  and  treatment   of  diabetes. 

gains  weight  upon  its  full  supply,  and  loses  weight  if  the  supply  is 
restricted.  Now,  in  proportion  as  his  assimilative  power  becomes 
raised,  so  is  the  position  of  the  diabetic  brought  into  conformity 
with  that  of  the  healthy  person,  and  so  is  the  necessity  created  for 
his  being  similarly  dealt  with.  As  long  as  carbohydrate  food  fails 
to  be  utilized  its  supply  does  harm.  Directly  the  system  regains 
the  power  of  utilizing  it,  it  is  found,  as  in  the  case  of  the  healthy 
person,  that  it  is  wanted,  and  that  if  it  is  not  supplied,  the  want  is 
betokened  by  a  decrease  in  weight  and  a  decline  of  strength.  The 
principle  to  put  into  force  is  to  give  it  short  of  producing  saccharine 
urine ;  and  decreasing  weight  with  sugar-free  urine  may  be  read  as 
meaning  that  the  supply  is  not  equal  to  what  is  permissible  and, 
moreover,  wanted. 

In  cases  where  the  assimilative  power  is  not  recovered,  observa- 
tion shows  that  the  restricted  diet  is  borne  without  the  occurrence 
of  loss  of  weight,  and  it  is  permissible  for  me  to  state  that  the  cir- 
cumstance may  be  safely  taken  as  a  guide  in  practice.  I  know  of 
patients  who  have  gone  on  for  years  with  the  restricted  diet  with  a 
thorough  maintenance  of  weight.  They  are  not  the  patients  to 
bear  the  supply  of  bread.  The  system  cannot  want  or  be  benefited  . 
by  that  which  it  has  not  the  power  of  properly  disposing  of  but 
allows  to  run  off  as  waste  material  with  the  urine.  It  is  only  that 
which  can  be  properly  disposed  of  that  can  render  service  to  the 
system. 

The  loss  of  weight  attendant  upon  unneeded  restriction  from 
carbohydrate  food  may  afford  assistance  from  a  diagnostic  point  of 
view.  If,  at  starting,  the  case  has  not  been  properly  diagnosed,  and 
it  should  prove  to  be  one  where  from  simply  undue  concentration  of 
urine,  the  high  specific  gravity  and  the  slight  indication  of  reaction 
with  the  copper-test  often  met  with  under  the  circumstances,  an  er- 
roneous inference  has  been  drawn  and  the  patient  has  been  unne- 
cessarily put  on  the  dietetic  management  for  diabetes,  a  loss  of 
weight,  sometimes  of  a  marked  nature,  will  ensue.  Equally  also, 
loss  of  weight  will  ensue  if  the  case  is  one  of  mild  glycosuria,  and  it 
is  treated  as  one  of  ordinary  diabetes.  Rightly  appreciated,  the  re- 
sult noticeable  will  be  suggestive  that  curtailment  of  the  supply  of 
carbohydrate  matter  is  being  carried  to  un  uncalled-for  extent 

From  the  remarks  I  have  made  it  will  be  gleaned  that  food 
stands  as  the  great  factor  in  the  treatment  of  diabetes.  As  I  have 
stated,  the  object  really  before  us  for  attainment  is  restoration  of 
of  assimilative  power.  My  experience  leads  me  in  an  explicit  man- 
ner to  say  that  I  believe  this  is  promoted  by  the  medicinal  employ- 
ment of  opium  or  its  alkaloids,  and  I  think  the  view  accords  with 
the  result  of  the  general  experience  of  others.  The  older  physi- 
cians, before  the  dietetic  management  of  diabetes  stood  in  the 
position  it  does  now,  empirically  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  an 
amelioration  accrued  from  the  administration  of  opium. 

Although  the  great  factor  in  relation  to  the  amount  of  sugar 
eliminated,  food  is  evidently  not  the  only  one.  The  pathological 
condition  which  stands  at  the  foundation  of  the  wrong  action  con- 
tituting  the  immediate  source  of  the  elimination  is  presumably  in- 
fluenced by  incidental  circumstances.  In  many  cases,  it  is  true, 
It  may  be  noticed  that  the  assimilative  power  stands  with  remark- 
able constancy  at  a  fixed  point  for  a  prolonged  period,  but  in  others 


pavy:  pathology  and  treatment  of  diabetes.      133 

evidence  is  presented  pointing  to  the  patient  being  liable  to  be  influ- 
enced by  collateral  conditions,  especially  of  a  mental  nature,  having 
the  effect  of  altering  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  the  amount  of  sugar 
ehminated  upon  a  given  quantity  of  carbohydrate  when  sugar  is 
being  passed,  and  of  leading  to  a  certain  amount  of  eHmination  when 
the  urine  has  previously  been  in  a  non-saccharine  state. 

The  phenomena  I  have  hitherto  been  speaking  of  belong  to 
what  is  appropriately  styled  the  alimentary  form  of  diabetes,  which 
I  would  certainly  say  from  my  own  experience  is  far  more  common 
than  the  other,  but  at  the  same  time  is  not  the  form  that  most 
frequently  finds  its  way  into  the  wards  of  the  hospital.  Besides 
the  cases  controllable  by  attention  to  food,  we  meet  with  others  in 
which  no  amount  of  dieting  will  remove  the  sugar  from  the  urine. 
These  present  us  with  the  classical  type  of  the  disease,  and  may  be 
grouped  into  what  may  be  called  the  grave  form  of  diabetes  — 
a  form  belonging  especially  to  the  period  of  life  below 
middle  age.  A  superadded  condition  exists  which  leads 
to  sugar  being  derived  from  the  tissues  as  well  as  from  the 
food.  The  glucoside  constitution  of  the  nitrogenous  prmciples 
of  the  body  supplies  an  intelligible  source  for  sugar,  all  that  is 
wanted  being  a  pathologically  developed  ferment  possessing  the 
power  of  breaking  them  up  with  the  liberation  of  their  sugar  mole- 
cule, just  as  occurs  with  amygdalin  in  the  presence  of  emulsion. 

Cases  progress  from  the  alimentary  form  into  the  grave  form , 
and  it  is  upon  the  extent  to  which  the  progressive  tendency  exists  that 
the  issue  depends.  Amongst  persons  above  the  middle  period  of 
life  the  progressive  tendency  is  usually  susceptible  of  being  held  in 
check ;  and  often,  as  I  have  shown,  progress  even  in  the  opposite  or 
right  direction  is  to  be  brought  about.  I  think  it  may  be  definitely 
said  that  allowing  the  complaint  to  run  on  in  an  uncontrolled  state 
promotes  the  passage  from  the  alimentary  into  the  grave  form,  but 
undoubtedly  there  is  nothing  like  the  same  proneness  for  the  occur- 
rence of  the  passage  amongst  elderly  that  there  is  amo-.g  young  peo- 
ple. It  is  indeed  the  strongly  marked  progressive  tendency  that 
gives  the  formidable  nature  to  diabetes  in  young  subjects.  A 
striking  analogy  is  presented  to  the  progressive  diseases  of  the  nerv- 
ous system ;  and — but  this  is  a  point  that  time  precludes  my  enter- 
ing into — may  we  not  have  at  the  foundation  of  diabetes  a  wrong 
nerve-condition  implicating  and  operating  through  the  vaso-motor 
system  ?  In  its  early  stage,  the  complaint  may  be  just  as  controll- 
able in  a  young  as  in  an  elderly  person,  but  as  time  goes  on,  the 
difference  becomes  manifest,  and  it  is  found  in  the  former  that 
through  the  advance  that  has  insidiously  taken  place  the  measures 
that  before  produced  a  satisfactory  state  no  longer  succeed  in  do- 
ing so.  The  rate  of  progress  may  vary  considerably.  In  some 
cases  with  an  inherited  history  I  have  known  it  extend  over  many 
years. 

And  now,  Mr.  President  and  gentlemen,  let  me  in  concluding 
this  lecture  express  the  hope  that  I  have  succeeded  in  clearly 
placing  before  you  what  is  in  my  own  mind  as  the  outcome  of  the 
lifelong  attention  I  have  given  to  the  subject  upon  which  I  have 
addressed  you.  The  views  I  have  set  forth  have  sprung  entirely 
from  experimental  physiological  work  on  the  one  hand,  and  from 
practical   experience   in  connection  with   diabetes  on    the  other. 


134  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

With  this  foundation,  they  harmonize  with  the  assemblage  of  facts 
to  be  dealt  with  belonging  alike  to  physiology  and  pathology;  and, 
at  one  and  the  same  time,  they  bring  the  whole  matter  into  a  slate 
of  great  simplicity,  and  supply  a  working  basis  upon  which  the  treat- 
ment of  diabetes  may  be  rationally  and  reliably  conducted.  With 
the  glycogenic  doctrine  the  teachings  of  diabetes  are  absolutely 
irreconcilable,  and  it  may,  moreover,  be  said  that  modern  research 
has  removed  the  support  upon  which  it  was  originally  based.  And 
yet  the  doctrine  still  lingers  in  the  mind,  influencing  its  conceptions 
and  shaping  its  views,  for  persons  seerri  unable  lo  look  at  points 
belonging  to  the  subject  otherwise  than  through  the  prepossessions 
that  have  been  engendered  thereby.  The  chapter,  however,  will 
have,  sooner  or  later,  not  simply  to  be  revised,  but  completely  re- 
written ;  and  the  sooner  this  is  done  the  better,  I  feel  I  am  justified 
in  saying,  will  it  be  for  the  right  comprehension  of  diabetes  by  the 
medical  profession. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MKDICINK   AND  NBUROI^OGY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNBLL,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
University  of  Bisliop's  College ;  Pliysician  Western  Hospital. 

RESULTS  OF  METHODS  OF  TREATMENT  AT 
THE  LOOMIS'  SANITARIUM  FOR  CONSUMP- 
TIVES, LIBERTY,  NEW  YORK. 

Dr.  J.  Edward  Stubbert,  the  physician  in  charge  of 
this  institution,  gives  a  resume  of  the  results  of  one  year's 
work  which  appears  in  the  Philadelphia  Medical  Journal  oi 
March  12,  1898.  Two  hundred  cases  were  treated.  11  were 
in  the  incipient  stage  without  bacilli  when  admitted  ;  68  in 
the  incipient  stage  ;  moderately  advanced,  81  ;  far  advanced, 
40.  Patients  in  Sanitarium,  78  ;  discharged  apparently 
cured,  16;  arrested,  13;  improved,  16;  unimproved,  29; 
died,  3.  Results  in  patients  still  in  Sanitarium  :  Bacilli  dis- 
appeared in  4  cases,  decreased  in  17;  cough  decreased  in  40 
cases,  disappeared  in  7;  physical  signs  improved  in  65; 
weight  increased,  66  \  remained  stationary  in  10;  diminished 
in  2. 

The  basis  of  all  treatment  has  been  climatic  and  hygienic 
in  this  Sanitarium  in  all  cases.  The  climate  is  well  adapted 
to  all  forms  of  tuberculosis,  as  well  as  other  troubles.  The 
elevation,  2,300  feet,  is  within  those  limits  generally  conced- 
ed to  be  most  advantageous  for  lung  troubles ;  this  altitude, 
together  with  the  peculiarly  dry  atmosphere  and  abundance 
of  sunlight,  furnish  all   the  conditions  necessary  in  climatic 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  1 35 

and  hygienic  treatment,  not  only  of  lung  diseases,  but  of 
many  others  as  well.  Malarial  fevers,  which  so  often  com- 
plicate tuberculosis  in  lower  altitudes,  are  unknown,  and 
when  brought  here  are  speedily  eradicated.  The  situation, 
on  top  or  just  below  the  crest  of  the  highest  range  of  moun- 
tains between  New  York  and  the  Great  Lakes,  with  a  breath- 
ing space  of  50  miles  lying  at  one's  feet  to  the  south  and 
west,  gives  all  the  climatic  advantages  necessary  for  a  fair 
trial  of  all  the  methods  of  treating  tuberculosis.  The  writer 
has  been  fortunate  enough  to  have  visited  many  of  the  noted 
health-resorts  of  America  and  Europe,  and,  after  carefully 
weighing  the  advantages  of  these  places,  he  can  truly  say 
that,  when  an  average  of  all  the  advantages  is  taken,  the 
weight  of  evidence  is  in  favor  of  Liberty  for  incipient  cases  of 
tuberculosis.  One  peculiarly  rare  good  feature  of  this  climate 
is  that  it  shows  good  results  in  both  winter  and  summer  ; 
the  winters  being  long,  cold,  dry  and  exhilarating,  the 
summers  cool  and   refreshing. 

No  report  can  be  made  upon  Guaiacol,  as  it  was  too 
expensive  a  drug  to  find  favor  among  the  majority  of  patients. 

Guaiacol  valerianate  has,  in  a  few  cases,  proved  an 
agreeable  form  of  administering  guaiacol,  but  it  is  also  ex- 
pensive. Much  has  been  claimed  for  this  drug  in  the  way 
of  non-irritating  properties.  Our  experience  would  tend  to 
classify  it  as  a  less  irritating  drug  to  the  stomach  than  creo- 
sote, but  not  superior  to  guaiacol  carbonate. 

Ichthyol  in  keratin-coated  pills,  two  grains  each,  has 
been  used  with  considerable  success,  especially  in  cases  show- 
ing intestinal  complications.  The  initial  case  was  as  follows  : 
The  patient  had  far  advanced  pulmonary  lesions,  with  sec- 
ondary deposits  in  the  intestines,  had  seven  or  eight  watery 
evacuations  a  day,  with  tenesmus,  general  abdominal  tender- 
ness, tympanites,  etc.,  and  could  not  tolerate  any  preparation 
of  creosote.  Keratin-coated  pills  of  ichthyol  were  prescribed, 
with  the  purpose  of  passing  the  remedy  to  the  intestines 
before  its  coating  become  dissolved.  In  a  short  time  the 
evacuations  were  reduced  to  one  or  two  a  day  and  tenderness 
became  localized  at  one  point.  A  number  of  patients  have 
since  been  treated  with  ichthyol  in  daily  doses  of  from  6  to 
10  grains,  and  the  results  obtained  have  been  10  per  cent, 
better  than  those  from  creosote  or  any  of  its  derivatives  ; 
these  results  are  obtained  in  the  relative  effect  upon  weight, 
expectoration,  cough  and  the  disappearance  of  bacilli.  No 
disturbance  of  digestion  supervenes. 

Oil  of  Cimiamon  in  daily  doses  of  from  30  to  40  minims 
has  been  used  in  a  few  cases,  with  apparently  good  results, 
but  there  have  been  too  few  cases  placed  upon  this  treatment 
to  make  it  fair  to  compute  its  relative  value. 


136  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE, 

Hot-air  inhalations  have  been  given  with  apparent  success 
in  many  cases.  We  use  the  Underwood  Inhaler,  and  the 
temperature  within  these  tubes  varies  according  to  the  case, 
from  200  *^  to  450  <^  F.  At  present  all  that  can  be  said  is 
that  in  cases  of  mixed  infection,  with  profuse  expectoration 
and  troublesome  cough,  these  inhalations  are  especially  useful, 
in  that  the  expectoration  and  cough  decrease  materially.  I 
have  failed  to  discover  any  effect  upon  the  tubercle-bacilli. 

Treatments. 

Inhalation  Cases. 
Number  of  cases  treated,  50. 

Cough  decreased 39  Expectoration  decreased.  37 

"       increased 2  "               increased..     3 

"       stationary 6  "               stationary.    10 

Taken  off  on  account  of  — 

hemoptysis 3  50 

50 

Anti-Tubercle  Serum. — At  a  meeting  a  year  ago  you 
may  remember  I  reported  a  series  of  seven  cases  treated  with 
anti-tuberculin  serum,  with  one  apparent  arrest  or  cure.  Last 
month  that  patient  presented  himself  for  examination,  and  I 
found  his  lungs  in  exactly  the  same  condition  as  the  day 
he  left  the  Sanitarium.  By  referring  to  the  table  I  shall 
read  to  you,  it  will  be  seen  that  during  the  past  few  months 
the  results  of  serum-treatment  upon  temperature,  cough,  ex- 
pectoration, weight  and  tubercle-bacilli  are  far  in  advance  of 
those  of  any  agent  we  have  used.  I,  for  one,  am  not  ready 
to  pin  my  faith  to  serotherapy  in  tuberculosis,  but  in  the  face 
of  such  facts  as  are  and  have  been  lately  presenting  them- 
selves before  me  daily,  both  in  and  out  of  the  Sanitarium,  I 
find  it  necessary  to  cultivate  a  conservative  spirit,  lest  I  be- 
lieve too  quickly.  With  a  common  ground  of  climate,  hy- 
giene, food,  etc.,  placing  side  by  side  patients  treated  with 
serum  and  other  remedies,  we  are  forced  to  acknowledge  in 
incipient  cases,  with  or  without  bacilli,  that  the  percentage 
of  good  results  in  every  way  has  been  lately  in  favor  of  the 
former.  Numerous  cases,  more  advanced,  that  have  not 
prospered  under  other  treatment,  have  gained  weight,  re- 
duced temperature,  and  expressed  themselves  as  feeling  much 
stronger.  The  comparative  results  in  general  condition,  the 
absolute  effect  upon  temperature  and  bacilli,  have  been 
really  startling,  and  1  can  only  say  I  hope  they  may  prove 
true  and  lasting. 

The  serum  we  use  is  furnished  by  the  United  States 
Government,  from  the  Biochemical  Laboratory  at  Washing- 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  1 37 

ton,  D.C.,  and  is  the  result  of  experiments  made  by  Dr.  E. 
A.  de  Schweinitz,  Chief  of  the  Laboratory.  After  four  years 
of  careful  research  he  has  arrived  at  the  following  conclusions : 

1.  That  the  injection  of  live  cultures  in  animals  is  capa- 
ble of  producing  anti-tubercle  serum. 

2.  That  this  serum  is  probably  capable  of  producing  im- 
munity to  tuberculosis  in  animals. 

3.  That  while  the  serum  from  cows  thus  treated  some- 
times produces  deleterious  results,  absolutely  no  toxic  effects 
follow  the  use  of  horse- serum. 

Treatment  with  United  States  Government  Serum 
IN  Connection  with  Great  Hygienic  and  Climatic 
Treatment  only. 

Number  of  patients  thus  treated,  34. 
Conditions  before  taken.  Physical   signs. 

Incipient  stage 16     Improved 30 

Moderately  advanced 15     Unimproved 34 

Far  advanced 3  

—  34 
34 

Expectoration.  Temperature. 

Decreased 28     Decreased 21 

Stationary 6     Unchanged 13 

34  34 

Cough.  Appetite. 

Decreased 26     Improved 27 

Stationary 8     Unchanged 7 

34  34 

Tubercle-bacilli.  Weight. 

Disappeared 4     Increased 25 

Decreased 7     Stationary 7 

Stationary 20     Lost 2 

Had  none  3  — 

—  34 
34 

Note. — Besides  these  34  cases,  8  have  been  under  serum- 
treatment  but  too  short  a  time  for  any  report  to  be  made. 

Throat-Treatment. — A  very  important  branch  of  the 
Sanitarium  is  the  work  in  laryngeal  tuberculosis.  Dr.  Chap- 
pell,  our  consulting  laryngologist,  will  present  this  question  to 
you  much  more  ably  and  gracefully  than  I. 

X-rays. — During  the  year  we  have  demonstrated  that 
in  the  Roentgen  rays  and  fluoroscope  we  possess  accurate 
agents  for  the  diagnosing  of  tuberculous  changes  in  lung- 
tissue  in  their  various  stages,  using  them   not  only  as   corro- 


138  PROGRESS  OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

borative  factors  of  results  arrived  at  by  auscultation  and 
percussion,  but  in  some  instances  discovering  isolated  foci  of 
infection  not  recognisable  by  ordinary  methods.  In  addi- 
tion the  fluoroscope  enables  us  to  recognize  more  fully  and 
accurately  the  degree,  position  and  relation  of  areas  of  infil- 
tration and  consolidation  ;  it  also  delineates  plainly  the 
limit  of  these  areas.  It  is  unfortunate  that  as  yet  no  satis- 
factory photographs  have  been  taken  of  the  images  cast  upon 
the  fluoroscopic  plates. 

A  summary  of  the  results  of  our  investigations  at  the 
Sanitarium  shows : 

1.  Slight  haziness  indicates  the  beginning  of  tubercu- 
lous infiltration  and  may  or  may  not  be  accompanied  by 
dullness. 

2.  Decided  shadows  indicate  consolidation,  the  extent 
of  which  is  indirect  relation  to  the  comparative  density  of 
the  shadow  thrown  on  the  fluoroscope. 

3.  Circumscribed  spots  of  bright  reflex,  surrounded  by 
narrow,  dark  rings  or  located  in  the  midst  of  an  area  of  dense 
shadow,  indicate  cavities. 

4.  Intense  darkness,  especially  at  the  lower  portions  of 
the  lungs,  in  dicates  old  pleuritic  thickenings  over  consoli- 
dated  tissue. 

5.  Pleural  efi'usions  are  shown  in  dark  shadows,  the 
upper  level  of  which  may  be  agitated  by  succession. 

6.  There  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  the  effusion  of  peri- 
carditis would  throw  a  like  shadow,  which  would  be  distin- 
guishable from  the  heart  shadow  above  by  its  greater  black- 
ness. 

7.  Shadows  thrown  in  the  first  and  third  stages  of 
pneumonia  probably  resemble  those  of  tuberculous  infiltra- 
tion. The  shadow  of  the  second  stage  of  pneumonia  is  iden- 
tical with  that  of  tubercular  consolidation. 

8.  In  emphysema  and  asthma  the  reflex  is  abnormally 
clear,  and  the  movement  of  the  diaphragm  is  restricted. 

In  closing  this  report  I  wish  to  urge  upon  the  Board  the 
necessity  of  establishing  a  good  laboratory  at  the  Sanitarium 
in  order  that  the  profession  at  large  may  avail  itself  more 
fully  of  the  very  exceptional  clinical  features  under  the  care 
of  this  Board. 

ORTHOFORM  IN  THE  LOCAL  TREATMENT  OF 

PAINFUL  ULCERATIONS,  ESPECIALLY 

OF  THE  UPPER  AIR  PASSAGES. 

Dr.  Eugene  S.  Yonge  {British  Medical  Journal,  Febru- 
ary 5,  1898,  New  York  Medical  Journal)  says  tha.t  this  anaes- 
thetic presents  a  triple  claim   to  recognition,  in  that  it   is 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  139 

sparingly  soluble,  is  nontoxic,  and  is  powerfully  antiseptic. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  is  a  disadvantage  that  it  will  not  act 
on  unbroken  skin  or,  with  certain  reservations,  on  intact 
mucous  membrane,  for  its  strong  anaesthetic  properties  are 
only  manifested  where  nerve -endings  are  exposed.  The 
slow  solubility  leads  the  anodyne  to  exert  its  action  economi- 
cally on  the  tissues,  and,  unlike  its  rapidly  soluble  congener 
cocaine,  only  sufficient  is  dissolved  to  produce  and  keep  up 
local  insensibility,  which  therefore  becomes  prolonged.  In 
from  five  to  ten  minutes  after  its  application  anaesthesia  of  the 
denuded  surface  to  both  touch  and  pain  begins,  and  it 
reaches  its  consummation  within  a  short  period  of  time.  The 
effect  lasts  from  a  few  hours  to  five  or  six  days,  and  there  is, 
in  the  majority  of  cases,  perfect  or  nearly  perfect  analgesia, 
the  patient  experiencing  the  sensation  of  the  offending  part 
having  been  cicatrized  over  or  "  enamelled."  Suppuration, 
is  usually  decidedly  diminished  and  healing  accelerated. 

The  action  of  orthoform  on  the  unbroken  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  mouth,  naso-pharynx,  and  larynx  is,  in  his 
experience,  the  following  :  "  Neither  the  free  orthoform  (basis 
powder)  nor  the  hydrochloride  anaesthetizes  sufficiently  to 
allow  of  surgical  action.  When  it  is  applied  to  the  tongue, 
to  the  inner  surface  of  the  cheek,  or  to  the  pharynx,  a  numb 
sensation  supervenes  in  the  course  of  about  five  minutes,  but 
there  is  little  real  anaesthesia.  The  effect  on  the  larynx  is  to 
reduce  reflex  irritability.  A  peculiar  feeling  described  as 
similar  to  that  produced  by  cocaine  is  experienced  in  five 
minutes ;  in  a  few  minutes  more  this  relative  loss  of  sensation 
vanishes,  but  if  before  its  subsidence  a  probe  is  introduced 
and  the  vocal  cords  and  interior  of  the  larynx  are  touched, 
although  a  species  of  "gagging "ensues,  there  is  no  laryngeal 
spasm  or  cough.  In  the  same  patient  a  similar  procedure 
without  the  previous  introduction  of  orthoform  causes  intense 
discomfort  and  a  fit  of  coughing.  The  intact  nasal  mucous 
membrane  is  also  slightly  amenable  to  the  influence  of  the 
drug.  A  feeling  of  numbness  is  shown  in  about  two  minutes, 
and  this  merges  into  real  anaesthesia,  which,  however,  is 
feeble  and  transient.  The  author  then  gives  brief  histories  of 
a  number  of  cases  in  which  he  has  used  orthoform. 

Toxic  effects,  he  says,  were  not  noted  in  any  of  the 
cases,  but  there  was  occasionally  some  slight  burning  for  a 
few  minutes  after  the  application  of  the  hydrochloride.  This 
failure  to  discover  toxicity  is  compatible  with  the  statement 
that  over  twelve  drachms  have  been  sprinkled  on  a  broken 
surface  in  the  course  of  the  week,  also  that  from  thirty  to 
sixty  grains  have  been  administered  to  rabbits,  and  from 
forty-five  to  ninety  grains  to  dogs,  without  evil  effects  during 
life  or  the  post-mortem  discovery  of  visceral  changes.     Ortho- 


140  PKOGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

form  fails  to  produce  any  results  on  an  ulcer  unless  the  dual 
precaution  is  taken  to  apply  the  drug  directly  to  the  ulcer- 
ated surface  and  to  insure  its  retention  there. 

No  relief  was  experienced  by  patients  suffering  from 
either  catarrhal  pharyngitis  or  quinsy. 

The  antiseptic  action  of  orthoform,  says  the  author, 
appears  to  be  demonstrated  by  the  rapid  diminution  of  puru- 
lent exudation  in  several  of  the  cases  encountered  and  the 
speedy  healing  of  the  ulcer.  In  a  case  of  acute  gonorrhoea 
injections  of  orthoform  solutions  were  followed  by  the  dis- 
appearance of  gonococci  in  four  days  and  the  complete  ces- 
sation of  blennorrhagia. 

If  further  observations  confirm  the  results  already  pub- 
lished, says  Dr.  Yonge,  it  would  appear  that  orthoform  is 
entitled  to  take  a  position  in  the  gamut  of  local  anaesthetics 
applicable  to  the  upper  air-passages.  It  seems  probable  that 
it  will  replace — by  virtue  of  its  insolubility  and  innocuous- 
ness — its  relative,  cocaine,  when  long  anaesthesia  on  ulcerated 
surfaces  is  wished  for. 

TUBERCULOSIS,  DIABETES    AND   BASEDOW'S 
DISEASE  TREATED   BY  RECTAL  INJECTIONS 
OF  ARSENIC. 

At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Societe  Medicale  des 
Hopitaux,  report  of  which  is  published  in  the  Independance 
Medicale  for  March  23  {New  York  Medical  Journal  April  9, 
1898),  M.  Renaut  presented  a  communication  on  the  action 
of  arsenic  in  large  amounts.  He  stated  that  he  had  given 
enemata  of  five  cubic  centimetres  two  or  three  times  a  day  of 
the  following  solution  : 

Distilled  water 840  grains; 

Fowler's  liquor 60     " 

In  taking  three  injections  a  day  the  patient  received 
0.15  of  a  grain  of  arsenious  acid,  such  an  enormous  quantity 
as  could  not  be  administered  by  any  other  method.  These 
enemata  were  tolerated  for  weeks  and  months. 

Tuberculosis,  diabetes,  and  Basedow's  disease  were  three 
diseases  which,  by  different  modes,  reached  the  same  degree 
of  disassimilation,  and  for  this  reason  could  be  treated  in  the 
same  way.  M.  Renaut  had  treated  three  tuberculous  patients 
for  a  year  and  one  for  six  months  with  the  arsenic,  and  they 
were  well  on  the  road  to  recovery  ;  at  the  present  time  the 
pulmonary  tuberculous  symptoms  had  disappeared.  In  the 
diabetic  patients  the  strength  had  returned  and  the  sugar  had 
diminished.  Very  satisfying  results  had  also  been  observed 
in  those  suffering  with  Basedow's  disease.  In  case  of  any 
irritation  of  the  rectum,  it  was  necessary  only  to  add  a  few 
drops  of  Sydenham's  laudanum  [wine  of  opium]  to  the 
enemata. 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  I4I 

NEW  VOLUMETRIC  METHOD  OF  ESTIMATING 
URIC  ACID  IN  URINE. 

J  he  British  Medical  Journal  (Feb.  5,  p.  346,  1898, 
American  Medico-Surgical  Bulletin)  contains  an  artic'e  by 
Dr.  F.  W.  Tunnicliffe  and  Otto  Rosenheim,  Ph.D.,  on  a  new 
method  of  estimating  uric  acid  in  urine,  based  on  the  solubility 
in  water  of  urate  of  piperidine,  a  salt  formed  by  the  action  of 
piperidine  on  uric  acid,  with  which  it  unites  in  molecular  pro- 
portion. 

Uric  acid  separated  from  urine  and  suspended  in  water 
to  which  a  few  drops  of  an  alcoholic  solution  of  phenolph- 
thalein  have  been  added,  will  unite  chemically  with  a  piperi- 
dine solution  until  all  the  acid  is  dissolved  before  the 
characteristic  red  color-reaction  occurs  between  the  piperidine 
solution  and  the  phenolphthalein.  A  piperidine  solution  of 
definite  strength  enables  the  exact  calculation  of  the  amount 
of  uric  acid  combined. 

1.  The  most  suitable  solution  of  piperidine  was  found  to 
be  I  to  20  normal  solution.  This  is  standardized  to  ascertain 
the  amount  of  it  required  to  neutralize  a  certain  amount  of  i 
to  20  normal  acid  solution. 

2.  The  authors  obtained  the  uric  acid  from  urine  by 
precipitating  it  with  ammonium  chloride,  and  subsequently 
decomposing  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The  uric  acid  thus 
obtained  from  100  c.  c.  of  urine  is  filtered  and  repeatedly 
washed  to  free  from  HCl,  15  to  20  c.  c.  of  water  being  found 
enough  for  this    washing  in  most  cases. 

3.  The  pure  acid  is  rinsed  with  20  to  30  c.  c.  of  hot 
water  off  the  filter-paper  into  a  small  vessel.  This  is  brought 
to  the  boiling-point,  and  a  few  drops  of  alcoholic  solution  of 
phenolphthalein  added.  Into  this  the  standardized  piperi- 
dine solution  is  allowed  to  run  from  a  burette.  The  urate  of 
piperidine  will  continue  to  be  formed  and  to  dissolve  so  long  as 
there  is  free  uric  acid.  But  the  moment  the  latter  is  all  com- 
bined the  purple  color-reaction  will  at  once  manifest  itself. 

One  c.  c.  of  a  normal  piperidine  solution  corresponds  to 
0.00425  gme.  piperidine,  which  equals  0.0084  gme.  of  uric 
acid.  The  number  of  c.  c.of  the  solution  used  to  bring  on 
the  color-reaction,  multiplied  by  0.0084,  will  give  the  amount 
of  uric  acid  present.  Where  100  c.  c.of  urine  are  taken  in 
the  first  place,  the  uric  acid  obtained  will  be  the  percent- 
age of  it  in  the  urine. 

In  a  table  of  results  given  by  the  authors,  in  which  this 
method  is  adopted  under  control  of  the  method  by  weighing, 
a  variation  of  only  2-10  mg.  was  found,  accounted  for  by  the 
urinary  pigments  which  increase  the  figures  in  the  weighing 
method. 


142  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

WOODBRIDGE  TREATMENT  A  FALLACY. 

Dr.  R.  W.  Holmes  writes  very  disparagingly  about  the 
Woodbridge  treatment  of  typhoid  fever  {Chicago  Med.  Re- 
corder, Yo\.  XIV,  No.  2,  p.  120,  American  Medico-Surgical 
Bulletin).  When  the  town  of  Ironwood,  Mich.,  was  stricken 
with  typhoid  fever  in  1893  a  temporary  hospital  was  opened, 
of  which  the  writer  was  placed  in  charge.  Appreciating  the 
advantages  to  be  derived  from  a  thorough  trial  in  an  epidemic, 
Dr.  Woodbridge  came  down  to  the  city  and  secured  the  per- 
mission of  the  health-ofificer  to  use  his  treatment  in  the  hospi- 
tal. A  thorough  trial  was  given  it  under  Dr.  Woodbridge's 
personal  supervision  for  about  three  weeks,  and  after  Dr.Wood- 
bridge's  departure  the  method  was  continued  on  appropriate 
cases  for  some  time  longer.  The  author  presents  the  epitom- 
ized histories  of  twenty-two  cases  from  that  epidemic,  and 
the  showing  is  certainly  not  in  favour  of  the  Woodbridge 
treatment.  The  claim  that  no  complications  occur  under 
that  treatment  is  entirely  unfounded,  says  the  author.  In 
these  twenty-two  cases  the  treatment  had  to  be  stopped  twice 
on  account  of  excessive  movements  from  the  bowels,  which 
were  depleting  the  patients  ;  five  times  salivation  occurred, 
which  is  a  serious  matter  in  the  typhoid  state  with  the  im- 
paired metabolism  ;  in  two  cases  hemorrhage  occurred  ;  in  one 
case  it  took  place  early  in  the  course  of  the  disease,  and  stop- 
ed  on  discontinuing  the  drugs;  the  other  case  died.  Out  of 
the  twenty-two  cases  four  died,  a  mortality  of  18  per  cent. ; 
but,  as  one  case  presented  symptoms  of  peritonitis  before  the 
Woodbridge  treatment  was  begun,  and  died  on  the  next  day 
after  instituting  that  treatment,  the  author  eliminates  it,  thus 
making  the  mortality  13.6  per  cent. 

To  the  question  whether  the  Woodbridge  treatment  is 
capable  of  aborting  typhoid,  the  author  gives  a  decidedly 
negative  answer.  From  the  date  of  commencement  of  the 
treatment,  five  cases  had  normal  temperature  within  two  weeks, 
four  were  convalescent  on  the  fifteenth  to  the  21st  day  ; 
the  remaining  nine  who  lived  were  cured  in  from  the  twenty- 
fourth  to  the  fifty-second  day. 

The  author's  conclusions  are  as  follows  : 

1.  The  Woodbridge  treatment  does  not  not  abort. 

2.  The  mortality  is  not  influenced  by  the  treatment. 

3.  Five  to  eight  per  cent,  of  typhoid  in  an  epidemic  of 
mild  type,  or  even  of  medium  severity,  will  cure  themselves 
within  two  weeks. 

4.  A  user  of  the  Woodbridge  treatment  who  invariably 
has  abortive  "results  does  not  correctly  diagnose  all  "  his 
cases. 

5.  Complications  are  not  prevented  by  the  Woodbridge 
treatment. 


SURGERY.  143 

6.  A  positive  diagnosis  is  prerequisite  to  make  statements 
concerning  any  abortive  treatment  valuable. 

7.  Believers  in  the  abortive  treatment  of  typhoid  must 
bear  in  mind  the  existence  of  the  abortive  type  of  Lieber- 
meister  and  the  typhus  levis  of  Griesinger  to  intelligently 
differentiate  typhoid  from  the  diseases  with  which  it  may  be 
confounded. 


SURQKRY. 

IN  CHARGE   or 

GEORGE  PISK,  M.D.. 
Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospital. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  INTUSSUSCEPTION. 

Manning  (N.  Y.  Med.  Journal,  Feb.  19,  '98)  advises 
in  reducing  intussusception  to  press  on  the  apex  of  the  mass, 
and  never  to  use  traction,  as  in  gangrene  of  the  part  rupture 
is  imminent.  While  strongly  in  favor  of  operation,  he  cites  a 
successful  case  of  his  own  where  reduction  was  accomplished 
by  a  large  rectal  enemata  with  the  use  of  a  rectal  tube  and 
inversion  of  the  child.  Three  attempts  were  made  before  a 
quart  was  injected,  the  child  placed  in  a  horizontal  position 
and  the  bowels  kneaded.  Relief  soon  followed  the  passing 
of  the  fluid  with  some  flatus  but  no  faeces.  About  six  hours 
after  a  relapse  had  to  be  treated  in  the  same  way.  Three 
pints  of  the  salt  solution  were  injected  this  time,  and  were 
followed  in  a  few  hours  by  two  good  stools,  the  'first  occur- 
ring one  hour  after  the  fluid  was  passed.  Since  then  the 
child  has  progressed  rapidly  to  health. 

THE  OPERATIVE  TREATMENT  OF 
H-^MORRHOIDS. 

Parker  Syms  {N.Y.  Med.  Journal,  Feb.  12,  '98)  discusses 
the  three  classical  methods  of  operation.  He  considers 
Whitehead's  operation  (complete  resection)  rather  formidable, 
with  loss  of  time,  considerable  haemorrhage  and  danger  of 
sepsis  ;  AUingham's  (ablation  and  ligation)  excellent  in 
most  cases,  but  takes  longer,  involves  a  greater  loss  of  blood, 
and  is  followed  by  more  post  operative  pain  than  the  clamp 
and  cautery.  In  recommending  the  latter  he  emphasizes  the 
necessity  of  stretching  the  sphincter,  applying  the  clamp  in 
the  long  axis  of  the  bowel,  and  using  the  cautery  at  a  dull 
red  heat. 


144  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

THE    PREVENTION  OF   THIRST    AFTER 
ABDOMINAL  OPERATIONS. 

Dr.  W.  M.  Taylor  has  a  short  paper  on  this  subject  in 
in  the  Memphis  Medical  Monthly  forFebruary,  1897.  It  is  so 
brief  and  yet  so  timely  that  we  give  it  in  full.  He  says  :  "  As 
is  well  known,  it  has  been  the  practice  with  surgeons 
after  abdominal  operations  to  withhold  water  by  the  mouth  for 
twenty-four  hours,  or  until  the  patient  is  free  from  nausea 
and  vomiting.  During  this  time  the  thirst  is  distressing,  and 
torture  from  that  source  has  been  so  great  in  some  instances 
that  patients  have  been  known  to  get  up  out  of  bed,  in  a 
momentary  absence  of  the  nurse,  in  search  of  water. 

Some  surgeons  have  for  several  years  administered  water 
by  the  rectum  in  small  quantities  to  allay  thirst  ;  but  the 
routine  method  of  injecting  a  large  quantity  of  saline  solution 
(0.6  per  cent.)  for  the  prevention  of  thirst  after  abdominal 
operations  was  first  resorted  to  in  the  Johns'Hopkins'  Hospital. 
The  procedure  consists  in  the  injection  of  a  quart  of  normal 
saline  solution  into  the  lower  bowel  immediately  at  the  close 
of  the  operation  and  while  the  patient  is  still  under  the 
influence  of  the  anesthetic.  The  patient  is  elevated  to  the 
moderately  high  Trendelenburg  posture,  a  stiff  rectal  tube  is 
inserted  well  up  into  the  sigmoid  flexure,  and  the  fluid  slowly 
poured  into  a  glass  funnel,  which  is  held  three  or  four  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  patient's  buttocks. 

"  A  paper  by  Dr.  Clarke  {American  Journal  of  Obstet- 
rics, Aug.,  1896)  states  that  he  has  reviewed  the  special  charts 
of  one  hundred  abdominal  section  cases  which  have  not,  and 
one  hundred  cases  which  have,  had  the  saline  enemata,  and 
that  he  is  able  to  report  the  most  gratifying  results,  not  only 
in  the  alleviation  of  thirst,  but  also  in  the  reduction  to  a  mini- 
mum of  vesical  irritability,  which  is  so  common  in  operative 
cases. 

"  In  six  abdominal  operations  done  for  ovarian  cysts, 
ovarian  abscess,  pyosalpinx  and  cystic  ovaries,  in  four  the 
saline  enemata  were  administered  as  has  been  described. 
All  of  these  operations  were  performed  at  two  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon.  Two  of  the  patients  did  not  call  for  water  at  all 
until  the  next  morning ;  the  other  two  asked  for  water  once 
or  twice  during  the  night,  but  on  its  being  denied  they  be- 
came quiet,  and  did  not  beg  for  it.  The  two  cases  in  which 
the  saline  injection  was  not  used  suffered  from  the  usual 
thirst,  and  were  quite  restless  during  the  first  night.  The 
four  patients  who  had  the  saline  injection  excreted  a  larger 
amount  of  urine  during  the  first  few  days  than  the  patients 
who  did  not  have  the  injection  ;  none  of  them  suffered  from 
vesical  irritability,  nor  did   the  catheter  have  to  be  used  to 


SURGERY.  145 

empty  the  bladder.  While  all  the  six  cases  mentioned  made 
good  recoveries,  those  in  which  the  saline  injection  was  used 
had  a  quieter  and  smoother  convalescence." — Medicine. 

FATAL    HEMORRHAGE    FROM    THE    RE- 
MOVAL OF  ADENOID  VEGETATIONS. 

Schmiegelow  {Monatsschrit  filr  Ohrenheilkunde,  1897, 
No.  3  ;  Centralblatt  fiir  C hiriirgie,  Angnst  14,  1897)  reports 
a  case,  not  his  own,  but  occurring  in  the  practice  of  a  surgeon 
who  had  often  done  the  operation  without  mishap.  The 
patient  was  a  boy,  twelve  years  old,  who  showed  nothing 
strikingly  abnormal  beyond  a  pronounced  adenoid  habitus 
and  scrofulous  glands  in  the  neck.  The  operation  was  done 
without  anaesthesia,  and  the  ordinary  Gottstein  annular  knife 
was  used.  Without  any  warning  a  sudden  gush  of  arterial 
blood  issued  from  the  mouth  and  nose.  In  spite  of  prompt 
tamponing  and  subcutaneous  and  intravenous  saline  injections, 
death  occurred  in  a  few  minutes.  The  internal  carotid  artery 
was  found  to  have  been  opened  just  in  front  of  its  point  of 
entrance  into  the  carotid  canal  of  the  pars  petrosa  ossis  tem- 
poris.  The  author  supposes  that  swollen  glands  had  pushed 
the  vessel  forward  so  that  the  pressure  of  the  knife  caused 
its  rupture,  for  it  was  not  cut. — New  York  Medical  Journal. 

CATHETERISM  OF  THE  URETERS  WITH  THE 

HELP  OF  THE    URETER  CYSTOSCOPE. 

REPORT  OF  SEVEN  CASES. 

Willy  Meyer,  M.D.,  read  before  the  New  York  Academy 
of  Medicine  (Section  on  Genito-urinary  Surgery)  a  paper,  say- 
ing : 

"  In  reference  to  the  manipulation  I  consider  that  to 
approach  the  ureteral  mouth  and  to  engage  the  tip  of  the  tiny 
catheter  in  the  same  is  not  more  difficult  in  the  male  than  in 
the  female.  In  order  to  be  successful  in  the  use  of  Casper's 
instruments,  one  will  do  well  to  be  guided  by  the  following 
rules,  the  observance  of  which  has  yielded  me  invariable 
success : 

"  I.  Wash  and  cocainize  the  bladder  according  to  well- 
known  rules. 

*'  2.  Fill  the  bladder  with  from  five  to  seven  ounces  of 
clear  fluid. 

"  3.  Introduce  the  instrument.  For  this  purpose  the 
ureter  catheter  should  be  pushed  down  to  the  internal  open- 
ing of  the  canal  of  the  cystoscope  ;  the  lid  of  the  latter 
should  be  pulled    out    about  one-third    inch. 

"4.  As  soon  as  the  beak  has  entered  the  bladder  the 
catheter  should  be  gently  pushed  forward  into  the  vesical 
cavity  by  about  one-half  to  three  quarter  inch,  and  then  the  lid 


146  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

should  be  at  once  pushed  into  place,  i.  e.,  it  should  be  fully- 
closed. 

"  5.  After  the  interior  of  the  bladder  has  been  satisfactorily 
inspected  and  the  ureteral  openings  have  come  into  view, 
approach  one  of  them. 

"  6.  Let  the  ureteral  opening  appear  at  the  very  end  of 
the  cystoscopic  picture  farthest  from  the  middle  of  the 
bladder,  but  keep  it  under  your  direct  inspection,  with  the 
prism  as  near  to  it  as  possible. 

'  7.  Push  the  catheter  gently  forward  ;  if  the  beak's 
direction  is  a  proper  one,  i.  e.,  if  it  is  parallel  with  that  of  the 
lower  end  of  the  ureter,  the  ureteral  catheter  will  almost 
invariably  easily  enter  the  mouth,  when  conducted  by  a 
trained  hand. 

"  8.  Allow  the  catheter  to  proceed  not  more  than  one 
to  two  inches  into  the  ureter,  and  v.-ithdraw  the  wire  mandrel. 
Then,  as  a  rule,  urine  will  begin  to  flow,  drop  by  drop,  at 
intervals  or  continuously.  " — Medical  Review  of  Revieivs,  Oc- 
tober, 97. 

QYN^^COLOQY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

A.  LAPTHORN  SMITH,  B.A.,  MD.,   M.R.C.S.   England. 

Fellow  of  the  AmeriV.an  Gynsecological  Society,  and  of  the  London  Obstetrical  Society; 

Gynecologist  to  the  Montreal  Dispensary  ;  and  to  the  Western  Hospital ; 

Surgeon-iii-Chief  of  the  Samaritan  Hospital  for  Women  ;  Professor 

of  Clinical  Gynaecology  in  Bishop's  University,  Montreal. 

The  Annalsof  Gynaecology  lor  January,  1898,  has  several 
interesting  articles.  The  first  on  Asepsis  and  Antisepsis  by 
Dr.  Sherwood  Dunn,  after  pointing  out  the  tremendous 
saving  of  life  after  injuries  and  wounds,  in  many  cases 
reducing  the  mortality  from  55  to  4  percent.,  calls  attention 
to  the  necessity  for  the  most  rigorous  carrying  out  of  all 
details.  He  says  that  the  time  required  for  an  operation  can 
be  greatly  reduced  if  the  operator  has  sufficient  assistants, 
but  that  the  lack  of  appreciating  the  importance  of  keeping 
their  hands  aseptic,  once  they  have  been  sterilized,  induces 
many  operators  to  do  with  as  few  assistants  as  possible.  He 
advocates  the  use  of  ether  to  remove  grease  before  sterilizing 
the  hands,  which  latter  he  thinks  are  the  greatest  source  of 
danger.  For  sterilizing  gauze,  ligatures,  etc.,  he  shows  that 
fractional  sterilizing  is  the  safest.  It  consists  in  raising  the 
temperature  in  a  common  steam  sterilizer  to  200^  F.  for  20 
minutes  on  three  separate  occasions  at  intervals  of  one  day. 
Pasteur  has  shown  that  this  will  destroy  all  germ  life.  He 
mentions  Cushing's  method  for  .sterilizing  cat-gut,  which  is 
worth  noting.  The  coils  of  cat-gut  are  kept  in  stock,  submerged 
in  ether,  which  remove  the  grease.     When  required  for  use, 


GYNECOLOGY.  1 47 

the  coils  of  cat-gut  are  rinsed  in  fresh  ether,  wiped,  unbound, 
stretched,  and  cut  in  suitable  lengths.  Each  ligature  is  then 
placed  in  a  separate  glass  tube,  and  thoroughly  dried  at  a 
very  gentle  heat.  The  tubes  with  a  corresponding  number 
of  suitable  corks  are  then  baked  in  a  sterilizer,  with  proper 
regulating  apparatus  at  a  temperature  of  140  C.  for  one  hour, 
and  the  apparatus  is  allowed  to  cool  slowly  without  opening 
it.  The  next  day  when  any  space  present  may  be  supposed 
to  have  developed,  the  oven  is  heated  again,  and  its  contents 
baked  for  one  hour  at  140  C.  Meanwhile  a  solution  of  nine 
parts  absolute  alcohol  and  one  part  glycerine  is  prepared 
and  boiled,  and  when  the  oven  is  opened,  under  due  precau- 
tions, sufficient  of  this  solution  is  put  in  each  tube  to  cover 
the  cat-gut,  the  cork  is  firmly  inserted  into  the  tube,  and  thus 
it  is  kept  until  the  very  moment  of  use  in  operation,  when  a 
nurse  removes  the  cork  and  holds  the  tube  ready  for  the 
operator  to  remove  the  cat-gut  with  clean  forceps. 

The  importance  of  keeping  the  intestines  aseptic  is  forcibly 
pointed  out.  Dominici,  of  Paris,  after  administering  half  an 
ounce  of  sulphate  of  soda  and  sulphate  of  magnesia  mixed, 
the  patient  passed  400  billions  of  microbes  in  24  hours. 

During  the  following  24  hours  the  patient  passed  only 
half  a  billion  or  one  eight  hundredth  as  many,  although  the 
stools  measured  more  than  one  fourth  of  the  previous  day's 
quantity.  We  know  now  that  the  bacillus  coli  is  a  prominent 
factor  in  appendicitis  and  even  peritonitis,  hence  the  advan- 
tage of  treating  the  early  stage  of  these  diseases  by  saline 
purgatives. 

Some  Results  of  the  Postural  Method  of  Draining  the 
Peritoneal  Cavity  after  Abdominal  Sections, hyV^ .  L.  Burrage, 
Boston.  This  is  quite  a  remarkable  paper  based  on  a  report  of 
Dr.  Clark,  Dr.  Kelly's  assistant,  at  Johns  Hopkins'  Hospital, 
on  seventeen  hundred  cases  of  abdominal  section  from  the 
standpoint  of  intra-peritoneal  drainage. 

Dr.  Kelly,  like  most  operators,  has  gradually  abandoned 
drainage  tubes  after  abdominal  sections,  and  in  their  place  he 
makes  use  of  the  absorbing  process  of  the  diaphragm  to 
carry  away  the  exudations  from  raw  surfaces.  The  foot  of 
the  bed  is  raised  from  12  to  18  inches,  thus  allowing  peri- 
toneal fluids  to  gravitate  towards  the  diaphragm.  Many 
cases  are  cited  to  prove  the  efficacy  of  the  method.  I  have 
long  been  accustomed  to  raise  the  foot  of  the  bed  in  bad 
cases  of  coeliotomy,  but  it  was  rather  for  the  sake  of  letting 
the  blood  flow  to  the  head  to  avoid  fainting  and  to  keep  the 
heart  full. 

Dr.  Burrage  points  out  that  the  natural  flow  of  fluids  is 
towards  the  diaphragm  ;  he  .does  not  mention,  but  it  is  quite 


148  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

possible,  that  the  diaphragm  acts  as  a  pump  to  keep  the 
peritoneal  fluids  moving.  He  notes  what  I  have  several 
times  reported,  that  post  operative  stasis  and  general  aching 
or  soreness  is  much  less  since  we  introduced  two  or  three 
quarts  of  normal  salt  solution  into  the  peritoneal  cavity  or 
into  the  rectum.  He  claims  that  keeping  the  foot  of  the  bed 
elevated  for  three  or  four  days  after  abdominal  operations 
does  away  with  pain  in  the  back.  . 

The  Diagnosis  of  Tumors  of  the  Breast  is  the  title  of  an 
able  article  by  the  editor.  Dr.  Gushing.  The  most  important 
deduction  is  that  all  tumors  of  the  breast  should  be  removed 
as  early  as  possible,  as  even  benign  ones  are  liable  to  become 
malignant,  after  which  the  prognosis  becomes  much  less 
favorable.  My  own  experience  emphasizes  this  still  more 
strongly.  When  cancer  of  the  breast  is  advanced  enough  to 
affect  the  glands  in  the  axilla,  it  is  too  late  to  do  much  for 
the  patient.  I  have  had  a  number  of  such  cases,  and 
although  I  removed  all  the  glands  and  cellular  tissue  in  the 
axilla,  leaving  the  vessels  clean,  and  although  I  removed  the 
pectoralis  major  and  minor  muscles,  all  the  patients  died 
wilhin  two  years,  while  those  whose  glands  were  not  affected, 
and  from  whom  I  removed  the  breast  only,  are  all  alive. 

Hysterectomy  for  Fibrom-yoma  ;  some  Early  Records,  by 
Mary  A.  Dixon  Jones,  M.D.  This  is  a  most  elaborate  article, 
describing  the  first  operations  in  America,  which  were  per- 
formed by  this  lady  operator  of  Brooklyn,  and  also  the  first 
operations  performed  in  England  by  Dr.  Clay,  of  Manchester. 
The  writer  is  a  strong  advocate  of  total  removal  of  the  uterus, 
including  the  cervix.  According  to  statistics  of  42  operators 
in  America  the  death  rate  of  hysterectomy  with  the  stump 
drawn  out  of  lower  angle  of  wound  was  13^  per  cent.;  while 
that  of  total  removal,  including  the  cervix,  the  mortality  was 
12^,  There  was  therefore  only  a  slight  difference.  Cer- 
tainly the  convalescence  is  less  when  no  stump  is  left.  My 
own  preference  in  the  treatment  of  fibroid  uterus  is,  ist,  ifthe 
patient  can  afford  the  time  and  expense,  I  would  treat  them 
with  electricity,  which  cures  the  majority  of  them  without  any 
mortality ;  2nd,  if  electricity  could  not  be  employed,  then  I 
would  prefer  to  remove  the  tubes  and  ovaries  close  to  the 
uterus.  This  almost  invariably  puts  an  end  to  the  h?emorr- 
hage,  and  causes  retraction  of  the  tumor,  so  that  it  never 
troubles  the  patient,  and  has  a  mortality  of  not  more  than  2 
per  cent.;  3rd,  if  the  patient  desires  immediate  and  entire 
removal  of  the  tumor,  I  am  in  favor  of  total  removal,  as  advo- 
cated by  Dr.  Mary  Dixon  Jones. 


Medical  Society  Proceedings, 

MONTREAL  MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Stated  Meeting,  January    7,  1898. 
Robert  Craik,   M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Dr.  E,  W.    Archibald  was  elected  an  ordinary  member. 
The  Treatmemt  of  Fractures  bt  the  Ambulatory  Method. 

Dr.  G.  E.  Armstrong  showed  a  man  whom  he  was  treating  for 
fracture  of  the  tibia  by  the  ambulatory  method,  and  gave  the 
following  description  of  it : 

The  idea  is  to  apply  a  fixation  apparatus  that  will  enable  the 
patient  to  use  the  broken  leg  in  progression.  To  allow  the  patient 
to  get  out  of  bed  and  to  go  about  with  the  aid  of  crutches  is  the  idea 
in  the  ambulatory  treatment  of  fractures.  To  attain  this  object  any 
fixation  splint  may  be  used,  but  plaster  of  Paris  has  been  chiefly 
employed,  either  alone  or  together  with  other  splints.  I  have  tried 
to  carry  out  the  idea  in  eight  or  ten  cases  recently  admitted  to  the 
wards  of  the  Montreal  General  Hospital,  and  I  find  that  in  properly 
selected  cases  this  method  possesses  decided  advantages. 

In  this  man,  the  fracture  is  of  both  bones  about  the  middle  of  the 
leg,  and  the  fracture  of  the  tibia  is  very  oblique.  He  limps  along 
as  you  see,  but  that  is  about  all  the  inconvenience  he  has.  One 
great  advantage  is  that  the  patient  can  get  out  of  bed.  The  ability 
to  move  about  is  a  great  gain.  A  business  man  may  go  down  to  his 
office  for  an  hour  or  two  each  day  and  look  after  his  affairs.  The 
advantage  is  still  greater  in  the  case  of  old  people  with  fracture  of 
the  neck  of  the  femur.  By  avoiding  the  confinement  to  bed,  pneu- 
monia is  prevented.  1  find  this  method  adapted  to  the  treatment 
of  Pott's  fracture  and  fractures  of  the  fibula. 

The  other  advantages  claimed  for  the  ambulatory  method  are 
lessening  of  the  muscular  atrophy  and  the  stiffening  of  joints,  more 
rapid  repair,  and  the  avoidance  of  delirium  tremens. 

Meniere's  Disease. 

Dr.  F.  G.  FiNLEY  exhibited  a  case  of  Meniere's  disease. 

The  patient,  aged  44,  baggageman,  was  admitted  to  the  Mont- 
real General  Hospital  on  Dec.  29,  1897,  complaining  of  attacks  of 
vertigo  with  vomiting. 

About  four  years  ago,  whilst  apparently  in  perfect  health,  he 
began  to  have  attacks  of  giddiness  on  rising  in  the  morning,  stag- 
gering always  towards  the  left  side.  The  attacks  lasted  from  45  to 
60  minute.^;,  and  came  on  every  two  weeks,  and  latterly  have  be- 
come rather  more  frequent.  /\bout  the  same  time  he  noticed 
noises  in  the  ears,  compared  to  rumbling  or  whistling,  and  these 
sounds  have  continued  constantly  since. 

For  the  past  year  there  has  been  diarrhoea,  a  loose  stool  being 
passed  after  each  meal,  but  not  accompanied  by  pain.  Vomiting 
with  the  attacks  of  vertigo  set  in  two  months  ago. 

For  the  past  six  months  deafness  has  been  noticed. 

On    the  day  before  admission,  whilst   at  work,  he  suddenly 


150  MEDICAL    SOCIETY    PROCEEDINGS. 

fell   down   and   lost  consciousness  for  half  an    hour,  hurting  his 
shoulder,  but  not  biting  his  tongue  or  passing  urine. 

His  health  previous  to  the  onset  of  the  attacks  of  vertigo  was 
always  good,  with  the  exception  of  an  attack  of  pleurisy  i8  years  ago. 
A  brother  is  stated  to  have  died  of  this  disease,  but  there  is  nothing 
further  pointing  to  tuberculosis  in  the  family  history. 

Examination. —  the  patient  is  a  rather  spare  man,  with  small 
muscles.  The  temperature  is  normal  (and  continued  so  during  his 
stay  in  hospital)  and  the  pulse  76. 

The  right  lung  presented  marked  dullness  at  the  apex  poster- 
iorly to  the  5ih  spine,  with  slight  blowing  breathing,  and  fine 
crackling  rdles.  There  was  no  cough  or  expectoration,  nor  had 
there  ever  been.  The  other  organs  and  urine  were  normal.  The 
bowels  moved  once  or  twice  daily  after  his  admission,  the  stools 
being  rather  loose. 

The  ears  were  examined  by  Dr.  Birkett,  who  reported  R  ear  1-40, 
L.  ear  0-40,  membranae  tympanorum,  indurated  and  thickened,  no 
reflex.-  Bone  conduction  very  defective,  especially  for  the  higher 
notes. 

During  his  stay  in  hospital  he  was  treated  with  pilocarpin  hypo- 
dermically  with  a  view  of  influencing  the  chronic  catarrhal  condition 
m  the  ears.  Although  there  were  no  attacks  of  vertigo  in  the  hos- 
pital, this  is  rather  to  be  attributed  to  rest  and  quiet  than  to  treat- 
ment, as  the  attacks  recurred  as  frequently  as  ever  after  his  exit. 

The  case  is  evidently  a  typical  one  of  Meniere's  disease,  the 
four  caidinal  syptoms — vertigo  with  vomiting,  noises  in  the  ears, 
and  defective  bone  conduction — being  present. 

The  chronic  catarrhal  otitis  media  points  to  a  similar  condition 
of  the  labyrinths. 

The  importance  of  examining  the  bone  conduction  with  tuning 
forks  of  different  pitch  is  very  well  exemplified  in  this  case.  With  a 
low  pitched  note,  no  departure  from  the  normal  could  be  made  out, 
but  with  a  high  note  the  difference  was  very  obvious. 

The  diagnosis  of  aural  vertigo  is  usually  easy,  although  the 
condition  is  frequently  overlooked  and  attributed  to  biliousness. 
According  to  Gower  90  per  cent,  of  cases  of  vertigo  are  due  to 
labyrinthial  disease,  and  the  importance  of  "  Vertigo  e  Stomaco 
Loeso^'  doubtless  owing  to  the  teaching  of  Trousseau,  has  been 
much  over-estimated.  Gastric  disturbance  undoubtedly  increases 
the  frequency  and  often  precipitates  an  attack,  but  inquiry  into  the 
aural  symptoms,  and  particularly  careful  testing  of  bone  conduc- 
tion, almost  always  shows  that  the  origin  of  the  disease  is  in  the  ear. 

The  chronic  diarrhoea,  with  evidence  of  disease  in  the  apex  of 
the  lung,  was  attributed  to  tuberculosis. 

Stated  Meetings  January  21,  1898. 

Robert  Craik,  M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Irritative  Trismus. 

Dr.  J.  Alex.  Hutchison  read  the  report  of  this  case,  and  pre- 
sented the  patient  before  the  Society. 

Appendicitis  in  an  Infant. 

De.  J.  Alex.  Hutchison  read  the  report  of  this  case. 


MEDCAL  SOCETY   PROCEEDNGS.  I5I 

Stated  Meeting,  February  4,  1898. 

Robert  Craik,  M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Osteomyelitis  of  the  Tibi^  and  Femur. 

Dr.  Bell  presented  two  tibiae  and  the  lower  half  of  a  femur, 
illustrating  the  late  effects  of  osteomyelitis,  and  gave  brief  reports  of 
the  case  as  follows  : 

Casc  I. — A.  W.,  a  strongly  built  man,  set.  44,  was  attacked  with 
acute  osteomyelitis  in  the  lower  third  of  the  left  tibia  at  the  age  of 
1 2  years.  He  recovered  after  a  long  severe  illness,  with  a  sinus 
persisting.  Several  years  later  another  sinus  appeared  higher  up 
the  leg.  These  sinuses  kept  healing  over  and  breaking  out  at  in- 
tervals, and  on  one  occasion  a  sequestrum  about  three  inches  long 
escaped  from  the  uppermost  sinus.  Eight  years  ago  the  bone  was 
operated  upon.  He  was  laid  up  for  eight  or  nine  months,  and  it 
was  a  year  and  a  half  before  he  could  go  about  as  usual, — the  sinus 
still  persisting.  Four  years  ago  he  fell  and  broke  the  bone  about 
the  middle.  He  was  laid  up  four  or  five  months,  and  the  bone 
united,  but  the  sinus  still  persisted.  Three  years  ago  he  broke  the 
bone  aj.'ain  at  a  point  a  little  higher  up  than  the  first  fracture.  He 
was  laid  up  four  or  five  months,  and  union  took  place.  He  was 
able  to  get  about  and  work  on  his  farm  until  the  30th  of  December, 
1897,  when  he  fell  and  broke  the  bone  again  on  a  still  higher  level 
than  the  previous  fracture.  Two  days  later  he  came  to  the  Royal 
Victoria  Hospital.  There  was  a  clean  transverse  fracture  across 
the  tibia,  at  the  junction  of  the  upper  and  middle  third,  but  no 
displacement.  The  anterior  subcutaneous  portion  of  the  tibia  in 
the  middle  third  was  exposed.  It  was  free  from  periostum,  rough 
and  irregular.  A  sinus  led  down  to  the  bone  from  a  point  about 
three  inches  below  the  tuberosity  of  the  tibia,  on  the  inner  and 
posterior  surface,  and  another  about  eight  inches  lower  down.  On 
the  6th  of  January.  1898,  the  leg  was  amputated  through  the  knee 
joint  (lateral  flaps),  and  the  patient  made  an  uninterrupted  recov- 
ery, with  an  excellent  stump. 

The  tibia  was  dissected  out  and  sawn  down  the  centre  through- 
out its  whole  length.  The  bone  was  greatly  sclerosed,  the  medul- 
lary cavity  obstructed,  and  it  showed  three  or  four  old  abscess 
cavities  in  the  cancellous  tissue. 

Case  II. — W.  B.  McG.,  a  pale,  neurasthenic  man,  set.  48,  was 
seized  suddenly  one  evening,  after  a  hard  day's  skating,  when  14 
years  of  age  (1863)  with  acute  osteomyelitis  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  left  tibia.  He  was  very  ill  for  several  months,  and  recovered 
with  a  sinus.  The  usual  history  of  sinuses — healing  over  and 
breaking  out  again — followed,  but  he  was  laid  up  with  acute  sup- 
purative conditions  about  the  leg  in  1870,  1881, 1885,  ^^^^  Novem- 
ber, 1886.  Since  the  last  attack  he  has  suffered  a  great  deal  of  pain 
in  the  tibia,  and  has  not  been  able  to  get  about  without  a  crutch, 
and  he  had  an  attack  of  synovitis  of  the  knee  joint,  which,  however, 
left  thee  joint  functions  unimpaired.  On  January  ist,  1897,  there 
was  general  thickening  of  the  bone  with  tender  spots,  just  below 
the  tuberosity  on  the  inner  side  and  about  the  middle  third  and  the 
upper  part  of  the  lower  third.  There  were  no  sinuses.  Trephining 
was  recommended,  but  the  patient  declined  to  have  any  operation 


152  MEDICAL    SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

except  amputation.  This  was  done,  through  the  condyles,  on  the 
2 1  St  of  January,  and  the  patient  made  an  excellent  recovery. 

Vertical  section  of  the  bone  showed  numerous  abscess  cavities 
throughout  its  whole  length.  The  medullary  cavity  was  obliterated 
and  the  whole  bona  very  dense.  It  would  have  been  quite  impos- 
sible to  have  located  and  enumerated  the  many  abscess  cavities 
found. 

Case  III. — A.  pale,  emaciated  boy,  ait.  19,  was  seized  with 
osteomyelitis  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  femur  in  August,  1894.  A 
long  illness  of  many  months  followed,  during  which  the  leg  became 
flexed  to  an  angle  of  45°.  Sinuses  persisted,  and  operations  for  the 
removal  of  sequestra  vvere  performed  in  September,  1896,  Septem- 
ber, 1897,  and  January  13,  1898.  At  this  latter  operation  it  was 
decided  to  recommend  amputation.  On  the  28th  of  January,  1898,  a 
circular  amputation  was  performed  at  the  junction  of  the  middle 
and  upper  portions  of  the  thigh.  The  patient  made  an  excellent 
recovery. 

Section  of  the  bone  (in  its  length)  showed  obliteration  of  the 
medullary  cavity,  sclerosis  and  deep  irregular  cavities  in  the  lower 
end  of  the  bone,  from  which  sequestra  had  been  removed. 

In  presenting  these  cases  Dr.  Bell  expressed  the  opinion  that 
surgeons,  in  their  laudable  desire  to  save  limbs,  probably  often 
erred  in  doing  repeated,  serious  operations  upon  hopelessly  dis- 
eased bones  instead  of  amputating.  He  thought  every  one  would 
admit  that  these  cases  were  hopelessly  diseased,  and  that  the 
patients  who  recovered  in  three  or  four  weeks,  and  would  be  get- 
ting about  on  modern  artificial  limbs  in  three  or  four  months,  would 
appreciate  the  more  radical  treatment. 

Dr.  G.  E.  Armstrong,  said  : 

Hospital  surgeons  are  more  frequently  called  upon  to  treat  the 
sequelae  of  osteomyelitis  than  the  disease  itself.  VVith  the  excep- 
tion of  the  acute  cases  arising  during  the  convalescence  of  typhoid 
patients  transferred  from  the  medical  wards,  hospital  surgeons 
rarely  see  these  cases  during  the  early  stages.  This  is  unfortunate 
and  hard  to  account  for.  The  pathology  and  bacteriology  of  osteo- 
myelitis are  now  well  understood.  The  diagnosis  and  treatment 
during  the  early  course  of  the  disease  are  not  difficult,  but  the 
closure  of  the  large  bone  cavities  found  in  old  cases  of  long  stand- 
ing is  extremely  unsatisfactory.  I  have  seldom  been  able  to  close 
these  cavities  with  blood  clot  as  advised  by  Schede.  Nor  does 
Senn's  method  of  closing  them  with  decalcified  bone  chips  yield 
much  better  results.  I  believe  that  these  extreme  cases,  necessita- 
ting amputation,  would  not  occur  if  osteomyelitis  was  recognized 
early  and  treated  properly  in  the  earty  stages,  I  have  tried  twice 
unsuccessfully  to  close  the  cavities  by  filling  them  with  sterilized 
plaster  of  Paris.  The  insuperable  difficulty  is  to  render  these  large 
irregularly  shaped  spaces  sterile. 

Dr.  Bell,  in  reply,  said  that  he  agreed  with  Dr.  Armstrong 
about  the  way  in  which  cases  were  overlooked  when  acute,  though 
this  was  not  so  much  the  case  now  as  it  was  many  years  ago,  when 
the  cases  of  which  the  report  had  been  given  were  in  the  acute 
stage.  One  of  these  occurred  35  and  another  32  years  ago.  With 
reference  to  the  closing  of  large  cavities,  he  had  used  both  chips 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  153 

and  blood  clot  with  not  very  great  success.  Healing  by  blood  clot 
he  considered  the  ideal  method.  Irregular  cavities  could  not  be 
rendered  aseptic. 

Vaginal  Hysterectomy  upon  an  old  Woman. 

Dr.  F.  A.  LocKHART  read  the  following  report : 

The  patient,  from  whom  the  accompanying  specimen  was  re- 
moved, is  a  Mrs.  F.,  aged  75  years.  She  was  first  admitted  to  the 
gynaecological  ward  of  the  General  Hospital  on  November  5, 
1896.  Her  complaint  was  "  falling  cf  the  womb,"  which  she  said 
had  only  existed  for  eight  days,  but  this  is  probably  incorrect,  as 
her  statements  are  very  unreliable,  and  the  ulcerated  condition  of 
the  vaginal  mucous  membrane  pointed  to  a  duration  of  at  least 
several  weeks.  She  first  menstruated  at  14,  and  was  regular  every 
month  until  she  was  21  years  old,  when  the  flow  ceased  and  did 
not  return.  She  had  pain  in  the  right  iliac  region  for  seven  or  eight 
days  each  month  at  the  time  when  the  flow  should  have  appeared. 

She  had  one  full-time  child,  who,  she  says,  is  33  years  old,  but 
I  think  that  either  this  statement  or  the  previous  one  that  her 
menses  finally  disappeared  when  shew  as  twenty-one  years  of  age  is 
wrong,  as  she  would  be  very  unlikely  to  have  a  child  after  the  cessa- 
tion of  menstruation,  whereas  an  extremely  probable  cause  of  that 
cessation  would  be  superinvolution  of  the  uterus. 

The  patient's  general  condition  was  fairly  good,  but  all  of  the 
superficial  arteries  were  very  atheromatous,  which  made  one  rather 
anxious  to  avoid  operation . 

Local  examination  of  the  genitals  revealed  a  large  mass  con- 
sisting of  the  uterus,  part  of  the  bladder  and  rectum,  and  the 
vagina,  protruding  from  the  vulva,  the  cavity  of  the  vagina  being 
reduced  to  about  half  an  inch  in  depth. 

The  mucous  membrane  was  eroded  all  round  the  protruding 
mass  for  fully  two  inches  from  the  external  os  uteri,  and  was  also 
greatly  hypertrophied  and  thickened.  There  was  no  enlargement 
of  the  inguinal  glands. 

The  uterus  was  carefully  washed  with  creolin,  and,  after  dust- 
ing it  with  a  powder  consisting  of  oxides  of  bismuth  and  zinc  and 
boracic  acid,  was  easily  returned  inside  of  the  vulva,  and  a  large 
boroglycerine  tampon  inserted  to  retain  it  in  position.  The  above 
proceeding  was  repeated  daily  for  the  next  ten  days,  the  patient 
being  kept  in  bed,  after  which  the  vagina  was  simply  douched  with 
creolin  twice  daily  until  the  patient  left  the  ward  on  Nov.  29,  by 
which  time  the  uterus  had  returned  to  its  normal  condition  and 
the  ulceration  had  healed  except  at  the  margin  of  the  os  uteri. 

The  patient  re-entered  hospital  on  Dec.  nth,  the  uterus  having 
remained  in  position  for  ten  days  only  after  her  leaving  the  ward. 
Four  days  later  the  uterus  and  appendages  were  removed,  per 
vaginam,  hgatures  bemg  used.  The  only  points  about  the  opera- 
tion worthy  of  note  was  the  extreme  difficulty  at  first  on  account  of 
the  thickened  mucous  membrane  obscuring  the  usual  landmarks' 
and  the  presence  of  a  unilocular  cyst  of  the  right  ovary,  the  size  of 
a  large  orange.  (This  occupied  the  site  of  the  periodic  pain  from 
which  the  patient  suffered.)     After  the  uterus  had  been  completely 


154  MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEDINGS. 

separated  on  the  left  side,  the  cyst  bulged  into  the  wound,  and  was 
punctured  and  removed  without  much  difficulty. 

On  account  of  the  atheromatous  condition  of  the  vessels, 
chloroform  was  used  instead  of  ether. 

The  patient's  convalescence  was  uneventful,  the  pulse  only 
twice  going  up  to  90  and  the  temperature  never  reaching  100''  F. 
She  sat  up  in  a  chair  on  the  i8th  day,  and  left  the  hospital  on  the 
30th. 

The  pathologist  reported  the  presence  of  very  early  cancer  of 
the  cervix. 

I  am  greatly  indebted  to  the  care  and  watchfulness  of  Dr.  Chas, 
Gurd,  who  was  house  gynaecologist  at  the  time,  and  to  the  nurses, 
as  without  their  active  co-operation  the  result  might  have  been 
different. 

Dr.  Lapthorn  Smith  thought  removal  of  the  uterus  was  the 
proper  procedure  in  cases  of  procidentia  such  as  this,  because  the 
cervix  was  most  often  the  seat  of  beginning  cancer.  It  was  so  in 
three  of  his  cases.  When  the  patient  would  not  consent  to  this, 
ventro^fixation  was  satisfactory,  if  the  uterus  was  not  too  large. 
Where  the  uterus  was  large  and  heavy,  Alexander's  operation  was 
preferable,  because  there  was  too  much  pulling  on  the  abdominal 
wall  after  ventrofixation.  In  either  case  the  cervix  should  be 
amputated,  and  an  operation  performed  for  narrowing  the  anterior 
and  posterior  vaginal  wall. 

With  regard  to  whether  one  should  use  ligatures  or  clamps  in 
vaginal  hysterectomy,  he  thought  the  ligatures  gave  the  best 
results,  although  they  rendered  the  operation  much  longer  and 
more  anxious.  In  one  case  he  had  sewed  the  two  broad  ligaments 
together  and  closed  up  the  opening  in  the  vaginal  roof  with 
cat-gut,  and  thus  greatly  strengthened  the  floor  of  the  pelvis. 
This  patient  went  to  work  as  a  charwoman  a  week  later  against  his 
orders. 

Dr.  J.  C.  Webster  asked  if  Dr.  Lockhart  h^.d  performed  the 
operation  for  cancer  or  for  the  relief  of  the  procidentia.  On  the 
operator  replying  that  it  was  for  suspected  cancer,  Dr.  Webster 
pointed  out  that  it  was  important  to  make  the  distinction,  as  this 
operation  had  been  repeatedly  tried  for  procidentia  uteri  and  had 
been  justly  condemned  by  such  men  as  Pozzi,  Leopold,  and  Muller 
among  others.  T  he  reason  for  this  was  a  very  simple  one.  Pro- 
cidentia uteri  was  simply  a  hernia  of  the  pelvic  floor,  and  removal 
of  the  uterus  not  only  did  no  good,  but  actually  did  harm  by  taking 
away  part  of  the  support.  He  had  never  seen  a  case  that  could  not 
be  helped  by  amputation  of  the  cervix,  anterior  and  posterior  col- 
porrhaphy,  perineal  repair,  and,  in  addition,  in  many  cases,  ventro- 
fixation of  the  uterus. 

Total  extirpation  could  only  be  regarded  as  justifiable  when 
the  removal  of  some  condition  associated  with  the  procidentia  was 
necessary,  e.  g.,  carcinoma  or  myoma  uteri. 


THE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


F»TJBI^ISHED     MONTHIvY. 


Subscription  Price,  $t.oo  per  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  to 
JOHN  IiOVELii  &SON,  23  Ht,  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  busmess  oommu* 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchange,  should  b« 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Oflice,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 


SAJOUS  ANNUAL  AND  ANALYTICAL  ENCYCLQ- 
PiEDIA  OF  PRACTICAL  MEDICINE. 

This  is  the  title  of  a  new  work  to  be  shortly  issued  by  the 
F.  A,  Davis  Co.,  and  which  replaces  the  Annual  of  the  Uni- 
versai  Medical  Sciences,  which  with  the  1896  issue  ceased  to 
exist.  While  a  very  useful  resume  for  a  few,  it  has  proved 
to  be  too  elaborate  a  work  to  be  popular  with  the  profession 
at  large  ;  hence,  an  attempt  to  better  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  largest  number,  and  to  produce  an  annual  resume  of 
progress  in  a  condensed  and  attractive  form. 

The  modified  work  will  consist  of  a  number  of  volumes, 
in  which  all  the  general  diseases,  medical,  surgical,  obstetrics, 
etc.,  v.'ill  be  fully  described,  and  in  the  text  will  be  inserted 
all  progress  made  for  ten  years  back.  Large  type  is  used 
for  the  general  text  and  small  type  for  the  excerpts. 

A  new  annual  entitled  The  Monthly  Encyclopcedia  of 
Practical  Medicine,  which  is  a  continuation  of  the  Lniversal 
Medical  Journal,  will  give  the  progress  in  current  literature, 
making  at  the  end  of  the  year  a  volume  of  500  pages.  The 
whole  work  will  be  revised  several  times  a  year,  but  one  will 
be  able  to  keep  abreast  with  the  Monthly  for  at  least  three 
years  without  purchasing  a  new  edition,  during  which  time 


1 56  EDITORIAL. 

the  Monthly  is  sent  without  extra  charge.  We  hope  this 
new  effort  will  meet  with  success,  and  that  the  novel  method 
proposed  of  keeping  the  profession  fully  posted  will  prove  an 
advanced  step. 


THE  PHILADELPHIA   MEDICAL  JOURNAL. 

We  gave  a  preliminary  notice  of  the  appearance  of  this 
new  weekly  a  couple  of  months  before  its  first  issue,  on 
January  ist,  1898.  The  Company  is  composed  entirely  of 
medical  men,  all  of  whom  stand  in  the  leading  rank  of  the 
practitioners  of  America. 

Dr.  George  M.  Gould  is  editor,  and  his  best  efforts  are  being 
put  into  the  management  of  this  journal,  and  it  doubtless  will, 
like  all  Dr.  Gould's  literary  and  scientific  work,  prove  a  com- 
plete success.  There  are  some  thirty-six  pages  of  reading 
matter  in  each  number.  The  subscription  price  is  three  dollars 
It  is  hoped  that  this  will  enlist  a  larger  number  of  subscribers, 
and  in  that  way  make  up  for  the  larger  amounts  that  are 
received  by  journals  of  similar  standing. 

The  arrangement  and  scope  of  the  journal  is  on  a  modi- 
fied plan.  There  is  first  some  half  a  dozen  pages  of  editorial 
comment,  in  which  the  live  subjects  of  the  day  are  ably 
discussed.  Under  American  News  and  Notes  is  included  a 
resume  of  the  happenings  and  interesting  notes  upon  occur- 
rences throughout  the  United  States.  Then  foreign  news 
and  notes  represent  the  happenings  abroad,  while  Phila- 
delphia News  and  Notes  refer  to  all  matters  of  medical 
interest  in  this  great  centre. 

A  novel  and  useful  feature  is  the  giving  of  the  title  of 
the  original  articles  in  a  number  of  leading  medical  journals 
of  the  world  with  a  resume  of  the  article.  There  are  six 
or  seven  original  articles  in  each  number,  and  so  far 
the  editor  has  succeeded  in  securing  papers  from  the 
leading  medical  writers  of  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

If  the  same  freshness  and  scientific  vitality  continues  to 
characterize  this  new  medical  journal,  which  is  worthy  of  an 
extended  patronage,  we  bespeak  for  it  an  unexampled 
career. 


EDITORIAL.  157 

THE  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

DENVER    MEETING,   JUNE   7TH,    1 898. 


COMMITTEE  OF  ARRANGEMENTS. 
306  McPhee  Building, 


Denver,  Col.,  March 


ING,  \ 

15,  1898.  j 


Dr.  J.  M.  Beausoleil, 

President  Canadian  Medical  Association,  Quebec  : 

My  Dear  Sir  : — I  am  requested  by  the  local  Commit- 
tee of  Arrangements  for  the  coming  meeting  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  which  will  be  held  in  Denver  on  June 
7th  to  icth  next,  to  extend  to  you  and  the  members  of  the 
Canadian  Medical  Association  a  cordial  invitation  to  attend 
this  meeting.  Great  interest  is  being  taken  throughout  the 
United  States,  and  this  promises  to  be  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful meetings  of  the  American  Medical  Association  which 
has  ever  been  held.  Special  trains  are  being  arranged  from 
many  of  the  eastern  cities  to  bring  the  delegates  to  Denver 
at  that  time,  and  the  railways  are  heartily  taking  up  the 
matter  and  promising  enthusiastic  co-operation  to  make  the 
occasion  an  unqualified  success.  The  opportunity  will  be 
an  unusual  one  for  those  desirous  of  seeing  the  great  health 
resorts  of  Colorado  and  the  Rocky  Mountains  under  favor- 
able circumstances,  and  at  very  much  reduced  cost.  Dele- 
gates from  Canada  may  feel  assured  that  the  members  of  the 
profession  in  Denver  and  Colorado  will  heartily  welcome 
them  to  this  meeting,  and  will  do  all  in  their  power  to  make 
their  excursion  an  enjoyable  one.  Visitors  from  Medical 
Societies  outside  of  the  United  States  are  invited  to  register 
without  fee,  and  to  exercise  all  the  privileges  of  membership, 
except,  of  course,  that  of  voting. 

We  hope  that  the  Canadian  Medical  Association  will  be 
represented  by  a  very  large  delegation. 

Will  you  please  see  that  some  notice  of  this  invitation  is 
sent  to  the  members  of  the  Association  throughout  the 
Dominion,  so  that  they  may  feel  assured  of  a  hearty  welcome 
it  they  come,  and  are  properly  introduced  by  your  Society.  . 

I  remain,  dear  sir,  yours  very  truly, 

(Signed)         EDMUND  J.  A.  ROGERS  (McGill), 

Chairman  Committee  on  Foreign  Invitations. 


158  EDITORIAL. 

THE  ETHICS  AND  POLITICS  OF  MEDICAL 
BOOKREVIEWS. 

The  following  editorial  on  this  subject  from  the  Phila- 
aelphia  Medical Jonrnal  sheds  light  on  some  dark  places,  and 
is  exceedingly  suggestive  as  to  where  reform  is  required  : — 

We  have  talked  with  many  editors  concerning  book- 
reviewing,  and  for  years  have  attentively  studied  the  methods 
and  motives  at  work.  As  a  result  we  have  no  hesitancy 
in  saying  that  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  reviews  in  our 
275  medical  journals  are  not  only  incompetently  done,  but 
that  they  are  worthless  scientifically,  ethically,  and  as  litera- 
ture. This  everybody  knows  well  enough,  and  it  is  admitted 
by  editor,  author,  publisher,  reviewer,  and  profession.  The 
whole  business  needs  revolutionizing  or  aboh'shing.  The 
review  department  of  journals  whose  editors  have  any  trace 
of  journalistic  or  professional  conscientiousness  is  the  terror 
and  the  disgust  of  these  editors.  It  is  the  football  of  com- 
mercial interests,  dominated  by  prejudice  or  by  personal 
motives,  either  of  the  editor,  as  regards  his  publisher,  or  as 
regards  his  author ;  or,  on  the  other  hand,  of  a  hundred  pos- 
sible jealousies  and  concealed  motives  of  the  reviewer,  as 
regards  the  author.  When  secret  malevolence  does  not  rule, 
over  all  is  the  paralyzing  hypnosis  of  the  desire  to  say  plea- 
sant things,  to  avoid  arousing  enmities,  and  not  to  hurt  the 
feelings  of  the  author  and  publisher.  The  result  is  that 
the  whole  affair,  from  one  motive  or  another,  is  deeply 
dyed  with  dishonesty,  superficiality,  flattery  or  malignancy, — 
but  all  thoroughly  misleading. 

That  is  the  diagnosis.  Pages  might  be  devoted  to  the 
symptomatology: — Editors,  e.g.,  refusing  to  review  books  of 
their  rivals,  or  doing  so  maliciously  ;  publishers  dictating 
good  reviews  of  their  own  books,  or  "  swapping "  good 
reviews  with  certain  rival  publishers  ;  publishers  coercing 
the  character  of  reviews  in  other  journals  than  their  own  by  a 
dozen  contemptible  means,  or  refusing  to  send  any  of  their 
books  at  all  to  the  non-complaisant;  medical  journals  indis- 
criminately reprinting  the  publishers'  circulars  and  praising 
every  book  with  stereotyped  phrases — for  the  sake  of  the 
private  library-shelves  ;  authors  anonymously  reviewing  their 
own  books  ;  lenient  editors,  to  avoid  trouble,  bunching 
twenty  so-called  reviews  on  a  page,  etc.,  etc  ,  with  infinite 
variations,  ad  nauseam. 

We  cannot  go  now  into  the  treatment,  but  wish  only  to 
speak  of  one  complication  of  the  disease  that  needs  a  bit  of 
clearing  up.      Reviewers  may  be  divided  into  three  classes  : 


EDITORIAL.  159 

the  anonymous  (or  editorial),  the  initialed  (or  hermaphrodi- 
tic), and  the  entirely-signed  (or  purely  individual).  The  last 
class  may  be  passed  over,  because  when  a  reviewer  signs 
his  whole  name  his  opinions  carry  weight  only  according  to 
his  personal  ability,  and  are  recognised  by  all  as  simply  one 
man's  opinion.  The  neuter-gender  review  by  initials  is 
"neither  flesh  nor  fowl  nor  good  red  herring."  Neither  the 
journal  nor  the  individual  is  held  responsible. 

All  reviews,  like  all  editorials  that  have  any  respect 
shown  them,  or  that  have  carrying-power,  are  anonymous, 
and  for  these  the  Journal  must  assume  direct  and  absolute 
editorial  responsibility.  Any  other  course  results  in  ludi- 
crous and  silly  ineptitude  and  self-contradiction.  If  the 
periodical  does  not  assume  this  responsibility,  there  is  no 
right  to  use  the  editorial  "we,"  and  no  right,  human,  or 
professional,  or  commercial,  to  review  the  book  at  all.  The 
spectacle  of  an  editor,  for  example,  in  one  column,  reviewing 
eulogistically  a  book  that  denounces  on  every  page  the  germ- 
theory  of  disease,  and  maligning  the  motives  of  those  who 
believe  in  the  germ-theory,  while,  on  another  page  of  the 
journal,  editorially  upholding  the  doctrine — all  this  is  illumi- 
nating— of  many  things. 

We  are  thorough  believers  in  the  wisdom  of  the  anony- 
mity of  editorials  and  reviews  in  medical  journalism,  and  the 
strict  holding  of  the  journal  to  an  accountability  for  every 
editorial  utterance.  It  would  seem  that  this  position  would 
hardly  need  defence.  All  high  journalism  has  come  to  this 
practice,  and  it  is  the  only  condition  of  ethical  and  journa- 
listic progress.  There  is  something  in  the  editorial  "  we  " 
that  cannot  be  gained  by  any  ego-ism  or  individualism,  how- 
ever expert  and  able.  Nos  becomes  vov'i  by  putting  "you" 
into  it,  A  good  journal  must  have  a  character  of  its  own 
that  is  different  from  that  of  any  other  journal,  and  from 
that  of  any  one  or  more  of  its  editorial  staff.  It  is,  in  a  word, 
if  at  all  true  to  any  ideal  standards,  an  organ,  the  spokesman 
of  many  and  of  all,  and  must,  consciously  or  unconsciously, 
trend  to  non-individualism,  to  action  in  the  interests  and  aims 
of  the  many.  It  is  this  very  impersonalism  that  gives  its 
opinion  weight  and  unselfishness  ;  an  editorial  writer  must 
merge  his  individuality,  his  personal  peculiarities,  into  the 
larger  general  purposes,  look  for  the  light  and  truth  that  is 
beneath  individual  imperfections,  struggling  to  larger  issues 
and  for  the  common  good.  Anonymity  in  men,  if  not  in 
puppets,  quenches  whims,  foibles,  and  crankeries,  and  leads 
to  attention  riveted  upon  the  wants  of  and  duties  to  the 
thousands  of  readers.  Let  every  subscriber  hold  the  com- 
posite editorial   personality  strictly    responsible  for  what   is 


l6o  THE   AMERICAN    MEDICAL   ASSOCIATION. 

said  in  all  unsigned  articles.  In  this  way,  the  careless  and 
laissez-faire  editor  can  be  brought  up  standing  before  the  bar 
of  professional  responsibility.  One  result  of  such  an  account- 
ing would  bean  ending  of  the  thousand  disgraces  of  medical- 
book  reviewing,  which  at  present  make  our  journalism  the 
butt  of  ridicule  of  every  conscientious  and  wide-awake 
reader. 


THE  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Section  on  Materia.  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 

The  following  papers  and  discussions  have  been  pro- 
mised for  the  meeting  at  Denver,  Col,  June  7-10,  1898  : — 

"  Yellow  Fever  :  Its  Etiology  and  Treatment."  Discussion 
by  Surgeon-General  George  M.  Sternberg,  M.D.,  of  Wash- 
ington, D,C.  ;  Prof.  John  Guiteras,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia  ; 
SoUace  Mitchell,  M.D.,  of  Jacksonville,  Fla. ;  T.  S.  Scales, 
M.D.;  of  Mobile,  Ala.;  G.  B.  Thornton,  M.D.,  of  Memphis, 
Tenn. ;  H.  M.  Bracken,  M.D.,  of  Minneapolis,  Minn.  ;  P.  E. 
Archinard,  M.D.,  of  New  Orleans.  La.;  Prof.  William  H. 
Welch,  M.D.,  of  Baltimore,  Md.  ;  Captain  R.  S.  Woodson, 
M.D.,  Assistant  Surgeon  United  States  Army,  of  Fort  Mc- 
Pherson,Ga.  ;  Prof.  William  Pepper,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  of  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

"  Aims  of  Modern  Treatment  of  Tuberculosis."  By 
Prof.  Edwin  Klebs,  M.D.,  of  Chicago.  Discussion  by  Charles 
Denison,  M.D.,  of  Denver,  Col.  ;  Prof  William  Pepper,  M.D., 
LL.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. ;  Prof  William  H.  Welch,  of 
Baltimore,  Md.  ;  Prof  William  E.  Hughes,  M.D.,  of  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

"  Serum-therapy  of  Tuberculosis."  By  Prof  S.  O.  L. 
Potter,  M.D.,  of  San  Francisco,  Cal.  Discussion  by  Prof. 
James  M.  Anders,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa.  ;  C.  C.  Fischer, 
M.D.,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

"  The  Therapeutics  of  Pulmonary  Phthisis."  By  Paul 
Paquin,  M.D.,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

"  The  Practical  Value  of  Artificial  Serum  in  Medical 
Cases."     By  P.  C.  Remondino,  M.D..of  San  Diego,  Cal. 

"The  Present  Status  of  Serum-therapy."  By  George  W. 
Cox,  M.D.,  of  Chicago,  111. 

"  Biological  Activity  of  the  Antitoxins."  By  Prof. 
Joseph  McFarland,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"Glandular  Extracts."  By  Prof  Isaac  Ott,  M.D.,  of 
Easton,  Pa. 

"  The  Use  of  Remedies  in  Diseases  of  the  Heart  and 
Blood-vessels."  By  T.  Lauder  Brunton,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S., 
of  London. 


THE   AMERICAN   MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION.  l6l 

"  The  Mescal  Button."  By  Prof.  D.  W.  Prentiss,  M.D., 
of  Washington,  D.  C,  and  F.  P.  Morgan,  M.D. 

"  The  Modern  Intestinal  Antiseptics  and  Astringents." 
By  William  Frankhauser,  M.D.,  of  New  York.  Discussion 
by  Boardman  Reed,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"A  New  Non-amylaceous  Flour  for  Diabetics  and  Dys- 
peptics." By  N.  S.  Davis,  jun,,  A.  M.,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  of 
Chicago,  111. 

"The  Solution  of  Ethyl  Nitrite."  By  D.  J.  Leech, 
M.D.,  of  Manchester,  Eng. 

*'  A  Contribution  to  the  Effects  of  Coffee  in  Excess." 
By  Prof  William  Pepper,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"  The  Treatment  of  Insomnia."  By  Robert  T.  Edes, 
M.D.,  of  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass. 

"Are  there  Therapeutic  Principles.''"  By  Solomon 
Solis-Cohen,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"  To  What  Extent  is  Typhoid  Fever  favorably  modified 
in  Its  Course,  Duration,  Termination  or  Sequelae  by  the 
Administration  of  Drugs"  By  Frank  Woodbury,  M.D.,  of 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"  Strychnine."  By  J.  N.  Upshur,  M.D.,  of  Richmond, 
Va.  Discussion  by  Prof.  J.  H.  Musser,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia, 
Pa.  ;  Walter  M.  Pyle,  A.M.,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"Methods  of  Teaching  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeu- 
tics."    By  Prof.  G.  H.  Rohe,  M.D.,  of  Baltimore,  Md. 

"The  Study  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics."  By 
H.  M.  Bracken,  M.D.,  of  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

"  A  Contribution  to  the  Pharmacology  of  Cannabis 
Indica."  By  C.  R.  Marshall,  M.A.,  M.B.,  Pharmacological 
Laboratory,  Downing  College,  Cambridge,  England. 

"  The  Place  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  in  the  Treatment  of 
Diseases  of  the  Stomach. "  By  Boardman  Reed,  M.  D.,  of 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"  The  Continuous  Use  of  Digitaline  in  the  Vasomotor 
and  Cardiac  Lesions  of  Senility."  By  Henrjt  Beates,  jun.,  M. 
D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"  Home  Remedies  versus  Patent  Medicines."  By  Prof. 
Adolph  Koenig,  M.  D.,  of  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

"  Opium  in  Bacterial  Diseases. "  By  J.  P.  Farnesworth, 
M.  D.,  of  Clinton,  la. 

"  The  Great  Therapeutic  Importance  of  a  Rational 
Adaptation  of  Cathartic  Remedies  to  the  Physiological 
Functions  of  the  Gastro-intestinal  System.  "  By  E,  D.  Mc- 
Daniels,  M.  D.,  L  L.  D.,  of  Mobile,  Ala.  Discussion  by  Prof. 
John  M.Dunham;  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  of  Columbus,  O. 

"  Recognition  of  Temperament :  a  Factor  to  the  Sel- 
ection of  Remedies,  and  their  Dosage  in  Disease.  "  By  J. 
E.  Moses,  M.  D.,  of  Kanas  City,  Mo. 


l62  THE   AMERICAN    MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

"  On  Some  Preparations  of  the  National   Formulary.'* 
By  C.  Lewis  Diehl,  Ph.  G.,  of  Louisville,  Ky. 
!       "  The  Use  of  Stimulants  in  Acute  Diseases.  "     By  E.  B. 
Hershey,  M.  D.,  of  Denver,  Col. 

"  Codeina."    By  A.  K.  Minich,  M.  D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"  Therapeutics  of  Idiopathic  Epilepsy.  "  By  Prof.  J.  N. 
Barnhill,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,    of  Columbus,  O. 

"  The  Use  of  Drugs  in  Diseases  of  the  Uterus.  "  By 
Prof.  John  M.  Dunham,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  of  Columbus,  O. 

"Why  the  Pharmacopceial  Preparations  should  be 
Prescribed  and  Used  by  the  Profession,  "  By  Leon  L. 
Solomon,  M.  D.,  of  Louisville,  Ky. 

"  The  Use  of  Electricity  by  the  Practitioner. "  By 
Caleb  Brown,  M.  D.,  of  Sac  City,  la. 

"The  Relation  of  Pharmacal  Legislation  to  Pharuiacal 
Education.  "     By  Willis  G.  Gregory,  Ph.  G.,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

"The  Uric-Acid  Diothesis  :  Its  Cause  and  Maladies 
Resulting  from  it.  Is  it  a  Cause  or  an  Effect  of  Bright's  Disease 
of  the  Kidneys  ?"  By  H.  V.  Sweringen,  M.  D.,  of  Fort 
Wayne,  Ind. 

"The  Sulphocarbolates. "  By  Prof  William  F.  Waugh^ 
M.  D.,  of  Chicago,  III. 

"  Incompatibles."  By  B.  E.  A„  Ruddiman,  Ph.  M.,  M. 
D.,  of  Nashville,  Tenn, 

"Fraudulent  Claims— The  Remedy."  By  C.  C.  Fite, 
M.  D.,  of  New  York. 

"The  Selection  of  Diuretics  and  Lithon,  triptics  in 
Diseases  of  the  Urinary  Tract.  "  By  Ernest  L.  Stephens, 
M.  D.,  of  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 

"  Life-history  of  the  BacilusTuberculosis  in  its  Relation 
to  the  Treatment  by  Tuberculin.  "  By  Robert  Reyburn,  M. 
D.,  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

"  The  Chemistry  of  the  Albuminates.  "  By  F.  E.  Stewart, 
M.  D.,  ofNew  Y/)rk. 

The  following  have  also  promised  papers,  subjects  to  be 
announced  very  soon,  together  with  the  day  assigned  for 
each  discussion  and  paper: 

Dr.  R.  S.  Woodson,  U.  S.  A.,  Fort  McPherson,  Ga.  Dr. 
Dudley  W.  Buxton,  London,  England  ;  Prof  I.  E.  Atkinson, 
of  Baltimore,  Md. ;  Prof.  George  F.  Butler,  M.  D.,  of  Chicago, 
111. ;  Prof  Joseph  P.  Remington,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa.  ;  Prof. 
Ernest  B.  Sangree,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  of  Nashville,  Tenn.  ;  Dr.  L. 
A.  Sayre,  of  Lawrence,  Kas. ;  Dr.  T.  M.  BalHet,  of  Philadelphia, 
Pa. 

The  chairman  will  be  pleased  to  receive  and  place  upon 
the  programme  su  jects  for  discussion  and  papers.  John  V. 
Shoemaker,  M.  D..  chairman,  15 19,  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia 
Pa. 


PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT.  163 

PERSONAL. 

Dr.  Lapthorn  Smith,  who  has  arranged  to  spend  the 
summer  visiting  the  Gynaecological  clinics  of  Europe,  will  leave 
Montreal  on  the  21st  May,  and  will  be  absent  until  the  21st 
of  August.  He  has  promised  to  send  the  Canada  Medical 
Record  monthly  letters  from  London,  Paris  and  Berlin, 
which  are  sure  to  prove  of  interest  to  our  readers. 


PUBIvISHKRS  DKPARTTMKNT. 


APPLETONS'  POPULAR  SCIENCE  MONTHLY  FOR   MARCH,  1898. 

The  openipg  article  in  Appletons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  March 
describes  A  Summer  Journey  to  the  Sahara  Desert  ;  It  is  by  Prof.  Angelo 
Heilprin,  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  is  copiously  illustrated. 
Franklin  Smith,  under  the  title  An  Apostate  Democracy,  sharply  criticises  the 
degeneration  of  Ameiican  political  ideals  and  statesmanship.  Dr.  Fred  E. 
Leonard  discusses,  the  important  question  of  Physical  Training  in  the  Colleges^ 
he  points  out  the  good  results  which  have  tbllovved  its  general  introduction,  and 
gives  a  general  survey  of  the  methods  in  use  at  different  institutions.  The  pioneer 
scientific  society  of  the  Wejt,  The  Academy  of  Natural  Science  at  St.  Louis^  is 
described  by  Prof.  Frederick  Starr,  of  the  University  of  Chicago.  In  a  World 
Half  as  Large  is  the  title  of  an  ai  tide  by  the  late  M.  J,  Delboeuf,  discussing 
some  of  the  inconsistencies  of  Laplace's  Exposition  du  Systeme  du  Monde,  The 
concluding  chapter  in  Prof.  William  Z.  Ripley's  series  on  the  Racial  Geography 
of  Europe  takes  up  the  problems  of  city  populations.  An  interesting  archae lo- 
gical paper,  by  F.  S.  Dellenbaugh,  is  entitled  Fabric-Marked  Pottery.  The 
Taxation  of  Choses  in  Action  is  the  title  of  David  A.  Wells's  sixteenth  chapter. 
Harold  W.  Fairbanks  describes  the  curious  geologic  structure  of  the  Great 
Sierra  Nevada  Fault  Scarp  ;  the  text  is  accompanied  by  instructive  illustrations. 
The  first  Thermometers,  by  M.  P.  Duhem,  gives  a  history  of  this  now  universally 
used  instrument,  and  describes  some  of  the  curious  forms  in  which  its  principle 
was  first  applied  to  ascertaining  temperature.  The  Sketch  is  of  Sir  Joseph 
Lister,  the  author  of  antiseptic  surgeiy.  The  Claims  of  Science  and  the  Upward 
Struggle  of  Society  aie  the  titles  in  the  Editor's  Table. 

New  York  :  D.  Appleton  and  Company.     Fifty  cents  a  number;  $5  a  year. 

PAIN  IN  OTITIS. 

Dr.  George  H.  Poweis,  Professor  of  Opthalmology  and  Otology  in  the 
University  of  California,  San  Francisco,  in  an  article  in  The  Medical  News ,  writes 
as  follows  in  reference  to  the  treatment  of  pain  in  otitis  :  *'  At  my  first  visit  I 
found  a  copious  discharge  of  bloody  serum  from  the  ear  with  hardly  a  trace  of  pus. 
He  suffered  from  severe  cephalalgia,  but  there  was  no  special  tenderness  in  or 
about  the  ear,  and  no  swelling.  Thorough  cleansing  of  the  meatus  with  dry  cotton 
relieved  the  pain  in  the  head  remarkably,  and  with  a  dose  of  antikamnia,  la 
grains,  he  slept  some  hours." 

SANMETTO  THE  STANDARD  PREPARATION  FOR  GENITO- 
URINARY DISEASES. 

For  some  years  I  have  been  a  very  warm  admirer  of  Sanmetto,  and  have 
found  its  action  marked  and  well  defined  in  the  cases  wherein  I  have  have  used 
it.  In  cases  of  prostatitis,  with  loss  of  virile  power  in  elderly  men,  I  find  its 
action  superb.     In  chronic  specific  urethritis,  cystitis  and  all  irritable  conditions 


1 64  PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT. 

of  the  urinary  tract  I  find  Sanmetto  very  efficacious.  I  do  not  hesitate  to  recom- 
mend it  as  a  standard  preparation  in  cases  where  the  action  of  pure  santal  and 
saw -palmetto  is  indicated. 

Jos.  Marshall,  M.D. 
DuRAND,  Mich. 

SANMETTO  AN  INVALUABLE  ADDITION  TO  OUR 
MATERIA  MEDICA, 

It  gives  me  pleasure  to  state  that  Sanmetto  at  my  hands  has  proven  all  that 
its  manufacturers  claim  for  it.  I  consider  it  an  invaluable  addition  to  our 
materia  medica. 

Schuyler  C.  Graves,  M.D., 

Dean,  and  Professor  of  the  Principles  of  Surgery  and 
Clinical  Surgery,  and  Clinical  Professor  of  Abdo- 
minal   Surgery,   in   the  Grand   Rapids  Medical 
College. 
Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 


No  one  who  is  interested  in  the  best  contemporary  French  literature  can 
afford  to  miss  the  series  of  sketches  and  stories  by  Paul  Bourget,  which  will  begin 
in  The  Living  Age  for  April  2.  These  sketches  have  been  but  recently  published 
in  France,  and  this  is  their  first  appearance  in  English  dress.  They  are  translated 
for  The  Living  Age  by  William  Marchant.  They  are  extremely  clever  and  char- 
acteristic. 


CANADA 


MEDICAL  RECORD 


APRIL.    1398. 


Original  Communications. 

STRONTIUM  AND  ITS  SALTS. 

By  ALEXANDER  B.  BRIGGS,  M.D. 

That  the  profession  have  in  strontium  salts  remedies  of 
great  therapeutic  value  is  my  firm  belief,  and  my  experience 
with  them  in  practice  during  the  past  two  years  has  very 
materially  strengthened  my  faith  in  them.  It  has  been  a 
surprise  to  me  in  conversation  with  quite  a  number  of  my 
colleagues  to  find  that  they  are  so  seldom  prescribed.  That 
they  have  been  of  such  signal  help  to  me  in  my  professional 
work,  and  that  so  little  has  been  said  and  written  about  them 
of  late,  is  my  only  excuse  for  bringing  the  subject  before  you 
to-day. 

There  seems  to  be  an  impression  that  there  is  more  or 
less  danger  in  the  use  of  the  strontium  salts  from  their  toxic 
effects  ;  this  is  wholly  an  error,  as  has  been  proved  by  the 
researches  of  such  men  as  Professor  Germain  See,  Dr.  Con- 
stantin  Paul  and  Dujardin-Beaumetz,  who  found  that,  in 
every  instance  where  conflicting  reports  and  toxic  effects 
have  been  reported  from  their  use,  they  were  due  to  the  pre- 
sence of  barium,  which  is  found  in  the  commercial  product. 
When  I  have  prescribed  these  remedies  I  have  always  used 
the  pure  salts  (Paraf-Javal)  or  their  solution  prepared  by  P. 
Chapoteaut  of  Paris.  At  present  I  think  Strontium  and  its 
salts  are  unofficinal  in  the  pharma  copoeia,  but,  nevertheless, 
the  discovery  of  their    therapeutical  properties  and  the  good 

Read  before  the  Washington  Co.  ^R.I.)  Medical  Society,  July  8,  1897. 


l66  BRIGGS  :   STRONTIUM   AND   ITS   SALTS. 

results  in  therapeia  that  have  followed  their  administration 
would  warrant  us  in  the  belief  that,  as  they  become  better 
known  and  more  often  prescribed,  they  will  become  more 
highly  appreciated. 

The  salts  that  I  have  most  frequently  used  are  the  bro- 
mide, iodide  and  lactate,  and  I  will  speak  of  them  in  the  above 
order. 

Bromide  of  strontium  is  a  colorless,  transparent  salt, 
occuring  in  hexagonal  crystals.  It  is  somewhat  deliquescent. 
The  dose  is  from  five  grains  to  one  drachm.  It  is  not  incom- 
patible with  the  bromides  of  the  alkalies,  and  it  is  soluble  m 
both  water  and  alcohol  ;  it  can  be  administered  with  all  the 
alcoholic  tinctures  and  most  fluid  extracts.  Its  indications 
for  use  are  those  of  bromide  of  potassium,  and,  while  it  is  a 
perfect  substitute  for  the  potash  salt,  its  prolonged  use  even 
in  large  doses  does  not  seem  to  produce  the  untoward  results 
so  often  noticed  in  the  use  of  the  former  salt.  The  gastric 
disturbances,  the  cutaneous  eruptions  so  often  noticed  in  the 
use  of  the  potash  salt,  are  not  seen  when  the  strontium  salt 
is  used  ;  again,  the  depressing  and  systemic  agitation  from 
the  prolonged  use  of  the  potash,  which  all  have  encountered  in 
practice,  I  have  never  seen  from  the  strontium  bromide. 

In  cases  of  epilepsy  and  other  spasmodic  neuroses,  where 
the  potash  salt  has  been  given  for  a  long  time,  the  patient 
thereby  becoming  insusceptible  to  its  action,  the  strontium 
salt  may  be  substituted  with  safety  and  great  advantage. 

In  many  diseases  of  the  stomach,  the  bromide  salt  will 
be  found  of  especial  benefit.  In  three  obstinate  cases  of 
vomiting  of  pregnancy  in  which  I  have  prescribed  the  drug 
during  the  past  year,  two  received  signal  benefit,  while  in  the 
third  case  it  seemed  to  have  no  marked  effect  upon  the 
vomiting,  as  the  stomach  would  not  retain  the  remedy  ;  in  this 
case  it  appeared  to  have  some  reflex  effect  upon  the  vomiting 
centre,  when  given  in  drachm  doses  per  rectum  every  six 
hours,  and  it  was  so  administered  for  several  days  in  connec- 
tion with  other  treatment. 

In  one  case  of  hyperaesthesia  of  the  stomach  that  accom- 
panied and  followed  ulceration  for  several  weeks  after  I  was 
satisfied  the  ulcer  had  healed,  the  neuroses  promptly  yielded  to 


BRIGGS  :   STRONTIUM  AND   ITS   SALTS.  1 67 

ten  grain  doses  of  the  drug,  given  one  half  hour  before  food, 
and  there  was  no  return  of  this  most  distressing  symptom. 

A  patient  suffering  from  exophthalmic  goitre  about  a  year 
ago  consulted  a  specialist  in  regard  to  a  severe  tinnitus  aurium 
from  which  she  suffered  ;  bromide  of  potassium  was  prescribed 
in  full  doses.  At  first  the  patient  seemed  to  get  some  relief 
from  the  remedy,  and  it  was  continued  for  several  months ; 
during  this  time  the  patient  developed  severe  mental  excite- 
ment with  true  delusions.  Suspecting  the  remedy,  it  was  dis- 
continued, and  in  a  few  days  the  mental  excitement  subsided 
with  a  marked  increase  of  the  tinnitus.  At  this  time,  strontium 
bromide  was  substituted  with  full  as  good  effect  upon  the 
symptom,  and  the  patient  has  continued  to  take  it  during  the 
past  three  months,  with  no  return  of  the  mental  excitement ; 
the  delusions  continue  however. 

We  are  occasionally  consulted  by  a  class  of  patients  that 
are  plethoric,  who  complain  of  a  general  feeling  of  lassitude, 
frontal  headache,  constipation,  a  disposition  to  sleep  all  the 
time,  various  skin  diseases  ;  the  urine  is  loaded  with  urates,  and 
frequently  the  heart's  action  is  feeble,  due  to  commencing 
fatty  degeneration ;  these  patients  are  sometimes  fat,  other 
times  lean,  but  are  always  overfed.  Any  or  all  of  these 
symptoms  may  exist,  but  will  surely  be  relieved  by  the  use  of 
bromide  strontium  administered  before  meals,  accompanied 
by  a  restricted  diet. 

In  other  cases  of  digestive  disorders  accompanied  with 
acid  fermentations,  and  the  formation  of  gases  of  decomposition 
with  chronic  diarrhoea,  the  bromide  has  given  me  excellent 
results. 

Strontium  iodide  occurs  in  colorless,  transparent  hexagon- 
al crystals,  having  a  bitter  saline  taste,  freely  soluble  in 
water  and  alcohol.  Like  the  bromide  salt  it  is  incompatible 
with  solution  of  the  sulphates  and  carbonates  of  soda,  potash, 
and  lime,  but  is  not   incompatible  with  other  iodides. 

Iodide  of  strontium  is  an  excellent  tonic  and  alterative, 
and  may  with  safety  be  prescribed  in  any  case  where  the 
potash  salt  is  indicated.  In  quite  an  extended  use  of  the 
drug  I  have  never  known  it  to  induce  the  gastric  irritation 
or  palpitation  of  the  heart  so  common  in  the  adniinistration 


l68  BRIGGS  :   STRONTIUM  AND   ITS   SALTS. 

of  iodide  of  potash  in  full  doses.  Its  effects  in  catarrhal 
asthma,  chronic  bronchitis  and  cardio-pulmonary  affections 
have  been  most  satisfactory.  The  drug  is  quickly  eliminated 
by  the  kidneys,  the  strontium  seeming  to  supplement  the 
action  of  the  iodine  by  its  own  peculiar  action  on  the  func- 
tions of  nutrition. 

In  connection  with  the  above,  I  wish  to  report  the  fol- 
lowing case : 

Mr.  B.,  age  about  seventy,  has  had  a  catarrhal  bron- 
chitis accompanied  with  asthma  for  the  past  ten  or  fifteen 
years.    At  the  time  the  strontium  salt  was  prescribed  he  pre- 
sented the  following  conditions  :  catarrhal  bronchitis  of  both 
lungs  with  paroxysmal  attacks  of  asthma,  bad  cough  with  pro- 
fuse expectoration,  has  been  unable  to  lie  in  bed  for  over 
two  years,  body  emaciated,  appetite   poor,  urine  scanty,  no 
sugar  or  albumen  present,  marked  arterio-sclerosls,  oedema  of 
both  feet  and  legs  ;  pulse  one  hundred  to  one  hundred  and 
twenty  per  minute,  mitral  insufficiency  with  dilatation  of  the 
heart,  takes  little  food.    For  several  weeks,  from  one  to  three 
pints  of  water  had  exuded    from   the  feet  and  legs   every 
twenty- four   hours.      The   patient   had    been    treated    with 
iodide  of  potassium  at  various  times,  always  with  consider- 
able relief,  but  he  had  been  unable  to  continue  the  drug  for 
any  great  length  of  time  or  in  anything  like  the  full  dose  on 
account  of  the  gastric    irritation    which   it   produced.     We 
began   the  treatment  with    ten  grains  of  strontium  iodide 
every   six  hours,  subsequently   the   dose   was   increased    to 
twenty  grains.     Within  one  week  all  the  symptoms  had  im- 
proved.    The  cardiac  functions  were  better  performed,  the 
asthmatic  attacks  had  subsided,  and  within  one  month  the 
patient  was  able  to  move  about  the  house.     The  remedy  has 
been  continued  about  every  other  month  during  the  year,  and 
I  have  seen  the  patient  at  work  in  his  garden  within  the  past 
week. 

From  my  observations  of  the  action  of  the  iodide  of 
strontium,  I  am  satisfied  that  it  is  safe  to  prescribe  it  as  a 
substitute  for  the  potassium  salt,  and,  while  the  dose  is  about 
the  same,  the  remedy  can  be  pushed  to  a  dose  far  beyond  the 
limit  of  safety  with  the  potassium  salt,  and  that  without  fear 
of  producing  symptoms  of  intolerance. 


BRIGGS:   STRONTIUM  AND   ITS   SALTS.  169 

Strontium  lactate  is  a  white  granular  powder,  odorless 
and  has  a  slightly  bitter,  saline  taste.  Soluble  in  about  four 
parts  of  water  and  freely  soluble  in  alcohol ;  dose  from  five 
to  sixty  grains.  Cases  are  reported  where  as  much  as  one 
hundred  and  sixty  grains  have  been  administered  with  no 
untoward  effects.  The  lactate  has  been  often  prescribed  ifor 
Bright's  disease  both  in  acute  and  chronic  forms,  with 
excellent  results.  Constantin  Paul  concludes  that  it  is  indi- 
cated in  parenchymatous  nephritis,  the  rheumatismal  and 
gouty  forms,  but  is  not  useful  in  interstitial  nephritis.  Du- 
jardin-Beaumetz  confirms  these  statements,  and  says  that 
when  he  has  administered  the  remedy  in  cases  of  albumi- 
nuria, he  has  obtained  uniformly  a  reduction  in  the  quantity 
of  albumen  passed  ;  that,  while  it  affects  the  most  important 
symptoms  favorably,  it  does  not  remove  the  pathological 
condition.  The  remedy  possesses  the  advantage  over  other 
drugs  in  the  treatment  of  this  disease  in  that  it  promotes  the 
appetite,  aids  digestion  and  assimilation,  and  can  be  admin- 
istered for  a  long  time  continuously  with  no  bad  effects. 

In  two  cases  of  albuminuria  of  pregnancy,  in  which  I  have 
made  use  of  the  lactate,  the  most  gratifying  results  have  fol- 
lowed. In  one  case  where  there  was  severe  headache,  in- 
sufficient urinary  discharge,  general  dropsy  and  the  symptoms 
of  uremia  present,  and  where  diuretics,  purgatives  and  dia- 
phoretics had  signally  failed  to  give  relief,  the  lactate  was 
substituted  in  fifteen  grain  doses  every  four  hours,  with  a 
marked  diminution  of  all  the  symptoms  and  with  a  decrease 
of  more  than  one-half  the  amount  of  albumen  excreted 
within  forty-eight  hours.  The  improvement  in  the  general 
condition  of  the  patients  was  noted  from  the  beginning  of  the 
treatment. 

In  several  cases  of  cystitis  in  the  aged,  due  to  hyper- 
trophy of  the  prostate,  the  drug  was  given  in  connection 
with  buchu  with  marked  amelioration  of  the  symptoms. 
Although  the  lactate  does  not  seem  to  possess  any  diuretic 
properties,  nevertheless  its  action  upon  the  urinary  organs 
seems  to  be  salutary  in  the  extreme. 

Professor  Germain  See,  in  the  treatment  of  affections  of 
the  stomach,   considers   the  strontium  salts    as  far  superior 
o  the  alkaline  carbonates. 


I/O  STIRLING  :   VALEDICTORY  ADDRESS. 

Bartholow  states  that  the  phosphate  of  strontium  ap- 
pears to  rather  improve  the  appetite,  promote  the  activity  of 
assimilation  and  increase  the  body  weight.  The  phosphate 
more  especially  is  a  reconstituent,  an  agent  having  the  power 
to  increase  the  nutritive  energies.  Recently  the  salicylate  of 
strontium  has  been  highly  extolled  in  the  treatment  of 
rheumatism,  I  have,  however,  had  no  experience  with  the 
drug. 

For  a  number  of  years  I  have  been  satisfied  that  many  of 
the  untoward  symptoms  that  follow  the  use  of  the  potash  salts 
in  full  doses  are  due  as  much  or  more  to  the  potash  which 
they  contain  as  to  the  iodine  or  bromine.  As  we  all  know 
potassium  is  always  a  poison,  even  in  small  doses  when  often 
repeated.  In  bromide  of  potassium,  potash  constitutes  one- 
third  of  the  salt,  and  when  given  in  large  doses  it  cannot  fail 
but  exert  its  toxicological  effects. 

Well  known  authorities  have  long  ago  demonstrated 
that  there  was  far  less  danger  in  the  use  of  the  sodium  than 
the  potash  salts. 

If  we  have  in  the  strontium  salts  remedies  that  can  be 
used  in  full  doses  and  for  a  long  time  without  the  unfortunate 
efifects  that  sometimes  follow  the  use  of  the  potash  salts,  it 
behooves  us  to  give  our  patients  the  benefit  of  the  fact, 

VALEDICTORY  ADDRESS  TOTHE  GRADUATING 
CLASS,  1898,  AT  THE  26th  ANNUAL  CONVOCA- 
TION   UNIVERSITY    OF    BISHOP'S    COL- 
LEGE, FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE. 

By  J.  W.  STIRLING,  M.D. 

Mr.  Chancellor,  Mr.  Dean,  Members  of  Convocation,  Members 
of  the  Graduatmg  Class,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen  : — 

The  Faculty  of  Medicine  has  honored  me  by  asking 
me  to  deliver  the  farewell  address  to  the  graduates  in 
medicine  of  this  year. 

Although  I  feel  myself  unable  to  perform  this  duty 
properly,  yet  I  gladly  undertake  it  as  enabling  me  to  ofifer  a 
few  words  of  kindly  farewell  to  my  student  friends. 

Thinking  over  the  various  subjects  on  which  I  might 
speak  to  you  materially,  the  idea  occurred  to  me  that  courage, 
trtie  courage,  was  the  one  great  moral  essential  in  a  medical 
man's  career,  superadded  to  or  conjoined  with  hard,  earnest 
work. 


STIRLING:   VALEDICTORY  ADDRESS.  I/I 

I  accordingly  have  chosen  the  latin  motto  "  Virtute  et 
Lahore''  as  embodyi'ig  this  and  as  being  the  main  central 
thought  I  would  wish  you  to  carry  away. 

Courage — the  word — even  glanced  at  casually  means 
far  more  than  bravery — bravery  suggests  rather  the  idea  of 
single  acts,  whereas  courage  means  a  prolonged  struggle, 
and  it  is  a  struggle  of  a  life  time  which  you  have  now  to 
meet. 

Courage  itself  presupposes  the  existence  of  evils  which 
we  have  to  face  and  combat.  In  your  career  as  medical 
practitioners  these  evils  will  occur  in  many  different  forms. 
Conditions  must  and  will  arise  calling  upon  you  to  exert  your 
moral,  your  mental  and  your  physical  courage,  conditions 
over  which  you  cannot  possibly  have  any  control,  but  which 
you  must  bravely  face. 

Let  there  never  beany  shrinking  from  your  duty  ;  decide 
what  that  duty  is  and  do  it — be  courageous. 

In  forming  your  decision  in  your  medical  career  asin.ail 
the  other  phases  of  life,  you  must  weigh  carefully  the  pros 
and  cons,  judge  calmly,  and  having  drawn  your  conclusion 
and  arrived  at  a  decision,  boldly  support  it. 

You  may  have  to  face  the  adverse  criticism  of  many,  but 
it  is  better  far  to  act  rightly  and  conscientiously  and  to 
receive  the  approbation  of  the  "just"  few  than  the  adulation 
of  a  multitude  who  are  incapable  of  correctly  appreciating 
your  motives. 

Let  a  '^ meus  c&nscia  sibi  recti''  be  your  highest  reward. 
But,  withal,  be  not  so  set  in  your  opinions  as  not  to  be 
open  to  conviction  if  perchance  some  faulty  point  in  your 
conclusions  be  shown  you.  The  truly  scientific  mind  must 
be  always  open  to  proof. 

Having  then  reached  your  decision,  if  thereafter 
action  be  called  for,  do  not  stand  as  one  shivering  on  the 
brink  of  a  stream,  but  jump  boldly  in  and  trust  to  your 
knowledge,  nerve  and  pluck  to  bring  you  through. 

Remember  that  our  fears  are  traitors,  and  oft  we  lose  the 
good  we  might  attain  by  fearing  to  attempt. 

Your  moral  courage  will  also  be  continually  put  to  the 
test,  and  I  would  urge  upon  you  that  both  virtue  and  vice  are 
voluntarily,  and,  as  Aristotle  puts  it,  "the  means  to  attain 
either  a  vicious  or  virtuous  end  are  deliberate — they  are  duly 
thought  over  and  acted  on. 

You  know  what  is  right  and  virtuous,  and  failing  then  to 
perform  an  honorable  act  when  it  is  possible  is  just  as  faulty 
as  the  direct  performance  of  a  vicious  act. 

Few  men  are  exposed  to  temptations  and  to  the  same 
extent   that  a  medical   man  is  ;  be  true  to  yourselves,  and 


172  STIRLING:   VALEDICTORY  ADDRESS. 

exert  your  moral  courage,  nor  run  any  risks  of  wrecking  your 
lives  with  all  their  possibilities  of  usefulness  to  your  fellow- 
men. 

Courage  is  by  no  means  always  noticed  by  others,  for  it 
very  frequently  happens  that  after  all  the  lives  which  show 
the  most  courage  that  are  lived  nobly  and  heroically  are 
often  those  of  which  the  world  knows  least. 

Lofty  courage  dwells  in  a  heart  which  braves  an  adverse 
fate.  The  individual  who  for  the  sake  of  duty  must  some- 
times stand  aside  in  a  quiet  place  and  see  others  do  the 
valient  deeds  which  help  on  the  progress  of  the  world,  when 
he  knows  that  he  too  has  the  will  to  do,  the  soul  to  dare  and 
the  power  to  perform,  that  man  is  more  hero-like  than  many 
a  famous  conqueror. 

You  will  all  have  your  duty  to  perform.  Your  sphere 
may  be  small  or  large,  but  you  yet  have  your  duty  to  do — do 
it  then  truly  and  conscientiously. 

You  will  surely  have  rebuffs  and  falls.  No  one  escapes 
them,  but  go  forward  with  a  heart  for  any  fate.  You  may 
be  misjudged,  but  fully  aware  you  are  acting  rightly  adhere 
to  your  course. 

Oh  fear  not  in  a  world  like  this 

And  thou  shalt  know  ere  long, 
Know  how  sublime  a  thing  it  is 

To  suffer  and  be  strong. 

Some  years  ago  you  voluntarily  entered  our  University 
as  students  of  medicine,  and  during  your  course  of  study 
have  had  to  follow  the  rules  laid  down  for  your  guidance  and 
tuition  by  the  University.  To-day  you  receive  your  degrees, 
and  leave  us  to  go  out  into  the  world,  and  now  that  our  con- 
trol over  you  in  your  medical  career  ceases,  we  may  surely 
demand  with  right  that  the  oath  you  take  to-day  may  be  no 
mere  empty  form. 

We  ask  you  to  act  in  your  life  work  so  as  to  reflect  credit 
on  your  Alma  Mater,  to  have  the  courage  to  countenance 
and  perform  only  noble  elevated  deeds,  to  act  rightly  as  your 
conscience  dictates. 

You  will  be  called  upon  to  face  death  and  danger  to 
yourselves,  do  it  steadfastly  and  calmly.  It  requires  courage 
of  a  higher  type  than  that  which  leads  a  brilliant  charge  in 
the  excitement  of  a  battle,  in  that  your  courage  has  to  be 
calm  and  deliberate.  You  will  frequeutly  have  to  take  your 
lives  in  your  hands  in  the  discharge  of  your  duty.  But  no 
nobler  sacrifice  can  you  make  than  to  risk  your  lives  for  your 
fellow-men. 

How  many,  many  noble  examples  have  we  of  this  in  our 
profession. 


STIRLING:  VALEDICTORY  ADDRESS.  173 

Shrink  not  then  from  the  call  of  duty.  Remember  the 
medical  profession  is  not  one  for  poltroons  or  cowards. 

But  in  addition  to  this  courage  there  must  also  be  work, 
and  that  very  strenuous  and  persistent.  Your  days  of  study 
by  no  means  cease  with  the  acquisition  of  your  diplomas  ; 
indeed  your  real  study  is  only  beginning.  You  simply  have 
laid  the  foundation  on  which  you  are  to  build. 

It  is  a  truism  that  nothing  can  be  attained  without 
labour  or  effort,  and  most  especially  does  this  apply  to  our 
own  profession.  It  is  one  continued  effort  and  striving  in 
study  and  practice  from  the  day  you  take  it  up  until  you 
finally  lay  it  down. 

The  illimitability  of  our  profession  is  to  me  one  of  its 
great  charms.  The  feeling  that  there  are  always  greater 
heights  yet  to  be  scaled,  that  there  are  constant  advances 
to  be  made. 

Unless  we  are  going  to  fall  behind,  it  is  absolutely 
necessary  that  we  study  and  work  unceasingly.  We  can 
only  afford  a  respite  in  order  to  brace  ourselves  for  still  greater 
efforts.  Truly  the  life  work  of  men  like  Lister,  Pasteur, 
Haffkin  and  others  is  noble  and  inspiring,  much  more  so 
indeed  than  of  the  greatest  conquerors. 

If  one  but  considers  the  thousands  of  lives  saved,  the 
pain  and  suffering  ameliorated  as  the  result  of  their  labours, 
surely  these  men  are  the  greatest    benefactors  of   the    world. 

In  the  absolute  and  self-abnegation  and  fearlessness  of 
Haffkin  and  men  like  him  during  the  course  of  their  re- 
searches in  plague-stricken  districts,  and  in  their  devotion  to 
and  love  of  their  work,  we  find  noble  examples  worthy  of 
emulation. 

There  are  such  grand  possibilities  in  our  life  work.  We 
may  not  be  great  men  like  Lister  and  the  others,  or  make 
some  vital  discovery  which  will  set  the  scientific  world  afire, 
yet  we  can  and  should  avail  ourselves  of  our  possibilities  to 
the  utmost. 

We  can  try  to  add  some  stones  in  the  grand  scientific 
structure  now  being  erected  by  our  profession,  or  failing  this 
we  may  be  able  to  help  with  some  morsel  of  mortar  to  bind 
together  the  stones  already  in  place. 

To  this  end,  study  your  work  and  do  your  work  carefully 
and  thoroughly,  not  haphazard.  Keep  full  case  reports, 
collate  your  facts  and  study  them  out.  If  in  time  you  hap- 
pily build  up  a  large  practice,  endeavour  to  keep  it  within 
such  bounds  that  you  have  time  for  thought,  otherwise  you 
must  perforce  scamp  your  work,  and  thus  fail  to  do  justice  to 
your  patients  or  yourself 

The  first  few  years  of  your  professional  life  are  bound  to 
be  slow,  and  you  will  likely  have  plenty  of  spare  time.  These 


174  STIRLING:   VALEDICTORY   ADDRESS. 

years  are  a  golden  opportunity  which  I  would  urge  you 
not  to  lose.  Take  full  advantage  of  them  in  pursuing  quiet 
study,  and  perhaps  some  research  in  one  form  or  another, 
later  on  when  your  practice  increases,  it  will  be  very  difficult 
if  not  impossible  to  secure  sufficient  time  for  any  prolonged 
uninterrupted  study. 

If  possible  try  to  become  attached  to  a  hospital  in  some 
position  or  other,  or,  failing  this,  you  should  during  your  slack 
years  attend  hospital  practice  if  possible  regularly.  There 
are  always  crumbs  of  information  to  be  picked  up,  and  at  any 
rate  it  will  prevent  any  chance  of  that  direful  result,  becom- 
ing "  rusty  "  in  your  work. 

Let  your  work  be  continuous  and  above  all  thorough, 
then,  come  what  may,  you  can  feel  that  under  any  circum- 
stances, adverse  or  otherwise,  you  have  in  any  given  case 
done  your  best  for  your  patient. 

Remember  the  life  of  your  patient  is  in  your  hands  and 
you  are  accountable  to  God  as  well  as  to  your  fellow  man. 

As  our  profession  in  its  truest  phase  is  such  a  noble  one 
and  calls  for  such  entire  devotion,  any  exhibition  of  selfishness 
or  meanness  appears  most  pitiable  and  contemptible.  Hence 
the  use  of  it  for  the  mere  acquisition  of  money  is  unpardonable, 
and  indeed  is  very  apt  to  fail. 

If  you.  enter  on  your  professional  career  with  the  one 
object  of  acquiring  wealth,  I  would  urge  you  forthwith  to 
abandon  medicine;  with  such  an  aim  in  view  you  are  most 
unlikely  to  do  your  sufifering  fellow  creatures  any  good,  and 
will  certainly  bring  no  credit  on  the  profession. 

Let  not  the  sordid  overwhelm  the  high  aims  of  your  pro- 
fession— Let  the  latter  stand  first  and  highest,  and  the  reward 
to  your  conscience  and  soul  will  be  infinitely  more  satisfying 
than  simply  making  a  travesty  of  the  noble  healing  art  in  your 
greed  for  wealth. 

But,  mark  you,  I  by  no  means  decry  fees,  for  I  hold  ^ 
labourer  is  always  worthy  of  his  hire,  yet  there  is  so  much 
that  is  elevating  and  inspiring  about  our  work  rightly  prac- 
ticed that  it  appears  a  sad  degradation  to  turn  it  into  a  purely 
money-making  business. 

It  is  this  that  causes  the  bitter  enmity  of  all  true  medical 
practitioners  against  the  numerous  patent  remedies  which 
appear  from  time  to  time ;  they  are  preparations  which  may 
sometimes  do  good  or  effect  a  cure,  nevertheless  they  are 
secret  preparations,  which  are  manufactured  for  the  sole  pur- 
pose of  making  money,  not  from  any  philanthropic  motive — 
I  would  beg  of  you  never  to  use  or  countenance  them — There 
can  be  no  secrets  in  the  true  healing  art ;  any  discovery  for 
the  benefit  of  suffering  humanity  must  be  the  common  pro- 
perty of  all. 


STIRLING:   VALEDICTORY  ADDRESS.  175 

You  now  go  forth  as  members  of  the  noblest  profession — 
and  I  would  like  you  to  hear  what  Francis  Bacon  said  : — "I  hold 
every  man  a  debtor  to  his  profession — from  the  which  of  course 
as  men  do  seek  to  receive  countenance  and  profit  so  ought 
they  of  duty  to  endeavour  themselves,  by  way  of  amends,  to 
be  a  help  and  ornament  thereunto.  " 

If  we  are  only  true  to  ourselves  and  have  the  courage 
of  well  founded-convictions,  and  have  truly,  honestly  laboured 
with  our  might  and  main,  we  can  when  the  time  comes  for  us 
to  lay  aside  the  armour  of  our  life's  warfare,  feel  that  we  at 
any  rate  have  fought  a  good  fight  and  not  lived  in  vain,  that 
we  leave  this  world  none  the  worse  but  rather  the  better  of 
our  labours. 

You  have  grand  possibilities  ahead  of  you  ;  I  would  beg 
of  you  not  to  throw  them  away  or  in  any  manner  prostitute 
the  talents  God  has  given  you — work  while  you  can  with  all 
your  might.  Do  the  utmost  good  you  can,  and,  although  you 
may  fail  of  approbation  from  your  fellow  men,  you  will  at  any 
rate  have  the  consciousness  of  doing  your  duty  to  the  best  of 
your  ability. 

I  can  not  close  without  impressing  on  you  again  and 
yet  again  the  grand  nobility  of  your  profession.  Oh  my 
friends  honour  it  with  all  your  heart,  and  in  honouring  it 
you  will  do  honour  to  yourselves. 

Be  true  to  your  profession  ;  in  so  doing  you  will  be  true 
to  yourselves ;  and  you  cannot  then  be  false  to  any  man. 

Some  of  you  I  may  never  meet  again.  Let  Virtute  et 
Lahore  be  your  watch-word.  Strive  for  it,  labour  for  it. 
Acquit  yourselves  like  men.  Above  all  place  implicit  trust 
in  God.  You  will  often  need  greater  help  than  man's  in  the 
troubles  you  are  sure  to  meet. 

In  the  name  of  the  Medical  Faculty  I  bid  you  a  kind 
adieu  and  affectionate  God-speed. 

May  God  Almighty  guide  you  and  help  you.  Remember  : 

"  Virtute  et  Laore  " 
Et  jam  Vale  Vale. 

VALEDICTORY  OF   THE    GRADUATING     CLASS, 

1898,  UNIVERSITY  OF  BISHOP'S  COLLEGE, 

FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE. 

By  MacD.  FORD,  CM.,  M.D. 

Mr,    Chancellor,   Mr.    Principal,    Members    of  Convocation^ 

Ladies  and  Gentlemen  : — 

On  this  solemn  occasion  when  one  is  called  upon  to 
address  an  audience  so  numerous  and  so  select,  and  also  con- 
taining so  many  learned  men,  assembled  from  all  the  province, 
and  even  from  more  distant  points,  who  have  come  together 
to  lighten    by  their   presence    the  brilliancy  of  our    annual 


1/6      ford:  valedictory  of  the  graduating  class. 

Medical  Faculty  Convocation,  one  cannot  help  feeling  a  cer- 
tain regret  for  the  choice  which  his  fellow  students  have  made 
in  entrusting  to  him  the  onerous  task  of  voicing  their  senti- 
ments to  such  a  learned  gathering. 

Nevertheless,  while  thoroughly  appreciating  the  responsi- 
bility which  rests  upon  me,  I  feel  an  honest  pride,  wholly 
incapable  as  I  am,  in  having  been  entrusted  with  the  duty  of 
rendering  the  traditional  "  Valedictory,"  and  to  thank  you  on 
their  behalf  for  leaving  your  occupations,  and  perhaps  your 
pleasures,  in  order  that  you  might  come  to  this  assembly  and 
inspire,  by  your  presence,  we,  young  men,  who  are  about  to 
run  our  race  in  the  occupation  which  we  have  chosen  as  our 
life's  work.  To  inspire  us  who  have  such  a  great  need  of  the 
sympathy  of  those  around  us,  and  of  knowing  that  behind 
them,  other  hearts  are  beating  in  unison  with  our  own.  For 
although  our  profession  may  be  different  from  yours,  yet  we 
are  destined  to  live  the  same  life,  to  rejoice  in  the  same  joys 
and  to  be  saddened  by  the  same  sorrows.  At  the  present 
time  you  are  well  aware  that  the  medical  profession  is  not 
what  it  formerly  was,  when  the  medical  man  separated  him- 
self from  the  rest  of  mankind  and  wrapped  himself  in  a  cer- 
tain cloak  of  mystery  almost  thereby  acquiring  the  name  of 
sorcerer.  At  that  time  when  certain  privileged  beings  only 
had  the  means  of  studying  the  physiology  of  the  human 
body,  the  ignorant  masses  almost  placed  their  healers  on  a 
level  with  God,  and  many  quacks  knew  how  to  make  capital 
of  this  instinctive  fear  of  humanity,  which  is  often  unable  to 
distinguish  between  he  who  knows  and  he  who  knows  not. 
Happily  in  our  day  this  has  been  entirely  changed, — thanks 
to  the  rapid  march  of  science — thanks  to  the  benefit  of  an 
instruction  which  is  embracing  the  world,  men  are  now 
given  to  reason  to  find  out  the  "  why  and  the  wherefore  "  of 
that  which  formerly  appeared  incomprehensible.  And  after 
incessant  toil,  they  have  succeeded  in  drawing  from  nature  a 
reply  to  all  their  questions. 

And  naturally  in  this  continual  evolution  the  medical 
man  has  rather  been  the  cause  of  its  birth,  by  going  as  he 
has  deep  into  the  study  of  men  and  nature  and  not  being 
content  as  he  formerly  was — say  two  centuries  ago  with  cut- 
ting or  bleeding — a  butcher,  however  unskilled,  might  in  a 
short  time  arrive  at  this  point  of  medical  science  ;  but  the 
doctor  of  to-day  has  a  higher  aim,  nobler  aspirations — that  of 
enriching  the  poor,  without  empoverishing  the  rich.  That  of 
forcing  nature  to  yield  up  to  him  her  secrets,  which  he  will 
make  use  of  to  cure  his  fellow  man.  And  in  order  to  reach 
this  admirable  result,  the  physician  must  study  the  different 
characteristics  of  the  materials  of  which  the  universe  is  made. 
Enrich  the  pharmacopceas  by  the  manipulation  of  fruits  of 


FORD  :    VALEDICTORY  OF  THE  GRADUATING  CLASS.        1 7/ 

our  agricultural  productions  in  order  to  transform  them  into 
substances  which  will  preserve  the  life  of  man.  Draw  from 
the  study  of  electric  forces  the  different  improvements  of 
which  our  profession  has  such  need  ;  know  by  astronomy 
the  conditions  of  the  climates  of  the  globe.  Obtain  from 
mechanics  a  new  and  better  idea  of  natural  forces.  In  short — 
to  lighten,  to  simplify,  to  alleviate  the  work  of  millions  of 
individuals,  and  thus  prolong  their  existence. 

In  short — the  physician  of  to-day  has  to  be  an  astrono- 
mer, a  chemist,  a  biologist,  a  naturalist,  a  minerologist,  a  me- 
chanic and  a  botanist.  It  is  necessary  for  him,  in  a  compara- 
tively short  space  of  time,  to  grasp  all  branches  of  science  so 
that  he  may  become  versed  in  each  one ;  and  that  he  must 
continue  to  study  with  zeal  and  perseverance  always  and 
unceasingly,  for  science  is  marching  onwards  with  rapid 
strides  and  to  stop  is  to  fall  in  the  rear.  And  when  he  shall 
have  realized  the  dreams  of  his  ambition  and  when  the  even- 
ing of  the  day  comes,  he  will  feel  that  he  is  entitled  to  rest, 
with  the  conscience  of  having  added  to  the  common  treasur}* 
from  which  humanity  draws  her  resources ;  and  without 
which  humanity  would  have  otherwise  remained  in  her 
primitive  condition  of  poverty. 

Even  at  this  time,  the  doctor  shall  be  monopolized  by 
his  social  duties  ;  he  will  have  to  remember  that  if  he  has 
been  considered  as  one  of  the  benefactors  of  society,  he  is  also 
a  man,  and  should  endeavor  to  practice  often  in  spite  of  him- 
self, and  often  without  the  slightest  aptitude,  the  difficult  art 
of  pleasing  all  without  offending  any  ; — too  happy,  if  looking 
forward  to  a  well  merited  repose,  he  be  not  rudely  awakened 
in  order  to  attend  some  sick  man  in  agony. 

This  is  the  life  of  a  medical   man — a  life  of  labor,  self- 
sacrifice  and  devotion. 

He  is  desirous  of  knowing,  indifferent  to  all  other  plea- 
sures. Fortune  he  esteems  as  nothing.  Poverty  he  sets  at 
naught.  Eager  for  work,  hungry  for  science,  he  has  his  eye 
continually  turned  towards  the  truth,  like  the  magnet  toward 
the  "  polar  star."  He  seeks  out  this  truth  through  fatigue 
and  peril;  without  truce  and  without  repose,  never  once  falter- 
ing. He  keeps  in  himself  the  sacred  fire  of  knowledge 
burning  in  spite  of  the  discouragements  from  without,  full  of 
that  ardent  enthusiasm  one  feels  when  working  for  the  benefit 
of  the  centuries  to  come,  and  that  expectation  of  delight 
which  he  will  experience  when  there  lies  open  before  his 
mind,  vistas  which  no  human  eye  had  ever  before  seen.  This 
is  the  life  that  my  fellow  students  and  myself  have  chosen, — 
not  that  we  think  ourselves  stronger  and  more  skillful  than 
others  ;  but  as  the  law  of  labor  is  encumbent  upon  all,  we 
all  must  work.     It  is  the  first  duty  towards  our  country,  our 


178         FORD  :    VALEDICTORY  OF  THE  GRADUATING  CLASS. 

family  and  ourselves,  and  of  all  the  professions  open  to  us  we 
have  chosen  the  noblest. 

Do  not  think  that  I  wish  to  raise  up  our  profession  at 
the  expense  of  others — all  workmen  are  honorable,  whatever 
they  may  be,  and  the  humble  laborer  who  uses  the  pick  and 
shovel  is  no  mere  to  be  dispised  than  the  learned  scientist 
who  enriches  the  world  with  a  new  idea.  But  at  the  present 
day  the  role  of  a  physician  is  all  the  more  difficult,  inasmuch 
as  the  "art  of  killing"  has  made  a  well  marked  advance. 
We  laud  to  the  skies,  the  name  of  the  inventor  of  some  new 
engine  of  war  ;  we  guild  with  lustre  the  advocate,  who  by  his 
eloquence,  has  succeeded  in  freeing  from  the  hands  of  the  law 
some  four-fold  assassin,  we  receive  with  acclamation  often  the 
author  of  dissolute  romances  ;  but  we  leave  aside  the  names 
of  many  of  our  professors  and  lecturers  who  in  the  silence  of 
their  work,  without  noise  or  show,  have  succeeded  in  saving 
thousands  of  lives.  And  if  we  are  so  proud  of  the  study  of 
medicine,  and  if  we  appear  to  you  somewhat  vain  of  the  title 
of  doctor — throw  the  blame  on  our  dean,  on  our  professors, 
on  all  those,  who,  at  Bishop's  College  have  taught  us  to  esteem 
them  and  consequently  to  esteem  ourselves.  During  these 
years,  without  sparing  their  trouble,  or  even  becoming 
fatigued,  these  men,  as  modest  as  they  are  learned,  have 
raised  our  sunken  courage  by  the  gift  of  their  ideas,  by  the 
benefit  of  their  experience,  and  by  the  enobling  energy  of 
their  enthusiasm.  They  have  endeavored  to  raise  us  little  by 
little  to  their  level,  we  who  could  never  attain  that  height 
alone.  Therefore,  can  you  blame  us  for  having  a  little  pride, 
and  on  this  memorable  day,  in  the  presence  of  you  all  we 
thank  publicly  our  professors  for  their  efforts  in  inculcating 
in  us  the  everlasting  principles  of  scientific  truth.  Allow  me, 
therefore,  professors  and  lecturers  of  our  Faculty  of  Medicine, 
to  express  to  you  the  respectful  sentiments  which  we  all  en- 
tertain for  you  and  your  instruction.  Our  gratitude  will  last 
as  long  as  our  lives,  and  it  will  not  be  without  some  emotion 
that  later  on  in  the  trials  which  the  future  has  in  store  for  us, 
we  will  remember  the  years  spent  at  Bishop's  ;  and  also  per- 
haps, reproach  ourselves  for  not  having  paid  sufficient  atten- 
tion to  your  lectures.  Pardon  us.  Gentlemen,  for  we  are  yet 
young  ;  but  have  learned  from  you  not  to  be  idle,  but  to  be 
men,  and  to  bring  our  stone  to  help  in  the  construction  of 
the  social  edifice.  And,  since  the  theory  of  medicine  would 
not  be  much  unless  practice  came  to  its  aid,  We  extend  to  the 
authorities  of  the  different  hospitals  who  have  placed  their 
institutions  at  our  disposal,  our  sincere  thanks. 

May  those  who  come  after  us  keep  in  their  memory  the 
souvenir  which  we  leave  to  them  of  the  benefits  for  which  we 
are  indebted  to  you. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MKDICINK   AND  NBUROLOGY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

J.  BEADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.Do 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Physician  "Western  Hospital. 


PSEUDOLEUKEMIA  INFANTUM. 

Alfred  Stengel,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Medicine,  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  writes  on  this  subject  in  the  University 
Medical  Magazifie  for  April.  He  first  objects  to  the  term  and 
the  description  of  the  condition  as  a  disease,  and  alludes  to  facts 
regarding  the  morphology.  He  does  not  regard  it  as  a  separate 
disease.  Von  Jaksch,  who  first  described  it,  mentions  enlarge- 
ment of  the  liver  and  spleen  as  symptoms,  anaemia,  reduction  of  red 
cells,  and  marked  leucocytosis ;  but  the  children  usually  recover, 
unlike  the  results  in  leukemia.  The  splenic  enlargement  is  due  to 
chronic  hyperplasia,  also  that  of  bone.  There  is  no  lymphomatous 
infiltrations.  Von  Jaksch  refers  to  very  large  leucocytes,  enclosing 
red  cells,  or  fragments,  large  polynuclear  neutrophile  cells,  poikilo- 
cytosis  and  endoglobular  changes.  Loos  and  Luzet  have  described 
abundant  nucleated  fed  cells,  many  showing  karyokinesis.  But  no 
diagnostic  blood  characteristic  has  been  described.  The  factors 
warranting  a  diagnosis,  according  to  von  Jaksch,  are  great  reduction 
in  the  number  of  red  cells,  leucocytosis,  less  than  in  leukemia, 
unequal  enlargement  of  the  liver  as  compared  with  the  spleen,  and 
a  tendency  towards  a  favorable  termination.  He  regards  it  as  a 
definite  disease,  and  does  not  regard  syphilis  or  rickets  as  causes. 
Although  other  observers  have  found  either  one  or  the  other  of 
these  conditions  as  generally  present,  Dr.  Stengel  claims  that  we 
should  not  consider  the  state  of  the  blood  alone  in  considering 
diseases  of  the  blood.  Infantile  leukemia  has  been  looked  on  by 
some  as  a  connecting  link  between  leukemia  and  pernicious  anaemia, 
but  the  other  pathologic  lesions  do  not  warrant  this  and  other  points 
in  regard  to  ferruginous  pigmentation  of  the  liver  and  the  urine  have 
not  ye  I  been  determined.  Dr.  Stengel  and  Dr.  C.  Y.  White  have 
examined  the  blood  of  45  children,  and  find  marked  difference  be- 
tween it  and  the  blood  of  adults.  Thus  leucocytosis  occurs  much 
more  readily  in  children  than  in  adults  ;  the  mononuclear  leuco- 
cytes are  relatively  more  abundant  than  in  adults,  and  this  is  still 
more  marked  in  diseases  showing  leucocytosis  ;  the  mononuclear 
leucocytes  are  frequently  excessive  in  size  and  commonly  larger 
than  in  adults.  There  is  not  a  tendency  to  marked  reduction  in 
the  number  of  red  corpuscles,  even  in  severe  illness,  although 
marked  reduction  of  the  number  of  red  corpuscles  occurs  in  cases 
of  secondary  anaemia  of  infancy.  Many  cases  of  pernicious  anaemia 
of  childhood  are  doubtless  of  this  sort. 


l8o  PROGRESS  OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

ON  DIAGNOSIS. 

An  editorial  (^Philadelphia  Medical  Journal,  January  8,  1898) 
in  this  journal  says  :  It  is  not  the  end  of  diagnosis  to  determine  the 
name  of  the  disease  from  which  a  patient  is  suffering.  It  is  a  great 
satisfaction  to  know  John  Smith  has  typhoid  fever  ;  it  is  much  more 
satisfactory  to  know  that  John  has  typhoid  fever  in  the  second 
week  ;  that  he  has  probably  no  serious  local  lesions  ;  that  his  gen- 
eral condition  is  good,  and  his  heart  sound.  This  expresses  in  a 
way  tne  difference  between  a  good  diagnostician  and  a  poor  one. 
Some  men  are  pleased  to  be  able  to  label  every  case  more  or  less 
accurately  ;  this  is  but  the  first  step  in  diagnosis.  It  is  the  clin- 
ician's duty  to  recognize  every  abnormal  condition  presented  by  a 
patient,  and  the  probably  pathologic  causes.  Refined  diagnosis 
goes  still  further ;  it  makes  clear  the  interdependence  of  various 
morbid  states  presented  by  one  patient.  An  individual  may  have 
two  distinct  diseases  at  the  same  time ;  much  more  frequently  the 
several  conditions  arise  in  sequence,  one  causing  another,  or  all 
may  be  due  to  one  underlying  morbid  process.  We  have  known 
three  clinicians  of  world-wide  reputation  make  the  diagnosis  re- 
spectively valvular  heart-disease,  abdominal  aneurism,  organic  dis- 
ease of  the  spinal  cord  in  the  same  patient ;  not  one  recognized  the 
three  conditions  present  or  tne  fact  that  general  arterial  disease 
was  the  underlying  evil.  Accurate  treatment  follows  naturally  upon 
accurate  and  ultimate  diagnosis,  in  other  cases,  if  inaccurate,  the 
treatment  is  accidental. 

CHANGES  IN  THE  NERVE-CELLS  IN  FEVER. 

At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Berliner  Verein  fur  innere  Medicin 
{Deutsche  medicinische  Wochsnschrift,  February  17,  1898,  Univer- 
sity Medical  Magazine^,  Goldscheider  and  Brasch  showed  Nissl 
preparations  from  the  cord  of  a  child  that  had  succumbed  to  scar- 
let fever  on  the  fourth  day.  The  terminal  temperature  had  been 
from  40.5°  to  40.9*^  C.  The  ganglion-cells  were  smaller  than 
normal  and  pale,  and  the  protoplasmic  indistinct ;  the  nucleolus 
in  some  cells  was  angular,  and  the  protoplasmic  processes  were 
swollen.  As  these  changes  corresponded  exactly  with  those  found 
by  Goldscheider  and  Flatau  in  the  cord  of  a  case  of  tetanus  with 
fever,  dying  on  the  sixth  day,  and  likewise  with  those  obtained  in 
rabbits  exposed  to  high  temperature.  The  authors  were  inclined 
to  attribute  them  to  the  influence  of  the  temperature,  and  not  to  the 
action  of  the  toxin  of  scarlet  fever. 

As  regards  the  tetanus  case,  the  lesions  found  were  different  from 
those  seen  in  animals  poisoned  with  tetanus-toxin,  in  the  latter  case 
the  nucleolus  and  Nissl's  bodies  swell,  and  later  break  down,  while 
in  fever  the  nucleolus  becomes  smaller  and  angular  and  Nissl's 
bodies  dissolve.  Brasch  found  similar  febrile  changes  in  the  gang- 
lion-cells in  a  case  of  meningitis  with  high  terminal  temperature. 

THE  FORMATION   OF  MUCUS. 

A.  Schmidt  {Sammlung  klinischen  Vortrage,  No.  202,  Febru- 
ary, 1898,  University  Medical  Magazine^,  has  devoted  a  good  deal 
of  attention  to  the  study  of  mucous  secretion,  and  in  these  lectures 


MEDICINE   AND  NEUROLOGY.  l8l 

collates  a  number  of  facts  that  may  profitably  be  reproduced  in  this 
department.  There  are  two  principal  forms  of  mucinogenous  sub- 
stances :  the  nucleins  and  the  mucins,  the  former  containing  phos- 
phorus, the  latter  not.  All  mucins  are  not  alike ;  thus,  that  of  the 
stomach  under  normal  conditions  does  not  give  the  characteristic 
mucin  reaction,  while  in  certain  pathologic  states  it  does.  Regard- 
ing the  function  of  mucin,  the  author  thinks  that  they  are  very 
important.  Mucin  is  not  germicidal  ;  it  is,  however,  a  poor  soil 
for  the  growth  of  bacteria.  As  to  the  question  whether  the  cells 
forming  mucin  always  perish  after  secreting  the  substance,  he  is 
inclined  to  the  belief  that  they  do  not,  although  their  longevity  is 
limited. 

The  secretion  of  mucus  increases  on  irritation,  but  if  the  latter 
is  too  severe,  the  cells  die  and  secretion  is  suspended.  Hence  the 
secretion,  in  catarrhal  inflammations,  of  tough  mucus  is  a  good 
sign,  indicating  that  the  mucous  membrane  is  not  seriously  injured. 
In  some  inflammatory  conditions  of  mucous  membranes,  mucus  is 
absent  from  the  discharges ;  this  may  be  due  to  digestion  of  the 
mucus,  or  to  its  decomposition  by  bacteria.  The  hay  bacillus,  the 
bacillus  coli,  and  the  typhoid  bacillus,  as  well  as  others,  have  the 
power  of  liquefying  mucus.  The  presence  of  pus,  and  a  discharge 
associated  with  the  persistent  absence  of  mucus  indicates  atrophic 
inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  in  question. 

As  the  best  clinical  test  for  mucus  the  author  recommends 
microscopic  staning.  Mucin  reacts  with  basic,  nuclein  with  acid 
dyes.  Thus,  from  a  mixture  of  acid  fuchsin  and  methyl-green, 
pneumonic  sputum,  which  consists  largely  of  nucleins,  selects  the 
fuchsin,  mucus,  the  methyl-green.     The  method  is  as  follows  : 

A  small,  pea-sized,  transparent,  glassy  flocculus  of  sputum  is 
placed  in  a  test-tube  and  agitated  with  a  5-per-cent.  solution  of 
bichloride  of  mercury  in  alcohol.  Albuminous  sputa  disintegrate 
rapidly,  mucinous  slowly.  After  sedimentation  the  alcohol  is 
poured  off  and  the  tube  filled  with  distilled  water.  Three  drops  of 
a  stock-solution  of  the  stain  (one  gramme  Biondi's  salt  to  thirty 
cubic  centimetres  of  distilled  water)  are  then  added.  The  tube  is 
turned  slowly  for  from  one  to  three  minutes,  and,  after  decantation, 
the  sediment  washed  once  or  twice  with  distilled  water.  Brick-red 
color  of  the  flocculus  indicates  pneumonia.  The  color  must  be 
brick-red,  not  violet-red. 

Microscopic  examination  of  the  excreta  for  mucus  is  of  value  ; 
the  acetic  acid  test  is  unreliable. 

SECRETION  NEUROSIS  OF  THE  COLON. 

In  Mathews'  Quarterly  Journal  of  Rectal  aud  Gasiro 
Intestinal  Diseases  for  January,  1898,  Byron  ROBINSON  dis- 
cusses this  subject,  and  gives  the  following  conclusions : 

1.  The  above  disease  of  the  colon  should  be  termed 
secretion  neurosis  and  enteritis.  The  first  is  of  neurotic  origin 
and  course. 

2.  Both  secretion  neurosis  and  enteritis  may  coexist. 

3.  Secretion  neurosis  of  the  colon  occurs  chiefly  in  neur- 
otic females  (eighty  per  cent.). 


1 82  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

4.  It  is  closely  associated  with  genital  disease. 

5.  It  is  frequently  preceded  by  constipation  (a  neurosis 
of  the  fecal  reservoir  or  of  the  inferior  mesenteric  ganglion). 

6.  The  continuation  of  the  disease  is  partly  due  to  an 
irritable,  vicious  habit  of  excessive  epithelial  activity, 

7.  The  disease  is  characterised  by  colicky  pains  with 
the  evacuation  of  mucous  masses. 

8.  It  is  not  fatal,  variable  and  erratic  in  attacks,  with 
impossible  prognosis  as  to  time. 

9.  Microscopically  the  evacuations  appear  as  membranous 
yellowish-white  masses  of  mucus. 

10.  Macroscopically  one  sees  hyaline  bodies,  cylindrical 
epithelium,  cholesterine  crystals,  triple  phosphates,  round 
cells,  various  kinds  of  micro-organisms,  and  pigment. 

11.  Chemically  the  evacuations  consist  of  mucin  and 
albuminous  substance. 

12.  Secretion  neurosis  of  the  colon  is  comparable  to  the 
secretion  neurosis  of  the  endometrium  (membranous  dys- 
menorrhea) or  bronchial  croup, 

13.  Secretion  neurosis  of  the  colon  appears  to  be  limited 
chiefly  to  the  part  of  the  colon  supplied  by  the  inferior  mesen- 
teric ganglion — i.e.,  to  the  fecal  reservoir  Cthe  left  half  of  the 
transverse  colon,  the  descending  colon,  the  sigmoid,  and 
rectum), 

14.  It  is  a  disease  of  the  sympathetic  secretory  nerves, 
and  is  analogous  to  the  disease  of  the  motor  and  sensory  nerves 
of  the  viscera. 

15.  Its  treatment  consists  in  removing  the  neurosis, 
which  lies  in  the  front  ground,  and  regulating  the  secretion, 
which  lies  in  the  background. 

16.  Three  views  exist  as  to  the  above  disease,  which 
certainly  embrace  more  than  one  pathologic  process,  viz  : 
{a)  That  the  disease  is  enteritis  (catarrh)  ;  {b)  that  it  is 
simply  excessive  secretion  of  mucus  (colica  mucosa) ;  {c)  that 
it  is  a  secretion  neurosis  of  the  colon  (nervous). 

A  REFRESHING  BATH. 

The  following  is  the  formula  of  a  *' rejuvenator  "  from 
which  Mme,  Sarah  Bernhardt  is  said  to  get  unfailing  refresh- 
ment. It  is  a  liquid  in  which  she  is  bathed  from  head  to 
foot — an  eau  sedative  Madame  Bernhardt  calls  it.  The  pres- 
cription is  as  follows ;  Two  ounces  of  spirits  of  ammonia, 
two  ounces  of  spirits  of  camphor,  one  cup  and  a  half  of  sea- 
salt,  two  cups  of  alcohol.  Put  all  into  a  quart  bottle,  and  fill 
with  boiling  water.  Shake  before  using.  The  method  of 
application  is  very  simple.      The   body  is  bathed  with  a  soft 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY,  1 83 

sponge  dipped  in  the  undiluted  liquid,  and  dried  with  the 
slight  friction  of  a  smooth  towel.  After  the  bath  the  stiffness 
and  soreness  of  fatigue  are  all  gone,  the  circulation  is  stimul- 
ated, and  a  gentle  languor  is  induced,  followed  by  a  desire 
to  sleep. — The  Practitioner. 

EXERCISE  TREATMENT  IN  NERVOUS   DIS- 
EASES. 

Goldscheider  (Z?^«/.  Med.  Woch.,  1898,  Nos.  4  and  5> 
Gaillard's  Medical  Journal)  more  especially  refers  to  tabes 
dorsalis  and  some  other  diseases.  He  maintains  that  the 
ataxia  is  due  to  a  disturbance  of  the  muscular  sense.  He 
first  learned  to  use  exercise  treatment  in  v.  Leyden's  clinic, 
but  this  method  has  been  subsequently  largely  extended  by 
Fraenkel.  In  the  so-called  paraplegic  stage  of  tabes  slight 
flexions  and  extensions,  etc.,  of  the  limbs  may  be  made  when 
the  patient  is  in  bed.  Help  may  be  given  by  lightly  support- 
ing the  thigh  or  leg.  A  chair  may  be  inverted  over  the  foot  of 
the  bed,  and  the  patient  can  then  exercise  himself  in  touch- 
ing the  cross  bars  or  by  putting  the  feet  in  between  them. 

The  movements  are  first  made  with  the  eyes  open  and 
afterwards  with  closed  eyes.  Ample  periods  of  rest  must  be 
allowed  so  as  not  to  produce  fatigue,  otherwise  an  exhaustion 
lasting  over  several  days  may  result.  The  author  confirms 
Fraenkel's  opinion  that  even  in  these  advanced  cases  im- 
provement may  be  produced  and  the  patient  may  even  walk 
again.  Some  patients  do  not  improve,  and  sometimes  the 
exercises  have  to  be  given  up  owing  to  the  pains  which  are 
apparently  induced  by  them.  In  less  advanced  cases  various 
movements  may  be  practiced  to  improve  the  gait,  and  the 
author  figures  many  pieces  of  apparatus  adapted  to  this 
end.  A  chair  on  four  legs  with  rollers  may  be  useful.  The 
treatment  must  be  persisted  in  over  long  periods  of  time. 

The  chief  point  lies  in  many  movements  performed 
without  fatigue  and  with  intervals  of  rest.  The  author  draws 
attention  to  the  absence  of  the  sense  of  fatigue.  In  some 
patients  there  is  an  atony  of  the  muscles,  and  here  electricity 
and  massage  must  be  employed  as  well.  The  knee  and  hip 
joints  may  be  supported  by  bandaging.  The  author  then 
refers  to  the  treatment  of  intentional  tremor  by  exercises.  - 
He  looks  upon  this  tremor  as  closely  allied  to  ataxia,  and  as 
capable  of  improvement  by  exercises.  In  chorea  some  im- 
provement may  also  be  produced,  but  the  exercises  should 
be  carried  out  only  once  in  the  day  or  once  in  two  or  three 
days.  The  good  effects  of  this  treatment  in  writer's  cramp 
are    well   recognized.     In    athetosis   also  some  improvement 


184  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

may  be  produced  by  long-continued  exercise  treatment.  In 
speaking  of  paresis  and  muscular  atrophies  the  author  draws 
attention  to  the  value  of  exercises  carried  out  in  a  bath,  and 
especially  in  peripheral  neuritis.  In  neuralgias,  etc.,  exer- 
cises, particularly  of  a  passive  form,  may  be  useful.  In  arti- 
cular pains  left  after  rheumatism,  and  more  especially  after 
contusions,  this  treatment  is  valuable.  Goldscheider  thinks 
that  much  more  attention  should  be  given  to  exercise  treat- 
ment. 

INCONTINENCE  OF  URINE  IN  CHILDREN. 

Incontinence  of  urine,  says  Dr.  J.  A.  Coutts  ( Treatment, 
Vol.  I,  Part  I,  No.  13,  p.  289,  Gaillard's  Medical  Journal'), 
may  be  associated  with  many  and  varied  morbid  conditions, 
in  which  it  plays  a  very  unimportant  part.  In  some  in- 
stances it  may  be  the  first  symptom  to  call  attention  to  such 
serious  disorders  as  diabetes,  calculus,  hydronephrosis,  and 
others.  In  nocturnal  epilepsy,  incontinence  of  urine  may 
furnish  the  only  evidence  of  past  attacks. 

In  infancy,  incontinence  of  urine  is  physiological,  and  is 
due  to  the  urinary  reflex  being  as  yet  not  under  the  control 
of  the  brain.  Its  persistency  beyond  infancy  is  probably 
owing  to  imperfection  of  control  unless  it  be  referable  to  bad 
habits  and  poor  training. 

In  treatment,  the  ordinary  routine  practice  of  awakening 
the  child  at  stated  intervals  to  micturate  is  mentioned  and 
commended.  This  simple  procedure  will  cure  the  vast 
majority  of  cases.  In  addition  to  the  last,  restricting  the 
Hquidsinthe  child's  dietary  during  the  latter  hours  of  the  day 
seems  credible  to  all. 

However,  in  obstinate  cases,  if  on  examination  the  urine 
presents  a  high  specific  gravity  and  a  high  degree  of  acidity, 
then,  instead  of  limiting  the  liquids,  the  author  advises  that 
trial  be  made  of  encouraging  the  child  to  drink  freely  toward 
the  end  of  the  day.  In  a  few  cases  by  this  reversal  of  the 
common  practice  signal  success  has  been  scored. 

Of  drug  treatment  belladonna  takes  first  rank.  But  that 
belladonna  often  fails  is  admitted  by  all.  Some  of  these 
failures  doubtless  arise  from  the  method  commonly  pursued 
by  giving  the  drug  in  divided  doses  throughout  the  day.  A 
much  more  efficient  plan  is  to  give  one  single  dose  in  the 
evening,  and  to  increase  this  gradually  every  four  or  five  days. 
In  this  way  a  large  single  dose  can  be  gradually  worked  up 
to,  and,  if  the  incontinence  ceases,  can  be  gradually  lessened 
until  the  drug  is  finally  abandoned.  Belladonna  cannot  be 
fairly  said  to  have  failed  till  this  method  has  been  tried.     Of 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  185 

Other  drugs  the  author  ranks  lycopodium  first.  While  bella- 
donna acts  by  paralyzing  the  detrusive  muscular  fibres  of  the 
bladder,  lycopodium  is  stated  to  have  a  more  selective  seda- 
tive action  on  the  vesical  mucous  membrane-  The  author 
claims  lycopodium  was  successfiil  in  numerous  instances 
where  belladonna  has  entirely  failed.  The  method  advised 
is  to  give  twenty  drops  of  the  tincture  three  times  a  day  to  a 
small  child  and  work  up  gradually  until  doses  of  a  dram  are 
given  at  the  corresponding  times.  Lycopodium  has  been 
claimed  by  some  as  almost  a  specific  in  incontinence  of  urine, 
but,  while  ic  is  not  that,  it  is  certainly  deserving  of  more  ex- 
tensive trial. 

Bromide  of  potassium  is  mentioned  as  being  of  benefit 
in  those  cases  in  which  the  act  of  micturition  ensues  when 
waking  is  imminent  or  actually  takes  place.  Here  the  bene- 
ficial action  lies  no  doubt  in  its  hypnotic  efiect  rather  than  in 
any  other  action  it  may  have  on  the  nervous  system. 
Strychnine  is  useful  when  the  incontinence  is  accompanied 
with  anemia,  lassitude,  and  other  departures  from  the  normal 
health.  Then  a  combination  of  iron  and  strychnine  is  of 
service. 

Of  other  drugs,  such  as  opium,  chloral,  etc.,  the  author 
pleads  ignorance. 

When  drugs  fail  there  are  still  other  measures  that  may 
prove  of  service  in  obstinate  cases.  It  has  been  noticed  that 
in  many  instances  the  child  retains  his  urine  while  lying 
asleep  on  his  side,  but  that  as  soon  as  he  turns  upon  his  back 
emission  of  urine  takes  place.  The  child  cari  be  prevented 
from  turning  on  his  back  by  fixing  an  ordinary  bobbin  over 
the  lower  spine  by  means  of  strapping.  With  this  arrange- 
ment, whenever  the  child  attempts  to  turn  on  his  back  the 
bobbin  either  wakes  him  up  or  else  he  returns  to  his  former 
position  on  his  side.  In  either  case  the  urine  is  retained  in 
most  instances. 

Circumcision  in  incontinence  of  urine,  without  phimosis, 
is  uncalled  for. 

RHEUMATISM  IN  CHILDREN. 

An  editorial  in  the  Archives  of  Pediatrics  for  January, 
1898,  says  among  those  who  have  studied  rheumatism  in 
children  most  carefully  and  have  done  most  to  correct  older 
errors  of  belief  regarding  it  is  W.  B.  Cheadle,  of  London. 
In  a  recent  article  in  Treatment  he  describes  the  various 
peculiarities  of  the  disease  in  the  young  and  writes  most 
judiciously  regarding  the  treatment.  He  refers  particularly 
to  the  fact  that  the  risk  of  cardiac  complications  in  acute 
rheumatism  is  in  inverse  proportion  to  the  age  of  the  patient ; 


1 86  PKOGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

hence  the  great  importance  of  an  early  and  correct  diagnosis 
of  rheumatism  in  children.  But  such  a  diagnosis  is,  unfor- 
tunately, often  very  difficult  to  make,  and  not  uncommonly 
acute  rheumatism  is  only  thought  of  as  a  cause  of  some 
childish  ailment  when  irremediable  damage  has  been  done 
to  the  heart  by  an  endocarditis  or  pericarditis  which  has  run 
an  insidious  course.  And  yet,  if  sought  for  carefully,  there 
are  in  nearly  every  instance  certain  symptoms  which  ought 
to  suggest  the  true  nature  of  the  ailment.  The  mistakes 
made  in  the  diagnosis  of  acute  rheumatism  in  children  arise 
chiefly  from  the  fact  that  in  this  class  of  patients  the  symp- 
toms of  arthritis,  acid  sweats,  and  pyrexia,  to  which  we  trust 
chiefly  in  diagnosing  the  disease  in  older  people,  are  less 
prominent.  The  disease  runs  what  in  the  adult  would  be 
called  a  subacute  course. 

In  acute  rheumatism  of  early  life  arthritis  is  at  its 
minimum ;  endocarditis,  pericarditis  and  chorea  at  their 
maximum  ;  pleurisy,  tonsillitis,  the  vasomotor  and  hemorr- 
hagic phenomena,  and  the  erythemata  and  purpura,  are  more 
common,  tending  to  decline  as  puberty  is  passed.  There  is 
also  a  special  tendency  in  children  for  the  various  phases  of 
the  affliction  to  arise  independently  and  apart  from  one 
another.  This  is  an  important  point,  which  Cheadle  was 
one  of  the  first  to  point  out.  Endocarditis  or  pericarditis 
may  arise  in  a  rheumatic  child  not  only  without  any  accom- 
panying joint  affection,  but  in  rare  instances  without  any 
recognized  rheumatic  phenomena  to  give  warning  of  the 
nature  of  the  true  complaint. 

As  a  rule,  however,  a  slight  stiffness  of  the  joints, 
chorea,  crop  of  nodules,  or  erythema  give  some  slight  indica- 
tion of  a  rheumatic  condition.  When  a  case  of  endocarditis 
or  pericarditis  arises  in  a  child  there  is  prima  facie  presump- 
tion that  it  is  rheumatic.  If,  with  the  cardiac  affections,  we 
have  chorea,  fibrous  nodules,  tonsillitis,  erythema,  or  pleurisy, 
whether  these  have  occurred  recently  or  have  cropped  up  at 
intervals  through  months  or  even  years,  the  cardiac  inflam- 
mation is  almost  entirely  rheumatic. 

The  existence  of  a  family  predisposition  is  of  great 
significance.  The  occurrence  of  the  conditions  mentioned 
above,  and  even  the  presence  of  the  subcutaneous  nodules 
alone,  which  are  pathognomonic  of  rheumatism,  are  sufficient 
for  diagnosis.  As  the  heart  affection  is  so  serious  in  children 
this  organ  should  be  carefully  examined  whenever  any  of 
these  rheumatic  symptoms  are  met  with,  and  in  every 
feverish  attack,  simple  though  it  may  appear,  the  condition 
of  the  heart  should  be  regularly  ascertained. — Medicine, 


STJRGKRY. 

IN  CHARGE  OP 

GEORGE  FISK,  M.D., 
Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospital. 


A  NEW^  INCISION  FOR  THE  REMOVAL  OF 
THE  APPENDIX  VERMIFORMIS.  (i) 
By  CARL  V.  VISCHER,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia. 
Until  recently,  the  peritoneal  cavity  was  always  opened 
by  an  incision  through  one  of  the  aponeurotic  lines,  in  this 
way  dividing  as  little  tissue  as  possible,  and  averting  haemor- 
rhage. This  incision  was  often  followed  by  the  development 
of  so-called  ventral  or  post-operative  hernia, — hence  the 
necessity  for  some  method  to  obviate  this  difficulty.  Among 
the  various  methods  of  suturing  that  were  suggested,  that  of 
silver  wire  promised  the  most  favorable  results ;  yet  the  dis- 
advantages accompanying  the  introduction  of  non-absorbable 
material  soon  became  apparent.  This  led  some  operators  to 
endeavor  to  overcome  the  difficulty  by  opening  the  abdomen 
through  the  muscular  structures  in  place  of  the  linea  alba,  or 
semilunaris,  thus  giving  more  tissue  to  approximate,  and 
hence  the  formation  of  a  thicker  cicatrix.  Then  followed  the 
suggestion  of  McBurney,  to  open  the  abdominal  cavity  by 
incising  the  integument  and  aponeurotic  structures  alone  and 
separating  the  various  muscles  in  the  direction  of  their  fibres. 
This  method  was  first  practiced  for  the  removal  of  the  vermi- 
form appendix.  The  incision  here  is  located  at  a  point,  how- 
ever, where  the  abdominal  parietes  are  largely  made  up  of 
aponeurotic  structures — i.e.,  in  the  lateral  portion  of  the  an- 
terior abdominal  wall.  That  this  incision  presents  some  dis- 
advantages every  one  who  has  had  much  experience  with 
cases  of  appendicitis  well  knows.  Whereas  it  answers  ad- 
mirably for  the  removal  of  the  appendix  "  between  attacks  ;" 
it  is  not  so  satisfactory  in  acute  cases,  particularly  those 
accompanied  by  pus-formation,  inasmuch  as  one  is  frequently 
obliged  to  enter  the  peritoneal  cavity  to  the  median  side  of 
the  inflammatory  mass,  and  in  this  way  drain  and  remove 
the  appendix  through  a  non-infected  area.  Again,  at  times, 
it  is  quite  difficult  to  locate  the  appendix,  and,  finally,  the  re- 
lation of  the  parts  are  not  conducive  to  free  drainage.  It 
therefore  occurred  to  me  that  if  an  incision  were  made 
through  a  more  muscular  and  dependent  portion  of  the  ab- 

(I)  Read  before  the  A.  R.  Thomas  Club  of  Philadelphia,  1897. 


1 88  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

dominal  wall  the  above  disadvantages  could  be  overcome, 
and,  in  consequence,  I  have  recently  been  making  an  incision 
an  inch  above  and  parallel  to  the  crest  of  the  ilium,  begin- 
ning at  the  outer  edge  of  the  external  oblique,  and  running 
forward  to  a  point  corresponding  to  the  anterior  superior  iliac 
spine,  or,  if  necessary,  slightly  beyond  this.  Having  divided 
the  skin  and  aponeurosis,  the  external  oblique  which  is  found 
well  developed  at  this  point  and  its  fibres  running  nearly 
vertical  is  separated,  after  which  the  internal  oblique  and 
transversalis,  which  are  also  well  developed,  and  whose  fibres 
run  nearly  on  one  plane,  are  separated,  exposing  the  trans- 
versalis fascia.  This,  together  with  the  peritoneum,  is  di- 
vided in  a  vertical  direction.  This  will  be  found  to  have 
opened  the  peritoneal  cavity  at  its  lowermost  plane  and  near 
to  the  attachment  of  the  caecum.  A  finger,  now  being  intro- 
duced, invariably  comes  in  contact  with  the  caput  coli,  which 
can  be  readily  drawn  into  the  wound,  and  thereby  facilitate 
the  search  for  the  appendix.  In  suppurative  cases,  the  pus 
cavity  being  opened  at  this  point,  drainage  follows  at  the 
most  dependent  point.  Possibly  the  greatest  disadvantage 
offered  by  this  incision  is  the  depth  of  the  wound,  which, 
particularly  in  those  inclined  to  be  corpulent,  may  make 
manipulation  somewhat  difficult  ;  the  haemorrhage,  which  has 
been  found  to  take  place  from  a  small  muscular  branch  of  the 
circumflex  iliac  artery,  can  readily  be  controlled.  The  ad- 
vantages are  : — first,  from  the  position  of  the  wound  it  is  almost 
impossible  for  hernia  to  occur  even  when  it  is  allowed  to  heal 
by  granulation  ;  second,  it  offers  a  dependent  point  favor- 
able for  drainage  ;  third,  the  facility  with  which  the  caecum 
and  appendix  are  found. — Annals  of  Surgery,  November,  '97) 

VASCULAR  SYSTEM. 

I.  Final   Report   of  a  Case    of  a    very    large    Innominate 

Aneurism  completely  cured  by  Electrolysis  through 

ten  feet  of  snarled,  coiled,  fine  gold  wire 

introduced   into  the  Sac 

By  D,  D.  STEWART,  M.D.,  PhUadelphia. 

The  writer  reports  the  result  of  a  necropsy  on  the  case  of 
a  very  large  innominate  aneurism  on  which  he,  over  forty-one 
months  before,  had  employed  galvanism  through  ten  feet  of 
coiled  gold  wire,  which  he  had  introduced,  resulting  in  com- 
plete solidification  of  the  sac.  The  case  was  one  most  un- 
propitious  for  any  treatment.  The  patient  had  been  an  habi- 
tual spirit  drinker.  He  was  also  a  syphilitic,  had  pronounced 
aortic  and  mitral  disease,  with  extensive  cardiac  enlargement, 
generalized  endarteritis,  and  had  also  chronic  nephritis.    The 


SURGERY.  1 89 

aneurism  formed  a  large  and  prominent  swelling  at  the  root 
of  the  neck.  It  was  regarded  as  springing  from  and  being 
limited  to  the  innominate  artery.  The  sac  wall  was  of  ex- 
treme thinness,  and,  at  least  externally  was  unprotected  by 
clot.  This,  which  was  apparent  to  the  eye  and  touch,  was 
further  demonstrated  by  puncture  with  needles.  At  the  time 
of  operation  the  sac  wall  seemed  on  the  point  of  bursting 
externally  in  several  situations  over  which  the  skin  was 
extremely  thin  and  bluish. 

The  result  of  electrolysis  through  the  introduced  wire  was 
very  decided.  Clot-formation,  leading  apparently  to  solidi- 
fication of  the  sac,  was  early  manifest.  The  patient  lived  for 
nearly  three  years  and  a  half  after  operation,  and  finally  died 
as  the  result  of  the  formation  of  a  large  thrombus  in  the  mid- 
dle cerebral  artery,  the  result  of  the  advanced  endarteritis 
present. 

The  autopsy  revealed  the  aorta  dilated  from  its  cardiac 
origin,  but  a  separate  and  very  distinctly  outlined  extensive 
fusiform  dilatation  existed  from  one  and  a  half  centimetres 
to  the  left  from  the  origin  of  the  left  subclavian  artery  at  the 
junction  of  the  transverse  with  the  descending  portion  of  the 
aorta  downward  to  a  distance  of  ten  centimetres.  This  fusi- 
form sac  at  its  greatest  internal  circumference  is  fifteen  cen- 
timetres. This  dilatation — a  typical  fusiform  aneurism — is 
sharply  defined  above  and  below  by  concentric  elevated  rings 
or  constrictions  of  the  whole  circumference  of  the  aorta. 
The  entire  aorta,  including  the  dilated  portion,  is  uniformly 
thickened.  The  inner  surface  of  the  fusiform  sac  shows 
widespread  atheromatous  patches.  The  sacculated  aneurism 
springs  directly  from  the  root  of  the  innominate  artery.  The 
aneurismal  sac  is  approximately  the  size  of  a  foetal  head  at 
term  ;  length,  thirteen  centimetres  ;  transverse  diameter,  nine 
centimetres.  The  sac  is  completely  consolidated  with  organ- 
ized coagula  in  which  lie  the  coils  of  wire.  The  consolidated 
sac  has  at  its  base  a  small  cul-desac,  the  remains  of  the  in- 
nominate artery.  This,  from-  the  aorta,  admits  the  little 
finger  to  a  distance  of  four  centimetres  through  an  annular 
ring,  sharply  defined,  two  centimetres  in  diameter.  The  cul- 
de-sac  was  noted  to  contain  in  its  interior  a  small  coagulum, 
presumably  of  post-mortem  formation.  The  sac  itself  was 
very  firm  and  wholly  solidified,  and  when  cut  into  was  found 
to  be  completely  occupied  by  organized  material,  in  the  in- 
terstices of  which  lay  the  coils  of  fine  gold  wire.  Brain  :  A 
large  thrombus  is  evident  in  the  left  middle  cerebral  artery. 
Softening  has  occurred  in  the  region  of  the  corpus  callosum, 
caudate  and  lenticular  nucleus  and  in  the  internal  capsule  of 
the  left  side. 


IQO  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

The  method,  as  practiced  and  advocated  by  the  author, 
consists  in  introducing  into  the  sac,  under  the  strictest  anti- 
septic precautions,  a  fine  silver  or  gold -coiled  wire,  previously  so 
drawn  that  it  may  be  readily  passed  through  a  thoroughly 
insulated  needle  of  somewhat  larger  calibre  than  the  wire, 
and,  after  introduction,  assume  snarled,  spiral  coils,  that,  with 
a  moderate  amount  of  wire,  the  entire  calibre  of  the  sac  will 
be  reached  unless  the  cavity  be  already  filled  with  coagula  or 
the  sac  be  of  unusual   size. 

The  wire  must  be  neither  in  amount  nor  calibre  too 
great  nor  too  bulky  or  highly  drawn  that  the  results  to  be  de- 
sired be  interfered  with.  Nor  should  the  wire  be  of  a  ma- 
terial so  brittle  as  steel  nor  of  hard  drawn  iron  lest  fracture 
occur  in  process  of  contraction  of  sac,  with  danger  of  rupture  ; 
nor  should  it  be  of  soft  iron,  lest  so  great  a  quantity  of  detri- 
tus result,  due  to  the  decomposition  of  the  iron  and  the  for- 
mation of  insoluble  salts  under  the  current  influence,  even 
with  low  amperage,  that  danger  of  emboli  result. 

Silver  or  gold  wire  is  undoubtedly  preferable  material. 
Silver-coppered  wire,  employed  by  Loretta  in  his  case,  in 
which  wire  alone — without  galvanism — was  used,  possesses  no 
advantage  over  that  of  silver  alone,  and  if  it  were  used  might 
be  provocative  of  toxic  symptoms  through  the  amount  of 
copper  dissolved  under  the  current  influence. 

The  amount  of  wire  required  depends  necessarily  upon 
the  calibre  of  the  aneurismal  sac,  and  must  be  decided  upon 
with  the  greatest  nicety  of  judgment,  since  with  too  small  an 
amount  little  or  no  result  will  be  obtained,  and  with  too  great 
a  quantity  permanent  cure  through  obliteration  of  sac  by 
contraction  of  clot  cannot  be  expected.  For  a  globular  sac 
of  approximately  three  inches  in  diameter,  three  to  five  feet 
are  sufficient  for  a  sac  of  four  to  five  inches,  eight  to  ten  feet. 
How  readily  these  amounts  comply  with  the  conditions  is 
shown  by  the  introduction  through  a  needle  of  a  measured 
amount  of  spirally-wound  snarled  wire  into  globular  corked 
bottles  of  approximately  the  size  stated. 

The  anode  or  positive  pole  should  invariably  be  the 
active  electrode.  This  is  connected  with  the  wire,  and  the 
negative  rheophore,  a  large  clay  plate,  or  an  absorbent  cot- 
ton pad  of  equal  dimensions,  is  placed  upon  the  abdomen  or 
the  back.  The  current  is  slowly  brought  into  circuit,  and  its 
strength  noted  by  an  accurate  milliamperemeter.  The  in- 
crease is  gradual  for  a  few  moments  until  the  maximum 
strength  supposed  to  be  required  is  reached.  It  is  main- 
tained at  this  until  the  approach  of  the  end  of  the  session  and 
then  gradually  diminished  to  zero,  after  which  the  wire  is 
separated    from  the  battery,  the  needle  carefully  withdrawn 


SURGERY.  191 

by  rotation  and  counter-pressure,  and  the  released  external 
portion  of  the  wire  gently  pulled  upon  and  cut  close  to  the 
skin,  the  cut  end  being  then  pushed  beneath  the  surface.  This 
latter  procedure  is  facilitated  by  using  care  in  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  needle  to  first  draw  the  skin  at  the  site  of  punc- 
ture a  trifle  to  one  side  in  order  to  procure  a  somewhat  valve- 
like  opening. 

Experience  has  shown  that  the  current's  strength  must 
be  rather  high, — from  forty  to  eighty  milliamperes,  and  the 
sitting  long, — from  three-quarters  of  an  hour  to  one  hour  and 
a  half.  Thus  used  the  following  effects  may  be  expected  : — 
The  mere  introduction  of  coiled,  snarled  wire  without  the  con- 
joint use  of  galvanism,  if  practiced  judiciously,  is  in  itself  a 
method  of  value,  since  the  presence  of  wire,  if  engaging  all 
parts  of  the  sac,  acts  both  as  an  impediment  to  the  blood 
stream  and  at  the  same  time  offers  to  the  eddies  set  up  mul- 
tiple surfaces  for  clot-formation.  Hence  this  method  has 
more  to  commend  it  than  that  by  mere  galvano-puncture  with 
needles.  By  galvano-puncture,  although  firm  coagula  are 
produced,  they  are  of  such  trifling  dimensions  and  engage 
such  small  areas  of  sac  wall,  that,  without  impeding  in  the 
least  the  blood-current,  their  dissolution  rather  than  their 
accretion  quickly  follows.  By  the  application  of  a  strong 
galvanic  current  through  coils  of  wire  so  disposed  that  all 
areas  of  the  sac  are  reached,  it  follows  without  exception,  as 
has  been  noted  in  all  recorded  cases,  that  consolidation  by 
virtue  of  clot-formation  is  promptly  and  invariably  produced. 
The  solidification  is  rapid,  and  is  generally  manifest  before 
the  end  of  the  electrical  session,  through  changes  apparent 
to  the  eye  and  hand,  in  the  pulsation,  and  in  the  degree  of 
consistence  of  the  sac  wall.  These  changes  become  more 
decided  in  the  course  of  a  few  days,  until  after  a  time  in  the 
most  favorable  cases  a  hard  nodule,  with  a  communicated 
pulsation  only  replaces  the  previous  expansible  tumor. — 
British  Medical  Jcurnal,  August  14,  1897.  [Annals  of 
Siirgery  November,  97.] 

J.  Torrence  Rugh  {Philadelphia  Med.  Jour.^  April  9,  98) 
describes  an  original  method  of  applying  plaster  of  Paris  to 
make  continuous  pressure  for  the  correction  of  clubfeet.  He 
utilises  continuous  pressure  by  attaching  a  rubber  tube  at  the 
knee  and  connecting  it  with  the  end  of  a  lever  which  is 
attached  to  a  foot  piece  and  extends  out  about  two  inches  at 
right  angles  to  the  foot.  The  foot  piece  or  sole  is  firmly 
bandaged  to  the  foot  with  plaster  of  Paris  bandages  which 
extend  only  to  the  ankle.  A  second  bandage  begins  just 
above  the  ankle  and  extends  to  some  way  above  the  knee 
with  this  joint  bent  at  nearly  right  angles  in  order  that  trac- 


192  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

tion  will  not  cause  displacement  of  the  bandage.  The  piece 
projecting  from  the  foot  piece  is  placed  on  either  or  both 
sides  according  as  the  deformity  requires.  He  recommends 
the  use  of  this  apparatus  in  all  cases  which  do  not  need  a 
radical  bone  operation  and  in  the  after  treatment  of  operated 
cases. 

Downes  {Philadelphia  Med.  Jour.,  April,  2,  98)  describes 
the  use  of  removable  rubber  bulbs  in  intestinal  anastomosis. 
He  employs  three  varieties,  one  for  lateral  anastomosis  where 
there  is  side-union  of  two  cylinders  with  a  comparatively  nar- 
now  neck,  the  second  equal  sized  bulbs  with  a  filling  tube 
attached  in  the  middle  or  at  one  end,  and  the  third  having 
one  bulb  larger  than  the  other  in  case  of  anastomosis  between 
large  and  small  intestines.  The  bulbs  after  being  placed  are 
filled  with  air  or  fluid  by  means  of  a  bulb  syringe,  and  the 
dilatation  is  maintained  by  applying  forceps  or  a  ligature  to 
the  filling  tube.  With  this  facilitate  sewing  he  uses  a  stitch 
knotted  continuous  Lembert  suture  so  placed  as  not  to  invert 
but  approximate  the  edges.  After  placing  nearly  all  the  su- 
tures the  bulb  may  be  deflated  and  removed,  or  the  sutures 
may  be  completed  and  the  deflated  bulb  removed  through  a 
longitudinal  slit  at  one  side,  which  may  be  closed  with  a 
couple  of  sutures. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL  ALBUMINURIA  AND  THE 
BICYCLE. 

It  seems  from  certain  observations  made  by  Muller 
{Mmichener  medicinische  Wochenschrift,  Centralblatt  fiir  intiere 
Medicin)  that  in  albuminuria  that  cannot  be  distinguished  with 
the  microscope  from  that  of  genuine  kidney  disease,  but  one 
that  must  be  looked  upon  as  physiological,  since  it  disappears 
within  a  few  days  after  the  cessation  of  the  exertion,  leaving 
absolutely  no  signs  of  the  disease.  Miiller's  observations 
were  made  on  twelve  bicyclists,  eight  of  whom  he  calls  train- 
ed and  four  untrained.  Among  the  eight  trained  wheelmen 
there  was  only  one  whose  urine  contained  albumin  before  the 
exercise,  but  after  it  the  urine  was  albuminous  in  seven.  In 
six  of  them,  including  the  one  whose  urine  was  free  from  albu- 
min, there  were  at  the  same  time  present  in  the  urine  casts  in 
numbers  as  great  as  are  generally  met  with  in  acute  or  chronic 
parenchy  matous  nephritis ;  and  the  two  others  had  a  few 
hyaline  casts.  Most  of  the  casts  were  hyaline ;  the  minority 
showed  distinct  renal  epithelia  and  were  granular.  Free 
renal  epithelia  were  found  in  every  instance.  White  blood 
corpuscles  appeared  sparingly,  but  red  corpuscles  were  not 
met  with  at  all.     Among  the  four  untrained  wheelmen,  in  all 


OBSTETRICS.  1 93 

of  whom  the  urine  was  free  from  albumin  before  the  exercise, 
two  showed  albuminuria  and  one  cylindruria  after  riding 
from  an  hour  and  a  half  to  three  hours. — N.  Y.  Med,  Jour. 

AN  ADVOCATE  OF  BLOOD  LETTING. 

Hoff  {Jour.  Amer.  Med.  Assn.)  reports  26  cases  in 
which,  after  other  remedies  proved  unsuccessful,  venesection 
restored  the  patients  to  life.  The  list  included  puerperal  fever, 
eclampsia,  paralysis  from  congestion  of  the  brain,  brain  fever, 
meningitis  and  cerebro-spinal  meningitis,  pneumonitis  in  its 
first  stages,  congestion  of  the  lungs,  liver  and  abdominal  vis- 
cera, peritonitis,  croup,  tonsillitis,  hemorrhage  of  the  lungs 
and  incipient  phthisis.  "  Repeated  bleedings,  "  says  the 
writer,  "  will  do  more  to  cure  consumption  in  its  early  stages 
than  any  other  single  agent,  especially  when  used  in  con- 
junction with  an  open-air  life  and  in  a  dry  and  medium  high 
atmosphere."  Hoff  would  have  every  medical  student  in- 
structed in  the  art  of  venesection,  so  as  to  be  ready  to  apply 
this  much-neglected  therapeutic  measure  in  cases  of  acute 
congestion  of  the  internal  organs. — Med.  Prog. 


OBSTPKT^RICS. 

IN  CHARGE   OF 

H.  L.  REDDY,  M.D.,  L.  R.  C.  P.,  London, 

professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Bishop's  College;  Physician  Accoucheur  Women's 
Hospital ;  Physician  to  the  Western  Hospital. 


A  NEW  DRESSING  FOR  THE  UMBILICAL  CORD. 

ROCHON  strongly  recommends  the  use  of  picric  acid  as  a 
dressing  for  the  cord.  He  states  that  it  ensures  antisepsis, 
obviates  the  too  rapid  desiccation  which  produces  a  brittle 
stump  liable  to  cause  haemorrhage  on  the  slightest  provoca- 
tion, does  not  hinder  the  separation  of  the  cord  on  the  sixth 
or  seventh  day,  and  leaves  then  a  hard  and  complete  cicatrix. 
It  is  furthermore  absolutely  harmless.  The  dressing  consists 
merely  of  a  bandage  or  a  wad  of  absorbent  wool  soaked  in  0,5 
per  cent,  picric  acid  and  then  carefully  squeezed  out,  and 
finally  covered  with  aseptic  cotton  without  the  interposition 
of  any  impermeable  material.  The  dressing  should  be 
changed  every  two  or  three  days ;  more  often  if  soiled  with 
urine  ;  at  a  pinch,  however,  a  single  dressing  will  suffice. 
The  more  often  it  is  changed  the  later  the  separation  of  the 
cord,  which  is  usually  on  the  fifth  to  the  seventh  day  when 
this  method  is  followed. — British  Medical  Journal. 


194  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

PRURITUS  VVLVJE  IN  PREGNANCY. 

FlEUX  (La  Gynecologic^  February  15,  1898)  advocates 
thorough  local  treatment  of  pruritus  to  be  undertaken  by  the 
doctor  himself.  A  woman  under  his  care  was  tormented 
with  pruritus  which  caused  sleeplessness,  loss  of  appetite 
and  mental  irritability.  She  did  not  consult  anybody 
for  a  fortnight,  but  gave  herself  sublimate  injections  twice 
daily,  and  kept  cold  water  compresses  on  the  vulva.  As 
she  became  worse  she  consulted  Fieux.  He  found  no 
objective  symptoms  beyond  superficial  scratches,  nor  were 
there  any  traces  of  discharge,  oxyurides,  or  any  other 
parasites.  He  declined  to  prescribe  any  lotion  or  ointment, 
but  at  once  practiced  Ruge's  antiseptic  toilet  of  the  vulva.  The 
vulva,  vagina  and  cervix  were  thoroughly  washed  with  soap, 
all  folds  and  creases  in  the  mucusa  being  opened  up  ;  then 
the  vagina  was  freely  washed  out  with  a  weak  sublimate  solu- 
tion, some  16  pints  being  used.  This  process  lasted  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  and  definitely  cured  the  patient.  Ruge 
usually  performs  the  "toilet"  two  or  three  times,  and  applies 
to  the  vulva  after  each  sitting  an  ointment  of  carbolized  vase- 
line. Fieux  saw  his  patient  six  weeks  after  the  treatment  by 
washing,  and  the  pruritus  had  not  recurred.  There  may  be  a 
purely  nervous  pruritus,  but  the  satisfactory  effects  of  Ruge's 
treatment  seem,  in  Fieux's  opinion,  to  apply  that,  even  in  preg- 
nancy where  no  objective  local  symptoms  are  present,  the 
disease  is  often  due  to  bacteria. 

DIETING  FOR  DYSTOCIA  FROM  NARROW 
PELVIS. 

Pradon  dieted  a  woman  who  had  twice  been  delivered 
by  aid  of  the  cranioclast  of  very  big  children  (12  lbs.,  1 1  lbs.)  ; 
the  pelvis  was  distinctly  narrow,  though  'only  external 
measurements  are  given.  The  patient  was  kept  for  the  last 
four  months  of  her  third  pregnancy  on  a  diet  poor  in  carbohy- 
drates, after  Prochownik's  principle.  A  somewhat  thin 
foetus  weighing  8  lbs.,  12  ozs.,  was  delivered  by  forceps 
British  Medical  Journal. 

HYPEREMESIS  GRAVIDARUM  AND  SALT  IN 

FOOD. 

Antonchevitch  (La  Gynecologic,  October  15,  1897) 
sees  a  strict  homology  between  uncontrollable  vomiting  of 
pregnancy  and  vomiting  from  which  animals  suffer  when 
deprived  of  salt  in  their  food,  being  fed  on  albumen  artificially 
deprived,  as  much  as  possible,  of  potassium  and  sodium  salts. 
He  has,  therefore,  dieted  women  suffering  from  hyperemesis 
gravidarum  by  taking  care  that  their  food  contains  at  least  a 
full  proportion  of  salts. 


OBSTETRICS.  1 95 

TREATMENT  OF  RENAL  AFFECTIONS  DURING 
PREGNANCY. 

O.  Pasteau  and  J.  D.  d'Herbecourt  report  the  case 
of  a  patient  four  and  a-half  months  pregnant,  who  suffered 
from  purulent  cystitis.  She  had  suffered  from  leucorrhoea  for 
six  months.  The  region  of  the  right  kidney  was  full,  dull, 
and  very  tender  ;  pyelonephritis  by  direct  infection  from  the 
bladder  was  diagnosed.  Irrigation  of  the  bladder  was 
resorted  to,  with  improvement  of  the  bladder  signs,  but  the 
temperature  continued  high.  When  a  large  quantity  of  urine 
was  evacuated  the  temperature  generally  fell  for  a  time.  On 
one  occasion  artificial  distention  of  the  bladder  was  done  for 
purposes  of  ureteroscopy,  and,  though  the  examination  of  the 
ureter  could  not  be  effected,  it  was  observed  that  the  temper- 
ature fell  for  several  hours  afterwards,  so  they  determined, 
when  the  cystitis  had  subsided,  to  distend  the  bladder  artifi- 
cially at  regular  daily  intervals  for  a  few  moments.  This 
was  done,  with  the  result  that  the  temperature  remained 
normal,  and  the  patient  was  confined  naturally  at  eight  and 
a-half  months.  The  authors  explain  the  results  by  supposing 
that  the  right  ureter  used  to  become  temporarily  blocked  by 
pressure  of  the  gravid  uterus.  Distention  ojf  the  bladder 
raised  the  uterus  and  freed  the  ureter. — British  Medical 
yonrnal. 

APPARENT  DEATH  FROM    POST-PARTUM 
HAEMORRHAGE. 

GiMBERT,  of  Cannes  {Gaz.  Hebdom,  February  27, 
1898),  records  a  case  in  which  on  his  arrival  at  the  bedside 
he  found  the  child  born  and  haemorrhage  going  on  ;  in  a 
vessel  there  was  a  litre  and  a-half  of  blood,  and  the  bed  was 
soaked.  The  inert  uterus  reached  to  the  umbilicus  ;  the 
pulse  could  hardly  be  felt.  It  was  8.30  a.m.  With  one  hand 
the  aorta  was  compressed  ;  with  the  other  towels  soaked  in 
boiling  water  were  rubbed  on  the  abdomen ;  ergotin  was 
injected,  stimulants  were  given  to  drink.  The  uterus  rapidly 
contracted,  and  the  placenta  was  delivered,  accompanied  by 
a  fresh  gush  of  blood.  But  the  loss  of  blood,  estimated  at 
3  litres,  was  too  much,  and  the  patient  sank,  with  all  the 
signs  of  apparent  death.  Instantly  the  body  and  head 
seemed  to  shrink  ;  the  skin  was  cold  as  a  corpse.  No  heart 
beats,  pulse,  respiration,  nor  reflex  of  any  kind  could  be 
detected.  Straightway  the  patient  was  placed  across  the 
bed,  head  low  on  the  nurse's  knees ;  direct  insuffiation  of  air 
from  mouth  to  mouth  with  rhythmic  traction  of  the  tongue 
was  practiced  ;  hot  applications  were  made  to  the  chest. 
There  was  no  effect  at  all.  There  was  at  hand  a 
pan    of   filtered    and    boiled    water   holding    300  g.  ;    into 


196  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

this  3  g.  of  salt  were  thrown,  and  a  syringeful  (20  c.cm.) 
was  injected  into  one  thigh,  while  stimulation  was  continued. 
No  result.  It  was  9.10  a.m.  A  similar  injection  was  made 
into  the  other  thigh.  After  a  third  injection  (60  c.cm.  in  all) 
the  patient  made  a  little  sound  ;  still  the  heart  gave  no  sign. 
A  fourth  injection  was  made,  after  which  a  little  fluttering 
was  felt  in  the  right  radial  artery  ;  some  facial  contractions 
and  a  conjunctival  reflex  appeared,  and  attempts  at  inspira- 
tion commenced.  Very  hot  coff"ee,  bouillon,  and  cognac  were 
slowly  given  by  the  mouth  ;  the  heart  beats  could  be  heard, 
the  breathing  became  better,  the  skin  warmer.  It  was  a 
quarter  to  10.  At  11  a.m.  resuscitation  was  assured.  At  3 
p.m.  the  patient  could  be  left  The  eventual  recovery  was 
satisfactory.  The  author,  in  commenting  on  the  case, 
discusses  the  part  played  by  the  subcutaneous  injection  of 
serum,  to  which  he  attributes  the  resuscitation  of  the  patienti 
for  rhythmical  traction  of  the  tongue,  insufflation  of  air,  and 
stimulation  of  reflexes  were  unavailing  until  after  the  injec- 
tions. He  used  this  method  rather  than  venous  transfusion 
partly  because  more  immediately  applicable,  partly  because 
salt  solution  injected  under  the  skin  gets  mixed  with  blood 
before  it  reaches  the  heart  instead  of  arriving  there  as 
salt  solution  ;  and  partly  because  intravenous  injection  has  too 
sudden  an  action,  causing  sometimes  a  dangerous  reaction 
and  even  toxic  symptoms. 

WHEN  MAY  WOMEN  WITH    HEART    DISEASE 

MARRY? 

Kisch  discusses  this  question.  He  does  not  agree  with 
Peter's  dictum  :  "  Fille  pas  de  mariage,  femme  pas  de  gross- 
esse,  mere  pas  d'allaiiemefitr  Every  case,  however,  must  be 
decided  on  its  merits.  The  chief  points  to  be  considered 
are :  (i)  the  kind  of  heart  disease,  (2)  its  duration,  (3)  the 
presence  or  absence  of  compensation,  (4)  the  general  health, 
(5)the  social  position  of  the  patient,  {a)  They  may  marry  if 
the  disease  is  not  of  long  standing,  and  compensation  is  good, 
and  the  general  health  not  undermined.  They  will  have 
during  pregnancy,  and  still  more  during  and  for  a  time  after 
delivery,  many  troubles  due  to  their  heart,  but  in  by  far  the 
greater  number  of  cases  there  will  be  no  danger  to  life.  This 
applies  to  well  compensated  mitral  regurgitation,  and  steno- 
sis, aortic  regurgitation,  fairly  marked  sequelae  of  pericarditis, 
and  to  muscular  degeneration  if  not  too  far  advanced.  The 
patients  must  also  be  in  a  position  to  spare  themselves 
bodily  exertion  as  much  as  possible  during  pregnancy,  to 
avoid  mental  excitement,  and  to  have  constant  medical  su- 
pervision, {b)  The  prognosis  is  not  so  good  if  the  patients 
are  very  anaemic  or  nervous,  or  advanced  in  years,  or  if  the 


OBSTETRICS.  197 

the  valvular  disease  is  congenital  or  acquired  in  childhood. 
In  these  cases  the  physician  should  advise  against  marriage, 
or  at  any  rate  point  out  that  the  disease  will  almost  certainly 
become  worse  after  marriage,  (c)  Marriage  is  to  be  abso- 
lutely forbidden  as  dangerous  to  life  when  compensation  is 
failing  or  when  there  is  advanced  muscular  degeneration. 
In  all  cases  where  there  is  dyspnoea,  palpitation  and  a  quick- 
ened pulse  on  slight  exertion,  or  marked  oedema  not  disap- 
pearing after  rest  in  bed,  when  there  is  a  tendency  to  ar- 
rhythmia, scanty  urine  with  albumen,  and  attacks  with  irre- 
gular small  pulse,  coldness  of  the  extremities,  nausea,  dyspnoea, 
syncope,  etc.,  marriage  is  dangerous  whether  the  cause  of  the 
symptoms  be  valvular  disease,  diseased  arteries  or  cardiac  mus- 
cles. Even  those  for  whom  marriage  is  allowable  must  follow 
certain  rules  strictly:  (i)  Coitus  must  not  be  frequent,  and 
must  be  continued  to  the  end  of  the  orgasm,  otherwise  reflex 
heart  troubles  and  depression  result.  (2)  They  must  not  have 
more  than  one  or  two  children,  as  the  strength  of  a  diseased 
heart  diminishes  with  every  pregnancy  in  geometrical 
progression.  If  this  rule  is  followed  induction  of  premature 
labour  will  be  luckily  seldom  necessary,  since  when  it  is  the 
results  are  very  unfavourable. — British  Medical  Joicrnal. 

LOCAL  TREATMENT  OF  PUERPERAL  FEVER. 

Herrenschneider  {Centralbl.  f.  Gyndk)  strongly  believes 
in  the  use  of  proper  uterine  therapeutics  in  puerperal  fever. 
He  has  observed  several  fatal  cases  and  found  them  distinctly 
traceable  to  a  process  of  infective  inflammation  of  the  endo- 
metrium clearly  local  and  manageable  at  first.  He  has  suc- 
cessfully treated  ten  cases  since  these  observations  were 
made  by  intrauterine  antiseptic  injections,  curetting,  and, 
lastly,  packing  with  iodoform  gauze.  The  latter  step  is  the 
most  important,  and  should  be  continued  after  every  injec- 
tion until  the  temperature  falls  to  normal.  He  combats  the 
theory  that  scraping  opens  up  blood  vessels  and  lymph 
channels,  allowing  greater  chance  of  the  introduction  of 
more  septic  material.  Certainly  vessels  are  wounded,  but 
the  tampon  prevents  the  anticipated  danger  as  it  excites 
normal  contraction  of  the  uterine  muscle,  which  tries  to  ex- 
pel the  foreign  body.  This  therapeutical  effect  of  the 
tampon  is  superior  to  the  action  of  ergot  administered  with 
the  view  of  expelling  septic  fragments  and  mucus  from  an 
otherwise  empty  uterus.  The  drug  causes  uniform  contrac- 
tion of  the  longitudinal  and  circular  fibres  when  the  uterine 
cavity  is  practically  empty  so  that  the  os  becomes  closed. 
Thus  the  escape  of  poisonous  mucus  is  prevented,  not  assisted. 
The  tampon  closes  the  raw  surface  of  endometrium  upon 
itself  and  keeps  the  os  open. 


TME 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBI^ISHED    MONTHLY. 


Subscription  Price.,  %\..oo  per  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  to 
JOH.N  LOVELL  &SON,  '-'3  St.  Kicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  wiioni  ail  bufiiness  commu. 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Office,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 


ANNUAL  CONVOCATION,    MEDICAL  FACULTY, 
BISHOP'S  COLLEGE. 

This  event  was  held  on  the  13th  ult.,  and  was  a  most 
successful  function.  Chancellor  Heneker  presided,  and  be- 
sides the  Dean  and  members  of  Faculty  with  representatives 
from  Dental  College,  there  were  present  Principal  Adams 
from  Lennoxville,  Hon.  Dr.  Borden,  Minister  of  Militia; 
Judge  Hall,  Dr.  Austin,  Sherbrooke  ;  Rev.  G.  Abbot  Smith 
and  others. 

The  Dean's  report  showed  that  there  were  10 1  enregis- 
tered  medical  and  dental  students  during  the  past  session  of 
which  ZZ  came  from  the  Province  of  Quebec,  8  from  Jamaica, 
2  from  Ontario,  i  from  Hayti,  W.  I.,  i  from  Australia,  and  i 
from  the  United  States. 

The  following  graduated  CM.,  M.D.,  viz.  : — James  Leslie 
Allan,  Montreal  ;  John  Francis,  Aux-Cayes,  Hayti,  W.  I  ; 
Angus  McDonald  Ford,  Portneuf,  Que  ;  Miss  Minnie  Gom- 
ery.  Miss  Marion  Hansford,  John  Mclntyre  and  Archibald 
Hamilton  Newman,  Montreal  ;  Robert  M.  Stimpson,  Man- 
chester, Jamaica,  W.  I.  ;  James  Amos,  Paddyfoot,  Jamaica, 
W.  I. 

Dental  Degrees  (DD.S.)  were  conferred  upon  G.  W. 
Oliver,  T.  D.  McGregor  and  F.  C.  Nichol. 


EDITORIAL.  199 

Prof.  J.  W.  Stirling  delivered  the  valedictory  address  to 
the  medical  graduates,  and  Dr.  W.  J.  Kerr  to  the  dental 
graduates. 

Honorary  degrees  were  then  conferred  upon  : — 

Hon.  Dr.  F.  W.  Borden,  Ottawa. 
Dr.  F.  J.  Austin.  Sherbrooke. 
Dr.  J.   W.  Stirling,  Montreal. 

The  following  is  the  list  of  prize  winners  : — 
Junior  Dessector,  E.  G.  Mason. 
Histology,  F.  O.  Anderson. 

Senior  Dissectors,  F.  G.  Henry,  F.  L»  Wilkinson,  equal. 
David  Silver  Medal,  F,  O.  Anderson. 
Wood  Gold  Medal,  Miss.  M.  Gomery. 
Chancellor's  Prize,  John  Francis. 

THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS 
OF  THE  PROVINCE  OF  QUEBEC. 

Considerable  activity  has  been  displayed  by  the  Election 
Committee  of  Mqntreal  Medico-Chirurgical  Society  in  regard 
to  the  election  of  the  new  board  in  July  next.  It  has  received 
proxies  from  the  majority  of  the  English  portion  of  the 
profession,  and  from  the  sympathy  which  is  expressed  with 
the  reform  movement  it  is  expected  that  the  entire  English 
vote  will  support  the  Committee,  and  we  learn  that  very 
satisfactory  progress  is  being  made  among  our  French  con- 
freres in  securing  proxies  and  enlisting  the  sympathy  of  the 
profession  in  the  effort  being  made  to  secure  an  independent 
board.  While  the  present  board  is  being  attacked  as  a 
whole,  it  is  only  just  to  say  that  the  movement  is  largely 
directed  against  Dr.  Beausoleil,  who  occupies  the  objection- 
able position  of  having,  through  a  systematic  and  organized 
effort,  secured  a  sufficient  number  of  proxies  each  time  to 
entirely  control  the  election  in  regard  to  himself  and  any 
other  member  outside  of  the  University — representatives 
whom  he  desired  to  associate  with  him.  These  members,  on 
account  of  this  circumstance,  owing  their  election  to  him, 
could  not  show  independence  of  action  in  considering  mat- 
ters of  importance  coming  before  the  board.  It  may  truth- 
fully be  said,  however,  that  it  is  generally  recognized  that 
there  are  a  number  of  worthy  men   on  the   board    who  are 


200  EDITORIAL. 

upright  and  capable,  and  whom  we  would  like  to  see  again 
elected,  and  who  would  not,  we  feel  sure,  sanction  the  ques- 
tionable actions  which  have  been  accredited  to  some  of  the 
officials.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that,  although  the  present  registrar 
has  opportunities  for  manipulating  in  his  favour  the  proxies 
he  has  already  in  hand,  that  they  will  not  be  used  by  him  in 
any  way  contrary  to  the  wishes  of  those  who  have  already 
committed  themselves  by  having  previously  sent  their  proxies 
to  him  who  may  subsequently  decide  to  have  their  vote 
otherwise  controlled.  It  is  well  to  remember  that  any  mem- 
ber has  the  privilege  of  changing  his  proxy,  and  the  last  one 
registered  will  represent  his  legal  vote.  We  publish  below  a 
circular  issued  by  the  Electoral  Committee  of  the  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Society,  which,  considered  side  by  side  with  that 
issued  presumably  by  Dr.  Beausoleil,  is  calculated  to  cause 
the  Electorate  to  give  the  matter  considered  some  thought. 
We  will  be  glad  to  publish  the  views  of  any  of  our  readers 
who  may  have  something  to  offer  in  regard  to  the  efforts  now 
being  made  to  place  the  elections  to  the  College  on  an  inde- 
pendent and  representative  basis. 

ELECTORAL  REFORM  COMMITTEE. 

A    FEW  REMARKS   CONCERNING   THE    FORTHCOMING   ELEC- 
TION OF  THE  Provincial  Board  and  concerning 
A  recently  published  Circular. 

Never  up  to  the  present  time  has  a  Triennial  Election  of 
the  Provincial  Board  caused  so  much  interest  in  our  profes- 
,  sion  as  that  which  will  take  place  in  July  next,  and  this 
because  the  administration  of  that  Board  is  such  that  the 
profession  can  stand  it  no  longer,  and  because  the  election 
will  determine  whether  the  profession  is  to  be  free  to  direct 
its  business,  or  whether  it  is  to  continue  at  the  mercy  of  a 
clique  which,  having  once,  through  the  apathy  of  the  profes- 
sion in  times  past,  assumed  control,  now  absolutely  directs 
medical  legislation  and  the  administration  of  matters  medi- 
cal. 

That  clique  has  maintained  complete  control  thus  far  as 
a  consequence  of  the  method  of  election  now  in  vogue.  Any 
one  who  has  sufficient  interest,  direct  or  indirect,  to  procure 
the  proxies  of  practitioners  at  any  moment  after  the  preced- 
ing triennial  election,  can  use  those  proxies  not  only  for  his 


EDITORIAL.  201 

own  election  but  towards  the  election  of  the  one  and  thirty- 
other  members  of  the  Board  ;  and,  inasmuch  as  this  obtain- 
ing of  proxies  is  largely  employed,  it  is  notorious  that  the 
election  in  no  respects  represents  the  free  and  individual 
voting  of  members  of  the  profession. 

We  may  be  pardoned  for  calling  attention  to  the  facil- 
ties  which  proxy  voting  now  places  in  the  hands  of  the 
registrar.  And  we  think  it  highly  undesirable  that  the  offi- 
cial on  whom  falls  the  delicate  task  of  deciding  the  qualify- 
ing or  disqualifying  the  voter  should  himself  be  one  of  the 
candidates  for  election. 

A  system  which  is  far  more  creditable,  and  against  which 
no  objection  can  be  raised,  is  that  employed  in  connection 
with  the  elections  to  the  general  medical  council  in  Great 
Britain,  and  employed  also  in  the  neighboring  province  of 
Ontario,  that  namely,  in  the  first  place,  of  nominating  mem- 
bers for  districts,  and  in  the  second  place,  after  the  nomina- 
tion, distributing  to  the  voters  a  ballot  paper  upon  which  are 
indicated  the  names  of  the  candidate  or  candidates.  This 
paper,  duly  filled  in  and  signed,  is  then  returned  to  the  proper 
officials  on  or  before  a  given  date. 

The  agitation  for  this  alteration  in  the  method  of  repre- 
sentation is  by  no  means  new.  Nine  years  ago,  at  the  elec- 
tion for  1889,  a  Board  of  Governors  was  elected  pledged  to 
obtain  this  representation  by  districts;  in  1892  the  Board 
repeated  this  promise  to  the  profession,  and  at  the  last  elec- 
tion in  1895  the  then  Board  once  again  placed  this  reform 
upon  its  programme.  Once  the  elections  have  come  and 
gone  no  regard  has  been  paid  to  the  promises  thus  made,  and 
what  is  more,  the  Board,  or  those  controlling  the  Board,  have 
always  rejected  every  motion  brought  forward  asking  for 
the  fulfilment  of  these  promises.  Only  this  last  December 
a  small  group  of  the  members  of  the  Board  did  not  hesitate 
to  employ  every  means  possible  to  prevent  the  legislature  at 
Quebec  bringing  in  an  amendment  to  the  law  which  was  in 
accordance  with  the  desire  of  the  profession.  Now,  only 
three  months  later,  they  again,  for  the  fourth  time  in  nine 
years,  have  the  audacity  to  promise  the  desired  reform,  rely- 
ing, no  doubt,  on  their  being  able  by  some  means  or  other 
to  baulk  us  later. 

It  is  the  object  of  this  committee  to  obtain  the  election 
of  those  pledged  to  bring  in  this  system  of  district  represen- 
tation by  ballot.  If  we  succeed  in  electing  a  Board  of  Gov- 
ernors favourable  to  our  object,  that  Board  will  immediately 
apply  to  the  Government  to  so  modify  the  present  law  as  to 
give  representation  to  each  district — the  districts  to  corre- 
spond as  nearly  as  feasible  with  the  parliamentary  electoral 


202  EDITORIAL. 

districts  of  the  Province.  The  Committee  does  not  venture 
to  propound  a  list  of  candidates.  It  is  our  aim  that  each 
district  shall  nominate  for  itself  a  candidate  pledged  to  sup- 
port this  reform. 

The  whole  profession  in  this  Province  is  in  favor  of  the 
method  of  genuine  representation  by  district.  The  mere  fact 
that  at  each  election  the  matter  has  been  found  a  useful 
plank  in  the  programme  of  the  Board  is  in  itself  evidence 
that  this  is  so,  but,  in  addition,  the  medical  societies  of  our 
larger  centres,  the  district  medical  associations  and  the  medi- 
cal men  in  certain  districts  in  assembly  have  all  pronounced 
in  favour  of  the  reform,  and  these  bodies  have  appointed 
committees  to  work  in  combination  with  others,  in  order  to 
obtain  professional  independence  in  this  matter  of  conduct- 
ing the  elections. 

Naturally  we  find  opposed  to  us  that  same  clique  which 
has  constantly  been  in  evidence  whenever  the  general  in- 
terests of  the  profession  as  opposed  to  this  clique  have  been 
involved.  We  are  far  from  wishing  to  identify  the  great 
majority  of  the  members  of  the  present  Board  with  the 
clique.  This  small  group,  believing  that  possession  is  nine 
points  of  the  law,  and  having  control  of  the  working  of  the 
College  at  the  present  time,  have  published  a  document 
without  signature,  but  drawn  up  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
appear  as  the  official  circular  of  the  Board  of  Governors 
itself.  We  have  been  debating  whether  we  should  best  serve 
the  profession  were  we  simply  to  publish  and  to  circulate 
this  circular  in  its  entirety.  It  would  have  been  difficult  to 
concoct  a  more  specious  document  than  this.  The  authors 
do  not  hesitate  to  throw  dust  into  the  eyes  of  the  profession  in 
almost  every  sentence,  and  where  a  suggestion  of  the  false  is 
not  adequate,  they  boldly  employ  a  complete  departure 
from  the  truth.  The  ordinary  reader,  unable  to  realise  such 
wholesale  lack  of  candour,  will  almost  naturally  accept  a 
considerable  portion  of  it  as  correct,  not  believing  that  any 
member  of  our  profession  could  weave  together  such  a  tissue 
of  deviations  from  the  truth  ;  hence  it  becomes  necessary  to 
take  up  this  circular  point  by  point  and  show  out  its  glaring 
defects. 

Thus,  analysing  the  circular,  we  find  that  it  begins  with 
a  statement  of  the  work  accomplished  by  the  Medical  Board 
now  in  existence.  We  are  told  that  the  programme  of  this 
Board  in  1895  was  : 

1.  To  amend  the  law  relating  to  quacks  and  quackery. 

2.  To  obtain  the  establishment  of  a  Court  of  DicipHne. 

3.  To  establish  a  Provincial  Medical  Library. 

4.  To  establish  a  free  Laboratory  for  clinical  research. 


EDITORIAL.  203 

In  all  these  matters  we  are  now  told  the  Board  has  so 
acted  as  to  merit  the  approval,  not  to  say  the  thanks  of  the 
profession.  We  will,  however,  take  up  these  points  one  by 
one: 

The  Illegal  Practice  of  Medicine.  During  the  last  few 
years,  those  bringing  to  the  notice  of  the  College  cases  of 
quackery  and  of  malpractice  have  received  absolutely  no  help 
from  that  body  ;  they  have  been  given  the  cold  comfort  of 
learning  that  they  themselves  must  be  the  prosecutors,  and 
that  even  if  the  College  should  help  them  they  must  them- 
selves be  responsible  for  all  charges.  How  keen  the  College 
has  been  to  help  the  profession  in  this  matter  is  evidenced 
by  the  fact  that  only  now,  when  the  term  of  office  of  the 
present  body  is  coming  to  an  end,  has  a  feeble  move  forward 
been  taken,  and  we  are  asked  to  be  thankful  for  this  small 
move,  which  allows  the  individual  practitioner  to  bring  his 
case  before  a  magistrate  or  before  some  of  the  petty  courts 
of  the  Province.  But  the  College  itself  will  give  no  more 
help  in  this  matter  than  it  did  before.  If  called  before  the 
minor  court  and  convicted,  the  penalty  inflicted  will  be  so 
small  that  it  will  not  prevent  the  quack  from  exercising  his 
lucrative  calling.  The  Board  has  done  nothing  to  render 
the  law  more  effective  in  these  matters,  and  we  may  well  ask 
why  it  is  that  no  steps  have  been  taken  in  this  direction. 
There  is,  indeed,  not  a  little  mystery  concerning  the  way  in 
which  the  Board  allows  American  companies  to  give  gratui- 
tous consultation  to  facilitate  the  sale  of  their  pretended  spe- 
cifics. The  profession  does  not  benefit  by  this ;  does  any 
one  ? 

2.  The  Court  of  Discipline.  At  last — this  very  year — 
the  Board  has  determined  to  create  a  court  of  discipline, 
which  has  been  demanded  by  the  profession  since  1889.  Is 
this  again  an  election  movement  ?  It  is  not  a  little  interest- 
ing to  observe  how  certain  perpetual  members  of  the  Board 
now  assume  the  credit  for  the  creation  of  this  court  which  to 
this  moment  has  been  energetically  opposed  by  them.  In 
itself  a  Court  of  Discipline  is  an  excellent  thing,  but  only 
under  the  conditions  that  it  does  not  come  into  the  hands  of 
a  group  or  of  a  clique,  in  which  case  it  will  become  a  most 
dangerous  institution.  Upon  this  matter  the  circular  is 
silent.  We  are  not  told  how  the  members  of  the  court  are 
to  be  appointed,  and  until  we  know  this  and  know  that  the 
members  of  the  court  will  be  independent  and  not  responsi- 
ble to  any  clique,  we  cannot  express  any  satisfaction, — in 
fact  we  must  demand  fuller  knowledge  about  the  matter, 

3.  The  Establishment  of  a  Laboratory.  Here,  again,  we 
have  the  same  obvious  comment  to  make.     That  laboratory, 


204  EDITORIAL. 

promised  three  years  ago,  is  still  non-existent  save  on  pape  r 
No  steps  have  been  taken  until  the  last  moment  to  do  any- 
thing in  connection  with  it,  and  now  we  know  nothing  as  to 
how  it  is  to  be  conducted.  We  are  told  that  the  apparatus 
is  "on  the  way,"  and  that  this  or  that  minister  in  France  is 
giving  odd  bits  of  apparatus.  How  "odd"  is  indicated  by 
the  fact  that  here,  in  a  laboratory  purely  clinical,  there  is  to 
be  included  a  collection  of  physical  instruments.  We  sup- 
pose that  this  laboratory  will  be  established  in  Montreal  or 
Quebec.  But  already  in  the  Montreal  and  Quebec  universi- 
ties and  hospitals  there  are  clinical  laboratories,  and,  what  is 
worthy  of  note,  these  laboratories  are  under  the  charge,  not 
of  some  unknown  foreigner,  but  of  specialists  of  known  at- 
tainments, and  these  laboratories  can  always  be  used  by 
the  practitioners.  Why,  therefore,  expend  the  func's  of  the 
College  in  running  a  laboratory  which  will  be  scarcely  of 
any  use  to  others  than  those  who  already  have  laboratories 
which  they  can  employ. 

4.  The  ^^  Precious  Beginning  of  a  Library  T  Whoever  it 
was  who  drew  up  the  sentences  in  the  circular  concerning 
the  Provincial  Medical  Library  must  either  be  a  "  farceur " 
of  high  standing  or  one  perfectly  ignorant  of  medical  litera- 
ture. To  judge  from  the  statement  therein  made,  a  collec- 
tion of  a  few  hundred  theses  or  papers  written  by  students 
on  the  eve  of  graduation,  forms  an  ideal  nucleus  for  a  circu- 
lating library.  It  is  interesting  to  learn  that  these  Paris 
theses  form  the  "  precious  beginning  "  of  the  circulating  li- 
brary, which  is  to  be  available  for  the  entertainment  of  the 
country  practitioner.  That  library  you  will  note  was  prom- 
ised three  years  ago,  and  now,  in  1898,  it  still  consists  of 
this  donation  of  about  1,800  unassorted  pamphlets.  We  are 
told  that  it  is  intended  to  order  the  leading  text-books  in 
medicine,  surgery,  gynaecology,  etc.,  but  the  most  that  has 
been  done  so  far  has  been  to  authorise  the  Library  Com- 
mittee "to  purchase  a  copy  of  the  best  modern  works"  on 
these  subjects ;  beyond  this  the  Board  has  not  gone ;  none  of 
these  works  are  in  circulation,  and  the  circulating  library 
also  exists  only  on  paper. 

Would  it  not  be  better,  it  may  be  asked,  when  the 
College  is  in  its  present  poor  financial  condition,  to  use  what- 
ever funds  there  may  be  to  spare  so  as  to  encourage  the 
creation  of  district  societies  and  to  help  them  to  acquire  the 
leading  medical  journals. 

Next  the  circular  passes  on  to  point  out  that  from  a  purely 
administrative  standpoint,  the  Board  has  done  its  duty 
"even  better"  than  during  the  preceding  term.  We  are 
told  also  that  bulletins  of  its  meetings   are   published    and 


EDITORIAL.  205 

distributed  ;  these  bulletins  are  almost  worthless,  and  are  not 
distributed  to  the  medical  press  until  they  are  out  of  date. 
We  are  told  that  it  has  sent  copies  of  the  Medical  Register 
to  every  licensed  practitioner  of  this  province.  Now  one 
virtue  of  a  Register  is  that  it  should  be  correct  and  up  to 
date,  and  this  is  neither.  A  large  sum  of  money  has  been 
expended  in  bringing  out  a  badly  edited  work  of  no  value. 
It  is  full    f  errors. 

We  are  told  that  it  has  ordered  the  collection  of  the 
arrears  and  annual  dues,  and,  while  the  recent  bulletins  admit 
that  these  arrears  are  very  considerable,  we  fail  to  find  as 
yet  anyone  who  has  been  of  late  applied  to  for  his  arrears, 
and  we  know  that  those  who  have  written  directly  for  infor- 
mation upon  this  point  many  weeks  ago  are  still  without 
any  answer ;  this  indicates  the  activity  with  which  the 
officials  of  the  Board  are  attempting  to  collect  these  arrears. 
We  are  told  again  that  the  Board  has  established  a  scientific 
relationship  with  the  University  of  Paris,  which  has  decided 
to  honour  our  brevet  by  a  certificate  of  equivalence.  But 
the  Board  deserves  no  credit  for  having  obtained  this,  for 
such  certificate  of  equivalence  has  been  for  long  years 
accorded  to  Canadian  students  and  medical  men  who  are 
admitted  into  France  to  attend  courses  at  the  University 
and  to  take  their  degrees  just  as  though  they  were  French 
students  or  French  medical  men.  As  examples,  we  may 
name  Dr.  A.  Brodeur,  1874,  Dr.  Lesperance,  1889,  and  Dr. 
DeMartigny,  1891.  There  have  been  several  others  also  who 
have  obtained  this  favour  long  before  Dr.  Beausoleil  made 
his  visit  to  Paris  last  year.  Of  these  mentioned.  Dr.  Brodeur 
left  Montreal  in  his  third  year  of  medical  study,  and  had 
simply  to  pass  the  examinations  of  the  second  year,  while 
the  diploma  he  eventually  obtained  gave  him  the  right  to 
practice  in  France  and  in  the  French  colonies. 

Ititer- provincial  Licensing  and  Registration,  This  is  a 
matter  which  has  not  been  brought  about  by  the  Board  of 
the  Province  of  Quebec  alone,  but  by  the  inter-action  of  all 
the  provinces,  and  even,  while  we  acknowledge  that  Dr. 
Beausoleil  and  those  with  him  have  borne  their  share,  the 
majority  of  our  provinces  now  favour  inter-provincial  regis- 
tration ;  it  would  be  false  in  any  way  to  suggest  that  Dr. 
Beausoleil  originated  the  movement,  while  the  non-election 
of  himself  and  his  clique  would  not  disturb  the  negotiations 
which  are  still  in  progress, 

A  second  part  of  the  manifesto  in  question  put  forward, 
we  suppose  by  Dr,  Beausoleil  (for  as  we  say,  the  circular  is 
unsigned  and  therefore  unauthorative),  is  that  we  are 
promised  the  following  : 


206  EDITORIAL. 

1.  Abolition  of  the  vote  by  proxy. 

2.  Representation  by  district  (this  for  the  4th  time  in  9 
years). 

3 .  The  establishment  in  each  district  of  an  agent  to  wage 
war  npofi  quacks. 

4.  The  appointment  of  assessors  from  each  district. 

These  promises,  we  would  note,  are  made  before  the  elec- 
tion. From  our  previous  experience  we  would  ask  whether 
these  have  the  least  value.  That  experience  tells  us  that, 
once  the  elections  are  over,  the  promises  made  are  not 
merely  forgotten,  but  any  endeavour  to  exert  their  fulfilment 
is  vigorously  opposed  by  the  officials  of  the  Board,  and  we 
would  ask  if  after  these  experiences  the  writers  of  the  circular 
seriously  expect  the  profession  to  continue  indefinitely  to  be 
fooled  by  promises. 

The  third  part  of  the  manifesto  deals  exclusively  with  the 
relationship  between  the  universities  and  the  mass  of  practi- 
tioners, and  it  is  urged  that  the  opposition  to  the  present 
method  of  conducting  the  College  affairs  is  an  attempt  upon 
the  part  of  the  universities  to  control  the  whole  College. 
This  is  a  most  impudent  attempt  to  hoodwink  the  electors. 
The  French  and  the  English  reform  committees  are  both 
pledged  to  bring  about  representation  by  districts,  and  we 
would  ask  how  any  one  can  suppose  that  such  an  effort  to 
bring  about  district  representation  is,  at  the  same  time,  an 
effort  to  increase  the  influence  of  the  universities  upon  the 
Board.  A  moment's  consideration  must  show  that  district 
representation  will  inevitably  increase  the  strength  of  what 
we  might  term  the  "  country  party "  in  the  College  as 
opposed  to  the  university  representation  of  Montreal  and 
Quebec  ;  and  if  this  be  the  case  it  is  evident  that  those 
members  of  the  reform  committees  who  are  members  of 
university  staffs  have  higher  aims  than  merely  to  satisfy  per- 
sonal spite  or  to  revenge  themselves  for  certain  enactments 
of  the  Board  of  Governors,  which  might  by  some  be  con- 
ceived as  being  inimical  to  the  welfare  of  the  universities. 
And  we  would  point  out  that  it  is  not  merely  Laval  Univer- 
sity, but  McGill  and  Bishops',  whose  professors  are  to  be 
found  in  large  numbers  upon  the  Committees  seeking  for 
reform.  The  additional  names  of  those  who  have  requested 
to  be  included  among  the  signers  of  our  previous  circular 
show  how  widespread  is  the  desire  for  reform. 

No  one  can  read  what  is  contained  in  this  circular  without 
seeing  that  what  is  there  written  is  a  matter  of  mean  and 
personal  spite  against  one  university.  Add  to  this,  that  we 
at  the  present  time  know  of  no  single  professor  of  a  univer- 
sity who  is  a  candidate  for  other  than  the   University   Seats 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  20/ 

upon  the  Board,  and  of  42  Governors  only  8  are  elected  by 
the  universities.  Altogether,  what  is  the  truth  is  that  the 
universities  and  the  ordinary  practitioner  are  at  one  in  this 
matter. 

The  following  physicians  requested  that  their  names  be 
added  as  members  of  the  Election  Committee  of  theMedico- 
Chirurgical  Society  : 

Drs.  H.  Leroy  Fuller,  Sweetsburg ;  Jas.  Pritchard,  North 
Wakefield  ;  F.  Montizambert,  Grosse  lie ;  C.  N.  Stevenson, 
Coaticook ;  W.  Sutherland,  Valleyfield  ;  D.  K.  Cowley, 
Granby;  J.  O.  Stuart,  St.  Anicet ;  W.  W.  Alexander, 
Lachute ;  W.  H.  Rowat,  Athelstane  ;  R.  A.  D.  King,  Comp- 
ton ;  G.  H.  Christie,  Lachute;  L.  F.  Mackenzie,  Bishop's 
Crossing;  H.  J.  Metcalf,  Thurso  ;  J.  R.  Clouston,  Hunting- 
don ;  H.  E.  Mitchell,  Bedford  ;  A.  Dewar,  Ottawa ;  F.  A. 
Cutter,  Cowansville ;  J.  C.  Phelan,  Waterloo ;  C.  Marshall, 
Huntingdon  ;  D.  F.  Walker,  Huntingdon ;  A.  F.  Foss, 
Lennoxville;  A.  D.  Stewart,  Richmond;  H.  Stevenson, 
Wakefield  ;  T.  McCurdy,  Sawyerville ;  M.  H.  Brophy, 
Quebec;  G.  F.  Shaw,  St.  Andrews,  P.  Q  ;  J.  L.  Hargrave, 
Danville ;  Geo.  F"isk,  Montreal ;  W.  S.  Morrow,  Montreal  ; 
John  McBain,  Montreal ;  A.  G.  Nicholls,  Montreal ;  A.  A. 
Robertson,  Montreal;  J.  P.  Hanington,  Montreal;  H.  L. 
Reddy,  Montreal;  H.  D.  Hamilton,  Montreal ;  E.  A.  Robert- 
son, Montreal ;  H.  M.  Church,  Montreal ;  J.  C.  Cameron, 
Montreal ;  A.  Schmidt,  Montreal ;  A.  McPhail,  Montreal ;  W. 
H.  Jamieson,  Montreal ;  Mary  Fyfe,  Montreal ;  A.  D.  Patton, 
Caughnawaga ;  A.  E.  Vipond,  Montreal;  J.  H.  Laidley, 
Montreal;  G.  A.  Berwick,  Montreal;  S.  Ridley  McKenzie, 
Montreal;  H.  B.  Yates,  Montreal. 


The  American  Electro  therapeutic  Association  will  hold  its 
seventh  annual  meeting  at  Buffalo,  September  13,  14  and  15,  1898, 
under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  Charles  R.  Dickson,  of  Toronto.  The 
titles  of  papers  to  be  read  at  the  meeting  should  be  furnished  to  Dr. 
John  Gerin,  secretary,  68  North  street,  Auburn. 


Book   Reviews. 

The  Practice  of  Surgery,— A  Treatise  on  Surgery  for  the  use 
of  Practitioners  and  students.  By  Henry  R.  Wharton,  M.  D., 
Demonstrator  of  Surgery  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  ; 
Surgeon  to  the  Presbyterian  and  the  Children's  Hospitals  ; 
Assistant-Surgeon  to  the  Hospital  of  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania ;  Consulting  Surgeon  to  the  Bryn  Maur  Hospital ;  Fel- 
low    of    the  American    Surgical   Association  and  B.  Farqu- 


208  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

har  Curtis,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  in  the  New 
York  Post-Graduaie  Medical  School  and  the  Women's  Medi- 
cal School  of  the  New  York  Infirmary  ;  Surgeon  to  St.  Luke's 
Hospital  and  the  New  York  Cancer  Hospital ;  Fellow  of  the 
American  Surgical  Association.  Profusely  illustrated.  J.  B. 
Lippincott  Company,  Philadelphia,  6  Henrietta  street,  Cov- 
ent  Garden,  London,  rSgS.  Dominion  agent,  Charles  Rob- 
erts, 593A  Cadieux  St.,  Montreal. 

The  authors  of  this  new  work  of  Surgery  have  recognized  the 
difficulties  which  present  themselves  in  endeavoring  to  place  in  one 
compact  volume,  a  fair  presentation  of  the  vast  field  covered  by  this 
subject.  Nevertheless,  the  whole  subject  has  been  touched  upon 
and  the  surgery  of  every  portion  of  the  body  described  in  regard  to 
symptoms  of,  pathology,  and  the  different  affections  to  which  it  is 
liable,  and  their  diagnosis  with  a  description  of  the  various  opera- 
tions and  other  methods  of  treatment.  This  is  all  done  in  a  little 
over  twelve  hundred  pages  of  space,  in  clear,  open  print,  and  has 
freely  interspersed  in  the  text  heavy-lettered  headings,  indicating  the 
important  sub-divisicnsof  the  subject  under  consideration.  An  im- 
portant and  useful  feature  of  the  work  is  the  freedom  with  which  the 
subjects  treated  of  in  the  text  are  illustrated.  There  are  nine  hun- 
dred and  twenty-three  wood  cuts  and  photogravures  and  a  number  of 
colored  plates.  For  the  student  and  practitioner  this  is  a  com- 
mendable pddition  and  while  it  would  appear  to  defeat  the  object 
of  contracting  the  subject  into  a  limited  space,  it  rather  economizes 
it,  for  a  small  illustrative  cut  will  sometimes  make  plain  what  text 
occupying  a  much  larger  space  would  fail  to  do  as  well.  A  book 
issued  in  iSgi^,  should  represent  fully  all  the  most  recent  elements 
of  progress;  this  is  largely  the  character  of  this  work,  but  here  and 
there  it  is  noticeable  that  to  brevity  is  sacrificed  sufficient  detail  to 
make  the  reader  conversant  with  a  full  and  lucid  presentation  of 
the  subject.  Thus  in  the  surgery  of  the  lymphatic  system  no  men- 
tion is  made  of  the  varieties  of  lymphangitis  indicated  by  the  terms 
reticular  and  tubular,  constituting  two  distinct  affections  and  to 
the  uninitiated  the  former  variety  would  scarcely  be  diagnosed  from 
the  meagre  description  given  here.  Diagnosis  and  treatment  are, 
however,  fairly  given,  and  in  many  places  we  notice  points  in  treat- 
ment and  methods  which  have  quite  recently  been  seen  only  in  the 
periodicals  such  as  the  treatment  of  sprain,  by  a  special  form  of 
early  strapping  as  recommended  by  Gibney  &  Cotterell,  a  cut  of 
the  dressing  applied  also  serves  to  make  clear  the  method  which 
some  of  the  journal  descriptions  have  failed  to  do. 

Skiagraphs  are  inserted  here  and  there  illustrating  important 
points  ;  the  aid  given  by  the  Roentgen  ray  and  Fluoroscope  in 
the  diagnosis  of  fractures,  the  discovery  of  bullets,  etc.  is  dwelt 
upon.  The  portion  on  minor  surgery  is  very  explicit  and  so  fully 
illustrated  that  all  the  methods  of  bandaging,  suturing  and  the 
application  of  ligatures,  etc.,  can  be  readily  acquired  from  the  lucid 
descriptions  and  excellent  cuts.  Surgical  bacteriolgy  is  treated  of 
in  a  full  and  interesting  chapter,  giving  the  latest  views  on  toxin  in- 
fection, resistance  offered  by  lesions,  immunity,  etc.  There  are 
altogether  thirty-eight  chapters  which  include  not  only  such  general 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  209 

subjects  as  inflammation,  septicaema,  ansesthetics,  plastic  surgery, 
amputation,  and  the  special  surgery  of  various  portions  of  the  frame 
and  organs,  but  giving  also  a  good  representation  of  that  of  such  or- 
gans as  the  eye  and  ear,  the  air  passages,  venereal  diseases,  the  urin- 
ary organs  and  the  female  genital  organs.  As  a  ready  reference  work 
for  the  general  practitioner  and  a  students'  text-book,  th's  up-to- 
date  work  is  to  be  highly  recommended. 

The  Year  Book  of  Treatment  for  1898.— A  Critical  Re- 
view for  Practitioners  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Crown  octavo 
488  pages.  Cloth,  $1.50.  Philadelphia  and  New  York.  Lea 
Brothers  &  Co.,  1898. 

This  compact  and  inexpensive  resume  of  the  progress  of  thera- 
peutics during  the  year,  is  now  in  the  fourteenth  year  of  its  publica- 
tion and  has  deservedly  taken  a  strong  hold  on  the  attention  of  the 
members  of  the  profession.  I'he  collaborators  are  all  eminent 
physicians  and  specialists  in  Great  Britain,  and  the  book  gives  evi- 
dence of  a  very  careful  selection  from  journals  and  recent  books  of 
the  chief  progress  made  during  the  year  in  the  various  departments 
of  medicine  in  regard  to  therapeutic  measures.  We  notice  that  most 
of  the  excerpts  and  condensations  are  from  publications  during  1897, 
unlike  some  of  the  more  pretentious  annuals  which  we  have  noticed 
which  draw  largely  from  1896.  A  year  book  should  so  arrange 
matters  as  to  represent  only  the  year  previous  to  its  issue.  This 
convenient  volume  gives  a  full  resume  of  all  real  advances  in  thera- 
peutic measures,  as  well  as  reference  to  recent  light  in  etiology, 
pathology,  etc.  Even  when  a  large  anntial  is  subscribed  for,  this  is 
invaluable  for  reference,  and  no  physician  should  be  without  an  an- 
nual while  this  inexpensive  and  comprehensive  retrospect  is  avail- 
able. 

Transactions  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
geons of  Philadelphia. — Third  Series,  Volume  Nine- 
teenth. Edited  by  Thompson  S.  Wescott,  M.D.,  Philadelphia. 
This  volume  is  neatly  bound  in  cloth  with  gilt  top  and  con- 
tains two  hundred  and  fifty-one  pages  of  matter.  There  are 
twenty-two  papers  pubHshed  together  with  several  biographical 
sketches,  the  annual  address  of  the  President,  lists  of  officers  and 
members,  etc.  Among  the  interesting  papers  are  the  following  : — 
Rapidly  occurring  semphlygia  or  acute  lead  poisoning,  by  J.  M. 
Dacosta,  M.D.,  LL.D.  Some  important  facts  about  chloroform,  by 
H.  A.  Hare,  M.  D,  The  value  of  ausculatory  Percussion  in  Diag- 
nosis, by  Alfred  Stengel,  M.  D.  A  contribution  to  the  study  of 
the  action  of  the  venom  of  the  Crotalus  Adamanteus  upon  the 
blood,  by  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  M.D.,  and  Alonzo  H.  Stewart,  M,  D. 
The  Hysterical  Newroses  of  the  Skin,  by  Arthur  van  Harlingen, 
M.D. 

Diseases  of  Women. — A  text  book  for  students  and  practi- 
tioners by  T.  O.  Webster,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Edin.,  F.R.C.P.,  Edin.; 
Demonstrator  of  Gynaecology  McGill  University  ;  Assistant 
Gynaecologist  Royal  Victoria  Hospital,  Montreal ;   Fellow  of 


2IO  BOOK  REVIEWS. 

the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburg ;    Corresponding   Member   of 
the  Royal  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Palermo,  Italy,  and  of  the 
Italian  Obstetrical    and  Gngecological    Society  ;    late    senior 
assistant   to   the   Professor   of    Midwifery    and   Diseases    of 
Women  in  the  University  of  Edinburg.     Illustrated   with    241 
Figures.     Edinburg  and  London.     Young  J.  Pentland,  Mont- 
real ;  Wra.  Drysdale  &  Co.,  1898.     Price  $3.50. 
The  author  has  endeavored  to  give  prominence  to  the  scientific 
basis  of  each  subject  under  consideration  and   has    included   the 
chief  facts  gathered  from  modern  researches  in  anatomy,  histology, 
comparative  anatomy  and  pathology.     He   has   avoided   the  fault 
sometimes  made  of  regarding  woman  as  a  gynaecological  being,  but 
on  the  contrary  has  studied  clinical  features  in  their  widest  relation- 
ships.    Neither  has  he  advocated  any  therapeutic  measures  which 
have  not  been  thoroughly  tested.     Taken   altogether  the   style   of 
the  work  is  so  clear  and  the  treatment  of  the  various  subjects   so 
terse  and  yet  so  thorough  that  the  duty  of  reviewing  it   has    been 
made  a  pleasure.     Canadian  authors  of  text  books  have  so  far  been 
very  few  ;  but  Canada  may  well  be  proud  of  the  one  sent  forth  by 
this  talented  son  of  hers.     We  cannot,  of  course,  refer  to  the  many 
points  of  excellence,  where  the  whole  work  is  excellent,  but  we  can 
safely  say  that  no  work  that  has  been  published  either  in  Europe  or 
America  is  better  suited  to  the   wants   of  the  Canadian  medical 
student  than  this  one.     We,  therefore,  bespeak  for  it  a  ready   sale 
feeling  quite  sure  that  it  will  be  heartily  welcomed  by  all  who  read 
it  as  one  of  the  best  works   of  its  size  and  class  that   has   ever 
appeared. 

Elements  of  Latin  for  Students  of  Medicine  and  Phar- 
macy. By  George  D.  Crothers,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Teacher  of 
Latin  and  Greek  in  the  St.  Joseph  (Mo.)  High  School  ;  for- 
merly Professor  of  Latin  and  Greek  in  the  University  of 
Omaha  ;  and  Hiram  H.  Bice,  A.M.,  Instructor  in  Latin  and 
Greek  in  the  Boys'  High  School  of  New  York  City.  S/i'^7/^ 
inches.  Pages  xii-242.  Flexible  Cloth,  $1.25  net.  The  F. 
A.  Davis  Co.,  publishers,  1914-16  Cherry  St.,  Philadelphia  ; 
117  W.  Forty-Second  St.,  New  York  City  ;  9  Lakeside  Build- 
ing, 218-220  S.  Clark  St.,  Chicago,  111, 

This  book  is  not  intended  for  those  who  wish  to  begin  the 
study  of  the  Latin  language,  but  for  those  who  wish  to  apply  their 
knowledge  of  it  however  slight  it  may  be  towards  the  application 
of  it  in  medicine  and  pharmacy.  It  has,  however,  the  declensions 
and  conjugations  as  in  an  ordinary  Latin  text  book,  only  substi- 
tuting almost  exclusively  those  words  which  are  of  use  to  students 
of  medicine  and  pharmacy,  such  as  names  of  drugs,  diseases  and 
the  parts  of  the  body. 

It  is  designed  to  present  within  the  briefest  possible  compass 
those  principles  of  Latin  etymology  and  construction  which  are 
essential  to  an  intelligent  use  of  the  terminology  of  pharmacy  and 
medicine. 

There  is  a  very  good  chapter  on  prescription  writing  which 
also  contains  a  list  of  abbrevations  which  ought  to  be  avoided,  and 
another  on  suggestive  tables  on  the  Greek  element  in  medicine. 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  211 

It  ends  up  with  a  comprehensive  alphabetical  list  of  anatomical 
proper  names,  giving  their  origin. 

It  would  be  an  excellent  thing  if  those  intending  to  follow  up 
either  of  these  branches  could  have  such  a  book  as  this  in  the  curri- 
culum of  their  school  or  college  course. 

Accident  and  Injury  :  Their  Relation  to  Diseases  of 
the  Nervous  System. — By  Pearce  Bailey,  M.  D.,  New 
York.  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1898,  pp,  430.  The  object  of  the 
author  has  been  to  write  in  one  volume  information  at  present 
only  existing  in  scattered  monographs,  most  of  which  are  in 
foreign  languages.  The  traumatic  neuroses  are  very  fully  dealt 
with,  and  all  relating  to  the  part  played  by  injury  in  causing 
chronic  degenerative  nervous  disorders  is  very  fully  discussed. 
The  book  is  well  illustrated  by  original  diagrams  and  photo- 
graphs, and  seems  worthy  of  a  permanent  place  in  medical 
literature.  It  will  prove  of  special  value  to  those  needing  in- 
formation upon  the  medico-legal  aspects  of  injury  to  the 
.     nervous  system. 

Saunders  Medical  Hand  Atlases.— Methods  of  Clinical 
Diagnosis.  By  Christfield  Jakob.  Edited  by  A.  A.  Eshner. 
Phila.,  1898.  W.  B.  Saunders.  The  popularity  of  the  well- 
known  series  of  Lehmann's  Hand-Atlanter  has  led  Mr.  Saun- 
ders to  publish  an  authorized  American  Edition,  in  which  we 
notice  that  the  shod  plates  bear  the  stamp  of  F.  Reichbold, 
Munich.  The  translating  is  well  done,  and  the  excellence  of 
both  text  and  illustrations  should  ensure  a  well-earned  popu- 
larity on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic.  Suggestions  might  be  made 
in  case  of  subsequent  editions.  For  instance,  it  would  be  well 
to  indicate  the  magnification  in  drawings  of  microscopic  ob- 
jects.— In  plate  14  we  notice  that  crystals  of  calcium  oxalate 
are  made  to  appear  fully  as  large  as  those  of  triple  phosphates. 
A  colored  plate,  blue,  depicting  the  action  of  an  acid  upon  red 
litmus  paper,  is  perhaps  not  very  urgently  called  for.  The 
only  method  suggested  for  performing  the  serum  test  for 
typhoid  is  to  "  introduce  the  serum  from  about  2  c.c.  of  blood 
obtained  from  the  finger,  under  antiseptic  precautions,  into  a 
narrow  test  tube,  containing  sterilized  bouillon,  which  is  then 
inoculated  with  living  typhoid  bacilli,  and  kept  at  the  tem- 
perature of  the  body."  We  doubt  if  any  human  being  now 
follows  this  technique.  The  type  and  get  up  of  the  book  are 
both  excellent. 

IN  PRESS  FOR  EARLY  PUBLICATION. 

Messrs.  Lea  Brothers  &  Co.  announce  the  following  books : 

The  American  System  of  Practical  Medicine.  In  con- 
tributions by  Eminent  Clinicians.  Edited  by  Alfred  Lee 
Loomis,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  late  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Prac- 
tical Medicine  in  University  Medical  College,  New  York,  and 
William  Oilman  Thompson,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Medicine  in 
University  Medical  College,  New  York,  Volume  IV.  Vols. 
I.,  II.  and  III.  now  ready.  Per  volume,  cloth,  $5 ;  leather, 
$6  j  half  morocco,  $7.     Sold  only  by  subscription. 


212  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

A  Manual  of  Otology.  By  Gorham  Bacon,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Otology  in  University  Medical  College,  New  York. 
With  an  Introductory  Chapter  by  Clarence  J.  Blake,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Otology  in  the  Harvard  Medical  School,  Boston, 
Mass.  In  one  handsome  lamo.  volume,  with  numerous  illus- 
trations. 

The  Treatment  of  Surgical  Patients  Before  and  After 
Operation.  By  Samuel  M.  Brickner,  M.D.,  Visiting  Sur- 
geon at  the  Mt.  Sinai  Hospital,  New  York.  In  one  handsome 
volume  of  about  400  pages,  with  illustrations. 

A  Text-Book  of  Dental  Pathology,  Therapeutics  and 
Pharmacology.  Being  a  Treatise  on  the  Principles  and 
Practice  of  Dental  Medicine.  By  Henry  H.  Burchard,  M.D., 
D.D.S.,  Special  Lecturer  on  Dental  Pathology  and  Therapeu- 
tics at  the  Philadelphia  Dental  College,  Philadelphia.  In  one 
handsome  octavo  volume  of  about  550  pages,  with  400  illus- 
trations. 

The  Principles  of  Treatment.  By  J.  Mitchell  Bruce,  M.D., 
F.R.C.P.,  Physician  and  Lecturer  on  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics  at  Charing-Cross  Hospital,  London.  In  one 
octavo  volume. 

Diseases  of  the  Nose,  Throat,  Naso-Pharynx  and 
Trachea :  A  Manual  for  Students  and  Practitioners.  By 
Cornelius  G.  Coakley,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Laryngology  in 
University  Medical  College,  New  York.  In  one  volume, 
i2mo.,  of  about  400  pages,  with  numerous  illustrations,  many 
of  which  are  in  colors. 

Diseases  of  Women :  A  Manual  of  Non-surgical  Gynecology, 
designed  especially  for  the  use  of  Students  and  General  Prac- 
titioners. 13y  Francis  H.  Davenport,  M.D.,  Instructor  in 
Gynecology  in  the  Medical  Department  of  Harvard  University, 
Boston.  Third  edition,  thoroughly  revised  and  enlarged,  with 
many  additional  illustrations. 

A  Treatise  on  Gynecology.  By  E.  C.  Dudley,  A.M.,  M.D. , 
Professor  of  Gynecology  in  the  Chicago  Medical  College, 
Chicago.  In  one  octavo  volume  of  about  600  pages,  with  425 
illustrations,  many  of  which  are  in  colors. 

A  Text-Book  of  Anatomy.  By  American  Authors.  Edited 
by  Frederic  Henry  Gerrisn,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy  in 
the  Medical  School  of  Maine.  In  one  handsome  imperial 
octavo  volume,  copiously  illustrated  in  colors. 

Manual  of  Skin  Diseases.  With  Special  Reference  to  Diag- 
nosis and  'I'reaiment.  For  the  Use  of  Students  and  General 
Practitioners.  By  W.  A.  Hardaway,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Skin 
Diseases  in  the  Missouri  Medical  College.  Second  edition 
entirely  rewritten  and  much  enlarged.  In  one  handsome 
i2mo.  volume  with  illustrations. 

The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Obstetrics.  By  Ameri- 
can Authors.  Edited  by  Charles  Jewett,  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  in  the  Long  Island  College  Hospital,  Brooklyn, 
N.Y.  In  one  handsome  octavo  volume,  with  many  illustrations 
in  black  and  in  colors. 


CANADA. 

MEDICAL  RECORD 

MAY.     1898. 

Original  Communications, 

PREGNANCY    FOLLOWING    VENTROFIXATION 
WITH  IMPROVEMENTS  IN  TECHNIQUE. 

author's   abstract     of    paper     KEAD    before   AMERICAN 

GYNyECOLOGICAL   SOCIETY   AT   BOSTON,  MAY    24,  1 898. 

By  A.  LAPTHORN  SMITH,  M.D.,  M.R.O.S.,  Eng. 

Fellow  of   the  American  Gynaecological  Society  ;   I'rofessor  of   Clinical  Gynsecoiogy 

Bishop's  University,  Montreal ;  Gynascologist  to  the  Montreal  Dispensary  ; 

Surgeon  in  Chief  of  the  Samaritan  Hospital  for  Women  ;  Surgeon 

to  the   Western  General  Hospital. 

The  following  conclusions  were  based  upon  about  2,500 
cases  by  41  operators,  including  1 1 1  cases  of  his  own,  reported 
in  reply  to  a  circular  letter  of  inquiry. 

1st.  That  as  far  as  curing  retrodisplacements  is  concern- 
ed, whether  retroflexion,  retroversion,  anteflexion  with  retro- 
version, and  also  prolapse  of  the  uterus,  ventrofixation  with 
two  buried  silk  stitches  passing  through  peritoneum  and 
fascia  gives  the  most  reliable  results.  Failures  are  un- 
known when  the  operation  is  performed  in  this  way. 

2nd.  Ventrofixation  should  be  reserved  for  cases  in 
which  abdominal  section  is  necessary  for  other  reasons,  such 
as  detaching  of  adhesions  and  the  removal  of  the  diseased 
tubes  which  caused  the  adhesions.  When  it  is  expected  that 
pregnancy  may  follow,  some  other  operation  should  be, 
chosen,  because 

3rd.  Although  pregnancy  only  followed  in  148  cases  out 
of  about  2,500,  still,  in  30  per  cent,  of  these,  or  36,  there  was 
pain,  miscarriage  or  difficult  labor,  requiring  obstetrical 
operations. 


214      SMITH  :  PREGNANCY    FOLLOWING   VENTROFIXATION. 

4th.  When  suspensio  uteri  was  performed,  that  is  the 
uterus  attached  to  the  peritoneum,  only  a  few  relapses 
occurred  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  patients  were  free  from 
pain  during  pregnancy  and  the  labors  were  less  tedious 
neither  did  they  require  to  resort  to  serious  obstetrical 
operations.  The  uterus  should  therefore  be  suspended  rather 
than  fixed  to  the  abdominal  wall  in  all  cases  in  which  any 
part  of  the  ovary  is  allowed  to  remain. 

5th.  A  third    method,  it  is  claimed  b}'-  some, —  namely, 
the  intra-abdominal  shortening    of  the    round  ligaments — is 
preferable  to  either  ventrofixation  or  suspensio  uteri.     This 
may  be  done  either  by  drawing  a  loop  of  the  round  ligament 
into  the  loop  which  ties  off  the  ovary  and  tube :  or  in   cases 
in  which  the  latter  are  not   removed,  simply  to  detach  them 
from  adhesions    and  shorten  the  round  ligament  by  drawing 
up  a  loop  of  it  and    stitching  it  to  itself  for  a  space  of  about 
two  inches.     By  this  means  the  round  ligament  develops  as 
pregnancy  advances,  and   the  dragging   and  pain  and  other 
more   serious  accidents  which  are  present  in  30  per  cent,  of 
the  cases  of  ventrofixation  are  certainly  avoided. 

6th.  If  the  uterus  is  attached  to  the  abdominal  wall,  the 
stitches  should  be  kept  on  the  anterior  surface,  but  near  the 
top  of  the  fundus ;  the  complications  were  more  frequent 
when  there  was  too  much  anteversion  than  was  the  case  when 
the  anterior  surface  of  the  fundus  was  attached  to  the  abdom- 
inal wall. 

7th.  As  large  a  surface  as  possible  should  be  made  to 
adhere,  by  scarifying  both  the  anterior  surface  of  the  fundus 
and  the  corresponding  surface  of  the  abdominal  peritoneum, 
in  which  case  one  buried  silk  suture  will  be  sufficient  to  keep 
the  uterus  in  good  position. 

8th.  Several  of  my  correspondents  mentioned  incident- 
ally that  they  knew  of  many  cases  of  pregnancy  after  Alex- 
ander's operation,  and  that  in  no  case  was  the  pregnancy  or 
labor  unfavorably  influenced  by  it.  Alexander's  operation 
should  therefore  be  preferred  whenever  the  uterus  and  ap- 
pendages are  free  from  adhesions. 

9th.  The  results  of  Alexander's  operation  are  so  good 
that  even  when  there  are  adhesions  it  might  be  well  to  adopt 
the    procedure  of  freeing     the  adhesions  by    a  very   small 


ROSS  :    CLINICAL    LECTURE.  21$ 

median  incision  and  then  shortening  the  round  ligaments  by 
Alexander's  method  ;  after  which  the  abdomen  should  be 
closed.  This  could  be  done  without  adding  more  than  ^ 
of  I  per  cent,  to  the  mortality,  which  in  Alexander's  opera- 
tion is  nil. 

CLINICAL    LECTURE  ON    BILATERAL    ABDUC- 
TOR LARYNGEAL    PARALYSIS. 

Delivered  to  the  students  attending  clinic  at  Throat  and  Nose  Department,  Western 
Hospital,  Montreal 

By  GEO.  T.  ROSS,  M  D. 

Fellow   American   Laryngological  Association ;  Prof.  Laryngology  Bishop's  College  ; 
Laryngologist  Western  Hospital,  etc. 

Gentlemen  : — The  nervous  system  is  almost  entirely  in- 
accessible to  direct  observation,  with  trifling  exceptions  ;  the 
state  of  this  system,  therefore,  can  be  ascertained  only  by  the 
manner  in  which  its  work  is  done,  and  morbid  states  in  the 
system  reveal  their  presence  by  the  derangement  of  function 
which  they  cause.  The  larynx  is  no  exception  to  this  fact, 
and  disordered  function  here  is  our  only  guide  to  diagnosis. 
Remember  in  examining  the  larynx  that  only  a  few  unim- 
portant affections  of  this  organ  are  independent  of  systemic 
disease  or  of  disease  in  contiguous  organs.  Since  then  the  in- 
terpretation of  doubtful  cases  will  always  depend  largely  upon 
examination  of  neighboring  parts  of  the  air  passages, 
especially  the  fauces,  the  alimentary  canal,  and  even  the  entire 
body,  it  is  wise  in  the  absence  of  very  large  experience  to 
make  a  careful  general  examination  in  order  to  check  even 
such  local  findings  as  seem  to  be  perfectly  clear  and  easy  to  ex- 
plain, for  not  infrequently  a  preconceived  opinion  concerning 
the  primary  cause  of  the  disease  is  in  this  way  shown  to  be 
erroneous.  Your  examination  cannot  be  too  thorough  ;  in  no 
other  organ  of  the  body  is  disease  so  dependent  on  the  gen- 
eral condition  as  in  the  larynx,  and  conversely,  the  finding  of 
certain  conditions  in  the  larynx  often  throws  light  on  latent 
or  obscure  processes  in  the  entire  organism.  The  importance 
of  these  remarks  is  well  illustrated  by  the  case  we  have  be- 
fore us  for  study  to-day.  This  patient,  a  married  man,  aged 
50,  gives  the  following  history  : —  he  complained  of  hoarse- 
ness about  beginning  of  the  year   1897,  and  says  it  has  con- 


2l6  ROSS  :   CLINICAL   LECTURE. 

tinued  more  ox  less  since  that  time.     His  attention  was  spe- 
cially directed  to  the  state  of  his  throat  in   March  last  yean 
when  on  taking  a  drink  of  cold    water    he  experienced  a 
choking  spasm  which  he  says  almost   suffocated    him,    and 
this  spasm  has  always  been  repeated  whenever  he  attempted 
since  that  time  to  swallow  cold  fluids.     At  times    he    com- 
plains of  distress  from   gas  in  stomach  and  bowels,  and  that 
'•  rumbling   and  roaring  "  in  these  organs  makes  him  miser- 
able occasionally.      He  continued    his   work  of  cab-driving 
until  beginning  of  Feby.  last,  when  the  difficulty  of  breathing 
was  such    as  to  compel  him  to  quit.     At    night  his    noisy 
inspirations  were  such    that  his  wife   feared    he  would  suffo- 
cate.    Every  morning  a   fit  of  coughing  would  dislodge   a 
quantity  of  thick  mucus,  after  which  he  had  some  relief.     He 
had    been  under   the    care  of    several    physicians,    but  the 
throat   trouble    becoming  so    pronounced    he    was    referred 
to  this    clinic.       Eight  years  ago   he     had   gonorrhoea    for 
three  months,   but  never   was  confined    to    the   house   sick 
until  three  years  ago  when    he  had  an  attack  of  what   was 
called   rheumatism.     His  left  leg  became  weak  and  painful, 
causing  lameness  for  over   8  months.     The    pain    was   not 
spasmodic  or  of  the  character  of  "  lightning  pains,"  but  simply 
caused  by  the  effort  of  walking,  and  getting  on    and  off  his 
cab  was  difficult.  Says  his  right  leg  was  always  quite  strong 
and  is  unaffected  to-day.     The  left  leg  improved   and  he  re- 
turned to  work,  but  it  continued  perceptibly  weaker  than  the 
right.     For  the  past  23  years  he  took  liquor  freely.     Thinks 
he  averaged  3  or  4  quart  bottles  of  beer  daily. 

On  examination  the  calf  of  left  leg  measures  5-8  inch  smaller 
than  right,  and  at  middle  of  thigh  the  left  is  i  1-2  inches  smaller 
than  the  right.  Left  patellar  reflex  is  exaggerated.  Right  pa- 
tellar reflex  is  normal.  The  cremaster  and  abdominal  reflexes 
are  normal.  No  local  or  general  areas  of  disturbed  sensation 
except  in  the  left  leg  and  foot,  which  patient  says  is  always 
cold.  Eyes  act  normally  to  light,  but  pupil  of  left  eye  is 
smaller  than  right  eye.  No  Argyll- Robertson  pupil.  On 
speaking  there  is  at  times  a  decided  stammer  and  effort 
to  proceed  ;  the  voice  will  break  occasionally  and  take  a  high 
falsetto  note.  On  walking  there  is  a  slight  want  of  co-ordina- 
ion  in  left  leg.     His  arms  in    respect    to  co-ordination   are 


ROSS:   CLINICAL  LECTURE.  217 

normal.  On  the  patient  dosing  his  eyes  he  can't  maintain 
his  equilibrium  or  walk  without  staggering.  Examination 
of  the  other  organs  and  systems  of  his  body,  excepting  the 
larynx,  gives  negative  results.  The  laryngeal  examination 
shows  a  catarrhal  laryngitis.  Epiglottis  normal  in  color 
and  size.  Ventricular  bands  are  hyperaemic  overlapping 
the  vocal  cords  partially.  The  breadth  of  vocal  cords  in 
sight  is  not  more  than  2  m.  m.,  and  their  margins  are 
thickened  and  reddish.  Glairy  mucus  covers  the  aryepi- 
glottic  folds  and  fills  the  pyriform  sinuses.  The  true  cords 
are  permanently  adducted  so  that  only  a  very  narrow  chink 
allows  entrance  of  air.  The  inspiratory  effort  instead  of 
causing  abduction  forces  the  cords  closer  together  by  the 
resulting  suction,  and  in  consequence  much  noisy  stridor  is 
produced,  while  the  expiratory  effort  mechanically  forces  the 
cords  apart.  This  noise  is  much  increased  on  patient  faUing 
asleep,  so  that  the  necessity  for  intubation  or  tracheotomy 
has  been  threatening  for  a  time.  This  tonic  spasm  of  the 
cords  is  permanent,  although  less  severe  in  waking  hours. 
The  head  is  occasionally  tossed  back  to  assist  inspiration, 
but  the  patient  seemed  to  get  enough  oxygen  because  cyan- 
osis has  not  appeared.  Temperature  and  pulse  are  normal. 
In  all  cases  of  disease  in  which  there  is  an  organic  lesion 
of  the  nervous  system,  the  object  of  the  physician  is  not  merely 
to  give  a  name  to  the  disease,  but  to  make  an  exact  anatomi- 
cal and  pathological  diagnosis.  Both  the  anatomical  and 
pathological  diagnoses  are  of  importance,  not  merely  from  a 
scientific  point  of  view,  but  for  the  practical  purposes  of 
prognosis  and  treatment.  The  object  of  the  anatomical 
diagnosis  is  to  determine  the  exact  part  of  the  nervous 
apparatus  which  is  directly  implicated  by  the  lesion. 
In  spite  of  the  attention  which  has  been  paid  to 
the  functions  of  the  larynx  by  means  of  physiological 
experiments,  and  clinical  and  pathological  observa- 
tions, knowledge  of  the  innervation  of  this  apparatus  is 
still  imperfect.  To  help  understand  the  curious  and  fascin_ 
ating  phenomenon  with  which  we  have  to  deal,  I  first  would 
remind  you  that  the  motor  nerve /tfr  excellence  of  the  larynx 
is  the  recurrent  laryngeal  nerve.  With  the  only  exception  of 
the  tensor  of  the  vocal  cords,  the  crico-thyroid  muscle  (this 


2l8  ROSS:   CLINICAL   LECTURE. 

being  supplied  by  the  external  branch  ofthe  superior  laryngeal), 
the  recurrent    laryngeal  innervates  all  the  laryngeal  muscles 
'  proper,  that  is  the  antagonistic  groups  of  the  abductor    and 
adductor  muscles  of  the  vocal  cords.  The  former  {abductors)  are 
represented  by  the  posUrtor  crico-arytenoid  muscles  only,  the 
latter  {adductors)  by  the   lateral  crico-arytenoid,  the  external 
and  internal  thyro-arytenoid  and  the  inter-arytenoid  muscles. 
The  statement  of  several  German  authorities  that  the  superior 
laryngeal  nerve  takes  part  in    motor  innervation   of  all  the 
laryngeal  muscles  proper  has  been  strongly  opposed  by  late 
observers.   The  ultimate  derivation  of  the  recurrent  laryngeal 
nerve  is,  however,  warmly  contested.     Many  anatomists  and 
physiologists  considered  the  spinal  accessory  nerve  the  source 
of  laryngeal  innervation,  but  recently,  Grossman.  Spencer  and 
others,  by  experiments,  held  that  the   true  source  of  this  im- 
pulse was  the  lower  bundle  of  vagus  roots.     The  question  is 
not  definitely  settled.     Dr.  R.  Russell    has  split    up  the  re- 
current  laryngeal    nerve    throughout    its    peripheral   length 
into   three  different    bundles  of  fibres,  one  of  which    sup- 
plies   the     abductors    and    another  the    adductors,    whilst 
from  the  third,  no  motor  efi'ect  can  be  produced  in  the  larynx. 
We,  therefore,  know  now  definitely  that  the  fibres  going  to 
the  antagonistic  groups  of  laryngeal  muscles    are  differenti- 
ated throughout  their  peripheral  course.     These    fibres  ulti- 
mately supplying  the  abductor  of  the  cords   are  situated  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  recurrent  laryngeal  nerve.     I  now  show 
you  a  plate  illustrating,  first,   what    is   beyond  question    the 
ordinary   respiratory  position   ofthe  vocal  cords,  and    2nd, 
what  is  the  cadaveric  position  of  them.     The  question  arises, 
what  is  the  greater  width  of  the  glottis  in  life  due  to  ?       The 
reply  is,  the  abductor  muscles  of  the  cords  are  endowed  with 
a  special  reflex  tonus,  by  means  of  which  the    glottis  during 
life  is  kept  open  during  both  phases  of  respiration  to  such 
a  degree  that  that  type  of  respiration  which  we  call  "  ordi- 
nary "  is  rendered  possible.      In  this  degree    of  respiration, 
we  breathe  by  the  aid  of  diaphragm  and  intercostal  muscles 
only.     As  soon  as  during  life  the  glottis  is  narrowed  to  the 
same  degree  as  we  see  it  after  death,  we  find  that  with  every 
unusual  muscular  exertion  dyspnoea  begins,   shown  by  very 
quick  and  shallow  or  by  very  deep  and  labored  inspiration, 


ROSS  :  CLINICAL    LECTURE.  219 

accompanied  by   audible  inspiratory  stridor.      At  the    same 
time,  whilst  the  action  of  the    diaphragm  and    intercostals 
becomes  intensified,  the  accessory  muscles  of  respiration  come 
into  play.  The  reason  is  simple.   The  laryngeal  tube  is  the  nar- 
rowest part  of  the  whole  respiratory  apparatus,  and  this  tube 
is  still  further  narrowed  by  the  insertion  of  the  vocal  cords  into 
its  calibre.       Semon  has  shown   that   this  arrangement   has; 
narrowed  the  space  for  entry  of  air  to  less    than    1-3  its  na- 
tural area.     The  result  of  this  narrowing  would    be  that  if  it 
were  not  counterbalanced  by  some    compensation  of  nature, 
no   sufficient    space    would  exist    for   the    entrance    of  air 
when    any  extra    demand    was  made    upon   the  breathing 
powers.     To  obviate  this,  nature  has  endowed  the  abductor 
muscles    with  the  tonus  referred  to,  by    means  of  which  the 
glottis  is  kept  sufficiently  open  for  ordinary  breathing.     This 
tonus  is  produced  by   certain   centripetal    fibres,    contained 
mainly,  but     not  exclusively,  in  the    pneumogastric   nerve, 
which  are  stimulated  by  the  interchange  of  gases  in  the  lungs 
during  respiration  and  act  rhythmically  upon  certain  centres 
in    the  medulla  oblongata,  where    they  are    changed   into 
tonic  impulses,  which  again  descend  along  the  fibres  which 
ultimately  form  the  recurrent  laryngeal  nerve    and  keep  the 
glottis  open  to  a  degree    sufficient  for    ordinary  respiration. 
A  knowledge  of  these  facts  is  essential  to  understanding  the 
pathological  phenomenon  of  the    case  we    are  studying.     If 
you  cut  any  motor  nerve  which  supplies  various  muscles  ho- 
rizontally across,  all  these  muscles  become  completely  par- 
alyzed, unless  innervated  at  the  same  time  by  other  nerves. 
But  should  the  lesion  be  slow  instead  of  sudden,  one  of  two 
things  may  occur,  viz  :  either  all  the  nerve  fibres  contained 
in  that  nerve  may  suffer  together  and  in  equal  degree,   and 
a  stage  of  paresis  instead  of  complete  paralysis  be  first  seen, 
or  the  cause  may  act  in  an   unequal  degree  upon  the  nerve 
fibres    contained  in    the    nerve    trunk,    when    the    paralytic 
changes  may  be  more  pronounced  in  one  set  of  muscles  sup- 
plied by  that  nerve  than  in  another.     Authorities  have  shown 
that   whilst   the    abductors    were    the    first    to    succumb  to 
disease,  the  adductors  were  the  first  to  recover,  and  in  fact  the 
abductors  may  remain  permanently  damaged  after   complete 
recovery  of  the  adductors.     The  ultimate  cause  of  this  greater 


220  ROSS  :   CLINICAL  LECTURE. 

liability  to  attack  of  the  abductors  is  still  unknown.  The 
following  facts  are  clinically  important:  First,  the  motor 
nerves  of  the  larnyx  have  so  long  and  tortuous  a  course, 
that  from  their  medullary  origin  to  their  endings  in  the  laryn- 
geal muscles  they  are  exposed  to  an  enormous  number  of 
various  pathological  influences-  Second,  the  laryngeal  ab- 
ductor paralysis  caused  by  any  of  these  influences  may 
and  in  a  good  many  cases  does  remain  for  a  long  time  the 
only  positive  sign  of  these  various  pathological  processes. 
Third,  this  paralysis,  if  unilateral,  may  in  no  way  proclaim 
its  existence  but  must  be  sought  for,  if  one  does  not  wish  to 
miss  the  opportunity  of  making  an  early  diagnosis  in  many 
of  these  cases. 

Undoubtedly  a  number  of  cases  of  abductor  paralysis 
occur  in  which  it  is  a  silent  storm  signal  of  impending  grave 
trouble,  while  it  may  again  be  present  for  many  years  without 
other  symptoms  developing.  In  the  latter  cases  some  trivial 
local  lesion,  such  as  an  enlarged  gland  compressing  the  motor 
laryngeal  nerves  at  any  point  in  their  long  course,  may  induce 
persistent  abductor  paralysis  owing  to  the  greater  vulnerability 
of  the  abductor  fibres.  Thus  it  would  be  unwise  to  frighten 
a  patient  by  suggesting  possibilities  of  serious  trouble  ;  at  the 
same  time  it  is  necessary  to  watch  the  course  of  such  trouble 
and  carefully  follow  it,  for  the  reasons  stated.  In  the  case  we 
have  before  us,  symptoms  of  tabes  dorsalis  are  by  no  means 
typical,  the  patellar  reflexes  being  unimpaired  and  no  history 
of  lightning  or  girdle  pains,  but  the  other  signs  are  such  as 
to  leave  the  diagnosis  sufficiently  positive  at  this  stage  of  the 
disease.  If  the  gastric  and  laryngeal  crises  had  not  asserted 
themselves  so  positively  as  well  as  the  laryngeal  inco-ordination, 
and  had  the  paralysis  alone  existed,  then  the  question  of  al- 
coholism might  have  reasonably  been  considered,  but  with  the 
foregoing  history  we  may  look  for  developments  of  a  more 
pronounced  tabetic  nature  later  on.  The  patient  remained 
two  weeks  in  the  Hospital  on  full  diet,  sedatives,  tonics  and 
complete  rest  with  electricity  to  larnyx,  when  he  gained  in 
everyway.  The  glottic  chink  widened  sufficiently  to  afford 
fairly  comfortable  breathing,  and  this  is  now  only  slightly 
stridulous.   His  sleep  is  not  much  disturbed,  and  he  has  been 


DAVIS:   CHEYNE-STOKES    RESPIRATION.  221 

allowed  to  go  home  where  he  can  continue  treatment.  The 
differential  diagnosis  between  alcoholic  neuritis  with  paraly- 
sis and  tabes  dorsalis  I  will  leave  to  the  professor  of  neuro- 
logy, in  whose  domain  this  work  lies.  We  will  keep  up 
Galvanism  and  Faradism  and  such  constitutional  restora- 
tives and  symptomatic  treatment  as  the  case  indicates  from 
time  to  time  and  report  upon  it  later. 


Selected  Articles. 


CHEYNE-STOKES  RESPIRATION.* 

By  N.  S.  DAVIS,  Jun.  M.D.,  Chicago,  lU. 

Mr. ,  merchant,  73  years  old,  of  good    habits  and 

good  family  history,  came  under  my  care  in  September  last. 
His  health  had  not  been  robust  for  many  months.  In  mid- 
summer his  legs  became  edematous  and  he  then  first  con- 
sulted a  physician.  He  was  found  to  have  dilatation  of  the 
heart,  a  slight  aortic  murmur,  atheroma  to  a  moderate  extent 
of  the  peripheral  arteries  and  interstitial  nephritis.  His 
symptoms  underwent  no  material  change  up  to  September, 
when  I  first  saw  him.  As  time  went  on  he  grew  feebler, 
thinner  and  mentally  depressed.  He  had  little  appetite  for 
food  or  drink.  He  was  often  sleepless.  About  the  middle 
of  October  he  was  too  feeble  to  walk,  and  rarely  slept  more 
than  an  hour  at  a  time.  At  night  he  was  tormented  by 
hallucinations  which  were  v  ry  persistent.  At  this  time 
Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  first  manifested  itself  The 
rhythmically  increasing  and  diminishing  respiratory  move- 
ments with  short  pauses  were  very  noticeable.  The  periods 
of  apnea  were  short  and  the  periods  of  dyspnea  were  not 
severe.  The  pulse  was  quite  regular  and  was  kept  at  about 
eighty  five  by  strophanthus.  The  pupils  showed  no  change 
in  size  and  there  was  no  hebetude  during  apnea. 

Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  was  not  constant  at  this  time. 
It  lasted  for  several  days,  and  disappeared  only  to  reappear 
from  time  to  time  for  a  few  hours  or  days.  Occasionally 
apnea  was  almost  wanting,  and  even  at  the  height  of  dyspnea 
the  respiratory  movements  were  not  labored. 


♦Presented  in  the  Section  on  Practice  of  Medicine,  at  the   Forty-eiglith  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  at  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  June  14,  1897. 


222  DAVIS:   CHEYNE-STOKES   RESPIRATION. 

In  November  he  improved  ;  respiration  became  normal, 
sleeplessness  was  less  troublesome  and  hallucinations  were 
more  infrequent  and  less  persistent.  Early  in  December  he 
grew  worse.  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  reappeared  in  an 
aggravated  form  and  persisted  for  almost  a  month  until  he 
died.  Dyspnea  was  more  intense  than  during  the  first  attack 
of  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  and  the  pauses  were  longer. 
His  pulse  quickened  during  apnea,  and  as  respiratory  move- 
ments grew  shallower  his  eyes  converged  slightly,  his  lids 
closed  and  he  seemed  to  be  in  deep  sleep.  If  at  this  time 
his  lids  were  lifted  the  pupils  were  uniformly  found  to  be 
closely  contracted.  Conversation  with  him  was  slow,  for  he 
would  cease  speaking  and  apparently  become  unconscious 
during  the  period  of  apnea.  With  the  first  few  shallow 
breaths  his  lids  would  open  and  his  eyes  would  roll  slightly 
as  they  are  apt  to  do  when  one  is  suddenly  roused  from  deep 
sleep.  He  would,  so  soon  as  respiration  was  fairly  estab- 
lished, resume  a  conversation  without  interruption  of  argu- 
ment or  break  in  the  continuity  of  events  that  he  might  be 
describing.  During  apnea  the  power  of  speech  was  lost  and 
mentality  seemed  suspended.  If  spoken  to  when  thus 
apparently  dozing  he  was  not  conscious  of  the  question. 
Conversation  with  him  was  tedious,  for  these  pauses  occurred 
once  in  every  eighty  to  ninety  seconds,  and  lasted  about 
twenty  five  seconds.  The  dyspnea  was  very  wearisome  to 
him.     He  was  never  cyanotic. 

I  have  described  this  case  as  it  illustrates  Cheyne-Stokes 
respiration  in  its  mildest  form,  and  in  that  form  in  which  all 
the  accompanying  rhythmic  phenorrena  of  pulse,  eye  and 
mind  are  present.  In  1818,  Cheyne  {^Dublin  Hosp.  Rep.,  1818, 
vol.  ii.)  first  called  attention  to  rhythmically  ascending  and 
descending  periods  of  respiration,  separated  from  one  another 
by  short  pauses. 

Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  should  be  clearly  distinguished 
from  irregular  breathing  accompanied  by  pauses.  In  the 
latter  form  of  respiration  pauses  occur,  followed  by  several 
long,  gasping  breaths  which  may  gradually  grow  less  violent 
and  rapid  or  irregularly  become  so  and  cease  with  the  begin- 
ning of  another  pause.  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  is 
characterized  by  a  pause  of  from  ten  to  forty  seconds, 
followed  by  from  ten  to  twenty  respirations,  which 
grow  gradually  quicker  and  deeper  until  they  are 
dyspneic  in  character,  both  because  of  their  violence  and 
rapidity.  During  the  succeeding  ten  to  twenty  respirations 
the  movements  grow  progressively  less  violent  and  rapid 
until  they  cease  and  apnea  begins.  Usually  the  ascending 
and  descending  series  of  movements  number  about  the  same^ 


DAVIS  :   CHEYNE-STOKES   RESPIRATION.  223 

but  they  are  not  always  equal.  The  descending  series  are 
often  less  regular  than  the  ascending.  In  the  mildest  cases 
apnea  may  be  wanting,  the  ascending  series  of  respirations 
may  follow  the  descending  without  interruption.  If,  during 
the  respiratory  pause,  voluntary  efforts  are  made  to  breathe, 
the  whole  che.st  is  lifted  by  the  unusual  muscles  of  respira- 
tion, but  the  diaphragm  and  intercostals  do  not  move. 

Cyanosis  is  rarely  observable,  although  the  pauses  are 
frequent  and  many  of  the  respiratory  movements  are  shallow. 
Patients  often  complain  of  the  wearisomeness  of  respiration, 
but  not  of  hunger  for  air.  In  1859,  Reid  {Dublin  Hasp.  Gaz., 
vi.,  308)  pointed  out  the  commonly  observable  changes  which 
occur  in  the  pulse  during  Cheyne-Stokes  breathing. 

In  most  cases  during  apnea  the  pulse  rate  is  quicker  than 
during  dyspnea ;  it  will  beat  once  or  twice  oftener  in  the 
quarter  minute.  Not  infrequently  the  pulse  is  paradoxical. 
It  is  apt  to  be  large  and  soft  during  dyspnea  and  small 
during  the  respiratory  pause.  Biot  uniformly  observed  less 
arterial  tension  during  apnea  than  dyspnea  {Rev.  Mensuel/e  de 
Med.  et  Chir.,  1878,  ii.,  975.)  While  these  are  the  usual 
changes  in  the  pulse,  if  any  occur,  it  has  been  found  in  rarer 
instances  to  be  slow  during  apnea  instead  of  quick,  and  once 
Hesky  (see  Gibson,  Edin.  Med.  Jour.,  xxxiv.)  observed 
almost  a  complete  disappearance  of  pulse  beating  during  each 
respiratory  pause. 

In  1866,  Leyden  {Arch.f.  Path..,  Anat.  iind  Phys.,  und 
f.  Klin.  Med.,  xxxvi.)  first  called  attention  to  the  rhythmic 
changes  that  occur  in  the  pupils  during  the  phases  of  Cheyne- 
Stokes  repiration.  In  very  many  cases,  though  by  no  means 
in  all,  the  pupils  become  closely  contracted  during  the  pause 
and  do  not  respond  to  the  stimulus  of  light,  although  during 
dyspnea  they  are  normal  in  size  and  respond  readily  to  light. 
Contraction  of  the  pupils  usually  takes  place  slowly  and  pro- 
gressively, but  in  a  few  instances  it  has  been  observed  to 
occur  in  slight  successive  spasms.  Biot  thinks  these  changes 
are  due  to  variations  in  blood  pressure,  which  are  so  often 
noticeable  in  the  different  phases  of  Cheyne-Stokes  respira- 
tion. Recent  observations,  however,  make  it  probable  that 
they  are  not  to  be  explained  in  this  way,  but  are  due  to  the 
"direct  influence  of  the  nervous  system  upon  the  eye.  Often, 
just  as  the  pupils  begin  to  contract,  a  slight  convergence  of 
the  eyeballs  occurs,  and  still  oftener  the  lids  close  during  the 
period  of  apnea  and  the  patient  appears  to  be  in  deep  sleep. 

Not  only  do  rhythmic  changes  occur  in  respiration, 
pulse  and  pupils,  but  in  a  proportion  of  cases,  as  in  the  one 
that  I  have  just  described,  mental  processes  seem  to  be  sus- 
pended during  apnea,  although  so  soon  as  respiratory  move- 


224  DAVIS:   CHEYNE-STOKES   RESPIRATION. 

merits  begin  the  mind  awakes  and  seems  normally  clear. 
In  many  cases  of  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  patients  are 
deeply  comatose  and  no  mental  variations  are  observable. 
Even  in  these  cases,  however,  the  pulse  and  eye  phenomena 
are  often  seen. 

In  1S76,  Ross  {^Canada  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal.,  v.,  544) 
described  a  case  in  which  general  muscular  rigidity  occurred 
during  each  respiratory  pause.  Several  similar  cases  have 
been  described  since.  This  is,  however,  not  a  frequent  con- 
comitant of  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration,  and  cannot  be 
regarded  as  one  of  the  phenomena  usually  accompanying  it. 

In  individual  cases  we  find  various  combinations  of 
these  modifications  of  pulse,  pupil  and  mental  state.  They 
by  no  means  all  occur  coincidentally.  The  pulse  and  respira- 
tory changes  are  the  commonest,  and  next  in  frequency  the 
eye  and  respiratory  changes.  Gibson  {Edin.  Med.  Jour.^ 
xxxiv.)  has  described  one  case,  which  is  interesting  and 
important,  as  it  throws  light  upon  the  nature  of  these  pheno- 
mena. It  was  a  case  of  meningitis,  in  which  at  regular 
intervals  there  occurred  contraction  and  dilatation  of  the 
pupils,  and  coincident  periods  of  somnolence  and  waking, 
but  respiration  remained  normal.  This  case  cannot  be  called 
one  of  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration,  but  it  illustrates  the  fact 
that  certain  portions  of  the  brain  may  be  involved  and  pro- 
duce certain  of  the  rhythmic  changes  characteristic  of 
Cheyne-Stokes  phenomena,  although  the  medulla  is  not 
affected.  The  reverse  of  this  condition,  which  produces 
Cheyne-Stokes  respiration,  is  much  the  commonest. 

The  phenomena  of  periodic  respiration  are  very  variable 
in  their  duration,  sometimes  lasting  only  a  few  minutes  or 
hours,  at  other  times  persisting  for  many  days  or  even  for 
many  weeks.  An  anonymous  contributor  to  the  Lancet 
(1890,  i.,  T/G)  says  that  his  father,  who  is  advanced  in  years, 
has  exhibited  characteristic  Cheyne-Stokes  phenomena  con- 
tinuously for  many  years,  although  otherwise  apparently  well. 

The  dyspnea  varies  greatly  in  severity.  For  instance, 
in  one  case  which  was  under  my  care  this  winter,  the  respira- 
tory movements  were  so  moderate  that  they  caused  the 
patient  little  annoyance,  and  he  scarcely  ever  complained  of 
difficult  breathing.  Usually,  however,  it  is  sufficiently  severe 
to  weary  the  patients  very  much,  and  every  now  and  again 
it  is  intense.  When  respiration  is  wearisome  and  difficult  it 
seems  to  demand  relief  by  treatment.  Text-books  upon 
therapeutics  and  upon  medicine  give  practically  no  informa- 
tion as  to  the  mode  of  action  or  the  utility  of  drugs  for  the 
relief  of  these  peculiar  symptoms.  As  one  case  after  another 
came  under  treatment,  I   tried   successively  the   nitrites  and 


DAVIS:    CHEYNE-STOKES   RESPIRATION  225 

soporifics,  thinking  that  they  might  reh'eve  the  dyspnea,  as 
they  so  often  do  that  of  asthma,  but  I  soon  found  that  their 
effects  were  uncertain,  that  apparently  they  afford  relief  in 
one  case  and  none  in  another.  I  then  tried  respiratory 
stimulants  and  oxygen  inhalations,  but  with  similar  results. 
As  during  the  last  year  there  came  under  my  observation  in 
quick  succession  a  series  of  these  cases,  I  was  prompted  to 
review  the  literature  of  the  subject  with  care,  hoping  tha  It 
might  there  find  more  information  in  regard  to  the  nature  of 
the  phenomena  and  its  mode  of  treatment  than  is  to  be 
obtained  from  our  usual  books  of  reference.  I  have  found 
the  literature  of  the  subject  very  large,  but  unfortunately  it 
contains  almost  no  exact  information  of  a  therapeutic  char- 
acter. It  is  chiefly  controversial  in  regard  to  the  nature  of 
Cheyne-Stokes  phenomena. 

When  we  approach  the  treatment  of  this  affection  we 
naturally  ask  ourselves :  Under  what  conditions  does  it 
arise  and  what  is  its  nature?  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  has 
been  observed  as  a  complication  of  the  most  varied  maladies, 
and  has  been  provoked  experimentally  in  very  many  ways. 
Edes  {Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  1879,  ci.,  734) 
and  Cheyne  have  both  pointed  to  certain  families  in  whom 
there  was  apparently  an  inherited  tendency  to  this  peculiar 
form  of  respiration.  It  is  rarely  associated  with  such  infec- 
tious diseases  as  typhoid  fever,  small-pox,  diphtheria,  cholera 
and  whooping-cough.  It  occurs  much  more  frequently  in 
cerebral  affections,  such  as  meningitis,  apoplexy,  cerebral 
embolism  and  thrombosis,  sunstroke,  insanity,  hysteria, 
haemorrhage  into  the  cerebellum  and  medulla,  or  aneurism  in 
the  latter.  Complicating  hemophilia,  haemorrhage  after 
operations  and  deep  anaemia  from  other  causes  has  been 
observed.  It  is  frequently  associated  with  certain  circula- 
tory affections,  oftenest  with  fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart, 
valvular  disease,  pericarditis,  aortic  aneurism  and  general 
arterial  atheroma.  At  times,  it  also  complicates  respiratory 
affections,  such  as  bronchitis,  pneumonia  and  tubercular 
disease  of  the  lungs.  It  has  been  observed  as  a  sequel  to 
tracheotomy.  In  these  affections,  however,  unconsciousness 
or  semi-unconsciousness  exists  before  Cheyne-Stokes  respira- 
tion develops.  It  is  also  rarely  observable  in  severe  catarrhal 
affections  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract.  It  occurs  oftenest  of 
all  associated  with  chronic  renal  disorders,  when  it  is  usually 
regarded  as  a  manifestation  of  uraemia.  It  has  been  observed 
in  healthy  individuals  who  were  sleeping  deeply  from  the 
effect  of  prolonged  or  excessive  exertion.  It  has  also  been 
seen  when  narcosis  produced  by  morphin,  chloral  and  the 
bromids  was  deep.     In  some    animals   it   seems   to  be   the 


226  DAVIS:   CHEVNE-STOKES   RESPIRATION. 

normal  mode  of  respiration  during  hibernation.  It  has  been 
produced  experimentally  in  frogs  by  subjecting  them  to  very 
considerable  changes  of  temperature,  or  by  holding  them 
under  water  for  an  unusually  long  time.  It  has  been  pro- 
voked by  bleeding  and  by  the  complete  removal  of  the 
heart.  In  higher  animals  it  has  been  caused  by  alternate 
compression  and  relaxation  of  carotid  and  vertebral  arteries  ; 
by  section  of  the  medulla  with  or  without  section  of  the 
vagi ;  by  pressure  upon  the  medulla  ;  and  by  various  injuries 
to  the  brain  and  the  medulla.  It  has  been  produced  quite 
uniformly  by  section  of  the  latter  at  the  level  of  the  alae 
cinereae.  Of  all  these  conditions  under  which  Cheyne-Stokes 
respiration  arises,  it  occurs  oftenest  in  uraemia,  next  in 
meningitis  and  other  cerebral  diseases,  next  in  cardiac,  and 
least  in  other  affections.  In  all  cases  there  is  malnutrition  of 
the  brain,  due  either  to  toxic  agents  in  the  blood,  to  an 
imperfect  blood  supply,  or  to  other  causes. 

It  must  be  admitted  that  the  exact  nature  of  Cheyne- 
Stokes  respiration  is  unknown.  Very  many  theoretical  ex- 
planations of  it  have  been  given.  No  explanation  worthy  of 
the  name  of  theory  was  propounded  until  1869,  when  Traube 
{Berliner  Klin.  Woch.,  vi  ,  1869,  277)  offered  the  explanation 
that  in  all  cases  less  oxygen  was  carried  to  the  medulla  than 
was  natural,  that,  therefore,  it  was  less  sensitive  than  it  should 
be.  Accordingly  more  carbonic  acid  gas  was  needed  to  rouse 
it  to  activity  than  under  normal  conditions.  He  believed  the 
stimulus  of  an  excess  of  carbonic  acid  gas  in  the  tissues  was 
transmitted  to  the  brain  by  the  pneumogastric  and  other 
sensory  nerves.  An  unusual  accumulation  of  carbonic  acid 
gas  in  the  system  took  place  during  apnea.  It  stimulated 
the  respiratory  center  and  thus  excited  dyspnea,  but  it  was 
soon  wearied  and  apnea  reappeared.  This  theory  is  no 
longer  tenable,  for  it  has  been  demonstrated  experimentally 
that  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  will  continue  even  though  the 
pneumogastrics  and  all  sensory  nerves  that  might  transmit 
impulses  to  the  brain  are  cut.  In  1874  Filehne  (Berlin.  Klin. 
Woc/i.,  xi.,  1874,  152)  propounded  another  theory,  which  I 
need  not  describe,  for  it,  too,  has  been  thoroughly  disproven. 
He  believed  that  rhythmic  changes  in  blood  supply  to  the 
brain  were  essential  for  the  production  of  the  phenomena. 
But  it  has  been  shown  that  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  will 
continue  even  when  the  aorta  is  ligated  and  a  varying  blood 
supply  is  impossible.  In  1877,  Hein  [Wiener  Med.  Woch., 
xxvii.,  3 1 7)  announced  his  belief  that  whenever  Cheyne-Stokes 
respiration  was  produced,  vitality  generally  was  lessened  and 
the  irritability  of  the  medulla  especially  so ;  at  the  beginning 
of  the  pause  in  respiration,  the  blood  was   well  oxygenated, 


DAVIS:   CIIEYNE-STOKES    RESPIRATION.  22/ 

Dut  during  the  pause  it  j;radually  became  venous;  at  the 
beginning  of  the  pause  when  tissue  change  was  taking  place 
vigorously  the  respiratory  center  became  more  irritable,  and 
as  the  demand  for  more  oxygen  gradually  increased  it  was 
aroused  to  activity  and  produced  the  succeeding  dyspnea, 
during  which  the  blood  was  again  well  oxygenated.  This 
theory,  as  that  of  Filehne,  is  refuted  by  the  experiments 
which  show  that  variations  in  blood  supply  or  tissue  oxygen- 
ation has  nothing  to  do  with  the  phenomena.  Moreover,  if 
artificial  respiration  is  maintained  during  a  few  of  the  respira- 
tory pauses,  it  will  not  prevent  their  regular  recurrence 
afterward.  In  1879,  Luciani  {Lo  Sperimentale ,  xxxiii.,  anno 
tome  xliii.,  341)  and  Rosenbach  {Zeit.f.  Klin.  Med.,  Band  I,, 
583)  independently  propounded  theories  which  are  somewhat 
similiar  and  which  to-day  seem  to  be  most  tenable.  They 
both  believe  that  the  respiratory  center  is  automatic,  although 
normally  controlled  by  reflex  motives,  or  by  demands  due  to 
the  nutrition  in  various  tissues,  or  to  mental  states.  Rosen- 
bach  believes  that  when  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  exists  the 
whole  brain  is  affected,  although  the  medulla  is  especially  so. 
The  normal  irritability  of  the  central  nervous  system  is 
lessened  so  that  it  feels  influences  from  without  less  and  its 
automatic  power  is  more  manifest.  Its  normal  periodic  ex- 
haustibility  is  increased  at  times  even  to  paralysis.  The  ex- 
perimental proof  which  has  been  produced,  that  periodic 
respiration  is  not  due  to  irritation  of  sensory  nerves,  or 
variations  in  blood  supply  or  oxygenation  of  the  nerve  cen- 
ters, is  good  evidence  that  the  respiratory  center  is  automatic. 

That  Rosenbach  is  right  in  thinking  that  the  whole  brain 
is  involved  seems  probable,  because  of  the  complex  phenomena 
which  are  associated  with  the  characteristic  respiratory  move- 
ments. Ordinarily  the  medulla  is  first  affected  and  produces 
periodic  respiration  ;  later  other  centers  are  involved  and  pro- 
duce the  pupillary,  pulse  and  mental  changes.  The  case 
described  by  Gibson,  and  already  referred  to,  in  which  only 
the  pupillary  and  mental  phenomena  of  Cheyne-Stokes 
respiration  were  present,  shows  that  at  times  the  higher  nerve 
centers  may  alone  be  involved  or  sometimes  may  be  first  in- 
volved. 

Unquestionably,  the  best  treatment  is  that  which  is 
applied  to  maladies  causing  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  ;  for 
instance,  the  general  treatment  for  uraemia  when  it  is  the 
cause  of  the  respiratory  phenomena.  Improved  cerebral 
nutrition  and  increased  sensitiveness  to  reflex  and  external 
influences  might  be  expected  to  directly  aid  the  respiratory 
trouble.  Therefore,  as  good  nutrition  as  possible  should  be 
maintained,  by   carefully     regulating     diet   and    correcting 


228  DAVIS:   ClIEYNE-STOKES   RESPIRATION, 

digestive  disorders  in  chronic  cases  of  Cheyne-Stokes  respira- 
tion. Inhalation  of  oxgen  gas  has  not  unfrequently  been  pre- 
scribed, in  order  to  improve  cerebral  nutrition  and  make 
tissue  change  generally  more  perfect.  Different  observers 
give  conflicting  evidence  as  to  its  utility.  In  several  cases  it 
has  seemed  to  me  useless.  In  the  case  which  I  described  at 
the  beginning  of  this  paper  it  was  administered  very  faithfully 
during  the  first  period  of  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration,  and 
during  the  first  part  of  the  succeeding  three  weeks,  when 
respiration  was  normal.  About  a  week  after  the  inhalation  of 
oxygen  was  continued  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  re- 
appeared. Oxygen  was  again  used,  but  not  as  persistently, 
for  it  seemed  to  have  no  effect  upon  the  respiratory 
phenomena  or  other  symptoms.  By  these  methods  the 
attempt  has  been  made  to  improve  nutrition ;  and  simul- 
taneously strychnia  has  been  given  to  increase  the  sensitive- 
ness of  the  respiratory  center.  In  the  literature  of  the  subject 
there  is  no  evidence  that  strychnia  has  done  good.  Indeed 
most  authors  frankly  say  that  it  is  useless.  In  uraemia  it  is 
contra-indicated,  for  it  might  hasten  the  onset  of  convulsions. 
There  is  one  instance  on  record  in  which  it  apparently  pro. 
voked  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration.  This  was  in  the  accidental 
poisoning  of  a  pet  dog.  The  animal  was  thrown  into  convul- 
sions by  strychnia,  but  its  owner  so  supported  it  that  the  con- 
vulsive movements  could  not  be  easily  reexcited  by  external 
influences.  Periods  of  calm  were  thus  produced  between  the 
gradually  lessening  convulsions,  in  which  characteristic 
Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  occurred.  (Tuke,  Edin.  Med. 
Jour..,  xxxiv.,  1888-9.) 

Venesection  has  done  good  in  a  few  instances.  By  it 
impurities  can  be  removed  from  the  blood,  and  an  overloaded 
heart  and  engorged  cerebral  vessels  can  be  relieved.  It  has 
been  resorted  to  chiefly  in  cardiac  and  cerebral  affections. 

Various  soporifics  have  been  tried.  As,  however,  normal 
sleep  occurring  in  the  course  of  Cheyne-Stokes  respiration 
does  not  always  modify  the  respiratory  phenomena,  so 
soporifics  cannot  be  expected  to  uniformly  give  relief.  In 
some  cases,  it  is  true,  sleep  lessens  the  dyspnea.  In  such, 
morphin  and  chloral  are  most  sure  to  give  relief.  Knaggs 
{Lancet,  1890,  i.,  744)  reports  one  case  that  was  greatly 
helped  by  paraldehyde.  Sulphonal  and  urethan  have  been 
tried  unsuccessfully.  Hyoscin  and  atropin  (Stadelmann,  Zeit. 
f.  Klin.  Med.,  1894,  267)  seem  to  aggravate  the  phenomena. 
The  nitrites  have  been  used  by  many  observers,  who 
undoubtedly  hoped  for  as  prompt  relief  of  this  nervous  dis- 
turbance of  respiration  as  is  so  usually  obtained  in  asthma 
when  these  drugs  are  administered.     Unfortunately  they  do 


MEDICINE    AND   NEUROLOGY.  229 

not  produce  any  more  uniform  results  than  the  soporifics.  In 
several  of  my  own  cases  nitroglycerin  has  afforded  decided, 
although  not  complete  relief,  but  in  other  cases  it  has  been 
useless.  In  several  I  was  unable  to  use  it  in  efficient  doses, 
because  of  the  discomfort  which  it  produced  by  dilating 
cerebral  arterioles. 

Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  cannot  be  regarded  as  always 
indicative  of  grave  disease,  for  it  occasionally  occurs  in  health 
when  sleep  is  unusually  deep.  If  it  is  produced  by  drug 
narcosis  it  is  significant  of  serious  poisoning.  In  renal,  in 
cerebral  and  cardiac  affections,  it  is  always  to  be  regarded  as 
a  grave  complication,  and  as  usually  indicating  approaching 
dissolution.  It  is  least  significant  of  gravity  when  it  is  most 
chronic.  It  is  very  frequently  completely  recovered  from. 
This  is  oftenest  true  when  it  occurs  in  connection  with 
infectious  and  cardiac  diseases. —  The  Journal  of  American 
Medical  Association. 


Prosrress  of  Medical  Science. 


MKDICINB   AND  NKUROIvOGY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D, 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicire 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Physician  Western  Hospital. 


THE  BACTERIOLOGY  OF  PERTUSSIS. 

By  Henry  Koplik. 

This  communication  appears  in  \.\\q  Johns  Hopkins  Ho sj) it al 
Medical  Bulletin  for  April,  1898.  Of  the  many  workers  he  con- 
siders only  that  of  Afanassjevv  and  Burger.  The  former's  work 
appeared  in  the  St.  Petersburg  Med.  Wochen,  in  1887.  He 
describes  a  bacillus,  which  he  regards  as  the  cause.  The  next 
most  important  work  on  the  subject  was  by  Czaplewski  and 
Hensel,  published  in  1897  in  Germany.  They  isolated  a  bacillus 
or  pol-bacterium  having  a  size  about  the  same  as  the  influenza 
bacillus,  and  its  character  is  described.  Dr.  Koplik  collected  in 
Petri  dishes  during  a  paroxysm  of  coughing.  Small  scale-like 
particles  found  in  the  mucus  were  inoculated  on  solidified 
hydrocele  fluid.  The  bacillus  can  be  seen  with  difficulty  even,  with 
a  i-i2th  oil  immersion  the  zoo2:loea  look  like  a  collection  of  cocci. 
It  grows  on  the  hydrocele  fluid  as  a  delicate  grayish-white  pearly 
growth.  On  agar  the  colonies  are  irregularly  round  or  oval, 
whitish  by  reflected  light,  straw  color  by  transmitted  light.  A 
whitish  granular  stick  is  developed  in  gelatin  with  a  nail-head  and 
does  not  fluidify  the  gelatin.     It  grows   in  pepton  bouillon  and  on 


230  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

Loeffler's  diphtheria  serum,  not  011  potato,  grayish-white  abundant 
growth  on  human  blood  serum. 

Stained  with  Loeffler  blue  it  is  an  exceedingly  minute  bacillus, 
thinner  than  the  diphtheria  bacillus  aud  not  more  than  ys  or  j^ 
its  length.  There  are  involution  forms  in  old  cultures.  Loeffler 
methyl  blue  stains  it  deeply  at  the  extremities.  Some  of  the  extre- 
mities or  poles  are  round,  some  lancet  shaped,  one  or  two  spaces  in 
the  long  axis  are  not  stained  ;  spores  or  flagella  have  not  been  found. 
The  movements  observed  are  Brownian.  No  remits  of  any 
moment  have  been  obtained  from  inoculation  experiments.  He 
concludes : 

From  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that  from  the  sputum  of  pertussis 
cases  in  the  convulsive  stage,  Czaplewski  and  Hensel  and  I,  inde- 
pendently of  each  other,  have  isolated  pure  for  the  first  time  a  bac- 
terium which  is  constant  and  found  in  no  other  sputum.  This 
bacterium  is  especially  characterized  by  a  minuteness  comparable 
only  to  the  influenza  bacillus  (Pfeiffer)  or  that  of  septicaemia  of 
mice  (Koch).  In  staining  the  dotted  (not  granular)  appearance 
spoken  of  by  me  and  compared  to  that  of  the  bacillus  of  diphtheria, 
can  best  be  brought  out  by  the  Loeffler  alkaline  blue  stain.  Fuch- 
sin  stains  more  coarsely  and  more  uniform.  The  swollen  end 
forms,  or  as  I  call  them  the  involution  forms,  can  also  be  brought 
out  by  Loeffler  blue  stain.  I  wish  to  point  out  here  also  that  both 
in  my  first  paper  and  in  this  I  worked  with  pure  cultures  only 
(obtained  by  means  of  plate  colonies).  In  this  perhaps  we  find  a 
reason  why  authors  who  have  preceded  the  communications  of 
myself  and  Czaplewski  and  Hensel  differ  so  widely  in  what  they 
saw.  They  failed  to  obtain  the  bacterium  in  pure  culture.  It  may 
be  remarked  in  passing  that  in  my  second  cases  as  well  as  in  some 
of  my  first  cases  there  could  be  found  among  other  bacterial  forms 
a  bacillus  closely  resembling  the  bacterium  isolated  in  this  work. 
This  latter  is  somewhat  thicker,  grows  in  longer  chains  and  fluidifies 
gelatin.  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  observers  have  hitherto  been 
much  baffled  by  this  bacillus,  which  I  think  with  Czaplewski  and 
Hensel  is  simply  accidental.  Such  must  have  been  the  case  of 
Cohn  and  Neumann. 

I  have  tried  to  isolate  my  bacillus  or  bacterium  in  the  early 
stages  of  pertussis  before  the  convulsive  paroxysm  has  appeared, 
and  have  not  succeeded  thus  far  in  separating  it  from  the  saliva. 

What  significance  can  we  attribute  to  the  bacterium  which  is 
the  theme  of  this  paper?  I  doubt  whether  this  can  be  solved 
except  by  direct  experiment  on  the  human  subject.  I  may  not  be 
going  too  far  to  predict  that  the  bacterium  will  aid  us  in  understand- 
ing the  mode  of  contagion  in  pertussis.  It  may  be  the  first  definite 
step  in  showing  that  in  the  sputum  of  the  pertussis  sufferer  lies  the 
danger  of  the  communication  of  the  affection  to  others. 

THE    THYROID    GLAND-TREATMENT    OF   CRE- 
TINISM, WITH  REPORT  OF  A  CASE. 

By  SA-MUBL  H.  FRIEND,  M.D. 

In  the  Medical  Press,  March  2nd,  1898,  a  case  is  reported  by 
Dr.  Friend  with  some  general  conclusions  in  regard  to  structural 
changes  and  their  cause.     He  says  : — 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY,  331 

Cretinism,  myxoedema,  and  other  diseases  allied  to  abnormal- 
ities of  the  thyroid  gland  have  received  such  carefully  detailed  at- 
tention since  the  results  of  the  work  of  Gull,  Schiff,  Ord,  Reverdin, 
Kocher,  Bircher,  and  Horsley  were  made  known,  that  the  time 
seems  fitting  to  draw  absolute  conclusions  as  to  the  physiological 
function  of  the  gland  and  to  interpret  the  far-reaching  physical 
effects  caused  by  its  disease  or  absence,  and,  at  the  same  time,  to 
indicate  the  range  of  the  specific  therapeutic  appHcation  of  thyroid 
treatment.  The  following  report  of  a  case  of  cretinism  I  trust  may 
lend  assistance  in  the  interpretation  of  this  curious  disease  : — 

The  case  occurred  in  a  female  aged  14  years.  All  the  features 
of  an  extreme  type  of  cretinism  were  present  and  are  fully  detailed. 
The  treatment  was  continued  from  April,  1894,  to  the  time  of  her 
death  in  January,  1896.  Mental  and  physical  improvement  resulted 
during  the  three  periods  of  treatment.  4  to  5  grains  of  thyroid 
extract  daily  was  the  average  quantity  given.  At  the  post-mortem 
examination  no  thyroid  gland  could  be  found  around  the  trachea. 
On  the  left  side  of  the  cricoid  cartilage  was  found  a  pear-shaped 
gland,  2.5  cm.  in  length,  1.2  cm.  thick,  and  2  cm.  wide,  resembling 
on  section  an  enlarged  lymph-gland.  The  thymus  gland  weighed 
■64  grains.  Small  glands  studded  the  entire  pleura.  1  he  other 
organs  of  the  thorax  and  abdomen  were  normal  except  the  bladder 
which  was  thickened,  its  capacity  was  half  an  ounce.  A  calculus 
was  imbedded  in  its  wall  above  the  vertical  openings. 

Upon  opening  the  calvarium  the  dura  was  found  to  be  thickened 
and  firmly  adherent  throughout  its  entire  extent  to  the  bone.  Ex- 
tending from  I  to  1.5  cm.  on  each  side  of  the  longitudinal  sinus 
was  a  deep-red  discolouration  of  the  membrane,  from  which  bloody 
fluid  exuded.  Nothing  of  interest  was  observed  in  connection  with 
the  pia  mater.  The  grey  and  white  matter  of  the  brain  was  of 
normal  consistence.  About  two  ounces  of  bloody  fluid  were  found 
in  the  lateral  and  fourth  ventricles.  The  convolutions  were  flat  and 
the  sulci  very  shallow.  The  weight  of  the  brain  was  1.555  grams. 
As  I  desired  to  preserve  it  for  future  microscopic  examination, 
sections  were  not  made.  The  pituitary  body  was  .8  cm.  wide,  .7 
cm.  long,  and  .3  cm.  thick,  and  weighed  0.2  grams. 

An  examination  of  the  marrow  of  all  the  bones  revealed  noth- 
ing but  the  red  variety.  A  microscopic  examination  of  the  pear- 
shaped  gland  found  in  the  thyroid  location  revealed  nothing  but 
hypertrophied  and  hyperplastic  lymph-cells.  A  like  study  of  the 
pituitary  body,  thymus  gland,  and  suprarenal  capsules,  as  well  as 
of  other  tissues  throughout  the  body,  merely  showed  an  excess 
•of  fibroid  growth  in  all. 

A  study  of  this  case  strikingly  illustrates  the  place  occupied  by 
the  thyroid  gland  in  the  physiology  of  man,  as  well  as  the  therapeu- 
tic application  and  limitation  of  its  extract.  Structurally  there  was 
present  in  this  patient  an  increased  thickness  of  the  skin  softening 
And  inhibited  growth  of  the  bones  with  a  compensatory  enlarge- 
ment after  co-ordination  was  produced,  and  dwarfism. 

As  a  result  of  the  knowledge  obtained  by  the  study  of  the  cases 
reported,  it  is  evident  that  structural  changes  and  their  cause  may 
be  classified  under  the  following  headings : — 

I.     Congenital  absence,  diminution  in  size,  or  acquired  atrophy 


232  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

of  the  thyroid  gland  results  in  myxcedematous  thickening  of  the 
skin,  persistence  and  enlargement  of  the  thymus  gland,  hypertrophy 
and  hyperplasia  of  the  lymph  glands,  changed  structure  and 
retarded  development  of  the  entire  osseous  system,  and  dwarfism. 
Functionally,  there  is  mental  apathy  and  lack  of  development,  re- 
tarded and  deficient  motor  and  sensory-nerve  mechanism,  and 
manifold  inco-ordinations  and  muscular  retrogression. 

2.  Acute  disease  of  the  thyroid  gland  results  in  softening  and 
retarded  development  of  the  osseous  system,  and  anaemia,  producing 
a  condition  which  retards  absorption  and  excretion  in  the  stomach 
and  intestines,  bronchitis,  and  abnormal  nervous  manifestations. 

3.  Chronic  disease  of  the  thyroid  predisposes  to  malignant 
adenoid,  and  cystic  growths,  and  microbic  diseases. 

4.  Hypertrophy  and  hyperplastic  excess  of  thyroid  structure,  as 
shown  by  Mobius  and  Greenfield,  and  by  Horsley,  results  in  ex- 
ophthalmic goitre  or  Graves'  disease. 

Anatomical,  physiological,  therapeutical,  and  pathological 
data  all  tend  to  prove  that  the  thyroid  gland  directly  controls  the 
co-ordinate  growth  and  development  of  the  entire  organism  ;  this 
evidence  suggests  that  the  diseases  of  the  gland  are  limited  by  the 
absence,  diminution,  or  excess  of  special  gland  structure,  and  by 
changes  in  the  gland  secretions  and  excretions,  resulting  in  the 
production  of  cretinism,  rickets,  and  exophthalmic  goitre.  It  would 
seem,  moreover,  that  the  skin  and  thymus  gland  attempt  above  all 
other  organs  to  compensate  for  the  absence  of  the  thyroid  function, 
and  that  structural  and  functional  diseases  of  the  bones  are  directly 
caused  by  disease  of  the  gland  ;  and  that  the  therapeutical  applica- 
tion of  the  extract  of  the  gland  should  be  confined  to  conditions  in 
which  there  is  absence,  diminution  in  size,  or  disease  of  the  thyroid 
structure,  as  indicated  by  functional  changes  in  the  skin,  sensory  or 
motor  nervous  systems,  structural  changes  in  bones,  and  dwarfism. 

BUBONIC  PLAGUE  IN  BOMBAY. 

Abstract  of  Report, 
by  khan  bahadur  n.  h.  choksy, 

Extra  Assistant  Healtli  Officer,  Bombay  Municipality,  appearing  in  the  Medical  Prest, 

Marcli  23rd,  1898. 

The  cases  were  treated  in  the  Arthur  Road  Hospital  situated 
on  an  island.  He  speaks  of  some  incidents  in  regard  to  the  carrying 
on  of  the  hospital  work  and  the  difficulties  met  with.  Once  a  mob 
of  1,000  natives  attacked  the  hospital,  having  got  it  into  their 
heads  that  the  only  object  in  the  admission  of  patients  was  to  kill 
them  and  send  their  hearts  to  Queen  Victoria.  Among  the 
troubles  was  an  invasion  of  quack  selling  specific  remedies,  who 
like  vultures  fattened  on  the  dying. 

The  mortality  was  highest  in  February,  1897,  when  81.64  per 
cent,  of  all  admitted  died.  Of  the  races,  the  Hindus  suffered  most, 
their  mortality  reaching  75.46  per  cent.  ;  next  to  these  came  the 
Jews,  whose  mortality  was  75.0  per  cent.  Mussulmans  suffered 
least,  their  mortality  being  66.38  per  cent.  As  a  rule,  children 
bore  the  attack  better  than  adults,  and  women  better  than  men. 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  233 

Of  trades,  the  mortality  was  highest  among  blacksmiths,  car- 
penters, cartdrivers  and  beggars  ;  of  the  first  three  classes  every  one 
attacked  died. 

The  clinical  report  tells  us  that  a  third  of  the  cases  admitted 
were  in  a  moribund  condition. 

Six  types  of  the  plague,  as  follows,  are  enumerated  by  the 
author : — 

1.  Pestis  minor. 

2.  Pestis  ambulans. 

3.  Pestis  simplex  bubonica. 

4.  Pestis  septicus. 

5.  Pestis  pulmonalis. 

6.  Non-typical  forms  of  plague. 

Of  these,  the  pulmonary  form,  which  is  usually  unaccompanied 
with  bubonic  swelling,  is  the  worst.  It  "  is  a  frightful  source  of 
spreading  the  infection  from  the  sputum,  which  is  loaded  with 
plague  bacilH." 

Referring  to  the  condition  of  the  patient  the  author  declares 
that  "  Aphasia,  with  high  fever,  and  the  peculiar  aspeci  of  the 
patient,  would  be  a  strong  presumption  in  favour  of  plague." 

Of  temperature  we  learn  :  '*  The  range  of  temperature,  except 
when  it  is  very  high,  is  no  criterion  of  the  severity  of  the  case ; " 
and  that  "  the  temperature  generally  ends  by  lysis — crisis  being  ex- 
ceptional. When  the  latter  is  observed,  and  it  has  a  fall  of  from 
4  degs.  to  5  degs.  or  6  degs.,  it  almost  invariably  indicates  collapse 
and  impending  death." 

Sometimes  it  is  observed  that  on  the  second,  third,  or  fourth 
day,  the  temperature  falls  to  normal  or  thereabouts,  rises  suddenly 
and  again  falls,  the  case  ending  fatally  with  the  second  fall. 

After  the  buboes  are  incised,  the  temperature  may  show  a  slight 
evening  rise,  but  in  ordinary  cases,  when  suppuration  and  slough- 
ing are  not  extensive,  and  there  is  no  retention  of  pus,  it  soon  falls 
to  normal,  and  continues  so  until  complete  recovery. 

The  bubo  may  appear  before,  with,  or  after  the  rise  of  temper- 
ature, but,  as  a  rule,  its  appearance  is  coincident  with  it. 

The  size  of  the  bubo  was  quite  independent  of  the  gravity  of 
the  case,  small  glands  the  size  of  a  pea  have  proved  fatal  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  cases  with  large  and  diffused  buboes  have  turned  out 
to  be  apparently  mild  attacks. 

Of  the  939  cases  admitted,  8"83  per  cent  had  buboes. 

Pulmonic  cases  formed  8  per  cent,  of  all  admitted  to  the 
hospital. 

More  than  half  of  the  856  bubonic  cases  had  the  buboes  in  the 
femoral  and  femoro-inguinal  regions. 

Once  the  buboes  have  appeared,  they  take  one  of  two  courses. 
They  either  resolve  or  end  in  suppuration,  or  suppuration  and 
sloughing.  Suppuration  is,  however,  the  more  frequent  method  of 
termination. 

Delirium,  if  present,  may  be  acute  and  active  or  low  muttering, 
as  in  the  typhus  condition.    Hallucinations  were  not  uncommon. 

Of  the  circulatory  system  we  read  :  — "  In  no  other  infectious 
disease  does  the  pulse — an  index  of  circulation — present  so  many 
variations  in    force,  frequency,  volume  and  tone."     In  the  majority 


234  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

of  cases  the  pulse  is  compressible,  extremely  feeble  and  very  fre- 
quent. Dicrotism  in  some  cases  is  extremely  well  marked,  and  in 
advanced  cases  may  really  be  considered  a  trustworthy  diagnostic 
sign. 

The  heart  sounds  have  always  been  found  to  be  clear,  in  some 
cases  the  first  sound  may  be  weak,  and  the  second  slightly  accentu- 
ated, and  no  bruits  or  murmurs  were  audible.  Pains  in  the  pre- 
cordial region  and  occasionally  palpitation  may  be  complained  of^ 
but  practically  the  patients  had  very  few  complaints  about  the  cir- 
culation. 

Bacteriological  examination  was  systematically  carried  out.  It 
was  observed  that  in  many  undoubted  cases  of  plague,  no  plague 
bacilli  could  be  detected  or  grown  from  the  blood,  and  it  appeared 
as  if  in  such  cases  they  were  confined  to  the  lymphatic  system  alone. 
Most  of  these  cases  eventually  recovered. 

Increased  frequency  of  respiration  is  one  of  the  symptoms  that 
attracts  early  notice  in  the  plague,  and  in  which,  besides  the  lungs, 
the  larynx  also  becomes  involved.  In  some  instances  the  tonsils 
and  pharynx  become  covered  with  a  pseudo-diphtheric  membrane, 
which  extends  to  the  larynx  and  trachea. 

QEdema  of  the  lungs  is  the  usual  cause  of  death  in  the  non- 
bubonic  cases,  pneumonia  in  such  cases  being  secondary  and 
responsible  for  a  comparatively  small  number  of  deaths. 

The  digestive  system  suffers  greatly,  hiccough  is  occasionally  a 
very  distressing  complication,  and  not  unfrequently  is  found  asso- 
ciated with  meningitis. 

In  women  menorrhagia  and  metrorrhagia  were  usual,  and 
pregnant  patients  aborted. 

The  following  diagnostic  points  are  given : — 

1.  The  presence  of  fever,  high  or  low. 

2.  A  quick,  easily  compressible  pulse. 

3.  A  furred  tongue. 

4.  The  aspect  of  the  patient  by  facies  pestica. 

5.  The  peculiar  hesitating,  broken  speech. 

6.  The  presence  of  a  bubo. 

7.  Suffused  eyes. 

8.  The  presence  of  cough,  with  rusty  or  hasmorrhagic  sputum. 
Prognosis  in  the  pulmonic  type  of  plague  is  the  least   hopeful, 

as  very  few  cases  recover-  Haemorrhage  or  hsemorrhagic  dis- 
charges are  also  grave. 

After  five  years  of  age  the  percentage  of  deaths  increase  with 
each  year  of  life.  Of  the  causes  of  death  the  most  important  is 
failure  of  heart's  action,  and  it  may  be  either  sudden  or  gradual. 

Convalesence  is  extremely  tardy,  and  patients  go  on  for  a  long 
time,  day  after  day,  without  making  the  slightest  progress. 

Among  the  sequelae  of  plague  may  be  noted  aphasia,  which  is 
generally  temporary,  peripheral  neuritis,  irritability  of  temper, 
imbecility  and  insanity. 

No  cases  of  genuine  relapse  have  been  observed. 

The  preventative  measures  were  radical  and  much  to  be 
praised.  "  All  clothing  and  other  belongings  to  the  patients  were 
destroyed  by  fire,  and  all  the  sheets,  blankets,  pillows,  quilts,  etc., 
used  for  the  patients,  were  similarly  treated." 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  235 

The  death  of  Dr.  Davda  three  weeks  after  he  had  been  inocu- 
lated with  10  c.  c.  of  Dr.  Yersin's  serum  was  deemed  a  sufficient 
proof  of  its  uselessness  as  a  preventive. 

Of  the  curative  treatment  the  best  results  were  obtained  from 
strychnine  and  morphia,  both  of  which  could  be  pushed  to  more 
than  the  usual  limits  ot  tolerance. 

The  diet  was  essentially  a  milk  one.  Pyrexia  was  treated  with 
cold  sponging  and  the  application  of  icebags.  No  remedy  gave 
such  good  results  in  delirium  as  morphia. 

Rum  was  the  principal  stimulant. 

Infusion  of  digitalis  was  freely  given  in  cases  of  cardiac  irregu- 
larity. 

Vomiting  and  hiccough,  which  were  at  times  very  persistent, 
were  treated  with  cocaine. 

We  have  given  an  unusally  large  space  to  the  notice  of  this 
great  Report,  which  reflects  credit  on  all  concerned  with  the  good 
work  of  fighting  the  plague  in  Bombay, 

We  are  the  more  pleased  with  it  than  we  usually  are  vvith 
Reports,  for  the  task  of  its  production  w^as  immense  in  the  midst  of 
such  surroundings.  To  produce  the  volume,  inexhaustible  patience, 
untiring  industry,  and  a  great  love  of  the  art  of  medicine  were 
necessary. 

The  completed  work  now  lies  before  us  with  its  statistics, 
clinical  reports,  charts,  post  mortems,  and  summaries,  a  testimony 
to  the  intelligent,  systematized,  well-directed  industry  of  the 
author,  and  a  rich  addition  1o  the  medical  literature  of  the  plague. 

SURGICAL  MEDICINE. 

Time  was  when  surgery  and  medicine  were  separated  by  a  strict 
line  of  demarcation,  easy  to  trace  and  obvious  to  all  ;  but  just  as 
the  progress  of  science  has  broken  down  the  theoretical  barrier 
between  organic  and  inorganic  chemistry,  so  the  advance  of  know- 
ledge has  bridged  over  the  gulf  which  once  divided  all  cases  into 
two  great  classes.  To  such  an  extent  have  the  limits  of  surgery 
retreated,  that  it  is  at  present  very  difficult  to  say  what  is,  and 
what  is  not,  a  fit  subject  for  operative  treatment,  and  there  are 
signs  that  further  advances  are  contemplated  all  along  the  line.  In 
the  ingenious,  if  somewhat  paradoxical,  paper  read  by  Mr.  Treves 
before  the  Medical  Society,  of  London,  attention  is  directed  to 
a  very  curious  and  interesting  series  of  cases  in  which  ab- 
dominal section,  performed  under  a  misapprehension,  has  been 
followed  by  relief  and  even  by  cure  of  the  patient's  symptoms. 
These  accidental  successes,  in  respect  of  tuberculous  peri- 
tonitis, have  almost  raised  ihe  procedure  to  a  recognized  posi- 
tion in  the  treatment  of  a,  medically  considered,  not  very  pro- 
mising condition.  Speculation  is  rife  as  to  the  probable  ex- 
planation of  the  beneficial  results  of  this  intervention,  but,  so  far, 
no  very  plausible  hypothesis  is  forthcoming  of  the  modus  operandi. 
The  problem  is  rendered  the  mote  obscure  by  the  fact  that  the 
simplest  intervention  usually  gives  the  best  results.  In  other 
words,  the  mere  opening  of  the  abdomen  is  more  frequently 
followed  by  resolution  than  elaborate  measures  of  dealing  with  the 
diseased  condition.     Even  more  remarkable  is  the  fact  related  by 


236  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

Dr.  Lauder  Brunton,  that  in  a  case  of  advanced  phthisis  compli- 
cated by  tuberculous  invasion  of  the  peritoneum,  abdominal  section 
not  only  cured  the  latter,  but  was  followed  by  subsidence  of  the 
pulmonary  disease,  the  patient  who,  at  the  time  of  the  operation, 
was  expected  to  die  at  no  distant  period  from  the  lung  trouble, 
being  at  present  alive  and  well.  Such  observations  as  these  seem 
to  open  up  a  new  horizon  for  surgical  activity,  and  Dr.  Brunton 
even  suggests  that  the  time  may  come  when  abdominal  section  will 
be  habitually  resorted  to  for  the  treatment  of  pulmonary  tubercu- 
losis. Far  fetched  as  this  may  seem,  it  is  really  not  more  startling 
than  the  now  recognized  operation  of  opening  the  abdomen  for 
tuberculous  peritonitis.  It  really  looks  as  if  the  craze  for  trepan- 
ning, which  characterized  a  certain  epoch  of  primitive  surgery, 
was  about  to  be  revived,  the  abdominal  parietes  taking  the  place 
of  the  cranium.  It  may  be  assumed  that  our  forefathers  derived, 
or  thought  they  derived,  some  benefit  from  this  proceeding,  and  its 
scientific  basis  was  probably  as  sound,  or  as  unsound,  as  that  of 
the  actual  phase  of  abdominal  section.  Just  as  in  abdominal 
surgery,  relief  of  symptoms  not  unfrequently  follows  operation, 
although  no  lesion  has  been  discovered  after  the  most  careful 
examination,  so,  in  the  surgery  of  the  cranium,  the  gravest  pheno- 
mena have  been  found  to  disappear  after  a  fruitless  trephining. 
This  at  once  suggests  that  the  mere  relief  of  internal  pressure  must 
have  had  some  share  in  the  beneficial  results  of  the  operation, 
whether  on  the  cranium  or  the  abdomen.  We  know  very  little  as 
to  the  bearings  of  internal  tension,  and  such  an  explanation  is,  to 
say  the  least,  much  more  plausible  than  the  suggestion  that  the 
effects  are  due  to  letting  light  into  the  peritoneal  cavity.  This 
explanation  may  even  apply  to  the  influence  of  the  operation  on 
pulmonary  disease,  seeing  that  the  communications  between  the 
thorax  and  abdomen  are  numerous  and  free.  We  prefer  it  to  Dr. 
Brunton's  suggestion  that  the  opening  up  of  the  peritoneal  cavity 
may  give  rise  to  the  production  of  a  true  antitoxin,  especially  as 
the  therapeutical  use  of  antitoxin  in  the  treatment  of  phthisis  has 
not  so  far  been  attended  by  any  marked  success.  The  occasional 
and  inexplicable  relief  which  sometimes  follows  these  random 
operations  unquestionably  creates  a  danger  that  recourse  may  be 
had  to  them  with  too  much  readiness  thereby  at  the  risk  of  bring- 
ing surgery  into  disrepute.  Already,  indeed,  routine  recourse  to" 
an  exploratory  incision  tends  to  take  the  place  of  careful  clinical 
diagnosis.  It  is  so  much  easier  to  cut  down  and  ascertain  de  visu 
the  actuaLcondition  of  affairs  than  laboriously  to  scrutinize  the 
clinical  phenomena  with  a  view  of  arriving  at  a  correct  diagnosis. 
Surgeons  may  hint  that  the  physicians'  loss  may  be  the  patients' 
gain,  but  this  is  an  assumption  which  can  hardly  be  justified  in 
view  of  the  unnecessary  risk,  small  though  it  be,  which  such  an 
operation  entails  to  the  patieqt.  Moreover,  an  exploratory  incision 
is  not  a  means  of  diagnosis  which  can  be  resorted  to  by  the  ordinary 
practitioner  who  runs  the  risk  of  being  deprived  of  the  ability  to 
make  an  inferential  diagnosis  and  of  finding  himself  stranded  in 
consequence.  As  far  as  possible  an  exploratory  incision  should 
come  when  all  other  means  of  arriving  at  a  diagnosis  have  failed, 
or  to  confiim  a  diagnosis  which,  if  correct,  would  justify  surgical 
intervention. —  TJ.e  Medical  Press,  March  6,  1898. 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  23/ 

CARBON  DIOXIDE. 

L.  H.  Watson  {New  York  Medical  Jcurnal,  Jan.  15, 
1898,  Medicine^  advises  water  charged  with  this  gas  and 
also  the  introduction  of  the  free  gas  into  the  stomach  to 
allay  vomiting.  He  believes  it  is  anesthetic  to  the  mucous 
membranes,  antiseptic,  and  mildly  stimulating.  It  may  be 
administered  by  inhalation  and  swallowing  from  tanks  of 
compressed  gas,  A  gauge  and  regulator  on  the  tank  regu- 
late the  pressure.  The  regulator  should  be  set  at  a  pressure 
of  from  six  to  eight  pounds  ;  a  stop-cock  with  three  feet  of 
rubber  tubing  terminating  in  a  glass  mouthpiece  is  then 
connected  with  the  tank.  The  patient  while  fasting  is 
directed  to  place  the  glass  tube  in  his  mouth,  slightly  depress- 
ing his  tongue  at  the  base.  He  is  then  directed  to  draw  in 
his  breath  and  hold  it.  The  stop-cock  is  turned  and  the 
gas  allowed  to  flow  into  the  esophagus  and  stomach.  The 
pointer  of  the  gauge  falls  back  to  zero,  and  the  pressure  is 
shut  off,  the  patient  withdrawing  the  tube  and  swallowing. 
No  trouble  from  choking  is  experienced.  This  operation  is 
repeated  every  minute  for  four  or  five  minutes,  and  then 
a  rest  is  allowed.  The  sensation  is  rather  pleasant.  Most 
patients  express  satisfaction.  There  is  a  feeling  of  warmth 
in  the  stomach,  with  a  sense  of  exhilaration,  while  no  un- 
pleasant distention  is  noticed,  although  the  stomach  may  be 
so  fully  dilated  as  to  allow  one  to  define  its  outlines.  Each 
seance  lasts  from  fifteen  to  twenty  minutes.  No  patient  has 
-experienced  the  slightest  discomfort  from  the  use  of  this  gas. 
It  can  also  be  easily  used  for  the  purpose  of  dilating  the 
stomach  for  diagnostic  purposes,  by  connecting  the  rubber 
spray  tube  of  Einhorn  with  the  glass  mouthpiece. 

ENTEROPTOSIS. 

Langerhans  (in  Archives  fur  Verdautingskrankheiten,  Bd. 
III.,  Heft  3,)  concludes  that  a  moderate  degree  of  enteroptosis, 
when  it  is  consecutive  upon  frequent  child  bearing,  is  physiological 
and  productive  of  no  symptoms.  The  most  frequent  symptoms  of 
this  condition  are  those  of  aggravated  dyspepsia,  pain  and  demon- 
strable abnormality  of  secretory  and  motor  functions.  The  descent 
of  abdominal  organs  changes  the  mechanical  relations,  so  that  last- 
ing injuries  sometimes  result,  due  to  pressure  upon  the  unpro- 
tected kidney,  to  increased  demand  upon  the  propulsive  muscles  of 
the  stomach  and  always  to  a  stretching  of  the  mesentery.  By  the 
cumulative  effect  of  these  numerous  and  continuous  irritations,  even 
though  each  in  itself  maybe  slight,  the  central  nervous  system  be- 
comes exhausted  and,  according  to  individual  predisposition,  neur- 
asthenia or  hysteria  with  especially  pronounced  abdominal  symptoms 
-supervenes.     Chronic  constipation  is  generally  a  marked  condition. 


238  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

Treatment  consists — first  and  most  important — in  gymnastics  of 
the  abdominal  muscles  and  then  symptomatic  therapeutics. — Boston 
Med.  and  Surg.  Jour. 

ORTHOFORM. 

In  the  Lancet  the  new  substance  orthoform  is  described  as  a 
methylic  ether  of  amidobenzoic  acid  and  as  possessing  remarkable 
anesthetic  and  analgesic  properties  when  locally  applied.  It  is  a 
white  crystalline  powder  without  taste  or  smell  and  but  slowly 
soluble  in  water.  It  is  nonpoisonous,  rather  slow  in  action,  but 
persistent  in  effect.  It  is  antiseptic,  diminishes  secretion  and  can^ 
be  used  internally  and  upon  broken  surfaces  in  large  amounts  ;  as 
much  as  700  grains  has  been  applied  to  a  carcinoma  of  the  face  in- 
one  week  without  untoward  effects.  The  hydrochlorate  is  readily 
soluble  in  water,  but  the  solution  is  too  acid  for  use  in  the  eyes, 
although  it  can  be  used  internally  ;  a  saturated  watery  solution  is 
suitable  for  local  use;  while  a  dose  of  7)^  grains  of  the  hydro- 
chlorate  internally  several  times  a  day  produces  no  untoward 
symptoms ;  it  would  seem  indicated  in  gastric  ulcer  and  cancer. 
Orthoform  is  shown  to  be  superior  in  its  application  to  cocaine  or 
eucaine  and  al  together  harmless  so  far  as  reported. 

TREATMENT  OF  POLYNEURITIS. 

The  treatment  {Med.  Standard)  is  divided  into  five  groups, 
according  to  the  prominent  groups  of  symptoms  :  (i)  Combat 
pain  by  use  of  morphine,  anlipyrin,  sodium  salicylate,  salophen,  or 
methylene  blue  internally  ;  by  external  applications  of  solution  car- 
bolic acid,  4  to  5  per  cent. ;  by  judicious  use  of  water  and  by  hypo- 
dermic injection  at  painful  areas  of  a  mixture  of  a  2  per  cent,  solution 
acid  carbolic,  with  a  i  per  cent,  solution  morphine  in  quantity  of 
•ne  cubic  centimeter  or  less.  (2)  Combat  insomnia  by  use  of 
potassium  bromide,  morphine(contraindicatedin  vagus  involvement), 
chloralose,  sulfonal,  trional,  paraldehyde  and  chloral  (in  alcoholic 
neuritis  with  care).  (3)  Combat  paralysis— if  craniobulbar,  energetic 
and  prompt  measures  are  demanded — by  use  of  hypodermic  injec- 
tions of  caffein,  ether  and  camphor,  using  faradism  if  dyspnea  and 
cyanosis  be  present;  use  mustard  applications,  thrashing  with  cold 
cloths,  faradisation,  oxygen  and  strychnin.  (4)  Combat  deformities 
due  to  defective  attitudes  and  tendon  retractions  by  the  use  of 
splints  and  bandages  to  retain  the  parts  in  normal  attitudes.  (5) 
Curative  :  give  a  diet  rich  in  phosphorus,  hot  baths,  salt  baths,, 
strychnin,  electricity — galvanic  and  faradic, — fresh  air  and  sunlight. 


SURQKRY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

GEORGE  FISK,  M.D.. 
Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospital. 


EXPERIMENTAL  STUDY  OF  WOUNDS  OF  THE 

HEART. 

By  DR.  FREDERICK  BODE,  (Frankfort). 

It  has  been  demonstrated  by  the  outcome  of  Professor 
Rehn's  case  (Twenty-sixth  German  Surgical  Congress)  that 
sutureof  the  heart  can  be  performed  with  success.  Heretofore 
the  views  on  the  subject  had  been  very  conflicting,  and  the 
knowledge  of  the  heart  behavior  under  such  circumstances 
was  very  scanty.  The  author  has  therefore  undertaken  an 
experimental  investigation  of  the  reaction  of  the  heart  after 
injury,  the  resulting  symptoms,  the  influence  of  suture  of  a 
division  of  the  heart  on  the  continuation  of  regular  heart 
action,  and,  finally,  the  several  factors  which,  on  the  one  hand, 
result  in  healing  of  a  wound  and  those,  on  the  other  hand,, 
which  terminate  immediately  or  later  in  death. 

Whatever  chamber  of  the  heart  was  implicated  a  haemor- 
rhage during  systole  was  observed.  This  occurrence  held 
good  for  all  the  smaller  wounds;  in  the  larger,  and  in  injuries 
to  the  auricles  and  the  efferent  vessels,  a  diastolic  bleeding 
was  also  either  unmistakably  noted  or  else  its  non-occurrence 
could  not  be  clearly  established.  The  pressure  of  the  escap- 
ing blood  was  lowest  in  the  auricles  and  highest  in  the  left 
ventricle.  The  amount  lost,  however,  was  not  in  a  constant 
ratio  to  the  pressure,  except  for  extensive  wounds  of  the 
ventricles.  In  other  injuries  a  complicated  vicarious  action 
of  the  heart  occurred,  as  during  the  systole  of  any  given 
portion  dimunition  in  size  of  the  wound  by  muscular  action 
resulted,  being  most  marked  when  the  muscular  wall  was 
thickest.  A  minute  wound  of  the  left  ventricle  consequently 
occasioned  less  loss  of  blood  than  a  similar  one  in  the  other 
divisions  of  the  heart.  Non-penetrating  wounds  generally 
excite  but  little  bleeding  synchronous  with  the  heart's  action. 

All  the  larger  wounds  of  the  heart  quickly  resulted  in 
death  from  disturbances  of  circulation  and  impairment  of 
organic  functions,  while  from  the  smaller  wounds  of  the 
ventricles,  the  haemorrhage  gradually  diminished  and  stopped 
spontaneously,  the  time  required  for  wounds  of  the  left  ventri- 
cle being  usually  quite  short.  Wounds  of  the  auricles,  right 
or  left,  are  much  more  dangerous  than  those  of  the  ventricles.. 


-'240  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

In  suture  of  cardiac  wounds,  the  technical  difficulties  are 
much  lessened  after  the  insertion  of  the  first  suture,  which 
can  be  used  to  anchor  the  organ.  When  the  needle  pierces 
the  tissues  there  is  a  momentary  stoppage,  succeeded  by  a 
period  (usually  brief)  of  irregular  and  increased  action.  The 
axis  of  the  line  of  suture  has  no  special  influence  on  the 
action. 

Full  details  of  the  experimental  work  with  cardiograms 
are  appended. — Beitrdge  zur  kli7iischen  Chirurgie,  Band  xix, 
Heft  I. — Annals  of  Surgery,  Dec,  1897. 

TUBERCULOSIS  OF  LYMPH-VESSELS  OF  THE 
EXTREMITIES. 

By  PROFESSOR  JORDON,  (Heidelberg). 

The  newer  works  on  surgery  fail  to  mention  this  affection, 
and  only  slight  allusion  to  it  is  made  in  the  treatises  on  patho- 
logy, and  its  existence  had  not  been  recognized  up  to  1880. 
It  is  the  only  form  of  tuberculosis  of  the  lymph-vessels  that 
possesses  any  surgical  importance.  The  author  has  recently 
seen  four  cases,  and  from  a  consideration  of  their  course  and 
a  review  of  the  scanty  literature  he  has  made  the  following 
observations : 

The  disease  is  most  frequently  situated  in  the  upper  ex- 
tremity. The  two  sexes  are  affected  equally  ;  most  of  the 
patients  are  young  adults.  Other  tubercular  processes  are 
almost  always  absent.  In  all  cases  the  peripheral  focus  was 
the  original  and  only  source  of  tubercular  trouble;  it  was  in 
all  cases  situated  in  the  skin  of  the  hand  or  foot.  The  lack 
of  evidence  of  a  hereditary  disposition  and  absence  of  other 
forms  of  tubercular  disease  point  strongly  to  the  probability 
of  inoculation,  and  a  majority  of  the  cases  gave  a  more  or  less 
definite  history  of  such  an  origin. — Beitrdge  zitr  kl^iischen 
Chiirurgie,  Band  xix,  Heft  i. — Annals  of  Surgery,  Dec,  1897. 

AN  OPEN  SAFETY  PIN  SWALLOWED. 

Dr.  B.  F.  Curtis  exhibited  a  safety  pin  which  while 
open  had  been  swallowed  forty-eight  hours  before  by  a  baby 
of  six  months.  The  infant  had  been  brought  to  the  babies' 
wards  of  the  Post-Graduate  Hospital  next  morning.  An 
x-ray  photograph  taken  this  day  showed  the  pin  lying  just 
within  the  anus.  The  case  was  interesting,  because  a  mod- 
erately small  safety  pin  had  been  swallowed  while  open  and 
had  caused  only  slight  reaction.  The  temperature  had  not 
risen  above  loi  °  F.  The  parents  gave  no  purgatives,  but 
fed  the  child  freely  on  bread.  Another  point  of  interest  was 
the  very  rapid  passage  of  the  pin  through  the  alimentary 


SURGERY.  24  r 

canal.  It  was  an  excellent  rule  in  practice,  whenever  a  child 
was  brought  with  the  statement  that  it  was  supposed  to  have 
swallowed  a  pin,  to  examine  the  pharynx  with  the  finger,  as- 
the  foreign  body  would  not  infrequently  be  found  within 
reach  of  the  finger.  In  the  present  case  it  was  shown  that  it 
was  also  desirable  to  examine  the  rectum  even  within  twenty- 
four  hours. — Medical  Record,  April  23,  1898. 

GLOVES  FOR  ASEPTIC  SURGERY. 

71?  the  Editor  of  the  Medical  Record. 

Sir  :  Gloves  for  employment  in  aseptic  surgical  work 
have  been  recently  advocated  on  theoretical  grounds  by  so 
many  prominent  surgeons  that  many  of  the  younger  men  feel 
in  duty  bound  to  use  such  gloves  in  order  to  be  up  to  date. 
To  all  such  younger  men  who  have  misgivings  prompted  by 
natural  sense,  I  wish  to  state  that  one  surgeon  at  least  can  be 
depended  upon  to  fortify  them  by  his  example  in  refusing  to 
adopt  anything  that  will  injure  the  surgeon's  most  precious 
possession — the  sense  of  touch.  I  have  been  much  interested 
in  everything  that  seemed  to  be  in  the  nature  of  progress  in 
surgery,  and  have  given  close  attention  to  the  matter  of 
gloves  for  aseptic  surgical  work,  but  have  arrived  at  the 
conclusion  that  the  practical  disadvantages  of  gloves  counter- 
balance their  theoretical  advantages.  Surgeons  who  were 
doing  first-class  work  three  years  ago  seem  to  me  to  be  doing 
second  or  third  rate  work  now  on  account  of  the  interference 
made  by  their  gloves.  The  greatest  danger  to  be  feared  is 
that  the  younger  generation  of  surgeons  may  fail  to  develop 
the  sense  of  touch  to  the  highest  degree,  and  we  shall  have 
much  second  rate  work  done,  particularly  in  abdominal  sur- 
gery. If  any  one  employs  gloves  in  peritoneal  work — in  re- 
moving adherent  appendices  and  pus  tubes,  for  instance  he  is 
liable  to  obtain  statistics  which  are  believed  by  his  rivals,  and 
he  must  make  long  incisions  and  do  slow  work  that  shocks 
the  patient,  and  he  must  do  much  incomplete  work  when  he 
is  forced  to  depend  upon  the  coarse,  commonplace  sense  of 
sight. 

I  have  watched  various  European  and  American 
operators  at  work  with  gloves,  and  have  asked  about  their 
statistics.  I  will  choose  Weir's  nascent-chlorine  skin  sterili- 
zation and  untrammelled  fingers  that  are  quick  to  work  deftly 
in  doing  neat,  accurate  work.  My  statistics  will  always  be 
at  the  disposal  of  men  who  wish  them  for  comparison  with 
glove  statistics.  To  the  younger  generation  of  surgeons,  I 
say,  fight  with  your  might  against  the  idea  of  using  a  means 
that  will  damage  your  most  precious  possession — the  sense  of 


242  PROGRESS   OF  MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

touch.  Put  asidethetemptation  to  be  up  to  date  theoretically, 
at  the  cost  of  adopting  a  destructive  agent  in  your  work.  As 
a  testof  skill  palpate  a  normal  appendix  instead  of  trying  to 
•secure  a  pediculus  pubis  with  the  aid  of  a  pair  of  boxing- 
gloves. — Medical  Record,  April  23,  1898. 

Robert  T.  Morris,  M.D., 

49  West  Thirty-Ninth  Street- 
NEW  York,  April  8,  1898. 


OBST"BT"RICS. 


IN  CHARGE  OF 

H.  L.  REDDY,  M.D.,  L.  R.  C.  P.,  London, 

Professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Bishop's  College;  Physician  Accoucheur  Women's 

Hospital ;  Physician  to  the  Western  Hospital, 


PROF.    SCHENCK'S    RESEARCHES    ON    THE 
PREDETERMINATION  OF  SEX. 

Prof.  S.  treats  the  subject  under  three  heads.  A  sum- 
mary of  the  writings  of  his  predecessors,  an  account  of  his 
own  researches  and  deductions,  and,  thirdly,  a  description  of 
the  method  of  treatment  he  has  devised  with  cases 

In  the  first  part,  he  agrees  with  the  conclusions  of 
various  writers  that,  if  the  sexual  power  of  the  male  be 
greater  a  female  offspring  is  more  likely  to  result  and  vice 
versa.  With  regard  to  environment  upon  sex,  in  warm 
climates  females  predominate,  in  cold  and  unfavourable  males. 
The  second  part  begins  with  the  enunciation  of  the  fact  ob- 
served in  domestic  animals  and  in  insects  that  the  better  the 
mother  is  nourished  the  more  females  she  produces,  the  num- 
ber of  males  remaining  constant.  Schenck  set  out  upon  a 
series  of  observations  based  on  the  theory  of  crossed  sexual 
inheritance.  He  first  investigated  the  excreta  and  particu- 
larly the  carbohydrates  of  the  urine.  The  presence  of  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  sugar,  which  is  commonly  recognizable  by  the 
phenylhydrazine  test  in  perfectly  normal  individuals,  indi- 
cates incompleteness  of  the  oxidation  process  whereby  a  cer- 
tain quantity  of  heat  is  lost  to  the  body.  Now  the  quality 
of  sugar  normally  excreted  is  equal  in  men  and  women,  but 
more  significant  in  the  latter  owing  to  the  lesser  activity  of 
their  metabolic  processes.  For  the  perfect  ripening  of  the 
ovum,  it  is  necessary  that  oxidation  shall  be  perfect.  That 
is,  that  no  sugar  shall  be  left  unburnt.  Where  there  is  a  re- 
mainder of  unburnt  sugar  the  ovum  stands  a  chance  of  being 
less  ripe  and  well  nourished.  Hence  the  properties  of  its 
protoplasm  are  less  well  developed,  and  by  the  theory  of 
crossed  inheritance  it  is  more  likely  to  produce  a  female  child. 


OBSTETRICS,  243 

On  the  other  hand,  when  the  urine  is  free  from  sugar  the 
ovum  can  attain  perfect  development  and  give  rise  to  male 
offspring.  It  is  upon  this  cardinal  principle  that  Schenck's 
theory  is  based.  He  holds  that  a  prolonged  course  of  appro- 
priate nourishment  both  before  and  after  fertilization  will  tend 
to  the  conception  of  male  children  only.  The  next  question 
is  of  the  means  to  be  adopted.  If  a  male  child  is  desired  and 
the  maternal  urine  contains  no  sugar  but  abundance  of  re- 
ducing substances  (particularly  the  levorotatory  glycuronic 
acid)  he  allows  impregnation  forthwith.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  sugar  is  present,  it  must  be  removed.  Finally,  Schenck 
gives  his  clinical  results.  He  quotes  numerous  cases  to  show 
that  the  bearing  of  female  children  is  associated  with  gly- 
cosuria. In  such  cases,  he  recommends  a  diet  comprising 
plenty  of  proteid  and  fat  and  as  little  carbohydrate  as  can 
be  tolerated.  This  must  be  taken  for  2  or  3  months  before 
and  after  impregnation.  He  concludes  after  giving  examples 
(such  as,  in  one  family  where  six  boys  had  been  born  ;  under 
this  theory  and  treatment  a  girl  immediately  followed).  In 
countries  where  much  flesh  is  consumed  there  is  a  marked 
prepondance  of  male  children.  The  birth  of  male  children 
can  thus  in  certain  cases  be  predetermined,  but  the  volun- 
tary production  of  girls  is  a  problem  as  yet  unsolved. — Med. 
Rev. 

RECTAL  IRRIGATION  IN  ECLAMPSIA. 

An  interesting  case  is  recorded  by  Sene  as  showing  the 
remarkable  results  obtainable  by  copious  rectal  irrigation. 
The  case  was  that  of  a  patient  in  the  seventh  month  of  preg- 
nancy, who  developed  eclampsia.  A  copious  bleeding  caused 
arrest  of  the  convulsions,  but  she  shortly  fell  into  a  condition 
of  complete  coma,  with  total  suppression  of  urine.  For  half 
an  hour  a  copious  enema  of  tepid  water  was  administered, 
about  five  minutes  being  given  to  the  injection,  the  torpid 
condition  of  the  patient  greatly  facilitating  the  operation.  At 
the  end  of  twelve  hours,  the  patient  began  to  recognize  when 
spoken  to  in  a  loud  voice.  Shortly  after  sensation  showed 
evidence  of  returning,  and  a  small  amount  of  urine  was 
passed,  while  occasionally  faecal  material  was  returned  hy  the 
enema.  The  next  day  the  coma  had  completely  disappeared  ; 
the  patient  replied  to  questions,  but  had  no  recollection  of 
the  events  of  the  previous  forty-eight  hours.  Micturition 
became  completely  re-established,  and  delivery  was  effected 
on  the  fourth  day,  with  disappearance  of  all  the  symptoms. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  a  portion  of  the  injected  water  became 
absorbed,  acting  as  a  diluent  to  the  blood,  thereby  reducing 
its  toxic  effect  on  the  nerve  centres. 


244  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

THE  CURETTE  AFTER  ABORTION  AND 
DELIVERY. 

Buttner  {Centralbl.  f.  Gynak.)  has  observed  28  cases- 
where  the  operator  was  Glaevecke.  He  finds  that  the  use 
.of  the  curette  is  free  from  danger  if  carried  out  with  proper 
precautions.  It  permanently  stops  haemorrhage  after  abor- 
tion or  delivery,  and,  as  a  rule,  the  catamenia  return  soon,  and 
continue  normally,  contrary  to  what  is  so  often  seen  in  mis- 
managed cases.  A  skillful  use  of  the  curette  likewise  pre- 
vents those  morbid  changes  which  are  the  cause  of  sterility. 

HYSTERECTOMY    FOR    ACUTE  PUERPERAL, 
SEPTIC  METRITIS. 

Vineberg  {New  York  Med.  jour..,  April  2nd,  1898) 
reports  a  successful  case.  Symptoms  began  on  the  sixth 
day  after  confinement  ;  three  days  later  curetting  was  done, 
and  was  followed  by  improvement  for  twenty-four  hours.  On 
the  twelfth  day  the  patient  was  taken  to  hospital,  apathetic, 
delirious,  with  temperature  103°,  and  pulse  130.  Intra- 
uterine irrigations  brought  away  no  debris.  On  the  evening 
of  the  thirteenth  day  she  seemed  sinking,  and  abdominal 
total  hysterectomy  was  done.  On  cutting  open  the  uterus 
the  whole  interior  above  the  cervical  canal  was  covered  with 
a  dark,  tenacious,  slimy  discharge,  emitting  a  very  foul  odour. 
Attached  to  the  left  horn  was  a  piece  of  placenta  2  cm.  \>y 
4  cm.,  and  firmly  adherent.  The  patient  left  hospital  in  six 
weeks.  The  author  explains  the  lateness  of  the  onset  in 
these  cases  as  follows  : — A  piece  of  retained  placenta  disin- 
tegrates, and  the  debris  are  at  first  carried  away  with  the 
lochia.  After  a  week  the  cervical  canal  becomes  moder- 
ately closed,  and  at  the  same  time  the  heavy  fundus  sinks 
forward,  so  that  escape  of  the  discharges  is  interfered  with, 
resulting  in  absorption  and  sepsis.  This  may  occur  without 
foetor  of  the  lochia.  The  proper  treatment  is  immediate 
curettage,  followed  by  special  precautions  to  allow  of  subse- 
quent drainage.  If  this  fail,  as  shown  by  rapid  weak  pulse 
and  loss  of  ground  by  the  patient,  hysterectomy  should  be 
done.  In  a  foot  note  to  the  paper  the  author  reports  a 
second  and  later  case,  where  the  same  treatment  was  success- 
fully carried  out.  He  gives  references  to  eight  other  cases 
reported 

PREVENTION  OF  LARGE  MAMMARY  AB- 
SCESSES  BY  EXPRESSION  OF  THE  MILK. 

Wilfred  B.  Warde  {The  Lancet)  has  found  that  expres- 
sion of  milk  from  the  circumference  of  the  breast  has  pro- 
duced  excellent  results,    especially  in    cases    of  imperfectly 


OBSTETRICS.  245 

developed  breasts  or  nipples.     The  induration  in  these  cases 
is  due  largely  to  inflammatory  thickening  and  only  second- 
arily to  the  retention  of  milk.    In  these  cases  only  a  small  quan- 
tity of  milk  will  come  away  as  the  result  of  expression,  but  the 
hardness  and  induration  will  gradually  subside  and  no  abscess 
form.     A  case  in  illustration  is  that  of  a  primipara,  who  had 
weaned  the  child,  and    for  a  month  had  no  trouble  with  her 
breasts.     She  attributed  the  subsequent  trouble   to  sleeping 
in  a  very  cold,  damp  room.     When  seen  by  the  doctor  she 
was  sweating  profusely,  with  a  temperature  of  101.8  ®   and 
pulse  of  120.     The  pain  in  the  left  breast  was  so  severe  that 
she  dared  not  move.     The  breast  was  large,  the  skin   over 
the  outer  half  red    and    oedematous,  covering  a  hard  tender 
lump.     The  axillary  glands  were  swollen  and  tender.     Free 
manipulation  of  the  breast  was  at  first  extremely  painful,  but 
eventually  gave  some  relief.     A  small  plug  of  greenish  yellow 
mucus  came  from  the  nipple.     The  breast  was  bandaged,  and 
a  purge  administered.     The   following  day  the  temperature 
was  103  ®  .     The  outer  half  of  the  breast  was  occupied  by  a 
doughy,  painful  mass.     To  the    writer's  surprise,   manipula- 
tion of  the  breast  was  followed  by  the  exudation  of  six  large 
drops  of    pure  pus  from  the  nipple,  to  the  great  relief  of  the 
patient.     Poultices  were  ordered,  and  the  next  day  the  tem- 
perature was  only  99.2  '^  .     The  swelling  was  less.     A  few 
more  drops  of  pus  followed  the  manipulation.    From  this  time 
on  the  indurated  mass  gradually  softened   and  disappeared. 
It  would  seem  that  there  was  really  an   abscess  in  this  case, 
and  that  the  pus  was   evacuated  through  the  nipple.     The 
course  followed  is  commanded  by  the  writer  as  advisable  in 
similar  cases. 

PUERPERAL   INFECTION. 

St.  Joseph  B.  Graham  {Virghiia  Med.  Semi-Mo7ithly) 
says  that  the  causes  of  puerperal  infection  may  be  classified 
as  follows :  Streptococcus  pyogenes  (usual  cause) ;  staphylo- 
coccus pyogenes  aureus  and  albus ;  Klebs-Loffler  bacillus  of 
diphtheria;  bacillus  coli  communis;  gonccoccus  of  Niesser, 
and  perhaps  the  bacillus  of  malignant  oedema.  These  germs 
may  be  introduced,  either  from  the  patient  or  her  dressings, 
or,  what  is  more  usual,  from  the  hands,  instruments  or  dress- 
ings of  physician  or  nurse.  Admission  is  gained  either  through 
a  solution  of  continuity,  or  through  the  puerperal  endome- 
trium. 

The  pathological  changes  depend  on  the  germ  produc- 
ing the  infection.  The  most  marked  changes  are  in  the  blood, 
which  becomes  thick  and  dark,  acid  in  reaction  and  decom- 


246  PROGRESS   OF  MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

poses  quickly ;  leucocytes  and  red  corpuscles  are  disintegra- 
ted. Haemorrhagic  foci  are  found  in  the  internal  organs.  With 
mixed  infection  pyaemia  will  occur. 

Preventive  treatment  must  first  be  considered.  Any 
abnormal  secretion  from  the  vagina  must  meet  with  appro- 
priate treatment.  In  health  the  vaginal  secretions  are  anti- 
septic, hence  preliminary  antiseptic  douches  are  uncalled 
for. 

As  an  antiseptic  for  the  hands  of  the  physician  and 
nurse,  a  two  or  three  per  cent,  solution  of  formalin  is  recom- 
mended, to  be  used  after  a  thorough  scrubbing  with  nail 
brush  and  soap.  The  external  genitals  of  the  patient  should 
be  well  scrubbed.  As  few  vaginal  examinations  as  possible 
should  be  made. 

After  infection  has  occurred  a  douche  of  formalin,  one 
to  four  per  cent.,  is  preferred,  as  it  is  non-toxic,  and  only 
slightly  irritating,  yet  ranks  foremost  as  a  germicide.  The 
uterine  cavity  should  be  thoroughly  cleansed  by  the  finger  or 
curette.  A  suggestion,  which  has  not  been  tested  by  the 
writer,  is  the  conveying  of  formaldehyde  gas  combined  with 
vapor  of  alcohol  into  the  uterine  cavity.  Theoretically,  it 
should  prove  of  value.  The  constitutional  treatment  must 
depend  on  the  kind  of  infection  present.  The  antistrepto- 
coccic serum  or  the  antidiphtheritic  serum  should  be  used  as 
indicated.  The  patient's  vitality  should  be  sustained  by 
proper  remedial  agents,  and  the  writer  believes  in  pushing 
alcoholic  stimulants. 

A  SPECIFIC  FOR  PUERPERAL  ECLAMPSIA. 

F.  S.  Wright  {Cincinnati  Lancet- Clinic)  reports  three 
cases  of  puerperal  eclampsia  in  which  the  application  of  an 
ice-bag  to  the  head  and  over  the  carotids  seemed  to  control 
the  convulsions.  In  the  first  case  chloral  and  morphine  had 
been  used  without  avail,  but  after  the  application  of  the  ice 
no  more  convulsions  occurred.  In  the  second  case  the  ice 
was  supplemented  by  a  full  dose  of  veratrum  viride.     In  the 

third  case  there  was  apparently  no  other  remedy  than  the  ice 

used,  yet  the  convulsions  ceased. 

COLLES'S  LAW. 

Hochsinger  gives  a  lengthy  discussion  on  Colles's  law  as 
it  now  stands,  and  on  the  questions  which  are  connected  with 
it.  His  conclusions  are  as  follows  :  (i)  Healthy  women  who 
have  been  impregnated  by  syphilitic  men  can  give  birth  to 
syphilitic  children,  but  remain  free  from  syphilis  all  their  lives. 


OBSTETRICS.  247 

(2)  Women  who  are  pregnant  with  the  foetus  of  a  syphilitic 
father,  but  free  from  contact  infection  from  him,  acquire 
through  such  a  pregnancy  a  certain  but  very  variable  degree  of 
immunity  against  syphilis,  which  has  been  the  foundation  for 
the  so-called  Colles's  law.  (3)  CoUes's  immunity  of  the 
mother  is  the  result  of  immunising  substances  derived  from 
the  spermatically  infected  foetus  and  is  not  absolute.  (4) 
The  exceptions  to  Colles's  law  concern  women  who,  for 
reasons  not  always  easy  to  discern,  have  only  absorbed  an  in- 
sufficient quantity  of  the  immunising  substance  during  preg- 
nancy, or  in  whom  the  requisite  tissue  activity  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  immunity  is  absent.  (5)  A  retro-infection  of  the 
mother  from  a  spermatically  infected  foetus,  the  so-called  choc 
en  retour,  or  "  syphilis  by  conception,"  is  clinically  not  proved, 
and  not  provable,  although  theoretically  not  difficult  to  estab- 
lish. (6)  Finger's  hypothesis  of  the  toxic  nature  of  tertiary 
syphilis  and  of  the  crypto-genetic  tertiary  infection  of  the 
mother,  is  incompatible  with  Colles's  immunity,  and  is  at  vari- 
ance with  the  pathological  anatomy  and  clinical  experience 
of  early  congenital  syphilis.  (7)  Hereditarily  syphilitic  children 
infected  by  the  father  should  not  be  suckled  by  the  mother  if 
it  is  her  first  child,  and  she  is  free  from  syphilis.  If  the 
mother  has  had  several  spermatically  infected  children,  and 
is  still  free  from  syphilis  she  may  confidently  suckle  the 
child. 

PUERPERAL  CONVULSIONS. 

Dr.  Thayer,  in  Boston  Med.  and  Surg.  Joicr.,  says  that  in 
the  condition  of  the  nervous  system  that  exists  in  puerperal 
convulsions,  there  is  a  peculiar  tolerance  of  veratrum  viride, 
so  that  the  officinal  dose  has  no  effect.  But  large  doses  quiet 
the  nervous  erethism,  producing  a  decided  effect  in  a  short 
time, — sometimes  in  fifteen  minutes,  but  almost  certainly 
within  an  hour, — and  keeping  the  nervous  system  under  con- 
trol for  several  hours. 

The  administration  is  followed  by  cooling  of  the  sur- 
face, great  lowering  of  the  pulse  in  rate,  but  not  in  strength, 
and  along  with  this  complete  arrest  of  the  convulsions.  The 
state  of  the  pulse  is  the  guide  in  treatment.  From  a  high 
rate,  which  rules  in  the  disease,  it  is  reduced  to  the  normal 
standard  or  below  it ;  and  while  it  is  kept  below  sixty  there 
need  be  no  fear  of  a  recurrence  of  the  paroxysms.  When 
this  effect  has  been  once  produced,  it  will  continue  several 
hours,  and  a  single  dose  will  do  it ;  if  not  apparent  within  an 
hour  or  less,  the  medicine  must  be  repeated  in  smaller  doses  : 
and  it  can  be  safely  repeated    at  intervals  until  the  pulse  be- 


248  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

gins  to  fail.  With  the  pulse  for  a  guide,  no  untoward  symp- 
toms need  occur  from  its  use ;  the  pulse  may  be  brought 
down  to  fifty,  without  any  general  depression  ;  if  carried  so 
far  as  to  produce  vomiting,  we  may  find  great  prostration 
produced  by  the  nausea,  which  is  overcome  within  thirty  or 
forty  minutes  by  opium,  or  any  diffusible  stimulant, — per- 
haps in  less  time  by  a  solution  of  morphine  hypodermi- 
cally. 

ALBUMINURIA   AND    PAST  AND  FUTURE 
PREGNANCIES. 

Blaudeau  pubHshes  information  of  much  importance  as 
to  albuminuria  in  past  pregnancies  and  the  prognosis  if  the 
patient  should  again  conceive.  Altogether  albuminuria  in 
pregnancy  seems  to  prevail  most  in  first,  second,  and  third 
gestations,  becoming  rarer  in  multiparae.  Blaudeau  has 
worked  in  the  Baudelocque  Clinic  for  the  last  two  and  a  half 
years  for  the  necessary  statistics.  He  came  upon  23  cases  of 
pregnant  multiparae  who  had  suffered  from  albuminuria  in 
earlier  gestations.  In  13  not  a  trace  of  albumen  could  be 
found  in  their  urine,  which  was  repeatedly  examined  ;  3  out 
of  the  13  had  convulsions  in  previous  pregnancies  :  i  of  the 
3,  indeed,  had  1 1  eclampsia  attacks  in  an  early  labour,  yet 
when  again  gravid,  some  eighteen  months  later,  neither  albu- 
minuria nor  eclampsia  occurred.  In  8  of  the  total  23  albu- 
minuria recurred,  but  in  a  milder  form,  whilst  the  infants  were 
stronger  than  their  elder  brothers.  In  2  of  the  23  only  was 
the  albuminuria  worse  than  in  earlier  pregnancies ;  i  had 
eclampsia  and  i  was  prematurely  delivered  of  a  maceratejd 
foetus. 


Dr.  Hergott  {Rev.  Med.  de  rEst)  being  dissatisfied  with 
the  effect  produced  by  the  usual  antigalactogogues,  including 
antipyrine,  has  tried  camphor,  and  finds  that  nine  and  one- 
quarter  grains  a  day  divided  into  three  doses,  and  given  for 
three  days,  nearly  always  produce  a  remarkable  diminution 
of  the  secretion.  He  has  used  it  in  thirty  cases,  having  been 
first  led  to  try  it  by  the  good  results  obtained  by  Kiener  in 
animals,  especially  milch  cows. 


Medical  Society  Proceedings. 

MONTREAL  MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Stated  Meeting^  March  iSth,  1898. 

Robert  Craik,  M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Excision  of  the  Tongue. 

Dr.  G.  E.  Armstrong  exhibited  two  patients  from  whom  he 
had  excised  the  tongue,  and  reported  the  results  of  five  cases  on 
which  he  had  operated  during  the  winter.  The  reports  will  be 
published  later. 

The  Static  Machine  in  X  Ray  Work. 

Dr.  Robert  Wilson  showed  a  small  Tcepler-Holtz  static  ma- 
chine (made  by  himself),  to  illustrate  the  use  of  the  static  current 
to  illuminate  a  medium-sized  x-ray  tube.  The  two  revolving  plates 
of  ^  in.  hard  rubber,  were  18  ins.  in  diameter,  with  six  German- 
silver  sectors  on  the  front  one.  The  machine  was  cased  in,  contain- 
ing a  tray  with  2  lbs.  calcium  chloride,  well  dried.  The  necessary 
speed  (500  to  900  revolutions)  was  easily  obtained  by  a  hand-driving 
gear,  or  (this  being  removable)  by  an  electro  motor,  or  small  water- 
wheel.  The  latter  was  the  method  adopted  by  himself,  a  speed  of 
900  revolutions  being  easily  obtained  from  the  office  water-tap.  The 
machine  was  not  intended  to  compete  with  a  large  coil,  but  gave 
with  an  Edison  "  medium  "  high  vacuum  focus  tube,  perfect  defini- 
tion of  the  bones  of  the  extremities,  up  to  the  shoulder  and  pelvis. 
Among  the  radiographs  shown  were :  Ununited  fracture  of  tibia 
with  faulty  union  of  fibula  ;  point  of  a  scalpel  (1-32  ins.)  broken  in 
finger  while  amputating  terminal  phalanx,  etc.,  etc. 

In  reply  to  questions.  Dr.  Wilson  said  the  entire  outfit  had  cost 
him  less  than  $25,  including  6  by  8  calcium  tungstate  fluoroscope 
(home  made),  and  one  Edison  "  medium  "  focus  tube.  He  thought 
a  similar  outfit  could  be  placed  on  the  market  for  $50.  He  had 
never  had  any  trouble  from  dampness  ;  in  fact,  it  had  been  raining 
slightly  when  the  machine  was  brought  from  his  home,  still  it  excited 
immediately.  He  did  not  use  Leyden  jars  and  spark-interrupters, 
although  convinced  these  devices  would  increase  the  powers  of  the 
machine  ;  it  worked  sufficiently  well  without  them.  A  machine  of 
this  size  was  absolutely  useless  for  medical  diagnostic  work,  but  in- 
dispensable to  one  doing  general  surgery.  One  glance  at  an  arm, 
leg,  hand,  etc.,  without  disturbing  the  clothing,  being  sufficient  to 
satisfy  one  as  to  presence  of  fractures,  dislocations,  foreign  bodies, 
etc.  He  preferred  the  static  current,  as  being  less  dangerous,  less 
liable  to  give  away  at  a  critical  moment,  less  trouble,  less  ex- 
pensive to  operate,  less  liable  to  puncture  the  tube,  and  of 
immensely  higher  voltage  than  the  coil,  with  the  further  ad- 
vantage of  being  able  to  use  the  current  therapeutically.     In  Dr. 


250  MEDICAL    SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

Monell's  office  in  Brooklyn,  he  had  seen  the  doctor's  heart  pulsat- 
ing perfectly  at  a  distance  of  seven  feet  four  inches  from  the  tube ; 
the  pelvis,  shoulder-girdle,  etc.,  perfectly  outlined  at  4  feet  from 
the  tube.  Dr.  Monell  used  an  8-plate  30 -inch  machine,  driven  by 
a  one-sixth  h.  p.  electro  motor  at  250  revolutions  ;  such  a  machine 
was  used  for  medical  purposes  as  well  as  X  ray  work.  The  result 
obtained  far  excelled  anything  done  by  coils.  The  advantage  of 
getting  a  distance  away  from  the  tube  was  the  elimination  of  error 
due  to  enlargement  of  the  shadows  when  too  close.  The  speaker 
had  ordered,  and  expected  delivered  by  the  middle  of  May,  an  iden- 
tical machine.  The  barium-platino  cyanide  screens,  on  stretched 
vellum,  were  preferable  where  one  wished  to  see  the  shadows  ;  the 
calcium  tungstate  screens  were  the  best  for  skiagraphic  work.  As 
to  focussing  the  rays  outside  the  tube,  a  question  of  vital  interest  to 
scientists,  and  on  which  he  had,  in  a  small  way,  been  experimenting, 
he  said  he  thought  it  would  be  premature  to  make  any  definite  state- 
ment, but  thought  he  was  justified  in  saying  that  we  were  within 
measurable  distance  of  its  achievement,  and  hoped  at  some  future 
time  to  lay  the  results  of  his  work  before  them. 

The  Neuron  and  the  Chrome  Silver  Method. 

Dr.  N.  D.  Gunn  showed  several  photographs  of  ganglion  and 
neuroglia  cells,  stained  according  to  the  Andriezen  method. 

The  general  conformation  of  the  cells  was  then  taken  up,  and  the 
protoplasmic  and  axis-cylinder  processes  described,  according  to 
latest  researches  by  Cajal,  Forel  and  others.  The  independence  of 
each  cell  was  then  dwelt  upon,  showing  that  there  was  no  anasto- 
mosis between  the  various  cells,  as  was  taught  by  Gerlach.  He 
claims  that  protoplasmic  processes  or  dendrites  possess  a  well 
marked  nervous  function  and  are  not  merely  aids  to  cell-metabolism, 
as  seemed  proven  by  the  experiments  of  certain  French  authori- 
ties ;  for  there  are  nerve  cells  which  are  adendritic  and  others 
whose  axis-cylinders  have  not  yet  been  demonstrated.  The  colla- 
teral fibrils  of  axon  were  then  shown  to  possess  great  anatomical 
interest  as  being  concerned  in  the  grouping  of  cells  into  centres 
and  areas.  Hill's  work  upon  the  chrome  silver  method  was  refer- 
red to,  and  many  of  the  theories  held  as  regards  the  methods  were 
shown  to  be  either  erroneous  or  not  proven. 

The  beautiful  pictures  produced  by  this  stain  have  not  yet 
clearly  established  the  anatomical  basis  as  a  true  index  to  the 
physiological  significance  of  the  parts  of  the  neuron.  However, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  method  has  established  many  facts, 
not  the  least  being  that  contact  and  not  continuity  is  the  controll- 
ing idea  of  the  cell  structure  of  the  brain  and  cord. 


Stated  Meeting,  April  1st,  1898. 

Robert  Craik,  M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Drs.  A.  D.  Aubry,  E.  R.  Brown,  and  Gustave  Lewis,  of  Mont- 
real, were  elected  ordinary  members. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  2$! 

Cardiac  Embolism. 

Dr.  Wyatt  Johnston  showed  a  specimen  where  degeneration  of 
the  heart  muscle  involving  the  half  wall  of  the  left  ventricle  due  to 
embolism  of  the  coronary  artery  was  the  cause  of  sudden  death. 
The  affected  area  of  the  myocardium  showed  subendocardial  ecchy- 
mosis  and  was  of  a  greyish  yellow  colour.  Microscopically,  fibres 
showed  granular  and  fatty  degeneration,  and  the  nuclei  did  not 
stain  well.  The  source  of  the  embolus  proved  to  be  a  small  throm- 
bosis in  the  leftauriclar  appendix  from  which  a  portion  had  become 
detached  and  lodged  in  the  left  coronary  artery  bifurcation. 
Suspicions  of  poisoning  had  arisen  in  this  case  owing  to  the 
patient  having  suffered  from  vomiting,  diarrhoea  and  weakness  for 
several  days  before  death.  The  presence  of  tsenia  in  the  ileum  was 
perhaps  the  explanation  of  the  gastro  intestinal  symptoms  and  the 
congestion  and  catarrh  of  the  stomach  and  intestines  which  was 
found  post-mortem.  No  analysis  was  ordered  by  the  jury,  as  the 
actual  cause  of  death  could  not  have  originated  through  poisoning, 

A  Case  op  Laryngectomy. 

Dr.  James  Bell  presented  a  patient  from  whom  he  had 
removed  the  larnyx  for  epithelioma,  and  gave  the  following  history  : 
G.  P.,  aet.  65,  was  quite  well  until  September,  1897,  when  lie 
contracted  a  "  cold,"  from  which  he  soon  recovered,  but  some 
soreness  of  the  throat  persisted  in  spite  of  sprays  and  other  local 
treatment.  In  November  his  voice  first  became  distinctly  husky. 
In  January  his  throat  was  examined,  and  a  small  warty  projection 
removed  and  examined,  and  found  to  be  epithelioma.  A  pre- 
liminary low  tracheotomy  was  done  on  the  7th  of  February,  and 
on  the  1 6th  of  February  the  whole  larynx,  including  the 
epiglottis  and  the  cricord  cortilage,  was  removed.  A  Hahn's 
tampon  canula  was  employed  during  the  operation,  and 
replaced  next  day  by  an  ordinary  silver  tracheotomy  tube.  The 
stump  of  the  trachea  was  drawn  well  forward  and  attached  to  the 
skin  all  around  and  packed  with  iodoform  gauze  to  protect  the  air 
passages  from  wound  and  pharyngeal  secretions.  The  transverse 
incision  was  sutured,  with  the  exception  of  an  opening  at  either 
end,  through  which  the  pharyngeal  portion  of  the  wound  was  packed 
with  iodoform  gauze,  as  was  also  the  vertical  wound,  which  was 
left  unsutured  A  large,  soft  rubber  catheter  was  fixed  into  the 
oesophagus  by  suture,  and  at  the  end  of  twenty  hours  the  patient 
was  fed  through  this  tube  for  the  first  time.  He  was  fed  regularly 
through  this  tube  for  48  hours,  when  it  was  removed,  and  from 
that  time  he  was  fed  regularly  and  without  difficulty  by  introducing 
a  stomach  tube  into  the  oesophagus  through  the  mouth.  There  was 
no  vomiting  and  he  always  enjoyed  his  food.  The  wound  packing 
was  changed  daily  and  no  secretion  ever  entered  the  trachea.  On 
the  2ist,  five  days  after  operation,  a  mild  delirium  of  a  jocular  charac- 
ter developed  and  increased,  with  considerable  restlessness  at  night, 
until,  on  the  23rd,  iodoform  was  completely  abandoned  and  chinosol 
gauze  used  in  its  stead.  The  delirium  immediately  began  to  grow 
less,  and  in  three  days,  February  26th,  he  was  quite  rational  again. 
In  the  meantime  all  the  skin  union  had  given  way  and  the  flaps 
were  held  only  by  the  sutures. 


252  MEDICAL   SOCIETY    PROCEEDINGS. 

On  the  27th  he  had  a  very  restless  night.  Complained  of  itching 
over  the  body  and  arms,  and  the  pulse  and  temperature,  which  had 
throughout  been  practically  normal,  rose  a  little. 

On  the  2nd  of  March  he  began,  in  the  very  early  morning,  to> 
perspire  freely  and  to  complain  of  weakness.  The  pulse  was  rapidt 
120,  and  he  felt  miserable.  Nothing  could  be  discovered  to  account 
for  the  change  in  his  condition,  and  he  was  given  a  dose  of  cas- 
cara,  followed  by  an  enema,  which  brought  away  a  dark  stool  with 
some  black  fluid,  about  midnight.  He  felt  better  and  slept  for  five 
or  six  hours  after  this.  About  noon,  on  the  3rd  of  March,  he 
began  to  complain  of  some  discomfort  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
abdomen,  and  his  midday  meal  was  omitted.  Between  3  and  5 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon  he  had  three  most  alarming  syncopal 
attacks,  the  cause  of  which  was  explained  during  his  third  attack  by 
an  involuntary  evacuation  of  a  very  large  quantity  of  dark  clotted 
blood.  From  this  time  he  began  to  rally,  and  he  has  had  no  further 
trouble  since.  This  is  undoubtedly  the  history  of  iodoform  toxica- 
tion, — at  least  up  to  the  attack  of  intestinal  haemorrhage,  which  I 
see  no  other  explanation  for.  I  could  not,  at  first,  believe  that  the 
mere  packing  of  a  moderate  sized  wound  for  a  few  days  with  iodo- 
form gauze  could  produce  this  result,  but  the  fact  remains  that  the 
symptoms  promptly  subsided  when  the  iodoform  was  abandoned. 
It  must  also  be  borne  in  mind  that  probably  much  of  the  iodoform 
was  swallowed  with  the  saliva.  The  subsequent  history  of  the  case 
has  been  uneventful.  On  the  19th  of  March  the  edges  of  the  skin 
wound  Were  pared  and  sutured,  and  union  took  place  without 
difficulty.  On  account  of  the  gaping  pharyngeal  wound  no  food 
was  given,  except  by  stomach  tube,  until  the  25th  of  March,  when 
he  took  solid  food  without  difficulty,  and  in  a  day  or  two  liquids 
were  also  swallowed  with  ease.  Before  the  pharyngeal  wound  was 
resutured,  the  action  of  the  oesophagus  in  swallowing  the  saliva 
could  be  observed  through  the  wound  He  is  now  practically  per- 
fectly well. 

The  larynx,  when  removed,  was  examined  by  Dr.  Bradley,  who 
described  it  as  follows  : 

The  free  surface  of  the  epiglottis,  near  its  root,  is  occupied  by  a 
roughened,  rather  nodular  ulcerated  surface,  with  somewhat  under- 
mined edges  ;  the  extent  of  the  ulceration  is  4  cm.  in  a  vertical  direc- 
tion by  3.5  cm.  transversely.  There  is  an  absence  of  induration 
about  the  periphery  of  the  affected  area.  Both  false  vocal  cords  are 
involved  by  lateral  extension,  the  right  being  completely  ulcerated 
through  at  about  its  centre,  exposing  both  ventricle  and  saccule  ; 
the  left  is  not  so  deeply  affected,  the  epithelium  alone  being  eroded. 
The  left  true  cord  is  unaffected  ;  the  right  shows  a  loss  of  epithelium 
over  an  extent  of  15  mm.  transversely  by  5  mm.  vertically. 

The  disease  had  not  extended  beyond  the  larynx  in  any  direc- 
tion, and  there  was  no  lymphatic  involvement. 

Dr.  Bell  referred  briefly  to  the  recent  literature  of  the  subject, 
especially  to  a  paper  read  by  Dr.  Graf,  of  Berlin,  before  the  Ger- 
man Surgical  Association  in  April,  1897.  This  paper  was  based 
upon  the  experience  of  Prof.  Von.  Bergmann,  of  20  total  extirpa- 
tions and  28  partial  resections  of  the  larynx  for  malignant  disease. 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  253 

Removal  of  a  Fibroid  Tumour  at  the  Second  Month  of 
Pregnancy. 

Dr.  Lapthorn  Smith  reported  a  case  of  removal  of  a  fibroid 
tumour  from  the  pregnant  uterus,  by  myomectomy,  without  causing 
a  miscarriage.  He  also  showed  the  tumour,  a  nodular  one,  larger 
than  an  orange  and  very  dense.  The  patient  was  25  years  of  age 
and  had  been  married  six  months.  Three  months  after  marriage 
she  had  a  miscarriage,  but  became  pregnant  again  immediately,  for 
she  had  no  flow  since  the  loth  January,  when  it  stopped.  About 
middle  of  March  she  began  to  suffer  severe  pain  in  the  right  side, 
and  she  noticed  a  lump  pressing  forward  the  abdominal  wall  in 
right  lumbar  region.  When  seen  by  Dr.  Lapthorn  Smith,  in  con- 
sultation with  her  family  physician,  he  found  her  about  2^^  months 
pregnant,  with  a  nodular  subperitoneal  fibroid  attached  to  right 
corner  of  uterus.  As  it  was  growing  rapidly  and  was  not  only 
painful,  but  affecting  the  morale  of  the  patient,  he  advised  early 
operation  which  was  performed  on  the  ist  April.  The  tumour  was 
larger  than  the  pregnant  uterus,  so  that  the  abdominal  incision 
which  permitted  the  tumour  to  be  extracted,  also  permitted  the 
uterus  to  be  lifted  out,  thus  enabling  him  to  remove  the  tumor  and 
to  close  up  the  hole  in  the  Tuterus  very  deliberately.  Clamps 
were  apphed  to  the  uterine  wall,  and  thus  the  operation  was  almost 
a  bloodless  one,  although  the  hole,  two  inches  long,  had  to  have 
two  rows  of  Lembert  sutures  before  the  clamps  could  be  taken  off, 
and  then  a  third  row  had  to  be  applied  to  completely  stop  the 
oozing.  She  made  a  splendid  recovery,  hardly  requiring  any  ano- 
dyne, and  there  has  not  been  the  slightest  attempt  at  a  rniscarriage. 
As  far  as  he  was  aware  this  was  the  only  case  of  the  kind  ever  re- 
ported in  Canada. 

Malignant  Endocarditis. 
Dr.  H.  A.  Lafleur  read  the  report  of  this  case. 

Intestinal  Obstruction  by  Meckel's  Diverticulum. 

Dr.  James  Bell  read  the  following  report  of  a  case  of  intes- 
tinal obstruction  by  Meckel's  diverticulum,  and  presented  the  speci- 
men : 

H.  P.,  set.  16,  a  well-developed  and  well-nourished  girl,  was 
brought  to  the  Royal  Victoria  Hospital  from  the  country,  at  lo 
o'clock  on  the  evening  of  Friday,  March  i8th,  with  well-marked 
symptoms  of  intestinal  obstruction,  and  operated  upon  two  hours 
later.  She  had  always  enjoyed  good  health,  with  the  exception  of 
occasional  attacks  of  pain  in  the  abdomen  and  vomiting,  sometimes 
accompanied  by  headaches.  These  were  called  bilious  attacks,  and 
she  had  suffered  from  them  "  all  her  life."  She  had  had  a  long  walk 
on  the  previous  Monday,  and  was  quite  well  Tuesday,  but  began  to 
have  general  abdominal  pain  on  Tuesday  evening,  which  kept  her 
awake  most  of  the  night.  She  got  up  on  Wednesday  morning  and 
vomited,  for  the  first  time,  immediately  after  breakfast,  about  7  a.m. 
The  vomiting  continued  from  this  time  till  admission,  and  about  10 
a.m.  Friday,  it  was  first  noticed  to  be  distinctly  faecal.   The  bowels 


254  MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

were  moved  early  on  Wednesday  morning,  but  neither  flatus  nor 
faeces  was  passed  afterwards.     On  Thursday  afternoon  the  tempera- 
ture was   99.2"  and  on  Friday  morning  101.3°.     On  admission  it 
was   102°,  and  the  pulse,   112.     Distension  was  first   noticed  on 
Friday  morning,  and  on  admission  it  was  quite  marked,  but  limited 
to  the  central  region  of  the  abdomen.     These  facts  pointed  very 
clearly  to  a  complete  obstruction,  low  down  in  the  small  intestines, 
probably  of  a  mechanical  nature,  and,  from  the  history,  probably 
due  to  some  congenital  condition,  suggesting  a   Meckel's  diverti- 
culum as  the  cause.     On  opening  the  abdomen,  in  the  middle  line 
a  cord-like   structure  was  found  attached  to  the  right  of  the  um- 
bilicus, which,  on  being  withdrawn,  was   found  to  be  a  Meckel's 
diverticulum.     The  cord-like  portion  was  cut  off  between  ligatures 
and  the  point  of  obstruction  was  found  in  the  ileum,  about  an  inch 
above  the  ileo-csecal  valve.    There  was  a  deep  furrow  in  the  wall  of 
the  intestine,  where  the  construction   had  been  applied,  which  was 
suggestive   of  long    continued    presence.     The  diverticulum    was 
attached  close  to  the  mesenteric  border  of  the  small  intestine,  at 
least  three  feet  from  the  ileo-csecal   valve.     The  exact  site  was  not 
determined,  but  at  least  two  feet  of  the  ileum  was  withdrawn  and  the 
attachment  was  still  considerably  higher  up.     It  was  cut  off  close 
to  its  attachments  where  it  was  about  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in 
diameter,  sutured  and  inverted  into  the  lumen  of  the  bowel  by  Lem- 
bert  sutures.    There  was  a  free  evacuation  of  the  bowels  a  couple  of 
hours  after  operation   and  the  patient's  progress  has  been  entirely 
satisfactory. 

Meckel's  diverticulum  is  frequently  met  with  and  is  a  very  com- 
mon cause  of  obstruction,  especially  in  children  and  young  people. 
In  3,400  post  mortem  examinations  in  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital 
it  was  found  27  times  (Sajous).  It  arises  nearly  always  within  two 
feet  of  the  ileo-c?ecal  valve  and  produces  obstruction  in  many 
different  ways,  depending  upon  the  point  of  attachment  of  its 
extremity.     Its  extremity  is  often  free. 

Intussusception. 

Dr.  F.  R.  England  read  the  report  of  this  case. 

Empyema  of  the  Maxillary  Antrum. 

Dr.  H.  D.  Hamilton  read  a  paper  on  this  subject. 


THE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBLISHED     IVIONTHLY. 


Subscriptioti  Price^  %\..co  per  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  to 
JOHN  LiOVKLLi  <&  SON,  23  Sr.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  business  cominu. 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  should  b« 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  217-1,  Post  Ofltce,  ^loutreal. 


Editorial. 

COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS  OF 
THE  PROVINCE  OF  QUEBEC. 

The  approaching  triennial  meeting  which  takes  place  on 
the  13th  of  July  next,  at  Laval  University,  St.  Denis  street, 
Montreal,  will  undoubtedly  be  one  of  the  most  interesting 
gatherings  of  the  members  of  the  Medical  Profession  in  this 
Province  which  has  ever  been  held,  when  the  second  im- 
portant step  will  be  taken  in  the  movement  for  the  abolish- 
ment of  the  proxy  system  which  has  been  so  lamentably 
abused  during  the  last  decade.  The  election  of  a  board 
pledged  to  carry  out  this  general  decision  of  the  profession 
is  the  object  of  the  opposition  and  labour  of  the  English  and 
French  Electoral  Committees.  The  progress  made  in  secur- 
ing supporters  and  proxies  were  fully  reported  at  a  recent 
meeting  held  in  the  rooms  of  the  Monument  National,  at 
which  there  were  present  nearly  two  hundred  medical  men 
from  the  City  of  Montreal  and  suburbs.  Dr.  Leprohon  was 
called  to  the  chair,  and  Drs.  Benoit  and  Elder  acted  as  secre- 
taries. Dr.  Lachapelle  was  called  upon  to  report  the  pro- 
gress made  among  the  French  members.  He  first  referred 
to  the  state  of  affairs  which  led  to  the  present  movement, 
and  which  necessitated  a  combined  movement  to  rectify  a 
state  of  affairs  which  permitted  of  an  individual  commanding 


256  EDITORIAL. 

the  majority  vote  of  the  members.  There  were  three  com- 
mittees, two  French,  one  in  Montreal,  the  other  in  Quebec, 
and  one  English  committee  in  Montreal,  representing  the  en- 
tire English  vote  of  the  Province. 

He  stated  that  there  were  fourteen  hundred  and  three 
registered  practitioners  in  the  Province.  Of  this  number  the 
committees  had  already  received  the  proxies  of  eight  hun- 
dred and  five,  so  that  they  had  now  a  large  majority  even  if 
every  member  voted,  but  through  indifference  and  other 
circumstances  there  would  likely  be  one  to  two  hundred  who 
would  not  be  heard  from  at  all. 

An  argument  frequently  used  by  those  at  present  in 
power  was  that  by  withdrawing  the  proxy  system  three' 
fourths  of  the  voters  would  be  disfranchised.  But  if  voting 
by  ballot  paper  was  adopted  and  the  ballots  could  be  sent  by 
mail,  a  larger  number  would  be  enabled  to  vote  than  by  the 
present  system,  and  it  had  appeared  on  looking  over  the 
records  that  at  no  time  were  there  even  three  hundred  votes 
recorded  at  any  meeting  in  the  past,  and  in  Ontario  where 
the  ballot  system  is  in  vogue,  often  90  to  100  percent,  of  the 
votes  have  been  cast  when  exceptional  interest  was  attached 
to  the  election.  The  objects  aimed  at  by  the  present 
campaign  were  chiefly  as  follows  :  To  elect  a  board  pledged 
to  abolish  the  proxy  and  arrange  a  system  of  voting  by  dis- 
tricts ;  to  institute  radical  reforms  in  the  management  of  the 
financial  department  of  the  College;  to  more  carefully  guard 
the  conferring  of  the  license  so  that  none  but  those  duly  quali- 
fied by  professional  attainments  may  receive  it  ;  to  carry  out 
a  more  rigid  surveillance  in  regard  to  those  illegally  practis- 
ing  medicine. 

Dr.  Lachapelle  is  also  of  the  opinion  that  the  registrar 
should  be  non-partizan  and  not  a  member  of  the  board,  as 
the  advantage  of  this  position  towards  the  party  with  which 
the  registrar  was  identified  was  such  that  a  neutral  incum- 
bent would  be  advisable. 

Dr.  Armstrong  then  addressed  the  English  members  of 
the  meeting,  covering  much  the  same  ground  as  the  previous 
speaker.  He  urged  also  a  large  attendance  at  the  meeting 
and  prompt  presence  at  the  opening  hour,  as  matters  of  the 
greatest  importance  will  depend  on  a  large  personal  vote  at 


EDITORIAL.  257 

the  meeting,  the  proxies  being  available  only  for  the  election 
of  governors.  Candidates  for  the  city  were  then  selected  by 
ballot,  each  nationality  choosing  its  own  representative.  Mon- 
treal was  entitled  to  twelve  members  on  the  board,  two  were 
elected  by  each  of  the  three  medical  colleges  in  the  city,  and 
six  by  the  profession  generally.  It  was  thought  that  as 
there  were  two  English  colleges,  five  of  the  six  to  be  elect- 
ed by  a  general  vote  should  be  of  French  nationality  and  one 
English,  thus  making  the  proportion  of  seven  French  and 
five  English. 

Dr.  John  A.  MacDonald  was  unanimously  elected  as 
the  English-speaking  candidate,  and  the  following  were 
chosen  as  the  candidates  of  the  French  portion  of  the  pro- 
fession in  Montreal,  Drs.  Cleroux,  Marsolais,  Desroches, 
Girard  and  Baril. 

As  it  seems  more  than  probable  that  the  next  board  will 
be  almost  entirely  a  new  one,  we  may  hope  to  secure  not 
only  the  reform  chiefly  aimed  at,  but  that  the  entire  working 
of  this  important  body  may  be  in  conformity  with  the  most 
advanced  ideas  prevailing  in  regard  to  what  is  for  the  best 
interests  of  the  profession  generally.  Each  university  and 
those  not  connected  with  the  teaching  bodies  should  be  fairly 
represented  in  all  the  appointments  and  no  undue  pre- 
ponderance allowed  to  any  section.  In  this  way  only  can 
true  harmony  prevail  and  hearty  co-operation  be  secured  for 
the  true  interests  of  the  members  of  our  profession  as  indivi- 
duals and  as  a  whole. 

CANADIAN   MEDICAL    ASSOCIATION. 

The  Thirty-first  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Canadian 
Medical  Association  will  be  held  in  Laval  University,  at 
Quebec,  on  August  17th,  i8th,  and  19th  next. 

There  will  be  the  usual  fare  and  a  third  rate  on  the  certifi- 
cate plan,  both  by  Steamboat  and  Railway  lines.  There  will 
also  be  arrangements  made  so  that  members  and  their  families 
may  take  side  trips  at  a  trifling  cost. 

The  Secretary,  Dr.  F.  N.  G.  Starr,  and  the  President,  Dr.  J. 
M.  Beausoleil,  are  making  every  effort  to  make  this  a  successful 
meeting,  and  while  a  number  of  interesting  papers  are  already 
promised,  members  throughout  the  Dominion  are  requested 
to  read  papers  and  send  the  title  to  the  secretary  before  July 


258  EDITORIAL. 

20th  next.  The  many  interesting  points  at  and  near  Quebec 
which  are  the  delight  of  the  tourist  should  bring  a  large  num- 
ber of  our  confreres  to  this  meeting.  We  are  in  receipt  of  the 
following  communication  from  the  Secretary  : 

Sir  : — There  is  no  m  an  so  deserving  of  a  holiday  as  the 
hard  working  physician  who  has  had  his  nose  to  the  grind- 
stone from  early  morning  t  ill  late  at  night.  It  is  not  only  a 
privilege  but  a  duty  to  relax  one's  energeies  at  least  once  a 
year  and  take  an  outing.  Having  ma  de  up  one's  mind  to  go 
away  for  a  bit,  the  next  question  is  where  to  go,  for  one  likes 
to  gain  some  mental  profit  as  well  as  physical  vigor.  This 
year  the  Canadian  Medical  Association  offers  peculiar  induce- 
ments to  the  busy  man  by  meeting  in  the  historic  old  city  of 
Quebec  on  August  17,  18  and  19  next.  This  wjll  give  to 
the  physicians  all  over  the  Dominion  an  opportunity  to  visit 
at  a  trifling  expense  one  of  the  most  picturesque  parts  of  Can- 
ada. It,  too,  will  enable  the  English  and  the  French  to  be- 
come better  acquainted,  thus  helping  to  bring  about  a  more 
thorough  understanding. 

The  President,  Dr.  J.  M.  Beausoleil  of  Montreal, is  putting 
forth  every  effort  to  make  the  meeting  a  success.  The  local 
committee  of  arrangements  under  the  chairmanship  of  the 
Vice-President,  Dr.  C.  S-  Parke,  ably  assisted  by  the  Local 
Secretary,  Dr.  A.  Marois,  are  doing  good  work  toward  making 
the  visit  of  their  medical  brethren  enjoyable.  It  has  been 
whispered  that  a  trip  to  Grosse  Isle  is  a  probable  part  of  the 
entertainment.  The  office  rs  of  the  Association  are  confidently 
looking  forward  to  a  large    and  enthusiastic  gathering.     For 

particulars  address 

F.  N.  G.  Starr, 
471  College  St.,  Toronto. 

At  the  Denver  meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion Dr.  Casey  Wood,  of  Chicago,  was  elected  Chairman  and 
Dr.  C.  H.  Williams,  of  Boston,  Secretary  of  the  ophthalmologi- 
cal  section. 


The  twelfth  annual  class  for  instruction  in  orificial  surgery 
will  assemble  in  Chicago  at  9  a.m.,  Monday,  September  5, 
1898,  and  will  continue  to  meet  daily  during  the  week,  as 
usual.     For  particulars  of  this  clinical  course  address 

E.  H.  Pratt,  M.D., 
100  State  St.,  Chicago. 


Book   Reviews. 


A  Compendium  of  Insanity.  By  John  B.  Chapin,  M.D., 
LL.D.,  Physician  in  Chief  Pennsylvania  Hospital  for  the 
Insane  ;  late  Physician  Superintendent  of  Willard  State 
Hospital,  New  York  ;  Honorary  Member  of  the  Medico- 
Psychological  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  of  the  Society  of 
Mental  Medicine,  Belgium,  etc.  Illustrated.  $1.25.  W.  B. 
Saunders,  925  Walnut  St,,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  Canadian  agents, 
J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto,  Ont. 

The  subject  of  insanity  to  the  ordinary  physician  who  has 
given  it  but  little  attention  seems  difficult  and  of  the  nature  of 
intangible  psychological  ill-defined  conditions,  to  comprehend 
which  requires  a  broad  and  extensive  study,and  which,  owing  to  its 
great  scope,  he  is  prone  to  avoid.  The  compend  before  us  is  just 
such  a  work  as  is  required  to  be  circulated  freely  among  the 
general  practitioners  of  the  country  in  order  to  dispel  the  prone- 
ness  to  look  to  specialists  for  advice  when  cases  have  become  well 
defined — rather  than  to  have  recognized  the  true  condition  in  its 
incipiency — as  is  the  lot  of  most  cases  of  insanity. 

The  227  pages  give  in  a  concise  form  all  the  essential  features 
of  the  different  forms  of  mental  derangement,written  by  a  specialist 
of  renown,  who  from  the  vast  literature  of  the  subject  has  given  us 
the  clinical  features  and  practical  directions  for  the  care  of  the 
insane  in  a  style  which  is  easy  of  comprehension,  but  still  suffi- 
ciently brief  to  give  a  clear  conception  of  the  different  varieties  of 
abnormal  mental  conditions.  It  is  adapted  for  the  use  of  the  gene- 
ral practitioner,  the  medical  student  and  for  the  legal  profession, 
and  IS  so  devoid  of  technical  language  as  to  be  readily  compre- 
hended by  the  lay  reader  as  well.  A  number  of  photogravures 
illustrating  the  faces  of  different  forms  of  insanity  will  be  very 
useful  in  aiding  the  non-expert  in  making  a  diagnosis.  This  useful 
volume  is  deserving  of  a  wide  circulation. 

The  Surgical  Complications  and  Sequels  of  Typhoid 
Fever.  By  William  W.  Keen,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of 
the  Principles  of  Surgery  and  of  Clinical  Surgery  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  Philadelphia ;  Vice-President  of  the  College 
of  Physicians,  Philadelphia  ;  etc.  Based  upon  tables  of  1,700 
cases  compiled  by  the  author  and  by  Thompson  S.  Westcott, 
M.D.,  Instructor  in  Diseases  of  Children,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, with  a  chapter  on  the  Ocular  Complications  of 
Typhoid  Fever  by  George  E.  De  Schweinitz,  A.M.,  M.D,, 
Prof,  of  Ophthalmology  Jefferson  Medical  College,  and  an 
appendix,  the  Toner  Lecture  No.  V.  W.  B.  Saunders,  925 
Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia.  Canadian  agent?,  J.  A.  Carveth  & 
Co.,  Toronto,  Ont. 


260  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

This  interesting  monograph  is  the  result  of  the  revision  and 
extension  of  two  lectures  given  by  Dr,  White,  on  the  fifth  Toner 
lecture  delivered  on  Feb.  17,  1876,  on  the  surgical  complications 
and  sequels  of  the  continued  fevers  and  the  Shattuck  lecture  on 
June  9,  1896.  Dr.  Westcott  tabulated  all  the  cases  between 
1876  and  1896,  and  other  cases  bringing  the  subject  of  the  present 
years  have  been  added.  1,700  cases  in  all  are  recorded  which 
represent  nearly  all  on  record  during  the  past  50  years.  The 
importance  of  the  subject  is  evident  when  we  learn  that  in  fatal 
cases  only  24  per  cent,  are  the  result  of  the  typhoid  infection,  76 
per  cent,  being  due  to  various  medical  and  surgical  complications 
and  sequels.  The  importance  of  the  discovery  of  the  typhoid 
bacillus  by  Eberth  in  1880  is  dwelt  upon,  and  the  necessity  of 
making  bacteriological  examinations  in  all  cases  from  the  usual 
sites  and  the  complicating  lesions.  A  very  interesting  chapter  is 
that  on  the  pathology  of  the  surgical  complications  and  sequels,  in 
which  points  are  considered  which  are  not  yet  incorporated  in  the 
ordinary  text  books  on  medicine.  In  this  chapter  are  considered 
the  viability  of  the  typhoid  bacilli  both  in  and  out  of  the  body, 
and  therefore  the  possibility  of  their  causing  late  as  well  as  early 
sequels  of  the  fever. 

Their  widespread  diffusion  in  the  various  organs  of  the  human 
body,  and  therefore  the  possibiUty  if  not  the  probability  that  all 
the  various  surgical  results  may  be  caused  by  them. 

Mixed  infections  of  the  typhoid  bacilli  with  other  bacteria. 

The  pyogenic  faculty  of  the  typhoid  bacilli. 

Typhoid  infection  of  different  organs  without  typical  typhoid 
lesions  in  the  intestines. 

Each  of  these  subjects  are  fully  considered  and  all  the  most 
recent  literature  on  the  subject  drawn  upon.  Then  follow 
chapters  on  typhoid  gangrene,  typhoid  affections  of  the  joints, 
bones,  typhoid  abscesses  and  hsmatomata,  cerebral  complications 
of  typhoid  fever,otitis  media  and  parotitis,  typhoid  affections  of  the 
thyroid  gland,  larynx,  pleura,  lungs  and  heart,  oesophagus,  stomach, 
intestinal  perforation,  affections  of  the  liver,  gall  bladder,  spleen 
and  sexual  organs,  specific  mixed  affections  in  typhoid  fever.  The 
chapter  on  the  ocular  complications  is  written  by  Dr.  Geo.  E.  De 
Schweinitz,  who  first  refers  to  post-febrile  complications,  in  general, 
and  thus  very  fully  covers  the  ground  of  those  due  to  typhoid 
fever.  The  conclusions  are  given  in  a  special  chapter  and  are 
exceedingly  interesting  and  instructive.  The  Toner  lecture  is 
given  in  an  appendix. 

This  is  a  valuable  addition  to  the  literature  of  typhoid  fever, 
containing  most  useful  information  on  the  latest  results  of  study 
in  regard  to  this  affection  which  will  be  invaluable  to  the  teacher, 
pathologist  and  general  practitioner. 

International  Clinics.  A  quarterly  of  Clinical  Lectures  on 
Medicine,Neuiology,  Surgery, Gynaecology, Obstetrics,  Ophthal- 
mology, Laryngology,  Pharyngology,  Rhinology,  Otology  and 
Dermatology,  and  specially  prepared  articles  on  treatment,  by 
Professors  and  Lecturers  in  the  leading  Medical  Colleges  of  the 
United  States,  Germany,  Austria,  France,  Great  Britain   and 


SOOK  REVIEWS.  26 1 

Canada.  Edited  by  Judson  Daland,  M.D.,  Philadelphia  ; 
J.  Mitchell  Bruce,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  London,  England  ;  David 
W.  Finlay,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  Aberdeen,  Scotland.  Volume  IV., 
seventh  series,  1898,  and  volume  I.,  eighth  series,  1898.  J.  B, 
Lippincott  Co.,  Philadelphia.  Dominion  Agent,  Charles 
Roberts,  593a  Cadieux  St.,  Montreal. 

The  present  volume  is  replete  with  useful  and  well  written 
articles  in  each  of  the  subjects  indicated  as  the  scope  of  this  work 
on  the  title  page.  The  perusal  of  one  of  these  quarterly  numbers 
is  equivalent  to  a  post-graduate  course  to  the  general  practitioner. 
Being  mostly  clinical  lectures  given  by  eminent  teachers  they  are 
not  cumbrous  essays,  but  interesting  pointed  articles  representing 
the  most  recent  views  in  regard  to  the  subject  under  consideration. 
The  articles  are  not  only  of  extreme  interest  to  physicians,  but  may, 
in  spare  moments,  prove  useful  and  suggestive  to  the  final  student. 
Among  the  more  interesting  articles  in  this  volume  :  A  New 
Departure  in  Therapeutics,  by  Robert  Banholous,  M.D.,  LL.D. 
Poisons  and  their  Treatment,  by  Herman  D.  Marcus,  M.D. 

Volume  I.  of  the  eighth  series  is  also  to  hand  with  some  forty 
articles  from  the  pens  of  leading  teachers.  Among  the  most  in- 
teresting are  the  lectures  on  Contraindications  to  the  use  of  the 
Salicylate  of  Sodium  in  the  visceral  manifestations  of  Acute  Inflam- 
matory Rheumatism,  by  Professor  Jaccoud,  of  Paris  ;  The  Treat- 
ment of  Whooping  Cough  by  Prof.  Marfan  ;  Placenta  Praevia,  its 
dangers  and  treatment,  by  J.  W.  Ballantyne,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.E., 
F.R.S.E.  ;  The  Treatment  of  Chlorosis,  by  Prof.  Hazen;  Myocar- 
ditis, by  Prof.  E.  Von  Leyden  ;  Aneurism  of  the  Abdominal  Aorta, 
by  I.  N.  Love,  M.D.  ;  Spinal  Irritations,  by  T.  McCall  Anderson, 
M.D.,  and  articles  by  H.  C.  Coe,  Paul  F.  Munde,  M.  O.  Roberts, 
E.   Fletcher  Ingalls,  Byron  Bramwell,  N.  S.  Davis,  jun.,  etc. 

An  American  Text-book  of  Genitourinary  Diseases, 
Syphilis  and  Diseases  of  the  Skin.  Edited  by  L. 
Bolton  Bangs,  M.D.,  and  W.  A.  Hardaway,  A.M.,  M.D. 
W.  B.  Saunders,  pubHsher,  Philadelphia.  Price  cloth  $8.00, 
sheep  or  j^  morocco  $9.00,  by  subscription. 

This  elegant  work  of  1,200  pages  with  300  engravings  and  20 
full-page  colored  plates  is  a  powerful  demonstration  of  the  greater 
practicability  of  a  work  compiled  by  many  carefully  chosen  author- 
ities over  a  pubHcation  by  a  single  author,  talented  and  widely 
experienced  though  he  may  be.  The  illustrations,  printing  and 
binding  ate  most  excellent,  and  the  scope  of  the  work  is  such  as  to 
include  the  essentials  of  these  3  subjects  in  the  one  compact 
volume  instead  of  3  irregular  volumes.  The  first  chapter  deals 
with  urinary  analysis  and  the  consideration  of  urine  in  surgical 
diseases  of  the  urinary  tract.  Under  the  heading  of  sediments  in 
the  urine  the  clinical  significance  of  Prostatic,  Vesicular  and 
Seminal  Secretions  appearing  in  the  urine  is  discussed.  The 
chapter  on  the  diseases  of  the  ureter  illustrates  the  great  advance 
in  the  surgery  of  the  ureter  during  the  last  few  years.  Some  of  the 
best  illustrations  here  are  copied  from  Kelly's  magnificent  work  in 
this  department  of  surgery.    The  section  on  Syphilis  is  freely  illus- 


262  l^UBLTSHERS  DEPARTMENT*. 

trated  witk  life-like  plates  showing  the  various  lesions  so  essential 
to  positively  recognise  in  diagnosis. 

The  sections  on  skin  diseases  are  very  comolete  yet  terse,  and 
are  supplemented  by  many  original  engravings  and  plates. 

Of  the  many  works  on  these  subjects  it  would  be  hard  to 
select  any  3  or  4  books  which  would  cover  the  subjects  as  com- 
pletely as  tiiis  volume  does.  For  this  reason  it  is  to  be  strongly 
recommended  to  the  student  as  well  as  to  the  practitioner.  As  a 
reference  work  it  is  also  very  complete,  containing  as  it  does  a 
copious  Bibliography  of  recent  writings  on  each  subject  which  is 
inserted  after  each  section. 

It  is  quite  evident  that  the  book  will  recommend  itself  to  the 
profession,  and  that  a  large  circulation  will  repay  the  editors  and 
publishers,  in  a  measure,  for  their  conscientious  work. 

Brief  Essays  on  Orthopaedic  Surgery.    By  Newton  M. 

Shaffer,  M.D.     D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  pubhshers. 

This  small  volume  of  81  pages  consists  of  a  number  of  essays 
which  the  author  has  from  tune  to  time  written  on  the  present 
status  and  scope  of  orthopaedic  surgery  and  its  relation  to  general 
surgery.  He  points  out  that  the  great  improvement  in  mechanico- 
therapy,  during  the  last  few  years,  is  due  to  those  who  have 
selected  this  department  of  surgery  and  have  so  thoroughly  pursued 
it  under  the  advantages  offered  in  the  Orthopaedic  Dispensaries  in 
New  York  and  Philadelphia.  While  these  essays  illustrate  very 
nicely  the  various  stages  of  this  well-recognised  specialty  during 
its  evolution, the  author  has  not  included  any  chapter  on  orthopaedic 
surgery  itself,  which  is  to  be  much  regretted,  as  the  words  of  a 
master  are  ever  too  few.  ^ 


PUBIvISHKRS'    IDKPARXJVTBNX. 


IN  HONOR  OF  THE  PRESIDENT. 

President  McKinley  is  to  be  given  the  unique  distinction  of  having  a  number 
of  a  woman's  magazine  named  for  him  and  prepared  in  his  honor.  The  July 
issue  of  The  Laiies'  Home  Journal  is  to  be  called  "  The  President's  number."  It 
Will  show  the  President  on  horseback  on  the  cover,  with  the  President's  new 
"  fighting  flag  "  flying  over  him  ;  a  new  march  by  Victor  Herbert  is  called  "The 
President's  March";  the  State  Department  has  allowed  the  magazine  to  make 
a  direct  photograph  of  the  original  parchment  of  the  Declaration  of  Independ- 
ence, while  the  President's  own  friends  and  intimates  have  combined  to  tell  some 
twenty  new  and  unpublished  stories  and  anecdotes  about  him  which  will  show 
him  in  a  manner  not  before  done.  The  cover  will  be  printed  in  the  National 
colors. 

SAMMETTO  IN  CYSTITIS,  PROSTATITIS  AND  IRRITABLE 
BLADDER. 

I  have  been  using  Sammetto  in  my  practice  for  two  or  three  years.  I  have 
used  it  in  a  good  many  cases  of  cystitis,  prostatitis,  and  in  all  cases  of  irritable 
bladder,  with  the  most  gratifying  results. 

R.  T.  HOCKER,  M.D,, 
Ex.  Pres't.  So.  Western  Ky.  Med,  Assoc. 
Arlington,  Ky. 


CANADA 


MEDICAL  RECORD 


JUNE,    1398. 


Original  Communications. 

GYNiECOLOGICAL   NOTES  FROM   PARIS. 

By  A.  L^PTHORN   SMITH,    BA.,    M.D.,  M.B.C.S.    Eq?.,    Montreal, 

Canada. 

Apostoli.  As  chance  would  have  it,  I  found  myself  first 
at  the  Clinic  of  Apostoli,  who  has  attained  such  world-wide 
celebrity  by  his  successful  application  of  electricity  to  gynae- 
cological therapeutics.  Although  his  office  is  still  at  5  Rue 
Moliere,  near  the  Avenue  de  I'Opera,  he  has  removed  his  clinic 
from  its  former  dingy  surroundings  in  the  Rue  du  Jour  to  a 
much  larger  and  more  suitable  place  at  15  Rue  Montmartre. 
Since  my  last  visit  here,  twelve  years  ago,  his  views  have 
changed  but  little.  Most  of  what  I  wrote  in  my  letters  from 
Paris  at  that  time  is  still  true.  I  was  greatly  interested  to 
see  his  splendid  outfit  of  instruments  and  apparatus,  and  the 
honest  and  painstaking  manner  in  which  the  records  of  his 
cases  are  kept,  and  I  could  not  but  be  impressed  each  time  that 
I  visited  his  magnificent  waiting  rooms  by  seeing  them  filled 
with  the  highest  class  of  patients  from  so  many  different 
countries.  His  method  must  have  some  virtue  in  it  to  have 
stood  the  test  of  so  many  years.  At  his  clinic  he  has  three 
salaried  assistants  constantly  taking  histories  and  giving  treat- 
ment, so  that  now  he  has  more  than  five  thousand  cases,  all 
carefully,  and  many  of  ihem  most  minutely  recorded,  His 
clinic  costs  him  personally  over  three  thousand  dollars  a  year. 
Although  he  still  uses  the  constant  Galvanic  current  for  the 
symptomatic  cure  of  fibroids  and  the  Fine  Faradic  current 
for  pelvic  pain,  he  has  added  two  other  important  elements 
to  his  installation  :     one  the  static  current,  obtained  from  a 


264       SMITH  :    GYNECOLOGICAL  NOTES   FROM   PARIS. 

Holtz  machine,  and  the  other  the  Tesla  current,  of  very  high 
tension  and  high  frequency.  The  static  is  given  in  the  form 
of  showers  or  sparks,  while  the  Tesla  current  is  applied  as  the 
patient  is  reclining  on  a  sofa  or  sitting  within  a  solenoid  or 
cagfe,  the  current  passing  all  around  him.  Want  of  space 
prevents  me  from  describing  these  currents  more  fully,  so  I 
must  be  content  with  a  summary  of  my  observations. 

1st.  Apostoli  does  not  treat  surgical  cases  with  electricity. 
Each  time  that  I  attended  his  clinic,  I  saw  case  after  case  sent 
to  the  surgeon,  because  these  cases  had  either  disease  of  the 
appendages  or  cancer  of  the  uterus,  neither  of  which  he  claims 
to  cure  by  electricity.  He  wishes  it  to  be  distinctly  under- 
stood, therefore,  that  electricity  is  an  ally  and  not  a  rival  of 
surgical  treatment. 

2nd,  If  I  had  any  doubt,  which  I  have  not,  as  to  the 
great  value  of  electricity  as  a  diagnostic  agent  in  gynaecology, 
it  would  have  been  dissipated  by  what  I  saw  at  Apostoli's 
clinic.  As  the  cases  were  brought  before  him,  the  assistants 
reported  that  in  several  of  them  there  was  intolerance  of  even 
small  doses  of  40  or  50  milliamperes.  Apostoli  invited  me  to 
investigate  them  carefully  with  him,  and  by  the  aid  of  the 
clinical  history  and  the  physical  examination  I  would  have 
suspected  diseased  appendages  in  some  and  cancer  in  others. 
With  the  intolerance  of  electricity  added,  Apostoli  felt  so  cer- 
tain of  the  diagnosis  that  he  then  and  there  sent  them  to  the 
surgeon  for  operation.  He  was  much  interested  in  a  case  of 
my  own,  bearing  upon  the  diagnostic  value  of  electricity,  A 
young  woman  who  had  been  treated  by  three  physicians  with 
electricity  for  a  large  fibroid  tumor  of  the  uterus,  was  ren- 
dered worse  each  time-  Guided  by  Apostoli's  advice  I  sus- 
pected pus  tubes,  and  on  performing  laparotomy  I  found  that 
what  was  thonght  to  be  a  fibroid  was  a  collection  of  four 
enormous  absce-ses  of  the  two  tubes  and  ovaries. 

3rd.  I  saw  demonstrated  the  important  place  occupied  by  the 
electrical  treatment  of  ovarian  pain,  for  which,  so  far,  neither 
medicine  nor  surgery  have  proven  very  effective.  And  yet  no 
other  word  than  magical  would  express  the  effect  of  the  static 
spark  on  tender  ovaries.  Cases  which  could  not  endure  firm 
pressure  on  the  ovarian  region  without  crying  out,  declared  af- 
ter two  or  three  minutes  of  application  of  the  static  .sparks, 


SMITH  :   GYN/ECOLOGICAL  NOTES   FROM   PARIS.        265 

that  the  same  pressure  caused  them  no  discomfort  whatever. 
Some  of  these  patients  were  seen  for  the  first  time  while  I  was 
there  and  did  not  leave  my  sight  for  a  moment,  nor  was  a 
word  spoken  to  them  until  the  effect  was  produced,  so  that 
they  did  not  know  what  was  being  done,  nor  what  was  the 
effect  expected.  I  cannot  say  how  long  the  relief  lasted,  but 
Apostoli  assured  me  that  many  cases,  even  including  those 
suffering  from  ovarian  pain  after  removal  of  the  ovaries,  had 
been  completely  cured  by  the  treatment,  which  he  tells  me, 
has  taken  the  place  of  the  current  from  the  long  fine  faradic 
coil. 

Pozzi,  with  whom  I  had  the  pleasure  of  spending  a 
morning  at  the  Broca  hospital,  is  one  of  the  most  striking 
figures  of  the  profession  in  Paris.  Like  our  own  Sir  William 
Kingston,  he  is  a  Senator  and  a  Knight  (of  the  Legion  of 
Honor),  and  he  is  also  a  full  professor  of  the  University,  He 
is  a  tremendous  worker,  his  book  on  Gynaecology  being  one 
of  the  most  complete  that  has  ever  appeared.  I  was  always 
puzzled  to  know  how  he  managed  to  find  the  time  to  write 
such  a  work,  and  on  expressing  my  curiosity,  he  told  me  that 
he  obtained  leave  of  absence  from  the  University  and  from 
the  Hospital,  and,  taking  many  cases  of  notebooks  and  mono- 
graphs with  him,  went  to  Montpellier,  where  he  shut  himself 
up  like  a  hermit  for  two  years,  writing  for  fifteen  hours  a  day. 
I  saw  him  do  an  abdominal  hysterectomy,  during  which,  in 
order  to  give  himself  more  room  to  work,  he  first  split  open 
the  fundus  and  enucleated  a  large  hard  fibroid,  by  screwing  a 
specially  made  corkscrew  into  it.  The  remainder  of  the 
operation  was  exceedingly  simple,  because,  relieved  of  its 
load,  the  uterus  was  easily  lifted  out,  including  the  cervix, 
and  the  six  arteries  ligatured  individually  with  catgut,  and 
the  peritoneum  closed.  As  far  as  I  could  learn,  vaginal 
hysterectomy  is  gradually  being  abandoned  in  France,  where 
it  had  its  greatest  stronghold,  and  Howard  Kelly's  method 
of  abdominal  hysterectomy  is  gradually  taking  its  place. 
Pozzi  is  getting  the  City  Council  of  Paris  to  build  a  one  hun- 
dred thousand  dollar  operating  theatre  and  laparotomy  pa- 
vilion. It  will  be  without  wood,  marble  and  cement  through- 
out, so  that  each  day  it  may  be  washed  with  a  strean^  of  bi- 
chloride solution  with  the  hose. 


266         SMITH  :    GYNiECOLOGICAL   NOTES    FROM   PARIS. 

Segond  is  next  in  seniority  to  Pozzi,  and  is  about  forty- 
eight  years  of  age.  He  is  a  man  of  great  force  of  character 
and  is  making  a  marked  impression  on  the  progress  of  gynae- 
cology in  France.  He  was  a  strong  advocate  of  vaginal  mor- 
cellement  of  the  uterus  for  pus  tubes,  fibroid  tumours  and  all 
conditions  in  which  both  tubes  and  ovaries  had  to  be  re- 
moved. While  visiting  America  a  year  ago,  he  performed  this 
operation  eleven  times  before  large  assemblages  of  gynaecol- 
ogists, and  he  did  them  so  elegantly  and  quickly  that  he 
elicited  the  admiration  of  all  who  saw  him  operate.  But 
though  he  came  to  show  American  surgeons  what  could  be 
done  with  vaginal  hysterectomy,  they  in  turn  showed  him 
what  they  could  do  by  the  abdominal  method,  with  the  result 
Segond  became  converted  by  those  whom  he  came  to  con- 
vert, and  ever  since  his  return  he  has  become  so  strong  in 
his  advocacy  of  Kelly's  method  as  to  carry  all  before  him. 
They  all,  however,  still  remove  the  cervix,  even  when  there 
is  no  suspicion  of  malignancy,  their  sole  object  being  to  ob- 
tain vaginal  drainage,  which  they  think  was  tl;ie  strong  point 
leading  to  their  great  success  in  the  vaginal  method.  In  this 
I  think  they  are  mistaken,  as  it  adds  very  much  to  the  time 
required  for  the  operation,  several  whom  I  saw  doing  it  tak- 
ing more  time  to  arrest  the  vaginal  haemorrhage  than  was 
required  for  the  ligature  of  the  six  arteries  and  the  removal 
of  the  tumor.  Moreover,  I  think  it  important  to  leave  the 
healthy  cervix,  to  avoid  shortening  of  the  vagina,  and  as  a 
rule  there  is  so  little  to  drain  that  it  hardly  justifies 
the  opening  of  the  vagina.  Segond  is  a  great  admirer  of 
everything  American,  and  he  told  the  large  staff  present  that 
the  finest  hospital  he  had  ever  seen  was  the  Royal  Victoria 
at  Montreal,  and  in  his  writings,  which  are  very  forcible  and 
convincing  in  their  style,  he  loses  no  opportunity  of  praising^ 
the  skill  of  American  gynaecologists.  I  saw  him  doing  an 
abdominal  hysterectomy  for  cancer  of  the  uterus,  in  which 
he  also  removed  the  upper  part  of  the  vagina,  which  was- 
affected  ;  he  had  great  difficulty  in  stopping  the  bleeding.  He 
admitted,  on  my  inquiring,  that  his  experience  with  hyster- 
ectomy for  cancer  was  very  discouraging;  so  I  suppose  they 
have  the  same  difficulty  to  contend  with  in  France  as  we 
have,  namely,  the  cases  come  to  us  too  late.  The  above  case 
was  at  the  Salpetriere;  the  next  one  was  at  the  Baudeloque^ 


SMITH:   GYNAECOLOGICAL  NOTES   FROM   PARIS.         267 

where  I  saw  him  remove  a  papilloma  of  the  ovary,  with  sec- 
ondary grafts  on  the  peritoneum  and  ascites.  After  remov- 
ing the  disease  he  placed  a  drainage  tube  and  gauze  packing 
on  account  of  the  profuse  oozing.  He  recognized  the  fact 
that  gauze  packing  keeps  in  secretions  but  does  not  drain 
them.  The  third  case  I  saw  Segond  doing  was  at  a  private 
hospital  kept  by  the  nuns,  where  he  removed  one  tube  and 
ovary  from  a  young  lady ;  but  he  admitted  that  it  did  not 
give  very  satisfactory  results,  as  he  had  often  to  operate 
them  again  later. 

Richelot,  as  far  as  I  could  learn,  comes  next  to  Segond. 
I  saw  him  operating  at  the  St.  Louis  hospital,  the  dirtiest 
looking  old  barracks,  internally,  that  I  have  ever  seen.  As 
this  was  probably  not  his  fault,  I  felt  very  sorry  for  him.  I 
called  upon  him  at  his  elegant  private  house,  32  Rue  Pan- 
thievre,  and  although  he  was  crowded  with  patients,  he  re- 
ceived me  most  kindly,  and  made  an  appointment  for  the 
next  day.  Everything  during  the  operation  was  rigorously 
aseptic,  which,  of  course,  is  the  principal  thing;  but  any 
stranger  seeing  only  that  hospital  would  have  a  very  bad 
opinion  of  French  hospitals.  I  was  glad  that  it  happened  to 
be  a  vaginal  hysterectomy  for  disease  of  both  appendages, 
pus  tubes,  for  that  is  his  forte.  He  performed  the  operation 
beautifully  in  about  the  same  time  as  we  would  take  to  re- 
move them  by  the  abdomen.  They  claim  here  that  the  uterus 
should  always  be  removed  when  both  ovaries  are  taken 
away.  I  also  saw  him  perform  a  Schroeder  operation,  using 
a  needle  on  a  handle  to  pass  the  sutures.  He  did  not,  like 
Martin  of  Berlin,  pass  a  preliminary  suture  on  each  side  to 
control  hemorrhage.  At  all  the  hospitals  the  feet  and  legs 
of  the  patients  are  bandaged  up  in  a  thick  layer  of  cotton 
well  sterilized,  an  example  worth  following,  as  it  helps  to  keep 
up  the  bodily  temperature.  To  close  the  abdomen  Segond 
uses  through  and  through  silver  wire ;  Bonilly,  through  and 
through  silk  worm  gut,  and  Pozzi  three  layers,  two  of  buried 
catgut  and  one  of  superficial  silk  worm  gut. 

Doyen  is  said  to  be  the  equal  of  any,  but  he  did  not 
operate  while  I  was  in  Paris. 

Bonilly  operates  beautifully  at  the  Cochin  hospital. 
Tuffier  is  a  rising  man.     My  next  letter  will  be  from  Berlin 


Selected  Article. 


RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS.* 

By  FEEDERICK  PREISS,  M.D.,  Buflalo,  N.T. 
Lecturer  in  Electro-therapeutics. 

To  thoroughly  familiarise  yourself  with  the  discovery  of 
the  Rontgen  ray,  I  shall  give  you  a  summary  of  experiments 
which  led  up  to  this  important  event.  Faraday  invented  the 
terms  anode  and  cathode,  which  indicate  the  conductor  ter- 
minals of  a  current  of  electricity.  He  also  studied  the  effects 
of  electrical  discharges  within  tubes  containing  rarefied  gases. 
Geissler  improved  these  tubes  and  increased  the  degree  of 
rarefication  ;  he  also  experimented  with  many  kinds  of  gases 
noticing  the  beautiful  effect  of  a  number  of  them.  It  was 
also  noted  that  these  gases  acted  differently  at  the  anodal 
and  cathodal  terminals  within  the  tubes  and  that  fluoresence 
was  produced,  which  was  the  result  of  the  cathode  extremity. 
Following  these  experiments  came  the  magnificent  researches 
of  Prof.  Crookes,  who,  by  his  high  vacuum  tubes,  demonstrated 
that  electrified  particles  were  projected  in  straight  lines  within 
the  tubes  from  the  cathode  end  producing  a  fluorescence  of 
the  glass,  which  was  caused  by  the  bombardment  of  these 
electrified  particles. 

Next  came  Hertz,  who  showed  that  the  cathode  rays 
possessed  penetrable  power  within  the  tube,  and  his  student, 
Lenard,  discovered  that  the  cathode  rays  possessed  the  same 
qualities  outside  the  tube  to  about  the  distance  of  three  inches 
from  the  tube,  and  that  the  ray  would  pass  through  certain 
substances  easier  than  through  more  dense  objects;  he  also 
showed  that  these  shadows  caused  by  the  ray  not  passing 
through  opaque  substances  might  be  impressed  on  a  sensitive 
plate  and  developed  in  the  usual  art  of  photography.  But  to 
Prof.  Rontgen  is  given  the  credit  of  producing  similar  effects 
at  enormously  long  distance  from  the  tube,  he  also  being  the 
first  to  bring  the  ray  into  practical  use  by  having  shadow- 
photographs  taken  of  the  bones  of  the  human  organism. 
Prof  Rontgen  claimed  that  the  rays  from  which  these  results 
were  obtained  were  not  those  of  his  predecessors,  and  brought 
forth  arguments  to  substantiate  his  claim,  but  arguments  may 
be  brought  forward  also  in  favor  of  the  cathode  ray  being 
identical  with  the  Rontgen  ray,  differing  from  it  only  in 
degree    as    regards    severity  or  penetrable  power.      In  my 

*    Read  before  the  Buffalo  Medical  Union,  February  23, 1898. 


PREISS :   RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS.  269 

opinion  the  ray  is  cathodal,  and  is  developed  in  any  of  the 
Crookes'  or  Geissler  tubes  by  the  passage  of  electricity  through 
them,  and  the  strength  or  penetrable  power  of  the  ray  de- 
pends wholly  upon  two  favorable  conditions — namely,  (l)  a 
certain  amount  of  electricity  of  high  electromotive  force  ;  (2) 
the  proper  vacuum  of  the  tube  used.  After  many  experi- 
ments I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  Hertz,  Lenard 
and  Rontgen  ray  are  all  one  and  the  same,  differing  only  in 
the  degree  of  penetrable  power,  as  above  explained. 

There  has  not  been  any  discovery  in  any  line  of  science 
which  has  caused  as  much  world-wide  interest  as  has  Prof. 
William  Conrad  Rontgen's  discovery  of  the  properties  of  the 
penetrating  light  commonly  called  the  X-ray.  That  name, 
in  my  opinion,  is  inappropriate  for  the  following  reasons — 
namely,  in  the  fir-t  place  the  letter  '•  X  "  is  made  use  of  in 
difificult  problems  to  represent  an  unknown  quantity,  and  that 
is  why  it  has  been  made  use  of  in  this  instance.  Although 
the  ray  is  somewhat  obscure,  still  we  know  that  it  is  a  light 
and  is  produced  by  the  passage  of  electricity  of  very  high 
voltage  through  a  glass  tube  which  has  been  previously  ex- 
hausted to  i-i,coo,coo  part  of  air  ;  consequently,  when  we 
know  the  origin,  development  and  properties,  I  am  not  in 
favor  of  having  it  represented  by  the  letter  "  X  ",  but  am 
more  in  favor  of  calling  it  after  the  discoverer  of  its  usefulness 
and  who  was  instrumental  in  introducing  it  to  be  used  in  a 
practical  way.     This  personage  is  Prof.  Rontgen. 

My  object  in  this  paper  will  be  to  give  a  concise  de- 
scription of  a  Rontgen  ray  apparatus  and  describe  its  useful- 
ness, and,  inasmuch  as  this  subject  is  somewhat  new  and 
much  experimentation  is  going  on  at  the  present  time,  I  shall 
avoid,  as  far  as  possible,  all  unnecessary  technical  terms  and 
theoretical  discussions.  Before  advancing  further  on  this  sub- 
ject I  shall  explain  a  few  terms  which  I  shall  make  use  of: — 

(a)  A  "volt"  is  a  practical  unit  of  electro  motor  force  ; 
{b)  an  "ampere"  is  a  practical  unit  of  rate  of  speed  ;  {c)  the 
"  cathode  "  is  a  name  given  to  the  negative  pole  terminal ; 
(d)  the  "  anode  "  is  a  name  given  to  the  positive  pole  terminal ; 
{e)  a  "  Leyden  jar"  is  composed  of  glass  and  has  a  tin-foil- 
coating  inside  and  outside  of  the  jar  to  about  one-half  its 
hei^;ht ;  a  cork  stopper  is  used  through  which  a  brass  rod  runs, 
having  a  brass  chain  attached  to  its  inner  end,  which  touches 
the  tin-foil,  and  a  brass  ball  or  ring  attached  to  its  outer 
end  ;  the  inner  tin-foil  is  called  the  internal  armature  and  the 
outer  tin-foil  is  called  the  external  armature  ;  (/)  high  vacuum 
or  high  density  is  a  name  applied  to  the  Crookes'  tube  when 
it  requires  great  electromotor  force  to  drive  the  electricity 
through  the  tube  in  order  to  give  the  best  penetrable  light ; 


270  PREISS :   RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS. 

(g)  low  vacuum  or  low  density  is  a  name  applied  to  the 
Crookes'  tube  when  less  electromotor  force  is  required  to 
drive  t  le  electricity  through  the  tube,  and  the  consequent 
penetrating  power  of  the  ray  is  much  less  than  that  of  the 
high  vacuum  tube;  (A)  the  fluoroscope  is  an  instrument  of 
great  importance  to  the  operator  of  the  Rontgen  ray.  This 
instrument  was  devised  by  Prof.  Edison,  and  is  composed  of 
a  pasteboard  screen,  covered  with  either  fused  tungstate  of 
calcium  or  barium  platino-cyanide  set  in  a  pyramidal  box 
having  this  screen  as  the  bottom.  This  screen  serves  to  the 
operator  the  same  as  the  lens  does  to  the  telescope  manipu- 
lator. Prof.  Edison  has  experimented  with  many  different 
salts,  but  up  to  the  present  writing  the  barium  platino- 
cyanide  is  by  far  the  superior  to  any  yet  discovered  for  use 
in  conjunction  with  the  Rontgen  ray.  By  the  use  of  this 
instrument  the  operator  is  enabled  to  tell  with  what  degree 
of  perfection  his  tube  is  being  excited  and  so  aid  him  greatly 
in  shadow-photography,  or  an  examination  may  be  made  by 
the  use  of  this  instrument  without  the  trouble  or  expense  of 
having  a  shadow-photograph  taken.  It  is  a  common  practice 
of  the  operator  of  the  Rontgen  ray  apparatus  to  test  the 
penetrable  power  of  his  tube  by  looking  through  his  hand 
and  noticing  the  distinctness  of  the  bony  outline.  I  am 
much  opposed  to  such  a  practice,  as  injurious  effects  may 
sooner  or  later  develop  if  he  uses  the  coil  apparatus  to  a  con- 
siderable extent.  I  should  advise  a  metallic  or  other  object 
to  be  placed  in  a  book  or  box  and  to  be  looked  at  each  time 
he  operates,  and  soon  his  eye  will  become  accustomed  as  to 
the  clearness  of  the  object  when  the  tube  is  working  to  per- 
fection. This  method,  as  I  advise,  is  equally  instructive,  and 
not  at  all  injurious  to  the  manipulator. 

In  the  development  of  the  Rontgen  ray  there  are  three 
main  apparatuses  used  to  excite  the  Crookes*  tube — namely, 
(i)  the  static  machine  ;  (2)  the  induction  coil  ;  (3)  the  Tesla 
transformer. 

In  order  to  do  Rontgen  ray  work  from  a  static  machine 
the  size  of  the  machine  must  first  be  taken  into  consideration. 
As  a  rule,an  eight  plate  or  more  does  the  best  work,  although 
the  ray  can  be  obtained  from  as  small  a  machine  as  a  four 
plate,  but  not  with  any  satisfactory  results.  There  are  three 
methods  employed  to  excite  the  tube  by  a  static  machine; 
(a)  the  convective,  (3)  the  interrupter  spark  gap,  (c)  the 
Leyden  jar  oscillating  current.  The  only  difference  in  all 
these  methods  is  in  the  connection.  A  description  of  each  is 
here  given,  (i)  In  the  convective  method,  simply  connect 
the  tubes  to  the  prime  conductors  and  be  sure  that  you  have 
connected  the  anode  of  the  static  to  the  anode  of  the  Crookes' 


PREISS:   RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS.  2/1 

tube,  and  in  commencing  operation  by  this  method  have  the 
spark-gap  two  inches  between  the  sliding  terminals,  and 
gradually  pull  them  apart  beyond  sparking  space  while  the 
machine  is  in  motion.  It  is  customary  to  place  large  Leyden 
jars  beneath  the  pole  pieces  of  the  static  machine  in  the  hope 
that  better  results  may  be  obtained,  the  jars  acting  as  con- 
densers and  having  a  tendency  to  reinforce  the  current  ;  but 
I  have  not  noticed  any  material  difference  in  such  arrange- 
ments. (2)  The  Leyden  jar  oscillating  current  is  attached 
by  connecting  the  tube  terminals  with  Leyden  jars  having 
not  more  than  twelve  square  inches  to  the  external  or  internal 
armatures  ;  otherwise,  if  larger  jars  are  used,  the  condensation 
is  so  great  and  the  consequent  current  reinforced  to  such  an 
extent  that  injury  may  be  done  to  the  tubes.  In  commencing 
operation  by  this  method,  have  the  sliding  poles  close  together, 
and  gradually  pull  them  apart  beyond  sparking  capacity  as 
the  machine  is  being  worked.  In  having  the  Leyden  jars  in 
a  circuit,  remember  that  by  induction  the  current  is  changed 
— namely,  the  prime  conductor  giving  positive  electricity  and 
entering  the  internal  armature,  as  such  is  negative  when  it 
leaves  the  external  armature  ;  therefore,  for  example,  an 
anodal  prime  conductor  of  the  static  machine  is  attached  to 
the  cathodal  end  of  the  Crookes'  tube,  providing  the  Leyden 
jar  is  in  the  circuit  between  the  static  machine  and  the  tube. 
(3)  The  interrupter  spark-gap  is  connected  in  the  following 
manner  :  having  first  noted  the  anodal  and  cathodal  terminals 
and  having  placed  the  interrupters  on  the  handles  of  the  sliding 
rods,  which  have  been  pulled  wide  apart,  connect  the  anodal 
interrupter  to  the  anodal  terminal  of  the  tube  and  the  catho- 
dal interrupter  to  the  cathodal  terminal  of  the  tube.  In 
commencing  operation  with  a  machine  connected  in  this 
manner,  have  the  interruptions  about  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in 
space,  and  graduaily  increase  this  space  to  about  one  inch  at 
the  positive  and  to  one-half  inch  at  the  negative  pole.  Of 
course,  this  space  of  spark-gap  will  depend  greatly  upon  the 
size  and  density  of  the  tube.  The  Leyden  jars  may  be  in 
their  proper  position  with  the  external  rod  extending  high 
enough  to  be  in  contact  with  the  post  of  the  sliding  terminal. 
In  this  position  the  jars  are  supposed  to  act  as  condensers 
and  so  increase  the  electromotor  force  of  the  current.  This 
method  of  connecting  I  claim  to  be  superior  to  the  other  two, 
for  the  following  reasons  : — (i)  There  is  not  as  much  waste 
of  current,  and  consequently  a  greater  amount  passes  through 
the  tube  ;  (2)  the  interrupters  give  greater  bombardment  to 
the  ray  within  the  tube,  and  thereby  greater  penetration  is 
produced. 

The  induction  coil  is  the  most  convenient,  especially   if 


272  PREISS :   RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS. 

the  apparatus  be  taken  to  the  bedside  or  ch'nic  room.  The 
first  object  which  confronts  the  purchaser,  however,  is  how 
large  a  coil  should  be  bought  ?  For  all  ordinary  purposes  a 
six  to  ten  inch  is  sufficient ;  it  also  must  be  decided  whether 
a  direct  or  alternating  current  is  to  be  used  for  the  primary 
circuit  or  battery.  I  should  recommend  the  direct  current  in 
the  form  of  a  movable  battery.  A  necessary  accessory  to  the 
coil  is  a  vibrator  or  rotary  interrupter  ;  both  work  satisfactory, 
but  a  rotary  interrupter  run  by  a  small  motor  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred, as  more  even  interruptions  are  thereby  obtained,  which 
is  conducive  to  better  Rontgen  ray  production.  A  rheostat 
should  be  used  to  control  the  current  supplied  to  the  primary 
of  the  induction  coil,  as,  if  too  strong  a  current  be  passed  to  the 
coil,  it  is  very  liable  to  be  burnt  out  and  consequently  ruined. 
If  the  coil  be  immersed  in  oil  it  is  not  so  easily  short-circuited,, 
and  will  give  the  purchaser  more  service. 

Tes/a  Transformers. — Mr.  Tesla  has  devised  a  coil 
which  develops  statical  electricty,  and  may  be  attached  to  a 
direct  or  alternating  current,  and  consequently  may  be  con- 
nected to  any  of  our  electric  light  currents.  Mr.  Tesla 
claims  that,  with  an  ordinary  incandescent  lamp,  his  coil  may 
be  used  in  place  of  the  ordinary  static  machine  in  the 
treatment  of  various  diseases.  Unfortunately,  the  coil  is  not 
manufactured  at  present,  but  Mr.  Tesla  informs  me,  however, 
it  will  be  in  the  course  of  a  few  months.  Such  an  apparatus 
would  be  very  useful,  as  it  could  be  carried  very  easily  to  the 
bedside  or  the  clinic  room,  where  electricity  or  a  small  battery 
is  at  our  command  without  the  slightest  inconvenience,  as 
the  whole  apparatus  would  not  weigh  over  twenty  pounds. 

Many  names  have  been  given  to  the  pictures  taken  in 
conjunction  with  the  Rontgen  ray.  The  following  is  a  partial 
list :  Cathode-photography,  shadowgraphy,  radiography 
cathography,  photography,  electrography,  fluorography,  skia- 
graphy and  rontography.  There  are  two  methods  whereby- 
this  picture  is  taken  :  (i)  by  putting  the  object  which  is  tO' 
be  shadow-photographed  between  the  sensitive  plate  and  the 
Crookes'  tube ;  (2)  by  having  a  fluoroscopic  screen  and  put- 
ting the  object  between  this  screen  and  the  Crookes'  tube,  and 
then  with  a  camera  take  the  picture  of  the  image  or  shadow 
which  appears  on  the  screen. 

You  will  observe  that  in  either  case  we  do  not  get  a 
photograph  of  the  object  itself,  but  a  photograph  of  the  sha- 
dow of  the  object  is  produced  ;  therefore,  I  have  designated 
the  word  shadow-photography,  which  is  self-explaining,  and 
is  an  appropriate  word  to  use  in  conjunction  with  this  part  of 
the  Rontgen  ray  work.  In  giving  a  description  of  shadow- 
photography  the  process  is  identical,  whether  a  small  or  large 


PREISS:    RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS.  2/3 

apparatus  be  used,  or  whether  the  shadow-photograph  is  to 
be  that  of  a  bone  or  that  of  a  foreign  body.  Now,  supposing 
the  experimenter  is  ready  to  proceed.  He  takes  the  plate- 
holder  containing  the  sensitive  plate,  the  film  side  of  which 
is  turned  upward,  and  fixes  the  object  between  the  tube  and 
the  sensitive  plate  ;  everything  being  in  readiness,  the  appa- 
ratus is  made  to  work.  The  length  of  time  required  for  the 
exposure  depends  upon  the  following  conditions:  (i)  the 
penetrating  power  of  the  rays  ;  (2)  the  amount  of  tissue  or 
substance  which  the  ray  will  be  required  to  penetrate. 

There  are  now  on  the  market  plates  wrapped  in  black 
paper,  and  a  plate-holder  is  not  required.  These  plates  will 
keep  from  four  to  six  months  without  any  deterioration  as 
regards  their  sensitiveness.  The  experimenter  must  always 
remember  that  the  Rontgen  ray  will  destroy  the  sensitive 
plates  ;  consequently  these  plates  must  be  kept  in  an  iron 
box  or  in  an  adjoining  room  having  a  partition  made  of 
other  than  carbonous  material.  Furthermore,  the  object  to- 
be  shadow- photographed  must  be  kept  perfectly  quiet,  other- 
wise a  fogging  of  the  picture  will  result  You  are  all  familiar 
with  what  a  photographer  will  say  when  you  have  a  photo- 
graph taken — namely,  keep  quiet  and  do  not  move  a 
muscle  ;  so,  in  a  shadow-photography,  the  object  must  be 
kept  perfectly  quiet.  If  the  object  be  fastened  to  the  sensitive 
plate  it  does  not  matter  so  much  if  both  move  slightly,  but 
one  must  not  move  differently  than  the  other.  If  you  wish, 
for  instance,  to  take  a  shadow-photograph  of  the  hand,  fasten 
the  hand  firmly  to  the  plate  by  three  or  four  bands  of  ad- 
hesive plaster.  To  the  beginner,  questions  arise,  (i)  how  far 
should  the  plate  be  kept  fi  om  the  tube  ?  That  depends  upon 
the  apparatus  you  have  and  the  power  of  the  ray,  but,  as  a 
rule,  very  good  results  are  obtained  at  about  two  to  six  inches 
from  the  tube.  At  this  distance  the  picture  will  be  the  best 
as  regards  accuracy  and  fine  definition.  (2)  How  long  must 
the  sensitive  plate  be  exposed  .-*  That  depends  upon  twa 
conditions  :  (a)  The  density  of  the  tube,  whether  high  or 
low;  if  the  density  be  low,  much  time  is  required,  and  at  its 
best  the  definition  is  poor  and  inaccurate  ;  but,  if  the  density 
be  high,  a  much  shorter  time  is  requisite  to  obtain  a  perfect 
impression,  a  few  seconds  or  even  an  instant  of  exposure  to 
a  perfect  flash  is  worth  more  than  minutes  of  the  working  of 
the  ordinar)'  tubes  of  low  vacuum,  (d)  The  object  the  ray 
has  to  penetrate,  as,  for  example,  under  like  conditions  it 
will  take  double  the  time  for  the  elbow  than  for  the  hand.. 
There  are  a  few  suggestions  I  shall  endeavor  to  make  here  in 
regard  to  the  manipulation  of  the  tube.  To  the  experimentor 
it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  have  the  tube  working  per- 


274  PREISS:    RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS. 

fectly  before  the  sensitive  plate  is  exposed,  and  herein  the 
iluoroscope  is  made  use  of,  after  you  have  turned  on  the 
apparatus ;  have  a  certain  object  to  look  through  and  see 
whether  the  tube  is  working  at  its  best.  If  you  accustom 
yourself  to  look  at  the  same  object  each  time,  you  will  soon 
familiarise  yourself  as  to  how  plain  the  object  should  appear 
when  the  tube  is  at  its  best,  whereas  if  you  use  a  different 
object  each  time  you  will  have  lost  that  advantage. 

A  word  about  the  Crookes'  tube.  This  tube  is  exhausted 
^o  1-1,000,000  part  of  air,  having  at  each  end  a  platinum  wire 
fused  in  the  glass  and  ending  externally  in  a  loop  to  make 
attachments  to  the  exciting  apparatus.  Internally  these 
wires  end  differently  ;  the  one  is  attached  to  a  dish,  usually 
made  of  aluminum,  which  function  is  to  concentrate  the  rays, 
-and  is  called  the  cathodal  extremity  of  the  tube.  It  is 
always  attached  to  the  negative  pole  of  the  exciting  appa- 
ratus, the  other  being  attached  to  a  reflector,  and  is  usually 
made  of  the  same  material ;  its  function  is  to  reflect  the  rays, 
and  is  called  the  anodal  extremity,  and  is  alvvays  attached  to 
the  positive  pole  of  the  exciting  apparatus.  If  these  attach- 
ments be  reversed,  little  or  no  penetrating  ray  will  be  detected 
outside  the  tube.  If  the  vacuum  of  the  tube  be  too  high, 
-heat  the  cathodal  extremity  slightly  over  a  spirit  lamp,  taking 
care  not  to  heat  it  too  much  at  one  point,  as  you  are  liable 
to  break  the  tube  by  so  doing.  If  the  vacuum  be  too  low, 
use  the  tube  a  while  and  the  vacuum  will  gradually  get 
better  and  the  ray  more  penetrable.  After  the  tube  has  been 
in  use  considerable  and  is  not  working  perfect,  reverse  the 
connections  a  few  minutes  and  the  tube  will  again  probably 
work  to  perfection  ;  an  impaired  tube  is  also  benefited  by 
rest ;  but  after  a  time  the  tube  cannot  be  benefited  by  this 
means  of  repairing,  and  will  have  to  be  sent  to  the  manufac- 
turer for  re-exhaustion.  Many  tubes  are  on  the  market,  and 
it  depends  upon  what  kind  of  exciting  apparatus  it  is  to  be 
used  as  regards  which  kinds  of  tubes  are  best  suited  for  that 
particular  outfit.  In  connecting  the  tube  with  the  exciting 
■apparatus  I  should  recommend  the  connecting  link  to  be 
•made  of  fusible  lead  wire,  as  a  more  perfect  connection  can 
be  made  and  consequently  less  injury  done  to  the  tube 
through  manipulation  while  making  the  necessary  attach- 
ments. Tubes  are  manufactured  which  contain  a  salt  in  an 
•extension  at  one  end  of  the  tube.  This  salt  can  be  heated 
from  outside  the  extension  and  lower  the  vacuum  if  it  be  too 
high.     This  tube  is  commonly  called  a  focusing  tube. 

Great  has  been  the  interest  taken  by  all  the  educated 
human  race  in  the  achievements  of  the  Rontgen  ray,  and  the 
class  that  has  been  most  interested    is  that  of  the  medical 


PREISS:   RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS.  275. 

profession,  who  are  ever  eager  to  grasp  at  new  remedies  and 
appliances  that  may  assist  them  in  their  efforts  to  relieve 
diseased,  suffering  humanity.  Among  the  foremost  revela- 
tions of  the  Rontgen  ray  are  those  applied  to  normal  anatomy,, 
and  the  day  is  not  far  distant  when  a  first-class  Rontgen  ray 
apparatus  will,  out  of  necessity,  be  among  the  paraphernalia 
of  the  dissecting  laboratory  of  every  foremost  medical  college 
and  hospital  of  the  universe.  It  might  be  argued  that  the 
student  can  study  as  well  from  an  artificially  arranged  skele- 
ton, but  such  is  not  the  case,  as  no  human  hand  can  arrange 
the  osseous  structures  to  the  same  perfection  as  nature.  By 
the  Rontgen  ray  shadow-photograph  or  by  the  use  of  the 
fluoroscope,  the  precise  relations  of  the  bones  to  each  other 
may  be  determined  when  the  body  is  in  the  erect  position  or 
in  any  of  the  various  attitudes.  Development  may  be  studied 
with  great  advantage,  as  developing  bone  may  be  easily  dis- 
tinguished from  that  which  has  already  developed  ;  likewise, 
the  comparative  anatomist  is  furnished  an  opportunity  to 
study  the  osseous  structures  of  the  lower  animals. 

In  the  dissecting  room  the  anatomical  relations  of  the 
blood-vessels  may  be  accurately  determined  by  injecting  into 
the  vessels  of  the  cadaver  a  metallic  or  noripenetrable  sub- 
stance, which  will  show  by  opaqueness  the  precise  course  and 
distribution  of  the  arterial  circulation ;  the  feasibility  of  this 
method  may  also  be  applied  to  the  various  cavities  and 
organs  of  the  dead  body.  In  the  living  subjects  the  dimen- 
sions of  the  stomach  may  be  determined  by  having  the 
patient  swallow  ferruginous  pills,  or,  better  still,  a  metallic  ball 
attached  to  a  string  or  flexible  handle,  and  a  shadow-photo- 
graph taken  and  the  fluoroscope  used  while  the  patient  is  in 
certain  positions.  Irregularities  and  congenital  deformities 
of  the  osseous  structures  may  easily  be  determined  ;  also  the 
heart,  liver  and  the  kidneys  may  be  outlined.  To  the  sur- 
geon the  Rontgen  ray  is  as  requisite  as  the  mirror  is  to  the 
laryngologist  or  the  ophthalmoscope  is  to  the  oculist.  In 
considering  the  diseases  of  the  bony  structures  of  the  human 
organism,  we  find  the  ray  indispensable  in  various  patho- 
logical conditions,  most  of  which  I  shall  endeavor  to  bring 
before  you.  I  low  often  are  we  consulted  when,  owing  to  the 
extreme  tenderness  and  extensive  swelling,  thereby  causing 
inability  to  properly  manipulate  the  disabled  member,  we  are 
unable  to  accurately  decide  whether  the  case  at  hand  is  one 
of  fracture,  dislocation,  a  severe  sprain  with  much  laceration 
of  the  soft  tissue,  or  perhaps  all  three ;  but  now  with  the  use 
of  the  Rontgen  ray  we  may  very  easily  determine  the  exact 
nature  of  the  existing  disability  and  treat  our  patient  with 
confidence  and  not  with  the  fear  of  a  possible   malpractice 


276  PREISS:   RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS. 

suit.  If  in  case  of  fracture  you  manipulate  the  broken  bones 
and  apparently  get  them  in  proper  position,  but  are  still  in 
doubt  as  to  whether  the  ends  of  the  bones  are  in  perfect 
apposition,  all  that  is  requisite  is  to  place  your  subject  before 
the  ray,  and  with  the  use  of  the  fiuoroscope  you  will  be  able 
to  satisfy  yourself  whether  or  not  they  are  now  in  their 
natural  position.  If  the  splints  be  carbonous,  you  may  at 
intervals  look  through  them  and  determine  whether  the  bones 
are  kept  immovable  and  that  healing  is  going  on  properly. 

We  find  the  ray  also  very  useful  in  determining  tuber- 
cular and  cancerous  disease  of  the  bone,  caries  and  necrosis, 
exostosis,  floating  cartilage  of  osseous  formation  and  hyper- 
trophy of  bone  ;  in  fact,  any  disease  whatever  which  shows 
increase  or  loss  of  bony  substance.  Many  times  we  are 
consulted  for  troublesome  pains  referable  to  the  bony  struc- 
tures. So  localised  is  the  pain  that  the  patient  is  strongly 
under  the  impression  that  the  bone  is  affected.  Hy  the  use 
of  the  ray  you  will  be  able  to  convince  your  patient  that  such 
is  not  the  case,  but  that  the  symptoms  complained  of  are 
those  caused  by  a  probable  localised  neuritis,  and  treat  the 
patient  accordingly.  And  so  in  a  great  many  instances, 
where  the  patient  imagines  that  something  is  wrong  with  the 
osseous  structure,  you  have  only  to  use  the  ray,  which  will 
aid  in  the  diagnosis  and  also  gain  the  confidence  of  the 
patient  and  so  aid  materially  in  your  endeavor  to  relieve  the 
existing  troublesome  condition. 

It  is  also  very  important  to  diagnosticate  whether  anchy- 
losis, caused  by  a  fracture  or  disease,  is  due  to  fibrous  or 
bony  union,  inasmuch  as  the  former  may  be  remedied  with 
good  success  and  the  latter  not.  The  ray,  in  passing  through 
an  anchylosed  joint,  due  to  fibrous  union,  will  show  a  light 
space  between  the  ends  of  the  bones  ;  if  due  to  bony  union 
this  space  will  appear  opaque.  Consequently  the  surgeon  is 
in  a  position  to  enlighten  his  patient  on  the  probable  result 
if  operative  pr.  cedure  be  performed  in  either  case. 

In  dentistry  the  ray  is  occasionally  made  use  of  in 
detecting  whether  or  not  a  fang  of  a  tooth  remains  in  the 
socket,  even  if  it  be  covered  with  soft  tissue.  The  surround- 
ing bone  is  more  penetrable  than  are  the  teeth,  thereby 
distinguishing  the  alveoli  from  the  teeth  or  fangs.  The  lost 
end  of  a  broken  drill  may  be  located  if  the  dentist  unfor- 
tunately breaks  his  instrument  while  operating  upon  his 
patient ;  also  the  central  cavity  of  a  tooth  may  be  outlined 
so  that  diseased  conditions  within  the  tooth  may  be  detected. 
The  growth  and  development  of  the  teeth  may  be  studied 
before  and  after  they  begin  to  protrude  above  the  gums, 
thereby  greatly  aiding  in  the  diagnosis  of  certain  obscure 
cases  of  convulsions  occurring  during  infantile  teething. 


PREISS:   RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS.  277 

One  of  the  first  applications  of  the  discovery  of  Prof. 
E-Ontgen  was  the  detection  of  foreign  objects  in  the  human 
body.  Many  occasions  we  meet  with  cases  where  the 
patients  have  been  injured  by  fire-arms,  whether  intention- 
ally or  otherwise,  and  no  one  knows  better  than  the  surgeon 
how  difTicult  it  is  sometimes  to  locate  the  bullet,  but  with 
the  use  of  the  Rontgen  ray  the  exact  position  may  be  mani- 
fested, and  once  the  object  being  located  there  are  three 
methods  by  which  to  proceed  for  its  removal : 

1.  The  surgeon  may  take  a  glance  through  the  fluor- 
oscope  to  see  where  the  foreign  body  is  located  and  mark 
the  spot,  then  giving  the  fluoroscope  to  his  assistant.  He 
takes  his  knife  or  forceps,  as  the  case  may  require,  and 
operates  ;  if  necessary  he  may  be  directed  by  his  assistant, 
who  has  the  management  of  the  fluoroscope  and  is  watching 
the  operation  through  it, 

2.  A  shadow-photograph  may  be  taken  whereby  the 
exact  location  of  the  foreign  body  is  determined,  and  the 
operator,  having  the  picture  before  him,  can  now  very  easily 
extract  the  object. 

3.  By  the  use  of  the  fluorometer,  which  is  by  far  the 
best  method  of  exactly  locating  any  foreign  object.  Not 
only  does  this  apply  to  missiles  sent  by  fire-arms,  but  to  all 
substances  which  are  nonpenetrable  to  the  ray,  such  as 
needles,  glass,  pieces  of  steel,  stone  and  the  like.  Then, 
again,  we  find  important  diagnosis  made  by  the  rays  in 
abdominal  concretions,  such  as  stone  in  the  kidney,  bladder 
and  liver.  Also  calcareous  deposits  may  be  detected  in 
various  parts  of  the  body,  such  as  in  gouty  and  rheumatic 
affections. 

Suppose  you  are  consulted  by  a  patient  who  has  had 
articular  rheumatism  for  many  years,  you  will  be  unable  in 
the  majority  of  cases  to  say  whether  the  swelling  around  the 
joint  is  all  external  to  the  periosteum,  but  by  the  use  of  the 
ray  you  may  very  easily  determine  enlargement  of  the 
osseous  structure,  and  consequently  be  able  to  give  a  more 
satisfactory  diagnosis  and  prognosis  of  the  case  at  hand. 
Fibroid  growths  of  large  dimensions,  whether  simple  or 
malignant,  may  be  outlined.  Pregnancy  may  be  diagnos- 
ticated as  soon  as  the  fetal  osseous  structures  become  slightly 
nonpenetrable  to  the  ray.  Prior  to  four  m.onths'  gestation 
it  is  almost  useless  to  attempt  diagnosis  by  the  above  means. 

To  the  practicing  physician  the  ray  is  not  of  such  great 
importance  as  it  is  to  the  surgeon,  but  it  may  be  made  use 
of  by  him  to  determine  consolidation  of  the  lung,  enlarge- 
ment of  the  liver,  enlargement  of  the  kidney,  enlargement 
of  the  uterus,  displacement  and  enlargement  of   the  heart, 


2/8  PREISS :    RONTGEN  RAY  AND  ITS  USEFULNESS. 

and  is  useful  in  the  diagnosis  of  disease  by  exclusion.  In- 
almost  all  other  diseases  the  practicing  physician  will  find 
the  Rontgen  ray  of  little  service  to  him. 

In  the  foregoing  pages  I  have  endeavored,  to  be  best  of 
my  ability,  to  lay  before  you,  in  a  concise  way,  the  patholo- 
gical and  anatomical  conditions  wherein  the  use  of  the 
Rontgen  ray  is  of  great  importance.  Of  course,  I  could  cite 
many  instances  where  I  have  found  the  ray  of  incalculable 
service.     An  example  is  here  given  : 

January  8th  a  brother  physician  brought  a  patient  of  his  to  me  for  a 
Rontgen  ray  examination,  with  the  following  history:  Pain  more  or  less  for 
six  years  since  falling  off  a  platform  ;  at  the  time  of  the  accident  he  alighted  on 
both  feet.  At  that  time  he  was  confined  to  the  house  for  four  days,  after  which 
he  was  out  and  about  by  the  aid  of  a  cane.  Upon  making  a  comparaiive 
shadow-photograph  of  both  knees  the  bone  of  the  injured  leg,  which  was  the 
lower  end  of  the  femur,  was  found  to  be  half  an  inch  wider  in  lateral  diameter 
than  the  other  ;  consequently,  at  the  time  of  the  accident  the  lower  end  of  the 
femur  must  have  been  slightly  cracked,  and  was  never  properly  put  together. 
He  was  informed  at  this  examination  that  nothing  could  be  done  and  was  much 
disappointed,  but  was  pleased  to  be  enlightened  as  to  the  exact  nature  of  the 
existing  difficulty.  Trevious  to  this  he  had  consulted  many  physicians  without 
any  relief  or  satisfaction.  Now,  under  the  circumstances  it  would  have  been 
impossible  to  have  diagnosticated  this  condition  by  any  other  advisable  method 
except  the  one  I  have  described. 

Another  very  important  application  of  the  Rontgen  ray 
will  be  in  connection  with  testimony  in  lawsuits.  Up  to  this 
date  only  two  cases  are  on  record  where  the  presiding  judge 
allowed  the  above  used  as  such,  and  in  these  cases  it  was  used 
only  as  corroborative  testimony.  In  all  other  cases  the 
court  did  not  allow  such  testimony  as  might  be  given  by 
shadow-photography,  but  it  will  only  be  a  matter  of  time 
when  such  evidence  will  be  permissible.  The  main  reason 
why  shadow- photograph  testimony  is  not  at  the  present  date 
always  permitted  is  because  most  of  the  cases  in  the  court  at 
the  present  time  are  the  result  of  injuries  sustained  before 
the  ray  was  discovered,  and  consequently  the  defendant  did 
not  have  the  advantage  of  the  use  of  this  recent  discovery. 

I  may  say  that  the  field  of  experimentation  of  Rontgen 
ray  work  is  large.  There  is  ample  room  to  make  use  of  the 
ray  in  other  directions  than  it  has  been  used  up  to  the 
present  time.  It  is  an  interesting  and  notable  fact  that  a 
diamond  can  easily  be  distinguished  from  a  paste  or  glass,  as 
the  latter  will  appear  opaque  while  the  former  will  not.  It 
may  also  be  used  to  detect  flaws  in  metals  or  how  much 
metal  there  is  in  certain  ores.  Who  knows  but  that  in  a 
short  time,  by  chemical  or  mechanical  devices  used  in  con- 
junction with  the  Rontgen  ray,  we  will  be  able  to  differ- 
entiate between  the  cyst,  hematoma,  or  a  collection  of  pus- 
and  the  like. 


MEDICINE    AND   NEUROLOGY.  279 

A  word  here  about  the  beneficial  and  curative  eflfect  of 
the  Rontgen  ray.  Allow  me  to  say  that,  in  my  opinion,  it 
has  not  any  such  property  whatever.  Much  experimentation 
has  been  carried  on,  but  all  without  the  slightest  encouraging 
result,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  injurious  effects  may  be  pro- 
cured by  a  constant  or  repeated  exposure  of  a  coil  apparatus. 

Cases  have  been  cited  of  the  falling  out  of  the  hair, 
erythematous  sloughing,  inflammation  of  the  eyelids  and 
skin  generally,  and  falling  off  of  the  nails,  but  this  injury,  in 
my  opinion,  is  not  produced  by  the  ray  itself,  but  is  produced 
by  the  subject  being  placed  in  too  close  proximity  to  the 
electric  current,  which  current  is  of  high  voltage,  and  conse- 
quently the  patient  is  subjected  to  some  extent  to  the  electro- 
galvanic  burning,  which  manifests  itself  in  and  around  the 
tube  and  its  conductors.  I  have  yet  to  witness  a  single  case 
where  the  slightest  injurious  effects  have  been  produced  by 
the  proper  manipulation  of  the  Rontgen  ray  apparatus;  but, 
if  operated  by  an  imprudent  or  unskillful  hand,  occasionally 
considerable  injury  may  be  manifested.  Pray,  what  is  not 
injurious  if  carried  to  excess  ? 

The  ray  itself  appears  to  have  very  little,  if  any,  action 
upon  animal  or  vegetable  organisms.  Any  action  that  does 
manifest  itself  is  due  to  electric  diffusion,  which  is  the  result 
of  leakage  from  the  tube  and  its  conductors  while  the 
apparatus  is  being  operated. — Buffalo  Medical  Journal, 
June,  1898. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MKDICINK    AND  NKTJROIvOGY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicire 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Physician  Western  Hospital. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  NEPHRITIS. 

Acute  nephritis  is  by  no  means  so  frequently  met  with 
as  the  more  chronic  inflammatory  conditions  which  produce 
such  disastrous  results ;  yet  it  is  sometimes  seen  either  as  the 
ingestion  of  irritant  substances  or  of  the  presence  of  severe 
infections.  Some  persons  have  gone  so  far  as  to  assert  that 
acute  nephritis  may  result  from  severe  exposure.  Whatever 
its  causes  may  be,  if  it  is  of  a  severe  character,  a  train  of 
symptoms  familiar  to  experienced  clinicians  assert  themselves. 
There  is  a  condition  of  malaise,  with  anorexia  and    perhaps 


28o  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

nausea  and  vomiting,  while,  if  the  condition  of  the  kidneys  be 
grave,  these  symptoms  may  be  followed  or  supplanted  by 
violent  headache,  folio v\'ed  by  delirium,  convulsions  and 
coma,  during  which  the  heart  will  be  found  acting  laboriously 
and  the  pulse  will  be  of  high  tension.  The  urine  will  also  be 
decreased  in  quantity  and  the  patient  may  develop  rather  a 
typhoid  appearance.  This  condition  may  last,  if  not  so  grave 
as  to  produce  death  early  in  its  course,  for  several  weeks,  and 
at  that  time,  unless  the  case  has  been  badly  treated  or  has 
been  unusually  severe,  recovery  takes  place,  or  at  least  the 
patient  becomes  so  improved  in  health  as  to  consider  himself 
well. 

The  most  important  thing  to  do  for  any  patient  who  is 
suffering  from  mild  or  severe  acute  inflammation  of  the  kidney 
is  to  insist  upon  absolute  rest,  the  patient  remaining  in  bed 
not  only  for  the  rest,  but  also  in  order  that  the  surface  of  the 
body  may  be  protected  from  draughts  and  colds.  A  liquid 
diet,  consisting  largely  of  milk,  should  be  insisted  upon,  and 
this  liquid  diet  has  the  additional  advantage  that  it  will  tend 
to  increase  the  quantity  of  urine  and  so  help  to  wash  from 
the  kidneys  the  effete  materials  which  it  is  the  function  of 
these  organs  to  eliminate.  On  the  other  hand,  it  must  not 
be  forgotten  that  during  the  course  of  acute  nephritis  the 
kidneys  are  unable  to  eliminate  as  much  fluid  as  they  can  do 
in  health,  and  the  too  free  administration  of  liquids  under 
these  circumstances  may  to  some  extent  aid  in  increasing  the 
tendency  to  dropsy.  For  this  reason  scantiness  of  the  urine 
in  acute  nephritis  is  not  to  be  considered  as  a  very  grave 
symptom,  but,  if  it  becomes  exceedingly  scanty  and  does  not 
show  evidences  of  being  thoroughly  laden  with  excrementi- 
tious  matter,  and  if  it  seems  probable  that  this  failure  of 
action  on  the  part  of  the  kidneys  is  due  to  congestion,  it 
then  becomes  the  physician's  function  to  relieve  that  conges- 
tion by  one  or  several  measures.  Dry  cups  or  even  wet  cups 
may  be  applied  over  the  lumbar  region,  provided  that  hot 
compresses  applied  to  this  area  for  an  hour  or  two  fail  to 
relieve  the  congestion.  Or,  in  other  cases,  it  may  be  well  to 
cause  a  flow  of  blood  to  the  surface  of  the  entire  body  by 
placing  the  patient  in  a  hot  wet  pack. 

As  purgativesnot  only  relieve  congestion  of  the  abdominal 
viscera  directly,  but  also  seem  to  indirectly  stimulate  the  kid- 
neys to  increased  secretion,  probably  by  relieving  engorge- 
ment, and  as  calomel  is  a  purgative  which  is  supposed  to 
possess  considerable  diuretic  power,  this  or  some  other  more 
rapidly  acting  drug,  such  as  the  sulphate  of  magnesium,  may 
be  given,  and  this  will  also  aid  the  body  in  eliminating  poi- 
sons through  the  bowel.     Should  the  arterial  tension  be  great, 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  28 1 

we  are  not  to  forget  that,  in  the  presence  of  acute  inflamma- 
tion with  high  arterial  tension,  aconite  and  chloral  are  valuable 
drugs  which  are  best  given  in  small  doses  rather  frequently 
rather  than  in  full  doses  far  apart.  Should  evidences  of  cere- 
bral congestion  manifest  themselves,  it  may  be  necessary  to 
resort  to  hot  foot-baths  or  to  actual  venesection,  the  patient 
being  also  purged  by  repeated,  small  doses  of  Epsom  salts' 
As  the  end  of  the  period  of  acute  inflammation  is  approached' 
the  anemia,  which  has  probably  been  gradually  increasing,  is 
to  be  combated  by  the  use  of  iron  and  arsenic,  though  the 
latter  drug  is  to  be  administered  cautiously  lest  it  irritate  the 
kidney,  and  solid  food  may  be  employed  in  place  of  the 
liquid  diet  heretofore  insisted  upon.  Oxygen  inhalations  are 
also  useful  to  some  of  these  cases.  The  greatest  attention 
should  also  be  paid  to  maintaining  an  active  condition  of  the 
skin  by  frequently  sponging  it  with  alcohol,  or,  if  the  patient 
is  strong  enough,  by  frequent  washings. 

Where  the  condition  of  the  kidneys  is  more  chronic,  or,  in 
other  words,  subacute  nephritis  is  present,  the  patient  should 
be  advised,  if  possible,  to  resort  to  a  warm  and  equable  clim- 
ate, to  clothe  himself  most  carefully,  to  avoid  wetting  the 
feet,  and  to  limit  his  diet  both  as  to  fluids  and  solids.  The 
rule  in  regard  to  fluids  should  be  that  they  should  not  exceed 
to  any  great  extent  the  quantity  of  urine  which  is  passed, 
although,  of  course,  an  amount  of  liquid  over  and  above  that 
which  is  passed  must  necessarily  be  swallowed  to  make  up 
for  that  which  is  lost  through  the  skin  and  lung.  This  is 
particularly  necessary  in  patients  who  are  suffering  from 
dropsy,  more  or  less  well  developed.  Should  the  patient  not 
be  passing  water  freely,  copious  draughts  of  fluid  may  be 
given  to  him  with  the  object  of  aiding  his  kidneys  in  getting 
rid  of  the  quantity  of  urea  which  should  normally  be  elimin- 
ated and  which  amounts  approximately  to  about  500  grains. 
If  the  physician  is  properly  cautious  he  will  from  time  to  time 
analyse  the  urine  to  determine  whether  the  normal  quantity 
of  urea  is  being  eliminated,  and  should  it  constantly  fall  be- 
low the  normal  he  will  know  that  there  is  danger  of  the  deve- 
lopment of  uremia  and  cerebral  symptoms,  and  arterial  tension 
should  be  lowered  and  diuresis  encouraged  by  the  use  of 
nitroglycerin.  If  the  dropsy  in  any  case  is  sufficiently  severe 
to  result  in  large  eff"usions  into  the  various  visceral  cavities, 
there  is  nothing  left  to  do  but  to  recognize  the  fact  that  the 
condition  of  the  kidney  is  grave;  that  the  prognosis  is  dis- 
tinctly unfavorable,  and  the  only  measure  for  relief  in  addi- 
tion to  those  named  is  the  use  of  tapping  for  the  purpose  of 
drawing  off  the  liquid.  If,  as  occurs  in  some  cases  where  the 
disease  is  advanced,  arterial  tension  is  depressed  rather  than 


282  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

raised,  digitalis  in  the  form  of  the  infusion,  which  contains 
more  of  the  diuretic  principle  of  the  digitalis  Cdigitoniii)  than 
alcoholic  preparations  of  this  drug,  should  be  employed  for 
the  triple  purpose  of  stimulating  the  heart,  the  arterial  system, 
and  increasing  urinary  flow. —  The  Theiirapeutic  Gazette^ 
April,  1898. 

THE  BECHTEREW  TREATMENT  IN  EPILEPSY. 

De  Cesare  {La  Riforma  Medica,  Aug.  13,  1897)  records 
eight  cases  of  epilepsy  treated  for  a  period  of  six  weeks  with 
a  mixture  of  bromide  of  potassium  codeine  and  adonis 
vernalis,  given  twice  a  day  (Bechterew  treatment).  In  four 
cases  there  was  complete  suspension  of  the  fits  ;  in  three  cases 
the  fits  were  replaced  by  infrequent  attacks  of  vertigo,  and 
in  the  last  case  there  were  four  attacks 'of  vertigo  and  two 
convulsions.  In  each  case  the  attacks  were  very  much 
reduced  in  frequency  ;  no  bad  results  were  observed.  The 
digestion  was  not  impaired,  the  pulse  was  fuller,  the  tem- 
perature normal,  diuresis  increased,  sleep  uninterrupted  and 
calm,  and  the  mental  condition  unchanged.  The  author 
believes  the  results  were  due  to  the  combination  of  drugs  and 
not  to  the  bromide  alone. — British  Medical  Journal,  Oct.  23, 
1897. 

THE  ANTITOXIN  TREATMENT  OF  DIPH- 
THERIA. 

In  the  Western  Medical  Review  of  December  15,  1897, 
M.  D.  Jones  concludes  a  paper  on  this  subject  by  asserting 
that  the  value  of  antitoxin  in  diphtheria  is  no  longer  a  ques- 
tion of  opinion  or  theory,  but  an  established  fact.  The  few 
who  oppose  it  have  proved  nothing  in  comparison  with  the 
enormous  mass  of  evidence  as  to  its  specific  value.  It  may, 
therefore,  be  affirmed  that  the  following  facts  have  been 
demonstrated  : 

1.  That  diphtheria  antitoxin,  where  generally  employed, 
has  reduced  the  mortality  from  diphtheria  at  least  one-half. 

2.  That  it  has  distinctly  favorable  effects  on  the  clinical 
course  of  the  disease,  shortening  it  and  lessening  its  severity. 

3.  That  the  earlier  the  treatment  is  commenced  the 
better  the  results  obtained  ;  the  mortality,  when  adequate 
doses  of  antitoxin  have  been  given  within  the  first  forty-eight 
hours  of  the  disease,  not  exceeding  five  per  cent. 

4.  That  antitoxin  is  a  specific  against  true  diphtheria, 
and  less  efficacious  in  mixed  infection,  but  even  in  these  forms 
of  diphtheria  it  is  of  decided  benefit. 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  283 

5.  That  it  is  not  necessary  to  wait  for  a  confirmatory 
bacteriological  diagnosis,  but  that  in  every  clinically  suspi- 
cious case  of  membranous  angina,  especially  in  children,  a 
medium  dose  of  antitoxin  should  immediately  be  given,  and 
repeated  if  required  by  the  further  development  of  the  case, 

6.  That  antitoxin  is  a  remedy  without  serious  after- 
effects in  the  doses  which  have  ordinarily  been  employed  ; 
that  it  has  no  injurious  action  on  the  kidneys,  the  heart  or 
the  nervous  system  ;  that  it  does  not  entirely  prevent  albu- 
minuria, heart  failure  and  post- diphtheritic  paralysis, 
because  the  effects  of  the  diphtheritic  toxin  which  has 
already  entered  the  system  before  the  administration  of  the 
remedy,  no  matter  how  soon  the  treatment  is  begun,  are  not 
always  completely  counteracted  by  the  antitoxin. 

7.  That  the  protection  conferred  by  immunizing  doses 
of  antitoxin  is  almost  absolute  for  a  short  period  of  time. 

8.  Antitoxin  should  begin  in  early  or  mild  cases  in  not 
less  than  500-unit  doses  ;  for  moderately  severe  or  recent 
laryngeal  cases  in  not  less  than  1000  unit  doses  ;  and  in 
severe  faucial  or  larnygeal  cases  in  not  less  than  1500  unit 
doses. 

If,  in  the  face  of  the  volume  of  statistics  and  testimony 
in  favor  of  the  antitoxin  treatment  of  diphtheria,  the  writer 
hears  a  physician  oppose  or  condemn  it,  he  concludes  that  he 
either  knows  nothing  about  its  use  practically  or  his  exper- 
ience has  been  very  limited  and  with  an  inferior  product,  or 
perhaps  he  has  treated  the  case  until  all  other  means  have 
failed — hopeless  degeneration  of  iniportant  organs  has  taken 
place — when  as  a  last  resort  he  expects  antitoxin  to  accom- 
plish the  impossible.  Under  these  circumstances  the  remedy 
is  not  employed  scientifically  or  honestlj'',  and  should  reflect 
discredit  upon  the  physician  and  not  the  remedy. 

In  the  late  administration  of  antitoxin  we  merely  stop 
the  storm  waged  against  the  frail  bark  of  life,  as  irreparable 
degeneration  has  taken  place,  and  it  sinks  beneath  the  silent 
wave  of  toxemia. —  Therapeutic  Gazette,  April,  '98. 

HOW  TO  TREAT  SICK  HEADACHE. 

Analgesine,  says  Dr.  Hirtz  in  the  Journal  des  Praticiens 
of  December  11,  1897,  is  unquestionably  a  medicament  of 
the  first  order.  Fluchard  experimented  with  it  as  an  antipy- 
retic ;  but  it  is  especially  an  analgetic,  and  Germain  See  used 
it  commonly  to  combat  pain.  The  dose  is,  so  to  speak, 
individual.  Some  subjects  are  relieved  by  a  dose  of  four 
grains  ;  others  require  fifteen  grains  ;  and  sometimes  thirty 
or  forty- five  grains  are  necessary  to  obtain  recovery. 


284  PROGRESS  OF  MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

Patients  should  be  warned  against  the  abuse  of  this  drug, 
which  has  become  public  property,  and  is  frequently  taken 
without  the  advice  of  a  physician,  as  it  gives  rise  occasion- 
ally to  symptoms  of  veritable  poisoning.  Analgesineis  more 
easily  tolerated  when  combined  with  eight  grains  of  sodium 
bicarbonate.  It  may  also  be  administered  hypodermically 
when  the  condition  of  nausea  dependent  upon  the  headache 
is  too  painful  and  too  pronounced  to  allow  of  the  ingestion 
of  any  liquid.  It  may  be  given  in  enemata,  from  thirty  to 
forty-five  grains  of  analgesine  with  six  drops  of  laudanum 
being  sufficient  for  four  injections. 

Before  the  employment  of  analgesine,  says  the  author, 
caffeine  was  frequently  prescribed,  either  in  potion  or  in 
subcutaneous  injection,  and  the  following  formula  by  Huch- 
ard  may  be  recommended  : 

K     Caffeine, 

Sodium  benzoate,  of  each  660  grains  ; 
Peppermint  water,  8  ounces. 
M. 

A  teaspoonful  is  to  be  given  every  two  hours  until  four  tea- 
spoonfuls  have  been  given,  each  one  representing  four  grains 
of  caffeine.  The  same  dose  will  be  contained  in  a  Pravaz 
syringe,  with  the  following  formula  for  hypodermic  injection  : 
B     Caffeine,  38  grains  ; 

Sodium  benzoate,  44  grains  ; 
Distilled  water,  sufficient  to  make  2i  drachms. 
M. 

If  the  sick-headache  persists  after  the  administration  of 
analgesine,  other  drugs  may  be  tried,  such  as  acetanilid.  They 
should  not  be  given  except  in  divided  doses,  in  small 
capsules  containing  from  three  to  four  grains  five  or  six 
times  a  day.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  exceed  thirty 
grains  a  day. 

Phenacetine  has  the  advantage  of  being  almost  non- 
toxic and  of  provoking  much  more  rarely  than  analgesine 
eruptions  and  symptoms  of  intolerance.  Capsules  contain- 
ing four  or  five  grains  may  be  given  four  or  five  times  a  day. 

Exalgine  does  not  give  such  brilliant  results  in  sick- 
headache  as  in  the  trifacial  neuralgias.  Four  grains  may  be 
given  at  a  time,  but  this  dose  should  not  be  exceeded,  and 
its  action  should  be  carefully  watched,  as  it  gives  rise  to 
accidents. 

Lauder  Brunton,  says  Dr.  Hirtz,  recommends  sodium 
salicylate  combined  with  potassium  bromide.  The  amount 
is  twenty-three  grains  of  the  former  and  thirty-eight  grains  of 
the  latter,  given  in  four  doses. 

Immerwahr,  Lewy  and  Schumann  have  found  in  methy- 
lene   blue    a    very    efficacious    remedy    for    sick-headache, 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  285 

especially  the  form    called  angeiospastic.     They  gave  it   in 
doses  of  a  grain   and  a  half  four  times    a  day,  combining  it 
with  nutmeg  as  follows,  in  order  to  avoid  vesical  irritation  : 
R     Methylene  blue, 

Pulverized  nutmeg;,  of  each  1.5  grains. 
M. 

This  quantity  will   make  one  capsule,   about  four  of  which 
may  be  given  a  day. 

Migrainine,  which  is  considered  by  Schumann  one  of  the 
best  remedies  for  sick-headache  is  a  combination  of  antipyrin 
and  caffeine  as  follows  : 

R     Antipyrin,  89.4  per  cent.  ; 
Caffeine,  8-2  per  cent.  ; 
Citric  acid,  0.56  per  cent. 
M. 

Aconitine  is  sometimes  successful  when  other  nervines 
fail.  It  is  prescribed  in  globules  only,  each  containing  four 
one-thousandths  of  a  grain,  of  which  two  a  day  may  be  given. 

Guarana  contains  guaranine,  which  is  identical  with 
caffeine.  It  is  given  in  a  powder  in  doses  of  from  eight  to 
thirty  grains  dissolved  in  water. 

Seguin,  who  was  a  great  advocate  of  the  ocular  theory 
of  sick-headache,  thought  it  was  frequently  due  to  defects  of 
refraction,  and  he  recommended  the  employment  of  mydria- 
tics and  the  correction  of  the  muscular  defects  b}'  wearing 
proper  glasses.  As  an  internal  remedy,  he  recommended  the 
extract  of  cannabis  indica,  to  be  given  three  times  a  day  in 
pills,  each  containing  a  fifth  of  a  grain,  which  amount  may 
be  progressively  increased  to  three  grains.  Gradle,  of 
Chicago,  prefers  the  tincture  of  cannabis  in  doses  of  from 
twenty  to  twenty-five  drops  twice  a  day,  at  an  interval  of 
six  hours. 

Ophthalmic  sick-headache  during  its  painful  stage  is 
amenable  to  the  same  treatment  as  common  sick-headache. 
Other  indications,  however,  present  themselves.  This  form 
of  sick  head-ache  is  associated  with  nervous  affections,  such 
as  neurasthenia,  hysteria,  certain  mental  troubles,  epilepsy, 
tabes  and  general  paralysis.  The  most  useful  treatment, 
and  the  only  one  really  efficacious,  given  in  the  interval 
between  the  attacks  in  order  to  delay  their  recurrence,  is  with 
the  bromides.  Charcot  and  Fere,  says  Dr.  Hirtz,  laid  great 
stress  oh  the  services  which  this  treatment  rendered. 
Potassium  bromide,  sodium  bromide,  or  a  mixture  of  several 
bromides,  may  be  prescribed  in  amou  nts  increased  from 
thirty  to  ninety  grains  in  twenty-four  hours. 

Ophthalmoplegic  sick-headache  sometimes  resists  all 
treatment.  During  its  painful  stage  antipyrin,  phenacetine, 
exalgine,  etc.,    may  be   employed.     The  paralytic  stage  is 


286  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

frequently  rebellious  to  all  therapeutic  intervention,  and  this 
is  explained,  says  the  author,  by  the  anatomical  and  patho- 
logical changes.  In  one  case  Gubler  found  the  oculo-motor 
nerve  surrounded  by  an  abundant  exudation,  with  thickening 
of  the  pia  mater.  In  a  case  coming  under  Weiss's  observa- 
tion the  nerve  was  buried  in  tuberculous  masses  ;  in  another 
the  nerve  was  pressed  upon  by  a  fibro-chondromatous  tumor. 
In  spite  of  these  facts,  which  baffle  all  attempts  at  cure,  either 
the  iodide  or  the  bromide  treatment  should  always  be  tried. 
Locally,  energetic  revulsives  may  be  tried  under  the  form  of 
bHsters,  the  cautery,  or  even  the  seton.  Not  only  must  the 
attacks  be  cured,  but,  what  is  more  difficult  to  accomplish, 
their  recurrence  must  be  delayed  in  order  to  render  them  less 
frequent,  and,  if  possible,  to  cause  their  disappearance.  To 
do  this,  the  various  causes  which  lead  to  sick-headache  should 
be  taken  into  consideration.  The  patient  should  be  put  upon 
a  strict  diet  ;  he  should  avoid  all  indigestible  food,  alcoholic 
drinks  and  liquors,  the  smallest  doses  of  which  bring  on  an 
attack  of  sick-headache  in  predisposed  subjects.  The  majority 
of  recoveries,  according  to  Dr.  Hirtz,  are  due  to  extreme 
sobriety. 

Debout  recommended  the  following  as  a  prophylactic 
measure  : 

R     Quinine  snlphate,  45  grains  ; 

Pulverized  digitalis  fiowers,  2    grains  ; 
Syrup,  a  sufficient  quantity. 
M. 

This  quantity  will  make  thirty  pills.  The  dose  is  a  pill 
every  night  for  a  period  of  several  months. 

In  arthritic,  rheumatic  and  gouty  persons,  the  following 
treatment  is  recommended  by  the  author  :  The  patient  is 
put  upon  a  strict  diet  ;  nitrogenous  or  indigestible  food, 
especially  vegetable,  is  not  allowed  at  night,  and  water  or  a 
drink  like  weak  tea  may  be  taken.  In  the  morning,  before 
eating,  Carlsbad  or  Tarasp  water,  heated  to  about  104''  F., 
may  be  taken,  or  else  Vichy  water.  Every  night,  before 
supper,  a  pill  containing  the  following  mixture  may  be 
taken  : 

B     Quinine  valerianate,  15  grains  ; 

Extract  ofcolcliicura,  from  3  to  7  grains  ; 
Extract  of  digitalis,  3  grains  ; 
Extract  of  aconite,  l^  grains. 
M. 

This  quantity  makes  ten  pills. 

Neurasthenic  sick-headache  is  best  benefited  by  living 
in  the  country,  moderate  muscular  exercise,  and  a  quiet  life 
free  from  professional  occupations.     It  may  be  overcome  by 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  iSf 

the  employment  of  the  phosphates  or  the  glycerophosphates, 
the  use  of  which  may  be  alternated  with  arsenic  under  the 
form  of  Fowler's  or  Pearson's  solution  in  amounts  of  from 
six  to  twelve  drops  a  day  ;  or  strychnine  arsenate  may  be 
used  in  globules  containing  fifteen  one-thousandths  of  a 
grain,  of  which  from  two  to  three  a  day  may  be  given. 

Hydrotherapy,  static  electricity  and  psychotherapy  are, 
says  Dr.  Hirtz,  ordinarily  valuable  adjuvants.— 7>^^  Thera- 
peutic Gazette,  April.  '98. 

BLOOD  REACTION  IN  DIABETES. 

\.o&^y  [Fortschritte  der  Medicin,  March,  1898,  British 
Medical  Journal)  records  some  further  investigations  of 
Bremer's  reaction  in  the  blood  of  diabetic  patients.  The 
original  method  of  obtaining  the  reaction  was  to  stain  a  film 
of  blood  in  two  solutions,  each  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  0.5 
per  cent,  solution  of  eosin  with  a  saturated  solution  of  methy- 
lene blue,  the  one  contained  excess  of  the  former,  the  other 
excess  of  the  latter  stain.  After  passing  the  film  through 
these  two  mixtures  successively,  Bremer  found  that  in  nor- 
mal blood  the  red  corpuscles  were  stained  deep  brown, 
whereas  in  diabetic  blood  they  are  left  pale  yellow  or  green- 
ish yellow.  Loewy,  in  his  experiments,  used  the  simpler 
modification  which  has  lately  been  suggested.  The  blood  is 
stained  two  minutes  in  2  per  cent,  methylene  blue,  and  then 
10  seconds  in  0.125  per  cent,  eosin  solution.  Keeping  strictly 
to  the  technique  described  by  Bremer  in  this  method,  Loewy 
found  that,  in  every  case  of  diabetes  in  which  the  amount  of 
sugar  in  the  urine  was  more  than  2  per  cent,  the  blood  gave 
the  characteristic  reaction.  In  one  case,  where  dieting  had 
already  caused  the  sugar  to  disappear,  the  reaction  was  still 
obtained  in  the  blood.  The  failure  of  several  observers  to 
obtain  the  reaction  in  diabetes  is  probably  due  to  their  not 
having  paid  sufficient  attention  to  the  details  of  the  method, 
which  must  be  adhered  to  strictly.  No  reaction  was  obtained 
in  the  blood  in  cases  of  severe  anaemia ;  no  opportunity 
occurred  for  trying  it  in  leucaemia,  in  which  some  observers 
have  found  the  reaction.  The  blood  plasma  is  not  necessary 
for  the  reaction  ;  5  c.cm.  of  blood  were  taken  from  a  vein  of 
a  diabetic  patient,  and  separated  from  the  plasma  by  a  cen- 
trifuge ;  the  corpuscles  were  then  washed  with  normal  salt 
solutions  until  the  washings  showed  no  trace  of  sugar  ;  the 
typical  Bremer  reaction  was  then  obtained  with  the  blood 
corpuscles.  It  was  also  found  that  normal  blood  treated 
with  a  weak  acid  gave  the  reaction. 


2SS  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

PROFESSOR  SCHENCK'S  RESEARCHES  ON  THE 
PREDETERMINATION  OF  SEX. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  Professor  Schenck's  conclusions 
as  to  the  power  of  artificially  determining  the  sex  of  offspring 
have  served  as  a  nine-days'  wonder  to  some  of  the  lay  papers, 
it  seems  advisable  to  lay  before  our  readers  a  plain  statement 
of  his  argument,  taken  without  comment  from  the  pamphlet 
which  he  has  just  published.  It  opens  with  the  statement 
that  it  is  impossible  to  command  natural  processes,  but  pos- 
sible by  scientific  means  to  exercise  a  more  or  less  effectual 
influence  upon  them,  in  order  to  extract  from  them  the  best 
possible  results.  His  essay  falls  into  three  parts — a  summary 
of  the  writings  of  his  predecessors,  an  account  of  his 
own  researches  and  deductions,  and  finally  a  description 
of  the  method  of  treatment  he  has  devised,  with  illustrative 
cases. 

In  the  development  of  an  embryo  the  generative  organs 
are  at  first  indifferent — hermaphrodite;  in  the  further  process 
of  growth  one  set  develops  while  the  other  atrophies.  This 
tendency  must  be  predetermined  from  the  time  of  fertilisa- 
tion, for  each  cell  formed  from  the  ovum  must  have  sexual 
characters  since  these  are  not  confined  to  the  generative 
organs  but  appertain  to  the  whole  body.  The  readiness  with 
which  an  ovum  can  be  fertilised  depends  upon  its  position  in 
the  ovary,  the  thickness  of  its  envelope,  etc.,  and  these  may 
also  have  a  bearing  on  the  question  of  sex.  In  other  words, 
the  predetermination  may  precede  fertilisation,  and  of  this 
confirmation  is  found  in  the  development  of  bees  and  in  the 
production  of  male  and  female  flowers  by  plants  under 
different  nutritive  conditions.  In  this  connection  Professor 
Schenck  enunciates  and  discusses  at  considerable  length  the 
views  of  previous  writers.  He  points  out  that  the  male  sex 
preponderates  to  a  definite  though  slight  degree  in  the  total 
number  of  births,  and  that  the  sex  of  a  child  is  more  likely  to 
be  that  of  its  older  parent.  He  pays  particular  attention 
to  the  theory  of  crossed  sexual  heredity,  by  which  each  sex 
tends  to  propogate  the  other.  Thus,  if  the  sexual  power  of 
the  male  be  greater,  a  female  offspring  is  more  likely  to 
result,  and  vice  versa.  This  theory  is  threshed  out  most 
thoroughly  and  with  abundance  of  quotations  and  examples  ; 
in  the  end  Professor  Shenck  practically  accepts  it,  and  makes 
use  of  it  in  his  further  work.  With  regard  to  the  influence 
in  environment  upon  sex,  he  quotes  Robin's  statement  that 
in  warm  climates  females  preponderate,  in  cold  and  unfavour- 
able males.  Born  also  showed  that  95  per  cent,  of  artificially 
fertilised  frogs'  eggs  hatched  out  as  females,  this  being  an 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  289 

effect  of  nutritive  conditions  acting  after  fertilisation. 
Thury's  researches  are  fully  analysed,  and  are  stated  to 
have  originally  called  Professor  Schenck's  attention  to  the 
subject.  Thury  found  that  cattle  fertilised  at  the  begin- 
ning of  "  heat "  threw  more  females,  at  the  end  more 
males.  This  he  explained  by  the  degree  of  ripeness  of  the 
ovum,  but  Professor  Schenck  accounts  for  it  on  the  crossed 
inheritance  theory,  the  sexual  power  of  the  female  being 
at  its  greatest  at  the  end  of  the  period  of  rut.  This  part  of 
the  work  is  summed  up  in  the  statement  that  the  sex  of 
offspring  largely  depends  upon  the  state  of  nutrition  of  the 
parents,  particularly  that  ol  the  mother  during  pregnancy. 
During  this  period  the  difference  between  intake  and  excre- 
tion represents  the  food  of  the  embryo,  and  hence  requires 
special  attention.  The  temperature  is  slightly  raised,  owing 
to  oxidation  processes,  which  entail  a  considerable  consump- 
tion of  red  blood  corpuscles  and  consequent  diminution  of 
haemoglobin. 

The  second  section  begins  with  the  enunciation  of  the 
fact  observed  in  domestic  animals  and  in  insects,  that  the 
better  the  mother  is  nourished  the  more  females  she  produces, 
the  number  of  males  remaining  practically  constant.  This 
influence  upon  the  foetus  in  titero  has  received  but  little 
attention  from  the  practical  point  of  view,  and  Professor 
Schenck  consequently  set  out  upon  a  series  of  observations 
based  on  a  theory  of  crossed  sexual  inheritance.  He  first 
investigated  the  excreta,  and  particularly  the  carbohydrates 
of  the  urine.  The  presence  of  a  certain  amount  of  sugar, 
which  is  commonly  recognisable  by  the  phenyl-hydrazine 
test  in  perfectly  normal  individuals  indicates  incompleteness 
of  the  oxidation  processes,  whereby  a  certain  quantity  of 
heat  is  lest  to  the  body.  This  physiological  output  of  car- 
bohydrate is  in  the  male  sex  most  marked  during  the  period 
of  growth — that  is,  between  the  ages  of  14  and  19,  In 
women  there  is  no  corresponding  increase,  but  small  quan- 
tities may  appear  in  the  urine  before  and  after  menstruation, 
while  Iwanoff  and  others  have  shown  that  glycosuria  is  com- 
mon in  pregnant  and  parturient  women.  Now  the  amount 
of  sugar  normally  excreted  is  equal  in  men  and  women,  but 
more  significant  in  the  latter,  owing  to  the  lesser  activity  of 
their  metabolic  processes.  For  the  perfect  ripening  of  the 
ovum  it  is  necessary  that  oxidation  shall  be  perfect — that  is, 
that  no  sugar  shall  be  left  unburnt.  Where  there  is  a 
remainder  of  unburnt  sugar  the  ovum  stands  a  chance  of 
being  less  ripe  and  less  well  nourished.  Hence  the  pro- 
perties of  its  protoplasm  are  less  well  developed,  and  by  the 
theory  of  crossed  inheritance  it  is  more  likely  to  produce  a 


290  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

female  child.  On  the  other  hand,  when  the  urine  is  free 
from  sugar  the  ovum  can  attain  perfect  development,  and 
give  rise  to  male  offspring.  It  is  upon  this  cardinal  principle 
that  Professor  Schenck's  theory  is  based.  He  holds  that  a 
prolonged  course  of  appropriate  nourishment  both  before  and 
after  fertilisation  will  tend  to  the  conception  of  male  children 
only. 

The  next  question  is  of  the  means  to  be  adopted  to  en- 
sure this  end.  If  a  male  child  is  desired,  and  the  maternal 
urine  contains  no  sugar,  but  abundance  of  reducing  substances 
(particularly  the  Inevo-rotary  glycuronic  acid)  he  allows 
impregnation  forthwith.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  sugar  is  pre- 
sent, it  must  be  removed,  and  the  reducing  substances  in- 
creased before  fecundation  may  take  place.  It  is  found  that 
the  urine  of  a  woman  pregnant  with  a  boy  contains  more 
reducing  substances  than  that  of  one  with  a  girl.  We  need 
not  enter  into  the  details  of  the  diet  recommended  beyond 
saying  that  it  contains  a  large  amount  ofproteid,  which  seems 
to  be  required  by  a  male  embryo. 

Finally,  Professor  Schenck  gives  what  may  be  called  his 
clinical  results.  He  quotes  numerous  cases  to  show  that  the 
bearing  of  female  children  is  associated  with  glycosuria.  In 
such  instances  he  recommends  a  diet  comprising  plenty  of 
proteid  and  fat,  and  as  little  carbohydrate  as  can  be  tolerated  ; 
this  must  be  taken  for  two  or  three  months  before  and  three 
months  after  impregnation.  He  gives  one  example  in  which 
six  boys  were  born  in  succession  under  this  treatment,  and  a 
girl  immediately  it  was  relaxed  ;  and  others  in  which  boys 
were  born  after  repeated  births  ot  girls  before  the  treatment. 
In  all,  out  of  7  recorded  cases,  6  were  successful.  He  con- 
cludes that  the  nutrition  of  the  mother  plays  a  most 
important  part  in  the  determination  of  sex,  and  that  in 
countries  where  much  flesh  is  consumed  there  is  a  marked 
preponderance  of  male  children.  This  can  be  imitated 
artificially,  but  it  is  far  more  important  to  ensure  the  com- 
pleteness of  oxidation  processes  in  the  body.  As  long  as  the 
combustion  of  the  food  is  perfect,  and  the  urine  is  totally 
free  from  sugar,  the  exact  amount  of  meat  consumed  is  of 
secondary  importance.  The  birth  of  male  children  can  thus, 
in  certain  cases,  be  predetermined,  but  the  voluntary  produc- 
tion of  girls  is  a  problem  as  yet  unsolved. — British  Medical 
Journal,  May  7,   1898. 

DIET  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE. 

Dr.  William  Henry  Porter,  of  New  York,  in  a 
recent  paper  on  this  subject,  stated  that  the   most  valuable 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  29 1 

food-stuffs  are  beef,  eggs,  and  milk.  Animal  foods  have  the 
advantage  of  being  easily  digestible  and  not  prone  to  undergo 
putrefaction,  but  they  are  deficient  in  nucleo-albumin,  which 
is  essential  for  the  construction  of  the  red-blood  corpuscles 
and  for  supplying  energy  to  the  nervous  system.  It  is  for 
this  reason  that  those  who  are  kept  for  any  length  of  time 
on  an  exclusively  animal  diet  become  anemic  and  weak. 
Vegetable  foods,  on  the  other  hand,  contain  a  large  percent- 
age of  nucleo-albumin,  but  also  an  unduly  large  proportion 
of  starch  and  sugar,  and  are  prone  to  undergo  fermentation. 
Moreover  from  15  to  60° /^  of  vegetable  food-stuffs  pass 
through  the  alimentary  canal  unchanged.  It  is  true  that 
fruits  are  laxative,  but  they  are  so  because  they  cause  fermen- 
tation, and  in  doing  so,  they  favor  the  production  of  toxins 
by  microbic  activity.  The  most  important  of  the  vegetable 
foods  are  rice,  maccaroni,  green  peas,  spinach  and  lettuce. 
Potatoes  should  be  taken  quite  sparingly.  In  connection 
with  the  subject  of  fermentation  within  the  alimentary  canal 
and  the  produetion  of  toxins,  it  should  be  noted  that  Dr. 
Porter  expresses  the  belief  that  these  toxic  products  arise,  for 
the  most  part,  from  the  decomposition  of  the  mucus  as  a 
result  of  the  action  of  the  microbes.  From  this  he  deducts 
the  corollary,  that  treatment  directed  towards  reducing  the 
quantity  of  mucus  in  the  alimentary  canal  to  a  minimum 
is  an  excellent  way  of  controlling  these  intestinal  toxemias. 
He  has  found  that  the  administration  of  tannalbin,  in  doses 
of  from  5  to  15  gr.  t.  i.  d.,  causes  a  precipitation  of  this  mucus 
and  a  destruction  of  the  culture-medium,  and  so  acts  as  a 
valuable  means  of  diminishing  putrefaction.  In  prescribing 
the  diet  for  very  sick  persons,  it  is  wise  to  begin  first  with 
egg  water  and  follow  this  successfully  with  a  little  dry  toast 
and  beef  tea,  and  finally  with  scraped  raw  beef  Not  until 
it  has  been  found  that  these  can  be  digested  easily  by  the 
patient  is  it  safe  to  give  fully  cooked  meats  or  vegetable  food- 
stuffs. For  those  very  exceptional  cases  in  which  milk  really 
cannot  be  tolerated,  the  milk  should  be  given  warm,  and 
after  the  administration  of  some  ox-bile  and  pancreatic  extract. 
If  the  milk  is  taken  in  this  way,  to  the  exclusion  of  everything 
else,  it  is  rare  that  there  will  be  any  special  difficulty.  If 
there  is  trouble,  skimmed  milk  or  butter-milk  should  be  sub- 
stituted. In  those  exceedingly  rare  cases  in  which  even 
these  methods  fail,  and  milk  seems  to  be  but  little  short  of  a 
poison  to  the  individual,  the  nutrition  can  be  maintained  hy 
giving  a  little  beaf-tea  and  a  large  number  of  raw  eggs  daily 
in  a  little  sherry  wine. — The  Philadelphia  Medical  Journal, 
April,  1898. 


292  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

DYSPEPSIA. 

Thorizon's  treatment  of  dyspepsia  and  gastro-enteritis 
in  infants  is  as  follows  : 

1.  Acute  dyspepsia  :  A  diet  of  pure  water  for  twelve  to 
twenty  hours,  until  the  acute  stage  has  somewhat  abated. 
At  the  same  time  pepsin  and  dilute  muriatic  acid  is  adminis- 
tered, the  same  plan  is  followed  in  the  chronic  form. 

2.  Acute  gastro-enteritis  :  Diet  of  water  for  twelve  to 
thirty-six  hours.  When  vomiting  is  present,  "  lavage  of  the 
stomach,"  and  large  Hegar's  enemata.  Internally —calomel 
in  the  usual  doses. 

When  high  fever  is  present,  cool  baths,  in  the  algid 
stage,  mustard  baths,  rubbing  the  skin  with  alcohol  and 
administering  the  latter  internally.  He  also  gives  subcuta- 
neous injections  of  cafTein  and  artificial  serum. 

When  the  acute  stage  is  passed,  benzonaphthol,  bismuth, 
lactic  acid,  and,  later,  Kefir  should  be  prescribed. 

3.  Chronic  gastro-enteritis  :  An  attempt  should  be  made 
to  check  the  diarrhoea  by  bismuth-benzonaphthol.  Tonic 
treatment  should  be  employed,  and  the  child  must  be  kept 
warm. — Revue  de  Malade  d  Uenpao  Pediatrics. 

THE    TREATMENT    OF    INSOMNIA    IN 
CHILDREN. 

Comby  (Zt  Med.  Mod.,  1897,  viii.  249,  Pediatrics). 
Soporifics  are  not  indicated  in  infants  when  insomnia  is 
due  to  improper  food  or  to  disturbances  of  digestion  ;  in 
such  cases  we  must  remove  the  cause.  Insomnia  is  often 
met  with  in  children  who  are  given  alcoholic  potions,  coffee, 
tea,  etc.  In  these  cases  a  cure  is  obtained  by  withholding 
the  cause.  Some  children  sleep  restlessly  on  account  of 
eating  too  much  nitrogenous  food  ;  these  children  should  be 
allowed  meat  only  once  a  day.  If  the  cause  is  not  found  in 
feeding,  insomnia  may  be  due  to  nervous  cause.  Before 
having  recourse  to  soporifics,  physical  anodynes  should  be 
applied,  for  example;  warm  baths,  before  bed-time,  of  fifteen 
to  twenty  minutes'  duration.  In  some  children  cool  baths  or 
even  douches  will  exert  a  more  favorable  influence.  Finally, 
we  may  use  the  wet  pack  advantageously  two  or  three  times 
a  day  in  cases  of  marked  cerebral  irritation.  In  children, 
whose  brain  is  very  active,  rest  to  the  latter  should,  of  course, 
be  prescribed.  Should  all  these  measures  prove  insufficient, 
it  may  become  necessary  to  administer  soporifics.  One  of  the 
simplest  of  these  remedies  is  orange  flower  water,  which  may 
be  prescribed  in  quantities  of  twenty  to  sixty  grammes  (5  to 
15  drams)  before  bed-time.     This  remedy  frequently  induces 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  293 

quiet  sleep,  lasting  the  whole  night.  Opium  should  be 
administered,  but  only  in  small  doses,  when  insomnia  is  due 
to  cough  or  pain.  The  bromides  are  always  indicated  when 
neurosis  accompanied  by  cerebral  irritation  is  present.  Bro- 
mide of  potassium  or  sodium  may  be  given  in  doses  ofo.  10 
(i}4  grains)  in  sweetened  water  or  in  syrup  or  milk.  If  the 
child  is  unable  to  swallow  these  remedies,  they  may  be 
administered  in  clysmata  or  in  suppositories. 

Chloral  hydrate  in  doses  of  0.05  (^  grain)  in  the  first 
year  of  life  is  safe  and  active,  in  larger  doses  it  has  a  bad 
action  on  the  heart.  It  may  be  used  in  solution,  in  enema 
or  in  the  form  of  suppositories. 

A  combination  of  bromide  of  potassium  and  chloral  is 
quite  effective : 

R       Potassii  bromat 

Chloral   hydrat,  aa 2.0  (^   dram) 

Extr:  hyoscyami  

Extr.  belladonnae 

Extr.  cannabis  indicse  aa 0.02  (^  minim) 

Syr.  flor.  aurant 30.0(1  ounce) 

Aq.  destill 40.0  (i^  ounce) 

Sig. — A  coffeespoonful  every  hour. 

The  disulfones  employed  in  recent  years  are  especially 
indicated  in  children.  Sulphonal  may  be  given  internally  or 
in  clysmata  in  doses  of  o.io,  to  0.15,  to  0.25  {ij4  to  4 grains) 
at  a  dose,  according  to  the  age  of  the  child.  If  sleep  is  not 
induced  after  one  or  two  hours,  the  dose  may  be  repeated. 
As  regards  trional,  Claus  recommends  it  in  children,  from  one 
month  to  one  year  old,  in  doses  of  0.20  to  0.40  (3  to  6 
grains),  in  children  between  one  and  two  years  of  age  in 
doses  of  0.40  to  0.80  (6  to  12  grains),  in  those  between  two 
and  six  years  in  doses  of  0.8  to  1.20  (12  to  18  grains),  in 
children  between  six  and  ten  years  of  age  in  doses  of  1.20  to 
1.50  (18  to  23  grains.)  Comby  considers  these  doses  too 
large,  as  has  seen  the  temperature  fall  from  38.5  C.  to  34.0 
C.  in  a  greatly  excited  girl  ten  years  of  age  suffering  with 
meningitis  after  the  exhibition  during  the  day  of  one  gramme 
(15  grains)  of  trional,  divided  in  four  doses. 

According  to  his  numerous  experiments  with  trional, 
this  remedy  proved  to  be  an  excellent  hypnotic  in  doses  of 
0.25  to  0.75  (3^^  to  11^  grains),  which  was  well  borne  and 
showed  no  bad  after-efiiects  in  these  quantities.  This  dose 
may  be  repeated  every  evening,  but  it  would  be  better  to 
omit  it  every  other  night,  for  the  reason  that  sleep  is  fre- 
quently permanently  induced  after  one  to  two  doses  of 
trional. 


294  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

ALCOHOLIC  STIMULATION    IN  CONTINUED 
FEVERS. 

What  are  the  indications  for  the  use  of  alcohoh'c  stimu- 
lants in  such  febrile  diseases  as  typhoid,  grippe,  pneumonia 
or  septicemia  ?  This  is  the  question  put  and  answered  by 
Cabot  in  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Jotirnal  of  Dec- 
ember 2,  1897.      The  1  herapeutic  Gazette,  May,    1898. 

There  are  many  who  regard  the  existence  of  one  of  these 
febrile  diseases  as  of  itself  a  sufficient  reason  for  giving 
alcoholic  stimulants.  For  example,  in  Wood  and  Fitz's 
"Practice  of  Medicine  "  it  is  laid  down  that  "alcohol  in  some 
form  should  be  used  in  every  case  of  typhoid  from  the  begin- 
ning, unless  there  be  some  very  strong  reason  for  refusing  it, 
as  where  there  is  a  distinct  heredity  towards  drunkenness." 
Many  who  might  not  agree  to  this  course  in  typhoid  believe 
in  using  alcohol  in  every  case  of  pneumonia,  whatever  its 
nature,  and  in  all  severe  septic  and  pyemic  processes  the 
author  supposes  that  the  majority  of  good  practitioners  in 
this  vicinity  would  prescribe  alcohol  as  a  matter  of  routine. 
From  this  point  of  view,  the  diagnosis  once  established,  the 
exhibition  of  alcoholic  stimulants  is  a  matter  of  course. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  are  in  many  modern  text 
books  signs  of  a  reaction  against  this  wholesale  and  routine 
use  of  stimulants.  For  instance,  W.  Gilman  Thompson,  in 
his  new  work  on  dietetics,  says  :  "  I  am  inclined  to  prescribe 
very  much  less  alcohol  than  formerly  ;"  and  again  :  "  The 
routine  employment  of  alcohol  in  typhoid  is  to  be  deplored." 
Pepper,  in  the  edition  of  1894  of  the  "American  Text-book 
of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine,"  says  :  "  Until 
recently  the  symptoms  of  alcoholic  overaction  (in  typhoid) 
were  often  mistaken  for  advancing;  debility,  and  regarded  as 
an  indication  for  still  more  free  stimulation." 

Of  modern  authorities  Striimpel  is  the  only  one  who  dis- 
tinctly disbelieves  in  the  use  of  alcohol  in  any  of  the  diseases 
above  mentioned.  Even  in  pneumonia  he  does  not  give 
alcohol  except  to  patients  who  have  become  habituated  to  it 
before  their  illness.  "We  could  never  satisfy  ourselves,"  he 
says,  "  of  the  often  praised  action  of  alcohol  on  the  heart." 

Between  these  two  extremes — the  routine  use  and  the 
absolute  avoidance  of  alcohol  in  continued  fevers — falls  the 
practice  of  most  of  us.  The  usual  opinion  is  that  there  are 
certain  indications  for  the  use  of  alcohol  in  such  cases.  What 
we  want  to  bring  out  in  this  paper  is  that  many  of  us  are  not 
as  clear  or  as  consistent  as  we  ought  to  be  as  to  just  what  we 
expect  to  gain  by  stimulation,  and  as  to  the  reasons  for  its 
use  in  any  particular  case. 

For  example,  Cabot  thinks  there  is  a  fairly  wide-spread 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  295 

impression  among  us  that  alcohol  is  itself  directly  inimical  to 
the  toxemia  which  forms  the  chief  danger  in  acute  infections. 
Does  this  impression  rest  on  any  satisfactory  experi- 
mental basis  ?  The  writer  has  never  heard  of  any  such.  If  it 
could  be  shown  that  the  use  of  alcohol  increases  the  germi- 
cidal power  of  the  blood,  or  of  the  power  of  the  kidney  to 
excrete  toxins  or  precipitate  them  in  the  stomach,  we  should 
have  a  satisfactory  reason  for  giving  stimulants,  as,  for 
instance,  most  surgeons  now  give  them  in  septic  cases.  There 
would  then  be  good  reason  for  giving  stimulants,  even  if  they 
did  not  improve  the  heart's  action,  the  digestion,  or  any  other 
function  of  the  organism.  But,  so  tar  as  known,  there  is  no 
■experimental  evidence  that  the  ingestion  of  alcohol  does  in- 
crease the  antitoxic  or  bactericidal  power  of  the  blood,  and 
there  is  a  certain  amount  of  evidence  that,  so  far  from  in- 
creasing the  ability  of  the  kidneys  to  excrete  toxic  products, 
alcohol  has  just  the  reverse  effect.  We  know  that  alcohol 
precipitates  snake  poison  in  the  stomach  where  it  is  excreted, 
but  the  writer  is  not  aware  of  such  evidence  as  regards  other 
toxins.  He  has  heard  surgeons  and  others  express  a  belief 
that  it  is  no  harm  to  stimulate  a  septic  patient  even  to  the 
point  of  making  him  drunk.  As  to  the  wisdom  of  this  course 
the  following  experiments  are  relevant : 

I.  In  the  Comptes  de  la  Societe  de Biologie  for  1895  (p.  51), 
Wurtz  and  Hudels  report  experiments  on  fourteen  rabbits 
and  seven  guinea-pigs,  which  were  given  enough  alcohol  to 
make  them  drunk,  and  then  killed,  and  their  blood  examined 
for  bacteria.  Over  one-half  the  cases  showed  the  presence  in 
their  blood  of  streptococci,  colon  bacilli,  proteus  vulgaris  and 
various  anaerobic  organisms. 

The  control  animals,  to  whom  the  same  dose  of  alcohol 
had  been  given,  recovered  from  its  effects,  showing  that  the 
inroad  of  bacteria  in  the  autopsied  cases  was  not  due  to  any 
moribund  condition  from  a  lethal  dose.  They  were  simply 
drunk  and  not  dangerously  poisoned. 

If  large  quantities  of  alcohol  make  bacteria  enterthe 
blood  in  animals,  wl\y  may  it  not  have  a  similar  effect  in 
sick  men }  Are  we  likely,  then,  to  benefit  a  septic  patient  by 
making  him  drunk  i 

2.  Again,  take  the  question  of  the  excretion  of  toxins  by 
the  kidney.  It  is  well  known  that  in  most  acute  infectious 
diseases,  where  the  patient  is  doing  well,  the  urinary  toxicity 
is  greatly  increased,  and  this  is  taken  to  show  that  the 
kidneys  are  aiding  in  the  fight  against  the  disease  by  ex- 
creting the  poisons  produced  by  the  infectious  agent.  Kel- 
logg found  that  the  use  of  alcohol,  so  far  from  increasing  the 
urinary  toxicity,  greatly  decreased  it.     The  writer  does  not 


296  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

vouch  for  these  results,  but  offers  them  for  what  they  are 
worth.  There  is  no  doubt  that  cold  bathing  in  typhoid  does 
increase  the  urinary  toxicity,  as  has  been  shown  by  Roque 
and  Well. 

Apart  from  the  question  of  the  action  of  alcohol  as  an 
antitoxic  or  bactericidal  agent,  the  following  indications  for 
using  it  in  continued  fevers  are  stated  in  most  text-books. 

1.  Persons  long  addicted  to  its  use  should  not  be 
deprived  of  it  in  febrile  diseases.  On  this  point  there  seems 
to  be  no  disagreement. 

2.  It  may  be  the  only  form  of  food  which  the  patient 
can  and  will  take. 

3.  Sudden  collapse  or  great  prostration  from  any  cause 
is  generally  agreed  to  call  for  stimulation. 

As  to  these  three  indications  the  writer  thinks  most 
physicians  would  agree.  But  the  great  majority  of  writers 
go  further  and  recommended  that ; 

4.  Any  serious  complication,  such  as  hemorrhage  or  per- 
foration in  typhoid,  severe  nervous  symptoms  like  delirium — 
in  fact,  anything  that  shows  an  especially  severe  case — should 
be  considered  an  indication  for  stimulation. 

?.  Persons  over  forty  years  of  age  and  persons  of  feeble 
constitution  are  believed  by  most  writers  to  need  stimulation 
in  case  they  catch  any  severe  infectious  disease,  like  typhoid 
or  pneumonia. 

On  the  other  hand,  Ringer's  views  on  the  use  of  alcoholic 
stimulants  are  copied  into  many  text-books,  and  they  conflict 
with  the  belief  that  a  severe  or  complicated  case  or  one  oc- 
curring in  a  feeble  person  should  always  be  treated  with  stimu- 
lants. Ringer  says  in  substance:  "If  after  the  use  of  alcohol 
we  see  the  pulse  become  slower,  the  skin  and  tongue  moister, 
sleep  better,  nervous  symptoms  less  marked,  breathing  less 
hurried,  food  better  taken — the  alcohol  is  doing  good.  Not 
otherwise.'' 

Now,  if  this  be  true,- we  cannot  say  that  severe  or  debili- 
tated cases  need  stimulation,  but  only  that  they  may  need  it, 
or  that  they  need  it  in  case  it  turns  out  to  do  them  good. 
Now  this  is  where  the  writer  thinks  many  of  us  err.  We  do 
not  watch  the  action  of  alcohol  as  we  do  that  of  other  drugs 
which  may  do  harm.  We  often  give  it  as  we  might  give 
malt,  and  not  as  we  give  digitalis  or  calomel.  When  we  give 
a  diaphoretic  or  a  purgative  we  look  for  its  definite  action  ; 
if  we  do  not  get  it  after  a  sufficient  dose,  we  do  not  continue 
the  drug.  But  the  writer  has  repeatedly  seen  alcohol  given 
whether  any  good  effects  appeared  or  not  with  a  general 
idea  that  it  must  be  doing  good  since  it  is  a  food  and  a  stimu- 
lant.    But  in  many  cases  it  does  not  act  as  a   stimulant — in 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  297 

any  dose ;  does  not  slow  the  pulse,  moisten  the  tongue,  or 
decrease  restlessness  and  delirium  ;  and  other  food  is  so  well 
taken  that  it  is  not  needed  as  a  food — yet  we  go  on  using  it 
under  a  vague  impression  that  it  helps  the  patient  to  fight  his 
disease,  makes  him  feel  better  perhaps,  and  at  any  rate  cannot 
do  any  harm.  Cabot  enters  a  protest  against  such  treat- 
ment which  he  sees  constantly  administered  in  our  hospitals 
and  elsewhere.  He  believes  with  Pepper  that  the  symptoms 
of  alcoholic  poisoning  are  "  often  mistaken  for  advancing 
debility,  and  regarded  as  an  indication  for  still  more  free 
stimulation." 

There  is  a  pernicious  idea  which  has  been  repeatedly 
advanced  by  prominent  physicians,  that  if  the  smell  of  alcohol 
is  not  present  on  the  breath  the  amount  of  alcohol  given  must 
be  doing  good.  But  alcohol  is  not  excreted  solely  by  the 
lungs,  and  its  ill-effects  can  be  shown,  as  Ringer  and  others 
have  pointed  out,  by  other  symptoms  besides  the  smell  of 
the  breath. 

It  seems  to  the  writer  that  what  is  most  needed  at  the 
present  time  in  order  to  improve  our  therapeutic  use  of  alcohol 
is  more  experimental  evidence  on  two  points  :  (i)  The  effects 
of  alcohol  on  the  toxicity  of  the  urine,  and  on  the  antitoxic 
and  bactericidal  power  of  the  blood  ;  (2)  the  effects  of  treating 
acute  infectious  diseases  without  alcohol. 

The  writer  has  often  thought  that  therapeutic  progress 
is  seriously  hindered  by  the  fact  that  every  case  is  given  the 
best  treatment  known.  He  accounts  for  the  long  persistence 
of  the  bleeding  treatment  by  supposing  that  since  every 
patient  was  given  the  best  treatment  known — namely;  bleed- 
ing— physicians  had  no  chance  to  see  how  the  disease  would 
do  without  the  treatment.  Similarly,  at  the  present  day,  so 
few  of  us  have  ever  seen  a  severe  case  of  sepsis  or  pneumonia 
treated  without  alcohol  that  it  is  very  possible  that  some  of 
us  may  attribute  to  the  disease  (as  Pepper  says)  symptoms 
really  due  to  the  treatment.  The  writer  has  often  been  struck 
with  the  close  resemblance  between  delirium  tremens  and 
some  of  the  symptoms  of  severe  febrile  cases  treated  with  the 
best  known  alcoholic  stimulation. 

In  1864  A.  L.  Loomis  treated  600  cases  of  typhus  fever 
without  alcoholic  stimulants  as  an  experiment.  His  mortality 
record  was  six  per  cent. ;  the  previous  record  in  the  same 
epidemic  in  cases  treated  with  stimulants  was  twenty-two 
per  cent, 

N.  S.  Davis  claims  to  have  treated  1,000  cases  of  typhoid 
fever  without  alcoholic  stimulation  with  a  mortality  of  five 
per  cent. 

Kellogg,  of  Battle   Creek,   states   that  he   has    treated 


298  PKOGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

eighty-two  cases  of  pneumonia  without  alcohol,  with  a 
mortality  of  4.9  per  cent. 

The  author  states  that  he  is  aware  that  statistics  can  lie, 
and  he  is  not  prepared  to  say,  as  Striimpel  does,  that  we 
should  give  up  alcoholic  stimulation  in  fevers ;  but  he  does 
think  that  we  need  a  broader  experimental  basis  for  our 
practice  of  and  use  of  stimulants  simply  because  the  case  ap- 
pears to  be  very  severe. 

In  conclusion  he  believes  that  alcohol,  like  other  drugs, 
should  be  given  to  accomplish  a  definite  therapeutic  result, 
and  if  no  signs  of  that  result  appear  the  drug  should  be  with- 
drawn. Experimental  evidence  is  much  needed  :  (a)  As  to 
the  effects  of  alcohol  on  the  toxicity  of  the  urine  and  the 
bactericidal  power  of  the  blood  ;  (d)  as  to  the  result  of  treat- 
ing acute  febrile  diseases  without  alcohol. 

BACTERIOLOGICAL  RESEARCHES  IN  WHOOP- 
ING COUGH. 

By  E,  CZAPLEWSKI  and  R.  Hensel  {Deutsch.  Med.  Woch., 
1897,  No.  37,  Ref.  Der  Kinder- Arzt,  1897,  Hft.  12.  The 
Post  Graduate,  March,  '98). 

Experiments  hitherto  made  upon  the  etiology  of  whoop- 
ing-cough have  thus  far  given  no  definite  results.  There- 
fore, during  the  last  Koenigsberg  epidemic  of  whooping-cough, 
the  authors  instituted  researches,  obtaining  positive  results. 
The  sputum  was  received  immediately  after  the  paroxysm,  in 
sterile  or  (what  is  irrelevant)  non-sterile  vessels,  and  washed 
in  peptone- water;  from  the  solid  residue  of  the  sputum  floculi 
smear  preparations  were  made.  The  staining  is  done  with 
carbol-fuchsin,  or  better  with  carbol-glycerin-fuchsin  (both 
diluted),  preferably  after  a  previous  short  treatment  of  the 
preparation  with  i  per  cent,  acetic  acid.  Cultivation  took 
place  upon  Loeffler's  blood  serum,  at  37^C.  The  micro-or- 
ganism thus  found  appeared  as  a  very  small,  short  rod,  with 
oval  rounded  ends.  It  is  about  as  large  as  the  influenza 
bacillus,  which  it  also  resembles  through  its  staining  qualities, 
but,  in  distinction  from  this.it  grows  upon  the  ordinary  culture 
media.  Furthermore,  the  size  is  very  variable.  The  small- 
est forms  appear  as  cocci,  in  division  as  diplococci.  The  adult 
rod  is  only  2-3  times  as  long  as  broad.  Longer  forms  are 
found  in  cultures,  more  rarely  in  the  sputum.  Sometimes 
several  individuals  are  arranged  in  chains.  The  bacterium  is 
non-motile,short-lived  and  little  resistant.  Up  to  this  time  last- 
ing(Dauer)  forms  have  not  been  observed.  Most  of  the  bacteria 
lie  free  in  the  sputum ;  more  rarely  they  occur  in  the  cells,  yet 
sometimes  many  cells  are  entirely  filled  with  them.  In 
sputum  that  has  not  been  well  washed,  still  other  bacteria  are 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  299 

found,  particularly  streptococci,  whereby  isolation  upon  serum 
plates  is  rendered  very  difficult.  Pure  cultures  were  first 
obtained  by  means  of  secondary  streak  inoculation  upon 
plates.  These  can  readily  be  grown  as  a  not  very  char- 
acteristic, yellowish-gray  coating  upon  serum  tubes,  and  then 
also  upon  the  remaining  ordinary  nutrient  media,  even  upon 
gelatine  at  23  ^  C.  Inoculation  experiments  upon  animals 
yielded  no  results,  as  in  the  case  of  the  influenza  bacillus  (here, 
as  is  known,  a  transfer  inoculation  only  takes  place  in  a 
specific  form  in  apes). 

The  above  described  findings  were  constant  in  over  thirty 
cases.  The  assumption  that  this  micro-organism  is  the  cause 
of  whooping-cough  was  confirmed  by  the  fact  that,  by  its 
detection,  the  authors  were  able  to  foretell  the  existence  of 
whooping-cough  in  several  cases  in  which  a  positive  clinical 
diagnosis  could  only  be  made  at  a  latter  period.  Moreover, 
one  of  the  authors  became  affected  during  this  investigation 
with  a  severe  coryza  associated  with  general  symptoms. 
Coughing  was  slight;  upon  only  one  day  were  several  con- 
vulsive coughing  attacks  observed.  The  described  bacteria 
were  found  in  great  numbers  in  the  nasal  secretion.  The 
authors  believe  that  Burger  [Berlin  klin.  Wock.,  1883.  No.  i) 
has  already  described  the  same  bacteria. 

TREATMENT      OF     THE      ATAXIA     IN      TABES 

DORSALIS  BY  THE  RE-EDUCATION    OF  THE 

MOVEMENTS,  FRAENKEL'S  METHOD. 

By  HiRSCHBERG  {Arch,  de  NeiiroL.,V o\.  II.,  1896,  Nos.  9 
and  11;  The  Post-Graduate,  March,  1898). 

The  author  bases  his  conclusions  on  a  study  of  nine 
cases.  In  the  beginning  the  patients  practice  the  movements 
for  one-half  hour  every  day,  but  after  they  have  become 
accustomed  to  them  an  hour  is  the  customary  time.  This 
should  not  be  exceeded,  nor  should  any  considerable  fatigue 
be  caused.  In  the  three  of  the  cases  which  the  author 
mentions,  the  ataxia'was  so  profound  that  the  patients  were 
unable  to  walk  or  to  stand,  and  in  the  remaining  three  cases 
the  ataxia  was  of  a  moderately  severe  degree.  Improve- , 
ment  was  manifest  in  every  case,  and  in  some  this  was  very 
marked.  Concomitantly  with  the  bettering  of  the  ataxia  the 
patients  were  subjectively  improved.  They  not  only  felt 
better,  but  remarked  that  when  in  bed  they  knew  where  their 
legs  were,  etc.  There  was  no  objective  improvement  of 
sensory  disturbances.  According  to  the  author's  experience, 
Fraenkel's  method  may  be  employed  with  benefit  in  all 
uncomplicated  cases  of  tabes  ;  nevertheless  in  every  case  the 
patient's  nutrition  must  be  fairly  well  preserved.       It  should 


300  PROGRESS    OF  MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

not  be  used  when  tabes  is  complicated  with  other  diseases — 
such  as  of  the  heart,  for  example.  An  absolute  contra- 
indication to  its  use  the  author  sees  in  tabic  joint  affections 
The  blind  tabic  patient  finds  no  benefit  whatsoever.  Cases 
in  which  the  tabes  has  developed  acutely  should  not  be 
treated  by  means  of  the  Fraenkel  method  at  once — on  the 
contrary,  this  method  of  treatment  should  be  delayed 
until  the  disease  comes  to  a  standstill,  or  until  the  progression 
of  the  disease  is  extremely  slow. 

TREATMENT  OF  MANIA. 

By  Magnan  {Revue  de  Psychiatrie^  1 897). 

The  author's  advice  regarding  the  treatment  of  mania  is 
summarized  as  follows  :  I.  No  restraint  and  rest  in  bed.  The 
patient  should  never  be  put  in  a  cell  except  as  an  absolutely 
last  resource.  2.  Baths,  bromide  and  chloral.  3.  When 
there  is  intense  excitement  and  profound  insomnia,  hydro- 
chlorate  of  hyoscine  may  be  used  subcutaneously,  4.  The 
concentrated  nutrition  must  be  given,  frequently  repeated, 
and  all  forms  of  fermented  liquors  interdicted.  The  straight 
jacket  is  never  used.  To  quiet  the  patient,  baths  at  33  °  C. 
are  given,  the  patient  being  kept  in  the  water  for  from  two 
to  five  h"urs,  and  the  same  time  cold  applications  are  made 
to  the  head.  If  the  patient  is  extremely  maniacal  wet  packs 
may  be  used  instead  of  the  baths.  In  the  evening  the  patient 
should  receive  from  40  to  60  grains  of  bromide  of  potassium 
and  two  or  three  hours  later  from  10  to  40  grains  of  chloral. 
After  a  week  or  so,  when  the  patient  has  quieted  somewhat, 
the  dose  of  bromide  is  diminished  and  the  chloral  is  given 
only  occasionally,  sulfonal  and  trional  being  substituted. 
Patients  that  are  rebellious  to  the  bromide-chloral  medication 
often  take  increasing  doses  of  laudanum  with  very  good 
effect.  Morphine  should  not  be  given.  Over-medication  is 
the  mistake  usually  made  in  the  treatment  of  acute  mania. 

PHYSICAL  ENDURANCE.— WHY 
WE  GET  TIRED. 

It  should  be  impressed  upon  all  young  persons  that 
during  life  each  member  of  the  body,  in  the  very  act  of  living, 
produces  poison  to  itself.  When  this  poison  accumulates 
faster  than  it  can  be  eliminated,  which  always  occurs  unless 
the  muscle  has  an  interval  of  rest,  then  will  come  fatigue, 
which  is  only  another  expression  for  toxic  infection.  If  the 
muscle  is  given  an  interval  of  rest,  so  that  the  cell  can  give 
off  its  waste  product  to  keep  pace  with  the  new  productions, 
the  muscle  will  then  liberate  energy  for  a  long  time.  This 
latter  condition  is  what  we  call  endurance. 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  3OI 

The  power  and  endurance  of  the  human  machine  is 
limited  according  to  our  understanding  of  the  above  facts, 
and  also  our  recognition  of  its  slowness  in  getting  started. 
Like  any  other  ponderous  ^nd  intricate  machine,  the  body 
requires  time  to  get  in  harmonious  working  order.  The  brain, 
nerves,  heart  and  skeletal  muscles  must  be  given  some  warn- 
ing of  the  work  they  are  expected  collectively  to  perform. 
Ignorance  of  this  fact  has  broken  down  many  a  young  man 
who  aspired  to  honors  on  the  cinder-path.  The  necessity  of 
getting  all  the  parts  of  the  body  slowly  in  working  order  is 
well  understood  by  trainers  and  jockeys  on  the  race  track,  as 
is  evidenced  by  the  preliminary  "  warming  up"  they  give 
their  horses,  although  it  is  doubtful  if  the  trainers  could  give 
any  physiologic  reason  for  this  custom. 

It  is  the  general  impression  among  athletes  fhat  exhaus- 
tion and  "  loss  of  wind"  is  due  to  the  inability  to  consume 
sufficient  oxygen  and  exhale  rapidly  enough  carbon  dioxide. 
When  the  muscle  is  moving  rapidly  and  forcibly  it  is  true 
that  it  demands  more  oxygen,  and  gives  off  to  the  blood  more 
carbon  dioxide  than  when  at  rest.  When  a  man  is  running 
as  fast  as  he  can  make  his  limbs  move  he  is  able  to  keep  up 
the  pace  but  for  a  short  distance  unless,  like  the  hunted  hare, 
he  runs  to  his  death.  On  account  of  the  forced,  vigorous 
and  rapid  muscular  action  in  this  case,  the  poisonous  materials 
are  thrown  into  the  blood,  to  be  carried  to  all  parts  of  the 
body — muscles,  nerves,  brain.  The  heart  is  affected  by  this 
poison  through  the  nerve  cells  controlling  that  organ ;  the 
muscles  of  respiration  are  similarly  disturbed.  The  panting, 
distressed  efforts  of  breathing,  sidelong  tumbling,  anhelation 
and  final  semi-consciousness  of  the  hunted  stag  or  hare  are  a 
good  example  of  acute  auto-intoxication  ending  in  death.  This 
latter  deplorable  condition  is  not  unknown  among  the  annals 
of  human  strife  for  athletic  honors,  even  with  our  present  ad- 
vanced knowledge  of  physiology. — From  the  Physiology  of 
Strength  and  Endurance,  by  W.  L.  HOWARD,  in  Appletons^ 
Popular  Science  Monthly  for  June. 

THE  USE  AND  ABUSE  OF  HYPNOTICS 
IN   INSOMNIA. 

The  use  of  hypnotics  in  the  treatment  of  insomnia  is 
simply  the  use  of  symptom  remedies  ;  insomnia  is  a  symptom, 
not  a  cause  of  disease  nor  a  disease.  Sleep  is  essential  to 
the  welfare  of  the  organism  in  the  same  sense  that  food  is. 
Deprivation  of  one  or  the  other  causes  death  in  about  the 
same  period  of  time. 

The  use  of  hypnotics,  therefore,  should  be  temporary 
while  the  underlying  cause  of  the  insomnia  is  being  removed 


302  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

or  palliated.  Nor,  indeed,  is  it  well  at  the  outset  to  employ 
hypnotics  without  trial  of  other  measures.  Aside  from  the 
removal  of  somatic  causes  for  sleeplessness,  various  general 
methods  may  be  employed.  One  of  the  best  is  a  bath  at 
104  F.  for  five  minutes.  The  general  cutaneous  vascular 
dilatation,  increased  by  rubbing  with  a  coarse  towel,  is  fre- 
quently followed  by  a  good  night's  rest.  Warm  liquid  food, 
as  a  glass  of  hot  milk,  a  bowl  of  soup,  will  often  give  satis- 
factory results.  In  fact  some  of  the  hypnotics  which,  on 
account  of  their  insolubility,  must  be  given  in  considerable 
quantities  of  hot  liquids,  owe  not  a  little  of  their  reputation 
to  the  vehicle  in  which  they  are  administered.  In  debilitated 
individuals,  a  glass  of  stout  or  whiskey  in  hot  water  (hot 
Scotch)  may  work  wonders.  In  tired  subjects,  strychnine 
sulphate  in  moderate  dose  acts  as  a  hypnotic,  not  because  it 
makes  a  too-tired  individual  just  tired  enough  to  sleep,  as  a 
distinguished  professor  of  medicine  would  have  it,  but  because 
strychnine  dilates  arterioles.  Sometimes  stimulation  of  the 
emunctories,  as  by  sodium  sulphate,  again  in  hot  water  taken 
at  night,  will  be  followed  by  sleep,  particularly  in  gouty  sub- 
jects, not  because  it  is  hypnotic,  but  on  account  of  its  action 
on  liver,  intestines  and  kidneys.  Methods  which  relieve  pain 
—position,  topical  applications — are  hypnotic. 

Sleep  is  accompanied  by  cerebral  anaemia  and  systemic 
cutaneous  vascular  dilatation.  Any  method  which  produces 
these  effects  will  tend  to  the  production  of  sleep.  When  these 
all  fail,  and  often  they  do,  hypnotics  must  be  resorted  to. 
The  safest  only  should  be  chosen  ;  they  are  chloralamide,. 
pellotine,  paraldehyde  and  trional. 

The  abuse  of  hypnotics  comes  from  two  sources  :  (i)' 
careless  and  ignorant  physicians,  and  (2)  conscienceless  pre- 
scribing druggists.  The  careless  physician  prescribes  for  the 
symptom  insomnia,  little  caring  whether  it  be  due  to  cerebral 
degeneration,  organic  cardiac  disease,  obstructive  pulmonary 
disease,  latent  gout,  functional  intestinal  derangements  or 
hysteria.  The  ignorant  physician  uses  opium  or  its  alkaloids, 
not  knowing  that  these  are  narcotics,  clubs  a  patient  into  in- 
sensibility and  calls  it  sleep.  Here  commences  the  opium 
habit,  or,  not  believing  in  "  new-fangled"  remedies,  he  keeps 
closely  to  chloral,  and  either  adds  to  the  list  of  chloral  fiends- 
or  terminates  the  life  of  one  who  is  suffering  from  an  unrecog- 
nized heart  lesion,  the  cause  of  the  insomnia.  Or,  again, 
he  may  be  a  therapeutic  nihilist — a  polite  name  for  the  thera- 
peutic ignoramus — and  finding  that  drugs  when  administered 
by  him  have  but  slight  beneficial  effect,  concludes  that  they 
have  none  at  all,  launches  out  with  a  combination  of  drugs,, 
and  succeeds  in   making  his   patient  sleep  because,  with    all 


SURGERY.  303; 

functions  overhelmed,  he  can  do  nothing  else.  The  danger 
of  hypnotics  are  immediate  (death)  or  remote  (interference 
with  nutrition).  The  possibility  of  habit  is  always  to  be 
borne  in  mind.  Druggists  are  responsible  for  a  large  share 
of  the  abuse  of  hypnotics.  They  openly  prescribe  hypnotics 
in  doses  far  exceeding  those  considered  safe  and  further  repeat 
prescriptions  containing  hypnotic  drugs  even  when  the  pre- 
scription distinctly  forbids  this.  In  England,  sulphonal  is 
sold  as  openly  and  carelessly  as  are  the  ordinary  necessities 
of  life.  With  equal  ease  coffee  can  be  purchased  for  breakfast 
and  sulphonal  for  bedtime.  The  same  is  true  in  this  country. 
So  long  as  druggists  prescribe  and  sell  without  authority,  so 
long  will  hypnotics  be  abused.  And  druggists  are  beyond 
control. 

The  only  remedy  lies  with  the  physician.  Let  him  study 
his  materia  medica,  learn  his  therapeutics,  and  apply  intelli- 
gently what  he  has  learned.  Then,  and  only  then,  may  we 
get  the  best  results  with  the  fewest  disadvantageous  symp- 
toms, do  the  most  for  our  patients,  and  after  all  rest  with  a 
consciousness  of  duty  well  performed. —  The  Post-GrainatCy 
May,  1898. 

SURQBRY. 

IN  CHARGE  OP 

GEORGE  PISK,  M.D.. 
lustructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospital. 


A  RETRACTOR  FOR  THE  INTESTINES. 

Karl  Roser  {Centralbl.  f.  Chir.,  Berlin,  1898,  XI,  pp. 
297-300)  describes  an  instrument  devised  for  the  purpose  of 
holding  the  intestines  back  out  of  the  way  during  abdominal 
operations.  The  apparatus  is  made  by  soldering  together 
the  end  of  a  steel  wire  sixty-two  centimeters  long  and  two 
millimeters  thick,  so  that  it  forms  a  ring.  The  wire  should 
be  of  such  a  temper  as  to  allow  of  its  being  bent  to  fit  the 
individual  needs,  at  the  same  time  being  of  sufficient  elasti- 
city to  keep  its  shape  and  maintain  enough  pressure  on  the 
surrounding  structures  to  hold  the  required  position.  The 
deleterious  effects  following  pressure  on  the  tissues  may  be 
overcome  by  covering  the  wire  with  rubber.  Either  gauze 
or  lint  is  stretched  over  the  ring.  This  instrument  is  of 
especial  advantage  in  operations  in  the  pelvis  when  the  Tren- 
delenberg  position  is  contra-indicated,  and  also  in  operations 
in  the  region  of  the  gall-blader,  and  it  is  useful  in  all  abdo- 
minal operations  where  it  is  essential  to  keep  the  intestines 
out  of  the  way. — American  Medico  Surgical  Bulletin,  May,  25. 
1898. 


304  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

MINIATURE  HAMMERS  AND  THE  SUTURE  OF 
THE  BILE  DUCTS. 

Dr.  W.  S.  Halstead  ^Biil.  Johns  Hopkins'  Hosp.,  Vol. 
IX.,  No.  6,  p.  67,  1898)  says  that  the  operation  of  cho- 
ledochotomy  should  never  be  postponed  solely  for  the  pur- 
pose of  allowing  the  ducts  to  become  thickened,  for  the 
normal  duct  "  can  be  sutured  accurately,  almost  infallibly, 
and  without  danger  of  leakage  or  constriction."  To  facilitate 
the  suture  of  the  bile-ducts  Halstead  employs  miniature 
hammers,  the  heads  of  which  vary  in  diameter  from  3  to  17 
mm.,  and  they  have  the  handle  inserted  near  one  of  the 
heads  in  order  to  make  easy  its  introduction  and  removal. 
The  mode  of  procedure  in  suturing  the  ducts  is  as  follows: 
Two  sutures  are  introduced  to  serve  as  retractors,  and  the 
incision  into  the  duct  is  made  between  them.  When  all  is 
ready  for  uniting  the  duct,  a  hammer  of  the  proper  size  is 
inserted  into  the  opening.  Then,  with  the  very  finest  of  silk 
and  needles,  mattress  sutures  are  introduced  directly  across 
the  hammer-head,  uniting  the  two  sides  of  the  incision. 
These  sutures  must  of  necessity  go  through  the  duct- wall,  but 
as  the  contents  of  the  duct  are  almost  always  sterile  this 
makes  no  difference.  The  hammer  is  then  withdrawn  and  the 
sutures  tied.  The  advantages  of  being  better  able  to  control 
the  position  of  the  duct,  of  more  ease  in  passing  the  sutures, 
and  of  cleanliness,  are  all  manifest  to  the  operator  when 
he  uses  these  hammers. — American  Medico-Surgical  Bulletin, 
May  25,  1898. 

THE  ADVANTAGES  OF  THE  TRENDELENBURG 
POSTURE    DURING    ALL    OPERATIONS    IN- 
VOLVING, DIRECTLY  OR  INDIRECTLY, 
THE   CAVITIES  OF  THE  MOUTH, 
NOSE  AND  TRACHEA. 

W.  W.  Keen  {Dunglison's  Coll.  and  Clin.  Rec,  July, 
1897)  calls  attention  to  the  great  advantages  which  may  be 
secured  by  operating  on  the  tonsil  and  on  the  adenoid 
growths  in  the  pharynx  in  the  Trendelenburg  position.  This 
position  has  also  a  much  wider  use  in  the  removal  of  pharyn- 
geal tumors,  naso-pharyngeal  tumors,  extirpation  of  the 
tongue  and  upper  and  lower  jaws,  all  operations  involving 
the  cavity  of  the  nose,  in  cleft  palate,  hare-lip,  epitheliorha, 
and  other  tumors  of  the  lips,  roof  of  the  mouth,  etc.  The 
advantages  of  this  position  are  : — i.  There  is  little  danger  of 
an  aspiration-pneumonia  following  the  operation.  2.  A  pre- 
liminary tracheotomy    may  generally  be  avoided,    a    by  no 


SURGERY.  305 

means  slight  advantage,  since  a  tracheotomy-wound  is  neces- 
sarily an  infected  wound,  adding  greatly  to  the  dingers  of 
the  principal  wound.  3.  There  is  little  difficulty  in  giving 
the  anesthetic.  4.  The  mouth  being  gagged  open,  if  the 
operation  is  intra-oral,  the  interior  of  its  cavity  can  be  seen 
very  readily,  especially  if  with  the  gag  a  tongue-depresser  is 
used.  If  not,  then  the  tongue  is  controlled  by  a  ligature 
passed  through  it.  The  soft  palate  can  be  lifted  by  a  blunt 
hook,  and  adenoids  removed  from  the  vault  of  the  pharynx 
with  the  aid  of  sight  as  plainly  as  if  they  were  on  the  face. 
The  arches  of  the  palate,  tonsils,  the  posterior  wall  of  the 
pharynx,  the  roof  of  the  mouth,  cheek,  etc.,  can  always  be 
seen  and  reached  with  that  certainty  which  accompanies 
sight.  A  forehead  electric  light  is  of  great  assistance.  5- 
There  is  no  spitting  of  blood  into  the  face  of  the  operator,  and 
therefore  no  interruption  of  the  operation.  The  author  also  inci- 
dentally alludes  to  the  use  of  a  slight  Tredelenburg  position  in 
the  removal  of  the  breast,  Estlander's,Schede's,  or  other  opera- 
tions on  the  chest,  in  all  operations  about  the  shoulder,  neck  or 
head.  Soiling  of  the  night-dress,  underclothes,  blankets,  etc. 
is  thus  avoided. — American  Medico  Surgical  Bulletin^  Feb. 
10,  1898. 

POST -OPERATIVE  INTESTINAL  PARESIS 
FROM  NERVE  INJURY. 

Dr.  E.  McGuire,  of  Richmond  ( Virg.  Med.  Semi- Monthly, 
Oct.  22,  1897),  calls  attention  to  and  reports  several  cases 
briefly  of  the  foregoing,  v.'hichcame  under  his  care.  The  im. 
portance  of  post-operative  ileus  from  nerve-injury  has  not  re- 
<;eived  the  attention  that  it  should  ;  one  reason  is  that  it  is 
generally  confounded  with  some  other  variety,  especially  the 
sceptic  form,  which  is  often  added  to  the  former  in  a  few 
hours  if  not  relieved.  The  nervous  distribution  of  the  intes- 
tinal canal  being  derived  from  the  solar  plexus,  its  impressi- 
bility and  sensitiveness  are  not  excelled  in  any  part  of  the 
body,  and  it  is  little  to  be  wondered  at  that  over-stimulation 
from  injury  to  the  peritoneum  is  followed  by  a  paresis  of  the 
muscular  coat  of  the  intestine  to  which  the  afferent  or  motor 
nerve  is  distributed.  The  wonderful  inhibitory  power  of  the 
nervous  system  over  intestinal  peristalsis  is  illustrated  in  the 
passage  of  a  gall  stone  or  renal  calculus,  in  omentum  strangu- 
lation, in  ovarian  compression  from  blows  on  the  abdomen, 
etc.  McGuire  believes  that  a  large  number  of  cases  where 
death  is  attributed  to  post-operativ^e  sepsis  or  peritonitis  are 
either  caused  by  or  have  their  beginning  from  reflex  nerve- 
injury.  A  bowel  that  has  been  exposed  to  the  air  for  a  long 
time  until  it  has  become  blanched  and  dry,  one  that  has  been 


306  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

subjected  to  rough  manipulation,  or  has  had  its  mesentery  or 
coats  torn  or  lacerated  in  separating  adhesions,  has,  in  the 
author's  belief,  sustained  sufficient  injury  to  lose,  by  reflex 
paresis,  its  functionary  powers  of  absorption  and  peristalsis. 
Distension  from  reflex  paresis  may  come  rapidly  or  slowly. 
To  a  great  extent,  it  depends  upon  the  preparatory  treat, 
ment  of  the  intestinal  canal  prior  to  the  operation.  An  ex- 
ceedingly interesting,  important  and,  at  times,  difficult  mat- 
ter is  the  differential  diagnosis  between  the  various  forms  of 
post-operative  ileus.  In  every  instance  the  problem  to  solve 
is,  whether  we  have  to  contend  with  a  case  of  traumetic,  sep- 
tic or  mechanical  ileus.  Vomiting  in  post-operating  trau- 
matic ileus,  if  the  effects  of  the  anesthetic  have  passed  off, 
does  not  occur  as  early  as  in  the  septic  or  mechanical  variety, 
and  in  most  instances  is  not  excessive  until  the  advent  of 
sepsis.  To  the  discomfort  due  to  distension  added  pain  is  not 
severe.  The  distension  of  the  abdomen  is,  usually,  gradual 
and  diffused  over  the  whole  surface,  and  not  limited  at  first 
to  a  portion  of  the  abdomen,  as  so  often  seen  in  mechanical 
ileus  in  its  early  stages.  After  extensive  distension  has 
occurred  and  septic  paresis  or  peritonitis  is  added,  which  con- 
dition is  usually,  but  not  always,  accompanied  by  a  rise  of 
temperature,  there  is  no  line  of  demarkation  between  these 
two  forms.  One  gradually  merges  into  the  other,  and  the 
case  rapidly  progresses  from  bad  to  worse  temperature.  The 
pulse  should  be  watched  closely,  as  it  often  gives  the  first 
indication  of  impending  complications  by  gradually  increas- 
ing in  frequency.  Rapid  operations,  the  avoidance  of  ex- 
posure and  rough  hand  ling  of  the  intestines,  the  repairing  of 
all  peritoneal  injuries  as  far  as  possible,  the  prevention  of 
traction  on  the  intestinal  walls,  are  all  important  in  lessening 
the  danger  of  a  paretic  bowel  due  to  nerve-injury.  Finally, 
peristalsis  should  be  excited  that  an  evacuation  be  secured. 
— American  Medico- Surgical  Bulletin,  Feb.  lo,  1898. 

THE  TREATMENT  OF  FRACTURES  BY  MAS- 
SAGE AND  MOBILIZATION. 

Dr.  Lucas  Championniere  {Le  Scalpel,  January  2,  1898) 
presented  a  patient  at  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Paris  who 
had  had  a  fracture  of  the  inferior  extremity  of  the  left  hu- 
merus. The  cure  was  perfect,  and  had  been  affected  by  mas- 
sage and  mobilization  from  the  first.  Apropos  of  this  case, 
Dr.  Championnere  said  that  immobility  is  not  an  indispens- 
able element  nor  even  a  useful  one  in  the  treatment  of  frac- 
tures. A  mobilized  bone  with  peripheral  massage  repairs 
itself  more  quickly  and  more  easily  than  an  immobolized  one. 
A  great  number   of  fractures  of  the  humerus  are   amenable 


SURGERY.  307 

to  this  same  treatment,  all  those  from  the  finger  to  the  elbow 
and  those  which  are  superior  to  the  insertion  of  the  deltoid. 
Adult  and  aged  subjects  are  those  most  benefited  by  this 
treatment.  These  principles  apply  not  only  to  fractures  but 
also  to  all  tissues  which  have  undergone  traumatism.  Im- 
mobility does  not  favor  the  repair  of  tissues  or  of  organs  j 
movement  is  as  necessary  to  their  repair  as  to  their  life.  Im" 
mobility  in  surgery  is  harmful,  and  should  become  a  thing  of 
the  past.  Dr.  Pean  acknowledged  that  the  results  obtained 
were  all  that  could  be  desired,  but  could  not  agree  to  a  gen- 
eral application  of  this  method.  It  is  advantageous  in  trans- 
verse fractures  when  the  displacement  is  slight,  but,  when 
there  is  a  fracture  of  the  olecranon  or  an  intercondyloid  frac- 
ture, he  felt  convinced  that  immobility  for  some  days  gives 
most  excellent  effects.  The  method  of  Dr.  Championniere 
may  be  all  right  in  his  hands,  but  complications  are  likely  to 
arise  when  less  experienced  surgeons  attempt  to  employ  it. 
Dr.  Championniere  said  that  he  had  been  slightly  misunder- 
stood. He  wished  to  say  that  movement  never  produces 
pseudarthrosis.  Immobility  is  only  used  to  avoid  deformity. 
There  are  fractures  in  which  mobilization  cannot  be  employed, 
as  fractures  of  the  humeral  or  femoral  diaphyses,  fractures  of 
the  inferior  extremity  of  the  tibia,  etc. — Medical  Record^ 
May  7,  1898. 

BRAIN   SURGERY. 

Ernst  von  Bergmann  ("  Die  chirurgische  Behandlung  der 
Hirngeschwulste,"  Volkmann's  "  Klinische  Vortrage,"  No, 
200,  December,  1897)  recommends  greater  moderation  in 
brain  surgery.  He  considers  the  dangers  to  be  apprehended 
from  shock,  infection,  oedema  and  possible  prolapse  of  the 
brain  substance,  and  the  risk  of  the  formation  of  scar  tissue, 
inducing  epileptic  attacks,  sufficiently  great  to  contra-indicate 
craniotomy  in  all  cases  when  a  positive  diagnosis  cannot  be 
made.  Tumors  of  the  central  convolutions  are  those  easiest 
to  diagnose  and  most  likely  to  admit  of  successful  removal. 
New  growths  in  the  temporal  parietal  or  occipital  lobes  can 
be  definitely  located  only  when  they  encroach  on  the  central 
convolutions  sufficiently  to  give  rise  to  motor  disturbances. 
In  addition  to  the  customary  motor  symptoms,  ophthalmo* 
plegic  examination  is  capable  of  giving  much  assistance  in 
diagnosis.  Choked  disc  is  almost  invariably  present,  and  its 
character  often  permits  an  opinion  as  to  the  probable  size  of 
the  tumor.  General  systemtic  treatment  of  tuberculous 
nodules  and  gummata  gives  a  better  prognosis  than  opera- 
tion, but  when  a  tumor  of  another  variety  is  suspected,  al- 
though the  presence  of  either  of  the  above  is  possible,  cranio" 
tomyis  indicated. — Med.  Record,  May  7,  1898. 


THE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBLISHED    IVtONTHL-Y. 


Subscription  Price.,  $r.oo  per  annum  in  advance.    Single 
Copies f  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  to 
JOHN  LOVELL  &  SON,  23  St.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  business  commu. 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  revie-w,  and  exchanges,  shoiild  b» 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Office,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 

HOSPITAL  ABUSE. 

A  paper  was  read  on  this  subject  at  a  recent  meeting  of 
the  Montreal  Medico-Chirurgical  Society  by  Dr.  George  E. 
Armstrong,  Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  McGill 
University,  in  which  he  outlines  the  principal  aspects  of  this 
much-discussed  evil.     He  refers    to  the  growing  disposition 
to  get  medical  care  at  the  expense  of  the  public  by  those  who 
are  able  to  pay  for  it.     In  New  York  city  it  was  estimated 
that  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  population  were  in  this  category, 
and  in  most  large  cities  doubtless  a  similar  state  of  affairs  pre- 
vails.    Dr.  Armstrong  considers  the  causes  under  which  this 
condition  has  developed  under  seven  headings.      The  first  is 
the  "  increased  efficiency,  comfort,  attractiveness,  even  luxur- 
iousness  of  the  modern  hospital  ward  "  ;  the  rapid  increase  in 
the  number  of  hospitals  and  the  accommodation  for  patients  ;. 
the  rivalry  between  the  increased  number  of  hospitals  in  the 
way  of  attaining  to  a  high  standard  of  efficiency,  and  swelling 
the  list  of  patients  cared  for,  irrespective  of  claims  of  the  ap- 
plicants for  charitable  attendance  ;  the  advance  in  medicine 
and  surgery  has  increased  the  expense  of  treatment,  and  the 
necessity  and  expense  of  the  care  of  trained  nurses  is  often 
beyond  the   means  of  patients  who,  under   the  conditions  of 
twenty  years  ago,  would  have   received  more  simple  treat- 


EDITORIAL.  309 

ment ;  the  commercial  spirit  of  the  time  and  the  disposition 
to  acquire  wealth,  make  a  display  and  live  in  luxury^ 
"  People  will  buy  pianos,  bicycles,  good  clothes,  who  have  their 
doctor's  bill  unpaid  or  go  to  the  hospital  for  free  treatment 
when  sick ;  "  "  the  starting  of  this  modern  abomination,  the 
private  dispensary  and  hospital,  by  members  of  our  profession 
for  purely  selfish  and  personal  reasons  ;  "  lastly,  hospitals  de- 
pendent upon  the  public  for  support  must,  to  avoid  aliena- 
ting sympathy  and  subscriptions,  sometimes  receive  into 
their  wards  those  who  are  very  well  able  to  pay. 

Dr.  Armstrong,  as  a   hospital  surgeon,    recognizes   the 
growing  evil  of  hospital  abuse  and  its  demoralizing    tenden- 
cies, although  the  effects  are  felt  mostly  by  the  general  prac- 
titioners who  are  not  connected  with  hospitals,  and  he  looks 
for  means  of  remedying  the  evil.     Among  these  is  concerted 
action  between  all  the  hospitals  of  a  city  and  a  central  hos- 
pital board  with  representatives  from  each  hospital  and  from 
the  general  profession,  selected  from  each  district.   This  Board 
could  do  its  work  largely  through  one  or  more  enquiry  officers. 
Ambulance  work  and  first  aid  to  the   injured  should  not  be 
interfered  with,  but  after  the  first  aid  is   rendered  those  able 
to  pay  should  be  referred  to  their  regular  medical  attendant. 
The  Victorian  Order  of  Nurses  will  be  a   means  of  en- 
abling  those    of   moderate  means  to   secure  the    necessary 
trained  care.     Dr.    Armstrong  thinks   that  hospitals  should 
care  only  for  the  sick  who  are  unable  to  pay  anything,  and 
he  is  entirely  opposed  to  dispensaries  and  hospitals  accepting 
small  amounts   from  patients.     These  are  the  chief  points  of 
this  interesting  and    timely  paper,  and   they  touch  the   most 
vital  parts  of  the  problem.     The  subject  was  discussed  at  sev- 
eral meetings  of  the  Society,  and  was  referred  to  a  final  dis- 
cussion at  one  of  the  early  meetings  in   the  autumn.      There 
is  no  reason   whatever  that  those  who  have  the  means  should 
be  cared  for  at  the  expense  of  charitable  institutions  intended 
only  for  the  poor  and  receiving  the  support  and  contributions 
of  the  public,  and  it  only  requires   a  proper  organization  to 
greatly  minimize  this  pauperization  of  the  masses  and  rob- 
bing of  medical  men  of  their  proper  source  of  revenue.     The 
City  Hospitals  not  only  extend  this   unnecessary  charitable 
work  towards  those  residing  there,  but  it  is  a  common  thing 


3IO  EDITORIAL. 

for  well-to-do  people  from  the  surrounding  country  requir- 
ing operative  work  especially,  to  get  this  done  free  of  charge 
at  the  City  Hospitals.  At  the  last  meeting  of  the  Medical 
Board  of  the  Province  of  Quebec,  a  resolution  was  passed 
suggesting  that  all  such  be  refused  unless  bringing  a  letter 
of  recommendation  from  their  attending  physician  in  the 
country  asserting  their  inability  to  pay  for  professional  ser- 
vices. While  it  is  probably  not  so  necessary  to  have  such  a 
number  of  certificates  of  inability  to  pay  as  in  the  case  of  a 
patient  for  a  hospital  for  the  insane,  yet  it  is  important  to  de- 
mand reasonable  proof  that  such  is  the  case,  and  in  the  case 
of  patients  from  the  country  we  think  the  signature  of  the 
medical  attendant  and  also  that  of  a  prominent  layman  in 
the  locality  should  also  be  required  ;  and  in  the  city,  where 
in  most  of  the  hospitals  a  certificate  from  any  governor  of 
the  hospital  or  well-known  citizen  is  all  that  has  been  re- 
quired, the  signature  of  a  physician  or  of  the  one  who  last 
attended  the  applicant  should  be  also  attached.  And  if  a 
regular  printed  certificate  form  was  required  with  detailed 
answers  to  a  sufficient  number  of  questions  to  ascertain  fully 
the  financial  standing  of  the  applicant,  few  but  those  entitled 
to  free  attendance  would  get  admission  to  the  hospitals. 
As  to  those  of  moderate  means  requiring  the  conveniences 
of  the  fully  equipped  hospital,  wards  connected  with  our 
general  hospitals,  or  private  hospitals  with  accommodation  at 
rates  corresponding  to  the  financial  capabilities  of  applicants 
would  seem  to  meet  the  difficulties. 


PUBIvISHKRS  DKF^ARTPMKNTr. 


OLD  REMEDY— NEW  USES. 

There  are  very  many  important  uses  for  Antikamnia,  of  which  physicians  as 
a  rule  may  be  uninformed.  A  five  grain  Antikamnia  Tablet  prescribed  for 
patients  before  starting  on  an  outing,  and  this  includes  tourists,  picknickers, 
bicyclers,  and,  in  fact,  anybody  who  is  out  in  the  sun  and  air  all  day, 
will  entirely  prevent  that  demoralizing  headache  which  frequently  mars  the  plea- 
sure of  such  an  occasion.  This  applies  equally  to  women  on  shopping  tours, 
and  especially  to  those  who  invariably  come  home  cross  and  out  of  sorts,  with  a 
wretched  "  sightseer's  headache.^'  The  nervous  headache  and  irritable  con- 
dition of  the  busy  business  man  is  prevented  by  the  timely  use  of  a  ten-grain 
dose.  Every  bicycle  rider  after  a  hard  run  should  be  advised  a  bath  and  a  good 
rub  down,  and  two  five -grain  Antikamnia  Tablets  on  going  to  bed.  In  the 
morning,  he  will  awake  minus  the  usual  muscular  pains,  aches  and  soreness.  As 
a  preventive  of  the  above  conditions,  Antikamnia  is  a  wonder,  a  charming  won- 
der, and  one  trial  is  enough  to  convince. 


/ 

/ 


C  A.N  AD  A. 

MEDICAL  RECORD 


JULY,     1398. 


Original  Communications. 

WHAT  CLASSES  OF  INJURIES  TO  THE  HUMAN 
BODY  DEPENDENT  ON  VIOLENCE  ARE 
CAUSED  BY  ALCOHOLIC  EXCESSES.^ 

By  THOMAS  H.  M&NLEY,  M.D.,  New  York. 

Professor  of  Surgery  at  the  New  York  School  of  Clinical   Medicine,  Consulting   Surgeon  to 

Columbus  Hospital,  to  Fordham   Hospital,  Yonkers  Hospital  for   the  Aged,   Staten 

Island  Hospital  and  Yorkville  Infirmary  for  Women. 

Anyone  who  has  had  a  surgical  service  in  a  general  hos- 
pital well  knows  that  among  adults  a  considerable  proportion 
of  the  cases  coming  under  his  care,  of  a  grave  traumatic  char- 
acter, are  either  immediately  or  remotely  the  result  of  that 
curse  of  mankind,  the  excessive  indulgence  in  alcoholics. 

In  order  that  we  may  the  better  appreciate  how  the 
lethal  effects  of  alcohol  operate  in  these  cases  it  becomes 
necessary  that  we  should  first  understand  what  the  pathologi- 
cal action  of  this  chemical  is. 

MODE   OF  ACTION   ON  THE  CEREBRO-SPINAL  SYSTEM,   ON 
THE   BRAIN    AND    SPINE. 
Alcohol  in  large  or  repeated  doses  simultaneously  acts 
on  the  brain    and  spinal  cord,  with  varying   intensity  and 
manifestations  in  different  individuals,  and  in  the  same  indi- 
vidual, under  various  circumstances. 

EFFECTS    ON   THE    BRAIN. 

Its  most  con^ant  and  unvarying  property  is  to  weaken 
the  will  power  and  the    faculty  of  reflection    and  judgment. 


•Read  before  International  Temprancc  Congress  at  Prohibition  Park,  Staten   Island,  N.  Y., 
medical  session  of  the  American  ftledicai  Temperance  Association. 


312      MANLEY  :   CLASSES  OF  INJURIES  TO  THE  HUMAN   BODY 

Loss  of  control  of  impulse  and  perversion  of  the  reasoning 
faculties  are  always  among  the  more  dominant  features  of 
alcoholic  intoxication.  Carried  to  an  extreme  degree,  the 
unbridled  frenzy  of  passion  is  set  loose,  reason  is  dethroned, 
and  the  man  or  woman  is  an  irresponsible  maniac. 

EFFECTS     ON      THE     SPINAL     NERVES     AND     NERVES    OF 
SPECIAL   SENSE. 

Alcoholic  libations  carried  to  the  point  of  inebriation  act 
with  great  energy  on  the  nerves  of  special  sense  and  the 
spinal. 

Vision  is  dimmed,  hearing  is  obtunded,  anesthesia  sets 
in,  the  reflexes  are  palsied  and  ataxia  of  the  voluntary  mus- 
cles is  always  present  when  full  inebriation  is  reached. 
Finally  when  very  large  quantities  of  intoxicants  are  imbibed, 
ataxia  or  want  of  muscular  control  is  succeeded  by  the  un- 
conscious state  and  paralysis. 

From  the  foregoing  very  brief  and  incomplete  account 
of  the  toxic  and  paralyzing  action  of  alcohol  on  those  cen- 
tral ganglia  which  preside  over  all  the  mental  actions  of  man, 
and  on  the  nerves  which  animate  function  and  vitalize  mus- 
cular action,  it  becomes  at  once  evident  that  the  category  of 
accidents  and  of  physical  injuries,  trivial,  severe  or  mortal, 
sustained  or  inflicted  under  alcoholic  passion,  paresis  or 
paralysis,  must,  indeed,  be  of  diverse  and  colossal  proportions. 

Sundays  and  holidays  provide  the  hospitals  with  a  large 
crop  of  surgical  cases,  the  primary  etiology  or  cause  of  which 
is  alcoholic  imbibition. 

Murderous  wounds,  as  stab,  gunshot  and  concussive,  are 
inflicted  under  the  frenzy  of  alcoholic  excitement ;  fractured 
skulls,  dislocated  joints,  broken  bones,  bruises  or  lacerations 
of  the  soft  parts  occur  from  the  same  cause,  or  from  loss  of  or 
imperfect  control  of  the  muscles.  Probably,  if  the  full  truth 
were  known,  the  immoderate  use  of  alcohol  is  responsible  for 
the  greater  number  of  serious  collisions  of  the  trolley  car,  the 
bicycle  or  vehicle,  especially  on  Sundays  and  holidays. 

In  my  own  experience,  in  an  active  surgical  service  in 
hospitals,  I  am  satisfied  that  alcohol  is  responsible  for  the 
great  preponderance  of  grave  surgical  cases  on  the  non-work- 
ing days  of  the  year. 


CAUSED   BY  ALCOHOLIC  EXCESSES.  313 

With  a  man's  faculties  blunted  and  his  powers  of  loco- 
motion but  imperfectly  under  control  he  is  oblivious  of  dan- 
ger, and  when  it  is  impending  is  not  always  able  to  escape  it, 
and  therefore  we  marvel,  not  why  there  are  so  many  acci- 
dents, but  why  there  are  so  few. 

Alcohol  augments  the  mortuary  list  in  extremes  of  cli- 
mate or  season.  In  the  summer  a  large  number  of  the  most 
serious  cases  of  insolation  ensue  through  over  indulgence  in 
alcoholic  beverages. 

As  the  fierce  rays  of  the  sun  beat  down  on  the  unfor- 
tunate victim  he  becomes  conscious  of  a  sense  of  oppression, 
when  he  resorts  to  a  "  bracer,"  probably  in  our  time  and 
country,  to  cool  lager,  ale,  or  some  of  the  fabricated  "cock- 
tails." A  temporary  sense  of  exhilaration  follows,  the  liba- 
tion is  repeated  again  and  again,  until  the  lethal  action  of  the 
stimulant  and  the  intensifying  effects  of  caloric  overwhelm 
him.  Perchance  the  victim  may  drag  himself  to  his  home  or 
into  some  byway  before  he  sinks  into  unconsciousness. 

The  resources  of  art  can  do  but  little  for  these  cases,  be- 
cause the  medical  attendant  is  confronted  by  a  mixed  patho- 
logical state ;  the  caloric  fever  may  be  readily  reduced,  but 
the  system  is  surcharged  with  a  poison  which  we  may  not  be 
able  to  eliminate. 

Many  of  the  worst  falls  and  frostbites  in  winter  result 
from  the  alcoholic  state.  One  drinks  and  drinks  of  pungent 
stimulants  "  to  keep  warm,"  as  is  said,  or  rather  to  benumb 
the  sensory  nerves  ;  but  the  depressing  influence  of  the  freez- 
ing blast  is  in  no  manner  mitigated,  and  alas!  should  the 
unfortunate  in  his  stupid  state  step  aside  to  some  sheltered 
place,  the  sleep  of  death  may  set  in  to  close  the  scene.  In 
less  grave  cases  the  anaesthetic  action  of  alcohol  so  obtunds 
sensation  that  while  the  free  drinker  enjoys  a  most  grateful 
sense  of  comfort,  his  hands  or  feet  may  be  frozen  stiff. 

THE     EXCESSES    OF     ALCOHOLICS     AND     PATHOLOGIC 
SURGERY. 

Excesses  in  alcoholics  lead  to  the  necessity  of  surgical 
intervention  only  through  their  influence  on  the  nerve  centres, 
deranging  the  mind  and  inhibiting  or  enfeebling  nerve  con- 
duction ;  never  by  any  specific  or  local  action  on  an  organ  or 
structure. 


314    manley:  cla.sses  of  injuries  to  the  human  body 

This  has  long  been  noted,  although  every  one  knows 
that  confirmed  drinkers  are  bad  subjects  for  surgical  oper- 
ations, as  shock,  collapse  or  delirium  follows  with  them  in  a 
far  greater  ratio  than  in  the  temperate  or  total  abstainer. 

In  forensic  medicine  the  influence  of  alcoholic  excesses 
is  given  extensive  study.  That  phase  of  it  which  deals  with 
traumatism  or  injuries  is  of  special  concern  to  the  surgeon  or 
practitioner,  because  in  so  many  instances  his  testimony  is 
often  mainly  depended  on,  when  the  question  of  responsibility 
or  irresponsibility  is  raised.  A  man  is  found  on  the  sidewalk 
or  roadside  with  a  fractured  skull  in  an  unconscious  state  ; 
one  has  sustained  a  fatal  stab  wound,  has  been  crushed  by 
the  street  cars  or  has  committed  a  homicide  or  attempted 
suicide.  In  these  and  many  other  similar  cases  the  proof  of 
the  presence  or  absence  of  alcoholism  is  often  of  the  greatest 
importance.  Especially  is  this  so,  since  the  confirmed  alco- 
holic habit  has  come  to  be  regarded  by  many  of  our  most 
eminent  alienists  as  a  disease  which  renders  the  afflicted  as 
irresponsible  agents.  This  view  of  late  years  is  coming  to  be 
recognized  and  shared  by  the  Courts,  who  regard  a  homicide 
acting  under  alcoholic  influence  as  temporarily  noti  compos 
mentis. 

THE  APPLICATION   OF   TREATMENT   IN   THE     " 
INEBRIATE   STATE. 

The  question  arises,  should  we  ever,  while  one  is  grossly 
intoxicated,  take  advantage  of  the  anesthetic  state  to  mani- 
pulate parts  carefully  with  a  view  of  clarifying  diagnosis,  or 
even  perform  a  surgical  operation  ? 

For  the  former,  certainly,  but  the  latter  in  some  instances 
is  doubtful. 

While  one  is  intoxicated  dislocations  may  be  reduced  or 
fractured  bones  set,  but  if  a  limb  is  so  mangled  that  the  ques- 
tion of  amputation  is  raised  we  have  no  right  to  proceed  and 
sever  the  limb  until  reason  is  restored  and  consent  is  given. 

THE   RECOGNITION   OF   THE   INEBRIATE   STATE   IN 
THE  INJURED. 

The  above  aspect  of  the  alcoholic  question  is  one  of 
important  consideration  in   many  medico-legal   cases.     Our 


CAUSED   BY  ALCOHOLIC  EXCESSES.  31$ 

late  lamented  confrere,  the  distinguished  New  Jersey  surgeon, 
Dr.  Isaac  N.  Quimby,  came  to  his  death  through  the  severe 
strain  and  exposure  incurred  while  defending  himself  against 
the  extortionate  claim  of  a  tenant  who  sustained  an  injury  on 
his  premises,  while  it  was  alleged  she  was  in  an  intoxicated 
state. 

These  civil  actions  in  our  time  of  popular  government 
and  apolitical  judiciary  for  every  conceivable  sort  of  an  injury, 
imaginary  or  real,  are  becoming  so  common  and  so  oppressive 
that  the  owners  of  property  are  in  constant  peril  of  having 
their  small  inheritance  or  perchance  the  earnings  of  a  lifetime 
swept  away  by  a  single  suit  for  damages. 

Was  the  plaintiff  intoxicated  at  the  time  of  injury,  was 
it  then  through  contributory  negligence,  and,  if  so,  death  re- 
sulting, what  role,  if  any,  did  the  alcoholic  state  play  as  a 
factor  in  causing  it  through  its  operations  on  the  system  ? 

These  questions  are  often  very  difficult  to  answer,  in- 
deed, although  under  many  circumstances  we  may  gain  much 
valuable  knowledge  by  a  proper  investigation  and  a  critical 
examination  of  the  injured.  Caution  must  be  observed, 
however,  that  in  our  connection  with  the  case  an  error  may 
not  be  committed  and  injustice  imposed. 

For  example,  it  is  a  very  general  custom  with  the  laity, 
when  one  suffers  from  syncope  or  shock,  from  any  cause 
whatever,  to  at  once  administer  alcoholics  with  an  unstinted 
hand. 

Hence,  should  one  have  lost  much  blood  or  be  very 
young,  a  comparatively  small  quantity  of  liquor  may  produce 
marked  intoxication. 

It  is  my  experience  in  hospitals  that  there  were  few 
patients  admitted  with  fractures  of  the  limbs  who  had  not 
been  given  alcoholics  before  they  were  sent  in.  But  in  these 
it  is  not  exceptional  to  observe  positive  symptoms  of  intox- 
ication unless  there  was  evidence  of  free  drinking  before 
injury. 

But  in  quite  a  few  of  them  injured,  when  we  see  them 
early,  they  are  boisterous,  hilarious  or  unmanageable  and  pre- 
sent other  indubitable  evidence  of  pre-traumatic  intoxica- 
tion. 

If  we  are  in  doubt,  then,  we  should  note  the  odor  of  the 


3i6  smith:  eupopean  gynaecologists. 

breath,  the  state  of  the  pupils,  the  condition  of  the  reflexes  ; 
besides,  if  the  patient  be  in  a  conscious  state,  press  for  ac- 
curate information  from  himself  if  possible. 

My  own  experience  has  been  that  when  one  has  been 
injured  in  the  sober  state  if  we  interrogate  he  will  explain 
how  it  occurred  without  difficulty.  The  drunken  man  may 
tell  us  he  has  been  drinking,  but  how  he  was  injured  is  often 
a  blank  to  him,  and  he  can  throw  no  light  on  it. 

THE    EFFECTS   OF     ALCOHOLIC    EXCESSES      ON   REPARATIVE 
PROCESSES    AFTER  INJURIES. 

Hard  drinkers  rally  badly  from  deep  shock.  They  are 
prone  to  delirium  tremens  after  severe  operations  and  injuries, 
and  are  very  much  more  liable  to  septic  infection  after  lesion 
of  the  soft  parts  through  the  deteriorated  state  of  the  blood 
and  tendency  to  diabetes. 

Complications  with  them,  as  pneumonia,  nephritis  and 
diarrhoea,  are  common.  Their  tissues  are  more  vulnerable  ; 
congestion  tends  to  run  into  inflammation  ;  this  spreads  into 
heterogenous  structures,  often  running  a,  chronic  course. 
These  cases  are  characterized  by  a  malnutrition  or  defective 
tissue  metabolism,  imperfect  assimilation  and  defective  eli- 
mination, all  of  which  makes  an  impression  on  the  integrity 
of  the  machinery  of  man  when  subjected  to  any  violent  shock 
or  disorganization. 

SOME  LEADING   EUROPEAN   GYNECOLOGISTS 
AND  THEIR  WORK. 

By  A.  LAPTHORN  SMIIH,  B.A.,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.,  England,  Montreal,  Can. 

My  last  letter  described  very  briefly  what  I  saw  in 
Paris ;  this  letter  will  speak  of  some  well-known  gynecologists 
in  Florence,  Vienna,  Prague,  Dresden  and  Berlin. 

Pestalozza,  of  Florence. — Having  heard  that  he  was 
doing  a  large  amount  of  good  work,  I  left  the  beaten 
track  and  went  to  Florence  to  see  him.  He  received  me  most 
courteously,  and  invited  me  to  come  next  morning,  which 
was  Sunday,  at  7  o'clock,  to  see  some  operations.  He  has 
an  immense  clinic,  being  in  charge  of  40  gynecological  and 
80  obstetrical  beds.  Ten  of  the  latter  are  reserved  for  isol- 
ating infected  cases  coming  from  outside.     Among  his  own 


SMITH  :   EUROPEAN    GYNECOLOGISTS.  317 

cases  he  has  had  no  death  from  sepsis  since  several  years. 
The  first  operation  was  abdominal  hysterectomy  for  multiple 
fibroids  in  a  woman  who  had  also  prolapse  of  the  vagina ; 
he  left  a  small  portion  of  the  cervix  to  which  he  afterwards 
stitched  the  upper  part  of  both  broad  ligaments  in  order  to 
draw  up  the  vagina.  He  used  isolated  silk  ligatures  for  the 
two  ovarian  and  two  uterine  arteries,  and  he  operated  very 
quickly.  The  silk  was  prepared  by  first  soaking  it  for  12  hours 
in  ether  to  extract  the  fat  and  then  sterilizing  it  in  steam 
for  2  hours,  after  which  it  remains  indefinitely  in  2  per  1000 
sublimated  alcohol.  As  it  appeared  to  be  particularly  good, 
I  took  down  the  address  of  the  manufacturer  :  Bouti,  Silk 
Manufacturer,  Porta  Rossa,  Florence.  He  afterwards  re- 
moved a  cervix  which  had  been  left  after  hysterectomy  two 
years  before,  and  which  had  now  become  cancerous.  Some  of 
the  old  silk  ligatures  were  found  encysted  and  calcified.  He 
then  took  me  over  to  his  hospital,  and  showed  me  about  20 
patients  convalescing  from  laparotomy.  I  would  strongly 
advise  those  who  intend  to  visit  gynecological  clinics  in  Europe 
to  spend  a  few  days  with  this  talented  gentleman. 

Schauta,  of  Vienna. — During  my  short  stay  I  was  un- 
fortunate in  not  seeing  him  operate,  but  this  was  amply 
compensated  for  by  seeing  his  first  assistant,  Dr.  Schmidt, 
perform  a  vaginal  extirpation  of  the  uterus  and  appendages 
for  pyosalpinx.  He  opened  the  anterior  vaginal  fornix  first 
and  then  the  posterior,  sewing  the  peritoneum  carefully  to 
the  vaginal  edge  in  order  to  avoid  hemorrhage,  after  which 
he  placed  just  six  silk  ligatures  in  the  broad  ligaments  com- 
pletely controlling  the  bleeding,  of  which  there  was  almost 
none.  By  cutting  off  the  lower  half  of  the  uterus  he  obtained 
more  room  for  the  difficult  task  of  detaching  and  bringing 
down  the  densely  adherent  appendages.  I  spent  another 
profitable  morning  with 

Dr.  Gustave  Kollischer,  recent  assistant  to  Professor 
Schanta,  who  is  quite  celebrated  for  his  work  on  the  bladder. 
He  catheterized  the  ureters,  and  gave  me  a  fine  view  of 
the  bladder  with  the  catheter  in  the  ureter,  by  means  of  his 
cystoscope,  which  is  a  modification  of  Nitze's  and  Brenner's. 
I  was  so  pleased  with  its  easy  working  after  seeing  it  used 
on  several  cases  that  I  procured  one  at  Leiter's  instrument 


3l8  SMITH  :   EUROPEAN  GYNECOLOGISTS. 

maker,  Vienna.  It  has  many  advantages  over  examin- 
ation by  speculum,  the  principal  one  being  that  it  does  not 
require  any  dilation  nor  external  light.  All  you  have  to 
do  is  draw  off  the  urine,  fill  the  bladder  with  clear  warm 
water,  introduce  the  cystoscope  and  touch  the  button  for 
connecting  the  current  from  a  little  5  cell  battery,  when 
the  whole  of  the  bladder  is  beautifully  lighted  up  and  the 
smallest  foreign  body  as  well  as  the  openings  of  the  uterus 
can  be  easily  seen.  There  is  a  small  channel  adjoining  the 
optical  apparatus  through  which  the  elastic  bougie  is  passed 
and  can  be  guided  into  either  ureter.  He  also  showed  me 
a  beautiful  little  curette  for  removing  granulations  and  also 
little  scissors  for  cutting  off  polypi  and  forceps  for  seizing 
calculi.  He  told  me  that  he  had  removed  several  wandering 
silk  stitches  from  the  bladder,  which  had  ulcerated  into  it 
after  laparatomies  and  vaginal  fixations. 

Pawliky  of  Prague,  received  me  very  kindly,  and  put  me 
in  a  good  humor  by  mentioning  many  of  my  papers.  Speaking 
of  electricity  he  said  he  had  employed  Apostoli's  method 
in  a  great  many  cases  and  with  very  good  success  in  arresting 
hemorrhage,  in  diminishing  the  size  of  fibroids  and  ex- 
pelling some  of  them  from  the  uterus,  but  he  had  given 
it  up  because  he  could  not  be  sure  of  the  result  in  any 
given  case.  He  removed  a  large  ovarian  cyst  by  the 
abdomen,  using  catgut  for  ligature  and  burning  instead  of 
cutting  off  the  tumor  in  order  to  avoid  adhesions  to  the 
bowel  and  also  to  lessen  risk  of  sepsis.  He  closed  the 
abdomen  with  two  rows  of  buried  catgut  and  a  third  of 
superficial  silk  sutures.  He  prefers  the  abdominal  route  for 
ovaries  and  pus  tubes.  I  saw  them  using  3  per  cent,  of  icthyol 
in  glycerine  in  the  out-patient  department.  Pawlik  is  a  great 
linguist  and  speaks  English,  French  and  German  perfectly 
besides  three  other  languages,  but  what  he  excels  in  is  cathe- 
terising  the  ureters.  He  showed  me  the  instruments  which  he 
used  twenty  years  ago  in  Vienna,  where  he  told  me  the  pro- 
ceeding was  employed  for  the  first  time,  and  by  him.  His 
skill  in  using  the  ureteral  catheter  is  wonderful ;  he  seemed  to 
introduce  it  into  the  bladder  and  up  into  the  ureter  with  one 
gliding  movement.  No  dilator  ;  no  endoscope  j  no  artificial 
light;  not  even  by  sight,  but  merely  by  the  sense  of  touch. 


smith:   EUROPEAN  GYNECOLOGISTS.  319 

I  asked  him  to  measure  the  catheter,  and  it  was  found  to  be 
32  centimetres  long.  In  a  case  of  pyonephrosis  he  first  in- 
jected 200  grammes  of  water  to  distend  the  bladder  and 
then  introduced  the  ureteral  catheter  and  injected  130  cen- 
timetres of  1-3000  nitrate  of  silver  solution,  which  he  gradually 
increases  after  some  days  to  i-iooo.  Sometimes  he  uses 
sublimate  solution.  The  patient  told  him  when  her  kidney 
was  distended,  and  on  removing  the  rubber  pipe  the  solution 
spurted  out  of  the  catheter.  On  making  intermittent  pres- 
sure on  the  kidney  the  liquid  could  be  made  to  spurt  out  in 
jets.  He  also  showed  me  the  woman  from  whom  he  had 
removed  the  whole  of  the  cancerous  bladder. 

Leopold y  of  Dresden. — As  my  train  did  not  get  in  until 
9.30  a.m.  and  I  did  not  reach  the  hospital  until  10,  I  was  too 
late  to  see  him  operating,  which  he  begins  every  morning  at 
7  o'clock.  He  is  a  firm  believer  in  total  extirpation  of  the 
uterus  whenever  both  ovaries  and  tubes  are  severely  diseased- 
He  gave  me  his  recent  paper  on  the  results  of  67  such  cases, 
with  a  mortality  of  one  and  a  half  per  cent.  Also  another 
paper  giving  results  of  100  cases  of  removal  of  the  uterus 
by  the  vagina  for  myoma,  with  a  mortality  of  four  per 
cent. 

Olshausen,  of  Berlin. — I  studied  under  him  10  years  ago, 
and  was  pleased  to  see  that  he  had  not  aged  at  all  since  then. 
He  gave  me  a  kind  welcome,  and  invited  me  to  an  operation 
next  morning  at  8.  When  he  has  several  operations  he 
commences  sharp  at  7,  so  one  has  to  rise  at  5.30  or  6.00  to  be 
there  in  time.  The  case  was  a  woman  of  65,  who  had  a 
bleeding  polypus,  which  on  removal  and  examination  a  few 
days  before  was  found  to  be  cancerous.  He  opened  the  two 
pouches  and  sewed  the  peritoneum  to  the  vagina.  He  used 
nothing  but  catgut  throughout,  but  he  always  ties  three  knots 
on  the  arterial  ligatures.  The  ligaturing  of  the  broad  ligament 
was  greatly  facilitated  by  his  having  the  best  needle  I  have 
ever  seen,  known  as  Olshausen's  "  Untenbiudungsnadel,"  and 
much  superior  to  Deschamp's.  As  he  trusted  entirely  to  cat- 
gut, I  asked  him  how  it  was  prepared  :  ist.  Soaked  for  6 
hours  in  sublimate  water  i-iooo  ;  2nd.  The  water  is  removed 
by  soaking  for  24  hours  in  sublimate  alcohol  2.1000;  3rd. 
Matured  for  several   months   in  absolute    alcohol  and  used 


320  SMITH:   EUROPEAN    GYNECOLOGISTS. 

directly  from  that.  After  the  operation  he  took  me  over  his 
wards  and  showed  me  a  great  many  cases  convalescing  nicely 
from  laparotomy.  In  the  latter  he  closes  the  abdominal 
wound  with  four  layers  of  catgut  in  fat  patients  or  three  in 
thin  ones.  He  objects  to  through  and  through  silk  worm 
gut  for  fear  that  it  will  lead  pus  into  the  peritoneum  ;  al- 
though another  operator,  Landau,  told  me  of  a  woman  hav" 
ing  died  on  the  i6th  day,  owing  to  being  closed  up  by  layers 
of  catgut ;  the  pus  could  not  get  out,  and  so  broke  into  the 
peritoneum,  which  would  have  escaped  to  the  skin  if  she  had 
been  sewed  up  with  through  and  through  stitches.  Olshausen 
dresses  the  abdominal  wound  with  a  very  little  iodoform  and 
a  single  little  strip  of  gauze  over  which  collodion  is  painted, 
so  as  to  completely  seal  the  wound,  and  this  remains  undis- 
turbed for  12  days.  I  saw  several  of  these  first  dressings 
removed  and  they  looked  very  well ;  the  catgut  was  all 
absorbed  and  the  knots  could  be  brushed  off.  As  I  thought 
that  the  buried  catgut  would  cease  to  hold  the  wound  after  a 
few  days,  I  asked  him  if  he  ever  saw  hernias  ?  He  replied 
that  they  would  happen  in  spite  of  any  method  of  suturing. 
I  told  him  that  I  used  silk  worm  gut  and  left  it  in  a  month, 
He  does  ventrofixation  by  passing  a  silk  worm  gut  stitch 
around  each  round  ligament  near  the  uterus  and  fastening  it 
to  the  abdominal  fascia  and  having  it  buried  there.  I  saw  him 
introducing  a  pessary  and  sending  a  woman  away  who  was 
brought  for  operation  with  a  freely  removable  retroverted 
uterus,  which  he  first  replaced.  Next  day  he  did  abdominal 
section  for  an  ovarian  tumor  with  twisted  pedicle,  and  another 
case  of  pus  tubes  and  ovaries  also  by  the  abdomen,  taking 
great  care  to  wall  up  the  bowels  with  quantities  of  sterilized 
gauze. 

No  one  here  flushes  the  abdomen  with  water,  and  they 
have  also  abandoned  constant  irrigation  in  vaginal  work, 
using  instead  great  numbers  of  little  gauze  sponges,  which 
are  thrown  away  as  fast  as  used.  Olshausen  did  not  remove 
the  uterus,  but  carefully  closed  all  bleeding  points  and  left 
it  in.  On  the  walls  of  the  operating  room  he  has  two  cards : 
NOLI  TANGERE  and  FAVETE  LINGUIS.  He^tdld 
me  he  was  going  to  get  another  one  with  "  not  to  expector- 
ate "  in  Latin.     He  showed  me  two  cases  of  eclampsia,  of 


smith:    EUROPEAN   GYNECOLOGISTS.  32 1 

which  he  has  about  60  a  year,  sometimes  as  many  as  six  at 
a  time.  As  is  well  known,  he  is  the  first  authority  in 
Germany  on  Obstetrics,  and  is  accoucheur  to  the  Em- 
press. 

Martin,  of  Berlin,  still  stands  at  the  top  of  the  Gynae- 
cological ladder  in  Germany.  He  operates  at  his  private 
hospital  every  day  at  twelve,  which  is  a  great  boon  for  visi- 
tors, as  it  enables  us  to  see  two  or  even  three  other  operators 
each  day,  and  he  did  two  or  three  a  day  during  the  whole 
week.  The  first  was  a  vaginal  hysterectomy  for  cancer  of 
the  cervix,  using  catgut  for  the  broad  ligaments.  It  would 
have  been  a  very  difficult  case  for  any  one  else,  but  was 
quite  easy  for  him.  The  second  case  was  vaginal  fixation  in 
a  lady  who  had  been  wearing  a  pessary  for  retroversion  for 
many  years  without  being  cured.  He  is  the  quickest  opera- 
tor I  have  ever  seen,  only  taking  ten  minutes  for  this  pretty 
operation.  The  same  running  catgut  suture  went  through 
vagina  and  peritoneum,  and  the  fixation  stitch  was  of  catgut. 
The  third  case  was  one  of  cystic  ovaries  in  which  he  opened 
the  abdomen  by  the  vagina,  brought  out  the  ovaries,  found 
them  diseased,  removed  four-fifths  of  them  and  carefully 
sewed  up  the  remainder  with  catgut,  and  put  them  back 
again.  After  closing  the  vaginal  incision  he  did  an  anterior 
and  posterior  colporrhaphy  on  the  same  patient.  Next  day 
he  did  vaginal  hysterectomy  for  a  small  fibroid,  which  was 
difficult  on  account  of  the  senile  attresia.  I  made  particular 
inquiries  whether  he  had  ever  known  of  a  case  of  post  opera- 
tive haemorrhage,  and  he  replied  not  for  several  years,  be- 
cause they  tied  it  tighter.  Next  day  he  did  two  vaginal 
fixations  for  retroversion  with  fixation.  He  was  greatly  aided 
by  an  instrument  I  have  never  seen  before,  consisting  of  a 
forceps,  the  posterior  blade  of  which  was  a  stout  uterine  sound, 
and  which  being  introduced  was  used  as  a  lever  to  lift  the 
uterus  forward  while  he  was  opening  the  vesicovaginal 
plica  or  fold.  He  then  detached  the  appendages  and  removed 
them,  and,  after  carefully  closing  the  torn  surfaces  on  the  back 
of  the  fundus,  he  attached  the  uterus  at  the  level  of  the  in- 
ternal OS  to  the  vaginal  wound.  The  bad  results  of  pregnancy 
following  the  operation  in  the  early  cases  to  fastening  the  top 
of  the  fundus  to  the  vagina,  the  uterus  thus  being  held  upside 


322  SMITH:   EUROPEAN   GYN/ECOLOGISTS. 

down.  In  another  case  he  brought  out  the  appendages, 
emptied  some  cysts  in  the  ovaries  and  replaced  them  and 
then  did  vaginal  fixation.  The  next  day  I  saw  him  cauter- 
izing an  inoperable  cancer  with  a  very  pretty  electrical  cautery 
made  by  Hirschman,  15  Johannis  Strasse,  Berlin.  It  con- 
sisted of  a  sharp  porcelain  tip,  heated  by  platinum  wire,  and 
was  supplied  with  current  from  a  small  storage  battery  not 
larger  than  a  cubic  foot.  It  was  quite  portable,  and  only 
cost  $60,  including  a  cystoscope  and  a  head  lamp  for  operating 
on  dark  days. 

Landau,  of  Berlin,  is  one  of  the  leading  teachers 
there.  He  is  assisted  by  his  brother,  and  he  has  a  large 
and  handsome  private  establishment  in  the  Phillip  Strasse* 
near  the  Charite.  The  pathological  department  is  looked 
after  by  Dr.  Pick,  who  speaks  English  fluently.  He  has  a 
beautiful  method  of  preparing  specimens,  which  are  first 
hardened  in  4  per  cent,  of  formaline  and  then  stretched  on 
wire  netting.  They  have  the  specimens  of  every  case,  both 
macroscopical  and  microscopical,  from  whom  they  have  re- 
moved anything,  even  down  to  curettings  and  vaginal  dis- 
charges, systematically  indexed  for  ready  reference.  I  have 
never  seen  anything  like  it  anywhere.  Dr.  Pick  gives  a  course 
of  microscopy  to  physicians.  I  saw  Landau  remove  large 
double  ovarian  tumors,  which  Dr.  Pick  took  sections  from 
and  mounted  and  stained  while  the  operation  was  going  on, 
and  showed  us  in  a  few  minutes  carcinoma.  Landau  used 
silk  to  tie  the  pedicles  and  through  and  through  silver  wire 
for  the  abdomen.  Another  day  I  saw  him  remove  pus  tubes 
by  the  vagina  in  a  case  of  retroversion  with  fixation.  He 
split  the  uterus  up  the  middle  with  his  scissors,  and  after  dig- 
ging out  the  pus  tubes  he  put  two  or  three  clamps  on  the 
broad  ligament  on  each  side  and  cut  them  off.  I  was  very 
favorably  impressed  with  the  method  in  this  case.  But 
immediately  afterwards  he  did  another  patient  in  whom  the 
pus  tubes  were  much  higher  up  in  the  pelvis,  and  he  had 
tremendous  difficulty  in  getting  them  out  by  the  vagina,  and  I 
felt  sure  that  he  could  have  done  it  much  easier  by  the  ab- 
domen. 

Duhrrsen,  of  Berlin,  seems  by  common  consent  to  be  ac- 
knowledged   as    the  ablest   among  younger    men  of  note. 


smith:   EUROPEAN  GYNAECOLOGISTS.  323 

He  is  not  much  over  forty,  but  his  large  private  hospital  at 
25  Schiffbauerdamm,  filled  with  important  cases  and  main- 
tained at  his  own  expense,  testify  to  his  ability  and  energy. 
He  received  me  most  courteously,  and  patiently  answered  my 
very  numerous  questions.  He  showed  me  a  patient  from 
whom  he  had  removed  the  uterus  by  the  vagina  for  haem- 
orrhage due  to  haemophilia,  which  interested  me  particularly 
because  three  years  before  she  had  come  to  him  for  the  same 
thing  and  he  had  employed  Snegiiiroff^ s  steam  cure,  which 
cooked  the  mucous  membrane  so  well  that  she  did  not  men- 
struate at  all  for  three  years.  He  kindly  set  it  going  for  me. 
It  is  a  little  boiler  fitted  with  a  thermometer,  so  as  not  to  let 
it  get  hotter  than  120  ®  Centig.,  and  the  steam  is  conveyed 
into  the  uterus  by  means  of  a  double  catheter  during  a  quarter 
to  four  minutes.  The  cervix  must  first  be  thoroughly  dilated, 
and  there  must  be  a  rubber  tube  over  the  steam  pipe  so  as 
not  to  burn  the  cervix,  which  would  cause  a  stricture.  He 
is  an  enthusiast  for  vaginal  laparotomy,  and  claims  to  be  the 
inventor  of  vaginal  fixation  for  retroversion,  he  having  pub- 
lished his  first  fifteen  cases  before  anyone  else  published  one. 
I  was  very  much  opposed  to  the  operation  before  coming 
here,  but  since  I  have  seen  Duhrrsen  doing  three  in  an  hour, 
as  well  as  several  other  operators  doing  it  very  quickly,  and 
after  hearing  its  manifest  advantages,  I  have  been  most 
favorably  impressed  withwhat  I  have  seen  of  it.  He  openg 
into  the  peritoneal  cavity  in  two  minutes  or  less,  hooks  out 
the  ovarian  tubes  and  uterus,  destroys  all  cysts  by  ignipunc 
ture,  replaces  them,  passes  a  silk- worm  gut  ligature  through 
vagina,  into  peritoneum,  uterus,  and  out  again  on  other  side 
through  peritoneum  and  vagina.  This  is  left  untied  until  he 
has  sewed  up  the  opening  in  the  peritoneum  with  a  running 
catgut  and  the  vagina  with  another  row  of  catgut,  after  which 
the  fixation  ligature  is  tied.  I  made  many  inquiries  about 
Alexander's  operation,  but  nobody  here  does  it.  When  I 
told  Olshausen  that  I  could  generally  find  the  round  muscle 
with  my  eyes  shut  he  invited  me  to  do  the  operation  on  a 
case,  but,  on  examination,  her  uterus  was  found  to  be  fixed 
and  therefore  unsuitable.  Next  day  I  saw  Duhrrsen  remove 
the  vermiform  appendix  and  double  pus  tubes  by  the  abdomen, 
which  he  does  in  about  25  per  cent.,  and  by  the  vagina  in  75 


324  SMITH  :    EUROPEAN   GYNECOLOGISTS. 

per  cent.  Next  day  he  removed  a  pair  of  very  angry  gon- 
orrhceal  pus  tubes  by  the  vagina.  There  was  recent  periton- 
itis. As  she  was  a  young  woman,  he  left  the  uterus  and  one 
ovary.  This  was  a  very  nice  case,  as  he  did  it  very  quickly 
and  all  outside  of  the  vagina. 

Mackeiirodt,  of  Berlin,  is  one  of  the  coming  great  men,  if 
not  already  one.  He  appears  to  be  under  40  years  of  age, 
and  is  a  fine  operator.  I  saw  him  doing  a  Caesarean  section 
and  subsequent  total  extirpation  of  the  uterus  for  cancer. 
The  child,  about  8  months,  was  taken  out  alive  and  did  well. 
There  was  hardly  any  bleeding.  As  soon  as  the  child  was 
removed  through  the  opening  in  the  uterus  he  put  on  two 
ligatures  on  each  side  and  a  few  temporary  ones  on  the 
uterine  side  and  cut  between  them  until  he  came  to  the  uterine 
arteries,  which  he  tied.  He  then  separated  the  bladder  and 
freed  the  uterus  until  he  had  it  and  the  vagina  like  one  tube, 
free  almost  to  the  vulva.  He  felt  for  the  large  cervix  and  cut 
the  vagina  below  it,  not  with  a  knife,  but  with  a  large  cherry 
red  electrical  cautery,  his  object  being  to  prevent  it  from  in- 
fecting the  peritoneum.  The  current  measured  17  amperes, 
and  was  obtained  from  the  street.  The  asepsis  of  himself  and 
assistants  was  most  thorough,  spending  20  minutes  by  the 
clock  in  disinfecting  their  hands.  He  and  most  of  the 
operators  here  stand  on  the  patient's  left,  so  as  to  use  their 
right  hands. 

Koblanok,  of  Berlin,  is  Olshausen's  first  assistant,  whom 
I  saw  removing  a  large  fibroid  by  the  abdomen.  The  case 
was  an  easy  one,  but  he  did  it  beautifully. 

Gtisserow,  whom  I  was  anxious  to  see,  did  not  oper- 
ate while  I  was  in  Berlin.  Neither  did  Nagel,  his  assist- 
ant. 

In  closing  my  letter  from  Berlin,  I  must  truly  say  that  I 
have  seen  more  here  in  one  day  than  I  have  ever  seen  in  any 
other  city,  and  I  cannot  speak  too  highly  of  the  kindness 
with  which  I  was  received  by  one  and  all.  Nearly  every  day 
I  was  up  before  six  a.  m.  in  order  to  get  to  Olshausen's  by 
seven,  and  from  there  I  went  to  Landau's,  and  from  there  to 
Duhrrsen's  or  Mackenrodt's,  and  from  there  to  Martin's, 
where  I  remained  till  nearly  two,  by  which  time  I  felt  that  I 


DE  LA  TOURETTE  :  NEURASTHENIA.        32$ 

had  seen  enough  for  one  day.  As  all  these  places  are  within 
a  few  minutes  of  each  other,  Berlin  offers  especial  advantages 
for  a  post-graduate  course.  My  next  letter  will  speak  of 
Sanger,  Tweifel  and  Jacobs. 


Selected  Articles. 


NEURASTHENIA. 

By  Prof  GILIiSa,  DB  LA.  TOUR35TTE. 
H6pltal  Harold, 

To-Day  we  shall  discuss  an  affection  of  which  one  hears  so 
much,  though  it  has  been  but  recently  added  to  our  nosological 
list,  viz.,  neurasthenia.  I  am  not  Sure,  however,  that  the  term  is 
very  appropriate,  for  neurasthenia  taken  in  its  general  sense  is  hard- 
ly a  morbid  entity ;  it  is  a  condition,  or  rather  a  combination  of 
conditions  which  must  be  distinguished  the  one  from  the  other  if 
a  proper  prognosis  is  to  be  made. 

For  instance,  between  the  true  neurasthenic  condition  and  the 
constitutio7ial fieurastheniadit5Cx'\hQ6.by  the  late  Professor  Charcot, 
there  exist  differences  so  considerable  as  regards  their  evolution 
that  it  behoves  one  to  attribute  to  each  a  particular  significance. 
In  spite  of  common  symptomatic  expressions  which  help  to  con- 
found them  both  under  the  same  description,  consequently  I  am  of 
opinion  that  the  question  of  neurasthenia  is  much  less  simple  than 
is  generally  supposed,  and  to  solve  this  somewhat  serious  problem, 
the  physician  should  bring  all  his  attention  to  bear  on  the  case 
before  hini. 

Before  sketching  a  general  description  of  the  affection,  it  is 
indispensable  to  enter  into  some  details  of  its  history. 

As  you  may  already  know,  it  was  Beard,  of  New  York,  who 
first  drew  the  attention  of  the  medical  world  to  neurasthenia  (nerv- 
ous exhaustion)  in  a  paper  published  in  1869,  in  one  of  the  medical 
journals  of  Boston.  At  the  time  Httle  or  no  notice  was  taken  of  it. 
Nine  years  later,  however,  he  read  a  paper  on  the  same  subject 
before  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  i^ew  York,  and  in  1890,  he 
published  a  book  in  which  he  gave  a  succinct  description  of  the 
affection.  Still  later  Beard  produced  a  work  on  sexual  neurasthenia, 
which  has  been  translated  into  French.  Although  I  concede  to 
our  American  confrere  the  honor  of  being  the  discoverer  of  neuras- " 
thenia,  yet  it  cannot  be  denied  that  the  works  of  Erb  and  Arndt, 
in  Germany,  of  Play  fair  in  England,  and  Professor  Charcot  in 
France,  had  anticipated  this  nervous  condition,  and  inspired  by 
these  authors  and  by  my  observations,  I  lay  before  you  to-day  a 
description  as  complete  as  possible  of  the  nervous  exhaustion  of 
Beard. 

Neurasthenia  is  an  everyday  affection  that  you  can  observe  at 
tlie  hospital,  either   in  the   pure  state  or   associated,  as   frequently 


326        DE  LA  TOURETTE:  NEURASTHENIA. 

happens,  with  other  morbid  distinguishing  features.  It  is  especially 
in  private  practice,  however,  that  you  will  meet  it  under  its  differ- 
ent aspects,  among  patients  who  work  more  menially  than  physi- 
cally, although  among  all  classes  of  society,  the  hereditary  or  con- 
stitutional form  is  to  be  met  with.  You  will  meet  it  in  adult  men  and 
women,  but  not  in  children,  unless  in  a  modified  form  of  hereditary 
condition.  Everything  that  tends  to  depress  the  physical  and  moral 
elements  is  susceptibleof  provoking  neurasthenia.  The  description 
I  am  about  to  give  you  is  full  of  difficulties,  and  would  have  been 
more  so  if  Charcot  in  his  masterly  study  of  the  subject  had  not  done 
for  neurasthenia  what  he  had  previously  done  for  hysteria.  He 
extracted  from  the  complex  symptoms  a  certain  number  of  import- 
ant signs  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of  stigmata,  a  knowledge 
whereof  is  of  essential  importance  as  they  are  always  found  more 
or  less  associated  in  the  neurasthenic  conditions. 

These  stigmata  are  of  psychical  and  physical  orders,  physical 
especially,  and  that  fact  renders  their  interpretation  the  more 
difficult. 

One  of  the  most  frequently  observed  of  these  signs  is  headache. 
Lafosse  in  his  thesis  recorded  it  forty-one  times  in  forty-five  patients. 
It  consists  of  a  pain  which  appears  in  the  morning  on  awakening, 
and  ceases,  or  becomes  considerably  attenuated,  at  night,  and  in- 
versely to  what  has  been  observed  in  other  headaches,  it  is  always 
relieved  at  meal  time,  but  returns  with  intensity  during  the  process 
of  digestion.  There  are,  however,  patients  who  seem  to  suffer 
continually,  provoking  a  mental  condition  which  I  will  describe 
presently.  The  headache  has  two  points  of  predilection  ;  it  is 
either  bi-temporal,  squeezing  the  head  as  if  in  a  vice,  or,  more  fre- 
quently, affecting  the  occipital  region,  embracing  the  posterior  re- 
gion of  the  cranium  like  the  helmet  of  Minerva,  hence  the  name  of 
galeati  that  Charcot  gave  to  these  patients.  Frequently  a  kind  of 
crackling  sensation  is  said  to  be  felt  in  the  back  of  the  neck,  and 
the  patients  will  ask  you  to  put  your  hand  on  the  spot  in  order  to 
confirm  their  assertion.  The  cause  of  the  phenomenon  is  altoge- 
ther obscure,  and  you  will  do  well  to  accept  the  fact  without  trying 
to  explain  it.  I  have  already  said  that  the  headache  ceased  or 
became  attenuated  when  the  patient  went  to  bed,  but  it  does  not 
follow  the  deep  of  neurasthenics  is  of  the  best,  on  the  contrary, 
insomnia  is  the  general  rule.  After  the  evening  meal  the  patients 
are  seized  with  lassitude  and  a  desire  to  sleep.  Immediately  they 
lie  down,  they  fall  into  a  dead  sleep  without  dreams  or  nightmares, 
in  contrast  with  what  is  observed  in  hysteria.  But  this  sleep  rarely 
lasts  beyond  two  or  three  hours.  They  awaken  towards  midnight, 
then  commences  a  most  painful  period  of  insomnia.  They  become 
agitated,  turn  from  sids  to  side,  complain  of  lancinating  pains 
in  their  limbs,  pruritis,  and  a  numbed  sensation  in  their  arms,  which 
troubles  them  considerably.  These  phenomena  subsequently  dis- 
appear, and  after  a  short  time  return  again,  and  so  on  during  the 
rest  of  the  night.  Towards  morning  they  fall  into  a  troubled  sleep, 
and  finally  awaken  more  fatigued  than  when  they  laid  down  at 
night. 

Another  stigmata  is  vertigo.  This  phenomenon  presents  certain 
characteristics  that  you  ought  to  know.     It  is  a  sensation  of  empti- 


DE  LA  TOURETTE:  NEURASTHENIA.        327 

ness  in  the  head,  accompanied  by  weakness  in  the  lower  limbs, 
which  makes  the  subject  totter  at  times  in  walking.  A  mist  comes 
over  the  eyes,  everything  seems  to  turn  around,  and  distant  and 
near  objects  are  confounded  in  the  same  plane.  This  vertigo  is 
felt  in  the  morning  on  awakening,  and  like  the  headache,  is  relieved 
at  meal  times.  It  disappears  generally  in  the  evening,  and  is  not 
felt  at  all  in  bed.  A  third  stigmata  is  a  pain  in  the  back  at  a  point 
corresponding  to  the  articulation  of  the  sacrum  with  the  last  lumbar 
vertebra.  The  patients  complain  of  a  kind  of  paresis  in  the  legs 
simulating  paraplegia.  To  these  troubles  of  the  general  sensory 
apparatus  become  joined  diverse  perturbations  of  the  great  visce- 
ral functions  of  the  economy,  in  which  those  of  the  digestive  func- 
tions take  the  first  rank.  That  which  predominates  generally  in 
the  neurasthenic,  is  a  torpid  and  difficult  digestion,  especially  after 
the  two  principal  repasts  of  the  day.  The  light  (French)  breakfast 
taken  in  the  morning  causes  no  trouble ;  on  the  contrary  the  pa- 
tient feels  better  in  every  way  after  it,  as  I  have  already  remarked. 
It  is  even  necessary  that  the  second  repast  should  not  be  too 
late,  otherwise  a  dragging  sensation  is  felt  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach, 
yawning  takes  place,  and  a  general  lassitude  seizes  the  individual. 
The  neurasthenic,  in  fact,  requires  to  eat  often,  though  little  at  the 
time,  for  the  appetite  is  replaced  by  a  sensation  of  want,  which 
must  be  satisfied.  Unfortunately,  such  patients  do  not  observe 
this  rule,  their  midday  meal  is  generally  too  abundant,  and  although 
the  repletion  of  the  stomach  seems  to  give  relief,  that  relief  is  of  short 
duration.  In  a  few  minutes  they  will  complain  of  a  painful  sensation 
in  the  epigastrium,  a  physical  and  intellectual  torpor,  tympanism, 
acid  regurgitations,  in  short,  all  the  signs  of  dyspepsia.  After  a  few 
hours  of  more  or  less  suffering,  the  neurasthenic  gets  relief,  until  he 
eats  again.  These  digestive  troubles  influence  materially  the  func- 
tions of  the  intestines.  Some  patients  suffer  from  obstinate  con- 
stipation, others  from  diarrhoea,  but  it  frequently  occurs  that  each 
of  these  troubles  alternate  in  the  same  individual.  It  is  not  sur- 
prising that  the  general  condition  of  the  patient  suffers  from  this 
state  of  things  ;  nutrition  languishes,  and,  although  in  some  cases 
the  embonpoint  is  preserved,  it  more  freqently  happens  that  the  per- 
son loses  flesh  ;  the  features  are  drawn,  and  the  complexion  be- 
comes sallow. 

The  urinary  function  is  not  less  disturbed  ;  at  one  time  the 
secretion  is  clear,  limpid,  and  abundant;  at  another  it  is  much  less 
abundant,  and  high-colored.  The  quantity  of  urea  is  generally 
small,  but  phosphaturia  is  constantly  present,  indicating  an  exag- 
gerated elimination  of  the  elements  which  the  nervous  system  re- 
quires for  its  normal  function.  Neither  sugar  nor  albumen  exist 
in  the  urine. 

The  heart  is  more  or  less  affected  by  this  general  disturbance 
of  the  functions  of  the  organism.  The  arterial  pressure  is  always 
low  in  neurasthenics  between  meals,  but  under  the  influence  of 
digestion  it  becomes  exaggerated.  Hence,  the  rapid  pulsation  of 
the  cephalic  arteries  and  the  congestion  of  the  face  so  frequently 
complained  of.  Besides  this  habitual  condition,  it  happens  fre- 
quently that  the  central  organ  of  the  circulation  is  the  seat  of  symp- 
toms bearing  a  strong   analogy  to   angina  pectoris,  with  this  differ 


328      DE   FOREST  :   CENTRIFUGE  AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS. 

ence  that  the  pulse,  instead  of  being  small  and  intermittent,  is  full 
and  regular. 

The  genital  functions  are  also  affected  by  the  general  depres- 
sion. The  physiological  act  can  be  accomplished,  but  it  is  almost 
always  followed  by  a  sensation  of  extreme  fatigue,  so  that  complete 
loss  of  sexual  desire  is  frequently  the  result. 

I  will  close  this  long  nomenclature  of  the  physical  symptoms  by 
drawing  your  attention  to  a  peculiar  tremor  frequently  observed  in 
persons  suffering  from  nervous  exhaustion.  It  consists  in  small 
oscillations  affecting  the  lower  and  upper  limbs.  The  mental  state 
of  these  patients  is  important  to  note,  for  the  affection  is  in  reality 
of  psychical  origin.  The  cerebral  activity  is  considerably  diminished. 
All  intellectual  occupation  is  a  burden,  but  none  of  the  faculties  are 
perverted.  The  neurasthenic  is  capable,  if  he  makes  an  effort,  of 
recovering  the  plenitude  of  his  faculties,  but  finds  it  difficult  to  come 
to  a  decision  in  any  affair  that  requires  prompt  action.  However,  no 
matter  how  prolonged  this  state  may  be,  it  leads  but  rarely  to  men- 
tal alienation. 

I  think,  that  now,  after  exposing  all  these  elements  in  the  diag- 
nosis of  neurasthenia,  you  will  have  a  fairly  correct  idea  of  the 
interesting  affection.  In  another  lecture  I  will  enlarge  on  the 
diagnosis,  and  discuss  the  treatment. —  The  Medical  Press,  March 
9,  1898. 

THE  CENTRIFUGE  AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS  ; 
WITH  A  DEMONSTRATION  OF  THE  URINE- 
SEDIMENTOR.  HEMATOKRIT,  AND  THE 
SPECIAL  APPARATUS  FOR  THE  EXAMINA- 
TION OF  MILK  AND  SPUTUM.* 

By  HENRY  P.  DE  FOREST,  M.D„  Brooklyn,  NY. 

A  short  time  ago  I  was  asked  by  one  of  the 
members  of  this  Society  to  make  an  examination 
of  the  blood  and  urine  of  a  patient  of  his,  a  young 
woman  who  had  recently  come  to  the  city  from  her 
home  in  the  West  Indies.  Chyluria  was  a  marked  symptom, 
the  urine  looking  like  yellowish  milk,  and  the  existence  of 
the  filaria  sanguinis  homiiiis  was  suspected.  No  sediment 
was  deposited  from  the  urine  after  standing,  for  the  chyle 
was,  of  course,  of  lower  specific  gravity  than  the  fluid  in 
which  it  was  emulsified.  Ordinary  filtration  was  of  no  avail. 
Some  other  method  was,  therefore,  required  in  order  to  clear 
the  urine  and  separate  the  parasites,  if  any  were  present.  In 
the  examination  of  the  blood  another  difficulty  arose  from 
the  fact  that  the  parasites  are  usually  few  in  number  and 
appear  only  at  night.  My  efforts  to  overcome  these  ob- 
stacles led  me  to  investigate  the  centrifuge  as  an  aid  to 
diagnosis,  and  it  occurred  to  me  that  the    information  upon 


*Kea(l  before  the  Medical  Society  of  tlie  County  of  Kings,  Dec.  21, 1897. 


DE  FOREST:   CENTRIFUGE    AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS.       329 

the  subject  gathered  from  a  variety  of  sources  would  be  of 
sufficient  interest  and  possible  assistance  to  others  to  justify 
its  presentation  before  this  Society. 

Centrifugal  force  has  been  recognized  for  ages,  and  for 
many  years  its  mechanical  effects  have  been  utilized  in  the 
arts  and  sciences.  The  centrifugal  clothes-drier  used  in  steam 
laundries  and  the  separation  of  cream  from  milk  by  centri- 
fugation  in  large  dairies  are  examples  of  its  practical  value. 
In  sanitary  work  it  is  used  to  facilitate  the  analysis  of  numer- 
ous samples  of  milk,  and  to  determine  the  sediment  in  potable 
waters.  Still  more  recently  special  forms  of  apparatus  have 
been  devised  for  strictly  medical  work. 

In  this  last-mentioned  field  of  usefulness  the  centrifuge 
was  first  used  to  separate  the  solid  ingredients  of  urine. 
Next,  the  principle  was  applied  to  the  examination  of  the 
blood.  When  the  scientific  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculo- 
sis was  found  to  depend  upon  the  presence  or  absence  of  the 
tubercle  bacillus  in  the  sputum  the  aid  of  the  centrifuge  was 
again  invoked.  Last  of  all,  with  the  introduction  of  more 
accurate  methods  of  infant-feeding,  the  analysis  of  mother's 
milk  has  been  aided  by  its  use.  Other  forms  of  analysis 
might  be  mentioned,  but  as  these  four  fluids  are  the  only 
ones  up  to  the  present  time  for  the  examination  of  which 
special  forms  of  apparatus  have  been  devised,  I  will  confine 
myself  to  their  consideration. 

Ai)paratiis. — Before  speaking  of  the  technic  involved  in 
these  processes,  it  will  be  necessary  to  describe  the  forms  of 
apparatus  that  are  now  available.  These  vary  in  construction 
according  to  the  motive  power  employed. 

The  pioneer  centrifugal  machines  were  put  in  motion  in 
much  the  same  way  as  a  boy  spins  his  top.  A  heavy  rimmed 
wheel,  from  one  to  two  feet  in  diameter,  fitted  with  spring 
clips  to  hold  the  tubes,  and  enclosed  in  a  tight-fitting  thin 
metal  cover  to  diminish  air  resistance,  was  supported  horizon- 
tally upon  a  thin  vertical  spindle.  This  spindle  was  held  in 
cone  bearings  at  its  upper  and  lower  end.  The  fluids  to  be 
examined  being  in  place  and  the  cover  fastened  down,  a  long 
cord  was  wound  tightly  around  the  spindle,  and  then  quickly 
withdrawn.  The  wheel  with  its  heavy  rim  would  spin  for 
several  minutes,  and  then,  if  desired,  the  process  could  be 
repeated. 

Another  form  had  a  system  of  gears  connected  with  the 
spindle  by  a  simple  interlocking  device,  and  was  set  in 
motion  by  means  of  a  hand-crank.  When  the  highest  pos- 
sible speed  was  secured  the  gears  were  disconnected,  and  the 
wheel  allowed  to  run  down  as  before.  A  well-constructed 
machine  would  often  run  fifteen  minutes. 


330      DE   FOREST:   CENTRIFUGE   AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS. 

Machines  of  these  types  were  in  vogue  in  Vienna  in 
1 89 1.  They  were  efficient  and  fairly  satisfactory  for  hospital 
purposes,  but  had  some  disadvantages.  They  were  very 
heavy  and  bulky,  and  their  velocity  was  greatest  at  the 
beginning  of  the  process,  and  steadily  decreased  until  the 
wheel  stopped. 

Other  machines  of  large  size  were  soon  constructed  for 
hospital  and  laboratory  use.  The  wheel  was  as  large  as 
before  and  similarly  placed.  It  was  made  of  a  solid  plate  of 
metal  about  an  inch  in  thickness.  Just  within  the  periphery 
a  number  of  slots  were  cut  an  inch  apart,  and  each  corres- 
ponding in  its  long  axis  with  the  radius  of  the  wheel.  The 
milk,  urine  or  water  to  be  examined  was  placed  in  a  glass 
tube  within  a  metal  protector.  These  protectors  were  sup- 
ported on  paired  pivots  which  rested  in  notches  cut  in  the 
upper  walls  of  the  slots.  Water,  steam,  gas,  or  electricity 
was  used  as  a  motive  force,  and  as  the  rapidity  of  revolution 
increased  the  tubes  swung  into  a  horizontal  position,  and 
were  quite  concealed  within  the  thickness  of  the  wheel.  Air 
resistance  was  thus  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and  great 
economy  of  power  gained. 

For  use  in  places  where  the  Edison  current  or  galvanic 
or  storage  batteries  can  supply  power,  two  forms  of  electric 
centrifuge  are  now  manufactured.  They  require  for  their 
proper  use  a  suitable  rheostat,  and  proper  connections.  By 
this  means  the  amount  of  current  can  be  regulated  and  the 
rapidity  of  revolution  be  so  adjusted  as  to  secure  the  best 
results  with  any  given  fluid.  Such  instruments  are  of  great 
value  in  hospitals  or  laboratories  where  a  large  number  of 
examinations  are  made  daily.  They  are  practically  noiseless 
and  economize  time  and  strength.  On  the  other  hand,  they 
cannot  be  taken  to  the  bedside,  and  are  thus  of  little  use  for 
the  examination  of  the  blood,  sincesuch  an  examination  must 
be  made  before  there  is  time  for  coagulation.  They  are  much 
more  expensive  than  other  instruments  and  they  cost  more 
to  operate  them.  They  are  especially  apt  to  be  damaged  if 
the  current  is  too  strong,  and  are,  in  general,  more  liable  to 
damage. 

The  Purdy  electric  centrifuge  was  first  in  the  field.  It 
gives  good  results,  but  is  needlessly  heavy,  the  tubes  strike 
against  the  base,  and  the  motor  is  a  poor  one.     Its  price  is 

$37. 

A  better  centrifuge  is  the  Fleiman  electrical  centrifuge. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  Van  Cott  I  am   able  to    show 

the  instrument  itself.     It  has   been  used    at  the    Hoagland 

laboratory  for  some  time,  and  gives  entire  satisfaction.     It  is 

compact  and  well-constructed.     It  costs $35. 


DE   FOREST:    CENTRIFUGE   AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS.       331 

Still  another  centrifuge  is  on  the  market.  It  is  hand- 
somely mounted  upon  a  mahogany  case  that  encloses  the 
motor.  Its  speed  is  not  constant,  and  it  is  not  recommended 
even  by  the  manufacturers  themselves. 

For  the  general  practitioner  none  of  the  centrifugal 
machines  thus  far  mentioned  is  to  be  recommended.  For 
his  purposes  the  centrifuge  of  choice  must  have  certain  special 
qualifications.  It  must  be  compact  and  portable,  and  of  as 
little  weight  as  is  compatible  with  ease  of  running,  strength 
and  durability.  Its  action  should  be  as  noiseless  as  possible. 
It  should  be  easy  to  clean  and  to  keep  clean.  If  used  for 
milk,  water  and  urinalysis  only,  with  a  moderate  effort  it 
should  develop  2500  revolutions  of  the  spindle  per  minute  ; 
if  for  blood  and  sputum  examination  from  the  same  effort 
10,000  revolutions  should  develop.  The  length  of  the  arm 
is  of  practical  importance,  since  *'  the  centrifugal  force  of  two 
equal  bodies,  moving  with  equal  velocity  at  different  dis- 
tances from  the  centre,  is  directly  as  their  distances  from 
the  centre."  In  other  words,  the  longer  the  arm  the  greater 
the  centrifugal  force  which  develops  with  the  same  number 
of  revolutions.  The  urine-tubes  should  be  so  arranged  that 
they  do  not  strike  the  handle  of  the  machine  when  it  is  at 
its  highest  point,  nor  should  they  strike  against  the  standard 
when  the  motion  stops.  If  this  happens,  the  sediment  is  apt 
to  be  disturbed.  The  machine  should  be  provided  with  a 
clamp,  so  that  it  may  be  easily  and  firmly  fastened  to  a 
suitable  firm  support,  and,  by  the  way,  a  sewing-machine  or 
typewriter-table  makes  an  excellent  one.  Esthetics  should 
be  consulted  in  beauty  of  finish.  Last,  but  by  no  means 
least,  the  price  should  be  moderate. 

I  have  succeeded  in  securing  more  or  less  satisfactory 
pictures  of  a  variety  of  centrifugal  machines.  Like  every 
other  mechanical  device,  there  is  a  choice.  Some  are 
superior  in  one  particular,  others  in  another.  With  each 
picture  will  be  found  a  summary  of  the  points  just  mentioned, 
and  you  can  draw  your  own  conclusions. 

While  these  plates  are  being  examined  let  us  turn  our 
attention  to  some  of  the  practical  details  involved  in  the  use 
of  the  centrifuge. 

Urinalysis, — As  is  well  known,  the  results  obtained  by 
allowing  urine  to  deposit  such  solid  ingredients  as  it  may 
contain  within  a  conical  dish,  relying  solely  upon  the  force 
of  gravity  for  the  rapidity  of  the  process,  and  then  examin- 
ing the  sediment  with  the  microscope,  is  exceedingly  falla- 
cious. The  reasons  for  this  fact  are  very  simple.  No  matter 
how  much  care  is  exercised  in  the  collection  of  urine,  it  soon 
becomes  contaminated  with  bacteria  and  fungi,  always  float- 


332      DE    FOREST  :  CENTRIFUGE  AS  AN  AID  TO   DIAGNOSIS. 

ing  in  the  air.  These  multiply  rapidly,  and  by  the  time 
sedimentation  is  complete — that  is  to  say  in  from  twelve  to 
twenty-four  hours — numerous  changes,  due  to  decomposition, 
have  occurred.  The  reaction  is  often  changed.  The  crystals 
found  are,  for  the  most  part,  secondary  products,  and  did  not 
exist  within  the  body  at  all.  Sugar,  if  originally  present, 
may  have  entirely  disappeared,  owing  to  the  action  of  yeast- 
ferment.  The  more  delicate  forms  of  casts  are  also  apt  to 
decompose  early.  The  fungi  themselves  may  assume  strange 
and  unknown  forms,  and  our  final  conclusions  may  be  entirely 
erroneous. 

All  of  these  errors  may  be  avoided  by  the  use  of  the 
centrifuge  ;  for  with  this  instrument  at  our  disposal  we  have 
a  method  of  securing  the  casts,  crystals  and  other  solid  in- 
gredients in  such  a  form  that  they  can  be  examined  at  once 
— within  five  minutes  from  the  time  when  the  liquid  is  placed 
in  the  sediment-tubes.  No  chemical  changes  will  have  taken 
place,  and  the  normal  and  pathologic  elements  can  be  easily 
determined. 

For  the  proper  precipitation  of  the  sediment  2500  revo- 
lutions per  minute  for  three  or  four  minutes  gives  the  best 
results.  A  higher  speed  than  this  is  apt  to  distort  or  break 
the  hyaline  casts.  The  number  of  revolutions  of  the  crank 
necessary  to  obtain  this  rate  can  easily  be  calculated  with 
each  machine,  and  with  a  watch  at  hand  the  desired  result 
can  be  easily  obtained. 

The  urine-tubes  should  contain  a  trifle  over  fifteen  cubic 
centimeters.  The  lower  ten  cubic  centimeters  should  be 
divided  into  100  equal  parts  by  accurate  scale.  The  percen- 
tage of  sediment  may  thus  be  read  off.  If  the  exact  per- 
centage of  the  chlorids,  phosphates,  sulphates,  albumen  or 
sugar  is  desired,  the  upper  five  cubic  centimeters  should  be 
used  for  standardized  reagents.  If  it  is  not  convenient  to 
carry  bottles  of  liquid  reagents,  reagent-tablets  are  now  to  be 
had  which  give  excellent  results.  A  small  urinometer  can 
also  be  procured  that  will  easily  go  inside  one  of  the  tubes. 

The  shape  of  the  tubes  is  also  important.  Many  of  the 
tubes  have  a  slight  curve  at  the  top.  This  makes  them  more 
convenient  for  pouring  purposes,  but  care  should  be  taken 
that  they  do  not  rest  upon  this  lip  when  in  the  aluminum 
guards  ;  the  great  strain  upon  the  unsupported  glass  will 
often  cause  them  to  break.  Neither  should  they  be  too  long,, 
for  then  they  will  catch  within  the  metal  arms  when,  during 
revolution,  they  become  horizontal  ;  when  the  motion  ceases 
the  urine  will  spill  over  the  machine,  the  operator,  and  the 
floor,  and  the  analysis  of  anything,  except  profanity,  will  be 
a  failure.     The  simple,  straight  tubes  give  very  good  results. 


DE   FOREST  :   CENTRIFUGE  AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS.      333 

If  expense  is  not  considered  the  tubes  devised  by  Jacobi, 
having  a  bulb  at  the  bottom  like  that  of  an  urinometer,  may 
be  used.  These  favor  the  removal  of  the  liquid,  and  collect  the 
sediment  well,  but  they  break  easily  and  are  difficult  to  clean. 
They  are,  however,  of  great  value  in  examining  milk,  urine 
or  water  for  typhoid  or  tubercle  bacilli,  for  the  upper  fluid  can 
be  poured  off,  and  the  contents  of  the  bulb  still  further  con- 
centrated in  the  sputum  tubes. 

If  the  amount  of  sediment  is  small  and  it  is  desirable  to 
increase  it,  the  upper  twelve  cubic  centimeters  may  easily  be 
decanted  after  sedimentation,  and  as  this  is  practically 
filtered  may  be  used  for  chemical  tests,  while  the  tube  is  re- 
filled with  non-sedimented  urine.  In  this  way  half  a  pint  of 
fluid  may  easily  be  sedimented  in  a  few  minutes. 

Whatever  the  size  or  shape  of  the  tubes  used,  it  is  essen- 
tial that  they  should  each  contain  the  same  amount  of  urine. 
If  this  is  not  attended  to,  the  distribution  of  the  load  will  be 
so  uneven  that  the  machine  will  vibrate  badly,  and  the 
spindle  may  possibly  be  bent. 

Milk  Analysis. — The  centrifuge  is  of  use  in  the  analysis 
of  milk.  In  the  first  place,  it  enables  one  to  make  a  fairly 
accurate  reply  to  the  question,  "  Are  there  bacteria  present 
in  this  milk  ?  "  The  means  by  which  this  can  be  accomplished 
has  already  been  indicated. 

In  the  second  place,  the  determination  of  the  amount  of 
fat  or  cream  that  is  present  in  any  given  sample  of  milk  can 
be  determined  with  greater  rapidity  and  accuracy  with  the 
centrifuge  than  in  any  other  way.  To  do  this  requires  a 
special  form  of  glass  tube.  Two  forms  are  to  be  had.  They 
are  practically  the  same,  the  peculiarity  of  these  tubes  being 
that  owing  to  the  lighter  specific  gravity  of  the  fat  the  scale 
used  to  indicate  percentage  must  be  at  the  upper  end  of  the 
tube,  and,  in  order  that  the  scale  may  be  easily  divided,  this 
end  of  the  tube  is  much  smaller  than  the  lower  part,  and  of 
uniform  caliber. 

Although  the  cream  will  separate  by  simple  rotation,  it 
has  been  found  that  for  the  accurate  determination  of  per- 
centages certain  additional  steps  are  required.  The  technic 
finally  adopted  is  substantially  as  follows  : 

By  means  of  a  suitable  pipette  5  c.c.  of  the  milk  to  be 
examined  is  poured  into  the  milk  tube  ;  to  this  is  added  one 
centimeter  of  a  mixture  containing  fifty  parts  by  volume  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  thirteen  of  methyl  alcohol,  and  thirty-seven 
of  fusil  oil.  Sulphuric  acid  of  a  definite  specific  gravity  (i.  3) 
is  then  added  drop  by  drop  until  the  tube  is  filled  to  the  zero 
mark.  The  mixture  should  be  well  shaken  at  each  addition. 
The  other  tube  is  then  filled  in  the  same  way,    and  the  two 


334      I^E   FOREST  :   CENTRIFUGE  AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS. 

are  rotated  for  three  minutes  at  a  moderate  rate  of  speed 
(2000;  revolutions  per  minute.  The  fat  collects  in  the  inner 
end  of  the  tube,  and  when  the  machine  is  brought  to  a  stand- 
still the  percentage  can  be  read. 

Very  rich  milk  or  cream  may  be  diluted  with  one  or  four 
volumes  of  water  before  being  examined,  care  being  taken  to 
multiply  the  result  accordingly. 

Sputum  Analysis. — For  the  perfection  of  this  method  of 
concentrating  the  crystals,  spirals  and  bacteria  in  sputum  we 
are  chiefly  indebted  to  Drs.  Ashton  and  Stewart,  whose  joint 
paper  upon  the  subject  was  published  in  The  Medical  News 
in  the  issue  of  October  6,  1894.  To  quote  from  their  valuable 
paper  :  "  Undoubtedly  the  most  important  evidence  that  a 
destructive  process  is  taking  place  in  the  pulmonary  structure 
is  to  be  found  in  the  discovery  of  the  elastic  fibers  in  the 
sputum.  For  the  purpose  of  demonstrating  their  presence 
and  in  the  examination  of  the  sputum  for  tubercle  bacilli  when 
these  exist  in  very  small  numbers,  the  value  of  the  centrifugal 
machine  can  scarcely  be  overestimated.  Again  and  again 
have  our  observations  demonstrated  to  us  the  facility  whereby 
in  such  cases  the  presence  of  bacilli  can  be  discovered  by  the 
aid  of  centrifugation,  and  in  cases,  too,  in  which,  at  the  same 
time,  they  were  found  only  after  much  trouble  and  repeated 
examinations  by  the  ordinary  methods.  Such  diagnoses, 
even,  which  were  made  after  other  methods  had  failed  to 
detect  the  bacteria,  have  later  been  confirmed  by  the 
autopsy." 

The  technic  for  this  procedure  involves  the  use  of  certain 
special  apparatus.  The  centrifuge  must  give  a  rotation  of 
10,000  revolutions  per  minute  to  secure  good  results  with  a 
sputum-tube  carrier  of  the  ordinary  length,  though  with  the 
very  long-armed  instruments  already  mentioned  5000  revo- 
lutions is  sufificient.  The  tubes  themselves  are  usually  of  the 
samelength  as  the  blood  tubes  in  order  that  the  same  frame 
may  be  used.  The  usual  length  is  50  millimeters,  with  a  diame- 
ter of  2^  millimeters.  Many  tubes  are  simple  glass  cylinders 
ground  smooth  at  the  end,  which  presses  against  the  occlusive 
pad.  These  tubes  chip  off  around  the  edge  very  often  in 
removing  or  in  placing  them  in  the  frame.  This  difficulty  is 
to  a  great  measure  obviated  if  the  tubes  are  also  ground 
around  their  terminal  circumference  for  a  distance  of  five 
millimeters. 

The  sputum  to  be  examined  need  not  be  diluted  in  any 
way.  It  should  be  placed  in  a  clean  glass  or  porcelain  dish 
and  stirred  with  a  glass  rod  till  all  flocculi  are  broken  up  and 
the  sputum  is  of  fairly  uniform  consistence.  Then  by  means 
of  a  small  pipette  or  medicine-dropper,  with  an     inch  or  two 


DE   FOREST:  CENTRIFUGE  AS  AN  AID  TO   DIAGNOSIS.       335 

of  rubber  tubing  at  its  end,  the  sputum  should  be  drawn  into 
the  sputum-tube  until  it  is  quite  full.  A  tube  is  then  placed 
in  each  end  of  the  carrier  and  centrifugation  completed.  The 
sputum  will  then  be  found  in  two  layers :  one  clear,  at  the 
proximal  end  ;  the  other  opaque,  at  the  distal  end.  The  tube 
is  removed,  and  slight  pressure  at  the  proximal  end  will 
suffice  to  expel  the  solid  contents  upon  a  cover-glass,  where 
they  can  be  fixed  and  stained  in  the  usual  manner. 

Care  must  be  taken  with  each  examination  to  have  the 
glass  tubes  quite  clean,  and  it  is  better  to  provide  a  clean 
washer  at  the  distal  end  of  the  tube  for  each  examination 
in  order  that  bacilli  will  not  be  carried  over  from  one  ex- 
amination to  the  next. 

Blood  Analysis. — By  far  the  best  original  work  upon 
-this  subject,  so  far  as  the  centrifuge  and  hematokrit  attach- 
ment are  concerned,  has  been  done  by  a  countryman  of  ours, 
Dr.  Judson  Daland.  Dr.  Daland's  first  article  embodying 
the  result  of  his  researches  was  published  simultaneously  in 
German  and  in  English  in  1891,  and  has  been  the  basis  of  a 
number  of  shorter  articles  that  have  appeared  in  various  places 
and  by  various  authors  since  then.  The  clinical  studies 
were  made  in  the  wards  by  Professor  Von  Jaksch  in  Austria. 
He  very  soon  found  that  the  type  of  centrifuge  then  used  in 
Vienna  to  which  allusion  has  been  made  was  not  well  adapt- 
ed to  his  purpose,  and  it  is  largely  to  Dr,  Daland's  inventive 
powers  that  the  attachment  now  known  as  the  hematokrit 
was  devised. 

Since  one  object  of  the  procedure  was  to  do  away  with 
the  necessity  of  using  the  hemacytometer  for  counting  pur- 
poses, it  was  soon  found  that  certain  factors  must  be  con- 
stant. The  tube  in  which  the  blood  is  held  must  be  of 
uniform  caliber,  must  be  graduated  accurately,  and  must 
develop  a  constant  quantity  of  centrifugal  force  dependent 
upon  the  distance  from  the  centre  of  rotation  and  the  rapid- 
ity of  revolution. 

The  spindles  first  used  made  104  revolutions  per  minute 
and  for  each  turn  of  the  handle.  The  tubes  were  33  milli- 
meters long  and  i  millimeter  in  diameter.  They  contain  27.5 
cubic  millimeters  of  blood.  On  the  outside  is  a  scale  divided 
-into  50  equal  parts.  In  his  original  article  the  author  re- 
commended that  for  convenience  of  computation  these 
dimensions  be  modified  so  that  the  tube  be  70  millimeters 
long  and  5  millimeters  in  diameter,  and  provided  with  a 
200  division  scale.  The  tubes  now  manufactured  are  50 
millimeters  long  and  5  millimeters  in  caliber,  and  are  divided 
into  100  equal  parts.  The  tubes  should  rotate  with  a  uni- 
form velocity  of  10,000  revolutions  per  minute.  Most  instru- 


336      DE    FOREST  :   CENTRIFUGE   AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS. 

ments  are  now  so  constructed  that  a  rotation  of  the  handle 
yy  times  per  minute  will  produce  this  effect  These  figures 
are  of  much  importance,  for,  as  the  computation  of  percent- 
ages depends  upon  Dr.  Daland's  experiments,  any  variation 
in  these  factors  would  give  widely  different  results. 

At  first  the  blood  was  diluted  to  avoid  coagulation,  and^ 
though  this  now  is  rarely  done,  it  may  be  well  to  remember 
that  after  a  great  variety  of  fluids  had  been  used  for  this  pur- 
pose a  2.5  per-cent.  solution  of  bichromate  of  potash  gave  the 
best  results.  It  does  not  decompose,  it  prevents  coagulation, 
preserves  the  shape  of  the  corpuscles,  hardens  them,  and  has 
a  good  contrast  color.  It  can  be  used  with  the  hematocy- 
tometer  as  well. 

The  technic  is  simple,  but  there  are  some  minutiae  that 
should  be  borne  in  mind.  Although  the  ear  or  ball  of  the 
thumb  is  recommended  as  the  best  places  to  puncture  for  the 
blood  required,  I  prefer  the  little  finger  of  the  left  hand  as 
being  the  place  most  convenient  and  least  likely  to  be  noticed 
by  the  patient  after  the  cut  is  made.  The  finger  must  be 
well  cleaned,  and  rubbing  it  with  a  piece  of  cotton  soaked  in 
ether,  just  before  making  the  puncture,  is  advised  in  order 
to  remove  all  fatty  material.  These  precautions  may  also 
prevent  infection,  which,  if  it  occurs,  is  an  annoyance. 

The  pin,  the  needle  or  the  lancet  may  be  used  to  make 
the  incision.  I  have  preferred  to  use  a  small,  spear-shaped 
instrument.  Recently,  the  question  has  been  nicely  solved 
by  Dr.  Veranus  A.  Moore,  of  Cornell  University.  The  in- 
strument devised  by  Dr.  Moore  is  really  a  spring  lancet,  using 
a  spear-shaped  blade  fastened  to  a  spring  trigger,  and  secreted 
in  a  small  brass  tube,  the  end  of  which  can  be  adjusted  to 
the  depth  of  cut  required.  This  he  calls  a  hemaspast.  It  is 
particularly  advantageous  with  children  and  nervous  persons, 
who  dread  anything  resembling  a  knife. 

The  tubes  must  be  exactly  filled,  and  this  requires  some 
little  practice.  A  capillary  tube  50  mm.  long  is  closely 
connected  with  the  blood  tube  by  a  rubber  tube  i  cm.  long, 
and  with  the  mouth  by  a  long  rubber  tube.  This  capillary 
tube  acts  as  a  window  to  show  when  the  blood  tube  is  filled, 
and  also  serves  to  prevent  the  suction  acting  too  suddenly. 
When  the  bloodrtube  is  filled,  be  careful  to  place  the  finger 
tightly  over  its  free  end  before  removing  the  rubber.  It 
will  prevent  displacement. 

Centrifugate  two  tubes  at  the  required  speed  for  two 
minutes,  read  off  the  scale  carefully  (most  tubes  now  have  a 
magnifying  index  like  a  thermometer)  and  add  five  cyphers  to 
get  the  number  of  red  blood  corpuscles.  A  black  back- 
ground is  a  help  to  read  the  scale. 


DE   FOREST:   CENTRIFUGE   AS  AN  AID  TO  DIAGNOSIS.      33/ 

When  it  is  necessary  to  carry  the  blood  away  for  ex- 
amination, dilute  with  the  bichromate  solution  and  carry  in 
the  pipette  used  for  counting  white  blood  cells. 

To  clean  the  tubes,  use  water  first,  then  absolute  alcohol, 
and  finally  ether.  If  the  pipette  contains  a  large  clot  it  should 
be  filled  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  caustic  potash  or 
soda  and  placed  in  a  test-tube  filled  with  the  same  solution. 
In  a  few  hours  the  clot  is  usually  dissolved. 

According  to  Daland,  "  The  hematokrit  gives  results  as 
accurate  as,  if  not  more  accurate  than,  the  Thoma-Zeiss  hema- 
cytometer, requires  less  skill,  calls  for  no  eye-strain,  and  the 
volume  and  number  of  red  blood-corpuscles  per  cubic  milli- 
meter and  the  volume  of  white  blood-corpuscles  may  be 
determined  within  ten  minutes." 

These,  then,  are  the  claims  that  the  centrifuge  has  as  an 
aid  to  diagnosis.  That  portion  of  the  practice  of  medicine 
which  consumes  the  greatest  amount  of  time  is  diagnosis  ; 
after  that  basis  is  made  thoroughly  secure,  prognosis  almost 
speaks  for  itself,  and  treatment,  although  the  most  important 
part  of  the  science  of  medicine,  is,  in  most  cases,  simple.  Any 
means  that  will  assist  us  in  forming  a  diagnosis  quickly  and 
with  increased  accuracy  is  always  regarded  with  favor  by  the 
medical  profession,  and  a  knowledge  of  the  manner  in  which 
this  assistance  can  be  secured  should  be  as  widely  known  as 
possible. 

I  have  stated  the  claims  of  the  centrifuge  to  be  regarded 
as  such  an  assistant.  I  trust  you  will  agree  with  me  that  its 
use  may  oftentimes  be  of  great  value. 

During  the  discussion  on  the  paper  instruments  from 
three  manufacturers,  Messrs.  Richards  &  Co.  of  New  York, 
James  G.  Biddle  of  Philadelphia,  and  Bausch  &  Lomb  of 
Rochester  and  New  New  York,  were  exhibited  and  their 
use  demonstrated. —  The  Brooklyn  Medical  Journal,  June, 
1898. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MKDICINK   AND  NBUROLOGY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D, 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicire 
University  of  Bishop's  College ;  Physician  Western  Hospital. 


UREMIC      AND     OTHER     ULCERS    OF     THE 
BOWEL. 

Uremic,  dysenteric,  typhoid,  tuberculous  and  follicular 
ulcers,  and  the  ulcerations  due  to  the  administration  of  cor- 
rosive sublimate,  phosphorus  and  other  poisons  are,  patho- 
logico  anatomically,  classified  under  the  general  head  of  diph- 
theritic ulcers.  This  purely  anatomic  classification  in  the 
nomenclature  of  which  the  etiologic  factor  remains  unconsid- 
ered has,  in  some  instances,  been  the  cause  of  confusion  on 
the  part  of  physicians  and  medical  students.  That  a  tissue 
may  be  in  a  state  of  diphtheritic  necrosis,  leaving  a  diphther- 
itic ulcer  after  the  necrotic  tissue  has  separated  from  the 
healthy  tissue,  although  the  patient  does  not  suffer  from  a 
diphtheritic  infection  or  inoculation,  or  that  an  individual 
may  have  a  croupous  deposit  upon  any  of  his  mucous  mem- 
branes without  suffering  from  croup  in  a  clinical  sense,  would 
seem,  at  first  sight,  paradoxical.  The  same  is  true  of  the 
seemingly  incompatible  conditions  where,  for  instance,  a 
croupous  membrane  may  form  as  the  result  of  a  general 
diphtheritic  infection,  or  a  diphtheritic  necrosis,  respectively 
ulcer,  as  a  result  of  croup  in  a  clinical  sense.  These  seeming 
incongruities  are  at  once  converted  into  complete  harmony 
after  it  is  borne  in  mind  that  the  pathologic  anatomic  nomen- 
clature of  these  conditions  is  separate  and  distinct  from  the 
etiologic  nomenclature.  Thus  the  designation  of  diphtheritic 
ulcer  was  applied  by  Virchow,  and  this  usage  has  become 
universal,  to  typhoid,  dysenteric,  follicular,  tuberculosis  ulcers, 
etc.,  and  to  the  ulceration  produced  mechanically  by  pressure 
of  hardened  feces,  or  by  certain  poisons,  such  as  corrosive 
sublimate  and  phosphorus,  as  well  as  to  the  ulcer  resulting 
from  diphtheritic  infection.  All  ulcers  of  mucous  mem- 
branes, then,  which  are  the  result  of  a  superficial  necrosis, 
were  called  by  Virchow  diphtheritic.  While  this  term  is 
very  convenient,  in  an  anatomic  sense,  it  becomes  misleading 
unless  the  etiologic  classification  receives  simultaneous  con- 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  339 

sideration.  That  this  is  not  always  the  case  would  appear 
from  the  discussions  of  medical  societies  whenever,  for 
instance,  croup  and  diphtheria  form  the  objects  of  de- 
bate. 

In  the  pathologic  anatomic  sense,  then,  the  uremic  ulcer 
is  also  classified  under  the  general  head  of  diphtheritic  ulcera- 
tions. The  leucomaines  which  are  excreted  in  uremia  by 
the  intestinal  mucous  membrane  are  the  poisons  which  seem 
to  cause  superficial  necrosis,  and  upon  separation  of  the 
necrotic  tissue  an  ulcer  remains  which  cannot  be 
anatomically  distinguished  from  any  other  diphtheritic  ulcer, 
while  etiologically  and  clinically  it  is  a  distinct  and  separate 
entity. 

Of  considerable  interest  is  the  method  of  production  of 
dysenteric  ulceration  and  the  ulcer  produced  by  corrosive 
sublimate  poisoning.  They  are  identical,  pathologic  anatomi- 
cally as  well  as  with  reference  to  their  location.  In  dysentery, 
as  well  as  in  sublimate  poisoning,  the  ulceration  extends  along 
the  transverse  and  longitudinal  folds  of  the  large  bowel. 
Formerly  it  was  generally  supposed,  and  this  presumption 
seems  a  priori  a  reasonable  one,  that  the  necrosis  of  the  folds 
of  mucous  membrane  was  caused  by  the  corrosive  action  of 
the  bowel  contents,  until  it  was  demonstrated  by  animal  ex- 
periments conducted  by  Grawitz  and  Poelchen  that  when 
the  severed  small  intestine  is  united  to  an  abdominal  wound 
in  the  form  of  a  preternatural  anus,  and  the  distal  end  of  the 
severed  intestine,  after  being  sutured,  allowed  to  drop  back 
into  the  abdominal  cavity,  the  characteristic  ulceration  may 
be  produced  in  the  large  bowel  by  the  inunction  of  the  skin 
with  mercurial  ointment,  although  no  salt  of  mercury  can 
enter  the  bowel  with  the  saliva  or  the  bile.  From  these  ex- 
periments the  conclusion  was  reached  that  upon  the  excretion 
of  mercury  from  the  blood  was  the  combined  action  of  the 
hyperemia  of  the  bowel,  muscular  contraction,  ecchymosis, 
and  the  bacteria  present  in  the  lumen  of  the  bowel  causes  the 
necrosis  in  the  folds  of  mucous  membrane  that  protrude  into 
the  lumen  of  the  large  bowel. 

The  conditions  producing  uremic  ulcers  are  much  more 
complicated  than  those  arising  from  corrosive  sublimate  in- 
unctions. Uremic  ulcers  are  principally  located  in  the  small 
intestines.  Secondary  necrosis  occurring  in  tuberculous 
ulcerations  of  uremic  individuals  are  in  all  probability  due  to 
disintegrated  constituents  of  the  urine.  In  such  cases  the 
ground  of  the  ulcers  is  coated  with  a  thick,  green  necrotic 
mass.  Ulcers  of  this  kind  may,  upon  superficial  examination, 
be  mistaken  for  typhoid  ulcers.  Uremic  ulcers  are  not  con- 
fined to  certain  locations,  but  extend    in  all  directions,  and 


340  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

may  reach  deeply  into  the  submucosa.  They  are,  according 
to  Grawitz,  probably  produced  by  a  corrosive  fluid  within  the 
lumen  of  the  bowel.  Nothing  distinguishes  uremic  ulcers 
from  ulcers  due  to  other  agencies,  and  they  can  only  be 
recognized  by  their  combined  characteristics.  If,  according 
to  Grawitz,  ulcers  are  found  in  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
bowel  in  cases  of  more  or  less  sudden  suppression  of  the 
function  of  the  kidneys,  or  where,  upon  the  weakening  of  a 
considerably  hypertrophied  left  ventricle,  which  played  a  large 
role  in  the  compensation  of  a  crippled  secretion  of  urine  by 
contracted  kidneys,  an  abundance  of  urinary  salts  are  excreted 
into  the  lumen  of  the  bowel,  such  ulcers  may  be  designated 
with  a  high  degree  of  probability  as  uremic  ulcers. — Medical 
Reviezv. 

THE  X-RAY  "BURN,"  ITS  PRODUCTION  AND 

PREVENTION.  HAS  THE  X-RAY  ANY 

THERAPEUTIC  PROPERTIES  ? 

Dr.  Charles  Lester  Leonard,  of  Philadelphia,  skiagrapher 
to  the  University  Hospital  and  assistant  instructor  in  clinical 
surgery,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  discusses  this  subject  in 
'Cix^  New  York  Medical  Journal,  July  2,  1898.  From  his 
study  of  cases  he  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  so-called  thera- 
peutic action  and  the  X-ray  burn  are  not  due  to  some  un- 
known quantity  of  this  ray,  but  are  due  to  the  destructive 
action  of  the  electric  currents  or  static  charge  induced  in  the 
tissues  of  the  patient.  In  a  case  of  inoperable  cancer,  an  eight- 
inch  spark  from  a  Queen  self-regulating  tube,  held  six  inches 
from  the  surface,  the  surrounding  tissues  being  protected  by 
sheet  lead  and  a  grounded  sheet  of  aluminum  placed  be- 
tween the  tube  and  the  patient  to  convey  the  static  charge  to 
the  ground.  Exposures  of  25  minutes  daily  for  three  weeks 
resulted  in  no  X-ray  burn  nor  therapeutic  effects.  The  oppo- 
site was  the  result  in  a  case  of  lupus  vulgaris,  with  expos- 
ures of  20  minutes  during  10  days;  a  burn  with  deep  ulcera- 
tion followed.     He  gives  the  following  conclusions  : 

The  X-ray  "  burn  "  is,  therefore,  not  the  result  of  the 
action  of  the  X-ray,  nor  can  it  be  produced  by  the  X-ray;  but 
the  dermatitis  produced  is  the  result  of  the  static  currents  or 
charges  induced  in  the  tissues  by  the  high-potential  induction 
field  surrounding  the  X-ray  tube. 

The  therapeutic  properties  attributed  to  the  X-ray  do 
not  belong  to  it,  but  are  due  to  the  static  charges  and  currents 
induced  in  the  tissues,  which  have  long  been  known  to  be 
capable  of  producing  similar  results. 

The  X.-r2iy  per  se  is  incapable  of  injuring  tha  tissues  of 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  341 

the  patient,  and  the  dermatitis,  which  has  been  called  an  X- 
ray  "  burn,"  is  the  result  of  an  interference  with  the  nutrition 
of  the  part  by  the  induced  static  charges. 

The  patient  may  be  absolutely  protected  from  the  harm- 
ful effects  of  this  static  charge  by  the  interposition  between 
the  tube  and  the  patient  of  a  grounded  sheet  of  conducting 
material  that  is  readily  penetrable  by  the  X-ray — a  thin  sheet 
of  aluminum,  or  gold  leaf  spread  upon  cardboard,  making  an 
effectual  shield. 

CHINOSOL. 

F.  Hobday,  of  the  Royal  Veterinary  College,  London 
{Journ.  Comp.  Path,  and  Therap.,  March),  discusses  the  thera- 
peutic and  toxicological  effects  of  chinosol.  Chinosol,  which 
is  a  light  yellowish  powder,  is  stated  to  be  a  pure  chemical 
compound  belonging  to  the  quinoline  group,  readily  soluble 
in  water,  and  having  for  its  formula  CgHgNKSO^.  Its  pro- 
perties are  represented  as  antiseptic,  disinfectant  and  deo- 
dorant. During  the  past  nine  months  the  drug  has  been  ex- 
tensively used  in  both  the  canine  and  the  equine  clinic.  As 
regards  its  antiseptic  properties,  wounds  of  all  kinds  were 
treated  with  solutions  of  from  i  in  60  to  i  in  1200  with  the 
the  most  satisfactory  effect,  the  strength  which  was  found  to 
give  the  best  results  being  from  half  a  grain  to  a  grain  to  the 
ounce.  Upon  foetid  ulcerating  wounds  a  proportion  of  i  in 
480  speedily  caused  a  healthy  appearance  and  entire  absence 
of  pus,  the  application  being  made  once  or  twice  daily.  In 
several  cases  the  effects  of  solutions  of  this  strength  could  be 
compared  (in  treating  wounds  in  the  same  animal)  with  so- 
lutions of  lysol  and  creolin,  the  chinosol  giving  decidedly  the 
best  result.  In  the  form  of  powder,  as  a  dry  dressing,  when 
mixed  with  boracic  acid,  zinc  oxide,  or  starch,  and  com- 
pared with  idioform  used  similarly,  the  sequelae  appeared 
about  the  same.  When  the  pure  powder  was  applied  to 
wounds,  the  effect  was  to  cause  a  good  deal  of  pain,  the  ani- 
mals showing  signs  of  great  irritation  for  two  or  three  min- 
utes, and  the  raw  surface  turning  a  blackish-brown  color.  As 
a  disinfectant  to  the  hands,  skin  and  suture  threads,  it  was 
employed  in  solutions  of  from  i  to  1,000  to  i  in  60  without 
any  signs  of  irritation  either  to  the  hands  of  the  operator  or 
the  skin  of  the  patient.  With  instruments,  however,  care 
must  be  taken,  and  the  solution  used  should  be  carefully 
measured.  On  several  occasions  when  this  precaution  was  ne- 
glected the  instruments  lost  their  edge,  the  steel  parts  became 
coated  with  greenish-black  spots  which  were  very  trouble- 
some to  remove,  and  in  those  which  had  white  bone  handles 
the  latter  became  discolored  and  rough  to   the  touch.      The 


342  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

solution  recommended  for  this  purpose  consists  of  i  in  1,200, 
and,  if  the  instruments  are  to  remain  in  it  for  anything  like 
an  hour,  this  strength  certainly  should  not  be  exceeded.  As 
a  deodoriser  for  the  hands  or  for  foetid  wounds,  solutions  of 
the  same  strength  as  those  used  for  the  disinfectant  purposes 
acted  satisfactorily.  Details  of  several  illustrative  cases  are 
given,  and  the  author  sums  up  the  conclusions  to  which  his 
experience  has  led  him  as  follows: — (i)  That  chinosol  acts 
well  as  an  antiseptic,  disinfectant,  and  deodorant  when  used 
in  certain  proportions.  (2)  That  its  action  is  better  marked 
when  used  as  a  lotion  than  when  used  as  a  powder.  3.  That 
the  powder  is  not  suitable  for  use  on  fresh  wounds  unless 
diluted  in  some  way  or  other,  (4)  That  for  the  disinfection 
of  instruments  care  must  be  taken  not  to  make  the  solution 
too  concentrated.  (5)  That  the  drug  possesses  toxic 
properties.  (6)  That  if  used  subcutaneously  in  too  concen- 
trated a  form  it  will  produce  local  irritation  and  swelling. 
The  strength  recommended  for  subcutaneous  injection  in 
human  practice  is  from  i  in  600  to  i  in  200.  (7)  That  the 
cat  is  very  susceptible  to  its  action,  and  that  in  this  animal 
much  more  care  is  necessary  to  guard  against  toxic  symptoms 
than  in  the  case  of  the  dog.  In  the  cat,  if  subcutaneously  in- 
jected, the  extreme  limit  of  dose  should  be  one-sixteenth  of 
a  grain  for  each  pound  body  weight,  and  in  the  dog  one- 
eighth  of  a  grain  per  lb.  (8)  That  chinosol  is  not  rapidly 
absorbed  from  the  unbroken  skin  of  the  dog,  and  can  be 
applied  for  several  days  in  succession  even  in  fairly  concen- 
trated solutions  to  the  skin  of  this  animal  without  produc- 
ing eruptions  or  sores.  (9)  That  the  chief  symptoms  of 
poisoning  are  : — Sneezing  and  coughing,  an  increased  flow  of 
thick  ropy  saliva,  subnormal  temperature,  staggering  gait 
commencing  with  loss  of  motor  power  in  the  hind  quarters, 
great  prostration,  and  ultimately  death  from  failure  of  the 
heart's  action.  (10)  That  the  chief /^y/  mortem  characteris- 
tic is  the  smell  of  chinosol  on  or  in  some  part  of  the  body  ; 
whilst  another  symptom  to  be  looked  for  is  the  presence  of 
frothy  saliva  in  the  pharynx,  oesophagus  or  stomach. —  The 
British  Medical  Journal. 

MUSIC  AS  A  SEDATIVE  IN  NEURALGIA. 

Mr.  Gladstone  during  the  many  weeks  of  acute  neuralgia 
which  ushered  in  the  last  phase  of  his  fatal  illness  is  said  to 
have  found  great  relief  in  music.  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  is 
said  to  have  had  recourse  to  music  for  the  relief  of  nervous 
disturbance  ;  and  the  Empress  of  Austria  is  reported  to  have 
been  cured  of  neuralgia  by  certain  strains  of  sound  repeated 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  343 

at  frequent  intervals.  Many  other  less  illustrious  sufferers 
have  had  their  pain  charmed  away  by  the  same  sweet  medi- 
cine. The  "  music  cure  "  had  considerable  vogue  some  time 
ago  in  Germany,  and  a  special  hospital  for  its  systematic 
application  was,  we  believe,  established  in  Munich.  It  is 
probable  that  music  acts  in  such  cases  by  diverting  the  atten- 
tion, the  pleasant  impression  overpowering  and  for  the  time 
obliterating  the  painful  sensation.  Attempts  have,  however, 
been  made  to  show  that  music  is  something  more  than  mere- 
ly a  sweet  oblivious  antidote.  Nicolai,  of  Halle,  a  pupil  of 
Hoffman,  and  a  disciple  of  the  intro-mathematical  school, 
contended  that  the  vibratory  movements  of  the  tympanum 
produced  by  musical  sounds  set  up  some  kind  of  oscillatory 
movement  in  the  nerves,  and  thus  soothed  the  disturbed 
brain.  Ferrari  has  quite  recently  suggested  that  the  effect  of 
music  is  to  be  explained  by  its  acting  on  the  organ  of  hear- 
ing in  a  manner  analagous  to  massage,  and  so  bringing  the 
brain  centres  under  the  influence  of  "  vibration  treatment.'' 
An  American  physician,  Dr.  William  F.  Hutchinson,  of  Pro- 
vidence, Rhode  Island,  made  a  series  of  experiments  as  to 
the  possibility  of  producing  anaesthesia  by  very  rapidly  re- 
peated blows,  which  may  perhaps  throw  some  light  on  the 
sedative  effect  of  music.  By  arranging  a  number  of  small 
hammers  with  elastic  handles  on  a  revolving  wheel,  he  was 
able  to  make  a  rapid  percussion,  each  stroke  representing  a 
weight  of  10  grains,  and  being  repeated  four  hundred  times 
a  minute.  This  number  of  strokes  did  not  materially  lessen 
the  sensibility  of  the  part  to  which  they  were  applied.  Dr. 
Hutchinson  afterwards  succeeded  in  getting  constructed  an 
induction  apparatus  consisting  of  very  carefully  measured 
coils,  and  having  a  rheotome,  made  of  metallic  ribbon,  which 
could  be  made  to  vibrate  very  rapidly.  By  means  of  very 
accurately  made  tuning  forks  he  measured  the  number  of 
vibrations  which  this  "  singing  rheotome  "  made  in  a  minute, 
and  found  that  when  it  sounded  the  note  of  C  major,  repre- 
senting 540  vibrations  per  second  anaesthesia  was  produced, 
but,  if  the  interruptions  were  made  still  more  rapid,  this  effect 
was  lost.  The  change  in  the  number  of  vibrations  was  pro- 
duced by  altering  the  tension  on  the  rheotome,  and  this  ten- 
sion was  so  great,  740  pounds  to  each  centimetre  in  length, 
when  tuned  to  C  major,  that  steel  was  not  strong  enough, 
and  it  became  necessary  to  make  the  metallic  ribbon  of 
phosphor-bronze.  Three  Burnley  cells  were  used  to  run  the 
apparatus.  By  experiments  on  himself  and  others,  Dr. 
Hutchinson  had  found  that  with  the  number  of  vibrations 
corresponding  to  A  major,  540,  one  minute  was  sufficient  to 
produce    numbness  ;  on  stopping  the  current    there    was    a 


344  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

rapid  return  of  sensation.  An  attempt  was  then  made  to  pro- 
duce local  anaesthesia  on  a  patient  suffering  from  a  whitlow 
on  the  finger.  The  finger  was  placed  in  a  metallic  tube  par- 
tially filled  with  sponges  moistened  with  salt  water.  Start- 
ing with  A  major  and  running  up  to  G  major  during  a  period 
of  three  minutes,  it  was  found  that  the  sensibility  had  been 
scarcely  diminished  ;  but  when  the  rheotome  had  tuned  to 
C  major  sufficient  anaesthesia  was  produced  in  three  minutes 
to  allow  of  an  incision  being  made  in  the  whitlow  without  the 
patient  suffering  any  pain  whatever.  In  a  case  of  tic  dou- 
loureux, in  which  galvanism  and  franklinism  had  both  been 
tried  and  had  proved  useless,  the  induced  current  from  this 
machine  was  tried,  the  rheotome  being  adjusted  to  C  major, 
and  the  negative  electrode  being  applied  to  the  nape  of  the 
neck  and  the  other  to  the  forehead.  In  five  minutes  the  pain 
had  sensibly  diminished,  and  in  ten  minutes  it  had  been  com- 
pletely relieved,  and  the  patient  was  able  to  enjoy  the  first 
sleep  for  two  days.  In  Dr.  Hutchinson's  experience  every 
kind  of  pain  yielded  equally  well  to  the  currents  produced 
when  the  rheotome  was  adjusted  to  C  major.  It  would  ap- 
pear, therefore,  that  the  note  C  major  produces  vibrations 
which  neutralise  the  disordered  vibrations  in  the  affected  nerve. 
It  might,  perhaps,  be  worth  while  to  try  the  effect  of  airs  in 
which  C  major  predominates  in  cases  of  neuralgia.  It  would, 
however,  be  prudent  for  the  experimenter  first  to  assure  him- 
self that  the  patient  is  not  one  that  hath  not  music  in  him- 
self nor  is  not  moved  with  concourse  of  sweet  sounds;  other- 
wise he  might  find  himself  made  the  subject  of  experiments 
in  rapid  percussions  and  vibrations  tuned  to  D  major,  which 
would  have  an  effect  the  reverse  of  anaesthetic. —  The  British 
Medical  Journal. 

CHOREA:    ITS  SYMPTOMATOLOGY,    ETIOLOGY 
AND  TREATMENT. 

Each  year,  with  a  constancy  which  is  equalled  only  by 
time  itself,  there  is,  during  the  spring  months,  an  up-crop- 
ping of  chorea  which  at  times  suggests  almost  a  state  of 
epidemic  prevalence.  Collateral  to  this  fact  and  in  proof  of 
its  truth,  there  is  each  year  at  about  the  same  time  an  un- 
usually abundant  literature  upon  this  subject,  which  litera- 
ture seems,  by  the  way,  to  be  limited  to  no  clime  or  country. 
Among  an  exceedingly  large  number  of  papers  upon  chorea 
which  have  recently  come  within  our  editorial  notice,  three 
which  are  especially  worthy  of  comment  and  review  are 
contributions  by  Weir  Mitchell  and  Rhein  and  by  Leonard 
Guthrie  (Treatment,  March  lo,  1898,  Abstract  by  Blackader, 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  345 

Montreal  Medical  Journal,  April,  1898)  and  a  paper  by 
Sajous  {Monthly  Cyclopcedia  of  Practical  Medicine,  April, 
1898.) 

Symptomatologv . — Dr.  Mitchell,  in  collaboration  with 
Rhein,  has  been  making  a  study  of  the  motor  manifestations 
of  chorea  with  the  result  that  they  find  that  the  disease  is 
divisible,  as  regards  this  symptom,  into  fiveclinical  groups,  as 
follows  : 

1.  Cases  in  which  during  voluntary  muscular  inaction, 
choreiform  movements  are  almost  continuous,  but  in  which 
these  movements  disappear  entirely  when  muscular  acts  are 
performed.  This  appears  to  be  a  phenomenon  quite  beyond 
the  influence  of  the  will,  and  suggests  that  inhibition  for  the 
time  is  increased. 

2.  Cases  in  which  choreiform  movements  are  continuous 
during  rest,  but  become  greatly  increased  with  intentional 
effort.  It  is  impossible  for  one  suffering  from  this  variety  of 
the  malady  to  complete  satisfactorily  any  voluntary  muscular 
act. 

3.  Cases  in  which  choreic  manifestations  only  become 
evident  on  attempts  to  perform  a  muscular  act.  The  hands 
at  rest  move,  if  at  all,  only  slightly,  and  at  rare  intervals, 
but  on  attempting  to  use  them,  the  twitchings  become  suffi- 
ciently active  to  prevent,  or  greatly  to  interfere  with,  the  per- 
formance of  the  act.  These  cases  are  comparatively  rare.  So 
also  are  the  next  class. 

4.  Cases  in  which  the  movements,  continuous  during  rest, 
are  but  slightly  altered  by  the  tests  employed. 

5.  There  are  also  cases  which  present  during  their 
course  at  different  times  more  than  one  of  the  types  de- 
scribed. 

Guthrie  advocates  a  much  less  elaborate  division  into 
two  types  or  classes. 

1.  Sthenic,  or  explosive,  in  which  the  predominating 
character  of  the  symptoms  is  violence,  and  wide  range  of 
movements. 

2.  Asthenic,  or  pseudo-paralytic,  in  which  the 
movements  are  feeble  in  character,  and  the  patient  appears 
to  have  some  loss  of  muscular  power,  or  of  will  power, 
to  execute  voluntary  movements.  These  two  main 
groups  may  be  further  subdivided  into  severe  and  mild 
forms. 

The  sthenic  type  may,  and  often  does,  pass  into  the 
asthenic.  The  symptom  picture  differs  widely  in  these  two 
forms  as  described  by  Guthrie,  as  do  also  both  prognosis  and 
treatment. 

Two   of    the    sub-varieties   of   the   sthenic  form,  says 


346  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

Guthrie,  "  require  some  consideration,  (a)  Cases  which,  after 
being  confined  to  bed  for  some  weeks,  cease  to  improve. 
Sometimes  the  movements  continue  whilst  the  patient  is  at 
rest,  and  cease  when  voluntary  action  is  attempted  (Weir 
Mitchell,  Group  I.)  This  is  an  indication  for  encouraging 
voluntary  movements,  by  getting  the  patients  out  of  bed  and 
allowing  them  to  go  about.  They  then  often  speedily  im- 
prove, (d)  Sometimes  the  movements  occur  only  when  the 
child  is  being  watched  whilst  at  rest,  and  when  it  attempts 
actions  requiring  manual  dexterity,  under  supervision.  These 
children  are  usually  timid,  self-conscious  little  creatures. 
They  gain  confidence  if  patiently  encouraged  to  use  their 
muscles,  and  soon  lose  their  ataxy.  Simple  drill  exer- 
cises can  easily  be  invented  to  meet  the  case.  Drill 
exercises  are  also  of  use  when  the  ataxy  only  occurs  on 
voluntary  movements,  whether  the  child  is  being  watched  or 
not." 

Monroe,  quoted  by  Sajous,  has  also  been  studying  with 
especial  interest  the  motor  symptoms  in  chorea.  He  be- 
lieves motor  weakness  of  a  pseudo-paralytic  character  to  be 
much  more  common  than  is  generally  believed.  "  Some- 
times," he  states,  "it  is  practically  the  only  symptom,  and 
the  diagnosis  then  is  somewhat  difficult,"  Sheffield  {/did) 
notes  among  the  rare  motor  phenomena  of  chorea  the  occur- 
rence of  rapid  alternations  of  contraction  and  dilatation  of  the 
pupils  in  a  choreic  girl,  the  ciliary  muscles  acting  several  times 
per  minute  in  this  way. 

Etiology. — As  regards  the  etiology  there  is  evidence  in 
the  literature  of  a  progressive  tendency  towards  the  accept- 
ance of  the  theory  of  some  toxic  or  infectious  agency  as  a 
cause.  Among  those  advocating  this  view  are  Legay,  who 
believes  the  exciting  cause  to  be  always  some  recent  infec- 
tion, Napier,  Mei  and  Bishop.  Rheumatism  is  considered 
the  most  constant  and  important  etiological  factor,  by  Lon- 
don, Marfan,  Simon,  Churton,  Guck,  Meyer  and  Kraft 
Ebbing.  Sanson,  on  the  other  hand,  denies  the  relationship, 
while  Kraft  Ebbing  thinks  it  is  more  important  as  a  factor  in 
England  than  on  the  Continent,  and  he  does  not  believe  that 
the  endocarditis /^r  se  is  ever  a  cause,  though  it  may  be  an 
accompaniment. 

Quite  a  remarkable  unanimity  appears  to  exist  with 
regard  to  the  causative  relationship  of  scarlet  fever  to  chorea. 
Napier,  Marfan,  Cornell  and  Priestly  all  cite  abundant  clini- 
cal evidence  in  support  of  this  belief.  Priestly  goes  so  far  as 
to  question  whether  chorea  should  not  be  considered  a  sequel 
of  scarlet  fever.  In  an  analytical  study  of  125  cases 
of    chorea     published     by     the    writer     [Medical      News, 


MEDICINE  AND    NEUROLOGY.  $47 

August,  1897),  twenty  cases  were  attributable  to  this 
cause,  to  which  fact  especial  attention  was  called  at  the 
time. 

Both  Mosler  and  Massalongo,  also  quoted  by  Sajous, 
cite  examples  of  what  they  describe  as  "  alcoholic  "  chorea. 
Dakin  found  in  seven  cases  of  chorea  occurring  in  pregnancy 
a  mitral  murmur  invariably  present.  Burr  and  London  find 
from  laboratory  studies  that  very  important  blood  changes 
are  to  be  noted  in  all  cases  of  chorea.  The  anaemia  is  of  the 
chlorotic  type  according  to  Burr.  The  hsematology  of  chorea 
is  believed  by  London  to  be  of  the  greatest  value  in  treatment 
and  prognosis. 

Treatment. — Kraft  Ebbing  says  that  arsenic  is  second  to 
no  other  remedy  in  its  value  in  chorea.  In  this  opinion  he  is 
sustained  by  Sinkler,  Spiller,  Marfan,  Renai  and  Lewis.  The 
necessity  for  large  and  ascending  doses  is  advocated  without 
exception.  Renai  indeed  is  quoted  as  recommending  that 
the  drug  be  commenced  in  doses  of  20  drops  of  Fowler's 
solution  in  children  and  double  that  amount  for  adults. 
While  the  writer  believes  in  the  use  of  arsenic  carried  up  to 
the  extreme  tolerance  in  chorea,  such  a  dosage  as  20  drops 
to  begin  with  seems  dangerously  unsafe  and  unnecessary. 
Rest  in  the  early  stages  with  nutritious  diet  and  later  light 
exercise  in  the  open  air  are  measures  of  treatment  upon  which 
a  general  agreement  seems  apparent,  Kraft  Ebbing  condemns 
without  qualification  the  use  of  electricity,  while  Renai,  Mc- 
Kenzie  {Canadian  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery ^  March, 
1898),  Graucher  and  Guthrie  especially  emphasize  the  value 
of  gymnastics.  Averend  employs  belladonnai  with  great 
confidence  and  in  enormous  doses.  Thirty  drops  of  the 
tincture  every  four  hours  for  ten  days  to  a  child  is  perfectly 
justifiable  he  says,  provided  certain  precautions  as  to  the 
kidneys  are  observed.  Guthrie  and  Graucher  are  among  a 
large  number  who  have  found  antipyrine  of  value.  Of  the 
newer  remedies  the  evidences  as  to  positive  value  are  so  in- 
clusive as  scarcely  to  justify  reference  to  them  at  all. — The 
New  York  Polyclinic. 

CERVANTES  AS  PATIENT  AND  AS  PHYSICIAN. 

It  is  related  that  Sydenham,  being  asked  by  Blackmore 
(afterwards  pilloried  in  the  Bunciad  for  his  epics  "  writ  to  the 
rumbling  of  his  chariot  wheels  ")  what  works  he  should  read 
to  improve  his  medical  knowledge,  answered  "  Read  Don 
Quixote.  It  is  a  good  book.  I  read  it  still."  It  is  probable 
that  our  English  Hippocrates  merely  wished  to  snub  a  pert 
youth;  but,  rightly  understood,   the  advice   might  with  ad- 


348  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

vantage  be  followed  by  physicians  more  largely  than  it  is, 
especially  in  these  days,  when  the  absorbing  pursuit  of  the 
microbe  tends  to  make  us  forget  that  there  is  also  a  macrobe 
which  deserves  attention.  The  physician  has  to  deal  with 
man  as  a  whole,  and  the  human  body,  whether  it  be  regarded 
as  a  piece  of  "foolish  compounded  clay  "  or  as  "the  Lord's 
anointed  temple,"  is  something  more  than  a  happy  hunting 
ground  for  bacilli.  The  great  creative  works  of  literature  in 
which  human  life  is  depicted  by  men  who,  in  the  words  of 
Matthew  Arnold,  have  seen  it  steadily  and  seen  it  whole, 
and  in  which  the  workings  of  the  complicated  machinery  of 
man's  nature  are  made  visible,  can,  if  rightly  studied,  give 
the  physician  a  knowledge  which  he  will  find  most  useful  in 
his  practice,  and  which  cannot  be  got  from  medical  books  or 
learnt  in  the  laboratory  or  the  dead-house.  For  those  who 
appreciate  the  value  of  such  knowledge,  Don  Quixote  is  in- 
deed "a  good  book."  It  is  a  proof  of  the  broad-minded 
view  which  the  University  of  Paris  takes  of  the  art  of 
healing  that  the  other  day  it  accepted  a  thesis,  entitled 
"  Cervantes,  Patient  and  Physician,"  from  a  candidate  for 
the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine.  The  author,  M.  J.  Ville- 
chauvaix,  has  not,  we  are  bound  to  say,  made  the  most  of 
his  subject,  but  his  essay  is  interesting  as  far  as  it  goes,  and 
he  appends  a  bibliography  likely  to  be  useful  to  anyone  who 
may  wish  to  make  a  deeper  study  of  the  creator  of  Don 
Quixote  in  his  medical  aspects.  Cervantes  was  born  on 
October  9,  1547,  and  died  after  a  life  full  of  suffering,  ill- 
health  and  evil  fortune  of  all  kinds  on  April  23,  16 16.  He 
contracted  malaria  during  a  visit  to  Rome  early  in  life,  and 
on  the  very  morning  of  the  famous  battle  of  Lepanto  (Sep- 
tember 7,  1 571),  he  was  so  ill  with  ague  that  the  captain  of 
the  ship  oTi  which  he  served  tried  to  induce  him  to  remain 
below.  He  insisted  on  fighting,  however,  and  received  three 
arquebuss  wounds,  two  in  the  chest  and  one  on  the  left  hand, 
which  was  permanently  disabled.  He  was  six  months  in 
hospital  at  Messina,  and  his  wounds  were  yet  incompletely 
healed  when  four  years  later  he  was  made  prisoner  by  Al- 
gerian Corsairs  on  the  high  seas  on  September  26,  1575. 
For  five  years  he  was  held  captive  by  the  Moors,  suffering 
much  ill-usage  at  their  hands,  but  at  last  forcing  them,  out 
of  fear  of  the  influence  which  his  indomitable  spirit  gave  him 
among  his  fellow-prisoners,  to  set  him  free.  He  died  of 
dropsy,  which  M.  Villechauvaix  surmises  to  have  been  of 
cardiac  origin,  but  there  is  really  no  evidence  on  the  point. 
There  is  a  tradition  that  Cervantes  studied  medicine,  and 
there  are  in  his  works  many  passages  which  show  that  he 
had  a  considerable  acquaintance  with  the  art  of  healing  as  it 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  349 

was  understood  in  his  day.  During  his  Algerian  captivity- 
he  ministered  to  the  needs  of  his  fellow-prisoners  in  sickness 
with  a  skill  which  bespeaks,  if  not  special  training,  a  consid- 
erable experience  in  dealing  with  disease.  How  close  and 
accurate  an  observer  he  was  is  shown  by  the  wonderful  pic- 
ture of  delusional  insanity  which  he  gives  in  Don  Quixote.  M. 
Villechauvaix  points  out  that  he  anticipated  Pinel  in  the 
rational  treatment  of  insanity.  The  books  of  chivalry  which 
had  disordered  the  brain  of  the  Knight  of  the  Sorrowful 
Countenance  are  destroyed,  and  every  efifort  is  made  to  create 
a  new  mental  environment  for  him,  his  very  delusions  being 
skillfully  taken  advantage  of  to  this  end.  It  is  somewhat 
strange  that  M.  Villechauvaix  should  have  made  no  reference 
to  Sancho  Panza's  famous  physician,  who  in  his  strict  views 
as  to  diet  may  perhaps  be  looked  upon  as  the  scientific  fore- 
runner of  Sir  Andrew  Clark.  He  quotes,  however,  an 
"Bpophthegm  that  the  "  stomach  is  the  laboratory  in  which 
health  is  manufactured,"  which  shows  that  Cervantes 
had  very  sound  views  as  to  the  important  relations  of 
the  digestive  toother  functions  of  the  body, —  The  British 
Medical  Journal. 

ONE    HUNDRED     CASES    OF  PULMONARY  TU- 

BERCULOSIS   TREATED    WITH    LARGE 

DOSES  OF  BEECHWOOD  CREOSOTE. 

Dr.  Charles  Lamplough,  Resident  Medical  Office,  City 
of  London  Hospital  for  diseases  of  the  chest,  discusses  the 
subject  in  the  British  Medical  Journal,  May  28,  1898. 

The  drug  was  given  by  inhalation  and  internally,  begin- 
ning with  small  doses,  and  increasing  until  40  to  60  minims 
were  taken  three  times  daily  after  meals,  and  in  some  cases 
larger  doses,  and  he  thinks  that  even  larger  doses  could  be 
given.  In  sixty-eight  cases  the  symptoms  either  partially  or 
entirely  disappeared,  the  patients  increased  in  weight  and 
the  temperature  fell.  Average  stay  in  hospital  was  two 
months.  The  physical  signs  improved  in  these  cases,  but  not 
in  proportion  to  the  symptoms.  Albumen  disappeared  from 
the  urine  in  cases  where  it  was  present,  and  it  does  not  induce 
this  condition.  But  little  discomfort  comes  from  swallowing 
these  doses,  and  anorexia,  nausea  and  sickness  are  rarely  com- 
plained of.  If  it  occurs  on  account  of  the  oil,  a  spirituous 
solution  may  be  substituted,  or  the  emulsion  may  be  given 
in  milk,  sucking  a  lemon  after  or  taking  beef  tea  or  fruit  juice. 
Creosote  tends  to  act  as  a  laxative,  and  does  not  tend  to  pro- 
duce haemoptisis  but  rather  acts  as  a  haemostatic  in  phthisis. 
Creosote  is  excreted  by  the  kidneys  as  guaiacol  and  cresol 


350  PROGRESS   OF  MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

combined  partly  with  sulphuric  and  partly  with   glycuronic 
acid ;  it  is  decomposed  chiefly  in  the  stomach. 

Having  compared  the  objections  raised  against  the 
administration  of  beechwood  creosote  in  phthisis  with  the 
results  obtained  at  this  hospital  by  treating  lOO  cases  with 
this  drug,  he  suggests  that  the  following  points  are  worthy 
of  consideration  and  further  investigation. 

1.  The  best  beechwood  creosote  can  be  given  with  bene- 
fit, in  amounts  varying  from  120  to  240  minims  daily,  in 
cases  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis. 

2.  The  drug  is  best  administered  in  cod  liver  oil  or  in 
a  spirituous  solution,  and  in  some  cases  the  "  creosote  cham- 
ber "  or  oro-nasal  inhaler  may  be  ordered  in  addition  with 
advantage. 

3.  The  dose  should  be  small  at  first,  but  it  can  be  rapid- 
ly increased  to  40  minims  three  times  daily  for  an  adult.  In 
3  cases  doses  of  30  minims  three  times  a  day  were  well 
borne  by  children. 

4.  Large  doses  rarely  cause  any  gastric  disturbance  ;  on 
the  contrary,  the  appetite  is  frequently  increased,  symptoms 
of  dyspepsia  disappear,  and  cod  liver  oil  is  more  easily  assim- 
ilated. The  cough,  expectoration  and  night  sweats  are  dim- 
inished, and  the  physical  signs  improved, 

5.  Owing  to  its  disinfectant  action  in  the  alimentary 
canal  the  drug  probably  diminishes  the  risk  of  tuberculous 
enteritis  by  auto-infection  when  patients  swallow  their  sputa, 
but  owing  to  the  increased  peristalsis,  which  is  created  by 
creosote,  it  is  usually  contra-indicated  in  cases  where  the 
ulceration  is  already  advanced. 

6.  The  drug  does  not  tend  to  cause  haemoptysis,  but 
rather  to  prevent  its  recurrence. 

7.  Creosote  does  not  irritate  the  normal  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  genito-urinary  tract. 

8.  Owing  to  its  extremely  small  cost  pure  creosote  can 
be  given  to  a  much  larger  number  of  patients  than  the  car- 
bonates of  creosote  and  guaiacol,  which  respectively  cost  four 
times  and  twelve  times  as  much  as  the  older  drug. 

DANGER    OF    CHLOROFORM    INHALATION    IN 
THE  PRESENCE  OF   ILLUMINATING  GAS. 

There  has  been  during  the  past  few  years  various  refer- 
ences to  the  changes  which  take  place  in  chloroform 
when  its  vapour  becomes  burned  in  a  room  lighted  by  ordin- 
ary illuminating  gas.  The  carbonyl  chloride,  which  under 
these  circumstances  becomes  developed  together  with  hydro- 
chloric acid,  produces  dyspnoea,  cough,  and  a  feeling  of  suffo- 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  35 1 

cation  alike  in  operator  and  patient.  In  damp  weather,  or 
when  fog  is  present,  these  discomforts  are  accentuated,  and  it 
is  just  at  such  times  that  more  thorough  ventilation  becomes 
most  difficult.  However,  temporary  inconvenience  appears 
not  to  be  the  only  risk  run  in  these  cases.  Dr.  Mey>  of 
Berne,  has  reported  a  death  as  resulting  Irom  the  generation 
of  these  fumes.  Dr.  Mey  found  himself  compelled  to  under- 
take a  serious  operation  involving  abdominal  section,  which 
occupied  several  hours.  It  had  to  be  undertaken  at  night, 
and,  besides  the  operator  and  patient,  a  colleague  of  the  sur- 
geon and  two  nurses  were  present  in  the  room.  Chloroform 
was  administered,  and  coming  in  contact  with  the  illuminat- 
ing gas  caused  severe  cough.  Some  hours  after  the  opera- 
tion Dr.  Mey  suffered  from  severe  dyspncea,  which  persisted 
for  some  time.  The  two  nurses  had  similar  seizures,  and  one 
of  them  eventually  died  from  the  effects  upon  her  lungs.  So 
serious  a  result  is,  we  believe,  a  unique  experience,  and  one 
which  is  likely  to  deter  surgeons  from  an  unguarded  em- 
ployment of  chloroform  when  an  open  flame  is  the  only 
means  of  illumination.  The  dangers  referred  to  are  mini- 
mised when  the  chloroform  is  given  from  an  inhaler,  such  as 
Snow's,  Clover's  or  Junker's.  With  such  an  apparatus  com- 
paratively little  chloroform  vapour  escapes  into  the  air,  and, 
therefore,  little,  if  any,  is  burnt.  A  further  precaution  is  a 
thorough  ventilation  ;  a  large  room  with  an  open  fireplace 
and  an  efficient  ingress  for  air  will  do  much  to  obviate  such 
untoward  accidents.  In  hospitals  there  should  be  no  possi- 
bility of  either  impure  chloroform  or  of  such  crude  arrange- 
ments being  in  use  as  unguarded  gas  lamps  and  chloroform 
given  from  a  cloth  or  towel.  With  the  simple  means  of  test- 
ing and  purifying  chloroform,  which  Professor  Ramsay  has 
given,  no  excuse  can  reasonably  be  made  for  jeopardising  the 
lives  alike  of  the  patients  and  of  the  officiating  staff  by  using 
decomposed  chloroform.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  to  be  fore- 
warned will  prove  to  be  forearmed,  and  the  occurrence  of  the 
death  of  the  nursing  sister  at  Berne  will  prevent  the  possi- 
bility of  another  fatality  from  a  cause  which  seems  distinctly 
preventable. — The  British  Medical  Journal. 


TFlE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBIvISHED     IVION'THIvY. 


Subscription  Price,  $i.oo  J>er  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies t  10  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  tO 
JOHN  LOVELli  &  SON,  23  St.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  business  commu. 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  sho'old  be 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Office,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 


COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS  OF 
THE  PROVINCE  OF  QUEBEC, 

The  Semi-Annual  Convention,  which  was  held  at  the 
Laval  University  rooms,  was  an  unusually  quiet  and  unevent- 
ful meeting,  and  but  little  was  accomplished  outside  of  the 
regular  routine  work  in  connection  with  the  conferring  of 
licenses  and  the  examination  of  candidates  who  had  not  the 
full  qualifications  necessary  to  exempt  them  from  examina- 
tion. A  number  of  important  notices  of  motion  were  to  have 
come  up  for  consideration,  but  the  governors  wisely  decided 
not  to  discuss  them  at  this  meeting,  as  it  was  so  near  the  time 
for  the  election  of  a  new  board.  Hence,  the  attacks  on  the 
B.A.  degree,  the  method  of  enforcing  the  Lodge  Doctor,  reso- 
lutions of  the  previous  session  and  other  subjects  were  left  to 
be  considered  by  the  new  board. 

In  striking  contrast  to  the  tameness  of  this  meeting  was 
the  triennial  meeting  for  the  election  of  a  new  board.  The 
Reform  Committee  in  Montreal  and  Quebec  had  been  insti- 
tuting an  active  campaign  with  a  view  of  breaking  up  the 
monopoly  which  had  the  reins  for  three  terms  in  succession 
and  had  succeeded  in  rousing  the  members  of  the  College 
throughout  the  province  to  a  sense  of  their  duty  in  regard  to 
the  method  of  electing  the  governors,  the  election  by  district 


EDITORIAL.  353 

being  the  goal  aimed  at.  The  result  was  the  largest  meeting 
ever  held  by  the  College,  and  will  be  a  red-letter  day  in  its 
annals.  Between  four  and  five  hundred  members  were  pres- 
ent at  the  meeting,  and  nearly  a  thousand  votes  either  directly 
at  the  meeting  or  by  proxy,  were  polled.  Seldom  is  it  one's 
experience  to  witness  such  excitement  and  uproar  as  was 
exhibited  by  many  of  the  more  impulsive  members  present. 
The  first  clash  came  when  a  motion  was  made  to  change  the 
order  of  proceedings,  and  after  the  President's  annual  report 
was  read  and  that  of  the  other  officers,  to  proceed  with  the 
election  of  a  new  board. 

When  the  vote  was  taken  it  was  seen  that  the  doom  of 
the  ruling  regime  was  settled,  as  their  supporters  were  in  a 
hopeless  minority.  Although  the  presiding  officer  overruled 
the  motion,  his  decision  was  appealed  from,  and  he  was  not 
sustained.  It  was  then  that  numerous  theatrical  scenes  were 
enacted  not  soon  to  be  forgotten,  and  one  was  carried  back 
to  student  days.  Certain  speakers  were  drowned  in  the  noise 
that  greeted  their  attempts  to  make  themselves  heard.  Half 
a  dozen  speakers  at  a  time  would  endeavor  to  get  the  eye  of 
the  chairman,  some  doggedly  remained  on  their  feet,  defying 
the  crowd  until  they  were  permitted  to  speak.  The  following 
extracts  from  the  press  reports  give  a  fair  idea  of  the  pro- 
ceedings : 

"  Dr.  Lanctot  objected  to  matters  being  rushed  with 
inordinate  haste,  and  insisted  that,  in  view  of  covert  reflec- 
tions and  slanders  upon  the  board,  an  opportunity  should  be 
given  to  offer  a  defence  before  attempting  to  reach  a  snap 
verdict.  He  had  every  confidence  in  the  ability  of  each 
member  of  the  board  to  repudiate  and  nail  every  slander  and 
falsehood, 

"Dr.  Lachapelle  denied  the  right  of  any  member  to  pre- 
cipitate a  discussion  before  a  vote  had  been  taken.  He 
wanted  the  rules  suspended  in  order  that  visiting  members 
could  vote  in  time  to  return  home  that  night. 

"  After  some  minutes'  wrangling,  Dr.  Lachapelle's  motion 
was  adopted,  after  which  Drs.  J.  A.  Beaudry,  Elder,  Benoit, 
Johnston,  Faucher,  Perrigo  and  N.  J.  D.  Gauthier  were  ap- 
pointed scrutineers  for  the  election  of  governors,  and  the 
meeting  adjourned  until  the  afternoon. 


354  EDITORIAL. 

"  It  was  after  three  o'clock  when  the  scrutineers  handed 
in  their  report,  and  the  bear  garden  scene  of  the  morning  was 
at  once  resumed.  Dr.  Grandbois  attempted  to  make  a  motion 
to  the  efifect  that  the  proceedings  had  been  irregular  and 
contrary  to  the  by-laws  of  the  college,  and  that  the  election 
be  declared  null  and  void.  But  he  had  barely  read  the  first 
half  dozen  words  when  there  were  shouts  of  opposition  from 
every  quarter  of  the  room,  with  intimations  for  him  to  be 
seated.  He  declined,  however,  to  accept  the  advice,  and  Dr. 
George  Villeneuve  took  a  hand  and  tried  to  pacify  him,  but 
he  only  declared  the  more  vehemently  that  he  would  be 
heard,  and  gesticulated  the  more  vigorously.  At  last  he 
quieted  down  so  far  as  to  allow  the  results  of  the  election  to 
be  declared. 

"  The  reform  ticket  swept  everything,  and  those  elected 
governors  were:  Dr.  C.  Marshall,  Beauharnois;  Dr.  C.  L. 
Cotton,  Bedford  ;  Dr.  E.  N.  Chevalier,  Iberville  ;  Dr.  M.  S. 
Boulet,  Joliette ;  Dr.  T.  Cypihot,  Montreal ;  Dr.  E.L.  Quirk, 
Ottawa ;  Dr.  E.  H.  Provost,  Richelieu  ;  Dr.  E.  Turcot,  St. 
Hyacinthe ;  Hon.  Dr.  D.  Marcil,  Terrebonne ;  Dr.  J.  E. 
Baril,  Dr.  L.  J.  V.  Cleroux,  Dr.  J.  I.  Desroches,  Dr.  S.  Girard, 
Dr.  A.  R.  Marsolais,  Dr.  J.  A.  MacDonald,  Montreal ;  Dr.  T. 
Fortier,  Beauce ;  Hon.  Dr.  R.  Fiset,  Gaspe  and  Rimouoki ; 
Dr.  P.  E.  Grandbois,  Kamouraska ;  Dr.  S.  Bolduc,  Mont- 
magny ;  Dr.  Jules  Constantin,  Chicoutimi  and  Saguenay  ;  Dr. 
J.  A.  1  adriere.  Dr.  M.  Brophy,  Dr.  J.  P.  Boulet,  Dr.  F.  X. 
Dorion,  Dr.  C.  Gingras,  Dr.  A.  Jobin,  Dr.  C.  C.  Sewell,  Dr. 
A.  Vallee,  Quebec ;  Dr.  L.  J.  O.  Sirois,  Arthabaska  ;  Dr.  L. 
P.  Normand,  Dr.  E.  F.  Penneton,  Three  Rivers ;  Dr.  P.  Pel- 
letier.  Dr.  A.  N.  Worthington,  Dr.  T.  L.  Brown,  St.  Francis 
district. 

"The  result  ofthe election  was  received  with  considerable 
applause,  and  immediately  it  was  heard  Dr.  Grandbois  again 
attempted  to  make  his  motion,  but  only  to  be  shouted  down 
as  before. 

"  Dr.  Lachapelle  moved,  seconded  by  Dr.  Armstrong, 
that  the  report  of  the  scrutineers  be  adopted  ;  that  the  order 
of  the  day  be  taken  up,  and  that  as  soon  as  that  meeting 
adjourned  the  newly  elected  governors  proceed  with  the  elec- 
tion of  their  ofificers  to  the  medical  board." 


EDITORIAL.  355 

Dr.  Grandbois  again  started  a  scene  by  attempting  to 
speak  ;  he  finally  handed  in  an  amendment,  which  was  de- 
feated, and  the  motion  of  the  scrutineers  was  adopted.  Most 
of  the  new  board  were  elected  by  about  nine  hundred  votes 
each.  The  reform  committee  had,  with  the  aid  of  the  proxy, 
voted  out  the  Beausoleil  combination  by  using  the  proxies  in 
hand  for  each  of  the  chosen  candidates,  the  former's  strength 
in  the  direction  numbered  about  forty. 

After  the  election  the  board  went  into  private  session 
and  elected  the  following  officials : — 

President — Dr.  Lachapelle. 

First  Vice-President — Dr.  Craik,  dean  of  McGill. 

Second  Vice-President — Dr.  Catellier,  Quebec. 

Secretary  for  Montreal — Dr.  John  A.  Macdonald. 

Secretary  for  Quebec — Dr.  G.  P.  Boulet. 

Treasurer — Dr.  Jobin,  Quebec. 

Registrar — Dr.  A.  R.  Marsolais,  Montreal. 

It  was  announced  that  the  representatives  of  the  Uni- 
versities were:  for  McGill,  Drs.  Craik  and  Roddick;  for 
Laval,  Montreal,  Drs.  Lachapelle  and  Demers  ;  Laval,  Que- 
bec, Drs.  Simard  and  Catellier;  Bishop's  College,  Drs.  F.  W. 
Campbell  and  J.  B.  McConnell.  Dr.  Marsolais  was  requested 
to  inquire  into  a  report  concerning  the  books  forming  the 
newly  established  library.  The  meeting  then  adjourned  to 
meet  in  Quebec  in  September. 


The  Berlin  correspondent  of  the  British  Medical  Journal 
states  that : 

At  the  last  meeting  of  the  Berlin  Society  of  Public 
Hygiene  Herr  Geheimrath  Seinola  reported  on  the  progress 
made  in  the  project  of  a  new  (fourth)  municipal  hospital  for 
Berlin.  The  total  expenses  have  been  calculated  at  above 
13  million  marks  (.^650,000);  the  hospital  is  to  be  finished 
by  1903.  It  will  occupy  no  less  than  105  acres  of  land  and 
is  to  consist  of  62  buildings  in  all.  There  will  be  26  one- 
storey  pavilions  of  46  beds  each ;  the  lying-in  department 
and  the  isolation  department  are  to  be  built  more  than  one 
storey  high.  All  arrangements  for  hydropathic  treatment, 
baths  of  all  sorts,  and  "  medico-mechanical"  treatment  will 
be  provided.     Inmates  of  the   lying-in  department  will  be 


356      AMERICAN  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIC  ASSOCIATION. 

allowed  to  remain  till  the  twentieth  day  after  delivery — a 
great  improvement  on  the  practice  at  the  Charite,  where 
they  are  dismissed  after  the  ninth  day.  The  medical  staff  is, 
to  consist  of  a  directing  physician,  two  chief  physicians 
directors  of  departments,  besides  an  assistant  physician  for 
every  fifty  beds.  The  drugs,  etc.,  will  be  under  the  care  of 
three  chemists.  A  training  school  for  nurses  is  to  be  affiliated 
to  the  hospital. 


THE  AMERICAN  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIC 
ASSOCIATION. 

Eighth  Annual  Meeting  at  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  Library 

Building,  Lafayette  Square,  September 

13th,  14th  and  15th,  1898. 

preliminary  program. 

A  series  of  ten  minute  discussions  on  electrotherapy,  of 
special  interest  to  the  general  practitioner,  including  Effect 
of  Electricity  on  Tissue  Metabolism,  Electro-diagnosis,  Di- 
seases of  the  Nervous  System,  Diseases  of  Women,  Genito- 
urinary Diseases,  Malignant  Growths,  Orthopaedic  Uses, 
Diseases  of  the  Eye,  etc. 

The  following  papers  have  been  promised.  Dr.  Apostoli, 
Paris,  France,  Note  on  New  Applications  of  the  Sinusoidal 
Current  in  Electro  Therapeutics  ;  Dr.  Gauthier  Paris  (i) 
The  Hydro-electric  Bath  with  Sinusoidal  Current  in  Disease, 

(2)  On  the  value  of  the  Hot  Air  and  Light  Bath  in  Disease, 

(3)  Two  years  of  Practice  in  Radiotherapy,  (4)  Electropy  in 
Gynaecological  Applications  :  Dr.  Felice  La  Torre,  Rome, 
Italy,  Electricity  in  the  Cure  of  Uterine  Fibromyomata  ;  Dr. 
J.  Inglis  Parsons,  London,  Eng.,  The  Effect  of  High  Tension 
Discharges  upon  Micro-organism  ;  Mr.  Nikola  Tesle,  New 
York,  High  Frequency  Oscillator  for  Electro-therapeutic 
Purposes  ;  Dr.  Wm.  C.  Krauss,  Buffalo,  Case  of  Lightning 
Stroke  without  Serious  Consequences  ;  Dr.  Lucien  Howe, 
Buffalo,  the  Method  for  using  Cataphoresis  in  Certain  Forms 
of  Conjunctival  Inflammations;  Dr.  John  O.  Roe,  Rochester,  , 
N.  Y.,  The  uses  of  Electricity  in  Diseases  of  the  Nose  and 
Throat ;  Mr.  J.  J.  Carty,  E.  E.,  New  York  Cataphoresis  ; 
Dr.  J.  H.  Kellogg,  Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  the  Electric  Light 
Bath ;  Dr.  M.  A.  Cleaves,  New  York,  Metallic  Electrolysis, 
with  Laboratory  Experiments,  (2)  Electrical  Treatment  of 
Inflammatory  Exudates ;  Cathaphoresis  and  Metallic  Elec- 
trolysis, by  Wm.  J.  Morton  New  York;  Dr.  W.J.  Herdman, 


AMERICAN  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIC  ASSOCIATION.      357 

Ann  Arbor  Mich.,  Electricity  in  Gynaecology ;  Dr.  A.  D. 
Rockwell,  New  York,  Diagnostic  and  Therapeutic  Relation 
of  Electricity  to  Diseases  of  the  Central  Nervous  System; 
Dr.  Grover  W.  Wende,  Buffalo,  Electricity  in  Acne  Vulgaris 
and  Acne  Rosaceae  ;  Dr.  Caleb  Brown,  Sac  City,  Iowa,  Cata- 
phoric Action  of  the  Galvanic  Current ;  Mr.  R.  G.  Brown, 
E.  E.  Brooklyn,  (i)  New  Electric  Light  for  Diagnostic 
Purposes,  (2)  Surface  Electrodes,  How  they  Should  be  Made, , 
Connector  Cords,  HowThey  Should  be  made  and  Insulated  ; 
Dr.  Robert  Newman,  New  York,  Electricity  in  Deafness  and 
Strictures  of  the  Eustachian  Tube ;  Dr.  R.  J.  Nunn,  Savannah, 
Ga.,  Treatment  of  Uterine  Fibroids  by  Small  Currents  Admi- 
nistered Percutaneously;  Dr.  Wm.  F.  Robinson,  Albany, 
N.Y.  Treatment  of  Certain  Muscular  Affections  by  Means  of 
Electricity  ;  Dr.  G.  W.  Overall,  Memphis,  Tenn.,  True  Status 
0/  Electricity  and  Allied  Remedies  in  Treatment  of  Strictures 
and  Prostatitis ;  Dr.  W.  S.  Watson,  Fishkill-on-Hudson, 
N.  Y.,  Electricity  and  Medical  Institutions  ;  Dr.  W.  H. 
White,  Boston,  Mass.,  Static  Electricity  in  Nervous  Diseases  ; 
Dr.  H.  S.  Jewitt,  Dayton,  Ohio,  The  Misuse  or  Abuse  of 
Electricity  as  a  Therapeutic  Agent ;  Dr.  W.  Scheppegrell, 
New  Orleans,  La.,  Electricity  in  Diagnosis  of  Disease  of  the 
Ear ;  X-Ray  Burns,  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Harris,  Toronto,  Ont. 

An  Illustrated  Lecture  on  X-Ray  will  be  delivered  by 
Dr.  Wm.  J.  Morton,  New  York. 

An  exhibition  of  electrical  apparatus  for  diagnostic, 
therapeutic  and  radiographic  purposes  will  be  held  in  the 
same  building. 

A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  members  of  the  pro- 
fession. 

Charles  R.  Dickson,  M.  D.,  President. 

John  Gerin,  M.  D.,  Secretary. 


Auburn,  N.  Y.,  July  26,  1898. 
Dear  Doctor  : 

The  Eighth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Electro- 
Therapeutic  Association  will  be  held  on  Tuesday,  Wednesday 
and  Thursday,  September  13th,  14th  and  15th,  1898,  at 
Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

The  Society  of  Natural  Sciences  has  kindly  placed  at 
our  disposal  its  rooms  in  the  Public  Library,  Lafayette 
Square ;  a  program  of  exceptional  interest  is  assured ;  there 
will  be  an  exhibition  of  electric  apparatus  for   diagnostic, 


358      AMERICAN   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIC  ASSOCIATION. 

therapeutic  and  radiographic  work  ;  a  hand-book  of  informa- 
tion will  shortly  be  issued  by  the  Committee  on  Arrangements ; 
Hotel  Iroquois  will  be  the  headquarters,  rates  $4.00  to  $5.00 
per  day,  American  plan  ;  $1.50  to  $3.00,  European  plan. 

Among  the  many  entertainments  provided,  there  will  be 
Tally-ho  coach  drives  about  the  city  daily,  a  public  reception 
on  Tuesday  night,  excursion  down  Niagara  River  and  recep- 
tion at  Island  Club,  Grand  Island,  and  other  receptions,  visits 
to  industries  of  interest.  Extra  efforts  are  being  put  forth  to 
make  this  in  every  way  the  best  meeting  that  has  been  held, 
therefore  you  are  particularly  requested  to  attend.  Kindly 
inform  the  secretary  at  as  early  a  date  as  possible  whether 
you  will  be  present,  if  you  will  be  accompanied  by  members 
of  your  family  and  the  title  of  the  paper  you  will  read,  also 
the  names  of  persons  whom  you  desire  to  propose  for  member- 
ship. 

An  excursion  for  members,  exhibitors  and  friends  from 
New  York  to  Niagara  Falls  and  return  with  stop-over  privi- 
leges at  Buffalo  will  leave  the  Hoboken  Depot  of  the  Dela- 
ware, Lakawanna  and  Western  Railway  on  Monday  morning, 
September  12,  reaching  Buffalo  about  7  p.m.;  a  palace  car 
will  be  attached.  Tickets  for  the  excursion,  good  for  thirty 
days,  to  return  on  any  regular  train  of  D,  L  &  W.  R.R., 
$10.00;  seat  in  place  car,  $1.50  extra.  Tickets  and  seats  can 
be  secured  from  Dr.  Robert  Newman,  from  whom  all  parti- 
culars may  be  obtained.  Early  application  should  be  made, 
for,  if  a  sufficient  number  can  be  secured,  a  special  train  will 
be  run.  Special  hotel  rates  at  Niagara  Falls  will  be  secured 
for  all  excursionists. 

Committee  on  Arrangements  at  Buffalo. 

Ernest  Wende,  M.  D.,  471  Delaware  Ave.,  Chairman. 
William  W.  Potter,  M.  D.,  284  Franklin  St.,  Printing. 
Newcomb  Carlton,  E.  E.,  109  White  Building,  Exhibits. 
Roswell  Park,  M.  D. 
Herman  E.  Hayd,  M.  D. 
H.  R.  Hopkins,  M.  D. 
Charles  R.  Huntley,  E.  E. 

Committee  on  Excursion. 

Robert  Newman,  M.  D.,  64  West  36th  St.,  New  York. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Charles  Dickson,  M.  D.,  President. 

John  Gerin,  M.  D.,  Secretary, 
68  North  street.  Auburn,  N.  Y. 


Book   Reviews. 


Sajous'  Annual  and  Analytical  Cyclopsedia  of  Prac- 
tical Medicine.      By  Chas,  E.  de  M.  Sajous,   M.D.,  and 
one  hundred  associate  editors,  assisted  by  corresponding  edi- 
tors,   collaborators    and    correspondents.       Illustrated     with 
chromo  lithographs,  engravings  and  maps.      Cloth  $5.00,  half 
Russia  $6.00.     'ihe  F.  A.  Davis  Company,  Publishers,  Phila- 
delphia.    Volume  I.    Abdominal    injuries  to  Erights'  disease. 
We  have  already  given  a  notice  of  what  was  to  be  the  character 
of  this  New  Annual.     The  first  volume  has  been   issued  for  some 
weeks  now;   five  others   are  to  follow.      The  subjects  are  alpha- 
betically arranged,  and  the  whole  range  of  Medicine  and  Surgery  is 
to  be  included.     Large  type  is  used  for  the  general  descriptions  of 
the  subject  which  are  similar  to  the  articles  in  any  system  of  Medi- 
cine ;  inserted  in   smaller  type  throughout  the  article  are  excerpts 
from  the  recent  literature  of  the  subject,  illustrating  and  confirming 
the  texts.     The  partial  list  of  associate  editors  given   in   the  first 
volume  includes  the  names  of  some  of  the  leading  physicians  of 
the  United  Slates,  and  augurs  well  for    the  character  of  the  work 
which  is  offered  in  the  present  volume,  and  may  be  expected  in  the 
succeeding  ones.     As  to   how  the   subjects   are  treated,  antipyrine 
may  be  taken  as  an  example  ;  in  the  large  text  a  full  description  is 
given,  its   incompatibilities,  dose,   idiosyncracy,  contraindications, 
physiological  action,  antipyrine  poisoning  and  its  deleterious  effects 
on  the  blood  and  organs,  local  use,  hypodermic  use,   therapeutics, 
interspersed  in  smaller  type  are  seventy-six  condensed  notes  from 
various  sources  representing  all  the  additional    information  gained 
during  1896  and  1897  and  other  excerpts  bearing  date  as  far  back 
as  1888.     The    entire  subject   is  thus    very   fully  covered.     Other 
articles  have  twice  this  number   of  excerpts.     A   monthly  jourr^al 
is  also  issued  and  sent  free  to  the  subscribers  of  the  work  for  three 
years,  containing  a  r^j2^w<*  of  the  monthly  progress   in   the  various 
branches  of  Medicine.     This  vast  undertaking  speaks  volumes  for 
the  enterprise  and  courage   of  Dr.  Sajous,  his   assistants   and   the 
publishers,  and  we  hope  the  profession  will  give  them  the   support 
they  deserve. 

A  very  useful  feature  is  the  numerous  formulae  and  methods, 
of  treatment  whidi  are  included.  The  details  in  this  respect  in 
the  article  on  alopecia  might  well  be  worth  to  a  physician  with  a 
a  case  to  care  for  more  than  the  value  of  the  volume.  We  hope 
the  remaining  volumes  will  appear  early,  so  that  the  final  ones 
may  not  be  out  of  harmony  with  the  first,  as  would  be  the  case  if 
three  years  is  to  elapse  before  the  series  is  completed.  The  book  is 
well  printed,  has  a  number  of  cuts  and  colored  plates.  It  is  neatly 
bound  in  grey  and  black  linenl  It  will  be  an  invaluable  work  for 
the  writer,  teacher  and  practicing  physicians. 


36o  BOOK    REVIEWS. 

The  Diseases  of  the  Stomach.'  By  William  M.  Van  Valzak, 
A.M.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  General  Medicine  and  diseases  of 
the  digestive  system  in  the  New  York  Polyclinic  Medical 
School  and  Hospital,  and  J.  Douglas  Nisbet,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Ad- 
junct-Professor of  General  Medicine  and  diseases  of  the 
digestive  system  in  the  New  York  Polyclinic  Medical  School 
and  Hospital.  Illustrated.  Price  $3.50.  W.  B.  Saunders, 
925  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  1898.  Canadian  agents,  J.  A. 
Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto  Ont. 

In  this  volume  of  six  hundred  and  fifty  pages  we  have  a 
distinct  addition  of  great  merit  to  medical  literature.  An  examin- 
ation gives  the  impression  at  once  of  a  sui  generis  production  and 
the  evidence  of  emanating  from  men  possessing  originality  in  a 
high  degree  and  a  true  appreciation  of  what  are  the  needs  of  the 
general  practitioner  and  student.  The  classification  is  somewhat 
different  to  that  adopted  by  most  authors — it  is  more  simple,  and 
avoids  describing  as  distinct  diseases  what  are  only  the  functional 
signs  of  disease. 

There  are  six  sections  in  the  book ;  three  are  devoted  to  gen- 
eral subjects  and  three  to  special.  Section  two,  on  diagnosis  and 
diagnostic  methods,  is  one  worthy  of  careful  study,  as  the  power 
to  make  a  proper  examination  and  a  correct  diagnosis  must  neces- 
sarily precede  a  properly  directed  and  successful  form  of  treatment. 
The  authors  warn  against  too  much  dependence  on  the  results  of  the 
pathological  chemistry  of  digestion  to  the  ignoring  of  what  can  be 
learned  by  the  older  methods  of  investigation.  Diagnosis  thus 
explained  is  a  logical  method,  proceeding  by  analysis,  synthesis, 
comparison,  and  is  a  methodical  procedure.  They  are  considered 
here  under  the  headings  of  clinical  history,  the  physical  signs,  the 
functional  signs,  the  bacteriological  signs  and  the  anatomical  signs. 
Each  of  these  subjects  are  considered  in  minute  detail,  and  all  the 
modern  apparatus  used  in  diagnosis,  many  of  which  are  shown  in 
cuts  such  as  Ewald's  Einhorn  stomach  lamp.  Kuhn's  pyloric  sound, 
Strauss'  apparatus  for  lavage  and  inflation,  Boas'  aspirator,  etc. 
The  qualitative  and  quantitative  tests  for  the  various  secretions  of 
the  stomach  are  described  with  clearness. 

The  chapters  on  diet  and  general  treatment  are  full  and  explicit. 
Two-thirds  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  consideration  in  details 
of  the  various  special  diseases  of  the  stomach,  beginnmgwith  the 
sensory  dynamic  affections,  butimia,  acarin,  parorexia,  anorexia, 
nervosa,  gastralgia  nervosa,  hyperaesthesia,  gastrica ;  then  the 
dynamic  affections  of  secretions  :  adenohypersthenia  gastrica,  hyper- 
chylia  gastrica.  Adenasthenia  gastrica,  then  the  motor  dynamic 
affections  and  myasthenia  gastrica,  then  gastritis  ulcer  of  t.he 
stomach  and  neoplasms  and  displacements.  Section  six  is  entitled 
the  Vicious  Circles  of  the  Stomach,  referring  to  the  effects  of  de- 
rangement of  the  stomach  on  other  organs  and  systems,  and  finally 
the  affections  which  induce  secondary  diseases  in  the  stomach. 
The  physician  who  needs  a  modern  guide  in  the  affections  of  the 
stomach  written  in  a  clear  style,  thoroughly  practical  and  fuily 
repiesenting  the  present  status  of  our  knowledge  in  this  importanc 
and  common  class  of  ailments  cannot  do  better  than  secure  a 
copy  of  this  excellent  work. 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  36 1 

Therapeutics  of  Infancy  and  Childhood.    By  A.  Jacobi, 
M.D.,  Clinical   Professor  of  the  Diseases  of  Children  in  the 
College   of  Physicians    and   Surgeons,    New   York.     Second 
Edition.     J.  B.  Lippincott  Company,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  ;  Can- 
adian Agent,  Charles  Roberts,  593  Cadieux  st.,  Montreal. 
The  first  edition  of  this  interesting  and  useful  book  was  issued 
in  i8y6,  and,  as  would  be  expected  from   the   eminent  abilities  of 
the  writer  as  a  teacher  and  writer  on  paediatrics,  it  was  warmly  re- 
ceived and  accorded  the  fullest  praise  by  the  profession  and  medical 
reviewers  of  the  United  States,  Canada  and  in  Europe.     The   pre- 
sent edition  has  new  chapters    and  others   entirely  rewritten,    and 
much  additional  matter   and   changes  characterize  the    remaining 
portions  of  the  work.     The  volume  of  over  600  pages  represents  the 
results  of  the  author's  personal  observations,  and  reflects  largely  the 
present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  paediatrics    as  expressed  by  its 
leading  exponents  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic.     The  articles   are 
eminently  practical,  condensed  and  pointed,  and   refer  almost  en- 
tirely to  the  prophylactic    and  therapeutic  aspect  of  the  subjects 
•  treated.     Dr.  Jacobi  is  undoubtedly  a  very  conservative   investiga- 
tor.    He  was  one  of  the  latest  authorities  to   regard  diphtheria  as  a 
local  disease  rather  than  a  general  affection   with   local  manifesta- 
tions, and,  in  the  discussion  of  the  treatment  of  the  disease  in   the 
present  volume,  the  author  depends  largely  on  the   old  forms   of 
treatment.  Mercury  and  Iron,  and  speaks  of  the  antitoxin  treatment 
as  if  he  had  not  had  any  experience  of  it  himself,  but  grudgingly  has 
to  admit  the  effectiveness  of  the  treatment  from  the  results  of  other 
authorities.     Dr.  Jacobi  questions    the    existence  of    the   disease 
Rotheln.     In  his  reference  to   disinfectants,    in  view  of  the  vast 
■  resources  available  now,  the  meagre  directions  here  seem  insufficient ; 
formalin  is    not  mentioned.      While   the    experience   of  others   is 
largely  drawn  from  Dr.  Jacobi's    book  is  a   presentation  chiefly   of 
what  he  observes  and  does  himself  rather  than  what  occurs  beyond 
his  own  horizon.     It  is  replete,  however,  with  practical  suggestions, 
and  will  prove  a  useful  addition  to  one's  stock  of  paediatric  litera- 
ture. 

A  Manual  of  Legal  Medicine  for   the  use  of  Practi- 
tioners and  Students  of  Medicine  and  Law.    By 

Justin  Herold,  A.M.,  M.D.,  formerly  coroner's  physician  of 
New  York  City  and  County,  late  house  physician  and  surgeon 
of  St.  Vincent's  Hospital,  New  York  City,  etc.  J.  B.  Lip- 
pincott Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  Charles  Roberts,  593a  Cadieux 
St.,  Montreal  agent. 

The  subject  of  this  work  is  not  one  in  which  there  are  as  great 
a  number  of  workers  as  in  other  departments  of  medicine,  hence  a 
new  book  devoted  to  legal  medicine  at  the  present  time  is  especially 
welcome.  Dr.  Herold  endeavours  in  this  book  to  give  the  general 
principals  and  leading  facts  of  medico-legal  questions  as  accepted 
at  the  present  time  in  a  condensed  form,  drawing  his  information 
from  the  more  elaborate  and  classic  volumes  now  available,  as  well 
as  from  his  own  personal  experience  which  has  been  not  inconsid- 
erable.    The  author  states  that   in  the  present  volume  everything 


362  BOOK    REVEIWS. 

that  is  practical  and  useful  has  been  inserted,  and  all  idle  and  super- 
fluous questions  which  are  still  sub  judici  are  dispensed  with. 

All  the  subjects  usually  considered  in  a  work  of  this  kind  are 
taken  up  and  given  the  most  modern  treatment,  so  that  the  general 
practitioner  may  even  in  the  hurry  which  frequently  characterizes 
his  association  with  medico-legal  cases  become  in  a  brief  period 
posted  in  the  latest  information  on  the  points  at  issue. 

In  the  first  part  poisons  are  discussed  in  detail  ;  the  medical 
and  legal  definitions  of  poisons,  such  as  evidences  of  poisoning, 
rules  to  be  observed  in  poison  cases,  their  classification.  Each 
one  is  then  taken  up  in  detail.  An  interesting  chapter  is  the  one 
on  ptomaines  and  other  putrefactions  products.  A  number  of  these 
are  referred  to,  and  the  subject  of  embalming  from  a  medicolegal 
standpoint  discussed. 

In  the  second  part  Forensic  medicine  proper  is  taken  up  and 
occupies  the  bulk  of  the  book  from  pages  145  to  607.  One  learns 
here  all  relating  to  the  powers  and  duties  of  Coroners,  the  Coroners' 
and  Criminal  Courts,  evidence  of  ordinary  and  expert  witnesses, 
signs  of  death,  medico-legal  autopsies,  identity  of  living  and  dead, 
etc.  Chapter  23,  on  Hairs  and  Fibres,  is  an  interesting  one,  and 
discusses  fully  a  subject  scarcely  mentioned  in  some  of  the  older 
works.  The  character  of  the  hair  on  different  parts  of  the  body 
is  minutely  described,  and  the  diameter  and  length  given  in  detail. 
The  various  fibres  that  might  be  mistaken  for  hair  described,  the 
hairs  on  animals  are  differentiated,  the  effects  of  reagents  on  hair 
described,  and  then  a  number  of  medico-legal  questions  in  connec- 
tion with  hair  discussed. 

The  examination  of  blood  stains  and  everything  relating  to 
blood  from  a  medico-legal  standpoint  is  scientifically  presented, 
and  this  may  be  stated  of  most  of  the  chapters,  especially  those 
on  wounds,  hanging  and  drowning,  criminal  abortions,  infanticide 
and  rape.  This  work  will  prove  a  boon  to  the  general  practitioner, 
and  is  an  ideal  text-book  for  the  student. 

Yellow  Fever  Clinical  Notes.  By  Just  Touatre,  M.D. 
(Paris).  Former  Physician-in-Chief  of  the  French  Society 
Hospital,  New  Orleans,  member  of  Board  of  Experts 
Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health.  Translated  from  the 
French  by  Charles  Chassaignac,  M.D.  President  New  Orleans 
Polyclinic,  editor  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal, 
etc.  Published  by  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,  Ltd.,  New  Orleans,  1898. 

This  monograph  was  written  in  French  and  then  translated  by 
Dr.  Chassaignac  and  first  published  as  the  present  original  edition. 
Dr.  Touatre  gives  here  his  experience  in  treating  over  two 
thousand  cases  of  yellow  fever  and  covering  a  period  of  thirty 
years  of  study,  during  which  time  he  made  observations  of  nine 
epidemics. 

The  peculiar  pulse  rate  in  reference  to  the  temperature  is  dwelt 
upon  as  being  pathogenic  of  this  affection.  The  pulse  gradually 
falls  during  the  first  three  days  while  the  fever  may  be  rising  ;  some 
fifty  charts  are  given  which  are  of  exceeding  value    as  illustrating 


publishers'  department.  363 

this  and  other  points  in  the  course  of  this  affection.  Chapters  fol- 
low on  the  disease  as  it  occurs  in  children,  its  diagnosis,  prognosis 
and  treatment.  He  considers  the  discovery  of  Sanarelli  to  be 
genuine  and  his  microbe  the  pathogenic  bacillus  of  yellow  fever. 
It  is  claimed  that  agglutination  of  the  bacilli  occur  when  exposed 
to  the  blood  serum  of  a  yellow  fever  patient,  so  that  the  same  diag- 
nostic test  can  be  apphed  as  in  typhoid  fever.  This  practical  and 
exhausting  monograph  cannot  but  be  welcomed  by  those  who  have 
lo  do  with  this  scourge  of  the  south. 

Transactions    of  the   American   Pediatric   Society. 

Ninth  session.     Held  in  Washington,  D.C.,  May   4,  5  and  6,, 
1897.     Edited  by  Floyd  M.   Crandall,    M.D.      Volume    IX., 
reprinted  from  the  Archives    of  Pediatrics,    1897.    Forwarded 
by  Dr.  Samuel  S.  Adams,  Washington,  D.C. 
This  forms  a  neatly  bound  volume  of  over  two  hundred  pages. 
It  contains  lists  of  officers  and  members  ;  the  President's  address 
on  the  evolution  of  pediatric   literature  in   the    United   States   and 
twenty-four  papers,  many  of  them  being  of  the  greatest  interest  and 
written  by  leading  authorities  in  pediatrics. 


puBiviSHKRS'   dbparxmknt:^ 


SAMMETTO  IN  GENITO-URINARY  DISEASES. 

I  have  used  Sammetto  in  my  practice  for  the  last  five  years,  and  find  it  has  no 
equal  in  diseases  of  the  prostatic  portion  of  the  urethra,  in  pre-senility,  sn  that 
peculiar  condition  existing  in  anaemic  and  chlorotic  girs  just  entering  woman- 
hood, and  all  abnormal  conditions  of  the  reproductive  orgBns,  in  either  sex,  de- 
pending on  a  debilitated  condition  of  the  general  system.  Sametto  has  never 
failed  me  in  senile  prostatitis,  or  enlargement  of  the  prostate  gland  in  aged  men. 

J.  L,   SMITH,   M.D.  , 
DUK.AND,    Mich. 

SAMMETTO  IN  HYPERTHROPHY  OF  THE    PROSTATE— ALSO 
IN  CYSTITIS. 

I  have  used  Sammetto  myself  for  hypertrophy  of  the  prostate,  from  which  I 
have  suffered  for  fifteen  years.  My  age  is  eighty-three  years.  I  have  found  out 
the  value  of  Sammetto,  and  am  persuaded  that  this  remedy  will  cuie  me  entirely. 
I  prescribed  it  for  two  of  my  patients  who  suffered  with  cystitis,  one  forty  years 
of  age,  was  perfectly  cured  from  the  use  of  two  bottles.  The  other,  sixty  years 
of  age,  thinks  he  will  never  stop  it.  I  think  so  much  of  Sammetto  that  I,  for  the 
first  time  in  my  life,  feel  induced  to  recommend  the  same  to  any  physician. 

ISAAC  SAALFELDT,  M.D. 
Chicago,  111. 

THE  PROPER  TREATMENT  OF  HEADACHES. 

J.  Stewart  Norwell,  M.B.,  CM.,  B.Sc,  House  Surgeon  in  Royal  Infirmary, 
Edinburgh,  Scotland,  in  an  original  article  written  especially  for  Medlral  Re- 
prints, London,  Eng.,  reports  a  number  of  cases  of  headache  successfully  treated 
and  terminates  his  article  in  the  following  language: — 

"One  could  multiply  similar  cases,  but  these  will  suffice  to  illustrate  the  ef- 


3^4 


PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT. 


fects  of  antikamnia  in  the  treatment  of  various  headaches,  and  to  warrant  the 
following  conclusions  I  have  reached  with  regard  to  its  use,  viz. : — 

(a)  It  is  a  specific  for  almost  every  kind  of  headache. 

(l>)  It  acts  with  wonderful  rapidity. 

(c)  The  dosage  is  small. 

(rf)  The  dangerous  after-effects  so  commonly  attendant  on  the  use  of 
many  other  analgesics  are  entirely  absent. 

(e)  It  can  therefore  be  safely  put  into  the  hands  of  patients  for  use  with- 
out personal  supervision. 

(/■)  It  can  be  very  easily  taken,  being  practically  tasteless." 


Sir  Henry  Irving's  lecture  on  The  Theatre  in  its  Relation  to  the  State, 
delivered  at  the  University  of  Cambridge  June  15,  is  reproduced  in  full  in  TAe 
Living'  Age  for  July  30.  No  one  could  be  more  competent  than  the  distinguish- 
ed actor  to  treat  such  a  subject. 


An  interior  view  of  existing  political  conditions  in  Italy,  and  especially  of 
the  crushing  financial  burdens  which  are  the  cause  of  wide-spread  discontent,  is 
given  in  an  important  article  translated  from  the  leading  Italian  Review,  the 
Nuova  Antologia,  in  TAe  Living  Age  for  July  23. 


TTie  naval  problems  to  be  solved  in  the  War  are  discussed  by  the  English 
expert,  Mr.  H.  W.  Wilson,  in  an  article  which  The  Living  Age  of  July  30 
reproduces. 


Recent  novels  of  American  life  form  the  subject  of  an  entertaining  and  on 
the  whole  discriminating  paper  in  the  Edinburgh  Review,  which  American  read- 
ers will  find  in  The  Living  Age  for  July  16. 


SOCIALISM  AND  THE  SOCIAL  MOVEMENT  IN  THE 
NINETEENTH  CENTURY. 

By  Werner  Sombart,  University  of  Breslau,  Germany.  Translated  by  An- 
son P.  Atterbury,  pastor  of  the  Park  Presbyterian  Church,  New  York.  With 
introduction  by  John  B.  Clark,  Professor  of  Political  Economy  in  Columbia 
University. 

THE  GROUND  WORK  OF  SCIENCE. 

A  Study  of  Epistemology.  By  St.  George  Mivart,  F.R.S.  This  will  form 
the  second  volume  in  "  The  Science  Series." 


STUDIES  OF  A  BIOGRAPHER. 

By  Leslie  Stephen,  author  of  "  Hours  in  a  Library,"  etc.  In  two  volumes. 
The  work  covers  such  subjects  as  National  Biography,  The  Evolution  of  Editors, 
John  Byron,  Johnsoniana,  Gibbon's  Autobiography,  Arthur  Young,  Words- 
worth's Youth,  The  Story  of  Scott's  Ruin,  The  Importation  of  German,  Matthew 
Arnold,  Jowett's  Life,  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes,  Life  of  Tennyson,  Pascal. 


CANADA 

MEDICAL  RECORD 

AUGUST.     1898. 

Original  Communications. 

CASE   OF  GENERAL  PARALYSIS.* 

By  FRANCIS  W.  CAMPBELL,  M.D.,  L.a.C.P.,   London,  D.C.L., 
Prof,  of  Medicine,  University  of  Bishop's  College  Faculty  of  Medicine,  Montreal. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  : 

Dr.  Baudwy,  in  his  work  on  Diseases  of  the  Nervous 
System,  says,  "  Never  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  paralysis  is ' 
always  a  symptom,  never  a  disease.  If  you  always  recollect- 
this  you  will  invariably  seek  to  make  a  correct  diagnosis  of 
the  cause."  Whether  this  is  possible  in  all  cases  is  a  matter 
of  grave  doubt.  Certain  it  is  that  in  the  case  which  I  will 
this  evening  report  to  the  Society  I  was  and  am  still 
unable  to  positively  satisfy  my  own  mind  as  to  the  pathologi- 
cal condition  which  was  present.  As  the  paralysis  was  all 
but  entirely  motor,  sensation  being  but  comparatively  little 
affected,  I  incline  to  the  belief  that  the  corpus  striatum, 
generally  recognized  by  physiologists  as  the  generator  of 
motor  power,  was  the  seat  possibly  of  some  extravasation 
which  under  the  influence  of  the  ergot  was  arrested,  and  by 
the  iodide  of  potassium  caused  to  be  absorbed.  The  slight 
symptoms  of  impaired  sensation  which  were  present  may 
have  been  due  to  the  sympathy  of  the  thalamus  opticus^  which, 
as  is  well  known,  is  most  intimately  connected  with  the 
corpus  striatum.  Of  course  this  is  only  theory,  but,  as  the 
patient  fortunately  completely  recovered,  it  is  all  I  or  any 
one  else  can  offer  in  explanation. 

Archibald  Ferguson,  aged  21  years,  5  ft.  9^  inches  high, 
weight  132,  of  spare  habit  and   by  trade  an  engraver,    con- 


*  Read  before  the  Medico-Chirurgical  Society  of  MontreaL 


366  CAMPBELL:   CASE   OF   GENERAL   PARALYSIS. 

suited  me  for  the  first  time  on  the  ist  of  Feby.,  1879,  com- 
plaining of  a  slight  numbness  in  his  fingers  and  inability  to 
smartly  jerk  the  graver  (an  instrument  of  his  trade),  also  a 
weakness  and  numbness  in  his  hmbs,  and  difficulty  in 
walking  over  uneven  surfaces.  This  condition  he  had  only 
noticed  during  the  previous  two  or  three  days.  His  previous 
health  had  been  excellent,  and  his  habits  of  life  fairly  regular. 
Never  been  a  teetotaller,  but  always  temperate.  Never  has 
had  syphilis,  but  in  Sept.,  1878,  had  a  gonorrhoea,  for  which 
he  was  treated  by  a  physician.  Took  balsam  of  Copoiba, 
which  induced  a  very  copious  "  Copoiba  rash,"  and  as  it  was 
mistaken  for  Small-Pox,  he  was  sent  to  the  Small-Pox  Hos- 
pital, where  he  remained  four  days,  when  he  was  discharged. 
He  continued  in  good  health,  and  regularly  attended  to  his 
work.  On  the  26th  of  J  any.,  1879,  he  took  a  cold  bath,  and 
when  but  partially  dressed  he  went  out  on  a  gallery  and 
exposed  himself  to  a  low  temperature  for  several  minutes. 
About  the  29th  of  Jany.  first  felt  his  fingers  numb,  and 
noticed  that  he  had  difficulty  in  guiding  his  tools  ;  also  felt 
his  feet  heavy,  but  had  no  sensation  of  what  is  commonly 
described  as  "  pins  and  needles  "  in  them.  His  condition  ist 
Feby.  as  noted  by  me  is  as  follows  : — "  Considerable  loss  of 
power  in  right  hand,  not  so  much  in  the  left  j  legs  and  arms, 
he  says,  feel  heavy  and  numb.  When  sitting  has  perfect 
power  over  the  lower  extremities,  can  move  and  place  them 
where  he  desires.  Sensation  seems  perfect  ;  is  able  to  detect 
readily  the  touch  of  a  finger  or  of  two  fingers,  and  when  the 
feet  are  rapidly  touched  in  succession  is  able  to  follow 
closely  and  correctly.  Is  able  to  distinguish  two  compass 
points  at  a  distance  of  half  an  inch.  Reflex  excitability 
slightly  impaired.  On  attempting  to  rise  there  is  much 
stiffness  in  his  movements,  and  he  assists  himself  slightly  by 
putting  both  hands  to  the  chair.  On  walking  he  raises  his 
feet  higher  than  is  natural,  and  replaces  them  on  the  ground 
in  an  uncertain  floundering  way.  Being  blindfolded  no  dif- 
ference is  detected  in  his  m  inner  of  walking.  Placed  him  on 
the  sofa  and  examined  his  spine  very  carefully,  but  could 
not  discover  any  point  of  tenderness.  Ordered  him  gr.  viii. 
of  iodide  of  potash  with  vi.  gtts,  tinct.  of  nux  vomica  every 
4  hours. 


CAMPBELL  :  CASE  OF  GENERAL  PARALYSIS.     367 

February  5. — Patient  returned  to  my  ofi&ce  this  evening. 
Stated  that  on  the  way  up,  while  crossing  a  street,  he  had 
fallen,  owing  to  sudden  weakness  in  his  limbs.  His  condi- 
tion as  noted  this  evening  is  as  follows  :  **  Numbness  in 
fingers  and  legs  increased  ;  has  now  also  some  numbness  in 
swallowing.  Is  able  to  walk,  but  still  lifts  his  feet  with  an 
unsteady  gait.  In  replacing  them  there  is  much  loss  of 
power,  it  being  done  apparently  with  much  uncertainty. 
While  testing  his  walking  capacity,  in  turning  he  would  have 
fallen  had  I  not  caught  him.  Bowels  and  bladder  quite 
regular.  Is  quite  conscious  when  he  has  the  desire  to  evacuate 
both,  and  can  eject  a  stream  of  urine  with  some  force.  Pulse 
84,  full  and  regular.  Tongue  clean  and  appetite  good.  Has 
not  any  headache ;  ordered  mustard  to  the  whole  length  of 
the  spine. 

February  6. — To-day  was  sent  for,  found  him  sitting  in 
a  chair,  still  complaining  of  a  feeling  of  weight  and  numbness 
in  the  legs,  also  numbness  in  hands  and  during  the  act  of 
swallowing.  While  sitting  is  able  to  retract  his  limbs  and 
strike  them  out  with  force,  the  left  better  than  the  right. 
Able  to  walk  as  mentioned  in  yesterday's  report,  but  has  to 
turn  with  great  care  or  he  will  fall.  Pulse  82,  temp.  98^. 
Tongue  clean  and  appetite  fair. 

February  8. — Paralysis  seems  to  be  increasing,  other 
symptoms  as  before.     Sensation  is  good. 

February  1 1. — To-day  met  Dr.  R.  P.  Howardin  consult- 
ation. Is  now  only  able  to  walk  with  assistance.  Gait  is 
unsteady  and  uncertain,  feels  his  legs  of  great  weight.  No 
feeling  of  pins  or  needles  in  them.  Right  leg  and  arm  has 
less  power  than  the  left.  Some  numbness  on  swallowing, 
but  not  very  decidedly  marked.  Reflex  action  all  but  lost. 
Spine  examined  very  carefully,  and  did  not  find  any  point  of 
tenderness.  Sensation  in  both  feet  almost  perfect.  Diag- 
nosis uncertain.  Suggested  chronic  inflammation  at  the  base 
of  the  brain.  Ordered  dry  cups  to  the  nape  of  the  neck  and 
a  mixture  containing  iodide  of  potash  ten  grains,  and  fluid 
ext.  of  ergot  (Tilden's)  31.  every  four  hours.  Has  been 
sitting  up,  but  is  ordered  to  bed. 

February  12. — Condition  worse  than  yesterday.  Numb- 
ness in  swallowing  very  distinct,  also  especially  well  marked 


368     CAMPBELL  :  CASE  OF  GENERAL  PARALYSIS. 

at  the  tips  of  all  the  fingers.  Has  much  less  power  in  limbs, 
arms  about  the  same.  Applied  6  or  8  cups  to  the  nape  of 
the  neck.     Pulse  96,  temp.  99. 

February  15. — Patient  has  during  the  last  two  days 
rapidly  got  worse.  Power  in  upper  extremities  decidedly 
less.  Is,  however,  able  to  move  them  fairly  well.  Limbs  are 
now  totally  paralysed,  cannot  make  the  slightest  movement. 
Reflex  excitability  entirely  lost.  Sensation  is,  however, 
hardly  as  perfect  as  on  Feby.  ist.  Two  points  are  distin- 
guished fairly  well  one  inch  apart,  well  at  i^,  and  perfectly 
and  rapidly  at  2  inches.  Touching  with  rapidity  one  leg  and 
then  the  other  with  the  finger  patient  is  able  to  follow  cor- 
rectly. Bowels  costive,  for  which  he  was  ordered  castor  oil. 
Urinates  freely,  but  not  with  much  force.  To-day  applied 
the  cups  along  the  entire  length  of  the  spine.  Appetite 
fairly  good. 

February  21. — Paralysis  of  legs  still  perfect.  Other 
symptoms  as  before.  Ordered  an  addition  of  ten  drops  of 
tinct.  of  nux  vomica  to  each  dose  of  his  mixture.  Discon- 
tinued cups  to  spine  and  began  the  use  of  Faradic  electricity 
three  times  daily.  The  electric  excitability  of  the  muscles 
of  the  arms  and  thighs  is  good.  Those  of  the  leg  respond 
very  feebly.     Pulse  88,  temp.  98. 

February  26. — Thinks  that  the  numbness  in  swallowing 
is  less ;  also  less  in  fingers ;  arms  have  a  little  more  power. 
A  faint  attempt  at  movement  of  the  toes  is  discernible. 
Bowels  open  every  day.  Urinates  freely — and  the  urine  is  a 
fair  specimen  of  healthy  urine.     Pulse  88,  temp.  98. 

February  28. — Feels  his  arms  getting  stronger — the 
right  especially  has  gained  during  the  last  two  days.  Numb- 
ness in  swallowing  about  gone.  Much  less  in  fingers,  which 
now  perspire  freely — before  being  dry.  Is  able  to-day  to 
make  the  faintest  motion  toward  flexing  the  right  leg  on  the 
thigh,  some  slight  movement  in  toes  of  both  limbs  ;  other  than 
this  no  movement  on  left  leg.  Muscular  waste  of  limbs  has 
been  gradual,  but  not  more  than  was  to  be  expected  from 
want  of  use.  There  has  been  little  muscular  waste  of  the 
body;  sensation  in  both  legs  as  last  reported.  Electricity 
still  applied  thrice  daily.  Bowels  move  daily.  Pulse  88, 
temp.  98. 


CAMPBELL:  CASE  OF  GENERAL  PARALYSIS.     369 

March  5. — The  improvement  noted  in  last  report  con- 
tinues ;  arms  are  both  much  stronger,  the  right  is  now  quite 
equal  to  the  left  ;  limbs  continue  to  improve,  the  right  one 
especially.  Is  now  able  to  lift  it  from  the  bed,  and  attempts 
to  pass  it  over  the  opposite  knee,  in  which,  however,  he  fails. 
In  the  left  there  is  a  decided  improvement,  but  not  equal  to 
that  of  the  right.  Muscles  of  legs  now  respond  much  better 
to  the  electric  current.  Reflex  excitability  is  returning. 
Feels  much  better  in  health,  appetite  good,  tongue  clean. 
Pulse  84,  temp.  98^. 

March  10. — Patient  continues  to  improve.  Is  to-day 
able  to  lift  the  right  leg  so  as  to  pass  it  freely  over  the  left 
knee,  also  able  to  flex  it,  but  has  not  much  power  to  rapidly 
extend  it  ;  left  leg  is  improving,  but  is  not  so  advanced  as 
the  right.  Sensation  has  decidedly  improved.  Two  compass 
points  can  be  distinguished  as  on  Feb.  i,  viz.,  ^  an  inch 
apart,  about  the  same  in  both  limbs.  The  feet  still  feel 
heavy.     General  health  improving. 

March  1 5  — To-day  is  able  to  cross  with  ease  either  leg 
over  the  other,  and  to  flex  and  extend  them  tolerably  rapidly. 
Electric  excitability  so  great  now  in  all  the  muscles  of  both 
legs  that  the  force  of  the  current  has  to  be  reduced.  Numb- 
ness in  the  throat  when  swallowing  is  entirely  gone ;  in  the 
fingers  it  still  remains  to  a  very  slight  extent.  Patient  de- 
scribes it  not  so  much  a  numbness  as  a  feeling  as  if  the  skin 
over  the  tips  of  the  fingers  was  thickened.  Notices  an  im- 
provement in  urinating  (although  this  function  did  not  ever 
seem  to  be  very  markedly  affected)  ;  can  eject  the  stream  at 
once,  and  with  more  force.  Appetite  is  good,  and  bowels 
are  regular. 

March  20. — Improvement  has  steadily  continued,  and 
he  is  now  able  to  move  his  legs  freely  in  bed.  Is  to  sit  up 
for  two  hours. 

March  21. — Was  up  yesterday  for  two  hours,  and  was 
able  to  bear  some  weight  on  his  legs.  The  heavy  feeling  in 
his  feet  is  gradually  disappearing. 

March  25. — The  improvement  during  the  past  four  days 
has  been  steady  and  marked.  Has  been  up  every  day,  gra- 
dually increasing  the  length  of  time  till  to-day  he  was  able 
to  sit  up  eight  hours.     There  is  now  not  any  numbness  in 


370  smith:  European  gynvECologists. 

fingers,  and  the  power  in  his  legs  has  gained  so  rapidly  that 
during  my  visit  he  was  able  to  walk  fairly  well  in  a  narrow 
passage,  by  supporting  himself  with  his  hands  placed  upon 
the  wall.  Reflex  action  rapidly  improving.  General  health 
is  rapidly  improving.  From  the  2 1st  of  February  to  this  date 
electricity  has  been  applied  three  times  daily.  Instructions 
given  that  for  the  future  it  is  only  to  be  applied  morning  and 
evening.  The  mixture  which  from  the  same  date  has  been 
given  every  four  hours  is  to  be  given  three  times  daily. 

May  I. — Still  improving ;  is  now  able  to  walk  without 
any  assistance.  Is  in  excellent  spirits  at  his  rapid  recov- 
ery. 

May  5. — To-day  went  down  stairs  without  assistance. 
Heavy  feeling  in  legs  about  gone. 

May  12. — Walked  to-day  from  Craig  st.  to  the  river 
and  back  ;  had  some  slight  difficulty  in  lifting  his  feet  at  street 
crossings,  otherwise  is  able  to  walk  well.  As  his  appetite  is 
failing,  his  mixture  is  ordered  to  be  discontinued,  and  re- 
placed by  another  containing  quinine,  phosphoric  acid  and 
nux  vomica. 

May  21, — Walked  to  my  house  to-day,  and  says  he  is 
able  to  walk  about  as  well  as  ever  he  did.  Reflex  action  is 
natural,  and  the  muscles  of  his  legs  are  gaining  fullness, 

July  I. — Patient  returned  from  the  country  looking  hale, 
hearty  and  strong,  and  went  to  work.  He  has  continued  well 
up  to  date. 

SOME  LEADING  EUROPEAN  GYNiECOLOGISTS. 

By  A.   LAPTHORN    SMITH,    B.A.,    M.D.,    M.R.C.S.,    England,  Montreal, 

Canada. 

This  letter  will  give  a  short  description  of  what  I  saw  at 
Leipsic  and  Brussels,  and  will  conclude  my  series  of  three 
articles  on  the  above  topic. 

Sanger,  of  Leipsic,  is  a  man  of  about  forty-five  years  of 
age,  and,  like  all  the  great  men  I  have  seen  over  here,  is  a 
tremendous  worker.  Although  he  is  a  titular  professor  of 
the  University  he  has  no  beds  at  the  public  hospital,  but  he 
invited  me  to  his  private  hospital.  No,  24  Koenig  Strasse,  where 
he  has  twenty-five  beds  and  attends  rich  and  poor  alike.  He 
told  me  that  he  had  had  no  death  there  since  seven  months, 


SMITH  :   EUROPEAN  GYNECOLOGISTS.  37  I 

during  which  time  he  had  performed  two  hundred  and  twenty 
operations,  seventy  of  them  being  laparotomies,  either  vaginal 
or  abdominal.  He  attributes  his  success  to  his  very  vigorous 
asepsis,  he  and  all  his  nurses  and  assistants  preparing  their 
hands  for  twenty  minutes  before  the  operation.  Since  ten 
years  he  has  been  using  coarse  sand  and  soft  soap  for  his 
hands,  followed  by  alcohol  and  then  sublimate  water.  He 
uses  nothing  but  silk,  which  is  prepared  as  follows  :  ist,  it  is 
boiled  in  i-ioo  of  washing  soda  to  remove  the  dirt  and  then 
in  Bergman's  solution,  namely  lO  of  sublimate,  200  of  alcohol, 
and  800  of  water.  It  is  then  wound  on  little  pieces  of  wood 
on  which  the  size  is  marked,  and  kept  in  sublimate  alcohol. 
The  patient  is  always  shaved  the  day  before,  and  her  skin  is 
prepared  with  soap  and  water,  ether  and  alcohol  and  subli- 
mate. The  preparation  of  the  patient  occupied  three-quarters 
of  an  hour.  The  assistant  in  charge  of  ligatures  burned  them 
instead  of  cutting  them.  The  first  operation  was  for  the 
removal  of  a  five  pound  fibroid  by  abdominal  hysterectomy. 
He  removed  it  with  clamps  very  quickly,  and  then  tied  each 
artery  separately  with  No.  6  silk.  He  only  crosses  his  first 
knot  once.  His  hemostasis  is  very  perfect,  and  he  keeps  on 
tying  until  the  wound  is  absolutely  dry.  His  method  of 
sewing  up  the  abdominal  wound  is  peculiar  ;  he  passes  silk 
sutures  on  two  needles  from  within,  every  centimetre  apart, 
including  the  whole  abdominal  wall,  but  only  the  very  edge 
of  this  skin.  Before  tying  them  he  puts  in  another  row  of 
interrupted  No.  3  silk  sutures  so  as  to  brincr  the  fascia  and 
muscles  together  exactly  and  these  remain  permanently.  Be- 
tween the  through  and  through  stitches  he  placed  superficial 
silk  ones  every  half  centimetre  so  that  they  were  very  close 
together.  The  wound  was  then  covered  with  a  light  strip 
of  iodoform  gauze  and  covered  with  a  large  strip  of 
plaster  very  carefully  sealed.  Next  day  he  did  a  precisely, 
similar  operation.  He  takes  about  one  hundred  minutes  to 
do  the  operation,  being  the  most  careful  man  I  have  yet  seen. 
Ether  was  the  anaesthetic  used,  and  the  inhaler  was  a  large 
wire  mask  covered  with  rubber,  completely  covering  the  face, 
so  that  a  comparatively  small  quantity  was  employed.  As  the 
patient  was  only  26  years  of  age  he  left  one  ovary  and  tube 
in  the  peritoneal  cavity  so  as  to  prevent  her  from  having  the 


372  SMITH  :    EUROPEAN   GYNAECOLOGISTS. 

nerve  storms  of  the  artificial  menopause.  The  third  morning 
he  removed  a  hernial  sac  from  the  left  inguinal  canal,  which 
contained  a  rudimentary  uterus,  a  tumor  of  the  right  tube 
and  ovary  and  a  rudimentary  left  tube.  This  was  a  very  rare 
case,  there  being  only  a  few  on  record.  The  fourth  morning 
he  performed  implantation  of  the  ureter  into  the  bladder.  I 
was  fortunate  in  seeing  this  operation,  as  this  was  only  the 
third  time  that  it  has  been  done  in  Germany — once  by 
Wurtzel  and  once  by  another  operator  whose  name  I  forget, 
although  it  has  been  done  in  America  several  times,  I  think 
by  Boldt,  of  New  York.  On  opening  the  abdomen  he  found 
that  she  had  closed  tubes,  and  that  one  ovary  contained  a 
large  cyst.  He  cut  out  the  cyst  and  left  the  rest  of  the 
ovary,  after  carefully  sewing  up  the  flaps  with  fine  interrupted 
silk  ligatures.  He  opened  up  the  closed  tubes  by  cutting 
off  the  fimbriae  and  sewing  the  mucous  to  the  peritoneal  edge 
so  as  to  make  a  new  pavilion.  The  patient,  who  was  a 
young  woman,  had  had  a  very  severe  first  confinement,  dur- 
ing which  the  uterus  and  ureter  were  torn  across,  and  when 
they  healed  there  was  a  utero-ureteral  fistula  and  her  urine 
poured  constantly  from  the  cervical  canal.  Sanger  began  by 
cutting  the  ureter  off  level  with  the  uterus  after  putting  a 
temporary  ligature  on  it.  He  then  sewed  up  the  hole  in  the 
uterus,  after  which  he  dissected  out  the  ureter  from  its 
original  home  beside  the  iliac  artery  until  he  had  it  free  to 
a  distance  of  six  inches.  He  then  closed  the  long  opening 
in  the  peritoneum,  after  which  he  threaded  the  ureter  attached 
to  a  bodkin,  so  to  speak,  between  the  peritoneum  and  the 
abdominal  wall,  into  the  top  of  the  bladder  where  he  care- 
fully stitched  it.  I  have  since  heard  that  the  operation  was 
a  perfect  success.  I  was  perfectly  delighted  with  the  few 
mornings  I  spent  with  Sanger,  and  I  have  no  hesitation  in 
classing  him  among  the  world's  gynaecologists  of  the  first 
rank. 

Zweifel,  of  Leipsic,  is  \\\^  geheimrath  or  chief  professor 
of  gynaecology,  and  has  a  large  number  of  beds  in  the  public 
hospital  for  women,  which  is  a  spacious  and  beautiful  building. 
He  is  about  sixty-five  years  of  age.  I  saw  him  perform  a 
very  difficult  operation  for  vesico-vaginal  fistula  in  a  woman 
who  had  had  hysterectomy  several  years  before    in    another 


SMITH:   EUROPEAN   GYNAECOLOGISTS.  373 

city.  As  the  day  was  dark  he  used  a  very  nice  electric  head- 
light supph'ed  from  the  street  current.  The  nurses  did  all 
the  shaving  and  scrubbing  in  the  operating  room  while  the 
assistants  were  getting  ready.  As  it  was  high  up  he  had  the 
greatest  difficulty  in  paring  the  edges  and  in  passing  the 
ligatures,  and  then  he  found  that  in  paring  the  fistula  he  had 
opened  into  the  peritoneal  cavity.  He  at  once,  without 
rising  from  his  seat,  made  a  nine-inch  incision  in  the 
abdomen,  and  instead  of  using  Trendelenburg's  posture  to 
get  the  intestines  out  of  the  way,  an  assistant  took  the  bowels 
out  of  the  abdomen  and  held  them  back  so  as  to  give  him 
room,  and  in  this  he  had  great  difficulty.  As  Leipsic  is 
Trendelenburg's  town,  I  was  surprised  to  see  any  one  in 
Leipsic  open  the  abdomen  with  the  patient  horizontal.  He 
finally  succeeded  in  closing  the  fistula  so  that  it  stood  the 
test  that  the  bladder  being  distended  with  wa,ter  none 
escaped  either  into  the  peritoneum  or  into  the  vagina.  He 
closed  the  abdominal  incision  with  one  layer  of  catgut  for  the 
peritoneum,  a  second  for  the  fascia  and  a  third  for  the  skin 
with  a  sort  of  sewing-machine  lock  stitch,  with  two  needles, 
which  I  had  never  seen  elsewhere,  and  which  made  a  fine 
union  of  the  skin.  His  assistant  then  operated  on  a  ventral 
hernia,  which  had  followed  laparotomy.  As  he  did  not 
employ  Trendelenburg's  position  he  had  a  good  deal  of 
difficulty  in  keeping  the  bowels  in.  I  saw  a  very  interesting 
operation  performed  by  Dr.  George  Trendelenburg's  assis- 
tant. It  was  a  colotomy  for  cancer  of  the  rectum  and 
uterus,  and  instead  of  opening  the  colon  in  the  inguinal 
region,  he  made  a  median  incision  near  the  epigastrium  and 
drew  the  transverse  colon  out  two  or  three  inches  and  sewed 
it  there.  Then  he  made  another  incision  two  or  three  inches 
to  the  left  of  the  first,  but  only  through  the  skin.  The  loop 
of  intestine  was  passed  under  the  skin  and  brought  out  of  the. 
second  incision  and  carefully  stitched  there.  The  first  in- 
cision was  carefully  closed  and  sealed  with  collodion,  after 
which  the  bowel  was  opened  at  the  second  incision  and  the 
mucous  membrane  sewed  to  the  skin,  where  the  pent  up  foeces 
poured  out.  By  this  ingenious  operation  invented  by 
Wurzel  and  Van  Hackar,  of  Innsbruck,  perfect  control  of  the 
artificial  anus  is  obtained,  simply  by  pressing  a  pad  over  the 


374  SMITH:   EUROPEAN    GYNECOLOGISTS. 

colon  as  it  passes  under  the  skin,  and    the  patient  can    have 
one  or  two  evacuations  a  day. 

Trendelenburg,  of  Leipsic.  Although  not  a  gynaecologist 
yet  he  has  next  to  Lister  done  more  for  gynaecological  surgery 
than  any  other  man  living,  and  I  made  him  a  visit  especially 
to  tell  him  that  we  thought  of  him  and  thanked  him  every 
time  we  did  an  abdominal  hysterectomy  or  other  piece  of 
difficult  pelvic  surgery.  Those  of  my  readers  who  have 
never  seen  a  bad  pair  of  pus  tubes  removed  in  the  pre- 
Trendelenburg  days  can  have  no  idea  of  the  misery  which 
the  operator  endured  nor  of  the  danger  to  which  the  patient 
was  exposed.  As  the  work  was  all  done  in  the  dark  the 
intestines  were  often  torn  or  infected  without  our  knowing  it, 
or  some  little  artery  would  be  steadily  pumping  into  the 
peritoneum  without  being  seen.  Now  all  that  is  changed  ; 
the  intestines  are  out  of  the  way,  and  we  cover  them  with 
sterilized  towels,  and  we  have  a  'arge  well  lighted  space  to 
work  in,  so  that  we  tie  every  oozing  point  until  the  peritoneum 
is  perfectly  dry  and  clean.  As  I  did  not  see  any  nice  table 
there  it  would  be  quite  appropriate  if  the  abdominal  surgeons 
of  America  were  to  present  him  with  a  solid  silver  Trendel- 
enburg table.  I  attended  one  of  his  clinics  at  which  there 
were  over  a  hundred  students  present,  and  it  was  easy  to  see 
how  much  he  was  beloved  by  them.  He  is  a  man  of  over 
fifty,  but  of  exceeding  modest  appearance,  and,  as  he  called 
batches  of  students  down  to  the  arena  to  examine  the 
patients  who  were  wheeled  in,  he  gave  each  one  the  marks 
he  had  earned. 

Jacobs,  of  Brussels,  although  only  thirty -five  years  of 
age,  has  by  his  enormous  industry  reached  one  of  the  highest 
positions  in  Europe.  I  am  told  that  he  is  not  connected  with 
the  University,  the  position  of  professor  of  gynaeocology 
there  being  held  by  a  military  surgeon  ;  nor  has  he  any 
beds  at  any  of  the  public  hospitals  of  Brussels  ;  but  he  has 
forty-five  beds  at  his  own  private  hospital,  which  is  the  most 
beautiful  I  have  yet  seen  either  in  Europe  or  America,  its  cost 
having  been  over  a  hundred  thousand  dollars.  The  nurses  are 
Catholic  sisters.  He  has  opened  the  abdomen  by  the 
vagina,  mostly  for  hysterectomy,  seven  hundred  times,  with 
a  death  rate  of  less  than  two  per  cent.,  and  he  has  performed 


SMITH  :   EUROPEAN    GYN/ECOLOGISTS.  375 

over  one  hundred  abdominal  laparotomies  for  removal  of  the 
uterus  and  appendages  with  less  than  two  per  cent,  of  deaths. 
His  method  of  disinfection  is  peculiarly  his  own,  so  I  will 
describe  it:  ist,  he  scrubs  the  patient  with  green  soap  dis- 
solved in  alcohol  and  shaves  her  himself.  If  the  operation  is 
a  vaginal  one,  then  he  uses  a  sponge  on  a  holder  to  scrub 
the  vagina.  The  field  of  operation  is  then  scrubbed  with 
equal  parts  of  saturated  solution  of  carbonate  of  ammonia 
and  biborate  of  soda.  He  then  scrubs  with  alcohol,  then  with 
two  per  cent,  of  formaline.  The  first  morning  he  did  a 
perineorraphy,  taking  a  great  deal  of  time  to  do  it,  but  doing 
it  beautifully,  using  black  silk  for  most  of  the  stitches,  only 
three  of  them  being  of  silk  worm  gut.  The  stitches  were 
only  one-eighth  of  an  inch  apart.  He  then  sealed  the  wound 
with  alternate  layers  of  iodoform  and  collodion,  so  that  it 
was  quite  air  and  water  proof.  He  obtains  his  silk  from  a 
Bordeaux  chemist  already  sterilized,  wound  on  glass  tubes 
and  inclosed  in  other  tubes  sealed  with  a  rubber  band.  The 
Bordeaux  firm  buys  it  from  a  Philadelphia  firm,  which  in  turn 
buys  it  from  an  English  firm,  which  in  turn  obtains  it  from 
China.  He  has  also  the  daintiest  operating  room  I  have 
ever  seen,  all  the  tables  being  of  polished  brass  and  plate 
glass.  Next  day  he  removed  the  uterus,  tubes  and  ovaries 
by  the  abdomen  for  double  pyosalpinx,  an  ovarian  cyst  and 
a  fibroid  tumor.  One  peculiarity  about  his  method  is  that  he 
cuts  first  and  ties  only  the  vessels  which  spurt  as  he  goes 
along,  his  object  being  to  put  four  or  six  ligatures  at  the 
most  on  the  isolated  arteries  and  not  on  the  nerves.  And 
this  reminds  me  of  his  answer  to  the  important  question 
which  was  the  main  object  of  my  visit  to  Brussels.  Why,  I 
asked,  did  he  abandon  vaginal  hysterectomy  with  clamps  in 
which  he  had  become  so  wonderfully  successful  ?  Because, 
he  said,  with  the  clamps  you  compress  the  nerves  and  cause 
the  woman  so  much  suffering  for  two  days  that  it  takes  her 
two  weeks  to  get  over  it,  while  if  you  tie  only  the  arteries 
and  close  up  the  peritoneum  she  will  be  practically  well  the 
next  day.  In  this  case,  as  the  tubes  were  adherent  to  the 
whole  anterior  surface  of  the  rectum,  he  carefully  detached 
this  with  scissors  until  he  had  entirely  freed  the  two  large 
tubes  as  thick  as  sausages.     He  then  removed    them  in   one 


3/6  SMITH  :   EUROPEAN   GYNAECOLOGISTS. 

piece  with  the  uterus  at  the  level  of  the  internal  os,  and  cau- 
terized the  cervical  canal,  and  sewed  the  two  flaps  of  the 
cervix  together.  The  denuded  rectum  was  cleverly  covered 
by  sewing  the  anterior  flap  to  it.  He  had  the  fewest  assis- 
tants I  have  yet  seen,  one  ot  them  being  dispensed  with  by 
using  an  abdominal  speculum  or  retractor  at  the  lower  end 
of  the  incision,  and  this  was  held  tightly  drawn  down  by 
having  a  chain  and  a  weight  attached  to  it,  and  he  did  not 
have  any  side  holders.  In  closing  the  abdomen  he  used  thin 
buried  silk  worm  gut  for  the  peritoneum  and  fascia,  and 
larger  ones  for  the  fat  and  skin,  and  he  dressed  it  with  plain 
dry  sterilized  gauze  ;  but  this  was  covered  most  thoroughly 
with  diachylon  plaster,  several  layers,  each  piece  overlapping 
the  other.  He  was  very  careful,  and  took  nearly  two  hours 
to  the  operation,  chloroform  being  used  ;  he  tells  me  that  he 
considers  half  an  hour  more  of  no  consequence  compared  with 
the  importance  of  thorough  hemostasis.  Like  Sanger,  he 
brings  the  skin  sutures  very  near  the  edge  of  the  wound. 

Next  day  he  removed  one  ovary  and  tube  from  a  young 
woman,  although  he  told  me  that  his  experience  with 
conservative  surgery  was  far  from  satisfactory.  In  cases 
in  which  he  had  cut  out  the  half  of  an  ovary  they  had  suffered 
for  many  years  atterv/ard  from  cicatricial  contraction  in  the 
portion  that  was  left,  while  in  cases  in  which  he  had  removed 
the  uterus  for  fibroid,  leaving  the  ovaries,  the  latter  had, 
within  two  years,  completely  atrophied.  Moreover,  he  said 
that,  since  we  had  ovarian  extract  at  our  command,  we  no 
longer  have  anything  to  fear  from  the  artificial  menopause.  To 
every  woman  when  this  occurs  he  gives  extract  of  cows'  ovaries 
every  morning  in  a  glass  of  port  wine  which  makes  it  so  pala- 
table that  they  do  not  know  they  are  taking  it.  He  says 
he  has  even  cured  insanity  with  it.  The  next  day  he  re- 
moved tubes  and  ovaries  from  a  woman  whose  peritoneum 
was  covered  with  miliary  tubercle,  which  he  said  he  had 
several  times  seen  cured  by  laparotomy.  He  allows  his 
patients  to  eat  heartily  the  day  before  the  operation,  but  not 
for  several  days  after ;  he  does  not  fear  distension  of  the 
bowels,  which,  he  says,  always  means  sepsis.  He  never  gives 
strychnine,  but  gives  them  plenty  of  morphine  if  they  are  in 
pain.     He  thinks  that   the   high  death  rate  of  certain    cele- 


MEDICINE   AND    NEUROLOGY.  3/7 

bra  ted  operators  is  due  to  their  working  at  such  great  speed 
that  rigorous  asepsis  is  impossible.  Next  day  he  removed 
a  cancerous  uterus  by  the  abdomen,  first  getting  rid  of  the 
appendages  and  fundus  down  to  internal  os.  He  then  split 
the  cervix  down  the  middle  so  as  to  get  his  left  forefinger 
into  the  vagina,  previously  stuffed  with  sublimate  gauze, 
rendering  the  removal  of  the  cervix  very  easy,  as  he  had 
only  to  cut  it  all  around  as  it  lay  on  his  finger,  at  the  same 
time  feeling  if  the  vagina  was  infiltrated.  He  also  feels  if 
there  are  infected  glands  in  the  broad  ligament  and  removes 
them.  In  all  his  work  Jacobs  is  an  artist,  using  his  knife 
like  a  paint  brush,  while  in  his  plastic  work  one  would  think 
he  was  sketching  with  a  pencil.  I  had  the  pleasure  of  spend- 
ing an  evening  with  him  at  his  palatial  residence,  53  Boule- 
vard, Waterloo,  full  of  rare  works  of  art,  and  was  astonished 
to  see  him  and  one  of  his  assistants  sit  down  at  the  piano  and 
play  Wagner's  most  difficult  pieces  at  sight,  while  another 
sang.  This  concludes  my  series  of  three  articles,  and  I  trust 
that  my  efforts  to  share  the  priceless  privilege  I  have  enjoyed 
of  seeing  these  great  men  at  work  will  be  appreciated  by 
those  who  cannot  get  away,  and  who  must  see  these  things 
through  the  eyes  of  others. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MEDICINES   AND  NKUROLOGY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Physician  Western  Hoepital. 


BUZZING  IN  THE  EARS  AND  ITS  TREATMENT 
BY  CIMICIFUGA    RACEMOSA. 

The  Medical  Bulletin  (July)  contains  a  translation  from 
an  article  by  Drs,  Robin  and  Mendel,  an  epitome  of  which 
we  give. 

The  nature  of  the  sounds  are  obscure ;  they  probably 
represent  the  reaction  of  the  auditory  nerve  to  all  direct  or 
reflex  excitations.  The  buzzing  occurs  mostly  in  the  course 
of  different  diseases  of  the  ear,  external,  middle,  or  internal, 
especially  auricular  sclerosis,  also  in  various  neuroses,,  neu- 
rasthenia,   hysteria.     The    noises    are  continuous  day   and 


378  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

night  and  very  varied  in  character,  resembling  the  buzzing 
of  a  fly,  the  roar  of  steam,  the  splash  of  waves,  or  the  sim- 
mering of  a  kettle,  sometimes  musical.  The  attacks  are  oc- 
casional or  persistent.  If  wax  is  the  cause,  its  removal  is 
indicated  ;  and  if  otitis  or  a  polypus,  their  appropriate  treat- 
ment removes  the  symptoms.  For  the  other  varieties  the  air- 
douche,  the  instillation  of  iodized  vapors,  electricity,  bromides, 
and  iodides  have  been  used  with  but  indifferent  results. 
Cimicifuga  he  has  found  to  be  almost  a  specific.  In  large 
doses  it  causes  nausea,  vomiting,  depression  of  strength, 
headache,  and  intoxication.  On  the  heart,  it  resembles  the 
action  of  digitalis.  It  has  been  used  as  a  stomachic  and 
cardiac  tonic,  and  in  chorea,  headache,  and  neuralgia,  and 
as  an  expectorant,  as  an  antispasmodic  in  parturient  women, 
a  sedative  and  hypnotic  in  pruritus  and  as  a  diaphoretic.  lO 
to  60  drops  of  the  fluid  extract  may  be  given  daily,  the 
average  quantity  being  30  drops.  The  more  recent  the 
development  of  these  subjective  sounds  the  more  efficient  is 
the  treatment,  and  is  not  of  much  use  if  case  is  over  two 
years'  standing.  The  tinnitus  will  usually  disappear  within 
one  day  after  beginning  the  treatment. 

THE   ANTAGONISMS  OF  DISEASE. 

The  co-existence  of  two  or  more  distinct  diseases  in 
the  same  subject  is  an  interesting  fact.  In  many  instances 
the  different  affections  may  be  traced  to  the  operation  of  a 
common  cause,  and  may,  therefore,  be  looked  upon  as  parts  of 
one  general  process.  In  other  cases,  however,  the  co-ex- 
istent  maladies  are  essentially  distinct  in  origin  and  nature. 

The  converse  of  the  preceding  statement  occasionally 
happens,  and  the  advent  of  one  disease  is  the  signal  for  the 
improvement  of  another  which  had  previously  been  in  exis- 
tence. In  some  cases  the  first  ailment  returns  upon  the 
cessation  of  the  second  disorder.  In  other  instances  the  first 
is  cured  by  the  evolution  of  the  second  malady.  It  has  long 
been  remarked  that  the  occurrence  of  pulmonary  emphysema 
militates  against  the  development  of  pulmonary  tubercu- 
losis. The  course  of  vaccinia  exerts  a  beneficial  influence 
upon  that  of  whooping-cough,  etc.  So  marked  are  these  con- 
flicts between  certain  affections  that  it  has  been  proposed 
to  drive  out  one  disease  by  the  introduction  of  a  second  which 
is  known  to  be  hostile,  and,  indeed,  the  suggestion  has, 
in  some  cases,  been  acted  upon  in  practice. 

This  is  undoubtedly  a  very  interesting  subject  for  clinical 
investigation,  but  it  does  not  appear  to  have  been,  as  yet, 
very  much  cultivated.  It  has,  however,  been  of  late  made 
the  subject  of  an  excellent  paper  read  by  Dr.   Harry  Camp- 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  379 

bell  before  the  Brixton  Medical  Society  and  published  in 
the  British  Medical  Journal*  Dr.  Campbell  divides  his 
remarks  into  two  heads  :  those  relating  to  the  prophylactic 
and  those  to  the  curative  effects.  The  first  class  does  not 
admit  of  much  discussion,  since  our  knowledge  of  such  effects 
is  limited.  His  second  class  our  author  subdivides  into  five 
groups :  those  which  which  act  by  metastasis,  those  which 
produce  mechanical  effects,  the  beneficial  effects  of  trauma, 
of  febrile  disorders,  and,  finally  some  miscellanous  cases 
showing  the  same  beneficial  action  of  disease.  The  abrupt 
variations  in  the  symptomatology  of  functional  nervous  af- 
fections is  not  so  surprising,  since  we  have  long  ago  learned 
to  recognize  this  as  a  characteristic  feature  of  such  disorders. 
It  is  not  so  plain,  however,  why  a  gonorrhcEal  discharge 
should  disappear  upon  the  occurrence  of  epididymitis,  why 
rheumatism  or  gout  should  leave  one  joint  to  fasten  upon 
another,  or  why  gout  should  suddenly  transfer  its  manifesta- 
tions from  the  articulations  to  the  viscera. 

From  time  immemorial  the  relation  of  diseases  of  the  skin 
to  those  of  the  digestive  organs  and  general  system  has  been 
recognized.  The  variations  in  the  condition  of  the  skin, 
however,  are  not  always  in  accordance  with  those  of  the  in- 
ternal organs,  for  in  not  a  few  instances  the  disease  upon  the 
surface  causes,  or  at  least  is  coincident  with,  amelioration  of 
the  internal  disorder.  Several  interesting  examples  of  this 
influence  are  related  by  Dr.  Campbell.  He  mentions  a  case 
of  eczema  which  alternated  in  intensity  with  severe  dyspepsia, 
the  latter  being  improved  when  the  skin  was  diseased  and 
vice  versa.  Another  case  was  that  of  a  patient  who  twice 
suffered  from  urticaria,  which  on  each  occasion  terminated 
in  a  copious  haematemesis.  He  refers  to  the  akernation  of 
glycosuria  and  eczema,  deafness  and  vertigo,  eczema  and 
asthma.  It  is  known  also,  that  eczema  may  depend  upon 
the  presence  of  renal  disease,  and  it  is  quite  probable  that 
the  cutaneous  disease  is  excited  by  the  elimination  of  morbid 
material  which  has  a  toxic  effect  upon  the  blood  and  tissues 
when  retained. 

Dr.  Campbell  refers  briefly  to  a  number  of  cases  in 
which  an  injury  acted  beneficially  upon  the  health.  Rheu- 
matism, psoriasis,  and  disorders  of  the  nervous  system  have 
been  improved  or  cured  consecutive  to  an  injury  or  opera- 
tion-wound. Many  of  our  readers  have  doubtless  witnessed 
such  occurrences. 

The  improved  conditions  of  nutrition  which  not  infre- 
quently follow  a  severe  attack  of  fever  are  widely  recognized. 


*  "  The  Beneficial  Effects  of  One  Disease  as  Regards  Another."  By  Harry  Campbell, 
M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  British  MedicalJoiirnal,  April  30,1898. 


380  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

It  is  not  at  all  uncommon  for  the  general  health  to  improve 
notably  after  an  attack  of  typhoid  fever.  When  fever  occurs 
in  a  diabetic  the  sugar  may  temporarily  disappear  from  the 
urine.  Fever  may  cause  the  suppression  of  a  purulent  dis- 
charge or  the  absorption  of  callus.  Chronic  enlargement  ot 
the  tonsils  may  subside  temporarily  or  permanently  under  an 
acute  fever  like  scarlatina  or  pneumonia.  Dr.  Campbell 
instances  cases  of  improved  health  following  cholera,  rheu- 
matism cured  by  typhoid  fever,  anaemia  cured  by  scarlet 
fever,  etc. 

The  favorable  influence  of  fever  upon  mental  affections 
has  long  been  noticed.  Among  the  febrile  disorders  which 
have  acted  in  this  way  is  erysipelas.  Lannois  has  recorded 
a  case  of  epilepsy  which  was  improved  by  erysipelas,  but 
made  worse  by  typhoid  fever.  In  this  connection  we  may 
refer  to  a  paper  recently  published  by  Dr.  Robert  Hessler  of 
the  Central  Indiana  Hospital  for  Insane.*  Dr.  Hessler 
observed  the  case  of  an  epileptic  who  was  attacked  by  erysi- 
pelas. Prior  to  the  acute  illness  the  man  had  been  subject 
to  numerous  convulsions.  The  erysipelas  caused  the  tem- 
peratuie  to  rise  to  104"^  and  there  was  delirium  at  the 
crisis.  After  recovery  from  the  erysipelas  the  convulsions 
practically  ceased.  The  very  few  that  occurred  thereafter 
were  light :  petit  mal.  Encouraged  by  this  result,  he  treated 
experimentally  several  cases  ot  chronic  epilepsy  with  erysi- 
pelas antitoxin.  Decided  benefit  followed  the  injections, 
and  in  the  opinion  of  Dr.  Hessler,  the  results  certainly  justify 
a  more  extended  application  of  this  method  of  treatment  for 
one  of  the  most  intractable  of  diseases.  Dr.  Campbell  enu- 
merates quite  a  long  list  of  diseases  which  have  been  bene- 
fited by  an  intercurrent  attack  of  erysipelas.  Influenza,  also, 
although  it  notoriously  exerts,  as  a  rule,  such  a  depressant 
influence  upan  the  nervous  system,  sometimes  appears  to 
have  potent  curative  effects.  Our  author  speaks  of  gonor- 
rhoeal  cystitis  and  chronic  catarrh  of  the  upper  respiratory 
track  cured  by  influenza. 

Finally,  among  miscellaneous  cases  showing  the  same 
beneficial  action  of  disease  Dr.  Campbell  mentions 
chronic  rheumatism  disappearing  after  the  supervention  of 
cancer,  paralysis  agitans  removed  by  hemiplegia,  migraine 
banished  by  an  acute  auditory  affection,  etc. 

Such  cases  as  Dr.  Campbell  has  brought  together  are 
both  interesting  and  instructive.  We  cordially  agree  with 
the  concluding  hope  of  Dr.  Campbell  that  his  paper  will  do 
something  to  stimulate  inquiry  in  the  direction  indicated. — 
The  Medical  Bulletin,  July,  1898. 


*    "Epilepsy  and  Erysipelas,"    Journal  of   the   American  Medical   Association, 
May  14, 1898. 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  38 1 

THE  SMEGMA   BACILLUS. 

J.  L.  Miller,  B.S.,  M.D.,  in  Medicine,  July,  1897,  con- 
tributes an  article  on  the  subject.  This  bacillus  is  one  of 
several  which  stains  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  tubercle 
bacillus  and  resembles  it  in  size  and  form. 

The  cause  of  the  retention  of  the  stain  is  supposed  to 
be  a  combination  of  fat  or  fatty  acids  with  the  protoplasm. 
Crystals  of  fatty  acids  possess  similar  tinctorial  qualities  to  the 
tubercle  bacillus.  The  points  in  the  paper  are  included  in 
the  summary  : 

1.  Over  the  entire  surface  of  the  body  and  exposed 
mucous  membrane,  and  especially  on  the  genitalia,  bacilli 
are  found  which  resemble  morphologically  and  in  tinctorial 
qualities  the  bacillus  tuberculosis. 

2.  From  the  external  genitalia  they  frequently  gain 
access  to  the  urine,  especially  in  women,  and  may  be  a  source 
of  error  in  the  examination  of  the  urine  for  tubercle  bacilli. 

3.  The  smegma  bacillus  presents  wide  variations  in  size 
and  form,  thus  rendering  morphological  differentiation 
frequently  impossible. 

4.  While  most  smegma  bacilli  are  most  readily  decolor- 
ized by  any  of  the  solutions  commonly  employed,  occa- 
sionally they  possess  equal  or  even  greater  resistance  than 
the  tubercle  bacillus. 

5.  Methods  of  decolorization  where  acids  are  employed 
alone  are  especially  fallacious  ;  acid  alcohol  or  dilute  alcohols, 
unless  long  continued,  are  equally  unreliable.  Better,  but 
not  free  from  error,  is  the  use  of  absolute  alcohol  for  at  least 
five  minutes  ;  in  ammoniacal  urine,  however,  such  prolonged 
use  of  alcohol  may  also  remove  the  stain  from  the  tubercle 
bacillus. 

6.  Attempts  to  remove  the  fat  or  fatty  acids  from  the 
bacilli  by  ether,  chloroform  or  other  solvents  fail  to  furnish 
us  with  a  means  of  differentiation. 

7.  We  must  rely  on  means  of  excluding  the  smegma 
bacillus  from  the  urine.  It  has  never  been  demonstrated  in 
the  bladder,  and  apparently  seldom  invades  the  deep  urethra  ; 
therefore,  by  cleansing  the  external  meatus  and  withdraw- 
ing the  urine  with  a  catheter  we  can  exclude  this  possible 
source  of  error. 

THE  INTRACELLULAR  ROOTS  OF  THE  GALL. 
DUCT  SYSTEM,  AS  DEMONSTRATED  BY 
NATURAL  INJECTION,  AND  THE  ICTERIC 
NECROSIS  OF  THE  LIVER  CELLS. 

Dr.  Gustav  Futterer,  in  Medicine,  July,  1898,  concludes 
from  experiments  and  the  results  of  others  that : 


382  PROGRESS    OF  MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

1.  The  roots  of  the  bile-duct  system  are  inside  of  the 
liver  cells,  as  intraprotoplasmic  channels,  which  form  com- 
plicated networks,  and  which  closely  surround  the  nucleus. 

2.  An  intranuclear  system  of  bile  channels  communi- 
cating with  the  intraprotoplasmic  channels  does  not  seem  to 
exist. 

3.  The  intraprotoplasmic  channels  are  in  direct  com- 
munication with  the  bile  capillaries. 

4.  Under  normal  conditions  the  intraprotoplasmic 
channels  are  not  visible,  and  if  stagnation  of  bile  distends 
them  and  makes  them  visible  as  networks,  this  happens  at 
the  cost  of  the  protoplasm  and  the  life  of  the  cells. 

5.  While  the  protoplasm  under  such  conditions  perishes 
very  quickly,  the  form  and  structure  of  the  nucleus  remain 
intact  for  a  long  period. 

6.  The  bile  is  secreted  in  the  form  of  minute  drops, 
which  first  appear  around  the  nucleus. 

7.  We  should  now  use  the  terms  :  Bile  ducts ^  bile 
capillaries  and  bile  channels. 

CONTRIBUTION  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  PARALYSIS 
IN  DIPHTHERIA. 

In  the  Archiv  fiir  Kinderheilkunde,  Bd.  xxiii,  Heft  1-3 
Katz  gives  the  result  of  his  pathological  research  in  three 
cases  of  death  from  paralysis  in  diphtheria.  He  examined 
very  carefully  the  whole  central  and  peripheral  nervous 
system  in  each  case.  The  basal  ganglia,  internal  capsule 
and  cerebral  cortex  showed  no  changes  j  but  in  all  three 
cases,  especially  in  the  first,  alterations  were  evident  in  the 
structure  of  the  ganglionic  cells,  the  peripheral  and  central 
nerve  fibers  and  muscles,  accompanied  by  more  or  less 
marked  changes  in  the  spinal  cord,  medulla  oblongata,  and 
pons.  Of  the  cranial  nerves  the  oculomotorius,  trochlears, 
abducens,  facialis,  glossopharyngeus,  hypoglossus  and  vagus 
were  more  or  less  diseased.  The  peripheral  nerves  were 
moderately  diseased  in  only  one  case ;  the  phrenic  nerve  was 
extensively  diseased  in  another.  Hemorrhages  in  the  ner- 
vous system  were  seldom  found.  A  varying  grade  of  fattj' 
degeneration  of  the  muscle  fibres  of  the  diaphragm  were 
present. 

To  summarize  his  findings,  the  most  prominent  patho- 
logical feature  was  disease  of  the  ganglionic  cells,  manifested 
either  in  direct  necrosis  or  in  reparable  degeneration,  chiefly 
fatty,  of  the  cell  elements.  Furthermore,  nerve  fibers  in 
trophic  relation  to  the  ganglionic  cells  showed  degeneration. 
In  the  milder  grades  of  ganglionic  cell  disease,  the 
medulla   of  the    nerve   fibers    was  slightly    affected.     The 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  383 

degeneration  occurs  usually  earlier  and  with  more  marked 
severity  in  the  medulla  oblongata  than  in  the  spinal  chord. 
Due  consideration  must  be  given  the  fact  that  disease  of  the 
medulla  oblongata  is  more  readily  detected  than  that  of  the 
spinal  cord. 

Clinically,  the  pathological  disturbances  in  the  nervous 
system  are  manifested  during  convalescence  in  recoverable 
pareses,  weakness,  loss  of  appetite,  slight  tremor,  and  apathy. 
Paralysis  of  the  soft  palate  is  particularly  common,  since  in 
addition  to  nuclear  involvement  the  part  is  affected  locally. 
The  changes  in  the  nervous  system  arise  through  the  action 
of  the  diphtheria  toxins.  The  cell  activity  may  be  disturbed 
immediately,  but  as  a  rule  not  until  degenerative  changes 
appear. — Medicine. 

THE  VALUE  OF  ELECTRICITY   IN  FUNCTION- 
AL DISEASES  OF  THE  STOMACH. 

Max  Weiss  summarizes  his  experience  of  the  treat- 
ment of  functional  disorders  of  the  stomach  by  electricity  as 
follows  [Treatment,  June  9,  '98)  :  In  paretic  conditions  of  the 
oesophagus  and  cardia  (viz.,  rumination),  galvano-faradization 
is  of  great  value.  One  pole  of  a  galvanic  battery  is  connect- 
ed with  the  opposite  pole  of  the  secondary  coil  of  a  Dubois- 
Raymond,  the  other  (usually  the  anode)  with  a  broad  elec- 
trode placed  over  the  sternum.  The  free  pole  of  the  secon- 
dary coil  is  connected  with  an  electrode,  which  can  either  be 
introduced  into  the  oesophagus  or  stomach  by  means  of  a 
sound,  or  placed  over  the  inner  margin  of  the  sterno-mastoid. 
The  sitting  lasts  five  minutes  if  the  electrode  is  used  inter- 
nally, ten  if  applied  externally.  Cases  of  gastralgia  and  of 
hysterical  vomiting  require  external  galvanization,  with  a 
large  electrode  applied  over  the  dorsal  vertebrae,  and  a 
smaller  one  over  the  epigastrium.  Five  milliamperes  should 
be  employed  at  first,  and  the  strength  of  the  current  subse- 
quently increased  to  twenty-five  milliamperes.  Obstinate 
gastralgia,  due  to  the  cicatrization  of  a  gastric  ulcer,  often 
yields  to  a  current  of  fifteen  milliamperes.  Motor  insufficiency 
of  the  stomach,  with  dilatation,  is  best  treated  with  internal 
faradization,  which  may  be  advantageously  combined  with 
massage.  Internal  electrical  treatment  is  also  of  value  in  cor- 
recting secretory  disorders  of  the  stomach,  excessive  acidity 
usually  requiring  galvanization,  and  subacidity  faradization. 
Enteralgias  are  considerably  benefilted  by  systematic  gal- 
vanization of  the  abdomen,  with  the  cathode  placed  over  the 
dorsal  spine  and  the  anode  upon  tt|e  epigastrium.-r- T'/^ 
Charlotte  Medical  Journaly  Jul)'.     •. . ,    .^>  .  ■■  , ,.  ;    .   j 


384  PROGRESS  OF   MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

THE  PHYSIOLOGICAL  AND  PATHOLOGICAL 
RELATIONS  BETWEEN  THE  NOSE  AND 
THE  SEXUAL  APPARATUS  OF  MAN. 

Dr.  John  N.  Mackenzie  {British  Medical  Journal)  states 
that  an  intimate  physiological  relationship  exists  between  the 
sexual  apparatus  and  the  nose,  and  especially  the  intranasal 
erectile  tissue,  is  evinced  from  the  following  facts  ;  (i)  In  a 
certain  proportion  of  women,  whose  nasal  organs  are  healthy, 
engorgement  of  the  nasal  cavernous  tissue  occurs  with  un- 
varying regularity  during  the  menstrual  epoch,  the  swelling 
of  the  membrane  subsiding  with  the  cessation  of  the  cata- 
menial  flow.  (2)  In  some  cases  of  irregular  menstruation,  in 
which  the  individual  occasionally  omits  a  menstrual  period 
without  external  flow,  at  such  times  the  erectile  bodies  be- 
come swollen  and  turgid,  as  in  the  period  when  all  the  exter- 
nal evidences  of  menstruation  are  present.  (3)  The  monthly 
turgescence  of  the  nasal  corpora  cavernosa  may  be  bilateral  or 
confined  to  one  side,  the  swelling  appearing  first  in  one  side 
and  then  in  the  other,  the  alternation  varying  with  the  epoch. 
(4)  The  periodical  erection  may  be  inconsiderable  and  give 
rise  to  little  or  no  inconvenience,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
swollen  bodies  may  occlude  the  nostril  and  awaken  pheno- 
mena of  a  so-called  reflex  nature,  such  as  coughing,  sneezing, 
etc.  (5)  In  some  cases  there  seems  to  be  a  direct  relationship 
between  the  periodical  engorgement  of  the  nasal  erectile 
bodies  and  the  phenomena  referable  to  the  head  that  so  often 
accompany  the  consummation  of  the  menstrual  act.  (6)  As 
a  natural  consequence  of  the  phenomena  above  described,  the 
nasal  mucous  membrane  becomes,  at  such  periods,  more  sus- 
ceptible to  reflex-producing  impressions,  and  is,  therefore, 
more  easily  influenced  by  mechanical,  electrical,  thermic  and 
chemical  irritation.  (7)  The  condition  (engorgement  and 
increased  irritability  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane)  indicated 
above,  together  with  the  phenomena  that  accompany  them, 
are  also  found  during  pregnancy  at  periods  corresponding  to 
those  of  the  menstrual  flow.  There  is  also  reason  to  believe 
that  similar  phenomena  occur  during  the  lactation  and 
menopause.  (8)  Vicarious  nasal  menstruation  is  a  familiar 
condition.  It  may  precede  the  uterine  flow,  or  it  may  occur 
from  suppression  of  the  normal  flow.  (9)  This  vicarious 
hemorrhage  may  represent  menstruation  during  pregnancy,  or 
it  may  appear  toward  the  close  of  menstrual  life,  or  after  the 
removal  of  the  uterus  and  its  appendages.  Vicarious  nasal 
hemorrhages  also  occur  in  boys  at  or  near  the  age  of  puberty. 
(10)  There  is  a  well-known  sympathy  between  the  erectile 
portion  of  the  generative  tract  and  other  erectile  portions  of 
the  body.     (11)  The   occasional  dependence  of  phenomena 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  385- 

referable  to  the  nose  during  sexual  excitement.  The  data 
derived  from  clinical  observation  are  as  follows : —  {a)  In  a 
fair  proportion  of  women  suffering  from  nasal  affections  the 
disease  is  greatly  aggravated  during  the  menstrual  epoch,  or 
when  under  sexual  excitement.  (3)  Cases  are  also  met  with 
in  which  congestion  or  inflammatory  conditions  of  the  nasal 
passages  make  their  appearance  only  at  the  menstrual  period, 
or  at  least  are  only  sufficiently  annoying  at  that  time  to  call 
for  medical  attention,  (c)  Occasionally  the  discharge  from 
nasal  catarrh  will  become  offensive  at  the  menstrual  epoch, 
losing  its  disagreeable  odor  during  the  decline  of  the  ovarian 
disturbance,  (d)  Excessive  indulgence  in  venery  seems  to 
imitate  inflammation  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane,  (e) 
The  same  is  true  of  the  habit  of  masturbation.  (/)  The  co- 
existence of  uterine  or  ovarian  disease  exerts  sometimes  an 
important  influence  on  the  clinical  history  of  nasal  disease. 
—  T/ie  Charlotte  Medical  Journal,  July. 

THE    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS    OF    RHEUMA- 
TISM. 

Dr.  Rainlar,  in  Codex  Medicus  :  The  electro-therapeu- 
tics of  rheumatism  are  referable  more  specially  to  the  sub- 
acute and  chronic  forms.  In  acute  articular  rheumatism  no 
form  of  electricity  is  to  be  recommended.  It  is  very  valuable 
in  the  sub-acute  and  chronic  forms  and  in  gouty  conditions. 

There  are  five  different  modifications  or  phases  of  the 
current:  (i)  galvanism,  (2)  farad  ism,  (3)  static  or  Frank- 
linic,  (4)  sinusoidal  and  combining  the  first  two  (5)  galvano- 
faradic.  Of  these  forms  the  galvanic,  faradic,  galvano-faradic, 
and  static  forms,  are  the  most  reliable  in  the  rheumatic  con- 
dition. 

There  are  two  ways  of  applying  electricity:  (i)  consti- 
tutional, and  (2)  local.  General  or  constitutional  galvanism 
acts  as  a  tonic  or  stimulant  to  the  entire  system.  The  local 
application  to  a  muscle  causes  contraction  and  increased  blood 
supply,  thereby  increased  nutrition. 

Where  there  is  much  muscular  involvement,  a  primary 
and  secondary  current  from  the  faradic  coil  of  about  three  to 
five  minutes'  duration,  applied  directly  to  the  muscles,  is 
sufficient.  At  first  use  currents  of  moderate  strength,  the 
electrodes  being  well  moistened  with  a  saline  solution,  the 
current  gradually  being  increased  to  the  maximum  power  of 
endurance.  This  to  be  followed  by  weak,  interrupted  faradic 
primary  currents. 

Where  the  joints  are  affected  galvano-faradic  currents 
are  applied  over  the  joints  from  ten  to  fifteen  minutes'  dura- 
tion.    In  almost  all  cases  in   sub-acute  rheumatism  at   least 


386  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

two  sittings  per   week  are  necessary,    while    chronic   cases 
require  daily  or  not  less  than  three  treatments  per  week. 

Case  I.  This  case  had  previously  been  in  bed  for  six 
weeks  with  inflammatory  rheumatism.  Subsequently  the 
wrist-joints  became  enlarged  and  painful  on  pressure,  and 
some  of  the  extensor  muscles  of  forearm  were  atrophied.  A 
course  of  galvanic  with  occasional  use  of  slowly  interrupted 
primary  faradic  current  was  kept  up  for  two  months,  when 
the  case  recovered  without  deformity. 

Case  II.  Had  severe  pain  in  lower  part  and  back  of 
thighs.  Pain  so  bad  often  had  to  lie  in  bed.  Great  pain  on 
rising  from  bed  in  the  morning.  There  had  been  a  history 
of  rheumatism. 

Galvanism  was  applied  to  back,  the  anode  being  placed 
on  the  upper  dorsal  and  cervical  regions  and  the  cathode 
over  the  lumbar.  At  the  end  of  three  months'  treatment  no 
tender  spots  or  pain  was  present. 

Case  III.  Patient  female,  age  34,  Complained  of  loss  of 
power  in  left  leg.  History  of  rheumatism.  Muscles  of  calf 
of  leg  and  thigh  much  wasted,  cold  and  moist.  Sensation 
much  impaired.  Pain  more  intense  when  in  bed  and  sitting 
erect  for  any  length  of  time.  Galvanism  to  entire  limb  was 
used  every  day,  and  at  end  of  two  weeks  the  pain  ceased 
entirely.  The  atrophied  muscles  had  increased  in  size  and 
contractile  power.  Applications  then  made  every  two  days, 
when  limb  soon  reached  its  normal  condition. —  The  Charlotte 
Medical  Journal,  July. 

THEORIES  AND  CONCLUSIONS  ON  THE  MOD- 
ERN TREATMENT  OF  TUBERCULOSIS. 

Dr.  Denison,  of  Denver,  discussed  this  subject  interest- 
ingly and  intelligently  at  the  Denver  meeting  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association.     He  said  : 

Representing  the  benefit  to  patients  suffering  from 
tuberculosis  as  100  per  cent.  45  per  cent,  are  affected  by 
climate  and  changes  involving  mental  influence,  exercise  and 
out-of-door  life ;  30  per  cent,  are  due  to  good  feeding,  local 
supervision,  and  medical  treatment ;  25  per  cent,  to  inhaling, 
local  medication,  surgical  interference,  specific  medication, 
and  antitoxin  treatment.  So  saturating  the  blood  with 
creosote,  for  instance,  that  the  bacillus  will  be  stopped  in  its 
growth  and  the  patient  not  be  injured  thereby,  is,  I  think,  a 
mere  speculation.  I  doubt  whether  inhaled  substances  ever 
reach  the  air  vesicles  and  terminal  bronchioles  where  the 
disease  is  located.  The  more  a  lung  is  diseased  with  tuber- 
culosis and  the    accompanying    infiltrating    and    shrinking 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  387 

process,  the  less  is  the  possibility  that  inhaled  medicaments 
can  reach  the  affected  parts.  The  reciprocal  relation  of 
diseased  and  healthy  lung  in  the  same  thorax,  and  of  the 
heart  and  blood  within  a  given  chest  with  reference  to 
respiration,  does  not  seem  to  me  to  have  been  sufficiently 
recognized  by  any  one.  I  would  like  to  demonstrate  more 
clearly  than  has  been  done  heretofore  the  fact  that  (i)  correct 
inhaling,  or,  more  properly,  exhaling,  (2)  altitude  above  the 
sea  level,  (3)  rightly  directed  gymnastic  training,  all  work 
on  the  same  principle  of  mechanical  distension  of  the  air 
cells.  We  have  failed  to  recognize  the  mechanical  conditions 
within  the  chest  which  govern  respiration  and  blood  circula- 
tion. The  blood  does  not  flow  alone  because  the  heart 
pumps  it,  but  because  the  lung  mechanism  draws  it  in  and 
forces  it  out  again.  Any  system  of  training  to  be  of  use 
must  depend  upon  the  mechanical  distension  of  the  air  cells. 
I  wish  to  make  my  protest  against  the  surgeon's  hasty  inter- 
ference in  operating  upon  anal  fistula  while  tuberculosis  is  in 
the  lungs  ;  it  may  be  considered  a  means  of  elimination,  and 
unless  such  elimination  is  provided  for,  an  operation  should 
not  be  performed.  If  the  disease  is  due  to  a  special  toxin 
working  in  the  system,  it  must  be  only  through  the  develop- 
ment in  that  system  of  the  proper  antitoxin,  or  the  appro- 
priation of  it  from  outside  the  body,  that  the  disease  may  be 
opposed.  The  opposers  of  antitoxin  are  inconsistent  in  that 
while  they  admit  the  existence  of  a  toxin,  they  deny  the 
pos.sibility  of  an  antitoxin.  I  firmly  believe  a  considerable 
percentage  of  tuberculosis  could  beheld  in  check,  if  not  cured, 
if  with  the  present  advanced  technic  in  the  manufacture  of 
the  tuberculin  preparations,  the  physicians  using  them  had 
the  required  knowledge  to  determine  what  patients  could  be 
treated  by  this  method  and  how  far  the  treatment  should  be 
pushed.  The  serum  treatment  of  tuberculosis  is,  as  yet,  a 
beautiful  dream,  which  I  hope  may  be  realized.  My  conclu- 
sions are  that  combined  methods  are  superior  to  any  given 
branch  of  treatment ;  that  seasonable  change  of  residence  to 
a  well  selected,  high-altitude  climate,  with  its  possibilities  of 
out-door  life,  is  the  best  possible  method  for  retarding  the 
advance  of  consumption  ;  that  exercise  is  necessary  to 
promote  cell  activity  and  distention  of  the  cells  ;  that  it  is  a 
mistake  to  overwhelm  the  body  with  frequent  injections  of 
undetermined  animal  serums  producing  a  cumulative  toxaemia ; 
that  the  key  to  the  direct  method  of  specific  treatment 
comes  through  the  skillful  determination  of  the  proportion  of 
infection,  the  balance  between  vital  resistance  and  the  disease. 
—  The  Charlotte  Medical  Journal^  July^ 


388  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

THE  HUNTERIAN  LECTURES  ON  SURGERY  OF 
THE  KIDNEY. 

Henry  Morris  thus  summarizes  his  lecture  delivered  at 
the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of  England  on  Renal  Calculus: 
the  Difficulties  and  Errors  in  Diagnosis  in  their  Relation  to 
Exploration  of  the  Kidney ;  Unsuspected,  Quiescent,  and 
Migratory  Calculi  {British  Medical  Journal)  : 

The  conclusions  at  which  I  have  arrived  are  the 
following  : 

1.  That  the  aim  of  the  surgical  treatment  of  renal  calculus 
should  be  to  extend  the  application  of  nephrolithotomy,  and 
thereby  restrict  the  necessity  of  nephrotomy  and  nephrec- 
tomy. 

2.  That  more  frequently  than  not  the  failure  to  find  a 
stone  is  not  in  reality  a  failure  of  treatment,  because  there 
are  so  many  curable  morbid  conditions  which  mimic  renal 
calculus,  and  which  are  discoverable  only  by  exploration. 

3.  That  the  theory  that  a  stone  in  one  kidney,  whether 
that  kidney  is  itself  painful  or  not,  reflects  or  transmits  pain 
to  the  opposite  kidney  is  quite  unproved  ;  that  it  is  a  dan- 
gerous theory,  calculated  to  lead  to  very  erroneous  practice; 
and  that  the  surgical  principle  with  regard  to  exploratory 
operations  should  be  that  with  pain,  paroxysmal  or  continu- 
ous, on  one  side  only,  the  kidney  on  the  painful  side  should 
be  explored. 

4.  That  nephrectomy  for  calculus  conditions  is  not  often 
called  for,  and  should  be  done  only  in  exceptional  cases. 
Nephrotomy  for  calculus  pyonephrosis  is  the  proper  operation, 
at  any  rate  as  a  primary  operation,  because  of  the  frequency 
of  double  calculus  disease.  Experience  has  shown  that 
kidneys  from  which  stones  weighing  eight  hundred  and 
thirty  grains  and  one  thousand  three  hundred  grains  have 
been  removed  are  functionally  sufficient  to  maintain  life 
during  the  blocking  of  the  ureter  or  suspended  action  of  the 
kidneys  of  the  opposite  side. 

5.  That  nephrectomy  while  the  opposite  organ  is 
occupied  by  calculus  is  fraught  with  the  greatest  danger  to 
life ;  whereas  nephrectomy,  after  the  opposite  kidney  has 
been  freed  of  stone,  will  probably  be  followed  by  recovery 
from  the  operation  and  possibly  very  good  health  for  many 
years  afterward. 

6.  That  when  renal  calculus  causes  reflected  or  trans- 
ferred vesical  or  ovarian  pain,  the  removal  of  the  calculus 
will  be  followed  by  complete  cure  of  the  bladder  or  ovarian 
symptoms. 

7.  That  in  some  cases  renal  calculus  conditions  are 
attended  by  very  remarkable  nervous  symptoms,  sometimes 


SURGERY.  389 

with,  sometimes  without,  high   temperature,  and  that  infor- 
mation as  to  the  cause  of  these  symptoms  is  needed. 

8.  That  unsuspected  renal  calculi  are  a  source  of  very 
real  danger  to  their  possessors  ;  and  when,  whether  by  acci- 
dent or  by  the  systematic  examination  of  the  urine,  we  have 
cause  to  suspect  the  presence  of  a  calculus,  we  should 
recommend  its  removal,  regardless  of  the  fact  that  it  is  not 
causing  renal  or  transferred  pain. 

9.  That  quiescent  calculus  is  as  dangerous  to  the  indi- 
vidual as  unsuspected  calculus,  and  ought  to  be  removed  by 
operation. 

10.  That  the  hitherto  accepted  teaching,  that  a  renal 
calculus,  if  causing  only  mild  symptoms,  or  attacks  of  severe 
colic  of  only  recent  occurrence,  should  be  treated  on  the 
expectant  plan,  ought  to  be  discarded  as  unsound  in  theory 
and  dangerous  in  practice. 

11.  That  the  same  principle  should  be  applied  to  renal 
calculus  which  has  long  been  the  rule  in  regard  to  vesical 
calculus — namely,  when  suspected  it  should  be  searched  for, 
when  known  to  exist  removed,  without  waiting  in  the  hope 
that  it  may  become  encysted  or  spontaneously  expelled. 

12.  That  the  very  low  mortality  of  nephrolithotomy  puts 
this  operation  upon  the  same  footing  for  renal  calculus  as 
lithotrity  in  the  most  experienced  hands  for  vesical  calculus. 
—  The  Charlotte  Medical  Journal,  July. 


SURGKRY. 

IN  CHARGE   OP 

GEORGE  FISK,  M.D. 

Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;    Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospital, 


NOTES    ON    OPERATIVE    WOUND    INFECTION. 

By  FREDEBICK  LOUIS  BRUSH,  M.  D, 
House  Surgeon  New  York  Post-Graduate  Medical  School  and  Hospital. 

"  Our  sutures  must  have  been  "infected."  The  phrase, 
begun  with  antisepsis,  has  done  baneful  service  all  along  the 
line  of  surgical  progress,  and  is  now  often  heard  wherever 
surgery  is  practiced  and  operative  wounds  fail  to  unite  prop- 
erly. Let  the  burden  be  lifted  from  the  shoulders  of  the 
much-abused  catgut,  and  placed  where  it  belongs.  To  deter- 
mine the  manner  of  wound  infection  in  a  given  case  is  gener- 
ally a  difficult  problem,  but  it  is  much  simplified  when  we 
put  aside  two  or  three  conceptions  which  have  been  doing 
duty  too  long.  The  following  propositions  will,  perhaps, 
bring  out  the  point  aimed  at. 


390  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

1.  The  technique  of  aseptic  surgery  is  thoroughly  devel- 
oped. Instruments,  clothes,  and  so  forth,  can  be  and  are,  as 
a  matter  of  fact,  made  sterile.  Hands  and  the  skin-field  of 
operation  are  sometimes  sterile — sometimes  approximately 
so.  Suture  material,  as  used  in  the  New  York  hospitals,  is, 
with  very  rare  exceptions,  sterile. 

2.  The  few  pathogenic  germs  remaining  in  the  skin  after 
careful  preparation  will  not  cause  suppuration,  providing  all 
else  is  well  done.     This  is  fairly  well  proven. 

3.  Infection  is,  then,  the  result  of  a  blunder  by  someone. 

4.  The  two  chief  factors  in  getting  infection,  under  our 
present  methods,  are :  first,  a  break  in  the  aseptic  chain  dur- 
ing the  operation,  usually  toward  its  close ;  and,  second,  the 
approximation  of  bruised  and  ill-nourished  tissues,  and  the 
failure  to  obliterate  spaces  in  the  deeper  parts. 

Infected  catgut  ?  Yes,  but  infected  when  the  finger-tip 
of  an  assistant  was  drawn  along  its  length  after  touching  the 
instrument  from  the  operator's  hand,  that  had  been  wiped  on 
the  front  of  the  once-sterile  coat,  which  had  just  come  in 
contact  with  a  soiled  table-edge. 

In  regard  to  the  second  point,  it  may  be  said  that  the 
feeling  of  safety  engendered  by  aseptic  methods  has  undoubt- 
edly led  us  to  underrate,  to  a  certain  extent,  the  value  of 
skillful  mechanics  in  surgery,  but  one  has  only  to  note  the 
fact  that  the  surgeon  who  deals  neatly  and  carefully  with  the 
tissues,  and  pays  but  small  heed  to  asepsis,  is  getting  better 
results  than  his  brother  of  the  rigid  technique  and  the 
bruising  hand.  It  is  a  question  of  giving  the  worst  or  the 
best  chance  to  the  few  inevitable  micro-organisms. 

5.  Hospital  assistants,  on  the  average,  enter  operative 
work  with  better  prepared  hands  than  the  operator,  and  they 
preserve,  on  the  average,  a  better  cleanliness  throughout. 
Yet  they  are  expected  to  take  the  blame  in  nearly  all  cases 
of  operative  wound  infection.  This  is,  of  course,  of  no  mo- 
ment personally,  but  of  considerable  importance  to  surgery, 
which  can  only  be  advanced  on  a  basis  of  fact.  "  He  was 
attending  a  pus  case  ?  "  Yes.  His  work  is  a  constant  con- 
tact with  surgical  dirt,  but  tests  have  shown  that  his  hands 
are,  on  the  average,  better  prepared  than  are  those  of  his 
chief.  It  is  only  a  choice  betwixt  contact  with  suppurating 
wounds,  chair  backs,  car  straps  and  a  dozen  other  articles — 
all  about  equal  in  hand-soiling  qualities. 

The  theories  of  wound  suppuration  seem  to  be  satisfac- 
tory ;  the  practice  of  preventing  it  is  becoming  so.  Much 
work  is  being  done  in  a  way  that  leaves  little  to  be  desired  ; 
but  in  many  places  it  remains  to  give  up  a  few  old  cherished 
ideas  as  dangerous,  and  to  better  recognize  the  two  salient 
points  above  mentioned. —  The  Post-Graduate^  Feb.  '98. 


SURGERV.  391 

A  CONTRIBUTION  TO  THE  TREATMENT  OF 
GONORRHCEA. 

By  HERMANN  GOLDENBBRG,  M.D. 
N.  Y.  Medical  Journal,  Jan.  22, 1898. 

In  his  introduction  to  the  Comments  on  Materia  Medico* 
Pharmacy,  and  Therapeutics  of  the  Year  1896,  Dr.  Squibb 
remarks  :  "  It  is  agreeable  to  report  that  in  a  general  way 
the  craze  for  novelties  has  somewhat  subsided  during  the 
past  year,  although  there  are  abundant  evidences  that  the 
mill  is  still  grinding,  especially  in  that  ever-fertile  source  of 
supply,  Germany." 

In  the  face  of  this  statement  it  is  with  a  feeling  of  hesi- 
tation and  with  a  plea  for  excuse  that  I  join  the  ranks  of 
those  who  advocate  a  new  drug.  It  is  true  that  new  reme- 
dies, having  the  indorsement  of  eminent  authorities,  are 
placed  upon  the  market  in  such  rapid  succession  that  one  has 
hardly  time  to  become  familiar  with  their  use  before  a  superior 
substitute  is  recommended.  This  probably  is  the  cause  of 
the  indifference  and  skepticism  displayed  by  many  physi- 
cians as  regards  new  remeties.  Yet  we  are  scarcely  warranted 
in  carrying  our  conservatism  to  such  a  point  as  to  reject 
those  new  drugs  whose  chemical  composition  is  such  as  to 
promise  advantages  over  the  older  ones. 

Whoever  has  to  deal  with  gonorrhoea  knows  that, 
notwithstanding  the  multitude  of  remedies  and  methods  at 
our  command,  but  few  of  them  come  up  to  our  expectations, 
and  this,  in  my  opinion,  applies  even  to  the  much-lauded 
Janet's  method.  I  had  practiced  the  early  irrigation  treat- 
ment with  permanganate  of  potassium  long  before  Janet 
published  his  first  paper,  and  have  advocated  it  under  proper 
restrictions  without,  however,  being  carried  away  in  my 
enthusiasm,  as  some  of  my  colleagues  have  who  make  use  of 
every  opportunity  to  proclaim  this  method  as  the  ideal  one 
in  every  case  and  in  every  stage  of  gonorrhoea.  Although 
it  is  true  that  this  procedure  gives  good  results  if  the  patient 
presents  himself  at  the  very  earliest  stage  of  gonorrhoea,  it  is 
contraindicated  when  the  inflammatory  symptoms  are  pro- 
nounced. In  this  connection  I  would  remark  that  compli- 
cated appliances  are  unnecessary  in  practicing  this  method. 
For  irrigation  of  the  anterior  urethra  an  ordinary  irrigator, 
placed  at  a  proper  height  and  provided  with  a  glass  tip  will 
answer  the  purpose,  while  for  flushing  the  posterior  portion 
of  the  canal  a  large  hand  syringe,  holding  about  five  ounces, 
with  a  porcelain  or  glass  tip  which  fits  sufficiently  tightly 
to  close  up  the  meatus  is  to  be  preferred.  In  this  way  we 
overcome  the  resistance  of  the  cut-off  muscle  with  greater 
ease  than  with  the  Janet  method  ;  the  pressure  can    be  re- 


392  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

gulated  according  to  the  degree  of  muscular  resistance  and 
the  sensitiveness  of  the  patient. 

While  the  Janet  method,  therefore,  has  a  certain  field  of 
usefulness,  particularly  in  hospital  practice,  its  disadvantages 
in  private  practice  are  sufficiently  manifest  to  preclude  its 
general  employment,  as  even  in  those  cases  where  it  is  appli- 
cable few  patients  are  willing  to  spend  the  necessary  time 
and  money. 

For  this  reason  any  kind  of  treatment  which  the  patient 
is  able  to  carry  out  himself  will  always  enjoy  the  greatest 
popularity,  and  it  must  be  our  aim  to  prescribe  such  remedies 
as,  when  properly  u?ed,  will  destroy  the  gonococcus  without 
injury  to  the  urethral  mucous  membrane. 

We  are  indebted  to  Neisser  for  the  introduction  of  the 
nitrate  of  silver  for  this  purpose,  which  for  a  long  time  has 
been  a  favorite  means  for  the  destruction  of  the  gonococcus. 
As  the  effect  of  this  drug  is  only  superficial,  owing  to  its 
forming  insoluble  combinations  with  albuminous  substances, 
and  as  the  gonococcus  penetrates  at  an  early  period  into  the 
deeper  layers  of  the  epithelium — and  even  into  the  connec- 
tive tissue — the  physician  has  long  been  desirous  of  obtaining 
a  silver  compound  which  would  not  form  insoluble,  and 
consequently  inert,  albuminates. 

Recognizing  this  want,  synthetic  chemists  have  en- 
deavored to  prepare  silver  compounds  which  would  be  free 
from  this  disadvantage,  such  as  argentamine  and  argonin. 
Although  it  must  be  conceded  that  these  preparations 
exhibit  a  more  penetrating  effect  than  nitrate  of  silver,  and 
must  be  regarded  as  valuable  acquisitions,  I  have,  during  the 
past  few  months,  become  familiar  with  a  new  silver  salt  which 
has  proved  even  more  effective.  This  remedy,  known  as  pro- 
targol,  is  a  light  yellow  powder,  readily  soluble  in  water,  con- 
taining 8.3  per  cent,  silver  in  firm  combination  with  a  highly 
diffusible  proteid  base.  Its  solutions,  which  are  clear  and  of 
neutral  reaction,  are  not  precipitated  by  alkalies,  albumin  or 
acids,  and  hence  its  effect  is  not  interfered  with  or  im- 
paired by  the  presence  of  these  substances.  It  is  advisable 
to  preserve  the  solutions  in  dark  bottles.  Owing  to  its  chemi- 
cal constitution,  its  combination  with  a  highly  diffusible 
base,  there  is  reason  to  believe,  a  priori,  that  it  exerts  a  more 
penetrating  effect  than  any  other  compound  yet  brought 
before  the  profession. 

Although  since  July  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  test- 
ing protargol  in  more  than  sixty  cases  in  dispensary  and 
private  practice,  I  am  well  aware  of  the  difficulty  of  present- 
ing accurate  statistics  as  regards  the  duration  of  the  affection 
under  its  use,  and  of  instituting  comparisons  with  other  anti- 


SURGERY.  393 

gonorrhoeal  agents.  Particularly  with  reference  to  the  rapid- 
ity of  the  cure,  I  coincide  with  Neisser,  who  lays  more  stress 
upon  the  reliability  of  the  remedy  than  upon  the  rapidity  of 
its  action.  The  period  of  experimentation  and  the  quantity 
of  clinical  material  are  sufficient,  however,  to  afford  me  a  fair 
general  estimate  of  the  value  of  the  new  drug,  which  agrees 
in  the  main  with  that  expressed  by  Neisser^ — namely,  that 
it  surpasses  all  other  agents  hitherto  in  use  for  the  treatment 
of  gonorrhoea. 

As  to  the  mode  of  application,  this  will  depend  upon 
whether  the  inflammation  is  localized  in  the  anterior  urethra 
or  has  invaded  the  posterior  portion  of  the  canal.  In  the 
former  case  the  patient  is  instructed  to  inject  a  one-per-cent. 
solution  with  an  ordinary  urethral  syringe  holding  three 
drachms  ;  this  is  retained  for  from  ten  to  fifteen  minutes,  and 
the  injection  is  repeated  three  times  daily.  In  posterior 
urethritis  the  injections  are  made  by  me  with  a  hand  syringe 
having  a  capacity  of  five  ounces  of  the  kind  already  des- 
cribed, or  with  the  Guyon  instillator.  The  strength  of  the 
solutions  for  the  posterior  urethra  has  varied  from  one  half  to 
one  per  cent. 

The  treatment  was  found  absolutely  painless,  and  un- 
attended with  any  evidences  of  local  irritation  or  general 
disturbances.  The  injections  were  kept  up,  although  less 
frequently,  even  after  the  disappearance  of  gonococci,  until 
the  urine  became  perfectly  clear  and  free  from  filaments 
{Tripperfade7t),  Examinations  for  gonococci  were  made, 
after  Gram's  method,  at  intervals  of  a  few  days,  and  the  per- 
manence of  the  cure  was  tested  by  ordering  the  patient  to 
drink  a  moderate  amount  of  beer  while  still  under  treatment. 
In  some  cases,  after  the  disappearance  of  the  gonococci,  a 
slight  discharge  persisted,  which  subsided  under  the  conjoint 
use  of  astringent  injections  (Ultzmann's  solution  or  ichthyol). 

Besides  its  employment  in  injections,  I  have  tried,  as  an 
abortive  method  in  two  acute  cases,  insufflations  of  the  pure 
powder  through  an  endoscopic  tube  introduced  up  to  the  cut- 
off muscle.  The  effect  of  this  mode  of  application  was  satis- 
factory to  a  certain  extent,  as  shown  by  the  rapid  disappear- 
ance of  the  gonococci  and  a  cure  within  a  few  days.  On  the 
other  hand,  considerable  irritation  resulted  from  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  endoscopic  tube,  and  until  a  more  agreeable  method 
of  insufflation  has  been  devised,  we  shall  have  to  dispense  with 
this  mode  of  application  in  acute  cases.  That  the  irritation 
was  not  due  to  protargol,  but  to  the  instrumentation,  was 
proved  by  the  excellent  results   obtained  with  the  pure  pow- 


*  Dermatologisches  Ceniralblatl,  No.  1,  1  897. 


394  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

der  in  four  chronic  cases  of  anterior  urethritis,  with  gono- 
cocci,  which  had  not  been  cured  by  previous  topical  treatment 
with  nitrate  of  silver.  Equally  good  results  were  obtained 
in  some  subacute  and  chronic  cases,  with  gonococci,  from  the 
use  of  a  ten  per  cent,  protargol  ointment  (lanolin,  95  ;  olive 
oil,  5),  applied  by  means  of  a  steel  sound  retained  in  the 
urethra  for  fifteen  minutes.  It  is  obvious  that  by  this  means 
of  application  the  protargol  is  forced  more  thoroughly  into 
the  follicles  and  lacunae,  and  remains  in  contact  with  the 
urethral  mucoso  for  a  longer  period. 

I  intend  to  try  gelatin  urethral  bougies  of  protargol  as 
soon  as  I  can  have  them  made  in   the  proper  manner. 

In  conclusion,  I  can  but  confirm  the  statement  of  Neisser 
that  no  other  remedy  gives  such  uniformly  good,  reliable  and 
quick  results  as  have  been  witnessed  from  the  use  of  pro- 
targol. 

SURGICAL  TREATMENT  OF  EPILEPSY. 

A  very  interesting  clinical  contribution  on  the  Surgical 
Treatment  of  Epilepsy^  with  a  report  of  fourteen  cases,  is 
offered  by  Dr.  Andrew  J.  McCosh,  of  New  York,  in  the  May 
number  of  the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  The 
writer  unhesitatingly  acknowledges  the  unreliability  of 
statistics  of  cerebral  operations,  especially  in  connection 
with  focal  epilepsy  ;  and  also  admits  that  the  hopes  of  several 
years  ago  in  this  field  of  surgery  have  not  been  fulfilled, 
which  has  led  many  good  operators  to  desert  the  pursuit  of 
cerebral  surgery.  And  yet  progress  is  being  made — limita- 
tions are  becoming  understood  and  appreciated.  This  is 
pretty  well  shown  in  the  deductions  given  by  the  above 
named  writer  : 

"  The  experience  of  the  last  twenty  years  has  taught  the 
neurologist  and  the  surgeon  many  useful  lessons  concerning 
the  diagnosis  of  cerebral  lesions,  and  the  possibility  of  their 
relief  by  operation.  While  it  cannot  be  claimed  that  great 
advances  have  been  made  in  this  branch  of  surgery,  yet  we 
are  in  a  better  position  than  formerly  to  determine  in  what 
cases  operation  should  be  advised.  There  are  numerous 
reasons,  however,  why  we  cannot,  with  much  confidence, 
promise  that  benefit  will  follow  the  operation.  Prominent 
among  these  are  the  following  : 

I.  Uncertainty  in  diagnosis.  In  the  motor  areas  of  the 
cortex  the  location,  if  not  the  character,  of  the  lesion  can  be 
determined  with  reasonable  certainty  ;  but  the  diagnosis  of 
lesions  in  the  frontal,  occipital  and  deeper  regions  is  still 
apt  to   be  unreliable.     Any    one  who  has  witnessed  many 


SURGERY.  395 

brain  operations  can  testify  as  to  the  disappointment  of  the 
surgeon  and,  perhaps,  the  surprise  of  the  neurologists  when 
the  suspected  area  of  the  brain  contains  no  lesion  visible, 
at  least,  to  the  naked  eye.  In  the  practice  of  most  surgeons 
this  has  occurred  so  frequently  that  many  of  us  feel  very 
sceptical  as  to  what  will  be  found  in  any  given  case  when 
the  skull  has  been  opened. 

2.  The  inaccessibility  of  certain  portions  of  the  brain. 
While  it  is  true  that  every  point  of  the  cortex  can  be 
reached,  and  that  we  can  gain  access  to  some  of  the  deeper 
convolutions,  yet  certain  portions  of  the  brain  must  always 
remain  inaccessible  to  the  surgeon. 

3.  The  character  of  the  lesion.  This  may  be  such  as 
to  render  its  removal  either  impossible  or  inadvisable,  as, 
for  example,  a  disseminated  malignant  or  even  tubercular 
growth  ;  or  it  may  be  of  such  an  ill-defined  character  that 
with  the  naked  eye  it  is  impossible  to  distinguish  diseased 
from  healthy  brain  tissue.  The  change  in  the  cells  may  be 
so  slight  that,  alter  the  removal  of  a  portion  of  the  cortex, 
even  with  the  microscope  it  is  difficult  to  affirm  that  the  le- 
sion was  sufficient  to  produce  the  epileptic  seizures  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  the  fault  may  lie  in  an  altered  blood-supply 
rather  than  in  cell  degeneration. 

4.  The  post-operative  lesions.  As  the  result  of  opera- 
tion, a  cicatrix  may  remain  in  the  cerebral  tissue,  thickening 
of  the  membranes  or  adhesions  between  the  pia  and  dura 
may  result,  or,  finally,  a  depressed  cicatrix  may  become  ad- 
herent to  the  cortex,  any  of  which  lesions  may  continue  to 
act  as  a  source  of  cortical  irritation.  In  recent  years  these 
post-operative  lesions  have  been  frequently  advanced  as 
reasons  for  the  failure  of  cerebral  operations.  I  think, 
however,  that  their  importance  has  been  exaggerated.  I  be- 
lieve that  in  a  few  cases  they  may  act  as  a  strong  irritant, 
especially  when  the  cerebral  tissue  of  that  particular  patient 
has  become  exceedingly  sensitive,  owing  to  long  continued 
irritation.  The  theory,  however,  that  such  irritating  cica- 
trices are  of  common  occurrence  seems  to  me  to  be  some- 
what invalidated  by  the  fact  that  in  recent  traumatic  cases 
extensive  operations  on  skull,  membranes,  and  even  brain 
can  be  done  almost  with  impunity  as  far  as  fear  of  future 
epilepsy  is  concerned.  Most  of  us  are  familiar  with  the  ex- 
tensive lacerations  and  loss  of  cerebral  tissue  which  occur  as 
the  result  of  injury,  and  yet,  if  the  depressed  bone  is  thor- 
oughly removed,  it  is  rare  to  see  epileptic  seizures  follow  as 
the  result  of  the  traumatism. 

5.  The  damage  which  has  already  been  done  to  the 
neighboring  cerebral  structures  by  the  lesion  for  which  the 
operation  is  performed.     The  gross  lesion  may   be  removed, 


396  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

and  yet,  in  cases  where  the  irritation  has  persisted  for  years, 
the  secondary  damage  is  often  irretrievable. 

This  same  condition  will  also  probably  explain  why  ex- 
cision of  the  irritated  centre  in  the  cortex  will  so  often  fail 
to  cure  the  patient.  The  sclerosis  which  has  extended  from 
the  diseased  "  centre"  to  neighboring  convolutions  will  con- 
tinue to  act  as  a  cortical  irritant.  It  is  true  that  a  few  bril- 
liant cures  have  resulted  after  such  incisions,  and  in  cases 
of  epilepsy  which  are  distinctly  focal  it  is  a  perfectly  legitimate 
procedure  to  excise  that  portion  of  the  cortex  which,  under 
electrical  stimulation,  is  shown  to  be  the  centre  for  the 
affected  muscles.  Unfortunately,  however,  the  majority  of 
cases  thus  treated  have  not  been  cured.  This  maybe  due  to 
the  sclerosis  established  before  the  operation  or  to  the  post- 
operative cicatrix.  If  for  a  period  of  months  after  the 
operation  there  be  a  temporary  cessation  of  the  convulsions, 
the  cicatrix  rather  than  the  sclerosis  may  be  blamed." — The 
Clinical  Review,  June,  '98. 

AN   OPERATION  FOR  SLIPPING  PATELLA. 

Dr.  Whitman  presented  a  boy  13  years  old,  on  whom  he 
had  operated  sixteen  months  ago  for  slipping  of  the  right 
patella.  The  capsule  had  been  divided  on  the  outer  side,  and 
considerable  difficulty  had  been  found  in  reducing  the  dislo- 
cation on  account  of  the  contraction  of  the  tissues.  A  tuck 
was  taken  in  the  capsule  on  the  inner  side.  The  patella  was 
now  over  the  external  condyle.  When  he  left  the  hospital  it 
had  been  in  the  median  line.  For  a  time  he  had  worn 
a  kneecap  as  directed,  which  he  had  long  ago  discarded. 
This  case  was  not  presented  as  a  fair  test  of  the  operation,  as 
the  dislocation  was  but  part  of  the  disability  and  deformity 
attending  hemiplegic  contraction  of  the  right  side  of  the  body. 
It  had,  however,  relieved  pain  and  discomfort. 

Dr.  Gibney  said  that  it  was  still  a  question  what  is  the 
best  treatment  for  slipping  patella.  He  had  transplanted  a 
fragment  of  the  tibia  with  the  insertion  of  the  ligamentum  pa- 
tella in  a  girl  14  years  old.  Union  in  the  new  position  was 
secured,  and  the  limb  was  put  up  in  plaster-of-Paris.  In  spite 
of  a  little  suppuration,  the  recovery  was  good.  The  ultimate 
result,  however,  was  in  doubt,  as  the  patient  was  lost  sight  of. 

In  another  young  woman  the  slipping  had  occurred 
repeatedly,  followed  sometimes  by  acute  inflammation.  A 
splint  had  been  applied,  and  she  was  wearing  it  still  to  keep 
the  patella  in  place.  In  a  boy  of  4  years,  the  slipping  patella 
had  been  easily  reduced,  and  it  is  probable  that  massage  and 
the  growth  and  development  of  the  muscular  fibres  will  be 
sufficient  to  remove  the  trouble. — New  England  Medical 
Monthly,  June,  '98. 


SURGERY.  397 

OPERATION  FOR  FISTULA. 

(Mathews'  Med.  Quarterly,  October,  1897.) 

Henderson  gives  his  plan  for  avoiding  transverse  section 
of  the  anal  sphincters  in  operation  for  fistula.  He  makes  a 
long  incision  in  the  line  of  the  muscular  fibres,  and  splits  the 
muscle  sufficiently  to  allow  the  fistula  to  be  dissected  out.  In 
complicated  cases  with  multiple  fistula  he  cuts  the  sphincter 
attachments  at  the  coccyx,  thus  giving  room  for  getting 
behind  the  sphincter  and  dissecting  out  multiple  fistula  tracts 
without  making  trans-section  of  muscle. —  The  Post-Graduate. 

TWO  HUNDRED  AND  FIFTY  BASSINI  OPERA- 
TIONS FOR  THE  CURE  OF  INGUINAL  HER- 
NIA, WITHOUT    MORTALITY. 

By  "W.  B.  DE  GARMO  M.D.  (Jour,  of  Am.  Med.  Assoc,  Oct.  2,  1897.) 

The  author  reports  two  hundred  and  fifty  operations  on 
two  hundred  and  sixteen  patients  ;  the  operations  having 
been  carried  out  by  the  method  of  Bassini,  except  that  kan- 
garoo tendon  was  used  for  the  deep  sutures  instead  of  silk. 
The  youngest  patient  operated  upon  was  five  months  old,  and 
the  oldest  over  eighty  years.  Ninety-three  of  the  cases  were 
scrotal  hernia  ;  fifty-five  were  irreducible ;  seventeen  were  in 
a  state  of  strangulation  at  the  time  of  the  operation  ;  and  in 
fifty-five  cases  it  was  necessary  to  exercise  more  or  less 
omentum.  The  largest  hernia  operated  upon  was  two  feet 
in  circumference,  extending  two-thirds  of  the  distance  to  the 
knees,  in  a  man  fifty-three  years  old  ;  followed  by  prompt 
recovery,  and,  so  far,  eighteen  months  after  the  operation, 
permanent  cure. 

The  success  of  the  Bassini  operation  is  believed  due  to 
the  removal  of  all  abnormal  structures  from  the  canal  and  the 
bringing  down  of  two  muscular  layers  to  form  a  new  poster- 
ior wall.  The  contents  of  the  canal,  aside  from  the  protrusion 
of  the  hernia,  were  found  to  have  been  an  ovary  in  three 
instances,  testicle  in  nine,  and  enlarged  veins  in  a  number  of 
males,  and  enlarged  veins,  resembling  a  varicocele,  in  one 
female.  Bunches  of  extra  peritoneal  fat  are  frequently  met 
with.  Numerous  cysts  were  found,  some  connected  with  the 
cord  and  others  not. 

Two  hundred  and  seven  of  the  cases  healed  by  primary 
union,  and,  of  the  fifty-five  operations  on  children  under 
fourteen  years  of  age,  there  was  only  one  failure  to  obtain 
primary  union. 

Six  of  the  total  number  of  cases  had  recurred,  and  three 
of  the  recurrences  had  been  reoperated  upon,  with  apparent 
success,  leaving  three  actual  recurrences.  The  history  of  the 
six  failures  are  reported,  and,  in  every  instance,  the  cause  of 
the  failure  is  indicated  by  the  case  of  history. —  The  Post- 
Graduate,  Jan.  '98. 


THE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBLISHED    MONTHI^Y. 


Subscription  Price,  %i.oo  per  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies^  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  tO 
JOHN  LOVELL  &  SON,  23  St.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  business  commvu 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  shovild  be 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Oftice,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 


CARDIO  PULMONARY   MURMURS. 

The  recognition  of  the  true  import  of  murmurs  heard 
over  the  heart  is  of  great  moment  to  the  patient,  whether 
from  the  possible  results  and  prognosis  in  regard  to  personal 
suffering  or  longevity,  or  in  regard  to  his  eligibility  for  life 
insurance.  The  various  organic  murmurs  when  carefully 
studied  can  ordinarily  be  readily  made  out  and  distinguished 
from  those  which  are  classified  as  functional ;  the  danger  is 
rather  in  mistaking  one  of  the  latter  for  the  result  of  struct^aral 
changes.  Still  greater  care  is  required  in  discriminating  be- 
tween the  different  varieties  of  functional  murmurs.  Haemic 
murmurs  occurring  in  the  course  of  anaemia  are  usually  recog- 
nized by  their  soft  character  and  low  pitch  and  confined  to 
the  cardiac  area,  are  louder  in  the  recumbent  and  at  the  end 
of  inspiration  or  beginning  of  expiration  ;  they  occur  with  the 
heart's  systole  and  are  associated  with  the  other  vascular 
murmurs  of  anaemia.  The  cardio-vascular  are  heard  most  dis- 
tinctly at  the  fourth  left  interspace  and  louder  in  the  upright 
position,  loudest  also  at  the  end  of  expiration  but  ceases 
then.  Any  excitement  of  the  heart  increases  it,  and  it  ceases 
if  the  patient  lies  on  his  side.  In  regard  to  the  third  group, 
the  cardio-pulmonary,  our  views  have  been  considerably  ex- 
tended by  the  recent  light  thrown  upon  the  subject    mostly 


EDITORIAL.  399 

by  Potain  and  his  pupils.  Dr.  C.  F.  Hoover,  of  Cleveland, 
Ohio,  in  a  paper  in  the  New  York  Medical  journal,  Aug.  6th, 
1898,  gives  us  a  resume  of  the  latest  observations  on  this 
subject.  He  first  reviews  the  history  of  the  subject.  Laennec 
did  not  explain  the  occurrence  of  these  functional  murmurs. 
Cases  are  mentioned  by  Wintrich  in  1854,  B.  W.  Richardson 
in  i860,  Skoda  in  1863,  Choyan  in  1869,  Weiss  in  1880. 
The  controversy  between  Austin  Flint  and  G,  Balfour  is 
referred  to.  Flint's  presystolic  murmur  without  disease  of 
valves  Hoover  thinks  were  cardio-pulmonary. 

The  most  common  location,  he  states,  of  the  cardio-pul- 
monary murmur  is  over  that  portion  of  the  prsecordial  area 
which  enjoys  the  greatest  degree  of  antero-posterior  excur- 
sion during  the  cardiac  systole.  This  point  is  over  the 
conus  arteriosus,  or  the  pulmonary  area.  He  points  out  the 
insufficiency  of  Naunyn's  and  Balfour's  claims,  that  these 
murmurs  are  due  to  actual  regurgitation  owing  to  relative  in- 
sufficiency of  the  mitral  valve.  Functional  pulmonic  murmurs 
heard  over  the  pulmonary  area,  in  chlorosis  and  anaemia,  he 
argues,  by  exclusion  are  mostly  cardio-pulmonary.  If  it  was 
haemic  it  should  be  heard  loudest  over  the  aortic  area,  as  the 
pressure  is  four  to  six  times  greater  there.  In  regard  to  the 
interpretation  of  the  cardiac  activity  as  seen  and  felt  over 
the  chest  wall,  and  to  define  the  relation  of  the  various 
phases  of  cardiac  cycle  to  the  phases  of  cardiac  excursion, 
he  states : — 

"  A  great'  source  of  error  in  timing  murmurs  over  the 
heart  is  due  to  a  misinterpretation  of  the  cardiac  impulse. 
The  interpretation  of  the  impulse,  as  described  by  Vaquez,  is 
the  one  that  is  most  acceptable  to  my  mind.  The  palpable 
apex  impulse  is  divided  into  two  phases: — First,  a  progres- 
sive elevation ;  secondly,  an  instantaneous  impulse.  The 
auricle  contracts,  filling  the  ventricle  until  tension  on  the 
ventricular  wall  announces  the  commencement  of  the  ventri- 
cular systole,  at  which  instant  the  auricular  systole  ceases 
and  the  expulsion  begins,  the  auriculo-ventricular  valves 
being  closed.  This  closure  is  responsible  for  the  sharply 
defined  impact  which  terminates  the  systolic  impulse  of  the 
ventricle.  Over  the  apical  region  the  impulse  does  not  sus- 
tain a  constant  relation    to  the  cardiac  cycle.     The    time  of 


400  EDITORIAL. 

the  impulse  depends  largely  upon  the  conformation  of  the 
thorax  and  the  relative  position  of  the  heart  in  the  medias- 
tinum. Sometimes  the  intercostal  space  is  protruded  by  the 
apex ;  sometimes  the  impulse  disappears,  giving  what  Marey 
called  a  '  negative  impulse.'  This  paradoxical  term  was 
selected  by  Marey  to  describe  the  simultaneous  recession  and 
hardening  of  the  apex  during  the  systole.  The  closure  of  the 
mitral  valve  may  follow  the  commencement  of  the  systolic 
impulse,  may  precede  the  palpable  impulse,  or  may  be  syn- 
chronous with  it. 

"  The  more  accessible  the  heart  and  the  larger  the  prae- 
cordial  area  of  activity  the  more  readily  can  we  identify  the 
phases  of  the  impulse  with  the  phases  of  the  cardiac  cycle. 
It  is  a  common  clinical  practice  to  estimate  the  beginning  of 
the  cardiac  systole  with  the  beginning  of  the  impulse.  For 
this  reason  the  pulse  of  aortic  insufficiency  and  the  pulse  of 
mitral  stenosis  are  described  as  being  delayed.  The  delay  is 
only  apparent.  The  first  portion  of  the  cardiac  impulse  in 
both  instances  is  diastolic.  The  estimated  lapse  of  time  be- 
tween the  closure  of  the  mitral  valve  and  the  carotid  pulse  in 
cases  of  mitral  stenosis  and  aortic  insufficiency  is  found  to  be 
what  it  normally  is — viz.,  about  twelve  one-hundred ths  of  a 
second.  In  the  London  Lancet  of  1887  Dickenson  speaks 
of  the  '  error '  of  calling  the  so-called  *  murmur  of  mitral 
stenosis  a  presystolic  murmur,  when  it  is  really  a  murmur  of 
insufficiency.'  The  error  is  Dickinson's,  because  he  failed  to 
recognize  the  auricular  element  in  the  elevation  of  the 
ventricle. 

"  In  making  a  clinical  examination  of  the  heart,  what  we 
really  palpate  and  inspect  is  not  the  apex  impulse  alone,  but 
the  increase  in  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  heart. 
The  apex  impulse  is  merely  incidental  to  this  anterior  heav- 
ing of  the  heart.  The  term  apex  has  come  into  common 
use  because  that  portion  of  the  heart  is  most  commonly 
accessible  to  view  and  to  touch.  When  the  heart  is  dilated 
or  the  lungs  are  retracted  we  say  the  apex  impulse  becomes 
broadened.  What  really  occurs  is  the  increase  in  the  antero- 
posterior diameter  of  the  heart  becomes  accessible  over  a 
larger  portion  of  the  ventricles.  As  I  have  remarked  above, 
this  increase  in   the   antero-posterior   diameter  of  the   heart 


EDITORIAL.  401 

may  be  partly  produced  by  the  systole  of  the  auricle  and  is 
not  occupied  entirely  by  the  ventricular  systole.  The  begin- 
ning of  the  ventricular  systole  is  marked  by  the  closure  of 
the  atrio-ventricular  valves.  Observers  differ  widely  upon 
what  point  in  the  cardiac  elevation  the  closure  of  the  valves 
occurs." 

A  cut  is  given  showing  the  points  in  the  cardiographic 
tracing  where  various  observers  have  placed  the  closure  of  the 
mitral  valves.  It  is  marked  at  the  beginning  of  the  elevation 
by  P.  Hilbert,  at  little  above  this  by  Martius,  in  the  middle  by 
Landois  and  at  the  top  by  Marey.  The  latter  is  accepted  by 
Potain.  Roy  and  Adami  accept  the  point  of  Martius,  but  Dr. 
Hoover  thinks  that  as  the  latter's  tracings  were  taken  from 
the  exposed  hearts  of  animals  and  with  considerable  pressure 
on  the  heart  wall,  and  the  negative  tension  in  the  normal 
state  was  removed,  all  lessened  the  effect  of  the  auricular 
systole  upon  their  tracings. 

The  gallop  rhythm  is  not  due,  he  thinks,  to  interrup- 
tions of  the  cardiac  impulse  such  as  might  be  produced  by 
contraction  of  the  papillary  muscle  but  by  the  force  of  the 
auricular  systole.  A  common  observation  is  the  transition 
from  a  presystolic  cardio-pulmonary  murmur  to  a  gallop 
rhythm. 

Cardio-pulmonary  murmurs  from  their  chronicity  are 
presystolic,  mesosystolic,  telesystolic,  diastolic  and  teledias- 
tolic. 

"  The  murmur  may  be  produced  either  by  compressing 
the  lung  between  the  heart  and  the  thoracic  wall  during  any 
portion  of  the  cardiac  impulse,  or  by  aspirating  a  portion  of 
the  lung  lying  in  contact  with  the  heart  when  the  heart  in 
any  portion  of  its  cycle  recedes  from  the  contiguous  lung. 
When  the  cardio-pulmonary  murmur  is  due  to  compression 
of  the  lung,  it  may  have  either  a  soft,  blowing,  or  a  vibratory 
character.  The  latter  is  the  more  common.  When  the 
murmur  is  due  to  aspiration,  as  is  always  the  case  when  the 
murmur  occurs  during  the  diastolic  phase,  it  has  the  soft, 
blowing  character." 

The  cardio-pulmonary  murmur  may  be  palpable  as  a 
thrill  which  appears  very  superficial.  They  are  heard  only 
on  a  sharply  defined  area,  are  not  transmitted,  and  do  not 


i|.02  EDITORIAL. 

gradually  fade  in  intensity  as  endocardial  murmurs  do  ;  they 
may  disappear  under  a  forced  inspiration  or  expiration,  may 
disappear  in  the  horizontal  position,  or  appear  then  only. 

As  a  certain  thickness  of  lung  is  necessary  to  produce 
the  murmur,  it  is  influenced  by  the  condition  of  the  heart  in 
regard  to  its  size  and  position.  The  systolic  murmur  is 
usually  vibratory,  which  if  it  were  produced  at  pulmonic 
orifice  would  be  unlikely.  The  disastolic  is  blowing  in 
character,  caused,  he  thinks,  by  the  aspirations  into  the 
infundibula  from  the  bronchi  in  the  latter  case,  and  air  being 
suddenly  pressed  into  the  bronchi  in  the  other. 

The  presystolic  murmur  is  the  most  misleading,  but  is 
distinguished  from  mitral  stenosis  by  the  fact  that  it  disap- 
pears on  forced  expiration,  absence  of  hypertrophy  and  dila- 
tation of  left  ventricle  and  other  conditions  not  consistent 
with  mitral  stenosis. 

The  systolic  murmur  is  heard  commonly  at  the  portion 
of  the  prsecordial  area  which  undergoes  the  greatest  excursion, 
over  the  conus  arteriosus  dexter  and  mesocardium  of  right 
ventricle,  sometimes  over  the  apex  or  other  portions  of 
the  right  ventricle;  it  is  soft  and  blowing,  or  sawing.  It  may 
appear  and  disappear  during  inspiration  or  expiration  or  by 
changes  in  the  position  of  the  body.  When  it  does  not  disap- 
pear under  these  conditions,  to  distinguish  it  from  a  relative 
insufficiency  it  must  be  very  superficial  in  character  if  signs  of 
myocardial  insufficiency  are  present,  but  if  none  of  the  latter 
exists,  and  no  disturbance  of  the  circulation  between  the 
right  and  left  hearts,  he  thinks  the  murmur  is  cardio-pulmo- 
nary  in  origin. 

The  telesystolic  murmur  occurs  after  the  systolic  valve 
closure  and  before  the  the  diastole.  He  explains  its  production 
as  follows : 

"  After  the  closure  of  the  atrio-ventricular  valves  the 
systole  of  the  ventricle  continues  producing  the  oscillations 
in  the  aorta  and  in  the  heart  tracings  which  are  interpreted 
as  records  of  the  papillary  muscle  contraction  and  the 
outflow  remainder  waves.  During  this  silent  portion  of  the 
ventricular  systole  a  piece  of  lung  is  compressed  between  the 
chest  wall  and  the  ventricle,  thus  producing   the  faint  super- 


EDITORIAL.  403 

ficial  sound,  audible  over  a  small,  sharply  circumscribed  area, 
which  in  my  experience  has  always  been  the  apex  area." 

The  diastolic  cardio-pulmonary  murmur  may  occur 
associated  with  a  systolic,  and  heard  over  the  apex  or  over 
second  interspace  to  the  right  of  the  sternum.  There  will  be 
absence  of  any  pulse  signs  peculiar  to  aortic  insufficiency, 
and  it  may  not  be  possible  to  make  it  disappear. 

He  gives  a  report  of  a  case  of  telediastolic  murmur  over 
the  pulmonary  area  associated  with  a  soft  systolic  murmur 
over  apex  and  over  aortic  area.  Second  sound  clear.  In  the 
second  left  interspace  was  a  loud  superficial  murmur  post- 
diastolic, heard  best,  as  all  these  murmurs  are,  with  the  ear 
direct  on  chest.  Most  of  these  disappear  on  forced  expira- 
tion. In  the  horizontal  position  systolic  over  apex  becomes 
louder,  diastolic  clear.  Systolic  and  diastolic  clear  over  pul- 
monary area  and  post-diastolic  disappears. 

The  phenoma,  he  states  in  conclusion,  are  entirely  inde- 
pendent of  the  respiratory  act.  "  The  essentials  for  the 
production  of  the  sounds  are  :  A  certain  volume  of  lung 
must  be  implicated.  The  lung  must  occupy  such  a  posi- 
tion relative  to  the  heart  and  chest  wall  that  the  heart 
will  have  complete  mastery  over  its  excursion.  The 
relations  may  be  such  that  the  rapid  excursion  of  the 
lung  will  occur  during  any  portion  of  the  cardiac  cycle. 
The  duration  may  be  holosystolic  (during  the  entire  sys- 
tole) or  merosystolic  (during  a  part  of  the  systole).  The 
merosystolic  murmurs  may  be  presystolic,  mesosystolic,  tele- 
systolic.  With  reference  to  the  diastole,  the  murmurs  may  be 
holodiastolic  (occupying  the  entire  diastolic  phase)  or  mero- 
diastolic  (occupying  part  of  the  diastolic  phase).  The  mero- 
diastolic  murmurs  may  be  protodiastolic,  mesodiastolic,  tele- 
diastolic. The  murmurs  produced  by  compression  of  the 
lung  are  often  vibratory  in  character.  Those  produced  by 
aspiration  are  always  softly  blowing  in  character. 

"  It  is  not  always  possible  to  demonstrate  the  cardio- 
pulmonary murmur  as  such,  when  present,  though  it  may  be 
diagnosticated  by  exclusion.  When  a  murmur  is  present 
and  is  not  associated  with  any  evidences  of  modification  of 
the  pulse  wave,  and  when  there  is  no  enlargement  of  either 
side  of  the  heart,  or  any  disturbance  of  the  circulatory  equili- 


404  EDITORIAL. 

brium  between  the  pulmonary  and  aortic  circulations,  1  be- 
lieve that  we  are  justified  in  interpreting  the  murmur  as 
belonging  to  the  cardio-pulmonary  class." 

These  explanations  of  Potain  and  his  followers  give  us  a 
reasonable  cause  for  so  called  functional  murmurs  which  we 
have  not  heretofore  had,  and  may  explain  a  large  proportion 
of  the  cardio-haemic  as  well  as  the  cardio-vascular.  It  is 
important  to  remember  that  they  are  not  always  systolic  in 
time  as  hitherto  taught,  and  the  fact  that  they  are  usually 
recovered  from  should  make  us  careful  in  giving  a  prognosis 
in  any  case  until  we  are  satisfied  that  we  have  organic  troubles 
present,  or  by  exclusion  can  diagnose  it  as  one  of  the  cardio- 
pulmonary class,  and  therefore  a  more  hopeful  condition  for 
the  patient. 

CONTRACT  MEDICAL   PRACTICE. 

The  only  method  that  is  at  all  likely  to  be  successful  in 
abating  this  prevalent  evil  is  the  passing  of  stringent  prohi- 
bitory laws  which  will  be  applicable  to  every  practitioner  in 
the  country.  Undoubtedly,  many  hold  the  position  of  lodge 
physician  simply  as  a  matter  of  self-preservation  ;  for  were 
he  to  drop  the  appointment  through  a  conviction  that  it 
would  be  to  the  general  interests  of  the  profession,  if  some 
confrere  is  at  hand  ready  to  accept  it,  the  net  result  is  a  per- 
sonal loss.  We  are  pleased  to  see  the  radical  manner  in  which 
the  Connecticut  State  Medical  Society  has  dealt  with  this 
question.  At  the  meeting  at  New  Haven,  May  26th,  1898, 
the  following  resolutions  were  passed  : — 

"  Resolved,  That  the  Connecticut  Medical  Society  de- 
clares it  to  be  derogatory  to  the  dignity  of  its  members  to 
render  professional  services  at  a  stipulated  fee  Per  cdpita  per 
annum,  to  the  members  of  any  lodge,  society,  association,  or 
organization,  or  to  enter  into  any  contract  for  such 
services  with  any  lodge,  society  or  organization,  provided 
that  professional  services  rendered  any  hospital,  dispensary, 
orphan  asylum,  town  poor,  or  other  public  charity,  shall  not 
be  prohibited  by  this  act. 

"  Resolved,  That  any  member  of  this  society  violating 
the  above  resolution  is  guilty  of  a  breach  of  professional  eti- 
quette,  and  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  governing 
the  same." 


I 


Personal. 

Dr.  Denny  (Bishop's  1894)    is  located  in  Shediac,  N.B. 

Dr.  Vidal  (Bishop's  1890)  of  Belt,  Montana,  paid  a  visit 
to  Montreal  in  May  last. 

Dr.  Roddick,  Professor  of  Surgery  in  McGill,  has 
returned  from  his  European  trip. 

Dr.  Philippe  Dube  (M.  D.,  Bishop's  1880)  is  practicing 
at  St.  Sylvestre,  Lotbiniere  Co.,  P.  Q. 

Surgeon  Col.  Neilson,  R.  C.  A.,  has  been  appointed 
director-general  of  the  Militia  Medical  staff. 

Dr.  D.  A.  Hart  (M.  D.,  Bishop's  1874)  has  removed 
from  St.  Lamberts  to  Montreal,  where  he  will  continue  to 
practice  his  profession. 

Dr.  Longeway  (Bishop's  1886),  of  Great  Falls,  Montana, 
made  a  short  stay  in  Montreal  in  May  last,  while  en  route  to 
visit  his  friends  in  the  Eastern  Townships. 

Dr.  C.  Marshall  (Bishop's  1876)  of  Huntingdon,  Q.,  was 
selected  to  represent  the  Huntingdon  District  on  the  new 
Board  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  elected  on 
the  13th  July  last. 

Dr.  M.  Goltman  (Bishop's  1892)  located  in  Memphis, 
Tenn.,  has  been  appointed  surgeon  to  the  Shelby  County 
Poor  and  Insane  Asylum.  He  is  one  of  the  editors  of  the 
Southern  Lancet. 

Dr.  (Miss)  Maude  Abbott  (M.  D.,  Bishop's  1894)  has, 
after  a  sojourn  of  about  three  years  at  the  Continental  and 
British  Medical  centers,  returned  to  Montreal  and  entered 
upon  the  practice  of  her  profession. 

Dr.  Natrass,  Surgeon  No.  2  Regimental  Depot,  and  Dr. 
Belton,  Surgeon  No.  i  Regimental  Depot,  R.  R.  C.  I.,  and 
Dr.  Birkett,  Surgeon  Victoria  Rifles,  have  left  for  a  course  of 
instruction  at  Aldershot  and  Netley. 

Dr.  Montgomery  (M.  D.,  Bishops  1894)  has  been  ap- 
pointed surgeon  to  the  Pulp  Company  at  Grand  Mere,  Que. 
It  employs  several  hundred  men,  and  so  rapidly  is  the 
industry  increasing  that  this  number  will  be  considerably  in- 
creased in  the  near  future. 


406  PERSONAL. 

The  students  of  Bishop's  College  Faculty  of  Medicine 
will  learn  with  very  deep  regret  of  the  death  of  one  of  their 
number,  Mr.  Joseph  Barsalou,,  of  St.  Johns,  Que.,  a  fourth 
year  student.  He  died  in  June  last  of  phthisis.  We  extend 
our  deep  sympathy  to  his  sorrowing  parents. 

Dr.  Casey  A.  Wood  (M.  D.,  Bishop's  1877)  was,  at  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Association  held 
recently  at  Denver,  Colorado,  elected  chairman  of  the  Oph- 
thalmological  section,  with  Dr.  Williams,  of  Boston,  as  secre- 
tary. The  meeting  for  1899  will  be  held  at  Columbus,  Ohio. 
The  attendance  at  the  Denver  meeting  was  very  large,  fully 
2,000  members  being  present. 

Surgeon  Lieut. -Col.  F.  W.  Campbell,  Royal  Reg. 
Canadian  Infantry,  Dean  of  Bishop's  College  Faculty  of 
Medicine,  was  principal  medical  officer  of  the  Brigade  Camp 
of  the  6th  Military  District  at  St.  Johns  in  June  last,  and  of 
the  Brigade  Camp  of  the  5th  Military  District  held  at  La- 
prairie  in  July  last.  He  has  also  been  appointed  medical 
examiner  for  candidates  for  the  Royal  Military  College, 
Kingston,  in  the  5th  and  6th  Military  Districts. 

Dr.  Lapthorn  Smith,  who  has  been  absent  in  Europe 
for  the  last  three  months,  has  returned  to  Montreal  and 
reopened  his  private  hospital.  He  will  also  resume  his 
service  at  the  Samaritan  and  Western  Hospitals,  and  at  the 
Montreal  Dispensary.  Following  the  example  of  the  Euro- 
pean gynaecologists,  and  at  the  request  of  several  practitioners 
of  Montreal,  he  will  begin  a  series  of  private  courses  lasting 
a  month  each,  for  physicians  only,  during  which  especial 
attention  will  be  devoted  to  diagnosing  abdominal  and  pelvic 
diseases. 

Book   Reviews. 

The  International  Medical  Annual  and  Practitioner's 
Index.  A  work,  of  reference  for  medical  practitioners.  1898, 
1 6th  year.  E.  B.  Treat  &  Co.,  241  West  23rd  street.  New  York; 
Chicago,  199  Clark  street.      Price,  $3.00. 

The  following  physicians  are  the  contributors  to  the  volume  : 
Herbert  W.  Allingham,  F.R.C.S.,  Fletcher  Beach,  M.B.,  F.R.C.P., 
James  Cantlie,  M.A..  F.R.C.S.,  Prof.  H.  D.  Chapin,  M.A.,  M.D., 
J.  E.  Cooney,  L  R.C.P.,  D.P.H.,  T.  D.  Crothers,  M.D.,  E.  Harry 
Fenwick,  F.R.C.S.,  W.  Sohan  Fenwick,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  T.  Calcott 
Fox,  B.A.,F.R.C.P.,  J.  Dundas  Grant,  M.A.,  M.D.,  F.de  Haviland 
Hale,  M.D.,F.R.C.P.,  Prof.  G.  M.  Hammond,  A.M.,M.D.,  Henry 
Handford,  M.D.,  M.R.C.P.,  David  Hardie,  M.D.,  Irvine  S. 
Hagues,  Ph.  B.,  M.D.,  Robert  Jones,    F.R.C.S.,  Richard   Lake, 


BOOK  REVIEWS.  4O7 

F.R.C.S.,  Priestly  Leech,  M.D.,  F.R.C.S.,  Prof.  W.  Oliver  Moore, 
M.D.,  Thomas  More  Madden,  M.D„  A.  Mitra,  L.R.C.P.,  L.R.C.S., 
Geo.  Lane  Mellins,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Wm.  Murrell,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P., 
Prof.  Theophilus  Parvin,  M.D.,  Jos.  Priestly,  B.A.,  M.D.,  D.P.H., 
Prof.  A.  W.  Mayo  Robson,  F.R.C.S.,  A.  D.  Rockwell,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Prof.  Robert  Saunby,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  Samuel  G.  Shattock, 
F.R.C.S.,  James  Shaw,  M.D.,  Prof.  W.  Gilman  Thompson,  M.D., 
Charles  E.  Todd,  M.D.,  A.  H.  Tubby,  M.S..  M.B.,  Chas.  Lloyd 
Tuckey,  M.D.,  S.  Watson  Williams,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S. 

This  annual  is  a  book  of  over  600  pages,  its  risumi  covering 
the  different  departments  of  medicine  and  surgery,  chiefly  from  a 
therapeutic  point  of  view.  It  is  growing  in  the  appreciation  of  the 
profession,  last  year's  sales  being  noted  for  the  largest  in  its  history. 
The  above  hst  of  eminent  contributors  is  a  guarantee  for  the 
thoroughness  and  character  of  the  material  collaborated.  Besides 
being  a  culling  of  the  wheat  from  the  chaff  of  literature,  a  number 
of  original  articles  appear,  bringing  important  subjects  up  to  date. 
Part  I.  considers  all  new  remedies,  the  various  new  drugs,  their 
character,  action  and  uses,  including  also  reference  to  the  progress 
in  electrotherapeutics  and  in  hypnotism  and   suggestion. 

Part  IL,  which  occupies  the  greater  part  of  the  book,  discusses 
new  treatment  in  medicine  and  surgery.  The  subjects  are  taken 
up  alphabetically.  An  immense  amount  of  information  is  condensed 
into  these  pages.  One  of  the  more  important  articles  is  that  on 
congenital  dislocation  of  the  hip  and  its  treatment,  including  a 
resume  of  its  pathology  and  symptoms.  Skiagraphs  and  a  number 
of  wood  cuts  illustrate  its  pathology  and  the  most  recent  methods 
of  treatment.  A  number  of  excellent  photogravures  illustrate 
recent  methods  of  treating  Potts'  disease.  An  atlas  of  the  bacteria 
pathogenic  in  the  human  subject,  by  Samuel  G.  Shattock,  M  .D.,  is 
of  great  interest.  It  will  be  completed  in  two  parts,  the  other  half 
appearing  in  next  year's  annual.  The  text  describes  the  methods 
of  investigating  these  organisms,  and  a  series  of  beautiful  plates  in 
colors  clearly  portray  the  characters  of  these  micro-organisms. 
Articles  appear  on  sanitary  science,  with  inventions,  and  at  the  end 
of  the  book  is  a  list  of  the  new  books  published  during  the  year. 
This  annual  is  compact,  well  printed  and  bound,  and  teems  with 
the  latest  points  in  medical  progress,  and  the  moderate  price  at 
which  it  is  sold,  considering  the  quantity  of  matter  it  contains, 
are  all  elements  tending  to  make  this  one  of  the  most  popular  of 
year  books. 

The  Nervous  System  and  its  Diseases.  A  Practical 
Treatise  on  Neurology  for  the  Use  of  Physicians 
and  Students.  By  Charles  K.  Mills,  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Mental  Diseases  and  of  Medical  Jurisprudence  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania  ;  Clinical  Professor  of  Neurology  in  the 
Woman's  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  ;  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  ; 
Neurologist  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital,  etc.  Diseases  of 
the  brain  and  cranial  nerves,  with  a  general  introduction  on 
the  study  and  treatment  of  nervous  diseases,  with  four  hun- 
dred and  fifty-nine  illustrations.     J.  B,    Lippincott  Company, 


408  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

Philadelphia.  London,  6  Henrietta  St.,  Covent  Gardens.  1898. 

Dominion  Agent,  Charles  Roberts,  593  Cadieux  St.,  Montreal. 

In  medicine  neurology  has  probably  received  more  special 
attention  in  the  way  of  monographs  and  text-books  than  any  other 
department,  and  the  subject  has  now  grown  to  be  one  of  consider- 
able proportions.  The  present  volume,  which  represents  only  one- 
half  the  subject,  is  a  work  as  large  as  most  of  the  text-books  on  the 
practice  of  medicine.  The  recent  histological  methods  have  given 
a  more  correct  view  of  the  construction  of  the  nervous  system, 
and  it  is  only  by  getting  at  the  fundamental  principles  and  true 
conceptions  of  its  structures  that  mooted  points  can  be  properly 
solved  and  much  of  the  written  matter  hitherto  accepted  removed 
from  the  domain  of  speculation  and  theory  and  reduced  to  truthful 
demonstration.  Hence  the  localization  and  correct  knowledge  of 
tracts  and  the  physiology  of  the  nervous  system  has  made  its  study 
now  more  of  an  exact  science,  and  may  come  within  the  comprehen- 
sion of  the  general  reader.  In  this  work  of  Dr.  Mills  we  have  what 
may  be  looked  upon  as  a  new  and  extended  edition  of  Dr.  Gower's 
comprehensive  and  classical  work.  The  book  consists  of  two 
chapters.  In  the  first  is  given  nine  sketches  of  the  nervous  system,  its 
development,  general  anatomy,  physiology  and  chemistry.  In  the 
second  general  pathology  and  etiology,  symptomatology  and 
methods  of  investigation,  electro-physics  and  electro-medical 
apparatus,  electro-diagnosis  and  electro-prognosis,  electro- 
therapeutics, static  electricity,  general  therapeutics  and  formulas. 
A  few  paragraphs  are  given  on  nomenclature  and  terminology.  He 
endeavours  to  follow  the  suggestions  of  Prof.  Burt  G.  Wilder,  of 
Cornell  University,  namely,  the  use  of  appropriate  and  of  possible 
pre-existing  mononyms  for  all  parts,  and  the  employment,  not  of 
heteronyms,  but  of  paronyms,  of  these  Latin  terms.  He  advocates 
that  as  far  as  possible  for  each  part  of  the  central  nervous  system 
there  be  found  a  name  consisting  of  a  single  Latin  word  ;  that  tor 
each  such  Latin  name  there  be  found  an  English  equivalent,  not  a 
translation  but  a  paronym,  a  word  having  the  same  derivation  and 
the  same  sound,  but  spelling  and  meaning  may  be  different.  As  an 
example,  aqueduct  for  the  e  tertio  ad  quartam  ventriculum  ;  porta 
the  faramin  of  Monro  ;  posteribrum  the  posterior  perforated  space. 
A  table  is  given  of  a  number  of  mononyms  or  single  word  terms  ; 
the  advantages  of  such  a  change  is  quite  evident.  A  table  is  given 
also  of  synonyms  of  gyres  or  convolutions  and  lobules.  In  regard 
to  positions  and  relations  of  parts,  such  terms  as  cephahc,  caudal, 
dural,  ventral,  dextral  and  sinistral  are  to  be  used  instead  of 
superior,  inferior,  posterior,  etc.  Wilder's  table  is  given  of  a  pro- 
visional classification  of  encephalic  parts,  according  to  segments,  re- 
lations to  cavities.  Symptomatology  and  methods  of  investigation 
are  gone  into  in  detail,  and  the  directions  given  are  so  clear  and  full 
that  the  tyro  in  nervous  diseases  can  be  fully  initiated  into  the 
various  methods  of  eliciting  the  evidences  of  derangement.  The 
descriptive  text  is  amply  supplemented  by  cuts  which  demonstrate 
the  methods  adopted.  Thus  a  cut  shows  the  methods  of  using 
Bruce's  medico-facial  goniometer ;  another  shows  the  skull  land- 
marks and  their  names ;  others  illustrate  cranio-metrical  methods 
and  outlines  of  various  sizes   and  shapes  of  the  head,  sensory   dis- 


BOOK  REVIEWS.  4^9 

orders  and  their  terminology,  and  the  special  method  of  studying 
cutaneous  sensibility,  visual  and  ocular  disturbances  and  the  other 
special  senses.  How  to  use  the  various  dynamometers ;  The  reflexes 
and  how  to  examine  them  ;  Vaso-motor,  trophic  and  secretory  symp- 
toms ;  Electro-physics  and  electro-medical  apparatus  are  fully  and 
lucidly  discussed,  and  the  diagnostic  uses  of  electricity  made  clear ; 
the  methods  in  electro-therapeutics  are  also  explained.  In  general 
therapeutics  are  discussed  such  remedies  and  means  as  hygiene, 
diet,  climate,  hydrotherapy,  massage  movement  treatment,  system- 
atized active  exercises,  vibratory  therapeutics,  the  Weir-Mitchell 
rest  treatment,  suspension  treatment,  psychic  therapeutics,  hypno- 
tism, local  remedies,  cold  and  hot  applications,  the  revulsion,  lavage, 
thyreoid  treatment,  cerebrin  and  testicular  therapy,  serum  and  nu- 
clein  therapy,  various  medicinal  remedies,  their  dosage  and  untoward 
effects.  At  the  end  ofthe  section  a  large  number  of  formulas  of 
drugs,  useful  in  neurological  practice  are  given  for  their  internal, 
external  and  hypodermatic  administration,  and  a  resume  of  Cor- 
ning's  intramuscular  injection  and  congelation  of  oils  in  the  treat- 
ment of  chronic  local  spasm  called  Elgeomyenchysis. 

The  diseases  of  the  brain,  its  membranes  and  nerves,  are  then 
taken  up  in  the  remaining  two-thirds  of  the  book,  which  has  over 
one  thousand  pages.  The  articles  we  have  examined  give  evidence 
of  a  thoroughly  exhaustive  treatment  from  all  points  of  view.  We 
miss  nothing  of  importance  vv^hich  was  extant  in  the  books  of  less 
recent  authors,  and  there  is  woven  into  the  text  the  results  of  the 
most  recent  investigations,  and  there  is  here  what  is  so  very  essen- 
tial in  the  complicated  and  abstruse  subject  of  neurology,  frequent 
illustrations  by  wood  cuts  and  photogravures.  We  are  quite  con- 
vinced that  this  work  fully  carries  out  the  ambition  of  the  author  to 
produce  one  of  similar  proportions  and  rank  to  that  of  Gowers' 
with  the  most  modern  matter  added. 

Conservative  Gynecology  and  Electro-Therapeutics. 
A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Women 
and  their  Treatment  by  Electricity.  Third  edition, 
revised,  rewritten,  and  greatly  enlarged.  By  G.  Betton 
Massey,  M.D.,  Physician  to  the  Gynecic  Department  of  How- 
ard Hospital,  Philadelphia  ;  late  Electro-Therapeutist  to  the 
Infirmary  for  Nervous  Diseases,  Philadelphia  ;  Fellow  and  ex- 
President  of  the  American  Electro-Therapeutic  Association,  of 
the  Societe  Francaise  d'felectrotherapie,  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  etc.  Illustrated  with  twelve  full-page 
original  chromo-lithographic  plates  in  twelve  colors,  numerous 
full-page  original  half-tone  plates  of  photographs  taken  from 
nature,  and  many  other  engravings  in  the  text.  Royal  octavo. 
400  pages.  Extra  Cloth,  Beveled  Edges,  $3.50  net.  The  F. 
A.  Davis  Co.,  Publishers,  1914-16  Cherry  st.,  Philadelphia  ; 
117  W.  Forty-Second  st..  New  York  City  ;  9  Lakeside  Build- 
ing, 218-220  S.  Clark  st.,  Chicago,  III. 

While  this  is  the  third  edition  of  Dr.  Massey's  book,  it  is 
practically  a  first  one,  as  the  earlier  editions  were  largely  treatises 
on  the  use  of  electricity  in  fibroid  tumors,  while  this  includes  a 
consideration  of  the  medical  and  surgical  diseases  of  women,  with 


4IO  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

special  reference  to  the  use  of  electricity  in  this  treatment.  The 
ground  the  book  covers,  he  thinks,  will  be  of  more  value  to  the 
average  physician  and  his  patient  than  books  devoted  to  the  details 
of  operations,  that,  however  necessary  at  times,  are  often  only 
properly  of  service  as  last  resorts,  and  are  thus  incapable  of  appli- 
cation except  at  hands  that  have  had  more  than  book  training.  The 
first  chapters  are  devoted  to  a  consideration  of  the  nature  of  the 
affections  of  women  and  the  methods  of  examination.  Chapter  IV. 
deals  with  the  phenomena  attending  the  transmission  of  galvanic 
currents  through  Hving  organs,  electrolysis  is  explained  and  the 
reason  of  the  separation  of  the  anions  and  canions  given,  and  the 
possibilities  and  advantages  of  cataphoresis  pointed  out,  also  the 
bactericidal  action  of  electricity  and  its  alterative  action.  The 
typical  methods  of  applying  the  electric  currents  in  the  diseases  of 
women  are  then  described,  and  photogravures  made  from  photo- 
graphs of  a  professional  model  illustrate  the  methods  and  show  the 
various  motor  points.  The  various  electrodes  are  shown,  menstrual 
derangements  and  catarrhal  affections  of  the  utero  tubal  mucous 
tract  and  their  consequences  are  described.  Eight  exquisitely 
colored  plates  illustrate  various  affections  of  the  os  and  cervix. 
The  chapter  on  fibroid  tumors  is  the  most  extensive,  and  is  very 
freely  illustratea  ;  the  varieties  of  tumors  are  described  and  the 
methods  of  using  electricity  pointed  out.  A  detailed  table  is  given 
in  an  appendix  containing  the  results  of  the  treatment  of  eighty- 
six  cases.  It  is  shown  that  85.33  per  cent,  of  the  cases  were  suc- 
cesses. Cuts  showing  the  growths  before  treatment  and  the  condi- 
tion after  are  very  gratifying  and  convincing,  and  clearly  prove 
the  advantages  of  the  method  in  preference  to  the  knife  in  suitable 
cases.  What  should  be  done  in  hysterics  and  hysteroid  affections 
which  are  on  the  border  line  between  gynaecology  and  neurology  is 
pointed  out. 

He  considers  constitutional  treatment  desirable  for  most  of  the 
cases  suitable  for  electro-therapeutics.  The  author's  methods 
and  results  of  mercuric  cataphoresis  as  a  cure  for  cancer  forms  a 
very  interesting  and  important  chapter.  He  shows  that  the  active 
principle  of  sarcoma  and  carcinoma  can  be  killed  by  cataphorically 
impregnating  the  tumor  with  nascent  oxychloride  of  mercury,  of 
sufficiently  massive  dose,  while  the  cancer-holding  tissues  are  not 
killed. 

The  cosmetic  applications  of  electricity  are  described  in 
chapter  twenty-one. 

In  Part  II.  the  rudiments  of  medical  electricity  are  given,  such 
as  the  physics  of  the  galvanic  or  direct  current ;  electro-motive 
force  resistance,  unity  of  current,  freely  illustrated,  various 
kinds  of  batteries  described  and  illustrated,  and  other  electric 
apparatus,  how  to  handle  the  galvanic  current.  The  faradic  and 
static  currents  are  similarly  treated.  Chapter  twenty-seven 
describes  the  sinusoidal  current  and  its  effects,  and  the  next  and  last 
chapter  electric  light  as  an  illuminant  and  as  a  therapeutic  agent. 

This  in  an  exceedingly  interesting  book,  and  should  be  wel- 
comed by  physicians  generally.  Surgical  methods  have  so  mono- 
polized the  attention  of  the  medical  world  of  late  that  a  therapeutic 
method  so  potent  as  is  here  pointed  out  should  be  eagerly  studied 
and  utilized  to  the  advantage  of  both  physician  and  patient. 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  4U 

Egbert's  Hygiene  and  Sanitation. — A  Manual  of  Hygiene 
and  Sanitation.  By  Seneca  Egbert,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Professor 
of  Hygiene  in  the  Medico-Chirurgical  College  of  Philadelphia. 
In  one  handsome  i2mo.  volume  of  360  pages  with  63  engrav- 
ings. Cloth,  $2.25  net.  Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  Publishers, 
Philadelphia  and  New  York. 

The  object  of  the  author  in  this  volume  is  to  give  in  a  com- 
pact form  a  plain  statement  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  facts 
of  hygiene  and  sanitation  largely  from  an  American  point  of  view. 
He  has  given  the  results  of  his  own  observations,  and  consulted  the 
more  massive  works  and  the  recent  literature  of  the  subject,  and 
reduced  all  to  a  convenient  synopsis  suitable  for  the  busy  general 
practitioner,  the  student  and  the  lay  reader. 

In  the  introduction  a  cursory  history  of  what  has  been  done 
for  public  health  in  the  past  as  far  back  as  Hippocrates  400  B.C. 
is  given. 

The  wonderful  improvement  in  the  death  rate  which  has 
occurred  in  communities  where  the  principles  of  modern  hygiene 
are  applied. 

The  reasons  are  pointed  out  why  physicians  should  thoroughly 
comprehend  everything  pertaining  to  this  science  in  all  its  branches, 
and  most  lecent  developments  in  regard  to  general  and  public 
sanitation,  and  more  especially  in  regard  to  personal  or  domestic 
sanitation. 

The  more  general  adoption  of  courses  of  study  on  hygiene  in 
schools  and  colleges  is  urged.  Bacteriology  is  the  heading  of  the 
first  chapter  ;  after  the  introduction,  a  brief  review  of  this  modern 
science  is  given.  A  knowledge  of  this  subject  is  indispensable  for 
a  proper  comprehension  of  most  of  the  diseases  humanity  is  liable 
to  and  for  intelligently  combatting  their  deleterious  effects. 

The  atmosphere  and  water  receive  detailed  consideration,  and 
the  subject  matter  is  freely  illustrated  by  wood  cuts.  The  chapter 
on  food  gives  a  resume  of  the  physiology  of  the  process  of  diges- 
tion, the  value  of  the  different  classes  of  foods,  special  foods, 
stimulants  and  beverages.  The  fact  that  beef  tea  as  ordinarily 
made  has  no  nutritious  value,  is  not  food,  simply  acts  as  a  stimu- 
lant to  the  vital  and  nervous  functions.  Very  sensible  directions  are 
given  for  the  use  of  alcohol,  and  its  true  usefulness  pointed  out. 

In  the  chapter  on  personal  hygiene,  exercise,  clothing,  bath- 
ing and  light  are  discussed.  School  hygiene,  disinfections  and 
quarantine  are  interesting  chapters.  The  use  of  formaldehyde  is 
described,  and  Koch's  and  Jasper's  table  of  the  comparative 
value  of  a  number  of  disinfectants  given. 

The  remaining  chapters  are  on  the  disposal  of  sewage,  vital 
statistics  and  the  examination  of  air,  water  and  food.  This  volume, 
while  not  entering  deeply  into  many  of  the  subjects,  gives  all  the 
essentials  from  the  most  modern  standpoint,  and  the  interesting  and 
clear  manner  in  which  it  is  written  should  commend  it  as  a  most 
desirable  addition  to  the  shelves  of  students,  practitioners  and  all 
interested  in  the  physical  and  mental  welfare  of  the  race. 

Saunders'  Medical  Hand  Atlases.  Atlas  of  Legal 
Medicine. — By  Dr.  Von  Hofman,  Professor  r    Legal  Medi- 


412  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

cine  and  Director  of  the  Medico- Legal  Institute  at  Vienna. 
Authorized  translation  from  the  German.  Edited  by  Fred- 
erick Peterson,  M.  D,,  Clinical  Professor  of  Mental  Diseases  in 
the  Woman's  Medical  College,  New  York ;  Chief  of  Clinic 
Nervous  Department,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons 
New  York.  Assisted  by  Aloysius  O.  J.  Kelly,  M.  D.,  Instruc- 
tor in  Physical  Diagnosis,  University  of  Pennsylvannia  ;  Ad- 
junct Professor  of  Pathology,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic,  etc.  56 
plates  in  colors,  and  193  illustrations  in  black.  Price  $3.50 
net.  Philadelphia,  W.  B.  Saunders,  925  Walnut  St.,  1898. 
Canadian  Agents,  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co,,   Toronto,  Ont. 

Atlas  and  Abstract  of  the  Diseases  of  the  Larynx. 

By  Dr.  L.  Grunwald,  of  Munich.  Authorized  translation  from 
the  German.  Edited  by  Charles  P.  Grayson,  M.  D.,  Lecturer 
on  Laryngology  and  Rhinology  in  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania ;  Physician  in  Charge  of  the  Throat  and  Nose  Depart- 
ment Hospital  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  With  107 
colored  figures  on  44  plates.     Price  $2.50  net. 

Atlas  and  Epitome  of  Operative  Surgery,  By  Dr. 
Otto  Zuckerkandl,  Private  decent  in  the  University  of  Vienna. 
Authorized  translation  from  the  German.  Edited  by  J. 
Chalmers  Dacosta,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery  in  Jef- 
ferson Medical  College,  Philadelphia  ;  Surgeon  to  the  Philadel- 
phia Hospital,  etc.  With  24  colored  plates  and  2 1 7  illustrations 
in  the  text.     Price  $3.00  net. 

Atlas  of  Syphilis  and  the  Venereal  Diseases,  Includ- 
ing a  Brief  Treatise  on  the  Pathology  and  Treat- 
ment. By  Prof.  Dr.  Franz  Mracek,  of  Vienna.  Authorized 
translation  from  the  German.  Edited  by  L.  Bolton  Bangs, 
M.D.,  Consulting  Surgeon  to  St.  Luke's  Hospital  and  the  City 
Hospital  of  New  York  ;  late  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary 
Surgery  and  Venereal  Diseases,  New  York ;  Post  Graduate 
Medical  School  and  Hospital.  With  seventy-one  colored  plates. 
Price,  $3.50  net.  W.  B.  Saunders,  pubUsher,  Philadelphia, 
925  Walnut  street,  1898.  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Canadian 
agents,  Toronto,  Ont. 

We  have  already  referred  to  the  first  volume  on  internal  medi- 
cine and  clinical  diagnosis,  containing  sixty-eight  colored  plates. 
Besides  these  five  completed  volumes,  two  others,  one  on  diseases  of 
the  eye  and  one  on  skin  diseases,  are  in  course  of  preparation. 

This  series  of  hand  atlases  are  authorized  translations  of  Leh- 
mann's  medical  land  atlases,  one  of  the  most  extensive  and  cele- 
brated works  of  this  kind.  It  has  been  translated  into  English, 
French,  Italian,  Prussian,  Spanish,  Danish,  Swedish  and  Hungar- 
ian. The  present  English  edition  has  been  translated  from  the 
German  by  leading  American  specialists  in  each  subject.  The 
books  measure  5^  in.  by  7^  inches  ;  are  printed  on  good  paper 
and  strongly  bound  in  green  cloth.  The  plates  appear  on  firm 
bristol  board.  The  coloring  is  exceedingly  well  done,  portraying 
the  exact  color  of  the  tissues  and  parts  as  they  appear  at  the  ex- 
aminations. 


BOOK   REVIEWS  413 

Each  plate  has  accompanying  it  a  detailed  description  of  the 
conditions  present.  The  volume  on  forensic  medicine  is  one  of 
the  largest,  and  its  photogravures  and  colored  plates  well  exe- 
cuted, and  will  be  invaluable  to  those  called  upon  to  give  expert 
testimony  as  thoroughly  trustworthy  representations  of  conditions 
and  appearances  but  seldom  seen  except  by  experts  with  exten- 
sive experience.  Some  of  the  illustrations,  while  true  to  the 
normal  conditions,  are  ghastly  in  appearance,  and  the  numerous  re- 
presentations of  various  forms  of  death,  suicide  and  murder  depict 
conditions  only  paralleled  in  a  "  Chamber  of  Horrors."  In  the 
volume  on  laryngology  some  one  hundred  pages  are  devoted  to  a 
resume  of  the  affections  of  the  larynx. 

The  volume  on  surgery  is  largely  a  risume  on  operative  sur- 
gery. Clear  descriptions  of  the  various  operations  are  given,  and  the 
more  important  ones  illustrated.  But  most  modern  text-books 
contain  the  same  amount  and  kind  of  information.  The  volume 
on  syphilis  gives  a  very  thorough  presentation  of  the  multiple  as- 
pect of  this  affection,  the  numerous  exquisite  plates  giving  a  realis- 
tic conception  of  the  abnormal  appearances.  A  summary  descrip- 
tion of  the  disease  in  its  various  stages  is  given  at  the  end  of  the 
work  and  the  methods  of  treating  it.  Very  brief  reference  is  given 
also  to  gonorrhoea  and  its  treatment.  These  volumes  will  form  a 
most  useful  addition  to  the  medical  library,  and  are  equivalent  to 
numerous  clinical  lectures  and  demonstrations,  such  as  one  would 
receive  at  a  special  practical  course  in  any  good  hospital  or  post 
graduate  clinic. 

The  price  at  which  they  are  sold  seems  insignificant  when  com- 
pared with  the  amount  of  superior  artistic  demonstrations  contained 
in  each  volume. 

jDutaneous  Medicine.  A  Systematic  Treatise  on  the 
Diseases  of  the  Skin.  By  Louis  A.  Duhring,  M.D., 
Professor  of  diseases  of  the  skin  in  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. Author  of  A  Practical  Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the  Skin, 
and  Atlas  of  Skin  Diseases.  Part  I. — Anatomy  of  the  skin, 
physiology  of  the  skin,  general  symptomatology,  general  eti- 
ology, general  pathology,  general  diagnosis,  general  treatment, 
general  prognosis.  Part  II. — Classification,  anaemias,  hyper- 
aemias,  inflammations.  Both  freely  illustrated.  J.  B.  Lippincott 
Company,  Philadelphia  ;  London,  6  Henrietta  St.,  Covent  Gar- 
den, 1898;  Dominion  Agent,  Charles  Roberts,  593  Cadieux  St., 
Montreal. 

Dr.  Duhring's  work  on  diseases  of  the  skin  has  been  one  of 
the  standard  authorities  in  this  department  of  medicine.  It  was 
to  be  found  on  the  shelves  of  every  progressive  practitioner,  and 
was  translated  into  French,  ItaUan  and  Russian. 

Like  in  other  departments  of  medicine,  after  a  few  years  most 
books  become  antiquated  and  must  be  replaced  by  those  embody- 
ing all  the  recent  advances.  And  such  we  have  in  the  present 
edition. 

In  volume  I  general  topics  are  discussed;  the  descriptions 
and  illustrations  of  the  anatomy  of  the  skin  are  excellent ;  the  num- 
erous cuts  are  all  exceedingly  well  executed,  and  give  a  clear  idea  of 


414  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

every  minute  detail  of  the  skin  structure  and  of  the  hair  and  nails. 
Thoroughly  practical  are  the  general  directions  in  regard  to  treat- 
ment and  replete  with  all  the  most  recent  improvements.  Under 
anaesthetics  and  analgcses,  the  recent  intracutaneous  methods  of 
Schleich  are  given.  Eucaine,  however,  which  has  distinct  advantages 
over  cocaine,  is  not  mentioned. 

All  the  various  internal  remedies  are  discussed  in  detail,  and 
the  use  of  the  numerous  local  remedies  pointed  out.  In  volume 
II.  skin  diseases  are  placed  in  nine  classes  ;  the  anaemias,  hyper- 
aemias,  inflammations,  haemorrhages,  hypertrophies,-  atrophies,  neo- 
plasms, anomalies  of  secretion  of  the  glands,  and  the  neuroses  ; 
this  volume  describes  the  first  two  groups  and  part  of  the  third. 
Each  affection  is  given  an  exhaustive  treatment,  as  evidenced  by 
the  numerous  fooc  notes  denoting  the  source  of  information ;  the 
more  recent  literature  has  been  drawn  upon  in  the  construction  of 
the  truly  classical  text.  The  different  varieties  of  each  affection 
are  well  depicted  in  the  very  excellent  photogravures  which  are 
freely  distributed  throughout  the  book.  These  will  be  of  the  great- 
est assistance  towards  making  a  diagnosis  to  those  who  may  not 
be  over  famiUar  with  the  rarer  and  more  doubtful  forms  occasion- 
ally met  with  in  practice.  This  will  undoubtedly  be  when  com- 
pleted the  most  thorough,  practical  and  authoritative  treatise  on 
dermatology   that  has  ever  been  published. 

A  System  of  Practical  Medicine.  By  American  authors. 
Edited  by  Alfred  Lee  Loomis,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  late  Professor  of 
Pathology  and  Practical  Medicine  in  the  New  York  University, 
and  William  Oilman  Thompson,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Medicine 
in  the  Cornell  University  Medical  College ;  Physician  to  the 
Presbyterian  and  Bellevue  Hospitals,  New  York.  Volume  IV. 
Diseases  of  the  nervous  system  and  mind,  vaso-motor  and 
trophic  disorders,  diseases  of  the  muscles,  osteomalacia,  rachi- 
tis, rheumatism,  arthritis,  gout,  lithsemia,  obesity,  scurvy, 
Addison's  diseases.  Illustrated.  Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  New 
York  and  Philadelphia,  1898. 

In  this  the  fourth  and  concluding  volume  of  the  American  Sys- 
tem of  Practical  Medicine,  we  have  some  of  the  best  known  workers 
among  American  physicians.  There  are  some  twenty-four  writers. 
Among  them  such  names  as  Pearce  Bailey,  Charles  L.  Dana,  F. 
X.  Dercum,  Landon  Curtis  Gray,  C.  A.  Herter,  A.  Jacobi,  Charles 
K.  Mills,  J.  J.  Putnam,  M.  Allen  Starr  and  W.  Oilman  Thompson, 
The  volume  is  largely  taken  up  with  diseases  of  the  nervous 
system. 

Dr.  F.O.  Finley,  of  Montreal,  contributes  the  section  on  diseases 
of  the  peripheral  nerves,  while  the  various  affections  are  considered 
with  unusual  brevity  for  a  system  of  medicine,  yet  the  terseness  is 
not  associated  with  any  incompleteness  in  the  treatment. 

The  diagnosis  and  localization  of  spinal  cord  disease,  by  Dr. 
M.  Allen  Starr,  is  one  worthy  of  the  closest  study,  and  contains  the 
knowledge  necessary  for  recognizing  its  various  affections.  Each 
symptom  is  considered  which  is  present  in  disease  of  the  cord.  We 
notice  the  modern  terms  neuron  and  axon  appear  through  the 
articles.  Photogravures  show  the  result  of  descending  degeneration 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  415 

in  the  motor  tracts,  and  ascending  degeneration,  and  the  groups  of 
cells  in  various  segments  of  the  cord.  A  table  gives  the  muscles 
supplied  from  the  group  of  cells  in  the  various  segments  of  the  cord, 
another  the  localization  of  muscular  reflex  acts  in  the  spinal  cord, 
and  another  the  localization  of  skin  reflexes  in  the  spinal  cord.  A 
diagram  giving  the  distribution  of  the  sensory  neurons  in  the  skin 
with  the  name  of  each  nerve  on  the  area,  and  a  colored  plate 
giving  the  areas  of  anaesthesia  upon  the  body  after  lesions  in  the 
various  sections  of  the  cord  will  be  helpful  to  the  student.  Also 
plate  three,  giving  the  cervical  and  sacral  enlargements  of  the  spinal 
cord  in  cross  sections,  showing  the  various  neurons  in  the  gray 
matters,  the  directions  of  the  axons,  and  the  varieties  of  fibres  in 
the  different  columns  of  the  cord  in  different  colors.  The  trauma- 
tic neuroses  are  treated  in  a  masterly  manner  by  Morton  Prince, 
M.D.  The  older  idea  that  railway  brain  and  spine  was  a  distinct 
cHnical  affection  is  discarded,  and  is  regarded  as  simply  neurasthe- 
nia, hysteria  and  certain  localized  nervous  affections  when  caused 
by  an  accident,  and  the  affection  follows  psychical  as  well  as  physi- 
cal shock.  Trauma,  he  points  out,  acts  either  physically,  psychi- 
cally or  physiologically.  While  he  finds  that  a  neurotic  tendency 
exists  in  most  of  the  cases,  yet  in  this  country  in  a  considerable  pro- 
portion of  cases  this  heredity  does  not  exist.  The  pains  which  are 
observed  in  these  cases  he  thinks  are  largely  of  a  psychical  nature, 
due  to  the  concentration  of  the  mind  on  the  part  that  was  injured. 
A  pain  that  has  existed  anywhere  is  felt  after  the  exciting  cause  is 
removed,  because  the  mind  imagines  the  persistence  of  the  diseased 
process.  There  is  also,  he  believes,  a  natural  tendency  for  any 
pain  vibrations  once  started  to  continue  for  a  long  time  as  the 
result  of  a  single  excitation,  as  if  there  was  an  absence  of  an  exhibi- 
tive  influence,  like  the  continuous  vibration  of  a  single  pull  of  a 
string  of  a  musical  instrument.  The  author  terms  this  "  persis- 
tence of  pain  "  or  its  revivification  under  the  influence  of  attention 
algogenesia.  Most  of  the  articles  in  the  affection  of  the  brain  cord 
and  the  functional  nervous  disorders  are  written  by  the  men  who 
are  best  qualified  to  do  so  in  America,  and  we  have  as  a  result  one 
of  the  best  available  expressions  of  the  subject  of  neurology  as  it 
exists  at  the  present  time. 

Mental  diseases  are  included  in  the  volume,  each  of  the  affec- 
tions being  written  by  well-known  specialists.  The  articles  on 
rheumatism,  gonorrhoeal  .arthritis,  gout,  obesity  and  scurvy  are 
written  by  Dr.  W.  Oilman  Thompson.  This  System  of  Medicine 
reflects  in  a  thorough  manner  the  present  state  of  medicine,  sifted 
carefully  by  the  most  able  specialists  from  recent  literature,  and  vivi- 
fied by  their  personal  experience  and  observation.  We  have  a  practi- 
cal guide  to  the  specialist  and  general  practitioner,  and  a  lasting 
monument  to  the  literature  of  the  continent,  carved  by  the  most 
illustrious  of  our  many  able  workers. 

The  typography  and  binding  are  excellent  and  a  credit  to  the 
publishers,  Messrs.  Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  who  have  placed  before 
the  profession  of  late  so  many  useful  and  estimable  works. 

A  Manual  of  Modern  Surgery,  General  and  Opera- 
tive.    By  John   Chalmers    DaCosta,  M.D.     Cloth,    64.00  ; 


4l6  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

half  morocco,  $5.00.       Publisher,   W.    B.   Saunders,    Phila- 
delphia. 

This,  the  second  edition,  is  somewhat  larger  than  the  first, 
containing  881  pages  with  386  illustrations-  The  work  is  a  credit 
to  the  author  and  publisher  in  every  way.  Much  of  the  text  has 
been  rewritten,  and  all  of  it  thoroughly  revised  from  the  first 
edition  without  altering  its  scope,  which  was  that  of  a  work  to  stand 
between  the  text-book  and  the  compend. 

Among  the  changes  made  in  this  edition  are  the  addition  of 
articles  on  the  use  of  the  Rontgen  Rays,  electrical  injuries,  wounds 
inflicted  by  modern  projectiles,  and  sections  on  the  surgery  of  the 
spleen,  pancreas,  liver,  gall,  bladder,  female  breast,  etc. 

There  are  many  other  points  of  addition  and  improvement  too 
numerous  to  mention,  which  go  to  complete  a  most  admirable 
manual  for  the  busy  practitioner  and  the  student. 

The  sections  on  fractures  and  dislocations  is  well  illustrate4 
and  very  complete,  yet  terse  and  to  the  point.  The  tone  of  the 
work  throughout  is  simply  descriptive  and  fact-stating  without  that 
tedious  element  of  theory  discussing  so  prominent  m  some  larger 
works.  These  considerations  indicate  the  boon  to  students  which 
the  work  so  plainly  shows  itself  to  be. 

International  Clinics.  A  quarterly  of  clinical  lectures  on 
Medicine,  Neurology,  Surgery,  Gynaecology,  Obstetrics,  Oph- 
thalmology, Laryngology,  Pharyngology,  Rhinology,  Otology 
and  Dermatology,  and  specially  prepared  articles  on  treatment 
and  drugs  by  professors  and  lecturers  in  the  leading  medical  col- 
leges of  the  United  States,  Germany,  Austria,  France,  Great 
Britain  and  Canada.  Edited  by  Judson  Daland,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Clinical  Medicine,  Philadelphia  Polyclinic,  Instructor 
in  Clinical  Medicine  and  Lecturer  on  Physical  Diagnosis,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  etc.  ;  J.  Mitchell  Bruce,  M.  D.,  F.  R. 
C.  P.,  London.  Eng. ;  and  David  W.  Finlay,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  P., 
Aberdeen,  Scotland.  Volume  II,  eighth  series,  1898.  J.  B. 
Lippincott  Co.,  Philadelphia;  Charles  Roberts,  597  Cadieux 
St,  Montreal,  Dominion  agent. 

There  are  thirty-six  clinical  lectures  in  this  volume,  illustrated 
by  some  fifty-seven  plates  and  cuts.  Many  of  these  are  of  great 
interest.  The  Treatment  of  Functional  and  Lateral  Curvatures  by 
Light  Gymnastic  Exercises,  by  James  K.  Young,  M.  D.,  is  valuable. 
Besides  detailed  directions  of  the  exercises,  a  number  of  photo- 
gravures from  a  model  illustrates  the  various  movements.  The 
Etiology  and  Classification  of  Cystitis,  by  N.  Senn,  M.D.,  Ph.D., 
LL.D.,  is  a  lengthy  and  exhaustive  paper  on  the  sulDJect.  Among 
the  most  interesting  are :  The  Treatment  of  Acute  Failure  in 
Chronic  Heart  Disease,  by  Alexander  McPheran,  M.  D.  ;  The  Op- 
erative Treatment  of  Sclerotic  Catarrh  of  the  Middle  Ear,  by  Seth 
Scott  Bishop,  B.  S.,  M.  D.,  LL.D  ;  Some  Forms  of  Gastralgia,  by 
Prof.  C.  A.  Ewald  ;  On  the  Relation  between  Heart  Disease,  Preg- 
nancy and  Confinement,  by  A.  Pinald,  M.  D. ;  Sprue  its  Cause, 
Signs  and  Symptoms,  Pathology,  and  Treatment,  by  James  Cantlie, 
M.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  S ;  Atonic  and  Nervous  Dyspepsia  and  its  Treat- 
ment by  Intragastric    Electrization,   by  A.  D.    Rockwell,  M.'*  D. ; 


BOOK  REVIEWS.  417 

Toxic  Polyneuritis,  by  Professor  R.  "Von  Jaksch  ;  The  X-rays  in 
Surgery,  by  James  Mackenzie  Davidson,  M.  B.  C.  M. ;  Cirrhosis 
of  the  Liver,  by  W.  Hale  White,  M.  D. ;  Sterility,  by  H.  C.  Coe, 
M.  D.  ;  Cataract  Operations  j  Mules'  Operations  illustrated  by 
skiagraphs  ;  Capsulotomyj  Operation  for  Pterygium,  by  L.  Webster 
Fox,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  ;  Baldness,  its  Varieties,  Causes  and  Treatment, 
by  Jay  F.  Schamberg,  A.  B.,  M.  D.  Among  practitioners  away 
from  centres  of  clinical  teaching  these  volumes  become  a  perennial 
source  of  clinical  information,  and  touching  every  branch  of  medicine 
the  subscriber  to  these  series  of  volumes  may  keep  thoroughly 
abreast  of  the  progress  being  made  in  each  department.  The  pres- 
ent volume  is  a  particularly  valuable  one  from  the  standing  of  the 
writers  and  the  practical  character  of  the  treatment  of  the  subjects 
under  consideration. 

Electricity  in  Diseases  of  Nose,  Throat  and  Ear.    By 

Scheppegrel.     G.  P.  Putnam's  &  Sons,  publishers,  New  York. 

The  author  having  in  view  the  systematizing  of  this  subject  has 
collected  the  more  valuable  parts  of  many  publications  on  the  ap- 
plication of  the  potentenergy  of  electricity  to  rhinology,  laryngology 
and  otology,  forming  an  erudite  compendium  very  appreciable  to 
the  worker  along  the  line  of  study.  The  personal  experience  of  the 
author,  well  recognized  as  extensive,  is  added,  with  deductions  and 
statistics  which  are  calculated  to  aid  the  student  or  practitioner. 
Chapters  one  to  five  contain  so  much  bearing  on  general  principles, 
means  of  generating  current,  arrangement  of  cells,  etc,  that  to  the 
man  already  familiar,  more  or  less,  with  the  subject,  a  greater  con- 
densation might  be  regarded  as  desirable.  Chapter  seven  begins 
the  more  practical  portion  of  the  work  bearing  on  examinations  by 
the  different  methods  of  direct  laryngoscopy,  transillumination, 
etc.,  also  the  work  of  the  electric  cautery,  electrolysis,  etc.,  ending 
at  the  eighteenth  chapter  with  massage  by  the  aid  of  electro-mag- 
netic appliances,  after  which  the  various  diseases  incident  to  this 
portion  of  the  human  economy  are  detailed  in  extenso  and  the  ad- 
vantages of  electricity  elaborated.  Finally,  the  utility  of  the  X-rays 
is  demonstrated  and  its  value  shown  here  as  well  as  in  general 
surgery. 

The  entire  volume  abounds  with  eminently  practical  sugges- 
tions, most  of  which  although  familiar  to  the  laryngologist  brings  be- 
fore the  general  practitioner  a  resume  of  up-to-date  work  in  this  line 
of  more  than  ordinary  merit 

Dudley's  Gynecology. — A    Treatise  on    the    Principles    and 

Practice  of  Gynecology.     By  E.  C.  Dudley,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Pro. 

fessor  of  Gynecology  in  the  Chicago  Medical  College,  Chicago 

In  one  very  handsome  octavo  volume  of  632  pages   with  422 

engravings,  of  which  47  are  in  colors   and  two  colored  plate  s. 

Just  ready.     Cloth,  $5.00  net  ;  leather,  $6.00. 

In  no  department  of  Medicine  are  the  writers  so  numerous  as 

in  gynecology.     The  present   volume  is  the  latest  addition  to  the 

many  available  ones  now  published.     Dr.    Dudley  has  endeavored 

to  produce  a  practical  treatise  for  the  use  of  practitioners  and  stu- 


4l8  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

dents.  He  adopts  a  pathological  classification,  preserving  the  ana- 
tomy of  each  pathological  process  by  treating  the  subject  under  five 
heads  :— I.  General  Principles  ;  II.  Inflammation  ;  III.  Tumors,  Mal- 
formation and  Tubal  Pregnancy  •  IV.  Traumatism  and  Displace- 
ments and  Pelvic  Massage.  The  subjects  are  also  taken  up  in  the 
order  of  etiological  sequence  as  far  as  possible.  This  is  certainly 
more  simple  and  comprehensive  than  studying  all  the  affections  of 
an  organ  or  region  together,  and  to  the  reader  well  versed  in 
pathology  the  study  of  the  affections  of  the  female  generative  organs 
is  much  simplified  and  more  readily  grasped.  Thus  under  the  head 
of  tumors,  all  the  growths  of  the  vulva  and  vagina  are  first  taken  up, 
then  those  of  the  ulna  and  then  those  of  the  ovary  and  parovari- 
an cysts.  Under  the  head  of  inflammation  a  similar  order  is  fol- 
lowed. In  the  first  discussion  of  an  organ  its  anatomy  is  described. 
In  the  matter  of  diagnosis  and  differential  diagnosis  very  great  care 
is  given  to  the  details,  and  numerous  tables  are  given  containing 
the  distinctive  features  and  emphasizing  the  differential  points.  Such 
tabular  statements  as  are  given  in  regard  to  the  distinction  between 
oopharotic,  paroopharotic  and  parovarian  cysts,  the  differentiation 
of  ovarian  cysts  from  other  conditions  which  may  be  mistaken 
for  them,  differential  diagnosis  of  normal  gestations  and  ovarian 
cysts  and  between  uterine  myoma  and  ovarian  cystoma  are  exam- 
ples of  these  useful  tables.  While  the  text  is  full  and  includes  des- 
criptions of  the  subjects  brought  up  to  the  latest  accepted  views, 
the  book  is  unusually  well  illustrated,  and  mostly  original  cuts  and 
plates  are  seen,  and  two  out  of  three  pages  have  some  form  of 
illustration.  Color  is  freely  used  in  them,  which  in  most  cases  en- 
hances the  value  of  the  figures  in  demonstrating  the  various  ab- 
normal conditions.  The  student  can  almost  educate  himself  in  the 
various  operative  measures,  so  clearly  is  the  technique  shown  in  the 
illustrations. 

Among  the  many  new  cuts  are  a  series  showing  the  methods 
of  massage  as  applied  to  the  pelvic  organs,  the  various  manifesta- 
tions can  be  readily  learned  from  these  illustrations.  The  book  is 
a  thorough  reflection  of  the  accepted  views  of  surgical  gynecology 
at  this  date,  is  free  from  padding  and  repetitions,  and  written  in  a 
style  well  adapted  for  conveying  instruction  to  the  student  and 
general  practitioner  on  account  of  the  plentiful  headings,  tabular 
style  of  presenting  facts,  its  differential  diagnosis  tables  and  numer- 
ous illustrations. 


PUBIvISHKRS  DKPARTMENT. 


GOVERNOR  OGILVIE'S  OUTFIT. 

The  newly  appointed  governor  of  the  Yukon,  Mr.  Ogilvie,  who  will  shortly 
leave  for  Dawson  City  to  assume  his  duties,  is  now  busy  equipping  himself  for  the 
rigors  of  that  extremely  cold  climate.  In  the  place  of  blankets  he  and  his  party 
are  taking  eiderdown  sleeping  bags  and  eiderdown  quilts  made  of  strong  canvas 
on  the  outside  and  lined  with  a  pure  natural  wool.  By  an  ingenious  device  the 
down  interlinings  are  arranged  in  such  a  way  that  when  the  bag  is  in  use  every 
seam  is  protected  by  a  layer  of  down,  either  inside  or  outside  ;  and  therefore 
provides  absolute  immunity  from  even  the  lowest  temperature.  The  bag  is 
waterproof  and  windproof,  and  its  weight  is  about  that  of  two  pair  of  blankets. 

(Weight  is  an  item  of  considerable  importance  in  an  arctic  outfit.)  The 
bags  and  the  quilts  are  made  by  the  Alaska  Feather  and  Down  Co.,  the  well- 
known  makers  of  high  class  bedding  and  down  goods  in  Montreal. 

SANMETTO,  LISTERINE  AND  CHLOROFORM. 

Three  great  blessings  to  suffering  humanity,  Sanmetto  and  Listerine  being 
as  great  as  Chloroform. 

H.  Drennan,  M.D. 
Verdery,  S.  C. 

SANMETTO  IN  URETHRAL  AND  BLADDER  DISEASE— IN  PRE- 
SENILITY  AND  ENLARGED  PROSTATE. 

In  nearly  thirty  years  practice  I  have  never  written  to  the  proprietors  of  any 
medicine  extolling  its  virtues,  but  after  some  years  constant  use  of  Sanmetto  I 
can  but  say  it  is  my  sheet  anchor  in  all  urethral  and  bladder  diseases .  In  pre- 
senility  it  has  no  equal.  Have  recently  used  it  in  two  cases  of  enlarged  prostate, 
with  marked  benefit  in  both  cases. 

George  E.  Gilpin,  M.  D. 
Berkeley  Springs,  W.  Va. 

SANMETTO. 

I  have  been  using  Sanmetto  for  the  past  three  years  in  my  practice.  Have 
prescribed  it  in  chronic  cases  of  irritable  bladder,  urethral  canal,  irritable  and 
enlarged  prostate  gland,  sexual  perversion,  dropsy  and  cystitis.  I  have  found, 
and  know  it  to  be  an  excellent  remedy  for  all  the  above-named  diseases.  I  am 
more  than  much  pleased  with  Sanmetto.  Every  physician  should  be  made 
acquainted  with  Sanmetto. 

J.  P.  Hawkins,  M.  D. 
AvoNDALE,  Ala. 


Appktons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  September  will  contain  a  sketch  of 
Charles  Goodyear,  the  discoverer  of  the  vulcanization  process  in  connection  with 
the  rubber  industry.  The  important  place  which  rubber  occupies  in  the  arts  is 
largely  due  to  our  acquaintance  with  this  process.  Goodyear's  contribution  to 
the  advancement  of  civilization  seems  to  be  not  generally  appreciated. 

LITERARY  NOTES. 

The  leading  article  in  Appletons^  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  September 
will  be  a  discussion  of  Geological  Water  Ways  Across  Central  America  by  J,  W. 
Spencer.  This  subject  is  of  special  interest  just  now  because  of  the  imminence 
of  the  Nicaragua  Canal.     It  will  be  fully  illustrated. 


420  PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT. 

MAGAZINE  NOTES. 

Dr.  Moritz  Busch,  who  has  been  sometimes  described  as  Bismarck's  Boswell, 
and  who  enjoyed  terms  of  special  intimacy  with  the  great  Chancellor,  is  the 
author  of  an  important  paper  on  Bismarck  and  William  I. ,  which  will  be  pub- 
lished entire  in  The  Living  Age  of  Sept.  3.  It  was  written  with  a  view  to  pub- 
lication after  Bismarck's  death,  and  it  contains  so  much  that  was  communicated 
to  the  author  by  Bismarck  himself  that  it  is  almost  autobiographic. 


The  relations  of  England  and  America  continue  to  be  much  discussed  in  the 
English  reviews.  Two  noticeable  articles,  looking  at  the  question  from  slightly 
different  points  of  view  are  reprinted  in  The  Living  Age  from  the  Nineteenth 
Century.  One  is  by  Frederick  Greenwood  and  the  other  by  Sir  George  Syden- 
ham Clarke. 

AUGUST  LADIES'  HOME  JOURNAL. 

All  those  who  are  fond  of  bright,  entertaining  fiction  for  midsummer  reading 
will  find  the  August  Ladies'  Home  yournal  txAtttXy  to  their  taste.  As  usual, 
the  August  issue  of  the  younial  is  largely  given  up  to  short  stories,  there  being 
nine  in  the  one  number,  and  all  by  well-known  writers.  These  include  a  pic- 
turesquely weird  story  by  Julian  Hawthorne  ;  a  strongly  realistic  tale  by  Clara 
Morris,  the  actress  ;  a  humorous  adventure  by  John  Kendrick  Bangs,  and 
romances  told  in  a  tender  key  by  E.H.  Mayde,  Abbe  Carter  Goodloe,  Sewell 
Ford,  and  Bettina  Welch.  Virginia  Woodward  Cloud  graphically  pictures 
*'  A  Girl  of  Salem"  in  vigorous  verse,  ond  Julia  Magruder  concludes  her  novel- 
ette, "  A  Heaven-Kissing  Hill." 

There  is  genuiue  humor  in  Robert  J.  Burdette's  '^Tongueless  Liars,"  and 
fresh  interest  in  "  Summer  Piazza  Stories."  "  Shall  Our  Girls  go  to  College  ?  " 
is  answered  by  Edward  Bok,  who  also  writes  in  advocacy  of"  Giving  Allowances 
to  Girls."  Mrs-  S.  T.  Rorer  tell  what  is  "  The  Best  Diet  for  Bloodless  Girls," 
and  identifies  the  various  kinds  of  mushrooms  growing  in  the  woods  that  are  fit 
for  food.  There  are  practical  articles  in  needlework,  millinery  and  on  a  variety 
of  homely  topics,  and  the  musical  feature  is  a  song,  '•  When  I  Wait  at  the  Bars 
for  Nell."  By  The  Curtis  Publishing  Company,  Philadelphia.  One  dollar  per 
year  ;  ten  cents  per  copy. 

INTESTINAL  ANTISEPSIS  IN  FEVERS. 

Though  the  Typhoid,  Malarial  and  Yellow  Fever  epidemics  in  Cuba  have 
not  yet  reached  this  country,  it  is  well  to  guard  against  them  by  taking  precau- 
tionary measures.  If  it  be  true,  that  the  materies  morbiiol  these  diseases  belong 
to  the  bacillus  group,  the  remedies  manifestly  are  an  antiseptic  and  an  antipyretic. 
As  an  intestinal  antiseptic  we  have  nothing  better  than  salol.  The  concensus  of 
opinion  is  in  this  direction.  When  we  add  the  antipyretic  and  anodyne  effects  of 
antikamnia,  we  have  a  happy  blending  of  two  valuable  remedies,  and  these 
cannot  be  given  in  a  better  or  more  convenient  form  than  is  offered  in  "  Anti- 
kamnia and  Salol  Tablets,"  each  tablet  containing  2^  grains  antikamnia  and 
2^  grains  salol.  The  average  adult  dose  is  two  tablets.  Always  crush  tablets 
before  administering,  as  it  assures  more  rapid  assimilation.  It  is  not  our  desire 
to  go  into  the  study  of  bacteriology  here  ;  our  aim  is  simply  to  call  attention  to 
the  necessity  of  intestinal  antisepsis  in  the  treatment  of  this  class  of  diseases.  If 
in  the  treatment  of  these  diseases,  an  intestinal  antiseptic  is  indicated,  would  not 
the  scientific  treatment  of  the  conditions  preceding  them  be  the  administration  of 
the  same  remedies  ?  Fortifying  the  system  against  attacks  is  the  best  preventive 
of  them. 


CA.NADA. 

MEDICAL  RECORD 

SEPTEMBER.     1898. 

Original  Communications. 

CANADIAN    MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Address  of  the  President,  Dr.  J.  M.  Beausoleil,  31ST 
Annual  Meeting  at  Quebec. 

Gentlemen, — It  is  now  almost  thirty-one  years  since 
our  Association  sprang  into  existence  in  this  hospitable  and 
picturesque  city  of  Quebec.  Professional  brotherhood  then 
received  recognition  in  all  quarters  of  this  country.  The 
Canadian  medical  family  was  then  formed.  Now  it  may 
march  onward  to  the  accomplishment  of  the  object  for  which 
it  was  given  life  :  The  promotion  of  science  ;  the  protection 
of  professional  interests.  A  distinguished  man,  one  of  the 
Fathers  of  Confederation,  Dr.  Tupper — Sir  Charles  Tupper — 
was  our  first  President.  Since  that  time,  a  great  number  of 
distinguished  physicians  have  succeeded  him  in  this  chair. 
Indeed,  I  am  greatly  confused  and  moved,  though  profoundly 
grateful,  when  I  consider  the  honor  done  meby  calling  me  to 
preside  at  your  meetings.  There  could  have  been  no  ques- 
tion of  personal  merit;  your  kindness,  gentlemen,  directed 
your  choice.  I  am  an  admirer  and  sincere  friend  of  my  pre- 
decessors, and  I  desire  to  follow  in  their  footsteps.  I  ask  you, 
therefore,  to  allow  me,  for  a  few  moments,  to  dwell  upon  that 
part  of  our  programme  which  touches  upon  Unity  in  the 
Canadian  Medical  Profession.  Gentlemen,  if  there  is  a 
profession  that  requires  liberty  of  practice  in  any  country,  it 
is  certainly  the  profession  of  the  physician.  French  civil  law 
not  being  recognized  in  all  the  Provinces  of  the  Dominion,  it 
is  easy  to  understand   why  a  lawyer  from  Quebec  may    not 


422  CANADIAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

practice  his  profession  in  Ontario ;  but  there  is  only,  and  can 
only  be,  the  same  anatomy  and  the  same  physiology  for  all 
the  Provinces  ;  the  physician  is  the  same  everywhere.  Why, 
therefore,  this  anomaly,  that  a  Canadian  physician  may  not 
practice  in  every  quarter  of  the  nation's  territory?  This 
country,  which  is  so  dear  to  us,  can  she  not  nourish  her 
children  without  dividing  them  into  castes  ?  Why  should  a 
practitioner  of  Ottawa  cease  to  be  a  practitioner  in  Hull  ? 
Because  the  British  North  America  Act  reserved  to  the 
Provincial  Parliaments  the  right,  the  exclusive  right,  to  legis- 
late in  educational  matters.  Consequently,  instead  of  one 
Medical  Council  for  the  entire  nation,  we  have  as  many 
Medical  Corporations  as  there  are  federated  Provinces ;  and 
everywhere,  of  course,  as  many  different  legislative  enact- 
ments. This  lack  of  uniformity  has  delayed  the  accomplish- 
ment of  our  professional  unity.  Notwithstanding  this 
drawback,  it  cannot  be  denied  that  medical  science  has  made 
real  progress  in  this  young  country.  A  loftier  idea  of  medicine, 
inspired  by  more  intimate  relations  with  the  European 
schools,  has  given  wonderful  stimulus  to  our  institutions. 
The  number  of  schools  has  diminished,  but  the  quality  of  the 
teaching  has  been  made  better.  Admission  to  study  has 
been  rendered  more  difficult.  The  courses,  or  lectures,  con- 
sisting of  three  terms  of  six  months  each,  have  been  replaced 
by  lectures  which  extend  over  a  period  of  four  years.  The 
progress  made  during  twenty  years  in  medical  learning  has 
demonstrated  the  necessity  of  subdividing  the  fundamental 
matters.  As  a  result  histology,  general  pathology,  gynaecolo- 
gy, internal  and  external  pathology,  ophthalmology,  bacter- 
iology, etc.,  etc.,  are  the  subjects  of  special  teaching.  Heated 
theoretical  debates  of  olden  times  are  now  decided  in  the 
laboratory  positively  but  calmly.  To  the  glory  of  our  great 
schools  must  it  be  said,  their  students  carry  off  in  a  few 
months,  and  with  marked  ability,  the  diplomas  of  Paris,  of 
London  and  of  Edinburgh.  Every  year  men  of  learning 
from  France,  Germany,  England,  and  the  United  States 
honor  us  by  their  visits  ;  last  year  the  British  Medical  Asso- 
ciation held  its  scientific  meetings  in  our  midst.  A  generous 
rivalry  reigns  amongst  us.  In  a  word,  we  have  reason  to  be 
proud  of  the  progress   which  we  have  made;  and  if,  as  we 


CANADIAN   MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION.  423 

hope,  the  march  continues  onward,  if  we  know  how  to   con- 
centrate our  forces,  the  Canadian  Medical  Association   will 
make  itself  felt  in  the  grand  scientific  movement  that    stirs 
the  world.     At  the   sight    of  the    results  obtained,  and    in 
order   to  obtain  these    others   that  we  are  now  seeking,  we 
ought  to  consider  that  it  is  the  proper  thing  to  demolish  the 
barriers  that  divide  the  Provinces.     Is  it  not  time  to  give  free 
scope  to  healthy  competition  ?  Why  any  longer  place  restraint 
on  the  legitimate  aspirations  of  our  youthful   students  ?  Are 
our  medical  schools  not  tired  of  the  restrictions  imposed  on 
the  professional  liberty  of  their   students?  Are  our    Medical 
Boards  not  dissatisfied  with  the  small  importance  given  to  the 
licence  that  they  confer?  Without   doubt.     And  a  proof  of 
this   is  the  fact,  that  the  majority  of  the  Provinces  of  Canada 
have  signed  the  preliminaries  of  an  interprovincial   under- 
standing in  regard  to  practice.     Our  great  sister  Province  of 
Ontario  seemed  to  desire  to  remain  on  the  threshold,  but  she 
had  been  stopped,  not  on  account  of  ill-feeling,  but  on  account 
of   considerations  of  special  legislation,  of  which   she  alone 
could  be  the  judge.  To-day  she  shows  excellent  dispositions; 
the  Medical  Council  of  that  Province  has  sent  a  delegation  of 
distinguished  men,  who  are  ready,  I  have  no  doubt,  to  bring 
about  the  union  of  the  Canadian  medical  profession.  Gentle- 
men, before  ending,  I  would  like  to  draw  the  attention  of  the 
Interprovincial  Registration   Committee  to  the  want  of  pre- 
paration of    the  candidates   seeking    admission    to    study 
medicine.     In  general,  the  candidates    answer  fairly  well  the 
questions  on  languages,  history,  geography   and  others,  but 
they  are   weak  in  physics,    chemistry  and    natural  history. 
Why  should  these  matters  not  be  the  subjects  of  examination 
for  all    the  candidates  and    be   of  practical   value  ?  Such  a 
method  would  greatly  help  the  work  of  the  student  as  well 
as  that  of  the  professor.     You  all  know  how  painful  it  is  to 
teach  a  student  who  is  insufficiently  grounded.     In  France  a 
bachelor  is  only  admitted  to  study  medicine  after  having  pass- 
ed a  year  in  the  Faculty  of  Physical  Sciences  and  in  the  Chem- 
ical Laboratory,  after  having  also,    during  that  year,  studied 
the  natural  sciences  and  passed  examination  on  these  matters 
that  are  regarded  as  elements  in  the  preparation  for  study  of 
medical  science.    Without  going  so  far,  let  us  at  present  profit 


424  CANADIAN   MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

by  the  lessons  of  experience,  and  endeavor  to  make  easy  for 
our  students  the  noble,  but  arduous  work,  which  they  have 
undertaken.  Gentlemen,  the  considerations  that  have  pre- 
vented a  great  number  of  physicians  from  working  energeti- 
cally for  adoption  of  only  one  licence,  which  would  be  recog- 
nized throughout  all  Canada,  are: — i.  Restrictive  legislation 
granted  to  each  Province  by  Federal  agreement.  2.  The 
fear  of  destroying  Provincial  autonomy  created  by  this  agree- 
ment. To  the  first  objection,  I  answer  that  it  is  true  the 
Federal  Parliament  cannot  legislate  in  educational  matters 
belonging  to  the  Provinces,  but  a  question  that  interests  two 
or  more  Provinces,  or  better  still  all  the  Provinces  of  our 
Dominion,  ceases,  ipso  facto,  to  be  a  Provincial  question  ;  it 
becomes  Federal  by  the  coalition  of  all  the  local  forces.  Who 
can  prevent  all  the  Provinces,  united,  from  obtaining  from  the 
Federal  Parliament  the  approbation  of  their  union  ?  Moreover, 
without  adopting  this  means,  the  Provinces  of  Manitoba, 
Quebec,  and  New  Brunswick  have  already  enjoyed  recipro- 
city in  regard  to  their  licences  ;  and  nobody  cried  out  at  the 
illegality.  To  the  second  objection,  we  may  answer  that  there 
is  no  question  of  destroying  Provincial  autonomy.  In  fact 
there  is  nothing  to  prevent  the  maintenance  of  the  local 
organization  whilst,  at  the  same  time,  allowing  it  to  delegate 
its  powers  to  some  of  its  members,  who  would  be  charged  to 
form  a  general  commission  for  the  whole  Dominion.  You  all 
know  the  old  saying  :  "  Where  there  is  a  will  there  is  a  way." 
Let  us  understand  one  another,  and  it  will  be  easy  to  make 
the  competent  authority  understand  us.  Gentlemen,  when  we 
shall  have  obtained  for  the  whole  of  British  North  America  a 
central  bureau  of  admission  to  study,  a  board  of  medical  ex- 
amination for  the  conferring  of  a  uniform  licence  to  practise 
medicine,  then,  I  say,  we  shall  have  come  upon  an  era  of  progress 
in  the  annals  of  Canadian  medicine.  Our  diploma  of  practice 
shall  be  recognized  throughout  the  whole  of  the  British  Empire 
and  will  meet  with  the  respect  of  the  scientific  world,  and  the 
Canadian  Medical  Association  will  have  deserved  well  of 
the  country.  And  your  humble  President  will  be  happy  to 
find  that  he  had  helped,  ever  so  little,  in  the  solution  of  that 
great  national  question  :  Unity  of  Rights  and  the  Freedom 
of  Practice  of  our  Profession. 


DRUMMOND  :   THE   PIONEERS   OF   MEDICINE.  425 

THE  PIONEERS  OF    MEDICINE    IN    THE    PRO- 
VINCE   OF    QUEBEC. 

By  W.  H.  DRUMMOND,  M.  D., 
Prof.  Medical  Jurisprudence,  University  of  Bishop's  College. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen, — Meeting  as  we  do, 
here  at  Quebec,  the  very  cradle  of  our  nationality,  the  place 
and  the  occasion  is,  I  think,  peculiarly  appropriate  for  recall- 
ing to  your  memory  a  few  of  the  old-time  worthies  of  our 
profession ;  the  men  who  were  first  to  plant  the  iEsculapian 
banner  on  the  soil  of  Canada.  It  is  difficult  to  write  or  say 
anything  about  the  ancient  city  of  Quebec  without  picturing 
some  of  the  great  events  which  have  occurred  in  her  history 
for  history  surrounds  us  on  every  side,  from  the  banks  of  the 
St.  Charles,  where  Jacques  Cartier  held  his  conference  with 
King  Donnacona,  and  erected  the  sacred  emblem  of  Chris- 
tianity, to  the  Plains  of  Abraham,  where  fell  the  gallant 
Wolfe  and  chivalrous  Montcalm — but  I  must  forbear,  and 
pass  on  at  once  to  the  subject  in  hand.  It  was  indeed  a 
motley  crew  that  followed  in  the  train  of  the  French  mer- 
chants, who  were  first  attracted  by  visions  of  the  fabulous 
wealth  to  be  acquired  in  trading  with  the  aborignes  of  the 
New  World.  Warriors  fresh  from  the  battle  fields  of  Europe, 
men  of  the  proudest  lineage  of  France,  and  who  had  breathed 
the  atmosphere  of  courts, — missionaries  whose  souls  were 
fired  with  zeal  at  the  alluring  prospect  of  evangelization 
awaiting  them  in  the  forests  of  America — and  adventurers, 
daring  as  ever,  followed  the  standard  of  William  of  Nor- 
mandy. Picture  to  yourselves,  if  possible,  the  harbor  of  Port 
Royal,  or  what  is  now  Nova  Scotia,  on  the  morning  of  July 
27,  1606.  There  is  unusual  bustle  and  excitement  down  by 
the  shore,  where  the  little  ship  "  Jonas,"  commanded  by 
Captain  Poutrincourt,  is  engaged  in  discharging  her  comple- 
ment of  passengers,  mostly  hailing  from  La  Rochelle. 
Among  the  band  of  newly  arrived  emigrants  there  is  one 
sturdy  figure  which  I  want  you  to  study  well,  for  it  is  the 
figure  of  Louis  Hebert,  the  pioneer  physician  of  Nouvelle 
France.  We  can  imagine  this  young  fellow,  fresh  and 
enthusiastic,  as  he  strides  along,  gazing  with  curious,  and 
occasionally  ;  mused  eyes,  on  the  strange  sights  surrounding 


426  DRUMMOND  :   THE   PIONEERS    OF    MEDICINE. 

him  on  every  side,  and  startled  when  addressed  by  some 
wild-looking  Coureur  de  ^^/j- or  fur-trader,  whose  semi-Indian 
attire  and  savage  bea  ring  seemed  so  inharmoniously  to 
blend  with  the  language  of  France.  From  what  we  are 
told  by  L'Escarbot,  the  historian  of  the  expedition,  very 
little,  if  any,  serious  work  was  done  at  Port  Royal  during 
the  succeeding  fall  and  winter.  Hunting  and  feasting,  in 
which,  doubtless,  our  great-great-grandfather  bore  his  part, 
were  the  chief  occupation  of  the  little  colony,  and  it  was 
only  when  the  wine  and  kindred  supplies  became  exhausted 
that  the  associates  of  the  "Jonas"  dropped  into  the  current 
setting  towards  Quebec,  and  with  them  drifted  in  the 
following  spring.  Dr.  Louis  Hebert.  Quebec  at  this  time, 
and  even  some  years  before,  had  been  merely  a  fur-trading 
centre,  frequented  by  roving  bands  of  Frenchmen,  who  came 
to  barter  with  the  Indians.  Hebert,  besides  practicing  his 
profession  of  physician,  seems  also  to  have  engaged  in 
ordinary  business  enterprises,  for  we  are  told  by  Abbe  Fer- 
land  that  he  "Began  in  1617  to  grub  up  and  clear  the 
ground  which  forms  the  site  of  the  present  Catholic  Cathe- 
dral and  Seminary,  and  constructed  a  house  and  the  first 
mill  erected  in  the  colony,  thus  becoming  not  only  the 
premier  citizen  of  Quebec,  but  also  of  all  Canada."  And 
here  it  may  be  well  to  note  that  the  first  time  a  notary's 
services  were  put  into  requisition  in  Canada  was  at  the 
instance  of  the  heirs  of  Hebert,  the  physician,  thus  proving 
that,  in  this  country,  the  profession  of  medicine  antedated 
that  of  law.  Contemporary  with  Hebert  was  the  surgeon 
Bonnerme,  who  came  with  Samuel  de  Champlain,  when  the 
latter  founded  Quebec  in  1606.  Evidently  all  was  not  peace 
in  the  camp  of  Champlain,  for  shortly  after  his  arrival 
some  of  his  followers  hatched  a  murderous  plot  against  the 
life  of  the  great  navigator.  The  scheme,  however,  leaked 
out,  the  ringleader  was  arrested,  found  guilty  and  executed.  In 
teaching  of  the  children  and  nursing  of  the  sick,  and  the 
faithful  manner  in  which  the  original  intentions  have  been 
carried  out,  even  to  the  present  day,  entitle  the  good  sisters 
to  a  place  among  the  medical  pioneers  of  this  Province.  In 
1690  when  Phipps  knocked  in  vain  at  the  gates  of  the  ancient 
city,  the  population   under  the  vigorous  administration    of 


DRUMMOND  :   THE    PIONEERS   OF  MEDICINE.  427 

Frontenac  had  increased  to  1,500,  and  education  had    made 
considerable  advance.     The  Jesuits'  College,    Seminaire  des 
Missions  Etrangers  and  Petit  Seminaire  were  on  a  firm  foot- 
ing, and  we  find  practicing  at  Quebec  Drs.  Gervase  Beaudoin, 
physician  to  the  Ursuline  Nuns,  Timothe  Roussel,  physician 
to    the    Hotel    Dieu,    Nicholas  Sarrasin,    Jean  Leger  de    la 
Grange,  Armand    Dumanin   and    Pierre  du  Roy.      Of  the 
number    Sarrasin   was    perhaps   the  most  noted.     Born    in 
France  in  1659,  he  emigrated  to  Canada  shortly  after    com- 
pleting his  medical  course,  and  died  at  Quebec  in  1736,      He 
was  physician    to    the  King,   a  member  of  the    Sovereign 
Council,  and  published  during  his  long  life-time  a  number  of 
volumes  of  natural  history,  botany  and  medicine,  besides  dis- 
covering the  pitcher-plant  which  perpetuates  his  memory   in 
the  name  "  Saracenia  Purpurea."      When  Peter  Kelm,   the 
Swedish  Botanist,  visited  Canada  in   1749,  seven  years    after 
the  discovery  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  by   La  Yerendrye,  a 
native   Canadian,  his  constant   companion  during    many   a 
woodland  ramble  was  Dr.  Gaulthier,  himself  an  accomplished 
botanist,  and  from  Dr.  Gaulthier,  Kelm  acquired  most  of  the 
information  which  appeared  some  years  later  in  the  shape  of 
two  large  volumes  illustrated   with  plates.      A    well-known 
surgeon  who  figured  during  the   historic  period  before  and 
following  the  conquest  of  Canada  by  the  British  in  1759  was 
the  famous   Phillippe  Badelard.       Badelard  was  present  at 
the  battle  of  Abraham,  and,  seeing  that  the^French  troops  to 
which  he  was  attached  were  giving  way,  directed  his  steps  to 
the  rear,  where  he  met  a  wounded  Highlander  named  Fraser^ 
who  was  bleeding  profusely.      The  doctor  immediately    at- 
tended to  the  soldier's  injuries,  and  then  gave  himself  up   to 
Fraser  as  a  prisoner  of  war.     Both  Dr.  Badelard  and   John 
Fraser  lived  to  a  very  advanced  age,  and  ever  maintained  for 
each  other  the  closest  ties  of  kindly  friendship.  Dr.  Badelard. 
was  a  person  of  most  gentlemanly  presence,  and  constantly 
wore  a  sword,  as  was    customary  with  the    Bourgeoisie   de 
Paris.     A  contemporary  of  Badelard,  Dr.  Arnoux,  lived    for 
many  years  in  Quebec,  and  it  was  in  Arnoux's  surgery   that 
Montcalm's  wounds  were  dressed  while  the  great  soldier  was 
being  borne  through  St.  Louis  Gate.     Another   well-known 
surgeon  of  this  period.  Dr.  Lejuste,  of  the  French  army,  came 


428  DRUMMOND:  THE   PIONEERS    OF   MEDICINE. 

to  Quebec  after  the    fall   of  Louisbourg  in   1758,  and    later 
among  the  noted  medical  men  of  the  Province  we  find    Dr. 
Francois  Blanchet,  the  father  of  the  first  Education   Bill  in 
Lower  Canada.     The  cause    of  education  had  also   in    Dr. 
Jean    Baptiste    Meilleur   an  able    and    successful  advocate. 
Meilleur,  who  was  born  in   1756,  and  died  in    1830,  had  the 
honor  of  being  the  first  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
for  Lower  Canada,  and  during  his  lifetime  contributed  many- 
articles  to  Le  Journal  de  Medicine.     He  was  also  a  volumin- 
ous writer  on  geology,  botany,  agriculture  and  other  scienti- 
fic subjects,  and  took  a  prominent  part  in  the  foundation   of 
L'Assomplion  College.     Dr.  Jacques  Labrie,  born    in    1783, 
and  who  graduated  at  Edinburgh,  sat  for  several  years  in  the 
Lower  Canadian  Assembly,  and,  besides  doing  good  work  as 
a  medical  man,   also  wrote  a  "  History   of   Canada,"  which 
while  awaiting  purchase  by  the  Government,  was   unfortun- 
ately destroyed  by  fire  at  St.  Benoit    during  the    Rebellion 
of  1837.     The  mention  of  1837  will  recall  to  the  minds   of 
every  student  of  Canadian  history  the  names  of  at  least  three 
members  of  our  profession,  who  were  prominent   among  the 
agitators  of  that  stormy  period,  namely,  Nelson,  O'Callaghan 
and  Chenier.     Wolfred  Nelson,  although  an  English-speak- 
ing Protestant,  warmly  espoused  what    was  then  termed   the 
national  cause,  and  led  the  insurgents    at  the   Battle  of  St. 
Denis,  where  the  Biitish  forces  were  obliged  to  retreat.  Twice 
he  was  elected  to  the  Presidency  of  the  Provincial  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons,  and  he  also  sat  in  the  Lower  Cana- 
dian Assembly.     He  constantly  contributed   to  the   Medical 
Press  articles  on  preservation  of  Public  Hygiene,  "   Reports 
on  Penitentiary  Prisons,"  etc,  and  although  he  suffered  for  a 
while  political  banishment,  yet  his  genuine  disinterestedness 
and  other  noble  qualities  ever  retained  for  him  a  very  large 
share   of  public  esteem  and  respect.     Dr.    Edmund   O'Calla- 
ghan, a   brilliant  Irishman,  was  a    member  of    Parliament, 
Editor  of  the  Montreal   Vindicator,  and  author    of  several 
historical  works.     He  also   was  an   active  participant  in  the 
troubles  of  1837,  after  which  he  took    up  his    abode  in  the 
United  States,  and  the  gallant  Chenier  immortalized  himself 
by  dying  a  soldier's  death  at  the  Battle  of  St.  Eustache.     A 
man  who  followed  the  more  peaceful  paths  of  life    was   Dr. 


ROSEBRUGH  :   TREATMENT   OF  INEBRIATES.  429 

Andrew  Fernando  Holmes,  born  at  Cadiz  in  1797.  Dr. 
Holmes,  who  was  one  of  the  foremost  medical  men  of  his 
time,  collected  while  a  student  in  Scotland  an  extensive 
herbarium  of  plants,  which  later  on  he  presented  to  McGill 
University.  He  was  a  recognized  authority  on  Botany, 
Geology  and  Mineralogy,  and  contributed  many  articles  on 
these  subjects,  as  well  as  writing  the  History  of  Cholera  in 
Montreal.  In  1827  he  established,  with  others,  "  The  Medi- 
cal Institutions,"  which  finally  in  1828  merged  into  that  of 
McGill,  of  which  Dr.  Holmes  was  Dean,  and  where  he  lec" 
tured  on  "  Practice  of  Medicine"  till  the  time  of  his  death. 

The  doctor  continued  his  sketch  down  to  comparatively 
modern  times,  dealing  with  Doctors  Wolfred  Nelson  and 
Chenier  and  with  others  of  as  late  a  date  as  Doctors  Morrin 
and  Marsden,  of  Quebec. 

TREATMENT  OF  INEBRIATES. 

Abstract  of  Paper  on  the  Treatment  of  Pauper 
Inebriates. 

By  a.  M.  ROSEBRUGH,  M.D.,  Toronto. 

In  this  paper  Dr.  Rosebrugh  recalls  the  fact  that  a  Com- 
mission appointed  by  the  Ontario  Government  in  1890 
strongly  recommended  the  establishment  of  one  or  more 
industrial  reformatories  in  the  Province,  that  this  recom- 
mendation has  been  endorsed  by  the  Ontario  Medical  Asso- 
ciation as  well  as  by  a  large  number  of  influential  bodies. 
That  notwithstanding  this  the  Ontario  Government  declines 
to  give  effect  to  these  recommendations  on  the  ground  that 
the  number  of  inebriates  in  the  Province  is  so  large  that  it 
would  be  impossible  to  undertake  the  great  expense  involved 
in  the  erection  of  buildings  and  the  maintenance  of  the  in- 
mates. Under  these  circumstances  the  Prisoners'  Aid  Asso- ' 
elation  of  Canada,  for  some  time  past,  has  been  looking  about 
for  some  plan  less  expensive  that  might  be  adopted  at  once 
for  the  scientific  treatment  of  these  unfortunates  pending  the 
establishment  of  a  reformatory  or  reformatories  in  Ontario. 
In  January  last.  Dr.  Rosebrugh  was  asked  by  the  Association 
to    visit  institutions,   interview   specialists,    and,  if  possible* 


430        rosebrugh:  treatment  of  inebriates. 

formulate   a  scheme  for  the  economical  treatment  of  pauper 
inebriates.       This  was  done  and  the  scheme  submitted  to  the 
Association.      The  following  is  an  outline  of  the  plan  pro- 
posed : — I.  The  appointment  by  the  Provincial  Government 
of  an    inspector  of  inebriate  institutions.       This   inspector 
should  be  a  qualified  medical  practitioner  who  has  made  the 
medical    treatment   of  inebriates    a   special   study.     2.   The 
inspector  should  organize    in  the  city  of  Toronto  a  hospital 
for   the  medical  treatment  of    pauper  male  inebriates  of  the 
more  hopeful  class,  and  in  other  cities  of  the  Province  an  ine- 
briate department  in  the  existing  general  hospitals,  and  more 
especially  for   pauper    male   inebriates.       3.    An     industrial 
reformatory  should  be    established    on  the  farm  colony  plan 
for  the  custody  of  the  more   hopeless  or    incorrigible  class  of 
drunkards,  and  where  they  should  be  detained  on  indetermin- 
ate sentences.     4.  In  the  adoption  of  scientific  treatment  the 
Norman  Kerr-Crothers  system  or  general  plan  of  treatment 
is  recommended.  In  the  interests  of  science  and  good  morals, 
proprietary  remedies  should  not  be  used.     5.  The   adoption 
of  the    "probation   system  "  and    giving  a  helping   hand   to 
patients  subsequent  to  treatment  for  inebriety.  6.   In  the  case 
of  habitual   female    drunkards    my  recommendation    is  that 
they  be  sent  to  the  Provincial  Reformatory  for  the  full  term 
of  two  years,  and  that  this  be  repeated  in  case  of  relapse.    In 
case  of  the  more  hopeful    class  of  female  drunkards  I  recom- 
mend a  few  weeks'    special  treatment  in  any  of  the  existing 
"  Homes  "  or  refuges  for  females,  followed   up  by  subsequent 
judicious  supervision.       Arrangements  to  this  end  should  be 
made  by  the  Government  Inspector.     As  will  be  seen  there 
are    two    unique    features   in    the  proposed  scheme  :   firstly, 
treating  inebriate  patients  in    the  General  Hospitals,  and,  se- 
condly, the  adoption  of  machinery  for  finding  employment 
for  and  giving  a    helping   hand  to    patients    subsequent    to 
treatment  for  inebriety.     Reformed  men  cannot  be  expected 
to  remain  reformed  if  they  fail  to  obtain  employment.     This 
scheme  has  not,  as  yet,  been    presented   formally  to  the  On- 
tario Government,  but  the  Government  Inspector  of   Hospi- 
tals, Prisons,  etc.,  is  understood  to  favor  the  plan.     Dr.  Rose- 
brugh   suggests   that  the   proposed    scheme    be   adopted  in 
each  of  the  other  Provinces  of  the  Dominion. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MKDICINB   AND  NEUROI^OGY. 

IN  CHARGB  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D. 

Associate  Prof essor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Pnysician  Western  Hospital. 


ELECTRICITY  IN  INCONTINENCE  OF  URINE. 

Capriati  {Edinburgh  Medical  Journai)  records  a  case  of 
involuntary  enuresis  successfully  treated  by  means  of  the 
currents  introduced  into  medicine  by  Morton,  of  New  York. 
These  are  known  as  induced  static  currents,  and  are  furnished 
by  the  oscillatory  discharge  of  Leyden  jars  connected  with 
an  electrical  machine.  The  patient  is  not  insulated,  but  is 
connected  with  one  of  the  jars,  while  the  other  is  connected 
with  the  earth.  The  intensity  of  the  current  is  regulated  by 
merely  altering  the  distance  between  the  jars.  Capriati's 
patient  was  a  previously  healthy  man  of  35,  who  was 
gradually  attacked  by  weakness  and  wasting  in  the  left  leg, 
with  club-foot  and  exaggerated  knee  jerk  on  that  side.  There 
was  no  reaction  of  degeneration,  but  incontinence  of  urine 
was  very  troublesome.  The  author  considers  the  symptoms 
to  point  to  limited  lesion  of  the  spinal  cord  in  the 
lumbar  region.  At  first  galvanism  was  tried  with  the  kathode 
over  the  dorso-lumbar  spine,  and  the  anode  on  the  perineum  ; 
this  was  continued  for  to  minutes  daily  for  more  than  20 
days  without  any  benefit  resulting.  Endo-urethral  faradisa- 
tion (Guyon)  was  next  adopted,  but  was  so  painful  that  it 
had  to  be  abandoned  after  two  sittings.  Finally,  Morton's 
currents  were  used  in  conjunction  with  the  spino-perineal 
galvanisation.  Immediate  relief  followed,  and  after  the 
treatment  had  been  carried  out  every  other  day  for  two 
months,  cure  was  complete  as  regards  the  incontinence.  As 
galvanisation  by  itself  had  proved  ineffectual,  the  credit  must- 
be  given  entirely  to  the  method  of  static  induction.  It  was 
extremely  well  borne  when  used  in  the  manner  laid  down  by 
Bordier.  A  sound,  the  end  of  which  formed  an  electrode, 
was  introduced  into  the  urethra  as  far  as  the  sphincter  of  the 
bladder,  and  its  free  end  was  attached  by  a  chain  to  one  end 
of  the  Leyden  jars  ;  the  machine  was  regulated  to  give  6  to 
8  sparks  a  second,  and  each  sitting  lasted  5  minutes. —  The 
Charlotte  Medical  Journal,  July. 


432  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

NOSE  BLEEDING. 

Dr:  Lermoyes  advises,  in  slight  cases  of  nose-bleed, 
compressing  the  nose  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  for 
ten  minutes  ;  if  that  be  insufficient  then  apply  locally  a 
tampon  moistened  with  a  lo  per  cent,  solution  of  antipyrine,  . 
which  is  an  excellent  haemostatic  and  much  superior  to 
cocaine  1.5,  which  latter  not  only  has  the  disadvantage  of 
being  toxic,  but  also  of  being  possibly  followed  by  further 
haemorrhage  after  the  vaso-constrictor  action  has  passed  away. 
It  is  also  to  be  preferred  to  solutions  of  iron-chloride,  which 
are  strong  irritants  and  may  give  rise  to  gangrenous  ulcers. 
In  more  severe  cases  a  canal  speculum  is  introduced,  and  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  nose  tamponed  with  fine  strips  of 
iodoform  gauze  four  inches  in  length  and  one  in  breadth. 
These  are  introduced  with  fine  forceps.  As  the  haemorrhages 
nearly  always  arise  from  the  anterior  portion  of  the  nasal 
cavity  there  is  no  necessity  of  tamponing  far  back.  Tam- 
ponade of  the  posterior  nares  is  not  only  entirely  unnecessary, 
but  often  brutally  dangerous, —  The  Charlotte  Medical 
Journal,  July. 

VENESECTION    AND     THE     APPLICATION     OF 
LEECHES  IN  THE  TREATMENT  OF  DIS- 
EASE   IN    CHILDREN. 

Abstract    of   a    Paper   by    Prof.     AuoLF    Baginsky,    of 

Berlin,  in  the  Berlin  Klin.   Wochenschrift,  No.  21, 

May  23rd,  1898. 

By  LUDWIG  FREYBEBaBR. 

In  a  most  interesting,  exhaustive,  and  practical  paper 
Prof.  Baginsky  discusses  the  important  question,  "  Should 
bleeding  be  tried  as  a  last  resource  in  certain  diseases  of 
children?" 

After  reviewing  the  history  of  venesection  as  a  thera- 
peutic measure  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  in  children, 
Prof.  Baginsky  quotes  three  cases  in  which  venesection  had 
been  recently  performed  by  him,  with  the  result  that  the 
lives  of  the  patients  were  saved. 

Case  I.  A  girl,  seven  and  a  half  years  old,  was  ad- 
mitted to  Prof.  Baginsky 's  clinic  for  diseases  of  children,  with 
the  diagnosis  "  pneumonia  and  morbus  cordis  "  ;  there  was 
orthopnoe,  extreme  cyanosis,  and  recession  of  the  intercostal 
spaces  ;  tlie  heart's  action  was  galloping  and  arhythmic.  In- 
jection of  camphor,  inhalation  of  oxygen,  and  tinctura 
strophanthi  internally  had  only  a  temporary  effect.  Face, 
thighs,  and  legs  became  oedematous  ;  numerous  large   and 


MEDICINE  AND '  NEUROLOGY.  433 

subcrepitant  rales  were  heard  in  both  lungs,  even  over  the 
area  of  heart  dullness  ;  the  liver  was  large — its  lower  margin 
could  be  felt  two  inches  below  the  costal  margin  ;  the  urine 
scanty,  concentrated,  contained  half  a  volume  of  albumen, 
red  and  white  corpuscles,  epitheHal  and  granular  casts. 

Two  days  after  admission,  after  all  medical  treatment 
had  proved  ineffective,  and  the  pulse  became  impalpable  at 
the  wrists,  venesection  was  performed  on  the  right  arm,  and 
120  cubic  centimetres  of  dark  purple  blood  were  withdrawn. 
The  cyanosis  disappeared  almost  instantaneously,  the  lips 
became  red  again,  the  pulse  at  the  wrists  returned,  and  the 
child  slept  quietly  for  some  hours.  In  the  evening  the  child 
was  slightly  delirious,  and  the  breathing  became  somewhat 
stertorous.  One  leech  was  applied  to  the  left  mastoid  pro- 
cess. The  next  morning  there  was  considerable  improve- 
ment ;  pulse  130  to  160,  respiration  40,  temperature  100°  F. 
The  lungs  were  inflated,  the  area  cf  heart  dulness  small ;  at 
the  apex  there  was  heard  a  loud  systolic  bruit  ;  the  first 
aortic  sound  was  muffled,  the  second  loud. 

Under  treatment  with  digitalis,  calomel,  and  Wildunger 
water,  the  amount  ot  urine  rose  to  1000  cubic  centimetres 
pro  die,  fever  and  dyspnoea  subsided,  and  the  child  was  con- 
valescent on  the  fourteenth  day  after  admission.  There 
were  now  definite  symptoms  of  mitral  incompetence. 

Case  II.  A  boy,  nine  years  old,  who  had  previously 
been  treated  by  Prof.  Baginsky,  for  chronic  fibrous  pneu- 
monia, with  bronchiectasis,  was  again  admitted  (after  two 
years)  in  a  condition  of  extreme  dyspnoea.  The  face  and 
hands  were  dusky;  there  were  numerous  rhonchi  in  both 
lungs,  which  could  be  heard  at  a  distance  ;  there  was  marked 
inspiratory  recession  of  the  intercostal  spaces.  No  pulse  could 
be  felt  at  the  wrists.  The  child  was  somnolent.  Mustard 
baths  and  injections  of  camphor  had  no  effect.  The  right 
median  vein  was  opened,  and  about  100  cubic  centimetres  of 
dark  cyanotic  blood  were  slowly  withdrawn.  During  the 
venesection  the  cyanosis  lessened,  but  the  dyspnoea  remained 
the  same  for  about  seven  hours  afterwards,  when  the  pulse 
became  fuller  and  palpable ;  its  beats  numbered  116  per 
minute,  the  respirations  52. 

The  boy  fell  asleep  soon  after  midnight,  and,  although 
the  first  hours  of  this  sleep  were  restless,  he  became  quiet 
towards  the  morning,  and  woke  up  at  eleven  o'clock  practi- 
cally convalescent.  The  number  of  respirations  was  38,  the 
pulse  100.  He  asked  for  and  took  a  considerable  amount  of 
milk.  There  was  consolidation,  with  harsh  bronchial  breath- 
ing, in  the  left  lower  lobe  posteriorly;  catarrh,  with  moist 
rales,  in  the  rest  of  the  lungs  ;  the  heart  sounds  were  muffled 


434  PROGRESS   OF  MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

and  weak;  the  urine  contained  albumen,  and  numerous  hyaline 
and  granular  casts.  The  expectoration  was  copious,  num- 
mulated.  Some  days  afterwards  the  boy  was  discharged  in 
a  materially  improved  condition  of  health, 

Baginsky,  in  commenting  on  these  two  cases,  says  that 
in  both  cases  death  was  imminent  at  the  moment  when  vene- 
section was  decided  upon  ;  and  although  in  ease  No.  II.  the 
effect  was  less  obvious,  the  improvement  which  set  in  a  few 
moments  after  the  vein  had  been  opened  was  unmistakable. 

Case  III.  A  girl,  seven  years  old,  suffering  from  "pneu- 
monia,'' was  admitted  in  a  state  of  extreme  dyspnoea  and 
collapse;  no  pulse  could  be  felt  at  the  wrists;  instead  of  the 
heart  sounds  there  was  a  muffled  double  murmur  ;  the  cyan- 
osis was  very  great.  Injections  of  camphor  and  mustard 
baths  had  no  effect.     There  was  loud  tracheal  rattling. 

Venesection,  first  on  the  right  and  then  on  the  left  arm, 
was  performed,  but  no  blood  would  come  ;  as  the  child  was 
practically  moribund,  the  left  radial  artery  was  opened,  and 
80  cubic  centimetres  of  deeply  venous  blood  were  withdrawn. 
The  cyanosis  decreased  almost  at  once,  the  pulse  at  the 
right  wrist  became  palpable,  the  dyspncea  lessened,  the  child 
became  brighter,  and  on  being  questioned,  answered  that  she 
felt  better.  There  were  now  moist  rales  heard  in  both  lungs, 
which  were  considerably  inflated  ;  there  was  no  dullness  on 
percussion.  The  area  of  cardiac  dulness  was  small,  When 
the  cyanosis  had  entirely  disappeared  a  livid  measles  rash 
was  noticed  on  the  chest. 

The  child  soon  became  convalescent,  and  was  discharged 
cured. 

Prof.  Baginsky  explains  the  instantaneous  and  life-saving 
effect  of  venesection  (in  Cases  I.  and  II),  and  arterio- 
section  (Case  III),  by  the  sudden  and  effective  relief  which 
is   given  to  the  engorged  and  tired  heart. 

The  effect  is  purely  mechanical  ;  naturally  the  right 
ventricle  of  the  heart  ought  to  be  sought  to  be  relieved  first, 
but  if  this  has  no  effect,  as  in  Case  III.,  then  the  left  ventricle 
must  be  relieved  by  arteriosection.  The  author  compares 
the  effect  of  venesection  to  that  of  tracheotomy  or  intubation  ; 
just  as  the  latter  mechanically  removes  the  impediment  to 
respiration,  and  thus  relieve  the  respiratory  asphyxia,  so  does 
the  former  remove  the  impediment  to  circulation,  and  thereby 
lessens  the  danger  of  asphyxia  from  over  distension  of  the 
heart. 

More  than  temporary  mechanical  relief  must  not  be 
expected  from  venesection.  In  cases  in  which  the  reserve 
force  of  the  patient  must  have  already  been  spent,  or  the  pois- 
onous effect  of  the  toxins  had  been  too  great,  Prof.  Baginsky 


MEDICINE    AND   NEUROLOGY.  435 

has  not  been  able  to  avert  death,  even  by  repeated  venesec- 
tions. The  cases  which  thus  ended  fatally,  were  one  of  pneu- 
monia, one  of  capillary  bronchitis,  and  one  of  broncho-pneu- 
monia. 

The  author  recommends  the  application  of  leeches  in 
cases  of  simple  and  ursemic  eclampsia,  provided  there  is  much 
engorgem.entofthe  vessels  of  the  brain,  and  the  child  is  strong; 
but  he  emphatically — and  we  think  rightly — condemns  the 
practice  of  withdrawing  blood  by  venesection  in  cases  of 
infectious  or  other  diseases,  and  during  convalescence,  in 
order  to  search  for  micro-organisms  or  toxins  in  the  blood  of 
children. 

We  have  abstracted  Prof.  Baginsky's  paper  at  some  length 
because  we  believe  that,  practised  within  the  limits  which 
are  set  by  the  author — namely,  engorgement  and  impending 
paralysis  of  the  heart  in  cases  of  acute  capillary  bronchitis, 
broncho  and  lobar  pneumonia,  bronchiectasis  and  chronic 
fibrosis  of  the  lungs  when  complicated  by  heart  disease  ;  and 
simple  and  uraemic  eclampsia — venesection  may  in  certain 
desperate  cases  prove  to  be  life-saving ;  and,  secondly,  because 
we  hope  that  some  of  our  readers  might  perhaps  be  induced 
to  favor  us,  for  the  purpose  of  publication  in  this  journal, 
with  an  expression  of  their  opinion  or  experience  as  regards 
venesection  as  a  last  resource  in  the  treatment  of  certain 
diseases  in  children. —  Treatment,  ]\Ay. 

ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  POST-MORTEM 
ECCHYMOSES. 

By  Prof.  Dr.  Albin  Haberda  {^Viertelj.f.ger.  Med.,  April,  1898.) 

The  late  Prof,  voti  Hofmann  at  Vienna  was  the  first  to  draw 
attention  to  the  important  fact  that  in  dead  bodies  ecchymoses  may 
not  only  become  more  extensive  owing  to  hypostatic  congestion, 
but  that  capillaries  may  even  burst,  and  thus  produce  haemorr- 
hages which  differ  in  nothing  from  those  petechial  haemorrhages 
which  occur  during  life. 

When  bodies,  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours  after  death,  are 
suspended,  it  is  possible  10  produce  extreme  degrees  of  hypostatic 
congestion,  but  no  ecchymoses — a  result  which  has  been  confirmed 
both  by  the  author  and  Prof.  Lesser;  but  if  bodies  were  suspended 
a  short  time  after  death  the  results  obtained  were  as  follows  : — 

In  all  the  bodies  of  seven  newly  born  infants  which  were  sus- 
pended shortly  after  death,  small  punctiform  or  streaky  haemorr- 
hages were  produced  in  the  conjunctiva  of  the  eyeball  a  few  to 
twenty-four  hours  after  suspension,  which  could  not  be  distinguished 
from  ordinary  ecchymoses  which  had  been  produced  during  life. 

It  was  also  possible  to  watch  the  gradual  enlargement  of  these 
haemorrhages  ;  in  some  instances  small  petechias  were  produced, 
even  in  the  cortex   of  the  hemispheres  of  the  brain  over  the  con- 


436  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

vexity,  which  looked  like  those  produced  by  commotion  or  capillary 
embolism. 

If  one  considers  that  before  the  suspension  of  the  bodies  there 
was  not  the  slightest  evidence  of  conjunctival  haemorrhages,  even 
if  examined  with  a  magnifying  lens,  then  there  can  hardly  remain  a 
doubt  as  to  the  causation  of  these  ecchymoses  by  hypostatic  con- 
gestion. 

The  author  has  been  able  to  confirm  his  experiments  at  many 
jbost-mortem  examinations  made  both  by  himself  and  the  late  Prof, 
von  Hofmann. 

It  is  not  a  rare  thing  to  find  numerous  petechias  in  the  skin 
over  the  chest  or  abdomen,  the  shoulders,  arms,  neck,  and  face  of 
bodies  of  people  who  have  been  found  dead,  lying  in  bed  with  the 
upper  part  of  the  body  hanging  out  over  the  edge  of  the  bed. 

These  haemorrhages  vary  from  the  size  and  appearance  of  a 
flea-bite  to  thai  of  a  small  lentil,  and  are  either  bright  red  or  dark 
brown.  They  are  found  not  only  in  bodies  of  people  who  died  of 
epilepsy  or  of  suffocation,  but  also  in  bodies  of  people  who  have 
died  in  the  course  of  disease,  as  the  following  cases  will  show  : — 

A  woman,  forty  years  old,  was  found  dead.  She  had  in  the 
night  previous  to  her  death  complained  of  shortness  of  breath. 
The  body  was  found  lying  on  the  stomach  across  the  bf  d,  so  that 
the  head  and  thorax  were  outside  the  bed,  resting  on  a  box  which 
stood  by  the  side  of  the  bed.  The  skin  of  the  face,  neck,  chest, 
shoulders,  and  arms  was  dark  violet,  and  showed  numerous  pete- 
chial and  slightly  larger  ecchymoses.  A  great  many  ecchymoses 
were  found  in  both  conjunctivae,  and  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
pharynx,  larynx,  and  trachea.  The  post  mortem  examination 
revealed  the  presence  of  an  enlarged  thyroid  gland,  atheroma  of 
the  aorta,  and  a  flabby  fatty  heart. 

Another  woman,  seventy-four  years  old,  was  found  dead  in  a 
position  similar  to  the  one  described  above.  At  the  post-mortem 
examination  was  found  an  adherent  pericardium  and  brown 
atrophy  of  the  heart,  purulent  bronchitis,  and  pneumonia  of  the 
right  lower  lobe.  The  skin  of  the  face,  neck  and  back  showed 
numerous  petechiae,  which  varied  in  size  from  that  of  a  pin's  head 
to  that  of  a  lentil ;  several  large  ecchymoses  were  found  in  both 
conjunctivae,  and  one  large  one  on  the  left  upper  eyelid. 

But  it  is  not  necessary  that  the  bodies  should  be  found  in  a 
dependent  position  ;  even  those  which  are  stretched  out  horizon- 
tally on  their  back  show  sometimes— especially  when  their  blood 
remains  liquid  for  a  long  time — quite  a  number  of  petechiae  on  the 
back  and  the  lateral  sides  of  the  chest  and  abdomen. 

The  fact  that  these  petechiae  are  more  often  found  in  old 
people  justifies  the  supposition  that  the  greater  vulnerability  of  the 
walls  of  the  capillaries  in  old  people  predisposes  their  bodies  to 
ecchymoses  of  this  kind. 

Occasionally  these  ecchymoses  are  found  in  the  bodies  of  per- 
sons who  died  from  prussic  acid  poisoning,  and  in  children  who 
have  been  suffering  from  rickets  or  acute  and  chronic  gastro- 
enteritis. It  is  quite  possible  that  the  origin  of  these  post-mortem 
petechiae  is  to  be  sought  in  minute  capillary  haemorrhages  which 
occur  in  the  agonal   stage,  and  become  only   visible   after  death 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  437 

owing  to  hypostatic  oozing  of  blood  from  minute  rents  in  the 
capillary  walls.  This  explanation  holds  good  especially  in  cases  of 
death  from  suffocation  (strangulation,  epilepsy),  where  one  finds 
numerous  petechiae  in  post-mortem  stains,  besides  ecchymoses  in 
mucous  and  serous  membranes,  which  are  in  such  a  position  that 
they  cannot  be  explained  by  hypostasis.  Small  haemorrhages  in 
the  subcutaneous  tissue,  between  muscles,  and  in  mucous  mem- 
branes must  be  considered  to  be  due  to  hypostatic  rupture  of  small 
vessels,  if  any  coarser  lesions  (as  laceration  of  muscles,  e.g.)  are 
absent. 

A  man,  thirty-eight  years  old,  a  notorious  drunkard,  died  sud- 
denly while  he  was  having  his  dinner,  in  consequence  of  the  im- 
paction of  a  large  piece  of  meat  in  the  larynx.  The  skin  of  the 
face,  thorax,  especially  on  the  left  side,  and  that  of  the  left  arm, 
was  dark  violet  colour,  and  contained  an  enormous  number  of 
small  ecchymoses.  Both  crico-thyroid  muscles  were  perfectly  infil- 
trated with  blood,  as  was  also  the  Adventitious  coat  of  the  great 
vessels  of  the  neck  on  the  left  side.  There  were  also  two  small 
haemorrhages  in  the  deeper  layers  of  the  pectoralis  major.  The 
heart  was  covered  with  small  subepicardial  ecchymoses  and  con- 
tained perfectly  liquid  blood. 

In  the  absence  of  any  muscular  or  coarser  vascular  lesions  one 
cannot  do  otherwise  than  ascribe  the  petechial  haemorrhages  to 
hypostasis. 

The  differential  diagnosis  between  post-mortem  ecchymoses 
and  those  produced  during  life  is  very  difficult  as  long  as  the 
haemorrhage  is  only  small.  Theoretically,  one  might  say  that  in 
intra- vitam  haemorrhages  the  blood  ousht  to  be  coagulated;  but 
we  know  now  that  the  blood  retains  its  coagulability  for  some 
hours  after  death ;  and  if,  as  is  often  the  case,  a  post-mortem 
haemorrhage  takes  place  in  between  muscle  fibres,  it  may  be  im- 
possible to  remove  it  from  thence  with  water.  But  when  one  finds 
on  cutting  into  an  ecchymoses  that  the  blood  flows  out  by  itself  or 
on  gentle  pressure,  then  it  is  clear  beyond  doubt  that  the  ecchy- 
mosis  has  occurred  after  death. 

Microscopically,  one  finds  in  post-mortem  ecchymoses  the 
capillaries  and  smaller  vessels  distended  with  blood;  the,  tissue 
round  the  vessels — in  an  unstained  section — has  a  yellowish  tint 
owing  to  the  diffusion  of  blood-colouring  matter.  The  blood  clot 
formed  by  the  haemorrhage  is  not  uniform,  but  consists  of  numerous 
smaller  haemorrhages,  which,  in  the  skin  for  instance,  are  found  in 
and  around  the  papillae  of  the  cutis,  or  are  grouped  round  the 
cutaneous  glands  and  hair  follicles.  The  blood  corpuscles  are 
quite  distinct,  not  caked  together,  and  pale. 

Hypostatic  ecchymoses  may  also  be  found  in  internal  organs, 
so  in  the  posterior  parts  of  the  lung  and  of  the  heart ;  such  ecchy- 
moses are  not  to  be  found  in  cases  of  suffocation  only,  but  also  in 
the  bodies  of  persons  who  died  from  other  causes,  as,  e.g.^  subacute 
phosphorus  poisoning. 

In  the  body  of  a  man  who  had  shot  himself,  and  whose  body 
was  found  floating  in  a  river,  the  author  found  numerous  petechiae 
on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  heart.  In  the  bodies  of  two  men 
who  committed  suicide  by  hanging  in  such  a  manner  that   their 


438  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

bodies  were  found  lying  on  the  stomach  while  their  faces  nearly 
touched  the  ground,  the  ecchymoses  were  nearly  all  on  the  frontal 
aspect  of  the  body ;  one  body  had  a  single  ecchymoses  over  the 
back,  the  other  had  no  ecchymosis  on  the  back  at  all. 

A  similar  distribution  of  ecchymoses  is  often  found  in  infants 
who  died  somewhat  suddenly. 

A  girl  two  and  a  half  months  old  was  found  dead  in  her  cot. 
At  "Ccit  post-mortem  examination  it  was  found  that  she  had  died  of 
acute  capillary  bronchitis.  The  left  side  of  the  face,  thorax,  and 
the  left  lung,  and  the  epicardium  over  the  left  ventricle  showed 
numerous  ecchymoses ;  the  right  lung  none. 

Another  girl,  seven  weeks  old,  died  of  purulent  bronchitis. 
The  back  and  the  left  side  of  the  thorax,  the  left  lung,  and  the 
left  ventricle  showed  a  great  number  of  large  and  small  ecchymoses. 
The  right  side  of  the  body  was  practically  free  from  them. 

A  third  girl,  fourteen  days  old,  died  suddenly  of  acute  bron- 
chiolitis. In  this  case  the  organs  on  the  right  side  of  the  body 
showed  many  ecchymoses  ;  those  on  the  left  side  none. 

In  the  fourth  case,  a  girl,  six  months  old,  who  had  died  sud- 
denly of  acute  bronchitis,  the  ecchymoses  were  found  in  the  organs 
on  the  left  side. 

In  a  fifth  case,  a  girl,  four  months  old,  who  died   suddenly 
while  suffering  from  acute  gastroenteritis,  both  lungs,  the   heart, 
and  thymus  showed  numerous  ecchymoses  scattered  throughout  the 
organs  without  any  definite  distribution. 
In  all  cases  the  blood  was  fluid. 

The  cases  which  we  have  just  quoted  are  very  important, 
because  they  restrict  considerably  the  diagnostic  value  of  ecchy- 
moses, even  of  the  internal  organs.  Our  daily  experience  teaches 
us  that  during  life  ecchymoses  are  much  more  frequently  observed 
in  children  than  in  adults.  The  same  seems  to  hold  good  also  as 
regards  post-mortem  ecchymoses  in  inte/nal  organs,  whereas 
cutaneous  ecchymoses  are  more  frequent  in  adults  than  in  children. 
It  cannot  be  doubted  that  occasionally  ecchymoses  are  formed  in 
the  lungs,  the  heart,  and  the  thymus  in  consequence  of  the  pressure 
of  the  blood,  which,  following  the  law  of  gravitation,  after  death  is 
collected  in  the  dependent  parts  of  the  body  ;  but  it  must  also  be 
remembered  that  in  many  instances  minute  lesions  may  have 
occurred  in  the  walls  of  capillaries  during  the  agonal  stage,  which, 
after  death,  become  larger,  and  therefore  visible  to  the  naked  eye. 
Nothing  could  be  more  injudicious  than  to  diagnose  death 
from  suffocation  because  a  few  ecchymoses  have  been  found  under 
the  pleura  or  the  pericardium  of  children  who  have  been  found 
dead  in  bed.  Such  ecchymoses  are  of  diagnostic  value  only  when 
they  appear  in  parts  where  there  is  not  or  never  has  been  any 
hypostatic  congestion,  when  there  are  signs  of  hypersemia  and  con- 
gestion which  have  existed  during  life,  and  when  infectious  and 
septic  diseases,  diseases  of  the  blood,  and  indications  of  poisoning 
can  be  absolutely  excluded. —  Treatment,  July. 

CYSTINURIA. 

The  presence  of  cystine  in  the  urine  \i  of  rare  occurrence,  and 
but  few   cases  are   recorded    in   which   this  substance  has   been 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  439 

detected  in  the  secretion.  In  the  Practitioner  for  May,  1898,  Dr. 
Walter  Smith  gives  an  article  on  Cystinuria.  The  author  in  refer- 
ring to  the  history  of  the  affection  remarks  that  it  is  nearly  ninety 
years  since  Wollaston  described  the  presence  of  a  substance,  to 
which  the  name  cystine  was  given,  in  a  urinary  calculus.  From 
this  time  not  more  than  eighty  cases  have  been  reported  in  which 
cystine  has  been  found  in  the  urine.  Clearly,  therefore,  the  condi- 
tion is  of  very  rare  occurrence.  In  the  first  case  recorded  by  Dr. 
Smith,  a  boy  of  eight,  the  general  health  was  in  all  respects  good. 
The  mother  had  noticed  that  the  odour  of  the  urine  was  peculiar, 
like  that  of  orris  root.  It  deposited  a  greenish  sediment.  Only 
once  was  cystine  discovered.  The  second  patient  was  a  female, 
aged  fifty-two.  She  had  complained  of  pain  in  the  legs,  but  the 
general  health  was  good.  The  urine  was  greenish  yellow  in  colour, 
and  threw  down  a  white  sediment.  This  consisted  of  six-sided 
crystals  of  cystine.  There  does  not  appear  to  be  any  morbid 
symptom,  or  chain  of  symptom,  which  can  be  connected  with  the 
presence  of  cystinuria.  Its  occurrence  seems  to  be  more  or  less 
purely  accidental.  Dr.  Smith  considers  that  cystine  is  a  result  of 
disordered  metabolism.  He  gives  an  account  of  the  views  which 
have  been,  held  as  to  its  chemical  constitution.  It  is  scarcely 
necessary  to  say  that  physiological  chemistry  does  not  throw  much 
light  on  the  significance  (if  any)  of  cystinuria.  As  regards  treat- 
ment, Dr.  Smith  lays  stress  on  the  necessity  of  disinfection  of  the 
intestines.  This  proceeding  can  do  no  harm  ;  but  in  view  of  the 
fact  that  we  are  altogether  ignorant  of  the  mode  of  production  and 
origin  of  cystine,  whilst  at  the  same  time  we  know  of  no  morbid 
changes  (beyond  the  formation  of  calculus)  associated  with  its 
occurrence,  disinfection  of  the  intestines  seems  (juite  superfluous. — 
2reatt?ient,  July. 

THE  TREATMENT  OF  CARDIAC  AFFECTIONS 
DEPENDENT  UPON  ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 

In  \.\\Q  /oumal  des  Pradiciens  the  following  treatment  for  this 
condition  is  given  : — 

The  diet  is  carefully  regulated,  and  small  quantities  of  meat 
are  administered.  Potatoes  are  to  be  avoided,  and  green  vege- 
tables employed.  In  regard  to  medicinal  treatment  the  following 
potion  may  be  employed  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  elimination 
of  calcareous  material ;  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  two  and  a  half 
drachms  ;  neutralize  this  with  a  sufiicient  quantity  of  lactic  acid, 
and  add  lactic  acid  and  simple  syrup,  two  and  a  half  drachms,  and 
distilled  water  six  ounces.  Take  this  quantity  during  a  period  of 
twenty-four  hours.  It  is  stated  that  the  lactic  acid  will  augment 
the  elimination  of  calcareous  materials  and  increase  the  quantity  of 
the  urine,  and  that  under  this  treatment  the  patient  will  be  relieved 
to  a  great  extent  of  symptoms  of  cardiac  dilatation  or  asthenia,  dysp- 
noea, cyanosis,  oedema,  and  attacks  of  angina. 

DIGESTION  FEVER  IN  CHILDREN. 

(^Med.  Mod.  No.  14,  1898.) 

Dr.  Comby  describes  under  this  name  an  intermittent  fever  which 
is  produced  by  the  absorption  of  faulty  products  of  digestion,  and 


440  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

is  most  frequently  observed  in  children  between  three  and  ten  years 
old.  Nearly  all  of  the  children  thus  affected  are  suflFering  from 
chronic  dyspepsia,  and  had  been  hand  fed ;  most  of  them  are  also 
rickety.  One  frequently  finds  in  these  children  insufficiently  nour- 
ished and  exhibiting  the  symptoms  of  atonic  dyspepsia  and  disten- 
sion of  the  stomach.  About  eighty  per  cent,  of  the  cases  of  diges- 
tion fever  occur  between  the  months  of  May  and  July,  probably, 
as  Grasset  thinks,  owing  to  the  ingestion  of  large  quantities  of 
water.     It  is  more  frequently  found  in  boys  than  in  girls. 

Without  any  definite  symptoms,  the  children  feel  ill,  look  pale, 
are  anorexic,  and  dull.  Two  or  three  hours  after  meals  their  tem- 
perature rises  to  a  moderate  height  (100°  to  101°  F.),  their 
sleep  is  disturbed,  heavy,  they  perspire  much  in  their  sleep,  and 
dream  often  and  bad.  In  the  morning  the  children  wake  up  with 
normal  temperature,  but  look  pale  and  ill.  These  attacks  recur 
with  more  or  less  regularity  and  frequency.  The  fever  sometimes 
reaches  102  °  to  104°  F,  and  usually  lasts  for  a  couple  of  days. 
Exacerbations  of  this  kind  are  fortunately  rare.  Liver  and  spleen 
are  not  enlarged  ;  there  is  constipation  and  utter  loss  of  appetite. 
Voracity  is  rare,  whereas  the  children  frequently  complain  of  much 
thirst. 

There  is  a  strong  tendency  for  this  affection  to  run  on  to 
troublesome  gastro-enteritis,  or  even  membranous  enteritis. 

Regulation  of  diet  is  the  most  important  feature  in  the  treat- 
ment of  this  affection. 

The  children  must  not  be  given  wine  and  hot  and  spiced  dish- 
es, sweets,  cheese  or  tea.  They  must  not  eat  beef  or  pork.  Toast, 
soup,  spinach  dla  purte,  stewed  fruit,  sheep's  or  calf's  brain,  veal 
or  mutton  cutlets,  roast  or  boiled  fowl,  or  pigeon,  for  the  mid-day 
meal,  is  all  that  ought  to  be  allowed.  There  ought  not  to  be  more 
than  three  meals  a  day,  of  which  the  mid-day  meal  must  be  the 
principal  one.  No  more  than  half  a  pint  of  milk  or  water  may  be 
allowed  for  a  drink  at  each  meal. 

Quinine  and  alcohoHc  tonics  make  the  condition  only  worse.  If 
the  constipation  cannot  be  overcome  by  regulation  of  the  diet,  then 
Comby  orders  the  following  powder,  of  which  he  lets  one  be  taken 
twice  daily  before  meals  : — 

B.     Sodiibicarb gr.     5 

Magnes.  levis "     10 

JSapthol "       3 

Pepsin ."       i}^ 

Ext.  Rux  vomica **         yk 

Da.  in  wafers  ;  tales  doses  twenty. 

S.  One  cachet  before  the  morning  and  evening  meals. 

Or— 

R.     Sod.  bicarb gr.  4 

Magnes.  levis. 

Pulv.  rhei aa  "     3 

Pancreatin "     i 

Ext,  nux  vomica "     yi 

Da.  in  wafers ;  tales  doses  twenty. 

S.  As  above. 

If  diarrhoea  be  present,  then   magnesia  and  rheum  may  be  re- 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  44 1 

placed  by  bismuthum  salicylicum.  If  the  tongue  is  much  furred  and 
the  rnotions  foetid,  the  calomel  in  doses  of  one-sixth  to  one-third  of 
a  grain,  with  five  grains  of  saccharum  lactis,  repeated  every  two 
hours  four  or  five  times  a  day  for  three  days,  will  be  found  very  use- 
ful—  Treatment^  July. 

THE    DIFFERENT    FORMS    OF    COLITIS    IN 
CHILDREN. 

{Revue  Mensuelle  des  Maladies  de  rEnfance,  March,  1898.) 

Dr.  L.  Guinon,  of  Paris,  in  a  very  interesting  paper  describes 
the  different  forms  of  colitis  in  children  in  the  following  manner: — 

In  the  acute  form  of  colitis  the  most  prevalent  symptoms  are 
repeated  vomiting,  meteorismus,  and  tenderness  of  the  abdomen, 
which  might  almost  lead  one  to  suspect  the  onset  of  peritonitis  or 
typhoid  fever ;  but  frequency  of  motions  and  flatus  and  tormenting 
tenesmus  soon  lead  one  to  make  the  correct  diagnosis. 

In  the  localized  form  of  acute  colitis,  the  ascending  colon  and 
the  caecum  are  mostly  affected ;  the  right  iliac  fossa  and  epigas- 
trium are  distended  and  the  seat  of  violent  colic  pains.  This  affec- 
tion differs  from  appendicitis  by  the  less  severe  character  of  the 
pain,  the  diarrhoeic  motions,  and  the  fact  that  the  application  of  the 
ice-bag  makes  the  pain  worse.  The  diagnosis  is  very  difficult  if 
both  aiTections  are  present  at  the  same  time.  In  most  cases  the 
symptoms  subside  rapidly ;  in  others  the  inflammation  creeps  along 
the  colon. 

When  the  descending  colon,  the  sigmoid  flexure,  and  the  upper 
part  of  the  rectum  are  affected,  then  the  pain  is  localized  in  the 
iliac  fossa,  and  there  is  much  tenesmus  at  defaecation. 

In  the  dysenteric  form  of  colitis  the  symptoms  are  more  or 
less  those  of  sporadic  dysentery. 

Chronic  colitis  is  much  more  frequent  than  is  commonly  be- 
lieved, especially  in  children  over  two  years  old  when  they  had 
been  suffering  from  chronic  constipation.  rhe  onset  may  be  sud- 
den or  slow.  The  children  look  pale  and  anaemic,  the  skin  of  the 
face  and  the  neck  is  pigmented,  airk  rings  encircle  their  eyes  ; 
their  lips  have  a  peculiar  red  color;  they  are  very  thin,  very  sus- 
ceptible to  cold  weather  ;  their  feet  are  cold,  but  their  hands  are 
burning  hot.  The  base  of  the  tongue  is  covered  by  a  thick  white 
fur  ;  their  breath  smells  bad.  The  abdomen  is  in  most  cases  dis- 
tended and  tender;  in  others  flat  and  painless.  The  pain  is  mostly 
localized  in  the  iliac  fossa.  The  children  are  excitable  and  quar- 
relsome, or  depressed  and  languid.  The  attacks  of  griping  pains 
come  on  suddenly,  often  while  the  child  is  at  play,  or  when  his  ab- 
domen is  slightly  touched  with  the  finger.  Constipation  is  preva- 
lent ;  hard,  black,  globular  faecal  masses  are  expressed  with  diffi- 
culty ;  there  may  also  be  prolaps'tis  recti.  The  motions  are  covered 
with  streaks  of  slime  and  blood  ;  their  smell  is  foul.  In  other 
cases  diarrhoea  and  constipation  alternate  with  one  another  ;  the 
motions  are  foetid,  and  mixed  with  brownish  green  frothy  mucus. 
This  kind  of  motion  is  especially  frequeni  in  children  who  have  been 
put  on  exclusive  milk  diet.  Faecal  concretions  are  sometimes  to 
be  found  in  the  motions    during  these   attacks  of  diarrhoea.     The 


442  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

appetite  is  bad  or  varies ;  digestion  is  painful,  slow,  and  often 
accompanied  by  rise  of  temperature  (digestion  fever) ;  the  urine 
has  a  strong,  repulsive  smell,  and  contains  much  indican.  Such 
children  grow  very  slowly,  their  bones  and  muscles  remain  very 
slender,  their  thorax  narrow ;  signs  of  rickets  are  always  absent. 
The  affection  is  very  troublesome  to  treat ;  neurasthenia  is  one  of 
its  commonest  sequelae ;  appendicitis  is  a  rare  complication,  but 
cystitis  is  pretty  frequent. 

Papillar  and  pustular  rashes  on  the  extremities  and  abdomen 
are  common  ;  the  face  is  seldom  the  seat  of  eruptions  of  that  kind  ; 
purpura,  diffuse  morbilliform  erythema,  convulsions,  and  symptoms 
of  meningeal  irritation  may  sometimes  be  found  to  accompany 
acute  or  chronic  colitis. —  Treatment,  July. 

A  NEW  DIAGNOSTIC  SIGN  OF  MEASLES. 

Under  the  above  heading  Dr.  Henry  Koplik,  of  New  York 
[Med.  Rec-,  April  9th,  1898),  describes  a  phenomenon  which  he 
considers  a  very  valuable  sign  in  the  very  early  stages  of  measles. 
It  consists  of  an  eruption  which  appears  on  the  mucous  membrane 
lining  the  cheeks  and  lips.  It  can  be  seen  only  in  very  strong  day- 
light falling  from  a  window  direct  on  the  mucous  membrane.  It 
is  then  necessary  to  evert  the  mucous  membrane  covering  the  lips 
and  cheeks,  either  with  the  fingers  or  by  means  of  a  spatula.  One 
can  then  see  by  close  study  the  infinitesimally  minute  bluish  white 
specks  on  a  reddish  punctate  area  in  beginning  measles,  and  on  a 
more  diffusely  reddened  background  in  advanced  cases,  which  are 
absolutely  pathognomonic  of  measles. —  Jreaimejit,  July. 

THE    ALKALINE  SILICATES  IN  WEAKLY   MIN- 
ERALIZED WATER. 

The  therapeutic  action  of  simple  thermal  springs  has  been 
variously  attributed  to  their  thermality,  to  the  action  of  ordinary 
water  when  used  internally  and  externally,  and  to  peculiar  electrical 
conditions.  Dr.  J.  Felix  {Gazette  des  Eaux,  May  19th  1898)  dis- 
cusses the  possibility  that  these  waters  may  owe  some  of  their  bene- 
ficial properties  in  various  diseases  to  the  alkaline  silicates  which 
they  contain.  This  question  has  been  already  to  some  extent  con- 
sidered by  various  writers,  and  Dr.  Alvarenga,  of  Lisbon,  has  attri- 
buted to  the  silica  and  alkaline  silicates  the  curative  effects  of  cer- 
tain springs  in  cases  of  gout  and  rheumatism.  Duhourcau,  of 
Cauterets,  and  Schlemmer,  of  Mont-Doe,  think  that  the  alkaline 
silicates  contained  in  many  thermal  waters  can  exercise  a  cenain 
antiseptic  effect.  A  {tvf  years  ago  a  brewer,  wishing  to  obtain  a 
good  supply  of  pure  water  for  his  brewery,  had  an  artesian  well 
sunk  at  considerable  cost  to  himself.  Great  was  his  disappointment 
to  find  that  with  this  water  the  necessary  fermentative  process  was 
hindered,  so  that  he  could  not  make  any  beer.  Analysis  of  the  water 
showed  that,  though  weakly  mineralized,  it  contained  several  centi- 
grammes of  alkaline  silicates  in  the  litre.  Felix  finds  that  solutions 
of  one  or  two  grammes  alkaline  silicates  in  a  thousand  grammes 
of  distilled  water  have  a  decided  antiseptic  action,  similar  to  that 
of  perchloride  of  mercury  and  carbolic  acid,  but  are  not  corrosive, 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY,  443 

toxic,  or  irritating — at  least,  in  quantities  of  one  or  two  gramnaes  in 
a  thousand  grammes  of  water.  This  antiseptic  action  of  solutions 
of  silicates  may  explain  their  action  in  cutaneous  affections,  vaginal 
discharges,  conjunctivitis,  etc.  In  another  article  {Annales  d'Hy- 
drohgie,  March,  1898)  Dr.  Felix  mentions  that  alkaline  silicates 
have  a  solvent  action  on  uric  acid.  If  a  bottle  of  the  water  of 
Sail  les-Bains  (which  contains  about  0.13  per  mille  silicates)  or  a 
litre  of  a  two  per  mille  solution  of  sodium  silicate  be  poured  into  a 
vessel  the  walls  of  which  are  encrusted  with  uric  acid  ("  red  sand  "), 
the  uric  acid  will  be  dissolved  in  a  very  little  time,  if,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  muriated  water  of  Chatel-Guyon  be  poured  into  the 
vessel,  the  uric  acid  will  not  be  dissolved,  but  will  be  detached 
from  the  side  of  the  vessel  and  held  in  suspension,  as  if  Chatel- 
Guyon  and  similar  waters  have  the  power  of  dissolving  the  mucous 
material  by  which  the  uric  acid  is  attached  to  the  side  of  the  vessel, 
but  cinnot  dissolve  the  uric  acid  itself  as  well  as  waters  containing 
little  else  in  solution  except  alkaline  silicates.  —  Treatment,  July. 

ACTION  OF  MUD  AND  PEAT  BATHS. 

Behse  [St.  Fetersburger  Med,  Woch.,  1898,  No.  10),  who  prac- 
tises in  Pernau  in  Livonia,  where  both  peat  baths  and  mud  baths 
are  employed,  discusses  the  action  of  both  these  kinds  of  baths. 
He  agrees  with  Braun  and  Kisch  that  semi-solid  peat  baths  can 
be  taken  at  a  higher  temperature  than  ordmary  baths  of  water. 
Braun  compares  them  to  thermal  baths  at  high  elevations.  Kisch 
says  that  peat  baths  at  39''  C.  (=  102.2°  F.)  can  be  regarded  as 
indifferent  in  temperature.  Behse  explains  the  phenomenon  in  the 
following  way.  He  supposes  that  the  particles  of  peat  next  the 
skin  rapidly  give  off  heat  to  the  skin  until  they  fall  to  the  same 
temperature  as  the  surface  of  the  bather's  body.  The  result  is 
that,  owing  to  the  firmness  of  the  material  used  for  the  bath,  the 
bather  soon  after  the  commencement  of  the  bath,  unless  he  changes 
his  position  in  the  bath,  sits  enveloped  in  a  layer  of  peat  at  the 
same  temperature  as  the  surface  of  his  body.  Jacob  found  that  in 
cool  peat  baths  the  skin  of  the  bather  during  the  first  five  minutes 
is  cooled  just  as  it  is  in  baths  of  water  at  the  same  temperature ;  how- 
ever, in  peat  baths  the  temperature  of  the  skin  then  rises  again, 
and  after  some  time  is  found  to  be  two  or  three  degrees  Centigrade 
higher  than  when  water  is  employed  for  the  immersion  instead  of 
peat.  Amongst  other  differences  in  action  between  baths  of  peat 
and  baths  of  water  he  notes  the  chemical  stimulation  of  tiie  skin  in 
peat  baths,  and  the  massage  effect  on  the  skin  when  the  bather 
moves  about  in  the  semi-solid  material.   Behse  sums  up  as  follows : — 

1.  Peat  baths  stimulate  the  skin,  but  influence  the  bather's 
temperature  less  than  ordinary  baths  at  the  same  temperature. 

2.  Through  the  friction  caused  by  the  bather's  movements  a 
mechanical  stimulation  is  obtained  in  addition  to  the  chemical  one. 

3.  In  regard  to  pulse,  blood  pressure,  respiration,  and  meta* 
bolism.  peat  baths  appear  to  exert  no  distinctly  different  action  to 
ordinary  baths,  except  that,  according  to  Julius  Glax,  a  somewhat 
lower  temperature  in  peat  baths  corresponds  in  these  respects  to  a 
somewhat  higher  temperature  in  ordinary  baths. 

Dr.  Behse  proceeds  to  discuss  the  various  kinds  of  mud  baths. 


444  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

At  Abano,  Acqui,  and  Battaglia,  in  Italy,  the  mud  is  used 
either  for  single  parts  of  the  body  or  for  the  whole  body.  A  layer  of 
mud  about  six  centimetres  in  thickness  is  employed.  The  hot  mud 
is  spread  over  a  linen  sheet  laid  out  on  a  mattress,  and  the  patient 
lies  down  on  it.  The  front  part  of  his  body  is  then  covered  in  the 
same  way,  and  with  his  muddy  covering  he  is  then  kept  wrapped 
up  in  woollen  blankets  for  half  an  hour.  After  this  he  is  allowed 
to  sweat  in  a  warm  bed  for  half  an  hour.  The  mud  used  in 
Italy  is  very  hot  (5i°-52°  C),  and  so  it  is  also  at  Pistyan,  in 
Hungary.  In  the  south  of  Russia  the  patient  lays  on  a  slab,  and 
is  more  or  less  thickly  covered  with  mud.  The  mud  is  used  very 
hot  (52°  C.  on  the  surface,  but  10^  C.  cooler  inside).  Full  baths 
are  heated  to  4i°-43°  C.  Mother-lye  is  added  to  the  mud.  At 
Plattensee  in  Hungary,  in  Norway  and  in  Sweden,  the  mud  is 
chiefly  used  for  rubbing  the  body  with,  in  association  with  warm 
water  affusion,  douches,  massage,  and  flagellation  with  birch  twigs. 
At  Pernauand  Arensburg,  in  Livonia,  baths  of  diluted  mud  (to  which 
salt  is  often  added)  and  mud  compresses  ard  employed.  The  full 
baths  are  not  heated  beyond  38°  C,  but  the  mud  compresses 
are  employed  warmer.  [Complete  baths  of  the  undiluted  mud  would 
be  very  expensive  at  Pernau  on  account  of  the  great  cost  of  car- 
riage.] 

It  is  clear  that  the  action  of  mud  baths  must  vary  very  much, 
according  to  the  various  modes  of  application.  In  Sweden  and 
Norway  there  is  especially  the  mechanical  stimulation  by  the  rubbing 
to  be  considered  ;  in  Italy  and  South  Russia  the  high  temperature 
of  the  application  is  a  special  feature  ;  and  when  mother-lye  is  used 
with  the  mud,  as  it  sometimes  is  in  Russia,  it  exerts  a  chemically 
stimulating  action  on  the  skin.  Motschulkowsky,  Koretzki,  and 
Troitzki  found  that  in  mud  baths  of  34°-4i''  C.  the  pulse  frequency 
and  blood  pressure  are  first  raised,  then  lowered  ;  respiration  is 
increased  in  frequency  ;  the  temperature  of  the  body  is  raised  i^'-S^ 
C.  if  the  duration  of  the  bath  is  prolonged.  By  frequently  repeated 
mud  baths  the  weight  of  the  body  is  lowered  ;  the  amount  of  urine 
is  lessened  and  its  specific  gravity  raised  ;  the  amount  of  nitrogen 
excreted  is  at  first  below  the  normal,  but  afterwards  increased;  the 
sulphates  and  phosphates  are  below  the  normal.  The  thermal 
effects  of  the  diluted  mud  baths  employed  at  Arensburg  and  Per- 
nau must  be,  Behse  thinks,  much  the  same  as  those  of  ordinary 
baths  of  the  same  temperature.  According  to  the  an  lyses  quoted, 
it  appears  that  the  Pernau  mud  is  richer  than  the  Arensburg  mud 
in  chlorides  and  in  chalky  and  organic  constituents,  whereas  the 
Arensburg  mud   contains  more  sulphides   and  silica. — Treatmetity 

July. 

TABES  DORSALIS  AND  THERMAL  BATHS. 

Donadieu  ((?a0<f/.^^^j  ^^//.r,  19th  May,  1898),  in  his  paper 
at  the  Montpelier  Medical  Congress,  expresses  his  opinion  on  the 
thermal  treatment  of  tabes  at  Lamalou.  During  the  first  period  of 
tabes — that  of  "  lightning  pains  " — the  temporary  disorders  of  sen- 
sation (lightning  pains,  gastric  crises,  etc.),  he  thinks,  are  ordinarily 
benefited  or  cured  after  one  or  several  courses  of  the  spa  treatment, 
though  the  more  permanent  disorders  of  sensation  (girdle  sensations, 


SURGERY.  445 

feelings  of  constriction,  patches  of  hypersesthesia  and  anaesthesia, 
etc.),  do  not  yield  so  readily.  During  the  second  period  the  ataxy 
and  other  motor  troubles  become  more  and  more  resistant  to  the 
thermal  treatment,  and  in  the  third  period  (that  of  great  inco-ord- 
ination  of  movement)  very  little  benefit  can  be  derived  from  the  spa. 
As  contraindications  Donadieu  mentions  rapidly  progressive  (mal- 
ignant) tabes,  signs  of  inflammation,  and  sudden  fever.  He  con- 
siders as  unsuitable  that  class  of  patients  who  become  hypergesthe- 
tic  under  the  treatment,  and  on  whom  the  baths  exercise  no 
sedative  effect.  The  cases  in  which  the  diagnosis  can  be  made 
early  are  the  ones  preferred  for  Lamalou.  Mercurial  cachexia, 
arthritism,  and  the  effects  of  overwork  may  be  remedied  by  the  spa 
treatment,  and  antisyphilitic  treatment  may  in  suitable  cases  be 
combined  with  the  cure,  or  employed  during  the  interval  between 
two  courses  of  treatment. 

M.  A.  Belugou  {Annales  (THydrologie,  May,  1898)  compares 
the  French  spas  of  Lamalou,  N6ris,  and  Balaruc  in  the  treatment  of 
tabes,  and  cori.es  to  the  following  conclusions.  In  arthritic  subjects 
Lamalou  is  specially  suitable,  while  Balaruc  is  contraindicated.  In 
scrofulous  and  lymphatic  subjects  Balaruc  is  preferable  to  Neris  or 
Lamalou.  In  the  case  of  tabetics  with  neuropathic  inheritance  and 
nervous  temperament  Balaruc  is  contraindicated,  whilst  Neris  suits 
the  erethic  and  excitable  subjects,  and  Lamalou  has  advantages  in 
"  irritable  weakness  "  and  depression.  Lamalou,  which,  besides 
its  baths,  has  the  advantage  of  ferruginous  and  arsenical  waters  for 
internal  employment,  is  suitable  for  cases  of  tabes  following  on 
fatigue  and  exhaustion  and  excessive  venery.  Belugou  maintains 
that  the  various  symptoms  of  tabes  should  influence  the  doctor  in 
his  choice  of  a  spa.  Thus  Balaruc  should  not  be  selected  in 
hypergesthetic  and  painful  cases.  Balaruc  and  Lamalou  he  prefers 
when  there  is  paresis  of  the  bladder  and  intestines,  and  Lamalou 
when  the  sexual  functions  are  enfeebled. 

At  several  health  resorts  methodical  exercises  are  now  carried 
out  for  the  inco  ordination  of  tabes,  a  plan  first  introduced  by  Dr. 
Frenkel  of  Heiden,  in  1890.  It  seems  as  if  this  method  of  treat- 
ment can  really  be  of  use  for  the  ataxy  of  chronic  and  quiescent 
cases  of  tabes.  The  faulty  sensation  which  is  the  cause  of  the 
atactic  movements  can  apparently  really  be,  to  some  extent  at  least, 
obviated  by  getting  the  patients  to  educate  their  remaining  powers 
— in  accustoming  them  to  rightly  interpret  whatever  sensations 
(even  altered  sensations)  they  have  left  to  them. — Treatment,  July. 


SURQKRY. 

IN  CHAKGB  OF 

GEORGE  PISK.  M.D. 
Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospita. 


Mayo  {Medical  Record,  June  11,  1898)  gives  some  ob- 
servations on  the  diagnosis  and  surgical  treatment  of  certain 
diseases  of  the  stomach.  He  speaks  especially  of  cancer  of 
the  stomach,  and  after  some  discussion  continues  as  follows : 

The  method  of  pylorectomy  we  have  followed  has  been 


44^  PROGRESS  OF  MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

SO  speedy  and  satisfactory  that  I  would  like  to  call  your  at- 
tention to  it.  The  ease  with  which  any  desired  amount  of 
stomach  can  be  excised  is  especially  noticeable — in  one  case 
the  upper  suture  angle  lying  behind  the  left  costal  arch  in 
close  proximity  to  the  cardiac  orifice  and  passing  obliquely 
downward  and  to  the  right,  more  than  six  inches  in  length, 
making  a  sort  of  shovel  nose  to  the  amputated  end.  I  make 
no  claim  to  originality,  although  I  know  of  no  method  of 
equal  simplicity;  and  in  the  cases  referred  to  and  also  in  a 
number  of  cadaver  operations  the  details  were  readily  carried 
out.     The  steps  are  as  follows  : — 

1st.  A  median  incision  above  the  umbilicus,  and,  if 
needed,  a  cross-cut  of  the  rectus. 

2d.  Double  ligation  and  division  of  the  necessary  amount 
of  gastro-hepatic  omentum  ;  this  allows  the  pylorus  and  les- 
ser curvature  to  be  delivered.  The  fingers  are  now  in  the 
lesser  cavity  of  the  peritoneum,  and  at  once  slip  under  the 
pylorus  and  act  as  a  guide  to  the  careful  double  ligation  and 
division  of  the  gastro-colic  omentum  attached  to  the  malig- 
nant area. 

3d,  The  diseased  part  is  isolated  by  a  piece  of  gauze 
drawn  under  it,  and  a  pair  of  forceps  are  caught  from  each 
side,  separating  the  diseased  from  the  healthy  stomach  and 
also  preventing  leakage  from  below.  With  a  knife  a  circular 
cut  is  made  completely  around  the  healthy  portion  of  the 
stomach  to  the  mucuous  coat.  The  muscular  and  peritoneal 
coats  are  stripped  back  and  a  few  bleeding  points  caught 
with  forceps.  The  mucous  coat  is  cut  inch  by  inch  and  at 
once  closed  with  a  continuous  catgut  suture  ;  this  is  cut  short 
and  the  detached  pylorus  and  tumor  are  covered  and  turned 
out  of  the  way.  A  second  continuous  catgut  suture  of  the 
muscular  coat  rolls  in  the  mucous,  while  outside  of  this  a  good 
silk  Lembert  of  the  peritoneum  and  muscular  coats  protects 
and  rolls  in  the  two  first  rows  of  sutures. 

4th.  The  end  of  the  stomach  is  slipped  to  the  right  and 
the  ends  of  the  tied  omenta  are  sutured  to  each  other  and  to 
the  suture  line,  not  only  making  further  protection,  but  also 
anchoring  the  stomach  to  the  right  and  preventing  undue 
traction  upon  the  duodenum  after  it  is  fastened  in  place. 

5th.  The  duodenum  is  cleanly  amputated  at  a  healthy 
point  and  buttoned  with  a  Murphy  button  to  the  anterior 
lower  wall  of  the  stomach. 

We  have  done  this  operation  once  in  forty-five  minutes, 
once  in  one  hour  and  five  minutes,  and  once  in  one  hour  and 
twenty-five  minutes.  I  mean  by  this,  from  the  time  the 
operation  was  commenced  until  the  dressings  were  in  place, 
and  in  each  case  from  four  to  six  and  one-half  inches  of 
stomach  had  been  excised. 


SURGERY.  447 

LEFT  SUBCLAVIO-AXILLARY  TRAUMATIC  AN- 
EURISM— LIGATION  OF  SUBCLAVIAN  AR- 
TERY IN  ITS  SECOND  STAGE— RECOVERY, 
WITH  PERFECT  USE  OF  ARM. 

H.  G.  Croly,  Dublin  {Med.  Press  and  Circ,  London, 
Vol.  CXVL,  No.  7,  p.  155),  places  on  record  the  first  Irish 
case  of  ligation  of  the  subclavian  artery  in  its  second  stage, 
the  patient  being  a  strongly  built  garden  laborer,  aged  37 
years.  In  a  dispute  he  was  stabbed  with  a  tailor's  scissors 
below  the  left  clavicle  and  again  above  that  bone,  the  hemor- 
rhage being  profuse.  On  admission  to  the  hospital  there 
was  noticeable  merely  an  oozing  from  the  wounds,  a  hema- 
toma, conical  in  shape,  and  about  the  size  of  half  a  cocoanut, 
having  formed.  Compresses  and  bandages  were  applied  to 
the  wounds  at  the  time.  Gradual  improvement  followed 
upon  profound  collapse.  A  loud  bruit  with  a  distinct  pulsa- 
tion, absence  of  radial  pulse  and  powerless  condition  of 
the  arm  were  noted.  Ice-bags  were  applied  to  the  tumor, 
followed  later  on  by  a  shot  bag  and  Esmarch's  bandage,  and 
rest.  The  arm  and  hand  remained  powerless  for  four 
months,  although  the  hematoma  gradually  diminished  in 
size.  Upon  re  admission  into  the  hospital  fourteen  months 
later,  because  of  constant  axillary  pain,  he  having  returned  to 
work  in  the  meantime,  a  large  pulsating  tumor  was  found 
occupying  the  subclavicular  axillary  space,  the  shoulder  raised, 
the  upper  extremity  wasted  and  a  loud  systolic  murmur 
heard  above  and  below  the  clavicle  and  in  the  axilla.  After 
resorting  to  various  measures  of  treatment  the  patient  con- 
sented to  operation.  After  making  a  vertical  incision  at  the 
outer  edge  of  the  sternomastoid,  and  a  horizontal  incision 
along  the  clavicle,  with  careful  manipulation  a  large  aneuris- 
mal  tumor  was  seen  occupying  the  entire  third  stage  of  the 
artery.  The  extreme  jugular  vein  was  lying  at  the  outside  of 
the  subclavian  triangle,  and  the  phrenic  nerve  in  its  normal 
position  ;  the  cords  of  the  brachial  plexus  were  not  seen.  An 
aneurismal  needle  was  then  passed  through  an  opening  in  the 
sheath  of  the  artery,  around  the  vessel ;  the  ligature  being 
composed  of  ox-peritoneum,  aseptic.  The  loop  being  divid- 
ed, the  ligature  on  the  side  next  the  heart  was  tied  by  the 
first  hitch  of  a  reef-knot,  the  artery  grooving  like  a  director, 
and  the  internal  coats  being  merely  approximated.  The 
second  ligature  was  applied  in  the  same  manner,  the  four 
ends  beings  drawn  finally  as  a  single  ligature,  tieing  the  se- 
cond hitch  of  the  reef-knot.  The  long  ends  were  cut  ofif  close 
to  the  stay-knot,  completing  the  stay-knot  of  Ballance.  After 
the  first  half  hitch  was  tied  pulsation  in  the  tumor  had  gone, 
and  the  aneurism  ceased  to  pulsate.      The  patient  recovered 


448  PROGRESS    OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

perfect  health,  his  left  arm  becoming  as  strong  and  muscular 
as  before  the  infliction  of  the  wounds.  The  operation  was 
originally  practiced  by  Dupuytren  in  1891. — American  Medi- 
co-Surgical Bulletin,  August  10,  1898. 

CRANIOTOMY    FOR     MICROCEPHALIC   IDIOCY. 

S.  M.  Blanc  (Lyons  Med.,  Vol.  LXXXV,  p.  561)  con- 
cludes that  the  operation  is  not  a  dangerous  one  and  is,  more- 
over, simple.  The  results,  however,  are  more  apparent  than 
real,  since  microcephaly  is  due  in  all  probability  to  an  arrest 
of  cerebral  development  at  the  fourth  month  of  intra-uterine 
development,  and  that  little  would  be  expected  for  an  opera- 
tion on  the  bones  after  birth.  In  post-embryonic  cases  only 
could  one  hope  for  any  actual  benefit.  In  his  experience  of 
seven  cases  there  was  but  little  temporary  improvement  and 
no  lasting  help. —  American  Medico-Surgical  Bulletin,  Aug. 
10,  18981k 

A  CASE  OF  RAPIDLY  FATAL  ACUTE  OSTEO- 
MYELITIS. 

By  GEORGE  S.  PROWN,  M.D.,  , 
of  Birmiiigliam,  Ala. 

E.O.,  a  girl,  6  years  old,  was  brought  to  the  hospital  at  8 
p.m.,  June  7,  screaming  with  pain  whenever  she  was  moved, 
and  particularly  when  her  right  arm  was  touched.  The  his- 
tory elicited  at  this  time  was  that  she  had  received  a  blow 
on  the  right  shoulder  on  June  3,  and  that  on  June  4  the, 
pain  and  fever  began.  She  was  in  a  semi-conscious  condition 
with  pupils  minutely  contracted,  conditions  thought  to  be 
dependent  on  the  opiates  that  had  been  given.  Chloroform 
was  administered  and  the  painful  arm,  which  was  slightly 
swollen,  was  examined  for  fracture  ;  nothing  was  found, and 
the  child  was  ordered  to  bed  with  cold  applications  to  the 
arm  and  morphine  to  be  given  as  required.  At  4  a.m.  I  was 
called,  and  found  her  with  a  temperature  of  102.8  °  and  still 
crying  with  pain.  The  report  was  that  she  had  had  four 
hypodermics  of  morphine  (two  of  gr.  A  and  two  of  gr.  J^), 
but,  except  for  a  very  short  time  after  each,  she  had  not 
ceased  to  cry,  emitting  a  bird-like  cry  of  intense  agony  with 
every  expiration.  The  mental  condition  was  now  clearly 
seen  to  be  due  to  the  profound  sepsis,  and  the  diagnosis  of 
acute  osteomyelitis  was  made.  At  9  a.m.  an  incision  was 
made  over  and  parallel  with  the  fibres  of  the  deltoid  muscle, 
and  about  half  an  ounce  of  pus  was  let  out  from  under  the 
periosteum.  The  child  slept  quietly  for  4  hours  after  this, 
but  the  temperature  and  pulse  were  not  improved  in  the 


SURGERY.  449 

slightest  degree.  At  i  p  m.  she  was  again  screaming  with 
pain  in  the  same  monotonous  voice  with  every  expiration, 
but  was  in  every  other  way  apparently  unconscious.  At  1.30 
p.m.  the  dressing  was  removed.  A  hole  was  drilled  in  the 
shaft  of  the  bone  an  inch  below  the  epiphysis.  As  pus  came 
from  this  also,  a  free  opening  was  made  in  the  shaft.  The 
wound  was  next  enlarged  upward  and  downward  and  the 
periosteum  was  found  to  be  fast  separating  from  the  bone. 
Hot,  wet  dressings  were  kept  constantly  applied,  but  the 
temperature  and  pulse  kept  steadily  up,  though  the  tempera- 
ture could  be  brought  down  i  ^  or  2  °  by  a  cold  bath.  The 
mental  condition  and  the  screaming  remained  the  same.  At 
2  a.m.,  on  June  9,  the  wound  was  dressed  and  then  drained 
much  better,  so.  that  the  temperature  was  then  somewhat 
lower  (between  102  '^  and  103  '-^ )  for  the  next  10  hours.  All 
day  the  wound  drained  well,  and  there  were  some  periods  of 
rest  of  an  hour  or  so,  but  otherwise  the  symptoms  of  most 
malignant  sepsis  were  unchanged.  All  these  gradually  grew 
worse  again.  After  another  very  bad  night,  and  in  the  pres- 
ence of  a  condition  just  about  hopeless,  on  the  morning  of 
June  10, 1  again  explored  the  wound.  Following  the  dis- 
ease I  found  the  periosteum  entirely  separated  from  the 
bone.  My  incision  now  extended  from  the  upper  to  the 
lower  epiphysis  on  the  back  of  the  arm,  bringing  over  the 
musculo-spiral  nerve.  The  upper  and  lower  epiphyses  were 
cut  through  with  bone-forceps  and  the  loose  shaft  slipped  out 
from  under  the  musculo-spiral  nerve.  Much  to  my  surprise, 
after  I  had  done  this,  I  found  the  shoulder-joint  and  elbow- 
joint  full  of  pus.  Examining  further  I  found  the  wrisc  and 
ankle  of  the  same  side  also  inflamed.  Touching  the  ankle 
would  cause  pain  even  when  the  child  was  so  much  under  thfe 
influence  of  chloroform  as  not  to  feel  the  operation  on  the 
arm. 

This  pyemic  invasion  of  the  joints  was  something  I  had 
not  heard  of  before  in  connection  with  osteomyelitis,  and 
for  that  reason  I  overlooked  it.  I  have  no  doubt  now  the 
last  accession  of  the  symptoms  was  caused  by  metastasis  to 
the  joints  more  than  to  the  trouble  in  the  arm,  which  was 
freely  draining.     The  child  died  6  hours  later. 

Cultures  and  cover-slip  preparations  from  the  pus  eva- 
cuated at  the  first  operation  from  under  the  periosteum,  as 
well  as  that  coming  from  the  drill-hole  in  the  bone,  gave  pure 
cultures  of  a  staphylococcus  that  in  the  culture-tube  proved  to 
be  the  pyogenes  aureus. 

The  brain-symptoms  were  so  pronounced  that  for  a 
while  it  seemed  that  a  meningitis  was  present  also. 
Although    no    autopsy     was    allowed,    and    notwithstand- 


450  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

ing  the  metastasis  to  the  joints,  I  am  inclined  to  be- 
h'eve  that  the  brain  condition  was  due  entirely  to  the  tox- 
emia. 

Children  often  become  unconscious  under  very  mild 
septic  conditions,  and  this  case  was  one  of  a  severity  rarely 
met  with.  It  is  the  only  case  of  sepsis  that  I  have  seen  out 
of  about  40  treated  similarly  in  which  large  subcutaneous  in- 
fusions of  salt  solution  (400,  500,  and  600  cu.  cm,  in  this 
case)  had  no  efifect  whatever  on  the  pulse,  temperature  or 
other  symptoms.  It  is  very  probable,  however,  had  an 
autopsy  been  performed,  that  we  would  have  found  infection 
of  all  the  fluids  of  the  body. 

I  find  that  the  text-books  mention  such  cases  as  this  as 
being  rare.  I  publish  this  for  that  reason,  and  because  it  may 
assist  some  one  to  recognize  such  a  condition  in  time  to  do 
something  for  it.  Operation  on  the  first  or  second  day 
might  have  saved  this  child  ;  though  even  then,  in  the  hands 
of  one  who  had  not  had  such  an  experience  before,  the  chances 
are  that  it  would  not  have  been  radical  enough. —  The  Phila- 
delphia Medical  Journal,  August  13,  1898. 

THE  ANATOMY  AND  SURGERY  OF  THE 
CHINESE. 

Dr.  J.  J.  Matignon  {Archives  Cliniques  de  Bordeaux, 
November,  1897),  after  three  years' sojourn  in  Pekin,  says 
that  a  study  of  Chinese  medicine  convinces  one  that  China  is 
the  paradise  of  routine.  The  medicine  of  the  Chinese  is  less 
advanced,  less  intelligent  and  less  scientific  than  that  of 
Hippocrates.  Medical  literature  is  rich  ;  there  are  volumes 
remarkable  for  their  size  as  well  as  for  their  number,  but 
they  are  entirely  lacking  in  originality.  They  are  simply 
commentaries  on  the  old  masters  who  were  contemporaneous 
with  Machaon  and  Podaliere,  who  cared  for  the  wounded 
after  the  Trojan  war.  All  races,  even  savages,  get  some 
notion  of  medicine  from  the  experiences  of  previous  genera- 
tions and  the  observations  of  morbid  phenomena,  but  the 
Chinese  are  no  further  advanced  than  the  most  primitive 
people.  They  are  superficial  observers,  and  have  made 
medicine  a  speculative  science  without  the  solid  basis  of 
observation  of  vital  processes.  The  object  of  most  authors 
has  been  to  give  their  theories  a  mysteriously  obscure 
character,  for  the  Chinese  think  that  the  more  shadowy  and 
more  incomprehensible  the  idea  the  more  it  is  worthy  of 
admiration.  The  Chinese  physician  never  makes  any  dis- 
sections ;  all  that  he  knows  of  anatomy  is  learned  from  charts 
more  or  less  fantastically  produced,  in  which  nerves,  tendons, 
veins  and  arteries  are  confounded.    The  head  is  a  solid  bone. 


SURGERY.  451 

Between  the  arm  and  the  forearm  there  is  a  kind  of  patella. 
The  small  intestines  communicate  with  the  heart.  The 
colon,  which  has  six  circumvolutions,  opens  into  the  lungs. 
They  have  very  peculiar  ideas  in  regard  to  the  functions  of 
the  heart,  brain,  kidney  and  liver.  The  heart  is  the  ruler  of 
the  body.  Ideas  of  pleasure  have  their  origin  in  the  pit  of 
the  stomach.  The  soul  has  its  seat  in  the  liver,  and  from  this 
organ  emanate  noble  and  generous  sentiments.  The  gall 
bladder  is  the  receptacle  of  courage,  and  the  subject  is  timid 
or  warlike  according  to  its  seat.  They  find  sixty-four  kinds 
of  pulse  in  the  same  subject  at  the  same  time.  They  do  not 
know  that  the  veins  have  valves.  Their  histological  notions 
are  as  follows  :  The  body  is  composed  of  five  elements — 
fire,  water,  metal,  wood,  and  earth — which  are  in  exact  har- 
mony with  five  plants,  five  tastes,  five  colors,  five  metals, 
and  five  solid  viscera.  Disease  results  from  a  disturbance  of 
this  harmony,  which  no  one  but  a  Chinese  has  yet  been  able 
to  perceive.  Happily  for  the  Chinese,  they  have  a  horror  of 
surgery ;  it  is  certainly  a  fortunate  thing  so  long  as  their 
knowledge  of  anatomy  is  so  limited.  Fear  of  the  bistoury  is 
not  the  result  of  fear  of  pain,  but  of  certain  notions  in  regard 
to  filial  piety.  Any  wound  of  the  body  is  considered  an 
insult  to  filial  piety.  The  Chinese  seldom  submit  voluntarily 
to  an  operation,  and  when  they  do  they  keep  the  tumors  or 
members  that  have  been  removed  with  the  same  pious  care 
that  eunuchs  preserve  their  sexual  organs  in  a  bottle,  so  that, 
being  buried  with  them,  they  may  present  themselves  intact 
in  the  next  world.  The  Chinese  physician  does  not  operate 
in  the  modern  acceptation  of  the  term.  He  really  limits 
himself  to  the  opening  of  an  abscess.  The  chiropodist  is 
much  better  equipped  than  the  surgeon.  All  the  instruments 
known  number  thirty -six.  An  insufflation  tube  for  medi- 
cated powders  is  much  used,  especially  in  diphtheria.  It  is 
of  iron  and  about  eighteen  centimetres  in  length.  Lancing 
is  very  popular,  and  is  employed  in  fractures,  constipation, 
cholera  and  ophthalmia.  A  Chinaman  piques  himself  on 
the  number  of  lancings  that  he  has  undergone.  There  is,  in 
the  Imperial  College  of  Medicine,  a  manikin  of  bronze,  bear- 
ing a  very  large  number  of  punctures  corresponding  to  the 
lancing  practiced  on  the  living  subject.  At  examination  time 
this  manikin  is  covered  with  paper,  and  the  candidate  for 
a  degree  is  supposed  to  have  a  sufficient  knowledge  of  the 
topography  of  all  these  orifices  to  introduce  his  lance 
through  the  paper  without  the  least  hesitation  into  the  orifice 
corresponding  to  the  disease  upon  which  he  has  been  inter- 
rogated. Nothing  is  known  of  speculums,  forceps  or  urethral 
catheters.     Massage  has  been  understood  by   the   Chinese 


452  PEOGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

since  its  earliest  antiquity.  It  consists  of  superficial  or  pro- 
found friction  with  the  hand  or  a  piece  of  money.  In  the 
method  called  "  loung  fou,"  they  use  hammering  of  the 
muscle  and  the  bone  by  the  use  of  a  small  wooden  mallet. — 
Medical  Record,  March  26,  1898. 


OBSTTKT^RICS. 


IN  CHARGE   OF 

H.  L.  REDDY,  M.D.,  L.  R.  O.  P.,  London, 

professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Bishop's  College;  Physician  Accoucheur  Women't 

Hospital ;  Physician  to  the  Western  Hospital, 


PUERPERAL  SEPSIS. 

Munde :  Address  before  the  Am.  Gyn.  Soc.  '88.  He 
says: — "With  the  comprehension  that  the  old-time  'puer- 
peral fever'  was  nothing  less  than  septicemia,  and  differed  in 
no  sense  from  septic  infection  from  wounds  in  other  parts  of 
the  body,  an  immense  advance  was  made  in  the  understand- 
ing of  the  pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  this  dread- 
ful disease."  There  are  recognized  three  forms  of  puerperal 
sepsis.  First,  sapremia,  or  the  variety  in  which  the  septic 
focus  remains  localized,  and  the  microbe  or  germ  infection, 
the  staphylococcus,  does  not  enter  the  general  circulation. 
This  form  produces  its  systemic  results,  not  through  trans- 
migration of  its  germs  into  the  general  system,  but  through 
the  local  irritation  which  causes  a  general  elevation  of 
temperature  and  pulse,  precisely  as  a  local  inflamma- 
tion or  an  abscess  in  any  part  of  the  body  may  do.  Second, 
septicemia,  in  which  the  septic  germs  (streptococci)  find  their 
way  into  the  general  system,  and  by  invading  the  blood 
produce  general  and  systemic  infection.  While  in  the  sapre- 
mic  form  the  products  of  decomposition  are  usually  putrid 
and  their  odor  is  exceedingly  characteristic  and  offensive,  in 
septicemia  there  ordinarily  is  no  distinctive  odor,  and  not 
necessarily  any  peculiar  pathognomonic  discharge  from  the 
genital  organs.  Third,  pyemia,  or  the  variety  of  septicemia 
in  which  deposits  of  streptococci  take  place  in  differ- 
ent distant  portions  of  the  body  and  there  produce  decompo- 
sition and  abscesses.  The  first  two  varieties,  sapremia  and 
septicemia,  are  now-a-days  by  far  the  most  common,  particu- 
larly sapremia,  while  pyemia  is  comparatively  rare  at 
present,  and  he  does  not  recollect  having  seen  more  than 
two  or  three  cases  within  the  last  ten  years,  —  the 
reason  being  probably,  the  septic  condition  being  more 
quickly  recognized  and  more  energetically  treated.  The 
sources  of  infection  may  begin  at  a  very  early  period  of  preg- 


OBSTETRICS.  453 

nancy — a  woman  who  is  aborting,  or  has  aborted,  being 
considered  exactly  in  the  same  danger  as  a  woman  at  term. 
A  number  of  other  conditions,  such  as  inflammation  of  the 
pelvic  cellular  tissue  of  the  peritoneum,  etc.,  etc.,  are  men- 
tioned as  producing  fever  in  the  puerpur.  The  sources  of 
infection  are  decidedly  more  positive  and  obvious.  He  does 
not  go  so  far  as  some  who  state  in  every  case  of  puerperal 
sepsis  that  the  infection  has  been  carried  by  the  attendants, 
although  undoubtedly  true  in  a  large  number  of  cases.  He 
believes,  besides  the  attendants,  that  seplic  germs  may  be 
sucked  into  the  gaping  vagina  during  change  of  position  of 
the  patient,  or  the  retention  of  decomposed  lochia  in  the 
uterine  cavity  by  a  sharply  antiflexed  uterus,  is  not  an  un- 
common cause  of  rapid  and  unexpected  septic  absorption. 
The  prophylaxis  of  puerperal  sepsis  is  regulated  by  the  pre- 
vention and  the  removal  of  the  various  causes  of  infection.  In 
cases  of  gonorrhoeal  or  acrid  leucorrhoeal  discharges  an  effort 
should  be  made  by  means  of  frequent  bichloride  douches  to 
cure  this  source  of  infection.  He  does  not  believe  that  it 
produces  a  true  puerperal  sepsis,  although  it  may  produce  an 
acute  salpingitis  and  pyosalpinx.  An  important  element  of 
prophylaxis  against  puerperal  sepsis  is  the  thorough  empty- 
ing of  the  uterus  of  placenta  membranes  and  coagula,  and  the 
maintenance  of  as  thorough  contraction  of  uterus  as  is  possi- 
ble by  friction,  ice,  ergot,  until  such  contraction  is  permanent. 
He  does  not  hesitate,  if  necessary,  to  introduce  his  hand  into 
the  uterus  to  clear  it  out,  rather  than  take  chances  of  secun- 
dines  or  coagula  remaining  within.  The  diagnosis  of  puerperal 
sepsis  is  not  difficult.  Chill,  followed  by  rapid  rise  of  tem- 
perature, usually  within  three  or  four  days  after  the  conhne- 
ment ;  rapid  pulse,  running  up  in  severe  cases  to  140  or  150  ; 
repeated  chills ;  temperature  varying  from  102  to  105  F.; 
occasional  remissions,  but  scarcely  ever  falling  to  100  F.; 
tongue  coated,  in  very  bad  cases  furred,  brown  and  dry.  The 
old  theory  of  so-called  "milk-fever"  is  exploded  as  a  reason 
for  prolonged  elevation  of  temperature.  Occasionally,  when 
the  infection  has  been  gradual,  there  may  be  a  high  degree 
of  sepsis,  with  little  or  no  elevation  of  temperature  ;  the  rapid 
weak  pulse,  history  of  the  case,  absence  of  marked  anemia 
and  other  causes  for  a  rapid  pulse  would  indicate  sepsis. 
There  may  or  may  not  be  an  offensive  vaginal  discharge.  In 
cases  where  there  is  no  odor  to  the  discharge,  only  high 
temperature  and  pulse  indicating  the  infection,  the  prognosis 
is  most  unfavorable.  He  recommends  a  digital  exammation, 
and,  if  necessary,  a  specular  examination  to  be  made  in  these 
cases  of  sepsis.  The  first  indication  for  treatment  is  the 
removal  of   all    foreign  substances  from    the  endometrium. 


454  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

which  may  be  the  source  of  mfection,  either  with  the  finger 
or  long  blunt  curette.  When  the  uterine  cavity  has  been 
thoroughly  emptied,  irrigate  with  a  mild  solution  of  per- 
mang.  potass,  or  a  ten  percent,  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc,  or 
with  Labarraque's  solution,  or,  if  the  foreign  bodies  removed 
are  offensive,  with  Marchand's  solution  of  peroxide  of  hydro- 
gen diluted  one-half.  He  confesses  that  the  mild  solution  of  per- 
manganate of  potassium  answers  his  opinion  equally  as  well  as 
any  of  the  others,with  the  exception  of  the  peroxide  of  hydro- 
gen. He  very  seldom  employs  intrauterine  irrigations  of  bi- 
chloride of  mercury,  and  never  stronger  than  one  in  ten-thou- 
sand, because  he  fears  the  systemic  absorption  of  the  drug  and 
its  consequent  bad  effects.  Iodoform  does  not  do  any  parti- 
cular good.  He  says  :  "  I  have  seen  good  from  packing  the 
endometrium,  with  iodoform  or  sterilized  gauze  to  bring 
about  a  contraction,  the  uterus  being  empty."  In  very  bad 
cases  of  septic  endometritis  with  a  great  deal  of  inflammatory 
hypertrophy  of  the  uterine  wall,  he  does  not  use  a  curette 
either  sharp  or  dull,  as  it  removes  the  tissues,  which  have 
already  undergone  inflammatory  obliteration  of  their  absor- 
bent vessels,  and  the  curette  simply  lays  open  fresh  channels 
for  infection.  In  such  cases  apply  to  the  endometrium  either 
a  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc  (20  to  30  per  cent.)  or  pure 
tincture  of  iodine,  or  iodized  phenol,  through  a  speculum, 
wash  and  pack  with  iodoform  gauze,  which  may  be  left  for 
48  hours  or  longer,  provided  symptoms  (chill  or  temperature) 
do  not  call  for  its  earlier  removal.  After  such  strong  cauter- 
ization intra-uterine  irrigation  will  be  needed  for  some  time. 
The  method  recently  recommended  by  Carossa,  of  introducing 
a  large  drainage  tube  to  the  fundus,  and  then  packing  around 
the  tube  with  sterilized  gauze  saturated  with  alcohol  of  20 
per  cent,  strength,  has  been  highly  recommended  by  111  and 
others.  If  the  uterine  cavity  is  empty,  and  there  is  nothing 
in  it  to  produce  sepsis,  if  the  signs  of  sepsis  be  present,  there 
is  no  use  in  giving  intra-uterine  irrigations.  Infected  vaginal 
or  perineal  wounds  should  be  touched  with  a  saturated  solu- 
tion of  permang.  pot.  or  a  25  per  cent,  solution  of  chloride  of 
zinc.  Uterine  vaginal  drainage  should  be  maintained  by 
thin  strips  of  iodoform  gauze  gently  passed  through  the  in- 
ternal OS  as  required.  The  medicinal  treatment  of  puerperal 
sepsis  is  not  satisfactory.  It  is  simply  a  question  as  to 
which  holds  out  the  longest,  the  patient  or  the  disease.  If  we 
can  keep  the  patient  alive  by  means  of  stimulants — that  is, 
alcohol,  caffein,  strychnine  and  nourishing  food — until  nature 
has  thrown  off  the  septic  germs,  we  gain  the  victory.  If  her 
stomach  gives  out,  the  disease  wins.  He  has  no  faith  what- 
ever in  quinine  as  a  reducer  of  temperature,    and  as  for    its 


OBSTETRICS.  455 

action  on  septic  germs  it  is  useless.  The  reduction  of  tem- 
perature by  means  of  the  cold-tar  derivatives,  as  antipyrin,  is 
only  temporary.  The  objection  to  them  is  that  they  depress 
the  heart  and  mask  the  fever.  However,  phenacetene  may 
be  given  in  from  three  to  five  grain  doses,  combined  with 
caffein,  carefully  watching  it.  It  tends  to  render  the  patient 
more  comfortable.  The  use  of  saline  laxatives,  as  advocated 
many  years  ago  by  Seyfert,  of  Prage,  is  simply  a  matter  of 
historic  interest.  Ergot  is  useful  if  the  stomach  will  stand  it. 
The  large  ice-bag.  or  ice  water  coil,  frequent  sponging  with 
cold  water,  or  cold  water  and  alcohol,  or  even  the  bath  re- 
duced to  a  temperature  of  70  deg.  F.,  are  all  potent  factors  in 
the  reduction  of  temperature.  In  conclusion,  he  says  of  serum 
therapy,  that  is,  by  hypodermatic  injections  of  the  antistrep- 
tococcic serum,  he  has  had  an  experience  in  three  desper- 
ate cases,  from  three  to  six  injections  of  10  C-  C.  of  serum 
were  injected  at  intervals  of  from  four  to  twelve  hours  and  all 
three  cases  recovered.  In  cases  going  from  bad  to  worse,  he 
unhesitatingly  employs  the  serum  injections,  on  account  of  the 
results  already  seen.  Intravenous  saline  infusions  might  be 
employed  to  prolong  life  in  desperate  septic  cases.  Panhy- 
sterectomy per  vaginam  for  the  removal  of  septic  foci  invading 
the  pelvic  cavity,  the  appendages  and  more  or  less  the  uterus, 
has  its  distinct  place  in  pelvic  surgery,  but  it  is  well  not  to 
be  too  hasty  in  the  performance  of  this  mutilating  operation. 
—  Jour,  of  Obstet. 


"  Bacteria  of  the  Vagina  and  Their  Practical  Significance, 
Based  upon  the  Examination  of  the  Vaginal  Secretion  of  One 
Hundred  Pregnant  Women,"  was  the  title  of  a  paper  read  at 
the  American  Gynecological  Society  by  Dr.  J.  Whitridge 
Williams,  Instructor  in  Obstetrics  in  the  Medical  Department 
of  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore.  As  a  result  of  his 
investigations  in  this  direction,  the  author  presented  the  fol- 
lowing conclusions  :  (i)  He  agrees  with  Kronig  that  the 
vaginal  secretion  does  not  contain  either  pathogenic  strep- 
tococci nor  staphylococci  aureus.  Therefore,  douching  it  is 
not  only  unnecessary  but  positively  injurious.  (2)  The  dis- 
crepancy in  the  results  of  various  authorities  is  ascribed  to 
differences  in  technic  in  obtaining  the  secretion  for  examin- 
ation. (3)  As  the  normal  vagina  does  not  contain  patho- 
genic streptococci  nor  staphylococci  aureus,  auto-infection  is 
impossible.  (4)  If  these  germs  are  found  in  the  vagina  during 
the  puerperium,  they  have  been  introduced  from  without. 
{5)  If  the  vagina  contained  streptococci  as  frequently  as 
stated   by  Walthard,    Valile  and    Kottman,  vaginal  exam- 


45^  PROGRESS  OF  MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

ination  with  the  sterile  finger  would  be  very  dangerous, 
■which  is  not  the  case.  (6)  It  is  possible  that  in  rare  instances 
the  vagina  contains  bacteria  which  may  give  rise  to  sapremia 
j^nd  putrefactive  endometritis  by  auto-infection.  Such  cases, 
however,  are  usually  mild  and  do  not  lead  to  death.  (7) 
Death  from  puerperal  infection  is  due  to  infection  from  with- 
out, and  is  usually  caused  by  neglect  of  antiseptic  precautions 
on  the  part  of  the  physician.  In  all  cases  examined,  save 
one,  the  bacilli  found  in  the  uterus  were  different  from  those 
found  in  the  vagina.  In  one  case,  in  which  the  temperature 
was  102.6''  F.,  a  short,  thick  bacillus  was  found  in  the  vagina 
before  labor  and  in  the  uterus  after  labor,  so,  possibly,  this 
was  a  case  of  auto-infection. 

PREGNANCY  AFTER  DOUBLE 
OOPHORECTOMY. 

Dr.  Sherwood-Dunn  {Annals  of  Gyn<2cology  and  Pcsdi- 
atry,  August)  relates  the  following  remarkable  case.  He  says 
that  he  was  consulted  about  three  years  since  by  an  unmarried 
woman  of  thirty.  She  had  suffered  for  twelve  years  from 
unceasing  pain  and  discomfort  in  the  pelvis.  She  had  been 
in  the  hands  of  some  of  the  leading  neurologists  and  spent 
periods  of  several  months  in  some  of  our  most  noted  sanita- 
riums. Medication,  electricity,  massage,  hydrotherapy,  rest- 
cure,  travel — all  had  been  tried  with  varying  success.  She  had 
not  been  free  from  the  feeling  of  malaise  and  lack  of  energy, 
so  constantly  present  in  neurasthenics,  except  at  periods 
following  favorable  treatment,  all  these  years.  She  had 
local  areas  of  hyperaesthesia  and  periods  of  excessive  irrita- 
bility, which  during  two  years  previous  to  his  seeing  her 
excited  hysterical  seizures.  He  resected  two  large  cedema- 
tous  ovaries  for  her ;  she  married,  and  in  a  letter  written  this 
year  she  informs  him  that  she  is  the  mother  of  a  fine  boy,  has 
gained  twenty-two  pounds  in  weight,  and  has  enjoyed  per- 
fect health  ever  since  the  operation.  This  can  scarcely  be 
another  case  of  "  castrating  the  wrong  man,"  with  the  sexes 
reversed. 

A  BREEDING  TIME  FOR  WOMEN. 

According  to  the  Northwestern  Lancet  for  August  ist, 
Eskino  women  do  not  breed  during  the  winter  months,  and 
their  menstruation  ceases  at  that  time.  The  natives  of  Queens^ 
land  are  also  said  to  have  a  special  breeding  season,  though 
menstruation  with  them  continues  throughout  the  year. 


Medical  Society  Proceedings. 


CANADIAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Thirty-first  Annual  Coxvemtcon,  held  at   Quebec, 
August  17,  1898. 

The  recent  meeting  at  Quebec  was  successful  in  every  respect. 
Although  the  number  attending  was  small  as  representing  the  pro- 
fession of  the  Dominion,  some  very  interesting  papers  were  read 
and  important  business  transacted.  The  proceedings  were  well  re- 
ported by  the  Morning  Chronicle,  to  which  we  are  indebted  for  the 
report  of  proceedings.  The  meeting  was  held  in  the  Convocation 
Hall  of  Laval  University,  under  the  Chairmanship  of  the  President, 
Dr.  J.  M.  Beausoleil,  and  was  attended  by  a  great  many  highly 
prominent  physicians  from  Quebec,  Ontario,  Nova  Scotia,  Prince 
Edward  Island  and  the  United  States.  In  the  hall  which  adjoins 
the  Convocation  Hall  there  was  an  exhibition  of  surgeons'  and 
physicians'  appliances  and  requisites,  and  there  was  also  quite  a 
large  pathological  exhibition. 

In  the  Convocation  Hall,  there  was  a  very  pretty  display  of 
flowers,  palms  and  other  decorations,  including  festoons  of  ever- 
green, which  gave  evidence  of  great  taste,  and  r'^flected  much 
credit  upon  the  gardeners  of  the  Sacr6  Cceur  Hospital  of  St. 
Sauveur.  In  the  gallery,  too,  there  was  stationed  an  orchestra, 
which  from  time  to  time  discoursed  sweet  music.  Altogether,  every 
arrangement  which  could  possibly  be  made  to  promote  the  plea- 
sure and  comfort  of  the  delegates  was  assiduously  looked  afier  by 
the  local  Committee,  which  was  constituted  as  follows  : — Dr.  C.  Si 
Parke,  Chairman  ;  Dr.  Marois,  Secretary  ;  Drs.  Ahem,  Chs. 
Verge,  A-  G.  Belleau,  E.  Turcot,  Robitaille,  C.  C.  Sewell. 

Those  who  occupied  seats  on  the  platform  in  addition  to  Presi- 
dent were  the  following  : — Vice  and  Past  Presidents  and  guests  : — 
Doctors  Boddick,  Montreal;  J.  M.  Mullen,  Hamilton;  MacNeill, 
Stanley  Bridge,  Prince  Edward  Island;  C.  Parke,  Quebec;  Thor- 
burn,  Toronto ;  Gilvey  and  Valentine,  New  York  ;  E.  P.  Foster, 
New  York;  La  Place,  Philadelphia ;  Gibson,  President  Ontario 
Medical  Association.  The  other  members  present  were  : — Doctors 
M.  Ahem,  Quebec  ;  Marcil,  St.  Eustache  ;  Marois,  Quebec  ;  Ro- 
bitaille, Quebec;  H.  Cholette,  Ste.  Justine  de  Newton,  J.  George 
Adami,  Montreal;  Chas.  Verge,  Quebec;  W.  W.  Dickson,  Pem- 
broke ;  E.  Gauthier,  Edwin  Turcot,  Quebec  ;  H.  Neilson,  Kings- 
ton ;  Chas.  Smith,  Orangeville,  Ont.;  C.  R.  Paquin,  Quebec  ;  Chas'. 
G'Reilly,  Toronto  ;  H.  Beaumont  Small,  Ottawa  ;  Chas.  R.  Dick- 
son, Toronto;  Ed.  Le  Bel,  Quebec  ;  Drum,  Quebec  ;  G.G.Turcot, 
Quebec  ;  A.  G.  Belleau,  Quebec;  W.  C.  Verge,  Quebec ;  Jas.  Bell, 
Montreal ;  A.  R.  Marsolais,  Montreal ;  R.  C.  Blair,  Quebec  ;  W.  ]^.' 


458  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

Klock,  Ottawa;  Thos.D.  Reed,  Montreal;  H.  R.  Ross,  Quebec; 
G.  H.  Parke,  Quebec  ;  C.  S.  Parke,  W.  J.  Gibson,  Belleville,  Ont.; 
Wyatt  Johnston,  Montreal ;  J.  C.  S.  Gauthier,  Upton  ;  F.  N.  G. 
Starr,  Toronto ;  George  Cloutier,  St.  George,  Beauce  ;  Alfred 
Morisset, St.  Henedine,  Dorchester;  T.  P.  Bolduc,  Montmorency- 
Falls  ;  W.  S.  Muir,  Truro,  N.  S. ;  P.  H.  Bedard,  Quebec ;  W.  A. 
Young,  Toronto  ;  M.  D.  Brochu,  Quebec ;  M.  Brophy,  St.  Foye, 
Quebec ;  Arthur  Lavoie,  Sillery ;  G.  Sterling  Ryerson,  Toronto  ; 
L.  J.  A.  Simard,  Quebec  ;  Jas.  M.  MacCallum,  Toronto  ;  Frs.  de 
Martigny,  Montreal ;  N.  Worthington,Sherbrooke  ;  Arthur  Simard, 
Quebec  ;  J.  Arthur  Williams,  IngersoU,  Ont. ;  A.  J.  Nicholl,  Mont- 
real ;  J.  A.  N.  Chabot,  Ste.  Claire,  Dorchester ;  S.  Grondin,  Que- 
bec ;  P.  C.  Coote,  Quebec ;  J.  A.  Langis,  Petit  Rocher,  N.B. ;  C. 
O.  Samson,  Quebec;  Thos.  T.    Nesbilt,  St.  Hilarion,  Charlevoix. 

ADDRESSES  OF  WELCOME. 

When  the  session  opened,  Dr.  Parke,  Chairman  of  the  local 
Committee,  made  a  short  and  informa',  but  appropriate,  address  of 
welcome  to  the  delegates.  He  said  that  he  had  hoped  that  His 
Worship  the  Hon,  S.  N.  Parent,  Mayor  of  the  city,  would  have 
been  here  to  welcome  them,  but  he  had  been  called  away  by 
departmental  business.  However,  he  cordially  greeted  them  all, 
and  hoped  that  they  would  derive  much  pleasure  and  instruction 
from  their  visit  to  Quebec.  In  such  time  as  they  could  spare  from 
their  deliberations,  the  local  physicians  would  have  the  greatest 
pleasure  in  showing  the  visitors  the  glories  of  Quebec,  and  sights 
of  which  few  cities  in  the  world  can  boast.  The  noble  river  that 
flowed  at  his  feet  would  also,  he  said,  be  called  upon  to  contribute 
to  the  entertainment,  and  an  opportunity  would  be  found  to  show 
those  present  the  famous  Falls  of  Montmorency,  etc.  He  added 
that  though,  as  he  had  remarked,  the  members  would  not  have  the 
pleasure  of  being  welcomed  by  His  Worship  the  Mayor,  still  their 
loss  was  not  so  great  as  it  might  have  been  since  Alderman 
Maitin  Foley  was  present  to  replace  him.  In  conclusion,  he 
thanked  his  audience  for  the  very  attentive  hearing  they  had  given 
him,  and  once  more  bid  them  welcome. 

Alderman  Foley  then  in  the  name  of  the  people  offered  to  the 
delegates  the  following 

CIVIC  ADDRESS  OF  WELCOME. 

To  the  President,  Officers  and  Members  of  The  Canadian  Medical 

Association  : 

Ladies  AND  Gentlemen, — In  the  absence  of  His  Worship  the 
Mayor,  who  has  been  called  outside  of  our  limits  on  an  official 
visit  as  a  Minister  of  the  Crown,  it  is  my  pleasant  duty  as  Pro- 
Mayor  to  welcome  you  and  to  tender  you  the  hospitalities  of  the 
City  of  Quebec. 

Our  people  fully  appreciate  the  priceless  value  of  gatherings 
like  this  one,  composed  of  men  who  represent  the  progressive 
march  and  the  scientific  attainments  of  the  medical  profession  of 
Canada. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  459 

You  are  welcome  in  our  midst,  and  more  especially  to  this 
ancient  seat  of  learning  founded  by  Monseigneur  da  Laval,  and 
which  has  made  Quebec  famous  as  the  pioneer  of  higher  educa- 
tion in  the  New  World. 

We  know  that  your  learned  deliberations  will  have  beneficial 
results  for  the  progress  of  science  and  the  relief  of  suffering 
humanity. 

I  am  sure  I  am  voicing  the  sentiments  of  our  population  when 
I  express  the  hope  that  the  name  of  Quebec  will  be  inscribed  on 
your  list  and  on  the  list  of  all  kinds  of  Associations  similar  to  yours 
as  the  favori'e  spot  where  assemblies  like  this  to  be  held  in  the 
future  will  be  pleased  to  meet ;  a  centre  of  attraction  to  which 
everybody  should  turn,  and  which  offers  to  the  scientist  worried  by 
the  labour  and  fatigue  of  deeo  research  and  unceasing  mental  efforts 
the  refreshing  breezes  of  our  mighty  river  and  the  unrivalled 
scenery  which  captures  the  eye  from  the  heights  of  the  historical 
cliff  of  Quebec. 

Gentlemen,  you  have  our  best  wishes  for  the  success  of  your 
convention. 

We  hope  you  will  make  it  last  as  long  as  possible,  for  we  are 
sure  that  your  clients  have  agreed  to  give  you  a  prolonged  furlough 
and  that  Providence  will  see  that  your  absence  is  not  detrimental 
to  their  health. 

Dr.  M.  J.  Ahem,  representing  the  Medical  Faculty  of  Laval 
University,  then  presented  its  greetings  in  the  following  happy  re- 
trospective remarks  : — 

"  The  few  words  I  have  to  say  to  you  have  been  raiher  pre- 
tentiously styled  an  address  in  this  programmme — an  address  of 
which  I  may  say  with  Goldsmith,  that  '  If  you  find  it  wondrous 
short  it  shall  not  hold  you  long.'  Mgr.  Laflamme,  the  Rector  of 
the  University,  was  to  have  met  you  here  to-day,  but  he  is  unavoid- 
ably absent,  so  that,  in  his  name  and  in  that  of  Laval  University 
of  Quebec,  ever  ready  to  extend  the  right  hand  of  fellowship  to  all 
seekers  after  truth,  I  have  the  honor  and  the  pleasure  of  bidding  you 
a  hearty  welcome  and  of  offering  to  you  the  freedom  of  the  museum 
and  all  the  facilities  at  our  command  for  the  fulfillment  of  those 
important  duties  you  have  assembled  here  to  perform.  Nor  is  this 
the  first  time  that  these  walls  have  re-echoed  the  scientific  dis- 
cussion of  this  Association.  One  memorable  morning,  31  years 
ago,  when  the  Confederation,  which  binds  together  as  one  the  dif- 
ferent Piovinces  which  comprise  this  great  Dominion  of  ours,  was 
but  a  few  days  old,  there  met  in  this  building  representative  medical 
men  from  all  parts  of  the  country,  who  did  not  separate  until  they 
had  founded  the  Association  which  I  have  now  the  pleasure  of  ad- 
dressing. How  well  these  men  did  their  work  and  what  life  they 
infused  into  their  offspring  is  shown  by  the  vigorous  condition  of 
this  Society  after  an  existence  of  over  one  quarter  of  a  century." 
Some  of  those  men  are  here  to-day.  Once  more,  gentlemen,  Laval 
University  bids  you  a  hearty  welcome,  and  hopes  that  your  stay 
here  will  conduce  to  our  improvement  and  may  also  increase  your 
happiness." 

After  these  addresses,  which  were  briefly  and  appropriately  ac- 
knowledged by  the  President,  the  delegates  adjourned  to  the  various 


460  MEDICAL  SOCIETY   PROCEEDINQS. 

museums,  which  they  visited  and  highly  admired,  and  then  all  went 
downstairs  to  the  University  gardens,  where  they  were  photograph- 
ed in  a  group  by  Mr.  Livernois.  They  then  returned  to  the  main 
hall,  where,  after  some  routine  business,  including  the  reception  of 
visitors,  election  of  members,  etc.,  the  President,  J.  M.  Beausoleil, 
M.D.,  Officer  of  the  Academy,  delivered  the  President's  address. 
See  page  421.  ; 

Upon  its  conclusion  Dr.  Roddick  rose  and  said  in  his  address, 
the  President,  whom  he  sincerely  thanked,  had  touched  upon  a 
subject  which  he  himself  had  Ions;  advocated, — a  general  examin- 
ation and  registration  common  to  all  the  Provinces.  He  was  pleased 
to-day  to  find  that  those  whose  opposition  he  had  most  feared — 
the  men  from  Ontario  — entirely  favored  the  scheme.  Accordingly, 
he  hoped  at  no  distant  date  to  see  matters  so  arranged  that  a  man 
holding  a  diploma  in  any  one  part  of  Canada  might  practice  in 
any  other  part  of  it,  or,  in  fact,  anywhere  in  the  British  Empire. 
Such  a  consummation  would  mark  a  new  era  in  the  history  of  Can- 
ada, especially  as  regards  her  doctors.  The  Association  had  been 
born  in  Quebec  and  had  since  done  great  things.  He  hoped  this 
new  idea  which  had  first  taken  root  and  been  seriously  considered 
in  Quebec  would  likewise  flourish  as  had  the  Association,  and  that 
this  great  project  might  speedily  come  into  operation.  He  then 
moved  a  hearty  vote  of  thanks  to  the  worthy  President,  which 
being  put  to  the  meeting  by  Dr.  Thornburn,  of  Toronto,  was  carried 
unanimously. 

The  first  paper  read  was  one  by  Dr.  A.  Rosebrugh,  of  Toronto, 
on  "The  Duty  of  the  Medical  Profession  in  the  Question  of  the 
Treatment  of  Inebriates."  It  was  read  by  title  by  Dr.  F.  N.  G. 
Small,  of  Toronto,  the  energetic  Secretary  of  the  Association.  See 
page  429. 

The  reading  of  this  treatise  was  greeted  with  loud  applause, 
and  the  following  Committee  were  named  to  study  and  report  upon 
the  matter: — Drs.  Thorburn,  Muir  and  J.  George  Adami. 

The  next  paper  taken  up  was  one  by  Dr.  G.  Sterling  Ryerson, 
of  Toronto,  on  Monocular  Diplopia.  This  difficult  optical  subject 
was  handled  by  the  author  in  a  masterly  and  learned  manner,  which 
excited  general  admiration,  and  it  was  universally  agreed  that,  as 
stated  by  Dr.  Ryerson,  the  matter  was  one  to  which  by  far  too 
little  care  and  attention  were  devoted. 

Hon.  Dr.  Marcil  followed  with  a  paper  on  "  Septic  Peritonitis, 
Consecutive  to  Appendicitis,  and  its  Surgical  Treatment."  In  his 
treatise  Dr.  Marcil  gave  a  most  interesting  description  of  the  treat- 
ment of  the  disease,  consisting  of  an  operation  and  washing  the 
peritoneum.  His  opening  remarks  showed  that  the  operation  was 
first  practiced  in  1893  by  Dr.  Berger,  of  Paris,  but  unsuccessfully 
However,  he  fully  succeeded  in  1894.  In  1893,  Dr.  Reischel,  of 
Germany,  had  declared  the  operation  was  useless.  In  1897,  Dr. 
McCosh,  of  New  York,  successfully  performed  the  operation,  but  in 
August,  1896,  Dr.  Marcil  himself  successfully  performed  the  opera- 
tion on  a  young  man  in  Terrebonne,  and  so  seems  to  have  fairly 
earned  the  credit  of  having  himself  performed  the  first  successful 
operation  of  the  kind  on  the  continent  of  America. 

Dr.  Ferd.  C.  Valentine,  of  New   York,  subsequently  gave  a 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS.  46^ 

most  interesting  and  instructive  talk  on  the  subject  of  the  Genito- 
urinary instruments  required  by  the  general  practitioner,  and  illus- 
trated it  by  a  variety  of  catheters  and  other  apparatus.  Dr.  Valen-' 
tine  referred  in  the  strongest  terms  to  the  fact  that  most  doctors 
shrink  from  the  expense  necessitated  by  the  purchase  of  the  best 
instruments  to  treat  the  dreadful  diseases  of  the  organs  referred  to, 
and  condemned  such  parsimony  in  the  very  strongest  terms.  If  it 
were  not  for  this,  many  who  are  to-day  suffering  the  most  horrible 
torments  might  be  cured,  and  he  hoped  that  the  matter  was  more 
intelligently  treated  here  than  on  the  other  side  of  the  line. 

Dr.  Smith,  of  Orangeville,  exhibited  a  number  of  peculiar  cases 
met  with  in  practice  of  Gall  Stones,  Vermiform,  Appendix,  Cancer, 
Tumour,  etc.,  and  made  a  few  general  remarks  concerning  them. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  papers  of  the  afternoon  was  read 
by  Dr.  Thorburn,  of  Toronto,  who  dealt  with  "  The  Physician  and 
Life  Insurance."  In  the  course  of  his  remarks  Dr.  Thorburn  men- 
tioned that  the  risks  at  present  held  in  Canada  by  British  and 
Canadian  Companies  is  $344,314,448,  and  that  the  total  amount 
held  in  the  United  States  is  $5,183,694,250.  The  very  fact  that 
there  was  so  much  money  locked  up  in  this  business  shows  bow 
much  depends  upon  the  good  judgment  of  the  profession  and  how 
much  reliance  is  placed  in  it.  A  number  of  other  statistics  were 
also  given,  but  we  cannot  go  into  them  at  greater  length.  However, 
in  connection  with  the  subject,  Dr.  Thorburn  very  vigorously  pro- 
tested against  physicians  permitting  either  Insurance  Companies  or 
candidates  to  influence  them  in  their  examinations  and  reports. 
His  appeal  was  almost  purely  one  for  thoroughness  and  faithful- 
ness in  examination,  and  he  indignantly  scored  those  who  so  often 
give  the  patient  a  thump  on  the  back  and  another  on  the  chest  and 
then  let  them  go. 

Dr.  MuUin  made  some  remarks  very  much  in  the  same  sense. 

Dr.  Muir  also  added  a  vigorous  protest  re  those  doctors  who 
make  unfair  examinations  and  who  treat  men  banded  together  in 
associations  at  tidiculously  low  fees. 

Dr.  Dickson  advocated  the  establishment  of  a  standard  and 
uniform  scale  of  fees  for  the  government  of  doctors  in   such  cases. 

Dr.  Gauthier  made  an  extremely  warm  attack  on  those  doctors 
who  indulge  in  lodge  luactice,  and  claimed  that  they  were  prosti- 
tuting the  profession  by  accepting  fees  of  $1  and  even  50  cents  for 
examinations.  Some  of  them,  however,  even  did  worse  than  that, 
as  there  was  for  instance  one  society  he  could  name  in  which  the 
candidate  did  not  have  t  >  pay  if  not  accepted.  He  wanted  to 
know,  too,  how  such  things  could  be  stopped  when  the  Presidents  of 
colleges  and  medical  councils  acted  in  this  very  manner,  and  threw 
out  some  very  broad  hints  which  created  quite  a  sensation.  He 
was  in  favour  of  a  minimum  fee  of  say  £5  being  established,  even  if 
the  insurance  applied  for  be  only  $t,ooo. 

Dr.  Valentine  apologized  for  having,  though  a  stranger,  inter- 
fered in  the  discussion,  but  said  that  he  would  like  to  see  a  more 
faithful  system  of  examination  enforced.  There  should  be  a  more 
rigid  examination  as  to  gonorrhoea  and  other  diseases  of  the  genito- 
urinary organs.  In  Dr.  Valentine's  opinion  80  per  cent,  of  children 
who  lose  their  eye- sight  after  birth,  and  a  very  large  proportion  of 


462  MEDICAL  SOCIETY    PROCEEDINGS. 

deaths  are  due  to  such  diseases.  In  cases,  too,  of  suicide,  etc.,  he 
would  Hke  to  see  coroners  instructed  to  examine  the  genito-urinary 
organs  of  the  victims,  for  he  was  confident  that  therein  the  cause 
would  generally  be  found.  In  fact,  so  strongly  was  he  convinced 
of  this  fact  that  he  had  some  years  ago  read,  before  the  Anglo- 
American  Medical  Society  at  Berlin,  a  paper  on  the  "  Melancholia 
of  Gonorrhoea,"  and  of  those  who  then  strongly  ridiculed  him  three 
had  since  published  papers  on  the  same  subject. 

Dr.  Thorburn  said  that  some  means  of  stamping  out  cheap 
doctors  must  be  found.  However,  with  regard  to  Dr.  Valentine's 
remarks,  he  must  say  that  Canadians  do  not  appear  to  be  nearly  so 
immoral  and  subject  to  venereal  diseases  as  those  to  whom  the 
latter  gentleman  referred.  He  was  quite  confident  that  gonorrhoea 
was  not  by  any  means  the  disease  most  prevalent  among  Cana- 
dians, and  that  80  per  cent,  of  premature  deaths  could  not  be  traced 
to  it  in  Canada,  as  they  could  be  in  New  York,  according  to  Dr. 
Valentine. 

Before  the  adjournment  the  election  of  the  Nominating  Com- 
mittee was  proceeded  with  and  resulted  as  follows: — Dr.  Muir, 
Truro,  N.S.;  Dr.  McNeil,  P.E.I.;  Longis,  New  Brunswick  ;  Roddick, 
Montreal;  Bell,  Montreal;  Small,  Ottawa;  Ryerson,  Toronto; 
Williams,  Ingersoll,  Ont.;  C.  S.  Parke,  Quebec ;  Thorburn,  To- 
ronto; Marcil,  St.  Eustache  ;  Myers,  Foronto  ;  Wyatt  Johnston, 
Montreal ;  Dickson,  Pembroke,  Ont.;  Worthington,  Sherbrooke. 

On  the  previous  evening  there  was  a  very  pleasant  promenade 
concert  at  Victoria  Park,  to  which  the  delegates  were  invited,  and  at 
which  all  fully  enjoyed  themselves. 

The  second  day's  programme  was  as  follows  : — 

9.30  a.m. — Reading  of  papers — Goitre — C.  R.  Dickson, 
Toronto. 

Traumatic  rupture  of  the  bile  duct,  followed  by  operation. 
Exhibition  of  patient — R.  H.  Garratt,  Kingston. 

Case  of  fracture  of  pelvis,  with  rupture  of  bladder,  operation, 
recovery — R.  A.  H.  Mackeen,  Glace  Bay. 

On  the  Recording  of  Medical  Cases,  C.  F.  Martin,  Montreal. 

A  series  of  cases  of  Calculous  Obstruction  of  the  common  bile 
duct,  treated  by  incision  of  the  duct  and  removal  of  the  stones — Jas. 
Bell,  Montreal. 

1 1  a.m. — Excursion  to  Groose  Isle  Quarantine  Station. 

4  p.m — Session  on  steamer  : — 

Foreign  bodies  in  the  larynx — Hubert  D.  Hamilton,  Montreal. 

A  case  ofbicornuate  uterus,  mistaken  for  ectopic  gestation  ;  a 
case  of  strangulated  umbilical  hernia — W.  J.  Gibson,  Belleville. 

Neurasthenia — D.  Campbell  Myers,  Toronto. 

Laryngeal  Diphtheria,  with  special  reference  to  cases  requiring 
a  choice  between  tracheotomy  and  intubation — A.  Gaudier,  Sher- 
brooke. 

MORNING   SESSION. 

On  Thursday  the  meeting  opened  at  9.45  a.m.  sharp.  The 
Secretary  first  read  the  minutes,  after  which  the  regular  business 
was  proceeded  with. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  463 

The  following  members  were  added  to  the  attendance  roll : — 
Hon.  Dr.  Guerin,  M.L.A.,  Montreal;  Drs.  Frank  R.  Foster,  New 
York  J  Henry  P.  Wright,  Ottawa;  Pierre  Ulderic,  Princeville  ;  E. 
McLaughlin,  Morrisburg  ;  Edward  Marcotte,  St.  Basile,  Portneuf  ; 
A.  DeMartigny,  Montreal ;  J.  Dufresne,  Deschambault ;  Charles 
F.Martin,  Montreal;  C.  W.  Wilson,  Montreal;  A.  Gander 
Sherbrooke ;  H.  A.  Lafleur,  Montreal  ;  Sir  William  Hingston, 
Montreal. 

The  first  paper  read  was  one  by  Dr.  James  Bell,  of  Montreal. 
It  was,  of  course,  a  purely  technical  one,  of  little  interest  to  the 
general  public,  but  valuable  in  a  pathological  sense  to  the  profes- 
sion, the  subject  being  "  A  series  of  cases  of  calculous  obstruction 
of  the  common  bile  duct,  treated  by  incision  of  the  duct  and 
removal  of  the  stones." 

All  those  who  were  present,  including  the  visitors,  were  loud 
in  their  praises  of  this  paper.  They  also  expressed  their  surprise 
at  the  large  number  of  cases  of  this  unusual  condition  observed  in 
a  city  of  the  size  of  Montreal. 

At  10.30  the  members  adjourned  in  order  to  take  part  in  the 
excursion  to  the  Quarantine  Station,  which  left  the  Queen's  Wharf 
at  II  a.m. 

The  trip  to  Grosse  Isle  was  one  of  the  most  pleasant  imagin- 
able, and  was  participated  in  by  fully  200  persons,  including  a 
large  number  of  ladies,  who  lent  color  and  brilliancy  to  the  occa- 
sion. The  steamer,  too,  was  comfortable  and  roomy  in  the 
extreme,  the  Aberdeen  having  been  courteously  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  the  Association  by  the  Department  of  Marine  and  Fish- 
eries. Commodore  J.  U.  Gregory  and  Mr.  O'Farrel  accompanied 
the  party,  and  did  all  in  their  power  to  promote  the  general  enjoy- 
ment, while  the  members  of  the  local  committee  were  perfectly 
indefatigable. 

At  noon  a  splendid  lunch  was  served  on  board  the  Aberdeen 
by  Mr.  Douglass,  who  was  aided  by  Mrs .  Douglass  and  a  large 
staff  of  waiters.  It  is  needless,  after  mentioning  this  fact,  to  state 
that  the  luncheon  was  as  fine  as  anyone  could  ask  for,  and  it  was 
beautifully  served. 

Arrived  at  the  Island,  the  visitors  inspected  the  Quarantine 
Station  from  beginning  to  end,  including  the  passengers'  quarters, 
disinfecting  and  fumigating  apparatus'  laboratory,  etc.,  and  univer- 
sally pronounced  it  equal  to  any  on  the  continent,  and  a  tribute  to 
the  skill  and  zeal  of  Dr.  Montizambert  and  his  able  staff  of  assist- 
ants. The  burying  ground,  too,  in  which  5,424  victims  of  the 
typhus  fever  plague  of  1847  ^i^  buried,  was  likewise  visited,  and 
was  viewed  with  the  greatest  interest.  Shortly  before  four  o'clock 
the  return  journey  was  begun,  and  as  the  steamer  left  the  Quaran, 
tine  Station  three  hearty  cheers  were  given  for  Dr.  Montizambert- 
who,  with  Dr.  Church,  took  the  visitors  in  hand  at  the  island. 
After  a  remarkably  pleasant  sail  the  Aberdeen  returned  to  Quebec 
at  6.30  p.m. 

On  the  return  trip  meetings  of  the  Nomination  Committee  on 
International  Registration  were  held,  and  they  then  finished  their 
labors. 


4^4  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

EVENING   SITTING. 

Amongst  other  papers  read  at  the  evening  sitting  was  a  mdst 
interesting  one  on  the  "  Sutgical  Treatment  of  Empyema,"  by  Dr. 
J.  M.  Elder,  of  Montreal.  The  doctor  modestly  declined  to  class 
his  talk  as  a  paper,  saying  that  it  was  merely  an  opening  of  the 
discussion  and  grouping  of  heads  upon  which  he  desired  to  elicit 
debate  and  information.  The  discussion  which  followed  was  taken 
part  in  by  Drs.  Muir,  Dickson,  Hingston  and  Roddick.  Dr.  Muir 
preferred  the  use  of  a  metal  tube  lo  a  rubber  one,  and  Dr.  Roddick 
was  of  a  similar  opinion.  Dr.  Hingston  believed  in  operating 
for  chronic  cases,  and,  speaking  on  the  subject  of  washing  out 
the  cavity,  said  that  he  believed  in  the  washing  with  sterilized 
water,  or  in  some  cases  a  mild  solution  of  carbolic  acid.  Dr. 
Roddick  described  his  success  with  the  use  of  the  aspirator  for 
children. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Drummond  read  an  exceedingly  fine  paper  upon 
"The  Pioneers  of  Medicine  in  Quebec,"  which  displayed  a  vast 
amount  of  original  historical  research.  It  dealt  with  the  early  his- 
tory of  the  profession  in  this  country.     See  page  425. 

ELECTION   OF   OFFICERS. 

The    Nominating  Committee  reported  the   following    list  of 
officers  for  the  coming  year,  which  was  adopted  : 
President — Dr.  Irving  H.  Cameron,  Toronto. 
Vice-Presidents — 

Prince  Edward  Island — Dr.  J.  McLeod,  Charlottetown. 

Nova  Scotia — Dr.  Kirkpatrick,  Halifax. 

New  Brunswick — Dr.  L.  N.  Bourque,  Moncton. 

Quebec — Dr.  Jas.  Bell,  Montreal. 

Ontario — Dr.  J.  A.  Williams,  Ingersoll. 

Manitoba — Dr.  R.  S.  Thompson,  Deloraine. 

North  West  Territories — Dr.  Lindsay,  Calgary. 

British  Columbia — Dr.  S.  J.  Tunstall,  Vancouver. 
General  Secretary — F.  N.  G.  Starr,  Toronto. 
Provincial  Secretaries — 

Prince  Edward  Island — Dr.  S.  K.  Jenkins,    Charlottetown. 

Nova  Scotia — Dr.  W.  G.  Putnam,  Yarmouth. 

New  Brunswick— Dr.  T.  D.  Walker,  St.  John. 

Quebec — Dr.  Charles  Marcil,  Sie.  Eustache. 

Ontario — Dr.  C.  R.  Dickson,  Toronto. 

Manitoba — Dr.  George  Chigan,  Verden. 

North  West  Territories — Dr.  Lowe,  Regina. 

British  Columbia — Dr.  R.  E.  Walker,  New  Westminster. 
Treasurer— Dr.  H.  B.  Small,  Ottawa. 

Publishing  Committee — Dr.  A.  D.  Blackader,  Montreal;  Dr. 
J.  L.  Davidsoo,  Dr.  W.  A.  Young,  Toronto ;  and  the  General 
Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

By-laws— Drs.  C.  S.  Parke,  Wyatt  Johnston,  Jas.  Bell,  Q. 
R.  Dickson,  G.  S.  Ryan,  W.  W.  Dickson,  M.  Beausoieil,  and  the 
President  and  Secretary. 

The  next  place  of  meeting  is  Toronto. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  4/8$ 

THIRD    AND    CLOSING   SESSION. 

By  far  the  most  important  meeting  of  the  Canadian  Medical 
Association,  so  far  as  general  work  is  concerned,  was  the  closing 
session,  which  opened  at  9.30  a.m.  yesterday  and  closed  shortly 
after  noon.  In  this  short  lime  an  enormous  amount  of  work  was 
achieved,  and  if  all  the  important  measures  in  which  the  first  steps 
were  then  taken  are  pushed  to  their  legitimate  conclusion,  the 
medical  profession,  and  the  public  in  general,  will  long  have  occa- 
sion to  rtmember  this  conference  just  brought  to  a  close. 

The  first  business  of  the  day  was  the  exhibition  by  Dr. 
Laplace,  of  Philadelphia,  of  an  ingenious  instrument  for  the  treat- 
ment of  bowel  wounds,  or,  to  use  the  technical  expression,  for 
intestinal  anastamosis.  It  was  exhibited  by  its  use  on  a  chloro- 
formed dog. 

Dr.  T.  D.  Reed,  of  Montreal,  was  then  called  upon  for  his 
remarks  upon 

THE    BRITISH    PHARMACOPCEIA. 

He  said  that  it  was  periodically  revised,  but  that  at  the  last 
revision  in  1885  there  were  fe.v  changes.  In  that  of  1898,  how- 
ever, 189  medicines  are  omitted,  80  new  remedies  are  added  and 
180  changes  are  made.  All  of  this  necessitates  the  very  greatest 
care  and  attention  on  the  part  of  the  practitioner  ;  it  is  manifestly 
important  that  there  should  be  absolute  uniformity  in  the  writing 
and  filling  of  prescriptions.  For  this  reason  then  the  last  correc- 
tions to  the  B.  P.  must  be  carefully  studied,  and  it  should  be  adopted 
as  the  absolute  standard  for  the  Dominion.  Accordingly  in  view 
of  all  these  considerations  and  the  fact  that  no  date  has  yet  been 
settled  for  the  coming  into  force  of  the  new  B.  P.,  he  moved : — 

That,  "  whereas  a  revised  edition  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia 
has  been  issued  containing  numerous  and  important  changes,  and 
whereas  uncertainty  exists  as  to  the  date  when  the  British  Pharma- 
copoeia, 1898,  is  to  be  considered  in  force  ;  Resolved,  That  the 
Canadian  Medical  Association,  in  annual  meeting  assembled,  recom- 
mends that  October  i,  1898,  be  taken  as  the  date  on  and  after 
which,  in  the  absence  of  instructions  otherwise,  physicians'  pre- 
scriptions should  be  compounded  with  the  preparations  of  the 
British  Pharmacopoeia,  1898." 

Dr.  Roddick  also  spoke  at  some  length  on  the  matter,  and  read 
a  communication  from  Great  Britain  on  the  subject,  after  which  he 
announced  his  intention  to  move  the  appointment  of  a  Committee 
to  consider  the  matter. 

Dr.  Reed  resuming  said  that,  as  this  was  a  Canadian  Associa- 
tion, it  should  be  loyal  to  the  British  Pharmacopoeia,  and  announced 
his  willingness  that  such  a  Committee  should  be  appointed.  In 
sbme  of  tixe  Provinces  the  B.  P.  was  not  universally  followed,  as  in 
Ontario  for  instance,  though  it  should  be  so. 

Dr.  H.  B.  Small,  of  Ottawa,  said  that  the  B.  P.  was  official  in 
Ontario  unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the  Council,  and  asked  where 
aiid  when  it  was  not  followed  in  Ontario. 

Dr.  Reed  replied  that  one  instance  he  had  in  mind  occurred 
two  or  three  years  ago  in  Ottawa,  which  was  in  Ontario,  and  that 


466  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

it  took  place  in  the  Department  which  deals  with  the  adulteration 
of  food,  etc.  A  number  of  tinctures  were  bought  all  over  the 
Dominion  to  be  tested,  and,  though  they  did  not  conform  with  the 
B.  P.,  they  were  allowed  to  pass  because  they  were  up  to  the 
standard  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia.  Some  time  ago  the 
sentiment  in  Montreal  was  tested  by  means  of  post  card  circulars, 
and  99  per  cent,  of  the  doctors  who  replied  favored  the  B.  P. 

Dr.  Beausoleil  made  a  few  remarks  upon  the  importance  of 
settling  this  subject,  and  hoped  that  no  means  of  doing  so  would  be 
neglected. 

Dr.  MacNeill  said  that  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia 
included  all  that  was  best  in  the  British,  French  and  German 
Pharmacopoeia,  and  that  it  was  very  extensive  and  full  of  informa- 
tion. If  the  B.  P.  was  to  be  taken  as  the  standard,  it  should  be 
consolidated,  improved  and  extended. 

Dr.  Roddick  moved  the  appomtment  of  the  following  Com- 
mittee to  impress  the  matter  upon  the  attention  of  the  Federal 
authorities  : — Drs.  T.  D.  Reed  and  A.  D.  Blackader,  Montreal ; 
H.  B.  Small,  Ottawa ;  Malrois,  Quebec  ;  H.  J.  Cameron,  F.  N.  G. 
Starr  and  J,  A.  McCallurn,  Toronto.  This  motion  was  also 
adopted.  . 

The  other  very  highly  important  matters  which  came  before  the 
meeting  was  the  report  of  the  Committee  on 

INTERPROVINCIAL   REGISTRATION. 

The  report  was  highly  favorable  to  the  project  in  every  respect, 
and  not  only  was  it  so,  but  it  suggested  admirable  bases  for  the 
rapprochment.     See  page  469. 

The  Committee  who  had  the  matter  under  advisement  were  : 
Dr.  MacNeill  (P.E.I.),  chairman  ;  Doctors  Marcil,  ('has.  Parke, 
Marsolais,  Roddick,  (Quebec)  ;  Muir  (Nova  Scotia)  ;  Williams, 
Thorburn,  MuUins,  Wright   (Ontario). 

Dr.  Ahem  moved  that  the  following  Committee  be  named  to 
continue  the  good  work  already  begun  : — Doctors  MacNeill,  P.E.I,  j 
Muir,  N.S. ;  Walker,  N.B.;  Marcil,  Quebec;  Bain,  N.W.T., 
McKechnie,  B.C.;  Williams,  Ontario.  This  resolution  also  ac- 
knowledged the  Committee's  services  aftd  was  unanimously  adopted 
without  discussion. 

Dr.  Grondin  moved  that  type-written  copies  of  the  report  be 
sent  to  the  Registrars  of  each  Province  to  be  laid  before  their 
Colleges,  and  that  answers  thereto  be  requested  in  order  to  feel  the 
sentiment  of  the  country  on  the  subject. 

The  papers  read  at  the  meeting  included  "  Sero-Therapy,"  by 
Dr.  Ed.  Laberge,  Montreal ;  Laryngeal  Diphtheria,  by  Dr.  Gaudier, 
Sherbrooke  ;  A  case  of  Strangulated  Umbilical  Hernia,  Dr.  Gibsone, 
Belleville ;  Neurasthenia,  Dr.  Meyers,  Toronto  ;  Goitre,  Dr. 
Dickson,  Toronto;  Infection  and  Sero-Therapy,  Dr.  A.  DeMartigny, 
Montreal. 

A  letter  of  congratulation  to  the  Association  and  its  President 
was  read  by  Dr.  F.  X.  DeMartigny,  of  Montreal,  on  behalf  of  Dr. 
Guepin  and  Dr.  Loze,  of  Paris,  and  Dr.  Roddick  moved  that  it  be 
suitably  acknowledged. 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  467 

Dr.  F.  X.  DeMartigny  also  read  some  communications  from 
Paris  on  Technical  subjects. 

The  Auditors,  Drs.  Dickson  and  Marois,  then  reported  on  the 
Treasurer's  books,  showing  that  the  balance  from  last  year  was  $132, 
while  the  receipts  this  year  were  $156,  making  a  total  of  $288.52, 
of  which  a  balance  of  $62.40  still  remains. 

The  thanks  of  the  meeting  were  then  unanimously  tendered  to 
Dr.  Small,  in  recognition  of  the  able  manner  in  which  he  had,  as 
treasurer,  kept  the  books. 

A  vote  of  thanks  was  likewise  passed  to  the  doctors  of  Quebec, 
and  especially  the  Local  Committee  for  the  handsome  manner  in 
which  they  had  received  the  Convention. 

Another  very  strongly-worded  motion  was  also  moved,  second- 
ed, and  unanimously  passed,  expressing  the  physicians'  high  appre- 
ciation of  their  delightful  trip  to  Grosse  Isle,  and  their  sense  of  its 
magnificent  equipment.  The  mover,  Dr.  Meyers,  of  Toronto, 
dwelt  upon  the  magnificent  development  made  by  the  Station 
during  the  last  26  years,  until  it  is  now  second  to  none,  and  em- 
bodied in  his  motion  the  enthusiastic  sense  of  the  meeting,  that  the 
Government  should 

RETAIN  DR.  MONTIZAMBERT 

as  their  Superintendent  of  Quarantine.  He  said  that  almost  all  that 
had  been  done  at  Grosse  Isle  was  due  to  Dr.  Montizamberi,  and 
spoke  briefly  of  his  great  scholarly  attainments,  and  of  the  very 
high  stand  he  took  among  medical  scientists  the  world  over.  These 
remarks  were  applauded  to  the  echo.  Dr.  Parke  seconded  the 
motion. 

Dr.  Dickson,  of  Toronto,  moved  that  the  thanks  of  the  Asso- 
ciation be  tendered  to  the  authorities  of  Laval  University  for  the 
use  of  their  splendid  building  and  room. 

Dr.  Small  moved  that  a  vote  of  thanks  be  passed  to  the  trans- 
portation companies  who  had  carried  the  members  at  reduced  fare, 
but  suggested  that  some  more  convenient  means  of  getting  the  reduc- 
tion than  the  bothersome  certificate  system  be  sought  for. 

Dr.  Mullen,  of  Toronto,  moved  that  Dr.  Beausoleil  vacate  the 
chair  and  that  Dr.  Roddick  act  as  chairman. 

He  then  proceeded  to  move  a  vote  of  thanks  to  the  highly 
esteemed  President  for  his  efforts  on  behalf  of  the  Association, 
which  had  so  largely  contributed  towards  the  success  of  the  meet- 
ing, one  of  the  best  that  the  Association  had  ever  held.  He  could 
well  remember  that  the  first  meeting  of  the  Association,  which  he 
attended,  was  held  at  Niagara  Falls,  and  was  under  the  Presidency 
of  a  Quebec  physician,  the  late  Dr.  Marsden.  Since  then  he  had 
had  the  pleasure  of  knowing  many  Presidents  of  the  Association, 
and  it  was  with  pleasure  that  he  remarked  how  prominent  the  men 
all  had  been.  Having  commenced  under  a  Quebec  President,  it 
was  gratifying  to  him  to  now  attend,  under  a  presiding  officer  taken 
from  among  the  French-speaking  brethren,  one  of  the  most  delight- 
ful and  most  successful  meetings  that  the  Association  had  held 
since  its  foundation.  The  motion  was  warmly  seconded  by  two  or 
three  gentlemen,  and  was  then  put  to  the  house  by   Dr.   Roddick, 


458  MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

who  transferred  the  expression   of  the  meeting's  feelings   to    their 
object. 

Dr.  Beausoleil  made  a  characteristically  happy  reply.  After 
thanking  the  members  for  the  honor  they  had  done  him,  he  address- 
ed himself  principally  to  his  French-Canadian  brethren,  and  showed 
them  how  foundationless  was  the  assertion  that  the  Society  was  an 
English  one.  This  idea  he  desired  to  correct  was  all  wrong,  for  the 
Society  was  essentially  Canadian  in  fact  as  well  as  in  name.  French 
and  English-speaking  people  must  unite  together,  not  necessarily  in 
language  but  in  the  effort  to  promote  the  general  good  of  the  coun- 
try. '1  hat  the  English-speaking  members  of  the  Association  were 
willing  to  do  their  share  and  were  eminently  fair  and  just  to  their 
confrires  yfai^  exemplified  by  the  fact  that  in  a  Committee  of  15, 
on  which  there  were  two  French-speaking  members,  one  had  been 
elected  President.  At  the  Kingston  meeting  every  honor  that 
could  be  asked  by  the  French-speaking  members  were  accorded 
them,  although  they  were  practically  alone,  and  though  their 
countrymen  were  only  one-fifth  of  the  Dominion's  population.  Now, 
the  French-Canadians  must  show  by  their  efforts  that  they  want 
to  maintain  Canada's  reputation  and  to  keep  step  with  progress, 
and  Quebec  Province  must  realize  that,  though  she  has  long  had  a 
tendency  to  do  so,  she  must  not  bashfully  lag  behind  the  rest  of  the 
Dominion,  even  though  she  may  very  exclusively  desire  to  retain  some 
of  htr  legitimate  characteristics.  Finally,  he  asked  all  the  French- 
speaking  confreres  to  rally  to  Toronto  next  August,  and  strongly 
urged  them  to  busy  themselves  in  securing  new  members  for  the 
Association. 

Dr.  Dickson,  of  Pembroke,  in  a  few  very  neat  remarks  pro- 
posed a  vote  of  ihanks  and  the  usual  bonus  to  the  Secretary,  whom 
he  eulogized  in  the  warmest  terms  for  his  assiduous  and  painstaking 
though  unassuming  efforts  on  behalf  of  the  Association.  In  fact,  he 
attributed  much  of  its  success  directly  to  Dr.  Starr.  In  these 
remarks  he  was  seconded  by  Drs.  Muir,  Small,  Roddick,  Beausoleil, 
MacNeill  and  others. 

Dr.  Starr  then  read  a  number  of  communications,  including  an 
invitation  to  the  C.  M.  A.  to  send  a  delegate  next  month  to  the  an- 
nual meeting  of  the  Electro-Therapeutic  Association  which  assem- 
bles in  Buffalo. 

After  the  consideration  of  other  routine  matters  three  hearty 
cheers  were  called  for  and  heartily  given  for  Dr.  Parke,  President 
of  the  local  Committee,  who  so  admirably  arranged  everything  for 
the  Association,  and  the  gathering  broke  up  to  assemble  next 
August  in   Toronto. 

In  the  afternoon  the  members  were  entertained  to  a  very 
pleasant  drive  to  the  Falls  of  Montmorency  by  their  confreres  of 
Quebec. 


THE 


Canada  Medical  Record 


F»UBLISHED    MONTHI^Y. 


Subscription  Price^  $t.oo/er  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscrlptiou,  or  advertising,  payable  tO 
JOHN  LOVELLi  &  SON,  23  St.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  business  commiu 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  should  iw 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  21V4,  Post  Oflice,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 

INTER-PROVINCIAL    REGISTRATION. 

The  movement  in  favor  of  reciprocity  throughout  the 
Dominion  in  regard  to  license  to  practice  medicine  is  gradually 
approaching  that  stage  when  the  last  vestiges  of  opposition  are 
disappearing,  and  local  selfish  interests  are  receding  in  favor 
of  an  arrangement  which  is  fraught  with  greater  benefit  to  the 
profession  of  the  Dominion.  The  report  adopted  a  year  ago 
was  approved  of  by  all  the  provinces  except  Ontario,  where  a 
majority  still  hold  out  for  examination  by  their  own  board  for  all 
who  wish  to  practice  in  the  province.  As  Ontario  had  astrong 
representation  on  the  Committee,  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the 
present  report,  which  was  unanimously  adopted  at  the  recent 
meeting  of  the  Canadian  Medical  Association  at  Quebec,  will 
be  found  acceptable  by  all  the  provinces.  Until  this  has  been 
done,  no  further  progress  can  be  made  towards  securing  a 
Dominion  Board  of  Registration, which  will  place  us  in  a  much 
more  desirable  position  here,  and  doubtless  be  immediately 
preliminary  to  the  recognition  of  our  right  to  practice  in  all 
British  countries.  The  new  arrangement  proposed  is  more 
in  accordance  with  what  obtains  at  present  in  Ontario,  and 
cannot  but  fail  to  be  accepted  by  this  hitherto  refractory  pro- 
vince. We  have  greater  fears  of  opposition  to  it  from  our 
Quebec  Board,  owing  to  the  requirement  of  a  central  board 
of  examiners.     This  has  been    opposed   at   various  times  by 


470  EDITORIAL. 

both  the  English  and  French  divisions  ot  the  profession  here. 
The  system  of  assessors  representing  the  College  at  the 
examinations  of  the  various  universities  at  present  in  vogue 
is  the  only  method  hitherto  found  to  be  generally  acceptable 
in  this  province,  and  while  it  may  be  regarded  as  approach- 
ing an  equivalent  of  the  method  now  proposed,  it  would  not 
comply  with  its  literal  requirements,  and  does  not  in  fact 
offer  such  a  safeguard  against  candidates  passing  and  not 
being  up  to  the  required  standard.  We  think  also  that,  be- 
sides requiring  elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  botany 
should  have  been  included. 

The  following  are   the   recommendations    of  the  com- 
mittee : — 

I.  There  shall  be  accepted  for  matriculation : — B.  A.  from  any 
recognized  university,  or  in  lieu  thereof,  first  class  or  Grade  A 
Provincial  certificate  in  any  of  the  Provinces,  for  teachers'  license, 
or  an  examination  in  the  following  branches,  which  shall  be  com- 
pulsory and  conducted  by  the  various  Councils  of  the  Educational 
Departments  of  each  Province,  viz  :  * 

1.  English  grammar,  composition,  literature  and  rhetoric. 

2.  Arithmetic,  including  vulgar  and  decimal  fractions  and  extrac- 
tions of  the  square  and  cube  root  and  mensuration. 

3.  Algebra  to  the  end  of  quadratic  equations. 

4.  Geometry.  First  three  books  of  Enclid. 

5.  Latin.  First  two  books  of  Virgil's  yEneid  or  three  books  of 
Caesar's   Commentary,  translation  and  grammar. 

6.  Elementary  mechanics  of  solids  and  fluids  comprising  the 
elements  of  statics  and  dynamics,  hydrostatics  and  elementary  che- 
mistry. 

7.  Canadian  and  British  history  with  questions  in  modern  geo- 
graphy. 

8.  Translation  and  grammar  of  any  two  of  the  following  subjects, 
Greek,  French  and  German. 

9.  In  lieu  of  the  above  we  also  recommend  that  any  student 
presenting  a  certificate  after  examination  from  the  professors  of  any 
standard  or  approved  university  in  Her  Majesty's  Dominion,  of 
having  completed  a  course  in  said  university,  be  accepted  in  any  of 
Provinces  of  Canada  for  matriculation  and  registration. 

Fifty  per  cent,  of  the  marks  in  every  subject  shall  be  required  for 
a  pass  and  75  per  cent,  for  honours. 

II.  Professional  Education,  (a)  The  curriculum  of  professional 
studies  shall  begin  after  the  passing  of  the  matriculation  examina- 
tion and  registration,  and  shall  comprise  a  graded  course  in  the 
regulation  branches  of  four  yearly  sessions  of  not  less  than  eight 
months  in  each  year. 

(b)  The  subjects  to  be  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Chemistry,  Materia 
Medica,  Therapeutics,  Practical  Anatomy,  Histology,  Practical 
Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  Surgery    and  Chemical  Surgery,    Medicine 


EDITORIAL.  471 

and  Clinical  Medicine,  including  diseases  of  eye,  ear,  throat  and 
nose,  mental  diseases,  obstetrics,  diseases  of  women  and  children 
medical  jurisprudence,  toxicology,  hygiene,  pathology,  including 
bacteriology, 

(c)  That  at  least  24  months  out  of  the  graded  four  years  of  eight 
months  each  be  required  for  attendance  in  hospital  practice. 

(d)  That  proof  ot  attendance  on  not  less  than  six  cases  of  obste- 
trics and  two  post  mortem  examinations  be  required. 

in.  Examinations,  (a)  All  candidates  for  registration  in  the 
various  Provinces  in  addition  to  having  fulfilled  the  foregoing  require:- 
nnents  shall  be  required  to  undergo  examination  before  examiners 
to  be  appointed  in  each  of  the  Provinces  by  their  representative 
Councils. 

Fifty  per  cent,  shall  be  required  for  a  pass  and  75  per  cent,  for 
honours. 

IV.  Your  Committee  recommend  that,  as  soon  as  the  foregoing 
basis  of  agreement  is  ratified  by  the  councils  of  the  various  Pro- 
vinces, each  council  shall  endeavor  to  secure  legislation  to  authorize 
the  carrying  out  of  the  foregoing  preliminary  and  professional  curri- 
culum, and  to  embody  the  following  to  secure  a  Board  of  Examiners 
for  a  Dominion  qualification,  viz : 

"That  to  soon  as  the  various  councils  of  the  Dominion  shall 
establish  an  Examining  Board  for  the  Dominion,  conducted  by  ex- 
aminers appointed  by  the  Medical  Councils  of  the  several  Pro- 
vinces, their  candidates  passing  a  successful  examination  before  the 
said  Board  and  obtaining  a  certificate  to  that  effect,  shall  be  entitled 
to  registration  in  the  several  Provinces  of  the  Dominion  on  pay- 
ment of  the  registration  fee,  providing  he  is  not  guilty  of  infamous 
or  disgraceful  conduct  in  a  professional  respect." 

Your  Committee  desire  to  recommend  that  efforts  to  ascertain 
the  practicability  of  Federal  legislation  leading  to  the  establishment 
of  a  central  qualification  which  will  place  the  profession  in  Canada 
upon  an  equal  footing  with  that  of  Great  Britain,  and  Dr.  Roddick 
be  authorized  to  take  the  necessary  steps  in  said  matter. 

We  further  recommend  that  this  Association  shall  appoint  a 
Committee  who  shall  consider  and  recommend  the  details  as  to  the 
number  of  examiners  to  be  appointed — the  method  of  conducting 
examinations, — the  fees  to  be  charged  and  other  necessary  details 
to  bring  the  aforesaid  scheme  into  active  operation,  which  details 
the  oriicers  of  this  Association  shall  with  the  foregoing  send  to  each 
of  the  respective  councils  for  approval. 


The  Seventeenth  Annual  Announcement  of  the  New 
York  Post  Graduate  Medical  School  and  Hospital,  Univer- 
sity of  the  State  of  New  York,  for  1898-99  has  just  been 
issued.  It  shows  that  523  practitioners  of  Medicine  have 
attended  its  courses  during  the  past  year.  They  came  from 
the  various  States  of  the  Union  and  the  Dominion  of  Can 
ada.  There  were  ten  physicians  from  foreign  countries,  two 
of  these  being  from  India  and  one  from  Japan.  Only  96 
were  from  the  State  of  New  York. 


Miscellaneous. 


THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  MEDICAL  SCHOOL. 

Twenty-two  medical  students  were  graduated  from  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School  this  year.  Four  of  these  were 
women.  Dr.  Osier  will  be  dean  of  the  school  in  place  of  Dr. 
Welch.  Drs.  T.  C  Gilchrist  and  J,  W.  Lord  have  been  made 
clinical  professors  of  dermatology,  and  Dr.  Louis  E.  Livingood 
has  been  made  associate  in  pathology. — Medical  Record. 

THE  PASTEUR  MONUMENT. 

The  British  Medical  Journal  says  that  the  monument 
to  Pasteur,  which  is  to  be  erected  in  Paris  in  the  space  in 
front  of  the  Pantheon,  is  now  almost  completed.  M.  Fal- 
guiere,  the  sculptor,  has  introduced  certain  modifications  into 
his  original  design,  in  which  Pasteur  was  simply  represented 
as  overcoming  death,  which  was  in  the  act  of  flight.  Now  a 
group  of  a  mother  with  her  child,  thanking  Pasteur,  has  been 
added  on  the  right,  while  behind  the  central  figure  Fame  is 
shown  crowning  him  with  laurels.  The  international  sub- 
scription to  the  memorial  now  amounts  to  nearly  $65,000. — 
Medical  Record. 

EYE    LANGUAGE. 

No  part  of  the  human  countenance  engages  our  attention 
so  frequently  as  the  eyes.  When  face  to  face  in  conversation, 
we  do  not  look  at  the  lips — although,  as  a  rule,  the  attention 
is  very  quickly  taken  by  any  movement — but  at  the  eyes  of 
the  person  with  whom  we  are  speaking.  So  much  is  this  the 
case  that  the  habit  of  many  deaf  people  of  watching  the  mouth 
always  strikes  us  as  peculiar.  In  fact,  one  usually  feels  that 
there  is  a  sense  of  incompleteness  in  the  association  of  mind 
with  mind  by  means  of  conversation  if  there  is  not  a  continual 
interchange  of  glances  making  a  kind  of  running  commentary 
on  the  words  spoken.  The  same  may  be  said  of  ordinary 
greetings  when  two  people  shake  hands  ;  unless  there  is  at 
the  same  moment  a  meeting  of  friendly  looks  the  ceremony 
loses  much  of  its  meaning. 

Now  why  is  there  this  continual  meeting  of  eyes  accom- 
panying all  kinds  of  human  intercourse  ?  Partly,  no  doubt,  it 
is  attributable  to  certain  habits  of  comparatively  recent  date. 
The  eye,  "  the  window  of  the  soul,"  is  a  more  truthful  exponent 
of  the  inward  thoughts  than  the  tongue,  and  seeing  that 
speech  is  very  frequently  used  not  to  tell  the  thoughts  but  to 
conceal  them,  we  look  to  the  eye  for  confirmation  or  the  reverse 
for  what  our  ears  are  taking  in. — From  Eye  Language,  by 
Louis  Robinson,  in  Appletons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for 
July. 


Book   Reviews. 


Essentials  of  Histology,  Descriptive  and  Practical, 
for  the  Use  of  Students.  By  E.  A.  Schafer,  LL.D., 
F.R.S,,  Jodrell  Professor  of  Physiology  in  University  College, 
London  ;  Editor  of  the  Histological  portion  of  Quain's  Ana- 
tomy. New  (fifth)  edition,  revised  and  enlarged  with  392 
illustrations.  Lea  Bios.  &  Co.,  Philadelphia  and  New  York, 
1898. 

This  book  needs  very  little  to  be  said  of  it,  for  it  is  well  known 
to  all.  A  "  Schafer  "  means  Schafer's  Histology  in  medical  lan- 
guage. It  is  sufficient  to  say  that  this  is  a  new  edition  in  which  it 
is  brought  up  to  date.  The  chapters  on  the  nervous  structures  of 
the  body  are  enlarged  by  new  material  and  also  by  new  illustrations. 
Indeed,  new  illustrations  are  apparent  all  through  the  book.  In  all 
it  is  some  fifty  pages  larger  than  the  last  edition. 


Philadelphia,  Sept.  7th,  '98. 
Dear  Sir: 

Encouraaed  by  the  large  sale  of  the  first  two  volumes 
of  my  New  Series  of  Hand  Atlases  (two  editions  of  Jakob's 
Internal  Medicine  hsLv'mg  been  sold  in  less  than  four  months),  I 
visited  Germany  this  summer  and  made  a  contract  with  the  cen- 
tral publisher,  agreeing  to  purchase  from  him  one  hundred  thou- 
sand copies  of  the  lithographic  plates.  There  are  not  more  than  a 
hundred  thousand  physicians  in  this  country,  and  this  seems  an 
extraordinarily  large  undertaking.  When,  however,  you  take  into 
consideration  the  beautiful  colored  plates,  which  are  produced  by 
the  most  skilful  artists  obtainable  in  Germany,  and  the  fact  that  the 
books  are  sold  at  a  price  which  would  have  been  impossible  unless 
there  had  been  a  combination  of  some  eleven  publishers,  it  does  not 
seem  to  me  a  difficult  undertaking,  as  I  am  convinced  that  when 
the  profession  sees  these  works  they  will  meet  with  a  very  large 
sale.  I  especially  call  your  attention  to  the  circular  enclosed, 
which  gives  you  a  full  description  of  the  Atlases.  The  mechanical 
execution  of  these  lithographs  is  of  the  very  best,  and  the  illustra- 
tions are  equal  to,  if  not  better  than,  those  in  the  large  Atlases, 
which  heretofore  have  sold  for  from  thirty  to  forty  dollars.  I 
personally  examined  the  plates  which  are  now  being  produced  for 
External  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  the  Atlas  of  Skin  Diseases,  and 
found  them  marvels  of  beauty.  By  reason  of  my  new  contract,  the 
central  publisher  has  agreed  to  assert  in  all  new  volumes  an  addi- 
tional number  of  colored  plates,  thus  making  the  newer  volumes 
more  beautiful  than  those  that  have  already  been  published,  and 
yet  they  are  to  be  sold  at  the  same  price. 

Besides  the  Atlases  which  were  sent  to  you  this  summer  for 
review,  I  have  sent  you  the  revised  edition  of  Z>aC^.y/a'j  Modern 
Surgery^  the    second  edition  of  McFarlana's  Pathogenic  Bacteria; 


474  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

and  I  now  have  ready,  and  will  send  you  in  a  few  days,  the  second 
edition  of  An  American  Text-Book  of  the  Diseases  of  Children, 
and  An  American  Text-Book  of  Gyncecology.  Both  of  these  text- 
books have  been  thoroughly  revised  and  a  large  amount  of  new 
material  added.  I  will  also  send  you  in  a  few  days  the  fourth 
revised  edition  of  Vierordfs  Medical  Diagnosis.  This  work  has 
been  entirely  rewritten  and  very  much  enlarged.  Vierordt  has 
gone  through  three  very  large  editions  in  this  country,  and  is  now 
a  recognized  standard  text-book  on  Medical  Diagnosis  both  m  this 
country  and  abroad.  Dr.  Stuart's  translation  has  met  with  a  very 
good  reception  in  the  English  market,  where  I  have  placed  several 
large  editions.  You  will  also  shortly  receive  the  second  edition, 
revised,  of  Griffith^  Cure  of  the  Baby  and  Butler's  Materia- 
Medica  and  Iherapeutics.  I  am  pleased  to  announce  that  we  have 
almost  ready,  and  will  publish  on  or  before  October  i,  Stengel's 
Text-Book  of  Pathology.  This  will  be  a  work  of  about  eight  hun- 
dred pages,  and  will  be  a  model  text-book  on  modern  pathology. 
We  will  also  have  ready  on  or  about  the  15th  of  October  a  Text- 
Book  of  Obstetrics^  by  Barton  Cooke  Hirst,  Professor  of  Ob- 
stetrics at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  This  will  be  a  pro- 
fusely illustrated  text-book  on  Obstetrics,  of  about  eight  hundred 
pages..  Dr.  Hirst  has  embodied  in  this  book  a  series  of  original 
illustrations,  which  he  has  collected  in  his  work  as  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  I  expect  these  two 
works — Stengel's  Pathology  and  Hirst's  Obstetrics — to  be  leading 
text-books  on  their  respective  subjects  during  the  coming  season, 
as  they  are  both  written  by  men  of  well-known  ability  in  their 
respective  lines. 

The  American  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary  will  be  ready  before 
the  first  of  October.  This  is  an  entirely  new  work,  designed  as  a 
handy  volume  for  physicians  and  students.  It  will  contain  a  total 
of  over  26,000  words,  or  about  5,000  words  more  than  any  other 
pocket  dictionary.  It  will  form  a  handsome  volume  bound  in  full 
limp  leather. 

We  shall  have  ready  on  or  about  January  i,  An  American 
Text-Book  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat,  edited 
by  Drs.  deSchweinitz  and  Randall ;  also  Church  and  Peterson's 
Mental  and  Nervous  Diseases.  Both  of  these  books  will  be  well 
illustrated.  I  shall  be  glad  if  you  can  give  me  a  preliminary 
announcement  of  these  forthcoming  works,  together  with  a  special 
notice  of  my  Medical  Hand  Atlases.  I  more  particularly  desire  to 
call  the  attention  of  physicians  in  this  country  to  the  Hand  Atlases, 
and  to  explain  to  them  how  it  is  possible  to  supply  these  books  at 
so  low  a  figure.  This,  I  think,  is  partially  explained  on  the  third 
page  of  the  circular  which  I  enclose  herewith.  I  would  be  pleased, 
however,  if  you  can  lay  stress  on  the  fact  that  the  initial  cost  of 
publication  in  the  making  of  the  expensive  colored  plates  is 
borne  by  eleven  publishers  instead  of  one,  as  is  usually  the 
ca:se,  thus  making  it  possible  to  produce  them  at  so  low  a 
price. 

With  kind  regards  and  best  wishes  for  the  coming  season,  I  am 
Yours  sincerely, 

W.  B.  Saunders. 


PUBIvISHEJRS  DKPARXMENX, 

LITERARY  NOTES. 

Appletons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  October  will  contain  an  article 
by  Edward  Atkinson,  entitled  "The  Evolution  of  High  Wages  From  Low 
Cost  of  Labor."  He  points  out  that  in  every  branch  of  industry  there  has 
been  a  progressive  advance  in  the  rate  of  wages,  and  that  this  advance  has  been 
accompanied  by,  and  is  in  (act  a  consequence  of,  a  general  decline  in  the  prices 
of  nearly  all  products. 


*'  Russia  and  the  Slavs "  is  the  title  of  an  instructive  article  by  Prof. 
William  Z.  Ripley,  which  will  appear  in  Appletons''  Popular  Science  Mmthly  for 
October.  The  rapid  growth  of  Russian  civilization,  and  the  prominent  posi- 
tion which  she  is  assuming  among  the  modern  nations,  give  the  article  a  popular 
interest  quite  apart  from  its  strictly  scientific  aspects. 


Alice  Carter  Cook  is  the  author  of  a  fully  illustrated  paper  entitled  "  Plant 
Life  in  the  Canaries,"  which  will  appear  in  Appletons''  Popular  Science  Monthly 
for  October.  These  "  Fortunate  Islands  "  ol  Lucian,  "  abounding  in  luscious 
fruits  and  covered  with  luxuriant  forests,"  are  to-day  scarcely  at  all  known  or 
appreciated  by  the  general  traveller  after  health  or  pleasure.  A  reading  of 
Mrs.  Carter's  article,  however,  will  give  one  a  most  delightful  picture  of  their 
beauty  and  interest,  as  well  as  a  great  deal  of  information  of  scientific  value. 


"Weather  Freaks  of  the  West  Indies"  is  the  subject  of  a  short  article  by 
Felix  L.  Oswald,  the  naturalist,  which  will  appear  in  Appletons''  Popular 
Science  Monthly  for  October.  These  at  present  much-talked-of  islands  are,  it 
seems,  peculiar  as  well  in  their  weather  as  in  their  inhabitants,  and  some  of  the 
more  curious  manifestations  of  the  former  are  described  and  explained  by  Dr. 
Oswald . 


Chapter  IV  in  the  series  on  "  The  Evolution  of  Colonies,"  by  James  Collier, 
is  entitled  "  The  Law,"  and  will  appear  in  Appletons"  Popular  Science  Monthly 
for  October.     It  is  unusually  short,  but  full  of  important  matter. 

MAGAZINE  NOTES. 

The  Living  Age,  in  its  issue  for  October  1st,  begins  a  new  serial  story, 
translated  for  Its  pages  from  the  French  of  Th.  Bentzon(Mme.  Blanc).  The 
story  is  entitled  "Constance,"  and  it  is  the  study  of  the  life  of  a  young  girl. 
Important  ethical  questions,  especially  that  of  divorce,  are  touched  upon,  and 
the  story  has  a  high  moral  purpose.  The  translation  is  made  by  Mrs.  E.  W. 
Latimer,  and  is  authorized  by  Mme.  Blanc. 


With  the  first  number  for  October,  The  Living  Age,  the  weekly  eclectic 
magazine  which  for  more  than  fifty  years  has  been  a  favorite  with  American 
readers,  begins  a  new  series  and  appears  in  a  new  and  attractive  dress,  suggesting 
The  Atlantic  Monthly  in  the  clear  legibility  of  its  page.  The  familiar  cover  is 
to  be  retained,  but  it  has  been  newly  engraved  and  otherwise  modernised. 


4/6  PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT. 

The  Living  Age,  being  a  weekly  magazine,  suffers  somewhat  by  comparison 
with  the  monthly  magazines  of  the  first  class,  if  the  comparison  is  made  of  sin- 
gle numbers.  But  2  he  Living  Age  actually  gives  a  larger  amount  of  matter 
each  month  than  any  of  the  monthlies.  Thus  Harper's  Magazine  contains  172 
pages  each  month;  The  Century  160  pages  ;  Scribner^s  Magazine  128  pages; 
and  The  Atlantic  Monthly  144  pages;  while  The  Living  Age  gives  each  month 
from  280  to  344  pages,  according  as  there  were  four  or  five  issues. 


Florence  Bell's  "  Plea  for  the  Better  Teaching  of  Manners  "  in  The  Living 
Age  for  October  ist,  will  be  profitable  to  all  who,  as  teachers  or  parents,  have 
anything  to  do  with  the  training  of  young  people. 


The  Cosmopolitan  for  September  contains  the  following  articles  fully  illus- 
trated with  excellent  photogravures  : — Frontispiece,  "  September."  Horseless 
Carriages  in  Paris,  illustrated,  C.  Inman  Barnard.  The  Tyroleans,  illustrated, 
C.  Frank  Dewey.  The  Roc's  Egg. — A  Study  of  the  Modern  Battleship,  illus- 
trated, Rupert  Hughes.  Gloria  Mundi,  illustrated  by  B.  West  Clinedinst, 
Harold  Frederic.  A  Young  Man  from  the  Country,  illustrated  by  Frank  O. 
Small,  Brander  Matthews.  Sonnet,  Ella  Wheeler  Wilcox.  Great  Problems  in 
Organization. — The  Modern  Newspaper  in  War  Time,  illustrated,  Arthur 
Brisbane.  The  Equipment  of  Gladstone,  illustrated,  T,  C.  Crawford.  Auto- 
biography of  Napoleon  Bonaparte — IV,  The  Romance  of  an  Emigrant  Boy, 
illustrated,  drawings  by  F.  G.  Attwood,  Oscar  Hammerstein.  Captain  Dreams 
Again,  illustrated  1^  Peter  Newell,  Capt.  Charles  King.  The  Morality  of 
Perfumes,  Harry  Thurston  Peck.  A  Question  of  Ethics.  In  the  World  of  Art 
and  Letters. 

RICHARD  WAGNER  AS  HE  WAS. 

The  widow  of  Richard  Wagner  some  time  ago  authorised  her  husband's 
lifelong  friend,  Houston  Stewart  Chamberlain,  to  write,  with  her  assistance, 
two  articles  on  "  The  Personal  Side  of  Richard  Wagner."  Mr.  Chamberlain 
undertook  the  work,  and  '1  he  Ladies'*  Home  j^aurna I  secured  the  material.  The 
articles  are  singularly  valuable  in  that  they  give  a  complete  picture  of  the  man 
in  his  home  and  daily  life,  and  contain  much  new  matter,  while  many  of  the 
illustrations  and  portraits  have  never  been  printed.  There  will  be  two  articles, 
"  His  Personal  Side"  and  "  How  He  Wrote  His  Operas,"  and  the  first  one 
will  appear  in  the  October  number  of  the  magazine. 


CANADA 


MEDICAL  RECORD 


OCTOBER.     1898. 


Original  Communications, 


ACUTE  INFECTIVE    PYONEPHROSIS, 
COMPLICATING  PREGNANCY. 

By  H.  L.  REDDY, B.  A.,  MD.,  Physician  and  Accoucheur  to  the  Women's 
Hospital;  Prof.  Obstetrics,  Bishop's  College,  Montreal. 

Mrs.  A.  F.,  age  24,  married,  Primipara,  Canadian,  was 
seen  by  me  on  the  afternoon  of  Sept.  loth,  1898,  suffering 
with  intense  abdominal  pain.  Temperature  102  3-5.  Pulse 
120.     Was  removed  at  once  to  the  Women's  Hospital. 

History  of  present  illness  : — At  i  a.m.  on  Sept.  9th, 
while  asleep  was  awakened  with  an  agonizing  pain  in  the 
right  half  of  the  abdomen  and  over  the  right  lumbar  region, 
accompanied  by  head-ache,  nausea  and  vomiting,  and  pain 
down  the  front  of  the  thighs. 

On  careful  examination  in  the  hospital,  it  was  found  that 
there  was  neither  appendicitis,  tubal  or  bladder  trouble  to 
account  for  the  condition. 

The  urine  was  drawn  off  and  found  to  be  acid.  It  was 
filled  with  pus  cells  and  a  few  cells  apparently  from  the  pelvis 
of  the  kidney  or  ureter. 

Diagnosis  of  probable  pyonephrosis  was  made. 

Personal  history  : — Patient  a  well-nourished  young  wo- 
man. Had  always  enjoyed  the  best  of  health  before  Sept. 
9th.  Had  the  ordinary  diseases  of  childhood.  On  the  left 
side  there  is  a  congenital  want  of  development  and  flattening 
of  the  pelvis,  both  false  and  true,  and  a  shortening  of  the  left 
leg  by  about  two  inches.. 

The  menses  began  at  thirteen,  were  regular,  small  in 
quantity  and  four  days  in  duration,   until  the    15th  of  last 


478  REDDY  :  ACUTE  INFECTIVE  PYO-NEPHROSIS. 

March,  after  which  date  she  ceased  to  menstruate,  so  that,  at 
present,  she  is  about  six  months  pregnant. 

The  respiratory  system,  circulatory  system  and  general 
system  present  nothing  note-worthy. 

Family  history : — Both  parents  died  at  an  early  age. 
Cause  of  death  unknown. 

Sept.  II. — Temperature  varied,  as  per  chart,  102  to  103- 
1-5.  Pulse  112  to  130.  Tenderness  all  over  abdomen, 
but  especially  over  both  kidney  regions.  Mustard  and  lin- 
seed poultice  was  applied  over  the  lumbar  regions,  followed 
every  four  hours  by  plain  linseed. 

The  quality  of  the  pulse  being  poor,  she  was  given  Liq. 
Ammon.  Acet.  and  Spts.  of  Ether  Nitrosi  one  drachm  every 
two  hours. 

Sept.  12. — Temperature  varied,  as  per  chart,  to  105. 
Pulse  130.  Bowels  were  freely  moved  with  Tait's  Mixture. 
Had  a  chill  at  10  a.m. 

Urine  examination  showed  as  follows  : — Urinary  sedi- 
ment contained  pus  cells,  many  varieties  of  cocci  and  but  few 
bacilli ;  within  the  pus  cells  were  found  diplococci,  which 
were  not  the  diplococci  of  Neisser. 

Urine  acid,  and  24  oz.  passed  in  the  24  hours.  No 
albumen  or  sugar.     Urea  about  normal. 

Sept.  13th. — Temperature  varied  to  102,  Pulse  140. 
Chill  at  11.15  P-"^- 

Sept.  14. — Temperature  varied  to  103.  Pulse  to  135. 
Pulse  faihng,  she  was  given  strychnine  1-60  gr.,  hypodermi- 
cally  at  7. 1 5  a.m.,  repeated  at  9  a.m.,  also  Spt.  Vin.  Gallici, 
half  ounce. 

In  consultation  with  Drs.  England,  Burnett  and  Fisk,  it 
was  decided  that  an  accouchement  force  was  necessary  to  save 
her  life. 

Pulse  was  failing,  and  absorption  of  pus  was  going  on. 
Tenderness  over  the  abdomen  and  right  kidney,  as  well  as 
agonizing  pain  being  constantly  present. 

The  patient  was  anaesthetized,  and  the  os,  which  just 
admitted  the  tip  of  the  finger,  was  dilated  with  a  Goodell's 
dilator,  the  cervix  being  about  i^  in,  in  length.  Dilatation 
was  proceeded  with  bi-manually,  and  in  12  minutes  sufficient 


REDDY  :   ACUTE  INFECTIVE   PYO-NEPHROSIS. 


479 


00 

00 

o 

G^ 

6 

^ 

Q> 

■^ 

C 

. 

e^ 

.  I 

I*** 

< 

ai5 

^ 

cv;: 

t 

ft 

z 

ft 

•<5 
OS 

CD 

Co 

C 

"^ 

5 

^ 

o 

3 

-J 

(/i 

c/) 

S 

< 

X 

i 

^ 

V- 

a 

C/) 

CD 

X 

CO 

z 

tu 

CD 

00 

> 

tS 

^ 

•^ 

00 

•»^ 

s« 

J*> 

•ft 

b 

40 

^ 

.2 

> 

Si 

^ 

2 

Co 

o 

<-fH 

o 

^ 

fi 

«k> 

^ 

J? 

i;j 

o 

Z 

Q 

s 

48o  REDDY  :  ACUTE  INFECTIVE  PYO-NEPHROSIS. 

dilatation  was  reached  to  enable  the  hand  to  be  introduced 
and  the  leg  of  the  child  to  be  seized  and  delivered.  The 
placenta  quickly  followed.  She  was  given  an  injection  into 
the  abdominal  wall  of  Aseptic  Ergot  (P.  D.  (S*  Co  ) 

Post  partum  hemorrhage  of  a  severe  character  set  in. 
The  abdominal  aorta  was  compressed,  a  hot  water  douche 
was  given,  which  failing  to  check  the  hemorrhage,  a  douche 
of  Liq.  Ferri  Perchloridi  in  hot  water  was  given,  which  had 
the  effect  of  contracting  the  uterus  and  stopping  the  hem- 
orrhage. 

The  child  was  born  alive  and  kept  alive  for  two  hours 
by  artificial  respiration.  Appearances  of  child  indicated  about 
six  months  utero-gestation. 

Upon  the  temperature  going  down  to  97^,  after  opera- 
tion, hypodermic  of  strychnine  was  given.  A  diet  of  milk 
and  beef-tea  was  ordered.  Proto-nuclein  tablets  were  given 
every  two  hours. 

Sept.  15th, — Temperature  100  to  10 1.  Pulse  130. 
Patient  slept  well.  Pain  completely  disappeared.  Still 
slight  tenderness  over  the  right  kidney.  Hot  water  intra- 
uterine douche  was  given.  A  quart  of  normal  saline  solution 
thrown  into  the  rectum.  Urine  drawn  off  by  catheter. 
Sediment  contained  neo-microcytes  (in  clumps)  throwing 
out  processes  which  coalesce,  forming  a  network,  which 
encapsuled  the  greater  quantity  of  the  diplococci  present; 
while  as  a  rule  externally  to  these  clumps  were  found 
numberless  bacilli.  (This  action  may  have  possibly  been 
due,  at  least  to  a  certain  extent,  to  the  proto-muclein  given.) 
Red  and  white  corpuscles  were  visible  also.  Urea  deficient; 
urine  acid.  Slight  trace  of  albumen.  No  sugar.  Sp.  G. 
10.18.     Quantity  26  oz.  in  24  hours. 

Sept.  1 6th. — Patient  feeling  well,  slept  well,  hungry^ 
though  the  temperature  and  pulse  remain  high. 

Sept.  17th. — Temperature  and  pulse  nearing  the  normal 
line.  Patient  feels  comfortable.  Bowels  freely  moved  with 
Tait's  Mixture.  Urine  drawn  off.  Sediment  contains  pus 
cells  almost  entirely  free  from  micro-organisms.  Number  of 
bacilli  notably  increased  and  found  externally  between  the 
pus   cells.      Diplococci    (extra    cellular)  were  to   be  seen  at 


REDDY  :  ACUTE  INFECTIVE  PYO-NEPHROSIS. 


481 


rare  intervals.  Urine  acid.  No  albumen  or  sugar.  Urea 
increased.  10  grs.  of  Salol  was  ordered  every  six  hours, 
with  the  hope  of  removing  or  diminishing  the  pus. 

Sept.  1 8th. — Patient  improving.  Salol  stopped,  as  the 
urine  has  become  a  vivid  grass  green,  showing  the  carbolic 
acid  action. 

Sept.  20th. — Patient  feeling  so  well,  allowed  to  sit  up  in 
bed  for  a  few  minutes. 

Sept.  23rd. — Patient  so  well,  allowed  to  get  out  of  bed 
and  sit  up  for  a  few  minutes.  Urine  acid.  No  albumen  or 
sugar.  Urea  normal ;  40  oz.  passed  in  24  hours.  Sediment 
contained  no  pus  cells,  a  few  leucocytes,  a  few  epithelial 
cells,  a  few  crystals  of  the  earthy  phosphates,  bacilli  and 
cocci, — extra  cellular, — such  as  are  found  in  healthy  urine, 
which  has  stood  for  some  little  time. 

Sept.  26th. — Patient  apparently  perfectly  recovered. 

Sept.  28th. — Patient  left  hospital.  Uterus  involuted 
almost  to  normal.  All  tenderness  over  the  abdomen  and 
lumbar  regions  completely  gone. 


ACTUAL  SIZE 


This  photograph  was  taken  12  days  after  operation,  showing  that  the  condi- 
tion of  the  OS  and  cervix  are  almost  normal  in  every  respect,  there  being  only  a 
slight  laceration  on  the  right  side  of  the  os,  not  extending  completely  through 
the  cervix. 


This  case  presents,  I  think,  some  very  interesting  fea- 
tures. A  healthy  woman  suddenly  seized  with  such  severe 
pain,  nausea  and  vomiting,  with  pregnancy  complicating  it, 
made    the    diagnosis    doubly    difficult.     A    kidney    stone 


482  REDDY  :  ACUTE  INFECTIVE  PYO-NEPHROSIS. 

naturally  suggested  itself,  and  was  at  first  difficult  to  exclude. 
But  I  think  the  urinary  analysis  and  the  result  of  the  opera- 
tion placed  beyond  doubt  the  fact  that  it  was  not  due  to 
stone.     If  an  infective  pyo-nephrosis,  how  was  it  produced  ? 
The  only  explanation  I  can  offer  is  that  it  proceeded  from 
the  external  genitals  through  the  bladder,  affecting  it  little 
if  at  all,  and  setting  up   the  inflammatory    condition  in    the 
pelvis  of  the  kidney.     According  to    Klecki,  who  has  made 
researches  in  this  particular  line,  he  has  found  that  not  only 
is  it  possible,  but  very  frequently  it  happens,  especially  in 
cases  of  constipation,  for  the  venous  circulation  to  become 
infected    from    the    bowel   and  hence  the  blood  generally. 
There  might  be  but  little  systemic  disturbance  at  first  until 
some    particular  portion   proved  suitable  for  the  growth  of 
these  micro-organisms  and  their  change  into  virulent  forms. 
This  might  be  an  explanation  of  the  infection  in   this  case, 
although  constipation  was  not  at  all  marked,  two  days  being 
the  longest  period.     That  pregnancy  had  a  great  influence 
on  it,  I  have  no  doubt,  as  shown  by  the  prompt  relief  by  the 
emptying  of  the  uterus.     It    does    not   seem    probable   that 
pressure  directly  on  the  ureters  affected  it,  as  the  uterus  was 
apparently  in  the  ordinary  position,  and  if  the  ureter   was 
compressed  by  the  uterus  it  would  probably   have    been  a 
slow  process,  if  even  it  were  possible,  which    seems   hardly 
probable,  and  unlikely  to  have  set  in  with  such  severe  and 
sudden  symptoms,  and  I  do  not,  therefore,  believe  it  to  have 
been  due  to  pressure,  which  could  hardly  have  been  exerted. 
The  effect  of  pregnancy  being  to  increase,  not  only  the 
blood  pressure,  but  the  actual  bulk  of  almost  all  the  organs, 
added  to  the  effect  of  an  acute  infection  of  the  pelvis,  of  the 
kidney  and  perhaps  ureter,  and  the  accompanying  tumefac- 
tion might  have  greatly  diminished  the  lumen  of  the  ureter, 
and  by  this  means  have  produced  some  if  not  all  the  serious 
kidney  symptoms   by  pressure,   which    would  no   doubt  be 
largely  relieved  by  the  interruption   of  utero-gestation,  and 
the  haemorrhage,  which  in  this  case    accompanied   it,  is,  no 
doubt,  a  possibility. 

It  was  also  interesting  to  notice  how  rapidly  the  neo- 
microcytes  were  produced  and  their  prompt  action  in  encap- 
suling  the  cocci  and  thereby  stopping  the  infective    process. 


OXYTUBERCULINE.  483 

Whether  the  proto-nuclein  given  had  any  action  in  producing 
this  effect  is  hard  to  say,  but  it  should  act  in  increasing  cell 
proliferation  if  it  has  any  effect  at  all.  The  Salol  seemed  to 
act  beneficially  in  diminishing  the  pus,  although  60  grains 
produced  the  carbolic  action.  The  general  condition  of  the 
patient  and  the  failing  pulse  with  chills,  continued  pains 
and  soreness,  in  other  words,  septic  symptoms,  decided  us 
probably  more  than  anything  else  in  removing  the  contents 
of  the  uterus,  the  result,  I  believe,  justifying  our  procedure. 

I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  A.  J.  Richer  for  his  careful  micro- 
scopical and  bacteriological  report  of  the  urine  to  Drs.England, 
Burnett  and  Fisk  for  their  able  assistance,  and  to  Dr.  Oliver 
for  the  photogram. 

Montreal,  Oct.  19th,  1898. 

OXYTUBERCULINE    IN   THE  TREATMENT    OF 
PULMONARY  TUBERCULOSIS. 

In  1896  Dr.  J,  O.  Hirschfelder,  of  San  Francisco,  in- 
spired by  the  fact  that  many  cases  of  tubercular  peritonitis 
benefited  by  cceliotomy,  conceived  the  idea  that  the  benefit 
was  likely  obtained  through  the  oxidation  of  the  toxine 
(eliminated  by  the  micro-organism)  into  an  anti-toxine  when 
air  v.'as  admitted  into  the  heretofore  closed  peritoneal  cavity. 
The  idea  no  doubt  was  a  very  ingenious  one,  suggesting  the 
probable  benefit  which  might  be  derived  in  treating  pul- 
monary tuberculosis  by  inoculations  of  an  oxidized  tubercu- 
line,  /.  e.,  tubercular  toxine  obtained  artificially  by  culture, 
extracted  by  Koch's  method  and  oxidized  by  means  of 
peroxide  of  hydrogen  at  a  moderately  high  temperature. 
The  resulting  product,  which  closely  resembles  its  parent 
(tuberculine)  physically,  he  calls  oxytuberculine,  and,  as 
claimed  by  Dr.  Hirschfelder,  enjoys  perfect  inocuity  when 
injected  hypodermically,  even  in  large  doses  into  healthy 
individuals. 

My  first  clinical  test  of  oxytuberculine  was  commenced 
on  the  nth  Dec,  1897. 

A  young  man  of  22,  with  a  tubercular  family  history, 
was  examined  early  in  November,  when  the  left  apex  showed 
signs  of  extensive  infiltration,  while  the  left  showed  signs  of 
rather  extensive  softening,  with  here  and    there  over   both 


484  OXYTUBERCULINE. 

lungs  some  moist  rales.  As  far  as  could  be  ascertained,  the 
patient  had  been  coughing  for  18  months,  but  had  not  been 
under  any  lengthy  observation,  neither  had  he  been  seriously 
treated.  At  this  time  dyspncea  was  very  marked  upon  the 
slightest  exertion,  emaciation  advanced,  cough  troublesome, 
and  expectoration  profuse.  The  sputum  showed  Koch's 
bacillus  in  large  numbers,  along  with  streptococci.  The 
tubercle  bacilli  were  here  and  there  slightly  granular  in 
appearance,  but  took  the  stain  well.  The  pulse  on  the  1 5th 
November  was  100  in  the  evening,  and  oscillated  between 
100  and  70,  following  the  temperature  curve,  which  varied 
from  100*^  to  97°,  with  morning  remissions.  Respirations 
varied  from  18  to  26.     There  had  been  no  haemoptysis. 

On  the  nth  of  December  he  received  his  first  injection 
of  oxytuberculine,  5  c.  c,  which  was  continued  daily  for  6 
days,  when  the  dose  was  increased  to  10  c.  c.  for  about  20 
days,  with  an  occasional  day  upon  which  no  inoculation  could 
be  made  owing  to  severe  reaction.  The  temperature  curve 
during  the  early  part  of  this  treatment  was  increased,  as  well 
as  the  pulse  and  respiration  curves.  Usually  after  a  10  c.  c. 
injection  a  temperature  of  101°  would  fall  to  98*^.  After  the 
use  of  the  first  100  c.  c,  the  cough  and  expectoration  had 
diminished,  the  patient  felt  stronger,  the  dyspnoea  was  less 
marked.  Encouraged  by  this  result  the  treatment  was  con- 
tinued until  400  c.  c.  of  oxytuberculine  had  been  injected 
hypodermically.  The  last  200  c.c,  however,  did  not  pro- 
duce the  same  reaction  in  bringing  down  the  temperature* 
even  when  15  or  20  c.  c.  were  injected  at  one  time.  The 
treatment  was  here  discontinued.  Creasote  and  Syr. 
Hypophos.  Co.  had  been  given  throughout,  and  were  con- 
tinued without  much  effect. 

After  this  patient  had  received  his  first  1 00  c.  c.  of 
oxytuberculine  the  bacilli  in  the  sputum  showed  distinct  signs 
of  sporulation,  and  this  sporulation  (which  may  be  only  a 
pseud o  sporulation  for  a  great  number  of  bacteriologists) 
persisted  for  some  time  after  the  oxytuberculine  injections 
had  been  stopped.  This  may  have  been  only  a  coincidence 
but  is  worthy  of  note  as  it  only  occurred  in  this  one  case  of 
mine,  which  proved  fatal  about  seven  months  after  the  oxy- 
tuberculine treatment  had    been  discontinued,   the    patient 


OXYTUBERCULINE.  48$ 

gradually  declining,  with  persistent  cough  and  expectoration, 
but  without  haemoptysis. 

Case  No.  2. — A  man  of  45,  a  mechanic  with  a  good 
family  history,  was  first  seen  in  March,  1898,  after  a  rather 
profuse  haemoptysis.  The  apex  of  right  lung  was  softened, 
moist  rales  being  heard  back  and  Iront ;  there  was  some 
emaciation,  loss  of  appetite,  slight  dyspnoea  on  exertion, 
distressing  cough,  especially  in  the  morning,  with  rather 
profuse  expectoration,  which  was  occasionally  tinged  with 
blood  ;  night  sweats  not  very  marked,  yet  often  present.  This 
patient  was  given  creasote  and  codeia  and  Syr.  Hypophos. 
Co.  The  sputum  was  examined  microscopically  and  showed 
numerous  Koch's  bacilli.  OxytubercuHne  was  injected,  be- 
ginning with  5  c.  c.  every  second  day  and  gradually  increas- 
ed to  15  c.  c.  for  a  final  dose,  completing  the  lOO  c.  c.  in 
about  fifteen  days.  When  the  sputum  was  again  examined 
after  the  1 00  c.  c.  of  oxytuberculine  had  been  injected  the 
bacilli  had  entirely  disappeared-  Perhaps  another  coinci- 
dence- 

The  evening  temperature,  which  had  occasionally 
reached  100  deg.,  was  now  normal,  cough  and  expectoration 
much  diminished,  appetite  improved  and  gain  in  weight 
quite  appreciable.  This  patient  was  under  observation  and 
treatment  during  seven  weeks,  when  he  was  again  allowed  to 
go  back  to  his  work,  and  has  since  enjoyed  excellent  health. 

Case  No.  3. — A  young  man  of  21,  an  office  clerk,  first 
consulted  me  in  March,  this  year.  In  this  case  the  family 
history  was  not  very  good.  The  father  died  of  pulmonary 
congestion  (.''),  mother  living  and  apparently  healthy.  The 
left  apex  here  was  involved  ;  a  cavity  about  the  size  of  an 
American  silver  dollar  could  be  easily  appreciated  with  moist 
rales  back  and  front  in  the  upper  half  of  this  lung.  In  the 
right  lung  the  expiratory  sounds  were  prolonged,  accompan- 
ied by  a  few  sub-crepitant  rales  to  be  heard  chiefly  in  the 
upper  half  of  this  lung. 

The  evening  temperature  often  reached  lOi  deg-,  pulse 
1 10 ;  dyspnoea  upon  the  slightest  exertion,  chills,  loss  of  appe- 
tite, emaciation  and  night  sweats  made  a  rather  characteristic 
clinical  picture  of  the  disease,  while  the  cough  and  expectora- 
tion were  both  troublesome  and  profuse-     The  sputum  exam- 


486  OXYTUBERCULINE. 

ined  microscopically  completed  the  clinical  picture  by  show- 
ieg  an  abundance  of  tubercle  bacilli.  The  same  treatment 
as  in  case  No.  2  was  here  instituted,  but  although  there  was 
marked  improvement  after  the  first  lOO  c.  c.  of  oxytubercu- 
line,  yet  the  bacilli  in  the  sputum  persisted  though  somewhat 
decreased  in  numbers. 

Not  feeling  over-confident,  especially  after  the  disap- 
pointment in  the  treatment  of  the  first  case,  I  did  not  persist 
with  the  oxytuberculine.  This  was  the  middle  of  April,  the 
weather  was  quite  favorable,  so  I  sent  this  patient  to  the 
Laurentian  Mountains,  where  he  lived  almost  entirely  in  the 
open  air,  braced  up  by  constant  stimulation.  His  medica- 
tion consisted  of  Wine  of  Creasote  with  Codeia  and  Emul- 
sion of  Petroleum.  He  made  very  rapid  progress,  gaining  in 
weight  while  losing  his  cough.  He  was  in  my  office  a  few 
days  ago,  and  1  failed  at  first  to  recognize  him,  so  fat  had  he 
become.  I  examined  his  chest  again.  The  left  apex  still 
showed  the  remains  of  the  cavity,  but  no  abnormal  breath 
sounds  anywhere.  This  patient  can  now  walk  five  miles 
without  dyspnoea  or  lassitude.  I  have  again  examined  the 
sputum,  which  is  now  free  from  tubercle  bacilli. 

This  last  case  is  strong  evidence  that  the  only  reliable 
means  of  treating  pulmonary  tuberculosis  at  present  at  our 
disposal  are  overfeeding,  rest,  open  air.  This  shows  how 
urgently  Sanatoria  for  the  treatment  of  this  disease  are  re- 
quired. The  patients  in  these  Sanatoria  are  under  constant 
observation  and  constant  tuition,  and  when  well  again  can 
utilize  the  knowledge  acquired  during  the  treatment  in  pre- 
venting others  afflicted  like  themselves  from  being  so  many 
sources  of  infection,  spreading  the  disease  broadcast  in  our 
crowded  cities. 

To  resume,  I  may  here  be  allowed  to  observe  that  the 
beneficial  effects  obtained  by  coeliotomy  in  peritoneal  tuber- 
culosis, which  without  doubt  is  due  to  the  entrance  of  air  into 
the  peritoneal  cavity  and  likely  to  the  oxidation  of  the  tox- 
ine  of  tuberculosis,  is  not  sufficient  ground  for  the  adaptation 
of  somewhat  similar  methods  in  the  treatment  of  pulmonary 
tuberculosis,  where  the  development  of  the  tubercle  bacilli 
goes  on  under  aerobic  conditions,  i.  e.  in  the  presence  of  the 
oxygen  of  the  air,  while  in  the  peritoneal  cavity  the  toxines 
are  secreted  under  anaerobic  conditions. 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  487 

Now,  if  Dr.  Hirschfelder  had  oxydised  tubercuHne  ob- 
tained by  anaerobic  cultures,  might  not  the  results  have  been 
different  ?  Experimentation  only  can  answer  this  question. 

584  Wellington  st, 
Sept.  15,  1898. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MBDICINB   AND  NKUROI^OGY. 

IN   CHARGB  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  PLysician  Western  Hospital. 


THE     INFLUENCE      OF     HEART     DISEASE    ON 
LIFE  ASSURANCE. 

The  Medical  Examitier,  July,  1898,  contains  a  paper  on 
this  subject,  by  C.  Theodore  Williams,  M-A.,  M.D.,  F.R. 
C.P.,  read  before  the  Life  Assurance  Medical  Officers'  Asso- 
ciation (London).  This  is  a  second  paper  on  this  subject, 
the  first  dealing  with  the  general  features  of  the  subject  and 
disease  of  the  pericardium  and  mitral  valve.  He  first  dis- 
cusses the  relative  frequency  of  the  different  forms  of  valvu- 
lar disease.  The  causes  of  aortic  disease  were  congenital 
malformation,  endocarditis  and  degeneration,  the  latter  being 
the  chief  cause.  Aortic  disease  was  more  common  among 
men  than  women  in  the  ratio  of  21  to  5.  The  great  danger 
of  aortic  incompetence  is  the  possibility  of  a  systole  and  sudden 
death  ;  a  diastolic  murmur  at  the  aortic  cartilage,  and  the 
second  sound  audible  in  the  carotids,  indicates  only  slight  in- 
competence and  is  only  very  serious  if  degeneration  is  present 
in  the  vessels.  In  aortic  stenosis,  the  prognosis  depends  on 
the  extent  of  the  lesion,  the  amount  of  compensation  through 
hypertrophy  of  the  left  ventricle,  the  absence  of  complication, 
the  age  of  the  patient,  and  the  cause  of  the  lesion,  degenera- 
tion being  less  favourable  than  when  the  cause  is  endocar- 
ditic.  Stenosis  following  severe  incompetency  is  conserva- 
tive and  curative.  All  should  be  rejected  except  a  few  pos- 
sessing exceptionably  favourable  features. 

Hypertrophy  should  lead  to  rejection,  where  cause  is 
capillary  obstruction,  high  arterial  tension,  chronic  renal  dis- 
ease, valvular  disease,  or  trades  where  there  is  excessive 
strain.  More  favourable  in  athletes  of  middle  life  who  have 
given  up  athletics  and  no  valvular  disease  or  degeneration, 
or  in  women  when  hypertrophy  is  due  to  frequent  pregnan- 


488  PROGRESS  OF  MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

cies.  Cases  of  permanent  progressive  dilatation  are  outside 
the  pale  of  life  assurance.  Fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart 
is  the  most  serious  of  all  the  diseases  which  attack  the  car- 
diac walls,  owing  more  especially  to  its  insidious  course.  No 
symptoms  frequently  indicating  its  presence  until  the  fatal 
attack  supervenes.  Angina  pectoris  renders  an  applicant 
ineligible,  tachycardia  is  unfavourable,  and  a  pulse  of  40 
is  unfavourable.  The  intermittent  pulse  when  no  cardiac 
disease  and  a  loss  of  beat  not  more  than  i  in  20  or  30  is 
harmless  ;  more  serious  after  middle  period  of  life,  but  good 
for  12  to  13  years  ;  sometimes  due  to  tobacco.  He  gives  the 
following  summing  up  : — 

In  considering  the  question  of  acceptance  or  rejection  of 
applicants  affected  with  heart  disease,  due  regard  must  be 
had  to  the  following  points  : — 

1.  Age,  both  present  and  at  time  of  attack. — Cardiac 
lesions  that  appear  at  twenty  are  more  likely  to  improve  than 
those  coming  on  after  forty,  and  the  greater  the  age  of  a 
candidate  the  less  probability  there  is  of  complete  compen- 
sation. 

2.  Sex, — Women  are  less  liable  to  aortic  valvular  disease 
than  men.     Men  are  less  subject  to  mitral    valvular  disease. 

3.  Occupation  and  Surroundings. — Whether  these  are 
the  same  as  those  under  which  the  cardiac  disease  was  con- 
tracted, and  whether  they  are  likely  to  be  temporary  or  per- 
manent. 

4-  Habits,  such  as  the  presence  or  absence  of  alcoholism, 
excess  of  tobacco  smoking,  or  the  use  of  certain  drugs. 

5.  Origin,  of  the  cardiac  disease,  whether  in  endoor  or 
pericarditis,  or  as  the  result  of  degenerative  processes. 

7.  The  Nature  of  the  lesion,  and  specially  whether  it  be 
progressive  or  stationary. 

7.  The  Amount  of  Compensation  established  to  overcome 
the  difficulties  of  the  circulation. 

Careful  study  of  the  histories  of  persons  affected  by  the 
various  heart  lesions  has  shown  that  a  longer  life  is  compat- 
ible with  the  existence  of  many  of  them  than  was  formerly 
held,  yet  in  the  absence  of  large  records  it  is  impossible  to 
reduce  the  probabilities  in  all  cases  to  definite  figures,  and 
the  subjoined  conclusions  can  only  be  regarded  as  approxi- 
mations to  assist  ihe  medical  examiner  in  his  work,  which 
must,  after  all,  be  directed  to  the  circumstances  of  the  can- 
didate under  examination  and  to  his  surroundings  and  out- 
look. 

I.  Cases  of  adherent  pericardium,  provided  there  are  no 
valvular  leisons,  that  the  muscular  walls  are  sound,  and  that 
there  is  no  cardiac  dilatation  ;  also  that  the  adhesions   are 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  489 

not  to  the  chest  wail  itself,  may  be  accepted  with  a  moderate 
addition  of  from  three  to  five  years. 

2.  Mitral  regurgitation  cases,  where  the  origin  is  not 
degenerative  and  the  compensation  good,  and  where  there 
are  no  dyspnoea  and  complications,  can  be  accepted  with  an 
addition  of  from  five  to  ten  years,  according  to  the  age  of  the 
candidate. 

3.  Cases  of  mitral  stenosis  are  less  favorable,  being  liable 
to  cerebral  embolism,  and  can  only  be  accepted  if  the  disease 
be  net  progressive,  if  there  be  no  accentuation  of  the  second 
sound,  no  enlargement  of  the  right  side  from  either  dilatation 
or  hypertrophy,  and  no  dyspnoea.  They  can  then  be  accepted 
on  less  favorable  terms  than  cases  of  mitral  regurgitation. 

Double  mitral  lesions,  however,  can  only  be  considered 
with  very  large  additions. 

4.  Aortic  valvular  disease,  whether  regurgitant  or  ob- 
structive, cannot,  as  a  rule,  be  admitted  into  the  category  of 
assurable  lives ;  though  favorable  instances,  where  the  lesions 
originate  in  rheumatic  endo-carditis,  and  the  compensation  is 
complete,  have  been  occasionally  accepted  with  large  extras, 

5.  Cases  of  cardiac  dilatatiom,  without  compensation 
cannot,  as  a  rule,  be  accepted  at  all,  except  when  the  dilata- 
tion is  of  a  temporary  nature,  such  as  may  follow  over-exer- 
tion and  over-smoking,  but  even  here  the  case  cannot  be  con- 
sidered until  all  dilatation  has  subsided. 

6.  Cases  of  cardiac  hypertrophy  must  he  estimated  with 
reference  to  the  modes  of  causation,  and  no  definite  rule  can 
be  laid  down,  though  lives  where  the  lesion  giving  rise  to 
the  hypertrophy  is  not  progressive,  the  muscular  wall  in  a 
sound  condition  ;  the  compensation  complete  and  the  vessels 
healthy,  may  be  regarded  as  within  the  pale  of  life  assurance 
as,  for  instance,  athletes  who  have  given  up  sports,  and 
women  whose  cardiac  hypertrophy  originated  in  frequent 
pregnancies,  but  are  now  past  child-bearing.  Here  the  lives 
may  be  accepted  with  an  extra,  varying  with  the  age. 

7.  All  forms  of  degeneration  af  the  cardiac  ivalls,  fibroid 
and  fatty,  must  be  excluded,  and  vigilant  watch  kept  against 
their  admission. 

8.  Alt  forms  of  cardiac  neurosis  are  not  equally  danger- 
ous, but  they  are  too  uncertain  in  their  clinical  life  history  to 
allow  of  being  admitted  among  the  assured. 

A  system  of  endowment,  making  entire  payments  before 
a  certain  age,  would  probably  protect  assurance  offices,  and 
preclude  the  necessity  jf  large  extras. 


490  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

THE  CURE  OF  WRITERS'  CRAMP  AND  TELE- 
GRAPHERS' PARALYSIS. 

S.  H.  Monell.  M.D.,  of  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  in^  the  Medical 
Record  iox  ]\x\y  21,  1898,  claims  that  after  four  and  a-half 
years  of  conservative  observation  of  experiment  he  is  now 
able  to  state  that  these  affections  are  curable  in  all  stages  and 
in  every  uncomplicated  case.  He  succeeded  in  getting  good 
results  only  when  he  applied  himself  steadfastly  to  the  im- 
provement of  nutrition.  Rest  is  not  enough  in  these  cases, 
nor  is  exercise,  and  drugs  have  not  cured  any  cases.  Elec- 
tricity he  found,  when  correctly  applied,  gave  him  these 
brilliant  results.  The  disease  is  essentially  a  peripheral 
degeneration  of  nerve  and  muscle  nutrition,  and  cure  occurs 
when  this  is  restored.  The  arm  is  first  subjected  to  a  gen- 
tle warming-up  application  to  quicken  the  circulation,  as  the 
preliminary  canter  warms  up  a  racehorse  before  he  enters 
the  race.  The  arm  is  next  subjected  to  general  nutritional 
muscular  contractions,  regulated  in  energy  and  number  by 
the  tolerance  of  the  tissues.  Finally  the  arm  is  given  a  re- 
freshing, restful,  nutritional  application,  which  leaves  it  at  the 
close  of  treatment  invigorated,  buoyant  and  elastic.  The 
total  treatment  requires  about  ten  minutes,  and  every  mo- 
ment and  every  detail  of  each  application  aims  at  improving 
the  nutrition  of  muscle  fibres.  Cases  recover  in  from  two 
weeks  to  two  months,  and  the  entire  general  health  is  built  up 
by  the  treatment.  While  benefit  may  be  obtained  from  all  three 
currents,  the  best  results  are  obtained  by  using  two  currents, 
the  galvanic  and  static.  Dr.  Monell  speaks  enthusiastically 
of  his  results  in  these  cases.  As  he  was  a  sufferer  himself,  he 
has  given  the  subject  long  and  careful  thought,  and  the 
results  he  claims,  are  such  as  will  entitle  him  to  the  gratitude 
of  the  profession  and  a  class  of  sufferers  for  which  hitherto 
only  palliative  measures  were  available. 

OBSERVATIONS  ON  MORTON'S  PAINFUL  AF- 
FECTION  OF  THE  FOURTH  METATARSO- 
PHALANGEAL ARTICULATION  AND  SIMI- 
LAR AFFECTIONS  OF  THE  METATARSAL 
REGION  THAT  MAY  BE  INCLUDED  WITH 
IT  UNDER  THE  TERM  ANTERIOR  META- 
TARSALGIA. 

A  lengthy  paper  on  the  subject  is  published  in  the 
Medical  Record,  Aug.  6,  '98,  by  Royal  Whitman,  M.D., 
New  York. 

This  affection  was  first  described  by  Dr.  T.  G.  Mo  rton, 
of  Philadelphia,  in    1876,  and    is  characterized  by  recurrent 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  491 

pain  about  the  fourth  metatarso-phalangeal  articulation,  sharp 
and  cramp-like  in  character.  If  not  checked,  it  extends  to 
the  other  joints,  to  the  dorsum  of  the  foot  and  legs.  He 
supposed  it  to  be  due  to  pinching  of  the  external  plantar 
nerve  or  its  interosseous  fibres,  by  the  adjoining  fourth  and 
fifth  metatarsal  bones.  The  mobility  of  the  fifth  and  its 
shortness  allowed  it  to  roll  above  and  under  the  fourth  meta- 
tarsal bone  ;  the  pressure  on  the  nerve  caused  a  neuritis. 
The  chief  causes  were  rupture  of  the  transverse  ligament  and 
tight-fitting  foot-wear. 

The  treatment  adopted  was  removal  of  the  head  of 
the  fourth  metatarsal  bone.  The  history  of  the  cases  reported 
since  then  is  given  : 

The  affection  is  relatively  uncommon  in  hospital  prac- 
tice ;  it  is  more  common  in  females  than  in  males.  Of  84 
cases  collected  from  the  sources  mentioned,  including  21  of 
my  own,  64  were  in  females  and  20  in  males.  It  is  not  an 
affection  of  early  life,  the  average  in  64  cases  being  33  years,  al. 
though  in  many  instances  the  symptoms  had  been  of  long  dura- 
tion. As  to  the  location  of  the  pain,  in  60  cases  it  was  referred  to 
the  fourth  metatarso-phalangeal  articulation,  in  6  cases  to  the 
third  and  fourth,  in  6  to  the  three  middle  toes,  and  in  but  6 
was  the  fourth  articulation  free  from  pain.  Of  my  own  cases, 
the  cramp  was  felt  in  both  feet  in  6,  in  9  in  the  right  only,  in 
6  in  the  left  ;  in  14  cases  the  pain  was  referred  to  the  fourth 
toe,  in  3  cases  to  the  third,  in  2  cases  to  the  second,  third  and 
fourth,  in  i  case  to  the  second,  and  in  i  case  to  the  third  and 
fourth.  In  3  cases  there  was  marked  depression  of  the  longi- 
tudinal arch,  in  3  cases  slight  weakness  of  the  arch,  in  2 
cases  an  exaggerated  arch,  and  in  13  cases  the  arch  was 
normal.  In  3  cases  the  symptoms  were  ascribed  by  the 
patients  to  tight  shoes,  in  3  cases  to  injury,  in  i  case  to 
"  nervous  prostration,"  and  in  14  cases  no  cause  could  be 
assigned. 

The  pain  is  usually  felt  only  when  a  shoe  is  worn  ;  the 
pain  is  intense,  "  hke  a  toothache,"  "  sickening,"  "  like  a  hot 
coal."  Sometimes  the  cramp  is  preceded  by  a  sensation  of 
something  slipping  or  moving  in  the  foot,  and  in  such 
instances  a  similar  snap  also  often  precedes  the  relief  of  the 
symptoms  ;  removal  of  the  shoe  usually  relieves  the  pain. 
The  cases  are  usually  associated  with  a  weakened  and  de- 
pressed anterior  metatarsal  arch,  which  condition  predisposes 
to  pain  on  lateral  pressure.  The  varieties  of  depressed  arch 
are  a  rigid  depression  similar  to  flat-foot.  The  pain  is  more 
or  less  constant  when  the  foot  is  used  ;  simple  non-rigid 
depression  of  the  anterior  arch  ;  the  foot  is  broadened  and 
relaxed  ;  in  typical  Morton's  neuralgia  the  foot  may  appear 


492  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

perfectly  normal,  or  there  may  be  depression  of  both  longitu- 
dinal and  anterior  arch.  Where  no  deformity  exists,  abnormal 
mobility  of  the  fifth  metatarsal  bone  allows  it  to  override  the 
fourth,  causing  painful  pressure  when  a  tight  shoe  is  worn.  In 
walking,  elevating  the  heel  increases  the  lateral  pressure,  es- 
pecially going  down  hill. 

Dr.  Whitman  thinks  that  it  is  the  dorsal  digital  nerves 
that  are  compressed  rather  than  the  plantar.  The  chief  cause 
being  tight  shoes,  besides  injury,  strains  and  over-exertion, 
the  beneficial  effects  of  wide  thick-soled  shoes  is  explained. 
The  shoe  should  have  a  low  heel,  a  wide  thick  sole,  a  well- 
fitting  arch  and  abundant  room  for  the  toes,  the  main  object 
being  to  support  the  anterior  arch.  Sometimes  benefit  is 
obtained  by  having  the  inner  sole  arched  upwards  to  sustain 
the  foot  in  the  normal  position,  or  a  pad  of  sole  leather  is 
fixed  by  adhesive  plaster  behind  the  head  of  the  metatarsal 
bone  of  the  affected  joint.  A  properly  fitting  metal  support, 
which  may  sustain  the  longitudinal  arch  as  well,  is  best  in 
some  cases.  Resection  he  thinks  rarely  required.  The  fol- 
lowing conclusions  are  given  : — 

Morton's  painful  affection  of  the  foot  and  the  less  defin- 
ite symptoms  that  may  be  included  under  the  term  anterior 
metatarsalgia,  although  not  identical,  are  nearly  allied,  in  that 
an  abnormal  relation  of  the  metatarso-phalangeal  joints  to 
one  another,  combined  with  pressure,  is  the  cause  of  the 
symptoms.  This  abnormal  relation  is  caused  by  an  occasional 
or  habitual  depression  of  the  anterior  metatarsal  arch  or  of 
one  of  the  bones  of  which  it  is  composed.  Habitual  depres- 
sions of  this  arch  is  often  combined  with  general  weakness  of 
the  foot,  and  much  of  the  discomfort  is  due  to  abnormal  pres- 
sure on  the  depressed  bones  from  beneath.  Occasional  and 
typical  Morton's  cramp  m«>y  exist  without  obvious  deformity, 
and  in  such  instances  it  is  caused  by  lateral  pressure  upon  an 
overriding  fifth  metatarsal  bone,  due  probably  to  an  abnormal 
laxity  of  the  ligaments.  The  most  constant  of  the  general 
causes  predisposing  to  weakness  of  the  front  of  the  foot,  as 
well  as  the  most  direct  cause  of  the  symptoms  of  discomfort 
in  this  region,  is  the  improper  shoe. 

The  cure  of  the  condition  may  be  attained  by  support- 
ing the  anterior  arch,  by  avoiding  the  exciting  causes  of  the 
pain,  by  correcting,  if  may  be,  abnormalities  of  structure  or 
function,  by  strengthening  the  weakened  foot  by  exercises, 
and  by  affording  its  mechanism  the  opportunity  for  functional 
activity  by  the  use  of  a  proper  shoe. 


93 

MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  4 

URTICARIA    WITH  RECURRENT  HEMATE- 

MESIS. 

Dr.  T.  H.  Chittenden,  in  the  British  Journal  of  Der- 
matology, gives  the  history  of  a  case  of  this  interesting  dis- 
ease in  a  woman  aged  thirty-three.  The  patient  had  various 
attacks  of  urticaria,  the  first  of  which  appeared  in  April  last. 
The  ordinary  wheals  of  this  disease  appeared  over  the  body 
generally,  especially  on  the  back,  thighs,  back  of  hands  and 
face,  usually  coming  out  at  night  and  subsiding  towards 
morning.  These  continued  until  June,  and  the  symptoms 
increased  in  severity,  the  tongue  and  Hps  becoming  very 
swollen.  There  was  sore  throat  with  marked  dysphagia. 
These  attacks  usually  lasted  about  a  week,  and  after  a  few 
days  there  was  a  cessation  of  the  severer  symptoms.  They 
recurred  early  in  August,  when  she  was  seized  one  morning 
with  great  nausea,  and  vomited  large  quantities  of  blood  and 
coffee-ground  fluid.  She  felt  better  immediately.  The  urti- 
caria totally  disappeared  in  a  day  or  two,  and  she  was  en- 
tirely free  until  early  in  October,  thus  enjoying  a  respite  of 
six  weeks.  It  then  returned  with  all  its  former  severity,  and 
ran  a  similar  course  until  the  middle  of  November,  when  she 
suffered  from  distressing  nausea,  vomiting  still  larger  amounts 
of  bloody  fluid,  with  a  great  sense  of  relief  and  the  speedy 
disappearance  of  the  rash. 

Concluding  his  article  the  author  says  :  "In  this,  as  in 
the  few  other  recorded  cases  of  recurrent  urticaria,  the  ex- 
treme difficulty  of  entirely  excluding  the  possibility  of  gastric 
ulcer  somewhat  obscures  their  pathology,  as  in  all  of  them 
there  has  been  a  certain  amount  of  dyspepsia."  We  may 
conclude  that  hematemesis  was  the  result  of  hemorrhage  from 
the  stomach,  due  to  capillary  rupture  occurring  when  the 
mucous  membrane  of  that  organ  was  in  a  state  analogous  to 
the  urticarial  conditions  of  the  skin.  That  it  is  due  to  some 
toxin  circulating  in  the  blood  there  can  be  no  doubt,  but 
the  nature  or  origin  of  that  toxin  is  not  known.  That  it 
must  be  autogenic,  and  not  taken  in  from  without,  seems 
most  probable,  for  it  appears  to  make  no  difference  when 
the  strictest  rules  of  diet  are  rigidly  adhered  to. — Medical 
Age. 


HEART  COMPLICATIONS  IN  DIPHTHERIA. 

Dr.  Cleon  M.  Hibbard  has  published  {Boston  Med.  and 
Surg.  Journal),  {Pacific  Medical  Journal),  the  results  of 
a  systematic  study  of  the  heart  complications  in  a  large 
number  of  cases  of  diphtheria  treated  in  that  hospital.  The 
results  of  the  postmortem  examinations  in  the  seventy-two 


494  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

fatal  cases  which  occurred  are  not  given  in  the  report,  and 
these  results  are  largely  drawn  upon  in  formulating  the  fol- 
lowing conclusions  reached  by  the  author. 

1.  A  rapid  pulse  rate  in  diphtheria  is  to  be  dreaded. 
Death  usually  results  when  it  exceeds  150. 

2.  A  slow  pulse — 60  in  young  children — is  a  sign  often 
of  serious  heart  trouble. 

3.  Irregularities  in  the  pulse  occur  in  about  10  per  cent, 
of  the  diphtheria  cases,  and  are  generally  significant  of 
cardiac  complications. 

4.  A  systolic  murmur  at  the  apex  is  heard  in  about  one 
case  in  ten,  and  its  prognostic  value  depends  upon  the  na- 
ture of  the  cause. 

5.  A  bruit  de  galop  in  diphtheria  is  a  most  fatal  sign. 

6.  After  four  weeks,  with  no  heart  symptoms  in  diph- 
theria, there  is  little  probability  of  subsequent  cardiac 
trouble  in  the  convalescence. 

7.  All  diphtheria  patients  who  have  tachycardia,  brady- 
cardia, irregular  or  weak  pulse,  a  systolic  murmur  at  the 
apex,  vomiting  or  any  paralysis — especially  palatal — should 
be  kept  quiet  in  bed. 

8.  The  most  important  element  in  the  treatment  consists 
in  absolute  rest  in  bed. 

9.  The  vagus  nerve  tn  the  fatal  cases  always  had  some 
evidence  of  degenerative  changes.  The  weight  of  the  heart 
was  increased. 

10.  The  cause  of  death  is  usually  from  cardiac  thrombi, 
dilatation  or  paralysis,  produced  most  probably  by  the  toxin 
of  the  diphtheria  bacillus. 


APPENDICITIS. 

The  discussion  of  the  papers  on  this  subject  in  the 
Surgical  Section  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  at 
Denver,  was  a  telling  emphasis  to  the  criticism  we  made. 
Careful,  clear-thinking,  experienced  heads  insistingly  de- 
clared for  opposing  views,  while  there  was  the  usual  corro- 
boration of  both  sides  by  the  less  weighty  and  less  informed. 
Not  a  little  of  the  spirit  shown  was  sharp,  probably  bitter, 
and  possibly  at  times  even  personal.  We  are  all  somewhat 
prone  to  defend  our  own  views,  and  seek  the  bubble,  reputa- 
tion, even  with  our  own  mouths.  It  is  a  question  if  the  dis- 
cussion did  any  good  ;  is  almost  a  certainty  that  it  did 
harm.  Radicalism  fails  to  convince  the  courageous  con- 
servative ;  it  leads  to  danger  the  incompetent  and  vacillat- 
ing ;  it  discourages  and  routs  the  expectant  and  hopeful.  In 
questions  which  involve  not  only  life  and  death,  but  as  well 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  495 

the  reputation  of  the  surgeon,  the  consent  of  the  patient, 
facilities  for  success,  etc.,  the  theoretical  must  yield  to  the 
practical.  Even  if  we  accepted  the  dictum  that  a  tender 
appendix  should  always  be  excised — though  a  congested 
liver,  a  painful  kidney,  a  swollen  spleen,  an  inflanied  intestine 
may  be  allowed  to  declare  its  course — there  must  arise  the 
reflection  that  practically  such  radicalism  can  never  be- 
come popularly  accepted  ;  hence,  to  urge  it  is  to  discourage 
rather  than  promote  concert  of  action.  In  principle  it  is 
true  that  an  offending  appendix  is  better  out,  not  because  it 
is  always  a  source  of  danger,  but  because  no  judgment  can 
declare  when  it  is  not ;  but  in  practice  it  is  equally  true  that 
the  best  interest  of  the  patient  cannot  always  be  served  by 
radical  adhesion  to  fixed  laws. 

Here,  as  elsewhere,  the  survival  of  the  patient  is  through 
the  fittest  of  conditions.  These  conditions  must  be  con- 
trolled by  the  judgment  of  the  surgeon.  To  obtain  definite 
data,  a  point  of  departure  must  be  agreed  upon.  It  is  clear 
not  ten  surgeons  in  this  country  operate  on  all  cases  of  ap- 
pendicitis as  soon  as  the  diagnosis  is  made,  however  much 
they  may  desire  to  do  so.  Many  of  the  remainder  who  fol- 
low these  in  ten  in  theory  are  far  behind  in  practice. 
The  immense  majority  are  conservative  in  practice,  what- 
ever may  be  their  theory.  The  general  practitioner  is  utterly 
unconvinced.  Between  these  two  extremes  is  fixed  the  great 
gulf  of  death  from  indecision  and  neglect. 

An  eminent  operator  said  in  this  discussion :  "  There 
can  be  no  compromise!"  But  is  it  true.''  Do  not  arbitration, 
concession,  daily  and  hourly,  in  our  lives  protect  and 
strengthen  both  our  dignity  and  our  security  ? 

Not  only  is  a  compromise  advisable,  but  at  present  it  is 
unavoidable,  and  is  entered  into  every  day  by  the  very  radi- 
cals who  oppose  it. 

The  general  practitioner,  having  arrived  at  a  diagnosis, 
will  rarely  willingly  call  into  consultation  the  surgeon  who 
he  knows  has  already  made  up  his  mind  ;  who  he  knows  will 
not  consult  with  him,  but  will  dictate  an  operation  in  a  lesion 
he  himself  admits  will  recover  without  it  three  times  out  of 
four.  Such  uncompromising  absolutism  not  only  humiliates 
the  physician,  but  scares  both  him  and  his  patient  away  till 
the  time  of  safety  is  past. 

Though  it  is  true  in  skilled  hands,  under  favourable 
conditions,  an  operation  in  all  cases  at  the  time  of  diagnosis 
will  probably  secure  the  highest  rate  of  recovery,  yet  it  is 
true  this  course  is  so  impracticable  we  must  seek  the  most 
acceptable  compromise  upon  which  common  ground  the  best 
results  can  be  secured. 


SURQKRY. 


IN  CHARGE  OP 

GEORGE  FISK.  M.D. 

Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospita, 


RECURRENT  CARCINOMA  OF  THE  FEMALE 
BREAST  ENTIRELY  DISAPPEARING  UN- 
DER THE  PERSISTENT  USE  OF  THYROID 
EXTRACT  CONTINUED  FOR  EIGHTEEN 
MONTHS.* 

By  FREDERICK  PAGE,  MD.,  Edin.,  M.R.C.S.,  Eng. 
Surgeon    to  the  Royal   Infirmary,   Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  etc.;    and 
WILLIAM  H.  BISHOP,  MB..  B.S.,  Durh- 

In  December,  1895,  Mr.  Page  was  asked  by  a  former 
house  surgeon  of  his,  Dr.  Bishop,  of  Wylam,  to  see  him  with 
a  woman,  aged  61  years,  who  was  suffering  from  carcinoma  of 
the  left  breast  of  some  six  months'  duration.  The  general 
health  was  very  much  impaired.  The  growth  was  situated 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  breast,  and  was  of  the  size  of  a  hen's 
egg,  and  both  the  axillary  glands  and  their  lymphatics  were 
affected.  On  January  7,  1896,  the  breast  was  removed,  to- 
gether with  the  axillary  glands  and  fat,  the  lymphatics  and 
the  pectoral  fascia.  In  April  there  was  a  recurrence  of  the 
disease  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  cicatrix,  and  on  July  18 
several  nodules,  varying  in  size  from  that  of  a  pea  to  that  of 
a  walnut,  were  removed,  A  portion  of  these  growths  was 
sent  to  the  Clinical  Research  Association,  and  reported  on  as 
follows  on  July  29  : — "  Both  specimens  show  a  soft  carcino- 
matous growth,  with  small  alveoli  and  very  scanty  stroma. 
At  first  sight  it  might  be  mistaken  for  sarcoma,  but  the  mode 
of  growth  at  the  edge  and  the  invasion  of  the  fatty  tisues  is 
unlike  that  of  sarcoma.  In  the  section  of  the  skin  the  dense 
fibrous  tissue  in  the  corium  prevents  any  very  rapid  multi- 
plication of  the  cancer  cells."  Three  weeks  after  this  second 
operation  other  nodules  appeared  in  the  scar,  and  later 
a  group  developed  below  it  and  in  the  subcutaneous  fat.  Fur- 
ther interference  was  declined,  and,  indeed,  did  not  seem  to 
be  feasible.  The  nodules  steadily  increased  in  size  and  num- 
ber. In  September,  1896,  at  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Bishop, 
thyroid  extract  was  given  quite  as  a  forlorn  hope.  At  first 
three  grains  were  taken  daily,  and  the  dose  was  gradually 
increased  till  fifteen  grains  could  be  taken  daily.  During  the 
eighteen  months  that  the  treatment  was  persistently  followed, 

*  London  Lancet, 


SURGERY.  497 

it  was  found  necessary  occasionally  to  suspend  the  use  of  the 
drug  for  some  days  on  account  of  its  toxic  effect.  The  pa- 
tient is  now  quite  well.  She  has  gained  flesh  and  health  to 
such  an  extent  that  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  she  is  the 
same  person  who  was  operated  upon  two  years  and  four 
months  ago.  There  is  no  trace  of  the  disease  to  be  dis- 
covered. 

Remarks  by  Mr.  Page — Such  are  the  facts,  It  maybe 
that  this  case  is  a  vagary  of  recurrent  cancer,  but  taken  in 
conjunction  with  the  cases  of  recurrent  carinoma  reported  by 
Dr.  G.  Beatson,  of  Glasgow,  in  all  of  which  thyroid  extract 
was  given,  I  consider  it  to  be  one  of  great  importance  and  in- 
terest, so  much  so  that  I  intend  to  try  the  persistent  admin- 
istration of  thyroid  extract  in  every  case  of  recurrent  or  in- 
operable carcinoma  of  the  female  breast  coming  under  my 
observation.  In  due  course  I  trust  to  record  the  results  of 
the  experiment,  and,  in  the  meantime,  the  case  is  reported  in 
the  hope  that  it  may  induce  others  to  give  the  treatment  a 
trial. 

Remarks  by  Dr.  Bishop. — I  am  much  indebted  to  Mr, 
Page  for  permission  to  add  the  following  remarks  : — When, 
despite  the  completeness  of  the  first  operation,  the  growth 
returned  three  months  later,  and  when  only  three  weeks 
after  the  second  operation  it  again  made  its  appearance,  the 
case  looked  hopeless.  It  was  then  that  in  sheer  desperation 
I  determined  to  try  thyroid  extract,  having  read  Dr.  Beat- 
son's  papers,*  notwithstanding  his  opinion  that  it  has  "little 
effect  when  given  alone."  Mr.  Page  cordially  approved  of 
the  experiment.  At  first  it  did  not  seem  to  have  any  effect, 
but  it  was  soon  apparent  that  no  increase  in  size  was  taking 
place,  and  the  patient  maintained — rightly,  I  think — that  the 
growths  were  softer.  In  the  spring  of  last  year,  however, 
about  six  months  after  the  treatment  was  commenced,  a 
lump  appeared  above  the  operation  scar  and  grew  rapidly 
till  it  was  as  large  as  a  walnut,  when  it  seemed  to  cease  grow- 
ing. I  did  not  examine  the  breast  from  Christmas  of  last 
year  (when,  in  addition  to  the  growth  just  mentioned,  there 
was  a  number  of  nodules  in  and  about  the  scar  and  a  group 
below  it  in  the  subcutaneous  fat),  until  April  i8  last,  when  I 
was  amazed  to  find  that  every  trace  of  the  growths  was  gone. 
I  at  once  informed  Mr.  Page,  and  he  immediately  went  to  see 
the  patient,  and  confirmed  my  observation. 

It  is  always  dangerous  to  draw  conclusions  from  a  single 
case,  but  if  thyroid  extract  had  no  effect  upon  the  growths, 
to  what  is  their  disappearance  due  .''  And  if  beneficial  results 
from  its  use  are,  as  Dr.  Beatson  maintains  in  his  papers,  de- 

*  The  Lancet,  July  11, 1896,  p.  104,  and  July  18, 1896,  p.  162. 


498  PROGRESS   OF  MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

pendent  on  a  previous  oophorectomy,  why  should  it  alone 
not  succeed  after  the  menopause  has  been  passed  ?  If  it  is  really, 
and  of  itself,  of  utility  in  carcinoma  of  the  breast,  then  it  ought 
also  to  be  of  service  in  carcinoma  of  other  parts  of  the  body, 
and  I  suggest  its  trial  in  inoperable  cases  when  the  growth  is 
situated  elsewhere  than  in  the  mamma.  In  this  connection, 
also,  it  would  be  interesting  to  know  whether  the  subjects  of 
thyroidectomy,  or  those  in  whom  that  gland  is  functionally 
inactive,  are  peculiarly  liable  to  carcinomatous  growths.  I 
am  not  aware  that  such  is  the  case.  It  would  also  be  in- 
teresting to  get  information  as  to  the  condition  of  the  thyroid 
gland  in  the  subjects  of  this  disease.  How  the  thyroid  ex- 
tract acts  it  is  very  difficult  to  surmise.  Whether  it  alone,  or 
in  conjunction  with  the  menopause  (either  naturally  or  arti- 
fically  produced),  tends  to  promote  a  fatty  degeneration  of 
the  carcinoma  cells,  or  by  stimulating  the  lymphatics  to  re- 
move the  carcinomatous  material  (to  which  theory  there 
would  seem  to  be  obvious  objections),  or  by  increasing  meta- 
bolism enables  the  phagocytes  to  cope  with  the  disease,  or 
acts  in  some  other  »vay,  further  data  can  alone  supply  facts 
for  a  decision. 

Not  the  least  puzzling  feature  of  the  above  case  is  the 
development  of  a  growth  during  the  treatment.  At  the  time, 
however,  the  patient,  was  suffering  great  anxiety,  owing  to  the 
illness  of  her  husband,  and  was  constantly  up  at  night.  The 
general  health  suffered  much,  and  it  is  possible  that  the  thy- 
roid tabloids  were  neglected.  What  we  learn  from  this,  and 
I  think  also  from  Dr.  Beatson's  cases,  is  that  to  do  any  good 
the  administration  of  thyroid  gland  must  be  pushed  to  its  full 
physiological  effect  and  continued  over  a  great  length  of  time. 
Gaillard's  Medical  Journal,  July,  '98. 


ABRUPT  REDUCTION  OF  POTT'S  KYPHOSIS. 

Jonnesco,  of  Bucharest  {Arch,  de  Sci,  Med.,  1898  (III.), 
1-2,  p.  i),  reports  thirteen  cases  of  this  operation,  illustrated 
with  nine  photographs.  He  believes  that  it  is  an  excellent 
operatory  procedure,  specially  adapted  to  young  subjects 
and  recent  cases.  It  should  always  be  associated  with 
extension  and  counter-extension,  but  no  accessory  cutting 
operation  should  be  undertaken.  Manual  traction  should 
not  be  used,  but,  instead  thereof,  mechanical  traction,  applied 
only  at  the  head  and  pelvis,  the  force  exerted  being  an 
average  of  45  to  50  kilogrammes.  Only  in  old  ankylosed 
cases  is  the  employment  of  force  up  to  80  kilogrammes  per- 
missible. Chloroform  should  be  sparingly  given,  enough 
only  being  used  to  carry  patients  through  the  operation 
proper. — Medical  Review  of  Reviews. 


SURGERY.  499 

PARTIALLY  UNITED  FRACTURES  OF  THE 
TIBIA. 

Midler  {Centralblatt  fiir  Chirurgie,  June  5th,  1898)  has 
repeatedly  noticed  that  after  apparently  good  union,  with 
good  callus  formation  and  absence  of  pain,  patients  complain 
that  the  aflfected  limb  will  not  support  their  weight.  In  such 
cases  skiagraphy  reveals  the  fact  that  the  broken  ends  of  the 
bone  are  partially  dislocated  laterally.  While  by  manipula- 
tion there  is  observed  an  abnormal  elasticity  of  the  shaft  of 
the  tibia,  the  sensation  of  non-support  is  largely  psychical. 
Miiller  puts  these  cases  upon  a  supporting  splint-dressing, 
which  enables  them  to  walk. — Medical  Review  of  Reviews. 

APPENDICITIS— A  POSSIBLE  CAUSE— THE  USE 
OF  THE  LIGATURE— IS  IT  NESSARY  ? 

In  a  paper  read  before  the  Richmond  Academy  of 
Medicine  and  Surgery  by  Wm.  T.  Oppenheimer,  M.D.,  Pre- 
sident of  City  Board  of  Health,  Richmond,  Va.,  he  says 
{North  Carolina  Med.  Jour.),  July  5th,  1898  : 

"  The  question  is  asked  :  Why  do  we  hear  more  of 
appendictis  now  than  formerly  ?  I  would  aneswer  that  the 
disease  was  not  so  well  known,  and  that  possibly  as  much 
existed  then  as  now,  but  under  different  names — e.  g.,  many 
cases  formerly  diagnosed  as  peritonitis  were  fulminant  appen- 
dicitis. But,  nevertheless,  I  claim  the  disease  is  more  frequent 
now.  Possibly  the  cause  may  lie  in  improper  food.  Bread 
is  the  most  common  food,  and  the  common  baking  powder 
used  has  caused  more  and  different  varieties  of  indigestion 
than  formerly,  probably  affecting  the  digestive  juices.  I  bring 
this  out,  although  I  have  no  statistics  to  prove  it,  for  I  believe 
that  appendicitis  is  nothing  more  than  indigestion  in  the 
appendix.  Authorities  on  the  subject  refer  to  the  blood 
vessels,  sex,  etc.,  when  naming  the  causes.  The  point  I  wish 
to  make  is  that  it  is  the  result  always  of  an  accumulation  of 
gas,  never  of  plugging  of  the  artery  or  sloughing.  I  believe 
that  the  capillaries  are  so  numerous  that  even  with  blocking 
of  the  artery  collateral  circulation  is  soon  established. 

"  In  every  case  of  appendicitis  the  patient  is  more  or 
less  dyspeptic.  It  may  even  be  his  first  attack.  The  result- 
ing gas  accumulating  in  the  cecum,  the  appendix  becomes 
blown  up  and  its  orifice  is  blocked.  In  recurrent  cases  the 
orifice  may  be  more  and  more  narrowed  with  each  succeed- 
ing attack,  until  it  is  finally  occluded  ;  the  circulation  is  cut 
off  entirely  if  the  distance  is  great,  and  sloughing  results. 

"  In  forcing  gas  into  the  cecum  the  appendix  in  more 
distended  at  its  apex  than  elsewhere,  and  least  at  its  orifice, 


500  PROGRESS  OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

because  of  the  presence  of  circular  muscular  fibers.  Constant 
pumping  in  of  gas  may  result  in  partial  closure  only,  and 
adhesions  may  form  ;  but  when  there  is  complete  closure  the 
fulminant  variety  is  produced,  and,  going  on,  protective 
abscesses.  This  statement  regarding  closure  in  the  fulmina- 
ting form  must  be  so,  because  where  the  appendix  is 
filled  with  pus,  if  it  were  not  entirely  sealed,  there  would  be 
drainage  into  the  cecum,  and  it  would  be  recurrent.  To 
attest  my  belief  in  it  I  have  operated  for  appendicitis  without 
using  the  ligature.  Of  course,  in  the  recurrent  form,  where 
the  operation  is  done  between  the  attacks,  the  ligature  should 
always  be  applied.  The  danger  from  it  is  that  it  might  not 
be  applied  near  enough  to  the  cecum,  leaving  pus  which  may 
result  in  septicemia,  peritonitis,  etc.  In  safe  hands  the 
operation  is  less  dangerous  without  than  with  the  ligature. 

"  The  points  brought  out  have  great  bearing  on  the 
treatment,  namely,  food.  Indigestion  of  all  forms  have  the 
closest  attention,  for  the  first  seizure  may  bring  on  an  attack 
of  appendicitis." — Medical  Review  of  Reviews,  August  25, 
1898. 

WHAT  PRODUCES  ANKYLOSIS  OF  JOINTS? 

Dr.  O.  W.  Phelps,  Britt,  Iowa,  in  a  paper  appearing  in 
the  Raihvay  Surgeon,  July  26th,  cites  a  number  of  interest- 
ing experiments  made  by  him  in  order  to  determine  this 
question,  after  a  review  of  which  he  says : 

"  The  conclusion  in  my  mind  is  clear — i.  That  motion 
is  not  necessary  to  preserve  the  normal  functions  of  a  joint. 
2.  A  normal  joint  will  not  become  ankylosed  by  simply 
immobilizing  it  for  three  or  four  months.  3.  Atrophy  of  the 
muscles  of  the  limb  will  follow  prolonged  immobilization  of  a 
joint.  4.  These  experiments  have  demonstrated  to  me  con- 
clusively that  prolonged  fixation  will  not  produce  ankylosis 
of  a  normal  joint,  and  that  motion  is  not  essential  for  the 
preservation  of  normal  functions. 

"  Then  the  cause  of  ankylosis  must  depend  upon  patho- 
logical conditions,  and  not  upon  fixation. 

"The  question  of  ankylosis,  in  my  mind,  is  determined 
by  the  severity  of  the  inflammation,  the  duration  of  intra- 
articular pressure,  and  destruction  of  periosteum.  I  believe 
that  the  motion  of  an  inflamed  joint  interferes  with  the  pro- 
cess of  repair  and  hastens  ankylosis,  and  to  prevent  this 
calamity  it  is  the  duty  of  the  surgeon  to  put  the  limb  at  abso- 
lute rest  and  relieve  intra-articular  pressure  by  extension  and 
immobilization.  Inflamed  joints  treated  by  absolute  rest 
will  furnish  far  fewer  cases  of  ankylosis,  better  motion  and 
less  deformity." — Medical  Review  of  Revievos,  August  25, 
1898. 


SURGERY.  501 

STRICTURE  WITH  EXTRAVASATION  IN 

WHICH  SUPPURATION   OCCURRED 

BEHIND  THE  PUBES. 

Bruce  Clark  reports  a  case  of  stricture  {Med.  Press  and 
Circ,  No.  3075)  through  which  no  instrument  could  be  passed. 
A  rectal  examination  revealed  the  fact  that  there  was  a  great 
deal  of  thickening  about  the  region  of  the  prostate  and  ves- 
iculae  seminales,  as  well  as  in  the  region  of  the  triangular 
h'gaments,  probably  a  tuberculous  complication.  The  stric- 
ture was  relieved  by  a  Wheelhouse's  operation.  A  week 
later  the  temperature  gradually  rose,  the  patient  developing 
some  tenderness  below  the  pubes.  On  further  examination 
by  means  of  a  probe  passed  in  from  the  seat  of  the  wound, 
pus  was  found.  An  incision  was  made  above  the  pubes,  and 
a  counter-opening  down  to  the  side  of  the  rectum  so  as  to 
drain  the  pelvis,  which  proved  to  be  full  of  pus.  The  pus 
having  also  found  its  way  up  behind  the  peritoneum  into  the 
lumbar  region,  another  counter-opening  was  made  just  below 
the  last  rib.  The  whole  cavity  was  well  irrigated  with  izal 
(1-200),  drainage-tubes  being  inserted.  The  author  points 
out  that  the  thickening  which  had  originally  been  felt  round 
the  prostate  was  undoubtedly  the  beginning  of  an  extrava- 
sation backward  round  the  base  of  the  bladder,  a  rare  com- 
plication of  stricture,  and  one  which  is  generally  regarded  as 
an  almost  certainly  fatal  one.  The  draining  of  the  bladder 
by  the  first  operation  had  not  availed  to  prevent  the  onset  of 
suppuration,  owing  to  the  slow  infiltration  of  the  cellular  tis- 
sue round  the  bladder,  which  had  taken  place  before  the 
patient  had  presented  himself  for  treatment.  It  was  the  only 
case  he  had  seen  in  which  such  extensive  suppuration  had  re- 
sulted from  such  a  cause.  The  patient  recovered,  convales- 
cing gradually. — American  Medico- Surgical  Bulletin,  August 
25,  1898. 

DIAGNOSIS     OF     RENAL     PERMEABILITY     BY 
METHYLENE  BLUE. 

Castaigne  {Gaz.  des  Hopitaux,  June  14th,  1898),  one  of  the 
pioneers  in  the  study  of  this  subject,  sums  up  all  that  is 
known  about  it  to  date.  He  says  that  the  possibilities  in 
this  direction  have  long  been  apparent,  because  of  the  im- 
permeability of  diseased  kidneys  to  many  medicinal  sub- 
stances. The  difficulty  has  always  been  in  the  choice  of  a 
drug  adapted  to  practical  needs.  In  methylene  blue  we 
have  an  ideal  substance.  Its  subcutaneous  injection  is  not 
attended  with  pain  or  danger ;  in  its  passage  through  the 
body  it  is  not  subjected   to  any  essential  decomposition  ;  its 


502  PROGRESS  OF  MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

color  is  readily  appreciable  and  cannot  be  mistaken  for  any- 
thing else  ;  and,  finally,  its  use  is  not  incompatible  with  the 
administration  of  other  drugs  for  medicinal  purposes.  The 
practical  worth  of  the  test  has  been  proved  by  the  numerous 
articles  which  continue  to  appear  upon  the  subject.  Sur- 
geons resort  to  its  use  before  giving  chloroform,  and  even 
use  it  in  conjunction  with  catheterism  of  the  ureters  to  deter- 
mine the  permeability  of  either  kidney.  Obstetricians  use  it 
to  determine  the  likelihood  of  eclampsia.  It  is  frequently 
resorted  to  in  the  hope  of  determining  the  presence  of 
hepatic  insufficiency. 

The  technique  is  very  simple.  One  c.c.  of  a  five  per 
cent,  solution  is  injected  under  the  skin,  and  the  urine  is 
voided.  All  subsequent  urinations  are  performed  methodi- 
cally, at  regular  intervals,  in  separate  vessels,  and  each  speci- 
men is  at  once  examined,  the  first  appearance  and  persist- 
ence of  the  blue  being  carefully  noted.  In  healthy  subjects 
the  blue  begins  to  appear  within  a  half  hour.  The  maximum 
is  attained  by  the  third  or  fouth  hour,  and  all  traces  vanish 
in  from  thirty  to  forty  hours. 

In  acute  and  chronic  nephritis  the  permeability  is  some- 
times normal,  or  even  increased,  In  other  cases  the  blue 
goes  through  the  kidney  in  the  form  of  chromogene,  which 
is  colorless,  but  readily  found  by  the  beautiful  green  color 
which  forms  after  boiling  the  urine  with  acetic  acid.  In 
atrophic  nephritis  the  blue  does  not  appear  until  the  third  or 
fourth  hour,  and  may  persist  for  a  week.  In  the  cardiac 
kidney  permeability  is  normal  as  long  as  mere  congestion  is 
present,  but  after  degenerative  changes  occur,  the  appearance 
of  the  blue  is  delayed  to  two  or  three  hours.  In  intermit- 
tent albuminuria  the  blue  appears  at  normal  time,  but  is 
eliminated  in  a  peculiar  intermittent  manner.  In  diabetes 
elimination  is  either  normal  or  delayed.  In  hepatic  subjects 
there  is  an  intermittent  rhythmic  elimination,  a  fact  of  great 
physiological  interest.  In  the  various  forms  of  surgical  kid- 
ney, if  the  blue  appears  by  the  end  of  first  honr,  one  kidney 
is  believed  to  be  sound.  By  catheterizing  the  ureters  much 
may  be  learned  at  times.  Permeability  is  normal  in  preg- 
nancy, and  even  during  eclampsia. 

Castaigne  gives  a  brief  summary  of  the  four  types  of 
results  : 

1.  Intermittance,  as  in  hepatic  diseases, 

2.  Dissociation — the  presence  of  chromogene  means 
impermeability. 

3.  Prolonged  elimination  means  organic  disease, 

4.  Delayed  appearance  means  impermeability. — Medical 
Review  of  Reviews,  Aug.  25,  1891. 


Medical  Society  Proceedings. 


COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS,  PROVINCE 
OF  QUEBEC. 

The  regular  September  meeting  of  the  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  was  held  on  the  28th,  at  Quebec,  in  the  Hall  of  the 
Faculty  of  Medicine  of  Laval  University. 

Present :— Doctors  E.  P.  Lachapelle,  President ;  Robt.  Craik. 
Laurent  Catellier,  Vice-Presidents ;  A.  R.  Marsolais,  Registrar  ;  A, 
Jobin,  Treasurer;  J.  P.  Boulet,  J.  A.  Macdonald,  Secretaries;  and 
the  following  Governors : — J.  E.  Baril,  S.  Bolduc,  M.  S.  Boulet,  T. 
L.  Brown,  M.,  Brophy,  F.  W.  Campbell,  L.  J.  V.  Cleroux,  J.  Con- 
stantin,  C.  L.  Cotton,  T.  Cypihot,  A.  Demers,  J.  L.  Desroches,  F. 
X.  J.  Dorion,  Hon.  R.  Fiset,  T.  Fortier,  Chas.  E.  Gingras,  S. 
Girard,  P.  E.  Grandbois,  J.  A.  Ladriere,  H.  Lafieur,  J.  B.  McCon- 
nell,  Hon.  D.  Marcil,  Chas.  Marshall,  L.  P.  Normand,  E.  F.  Pan- 
neton,  P.  Pelletier,  E.  H.  Provost,  E.  L.  Quirk,  L.  J.  A.  Simard, 
L.  J.  O.  Sirois,  Eug.  Turcot,  A.  Vallee,  A.  N.  Worthington. 

The  meeting  was  opened  at  10.15,  Dr.  E.  P.  Lachapelle, 
President,  in  the  chair. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Boulet  acted  as  Secretary. 

The  minutes  of  the  regular  meeting  of  the  6th  July  and  special 
meeting  of  July  13th  were  read  and  confirmed. 

The  Treasurer  presented  his  report,  which  was  adopted.  A 
summary  follows : 

Financial  statement  of  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 
P.Q.,  on  Sept.  28th,  1898. 

i2th  July,  '98  (after  auditing),  balance  in  bank $7>732  49 

July  13  to  14,  '98,  paid  by  Dr.  L.  Larue  (ex-Treasurer)  270  44 

Balance $7,462  05 

Receipts. 
August  4,  1898. 
Received  from  Dr.  L.  Larue  (balance  in  Banque   Na- 
tional)    $7>462  05 

License  fees 1,100  00 

Preliminary  Examinations 970  00 

Annual  fees 66  00 

Balance  received  from  Dr.  A.  T.  Brosseau 136  00 

Received  from  Dr.  Austin 50  00 

Interest  on  deposit 6  76 

$9,790  81 


504  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS, 

Expenses. 

Governors' fees $    60  00 

Assessors'  fees 190  00 

A.  D6oni,  agent,  and  Mr.   Girouard,  salary  and  com- 
mission   225  00 

Notices  and  printing 554  72 

Books  and  binding 65  10 

Returns 200  00 

Examiners' fees  and  expenses 386  00 

Dr.  A.  T.  Brossure,  Secretary's  salary  to  July,  '98 250  00 

Guarantee  insurance,  4  officers 80  00 

Stationery 12  50 

Miscellaneous n  00 


$2,034  32 

Total  Receipts $9,790  81 

Total  expenses 2,034  32 

Balance  in  bank  $7,756  49,  besides  5  shares  of  Bank  of  Mont- 
real Stock,  market  price  $488  00  each. 

(Signed),  Albert  Jobin, 

Treas.  Coll.  F.  &  S.,  P.  Q. 

Dr.  L.  J.  A.  Simard  moved,  seconded  by  Dr.  M.  S.  Boulet  and 
Dr.  F.  W.  Campbell : 

"  That  the  members  of  the  College  have  heard,  with  very 
great  pleasure,  that  the  French  Government  has  conferred  on  Dr. 
E.  P.  Lachapelle  the  title  of  Chevalier  de  la  Legion  d'Homeur, 
and  that  they  take  advantage  of  this  occasion  to  tender  him  their 
most  sincere  congratulations.'' 

Carried  unanimously. 

The  President,  in  a  few  words,  thanked  the  members. 

Moved  by  Dr.  F.  W.  Campbell,  seconded  by  Dr.  J.  A.  Mac- 
Donald  : 

"  That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  place  on  the 
frame  of  the  portrait  of  S.  Arnoldi — the  first  President  of  this 
College — now  in  Laval  University,  in  Quebec,  but  the  property  of 
the  College,  his  name,  date  of  death  and  the  fact  of  his  being  our 
first  President. — Carried. 

Moved  by  Dr.  M.  Brophy,  seconded  by  Dr.  Panneton  : 

"That  the  President  and  Vice-Presidents,  each  in  his  district, 
be  authorized  to  administer  the  oath  and  deliver  the  license  to 
those  entitled  to  it  after  the  adoption  of  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Credentials." — Carried. 

Hon.  Dr.  Marsil,  seconded  by  Dr.  L.  J.  Desroches,  gives 
notice  that  at  next  meeting  he  will  move  that  in  future  candidates 
presenting  themselves  before  the  Examining  Board  be  obliged  to 
pass  examinations  in  Clinical  Medicine  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

Report  of  Credential  Committee  read  and  adopted. 

Those  present  at  meeting  of  Credential  Committee,  held  on 
26th  inst.,  were  Doctors  E.  P,  Lachapelle,  President;  L.  Catellier, 
Vice-President;  L.  J.  A.  Simard,  ex-President;  A.  R.  Marsolais, 
Registrar  ;  Albert  Jobin,  Treasurer;  J.  P.  Boulet  and  J.  A.    Mac- 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS-  505 

Donald,  Secretaries  ;  F.  W.    Campbell  and  H.  f.afleur,    the   last 
named  representing  McGill  University  in  the  place  of  Dr.  R.  Craik. 

The  following  graduates  possessed  diplomas,  certificates  of 
preliminary  examination  and  other  qualifications  conforming  to  the 
rules  of  the  College,  and  were  entitled  to  the  license  : 

Archambault,  Euclide  ;  Beaumier,  Jos.  Zephirin  ;  B6gin,  Wil- 
frid ;  Boisvert,  Chas.  K.;  Boulanger,  Theophile  D.;  Byers,  Gordon  ; 
Carron,  Frederick  Burke  ;  Chretien,  Jean  Remi ;  Cook,  Edouard  ; 
Dion,  Jules  Alphonse ;  Finnic,  John  H.;  Forbes,  A.  MacKenzie; 
Geoffrion,  Louis ;  Lavoie,  Jos.  Ernest ;  Leclerc,  Louis  ;  Lemieux, 
J.  P.  Cyrinus  :  Maranda,  Hermenegilde  ;  Pelletier,  Frs.  Moise  ; 
Taschereau,  Gustave  Arthur  ;  Warren,  David. 

Doctors  Ed.  W.  Archbald,  Wm.  Delaney  and  E.  Turgeon 
have  complied  with  all  rules,  and  are  entitled  to  the  license,  but 
have  not  received  it.     It  will  be  delivered  to  them. 

The  following  must  submit  to  a  professional  examination:  — 
Drs.  R.  Beauchesne,  J.  N.  Boivin,  N.  Boucher,  E.  R.  Brown,  E. 
S.  Harding,  Thos.  Lovitt,  C.  B.  Rouleau- 

The  following  gentlemen  have  sworn  to  their  diplomas,  and  are 
entitled  to  certificates  of  preliminary  examination  : — M.  Rom6o 
Beauchesne,  B.L.;  Jos.  E.  Bibaud,  B.L.;  Jos.  Dominique  Achille 
Chouinard,  B.L.;  Wm.  LeMesurier  Carter,  B.A.;  D6sire  Houde, 
B.L.;  Wilfrid  Laberge,  B.L.;  J.  Albert  Paquet,  B.A.;  J.  W.  Leo- 
pold  Ricard,  B.L.;  J.  Oraer  Royer,  B.L.;  L.  Dubois,  B.L.;  Paul 
Emile  Rochon,  B.A.:  Edouard  Verdon,  B.A.;  Gabriel  Brisset,  B.A.; 
Joseph  Ayotte,  B.L.;  Antonio  Gauthier,  B.L.;  Hubert  Martel,  B.L.; 
Arsene  Christin,  B.L.;  Azarie  Turcotte,  B.L.;  Armand  Beuusejour, 
B. A.;  Ernest  Gagnon,  B.L.;  Jos.  L.  L.  Gagnon,  B.L.;  Jos.  Wilfrid 
CoUerette,  B.L.;  Hormisdas  Ethier,  B.A.;  Ernest  Rudolf  Brown, 
B.A;  Ernest  Stanley  Harding,  B.A.;  Wilfrid  Comtois,  B.L.;  D. 
Omer  Choquette,  B.L.;  Geo.  Thibault,  B.L.;  Olivier  Demers,  B.L. 

Thirteen  candidates  went  up  for  the  preliminary  examination,  of 
whom  four  were  passed  : — Messrs.  Jos.  Dobbin,  J.  A.  Pilon,  V.  H. 
Cullen,  V.  Painchaud. 

Several  candidates  having  paid  the  fees,  either  for  preliminary 
examination  or  for  license  and  not  having  appeared,  the  committee 
recommends  the  adoption  of  the  following  resolution  : 

Resolved — That  the  President  be  authorized  to  submit  to  the 
decision  of  the  legal  adviser  of  the  College  the  following  question  : 

When  a  candidate  for  preliminary,  or  professional  examination, 
or  for  license,  neglects  to  pass  such  examination  or  receive  such 
license,  has  he  a  right  to  the  return  of  the  whole  of  the  fee  or  only  to 
one-half  as  in  case  of  failure  ? 

"  The  President  to  be  guided  by  the  opinion  of  the  Legal 
adviser  to  the  College." — Carried. 

The  Report  of  Committee  on  professional  examination  was 
then  read  and  adopted. 

The  examiners  appointed  by  the  President  were  : 
Hon.  Dr.  D.  Marsil  in  Operative  Surgery  and  Gynerology. 
Dr.  H.  Lafleur  in  Pathology  and  Chemistry. 
Dr.  McConnell  in  Physiology  and  Histology. 
Dr.  A.  Demers  in  Medicine. 

Dr.  L.  J.  A.  Simard  in    Opthalmalogy,  Otology  and  Laryn- 
gology. 


$06  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

Dr.  L.  Catellier  in  Surgery. 

Dr.  A.  Vallde   in    Mental  and   Nervous  Diseases,    Medical 

Jurisprudence  and  Toxicology. 
Dr.  C.  C.  Sewell  in  Obstetrics. 
Dr.  L.  J.  Desroches  in  Hygiene. 
Dr.  L.  J.  O.  Sirois  in  Diseases  of  Children. 
Dr.  L.  J.  V.  Cleroux  in  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 
Dr.  Cotton  in  Anatomy  and  Bacteriology. 
In  absence  of  Dr.  Sewell,   Dr.  F.  W.  Campbell  was  asked  to 
examine  in  Obstetrics. 

Seven  candidates  took  the  examination  of  27th  inst. 
One  only,  Dr.  E.  S.    Harding,  passed  satisfactorily,  and  is  en- 
titled to  the  license. 

The  following  letter  was  read  from  President  of  Pharmaceutical 
Association  of  Province  of  Quebec  : 

Quebec,  Sept.  28,  1898. 

To  the  Governors  of  the  College  of  P.  and  S.,  of  P.  Q. 

Gentlemen  : — As  the  sale  and  use  of  medicines  of  unknown 
formula  is  increasing  year  by  year,  and,  in  many  cases,  these  artic- 
les are  dangerous,  it  is  of  greatest  importance  that  the  sale  of 
these  preparations  should  be  controlled  by  the  Government  more 
strictly  than  at  present. 

We  therefore  request  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  to 
appoint  a  committee  to  study  this  matter  and  report  at  next 
meeting. 

The  Pharmacists  will  be  glad  to  assist  this  committee,  and  hope 
to  receive  the  moral  support  of  the  Physicians  in  preventing  any 
legislation  tending  to  change  the  present  law  concerning  the  sale  of 
drugs,  etc.,  at  least  before  the  committee  which  you  may  name  has 
reported. 

A  delegation  from  Pharmaceutical  Association  is  in  waiting 
should  you  wish  to  hear  it. 

Yours  truly, 
(Signed),  R.   W.  WILLIAMS, 

Pres.  Pharmaceutical  Assoc,  of  Prov.  of  Que. 

The  deputation  sent  by  Pharmaceutical  Association  was  there- 
upon admitted. 

The  President  informed  the  deputation  that  it  was  the  inten- 
tion of  the  College  to  appoint  a  Committee  to  study  such  ques- 
tions, and  that  a  common  plan  of  action  might  be  decided  on  if 
deemed  advisable. 

Dr.  Baril  gave  notice  that  at  next  meeting  of  Provincial  Col- 
lege he  would  move  "  That  this  College  should  have  introduced  a 
bill  asking  the  Federal  Government  to  enact  a  law  as  follows: 

1.  To  abohsh  the  right  to  manufacture,  import  and  sell  in  the 
whole  Dominion  any  form  of  secret  remedy. 

2.  To  revise  the  list  of  poisons  and  substances  acting  as 
poisons  in  certain  circumstances. 

3.  To  oblige  the  holder  of  any  trade  mark,  etc.,  allowing  sale 
of  a  remedy  containing  one  or  more  toxic  substances,  to  specify 
on  the  label  or  wrapper  the  name  and  quantity  of  each  ingredient ; 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  $0/ 

the  sale  of  such  a  preparation  being  subject  to  rules  established 
by  a  medical  commission  appointed  for  the  purpose  by  Provin- 
cial Goverment. 

At  I  p.m.,  on  motion  of  Drs.  D.  Marsil  and  Desroches,  the 
meeting  adjourned  till  2  p.m. 

Afternoon  Session. 

At  2.15  p.m.  the  meeting  resumed. 
Dr.  Marsolais  read  the  following  : 

Report  on  projected  auditing  of  the  Books  of  former  Board. 

I  regret  that  on  account  of  not  having  all  documents  relating 
to  finances  of  old  Board,  I  am  unable  to  present  you  to-day  the 
report  of  the  auditors  appointed  on  13th  July  last. 

I  may,  however,  say  that  the  work  preparatory  to  the  auditing 
to  be  done  by  chartered  accountants  is  well  advanced — some  parts, 
such  as  collection  of  annual  fees,  which  is  not  the  least  important, 
being  almost  finished. 

Only  one  ex-officer  has  formerly  refused  to  deliver  his  books, 
except  the  list  of  receipts  for  annual  fees  which  he  has  dehvered  to 
us.  Dr.  J.  M.  Beausoleil,  the  Registrar  of  the  old  Board,  claims 
that  these  books  and  vouchers  up  to  date  of  last  auditing  accepted 
by  the  then  Board  are  his  private  property,  and  that  he  need  not 
deliver  them  up  to  the  nt:\v  Board.  He  evidently  forgets  that  these 
books  form  a  part  of  the  archives  of  the  College  whose  property 
they  are,  and  that,  in  consequence,  the  College  has  a  right  to  claim 
them. 

This  refusal  renders  all  the  more  difficult  the  revision  and  classi- 
fication of  the  documents  now  in  our  possession,  in  that  the  ex- 
registrar,  like  others  of  the  former  officers,  besides  the  duties  per- 
taining to  his  office,  often  did  the  work  of  the  Treasurer  for  which 
reason  we  are  deprived  of  a  number  of  documents  necessary  to 
the  examination  and  the  auditing  of  the  affairs  of  the  College. 

As  to  the  other  officers,  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  they 
will  willingly  deliver  to  us  any  papers  which  may  still  be  in  their 
hands.  We  intend  to  take  the  steps  necessary  to  obtain  these,  and 
believe  we  have  lately  received  all  the  documents  held  by  one  of 
them. 

I  am  convinced  that,  as  soon  as  the  present  Board  has  obtain- 
ed possession  of  all  necessary  books  and  vouchers,  the  auditors 
appointed  will  be  able  to  begin  their  work,  and,  making  use  of  the 
preparatory  work  of  compilation  and  classification  already  done, 
to  promptly  complete  the  auditing  of  the  finances  of  the  College 
from  1889  to  '898.  They  will  then  be  enabled  to  submit  a  report 
which  will  allow  you  to  judge  of  the  situation  and  take  what 
steps  you  may  consider  necessary. 

(Signed),        A.  R.  MARSOLAIS,  M.D., 

Registrar  Coll,  P-  and  S.,  P.  Q. 
Sept.  28,  1898. 

The  report  was  adopted. 

Moved  by  Dr.  L.  A.  Demers,  seconded  by  J.  P.  Boulet  : 

Whereas,  the  books  and  documents  relative  to  the  administra- 


508  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

tion  of  the  funds  of  the  College  of  P.  and  S.  of  the  Provinc  e  of 
Quebec  are  incomplete  and  do  not  show,  for  the  last  ten  years,  all 
the  receipts  and  expenses  of  the  College,  and 

Whereas,  the  late  Registrar,  Dr.  J.  M.  Beansoleil,  has  detained 
several  ot  the  account  books,  bank  books  and  vouchers  necessary 
to  a  complete  auditing  of  the  books  of  the  College,  and  has  illegally 
retained  possession  notably  of  the  book  showing  receipts  day  by 
day  and  item  by  item*  handed  to  him,  and 

Whereas,  Dr.  Beausoleil  has  not  furnished  according  to  law  a 
report  of  the  disposition  he  has  made  of  the  funds  of  the  College 
during  his  term  of  office  as  Registrar ; 

Resolved. — That  the  President  be  authorized  to  have  instituted, 
in  the  name  of  the  College,  against  the  said  Registrar  or  any 
other  officer,  any  action  at  law  to  oblige  him  or  them  to  deliver 
up  the  books  of  the  said  College  and  render  a  just  and  true  ac- 
count of  the  disposition  he  has  made  of  the  funds  of  the  College 
during  his  term  of  office  as  Registrar  ;  and  that  the  President  be 
authorized,  in  the  name  of  the  College,  to  defend  any  action  which 
may  follow,  and  that  he  be  authorized  in  the  name  of  the  College  to 
plead  in  all  these  actions,  whether  as  plaintiff  or  defendant. — Carried. 

1  he  President  read  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Gervais,  advocate)  in 
reference  to  the  right  the  College  may  have  of  founding  and  main- 
taining a  library  for  the  use  of  its  members,  as  follows  : 

Rainville  Archambault  &  Gervais,  Advocates. 

Montreal,  23rd  August,  1898. 

Having  been  consulted  by  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  Province  of  Quebec, 
upon  the  following  question  : 

Is  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  Province  of 
Quebec  bound  to  respect  the  lease  passed  on  the  13th  July,  1898,  be- 
fore Labadie,  N.  P.,  between  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  College 
and  one,  Minier,  for  the  establishment  of  a  library  of  medical  works. 

I  reply  as  follows  : 

The  solution  of  this  question  depends  upon  the  solution  of 
this  other  question  : — Has  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons 
of  the  Province  of  Quebec  the  right  to  teach  medicine,  surgery  and 
the  obstrelrical  art  in  this  Province? 

The  College  may  acquire  and  alienate  moveable  and  immove- 
able property  for  the  following  purposes  : 

1.  To  regulate  the  duration  and  nature  of  the  curriculum  of 
medical  studies ; 

2.  To  superintend  medical  studies  in  the  schools  established 
for  this  purpose ; 

3.  To  control  the  examination  required  to  obtain  medical  de- 
grees in  the  Universities ; 

4,  To  hold  the  examinations  required  to  obtain  licenses  for 
admission  to  study  or  practice  of  those  who  have  not  obtained  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Licentiate  of  Medicine  ; 

5.  To  keep  the  register  of  all  the  physicians  and  surgeons 
having  the  right  to  practice  surgery  and  the  obstretrical  art  in  the 
Province. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  509 

These  powers  are  more  specially  defined  by  articles  3969, 
3982  and  3983  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the  Province  of  Quebec. 
Beyond  them  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  has  no  power. 

It  is  true  that  they  would  have  the  right  to  pure  lase  medical 
works  for  the  use  of  the  assessors.  But  this  construction  extends 
the  interpretation  and  the  effect  of  the  legislative  powers  concern- 
ing the  college  as  far  as  it  is  possible  to  do  so. 

The  assessors  are  presumed  to  know  the  science  upon  which 
the  candidates  for  practice  are  examined. 

They  have  no  right  to  expect  that  they  will  be  supplied  by  the 
College  with  the  works  required  to  learn  the  science  of  medicine, 
surgery  and  the  obstretrical  art- 

The  College  couid  merely  buy  for  the  use  of  the  Assessors 
Vade-Mecums  or  Compendiums  for  the  speedy  verification  of  the 
answers  of  the  students. 

Beyond  that,  the  buying  power  of  the  College  does  not  extend. 

Between  this  limited  power  of  buying  books  and  the  desire 
to  establish  a  public  library,  with  or  without  the  circulation  of 
books,  there  is  an  immense  difference. 

The  establishment  of  a  library  implies  the  power  to  teach 
medicine,  which  of  itself  implies  the  further  power  of  incurring 
large  expenses  for  that  purpose. 

These  two  powers  are  not  conferred,  either  expressly  or  impli- 
citly, by  the  law  concerning  the  College  of  Physicians  of  the  Pro- 
vince of  Quebec. 

We  know,  nevertheless,  that  public  bodies,  the  local  agents  of 
the  central  or  sovereign  power,  merely  exercise  the  powers  which 
are  expressly  conferred  upon  them  by  the  laws  governing  them. 

The  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  has  the  power  of  con- 
trolling and  superintending  schools  of  medicine  and  the  practice 
of  medecine  in  Heu  and  place  of  inspectors  who  would  be  appointed 
either  by  the  Legislature  or  the  Executive  Council  of  the  Pro- 
vince, 

The  College  of  Physicians,  like  other  bodies  of  professional 
men,  was  created  about  the  period  during  which  municipal  corpora- 
tions were  created,  with  the  same  view  of  permitting  any  group  of 
the  nation  to  govern  itself  as  far  as  possible. 

The  College  of  Physicians  has  neither  the  mission  nor  the  right 
to  establish  a  public  library  such  as  is  referred  to  in  Minier's  lease, 
passed  before  Labadie,  N.  P.,  and  bearing  date  July  13,  1898. 

The  late  Board  of  Governors,  in  adopting  the  resolution  au- 
thorizing the  passing  of  this  lease  on  the  8th  July,  1898,  have  there- 
fore acted  ultra  vires. 

(Signed),        Honore  Gervais.   . 
I  concur, 

(Signed,)         EuG.  Lafontaine. 

Moved  by  Dr.  Cleroux,  seconded  by  Dr.  Desroches,  and  car- 
ried : — 

Whereas  the  College  of  P.  &  S.  ofProv.  Que.  has  not  the  right 
to  spend  money  to  maintain  a  medical  library,  and  especially  to 
carry  out  the  lease  passed  with  Mr.  Minier. 

Resolved    that   the    President   be   authorized    to    repudiate 
said  lease  between  the    College  and    Minier    by  notarial   notice  or 


510  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

Otherwise,  the  College  retiring  from  such  lease,  not  intending  to 
resume  it,  and  refusing  to  pay  the  stipulated  rent,  not  having  bene- 
fited and  not  wishing  to  benefit  by  it. 

Moved  by  Dr.  Desroches,  seconded  by  Dr.  Cleroux  : 

"That  the  situation  of  the  library  of  the  College  be  not 
changed  from  now  to  ist  May  next,  provided  it  cost  the  College 
nothing,  and  that,  in  case  of  Mr.  Deom  refusing  to  keep  it  until 
that  date  in  his  store,  the  President  be  authorized  to  place  it  else- 
where,  free." — Carried. 

Dr.  Catellier  moved,  seconded  by  Dr.  Cleroux  : 

"  That  the  Council  of  Discipline  be  composed  as  follows  : — 
The  President  and  the  Secretary  of  the  district  in  which  the  sitting  is 
held,  who  are  ex-officio  members,  and  Doctors  R.  Craik,  D. 
Marsil,  A.  Vallee,  C.  C.  Sewell." 

Moved  by  Dr.  Desroches,    seconded   by  Dr.    M.  S.  Boulet  : 

"  That  a  Committee  composed  of  Drs.  Lachapelle,  Marsil, 
Craik,  Campbell,  Catellier,  Pelletier,  Cleroux  and  the  mover  and 
seconder,  be  named  to  change  the  method  of  voting  at  the  election 
of  Governors,  and  to  establish  election  by  districts  and  by  means  of 
ballot." — Adopted. 

Moved  by  Dr.  M.  S.  Boulet,  seconded  by  Dr.  J.  L.  Desroches, 
and  carried  : 

"  That  the  Secretary  of  the  Board  be  instructed  to  write  to 
all  the  advocates  who  have  been  retained  by  the  Board  that 
their  services  will  no  longer  be  required,  provided  the  President  be 
allowed  to  make  an  arrangement  with  these  gentlemen,  if  neces- 
sary, but  only  after  having  this  resolution  communicated  to  them." 

Moved  by  Dr.  Sirois,  seconded  by  Dr.  Marsil,  and  carried  : 

"  That  Mr.  Honore  Gervais  be  named  Counsel  for  the  College 
in  all  actions  or  suits  in  which  the  College  may  be  interested." 

Moved  br  Dr.  Cotton,  seconded  by  Dr.  L.  A.  Demers,  and 
carried  : 

"That  the  Registrar  be  instructed  to  notify  each  member  of 
the  College,  at  least  a  month  before  the  ist  of  July  of  ev^ery  year, 
of  the  amount  he  may  owe  as  annual  dues." 

Moved  by  Dr.  Marsolais,  seconded  by  Dr  Lafleur,  "  That  a 
Committee  composed  of  the  President,  the  Vice-President  for 
Montreal  and  the  Registrar  be  appointed  to  settle  the  question  of 
the  library,  the  salary  of  the  Agent  of  the  College,  or  any  other 
urgent  matter,  with  instructions  to  report  at  next  meeting  of  the 
Board." — Carried  on  division. 

Moved  by  Dr.  Lafleur,  seconded  by  Dr.  Pelletier,  and  carried  : 

"That  Mr.  Simeon  Moudon,  of  Montreal,  be  named  Agent  of  the 

College  in  place  of  Mr.  Avila   D6om,  with  the   understanding  that 

his  salary  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  committee  provided  for  in 

previous  motion." 

A  letter  was  read  from  Dr.  Bouillon,  of  Matane,  suggesting 
amendments  to  the  law  respecting  Charlatans. 

Moved  by  Dr.  Baril,  seconded  by  Dr.  Panneton  ; — 
I.  That  a  committee,  composed  of  Dr.  S.  Lachapelle,  Btophy, 
Campbell,    Desroches    and   Baril,  be    appointed  to    consider   the 
question  of  the  sae   of  secret  preparations,  whether  under  trade- 
mark or  not,  and  to  invite  the  Medical  Boards  of  other  Provinces 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  5 1 1 

and  the  various  Pharmaceutical  Associations  to  assist  in  this  under- 
taking if  deemed  advisable,  and  to  report  at  next  meeting  of  the 
Board. 

2.  That  the  Legislature  of  this  Province  be  specially  requested 
by  this  Board  not  to  legislate  in  the  matter  of  the  sale  of  patent 
medicines  before  the  Federal  Parliament  shall  have  considered  the 
question." 

It  is  to  be  understood  that  the  members  of  this  committee  are 
not  to  expect  any  enumeration  for  this  work. — Carried. 

Moved  by  Dr.  Marsolais,  seconded  by  Dr.  Simard,  and 
carried  : 

"  That  the  following  gentlemen  be  those  from  among  whom 
are  to  be  chosen,  according  to  law,  the  assessors  for  the  examina- 
tions in  the  Universities  of  Montreal  during  the  next  three  years  : — 

M.les  docteurs  Hon,  D.  Marsil,  Rodolphe  Boulet,  E.  P. 
Benoit,  Triganne  (de  Somerset),  Gauthier,  E.  Turcot,  Joyal,  Dub6, 
J.  O.  Beaudry,  Lalonde,  Provost  (Sorel),  Cleroux,  Cotton,  Worth- 
ington.  Quirk,  Brown,  Prendergast  ^/ J.  H.  Bell. 

Moved  by  Dr.  Brophy,  seconded  by  Dr.  Bolduc,  and  carried  : — 

"  Thai  Drs.  C.  R.  Paquin  and  F.  J.  Langlais  be  named  Assess- 
ors for  Laval  University,  in  Quebec,  jointly  with  those  already 
named  at  the  last  meeting,  and  that  the  officers  for  Quebec  be  in- 
structed to  assign  them  to  duty  as  needed.* 

Dr.  Simard  raised  the  question  of  Mme.  Guertin,  to  whom  a 
midwife's  license  was  refused  on  July  6th  last  because  of  certain 
accusations  made  against  her.  The  two  sides  of  the  question  having 
been  considered,  Dr.  Cotton  moved.,  seconded  by  Dr- Simard,  that  a 
midwife's  license  be  granted  to  Mme-  Guertin — Carried- 

A  communication  from  Dr.  F.  J.  Bedard,  of  Weldon,  County  of 
Wolfe,  alleged  : 

1.  That,  immediately  after  passing  his  professional  examina- 
tions at  Laval  University  in  1893,  he  removed  to  the  United  States, 
and  did  not  return  to  Canada  until  last  autumn,  after  the  meeting 
of  the  Board. 

2.  That  several  times,  notably  m  February  last,  he  voluntarily 
offered,  without  having  been  requested,  to  pay  the  fee  for  the 
license. 

3.  That  not  having  obtained  the  license,  he  counted  on  the  tol- 
erance usually  practiced  towards  young  physicians  until  the  next 
meeting  of  the  Board. 

4.  That  meanwhile  he  was  sued  and  condemned  to  pay  $50 
fine  and  $49.42  costs,  which  to  him  was  a  large  sum. 

In  consequence  he  appeals  to  the  indulgence  of  the  Board  and 
asks  to  have  the  fine  remitted. 

His  request  is  supported  by  several  physicians. 

After  discussion  and  without  establishing  a  precedent,  it  was 
resolved  on  motion  of  Dr.  Pelletier,  seconded  by  Dr.  Catellier,  that 
the  Treasurer  be  authorized  to  return  to  Dr.  Bedard  the  sum  of  $50. 

The  Credential  Committee,  as  nominated  by  the  President,  was 
confirmed  in  its  powers  for  the  next  three  years. 

The  Secretary  was   authorized  to  have  the  minutes    of  that 

*  Since  the  meeting  Dr.  C.  R.  Paquin  and  Dr.  P.  Fauclier  signified  tlieir  inability 
to  accept  the  position  of  Assessor. 


512  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

meeting  typewritten  for  transmission  to  and  publication  in  the 
Medical  Journals  in  this  Province,  and  to  have  them  translated 
and  printed  in  both  languages  and  distributed  to  each  member  of 
the  College. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Provost,  seconded  by  Dr.  Turcot,  a  vote  of 
thanks  is  passed  to  Laval  University  for  the  free  use  of  its  hall. 

Dr.  Cotton  then  moved,  seconded  by  Dr.  Worihington,  that 
thanks  be  voted  to  the  President  for  the  able  and  impartial  manner 
in  which  he  had  conducted  the  meeting. — Carried. 

There  being  no  further  business  to  be  brought  up,  the  meeting 
adjourned  at  4.45  p.m. 


THE  CAUSE  OF  LAUGHTER. 

Bain  suggests  the  explanation  that  laughter  is  provoked  by 
what  he  calls  a  degradation,  meaning  that  we  laugh  when  we  all  at 
once  perceive  something  degrading,  a  trickery,  a  weakness,  or  a 
pettiness  in  some  person  or  object  which  we  respect ;  as  when  the 
infirmities  of  human  nature  disclose  themselves  in  a  person  of 
importance,  or  when  some  trivial  affair  occurs  in  a  solemn  ceremony 
to  drag  us  down,  or  when  the  wrong  side  of  some  great  thing  or 
some  great  man  is  exposed.  "  The  occasion  of  the  laughter  is  the 
degradation  of  a  dignified  person  or  interest,  under  circumstances 
that  do  not  excite  a  stronger  emotion.  In  all  theories  of  laughter  - 
the  more  or  less  important  fact  is  marked  .  .  .  that  the  feeling  of 
the  ludicrous  arises  when  something  which  we  respected  before  is 
presented  in  a  mean  light ;  for  we  have  no  disposition  to  laugh 
when  something  that  we  already  regarded  as  such  is  depicted  as 
tricky  and  vile." — From  The  Psychology  of  Laughter^  by  Camille 
Mellinand,  in  Appletons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  July. 


THE) 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBIvISHED     MONTHLY. 


Subscription  Price^  $t.oo/er  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  tO 
JOHM  LiOVKLLi  &  SON,  23  St.  Kicliolas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  business  conuniu 
nicatious  should  be  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  books  for  review,  and  exchanges,  should  b6 
addressed  to  the  Editor,  Box  2174,  Post  Office,  Montreal. 

Editorial. 

HYGIENE    IN  SHAVING     AND    HAIR-DRESSING 
PARLORS. 

The  Board  of  Health  of  the  Province  of  Quebec  has 
issued  a  circular,  and  caused  it  to  be  published  in  the  news- 
papers (a  copy  of  which  we  give  below),  which  in  a  com- 
mendable manner  aims  at  mitigating  a  well-recognized 
source  of  danger  in  regard  to  the  spread  of  infectious  diseases. 
The  dangers  to  which  persons  are  exposed  in  the  manner 
indicated  by  the  circular  are  not  appreciated  by  people  gen- 
erally, and  a  single  publication  in  the  daily  papers  is  hardly 
sufficient  to  educate  the  ordinary  mind  to  the  real  danger 
incurred  by  their  barber  using  the  same  instruments  promis- 
cuously without  proper  cleansing.  It  will  only  be  when  the 
public  demand  the  changes  indicated,  that  barbers  will  take 
the  necessary  precautions  and  carry  out  the  directions  so 
scientifically  tabulated  in  the  circular.  A  properly-educated 
public  will  go  farther  than  the  barber  shop.  They  will 
enquire  whether  the  restaurant-keepers  disinfect  the  eating 
utensils  which  are  used  several  times  daily  by  different 
people.  Whether  dentists  render  aseptic  the  instruments 
which  enter  a  dozen  or  more  mouths  each  day.  Danger  on 
these  lines  lurks  on  all  sides  ;  even  the  sacred  book  in  our 
Court-houses  may  be  the  medium  of  conveying  disease  from 
One  mouth  to  another,  and  the  parched  wayfarer  who  may 


514  EDITORIAL. 

quench  his  thirst  at  a  public  fountain  may,  unconsciously, 
with  the  refreshing  waters  imbibe  specific  contagion  from  the 
drinking  cup.  We  heartily  endorse  the  action  of  the  Board 
in  sounding  this  warning  note,  and  hope  they  will  not  cease 
their  agitations  with  the  present  efforts,  but  will  continue  to 
rouse  the  community  in  regard  to  the  great  dangers  that  in- 
sidiously lurk  and  claim  victims  who  are  unconscious  of  the 
existing  perils. 

Beyond  all  doubt,  anyone  who  patronizes  a  barber  or  hair- 
dresser, whose  establishment  is  open  to  all  comers,  runs  great  risk 
of  becoming  infected  with  disease,  from  the  razor,  shaving-brush, 
scissors,  clipper,  comb  or  hair  brush  having  been  previously  used 
on  a  sick  person  or  even  on  a  corpse. 

That  the  chance  of  contagion  is  much  less  when  the  establish- 
ment is  well  kept,  we  most  willingly  admit ;  that  the  danger  of  in- 
fection is  minimized  in  first-class  establishments,  we  also  concede, 
but  the  truth,  nevertheless,  obliges  us  to  declare  this  ; — 

At  the  present  moment,  in  the  whole  Province  of  Quebec, 
there  is  not  a  single  barber  or  hairdresser  who  can  honestly  say 
that  his  instruments  are  absolutely,  completely  and  scientifically 
safe  in  regard  to  the  possibility  of  conveying  infection. 

Should  a  barber  or  hair-dresser  recognizing  the  danger  of  trans- 
mitting, by  the  use  of  his  instruments,  certain  infectious  or  parasitic 
diseases,  amongst  which  may  be  mentioned  that  most  terrible,  and 
at  the  same  time,  perhaps,  most  frequently  met  with  disease  s 
Syphilis,  be  willing  to  take  the  necessary  antiseptic  measures  and 
to  offer  to  his  customers  a  guarantee  of  the  most  minute  cleanliness 
conscientiously  carried  out,  he  may  rest  assured  of  an  immense  in- 
crease of  his  clientele,  as  the  people  of  this  province  are  now 
thoroughly  aroused  to  the  necessity  of  taking  preventive  measures 
against  contagious  disease  in  all  forms. 

What  then  should  be  done  to  put  hair-dressing  parlors  in  a 
desirable  hygenic  condition  ? 

The  Board  of  Health  of  the  Province  of  Quebec  which  has  the 
supervision  and  care  of  the  public  health  in  this  province  thinks  it 
opportune  to  make  public  the  conclusions  of  a  report,  duly  ap- 
proved by  it,  which  prescribes  the  best  means  of  avoiding  the 
dangers  which  necessarily  arise  from  the  use  in  common  of  the 
razor,  shaving-brush,  scissors,  clipper,  comb  and  hair-brush. 

Instructions  approved  by  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  Province 
of  Quebec  at  its  meeting  of  the  17th  June  1898. 

Whereas  syphilis,  and  other  diseases  of  the  skin  and  scalp,  may 
be  propagated  by  the  instruments  and  hands  of  barbers  and  hair- 
dressers, the  Board,  after  having  carefully  examined  into  the  vari- 
ous suggestions  made  to  date  to  prevent  such  danger  and  also  into 
the  discussion  which  has  followed  their  publication,  recommends 
the  following  measures : 

I. — To  ENCOURAGE  CUSTOMERS  to  have  each  his  own  instru- 
menis  (razors,  soaps,  brushes,  etc.)  and  to  make  it  obligatory  in  the 


EDITORIAL.  5  1 5 

case  of  sick  customers.     It  is  also  advisable,  in  the  interest  of  the 

barber  himself,  to  attend  sick  customers  at  their  own  homes. 

II. —  Disinfection    of     razors,    combs    and    clippers. — 
(As  the  processes   of  disinfection  hereafter  described  may  sometimes 

spoil  tortoise-shell,  celluloid,  horn  combs  or  razor-handles,  metallic  combs 

and  razor  handles  should  be  used  in  preference.) 

Immersion,  immediately  after  use,  in  an  enamelled  or  galvan  - 

ized  sheet-iron  dish  containing,  either  : 

1  °  A  solution  of  carbonate  of  potash  (one  per  cent.)  which 
does  not  spoil  the  edge  of  razors,  or ; 

2  '^  Soapy-water  (soapy-water  preserves  steel  instruments  from 
rust,  provided,  however,  they  be  completely  covered  by  the  water). 

Boil  the  solution  of  carbonate  of  potash  or  the  soapy-water  in 
which  the  instruments  have  been  placed  for  15  minutes,  by  putting 
a  jet  of  gas  or  a  coal  oil  lamp  under  the  dish. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that,  by  disjointing  the  scissors  and 
clippers,  their  disinfection  and  cleansing  is  better  effected.  Scis- 
sors which  are  very  easily  taken  to  pieces  are  found  on  the  market  ; 
and  with  regard  to  clippers,  the  preference  should  be  given  to  models 
which  can  be  easily  taken  apart. 

Dipping  instruments  in  alcohol,  followed  by  ignition  (instantaneous 
process)  and  ihe  immersion  in  solutions  of  corrosive  sublimate  or  carbolic 
acid,  which  processes  have  been  recommended,  are  now  abandoned  as  they 
are  apt  to  spoil  the  instruments. 

III. — DisiNKECTioN  OF  BRUSHES. — Dcposit  brushcs  on  grat- 
ings in  a  small  closet  or  case  which  closes  hermetically  and  in 
which  is  kept  a  saucer  constantly  filled  with  a  solution  of  forma- 
line (one  ounce  for  every  cubic  foot  of  the  closet.)  The  brushes 
are  disinfected  after  two  hours'  exposure  to  the  fumes  of  formaline, 
but  they  may  without  inconvenience  be  left  in  the  closet  all  the 
time  they  are  not  in  use.  They  should  be  cleaned  every  evening 
with  bran,  clay,  etc. 

The  way  to  obviate  the  necessity  of  disinfecting  brushes  is  to  dispense 
with  their  use.  Even  when  the  brush  is  perfectly  disinfected,  a  great 
number  of  customers  would  prefer  the  hair-dreeser  not  to  use  it  at  all,  or 
at  least  that  he  should  use  it  only  after  consent  has  been  given  by  the 
customer. 

IV. — Purification  of  the  shaving  brush. — The  shaving- 
brush  can  be  also  dispensed  with,  as  instead  one  can  use  a  ball  of 
cotton-wool  which  is  thrown  away  immediately  after  using.  In  any 
case,  the  shaving-brush  should  never  be  used  before  the  bristles 
have  been  immersed  for  a  few  minutes  in  boiling  water. 

V. — Purification  of  the  hands. — Before  passing  from  ons 
cusomer  to  another,  the  barber  or  hair-dresser  must  wash  his  hands, 
using  soap  and  nail-brush  ;  carbolic  soap  to  be  preferred. 

VI. — The  powder-puff  will  be  replaced  by  a  ball  of  wadding, 
thrown  away  immediately  after  being  used,  or  still  better  by  a 
powder  blower. 

VII. — The  alum  stick  frequently  used  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood 
will  be  reduced  to  small  pieces,  so  that  each  piece  be  used  for  one 
customer  only.  Calcined  alum,  a  powder  which  can  be  applied  on 
cotton-wool,  which  should  be  thrown  away  immediately  afterwords, 
is  much  preferred  by  most  people. 


$l6  EDITORIAL. 

VIII. — Linen, — Only  strictly  clean  linen  (towels,  wrappers 
[peignoirs],  etc.),  mil  be  used  for  each  customer.  If  a  freshly 
laundriftd  wrapper  cannot  be  supplied  for  each  customer,  discard 
ic  and  use  simply  a  clean  towel.  The  customer  will  prefer  having 
his  own  hair  fall  on  his  clothes  than  to  have  around  his  neck  a 
wrapper  which  has  only  been  shaken  since  the  last  customer  had  it 
on. 

IX. — Cleaning  THE  head  after  cutting  thehair.— If  the 
scalp  is  not  washed,  use  only  the  comb  to  clean  the  head.  The 
use  of  a  stiff  brush  to  clean  the  roots  of  the  hair  followed  by  the 
use  of  a  soft  brush  or  duster  on  the  scalp  and  face  is  to  say  the  least 
very  disagreeable  to  most  customers. 

X. — Immediately  after  cutting  the  hair,  sprinkle  the  floor 
with  wet  saw-dust  and  use  a  mechanical  broom,  the  receptacle  of 
which  should  be  emptied  into  a  covered  bucket.  The  contents  of 
the  bucket  should  be  burnt  every  evening. 

XL — Razor  straps. — The  only  way  to  disinfect  them  would 
be  to  expose  them  to  the  fumes  of  Formaldehyde  (Formahne) ; 
but,  as  this  is  not  a  very  convenient  method,  one  must  avoid  con- 
taminating them.  To  this  end  they  should  only  be  used  for  razors 
which  have  been  previously  disinfected,  and,  therefore,  the  barber 
should  never  stop  shaving  a  customer  to  strap  the  razor  he  is 
actually  using. 

XII. — The  use  in  common  of  the  same  vaseline  pot  should 
also  be  avoided.  It  is  better  not  to  use  any  vaseline,  unless  the 
hair-dresser  is  prepared  to  use  a  spatula  to  take  the  vaseline  out  of 
the  pot  or  bottle,  being  careful  not  to  apply  directly  said  spatula  to 
his  contaminated  hands. 

XIII. — Finally,  sponges  should  never  be  seen  in  shaving  or 
hair-dressing  parlors.  Although  they  may  be  disinfected  in  a  solu- 
tion of  bichloride  of  mercury  (a  roooth  solution),  they  will  always 
be  looked  upon  as  suspicious  and  disagreeable  by  refined  customers. 


BRITISH  PHARMACOPCEIA. 

Resolution  : — Whereas  a  revised  edition  of  the 
British  Pharmacopoeia  has  been  issued  containing  numerous 
and  important  changes,  and,  whereas,  uncertainty  exists  as 
to  the  date  under  the  British  Pharmacopoeia,  1898,  is  to  be 
considered  in  force. 

Resolved  : — That  the  Canadian  Medical  Association 
in  annual  meeting  assembled  recommends  that  October  ist, 
1893,  be  taken  as  the  date  on  and  after  which,  in  the 
absence  of  instructions  otherwise,  physician's  prescriptions 
should  be  compounded  with  the  preparations  of  the  British 
Pharmacopoeia  of  1898. 


Correspondence. 


To  the  Editor  of  The  Canada  Medical  Record  : — 

Sir, — Now  that  the  governing  body  of  the  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  of  Quebec  has  been  resuscitated,  and  let  us  hope  had 
a  new  and  proper  energy  imparted  to  it,  I  may  be  permitted  to  say  a 
word  with  regard  to  the  Medical  Register.  I  have  no  hesitation 
in  remarking  that  the  two  editions  of  the  Register  issued  by  the 
College — I  have  seen  two  pnly — are  a  delusion,  to  use  a  mild 
term,  to  any  business  institution.  They  are  full  of  errors,  incom. 
pleteness  and  emptiness.  I  speak  feelingly  for  I  have  to  refer  to  one 
almost  daily,  and  it  is  a  source  of  constant  disappointment  to  me.  I 
trust  if  a  new  one  be  issued,  greater  care  than  has  been  used  hitherto 
will  be  exercised  in  its   compilation.], 

T.  Simpson. 

I  fully  endorse  the  comments  of  Dr.  Simpson,  who  is  Medical 
Referee  for  the  Equitable  Life.  As  Medical  Referee  for  the  New 
York  Life,  it  seldom  gives  me  the  information  I  seek  and  which  it 
ought,  to  give. 

F.  W.  C, 
Asst.  Editor,  C.  M.  R. 


Book   Reviews. 


A  Clinical  Text-Book  of  Medical  Diagnosis  for  Physi- 
cians and  Students,  based  on  the  Most  Recent 
Methods  of  Examination.  By  Oswald  Vierordt,  M.D., 
Prof.  Medicine  University  of  Heidelberg,  formerly  Privat- 
Docent  at  the  University  of  Leipzig,  late  Professor  of  Medicine 
and  Director  of  the  Medical  Polyclinic  at  the  University  of  Jena. 
Authorized  translation  with  additions  by  Francis  H.  Stuartt, 
A.M.,  M.D.,  ex-President  Brooklyn  Pathological  Society. 
Fourth  American  edition  from  the  fifth  German,  revised  and 
enlarged,  with  one  hundred  and  ninety-four  illustrations.  Price, 
cloth  $4 ,  sheep  or  half  morocco  $5.  W.  B.  Saunders,  Q25  Wal- 
nut St.,  Philadelphia,  1898.  Canadian  agents,  J.  A.  Carveth  & 
Co.,  Toronto,  Ont. 

The  former  edition  of  this  work  has  held  a  high  place  in  the 
estimation  of  clinical  teachers  and  students.  Its  appreciation  is 
evidenced  by  the  fact  that  five  editions  have  appeared  within  nine 
years  from  its  first  publication.     The  present   edition  has   been 


5l8  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

thoroughly  revised  by  the  author  and  brought  quite  up  to  date  by 
its  translator. 

The  introductory  chapters  give  instruction  for  the  examination 
of  a  patient  in  order  to  make  a  diagnosis.  While  not  minimizing 
the  great  advantages  of  chemical  and  microscopical  tests,  he  warns 
against  too  much  dependence  being  placed  npon  them  to  the 
exclusion  of  a  more  purely  clinical  examination  in  which  the  indi- 
vidual as  a  whole  is  closely  studied.  Directions  are  given  for 
getting  the  anamnesis  or  previous  history  of  the  patient  and  of  the 
present  disease. 

The  author  makes  a  strong  appeal  in  behalf  of  case  taking,  and 
quotes  Coupland,  who  says,  "  Who  can  estimate  how  much  we  have 
lost  from  the  fact  that  generations  of  men  gifted  with  powers  of 
acute  and  shrewd  observation  have  passed  away  without  leaving 
one  record  behind  them  ?  Memory  should  not  be  trusted  to,  the 
observation  should  be  faithfully  recorded.  It  forms  habits  of 
thoroughness  in  examining  cases,  the  examination  being  more 
systematic.  Memory  which  depends  on  attention  and  repetition  is 
strengthened  and  the  mind  is  developed  and  both  knowledge  and 
intellectual  cultivation  are  acquired  and  clearness  and  power  of 
thought  are  increased,  and  the  material  for  the  ascertainment  of 
broad  facts  and  generalizations,  and  by  which  one  can  make  con- 
tributions to  general  medical  hterature,  is  thus  stored  for  future 
assimilation."  An  excellent  table  is  given  as  a  guide  for  taking  the 
anamnesis,  examining  the  patient  and  for  special  examination, 
general  examination  of  the  patient  in  regard  to  the  physical  con- 
dition, position  in  bed,  attitude  and  position,  general  structure  of 
body  and  nutrition,  skin  and  subcutaneous  cellular  tissues  and  the 
temperature  and  pulse. 

Then  follows  chapters  on  the  special  diagnosis  of  the  whole 
body,  beginning  with  the  respiratory  apparatus.  All  the  usual 
methods  of  physical  examination  are  clearly  and  minutely  described 
and  illustrated,  and  in  regard  to  aspirated  fluid  in  pleurisy,  its 
chemical  examination  is  described,  and  in  regard  to  sputum,  the  reve- 
lations of  the  microscope  as  an  aid  in  diagnosis  are  given  and  freely 
illustrated  by  coloured  plates  and  cuts.  The  examination  of  the 
urine  chemically  and  microscopically  is  clearly  described,  the  illus- 
trations are  not  so  good  as  others  we  have  seen  and  that  of  the 
gonococcus  in  pus  from  the  urethra  is  not  sufficiently  characteristic 
of  the  invasion  of  the  leucocytes  by  the  coccus.  The  section  on 
the  examination  of  the  nervous  system  is  very  complete,  and  its 
careful  mastery  cannot  fail  to  make  the  recognition  of  this  interest- 
ing class  of  affections  free  from  difficulty.  The  translator  gives  a 
resume  of  Widal's  method  of  diagnosing  typhoid  fever  by  Johnson's 
modification.  The  illustrations  of  the  malarial  parasite  are  much 
inferior  to  much  that  is  extant.  Although  we  do  not  see  many 
marked  changes  from  the  last  editions,  the  book  is  a  conserva- 
tive representative  of  the  best  and  most  modern  methods  of 
diagnosis. 

A  Clinical  Manual  of  Skin  Diseases— with  special  refer- 
ence to  Diagnosis  and  Treatment,  for  the  use  of  Students  and 
General  Practitioners.     By  W.  A.  Hardaway,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Pro- 


BOOK  REVIEWS.  519 

fessor  of  Diseases  of  the  Skin  and  Syphilis  in  the  Missouri 
Medical  College,  St.  Louis  ;  Ph)'sician  for  Diseases  of  the  Skin 
to  the  Martha  Parsons  Hospital  for  Children,  and  to  St.  John's 
Hospital  ;  ex-President  of  the    Dermatological    Association. 
Second  edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  with  42  engravings  and 
2  plates.     Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  Philadelphia  and  New  York.  In 
one  handsome  i2mo.  volume,  1898.     Cloth  $2.25. 
This  is  a  manual  of  550  pages,  neatly  printed  on  good  paper 
and  well  bound.     The  symptomatology,  causes    and  diagnosis  are 
first  considered,  in  which  are  many  useful  points,  such  as  the  exam- 
ining of  a  patient  in  a  warm  room  with  good  daylight ;  the  history  of 
the  case,  occupation,  not  to  neglect  general  symptoms  ;    the  use  of 
the  thermometer  and  chemical  analysis  of  urine,  and  the  micro- 
scope's aid  in  detecting  parasites,  feigned  diseases,  etc.     A  short 
chapter  on  the  local  distribution  of  skin  diseases  is   worth  commit- 
ting to  memory.  Treatment  and  classification  are  then  considered. 
They     are     considered     under     the     heads     of     Inflammations, 
Hsemorrhafies,  Hypertrophies,  Atrophies,  New  Growths,  Neuroses, 
Disease  of  the  Appendages  of  the   Skin  and  Parasitic  Diseases. 
The  articles  are  terse  and  contain   the  essential  points  in  symptom- 
atology and  diagnosis,  and  practical  directions  are  given  in  treat- 
ment, representing  the  latest  views  in  this  regard.     Numerous  for- 
mulae appear     which   are  of  exceeding  value  to    the  student  and 
beginner  as  well  as  the  busy  practitioner. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  the  Diseases  of  Children, 

Including  special  chapters  on  essential    surgical  subjects  : — 
Orthopaedics,    Diseases  of  the   Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and    Throat, 
Diseases  of  the  Skin,  and   on  the  Diet,  Hygiene  and  General 
Management   of  Children   by  American  teachers.     Edited  by 
Louis  Starr,    M.D.,  Consulting  Paediatrist     to  the    Maternity 
Hospital,  Philadelphia ;  late  Clinical  Professor  of  Diseases  of 
Children,  in  the  Hospital  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
etc.,  assisted  by  Thompson  S.   Wescott,  M.D.,  Instructor  in 
Diseases  of  Children,  University  of  Pennslylvania  ;    Visiting 
Physician  to  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Hospital ;  Physician  to 
the  Dispensary  of  the  Children's  Hospital,  etc.      Second  Edi- 
tion revised.     W.  B.  Saunders,  925  Walnut  st.,  Philadelphia'. 
Price,  cloth,  $.800  ;  sheep  or  half  morocco,  $9.00.    Canadian 
agents,  J.  A.  Carveth   &  Co.,  Toronto,  Ont. 
Few  books  in  Paediatrics  have   received  such  favour  as   was 
accorded  the  first  edition  of  the  American  TextBook.     It  has  been 
a  guide  and  consultant  to  both  general  practitioner   and  specialist, 
and  thoroughly  fulfilled  the  object  given  by  its  publishers  in  being 
a  working  text  book,  closely  limited  to,  but  completely  coverirg  the 
field  of  Paediatrics.     In  this  edition  there  are  over  twelve  hundred 
pages,   some   fifty  more   than  in  the  first.       There  are  sixty-five 
authors,  each  of  whom  contributes  one  to  several  articles,  each  being 
an  authority  on  the  subject  allotted  to  him.     Among  these  are  such 
well-known  names  as  Samuel  S.  Adams,  A.M.,  M.D. ;  John  Ashurst, 
Jun.,  M.D.  ;  Chas.  M.  Burr,  M.D.  ;  Henry  Dwight  Chapin,  M.D.  ; 
Floyd  M.  Crandall,  M.D.  ;  J.  M.  Dacosta,  M.D.,  LL.D.  ;  Geo.  E. 
DeSchweinitz,   M.D. ;  William  A.  Hardaway,  A.M.,  M.D.  ;  Chas. 


$20  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

K.  Mills,  M.D.  ;  John  H.  Musser  ;  Wm.  Pepper,  M.D.,  LL.D. ; 
Frederick  C.  Shattuck,  M.D.;  J.  Lewis  Smith,  M.D.  ;  M.  Allen 
Starr,  Louis  Starr,  M.D. ;  James  Lyon,  M.D. ;  J.  William  White, 
M.D.  ;  James  C  Wilson,  M.D.  ;  and  Wm.  Osier,  M.D.  Tn  regard 
to  the  changes  from  the  first  edition,  the  whole  subject  matter  has 
been  carefully  revised,  new  articles  have  been  added  and  a  num- 
ber entirely  rewritten.  The  new  articles  include  Modified  Milk  and 
Percentage  Milk  Mixtures,  Lithaemia  and  a  section  on  Orthopaedics. 
Those  re-written  are  Typhoid  Fever,  Rubella,  Chicken-pox,  Tuber- 
culosis, Meningitis,  Hydrocephalus  and  Scurvy,  and  extensive  re- 
vision has  been  made  in  the  chapter  on  Infant  Feeding,  Measles, 
Diphtheria  and  Cretinism.  The  work  is  very  freely  illustrated  with 
colored  plates,  photogravures  and  wood-cuts.  In  the  introduction, 
the  clinical  investigation  of  disease  and  the  general  management  of 
children  is  taken  up,  and  the  subject  of  feeding,  bathing,  clothing 
and  sleep.  The  chemistry  of  milk  and  of  artificial  foods  for  chil- 
dren, modified  milk,  sea  air  and  bathing  in  convalescence  ;  then 
injuries  incident  to  birth  and  diseases  of  the  new-born,  diathetic 
diseases,  infectious  diseases,  diseases  of  the  blood,  digestive 
organs,  nervous  system,  respiratory  system,  heart,  genitourinary 
system,  orthopaedics,  diseases  of  the  skin,  ear  and  eye.  All  these 
subjects  are  written  by  specialists,  and  give  us  the  modern  and  most 
recent  information  bearing  on  these  affections.  In  those  of  the 
skin,  beautifully  colored  plates  help  to  make  the  text  understood, 
and  assist  greatly  in  enabling  the  student  to  diagnose  these  affections. 
In  intubation  of  the  larynx,  besides  the  lucid  explanation,  cuts 
of  each  instrument  are  shown  and  the  method  of  using  them  and  in- 
troducing the  intubation  tube  shown.  The  articles  on  the  various 
diseases  of  the  nervous  system  are  written  by  a  number  of  special- 
ists in  the  department,  and  give  a  full  and  lucid  presentation  of 
this  affection.  Scorbutus  is  brought  up  to  date,  not  only  are  pa- 
tent foods  condemned,  but  condensed  milk,  the  writer  thinks,  should 
be  classed  with  the  other  proprietary  foods,  no  cause  has  yet  been 
discovered.  There  i«  deprivation  of  something  not  yet  known,  but 
contained  in  fresh  milk  and  fresh  fruit  juice.  Cuts  showing  the  sub- 
periosteal haemorrhage  and  the  characteristic  attitude  of  the  legs 
are  given.  These  series  of  massive  and  comprehensive  text  books 
are  the  finest  ever  issued  by  any  publishing  house,  and  in  the  new 
editions  of  Gynaecology  and  the  present  work  just  published  (and  this 
will  probably  soon  extend  to  the  entire  series),  with  the  additions 
and  revision,  we  have  the  latest  and  most  complete  representations 
of  the  various  subjects  of  medical  study  included  in  those  branches. 

Elements  of  Histology.     By  E.  Klein,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Lecturer 

on  General  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  and  J.  S.  Edkins,  M.A., 

M.B.,  Joint  Lecturer  and  Demonstrator  of  Physiology  in  the 

Medical  School  of  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital,  London.    With 

296  illustrations.     Revised  and  enlarged  edition,  cloth,  $2.00. 

Lea  Bros.  8:  Co.,  Philadelphia  and  New  York. 

The  last  edition  of  this  work  was  published  in  1889,     Much 

has  been  learned  since  then,  more  especially  in  regard  to  the  cell 

and  the  nervous  system.    And  while  all  parts  of  the  book  have  been 

revised  and  had  incorporated  the  advances  made,  the  chapters  on 


BOOK  REVIEWS.  52 1 

the  nervous  system  show  the  greatest  change,  and  occupy  some 
one  hundred  and  thirty-four  pages  out  of  the  total  of  four  hundred 
and  eighty-eight. 

The  book  is  very  freely  illustrated  with  a  very  superior  quality 
of  wood  cuts  and  photograms.  The  text  is  entirely  descriptive,  no 
histological  methods  are  included  ;  but  as  a  compact  convenient 
book  for  student  and  practitioner  in  regard  to  the  minute  structure 
of  the  human  body,  it  meets  every  requirement,  and  represents 
the  most  recent  additions  to  this  branch  of  study. 

Guide  to  the  Clinical  Examination  and  Treatment 
of  Sick  Children.     By  John  Thompson,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P., 
Edin.,  Extra  Physician  to  the  Royal  Hospital  for  Sick  Children 
and    Lecturer  on  the   Diseases  of  Children  in   the  School  of 
Medicine  of  the  Royal  College,  Edinburgh.     With  fifty-four 
illustrations.     Lea  Bros.  &  Co.,  Philadelphia  and  New  York. 
Dr.  Thompson   has  in    this  little  volume  of  some  324  pages 
presented  us  with  a  practical  risumi  of  the  methods   of  treating 
diseases   peculiar   to   children.     Diseases    of    children    he    thinks 
should  not  be  studied  until  familiarity  with  the  same  affections  in 
adults  is  gained.     It  is  only  through  the  field  of  clinical  medicine 
that  this  subject  can  be  reached  and  understood.     It  is  in  diseases 
of    children    that   the    physician's    services  are   most    frequently 
required,  disease  is  then  seen  in  its  most  frank  and  least  compli- 
cated forms.     Their  affections  are  more  completely  under  control, 
and  the  largest  number  of  therapeutic  successes  are  obtained.     To 
be  successful,  the  physician  must  possess  a  thorough  grasp  of  the 
ordinary  clinical  methods. 

Tact  is  necessary ;  this  is  sometimes  instinctive,  may  be 
acquired,  or  may  not  come  to  those  who  do  not  like  children,  and 
he  must  be  familiar  with  the  chief  anatomical  and  physiological 
peculiarities  of  childhood  and  have  some  knowledge  of  the  nature 
and  causes  of  the  diseases  commonest  among  children. 

This  information  is  given  in  the  pages  which  follow.  There 
are  sixteen  chapters. 

The  first  one  on  growth  and  development  is  very  interesting ; 
reference  is  made  to  growth  in  weight  and  length,  the  develop- 
ment of  the  various  glandular  organs,  and  of  the  senses  and  their 
testing  for  clinical  purposes,  development  of  the  voluntary  motor 
functions,  sleep,  and,  if  sick,  teeth. 

Then  on  general  clinical  examination,  clinical  history  and 
physiognomical  diagnosis.  Others  follow  on  the  examination  of  the 
head,  neck,  abdomen,  faeces,  back  and  limbs,  skin,  urinary  system, 
heart,  lungs  and  nervous  system,  mouth  and  throat. 

The  final  chapters  treat  of  infant  feeding,  nursery  hygiene, 
therapeutics  and  food  disorders.  The  volume  is  replete  with 
practical  information  respecting  the  essential  points  in  the 
management  of  the  diseases  of  children,  and  contains  about  all 
that  is  required  when  associated  with  the  ordinary  text  book  of 
medicine. 

In  most  of  the  text  books  on  pediatrics  much  is  found  which 
is  a  repetition  of  what  is  found  in  one's  books  on  the  Practice  of 
Medicine. 


522  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

A  Text-Book  of  Practical  Therapeutics :    With  especial 
Reference  to  the  Application  of  Remedial  Measures  to  Disease 
and  their  Employment  upon  a  Rational  Basis.     Bj    Hobart 
Amory  Hare,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Therapeutics   and    Materia 
Medica  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.  With 
special  chapters  by  Drs.  G.  E.  DeSchweinitz,  Edward  Martin 
and  Barton  C.  Hirst.     New  (seventh)  edition.    In  one  octavo 
volume  of  770  pages,  illustrated.     Cloth,  $3.75  ;  leather,  $4.50 
net.     Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  Philadelphia  and  New  York. 
Few  books  have  met  with  such  phenomenal  success   as  Pro- 
fessor Hare's  text-book  of  Practical  Therapeutics.      Seven  editions 
have  appeared  since  its  first  issue  in  189 1,  the  last  one  (6th)  being 
entirely  exhausted  in  nine  months.  In  the  present  edition  the  author 
has  endeavoured,  as  in  each  of  the  others,  to  bring   the  subject 
matter  in  line  with  the  advancement  which  is  continually  being 
made.     The  original  object  of  his  book,  he  states,  was   to    present 
the  physician  and  student  with  a  well-digested  and   concise,  yet 
practically  careful  statement  of  the  best   methods  of  treating  dis- 
ease. The  book  is  divided  into  two  parts.   In  the  first  remedies  are 
discussed,  and  in  the  second  diseases  and  their   treatment.     Some 
instructive   general   therapeutic   considerations   are   taken    up    in 
the  beginning,  such   as  the  modes  of  action  of  drugs   and   their 
administration  ;  dosage  ;  absorption  of  drugs ;   combinations   for 
joint  effects,  idiosyncracy,  indications  and  contra-indications  and 
definitions,  incompatibilities.    A  table  of  the  classifications  of  drugs 
contains  some  twenty-eight  groups,  in  which  the  remedies  in  each 
class  are  placed  in  their  order  of  potency,  the  strongest  being  first. 
The  different  remedies  are  then  taken  up  in  alphabetical  order,  the 
author  deeming  this  arrangement  better  owing  to  the  present  un- 
settled state  of  pharmacology  which  prevents  a  true  classification, 
and  also  to  affjrd  the  reader  a  ready  reference  book.     In   discuss- 
ing a  remedy,  the  chemistry  or  method  of  making  or  procuring  it  is 
not  given.     Its  character  is  briefly  described,  then  its  physiological 
action — poisoning,  therapeutics, contra-indications,  untoward  effects 
and  administration.     The  preparation  of  both  United  States  and 
British  pharmacopoeias  are  given. 

In  the  next  part  remedial  measures  other  than  drugs  are 
described,  and  foods  for  the  sick,  such  as  acupuncture,  antitoxine, 
climatic  treatment,  cold  as  a  remedy,  counter  irritation,  disinfec- 
tion, entero-clysis.  Heat — in  this  chapter  the  hot  foot-bath  and 
Sitz  bath  are  described  and  their  uses  pointed  out.  The  Russian 
an  J  Turkish  bath  and  hot  pack  and  the  bronchitis  heat  and  local- 
ized dry  heat  are  all  fully  explained.  Then,  hypodermoclysis,  in- 
travenous injection,  kataphoresis,  lavage,  leeching,  rest  cure, 
mineral  springs  and  climate,  suspension,  transfusion  and  vene- 
section. 

A  useful  chapter  is  given  on  foods  for  the  sick.  In  the  final 
part  diseases  are  taken  up  alphabetically  and  their  treatment 
given,  and  from  Dr.  Hare's  well-recognized  standing  as  one  of  our 
leading  authorities  in  this  department  of  medicine  one  is  not  dis- 
appointed in  finding  this  part  giving  only  what  is  practical,  all  use- 
less methods  being  eliminated.  Numerous  formulae  and  terse  direc- 
tions characterize  each  article.  The  book  entirely  fulfils  the  aims 
of  its  author  to  be  a  practical  guide  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  523 

A  Text-Book  of  Materia  Medica,  Therapeutics  and 
Pharmacology.    By  George  Franklin  Butler,  Ph.G.,  M.D., 
Prof.  Materia  Medica  and  Clinical  Medicine  in  the   College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons,    Medical  Departntient  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois;  Professor  of  General  Medicine  and  Diseases  of 
the    Digestive  System,    Chicago    Clinical   School  ;  Attending 
Physician   Cooke's   County   Hospital,  etc.      Second    edition 
revised.     W.    B.  Saunders,  925  Walnut  street,    Philadelphia. 
Price,  cloth,  $4.00  ;  sheep  or  half  morocco,  $5.00,     Canadian 
agents,  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto,  Ont. 
This  is  an  up  to-date  text  book  of  some  860  pages,  containing 
the  most  recent  representation   of  all  that   is  usually  taught  in  a 
course  on   Materia  Medica   and   Therapeutics.     We    still  see  that 
objectionable  word  Pharmacology  in  use,  with  a  slightly  modified 
definition  as  to  what  it  means.     Some  other  word  should  be  coined 
to  indicate   the  physiological  action  of  drugs  on  the  system.     A 
very  useful  chapter  on    the  untoward  effects  of  drugs  is  given,  and 
a  lengthy  table  of  the  untoward    effects  of  various  drugs  on  lungs 
and  heart,  brain  and  cord,  eye,  ear  and  throaty  skin  and  liver,  kid- 
neys and  bladder.     The   subject  of  weights  and  measures  is  fully 
considered.     Then  a  list  of  the  various   pharmaceutical  prepara- 
tions, extractions,  preparations,  and  solid  mixtures  for  internal  use, 
and  the  various  preparations  for  external  use.     The  various  reme- 
dies are  considered  in  groups  according  to  their  physiological  and 
therapeutic   action.     Under  Organotherapy   is    an  account  of  the 
action    and    uses     of  spermini    hydrochloras,      thyroid    extract, 
and  nuclein  as  well  as  bone  marrow,  brain,  pancreas,  and  other 
extracts.     While  some  of  these  are  powerful  remedies,  others  are 
of  doubtful  effect,  but  the  field   is  one  in  which   therapeutics  may 
achieve  victories  and  where  much  is  yet  to  be  done.     The  sugges- 
tion to   use  nuclein,  which  increases   the  leucocytes  within  a  few 
hours  in  typhoid  fever,  when  leucytoses  is  defective,  is  a  reasonable 
one.     In  the  second  division  the  word   "specific"  is  made  to  do 
duty  for  that  indefinite  one,  "  alterative,"  which  is  an  improvement, 
but  is  still  defined  as  a  remedy  which  acts  in  some  unknown  way, 
acting  on  the  disease   itself  rather  than  on    symptoms,    and  only 
give  curative  effects  when  chey  remove  the  cause  of  the  disease.     If 
they  produce  their  characteristic    poisonous  action  on   the  system, 
it  is  an  indication  that  they  they  are  contra-indicated,  or  have  been 
given  for  too  long  a  time.     Mercury,  arsenic  and  iodine  are  types. 
At  the  conclusion  of  the  consideration  of  remedies,  a  very  com- 
plete and  useful  chapter  is  given  on  prescriptions  and  the  method 
of  writing   them,  so  that  their  effect  will  be    curare    cito  into  et 
Jucunde,  is  minutely  pointed  out.      A  list  of  incompatibilities  is 
given;  how  to  estimate  the  amounts  in  a  prescription,  metric  equiva- 
lents, number  of  drops  in  a  fluid  dram  of  various  remedies.     The 
portion   on  the  language  and  grammatical  construction  of  prescrip- 
tions is  worth  close  study,  and  we  agree  with  the  author  that,  no 
matter  how  able  a  diagnostician,  pathologist,  or  bacteriologist  the 
young    graduate  may   be,  if  some    of  his  first    prescriptions  be 
illegible,  poor  Latin,    or    a  hopelessly  incompatible    mixture,  the 
druggist  will  measure  him  accordingly,  and  his  judgment  may  not 
rest  with  him,  but  go  forth  and  prove  a  drawback  to  his  success, 
difficult  to  overcome. 


524  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

We  consider  this  a  reliable  and  complete  text-book  for  the 
student  and  a  most  useful  addition  to  the  library  shelf  of  the  prac- 
tising physician,  as  the  articles  are  terse  and  comprehensive,  and 
but  a  few  moments  are  required  to  brush  upon  any  remedy  and  its 
uses,  and  be  informed  of  the  most  recent  estimate  of  qualified  auth- 
orities as  to  its  value  in  therapeutics. 

A  Manual  of  Otology.  By  Garham  Bacon,  A.  B.,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Otology  m  Cornell  University  Medical  College, 
New  York  ;  Aural  Surgeon,  New  York  Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary; 
with  an  introductory  chapter  by  Clarence  John  Blake,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Otology  in  Harvard  University;  with  no  illustra- 
tions and  a  colored  plate.  Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  New  York 
and  Philadelphia,  1898. 

This  is  an  epitomized  edition  of  diseases  of  the  ear,  adapted  to 
the  use  of  atudents  and  the  general  practitioner.  It  is  designed  as 
a  practical  guide  in  the  study  of  the  affections  and  their  appropriate 
treatment  most  commonly  met  with. 

In  the  introduction  Dr.  Blake  points  out  the  limitations  which 
exist  in  teaching  otology  in  a  practical  manner  to  other  than  small 
classes,  owing  to  the  difficulty  in  demonstrating  diseases  of  the 
deeper  portions  of  the  ear.  The  short  courses  taken  in  post-gra- 
duate clinics  usually  only  give  a  superficial  knowledge,  and  not  all 
realize  that  it  is  only  after  long  and  earnest  study  that  proficiency 
is  gained. 

He  urges  the  mastery  by  reading  and  study  of  sections  made 
by  the  student  of  the  intricate  structures  in  the  temporal  bone,  as 
well  as  a  thorough  knowledge  of  acoustics,  and,  lastly,  he  impresses 
the  importance  of  accurate  and  repeated  observation.  In  the 
opening  chapters  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  ear  and  the 
methods  of  examination  are  described.  Besides  diseases  of  auricle, 
external  auditory  canal,  drumhead  and  middle  ear,  adenoid  growths, 
enlarged  tonsils,  and  diseases  of  the  nasal  passages  are  considered 
and  iheir  treatment  described.  Diseases  of  the  mastoid  process  is 
given  special  attention,  as  it  deserves.  The  indications  for  opera- 
tion are  given,  and  a  minute  description  of  the  technique  of  the 
operation.  Then  follows  an  interesting  chapter  on  the  intra- 
cranial complications,  such  as  brain  abscess,  thrombosis  of  the  sig- 
moid and  other  sinuses,  and  leptomeningitis.  The  last  chapters 
consider  diseases  of  the  sound-perceiving  apparatus  and  deaf 
mutism.  The  book  is  well  illustrated  and  thoroughly  practical  in 
its  treatment  of  the  various  affections,  and  will  prove  a  convenient 
reference  work  for  those  who  wish  to  become  familiar  with  the 
most  modern  methods  employed  in  caring  for  diseases  of  the 
ear. 

A  Text-Book  upon  the  Pathogenic  Bacteria— For  stu- 
dents of  Medicine  and  Physicians.  By  Joseph  McFarland, 
M.D.,  Professor  of  Pathology  in  the  Medico-Chirurgical  Col- 
lege, Philadelphia;  Pathologist  to  the  Medico-Chirurgical  Hos- 
pital, and  to  the  Rush  Hospital  for  Consumption  and  Allied 
Diseases.  With  134  illustrations.  Second  Edition,  revised  and 
enlarged.  W.  B.  Saunders,  925  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  1898. 
J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Canadian  agents,  Toronto,  Ont. 


BOOK  REVIEWS.  525 

In  this  edition  all  the  most  recent  work  in  Bacteriology  has 
been  incorporated.  New  chapteis  have  been  added  on  Whooping 
Cough,  Mun^ps,  Yellow  Fever,  Hog  Cholera,  Swine  Plague,  descrip- 
tions of  the  Bacillus,  ^rogenes  Capsulatus  and  the  Proteus  Vulgaris, 
and  the  method  of  determining  the  value  of  antiseptics  and  germi- 
cides, and  of  determiniijg  the  thermal  death  point. 

The  book  describes  only  the  Pathogenic  Bacteria,  but  it  is  an 
exhaustive  resume  of  all  pertaining  to  them.  In  the  intioduction 
a  brief  history  is  given  of  discoveries  in  bacteriology,  from  those  of 
Leeuwenhoek  in  1675  to  that  of  Yersin  and  Kitasato,  who  in  1894  in- 
dependently isolated  the  bacillus  of  bubonic  plague.  The  first  two 
chapters  consider  Bacteria  and  their  biology ;  their  character, 
varieties,  and  classification  are  given  ;  conditions  influencing  their 
growth,  results  of  vital  activity  in  bacteria,  in  fermentation  and  the 
production  of  disease,  etc.,  are  fully  discussed.  The  article  on  im- 
munity and  susceptibility  is  one  cf  great  interest,  describing  natural 
and  acquired  immunity  and  the  various  theories  as  to  its  occur- 
rence. The  next  chapters  on  the  method  of  observing  bacteria 
sterilization  and  disinfection,  the  cultivation  of  bacteria,  are  com- 
plete and  full  in  the  description  of  technique,  and  freely  illustrated 
with  cuts  showing  the  different  kinds  of  apparatus  employed  and 
their  application  m  the  study  of  these  micro-organisms. 

The  various  infectious  diseases  in  which  bacteria  have  been 
found  and  proved  to  be  the  cause  are  then  taken  up,  and  the  micro- 
organism described  ;  photograms  of  each  kind  are  given  and  the 
method  of  cultivating  and  examining  it.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
the  gradually  lessening  number  of  infectious  diseases  in  which  we 
are  not  able  to  isolate  the  cause.  Last  year,  Koplik  and  Czaplewski 
and  Hensel  found  a  bacterium  which  they  consider  the  cause  of 
whooping  cough  and  sanarellia  bacillus  constant  in  yellow  fever-  In 
1892,  measles  and  influenza,  and  in  1894,  bubonic  plague  have  had 
their  specific  cause  isolated.  Dr.  McFarland  has  given  us  in  this 
edition  an  exceedingly  interesting  up-to-date  book,  which  should 
be  read  by  every  practitioner  who  desires  to  keep  abreast  of  our 
knowledge  of  these  widespread  causes  of  disease,  and  it  is  a  thorough 
working  guide  for  those  engaged  in  laboratory  investigation. 

Manual  of  Chemistry  : — A  Guide  to   Lectures  and    Labor- 
atory work  for  beginners  in  Chemistry.     A  Text-book  specially 
adapted   for  Students  of    Pharmacy  and  Medicine.     By   W. 
Simon,  Ph.  D.,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology, 
College  of  Physicians   and  Surgeons,  Baltimore  ;  Profesorof 
Chemistry    in    the    Maryland    College  of  Pharmacy.     New 
(Sixth)  edition.     In  one  8vo.  volume  of    532  pages,  with   46 
engravings  and  8  colored  plates  illustrating  64  of  the  most  im- 
portant chemical  tests.     Price,  Cloth,  $3.00  ;?<?/.     Lea  Brothers 
&  Co.,  Publishers,  Phildelphia  and  New  York. 
In  this  work  it  has  been  the  aim  to  incorporate  in  one  volume 
all  the  chemistry  necessary  for  a  student  of  Medicine,  Pharmacy, 
or  Dentistry.     Many  facts  pertaining  to  the  subject  and  of  direct 
interest  to  the  physician,  pharmacist,  and  dentist  have  been  given 
special  notice,  while  many  of  restricted  interest  have  been   treated 
very  shortly  or  altogether  excluded. 


526  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

The  book  is  divided  into  seven  parts.  The  first  part  treats 
briefly  of  the  fundamental  properties  of  matter — Extension,  Divisibi- 
lity, Gravitation,  and  Porosity. 

The  second  part  discusses  the  various  chemical  laws  and  hy- 
potheses, and  devotes  a  chapter  to  general  remarks  regarding  the 
elements. 

The  third  and  fourth  parts  take  up  the  metallic  and  non-metallic 
elements  and  their  compounds,  and  avoiding  those  whose  study  is 
of  absolutely  of  no  interest  to  medical  men.  All  chemicals  mentioned 
in  the  last  revision  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopeia  are  treated 
of,  and  those  of  great  interest  are  considered  very  fully.  The  fifth 
part  is  devoted  to  analytical  chemistry,  being  intended  for  a  guide 
in  laboratory  work,  including  among  others  chapters  on  methods 
for  the  detection  of  acids,  methods  for  quantitative  determinations, 
detection  of  impurities  in  official  inorganic  chemical  preparations. 

The  sixth  part  gives  a  very  interesting  and  concise  treatment  of 
the  subject  of  organic  chemistry. 

The  seventh  part  was  prepared  principally  for  the  use  of 
medical  students,  and  considers  in  particular  physiological  chem- 
istry. The  most  modern  methods  for  chemical  examination  in 
clinical  diagnosis  are  detailed. 

In  all  weights  and  measures  the  author  has  strictly  adhered  to 
the  decimal  system. 

In  the  physiological  part  a  very  interesting  chapter  is  given  on 
milk,  and  a  very  thorough  one  on  urine. 

Altogether  the  aim  of  the  author  has  been  well  attained,  and 
it  is  difficult  to  conceive  of  a  more  interesting  and  useful  work  on 
chemistry  for  student  or  practitioner. 

An  American  Text-Book  of  Gynsecology,  Medical 
and  Surgical,  tor  Practitioners  and  Students. 
By  Henry  T.  Byford,  M.D.;  J.  W.  Baldy,  M.D.;  Edwin  B. 
Cragin,  M.D.J.  H.  Etheridge,  M.D.;  William  Goodell,  M.D., 
Howard  A.  Kelly,  M.  D.;  Florian  Krug,  M.  D.;  E.  E. 
Montgomery,  M.  D.;  William  R.  Pryor,  M.  D.;  George  M. 
Tuttle,  M.D.  Edited  by  J.  M.  Baldy,  M.D.  Second  edition 
revised  with  341  illustrations  in  the  text,  and  38  colored  and 
half-tone  plates.  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto,  Ont.  For 
sale  by  subscription  at  $7.00  cloth ;  $8.00  sheep  or  half 
morocco. 

The  first  edition  of  this  standard  text-book  appeared  four  years 
ago,  when  it  met  with  a  very  favorable  reception.  That  edition 
having  been  exhausted,  the  publishers,  Messrs.  Saunders,  of  Phila- 
delphia, wisely  decided  to  bring  out  a  second  edition,  and  as  great 
strides  have  been  made  in  this  department  of  medicine,  even  in  that 
short  time,  many  changes  have  been  necessitated  both  in  the 
illustrations  and  the  text,  no  less  than  forty  of  the  former  having 
been  replaced  by  new  ones.  The  chapters  on  the  urethra,  bladder 
and  ureters  have  been  rewritten,  and  those  on  plastic  operations 
have  been  entirely  altered.  The  chapter  on  vaginal  and  abdominal 
hysterectomy  has  been  greatly  improved  and  more  fully  illustrated. 
We  have  carefully  gone  over  this  book,  and,  as  we  might  expect 
from  the  pens  of  such  writers  as   the    above,    we    have    found    it 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  527 

thoroughly  up  to  date,  and  even  if  we  were  inclined  to  be 
captious,  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  anything  to  criticize. 
On  the  contrary,  every  page  contains  something  that  we  would 
like  to  emphasize.  For  instance,  on  page  461  it  says  :  "Every 
woman  suffering  with  the  lesions  of  a  pelvic  inflammation  is  liable 
from  time  to  time  to  have  the  inflammation  recur.  Frequently  the 
inflammation  never  leaves  the  part,  but  remains  as  a  low  grade 
chronic  disease,  ready  to  relight  into  an  acute  exacerbation  on  the 
slightest  pretext.  In  other  women  it  subsides  entirely  and  the 
parts  become  quite  free  from  pain.  In  such  a  case  there  is  less 
likelihood  of  recurring  acute  attacks,  but  yet  they  do  occur.  A 
woman  carrying  diseased  tubes  and  ovaries,  due  to  pelvic  inflam- 
mation, may  be  confined  to  her  bed  as  often  as  three  or  four  times 
a  year  for  from  two  to  eight  weeks  at  each  attack." 

Again,  on  page  516,  the  author  says  ;  "The  changes  which 
take  place  in  a  woman  following  the  removal  of  both  uterine  ap- 
pendages are  the  same  as  follows  the  natural  change  of  life,  none 
other,  none  less.  The  woman  is  sterile  ;  she  was  usually  sterile  at 
the  time  of  the  operation,  and  would  never  have  been  anything 
else.  Often  the  sexual  appetite  is  increased;  rarely  diminished,  as 
is  commonly  supposed.  The  increase  is  simply  the  return  of  the 
woman's  natural  condition.  Her  pain  and  suffering  and  ill-health 
had  prohibited  the  sexual  appetite ;  their  being  removed,  the  appe- 
tite returns  in  full  force.  This  is  entirely  in  accord  with  the  experi- 
ence of  all  our  cases. 

"Another  point  well  taken  is  that  we  should  not  lead  these  cases 
to  expect  too  much.  It  is  better  to  tell  them  that  they  will  eventu- 
ally have  tolerable  health,  but  not  even  that  in  much  less  than  a 
year." 

At  times,  he  says,  they  are  so  badly  wrecked  that  recovery  is 
a  matter  of  years. 

After  describing  a  neglected  case  of  pelvic  peritonitis,  due  to 
pus  tubes,  he  says :  "  These  cases  invariably  die  if  left  alone,  and 
each  one  cured  is  a  life  snatched  from  the  grave  ;  the  sooner  the 
general  profession  becom  es  thoroughly  imbued  with  the  vast  im- 
portance of  the  whole  subject  of  pelvic  inflammation,  and  act  in- 
telligently upon  the  principles  here  laid  down,  the  sooner  will  we 
have  to  face  a  lesser  number  of  such  terrible  examples  of  neglect 
and  ignorance.  " 

The  article  on  ectopic  gestation  is  also  well  written  and  well 
illustrated.  We  would  have  Uked  to  see  Kollisher's  or  Nitze's  cysto- 
scope  mentioned  in  the  chapter  on  examination  of  the  bladder,  and 
catheterizing  the  ureters,  as  with  these  instruments  it  is  so  much 
easier  to  perform  this  otherwise  difficult  manipulation.  On  the 
whole,  we  have  only  words  of  praise  for  this  excellent  work,  and 
congratulate  all  concerned  in  its  production — Editor,  contributors 
and  publishers — on  the  success  of  their  great  undertaking. 


PUBIvISHKRS  DBPARTMKNT^. 


ACUTE  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  PROSTATE  GLAND. 

The  yoiirnal  of  the  American  Medical  Association  for  August  20th 
contains  a  report  on  inflammation  of  the  prostate  gland,  which  was  presented  to 
The  Section  on  Surgery  and  Anatomy  at  the  Forty  ninth  Annual  Meeting  of 
the  American  Medical  Association,  held  at  Denver,  Colo  ,  June  7-10,  1898,  by 
Liston  Homer  Montgomery,  M.D.,  of  Chicago,  Ills.  His  plan  of  treatment 
in  acute  inflammation  of  the  prostate  gland  is  to  wash  out  the  abscess  cavity 
with  hydrogen  peroxid,  give  copious  hot  water  enema  and  hot  hip  baths 
frequently,  avoid  morphine  internally  and  advise  care  lest  the  patient  strain  at 
stool  or  during  micturition.  On  the  theory  that  toxins  are  retained  in  -the 
circulation  and  within  the  gland,  and  to  prevent  degeneration  in  the  gland 
substance,  he  administers  triticum  repens  or  fluid  extract  tritipalm  freely,  com- 
bined with  gum  arable  or  flaxseed  infusion.  Along  with  these  remedies  the 
mineral  waters,  particularly  vichy  with  citrate  of  potash,  go  well  together. 
Hydrate  of  chloral  or  this  salt  combined  with  antikamnia  are  the  very  best 
anodyne  remedies  to  control  pain  and  spasms  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder.  These 
pharmacologic  or  medicinal  remedies  are  the  most  logical  to  use  in  his  judgment, 
while  externally,  applications  of  an  inunction  of  10  or  20  per  cent  iodoform, 
lanoline,  as  well  as  of  mercury,  are  also  of  value. 


SANMETTO  IN  URETHRITIS,  CYSTITIS,  PROSTATIC  ENLARGE- 
MENT AND  ENURESIS. 

I  gladly  write  my  opinion  of  Sanmetto.  For  two  years  it  has  given  results 
which  are  perfectly  satisfactory.  Have  had  equal  success  with  it  in  urethritis, 
cystitis  and  prostatic  enlargement,  and  phenomenal  success  when  using  it  for 
incontinence  of  urine,  both  in  children  and  old  people.  If  in  medicines  we  have 
specifics,  then  Sanmetto  I  regard  as  one  in  enuresis. 

C.  M.  Harris,  M.D. 

Bourbon,  Ind. 


MAGAZINE  NOTES. 

Many  readers  of  Mrs.  Humphrey  Ward's  latest  story  "  Helbeck  of  Bannis- 
dale  "  must  have  wondered  what  opinion  an  intelligent  Catholic  reader  would 
be  likely  to  have  of  it  as  a  portraiture  of  English  Catholics.  The  question  is 
answered  very  interestingly  in  a  caustic  review  of  the  story  by  an  English  Jesuit, 
which  The  Living  Age  iox  October  15  reprints  fromThe  Ninteenth  Century. 


The  Living  Age  {or'OciohQX  22  translates  from  the  leading  Italian  review, 
Nuova  Antologia,  a  striking  article  on  the  Present  Condition  of  Italy,  which 
gives  a  vivid  but  despondent  presentation  of  the  social  and  political  problems 
with  which  Italy  is  at  this  moment  confronted. 


M.  R6n6  Doumic's  "  Modernity  "  which  The  Living  Age  for  October  29 
translates  from  the  Revue  ties  Deux  Mondes,  is  a  clever  essay,  in  which  a  shaft 
is  aimed  at  modern  impressionists. 


Americans  will  gain  a  new  estimate  of  the  progress  which  the  United  States 
is  making  in  the  appreciation  and  the  cultivation  of  art  from  reading  Mr.  William 
Sharp's  description  of  The  Art  Treasures  of  America,  reprinted  from  The 
Nineteenth  Century  in  The  Living  Age  for  October  29. 


CAN  A.  DA. 

MEDICAL  RECORD 

NOVEMBER.     1898. 

Original  Communications. 

A  CASE  OF  SUPPURATIVE  PYLEPHLEBITIS 
WITH  NO  APPARENT  CAUSE. 

By  S.  H.  MARTIN,  M.D.,  CM.,  Waterloo,  Que. 

C.  M.,  male,  aged  40,  French-Canadian,  married,  tem- 
perate. Was  born  and  had  always  lived  in  the  Province  of 
Quebec.  Never  had  any  illness,  except  diseases  of  childhood. 
Worked  as  quarryman  in  marble  quarry.  Came  to  me  on 
Sept.  20,  1898,  with  following  history  and  symptoms: 
Was  suffering  from  cough,  pain  in  right  side  in  the  infra- 
scapular  region  and  neuralgia  of  fifth  nerve,  following  severe 
cold  contracted  one  month  previous  while  working  in  a 
marble  quarry. 

Examination  of  the  lungs  revealed  nothing  abnormal ; 
temperature  was  normal  ;  had  an  eruption  on  the  right  side 
of  face  and  neck  corresponding  to  course  of  the  nerves  and 
characteristic  of  herpes  zoster.  Came  to  the  office  again  on 
Sept.  25  :  neuralgia  and  eruption  on  face  and  neck  were 
better,  cough  the  same,  and  still  had  the  pain  in  infra-scapular 
region  of  right  side,  also  some  gastric  disturbance  present 
vomiting,  coated  tongue,  etc.,  and  spoke  about  having 
"  spells  of  being  very  cold "  (which  I  afterwards  learned 
were  distinct  chills).  I  saw  him  again  on  Sept.  30,  tem- 
perature was  101°,  respiration  rapid;  was  suffering  from 
headache  and  severe  vomiting,  and  abJom^n  was  very 
tympanitic.  I  ordered  him  to  bed,  after  which  I  saw  him 
twice  daily.  From  Oct.  i  to  Oct.  5  his  condition  remained 
unchanged,  had  all  the    symptoms   of  septic  trouble,  chill 


530  MARTIN  ;   SUPPURATIVE   PYLEPHLEBITIS. 

once  daily  about  noon,  hyperpyrexia  in  the  evening  and 
subnormal  temperature  in  the  morning.  About  Oct.  5 
pain  in  the  infra-scapular  region  became  very  agonizing,  and 
extending  downwards  and  forwards  into  the  hepatic  region, 
was  worse  on  inspiration,  cough  more  persistent,  respiration, 
more  rapid,  etc ;  in  fact,  at  this  stage  the  case  presented  all 
the  symptoms  of  lung  involvement.  On  examination  I 
found  dullness  over  right  lung  as  high  as  the  fifth  rib  in 
mammary  and  axillary  regions,  and  to  the  ninth  rib  in  the 
infra-scapular  region.  On  consultation  crepitation  was  found 
present  with  both  inspiration  and  expiration.  The  area  of 
liver  dullness  was  uncertain  owing  to  the  marked  tym- 
panitis, but  about  5^  inches  vertically.  On  Oct.  8  I 
asked  Drs.  J.  D.  Page  and  J.  A.  Corcoran,  of  Waterloo,  to 
see  the  case,  and  we  came  to  the  conclusion  that  there  was 
some  pyaemic  trouble  probably  involving  the  liver.  His 
condition  remained  unchanged  until  Oct.  11,  when  I  asked 
Dr.  Geo-  Fisk,  of  Montreal,  to  see  the  man.  We  introduced 
an  aspirating  needle  in  the  seventh  interspace  at  the  posterior 
axillary  line  and  got  pus.  In  consideration  of  the  fact  that 
we  obtained  pus  at  so  high  a  point  we  decided  to  make  an 
exploratory  incision  with  the  possibility  of  revealing  an  old 
empyaemia.  Accordingly  (Dr.  Fisk  having  kindly  consented 
to  operate)  the  patient  was  anaesthetized  and  resection  of 
the  eighth  rib  at  the  posterior  axillary  border  made  in  the 
usual  manner.  On  opening  the  pleural  cavity  no  pus  was  re- 
vealed, but  the  lower  lobe  of  lung  was  found  pushed  up 
and  compressed,  its  usual  position  being  occupied  by  the 
diaphragm  and  some  firm  bulging  mass  below  it,  apparently 
the  liver.  It  was  decided  to  extend  the  incision  through  the 
diaphragm  and  evacuate  the  pus.  The  two  layers  of 
pleurae  were  sutured  together  with  catgut,  the  diaphragm 
opened  and  the  same  method  followed  with  the  two  layers 
of  peritoneum.  An  incision  was  made  into  the  liver  and 
from  20  to  30  ozs.  of  brownish  pus  with  a  strong  faecal  odor 
was  evacuated.  A  drainage  tube  was  inserted  and  incision 
dressed  in  usual  manner.  The  patient  reacted  well,  and  for 
two  days  showed  some  amelioration  of  symptoms,  parti- 
cularly absence  of  cough,  less  fever  and  no  chills. 


SMITH  :   INCONTINENCE  OF    URINE.  53r 

On    the  third   day   after    operation    patient  developed 
complete  ptosis    of    right    eyelid.     The    following    day  he 
became  delirious,  and  died  on  the   17th,  six  days  after  the 
operation.     Assisted  by  Dr.  J.  A.  Corcoran  I  made  a  partial 
Post-mortem  examination,  examining   only  the   contents   of 
abdominal    and  thoracic  cavities  (permission  to  do  a  more 
extensive  one  being  refused).     The  stomach  and  intestines 
were  found  to  be  in  a  healthy  condition,  no  ulceration  of 
any  kind,  no  evidence  of  typhoid  fever;  appendix  normal,  and 
rectum  showed  no  signs  of  hemorrhoids  ;  spleen  and  kidneys 
normal,  but  right  kidney  was   found  lying    well  in  towards 
the  median   line,   its  usual  position  being  occupied  by  the 
lower  portion  of  the   right    lobe    of    the  liver.     Heart  and 
lungs  were  healthy,  and  showed  no  evidence  of  any  septic 
trouble.     The  liver  was    found   increased  to    an    enormous 
size,  the  right  lobe   particularly,  which   occupied  nearly  all 
the   right  hypochondrial    and    right    lumbar    regions.     On 
section  it  presented   numerous  foci  of  pus,  ranging    in   size 
from  a  pea  to  a  hen's  t%^^  the  largest  one  having  been  opened 
in  the  operation. 

These  foci  of  pus  were  distinctly  seen  to  be  connected 
with  the  portal  veins,  showing  the  case  to  have  been  one  of 
suppurative  pylephlebitis  with  no  apparent  origin  of  infec- 
tion, 

A  CASE  OF  INCONTINENCE  OF  URINE  CURED 

BY  ANTERIOR  AND  POSTERIOR 

COLPORRHAPHY. 

By  A.  LAPTHORN  SMITH,  B..A,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.,  BNQ., 

Fellow  of  the  American  Gynecological  Society  ;   Professor  of  Clinical  Gynecology, 
Blehep's  University  ;  Surgeon-in-Cliief  of  tlie  Samaritan  Hospital  for  Women  ; 
Gynecologist  to  the  Montreal  Dispensary  ;  Surgeon  to  the  Westera  Hospital, 
Montreal. 

During  the  last  twenty- four  years  I  have  been  consulted 
by  about  the  same  number  of  women  for  incontinence  of  urine 
following  a  very  severe  labor.  A  few  of  these  were  found  on 
close  examination  to  have  a  vesico-uterine,  or  a  vesico  vaginal 
fistula, which  were  dealt  with  in  the  usual  way,  and  cured  by 
operation.  Nearly  all  the  others  were  treated  for  two  or 
three  months  with  a  mixture  of  iron,  strychnine  and  phos- 
phoric acid,  in  full  doses,  and  were  also  cured.     The  cause  in 


532  SMITH  :     INCONTINENCE   OF   URINE. 

their   cases    being  weakness    of  bruised    and    overstretched 
muscular  fibre.     But  about  six  months  ago  the  present  case 
came  under  my  care  at  the  Montreal  Dispensary,  and  proved 
an  exception  to  the  rule  of  my  experience.     Mrs.  M.,  age 
40,  had  a  very  severe  instrumental  labor  about  a  year  ago, 
ever  since  which  time  she  has  had   to  wear  large  pads  to 
catch  her  urine.      Her  physician  was  unable  to  stop  it  in  any 
way.     If  she  remained  in  bed  she  could  hold  her  water  for 
an  hour  or  two,  and  then  it  would  trickle  out  if  she  moved 
or  took  a  long  breath,  and  when  she  went  about  her  work  it 
kept  running   all  the    time,    keeping  her   clothes  wet    and 
always    smelling  of  urine.     I   put  her  on  the   above  tonic 
treatment,  and,  in  order  to  observe  her  better,  took  her  into 
the   Samaritan  Hospital  for  a  couple  of  weeks.     A  careful 
examination  failed  to  detect  any  fistula ;  in  fact,  in  filling  her 
bladder  with  warm  salt  solution,  the  latter  flowed  out  beside 
the  catheter ;  there  seemed   to  be  no  life  in   the  sphincter. 
There   was   a    large    rectocele   and  cystocele,  and  lacerated 
perineum.     Although  I    have   seen   a  great   many  patients 
with  this  condition,  and  quite  commonly,  causing  desire  to 
micturate  frequently,  and  also  a  sensation  as  though  some 
urine  still  remained  in  the  bladder,  as   indeed  it  does,  yet  I 
do  not  remember  to  have  had  a  case  in  which  it  caused  in- 
continence.    I  therefore  feared  that  the  cure  of  these  condi- 
tions alone  might  not  suffice  to  cure  her  of  her  trouble,  and  1 
had  some  intention  of,  at  the  same  time,  shortening  or  taking 
a  reef,  so  to  speak,  in   the  relaxed  sphincter  at  the  same 
time.     This,  I  found  it  was  quite  easy  to  do,  when  I  had  re- 
moved the  vaginal  mucous  membrane  to  the  extent   of  two 
and  ahalf  inches  in  length  and  an  inch  and  a  half  in  breadth. 
In    order   to   tighten    up    the    sphincter,   I    made    the 
denudation  further  down   towards   the  meatus   than    usual, 
and  instead  of  drawing  together  the  edges  surrounding    the 
denuded  area  .vith  a  purse  string  suture,  as  I   usually  do,  I 
tightened   up  the  sphincter  by  means    of  a  running   catgut 
suture,    which  was    buried    in  the  muscular  tissue,    and  the 
mucous    membrane   of   the    vagina    was    then     accurately 
brought  together  over  this.     Hegar's  operation  on  the  pos- 
terior vaginal  wall  was  then  done,  with  a  buried  and  a  super- 


BEALE:    THE  TREATMENT   OF  TUBERCULOSIS.         533 

ficial  row  of  catgut.  This  made  a  good  support  for  the 
bladder.  Fortunately,  the  catgut  was  good  and  her  tissues 
healthy,  so  that  in  both  operations  primary  union  was  ob- 
tained. The  result  was  all  that  could  be  desired.  She 
could  cough  and  turn  in  bed  from  the  first  day  without 
wetting  herself,  and  at  the  end  of  two  weeks  she  could  walk 
about  with  comfort  and  without  a  single  drop  of  urine  pass- 
ing involuntarily. 

250  Bishop  Street,  Montreal, 


Selected   Article. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  TUBERCULOSIS  BY  COM- 
PULSORY HYGIENE. 

By  E.  CLIPFOED  BEALE,  M.B.  Cantab.,  P.R.C.P. 

Physician  to  the  City  of  London  Hospital  for  Diseases  of  the  Chest,  Victoria 

Park,  etc. 

The  great  crusade  that  is  slowly  gaining  ground  ii  England, 
as  well  as  in  other  countries,  against  the  tubercle  bacillus  and 
its  product  is.  like  many  other  crusades,  liable  to  be  led  off  the 
direct  path  by  side  issues.  Tubercle  will  never  be  eradicated  by 
fresh  air  or  by  sunshine,  by  climate  or  by  sanatorium,  unless  each 
and  all  of  these  means  are  used  discriminately,  with  due  regard  to 
the  individual  requirements  of  each  patient.  Hence,  the  use  of 
such  an  expression  as  "  open-air  treatment  "  is  apt  to  mislead,  and 
to  give  rise  to  the  idea,  now  very  prevalent,  that  prolonged  resi- 
dence in  the  open  air  will  cure  the  disease.  Such  an  idea  is  attended 
with  some  amount  of  danger,  as  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  consump- 
tive people  are  already  beginning  to  put  the  "  trealme it  "  in  prac- 
tice, and  are  finding  out  to  their  cost  that  something  more  than 
open-air  is  needful  for  success. 

Tuberculosis,  like  syphilis,  may  well  be  described  by  the  defini- 
tion so  happily  devised  by  the  late  Dr.  Moxon  as  "  a  fever  diluted 
by  time."  Due,  in  the  first  instance,  to  an  infective  organism,  and 
maintained  by  the  further  development  of  that  organism  within  the 
human  body,  the  disease  presents  much  the  same  phenomena  spread 
over  months  and  years  as  are  brought  about  in  the  course  of  a 
much  shorter  period,  and  in  a  much  less  diluted  form,  by  the 
specific  micro-organisms  of  the  recognised  infective  fevers.  In 
both  the  chronic  and  the  acute  fevers  we  assume  that  the  essential 
feature  of  the  morbid  process  is  a  constant  warfare  between  the  ten- 
dency of  the  foreign  organism  to  increase  and  multiply  in  the  tis- 
sues of  the  host,  disturbing  both  their  structure  and  their  function, 


534      BEALE  :  TREATMENT  OF  TUBERCULOSIS. 

and  the  tendency  on  the  other  hand  of  those  tissues  to  resist  such 
disturbance,  and  to  return  to  their  normal  type. 

In  the  case  of  the  acute  fever,  the  lines  of  treatment  have  been 
long  since  laid  down  and  accepted  by  all  intelligent  people.  The 
patient  must  surrender  himself  absolutely  into  the  hands  of  his 
medical  adviser,  and  trust  implicitly  to  him  to  guide  the  disturbed 
natural  processes  in  the  best  possible  way,  so  that  they  may  resist 
the  attack  of  the  foreign  organism  and  overcome  the  consequences 
to  which  it  gives  rise. 

In  such  fevers  the  very  aculeness  of  the  disease  is  a  safeguard 
against  any  ignorant  attempts  at  self-treatment  on  the  part  of  the 
patient.  He  feels  his  helplessness,  and  seeks  aid.  The  sufferer 
from  tuberculosis,  unless,  indeed,  the  disease  begins  in  its  most 
virulent  form,  rarely  experiences  this  feeling  of  helplessness,  and 
hence,  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  he  does  not  seek  aid  until  the 
poison  is  so  far  developed  within  him  as  to  give  rise  to  definite  symp- 
toms ;  and;  even  when  these  have  declared  themselves,  he  will  rarely 
submit  himself  entirely  to  medical  control.  He  feels  that  his  brain 
is  still  clear,  and  he  will  take  advice  only  in  so  far  as  it  does  not 
interfere  too  much  with  his  sense  of  freedom. 

Herein  lies  the  explanation  of  much  of  the  failure  of  rational 
medical  treatment  in  the  i)ast.  From  the  earliest  times  to  the  pre- 
sent the  main  principles  which  should  guide  the  treatment  of  con- 
sumption have  been  clearly  recognised  and  put  forward,  in  count- 
less forms,  and  in  all  the  languages  of  the  civilized  world  ;  but,  until 
the  present  era,  no  serious  effort  has  ever  been  made  to  put  them  in 
practice  under  ihe  only  conditions  in  which  they  can  be  expected  to 
succeed,  viz.,  under  strict  medical  supervision.  That  the  accepted 
methods  are  actually  effective  when  properly  applied  is  shown 
beyond  the  possibility  of  doubt  by  the  results  obtained  in  chest 
hospitals,  where  patients  with  incipient  disease  and  fever  are  kept 
at  rest  till  the  fever  lias  subsided,  and  are  then  required  to  lead  a 
hygienic  life  for  a  (ew  weeks.  By  these  simple  means  their  natural 
processes  are  restored  to  healthy  action,  and  for  the  time  they  are 
cured  ;  but  when  they  have  arrived  at  this  stage,  they  are  sent  out 
into  the  world  again,  to  live  their  own  lives,  and  sooner  or  later  the 
disease  once  more  gets  the  upper  hand. 

Amongst  the  well-to-do  classes  the  success  of  treatment  is  less 
in  proportion  to  the  numbers  treated,  for  the  want  of  that  very 
supervision  which  the  poorer  patient  gets  m  the  hospital  wards. 
The  rich  man  obtains  the  best  advice,  and  may  even  provide  him- 
self with  a  constant  medical  attendant,  but  still  he  submits  as  a 
rule  only  to  such  restrictive  treatment  as  he  himself  believes  in. 
From  the  earliest  times  to  the  present  the  virtues  of  climatic  treat- 
ment have  been  held  in  high  esteem,  but  the  exalted  estimate  thus 
formed  has  been  one  of  the  potent  factors  in  preventing  success.  A 
climate  alone  cannot  cure  consumption,  nor  can  it  even  produce 
lasting  benefit,  unless  it  be  used  with  intelligence,  guided  by  expert 
advice.  A  writer  of  a  century  ago,  while  advocating  a  change  of 
climate  to  his  consumptive  patients,  added  a  proviso,  that  the 
patients  should  not  expect  the  change  to  produce  its  full  effect  in 
less  than  two  years,  and  he  further  advised  that  "  a  medical  atten- 


BEALE  :  TREATMENT   OF  TUBERCULOSIS  535 

^ant  should  accompany  the  patient  if  possible  to  prevent  his  losing 
time  in  the  pursuit  of  all  sorts  of  remedies  which  will  be  recom- 
mended to  him."  If  this  advice  was  valuable  loo  years  ago,  it  is 
of  tenfold  greater  value  now,  when  so  much  more  is  said  of  climatic 
treatment,  and  when  the  temptation  to  try  new  remedies  is  rendered 
every  day  more  difficult  to  resist. 

But  in  spite  of  the  multiplication  of  health  resorts  for  con- 
sumptives, and  the  ever-increasing  number  of  specific  remedies, 
the  facts  remain  that  under  the  old  methods  of  treatment,  where 
the  patient  is  left  to  carry  out  the  advice  given  to  him  without 
direct  supervision,  the  relative  amount  of  success  shows  but  little 
improvement.  It  is  only  of  late  years,  smce  the  method  in- 
troduced by  Dr.  Brehmer  at  Goerbersdotf  has  been  thoroughly 
understood  and  appreciated,  that  any  real  advance  has  been 
made.  His  method  consists  essentially  in  nothing  more  than 
skilled  supervision,  under  which  the  patient  is  forced  to  surrender 
his  liberty  into  the  hands  of  his  medical  adviser,  who,  in  his  turn, 
does  but  little  more  than  force  the  patient  to  live  the  kind  of  life, 
eat  the  kind  of  food,  and  breathe  the  kind  of  air,  that  is  best  suited 
to  his  particular  condition.  The  patient  is  placed  as  much  in  the 
hands  of  his  doctor  as  if  he  were  prostrated  by  a  fever  of  an  acuter 
kind,  nor  is  he  permitted  to  consider  himself  convalescent  until 
such  time  as  his  doctor  may  determine,  although  he  may  have  felt 
himself  restored  to  health  at  a  much  earlier  period. 

Under  such  supervision  it  is  being  proved  by  the  experience  of 
successive  years  that  tubercular  disease  of  the  lung  may  be  arrested, 
and  the  patient  rendered  capable  of  resisting  further  invasion  of  the 
disease ;  but  the  proof  has  thus  far  been  left  almost  entirely  in  the 
hands  of  Continental  physicians. 

It  is  not,  however,  sufficiently  recognised,  either  by  patient  s 
or  their  medical  advisers,  that  this  arrest  and  this  power  of  acquir- 
ing resistance  can  only  be  achieved  by /r<7/(7«o<?rf' hygienic  treatment 
of  the  earliest  stages.  It  is  not  reasonable  to  expect  that  a  patient 
who  has  apparently  recovered  from  the  effects  of  a  "  weak  lung  " 
will  be  prepared  to  submit  himself  to  strict  hygienic  treatment  for 
the  next  year  or  eighteen  months,  unless  the  necessity  for  so  doing  is 
very  strongly  explained  to  him  by  his  medical  adviser.  Never- 
theless, it  is  the  duty  of  every  such  adviser  to  tell  his  patient  fairly 
and  fully  that  the  sacrifice  of  a  year  or  more  at  that  stage  of  his 
illness  will  probably  be  the  means  of  adding  several  ytars  to  his  life, 
and  also  to  make  no  secret  of  the  fact  that  with  each  relapse  of  the  dis- 
ease the  chances  of  ultimate  recovery  must  be  less.  The  cases  of 
young  men  who  have  refused  to  take  such  advice,  and  have  for  the 
sake  of  a  little  present  advantage  made  themselves  permanent  in- 
vaHds  in  the  course  of  a  year  or  two,  are  only  tco  well  known  to 
all  who  have  had  much  to  do  with  consumptive  life.  It  requires 
some  determination  to  throw  up  employment  which  promises  future 
success,  and  to  enter  into  a  more  or  less  restricted  life  for  a  couple 
of  years  ;  but  the  doctor  knows,  even  if  he  cannot  make  the  patient 
realize,  that  unless  such  a  course  is  adopted  the  patient's  life  may 
have  come  to  an  end  within  the  three  years,  whereas  if  those  years 
were  properly  utilized,  he  might  at  the  end  of  them  be  able  to  take 


536  BEA.LE:    TREATMENT    OF   TUBERCULOSIS. 

his  place  in  the  world  again  with  a  reasonable  expectation  of  life. 
This  fact  cannot  be  too  widely  or  too  fully  recognised,  that  it  is  in 
the  preliminary  stage  only  that  permanent  success  can  be  looked 
for.  Post-mortem  evidence  is  constantly  proving  the  fact  that  a 
small  tubercular  lesion  is  capable  of  healing  up  and  forming  a  scar  ; 
but  it  is  only  the  small  lesions  that  recover.  Where  larger  lesions 
are  discovered,  it  generally  happens  that  the  patient  has  died  of 
tubercular  disease.  An  incipient  lesion  is  curable,  but  where 
larger  ones  are  present  "  cure  "  is  rarely  obtained.  Quiescence  of 
the  tubercular  process  may  be  induced,  but  this  quiescence  is  only 
temporary. 

In  the  cases,  then,  of  confirmed  or  advanced  disease,  the  strict 
enforcement  of  a  hygienic  life  is  of  less  importance,  because, 
although  temporary  improvement  is  obtained,  the  chance  of  com- 
plete arrest  of  the  disease  is  but  small,  and  the  temporary  recovery 
may  be  obtained  by  less  irksome  means.  To  the  incipient  con- 
sumptive, on  the  other  hand,  the  hope  may  always  be  held  out,  in 
the  first  instance,  that  there  is  a  possibility  of  complete  arrest  of 
the  disease,  which  is  worth  the  sacrifice  for  a  time  of  personal  com- 
fort, and  even  of  personal  liberty.  A  few  months  of  such  treatment 
will  suffice  to  show  whether  ultimate  recovery  may  be  looked  for ; 
but  if,  from  the  virulence  of  the  poison,  or  the  small  resisting-power 
of  the  patient,  the  disease  progresses,  it  is  best  to  let  the  patient 
recognise  the  inevitable,  and  to  make  his  remaining  days  as  com- 
fortable to  him  as  possible. 

Assuming,  however,  that  recovery  is  not  only  possible,  but 
probable,  it  remains  to  be  considered  whether  special  climatic  con  - 
ditions  are  essential  to  success.  Much  has  been  written  and  spoken 
on  this  question,  and  from  the  mass  of  opinion  hitherto  expressed, 
we  may  select  these  few  points,  upon  which  most  experts  are  agreed. 
The  air  which  the  patient  breathes  must  be  as  free  as  possible  from 
organic  and  inorganic  particles.  If  such  freedom  can  be  obtained^ 
it  does  not  appear  to  be  of  much  importance  whether  it  be  at  a 
greater  or  lesser  elevation  above  sea-level.  The  deleterious  effects 
of  an  atmosphere  charged  with  organic  particles  has  been  clearly 
proved'  by  Dr.  Ransome  in  his  Weber-Parkes'  prize  essay.  The 
danger  of  contamination  by  inorganic  particles  is  only  great  where 
such  particles  can  act  as  carriers  of  organic  matters.  Dr.  Cornet's 
oft-quoted  observations  all  went  to  prove  that  the  dust  to  which  he 
traced  so  much  evil  was  not  in  itself  the  cause  of  disease,  but  that 
each  particle  of  dust  might  be  the  vehicle  for  infective  material. 
The  dust  of  a  town  is  therefore  more  dangerous  to  the  consumptive 
than  the  dust  of  the  open  country,  provided  that  there  be  no  con- 
sumption among  the  mhabitants  of  the  district. 

The  ancient  idea  that  the  exhalation  of  pine-trees  is  "  good  for 
consumption  "  does  not  rest  upon  any  trustworthy  basis.  If  it 
could  be  shown  that  infective  organisms  are  destroyed  by  such  ex- 
halations, then  it  would  be  fair  to  regard  the  forest  air  as  purer  than 
that  of  the  surrounding  country  ;  but  such  an  explanation  has  not 
yet  been  demonstrated. 

One  other  atmospheric  condition  would  seem  by  Dr.  Ransome's 
recently-published    observation  to  be    essential  in  preventing    the 


BEALE  :     TREATMENT   OF  TUBERCULOSIS.  537. 

development  of  this  bacillus  tuberculosis  outside  the  body.  That 
condition  is  full  and  complete  ventilation,  and  the  avoidance  of 
stagnant  air.  In  fallfilment  of  this  requirement,  the  elevation  above 
sea-level  is  naturally  of  importance,  but  it  need  not  be  more  than 
a  moderate  elevation  to  ensure  freedom  from  atmospheric  stagna- 
tion. The  breezes  that  ventilate  the  sea-side  cliffs  and  island 
commons  are  quite  as  efficient  for  that  purpose  as  are  the  colder 
draughts  that  sweep  along  the  hillsides  and  valleys  of  the  higher- 
lying  mountainous  districts. 

But  apart  from  natural  ventilation,  which  must  always  be  an 
uncertain  factor  in  securing  interchange  of  air,  modern  science  has 
provided  a  means  of  ensuring  thorough  ventilation  in  closed  spaces, 
which  has  been  sufilciently  long  under  observation  to  have  proved 
its  claim  to  recognition.  The  system  of  forcing  filtered,  warmed  or 
chilled  air  into  hospital  wards  or  living  rooms  has  been  found  to 
work  with  ease  and  completeness  at  the  new  Birmingham  General 
Hospital  and  at  Glasgow,  where  it  was  first  used  on  a  large  scale. 
By  its  means  the  air  in  any  given  room  can  be  kept  constantly  renew- 
ed, the  continuous  inpouring  of  fresh  air  giving  rise  to  an  equally 
steady  outgoing  of  air,  contaminated  or  otherwise,  through  the  out- 
lets provided.  A  simpler  method  of  keeping  the  air  in  movement  in 
rooms  which  are  supplied  with  air  by  means  of  open  windows,  etc., 
can  be  adopted  wherever  the  electric  current  is  supplied  by  the 
use  of  fans  worked  by  a  small  motor,  which  force  a  definite  amount 
of  fresh  air  into  the  room,  and  are  capable  of  regulation  according 
to  the  time  of  year  and  the  amount  of  wind. 

But  pure  air  and  good  ventilation  will  not  cure  consumption. 
They  must  be  used  in  an  intelligent  manner,  and  their  use  must  be 
kept  within  reasonable  bounds.  Experience  in  London  goes  to 
prove  that, while  the  disease  is  relatively  more  frequent  amongst  those 
engaged  in  indoor  occupations,  slill  there  is  a  very  large  propor- 
tion distributed  amongst  outdoor  workers.  These  are,  however,  of 
the  poorer  class — day  labourers,  porters,  and  jobbing  workmen, 
who  live  a  somewhat  hand-to-mouth  existence,  and  are  rarely  in  a 
position  to  guard  themselves  properly  against  the  common  risks  of 
chill,  etc.,  during  changeable  weather.  Amongst  outdoor  workers 
of  a  higher  class  consumption  is  by  no  means  frequent. 

It  has  been  asserted  that  the  damp  and  changeable  climate  of 
England  cannot  be  suitable  to  the  consumptive  patient,  but  it  must 
be  borne  in  mind  that  the  assertion  rests  on  theory,  and  not  on  fact. 
No  serious  effort  has  until  lately  been  made  to  place  consumptives 
under  strict  hygienic  discipline  in  this  country.  Only  those  who 
have  actually  experienced  the  fact  can  understand  that  a  consump- 
tive patient  may  lie  out  in  the  open  air  for  six  hours  on  a  cold, 
foggy  day  in  winter  without  taking  cold,  so  long  as  he  is  protected 
by  warm  clothing  and  sheltered  from  wind.  The  fear  of  "taking 
cold "  always  oppresses  the  mind  of  the  average  patient,  and 
amongst  those  who  are  least  educated  the  fear  leads  to  an  inordinate 
use  of  clothing  and  a  dread  of  open  windows,  and  thus  the  patient 
is  deprived  of  one  of  the  essential  factors  for  his  recovery,  viz., 
constant  interchange  of  air.  Well-rooted  theories  and  opinions  are 
very  tenacious  of  life,  and  it  is  to  be  expected  that  a  long  time  will 
elapse  before   modern  knowledge  prevails  over   ancient  prejudice 


538      BEALE:  TREATMENT  OF  TUBERCULOSIS. 

but  for  this  very  reason  it  is  essential  that  effort  should  be  made  to 
utilize  the  resources  which  we  undoubtedly  possess  in  the  British 
Isles  for  employing  fresh  and  pure  air  as  a  curative  agent,  and  grad- 
ually to  educate  public  opinion  to  accept  the  proposition  that  it  is 
not  necessary  to  go  to  foreign  countries  for  sanatorium  treatment, 
and  that  such  treatment  does  not  depend  entirely  for  its  success 
on  any  special  climatic  conditions. 

Banishment  from  home  comforts  and  surroundings,  however 
desirable  in  the  treatment  of  neurotic  conditions,  is  by  no  means 
necessary  in  dealing  with  consumption.  At  the  same  time,  it  is  not 
desirable  that  the  consumptive  patient  undergoing  sanatorium  treat- 
ment should  see  too  much  of  his  intimate  friends  and  relatives. 
Where  success  largely  depends  upon  the  strict  maintenance  of  dis- 
cipline, it  is  by  no  means  wise  to  permit  outside  criticism.  A  well- 
meaning  but  injudicious  friend  might  easily  be  the  means  of  dis- 
couraging the  patient,  and  causing  him  to  falter  in  his  determination 
to  carry  out  the  rules  laid  down  by  his  medical  adviser,  especially 
if,  as  is  not  uncommonly  the  case,  he  finds  such  rules  irksome 
to  him  at  first. 

Another  point  which  makes  for  the  selection  of  home  treatment 
in  preference  to  foreign  residence  is  the  question  of  the  food  and 
its  preparation.  The  distinction  between  the  home  and  foreign 
cuisine  is  not  so  great  now  as  was  formerly  the  case,  but  there  is 
still  sufficient  difference  to  make  it  a  matter  of  importance  that  the 
consumptive  patient  should  have  his  food  prepared  in  a  way  which 
he  has  learned  to  believe  in.  In  many  Contmental  sanatoria,  and 
especially  at  Nordrach,  the  taking  of  a  definite  amount  of  food  in 
each  day  is  insisted  on,  and  success  is  obtained  even  in  spile  of  the 
fact  that  the  German  cuisine  and  methods  of  serving  food  are  alto- 
gether distasteful  to  many  English  patients.  It  may  reasonably 
be  assumed  that  equal  success  would  follow  the  compulsory  clear- 
ance of  more  familiar  dishes  served  in  daintier  manner. 

In  the  management  of  a  sanatorium  for  consumptives,  an  im- 
mense amount  of  responsibility  rests  upon  the  medical  officer.  He 
has  to  study  each  case  with  more  than  ordinary  accuracy,  and 
must  bring  to  bear  all  his  powers  of  persuasion  and  firmness  to  in- 
duce the  patient  to  carry  out  the  details  of  living  that  are  prescribed 
for  him.  Hence,  it  is  not  desirable  that  any  medical  officer  should 
attempt  the  control  of  many  patients  at  the  same  time.  Ten  such 
cases,  closely  observed  and  regulated,  should  be  enough  for  each 
officer.  Consulting  aid  should  always  be  available  where  longer 
experience  and  greater  weight  of  authority  are  called  for.  The  in- 
sistance  upon  compliance  with  all  rules  so  long  as  the  patient  submits 
himself  to  treatment  must  be  absolute.  Where  success  depends 
upon  discipline,  there  must  be  no  relaxation  in  favour  of  individuals. 
The  patient  must  carry  out  the  prescribed  treatment,  or  be  dis- 
charged from  treatment  altogether.  This  rule  is  no  doubt  easier  to 
enforce  in  countries  where  military  obedience  is  a  part  of  the  na- 
tional education,  but  the  common-sense  of  the  Englishman  will 
make  him  equally  amenable,  if  only  he  is  convinced  of  the  value  of 
the  treatment  to  which  he  subjects  himself.  To  educate  him  as  to 
the  necessity  for  discipline  is  the  first  step.  When  that  is  accom- 
plished, compulsory  hygiene  will  overcome  tuberculosis. — Treat- 
ment. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MKDICINK   AND  NBUROI^OGY. 

IN   CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNELL,  M.D, 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Neurol^igy.  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
Universitj' of  Bishop's  College;  Physician  Western  Hospital. 


SOME  OBSERVATIONS  ON  BRAIN  ANATOMY 
AND  BRAIN  TUMORS- ABSTRACT. 

Dr.  William  C.  Krauss,  of  Buffalo,  read  a  paper  at  the 
Ninety-Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  Albany,  January  25,  1898,  with  the 
above  title. 

Recalled  attention  (i)  to  the  difficulty  in  remembering 
the  gross  anatomy  of  the  brain,  and  (2)  to  the  almost  uni- 
versal presence  of  optic  neuritis  in  cases  of  brain  tumor. 

He  attempted  to  overcome  the  difficulty  in  regard  to 
the  anatomy  of  the  brain  by  formulating  the  following 
rules,  which  are  somewhat  unique  and  original,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  easily  remembered. 

Rule  of  Two. —  i.  The  nerve  centers  are  divided  into 
two  great  divisions:  (1)  encephalon  ;  (2)  myelon.  2.  The 
encephalon  is  divided  into  two  subdivisions:  (i)  cerebrum; 
(2)  cerebellum.  3.  The  cerebrum,  cerebellum  and  myelon 
are  divided  into  two  hemispheres  each  :  (i)  right  ;  (2)  left. 
4.  The  encephalon  is  indented  by  two  great  fissures  :  (i) 
longitudinal;  (2)  transverse.  5.  Into  these  two  great 
fissures  there  dip  two  folds  of  the  dura  :  (i)  falx  cerebri ;  (2) 
tentorium  cerebelli.  6.  There  are  two  varieties  of  brain 
matter:  (i)  white;  (2)  gray. 

Rule  OF  Threk. —  i.  There  are  three  layers  of  mem- 
branes surrounding  the  brain  :  (i)  dura  ;  (2)  arachnoid  ;  (3) 
pia.  2  Each  hemisphere  is  indented  by  three  major 
fissures:  (i)  sylvian;  (2)  rolandic  or  central;  (3)  parieto- 
occipital. 3.  Three  lobes,  frontal,  temporal  and  occipital 
on  their  convex  surface  are  divided  into  three  convolutions 
each:  superior,  middle  and  inferior,  or  ist,  2nd  and  3rd. 
4.  There  are  three  pairs   of  basal  ganglia:  (i)  striata;  (2) 


540  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

thalami ;  (3)  quadrigemina.  5.  The  hemispheres  of  the 
brain  are  connected  hy  three  commissures:  (i)  anterior;  (2) 
medi ;  (3)  post-commissure.  6.  The  cerebellum  consists  of 
three  portions :  {1)  right;  (2)  left  hemisphere;  (3)  vermes. 
7.  There  are  three  pairs  of  cerebellar  peduncles  :  (i)  superior; 
(2)  middle  ;  (3)  inferior.  8.  The  number  of  pairs  of  cranial 
nerves,  in  the  classifications  of  Willis  and  Sommering,  can  be 
determined  by  adding  3  to  the  number  of  letters  in  each 
name,  that  of  WilHs  making  9  and  that  of  Sommering 
making  12  (or  the  name  containing  the  more  letters  has  the 
largest  number  of  pairs  of  nerves,  and  vice  versa),  g-  The 
cortex  of  the  cerebellum  is  divided  into  three  layers  of  cells 
(i)  granular  ;  (2)  Purkinje's  cells  ;  (3)  a  molecular  layer. 

Rule  of  Five. — i.  Each  hemisphere  is  divided  ex- 
ternally into  five  lobes,  of  which  four  are  visible  :  (i)  frontal ; 
(2)  parietal ;  (3)  temporal ;  (4)  occipital,  and  one  invisible ; 
(^5)  insula  (isle  of  Reil).  Roughly  speaking,  the  visible 
lobes  correspond  to  the  bones  of  the  cranium  ;  that  is,  the 
frontal  lobe  is  underneath  the  frontal  bone,  the  parietal  lobe 
beneath  the  parietal  bone,  etc.  2.  The  brain  contains  five 
ventricles,  of  which  four  are  visible — the  right  and  left,  or 
1st  and  2n(l,  the  3rd  and  the  4th  ;  and  one  invisible,  the  5th 
or  pseudo-ventricle.  3.  The  cortex  of  the  brain  contains 
five  distinct  layers  of  ganglion  cells. 

Studying  carefully  100  cases  of  brain  tumor  in  which 
an  ophthalmoscopic  examination  had  been  made  for  the 
presence  or  absence  of  choked  disc  (optic  neuritis).  Dr. 
Krauss  announced  the  following  conclusions  : 

1.  Optic  neuritis  is  present  in  about  90  per  cent,  of  all 
cases  of  brain  tumor. 

2.  It  is  more  often  present  in  cerebral  than  in  cere- 
bellar cases. 

3.  The  location  of  the  tumor  exerts  little  influence 
over  the  appearance  of  the  papillitis. 

4.  The  size  and  nature  of  the  tumor  exerts  but  little 
influence  over  the  production  of  the  papillitis. 

5.  Tumors  of  slow  growth  are  less  inclined  to  be 
accompanied  with  optic  neuritis  than  those  of  rapid  growth. 

6.  It  is  probable  that  unilateral  choked  disc  is  indica- 
tive of  disease  in  the  hemisphere  corresponding  to  the  eye 
involved. 

7.  It  is  doubtful  whether  increased  intracranial  pres- 
sure is  solely  and  alone  responsible  for  the  production  of  an 
optic  neuritis  in  cases  of  brain  tumor. —  TAe  Philadelphia 
Medica  I  Jcurnal. 


'    MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  54! 

USE    OF    A    NEW     ALBUMEN     PREPARATION. 

Strauss. — On  the  use  of  a  new  albumen  preparation, 
"  Tropon,''  in  the  nourishment  of  the  sick  {Therap.  Monatsh. 
1858,  p.  241.)  This  new  preparation  is  practically  a  pure, 
albumen,  analysis  showing  from  83-97.2  albumen.  The 
aqueous  extract  yields  no  biuret  on  Trommer's  test,  therefore 
no  soluble  albumen  or  carbohydrates.  It  is  a  fine,  greyish 
brown,  meally-like  powder,  which  is  insoluble  in  water  and  is 
without  odor.  It  digests  well  in  artificial  gastric  juice.  In 
conditions  where  large  pieces  of  food  would  irritate  or  be 
impossible,  as  in  cesophageal  stenosis,  or  gastric  secretory 
insufficiency,  or  typhoid  fever,  and  owing  to  its  being  a  fine 
powder,  tropon  can  be  used  with  advantage  as  a  concentrated 
nitrogenous  food.  One  advantage  over  other  new  artificial 
foods,  as  nutrose,  eucasiii,  etc.,  is  its  cheapness,  one  kg.  of 
albumen  in  form  of  tropon  costing,  in  Germany,  four  marks 
($1.00).  Twenty  to  sixty  grams  pro  die  were  administered 
without  irritative  symptoms.  It  is  best  given  in  milk — one 
drachm  of  tropon  freshly  stirred  up  with  one-half  litre  of 
milk.  It  can  also  be  used  with  chocolate,  or  in  the  form  of 
zwieback,  and  may  be  taken  for  months  without  opposition 
from  the  patient.  Uric  acid  determination  shows  a  lessened 
uric  acid  output  Therefore,  as  it  is  not  a  neuclein,  it  may 
be  useful  in  gout  or  nephrolithiasis. —  The  Journal  of  Treat- 
ment. 

SEVERE  TYPES    OF    SYPHILIS    AMONG    MEDI- 
CAL PRACTITIONERS. 

That  syphilis  with  which  practicing  physicians  are 
afflicted  has  often  characteristics  of  its  own  seems  a  fact  which 
may  not  be  generally  known  and  appreciated.  It  is  a  fact, 
nevertheless,  of  the  utmost  importance  to  every  practicing 
physician  and  surgeon.  The  peculiarity  by  which  the  syphi- 
lis of  physicians  is  characterized  is  its  unusual  severity.  There 
are  few,  if  any,  physicians,  who  could  not  point  out,  among 
their  friends,  a  number  of  colleagues  who  have  suffered  from 
a  severe  and  obstinate  form  of  syphilis,  which  they  acquired 
in  the  performance  of  their  duty  as  practicing  physicians  or 
surgeons.  Some  distinguished  medical  men  who  stood  high 
in  their  profession  have  succumbed  to  the  disease  and  thus 
died  martyrs  of  their  self-sacrificing  duties. 

The  gravity  of  syphilitic  manifestations  depends,  as  in 
other  infectious  diseases,  upon  the  soil  in  which  the  infection 
takes  place,  i.  e.,  the  patient,  as  well  as  upon  the  virulency  of 
the  infectious  agent.     The  intensity  of  manifestations  may  be 


542  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

influenced,  however,  in  a   greater  or   lesser  degree,  by  ade- 
quate treatment. 

Considering  the  readiness  with  which  syphih's  may,  as  a 
rule,  be  controlled  if  properly  treated,  it  would,  at  first  sight, 
appear  strange  that  the  disease  should  present  so  obstinate 
and  so  grave  a  type  as  it  is  frequently  observed  in  members 
of  the  medical  profession.  Upon  a  superficial  investigation 
of  this  peculiar  phenomenon  one  would  be  tempted  to  attri- 
bute the  refractory  character  of  the  disease  in  members  of  the 
medical  profession  to  the  proverbial  unconcernedness  and 
carelessness  of  physicians  with  .regard  to  treating  their  own 
afflictions.  In  some  instances  this  fact  may  in  reality  furnish 
an  explanation  of  the  frequent  severity  of  the  disease  among 
medical  practitioners.  But  there  is  another  much  more 
plausible  reason  why  physicians  are  particularly  prone  to  an 
obstinate  and  severe  attack  of  the  disease.  The  initial  lesion 
of  syphilis,  which  has  been  acquired  in  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine and  surgery,  is  situated  where  it  may  be  readily  mis- 
taken for  some  other  afi'ection,  and  thus  valuable  time  may 
be  lost  before  the  true  character  of  the  disease  is  recognized 
and  proper  treatment  instituted.  If  acquired  in  medical 
practice  the  initial  lesion  of  syphilis  appears  at  a  finger, 
usually  the  index  or  middle  finger  of  the  right  hand,  and 
results  from  examining  or  operating  syphilitic  patients.  In  this 
situation,  especially  at  the  root  of  the  nail,  the  lesion  does  not 
present  the  usual  characteristics  of  the  syphilitic  chancre, 
viz.,  the  induration  of  the  initial  lesion  of  syphilis.  Mixed 
infection  may  aid  in  obscuring  the  true  character  of  the 
disease,  and  it  has  happened  that  only  after  a  long  siege  of 
sickness  and  the  appearance  of  destructive  necrosis  the  cor- 
rect diagnosis  has  been  made,  where  the  patients,  moreover, 
had  been  observed  by  authorities  of  international  reputation. 
It  has  often  been  claimed  that  syphilis  which  results  from  an 
infected  finger  is  of  a  particularly  severe  nature.  But  it  is  not, 
of  course,  the  anatomical  situation  of  the  initial  lesion,  but 
the  late  diagnosis  and,  therefore,  late  treatment  which  is  often 
a  cause  of  particularly  severe  types  of  the  disease.  The 
latter  fact  was  recently  emphasized  in  a  paper  by  Dr.  Bran- 
dis,  of  Bonn.  The  late  treatmeiit,  then,  is  one  of  the  causes, 
and  probably  the  main  cause,  of  the  severe  types  of  syphilis 
that  are  sometimes  acquired  by  practicing  physicians  in  the 
performance  of  their  daily  duties.  This  fact,  after  it  has 
once  been  recognized  and  disseminated  among  the  members 
of  the  profession,  should  caution  them  against  considering 
lightly  any  slowly  healing  ulcer  situated  upon  the  hand  that 
is  frequently  used  in  examining  or  operating  upon  patients. 

But  the  proverb  that  an  ounce  of  prevention   is  worth  a 


MEDICINE   AND  NEUROLOGY.  543 

pound  of  cure,  if  true  in  any  instance,  is  more  than  true  with 
regard  to  this  particular  case.  The  readiness  with  which  an 
inoculation  with  the  syphilitic  virus  may  take  place  upon  an 
excoriated  surface,  like  that  produced  by  a  hang-nail,  etc.,  is 
self-evident.  In  cases  of  known  syphilis,  therefore,  or  even 
where  there  is  only  reason  for  suspicion,  it  wouhl  almost  seem 
unpardonable,  considering  the  duties  of  the  physician  toward 
his  family,  as  well  as  with  regard  to  the  consideration  of  his 
own  health  only,  to  examine  or  operate  without  protecting 
his  hands  by  impermeable  gloves. — Medical  Review,  June, 
'98. 


REMARKS   ON  THE   CLASSIFICATION    OF  THE 

ANEMIAS   OF    INFANCY,  WITH  A  REPORT 

OF  A  SEVERE  CASE. 

By  JOHN  LOVETT  MORSE,  A.M.,  M.D., Boston. 

The    writer  considered  the   following    modification    of 
Monti's  classification  of  the  anemias  fairly  satisfactory  ; — 

Secondary — 

Mild  Anemia. 

Mild  Anemia  with  Leucocytosis 

Severe  Anemia  with  Leucocytosis. 

Primary — 

Pernicious. 
Leukemia. 

The  essayist  regarded  the  case  he  reported  as  an  ex- 
ample of  severe  secondary  anemia  with  leucocytosis.  The 
cause  of  the  anemia  was  undoubtedly  to  be  sought  in  the 
general  malnutrition  resulting  from  improper  food.  The 
case  presented  a  splenic  enlargement,  but  that  this  was  not 
an  essential  feature  of  the  case  was  shown  by  the  fact  that  it 
became  smaller  as  the  case  progressed,  probably  finally  dis- 
appearing entirely, — Pediatrics, 

THE    CIGARETTE  QUESTION. 

Some  time  ago  we  received  a  brochure  entitled  The 
Truth  about  Cigarettes,  consisting  of  papers  read  and  dis- 
cussed by  the  Medico-legal  Society  of  New  York.  It  con- 
sists of  a  powerful  traversing  of  the  sensational  rubbish  that 
has  at  times  appeared  upon    the  deadliness  and  immorality 


544  PROGRESS  OF  MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

of  cigarette  smoking,  and  which  has  been  exploited  ad  nau- 
seam by  many  members  of  the  "yellow"  journalism.  The 
argument  is  clear,  trenchant,  and  to  our  mind  convincing,  and 
is  put  with  forcible  lucidity,  logical  coherence,  and  the  strict- 
est regard  to  the  laws  of  evidence. 

The  inquiry  originated  in  a  paper  by  Mr.  William  H. 
Garrison,  read  before  the  Medico-legal  Society  of  New  York 
in  November,  1897.  The  principal  charges  brought  by  those 
who  would  forbid  altogether  the  manufacture  and  sale  of 
cigarettes,  are  that  the  use  of  them  causes  insanity,  phos- 
phorus, opium,  arsenic,  or  other  poisoning,  the  production  of 
tumor  on  the  brain,  paralysis,  suicide,  beggary  and  death. 
The  absolute  untruth  of  all  these  statements  is  clearly  shown 
by  a  searching  investigation  of  the  reported  cases  upon  which 
they  are  founded. 

We  are  glad  to  see  that,  generally  speaking,  the  medical 
press  takes  a  moderate  and  sensible  view  of  the  question.  It 
is  pretty  well  proved  that  tobacco  does  not  directly  produce 
insanity,  whether  smoked  in  cigarettes  or  in  any  other  form. 
The  Lancet  commission  of  experts  which  examined  many 
brands  of  cigarettes  reported  that  in  no  case  did  it  find  any 
trace  of  opium  or  any  unclassified  alkaloid  or  any  trace  of 
chlorine  or  arsenic,  though  some  cigarettes  showed  a  faint 
trace  of  copper,  due,  no  doubt,  to  the  metallic  label  on  the 
wrapper.  That  the  excessive  use  of  tobacco  might  produce 
paralysis  may  be  inferred  from  its  known  physiological 
effects,  though  that  result  is  far  more  likely  to  follow  the 
habit  of  chewing  than  that  of  smoking.  As  to  the  assertion 
that  the  nicotine  is  volatilized  and  is  drawn  into  the  air 
vesicles,  where  it  finds  an  easy  entrance  to  the  blood,  and 
that  particles  of  carbon  are  also  inhaled  into  the  air  vesicles, 
it  is  probable  that  they  do  not  penetrate  beyond  the  larger 
bronchial  tubes  at  all.  Further,  the  amount  of  carbon  that 
could  pass  into  the  lungs  from  cigarette  smoking  would  be  so 
small  that  it  may  be  neglected  as  an  appreciable  increment 
on  that  which  every  dweller  in  a  large  city  habitually  in- 
hales. 

Process  reproductions  of  some  of  the  startling  newspaper 
reports  are  given,  and  on  the  opposite  pages  are  statements 
of  the  actual  facts  of  the  case  as  borne  out  on  investigation. 
In  every  instance  it  is  clearly  shown  that  there  was  no  con- 
nection whatever  between  cigarette  smoking  and  the  results 
attributed  thereto,  and  in  many  cases  it  was  shown  that  the 
victims  did  not  smoke  cigarettes  at  all. 

So  much  for  the  paper.  Now  as  to  the  question  itself. 
We  do  not    believe   that  it  has  been  shown    that   cigarette 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  545 

smoking  is  specially  injurious  to  a  healthy  adult.  Like 
many  other  things,  if  there  is  a  constitutional  taint  it  may 
bring  it  out  when  tobacco  is  used  to  excess,  but  we  do  not 
believe  that  it  is  essentially  more  injurious  in  the  form  of 
cigarettes  than  in  any  other  form.  Bicycling  has  been  largely 
credited  with  inducing  masturbation  in  girls,  but,  as  Dr. 
Ballantyne  has  pointed  out  in  his  very  able  article  on  Bi- 
cycling and  Gynaecology  in  the  Scottish  Medical  and  Surgi' 
cal  Jourtial  for  June,  "  perhaps  the  best  summary  of  the 
matter  is  contained  in  the  following  statement  made  by 
Verchere  {Progres  medical  2.  S.,  xx,  306,  1894)  at  a  meeting 
of  the  Societb  de  midecine  piibliqiie  et  d hygiene  professionelle  : 
"  Quant  aux  sensations  voluptueuses  qui  peuvent  se  produire, 
elles  n'apparaissent  que  lorsque  la  femme  le  veut  bien."  In 
other  words,  where  a  taint  exists  in  the  psychical  or  physical 
nature,  certain  things,  otherwise  innocuous,  may  become  ex- 
citing agents.  But  that  is  a  reason  only  for  prohibiting  their 
use  to  individuals,  and  not  for  depriving  the  large  mass  of 
people  of  a  legitimate  enjoyment,  which  in  the  case  of  bi- 
cycling is  also  for  the  majority  a  healthful  exercise.  Certain 
forms  of  food  are  poisonous  to  certain  people,  yet  that  is  no 
argument  for  prohibiting  their  general  use.  Even  unobjec- 
tionable foods,  if  eaten  to  excess,  may  become  sources  of 
injury  to  the  individual.  Because  some  people  Vv'ill  not 
refrain  from  eating  shell-fish,  knowing,  as  they  do,  that  they 
invariably  suffer  from  it,  are  oysters,  crabs,  clams,  etc.,  to  be 
prohibited  by  law  to  all  people  .■'  Because  some  people  sur- 
feit themselves  with  food  till  they  become  confirmed  dys- 
peptics, a  misery  to  themselves  and  those  around  them,  with 
wrecked  constitution  and  impaired  mentality,  is  eating  to  be 
henceforth  altogether  prohibited  by  law  .-'  We  might  produce 
instances  innumerable,  but  these  are  sufficient  to  establish 
our  point. 

The  actual  facts  are  :  Tobacco  is  harmful  to  most  neu- 
rotics, though  even  among  these  we  have  known  a  few 
exceptions,  to  whom,  when  used  in  moderation,  it  seems 
decidedly  beneficial;  it  is  harmful  in  certain  cases  of  cardiac 
affections  ;  it  affects  the  sight  injuriously  in  some  few  people, 
and  the  throat,  producing  follicular  pharyngitis,  in  others. 
These  people  should  not  use  it-  Used  to  excess  it  is  bad  for 
every  one,  as  is  everything  else,  even  such  wholesome  things 
as  bread  or  water.  What  constitutes  excess  is  an  individual 
question  to  be  determined  for  each  person  either  of  himself 
or  with  the  advice  of  his  physician.  Cigarette  smoking  is  not 
of  itself  more  harmful  than  any  other  form,  but  is  subject  to 
the  above-mentioned  general  law-facts.  It  has,  however,  two 
special  dangers:   i.  The  smallness  of  the  cigarette  and  its 


546  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

convenience  may  perhaps  induce  inordinate  use  ;  but  that,  as 
we  have  said,  is  a  question  for  the  individual,  not  the  public. 
2.  The  injurious  habit  of  inhaling  the  smoke  is  more  likely 
to  take  place  with  the  mild  cigarette  than  with  the  stronger 
pipe  or  cigar.  That  again  is  a  question  for  the  individual. 
The  asserted  increase  of  cigarette  smoking  among  boys,  if 
true,  is  an  evil,  for  people  of  immature  age,  as  well  as  those  of 
impaired  constitution  noted  above,  ought  not  to  smoke  at 
all.  But,  for  the  reasons  already  mentioned,  that  is  no 
argument  for  the  prohibition  of  the  proper  use  of  the  cigarette 
or  any  other  form  of  tobacco  by  the  world  at  large.  We 
have  had  a  great  deal  too  much  of  this  prohibitive  legislation, 
as  in  a  note  on  Undue  Restrictive  Legislation,  in  our  issue 
for  June  4th,  we  have  already  had  occasion  to  point  out,  and 
we  are  decidedly  opposed  to  any  more  of  it. — New  York 
Medical  Record,  July  30,  1898. 

THE  COLOR  OF    NEGRO   INFANTS. 

P ediatrics  iox  ]\x\y  ist  states,  on  the  authority  of  Dr. 
Farabery,  that  the  negro  baby  at  the  time  of  its  birth  is 
exactly  the  same  color  as  its  white  brother,  and  it  shows 
signs  of  color  only  after  an  interval  usually  of  several  days, 
but  often  extending  to  many  weeks.  It  further  adds  that 
an  eminent  French  ph)sician,  who  studied  the  subject  at  a 
Soudanese  village  on  exhibition  in  Paris,  recorded  as  the 
result  of  his  observations  that  the  negro  baby  comes  into  the 
world  a  tender  pink  in  color  ;  on  the  second  day  it  is  lilac ; 
ten  days  afterward  it  is  the  color  of  tanned  leather,  and  at 
fifteen  days  it  is  chocolate.  The  coloring  matter  in  the  case 
of  the  negro  lies  between  the  layers  of  the  epidermis.  This 
pigment  is  semifluid,  or  in  the  form  of  fine  granulations  ;  in 
the  Indian  it  is  red,  and  in  the  Mongolian  it  is  yellow.  It  is 
influenced  not  only  by  sun  and  climate,  but  by  certain 
maladies,  and  the  negro  changes  in  tint  just  as  the  white 
person  does. 

To  these  observations  we  may  add  two  other  facts — 
namely,  that  the  least  tinge  of  colored  blood,  however  fair 
the  person  otherwise  be,  shows  itself  in  more  or  less  lividity 
of  the  lunula  of  the  nail,  and  that  the  scrotum  of  the  male 
negro  is  always  very  dark,  though  he  be  in  other  respects 
exceptionally  fair. — N.  Y.  Medical  Journal. 

KNEE  JERKS  IN  DIABETES  MELLITUS. 

The  Lancet,  July  17,  1897,  gives  the  following  statistics  : 

I.  In    Manchester    among    hospital    patients    suffering 

from  diabetes  mellitus,  the  knee-jerks  are  lost  in  from  49  to 


MEDICINE  AND    NEUROLOGY.  547 

50  per  cent,  of  the  cases.  These  patients  mostly  suffer  from 
a  severe  form  of  the  disease  ;  81  per  cent,  are  under  the  age 
of  fifty  years  ;  frequently  there  is  great  emaciation,  and  the 
cases  are  often  at  an  advanced  age. 

2.  In  private  practice,  amongst  patients  who  live  under 
more  favorable  conditions,  and  in  the  milder  forms  of  the 
disease  occurring  in  gouty  or  well-nourished  people  over  the 
age  of  fifty  years,  the  proportion  of  cases  in  which  the  knee- 
jerks  are  absent  will  be  much  less.  (Knee-jerks  were  absent 
in  16.7  per  cent,  of  private  patients.  Eichorst  gives  the 
following :  Knee-jerks  were  absent  in  only  J. 6  per  cent. 
Grube  of  Neuenahr  says  the  same  in  patients  over  fifty 
years.) 

3.  The  knee-jerks  when  present  at  an  earlier  period  are 
frequently  lost  or  diminished  later.  During  the  last  few 
days  of  life  the  knee-jerks  are  lost  in  73  per  cent,  of  hospital 
diabetic  patients  in  Manchester. 

4.  They  were  lost  in  18  out  of  21  cases  of  diabetic  coma 
(86  per  cent.) 

5.  Amongst  diabetic  hospital  patients  the  knee-jerks 
are  more  frequently  lost  under  the  age  of  thirty  years  than 
over  thirty. 

6.  .Since  the  course  of  diabetes  mellitus  depends  on  so 
many  circumstances,  it  is  somewhat  difficult  to  estimate  the 
exact  prognostic  value  of  one  symptom,  which  is  occasionally 
absent  even  to  the  last ;  but  the  above  facts  and  considera- 
tions seem  to  show  clearly  that  the  loss  of  knee-jerks  is  more 
frequently  associated  with  unfavorable  prognostic  indica- 
tions.— St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  August. 

RHEUMATIC    AFFECTIONS  OF  THE   HEART  IN 
CHILDHOOD  AND    EARLY  ADOLESCENCE. 

J.  F.  H.  Broadbent  {Edin.  Med.  Jour.,  Vol.  XLV,  No. 
515,  p.  473)  remarks  that  although  the  articular  manifestions 
of  rheumatism  in  childhood  and  early  adolescence  are,  as  a 
rule,  slight,  and  may  be  confined  to  fugitive  pains  or  stiffness 
in  the  joints  or  limbs,  with  little  or  no  constitutional  disturb- 
ance, the  rheumatic  poison  may  all  the  time  be  attacking  the 
heart  and  setting  up  endocarditis,  pericarditis,  or  myocarditis 
in  conjunction  with  one  or  both  of  the  former.  Owing  to 
the  insidious  nature  of  the  inflammatory  process,  irreparable 
damage  may  be  done  before  the  severity  of  the  cardiac  symp- 
toms compels  the  patient  to  seek  medical  advice  or  take  to 
his  bed.  An  illustration  of  a  case  in  point  is  given,  in  which 
from  the  time  the  boy,  aged  14  years,  first  developed  some 
stiffness  in  the  knees  until  the  time  of  his  death,  a  period  of 


54.8  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

but  fifteen  weeks  existed,  the  endocarditis  giving  rise  to  no 
symptoms  to  announce  its  presence  until  almost  two  months 
subsequent  to  the  stiffness  in  the  knees.  Furthermore,  in 
many  cases,  the  early  diagnosis  of  endocarditis  often  presents 
considerable  difficulty.  When  present,  it  is  exceptional  for 
the  patient  to  escape  pericarditis.  In  watching  the  progress 
of  a  case  of  pericarditis,  one  of  the  most  striking  features  to 
be  noted  is  the  rapid  increase  in  the  area  of  cardiac  dulness, 
which  takes  place  even  though  the  patient  is  kept  in  bed 
and  carefully  nursed  and  treated.  This  rapid  increase  is  due, 
as  a  rule,  not  to  pericardial  effusion,  but  to  dilatation  of  the 
heart.  In  severe  cases  the  cardiac  dilatation  may  rapidly  be- 
come extreme  and  the  patient  succumb  within  a  few  days  of 
the  first  appearance  of  the  pericardial  rub,  from  a  syncopal 
attack,  which  is  sometimes  associated  with  severe  vomiting. 
More  commonly,  especially  in  a  second  attack  of  pericarditis, 
the  inflammatory  process  seems  to  assume  a  subacute  form  ; 
the  pericardial  rub  persisting  over  a  varying  area  for  some 
days  or  weeks,  and  the  area  of  cardiac  dulness  remaining  un- 
altered, and  even  increasing  in  extent.  Eventually,  according 
to  the  writer,  within  from  six  weeks  to  three  months'  time, 
one  of  three  things  may  happen. 

I.  The  area  of  cardiac  dulness  may  decrease  till  it  is  near- 
ly normal  in  extent,  indicating  that  the  heart  has  approx- 
imately regained  its  normal  size,  in  which  cise  a  satisfactory 
recovery  may  be  anticipated  2.  The  area  of  cardiac  dulness 
may  remain  permanently  enlarged,  though  the  patient  has 
become  convalescent,  in  which  case  it  is  probable  that  univer- 
sal adherence  of  the  pericardium  to  the  heart  is  taking  place, 
and,  though  the  patient  recovers,  the  heart  will  be  perman- 
ently crippled.  3.  The  area  of  cardiac  dulness  may  still  fur- 
ther increase,  the  liver  becoming  enlarged,  and  dropsy  set 
in,  and  the  patient  die  with  all  the  symptoms  of  right-ven- 
itricle  failure.  As  to  prognosis,  it  seems  probable  that  it  de- 
pends in  each  case  on  the  degree  to  which  the  myocardium 
is  affected  by  the  inflammatory  process.  There  are  certain  dan- 
ger-signals for  which  one  should  always  be  on  the  look-out  in 
children  or  young  adolescents  when  a  suspicion  of  rheumatism 
is  aroused,  and  one  can  thus  recognise  the  subjects  in  whom 
repeated  attacks  of  cardiac  inflammation  are  likely  to  occur. 
These  are  rheumatic  nodules,  small  fibrous  growths  commonly 
about  the  size  of  a  split  pea,  but  sometimes  as  large  as  an 
almond,  or  even  larger.  They  are  found  in  the  neighborhood 
of  joints,  over  the  olecranon  or  condyles  of  the  humerus,  on 
the  margins  of  the  patella,  over  the  malleoli,  on  the  finger- 
joints,  on  the  sheiths  of  tendons  ;  sometimes  on  the  scalp  or 
vertebral  column,  and  are  attached  by  their  bone  to  the  fascia. 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  549 

or  sheaths  of  tendons,  or  to  some  portion  of  underlying  fi- 
brous tissue.  The  skin  over  them  is  freely  movable,  and  they 
are  best  seen  by  flexing  the  joint  over  which  they  are  situated 
when  the  skin  is  rendered  tense.  In  themselves  they  are  pain- 
less ;  when  present  in  force,  danger  to  the  heart  is  imminent, 
and  repeated  attacks  of  cardiac  inflammation  are  to  be  appre- 
hended. According  to  Cheadle,  they  are  apparently  serious 
in  proportion  to  their  size  and  numbers.  Rarely  found  in 
adults,  they  are  met  with  in  children  and  adolescents  up  to 
the  age  of  19.  Exudative  erythemata  of  the  type  of  erythema 
marginatum,  being  small  raised  patches  about  the  size  of  a 
sixpence  with  sharply  defined  margins  and  of  a  dull  red 
color ;  or,  less  commonly  papular  or  urticarial  in  character, 
may  occur  in  rheumatic  subjects.  These  have  an  evil  prog- 
nostic significance.  As  regards  treatment,  it  is  of  the  first 
importance  that  any  indications  of  danger  threatening  the 
heart  should  be  recognized  as  early  as  possible,  and  due  pre- 
caution taken.  The  patient  should  be  kept  under  careful 
observation  and  the  heart  examined  every  two  or  three  days 
for  some  weeks.  Any  exposure  to  chill  should  be  guarded 
against  and  exercise  should  be  limited  in  amount.  Where 
possible,  children  v/ho  have  once  sufl"ered  from  cardiac  inflam- 
mation should  winter  in  some  warm  climate. — American 
Medico-Surgical  Bulletin,  July. 

.      THE  TREATMENT  OF  ENURESIS. 

In  an  article  in  the  Thcrap,  Gazette  (Vol.  XXII,  No.  4,  p 
220)  Dr.  Crawford  has  attempted  to  introduce  order  into  the 
therapeutic  chaos  which  is  hanging  about  the  subject  of  enu- 
resis. We  must,  of  course,  always  try  to  find  the  cause. 
Where  anemia  is  present,  some  light  preparation  of  iron  in 
conjunction  with  nux  vomica  often  succeeds.  If  a  rheumatic 
diathesis  is  established — and  the  author  has  been  struck 
with  the  frequency  with  which  rheumatism  either  in  the 
parents  or  child  is  associated  with  enuresis  in  the  latter — the 
salicylates  should  be  given  a  trial,  but  not  to  the  exclusion  of 
iron.  Removal  of  adenoids  has  several  times  resulted  in  the 
author's  hand  in  a  perfect  cure  of  the  enuresis.  Tea  in  the 
evening  should  be  proscribed,  and  the  state  of  the  alimentary 
canal  watched,  as  enuresis,  like  convulsions,  may  often  be 
traced  to  some  digestive  derangement.  Belladonna  is  a  val- 
uable adjuvant  remedy,  but  it  will  be  in  vain  to  expect  from 
it  specific  virtues.  Where  belladonna  alone  fails,  belladonna 
and  iron  will  often  succeed.  Belladonna  the  author  gives  in 
large  doses  ;  he  commences  with  10  to  15  drops  of  the  tinc- 
ture 3  times   a  day  for  a  child  of  4  to    5    years,    increasing 


550  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

weekly  by  five  drops  to  each  dose,  till  there  is  some  sign  of 
improvement  or  of  physiological  reaction.  The  U.  S.  P. 
tincture  is  15  per  cent.,  while  the  British  is  only  5  per  cent., 
strong. 

After  the  belladonna  has  had  its  favorable  effect,  it  is  of 
the  utmost  importance  not  to  stop  it  abruptly,  or  a  recurrence 
of  the  habit  is  almost  certain  to  take  place.  When  weakness 
of  the  sphincter  of  the  bladder  is  superadded  to  irritability  of 
the  muscular  coat,  no  combination  is  so  beneficial  as  that  of 
belladonna  and  nux  vomica  ;  it  often  acts  like  magic.  Ergot 
and  rhus  aromatica  are  inferior  to  nux  vomica,  but  may  be 
prescribed  in  conjunction  with  it.  As  regards  the  interrupted 
current.the  author  can  offer  no  opinion,  never  having  employed 
it  in  this  disorder.  High  acidity  of  the  urine  is  a  well- 
recognized  condition  in  enuresis,  and  where  it  is  present,  a 
few  drops  of  liquor  potassae  should  be  given  with  belladonna, 
until  the  urine  shows  a  neutral  reaction.  The  amount  of  water . 
should  never  be  cut  down  ;  on  the  contrary  it  should  be  given 
freely  to  diminish  the  concentration  of  the  urine  ;  or  instead 
of  it  milk  might  be  supplied,  it  being  one  of  the  best  diuretics. 
Phimosis  should  be  relieved,  either  by  simple  dilatation  of 
the  orifice,  or,  in  exceptional  cases,  by  circumcision.  The 
author  is  not  in  favor  of  this  latter  operation,  as  he  has  seen 
more  than  one  case  of  enuresis  that  has  dated  definitely  from 
circumcision.  Occasionally,  masturbation  may  be  a  causal 
factor ;  the  application  of  cocaine  to  the  hypersensitive  part 
of  the  urethra  and  the  daily  passage  of  a  catheter  do  good  in 
those  cases.  The  bromides  may  also  be  indicated. — Amer- 
ican Medico-Surgical  Bulletin,  July. 


SURGKRY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

GEORGE  FISK.  M.D. 
Instructor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospita. 


ABSORBABLE  OR  NON-ABSORBABLE  SUTURE- 
MATERIAL. 

Dr.  Seth  C.  Gordon  concludes  an  article  on  the  above, 
subject  with  the  following  summary  {Jour,  of  Med.  and 
Science,  p.  303,  July,  1898)  : 

1.  AH  suture-material  unabsorbed  must  necessarily  have 
more  or  less  exudate  about  it. 

2.  Such  exudate  is  of  lower  vitality  than  normal  repair, 
where  tissues  are  just  approximated  and  not  strangulated. 

3.  A  few  days  only  are  necessary  to  insure  repair,  if 
there  be  no  infection,  and  therefore  in  cases  where  no  great 
amount  of  strain  exists  absorbable  sutures    only  are  needed. 

4.  Where  continual  strain  on  the  parts  is  inevitable, 
non-absorbable  suture  should  be  used  for  at  least  two  weeks, 
but  should  be  so  placed  as  to  be  removed. 

5.  For  such  suture  the  silkworm-gut  seems  to  be  the 
best,  as  it  can  be  made  sterile  and  kept  so, 

6.  For  all  other  purposes  catgut  is  sufficient. 

7.  Inflammation  is  always  destructive  to  complete  re- 
pair. 

8.  Inflammation  is  always  due  to  infection. 

9.  Sterile  catgut  or  kangaroo-tendon  should  therefore 
fulfil  all  indications  for  suture  or  ligature-material,  with 
exceptions  named. — Am.  Med.  Surg.  Bull.,  Oct.  29,  1898. 

TREATMENT    OF   TUBERCULAR  PERITONITIS 
BY  LAPAROTOMY. 

Prof.  Duplaz  {Le  Bull.  Med.,^o.  54,  July  6,  1898,  p. 
653)  in  a  clinical  lecture  says  that  the  prognosis  of  all 
tubercular  affections  is  grave,  but  there  is  a  particular  gravity 
in  a  tubercular  infection  of  the  peritoneum,  especially  when 
ulcerative.  However,  cure  is  possible  either  spontaneously 
or  by  the  operation  to  be  described.  Here,  the  medical 
management  of  tuberculosis  must  give  place  to  the  surgical, 
since  laparotomy  has  become  the  successful  means  of  cure. 

Leaving  aside  miliary  or  granular  peritonitis  peculiar  to 
children  where  surgical  treatment  is  not  to  be  thought  of, 
there  are  three  chief  varieties. 


552  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

1.  Ascitic — serous  effusion  into  peritoneum,  sometimes 
sero-purulent,  or  even  sanguinolent.  Here  the  peritoneum 
is  injected,  deprived  of  its  gloss,  and  sometimes  has  fibrinous 
deposits. 

2.  Ulcerous,  or  fibro-caseous.  Th  is  has  an  abundant 
production  of  false  membranes  forming  considerable  thicken- 
ings, even  tumefactions  of  the  peritoneum.  Numerous  adhe- 
sions exist  both  between  the  opposing  parts  of  the  peritoneum 
and  between  these  and  the  viscera.  Here  and  there  are 
accumulations  of  sero-purulent  liquid,  and  occasionally  soften- 
ed cheesy  masses.  In  this  kind  perforations  are  frequent 
and  stercoraceous  abscesses  occur. 

3.  Fibrinous,  or  dry,  peritonitis.  No  liquids,  but  adhesive 
inflammatory  exudates  whose  fibrinous  transformation  tends 
to  cause  regression  of  the  tubercles  around  which  they  form- 
In  addition  to  these  general  forms  there  are  circumscrib- 
ed forms  which  also  admit  of  successful  handling  in  this  way. 

According  to  Roersch,  it  is  in  the  ascitic  form  that 
laparotomy  gives  the  best  results.  In  Rev.  de  Chirurg.,  1893, 
358  cases  are  analyzed,  the  ascitic  giving  75  per  cent,  of  cures  ; 
the  fibrinous,  C  5  ;  the  ulcerous,  60.  Many  cases  published 
since  these  of  Roersch  confirm  his  report,  even  making  the 
results  better.  Sometimes  the  cure  is  only  temporary,  but 
autopsies  on  many  cases  of  this  kind  who  have  died  of  accid- 
ental causes  show  the  cure  to  have  been  effectual.  The  forms 
which  most  frequently  get  well  of  their  own  accord  are  those 
which  belong  to  the  class  most  favorable  for  operation,  viz., 
those  in  the  ascitic  and  dry  forms.  The  unexpected  successes 
accompanying  the  operation,  in  the  gravest  cases,  where 
operation  would  even  seem  to  be  contra -indicated,  leads  the 
author  to  say  that  it  may  be  adopted  in  all  three  classes  of 
cases,  especially  if  done   early. 

Three  po  itive  contra-indications  are  (i)  advanced  pulmo- 
nary tuberculosis;  (2)giave  visceral  tuberculosis,  of  intestines, 
liver,  or  kidneys  ;  (3)  profound  general  enfeeblement. 

Laparotomy  is  done  in  the  usual  way  along  the  median 
line,  taking  special  care  to  avoid  wounding  the  intestines 
which  may  be  adherent  to  the  peritoneum.  Evacuate  ascitic 
fluid,  wash  out  with  antiseptic  solution  or  sterilized  water  at 
38^or  40*^  C.  (100.4°  to  104''  F.)  In  the  fibrinous  form 
adhesions  are  to  be  gently  broken  up  on  either  side.  In  the 
ulcerous-caseous  form  adhesions  are  to  be  broken  up  still 
more  gingerly  only  for  the  purpose  of  getting  at  and  evacuat- 
ing and  cleansing  all  pus-pockets.  Before  closing  up  dust 
light  sprinkle  of  boric  acid  or  iodoform  over  the  peritoneum. 
Drainage  is  not  to  be  used  except  in  cases  where  pus-pock- 
ets have  been  cleaned  out 


SURGERY.  55-3 

How  simple  opening  of  the  abdomen  in  these  cases 
cures,  the  author  does  not  pretend  to  say.  He  mentions  the 
guesses  advanced — removal  of  liquid  removes  micro-organ- 
isms and  removes  pressure  from  the  blood-vessels ;  it  admits 
air  and  light ;  it  sets  up  reactional  irritation  ;  reflex  excita- 
tion of  the  nervous  system  produces  nutritive  changes  and 
consequent  regression  of  the  tuberculous  products;  more  or 
less  intense  phagocytic  reaction  is  set  up,  scattering  and 
disintegrating  the  tubercles  as  fast  as  fibrous  tissue  can 
surround  them  to  displace  the  inflammatory. — Am.  Med. 
Surg.,  Oct.  25,   1898. 

RESECTION  OF  THE  OUTER   TWO-THIRDS  OF 
THE  CLAVICLE  FOR  MALIGNANT  DISEASE- 
RECOVERY   WITH  FULL  USE  OF  THE  ARM. 

Marcel  S.,  10  years  old  ;  no  special  hereditary  history. 
In  April  he  noticed  that  the  movements  of  the  right  arm 
were  painful  and  difficult  ;  he  was  unable  to  join  in  play  with 
his  comrades.  Later  a  tumor  involving  the  shoulder  was 
discovered. 

He  was  examined  by  Professor  Delassus  on  May  10, 
when  a  tumor  was  detected  at  the  anterior  superior  segment 
of  the  right  clavicle.  This  was  about  the  size  of  an  ^%^i  its 
long  axis  in  the  direction  of  the  shaft  of  the  clavicle. 

It  was  immovable,  resistant  and  painless.  There  was  no 
invasion  of  the  ganglia,  no  muscular  atrophy  nor  impediment 
to  the  circulation.     There  was  no  pain  night  or  day. 

The  growth  was  diagnosed  sarcoma,  involving  the  outer 
two-thirds  of  the  clavicle. 

The  operation  for  its  removal  was  undertaken  on  May 
17,  and  was  attended  with  great  hemorrhage. 

After  removal  of  the  bone  and  tumor  with  which  it  was 
incorporated,  the  tibia  of  a  freshly-killed  rabbit  was  inserted. 

On  the  4th  of  June,  18  days  after  operation,  the  boy 
was  able  to  quit  the  hospital. 

The  imbedded  rabbit's  tibia  had  produced  suppuration 
and  become  discharged.  Later  the  wound  healed  solidly, 
when  the  full  use  of  the  arm  was  restored. 

The  microscopical  .examination  demonstrated  the  neo- 
plasm to  be  a  spindle-celled  sarcoma,  which  certainly  leaves 
the  prognosis  very  sombre. 

Note. — The  writer  has  been  long  interested  in  shoulder 
ksions,  and  has  always  maintained  that  the  clavical  being 
absent  in  the  most  agile  and  powerful  quadrupeds  is  probably 
essential  neither  for  strength  nor  mobility  in  many,  and 
hence,  since  by  modern  methods  its  incision  is  a  safe  surgical 

— CommunicHtion  a  la  Soci(§te  Aiiatomo-Clinique  de  Lille,  Journal  des  Sciences  Med- 
icales  de  Lille,  Numero  36, 3  septembre,  1898. 


554  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

procedure,  in  all  tumors  arising  in  it  the  whole  shaft  should 
be  boldly  dislodged  in  order  to  obviate  the  chances  of  later 
dissemination.  T.  H.  M. 

INTESTINAL    OBSTRUCTION    IN   THE  COURSE 
OF    PYELEPHLEBITIS. 

By  DR.  J.  MAGNAU. 

The  causes  of  intestinal  obstruction  are  many,  but  we 
seldom  hear  of  it  resulting  from  obliterative  phlebitis  of  the 
portal  or  mesenteric  veins. 

It  was  in  1878  Chuquet  for  the  first  time  called  atten- 
tion to  grave  lesions  of  the  small  intestine,  which  may  result 
from  pyephlebitis,  at  the  time  insisting  on  three  points  ;  first, 
that  these  cases  are  more  common  in  the  alcoholic,  whose 
blood  is  reduced  in  fibrin,  and  again  by  the  blood  changes 
resulting  in  cirrhosis,  and,  finally,  he  compared  the  sanguin- 
ous  infiltration  of  the  intestinal  walls  to  that  witnessed  in 
sphacelus  of  the  intestine.  In  1888  Dreyfus  published  three 
cases,  in  which  he  set  forth  the  site  of  thrombosis.  He  re- 
marked that  the  condition  of  the  intestine  found  much  re- 
sembled that  seen  in  strangulation.  In  1889  Pilliet 
published  two  new  cases.  He  described  the  pathological 
changes  found,  and,  singularly  enough,  compares  the  condition 
involving  the  circumvolutions  of  the  bowel,  as  markedly 
resembling  an  annular  construction.  According  to  this 
observer,  the  initial  focus  in  operation  here  is  germ  invasion  ; 
next  phlebitis  and  thrombosis. 

In  1894  Peron  and  Baussenat  described  a  case  in  a 
pregnant  woman  who  suddenly  died  after  an  acute  attack  of 
peritonitis,  in  whom,  on  autopsy,  was  found  the  entire  por- 
tal system  thrombosis.  This  had  led  to  multiple  asphyxia 
and  necrotic  perforation  of  the  intestine. 

In  June,  1897,  MM.  Letielle  and  Maygrier  reported 
patient  six  months  pregnant,  suddenly  sinking  from  acute 
peritonitis,  in  whom,  on  autopsy,  was  found  phlebitis  of  the 
grand  mesenteric  vein,  apoplexy  of  the  jegunal  division  and  a 
perforation  60  centimetres  in  length,  widely  opening  the 
bowel.  Later  M.  Barth  has  recorded  a  case,  in  1897,  of  a 
patient  who  suddenly  sunk  from  symptoms  of  intestinal  ob- 
struction, in  whom  he  discovered  a  primary  mesenteric  phle- 
bitis with  extensive  thrombi. 

The  diagnosis  of  this  condition  is  exceedingly  obscure. 
Of  the  morbid  anatomy  we  know  much,  but  of  the  pathology 
nothing  definite.  It  seems  we  are  in  the  dark  in  treatment 
because  the  condition  develops  so  insiduously,  and  mortal 
changes  have  set  in  before  we  are  even  suspicious  of  the 
actual  causes  in  operation. — Bulletin  dii  Lyon  Medical. 


SURGERY.  555 

THE    ACTION  OF    SYMPATHICOTOMY  ON  THE 

EXOPHTHALMIA  AND  TACHYCARDIA  IN  A 

CASE  OF   EXOPHTHALMIC    GOITRE. 

Combermale  and  Gaudier  {Gaz.  Hebdom  de  Med.  et  de 
Chir.,  April  24,  1898)  report  an  interesting  case  in  which 
Jaboulay's  operation  produced  the  following  results.  The 
patient  was  a  female  in  whom,  for  some  unknown  reason,  a 
goitre  began  rapidly  to  increase  in  size  and  was  accompanied 
by  exophthalmia,  tachycardia  and  all  the  symptoms  of  hy- 
perthyroidization.  No  medicine  appeared  to  have  any  effect  ; 
the  heart  could  not  be  calmed,  and  its  increasing  action 
threatened  the  li^e  of  the  patient.  Recourse  was  had  to  sec- 
tion of  the  cervical  sympathetic.  The  results  were  ;  i.  An 
immediate  diminution  in  the  exophthalmia.  2.  A  decrease 
of  the  pulse  during  a  week  from  200  to  100  per  minute  and 
at  the  same  time  the  disappearance  of  praecordial  pain,  3. 
Absence  of  any  modification  in  the  goitre  itself. 

The  cessation  of  palpitation,  the  lessened  dyspnoea  and 
disappearance  of  angina  caused  sufficient  relief  to  make  the 
patient  satisfied  with  the  operation,  while  the  disappearance  of 
the  tachycardia  and  of  the  other  dangerously  threatening 
symptoms  recompensed  the  operators. 

The  sudden  drop  in  the  pulse  the  authors  would  ascribe 
not  to  any  direct  action  or  to  action  through  the  contiguity 
of  these  nerves  to  nerves  about  the  heart ;  it  was  delayed  in 
appearing,  and  did  not  take  place  immediately.  They  agree 
with  Werthimer  in  believing  that  the  thyroid  fibres  of  the 
sympathetics  after  the  section  of  the  main  trunk  cease  pre- 
siding over  the  activity  of  the  thyroid  secretion  which  causes 
the  tachycardia,  and  that  the  rapid  action  of  the  heart  ceases 
because  the  cause  is  thus  stopped. 

The  fact  that  the  goitre  did  not  decrease  in  size  would 
tend  to  show  that  the  operation  had  no  effect  on  the  colloid 
matter  excreted.  In  the  normal  state  both  vary  in  the 
amount  physiologically  secreted.  We  see  small  goitres  that 
produce  hyperthyroidization,  and  it  is  perfectly  admissible  to 
suppose  that  the  section  of  the  sympathetic  may  prevent  the 
secretion  of  the  toxin  without  interfering  with  the  secretion 
of  colloid  material. 

If  this  is  true,  the  section  of  the  sympathetics  in  cases 
where  exophthalmia  and  tachycardia  are  the  menacing 
symptoms  is  the  operation  of  choice. — Am.  Journal  of  the 
Med.  Sciences,  Nov.  98. 


55<5  PROGRESS   OF.  MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

THE    TREATMENT    OF  VEGETATIONS  ON  THE 
GENITALIA  BY  RESORCINE. 

Silbermintz  {Gazette  des  Hopitaux)  employs  resorcine  in 
the  following  manner  in  destroying  vegetations  situated  in 
the  region  of  the  genital  organs.  If  they  are  isolated  and 
have  pedicles  surrounded  by  normal  skin,  he  paints  them 
with  pure  resorcine,  using  a  brush  slightly  moistened  and 
covering  them  over  with  dry  dressing.  The  applications  are 
repeated  daily  till  they  dry  up  and  drop  off.  When  they  are 
multiple  and  sessile,  situated  on  the  prepuce,  the  glans,  in  the 
balino-preputial  groove,  the  inguinal  fold,  about  the  anus  or 
around  the  vulva,  he  paints  them  over  with  a  collodion  con- 
taining ten  per  cent,  of  oil  and  twenty  per  cent,  of  resorcine- 
The  parts  should  be  made  perfectly  dry  and  the  collodion 
should  extend  an  eighth  of  a  inch  upon  the  surrounding 
sound  skin.  After  the  first  application,  the  epidermis  wil  be 
removed  with  the  collodion,  and  successive  layers  with  elach 
application  till  finally  an  ulcer  results,  pitted  where  the 
roots  have  been  removed.  Slightly  astringent  dusting  pow- 
ders will  rapidly  heal  it.  Where  the  skin  is  dry,  as  on 
scrotum  or  external  aspect  of  the  labia  majora,  the  author 
employs  a  50  per  cent,  resorcine  collodion.  In  all  cases  a 
boric  acid  wash  should  be  ordered  in  conjunction  with  the 
applications. — Inter.  Med.  Mag.,  Oct.,  98. 

THE  TREATMENT  OF  CHRONIC  ULCER  OF 

THE  LEG. 

Charles  H.  Thompson,  M.  A.,  M.  D.  {Lancet,  August 
27,  1898),  has  employed  strapping  with  success  in  forty  cases 
of  leg  ulcer.  Nearly  all  had  had  months  of  hospital  treat- 
ment up  to  the  time  strapping  was  commenced,  but  with 
little  or  no  improvement  ;  in  some  instances  the  ulcers  ex- 
tended. Many  of  the  patients  had  varicose  veins,  and  oede- 
matous  legs,  and  they  almost  invariably  expressed  themselves 
as  much  relieved  soon  after  treatment  was  begun.  The 
strappings  were  made  with  the  ordinary  adhesive  plaster 
spread  on  stout,  pliable  holland  and  supplied  in  12-yard  rolls 
16  inches  wide.  It  must  be  cut  into  various  lengths  according 
to  size  of  leg,  each  length  being  about  i^  inch  wide,  and 
applied  so  that  the  strips  overlap  by  ^  inch.  It  is  best  to 
include  the  foot,  commencing  at  the  base  of  the  toes  and 
carrying  the  strapping  up  the  leg  to  three  or  four  inches  above 
the  ulcer,  which  is  thus  completely  covered  in.  A  strong 
cotton  bandage  should  be  applied  over  all,  reaching  from  the 
toes  to  the  knee,  and  this  should  be  changed  by  the  patient 


SURGERY.  557 

daily  or  as  often  as  it  becomes  soiled.  If  vesicles  and  excor- 
iations form,  an  ointment  composed  of  equal  parts  of  zinc 
ointment  and  soft  paraffine,  applied  on  lint,  the  whole  being 
covered  with  strapping  and  care  being  taken  not  to  allow  the 
h'nt  to  come  too  close  to  the  vXz^x.  — International  Medical 
Magazine,  Oct,,  98. 


STAB  WOUND  OF    THE  THORACIC   DUCT.- RE- 
COVERY. 

W.  H.  Lyne,  M.  D.  {Maryland  Med.  Jour.,  September 
10,  1898),  reports  the  above  condition  in  a  negro,  24  years 
old,  of  splendid  physique.  On  examination  an  oblique  stab 
wound  about  one  inch  long,  depth  unknown,  was  found  above 
and  behind  the  left  clavicle  and  parallel  with  the  outer  bor- 
der of  the  sterno-cleido  mastoid  near  its  attachment.  A 
longitudinal  wound  of  the  thoracic  duct  was  the  one  therefore 
possible.  The  hemorrhage  had  stopped,  but  an  abundant 
milky  fluid  was  steadily  escaping  from  the  wound.  The 
wound  was  cleansed  with  hot  carbolized  solution,  and  packed 
with  iodoform  gauze  and  bandaged.  On  removing  the 
dressing  about  seven  hours  thereafter,  the  escaping  chyle 
and  oozing  had  completely  stopped,  and  the  dressing  was 
reapplied.  The  patient  was  allowed  a  light  diet ;  his  reco- 
very was  prompt  and  uneventful,  except  for  a  slight  suppur- 
ation. The  patient  was  discharged  nine  days  after  his 
admission,  complaining  only  of  a  slight  stiffness  of  his  left 
arm.  He  was  seen  two  years  afterwards,  and  was  enjoying 
perfect  health,  weighing  ten  pounds  more  than  he  ever 
weighed  before  the  accident.  No  miscroscopical  or  analytical 
examination  of  the  chyle  was  made. — Inter.  Med.  Jour., 
Oct,,  98. 


OBSTBTTRICS. 

IM  CHARGB   OF 

H.  L.  REDDY,  M.D.,  L.  R.  C.  P.,  London, 

Professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Bishop's  College;  Physician  Accoucheur  Wotaesf^ 

Hospital ;  Physician  to  the  Western  Hospital. 


THE  QUESTION  OF  OBSTETRIC  DOUCHING. 

Robert  Jardine,  Physician  to  the  Glasgow  Maternity 
Hospital  {British  Medical  Journal),  concludes  that  in  an  or- 
dinary case  ante  partum  douching  is  unnecessary,  and  in 
fact  is  as  likely  to  do  harm  as  good,  "  If  an  antiseptic  like 
corrosive  sublimate  is  used,,  it  will  corrugate  the  tissues,  hin- 
der the  descent  of  the  presenting  part,  and  render  the  tissues 
far  more  liable  to  be  lacerated."  A  douche  before  delivery  is 
necessary  only  when  there  is  a  purulent  or  putrid  discharge 
from  the  vagina,  or  when  any  intrauterine  operation  needs  to 
be  done.  An  immediate  and  copious  post-partum  vaginal 
and  uterine  douche  is  indicated  in  the  following  conditions  : — 

1.  Post-partum  hemorrhage — very  hot. 

2.  Purulent  discharge  previous  to  labour. 

3.  Putrid  foetus. 

4.  Introduction  of  hands  or  instruments  into  the  uterus. 

5.  Considerable  laceration  of  parts  or  very  prolonged 
labor. 

During  the  puerperium  the  writer  holds,  the  douche  is 
quite  unnecessary  unless  the  lochia  become  putrid  or  when  the 
temperature  rises  and  there  is  evidently  something  in  the 
uterus.  According  to  the  writer  the  best  confinement  douche 
is  a  I  per  cent.  Lysol.  solution. 

NOURISHMENT    OF  A    WOMAN    DURING    THE 
PUERPERIUM, 

In  the  Wierr  Med.  Blaetter,  attention  is  called  to  the 
wrong  ideas  which  many  physicians  hold  in  regard  to  the 
amount  of  nourishment  which  a  woman  should  receive  imme- 
diately after  childbirth.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  after  a 
surgical  operation,  nourishment  is  given  to  the  patient  as  fre- 
quently as  it  is  safe  to  do  so,  and  in  ^enerous  quantity.  On 
the  other  hand,  a  woman  who  has  borne  a  child  is  often  kept 
for  days  upon  a  little  tea  or  zweiback  or  thin  gruel  when  in 
reality,  she  should  be  receiving  a  very  nutritious  and  abun- 
dant diet.  This  is  a  bit  of  ancient  tradition  which  has  come 
to  U3  from  the  time  when  puerperal  fever  was  common,  and 
when  it  was  sjpposed  to  be  dangerous  to  feed  anything  to 
the  mother  of  a  newborn  child  for  several  days.  How  un- 
reasonable this  idea  is  has  repeatedly  been  demonstrated 
clinically, 


OBSTETRICS.  559 

SORE   NIPPLES,   THE   PREVENTION  OF. 

The  following  method  has  proved  unusually  successful  in 
the  prevention  of  sore  nipples  : 

R     Lanolin  (Liebreich),  i  ounce. 

Dispense  in  glass  or  porcelain  screw-cap  jar. 

Sig.  :  For  external  use  every  night. 

The  patient  is  instructed  to  begin  its  use  from  four  to 
six  weeks  before  the  expected  date  of  confinement  and  con- 
tinue until  delivery.  Every  night  at  bedtime  a  small  portion 
of  lanolin  is  thoroughly  worked  into  each  nipple  with  the 
thumb  and  fingers,  special  pains  being  taken  to  rub  it  well 
into  any  folds  or  crevices,  especially  in  the  case  of  depressed 
and  sunken  nipples. 

^X,^  In  the  morning  it  should  be  removed  by  a  soft  nail- 
brush, which  is  well  soaked.  The  nipple  should  be  brushed 
with  luke-warm  water,  and  any  mild,  pure  soap  (preferably  a 
white  soap),  giving  it  a  thorough  lathering  for  three  or  four 
minutes.  It  should  afterward  be  rinsed  with  fresh  water  and 
dried  as  after  ordinary  bathing.  All  these  agencies  combined 
develop  the  cuticle,  render  it  firm,  elastic,  and  resisting,  and 
produce  a  useful  nipple,  which  may  be  almost  guaranteed 
against  subsequent  abrasions  and  tenderness. — J.  Milton 
Mabbott. 

THE  TOPICAL   USE  OF  ALCOHOL  IN  PUER- 
PERAL INFECTION. 

Dr.  George  H.  Noble  strongly  advocates  the  local  appli- 
cation of  alcohol  to  the  endometrium  in  cases  of  infection 
confined  to  the  uterine  cavity.  After  thoroughly  cleansing 
this  cavity  a  sterile  rubber  catheter  is  introduced  having 
attached  to  its  tip  a  strip  of  sterile  gauze  as  wide  as  the 
thumb  and  two  yards  long.  The  gauze  is  packed  loosely 
about  the  catheter  and  serves  to  retain  the  alcohol  (95  per 
cent),  a  few  drachms  of  which  are  injected  through  the  cathe- 
ter every  quarter  or  half  hour  until  marked  improvement  has 
taken  place,  then  gradually  lengthening  the  intervals.  The 
projecting  end  of  the  catheter  must  be  kept  thoroughly  buried 
in  steiile  or  antiseptic  gauze  in  the  intervals  between  injec- 
tions. The  writer  refers  to  a  number  of  cases  which  were  not 
doing  well  under  the  ordinary  treatment  by  curettage  and 
bichloride  douching,  and  which  responded  promptly  to  the 
use  of  alcohol  in  the  manner  stated.  He  explains  the  bene- 
ficial effect  of  this  agent  as  being  due  probably  to  its  dehy- 
drating action  upon  the  tissues,  thus  depriving  the  germs  of 
that  moisture  which  is  necessary  to  their  development. 


56o  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

VOMITING  OF  PREGNANCY. 

Of  medicinal    agents  for   the  vomiting  per  se,  the    best 
combination  I  have  found  consists  of  : 
R     Cocaine  hydrat,  gr.  j. 
Bismuth  subnit.,  3  iv. 
Milk  magnesia,  g  ij. 
Aq.  lanno  cerosi, 
Aq.  cinnamoni,  aa.  §  ij. 
M.  et  Sig.    Two  teaspoonfuls  every  hour  or  two   apart. 
This  may   be  followed   by  crushed  ice,    not  only  by  the 
mouth,  but  applied  to  the  cervical  vertebra  by  means    of  ice 
bags,  to  avoid  wetting  the  patient. — 'Louisville  Med,  Mon. 

DRY  TABOR— ITS  DANGERS  AND  TREATMENT. 

Dr.  G.  L.Brodhead  {Medical  Record)  th'mks  this  subject 
too  little  discussed  in  text-books,  and  too  often  overlooked  in 
practice.  A  dry  labor  is  one  in  which  the  membranes  rupture 
before  pains  have  begun  or  before  cervical  dilatation  has 
been  accomplished.  According  to  Brodhead's  experience 
at  Sloane  Maternity,  15  per  cent,  of  all  cases  have  dry  labors. 

In  cases  of  this  class  there  is  danger  that  cedema  of  the 
cervix  will  occur,  and  the  labor  is  always  more  tedious.  The 
child  is  subjected  to  the  chance  of  asphyxia  and  meningeal 
hemorrhage.  Especial  attention  should  be  directed  to  the 
signs  indicating  the  above  conditions.  When  meconium  is 
found  on  the  examining  finger  or  is  seen  escaping  from  the 
vagina,  immediate  delivery  must  be  accomplished.  An  effort 
should  be  made  as  soon  as  membranes  hxve.  ruptured  to 
hasten  labor.  Large  doses  of  castor  oil  and  glycerin,  fol- 
lowed shortly  after  by  ten  grains  of  quinine  sulphate,  are 
recommended.  These  drugs  aid  by  increasing  the  strength 
and  number  of  contractions. 

REMEDY  FOR  RIGID  PERINEUM. 

In  rigid  perineum.  Dr.  Southworth  says  that  he  who 
tries  the  following  will  never  be  without  it.  He  consider  it  in- 
dispensable and  infallible. 

R  Chloroform,  3  ij 

Ether  Sulphuricum,  3J 
Cologne  Spts.,  3J 

Misce.  Sig.     Apply  locally. 
He  further  says  : — "  It  acts  quickly  and  well,     I  have 
had   large   heads  pass  permeums   which  seemed    impossible 
without  extensive  rupture,  without    the  beginning   of  a  tear 
even  when  this  preparation  was  used. 


OBSTETRICS.  $6l 

GRIPPE  AS  A  COMPLICATION  OF  PREGNANCY 
AND  THE  PUERPERAL  STATE. 

In  U Obstetriqiie  Bar  and  Boulle  report  their  observa- 
tions upon  fifty  women  who  had  grippe  during  pregnancy 
or  the  puerperal  state. 

In  pregnancy,  grippe  affected  the  nervous  system  pro- 
foundly in  one  case,  the  gastro-intestinal  tract  in  two  others, 
while  in  the  majority  the  respiratory  organs  were  attacked. 
In  one  of  the  intestinal  cases,  pyelitis  developed,  caused  by 
infe'ction  with  the  colon  bacillus.  The  majority  of  pregnant 
women  in  whom  grippe  affected  the  respiratory  organs  re- 
covered without  especial  difficulty.  A  small  number  had 
pneumonia,  which  proved  a  serious  complication.  In  one 
patient  otitis  and  meningitis  developed,  both  caused  by  the 
pneumococcus.  The  sputum  of  these  patients  showed 
abundant  pneumococci. 

So  far  as  the  influence  of  grippe  on  the  continuation  of 
pregnancy  was  observed  but  a  very  few  cases  had  me- 
trorrhagia. Labor  itself  was  not  especially  influenced  by 
grippe.  In  one  case  in  which  the  delivery  was  artificial  a 
severe  hemorrhage  occurred.  The  placenta  in  these  cases 
was  found  to  be  normal. 

In  the  puerperal  condition,  grippe  sometimes  occa- 
sioned severe  complications.  Mixed  infection  with  strep- 
tococci occurred  in  some  cases,  and  in  one  proved  fatal. 
In  several  patienta  pulmonary  infection  with  the  pneu- 
mococcus and  genital  infection  with  the  streptococcus  were 
present  in  the  same  patient.  It  was  observed  that  mixed 
infections  were  especially  severe  ;  thus,  in  one  case  of  pneu- 
monia in  the  puerperal  state,  there  was  phlebitis  of  the  ex- 
ternal jugular  and  cephalic  veinS;  in  another  case  the  pul- 
monary lesions  were  accompanied  by  endocarditis. 

PREGNANCY  WITH  AN  UNRUPTURED  HYMEN, 

Albespy  reports  the  case  of  a  young  woman,  23  years  of 
age,  who  assured  him  she  had  only  had  intercourse  once 
with  her  lover,  which  had  proved  very  painful,  and  had  not 
permitted  of  penetration.  He  found  the  hymen  intact,  and 
with  a  very  small  orifice  capable  only  of  being  entered  by  a 
sound.  Labor  began  next  day,  and  after  the  discharge  of 
the  amniotic  fluid  the  membrane  was  incised  and  a  speedy 
parturition  without  evil  sequelae  followed. 


Medical  Society  Proceedings. 


EIGHTH  ANNUAL  MEETING  OF  THE  AMERICAN 

ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIC  ASSOCIATION, 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 

The  Eighth  Annual  Meeting  of  The  American  Electro-Thera- 
peutic Association  was  held  in  the  rooms  of  the  Society  of  Natural 
Sciences,  Library  building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  on  September  13,  14, 
and  15,  1898,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  Charles  Rea  Dickson,  of 
Toronto,  Ont. 

FIRST    DAY. 

After  the  meeting  had  been  called  to  order  by  the  president, 
at  10  a.  m.,  an  opening  prayer  was  offered  by  Rev.  Grin  P.  Gifford, 
after  which  a  brief  business  session  was  held,  the  report  of  the 
Executive  Council  presented,  and  the  privileges  of  the  floor  ac- 
corded to  all  members  of  the  medical  profession  and  guests. 

Dr.  Conrad  Diehl,  Mayor  of  Buffalo,  welcomed  the  Associa- 
tion to  the  City ;  Dr.  Francis  B.  Bishop  of  Washington,  D.  C, 
responded  to  the  address  of  welcome.  The  president  announced 
that  delegates  had  been  appointed  from  medical  societies  as  follows  : 
— Medical  Association  of  Central  NewYork,  Dr.  Wm,  C.  Krauss,  the 
president ;  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  New  York  also  Med- 
ical Society  of  the  County  of  Erie,  Dr.  Lucien  Howe,  president  of 
latter  ;  Buffalo  Academy  of  Medicine,  Dr.  Floyd  S.  Crego  ;  Ont- 
ario Medical  Association,  Dr.  C.  Sterling  Ryerson,  of  Toronto. 
Brief  remarks  were  made  by  Dr.  Henry  McClure,  of  Norwich, 
England,  honorary  fellow  ;  Dr.  Thomas  E.  Holland,  of  Hot  Springs, 
Ark.,  a  guest;  Dr.  A.  D.  Rockwell,  of  New  York  ;  Dr.  Lucien  Howe 
of  Buffalo  and  others  ;  the  president  announced  that  many  letters 
of  regret  had  been  received.  Dr.  Ernest  Wende,  Buffalo,  Chair- 
man of  Committee  on  Arrangements,  reported  the  provisions  made 
for  the  entertainment  of  the  Association. 

Reports  of  the  Standing  Committees  on  Scientific  Questions 
were  received ;  Meters  by  Dr.  Margaret  A.  Cleaves,  of  New  York; 
Constant  Current  Generators  and  Controllers  by  Dr.  Robert  New- 
man, of  New  York;  Electric  Light  Apparatus  for  Diagnosis  and 
Therapy  and  the  Roentgen  X-Ray,  by  Dr.  J.  J.  Carty,'  E.  E.,  of  New 
York.  The  following  papers  were  read :  Phlebitis,  A  Clinical 
Study  by  Dr.  Margaret  A.  Cleaves,  New  York;  The  Diagnostic 
and  Therapeutic  Relations  of  Electricity  to  Diseases  of  the  Central 
Nervous  System  by  Dr.  A.  D.  Rockwell,  New  York.  The  Associa- 
tion adjourned  at  12.30,  and  was  again  called  to  order  at  2.00  p.  m. 
by  President  Dickson.  The  first  paper  by  an  honorary  fellow  of 
the  Association,  Dr.  Georges  Apostoli,  of  Paris,  France,  New  Uses 
ofthe  Undulatory  Current  in  Gynaecology,  was  read  by  Dr.  G. 
Betton  Massey,  of  Philadelphia. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  563 

Electricity  in  the  Treatment  of  Uterine  Fibromata  by  Dr.  Felice 
La  Torre  of  Rome,  Italy,  honorary  fellow,  was  read  by  Dr.  John 
Gerin,  of  Auburn,  secretary  of  the  Association.  Electro-Therapeutics 
in  Gynaecology  by  Drs.  Georges  Gautier  and  J.  Larat,  honorary 
fellows,  of  Paris,  France,  read  by  Dr.  Dickson,  president  of  the 
Association. 

A  paper  by  Dr.  William  J.  Herdman,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Mich,,  on 
The  Use  of  Electricity  in  Gynaecology,  read  by  title,  was  followed 
by  The  Treatment  of  Uterine  Fibroids  by  Small  Currents,  Admin- 
istered Percutaneously,  by  Dr.  Richard  J.  Nunn ,  of  Savannah,  Ga. 

Dr.  VV.  H.  White,  of  Boston,  read  a  paper  by  Dr.  Adelstan  de 
Martigny,  of  Montreal,  on  Treatment  of  Menorrhagia  by  Weak 
Current  and  Silver  Interval  Electrode. 

The  Association  adjourned  at  4.30  p.  m. 

SECOND    DAY. 

An  Executive  Session  of  the  Association  was  held  from  9  to 
10  a.  m..  President  Charles  Rea  Dickson,  of  Toronto,  in  the  chair. 

The  Report  of  the  Executive  Council  on  the  revision  of  the 
constitution  and  by-laws  was  adopted,  making  some  important 
changes  in  the  governing  rules  of   the   Association. 

When  the  scientific  session  opened  at  10  o'clock,  the  first  paper 
was  presented  by  Dr.  Lucien  Howe,  of  Buffalo.  Dr.  Howe's  sub- 
ject was  The  Method  for  Using  Cataphoresis  in  Certain  Forms  of 
Conjunctival  Inflammation. 

Dr.  Howe  illustrated  his  remarks  by  means  of  a  number  of  his 
patients.  His  paper  was  received  with  great  interest,  and  a  lengthy 
discussion  followed. 

Dr.  Robert  Newman,  of  New  York,  presented  an  able  paper 
on  Electricity  in  Deafness  and  Stricture  of  the  EustachianTube.  In 
his  address,  Dr.  Newman  rehearsed  the  history  of  a  peculiar  case 
which  came  under  his  professional  care.  He  also  cited  a  number 
of  other  cases,  which  had  been  reported  by  other  physicians. 

The  discussion  which  followed  Dr.  Newman's  paper  was  led 
by  Dr.  Howe,  followed  by  Dr.  A.  D.  Rockwell,  of  New  York. 

Dr.  Howe  presented  to  the  Association  a  message  of  regret 
from  Dr.  TohPi  O.  Roe,  of  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  who  was  called  out  of 
the  country  on  business,  and  was  therefore  unable  to  present  his 
paper  on  The  Use  of  Electricity  in  Diseases  of  the  Nose  and  Throat, 

Dr.  Grover  \V.  Wende,  of  Buffalo,  read  a  paper  on  Electricity 
in  Acne  Vulgaris  and  Acne  Rosacea. 

Dr.  G.  Betton  Massey,  of  Philadelphia,  led  the  discussion  of 
Dr.  ^Vende's  paper,  followed  by  Dr.  Margaret  A.  Cleaves,  of  New 
York. 

Dr.  William  C.  Krauss,  of  Buffalo,  being  ill  and  under  a  physi- 
cian's care,  hence  he  was  unable  to  present  the  paper  set  down  for 
him,  A  Case  of  Lightning  Stroke  Without  Serious  Consequences ; 
it  was  read  by  title. 

Dr.  G.  Sterling  Ryerson,  of  Toronto,  was  introduced  by  Presi- 
dent Dickson,  and  spoke  briefly  on  Cases  of  Lightning  Stroke  caus- 
ing Diseases  of  the  Eye,  giving  a  number  of  instances  of  the  effect 
of  lightning,  in  which  the  results  were  not  permanently  serious. 

Dr.  Francis  B.  Bishop,  of  Washington,  presented  a  paper  on 


i 


564  MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

High  Tension  Current  in  Neuritis,  which  gave  rise  to  much  discus- 
sion. 

The  final  paper  of  the  morning  session  was  read  by  Dr. 
Charles  Rea  Dickson  on  Electricity  in  the  Treatment  of  Goitre. 

At  I  o'clock  the  Association  adjourned  until  2  p.  m. 

Upon  re-assembling,  President  Dickson  dtlivered  his  Annual 
Address,  a  part  of  which  is  as  follows  : 

"  For  many  years  past  the  thoughts  of  those  who  are  interested 
in  the  various  branches  of  this  wondrous  subject,  electricity,  have 
turned  to  Buffalo,  and  it  has  been  the  Mecca  of  the  Electric  Pilgrims. 
On  its  outskirts  the  wildest  dreams  of  the  Arabian  Nights  have 
been  outdone.  Science,  ever  triumphing  over  nature,  has  harnessed 
that  most  beautiful  of  all  nature's  handiwork,  and  as  though  by  the 
subtle  touch  of  the  wand  of  a  magician,  the  very  country  has  been 
transformed,  and  solitary  fields  have  become  veritable  hives  of 
human  industry,  the  outcome  of  the  mighty  power  of  Niagara 
transformed  and  transmitted.  Massive  factories  are  seen  on  every 
side  where  but  a  few  years  ago  were  found  naught  but  vacant  lots. 
To  us,  witnessing  it  for  the  first  time,  it  is  a  milestone  of  progress, 
illustrating  man's  ingenuity,  the  triumph  of  his  brain.  Buffalo  is 
truly  the  electrical  city  of  the  age. 

"Surgery,"  said  Dr.  Dickson  further  on  in  his  address,  "is 
being  divided  and  sub-divided  until  at  one  time  we  feared  that  we 
were  to  be  confronted  with  an  appendix  surgeon.  Our  patients  are 
reaping  the  benefit  of  all  this." 

After  giving  briefly  a  history  of  the  Association,  its  growth,  the 
reasons  for  its  existence,  and  the  manner  in  which  its  work  was 
carried  on.  Dr.  Dickson  concluded  his  exceedingly  interesting  ad- 
dress as  follows  : 

"  A  rock  we  must  avoid  is  that  on  which  many  a  stronger 
society  than  our  own  has  come  to  grief,  the  clique.  And  the  fur- 
therance of  personal  ambition  or  personal  designs  naust  be  shunned." 

Many  suggestions  embodied  in  the  address  were  referred  to  the 
Executive  Council  of  the  Association. 

Many  Buffalo  physicians  attended  the  afternoon  meeting. 

The  programme  was  made  up  of  a  series  of  Ten-minute  Talks 
on  Electro-Therapy. 

In  a  brief  introduction  the  President  explained  the  purpose 
and  scope  of  the  Talks  which  had  been  prepared  for  the  special 
benefit  of  the  busy  practitioner,  technicalities  and  details  being 
avoided  as  far  as  possible,  it  being  intended  that  the  T^lks  should 
be  suggestive  rather  than  exhaustive. 

The  Effect  of  Electricity  Upon  Tissue  Metabolism,  by  Dr. 
William  J.  Herdman,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  was  read  by  title.  The 
next  paper  was  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Kellogg,  of  Battle  Creek,  on  the  same 
subject,  but  Dr.  Kellogg  also  was  absent  ;  read  by  title.  Dr.  G. 
Betton  Massey,  of  Philadelphia,  presented  The  Galvanic  Current  in 
Gynaecology. 

Surgical  Uses  of  Electricity  was  the  subject  of  a  paper  by  Dr. 
Charles  Rea  Dickson,  president  of  the  Association. 

Next  on  the  programme  was  a  paper  by  Dr.  G.  Herbert  Burn- 
ham,  of  Toronto,  on  Combined  Use  of  Medicinal  and  Electrical 
Treatment  in  Some  Affections  of  the  Eye ;  read  by  title. 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  565 

Dr.  Robert  Newman,  of  New  York,  presented  Electricity  in 
Genito-Urinary  Diseases.  Dr.  G.  Betton  Massey  spoke  on  Treat- 
ment of  Malignant  Growths  by  Means  of  Electriciiy- 

Dr.  Louis  A.  Weigel,  of  Rochester,  on  Orthopaedic  Uses  of 
Electricity,  was  followed  by  Dr.  Rockwell  on  The  Functional  Neu- 
roses with  Special  Reference  to  Neurasthenia,  their  Pathology  and 
Treatment. 

Dr.  Herdman's  paper  on  Electricity  in  Diseases  of  the  Nervous 
System  was  read  by  title. 

The  Association  adjourned  at  4.30  p.  m. 

A  short  business  session  was  held  from  8  to  9  p.  m.,  at  which 
the  following  officers  were  elected  : 

President — Dr.  Francis  B.  Bishop,  of  Washington. 

First  vice-president — Dr.  Ernest  Wende,  of  Buffalo. 

Second  vice-president — Dr.  W.  H.  White,  of  Boston. 

Secretary — Dr.  JohnGerin,of  Auburn. 

Treasurer — Dr.  Richard  J.  Nunn,  of  Savannah,  Ga. 

Executive  Council — Dr.  Robert  Newman,  of  New  York,  and 
Dr.  G.  Betton  Massey,  of  Philadelphia,  three  years;  Dr.  A.  D.  Rock- 
well and  Dr,  William  J.  Morton,  of  New  York,  two  years  ;  Dr.  Charles 
R.  Dickson,  of  Toronto,  and  Dr.  Frederick  Schavoir,  of  Stamford, 
Conn.,  one  year. 

Washington  was  selected  for  the  Convention  next  year,  to  be 
held  September  19-21,  1899. 

THIRD  DAY. 

An  Executive  Session  was  held  at  9  o'clock.  President  Dickson 
in  the  chair. 

A  resolution  was  passed  upon  urging  colleges  and  medical 
schools  ihe  necessity  of  establishing  chairs  for  the  teaching  of  electro- 
therapeutics ;  or  if  that  is  not  at  once  practicable,  that  more  time  be 
devoted  to  the  teaching  of  this  very  important  branch  ;  and  that  the 
matter  be  more  fully  urged  upon  the  attention  of  The  Association  of 
Medical  Colleges.  Many  new  members  were  elected,  and  the  cus- 
tomary votes  of  thanks  passed. 

The  congratulations  ot  the  American  Electro-Therapeutic  As- 
sociation were  extended  to  the  University  of  Buffalo  for  its  progres- 
sion in  establishing  a  chair  of  electro-therapeutics  in  the  medical 
college. 

A  general  vote  of  thanks  was  also  adopted,  expressing  the 
Association's  deep  appreciation  of  the  courtesy  and  hospitality 
extended  to  the  members  during  the  convention  in  Buffalo. 

At  10  o'clock  the  Executive  Session  adjourned,  and  President 
Dickson  called  the  Scientific  Siss  on  to  order.  The  first  two  papers 
on  the  programme  were  read  by  title.  They  were  both  by  Drs. 
Georges  Gautier  and  J.  Larat,  of  Paris,  France,  the  first  on  The 
Hydro-Electric  Bath  with  ^inusoidal  Current  in  Disease  ;  the 
second  on   The  Use  of  the  Hot  Air  and  Light  Bath  in  Disease. 

A  paper  was  read  by  the  newly-elected  President  of  the  As- 
sociation, Dr.  Francis  B.  Bishop,  of  Washington,  on  Alternating  Dy- 
namo   Currents. 

Dr.  Margaret  A.  Cleaves,  of  New  York,  read  a  paper  on  The 
Electric  Arc  Bath. 


566  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

A  paper  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Kellogg,  of  Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  on  The 
Electric  Light  Bath,  was  read  by  title.  The  next  paper  was  by 
John  J.  Carty,  of  New  York,  a  well-known  electrical  engineer,  on 
Some  Suggestions  on  the  Possibihties  of  Cataphoresis.  Mr.  Carty 
gave  a  short,  practical  talk,  which  was  very  interesting. 

Then  came  a  paper  by  Nikola  Tesla.  The  paper  was  read  by 
Dr.  White,  of  Boston.  The  subject  was  A  High  Frequency  Oscil- 
lator for  Electro-Therapeutic  Purposes.  It  was  received  with  the 
closest  attention,  and  was  one  of  the  most  interesting  papers  pre- 
sented during  the  Convention.  Mr.  Tesla's  paper  was  the  last  read 
before  the  Association,  the  remainder  of  those  on  the  programme 
being  read  by  title  as  follows : 

The  Effect  of  High  Tension  Discharges  upon  Micro-organisms 
— Drs.  J.  Inglis  Parsons  and  C.  Slater,  London,  England. 

The  Action  of  X-Rays  upon  Tuberculosis — Drs.  J,  Bergonie, 
Bordeaux,  and  Teissier  of  Paris,  France. 

Two  Years  of  Practice  in  Radiotherapy — Drs.  Georges  Gaulier 
and  J.  Larat,  Paris,  France. 

Dr.  Newman,  of  New  York,  and  Dr.  Nunn,  of  Savannah,  Ga., 
were  appointed  a  committee  by  the  President  to  conduct  the  Pre- 
sident-elect, Dr.  Bishop,  of  Washington,  to  the  chair.  Before  turn- 
ing over  to  his  successor  the  gavel  and  other  insignia  of  office,  Dr. 
Dickson  took  occasion  to  thank  the  Association  for  its  kindness 
and  courtesy  to  him  during  his  term  of  office.  His  little  speech 
was  very  graceful  and  sincere,  and  was  received  with  hearty  demon- 
strations of  approval. 

Dr.  Bishop  spoke  of  the  pleasure  it  afforded  him  to  take  the 
first  place  in  the  Association,  at  the  head  of  the  governing  body. 
He  said  that  he  deeply  appreciated  the  honor  that  had  been  snown 
him,  and  asked  for  the  hearty  co-operation  and  help  of  all  the  mem- 
bers. 

Shortly  after  noon,  the  new  President  of  the  Association  de- 
clared the  Eighth  Annual  Convention  of  the  American  Electro- 
Therapeutic  Association  closed. 

The  social  side  of  the  meeting  was  by  no  means  neglected.  Dr. 
Ernest  Wende,  Health  Commissioner  of  Buffalo,  had  charge  of  the 
local  arrangements  for  the  comfort,  convenience  and  entertainment 
of  the  visitors,  and  too  much  praise  cannot  be  accorded  for  the 
manner  in  which  his  plans  were  carried  out. 

A  public  reception  in  honor  of  the  members  was  held  on  Tues- 
day evening,  13th,  in  Alumni  Hall,  University  of  Buffalo  building, 
which  was  largely  attended,  many  medical  men  of  Buffalo  being 
present. 

The  duties  of  Chairman  were  performed  by  the  President  of 
the  Association,  Dr.  Charles  Rea  Dickson,  of  Toronto,  who  made  a 
few  remarks,  in  which  he  spoke  of  the  fraternal  feeling  existing  be- 
tween the  two  great  English-speaking  nations  at  the  present  time. 
Dr.  Henry  R.  Hopkins,  of  Buffalo,  a  member  of  the  Local  Commit- 
tee on  Arrangements,  spoke  of  the  earnest  work  of  the  medical 
men  in  this  country.  Dr.  Robert  Newman,  of  New  York,  made  a 
brief  address,  as  did  Dr.  G.  Sterling  Ryerson,  of  Toronto. 

Rev.  O.  P.  Gifford,  D.  D.,  pastor  of  the  Delaware  Avenue 
Baptist  church,  in  the  course  of  a  most  amusing  address  said  that 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS  5^7 

he  knew  of  no  other  professions  so  closely  allied  as  the  ministry 
and  medicine.  "When  you  succeed,"  said  he,  "we  profit  by  your 
success.     When  you  fail,  we  bury  your  errors." 

On  Wednesday  afternoon  on  adjournment,  a  special  car  was  in 
waiting  at  the  door  of  the  place  of  meeting,  and  accompanied  by 
Mayor  Diehl  a  visit  was  paid  to  the  power-house  of  the  Buffalo 
Railway  Co.  ;  great  interest  was  manifested  in  the  plant,  and  in  the 
storage  batteries,  which  are  the  largest  in  the  world.  On  com- 
pletion of  the  visit,  the  members  returned  to  headquarters  at  Hotel 
Iroquois  by  special  car  and  Tally-ho  coach. 

Dr.  Lucien  Howe  entertained  the  men  of  the  Association  in 
the  evening  at  the  conclusion  of  the  business  meeting.  A  smoker 
was  given  at  Dr.  Howe's  home,  corner  of  Delaware  avenue  and 
Huron  street,  which  was  largely  attended. 

Thursday  afternoon  was  devoted  to  an  excursion  and  recep- 
tion, under  the  direction  of  the  Local  Committee  of  Arrangements, 
The  "  Huntress  "  left  the  foot  of  Ferry  street  at  2.30  o'clock,  taking 
the  members  of  the  Association  down  Niagara  river  to  Navy  and 
Buckhorn  Islands  and  the  site  of  the  Pan-American  Exhibition, 
then  to  the  Island-Club,  where  a  reception  was  held,  followed  by  a 
dinner.  The  return  trip  was  arranged  to  get  the  members  back  to 
Buffalo  before  9  o'clock. 

On  reaching  the  city  the  majority  of  members  proceeded  to  Nia- 
gara Falls,  N.  Y.,  direct,  the  International  Hotel  being  headquarters. 
On  Friday  morning  the  view  was  obtained  from  the  celebrated 
Steel  Observation  Tower  ;  the  party  next  took  the  Niagara  Falls 
Park  and  River  Railroad,  crossing  by  the  new  steel  arch  trolley 
bridge,  the  greatest  steel  arch  bridge  in  the  world,  going  first  to 
Chippewa  then  to  Queenston,  crossing  by  ferry  to  Lewiston,  N.  Y., 
and  returning  to  Niagara  Falls  by  Niagara  and  Lewiston  Railroad. 
After  lunch  the  members  were  conducted  over  the  Power 
House  of  the  Niagara  Falls  Power  Company,  by  Coleman  Sellers, 
E.  D.,  President  and  Chief  Engineer,  who  made  the  visit  most  in- 
teresting and  instructive.  On  return  to  the  hotel,  a  meeting  was 
held,  and  Dr.  C.  R,  Dickson  was  requested  to  convey  to  Dr. 
Sellers  the  thanks  of  the  Association  for  his  courtesy.  A  very  en- 
joyable trip  was  next  taken  on  the  "  Maid  of  the  Mist,"  after  which 
most  of  the  members  left  for  their  respective  homes.  Those  who 
remained  visited  on  Saturday  morning  Power  Station  No.  2  of  the 
Niagara  Falls  Hydraulic  Power  and  Manufacturing  Company,  and 
were  conducted  over  it  by  the  chief  electrician,  who  fully  explained 
all  the  wonderful  appHances. 

In  addition  to  the  many  other  provisions  for  the  entertain- 
ment of  their  visitors,  the  Committee  on  Arrangements  provided 
tally-ho  coaches  which  made  tours  to  Buffalo  on  Tuesday  afternoon 
and  Wednesday  morning  and  afternoon,  leaving  from  the  Library 
building ;  members  were  also  invited  to  enjoy  bird's-eye  views  of 
the  city  from  the  roof  of  the  Guarantee  Building,  Church  street, 
the  tallest  building  in  Buffalo  ;  and  to  visit  the  collections  of  the 
Society  of  the  Natural  Sciences,  Historical  Society  and  the  Gallery 
of  Fine  Arts,  in  the  Library  building,  m  which  the  meetings  were 
held. 

Very  handsome    badges  were   prepared  for  the  members  and 


568  MEDICAL  SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

officers  by  the  Local  Committee.  For  members  the  badges  were  of 
bronze,  and  for  officers  of  gold.  A  buffalo  formed  the  pin,  from 
which  depended  by  a  ribbon  a  triangular  pendant,  bearing  the 
name  ot  the  Association,  the  date  and  the  name  of  the  Convention 
city.     The  ribbon  for  officers  was  yellow,  that  of  members  red. 

A  most  interesting  exhibition  of  electrical  apparatus  for 
diagnostic,  therapeutic  and  radiographic  purposes  was  held  in  the 
lOom  adjoining  the  Meeting  hall,  and  was  a  very  popular  feature  of 
the  meeting.  The  following  manufacturers  exhibited  :  Van  Houten 
&  Ten  Broeck,  New  York  ;  Chloride  of  Silver  Dry  Cell  Battery 
Con  pany,  Baltimore  Md.  ;  Jerome  Kidder  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, New  York  ;  Edison  Manufacturing  Company,  New  York ; 
Waite  &  Bartlett  Company,  New  York;  Dow  Electric  Assistant 
Company,  Boston,  Mass.  ;  American  Electro-Neurotone  Company, 
Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y. ;  Standard  Cold  Electric  Lamp  Company, 
AVashington,  D.  C;  Spencer  Lens  Company,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  ; 
Detwiller-Biddle  Company,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. ;  W.  J.  Shields  &  Com- 
pany, New  Wilmington,  Pa.;  Rochester  Fluororaeter  Company, 
Rochester,  N.  Y. 

The  Eighth  Annual  Meeting  was  universally  conceded  the  most 
successful  and  enjoyable  that  has  been  held,  and  the  prospects  for 
the  Association  weie  never  brighter  or  more  encouraging.  Arrange- 
ments are  already  in  progress  <br  the  Washington  meeting. 


THli; 


Canada  Medical  Record 


PUBLISHED     MONTHIvY. 


Subscription  Price,  $i,co  J>er  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  P.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  to 
JOHN  LiOVKLL.  &  SON,  23  Sr.  Nicliolas  Street,  Montreal,  to  wliom  all  business  commu- 
nications  should  bo  addressed. 

All  communications  for  the  Journal,  hooks  for  review,  and  exchanges,  should  be 
addressed  lo  the  Editor,  Box  '2174,  Post  Office,  ^luutreal. 


Editorial. 


THE  SIGNIFICANCE  OF  URIC  ACID  IN  THE 
NASAL  REFLEX  NEUROSES. 

Walter  A.  Wells,  M.D.,  of  Washington,  D.C.,  in  an  in- 
teresting paper  in  the  New  York  Medical  Journal,  Nov.  12, 
1898,  discusses  this  subject  in  an  instructive  manner,  and 
throws  some  additional  light  on  the  role  enacted  by  uric 
acid.  In  regard  to  the  pathogenesis  of  the  nasal  reflex 
neurosis.  Dr.  Wells  contends  that  a  diathetic  condition 
obtains,  consisting  of  an  instability  of  the  vasomotor  sym- 
pathetic associated  with  an  increase  of  eosinophilic  white 
blood-corpuscles  during  the  attacks  associated  with  increased 
production  and  excretion  of  uric  acid.  The  latter  occurs  in 
such  nasal  neuroses  as  asthma,  migraine,  neuralgia,  epilepsy, 
angina  and  exophthalmic  goitre  ;  it  also  occurs  in  hysteri- 
cal affections  and  Raynaud's  disease,  neurasthenia,  etc.  Haig's 
theory  is  that  uric  acid  is  formed  in  a  definite  ratio,  and  its 
increase  in  the  blood  is  owing  to  retarded  eliminations,  this 
depending  on  a  diminished  alkalinity  of  the  blood.  The 
retained  uric  acid  is  then  deposited  in  the  arterioles  and 
capillaries  of  different  parts  of  the  body,  causing  various 
manifestations  according  to  the  locality.  Dr.  Wells  thinks 
this  mechanical  action  is  not  sufficient  to  explain  all  the 
phenomena,  but  the  theory  of  irritation  of  the  sympathetic 
nervous  centre  does.     The   most   eminent  authorities  now 


570  EDITORIAL. 

hold  that  uric  acid  is  the  result  of  decomposition  of  cellular 
elements  in  all  parts  of  the  body,  and  the  leucocytes  are  the 
chief  sources,  and  it  varies  in  the  amount  produced  according 
to  the  percentage  of  leucocytes  in  the  blood,  being  increased 
in  all  affections  where  leucocytosis  is  present.  The  apparent 
exception  to  the  rule  Dr.  Wells  explains  as  follows  :  Agents 
in  the  blood  having  a  chemiotactic  influence  may  cause  the 
leucocytes  to  be  attracted  away  from  the  central  organs  to 
the  peripheral  circulation,  so  that  blood  examined  from  this 
part  would  indicate  leucocytosis  when  there  would  be  no 
actual  increase  from  the  normal,  which  is  quite  different  to 
an  increased  production  of  new  cells  raising  the  total  num- 
ber. He  claims  that  the  more  mature  and  m.ore  active  mul- 
tinuclear  leucocytes  respond  more  readily  to  chemiotactic 
influence  than  the  young  uninuclear  form,  so  that  the 
apparent  leucocytosis  chemiotactically  produced  would  be 
multinuclear,  but  when  real  leucocytosis  is  present,  an  in 
creased  production  of  young  uninuclear  cells  from  the 
haematopoietic  organs  obtains,  as  in  leucaemic  chlorosis, 
diabetes  and  the  leucocytosis  of  digestion.  The  increase  of 
uric  acid  follows  the  increase  of  the  uninuclear  cells  rather 
than  the  older  multinuclear.  But  the  increase  is  present 
also  in  cancer  and  pneumonia  when  there  is  a  multinuclear 
leucocytosis  ;  this  he  explains  may  result  from  the  possibility 
that  chemiotactic  substances  which  drive  the  old  cells  to  the 
periphery,  causing  a  relative  leucocytosis,  may  also  stimulate 
an  increased  production  of  young  cells  while  typhoid  fever 
has  been  given  as  an  instance  of  the  increase  of  uric  acid 
not  dependent  upon  a  leucocytosis,  this  being  one  of  the 
very  few  fevers  in  which  a  condition  of  leucopsenia  occurs — 
that  is  to  say,  lessened  number  of  the  leucocytes.  But,  if 
viewed  from  the  standpoint  here  taken,  the  apparent  incon- 
sistency may  disappear.  Examinations  of  the  blood  in 
typhoid  go  to  show  that,  though  the  multinuclear  cells  are 
decreased,  at  the  second  or  third  week  there  occurs  a 
lymphocytosis.  This  agrees  with  the  studies  recently  made 
in  this  disease  by  Behrend  and  Adler  {National  Medical 
i?^w>w,  Washington,  April,  1898),  according  to  which  the 
excretion  of  uric  acid  rises  notably  toward  the  latter  part  of 
the  disease. 


EDITORIAL.  571 

If  we  should  continue  to  bear  in  mind,  then,  the  fact 
that  we  can  only  be  sure  that  there  has  been  any  actual  in- 
crease of  the  leucocytes  when  we  see  an  increase  in  the  uni- 
nuclear cells  (lymphocytes,  splenocytes,  myelocytes),  we 
shall  understand  how  we  may  reconcile  the  theory  of  the 
formation  of  the  uric  acid  from  the  disintegration  of  the 
leucocytes  with  the  observation  that  in  some  cases  of  leucocy- 
tosis  there  is  little  or  no  uric  acid  while  in  others  it  is  notably 
increased. 

As  this  has  been  the  only  objection  against  this  theory 
of  the  formation  of  uric  acid,  we  have  then,  admitting  the 
correctness  of  the  premises,  uq  further  difficulty  in  accepting 
it,  and  we  are  left  only  to  prove  that  a  leucocytosis  of  young 
cells  occurs  in  the  class  of  cases  which  we  are  studying  as 
nasal  reflexes  in  order  to  conclude  that  the  uric  acid  is 
thence  derived. 

Leucocytosis  he  claims  does  occur  in  the  nasal  reflexes 
in  the  form  of  an  eosinophilia  from  sympathetic  irritation. 
A  general  lymphocytosis  is  said  to  occur  in  convulsive 
disturbances  which  may  manifest  themselves  as  a  nasal 
neurosis.  Striking  is  the  observation  of  a  leucocytosis,  chiefly 
of  the  lymphocytes,  occurring  in  exophthalmic  goitre,  as  this 
disease  has  been  reported  in  rare  instances  to  be  cured 
reflexly  by  way  of  the  nose. 

It  appears  to  us  then  manifestly  illogical  to  consider, 
as  Haig  and  his  followers  do,  that  uric  acid  bears  a  causa- 
tive relation  to  these  attacks,  seeing  that  we  have  the  best 
reason  to  believe  that  it  is  formed  from  the  leucocytes,  and 
is  therefore  only  an  incidental  phenomenon.  That  it  could 
not  be  the  cause  appears  still  less  probable  from  the  fact  that 
frequently  enough  there  may  be  uric  acid  increase  with  no 
sign  of  any  of  those  kinds  of  affections  which  have  been 
attributed  to    it. 

Some  authors,  denying  to  uric  acid  the  position  of 
primary  and  essential  cause  in  the  cases  we  are  discussing, 
say,  however,  that  the  xanthine  bases  should  be  so  regarded, 
as,  for  example,  Kolisch,  who,  finding  an  increase  of  xan- 
thine and  paraxanthine  during  attacks  of  migraine  and 
epilepsy,  concludes  that  these  agents  directly  cause  the 
attack. 


572  EDITORIAL. 

When  the  nuclein  of  the  white  blood-corpuscles  becomes 
broken  up,  substances  are  formed  which  if  oxidized  become 
uric  acid,  and  if  decomposed  go  to  form  xanthine  bases. 

Now,  if  we  follow  Neusser  and  say  that  xanthine  irrit- 
tates  the  sympathetic,  and  by  irritation  of  the  sympathetic 
causes  a  new  production  of  eosinophilic  leucocytes,  it  is 
apparent  we  allow  ourselves  to  fall  into  a  vicious  circle. 

The  xanthine  or  paraxanthine  or  allied  substances — the 
so-called  alloxuric  bodies — ought  then  just  as  uric  acid  to  be 
looked  upon  as  incidental  products,  and  the  sympathetic 
irritant,  whatever  it  may  be,  be  sought  elsewhere. 

The  source  in  cases  of  pure  nasal  reflexes  may  be  found 
in  the  existing  pathological  condition  in  the  nose,  whence  goes 
the  impulse  that  sets  the  sympathetic  ganglia  in  action, 
demonstrated  by  the  increase  in  the  number  of  the  eosino- 
philic leucocytes. 

As  sometimes  we  have  asthma,  migraine,  and  the  like 
arising  reflexly  from  other  sources  than  the  nose,  especially 
from  diseases  of  the  reproductive  organs  ;  these  two  may  be 
regarded  as  sources  of  sympathetic  irritation. 

The  cause  of  general  leucocytosis  may  sometimes  be 
toxines,  the  result  of  intestinal  self-intoxication  which  may 
act  chemiotactically  on  the  leucocytes  and  irritates  the  sym- 
pathetic. 

If  uric  acid  does  not  produce  the  symptoms,  how  is  it, 
it  may  be  asked,  that  headache  is  brought  about  by  the  ad- 
ministration of  substances  that  cause  an  increase  of  uric  acid 
in  the  blood,  and  that  headache,  asthma,  etc.,  seem  to  be 
lessened  by  the  exhibition  of  agents,  as  contended  by  Haig, 
that  render  the  blood  alkaline  and  cause  a  diminution  of  the 
uric  acid  ?  As  to  the  former,  we  can  readily  understand 
that  the  agent  given  has  acted  as  an  irritant  to  the  sym- 
pathetic nervous  system,  and  that  the  uric-acid  increase  in 
this  case,  as  in  others,  is  only  the  result  of  the  leucocytosis 
which  has  been  caused,  and  as  to  the  latter  there  is  little 
reason  for  knowing  that  the  drugs  have  the  effects  which 
have  been  attributed  to  them  by  Haig.  It  is  probable 
enough  that  gouty  pains  in  the  limbs,  due  to  the  presence, 
no  doubt,  of  uric  acid  in    the    part,  may    be    relieved    by 


EDITORIAL.  573 

alkalines  which  effect  the  solution  and  removal  of  the  acid, 
but  it  is  absurd,  it  appears  to  us,  to  imagine  nitrate  of  amyl 
or  nitro-glycerin,  which  experience  has  shown  to  have  a 
decided  effect  over  the  course  of  migraine,  epilepsy,  and 
asthma — it  is  absurd,  we  say,  to  imagine  that  in  the  minute 
doses  in  which  they  are  given  they  could  appreciably  affect 
the  solution  and  excretion  of  the  uric  acid  in  the  system. 

The  action  of  this  class  of  drugs,  known  to  have  a 
decided  action  upon  the  vasomotor  sympathetic,  is,  in  fact, 
one  of  the  strongest  arguments  in  favor  of  the  sympathetic 
origin  of  the  affections. 

All  things  considered,  we  believe  on  this  theory  only 
can  all  the  facts  and  all  the  circumstances  be  satisfactorily 
brought  into  harmony  and  explained.  Only  upon  the 
assumption  of  the  vasomotor  sympathetic  acting  as  an  inter- 
mediary between  the  varied  excitant  causes  can  we  under- 
stand how  asthma,  migraine,  epilepsy,  neuralgia  and  similar 
affections  may  result  at  some  time  from  nasal  disease,  some- 
times from  gastric  disturbance,  sometimes  from  diseases  of  the 
reproductive  organs,  or  how  they  may  arise  from  reabsorption 
of  toxines  generated  within,  or  how  they  may  appear  to  assert 
themselves  as  mere  idiopathic  affections. 

By  condensation  when  possible  and  reproduction  we 
have  given  the  full  argument  of  Dr.  Wells,  which,  to  those 
who  have  followed  the  extensive  investigations  of  Dr.  Haig, 
will  prove  a  theme  for  deep  reflection.  The  view  here  pre- 
sented places  uric  acid  as  the  smoke  after  the  battle  and  as 
having  nothing  to  do  with  the  causations  of  the  various 
affections  with  which  it  is  generally  conceded  to  be  in  excess, 
and  not  to  result  from  changes  in  the  food  injested  nor 
directly  from  flesh  foods,  but  the  result  of  destroyed  leuco- 
cytes. One  is  apt  to  wonder  why  if  true  hyperleucocytosis 
always  means  the  presence  of  new  leucocytes,  why  they 
should  so  readily  undergo  degeneration.  Dr.  Wells'  theory 
hardly  explains  the  control  which  Dr.  Haig  was  able  to 
exercise  over  headache  by  clearing  the  system  of  uric  acid 
or  increasing  its  amount  all  within  the  space  of  an  hour  or 
so,  and  what  he  claims  for  migraine  applies  also  to  epilepsy, 
convulsions,  hysteria,  paroxysmal  haemoplobinuria,  anae- 
mia, etc. 


574  EDITORIAL. 

While  the  theories  of  Dr.  Wells  are  well  put  and  appear 
from  the  point  of  view  of  his  specialty  to  be  explanatory, 
more  work  will  have  to  be  done  by  the  most  competent 
observers  ere  the  prevailing  conception  of  the  deleterious 
role  uric  acid  plays  in  a  number  of  affections  will  be  dropped 
for  a  theory  that  it  is  simply  an  innocuous  excretory  product, 
the  result  of  nuclein  destruction. 

OXYTUBERCULINE  IN  THE  TREATMENT  OF 
PULMONARY  TUBERCULOSIS. 

Through  an  unfortunate  omission  the  name  of  the 
author  of  this  article  in  our  last  number,  Dr.  A.  J.  Richer, 
was  not  given. 

CRAIG  COLONY   PRIZE    FOR  ORIGINAL 
RESEARCH    IN  EPILEPSY. 

The  President  of  the  Board  of  Managers  of  Craig  Colony 
offers  a  prize  of  $ioo  for  the  best  contribution  to  the  patho- 
logy and  treatment  of  epilepsy,  originality  being  the  main 
condition. 

The  prize  is  open  to  universal  competition,  but  all 
manuscripts  must  be  submitted   in  English. 

All  papers  will  be  passed  upon  by  a  Committee  to  con- 
sist of  three  members  of  the  New  York  Neurological  Society, 
and  the  award  will  be  made  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Managers  of  Craig  Colony,  October  lo,  1899. 

Each  essay  must  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  envelope 
containing  the  name  and  address  of  the  author  and  bearing 
on  the  outside  the  motto  or  device  which  is  inscribed  upon 
the  essay. 

The  successful  essay  becomes  the  property  of  the 
Craig  Colony,  for  publication  in  its  Annual  Medical  Report. 

Manuscripts  should  be  sent  to  Dr.  Frederick  Peterson,  4 
West  50th  St.,  New  York  City,  on  or  before  September  i, 
1899. 


EDITORIAL.  575 

POSTPONEMENT   OF   THE    THIRD   PAN-AMER- 
ICAN   MEDICAL    CONGRESS. 

international  executive  commission  of  the  pan-amer- 
ican medical  congress. 

Office  of  the  Secretary. 
Cincinnati,  Nov.  5th,  1898. 
My  Dear  Sir  : 

I  have  the  honor  to  announce  that  in  April,  1898,  I 
received  from  Dr.  Jose  Manuel  de  los  Rios,  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Organization  of  the  III  Pan-American  Med- 
ical Congress,  a  request  that,  in  consequence  of  the  then 
existing  rebellion  in  Venezuela,  no  definite  arrangements  be 
made  at  that  time  relative  to  the  meeting  of  the  Congress 
previously  appointed  to  be  held  in  Caracas  in  December, 
1899. 

The  following  communication  relative  to  the  same  sub- 
ject is  just  at  hand  ; 

Caracas,  September  25,   1898. 
Dr.  Charles  A.  L.  Reed, 

Secretary   of    the   International    Executive  Commission, 
Cincinnati,  Ohio. 
Dear  Sir  : 

After  having  sent  my  communication  dated  April  last,  I 
find  it  to  be  my  duty  to  notify  you  that,  although  the  consid- 
erations pointed  out  in  it  have  already  ended,  our  country  has 
been  scourged  by  smallpox  which  has  taken  up  all  our  physi- 
cian' activities  and  time,  depriving  them  of  going  into  scien- 
tific works.  And,  as  that  state  of  mind  of  our  people  and 
government  after  such  calamities  as  war  and  epidemic,  would 
greatly  interfere  with  the  good  success  of  our  next  meeting, 
I  beg  leave  to  tell  you,  in  order  you  will  convey  it  to  the 
International  Executive  Committee,  that  our  Government 
and  this  Commission  would  be  grateful  to  have  the  meeting 
which  was  to  take  place  in  Caracas  in  December,  1899, 
adjourned  for  one  year  laier.     I  am,  dear  Doctor, 

Yours   respectfully, 

THE  PRESIDENT. 
(Signed)  Dr.  Jose  manuel  de  los  Rios. 

In  accordance  with  the  request  of  the  Government  of 
Venezuela,  and  of  the  Committee  on  Organization,  the  III 
Pan-American  Medical  Congress  is  hereby  postponed  to 
meet  in  Caracas  in  December,  1900. 

For  the  International  Executive  Commission. 

CHARLES  A.  L.  REED,  Secretary. 


Book   Reviews. 


Practical  Uranalysis  and  Urinary  Diagnosis:  A 
Manual  for  the  use  of  Physicians,  Surgeons, 
and  Students— By  Charles  W.  Purdy,  M.D.,  LL.D. 
(Queen's  University)  ;  Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons,  Kingston;  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
at  the  Chicago  Post  Graduate  Medical  School.  Author  of 
"  Bright's  Disease  and  Allied  Affections  of  the  Kidneys  "  ;  also 
of  Diabetes  :  Its  Causes,  Symptoms,  and  Treatment."  Fourth 
Revised  Edition.  With  numerous  Illustrations,  including 
Photo-engravings  and  Colored  Plates.  In  one  Crown  Octavo 
.  Volume,  365  pages,  bound  in  extra  Cloth,  $2.50  net.  The  F. 
A.  Davis  Co.,  Publishers,  1914-16  Cherry  Street,  Philadelphia  ; 
117  VV.  Foriy-second  Street,  New  York  City;  q  Lakeside 
Building,  218—220  S.  Clark  St.,  Chicago,  111.  For  sale  in' 
Great  Britain  by  Sampson  Low,  Marston  &  Company,  St. 
Dunstan's  House,  Fleet  Street,  London,  E.  C. 

It  is  only  about  a  year  since  we  gave  a  careful  review  of  this 
excellent  manual.  The  present  revised  edition  has  had  some 
extended  changes,  more  especially  in  the  chemistry  of  the  urine. 
Obsolete  methods  have  been  omitted,  and  a  number  of  new  illustra- 
tions added. 

It  is  one  of  the  most  complete  books  on  the  urine  now  avail- 
able. After  general  considerations,  the  composition  of  the  normal 
urine  is  taken  up  ;  then  that  of  abnormal,  urinary  and  anatomical 
sediments,  gravel  and  calculus. 

Then  the  diagnosis  of  diseases  of  the  urinary  organs  and  urinary 
disorders,  and  finally  the  urine  in  other  diseases.  An  appendix 
gives  a  useful  resumi  of  how  to  examine  urine  in  life  insurance 
cases,  and  in  appendix  B  a  consideration  of  the  reagents  and  appar- 
atus for  quantitative  and  determinate  uranalysis.  In  regard  to 
specific  gravity,  the  author  states  that  only  approximately  correct 
results  are  possible  with  the  urinometer,  and  considers  the  use 
of  more  accurate  methods  advisable  such  as  may  be  carried  out 
with  the  Westphal  or  Mohr  balance.  With  the  former,  the  specific 
gravity  may  be  carried  out  to  the  fifth  figure  or  fourth  decimal.  An 
illustration  of  this  instrument  is  given,  and  the  method  of  taking  the 
sp.  gr.  detailed;  the  method  with  a  little  practice  is  found  to  be 
simple,  rapid  and  absolutely  correct. 

The  author  puts  great  emphasis  on  the  advantage  of  the  cen- 
trifugal method  of  obtaining  urinary  sediments  for  microscopical 
examination  and  quantitative  analysis,  and  has  still  further  per- 
fected his  electro-centrifuge  so  that  it  now  covers  the  entire  range 
of  centrifugal  work  for  medical  and  bacteriologcal  and  other  pur- 
poses. It  can  be  worked  on  the  interrupted  incandescent  illumin- 
ating current  or  the  constant  incandescent,  storage  or  galvanic 
current  at  any  voltage  from  10  to  120.     It  is  capable  of  all  grades 


BOOK  REVIEWS.  $77 

of  speed  from  500  to  10,000  revolutions  per  minute,  the  arms 
having  a  radius  of  43^  inches  or  6^  inches.  A  speed  indicator 
is  furnished.  He  has  still  further  perfected  his  percentage  tubes, 
and  a  new  device  for  sedimenting  and  manipulating  micro-organisms 
has  been  perfected  and  adapted  to  the  motor  with  the  haematocrit, 
the  whole  making  a  very  convenient  instrument  for  rapidly  ascer- 
taining the  quantities  of  sediments,  bacteria,  blood  corpuscles,  etc., 
in  any  liquid.  The  necessity  of  knowing  the  exact  number  of 
revolutions  per  minute  and  taking  note  of  the  number  of  minutes 
the  process  is  continued  in  regard  to  accurate  uniform  results  is 
pointed  out.  In  order  to  follow  Dr.  Purdy's  methods,  one  of  his 
centrifugts  would  seem  to  be  essential.  The  author  aims  to  be 
practical,  and  offers  the  best  method  to  obtain  speedy  results  as 
free  from  complicated  technique  as  possible,  so  that  the  busy 
practitioner  can  get  accurate  analysis  in  the  smallest  space  of  time. 

The  Surgical  Anatomy  of  the  Lymphatic  Glands.  By 
Cecil  H.  Leaf,  iVI.A.,  M.B.  (Cantab),  F.k.CS.  (Eng.).  De- 
monstrator of  Anatomy  at  the  London  Hospital.  Archibald 
Constable  &  Co.,  2  Whitehall  Gardens,  Westminster.  Price 
IDS.  6d. 

The  author  has  made  a  special  study  of  the  lymphatic  glands 
for  some  three  years,  using  formalin  in  the  preparation  of  the  speci- 
mens. He  endeavours  to  show  in  a  series  of  colored  diagrams  the 
main  groups  of  lymphatic  glands.  He  hopes  later  on  from  a  clini- 
cal point  of  view  to  show  the  areas  which  the  various  groups  of 
glands  drain.  A  formalin  solution  is  forced  into  the  veins  which  if 
used  in  large  amounts  and  under  a  high  pressure  gets  into  the  lym- 
phatic vessels  rendering  them  sufficiently  plain  for  dissection.  He 
announces  the  new  fact  that  a  communication  exists  between 
lymphatic  vessels  and  veins.  There  are  72  pages  and  some  eigh- 
teen full  page  beautifully  colored  plates,  showing  the  various  groups 
of  glands.  The  accompanying  text  describes  the  groups  so  well 
illustrated  in  these  plates.  The  book  is  printed  in  large  type,  and 
neatly  bound  in  bluish  linen,  and  makes  a  valuable  supplement  to 
the  standard  works  of  anatomy. 

American  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary.—  Edited  by  W. 
A.  Newman  Darland,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Obstetrician  to 
the  Hospital  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Fellow  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Medicine,  &c.  Containing  the  pro- 
nunciation and  definition  of  over  26,000  of  the  terms  used  in 
medicine  and  the  kindred  sciences,  along  with  over  sixty  ex- 
tension tables.  Price  $1.25  net.  W.  B.  Saunders,  925  Wal- 
nut St.,  Philadelphia.  Canadian  agents,  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co., 
Toronto,  Ont. 

This  is  a  manual  of  over  five  hundred  pages,  but  being  printed 
on  this  strong  paper  is  only  ^  in.  in  thickness.  It  is  6}4  ins. 
long  and  4  ins.  in  width.  The  edges  are  gilt,  and  the  book  is 
bound  strongly  in  red  morocco.  It  can  thus  be  conveniently  carried  ' 
in  the  pocket.  The  words  are  printed  in  small  but  heavy  type,  the 
definition  in  smaller  letters,  but  very  legible.  The  chief  terms  used 
in  medicines  and  the  allied  sciences  may  be  found  here,  and  a  very 


5/8  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

successful  attempt  has  been  made  to  incorporate  the  most  promin- 
ent of  the  newer  terms  which  yearly  are  added  to  our  Medical  Vo- 
cabulary, so  that  these  are  well  represented.  It  gives  instructions 
also  in  regard  to  pronunciation  and  accentuation. 

A  useful  feature  scattered  through  the  book  is  the  addition  of 
some  sixty  tables,  giving  a  complete  list  on  each  of  the  subjects  so 
treated,  such  as  of  arteries,  bruits,  canals,  columns,  ducts,  ganglia, 
murmurs,  nerves,  rales,  signs  of  disease,  tracts,  etc. 

This  convenient  and  comprehensive  Pocket  Dictionary  and 
withal  so  inexpensive  should  be  carried  by  every  student,  and 
would  save  the  practitioner  in  most  instances  the  necessity  of  con- 
sulting his  standard  and  more  cumbrous  Reference  Medical 
Dictionary. 

Saunders'  Question  Oompends  No.  7.— Essentials  of 
Materia,  Medica,  Therapeutics  and  Prescription  Writing, 
arranged  in  the  form  of  questions  and  answers.  Prepared 
especially  for  students  in  medicine.  By  Henry  Morris,  M.D., 
Fellow  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia;  Physician 
to  St.  Joseph's  Hospital,  etc.  Fifth  edition  revised  and  en- 
larged. W.  B.  Saunders,  925  Walnut  Sireet.,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.  Price,  81.00.  J.  A.  Carveth  &  Co.,  Toronto,  Ont., 
Canadian  Agents. 

This  will  prove  a  useful  manual  for  refreshing  the  memory 
either  for  an  examination  or  in  the  early  years  of  practice.  The 
title  indicates  the  scope  of  the  work.  It  follows  the  last  edition 
of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  no  reference  being  made  to 
the  preparations  of  the  B.  P.  Doses  have  been  expressed  in  the 
metrical  system  of  weights  and  measures,  as  well  as  in  the 
apothecaries'  weight  and  wine  measure.  Drugs  are  classified 
according  to  their  actions. 

In  the  form  of  question  and  answer  all  the  essential  points  in 
this  branch  of  medicine  are  successively  brought  out,  including 
prescription  writing,  influences  that  modify  the  effects  of  medi- 
cines and  their  administration.  The  book  is  neatly  printed  and 
bound,  and  is  a  worthy  addition  in  its  revised  state  to  their  ex- 
cellent series  ot  Compends. 


PUBIvISHKRS  DKF^ARTMENX. 


SANMETTO  RELIEVES  QUICKLY  IN  PROSTATIC  TROUBLES. 

To  say  that  Sanmetto  does  all  that  could  be  reasonably  expected  of  it,  in 
all  troubles  of  the  genito-urlnary  organs,  is  not  an  adequate  description  of  its 
therapeutic  value.  For  it  aids  in  any  congestion  more  or  less,  and  is  therefore 
an  invaluable  remedy  for  all  congestions,  especially  of  the  prostate  gland,  afford- 
ing relief  quickly. 

Drake,  Mo.  H.  A.  Gross,  M.D. 

1858  Med.  Dept.  Washington  Univ. 
(St.  Louis  Med.  Col.),  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


SANMETTO. 

J.  S.  Jordan,  M.D. ,  of  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  writing,  says: — "I  have  been 
using  Sanmetto  for  a  number  of  years,  and  with  unvarying  good  results.  In 
cases  of  prostatitis,  prostatorrhea,  cystitis,  chronic  gonorrhea,  and  kindred 
genitourinary  troubles  I  find  it  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  acquisitions  to  our 
Materia  Medica.  In  irritable  conditions  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  so  freqaent 
among  females,  Sanmetto  has  proven  a  Godsend.  I  can  also  heartily  recom- 
mend it  as  the  very  best  aphrodisiac  I  have  ever  used." 


LITERARY  NOTES. 

The  leading  article  in  Appletons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  November 
wil  1  be  a  discussion  of  the  origin  of  the  peoples  which  originally  settled  middle 
America.  Prof  E.  S.  Morse,  the  author,  is  well  known  as  a  scientist  and  traveller, 
and  his  views  on  such  a  subject  are  of  great  value  and  interest. 


Prof.  Charles  Richards  Dodge,  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Statistics, 
will  publish  in  Afpletons'  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  Noveml)er  a  very  impor- 
tant paper  on  The  Possible  Fiber  Industries  of  the  United  States.  The  facilities 
afforded  by  his  official  position  have  resulted  in  an  extremely  valuable  contribu- 
tion to  the  economics  of  this  enormous  industry,  and  the  paper  is  of  special  interest 
just  now  because  of  our  new  territory,  some  of  which  is  very  rich  in  fiber  p  odu- 
cing  plants  of  great  commercial  value.     It  is  fully  illustrated. 

400  PRETTY  HOMES  AND  GARDENS. 

How  general  the  use  of  photography  is  coming  to  be  adopted  by  the  modern 
magazine  as  a  means  of  illustration  is  shown  in  the  announcement  of  The  Ladies' 
Home  JournallhAX.  it  is  about  to  publish  six  new,  distinct  series  of  articles  which 
will  include  not  less  than  400  photographs.  The  idea  of  the  magazine  is  to 
present  one  hundred  of  the  prettiest  country  homes  in  America,  to  encourage 
artistic  architecture  ;  one  hundred  of  the  prettiest  gardens,  to  encourage  taste  in 
floriculture  ;  seventy  churches  decorated  for  festal  occasions  of  all  kinds,  such  as 
weddings,  Christmas  and  Easter  services,  etc.  ;  some  forty  of  the  prettiest  girls' 
rooms  in  this  country  ;  twenty-five  floral  porches  and  vine-clad  houses;  and  the 
story  of  the  nauve  wild  flowers  in  America,  told  in  seventy-five  photographs. 
Over  8,000  photographers,  in  every  part  of  the  country,  were  employed  by  the 
magazine  to  get  these  pictures,  and  several  thousands  of  dollars  were  paid  in 
prize  awards  for  the  best  photographs.  The  choice  was  made  out  of  over  10,000 
photographs  received  by  the  magazine. 


S8o 


PUBLISHERS   DEPARTMENT. 


THE  SENSIBLE  TREATMENT  OF  "LA  GRIPPE"  AND  ITS  WINTER 

SEQUELS. 

The  following  suggestions  for  the  treatment  of  La  Grippe  will  not  be  amiss 
at  this  time  when  there  seems  to  be  a  prevalence  ff  it  and  its  allied  comolaints. 
The  patient  is  usually  seen  when  the  fever  is  present,  as  the  chill,  which  occa- 
sionally ushers  in  the  disease,  has  generally  passed  away.  First  of  all  the  bowels 
should  be  opened  freely  by  some  saline  draught.  For  the  severe  htadache,  pain 
and  general  soreness  give  a  five  grain  Antikamnia  Tablet,  crushed,  taken  with 
a  little  whiskey  or  wine,  or  if  the  pain  is  very  severe,  two  tablets  should  be 
given.  Repeat  every  two  or  three  hours  as  required.  Often  a  single  ten  grain 
dose  is  followed  with  almost  complete  relief.  If  after  the  fever  has  subsided, 
the  pain,  muscular  soreness  and  nervousness  con  inue,  the  most  desirable  medi- 
cine to  relieve  these  and  to  meet  the  indication  for  a  tonic,  are  Antikamnia  and 
Quinine  Tablets,  each  containing  2\  grains  Antikamnia  and  2J  grains  Quinine. 
One  tablet  three  or  four  times  a  day  will  usually  answer  every  purpose  until  health 
is  restored.  Dr.  C.  A.  Bryce,  Editor  of  "  The  Southern  Clinic,"  has  found 
much  benefit  lo  result  from  five  grain  Antikamnia  and  Salol  Tablets  in  the  stages 
of  pyrexia  and  muscular  painfulness,  and  Antikamnia  and  Codeine  Tablets  are 
suggested  for  the  relief  of  all  neuroses  of  the  larynx,  bronchial  as  well  as  the 
deep  sealed  coughs,  which  are  so  often  among  the  most  prominent  symptoms. 
In  fact,  for  the  troublesome  coughs  which  so  frequently  follow  or  hang  on  after 
an  attack  of  Influenza,  and  as  a  winter  remedy  in  the  troublesome  conditions  of 
the  respiratory  tract,  there  is  no  better  relief  than  one  or  two  Antikamnia  and 
Codeine  Tablets  slowly  dissolved  upon  the  tongue,  swallowing  the  saliva. 

THE  ALIENIST  AND  NEUROLOGIST. 

The  October  (1898)  number  of  the  Alienist  and  Neuroloeist  contains  : — 
"  Pathology  of  Epilepsy,"  by  Dr.  N.  Krainsky  ;  "  Incipient  Melancholia. — 
Its  Diagnosis,  Prognosis  and  Treatment,"  by  John  Punton,  M.D.,  Kansas 
City,  Mo.;  "  Limited  Criminal  Responsibility,"  by  Dr.  W.  F.  Becker,  Mil- 
waukee, Wis.;  "Degeneracy  Stigmata  as  Basis  of  Morbid  Suspicion. —  A 
Study  by  Byron  and  Sir  Walter  Scott,"  by  Jas.  G.  Kiernan,  M.  D.,  Chicago  ; 
"  The  Syphilitic  Etiology  of  Locomotor  Ataxia,"  by  Dr.  J.  Harrison  Mettler, 
Chicago  ;  '•  Hysteria  in  Relation  to  the  Sexual  Emotions,"  by  Havelock  Ellis, 
London ;  "  Heredity  and  Atavism,"  by  Eugene  S .  Talbot,  Chicago  ;  "  Crank 
or  Crook,"  by  Dr.  C.  H.  Hughes ;  besides  the  usual  Selections,  Editorials, 
Reviews,  Book  Notices,  etc.  C.  H.  Hughes,  M.  D.,  Editor,  3857  Olive  Street, 
St.  Louis,  Mo.     Subscription:  $5.00  per  annum  ;  Single  Copies  $1.50. 

LATE  LITERARY  NEWS. 

It  is  not  often  thU  a  contributor  to  a  magazine  spends  five  miUions  or  so  of 
dollars  in  fitting  himself  to  write  knowingly  of  a  subject.  But,  if  popular  report 
be  true,  that  is,  approximately,  the  sum  which  Joseph  Letter  expended  in  the 
acquisition  of  the  information  necessary  to  preoare  the  article  which  appears  over 
his  signature  in  the  November  Cosmopolitan  on  •'  Wheat."  This  is  Mr. 
Letter's  first  appearance  in  literature,  but  he  handles  the  pen  with  a  bold,  firm 
hand  that  shows  him  a  man  of  resources. 

Another  Cosmopolitan  contribution  which  will  appeal  to  every  man  and 
woman  is  the  attempt  of  Harry  Thurston  Peck  to  analyze  the  component 
parts  of  the  modern  Woman  of  Fascination.  By  what  does  woman  fascinate  ? 
Is  it  beauty  ?  grace  ?  spirit  ?  charm  of  manner  ?  what  ?  Evanve  question  !  But 
Mr.  Peck  goes  at  it  as  a  man  who  has  studied  and  has  had  experience 

LONGFELLOW  TO  BE  ILLUSTRATED. 

Last  year  Charbs  Dana  Gibson  illustrated  "  The  People  of  Dickens  "  for 
The  Laities'  Home  Journal.  The  pictures  were  so  successful  that  this  year,  and 
duiing  next  year,  W.  L.  Taylor,  the  New  England  artist  who  has  made  such 
rapid  strides  in  his  art,  will  illustrate  "  The  People  of  Longfellow  "—also  for 
The  Ladies'  Home  Journal.  The  poems  selected  are  "The  Psalm  of  Life," 
"  Hiawatha,"  "  Evangeline,"  "  The  Courtship  of  Miles  Standish,"  "  The 
Children's  Hour,"  "  The  Village  Blacksmith,"  and  others. 


CANADA 


MEDICAL  RECORD 


DECEMBER.    J  8  98. 


TWO  CASES  OF   TUBAL  PREGNANCY— OPERA- 
TION—RECOVERY. 

By  A.   L1A.PTHORN  SMITH,   B.A.,   M.D.,  M.R.O.S.,  Bag. 

Fellow  of  the  American  Gynecological  Society  ;  Fellow  of  the  British  Gynecological 

Society ;  Gynecologist  to  the  Montreal  Dispensary ;  Professor  of  Clinical 

Gynecology  in  Bishop's  University ;    Surgeon-in-Chief   of   the 

Samaritan    Hospital  for  Women ;   Surgeon  to  the 

Western  Hospital. 

Mrs.  B.3  aet.  33.  Came  under  my  care  on  5th  October. 
As  a  girl  enjoyed  good  health.  Married  at  21.  Had  three 
children  ;  last  6  years  of  age,  after  which  she  became  a 
widow.  Married  again  two  years  ago,  since  which  has  been 
ill.  Conception  thought  to  have  occurred  on  three  or  fouj- 
occasions,  but  always  aborted  at  third  month  with 
hemorrhage  and  pains.  Had  had  no  menstruation  for  three 
months  previous  to  present  flow,  which  came  on  about  a  month 
ago  with  severe  pains.  •  Four  days  ago  she  was  taken  with 
a  slight  flooding  and  such  severe  pains  that  she  became  un- 
conscious, and  does  not  know  what  came  away.  Her 
physician,  who  had  attended  her  for  five  weeks,  and  already 
diagnosed  disease  of  the  ovaries  and  tubes,  now  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  there  might  be  a  tubal  pregnancy,  and  called 
me  in  consultation.  I  confirmed  both  diagnoses  ;  that  is,  the 
presence  of  ruptured  tubal  pregnancy  in  a  diseased  tube, 
and  advised  her  being  brought  to  the  Samaritan  in  order 
to  remove  it.  She  came  at  once  in  the  ambulance,  but  her 
pulse  was  1 10°,  and  she  was  vomiting  constantly,  so  I  decided 
to  wait  until  she  was   in  better  condition,  at  the  same  time 


582  SMITH  :    TWO   CASES   OF   TUBAL   PREGNANCY. 

being  fully  prepared  to  operate  at  a  moment's  notice  should 
there  be  any  sign  of  another  hemorrhage  into  the  peritoneum. 
A  mass  could  be  felt  as  large  as  a  cocoanut  on  right  side, 
the  uterus  being  pushed  over  to  the  left  by  it,  and  the  ovary  I 
thought  was  imprisoned  in  the  mass,  because  the  slightest 
pressure  on  the  mass  caused  severe  vomiting  for  several 
hours.  She  was  put  on  a  stomach  preparation  and  carefully 
fed  until  the  25  th  October,  when  her  pulse  and  temperature 
came  down  to  normal.  She  took  sV  gr.  of  strychnine 
three  times  a  day  during  three  weeks,  and  her  bowels  were 
put  in  good  order.  As  the  lump  projected  up  under 
the  abdominal  wall  I  made  a  long  incision,  and  on  opening 
the  abdomen  found  that  the  omentum  had  cleverly  come  to 
the  rescue  by  walling  off  the  ruptured  tube  and  blood  clot 
from  the  rest  of  the  peritoneal  cavity.  The  adhesions  were 
quite  firm,  but  were  finally  detached,  revealing  a  mass  of 
blood  clot  with  a  foetus  five  inches  long  among  them  slightly 
macerated.  She  was  cleaned  out,  and  then  the  densely 
adherent  right  tube  and  ovary  together  with  the  vermiform 
appendix  in  an  inseparable  mass  was  with  difficulty  shelled 
out.  The  ovarian  artery  was  tied  separately  and  also  the 
uterus  at  the  cornu,  and  the  tube  and  ovary  removed 
The  vermiform  appendix  was  cut  off  level  with  the  caecum^ 
and  the  hole  in  the  bowel  closed  with  two  rows  of  fine  silk 
sutures.  The  other  end  of  the  appendix  is  still  buried  in 
the  mass  of  inflammatory  exudate  in  the  ovary.  There  was 
no  bleeding  at  the  operation.  The  pulse  went  up  to  140°  and 
temperature  10 1*^  the  night  of  the  operation,  but  both  were 
normal  on  the  third  day,  and  have  remained  so  since,  now 
four  weeks  since  the  operation.  She  has  had  no  nausea  or 
vomiting  since  the  day  after  the  operation,  although  before 
it  she  had  been  vomiting  almost  regularly  for  five  weeks. 
No  pain  at  all  since  the  operation  ;  has  good  appetite  and 
feels  well  in  every  way.  Left  ovary  was  allowed  to  remain 
in  order  to  avoid  the  discomforts  of  the  premature 
menopause.  Left  tube  was  diseased  and  removed  close  to  the 
cornu.  This  was  my  eleventh  case  of  tubal  pregnancy,  all 
of  whom  recovered,  and  are  alive  and  well. 

My  twelfth    case   consulted   me  at    the  Montreal    Dis- 


smith:  two  cases  of  tubal  pregnancy.        5*3 

ji^nsary.  She  was  a  Mrs.  McC,  38  years  of  age,  mother 
of  six  living  children,  the  two  last  being  twins,  which  were 
born  four  years  ago.  Before  the  birth  of  the  twins,  she 
says  she  had  kept  herself  from  bearing  any  children  for 
eight  years  by  taking  large  doses  of  senna  and  salts  before 
each  period  was  due.  Several  times  during  these  eight  years 
she  had  miscarriages  at  two  or  three  months.  She  appears 
to  have  menstruated  on  the  7th  August,  the  flow  lasting  till 
the  20th  August.  This  stopped  then  for  seven  weeks,  until 
the  9th  October,  when  she  began  to  flow  freely,  and  the 
flow  was  accompanied  with  great  pain.  I  sent  her  into  the 
Samaritan  Hospital,  but  she  delayed  until  the  loss  of  blood 
became  quite  serious,  and  it  was  not  until  the  23rd  November 
that  she  was  operated  upon.  By  this  time  the  left  tube  could 
be  felt  larger  than  the  thumb,  but  fairly  moveable.  The 
uterus  was  dilated  and  curetted,  although  it  was  quite  empty, 
but  rather  large,  and  iodine  and  carbolic  were  applied  to  the 
endometrium  very  thoroughly.  A  lacerated  cervix  was 
also  repaired.  Then  the  anterior  vaginal  wall  was  opened, 
and  the  fundus  and  ovaries  and  tubes  were  brought  out  and 
inspected.  The  procedure  was  difficult  owing  to  adhesions 
of  the  ovaries  and  tubes  on  both  sides,  and  owing  to  the 
enlargement  of  the  left  tube-  It  was  finally  brought  out  and 
tied  off  at  the  cornu  of  the  uterus.  A  few  cysts  on  the  ovaries 
were  opened,  and  they  and  the  uterus  were  replaced  and  the 
vagina  closed,  one  stitch  taking  in  the  fundus  of  the  uterus. 
She  made  an  excellent  recovery.  On  cutting  open  the 
specimen,  only  blood  clot  is  seen  by  naked  eye,  but  I  will 
gladly  hand  the  specimen  to  the  pathologist  of  the  Society 
for  a  careful  search  for  chorionic  tissue-  It  was  generally 
remarked  by  the  medical  and  nursing  staff  of  the  hospital 
that  this  patient  made  a  much  more  rapid  recovery  than  after 
the  smallest  laparotomy.  They  all  agreed  that  I  would 
have  completed  the  operation  in  half  the  time,  namely,  in 
thirteen  or  fifteen  minutes,  by  the  abdomen  instead  of  half 
an  hour,  which  it  took  by  the  vagina.  But,  from  the 
patient's  point  of  view  the  time  was  well  spent,  as  she  has 
no  scar,  no  chance  of  hernia,  and  she  had  much  less  pain 
and   a  shorter  convalescence.     Although   I    mentioned    the 


584  *  CAMPBELL:     bell's   PARALYSIS. 

possibility  of  tubal  pregnancy,  yet  I  was  not  at  all  sure  of  it, 
so  I  will  classify  this  case  as  one  undiagnosed  before  rupture 
and  before  operation.  Out  of  the  twelve,>  in  five  the 
abdomen  was  full  of  blood. 


CLINICAL    LECTURE    ON    BELL'S    PARALYSIS. 

DELIVERED      AT     THE     MONTREAL     GENERAL     HOSPITAL. 
By  FRANCIS  W.  CAMPBELL,  M.D.,  L.B.C.P.L.,  D.C.L. 

ProfeBSOi  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  Faculty  of  Medicine,  University  of  Bisk«B's 

College . 

The  patient  before  you  presents  a  typical  case  of  what 
is  generally  called  Bell's  Paralysis.  He  comes  to  the 
Hospital  to-day  for  the  first  time,  though  as  a  matter  of  fact 
he  has  had  it  for  several  weeks.  He  claims  that  it  cartie  on 
during  the  night,  he  having  the  previous  evening,  when  in  a 
state  of  perspiration,  sat  at  an  open  window,  through  which 
a  cool  draught  of  air  was  blowing.  The  disease  is  also  some- 
times, from  its  situation,  called  Facial  Paralysis.  It  is  due  to 
the  motor  division  of  the  7th  nerve,  the  Portio  Dura  or 
facial  nerve  being  involved  in  various  ways.  Its  conducting 
power  is  lost,  and  the  muscles  which  receive  its  distributing 
branches  are  paralyzed.  The  most  common  cause  is  a  cold 
wind  blowing  on  the  side  of  the  face,  sitting  at  an  open 
window  in  a  room,  or  of  a  railroad  car,  sleeping  near  a  cold 
damp  wall  ;  even  exposure  of  the  whole  body  to  a  low  tem- 
perature has  caused  it.  The  pathological  condition  is 
believed  to  be  a  slight  inflammatory  swelling  of  the  peri- 
pheral part  of  the  nerve,  which  leads  to  compression  of  its 
fibres.  Parotitis,  tumours,  swelling  of  the  cervical  glands  and 
wounds  of  the  cheek  are  also  causes.  In  the  course  of  the 
nerve  within  the  Aqueductus  Fallopii  it  is  very  apt  to  be 
involved  in  the  severe  forms  of  disease  of  the  petrous  por- 
tion of  the  temporal  bone  ;  caries  and  necrosis  depending 
upon  scrofulous  inflammation  of  the  tympanum.  A  box  on 
the  ear  has  produced  it,  and  the  result  in  more  than  one 
such  case  has  been  the  discovery  ot  a  small  clot  pressing  on 
the  nerve  in  some  part  of  its  course.  Inside  the  skull  the 
nerve  may  be  implicated  in  tumours  at  the  base  of  the  brain. 


CAMPBELL  :     bell's   PARALYSIS.  585 

In  such  cases  other  nerves  are  generally  involved,  and   there 
is  distinct  evidence  of  cerebral  disturbance. 

Symptoms. — Inability  to  move  the  muscles  supplied  by 
the  facial  nerve.  If  the  patient  laughs,  frowns  or  smiles,  one 
side  of  the  face  remains  quiescent,  and  therefore  destitute  df 
expression  ;  he  cannot  wrinkle  the  forehead,  there  are  no 
creases  round  the  eye,  no  dimples  on  the  cheek  or  chin.  The 
eyelid  cannot  be  closed  ;  in  the  effort  the  eyeball  is  turned 
up  and  in  till  it  is  almost  lost  to  sight.  Whistling,  blowing 
or  spitting  cannot  be  performed.  The  side  of  the  mouth 
cannot  be  drawn  up.  The  cheek  is  not  held  close  to  the 
teeth  by  the  bucconator  muscle,  and  bulges  out  when  the 
breath  is  propelled  against  it.  For  the  same  reason  the  food 
collects  on  the  affected  side  outside  of  the  teeth,  so  that  it 
has  to  be  dislodged  by  the  finger.  In  speaking  the  labial 
consonants  are  uttered  indistinctly.  In  some  the  mouth  is 
drawn  well  over  by  the  power  of  the  healthy  muscles  of  the 
other  side,  the  eye  stares  fixedly  and  the  entire  expression 
of  the. face  is  comical.  The  exposure  of  the  conjunctiva 
gives  rise  to  a  certain  degree  of  conjunctivitis,  but  not  so 
much  as  might  be  feared.  This  is  believed  to  be  due  to  the 
fact  observed  in  many  cases  during  sleep  that  the  eyelids 
close  either  completely  or  very  nearly.  Goldzieter  relates  a 
hitherto  unknown  symptom.  He  affirms  that  in  complete 
paralysis  of  the  face,  in  which  there  is  also  paralysis  of  the 
velum  palati,  there  is  no  lachrymation,  and  on  the  affected 
side  the  eye  is  perfectly  dry.  Smell  is  sometimes  lost,  or  at 
least  perverted,  due  to  the  dry  condition  of  the  correspond- 
ing nostril,  this  being  due  to  the  tears  flowing  over  the 
cheek.  Taste  is  also  perverted,  due  to  the  conducting  power 
being  lost  In  a  branch  of  the  7th  nerve,  the  chorda  tympani. 
Hearing  is  often  abnormally  acute,  and  is  said  to  be  a  result 
of  paralysis  of  the  stapedius  muscle,  which  receives  a  branch 
of  the  facial  nerve ;  its  antagonist,  the  tensor  tympani,  being 
no  longer  oppo.=ed,  keeps  the  membrane  too  much  on  the 
stretch.  Occasionally  we  meet  with  double  facial  paralysis 
when  the  disease  is  called  "diplegia facialis."  The  whole  face 
is  expressionless  and  peculiar.  Such  cases  are  very  often 
due  to  a  growth  or  syphilitic  gumma,  involving  both  nerves 


586  CAMPBELL  :    bell's   paralysis. 

at  the  base  of  the  brain.  It  is  also  sometinfies  caused  by 
disease  in  the  petrous  portion  of  both  temporal  bones.  The 
disease  may  come  on  gradually  or  suddenly.  Among  the 
first  indications  of  its  approach  is  inability  to  spit  or  Whistle, 
or  on  waking  in  the  morning  is  surprised  to  find  his  face  all 
drawn  to  one  side. 

When  the  disease  is  fully  developed,  the  diagnosis  is 
easy.  The  only  point  is  carefully  to  take  note  if  any  other 
nerve  is  involved.  If  such  should  be  the  case,  there  will  be 
reason  to  suspect  the  presence  of  some  basilar  cranial 
trouble — possibly  of  syphilitic  origin. 

The  prognosis  is  favorable  in  simple  cases,  but  will  take 
from  six  weeks  to  six  months.  There  are,  of  course,  cases, 
such  as  when  there  is  necrosis  of  the  petrous  portion  of  the 
temporal  bone,  which  are  incurable.  Again,  a  few  cases  get 
well  very  rapidly,  say  in  a  couple  of  weeks.  I  have  had' 
many  cases  of  this  disease  under  my  care,  but  even  simple 
cases  did  not  show  haste  in  cure. 

TreafmenL-^Duchene.  advises  farizidation,  and  insists 
on  its  value.  Others  think  that  some  evidence  of  the  con- 
ductibility  of  the  nerve  should  be  in  evidence  before  elec- 
tricity is  used.  When  such  is  the  case,  Erbe  is  in  favor  of  its 
employment.  He  advises  that  the  anode  be  placed  behind 
the  ear  and  the  cathode  moved  over  the  paralyzed  side  of 
the  face,  or  that  the  two  poles  be  placed  over  each  mastoi'd 
process,  the  side  affected  receiving  the  anode.  If  there  is 
any  ear  affection  seek  surgical  aid.  If  you  believe  syphilis  is 
the  cause,  iodide  of  potash,  mercury,  or  both.  In  cases  due 
to  cold,  counter  irritation  is  especially  called  for  and  can- 
tharidal  collodion,  fly-blisters,  or  even  the  aictual  cautery 
behind  the  ear,  or  over  the  occiput,  are  very  useful.  The 
bowels  should  be  freely  opened  and  diaphoretics  or  hot 
baths  or  alkaline  diuretics  administered — later,  mercuri  iodid 
and  general  tonics  will  be  in  order. 


Progress  of  Medical  Science. 

MKDICINB   AND  NEUROLOGY. 

IN  CHARGE  OF 

J.  BRADFORD  McCONNBLL,  M.D, 

'  AssociateTrofessor  of  Medicine  and  Neurology,  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medictne 
University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Physician  Western  Hospital. 

THE  TREATMENT   OF  CHOREA. 

By  W.  ESSEX  WYNTBB,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  P. 
Asaistant  Physician  to  and  Medical  Officer  to  the  Electrical  Department  of  the  Middle- 
sex Hospital. 

In  perhaps  the  greater  number  of  disorders  of  the  nervous 
system,  the  chief  interest  centres  in  exact  diagnosis,  owing  to  the 
complexity  of  the  mechanism  involved  and  the  refinement  of  the 
symptomatic  manifestations,  together  with  the  inaccessibiHty  (com- 
parative only  in  the  days  of  modern  surgery)  of  the  nerve  centres. 
The  modern  history  of  abdominal  and  pelvic  diseases  shows  that 
with  increased  facility  and  security  in  direct  investigation  and  inter- 
ference the  interest  in  inferential  diagnosis  is  subordinated  to  ocular 
demonstration  of  the  exact  pathological  condition.  Such  may  one 
day  be  the  case  in  some  diseases  of  the  nervous  system.  The  very 
features,  however,  which  compel  our  interest  in  diagnosis  in  the 
case  of  nervous  diseases  tend  to  render  their  treatment  more  diffi- 
cult  and  perhaps  less  hopeful. 

St  Vitus'  dance  stands  rather  in  contrast  to  most  diseases  of 
this  class,  inasmuch  as  the  natureof  the  disorder  is  usually  manifest, 
even  to  unskilled  observers,  from  the  first,  and  happily  also  in  the 
prospect  of  recovery  being  complete  and  capable  of  acceleration  by 
suitable  remedies.  The  frequent  association  of  chorea  with  a 
rheumatic  history  or  actual  rheumatic  attack,  nearly  half  the  cases 
occurring  subsequently  to  rheumatism  or  scarlatina,  and  about  the 
same  proportion  being  followed  by  functional  or  organic  heart 
disease,  points  to  the  necessity  of  more  care  in  such  cases  than  is 
commonly  exercised.  It  is  a  general  practice  to  keep  a  patient 
with  rheumatic  fever  to  his  bed  long  after  this  is  necessitated  by 
pain  or  fever,  because  of  the  probable  involvement  of  his  heart  in 
the  morbid  process,  yet  the  proportion  of  cardiac  affections  after 
rheumatism  scarcely  exceeds  that  following  chorea.  As  a  counter- 
part to  the  joint  pain  of  rheumatism,  which  does  not  tolerate  move- 
ment, may  be  instanced  the  sense  of  unrest  in  chorea,  which  makes 
control  of  the  movements  unbearable,  but  which  is  in  part  relieved 
by  rest  in  bed ;  and  this  may  also  be  counted  on  to  save  the  physi- 
cal fatigue  of  the  movements  and  the  state  of  apprehension  and 
excitability  of  the  mind,  besides  keeping  the  child  in  a  place  of 
security  out  of  the  reach  of  sources  of  excitement,  persecution  aad 
accident  at  a  time  when  she  is  unfit  to  take  part  in  the  studies  or 
amusements  of  her  companions. 


588  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

The  first  matter  of  importance,  then,  in  the  cure  of  chorea  con- 
sists in  keeping  the  child  in  bed,  necessitated  by  the  tendency  to 
endocarditis,  and  emphasized  by  its  beneficial  effect  in  shortening 
the  disease  or  in  bringing  about  a  speedy  cure  in  cases  where  it  has 
existed  without  material  benefit  from  drugs  for  weeks  and  months 
while  the  child  remained  up  and  about. 

The  drugs  which  have  been  found  most  useful  are  antipyrin  and 
arsenic,  the  first  in  early  stages  and  acute  disease,  the  latter  in  later 
stages  and  chronic  or  recurrent  cases.  In  evidence  of  the  value  of 
antipyrin  may  be  quoted  two  cases  recently  treated  among  my  out- 
patients at  the  Middlesex   Hospital:  (i)    William    A ,    i6, 

losing  the  use  of  the  right  side,  and  suffering  from  jerking  move- 
ments for  three  weeks,  for  whom  antipyrin  was  prescribed  in  5- 
grain  doses  three  times  a  day,  increased  by  5-grains  at  intervals  of 
three  days  till  15-grain  doses  were  i  cached  at  the  end  of  a  week, 
maintained  for  three  days,  and  then  reduced.  As  the  movements 
had  almost  subsided,  smaller  doses  were  continued  for  a  week, 
making  seventeen  days  m  all,  followed  by  arsenic  and  iron  for  a 

couple  of  weeks.     (2)  Pattie  B ,  9,  suffered  from  chorea  three 

months.  The  movements  affected  the  right  arm,  face  and  legs, 
the  left  arm  being  "  useless."  Antipyrin  in  5-grain  doses  was 
given  for  three  weeks,  by  which  time  the  movements  had  subsided, 
and  subsequently  small  doses  of  arsenic  and  iron  were  given  for  a 
month  as  a  general  tonic  on  account  of  weakness  and  anaemia. 
Theses  cases  were  treated  at  a  disadvantage  as  out-patients,  the 
pressure  on  beds  in  a  general  hospital  rendering  their  admission 
inconvenient.  Their  recovery  was  rapid,  however,  and  there  were 
no  evidences  of  cardiac  disease  while  under  observation. 

A  further  disadvantage  in  treating  such  cases  while  up  and 
about  is  that  a  prolongation  of  antipyrin  treatment,  particularly  in 
large  doses,  may  bring  out  a  pink  erythematous  eruption,  giving 
rise  to  the  supposition  that  the  child  has  measles,  which  sometimes 
leads  to  interruption  in  attendance. 

The  efficiency  of  treatment  by  arsenic  is  often  marred  by  in- 
sufficiency of  dose.  It  is  common  practice  in  the  case  of  children, 
who  make  the  bulk  of  patients  with  chorea,  to  prescribe  2  or  3 
drops  of  Fowler's  solution.  This  may  answer  in  a  few  mild  cases,  but 
in  the  majority  it  is  insufficient,  and  the  dose  must  be  increased  to  10 
or  even  15  drops  in  the  course  of  ten  days  or  a  fortnight  if  the 
symptoms  do  not  decline.  A  good  example  of  this  was  afforded 
by  a  child  of  five,  who  was  admitted  to  the  Middlesex  Hospital 
with  extensive  movements,  and  in  whom  a  dose  of  3  min.  given  for 
some  weeks  produced  little  or  no  effect  ;  but  on  doubling  the  dose 
for  three  days,  and  then  quadrupling  it,  the  movements  rapidly 
subsided.  Toleration  is  readily  secured,  provided  the  drug  is  not 
given  in  too  large  a  dose  at  first  or  the  dose  increased  too  rapidly, 
the  medicine  always  being  given,  with  sufficient  dilution,  imme- 
diately after  food. 

That  the  exhibition  of  arsenic  may  in  same  cases  be  carried  too 
far  and  produce  serious  neuritis  is  exemplified  in  cases  exhibited  at 
thie  Clinical  Society  during  the  current  year  by  Dr.  Batten,  in  which 
15  min.  of  Fowler's  solution  had  been  given  three  times  a  day.     As 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  589 

in  the  case  of  anlipyrin  rash,  this  accident  is  more  likely  to  occur 
when  the  patient  is  not  kept  in  bed,  so  that  the  intensity  and  dura- 
tion of  medication  are  increased  to  combat  the  unfavourable  influence 
of  activity  and  excitement.  This  furnishes  an  aditional  reason  for 
keeping  the  patients  in  bed  and  under  close  observation  during 
treatment  by  powerful  drugs. 

In  all  the  cases  a  liberal  diet  is  required  without  stimulants, 
the  subjects  of  cliorea  being  usually  of  a  thin  and  nervous  type, 
and  the  disease  is  itself  exhausting  and  commonly  associated  with 
anaemia  and  debility. 

The  principal  compHcations  are  endo  or  pericarditis,  which  in 
the  acute  stage  are  best  treated  with  salicylates,  as  in  rheumatism. 
The  indications  are  chiefly  a  hurried,  weak  pulse,  witii  palpitation, 
some  praecordial  discomfort,  and  perhaps  a  soft  blowing  murmur 
or  friction  sound.  They  arc  so  slight,  and  may  be  so  ill-developed, 
that  in  a  restless  child  it  is  easy  to  overlook  them.  Only  in  the 
later  stage,  contraction  deformity  of  the  valves,  do  the  rough  mur- 
murs with  evidence  of  cardiac  enlargement  and  back-working  show 
themselves. 

In  a  few  cases  in  which  the  actual  movements  are  so  violent 
and  continuous  as  to  bring  about  contusion  and  abrasion  of  skin, 
with  exhaustion,  wasting,  and  loss  of  sleep,  direct  sedatives  are  re- 
quired. Chloral  and  the  bromides  are  then  generally  serviceable, 
the  dose  being  daily  increased  from  10  to  20  grains  until  either  the 
symptom  is  subdued  or  physiological  effects  of  the  drugs  produced. 
If  this  treatment  fails,  recourse  must  be  had  to  subcutaneous  in- 
jections of  morphia  or  even  the  inhalation  of  chloroform. 

When  the  active  phase  of  the  disease  declines,  the  patient 
still  needs  care  and  treatment  on  account  of  the  remaining  anaemia 
and  debility,  the  mental  condition  ol  hebe  ude  and  intractability, 
and  the  tendency  to  recurrence  of  ihe  malady,  apart  from  the  more 
serious  heart  complications  which  may  have  resulted. 

The  best  tonics  are  the  milder  preparations  of  iron,  either  the 
wine  or  citrate,  with  liquor  arsenicalis  in  comparatively  small  doses 
(3  to  5  min.),  or  cod-liver  oil ;  absence  from  competition  with  others, 
either  in  school  or  playground,  for  some  months,  which  are  best 
spent  at  the  sea-side  or  in  the  country,  where  quiet  amusement  can 
be  obtained  without  books  or  boisterous  companions.  In  protracted 
cases  and  during  convalescence  great  benefit  may  be  derived  from 
massage^  passive  exercises,  or  such  diversion  as  may  be  obtained 
in  the  use  of  a  skipping-rope  or  hoop.  For  the  most  part,  it  is  best 
to  avoid  books  and  such  toys  as  appeal  to  the  imagination  and  pro- 
voke spontaneous  activity  of  the  brain. —  Treatment. 

IS  THE  URIC  ACID  DIATHESIS  AN  IMPORTANT 
FACTOR  IN  PATHOLOGY. 

This  is  the  title  of  an  article  by  Dr.  James  Tyson  in  the  Fhila- 
delphia  Medical  Journal  for  July  16,  1898. 

At  the  outset  Dr.  Tyson  defines  what  he  understands  by  the 
uric  acid  diathesis.  A  person  the  subjett  of  this  diathesis  secretes 
habitually  or  frequently    acid,  scanty,  high-coloured   urine,  which 


590  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

promptly  deposits  uric  acid  and  mixed  urates  and  oxalates.  1*his 
is  a  clear  and  distinct  definition,  and  it  would  be  well  if,  in  all  dis- 
cussions on  this  vexed  question,  the  ground  were  as  thoroughly 
cleared  at  the  start. 

Six  divisions  of  the  diathesis  follow,  in  each  of  which  some  one 
or  other  of  its  numerous  manifestations  are  made  the  characteristic 
feature.  In  the  first  group  Dr.  Tyson  places  the  tendency  to  uric 
acid,  gravel  and  calculus.  This  is  a  division  which  all  will  admit, 
but  when  the  author  proceeds  to  describe  interstitial  nephritis  as 
due  to  the  irritative  action  of  the  same  urine  on  the  kidney  structures, 
he  would  seem  to  be  passing  from  plain  statements  of  fact  into 
those  of  theory.  It  is  impossible  to  prove.that  interstitial  nephritis 
has  any  such  origin,  though  as  a  theory  it  is  plausible.  In  his  next 
division  Dr.  Tyson  includes  gout.  Here  also  all  will  agree  with 
him.  But  here,  again,  we  are  invited  to  regard  the  not  infrequent 
presence  of  interstitial  nephritis  in  gouty  subjects  as  due  to  the  uric 
acid  irritating  the  kidney,  which  is  surely  an  unwarranted  assump- 
tion. In  his  third  group  the  author  places  a  manifestation  of  the 
uric  acid  diathesis  which  used  to  be  described  as  lithsemia.  This 
term  was,  we  believe,  first  used  by  the  late  Dr.  Murchison  in  con- 
nection with  what  he  described  as  functional  derangements  of  the 
liver.  The  author  attributes  "  bilious  attacks,"  bad  temper  and 
irritability  to  this  lithaemia.  He  also  considers  that  this  condition 
explains  certain  psychical  peculiarities,  such  as  *  extreme  modesty,  a 
want  of  self-reliance,  and  a  disposition  to  avoid  society.  "  This 
seems  to  us  to  place  such  a  strain  on  the  uric  acid  diathesis  theory 
as  it  is  unable  to  bear.  In  view  of  the  extraordinary  tendency  of 
some  observers  to  attribute  all  the  ills  that  flesh  is  heir  to  to  this 
uric  acid  diathesis,  we  think  it  a  pity  to  discredit  what  is  really,  in 
proper  limits,  sound  enough  pathology,  by  the  attempt  to  make  it 
of  universal  application.  Dr.  Tyson  in  his  fourth  class  places 
certain  cases  of  migraine,  and  brings  forward  a  case  whieh  admir- 
ably illustrates  his  argument.  We  are  pleased  to  see,  however, 
that  he  does  not  believe  that  all  cases  of  migraine  are  due  to  uric 
acid  in  the  blood,  and  for  this  we  are  thankful.  In  the  fifth  class 
we  find  that  high  tension  in  arteries  and  a  tendency  to  arterial  de- 
generation .ire  included  as  the  result  of  the  uric  acid  diathesis. 
This  may  or  rnay  not  be  the  case,  but  it  is  equally  probable  that 
both  high  tension  and  arterial  degeneration  may  be  due  to  some 
altered  condition  of  blood  due  to  renal  disease,  and  totally  uncon- 
nected with  uric  acid  in  any  form.  In  his  sixth  and  last  class 
stands  vertigo. 

In  the  whole  of  these  six  classes  the  author  attributes  the 
phenomena  to  the  action  of  uric  acid  and  allied  substances  acting 
through  the  blood,  in  which  they  are  in  solution.  We  have  already 
dwelt  upon  the  danger  of  stretching  this  theory  too  far,  and  with 
one  or  two  exceptions  we  think  t  at  this  has  not  been  done  by  Dr. 
Tyson,  whose  claims  for  the  evil  effects  of  uric  acid  are  quite 
modest  in  comparison  with  those  of  some  uric  acid  enthusiasts. 

In  the  latter  part  of  his  paper  the  author  discusses  the  rela- 
tionship, if  any,  between  tlie  uric  acid  diathesis  and  rheumatism, 
rheumatoid  arthritis,  sore  throat,  bronchitis  and  asthma  and  diabetes . 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  59 1 

This  subject  is  fully  and  ably  discussed,  and  we  are  glad  to  see 
that  Dr.  Tyson  is  far  from  accepting  such  evidence  as  has  been 
brought  forward  to  prove  that  uric  acid  in  the  blood  is  the  cause 
of  these  various  maladies.  Incidentally,  he  refers  to  the  condition 
which  is  implied  under  the  barbarous  term  uric  acidemia.  Surely 
it  is  time  to  protest  against  the  introduction  of  such  extraordinary 
jargon  into  medical  literature. — Treatment. 

WHICH  CASES  OF  CHOLELITHIASIS  ARE  SUIT- 
ABLE FOR  SPA-TREATMENT,  AND 
^VHICH  FOR  OPERATION. 

Dr.  Hans  Kehr,  of  Halberstadt  {Munchener  Med.  Woch., 
September  20,  1898),  who  has  gained  a  great  reputation  for  his 
operations  in  gallstone  cases,  considers  it  certainly  wrong  to  send 
every  case  of  cholelithiasis,  without  distinction,  to  Carlsbad,  only 
operating  when  the  Carlsbad  treatment  proves  useless.  He  comes 
to  the  conclusion  that  medical  treatment  (Carlsbad  courses,  etc.)  may 
be  recommended  in  the    following  classes    of  patients  : 

1.  Cases  with  acute  obstruction  in  the  common  bile-duct,  at 
least  in  the  ordinary  cases. 

2.  Cases  with  inflammatory  processes  in  the  gall-bladder,  with 
or  without  jaundice,  if  the  attacks  occur  seldom,  and  are  not  too 
severe. 

3.  Cases  with  frequent  attacks  of  colic,  when  gall-stones  are 
passed  each  time  ;  but  if  the  attacks  of  colic  recur  very  often,  with- 
out the  passage  of  gall-stones,  an  operation  in  indicated. 

4.  Patient  with  obesity,  gout,  or  diabetes,  or  when  narcosis  is 
dangerous  on  account  of  disease  of  the  heart,  lungs,  kidneys  or 
liver. 

5.  Patients  after  operations  for  gall-stone. 

On  the  other  hand,  Kehr  considers  operation  indicated  in  : 

1.  Acute  sero-purulent  cholecystitis  and  pericholecystitis. 

2.  Adhesions  resulting  from  pericholecystitis,  binding  the  gall- 
bladder to  the  bowel,  stomach,  or  omentum,  provided  that  symptoms 
(pains,  inflammation  about  the  pylorus,  stenosis  of  the  pylorus, 
stenosis  of  the  duodenum,  ileus,  etc.)  are  present. 

3.  Chronic  obstruction  in  the  common  bile-duct. 

4.  Chronic  obstruction  in  the  cystic  duct  (so-called  dropsy  or 
empyema  of  the  gall-bladder). 

5.  All  forms  of  cholelithiasis,  which,  though  slight  at  the  com- 
mencement, have  resisted  all  balneotherapeutic  and  pharmaceutical 
treatment,  and  by  giving  rise  to  chronic  disturbances  (feeling  of 
pressure  In  the  stomach,  wasting)  embitter  the  patient's  life  and 
prevent  him  doing  his  work. 

6.  Purulent  cholangitis  arid  hepati<:  abscess. 

7.  Perforation  of  the  bile-ducts  and  peritonitis. 

8.  Morphinism  resulting  from  the  troubles  of  cholelithiasis. 
Kehr  thinks  an  exploratory  operation  may  be  performed  when 

there  afe  frequeftt  troublesome  symptoms,  and  the  diagnosis  is  un- 
certain.    The  exact  diagnosis  (position  of  the  stoire^  etc.)  and  ddei 


592  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

consideration  of  the  patient's  age,  sex  and  social  position  are  most 
important  in  deciding  what  course  is  to  be  advised.  For  instance, 
Kehr  only  undertakes  an  operation  on  patients  over  six;y  years  of 
age  when  their  life  is  in  danger  (as  by  empyema  of  tiie  gall-bladder 
or  chronic  occlusion  of  the  common  bile-duct). —  Treatment. 


DONT'S  FOR  THE  TREATMENT  OF  PNEU- 
MONIA. 

Dr.  Thomas  J.  Mays,  in  the  Philadelphia  Polyclinic 
(Vol.  VII,  No.  19),  gives  the  following  list  of  what  «tf/ to  do  in 
the  treatment  of  pneumonia  : 

Don't  believe  that  acute  pneumonia  is  a  self-limited  dis- 
ease and  will  get   along  as  well   without  treatment  as  with  it. 

Don't  hug  the  delusion  that  fever  in  any  degree  is  a 
benefit  to  the  patient. 

Don't  fancy  that  you  can  always  tell  croupous  from  catar- 
rhal pneumonia. 

Don't  allow  pain  in  the  abdomen  to  draw  your  attention 
away  from  the  chest.  Frequently  the  beginning  of  pneu- 
monia is  accompanied  by  severe  pain  in  the  right  groin, 
which  may  lead  one  to  suspect  the  onset  of  typhoid  fever. 

Don't  direct  your  treatment  more  towards  the  heart  than 
towards  the  lungs. 

Don't  fail  to  recognize  the  great  influence  of  the  brain 
and  nervous  system. 

Don't  lose  sight  of  the  serious  indication  of  rapid  and 
laborious   breathing. 

Don't  be  afraid  of  applying  ice  to  the  chest  in  rubber 
bags.     It  will  do  no  harm. 

Don't  fail  to  apply  as  many  bags  as  are  necessary  to 
cover  the  area  of  inflammation. 

Don't  think  that  you  can  get  as  good  results  from  a  tub- 
bath  or  from  cold  general  spongings,  as  you  can  from  the 
local  application  of  ice. 

Don't  become  alarmed  when  the  ice  produces  a  sudden 
drop  in  the  temperature  and  think  the  patient  is  going  into 
collapse. 

Don't  fail  to  retain  the  ice  so  long  as  fever  is  present, 
and  resolution  has  not  taken  place. 

Don't  omit  to  apply  one  or  two  ice-bags  to  the  head. 

Don't  overlook  the  beneficial  influence  of  strychnine  in 
combating  pneumonia.  Administer  1-20  of  a  grain  by  the 
mouth  every  three  or  four  hours,  and  besides  give  the  same 
dose  hypodermically  once  or  twice  a  day,  until  the  system. 
iDecomes  irritable. 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  593 

Don't  omit  the  hypodermic  injection  of  1-4  of  a  grain  of 
morphine  once  or  twice  a  day  to  secure  rest  and  sleep. 

Don't  fail  to  administer  oxygen  by  inhalation  more  or 
less  constantly  if  the  patient  is  cyanotic  or  short  of  breath. 

Don't  fail  to  bleed  if  cyanosis  and  dyspnea  are  not  re- 
lieved by  oxygen  inhalation. 

Don't  lose  sight  of  the  great  value  of  tincture  of  capsi- 
cum in  relieving  great  nervous  depression,  delirium,  dry 
black-coated  tongue,  picking  at  the  bed-clothes,  etc.,  give  it 
in  from  a  half  to  one  teasponful  doses  in  water  every  two  or 
three  hours,  or  oftener,  in    alcoholic  pneumonia. 

Don't  fail  to  give  sodium  salicylate,  ammonium  acetate, 
potassium  acetate,  and  potassium  citrate,  three  grains  of  each, 
in  a  dessertspoonful  of  peppermint-water,  every  three  or  four 
hours,  if  there  is  the  least  evidence  of  a  rheumatic  complica- 
tion. 

Don't  overlook  the  important  action  of  quinine  in  this 
disease. 

Don't  fail  to  support  the  patient  with  an  abundance  of 
nourishing  food,  such  as  milk,  freshly  expressed  beef-juice,  etc. 
— American  Medico-Surgical  Bulletin. 

HYPNOTIC  SUGGESTION    IN    MEDICAL    PRAC- 
TICE. 

In  the  Blackpool  probate  case,  which  occupied  several 
days  before  Mr.  Justice  Barnes  and  a  special  jury,  there  has 
been  a  considerable  amount  of  evidence  of  special  interest  to 
medical  practitioners.  The  deceased,  Mrs.  Howard,  was  a 
patient  of  Dr.  Kingsbury,  of  Blackpool,  who  was  a  member 
of  the  British  Medical  Association  appointed  in  1890  to  in- 
vestigate the  phenomena  of  hypnotism,  and  who  had  pre- 
viously published  a  book  on  the  subject.  The  deceased  left 
;^30,ooo  to  Dr.  Kingsbury,  and  he  appears  to  have  obtained 
large  sums  of  money,  apart  from  those  fees  to  which  he  was 
entitled,  during  her  lifetime.  The  other  side  was  particu- 
larly anxious  to  prove  that  at  the  time  the  will  was  made  the 
testatrix  was  of  unsound  mind,  and  that  Dr.  Kingsbury  was 
unduly  interested  in  her  will-making  and  hypnotised  her. 
That  she  was  weak-minded,  even  for  a  woman,  is  beyond  all 
doubt,  but  that  she  was  of  unsound  mind  and  of  testamentary 
incapacity  is  not  so  clear.  Dr.  Kingsbury  admitted  he  had 
tried  to  hypnotize  her.  On  the  whole,  his  evidence  did  not 
show  him  in  a  very  favourable  light,  and  his  position  did  not 
improve  during  the  searching  cross-examination  of  Mr.  Car- 
son.    We  must  agree  with  Mr.  Carson  that  this  was  a  case  of 


594  PEOGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

very  great  importance  in  the  interest  of  the  general  public, 
and,  we  may  add,  also  in  the  interest  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion. He  asked  the  jury  to  remember  that  hypnotic  practice 
is  a  very  serious  business,  only  to  be  employed  by  practition- 
ers with  very  great  caution.  Dr-  Kingsbury  denied  he  had 
hypnotised  this  old  lady,  although  there  were  entries  of  his 
own  in  his  diary  in  which  he  stated  that  he  had  done  so. 
Mr.  Carson  did  not  suggest  that  hypnotism  in  1894  had 
anything  to  do  with  the  willof  1897,  but  what  he  did  state 
was  that  if  the  patient  had  been  hypnotised  in  1894  she 
would  remain  an  easy  prey  to  hypnosis  at  any  subsequent 
time,  and  mere  "suggestion  "  would  be  sufficient  to  influence 
her  in  a  given  direction.  We  must  dispute  the  statement  of 
Dr.  Kingsbury  that  the  morals  of  patients  could  not  be 
affected  by  hypnotism.  Any  open-minded  observer  who 
knows  anything  of  mind  must  admit  that  in  the  hypnotic 
state  the  moral  senses  are  more  or  less  suspended,  and  that 
the  dangers  of  hypnotism  are  thereby  very  much  aggra- 
vated. A  great  deal  of  evidence  on  the  subject  of  hypno- 
tism brings  clearly  before  us  that  the  hypnotic  subject  is 
morally  paralysed,  and  Dr.  Kingsbury  is  evidently  wrong  in 
denying  what  is  now  largely  accepted,  though  denial  was  the 
only  obvious  course  for  him.  The  hypnotised  subject  is 
the  mere  tool,  not  the  accomplice,  of  the  hypnotiser,  who 
makes  him  or  her  sign  documents,  or  commit  wrong  acts, 
and  is  in  a  state  of  moral  suspension  as  surely  as  the  epilep- 
tic in  his  automatic  states,  or  the  man  who  commits  a  crime 
in  a  state  of  somnambulism.  This  notable  case,  which  has 
excited  so  much  interest,  comes  opportunely  to  check  effec- 
tually any  disposition  which  may  still  linger  to  employ 
hypnotism  as  a  therapeutic  agent.  This  is  but  one  of  many 
alleged  abuses  which  may  be  suggested  by  suspicious  people, 
and  medical  men  in  their  own  interest  will  do  well  to  give 
hypnotic  practice,  except  in  rare  instances  and  in  conjunc- 
tion with  bond-fide  medical  and  nursing  witnesses,  a  very 
wide  berth.  1  he  summing  up  of  Mr.  Justice  Barnes  was 
strictly  technical,  and  gives  no  indication  of  his  views  of  the 
merits  of  the  case.  The  jury  could  scarcely  have  decided 
otherwise  than  they  did,  because  the  evidence  for  the 
defence — i.e.,  against  Dr.  Kingsbury,  was  distinctly  weak. 
It  is  most  unfortunate  for  our  profession  that  such  cases 
should  come  into  court,  for  the  public  are  apt  to  believe  the 
worst  of  a  medical  man  who  extracts  so  much  financial  assis- 
tance from  his  patient.  All  the  same,  it  will  do  good,  if  it 
impresses  on  medical  men  the  necessity  of  the  most  scrupu- 
lous disinterestedness  in  their  dealings  with  patients. — The 
Medical  Press,  ]\x\y  2j,   1898. 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  595 

A  PECULIAR  EFFECT  OF  THE  TOXIN  OF  THE 
BACILLUS  TUBERCULOSIS. 

If  there  be  one  feature  more  than  another  which  charac- 
terises the  mental  condition  of  tuberculous  patients,  it  is  the 
tendency  to  take  a  cheerful  view  of  the  future.  Curiously 
enough  this  physical  aberration  exhibits  a  tendency  to  be- 
come more  and  more  pronounced  as  the  disease  advances, 
reaching  its  acme  during  the  terminal  period.  When  the 
patient  first  seeks  medical  advice  he  displays  a  very  natural 
apprehension  concerning  the  condition  of  his  lungs,  and  is 
greatly  depressed  when  he  learns  that  there  is  actual  disease 
thereof.  This  state  of  mental  depression  persists  for  some 
time,  indeed,  if  circumstances  are  favourable  and  partial  re- 
covery ensues,  it  may  last  almost  indefinitely.  As  soon, 
however,  as  the  disease  becomes  more  or  less  generalized  the 
sanguine  disposition  takes  the  upper  hand,  and  the  most  dis- 
concerting facts  cannot  do  more  than  provoke  an  ephemeral 
spasm  of  depression.  When  such  a  patient  undertakes  a  sea 
voyage  in  order  to  have  a  better  chance  of  recovery^  that  is  to 
say,  at  a  comparatively  early  stage  of  the  disease,  he  expresses 
gloomy  apprehensions  lest  he  should  never  see  his  native 
shores  again,  but  when  death  is  at  hand  he  no  longer  hesitates- 
to  plan  undertakings,  which  cannot  possibly  be  executed  until 
long  after  the  time  when  he  will  have  been  laid  to  rest.  This 
is  not  a  question  of  individual  temperament,  indeed  it  may 
fairly  be  described  as  incidental  to  the  disease.  We  know 
that  certain  drugs  are  provocative  of  mirth,  while  others 
leave  unequivocal  indications  of  mental  depression,  and  it  is 
not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  the  toxin  secreted  by  the 
bacillus  of  tuberculosis  exerts  a  specific  action  in  this  direction. 
Certain  it  is,  that  in  no  other  disease,  with  the  exception,  per- 
haps, of  certain  cerebral  lesions,  do  we  meet  with  this  extra- 
ordinary hopefulness  in  the  face  of  the  most  disquieting  symp- 
toms, and  the  uniformity  with  which  it  is  met  with  implies  the 
presence  in  the  organism  of  a  disturbing  influence  which  is 
constant  in  its  incidence  and  exerts  a  disorganizing  effect  on 
the  higher  cerebral  fun  ctions. —  The  Medical  Press,  July,  1 898. 

THE    URINE    OF   HEALTHY   INFANTS 
AND  CHILDREN. 

By  FRANK  S.  CHURCHILL,  M.  D.,  CHICAGO. 

Amount. — The  daily  amount  of  urine  passed  by  his  cases 
is  much  less  than  that  recorded  by  m.ost  authors  whom  he  had 
been  able  to  consult,  except  Herz,  whose  analyses  upon  sixty 
cases,  thirty  girls  and  thirty  boys,  between  six  and  fourteen 


596  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

years  of  age,  corresponded  approximately  with  the  author's 
experience.  A  comparison  of  his  results,  with  those  quoted  by 
Rotch  and  Holt,  however,  showed  a  marked  discrepancy,  for 
which  he  was  unable  to  account.  He  would  suspect  that  he 
had  not  been  successful  in  getting  the  whole  amount  of  urine 
in  his  cases,  had  he  not  taken  especial  care  in  this  direction. 
Moreover,  the  specific  gravity  confirmed  the  amount. 

Specific  Gravity. — He  found  a  higher  average  than  is 
given  by  the  authors  already  quoted,  a  condition  we  should 
naturally  expect  in  the  urine  of  children  passing  but  a  small 
amount.  Had  he  failed  to  collect  the  total  amoimt,  he  should 
expect  a  lower  specific  gravity  than  is  recorded,  inasmuch  as 
even  those  cases  which  have  been  thrown  out  had  a  fair 
admixture  of  night  and  day  urine.  Reliable  as  are  the  observ- 
ers quoted,  should  we  not  expect  to  find  a  comparatively  high 
specific  gravity  in  the  urine  of  children  of  this  age,  at  a  period 
of  great  physical  activity  with  consequently  greater  elimina- 
tion of  urea  .?  The  specific  gravity  of  the  one  young  infant 
which  he  had  been  able  to  record  is  low,  coinciding  with  the 
well-known  observation  at  this  period  ;  it  ranged  from  1,001 
to  1,005  from  the  twelfth  day  to  four  weeks.  It  is,  however, 
generally  higher  during  the  first  two  days  of  life,  before  the 
establishment  of  the  breast-milk.  It  drops  after  this,  and  con- 
tinues low  throughout  the  first  year,  owing  to  the  fluid  charac- 
ter of  the  infant's  food.  During  the  second  year,  solid  food 
being  added  to  the  diet,  the  specific  gravity  rises,  and  in  four 
cases,  aged  respectively  twelve,  thirteen,  eighteen,  and  twenty 
months,  he  found  it  ranging  from  1,026  to  1,030,  the  urine 
being  a  mixture  of  the  day  and  night  eliminations. 

Vrea. — The  estimation  of  this  constituent  is  perhaps  the 
most  important  of  all  the  urinary  solids,  being  as  it  is  an 
index  of  general  metabolic  activity.  As  we  should  expect 
from  their  greater  activity,  and  as  Purdy  and  Foster  state,  we 
find  the  urea  excretion  in  children  relatively  higher  than  that 
in  adults.  The  low  percentage  noted  during  early  infancy  is, 
of  course,  due  to  the  quiescent  state  of  the  child.  Martin  and 
Ruge,  however,  report  wide  variations  in  single  specimens 
durmg  the  first  ten  days  of  life,  ranging  from  0.6  per  cent,  to 
1.9  per  cent.  Shiff  also  gives  wide  variations,  placing  averages 
at  from  .28  per  cent,  to  1.7  percent,  during  the  first  fourteen 
days.  Why  there  should  be  such  a  wide  range  in  the  excre- 
tion of  this  substance  at  a  time  of  such  quiescence  is  difficult 
to  see.  Possibly  greater  metabolic  activity  after  nursing  may 
account  for  it,  He  had  no  statistics  upon  the  relative  amount 
of  urea  in  urine  passed  just  before,  just  after  and  some  time  after 
feeding.  The  few  observations  he  made  at  this  age  showed,  with- 


MEDICINE.  AND   NEUROLOGY.  597 

out  exception,  very  low  percentages,  from  aii  per  cent,  to  0.4 
per  cent,  lower  than  those  cited.  After  the  first  year  it  rises, 
and  from  three  to  twelve  years  133  specimens  show  a  higher 
general  average  than  that  usually  given.  He  thought  Verordt's 
percentage,  based  on  only  seven  cases,  was  too  low.  He 
records  it  as  i.i  per  cent,  to  2  per  cent.,  four  being  below  2 
per  cent.,  one  2  per  cent.,  and  two  2.6  per  cent,  and  one  not 
given.  This  represents  the  adult  average,  whereas,  so  great 
is  the  physical  activity  of  the  growing  child,  so  active  is  his 
metabolism,  that  a  large  amount  of  urea  is  formed,  and  while 
it  may  be  argued  that  rnost  of  his  nitrogenous  food  goes  to 
the  building  up  of  the  rapidly  growing  body,  and  thus  the 
amount  of  urea  formed  in  the  urine  would  naturally  be  less, 
it  would  seem  more  rational  to  expect  a  greater  elimination 
of  this  substance.  Not  only  were  his  average  percentages 
higher  than  the  average  given  for  adults,  but  individual  cases 
showed  a  remarkably  high  percentage  of  elimination  of  urea  : 
eight  children  having  over  3  percent,  the  highest  being  3.7 
per  cent.  The  amount  of  urea  per  kilogram  of  body  weight, 
while  slightly  higher  than  the  ratio  given  for  adults,  is  lower 
than  that  given  by  other  observers,  as  we  should  expect 
from  the  smaller  amount  of  urine. 

Chlorides. — The  chlorides  were  found  quite  constant  at 
about  II  percent,  up  to  seven  years,  after  which  they  were 
about  9  per  cent. 

Phosphates. — The  phosphates  were  found  to  be  from  8  per 
cent,  to  II  per  cent,  from  three  to  five  years  ;  5  per  cent,  to  7 
per  cent,  from  six  to  twelve  years,  the  adult  range  being  about 
8  per  cent.  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  smaller  amount  of 
phosphates  found  in  the  urine  of  children  is  due  to  the  fact 
of  the  phosphoric  acid  being  retained  in  the  body  for  the 
growth  of  bone.  One  specimen  from  year-old  boy  showed 
16  per  cent,  and  as  he  was  somewhat  slow  about  teething, 
though  otherwise  perfectly  healthy,  the  question  suggested 
itself  as  to  whether  substances  which  normally  go  to  build 
up  the  teeth  were  being  eliminated  as  phosphates,  and,  if  so, 
why }  Digestion  was  absolutely  normal.  No  conclusions, 
however,  can  be  drawn  from  one  solitary  instance  ;  the  ob- 
servation is  merely  of  speculative  interest. 

Sulphates. — The  percentage  of  sulphates  was  i  to  1.2  per- 
cent., slightly  higher  than  in  adults,  0.8  per  cent  being  their 
average.     Purdy  states  that  the  sulphates  run  parallel  with 
the  urea. 

Albumin  and  Sugar. — Neither  albumin  nor  sugar  were 
detected  in  any  specimen.  So  much  has  been  said  about  a 
physiological   albuminuria  that    he    had    expected     to   find 


59^  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

albumin  in  one  or  more  specimens.  It  must  be  remembered, 
however,  that  his  cases  were  examined  but  two  or  three 
times,  and  some  only  once,  and  that  therefore  a  transient 
temporary  albuminuria  might  have  come  and  gone  between 
examintions.     No  deductions  can  be  made  on  this  point. 

Sediment. — Examinations    of     the     sediment     showed 
nothing  of  especial  interest  in  any  case. 

Reaction. — The  reaction   was  acid  in  all    cases,  though, 
of  course,  varying  in  intensity  in  different  specimens. 

Color. — The    color    in   most  cases  was  pale,  in  the   rest 
normal.     Looked  at  as  a  whole,  the  records  show  three  fac- 
tors of  chief  importance:  the  small  amount  of  urine,  the  high 
percentage  of  urea,  and  a  natural  result  of  these  two,  a  high 
specific  gravity.     In  other  words,  these  children  are  passing 
a  comparatively    concentrated  urine.     They  are  all    healthy, 
robust  children,  eating,  sleeping,  and    digesting  well,  and  of 
average  weight.     Do    these    records  of   their  urine  represent . 
the  urine  of  average  American  children,  or  of  average  children 
living  under  American  customs  and  regime  ?  Does  the  differ- 
ence in  nationality    account  for   the  difference    in  results  as 
obtained    by  the  investigations  cited,   and  by  those  of  the 
author.     Their  cases    were   all    German    children   and    the 
author's    cases   were  American,    though    mostly    of   foreign 
parentage  and  living  in  an  asylum.     Or,  is  it  merely  a  coin- 
cidence,   happening  among   this  small    number  of  children, 
that  they  all  pass  a  urine  small  in   amount,   concentrated    in 
character  ?     The  number  of  cases   is  too  small  to  draw    con- 
clusions as  to  the  effect  of  race,  national  habits  and  customs 
of  life. 

An  interesting  feature  in  the  table  presented  was  a  diminu- 
tion in   the  excretion  of  urea  per  kilogram  body  weight  at 
the  seventh    year  to   O-  296.     During  the   other  years,    from 
three  to  twelve,  the  amount  of  urea  per  kilogram  varied  from 
'0.468  too.  655. — Pediatrics,  July,  1898. 

THE     CAUSES     AND     TREATMENT    OF     HABI- 
TUAL CONSTIPATION  IN   INFANCY. 

Dr.  Thomas  S.  Southworth  read  a  paper  with  this  title 
in  the  section  on  Pediatrics,  New  York  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine. He  said  that  from  being  regarded  as  a  disease  ^^r  se, 
amenable  only  to  drugs,  constipation  had  come  to  be  looked 
upon  as  due  to  various  functional  disturbances  of  the  organ- 
ism. Much  had  been  written  from  a  theoretical  standpoint 
regarding  the  peculiar  anatomical  conditions  found  in  the 
sigmoid  flexure,  but  his  own  observations  on  this  point  had 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  599 

led  him  to  the  opinion  that  their  bearing  upon  the  occurrence 
of  constipation  had  been  greatly  exaggerated.  Among  the 
prominent  causes  of  infantile  constipation  are  deficient  mus- 
cular power,  disturbed  peristalsis,  and  altered  consistency  of 
the  fecal  masses.  To  these  must  be  added  the  absence  of 
voluntary  effort  in  the  infant.  The  speaker  said  that  consti- 
pation in  most  fairly  nourished  infants  yielded  readily  to  a 
simple  treatment  which  was  largely  dietetic.  The  fecal  masses 
themselves  should  be  inspected,  dissolved  and  broken  up  by 
the  physician,  and  in  some  cases  even  subjected  to  chemical 
analysis.  We  should  have  more  extensive  analyses  of  the 
healthy,  normal  stools  in  the  different  periods  of  infancy  so 
as  to  establish  the  variations  within  the  limits  of  health.  It 
had  been  shown  that  the  milk  of  the  nursing  mother  could  be 
materially  modified.  The  percentage  of  fat  and  the  total 
quantity  of  the  breast  milk  are  the  chief  factors  to  be  con- 
sidered in  connection  with  the  subject  of  constipation.  Too 
high  a  proteid  percentage  apparently  produces  looseness  of 
the  bowel  and  colic.  The  quantity  of  the  mammary  secre- 
tion could  be  increased  by  giving  the  mother  more  fluid  food 
such  as  cow's  milk,  cocoa,  thin  gruels  made  from  cornmeal 
and  well  cooked  flour.  The  extracts  of  malt  increase  the 
quantity  of  fat.  Regurgitation  by  the  infant  of  small  quan- 
tities of  milk  after  nursing  usually  indicates  that  the  fat  per- 
centage has  been  increased  too  far,  If  the  constipation  be  co- 
incident with  stationary  weight,  supplementary  feedings  are 
indicated.  The  stools  would  be  found  made  up  of  small  firm 
scybalss  which,  when  broken  up,  are  found  to  contain  no 
curds,  and  seem  to  be  well  digested.  A  constipated  child 
may  show  a  fair  gain  in  weight.  Good  results  sometimes 
follow  the  addition  of  cream  to  the  dietary  given  before  each 
nursing,  when  the  stools  are  dry  and  hard.  Regulation  of  the 
mother's  bowels  should  be  undertaken,  and  occasionally 
assists  in  remedying  infantile  constipation.  The  commonest 
errors  in  diet  leading  to  constipation  are  the  giving  of  in- 
sufficient fat  or  proteid,  or  an  excess  of  proteid.  This  in' 
sufficiency  may  depend  upon  excessive  or  insufficient  dilution 
with  water.  Many  children  who  thrive  to  all  appearances  on 
commercial  condensed  milk  are  constipated  in  spite  of  the 
large  quantity  of  cane  sugar  present,  because,  as  usually^ 
diluted,  the  fat  and  proteids  are  very  low  and  the  unabsorbed 
residue  very  small.  The  deficiency  in  the  proteids  results  in 
a  poor  development  of  the  muscles  of  the  abdominal  wall  and 
of  the  intestine.  To  increase  the  amount  of  condensed  milk 
is  to  increase  proportionately  theamount  of  cane  sugar,  which 
is  not  always  advisable.  The  alternative  is  to  change  the 
food  or  to  add  a  teaspoonful  of  cream  for  each  teaspoon ful  of 


600  PROGKESS   OF    MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

condensed  milk.  The  same  difficulty  might  arise  where  plain 
milk  was  given  much  diluted  with  water,  and  might  be 
remedied  by  increasing  the  quantity  of  milk  by  adding  cream 
or  by  the  use  of  "  top  milk."  The  addition  of  both  fats  and 
proteids  proves  the  most  serviceable  in  the  larger  number  of 
cases.  One  part  of  condensed  milk  represents  only  2^  parts 
of  ordinary  milk.  An  error  met  with  very  commonly  in 
artificial  feeding  is  that  of  giving  plain  milk  too  little  diluted. 
If  dyspepsia  does  not  ensue,  there  are  usually  colic  and  con- 
stipation, the  stools  being  hard,  and  when  broken  up,  show- 
ing undigested  casein.  The  proper  dilution  of  the  milk  and 
the  addition  of  cream  will  usually  remedy  the  constipation. 
The  use  of  well  cooked  oatmeal  gruel  or  jelly  may  sometimes 
be  of  service  as  a  diluent  for  the  milk.  Certain  non-alcoholic 
preparations  of  m  lit  may  occasionally  be  beneficial.  The 
juice  of  half  an  orange  may  sometimes  be  given,  twice  a  day, 
in  the  intervals  of  feeding,  although  it  sometimes  gives  rise 
to  troublesome  urticara. 

Two  special  types  of  constipation  remain  to  be  considered. 
The  first  of  these  is  the  rhachitic,  in  which  the  diet  must  be 
regulated  and  the  starchy  elements  reduced  ;  the  second,  or 
that  form  of  chronic  intestinal  indigestion  characterized  by 
large,  light  colored  stools  of  the  consistency  of  putty.  The 
influence  of  habit  in  securing  regularity  of  evacuation  from 
the  bowel  has  long  been  recognized,  but  is  often  not  suffi- 
ciently appreciated.  It  has  been  found  that  if  very  young 
infants  are  placed  over  a  warm  chamber  at  regular  intervals 
after  feeding  they  will  very  quickly  be  induced  to  have  regu- 
lar evacuations.  It  is  important  that  children  old  enough  to 
sit  at  stool  should  be  provided  with  a  support  for  the  feet, 
otherwise  the  abdominal  muscles  cannot  be  properly  brought 
into  play.  Abdominal  massage  would  be  found  peculiarly 
useful  in  training  the  bowel  to  act  at  different  periods.  The 
child  should  be  laid  on  the  back  and  the  warmed  hand  in- 
troduced from  below  upwards  underneath  some  light  cover- 
ing. The  tips  of  the  fingers  should  then  be  carried  from  the 
ileo-cecal  region  in  small  circles  up  to  the  transverse  colon, 
then  across  and  down  along  the  descending  colon  to  the 
region  of  the  cecum,  and  then  the  process  should  be  repeated 
beginning  at  the  same  point  as  before.  If  the  fingers  are 
warm  and  the  pressure  is  very  light  the  child  is  not  apt  to 
cry.  Five  or  ten  minutes  of  such  massage  once  or  twice  a 
day  would  usually  be  sufficient.  No  lubricant  should  be  used. 
as  it  is  desirable  that  the  tissues  underneath  should  be  moved. 
At  the  conclusion  of  the  seance,  the  child  should  be  placed 
upon  the  chamber.  When  ^Hv.ie  is  crying  with  defacation, 
and  sometimes  in  its  absence,  anal  fissures  should  be  sought 
for. — Pediatrics 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY.  6oi 

TEMPORARY  RELIEF  OF  TOOTHACHE. 

Under  this  heading  we  are  told  by  Ackland  in  Treat- 
ment of  June  23,  1898,  to  treat  toothache  in  the  following 
manner  : —  *• 

First  syringe  and  well  wash  out  the  cavity  or  cavities 
with  a  solution  of  carbolic  acid  in  water  (one  in  forty)  to 
remove  the  mechanical  or  chemical  irritants  as  far  as  possible. 
Now  take  two  pieces  of  cotton-wool  and  prepare  them  as  fol- 
lows : — The  first,  a  mere  shred,  soak  in  carbolic  and  water, 
one  in  twenty  ;  the  second  and  larger — of  a  size  so  as  to 
nearly  fill  the  cavity  when  slightly  compressed — soak  in  or- 
dinary surgical  colodion.  Then  dry  out  the  cavity  with  a 
piece  of  cotton-wool,  using  an  ordinary  pair  of  dressing  for- 
ceps, and  immediately  insert  the  shred  of  cotton-wool  wet  with 
the  carbolic  solution,  followed  as  quickly  by  the  large  pellet 
of  collodion  wool.  Should  the  shape  of  the  cavity  be  against 
its  retaining  this  temporary  stopping,  try  to  use  a  surface  of 
an  adjoining  tooth  to  help  to  keep  it  in.  The  collodion  pre- 
cipitates in  the  meshes  of  the  cotton,  and  will  soon  form  a 
temporary  stopping,  which,  although  not  of  course  prevent- 
ing further  decay,  will  generally  tide  the  patient  over  for  a 
time,  without  further  pain.  If  there  be  more  than  one  sensi- 
tive cavity,  put  a  temporary  stopping  in  each. 

Inflammation  of  the  peridental  membrane  and  perios- 
teum is  generally  a  result  of  the  death  of  the  tooth  following 
on  the  further  development  of  a  foregoing  pulpitis.  It  is  gen- 
erally very  easy  to  diagnose,  as  the  slighest  pressure  on  the 
affected  tooth  causes  pain,  and  tenderness  on  the  gum  over 
the  root  or  roots  is  always  present.  In  the  mild  form  it  is 
best  treated  by  drying  the  gum  and  painting  on  a  liniment 
made  up  as  follows  : — 

Liniment  iodi, 

Tincture  aconiti,  of  each  i  minim  ; 

Chloroformi,  10  minims. 
In  this  form  it  is  sometimes  associated  with  pulpitis,  in 
which  case  treat  the  pulp  first  and  paint  on  the  liniment 
after.  In  a  latter  stage,  but  before  suppuration  has  taken 
place,  inject  into  the  periosteum  three  or  four  minims  of  a 
one-per-cent  solution  of  cocaine,  freshly  made  with  distilled 
water,  or,  failing  cocaine,  use  distilled  water  only.  Hold  the 
point  of  the  needle  obliquely  against  the  side  of  the  tooth  so 
as  to  guide  it  into  the  interval  between  the  root  and  the  alve- 
olar bone.  In  the  suppurative  and  abscess  stages,  poppyhead 
fomentations  held  hot  in  the  mouth  is  generally  the  most 
.  effective  treatment.   They  are  best  made  by  taking  two  ounces 


602  PROGRESS   OF    MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

of  poppyheads  and  boiling  them  in  a  pint  of  water  sufficiently 
to  evaporate  to  half  a  pint  in  volume,  straining  off  the  liquid 
and  using  it  hot.  Leeches,  with  or  without  a  tube,  can  be 
applied  if  the  patient  will  undergo  the  _^eatment.  If  an  ab- 
scess be  present  it  should  be  drained  if  possible. 

A  great  deal  of  relief  is  often  given  by  general  treatment, 
such  as  the  use  of  calomel  and  mild  purges. —  Therapeutic 
Gazette. 


THE  EXERCISE  TREATMENT  OF  LOCOMOTOR 

ATAXIA. 

The  treatment  of  locomotor  ataxia  by  exercises  calcu- 
lated to  teach  the  patient  again  the  co-ordination  of  muscles 
that  has  been  lost  by  degeneration  of  the  lower  sensory  neu- 
rons has  recently  attracted  considerable  attention,  and  has 
won  for  itself  the  support  of  many  neurologists,  among  whom 
may  be  mentioned  Leydon,  Jolly,  Mendel,  Eulenberg,  Op- 
penheim,  Gerhardt  and  Remak,  This  method  of  treatment 
was  first  introduced  by  Frankel,  and  has  for  its  prime  object 
the  conversion  of  the  simplest  ataxic  movement  into  a  nor- 
mal one. 

In  a  communication  to  the  Deutsche  Medicinische  Woch- 
enschri/t,  oi December  I y,  i8gy,  Frankel  describes  the  vari- 
ous exercises  for  the  hands,  arms,  body  and  legs.  For  exer- 
cising the  upper  extremities  the  following  directions  are 
given : — Sit  in  front  of  a  table,  place  the  hand  upon  it,  then 
elevate  each  finger  as  far  as  possible  ;  raise  the  hand  slightly, 
extend, and  then  flex  each  finger  and  thumb  as  far  as  possi- 
ble; do  this  with  the  right  and  then  with  the  left  hand. 
Touch  with  the  end  of  the  thumb  each  finger-tip  separately 
and  accurately  ;  then  touch  the  middle  of  each  phalanx  with 
the  tip  of  the  thumb.  Sit  at  the  table  with  a  large  sheet  of 
paper  and  a  pencil;  make  a  dot  at  each  corner  of  the  paper 
and  one  in  the  center,  and  draw  lines  from  the  corner  dots  to 
the  center  dot,  first  with  the  right  and  then  with  the  left 
hand.  Put  ten  coins  on  the  paper,  pick  them  up  and  place 
them  in  a  single  pile,  first  with  the  right  and  then  with  the 
left  hand. 

For  the  body  and  legs,  sample  exercises : — Sit  in  a 
chair,  rise  slowly  to  erect  position  without  help  ^of  cane  or 
arms  of  chair  ;  then  sit  down  slowly  ;  stand  with  cane,  feet 
together  ;  advance  left  foot  and  return  it,  then  the  same  with 
right.  Walk  slowly  ten  steps  forward  and  five  back  with  help 
of  canes.  Stand  without  cane,  but  with  feet  a  little  apart  and 
the  hands  on  the  hips  ;  in  this  position  stoop  down  by  flex- 


MEDICINE   AND   NEUROLOGY.  6o3 

ing  the  knees,  and  rise  slowly.  Stand  without  cane  with  the 
feet  separated  ;  raise  the  hands  from  sides  above  the  head  ; 
carry  them  downward  and  forward,  and  try  to  touch  the  toes. 
Walk  along  a  fixed  line  on  the  floor  by  help  of  cane,  placing 
each  foot  in  turn  on  the  line ;  then  repeat  without  using  the 
cane.  Most  of  these  exercises  should  be  repeated  several 
times,  and  the  movements  should  be  made  with  the  eyes  both 
open  and  closed. 

Owing  to  disturbance  of  the  sensory  paths  tabetics  have 
lost  the  sense  of  fatigue,  so  there  is  some  danger  in  overdoing 
the  treatment.  Two  things  are  therefore  insisted  upon : — 
first,  every  movement  must  be  done  with  the  greatest  possi- 
ble exactitude,  since  it  is  not  simply  physical  exercise  that  is 
aimed  at  so  much  as  training  in  co-ordination ;  and,  second, 
the  seance  should  not  last  more  than  eight  or  ten  minutes,  and 
no  more  than  two  should  be  allowed  a  day. 

In  the  preataxic  stage  the  exercise  treatment  has  in  a 
number  of  cases  prevented  the  development  of  inco-ordination. 
Even  in  advanced  sclerosis  remarkable  results  may  be  ob- 
tained ;  in  a  number  of  instances  patients  bedridden  for  three, 
four  and  five  years  have  been  taught  to  walk  without  assis- 
tance. The  irriprovement  may  last  for  years,  if  the  disease  is 
stationary  or  only  slowly  progressive.  According  to  Frankel, 
the  treatment  is  absolutely  contra-indicated  in  cases  of  acute 
or  subacute  ataxia. 

Kalinin  [Vratch,  No.  7,  1897),  who  has  used  Frankel's 
method  in  five  cases  of  locomotor  ataxia,  draws  the  following 
conclusions  : — By  this  treatment  the  loss  of  motion  can  be  re- 
stored to  a  satisfactory  degree,  the  gait  and  locomotion 
gradually  becoming  safer  and  firmer.  The  sense  of  locality 
and  that  of  movement,  and  the  skin  sensibility,  are  but  little 
improved.  Romberg's  symptom  very  soon  became  less  pro- 
nounced. The  duration  of  treatment  should  entirely  depend 
upon  the  prognosis  and  the  degree  of  motor  disturbances  pre- 
sent, but  in  any  case  it  should  not  be  less  than  a  month.  No 
ill  effects  were  observed  when  the  treatment  was  interrupted 
at  short  intervals  of  two  or  three  weeks,  but  not  longer. 

Raichline,  who  has  treated  twelve  cases  with  complete 
success  in  eight,  concludes  that  the  conditions  of  success  area 
long,  as  opposed  to  a  short,  course  of  treatment,  a  well  nour- 
ished condition,  good  sight  necessary  for  watching  the  move- 
ments accurately,  a  certain  amount  of  energy  and  intelligence, 
not  complete  loss  of  sensibility,  and  the  absence  of  arthro- 
pathies.—  University  Medical  Magazine,  May,  1898. 


604  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

THE  TREATMENT  OF  INCONTINENCE  OF 
URINE  IN  CHILDREN  WITH  THE  LIQUID 
EXTRACT  OF  RHUS  AROMATICA. 

In  a  recent  issue  of  Treatment  we  find  that  Freyberger 
has  used  this  drug  with  great  success.  He  gives  us  a  brief 
summary  of  the  thirty  cases  of  enuresis  which  he  has  treated 
with  rhus  aromatica. 

In  all  cases  spoken  of  "  as  cured  "  at  least  nine  months 
have  elapsed  since  enuresis  had  occurred  for  the  last  time. 

Of  the  thirty  patients  treated  with  rhus  aromatica,  twelve 
are  boys  and  eighteen  girls  ;  their  ages  vary  from  three  to 
eleven  and  a  half  years. 

At  the  time  when  treatment  was  begun  one  child 
suffered  from  anemia,  two  from  rickets,  one  from  rheuma- 
tism, two  from  chorea,  five  from  morbus  cordis,  five  from 
large  tonsils  and  adenoids,  one  from  somnambulism,  one  from 
pulmonary  tuberculosis,  and  one  was  microcephalic  ;  while  in 
eleven  children  no  concomitant  affection  could  be  found. 

One  boy  suffered  from  diurnal  enuresis  ;  five  boys  and 
fifteen  girls  presented  the  combined  (or  continuous)  form  of 
enuresis. 

The  average  duration  of  the  treatment  was  forty  days, 
thirty-five  days  in  boys  and  forty-five  in  girls. 

The  first  signs  of  improvement  occurred  on  an  average 
on  or  about  the  seventh  day  of  treatment  ;  the  earliest  on  the 
third,  the  latest  on  the  twenty-third  day. 

Thirty-three  days  on  an  average  were  sufficient  to  pro- 
duce a  permanent  cure,  fifty-three  days  to  effect  a  permanent 
improvement. 

Eleven  boys  and  seven  girls  were  permanently  cured  ; 
one  boy  and  nine  girls  were  permanently  relieved  ;  in  two 
girls  no  improvement  could  be  achieved.  A  relapse  occurred 
in  three  girls  after  an  interval  of  some  months. 

A  temporary  exaceibation  of  the  enuresis  was  noted  in 
eight  cases,  three  boys  and  five  girls  ;  it  occurred  during  or 
towards  the  end  of  the  first  week  in  five  cases,  and  during  the 
second  week  in  three  cases.  While  this  exacerbation  lasted, 
the  patients  not  only  wetted  their  beds  two  or  three  times 
every  night,  but  the  quantity  of  urine  passed  into  the  bed 
each  time  was  considerably  increased.  This  interesting 
though  somewhat  unpleasant  phenomenon  lasted  from  four 
to  six  days,  and  in  all  cases  terminated  rather  abruptly.  Dur- 
ing this  period  of  flooding,  the  urine  was  always  very  pale  ;  its 
specific  gravity  varied  between  1002  and  1007.  Considering 
the  great  disappointment  which  parents  must  necessarily  feel 


MEDICINE  AND  NEUROLOGY.  605 

at  this  apparent  change  for  the  worse,  the  author  made  it  a 
rule  to  tell  the  parents  beforehand  that  such  a  recrudescence 
might  possibly  occur,  but  that  it  would  not  last  long,  and  in 
all  probability  would  soon  be  followed  by  a  decided  improve- 
ment. 

It  would  be  rash  to  claim  for  rhus  aromatica  the  qualities 
of  a  specific  in  the  treatment  of  enuresis  in  children  as  long 
as  our  knowledge  of  this  drug  and  its  action  is  based  upon 
the  results  observed  in  barely  one  hundred  cases  on  which  re- 
ports have  been  published  ;  but  so  much  may  be  said  in  its 
favor  that  it  appears  to  be  as  efficacious  as  belladonna,  that 
it  may  be  given  for  however  so  long  without  the  slightest  ill 
effect,  and  that  good  results  may  be  obtained  with  it  where 
belladonna  proves  ineffective. 

The  astringent  taste  and  disagreeable  odor  of  the  liquid 
extract  of  rhus  aromatica  are  sufficiently  disguised  by 
syrupus  aromaticus. 

The  dose  employed  was : — Five  to  ten  minims  for  chil- 
dren two  to  five  years  old  ;  fifteen  to  twenty  minims  for  older 
children. 

A  very  convenient  formula  is  the  following  : — 
K     Ext.  rhus  aromaticse  fl.,  10  minims  ; 
Syrup,  aromatici,  20  minims  ; 
Aq.  distillatae,  ad  i  drachm. 

S.:    This  amount  to  be  given  three  times  a  day. 


EXPERIMENTAL      RESEARCHES     ON     THE 
EFFECTS  OF  DIFFERENT  ANESTHE- 
TICS. 

This  important  subject  has  again  been  taken  up  by 
Thomas  and  Kemp  in  the  Medical  Record  of  September  3, 
1898.  They  tell  us  that,  as  regards  ether,  it  would  appear 
that  this  agent  produces  a  special  contraction  of  the  renal 
arterioles,  with  a  constant  damaging  effect  upon  the  renal 
secretory  cells  similar  to  those  which  follow  clamping  the 
renal  artery.  The  kidney  shrinks  in  bulk,  with  consequent 
fall  of  the  oncometric  tracing,  and  accompanied  by  a  diminu- 
tion of  secretion,  marked  albuminuria,  and  finally  suppres- 
sion. As  remarked  before,  this  condition  of  the  kidney  is 
not  due  to  any  change  in  the  general  arterial  circulation. 

These  facts  would  seem  to  contra-indicate  the  use  of 
ether  as  an  anesthetic  when  renal  disease  is  present,  and  par- 
ticularly when  with  albuminuria  there  is  a  tendency  to  pul- 
monary edema. 


6o6  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

The  effect  of  chloroform  upon  the  kidney  seems  to  be  ml. 
The  oncometric  curves  are  nearly  normal,  and  are  affected 
only  through  sharing  in  general  circulatory  changes.  The 
secretion  of  urine  continues  up  to  the  last  moment  of  life, 
and  the  albuminuria  is  so  slight  that  its  presence  at  all  is 
apparently  due  only  to  respiratory  interference.  Meantime  the 
action  of  chloroform  on  the  heart,  as  shown  by  carotid 
tracings,  is  directly  depressing.  Ether,  on  the  other  hand, 
shows  evidence  of  cardiac  stimulation  throughout. 

The  A.  C.  E.  mixture  shows  the  special  effects  both  of 
ether  on  the  kidneys  and  of  chloroform  on  the  heart,  either 
being  predominant  according  to  the  mode  of  the  administra- 
tion. If  a  large  percentage  of  air  be  simultaneously  inhaled, 
as  is  the  case  when  chloroform  alone  is  administered,  the 
effect  is  that  of  chloroform  cardiac  depression  without  the 
effect  of  ether  upon  the  kidney.  If,  however,  the  A.  C.  E. 
mixture  be  administered  more  as  ether  is  when  used  alone, 
then  a  study  of  the  carotid  and  kidney  tracing  shows  clearly 
that  we  have  both  the  cardiac  depression  of  chloroform  and 
the  renal  derangement  of  ether  combined.  This  seemed  to 
cause  such  powerful  effects  upon  the  breathing  and  upon  the 
heart  that  artificial  respiration  had  to  be  resorted  to  in  every 
dog  to  which  this  mixture  was  freely  administered,  which  was 
not  the  case  with  either  ether  or  choloroform.  As  far  as  the 
author's  observations  go,  therefore,  they  fail  to  see  any  ad- 
vantage in  this  mixture  of  chloroform  and  ether,  but  rather 
the  reverse. 

These  objections  appear  to  be  still  more  applicable  to 
Schleich's  anesthetic.  The  cardiac  depression  of  chloroform 
and  the  renal  disturbance  of  ether  are  simultaneously  de- 
veloped in  the  tracings,  similar  to  but  to  a  greater  degree 
than  with  the  A.  C.  E-  mixture.  Schleich  claims  that  mix- 
tures of  different  anesthetics  of  different  boiling — i.  e.,  maxi- 
mum evaporation — points  are  safer  than  the  administration  of 
the  anesthetic  alone,  on  the  assumption  that  the  absorption 
of  an  anesthetic  as  to  quantity  depends  upon  its  boiling  point. 
The  more  volatile  an  anesthetic  is,  the  less  will  be  absorbed 
into  the  blood  in  a  given  time.  Hence,  ether,  the  boiling 
point  of  which  is  93  *-*  F.,  will  not  be  absorbed  so  rapidly  as 
chloroform,  whose  boiling  point  is  143  ^  F.  If,  therefore,  an 
anesthetic  could  be  produced  whose  boiling  point  was  the 
same  as  the  normal  temperature  of  the  blood,  the  exact 
amount  absorbed  with  each  inspiration  would  be  eliminated 
by  each  expiration.  By  causing  the  mixture  to  be  at  dififer- 
ent  degrees  above  this  point,  he  claims  that  we  can  regulate 
at  will  the  excess  which  the  expiration  would    not    remove, 


MEDICINE  AND    NEUROLOGY.  60/ 

and  thus  the  amount  of  the  anesthetic  retained  in  the  blood. 
His  addition  of  petroleum  ether  or  benzine  to  sulphuric  ether 
and  chloroform  was  further  to  facilitate  the  formation  of  a 
mixture  or  solution  of  anesthetics  which  would  afford  a  safer 
means  of  absorption 

The  authors  believe  that  practically  this  reasoning  is  fal- 
lacious, because  it  assumes  that  these  mixtures  or  solutions 
constitute  a  new  chemical  homogeneous  compound  which  will 
always  be  inhaled  as  one  substance  in  definite  chemical  pro- 
portions, just  as  a  compound  salt  is  one  substance  when  swal- 
lowed after  solution  in  water  ;  whereas  the  fact  is  that  ether 
remains  ether  and  chloroform  stays  chloroform  during  the  in- 
halation, and  the  proportion  of  ether  which  will  be  absorbed 
will  depend  upon  the  mode  of  administration,  a  tight  cone 
allowing  an  amount  of  chloroform  to  be  taken  which  would 
be  extremely  dangerous,  while  the  free  admixture  with  air 
would  so  lessen  the  absorption  of  ether  that  its  specific  effects 
would  be  proportionately  lessened.  Meantime  the  adoption 
of  benzine  is  not  the  adoption  of  an  anesthetic,  for  Dr.  S.  T. 
Meltzer,  in  a  communication  to  the  writers  on  his  experi- 
ments upon  rabbits  with  petroleum  ether,  by  inhalation 
through  mouth  and  nose,  as  well  as  through  a  tracheal  canula, 
says  : — "  Petrol  ether  is  not  a  narcotic.  If  a  rabbit  was  put 
under  deep  anesthesia  by  ether,  and  then  ether  suspended 
and  petrol  ether  administered,  the  lid  reflex  soon  re-appeared 
and  the  rabbit  woke  up.  The  inhalation  of  pure  petrol  ether 
alone  soon  brings  out  a  distinct  tetanus  and  opisthotonos,  to 
which  the  animal  soon  succumbs  if  the  inhalation  be  con- 
tinued. If  the  inhalation  be  discontinued  at  the  appearance 
of  the  convulsions,  the  animal  survives  the  tetanus,  but  this  is 
then  followed  by  a  distinct  paresis  of  all  the  extremities.  If 
ether  is  given  with  the  petrol  ether,  the  tetanus  movements 
are  suspended,  but  not  so  paralytic  after-e fleets;  the  rabbit 
dies  of  paralysis  of  the  respiratory  muscles. 

There  is,  moreover,  a  physical  reason  for  doubting  the 
manageability  of  mixed  anesthetics,  due  to  the  fact  that  if  two 
agents  of  diff"erent  maximum  points  of  evaporation  be  mixed 
together,  the  more  volatile  of  them  will  increase  the  evapora- 
tion of  the  other  by  carrying  ofl"  more  of  the  less  volatile  one 
than  if  the  latter  were  vaporized  by  itself.  Thus  more  chlo- 
roform would  be  inhaled  if  mixed  with  ether  than  if  it  were 
administered  separately. 

That  Schleich's  mixtures  have  been  used  in  a  number  of 
cases  without  dangerous  eff"ects  is  no  evidence  that  they  are 
safe,  for  the  same  may  be  said  of  chloroform  and  of  ether  the 
world  over.     Mixed  anesthetics  of  any   kind  might  be   em- 


6o8  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

ployed  in  hundreds  of  instances  without  unpleasant  results, 
though  actually  they  were  more  dangerous  than  unmixed 
agents,  for  with  chloroform  itself  surgeons  have  published 
reports  of  ten  thousand  administrations  of  it  without  one  ser-. 
ious  accident. 


HYSTERIA    AND  BRAIN    TUMORS. 

Krauss  [Buffalo  Medical  Journal,  August,  1898)  in  con- 
sidering the  differential  diagnosis  of  these  affections,  of 
cardinal  importance  to  the  surgeon,  calls  attention  to  the 
fact  that  all  cases  of  suspected  brain  tumor  with  hysterical 
manifestations  must  not  be  considered  as  having  been  abso- 
lutely organic  because  death  has  occurred,  since  it  is  a  well- 
known  fact  that  a  fatal  termination  may  sometimes  result 
from  the  different  effects  of  hysteria,  and  it  is  quite  a  mistake 
to  look  upon  the  disease  as  always  having  a  favorable  prog- 
nosis, so  far  as  life  is  concerned, 

Fournier  and  SoUier  have  observed  cases  of  spasm  of 
the  glottis  in  hysterical  girls  so  severe  that  death  ensued  ; 
also  in  hysterical  angina  pectoris,  which  is  generally  curable, 
yet  Potain  reported  a  case  in  which  death  took  place  and  in 
which  on  post-mortem  examination  absolutely  nothing  was 
found. 

Fournier  and  Sollier  also  refer  to  hysterical  anorexia  in 
which  there  is  sometimes  a  fatal  termination,  and,  even 
should  recourse  be  had  to  artificial  feeding,  there  seems  to  be 
no  power  of  absorption.  The  wasting  continues  and  the 
patient  dies.  They  also  refer  to  the  danger  of  forcible  feed- 
ing in  such  cases.  One  of  their  patients  who  presented  a 
marked  degree  of  anorexia  expressed  a  wish  for  some  cheese, 
and  died  the  same  evening  that  she  ate  it.  The  authors  point 
out  that  sudden  death  may  occur  after  hysterical  vomiting, 
and  they  give  the  notes  of  one  such  case,  no  lesion  of  any 
kind  being  found  on  post-mortem  examination.  Thus  it  will 
be  seen  that  the  utmost  care  is  necessary  in  making  the  ex- 
amination, and  still  greater  care  and  caution  in  interpreting 
the  meaning  of  the  different  symptoms.  In  a  previous  paper 
Krauss  has  called  attention  to  three  groups  of  symptoms 
occurring  in  tumors  of  the  brain,  viz.,  the  early  symptoms, 
the  classical  symptoms,  and  the  decisive  symptoms. 

The  early  symptoms  are  similar  to  those  met  with  in 
neurasthenia  and  hysteria,  as  headaches,  incapacity  for  men- 
tal work,  disordered  digestion,  nervous  irritability,  and  a  gen- 
eral malaise.  The  classical  symptoms  enumerated  in  the 
order  of  their   importance  are  :    (i)    head  pain  ;    (2)   optic 


MEDICINE  AND   NEUROLOGY,  6cg 

neuritis  ;  (3)  mental  apathy  ;  (4)  nausea  and  vomiting  ;  and 
as  a  special  localizing  symptom  to  be  added  to  this  group 
itiust  be  included  (5)  paralysis.  The  decisive  symptom, 
choked  disc,  is  the  only  symptom  which  has  never  been 
observed  in  the  varied  symptomatology  of  hysteria,  whereas 
all  the  early  and  classical  symptoms  have  been  frequently 
noted  in  functional  diseases.  It  is  therefore  of  extreme  im- 
portance that  this  sign  should  be  sought  for,  not  only  at  the 
first  examination,  but  at  every  subsequent  examination 
until  its  presence  is  determined,  or  its  absence  along  with 
continued  improvement  signifies  a  purely  functional  disturb- 
ance in  the  patient. —  Therapeutic  Gazette. 


THE  PRESENT  ASPECT  OF  THE  FOOD  PROB- 
LEM OF  INFANTS  SUFFERING  WITH  GAS- 
TRO-INTESTINAL  AFFECTIONS. 

Prof.  Ad.  Czerny  {Allg.  med.  Central.  Ztg.,  1898,  26 
and  27 ;  Pediatrics)  does  not  discuss  the  treatment  of  the 
several  forms  of  gastro-intestinal  affections  in  the  infant,  but 
only  confines  himself  to  the  generally  important  points  which 
have  a  bearing  on  the  therapy  of  feeding. 

The  older  views  are  based  on  the  rule  relating  to  well 
known  foods,  until  the  right  one  is  found  ;  and  we  must 
admit  that  not  a  single  one  of  these  foods  is  injurious,  and 
that  each  occasionally  affords  good  results.  But  we  have  not 
yet  discovered  accurate  indications  for  each  individual  food. 

If  we  would,  however,  pursue  a  plan  of  feeding  which 
will  surely  lead  to  the  end  in  view,  we  are  met  by  the  idea 
that  the  greatest  stress  should  be  laid  on  the  number  of 
bacteria  it  contains,  or  on  the  quality  or  quantity  of  the  food. 
We  only  seem  to  agree  that,  under  all  circumstances,  the 
ingestion  of  food  should,  in  acute  gastro-intestinal  affections,  be 
altogether  discontinued  for  a  time,  say  about  twenty-four  to 
twenty-eight  hours,  until  the  condition  of  the  feces  indicates 
that  the  intestine  has  been  thoroughly  emptied. 

Infants  suffering  with  gastro-intestinal  affections,  accord- 
ing to  experience,  bear  the  deprivation  of  food  very  well.  If 
we  allow  them  to  drink  bland  liquids,  water  or  tea,  their 
weight  is  not  diminished,  but  is  eventually  increased. 

In  like  manner  it  is  undoubtedly  true  that,  under  like 
circumstances,  if  we  are  dealing  with  a  bottle-fed  child,  the 
introduction  of  mother's  milk  as  food  is  greatly  to  be  desired. 
In  many  cases  this  measure  becomes  life-saving  ;  in  others 
improvement  does  not  take  place.     In  these    latter  cases  the 


6ro  PROGRESS    OF   MEDICAL   SCIENCE. 

cause  of  our  non-success  can  hardly  be  found  in  the  quality 
of  the  breast-milk,  if  this  comes  from  a  well-secreting  gland. 

Only  the  milk  from  a  gland  which  is  in  course  of  retro- 
gression, especially  from  one  in  which  the  secretion  is  rapidly 
lost,  is  undesirable,  for  the  reason  that  the  soluble  consti- 
tuents of  the  milk,  stagnating  in  the  breast,  the  sugar  of  milk, 
and  also  the  fat  of  milk,  are  reabsorbed  and  respectively 
thrown  out. 

This  stagnation  may,  however,  also  take  place  when  the 
gland  is  only  partly  emptied.  Thus  it  may  occur  where  a 
wet-nurse  takes  to  the  breast  a  very  sick,  poorly  nursing, 
infant. 

It  is,  then,  wrongly  said  :  "  The  wet-nurse  has  lost  her 
milk." 

The  best  measure,  under  these  circumstances,  is  to  nurse 
a  healthy  child  together  with  the  sick  one  ;  all  instruments 
invented  for  the  purpose  of  artificially  emptying  the  breast 
are  imperfect. 

We  are  obliged  frequently,  under  these  conditions,  to  be 
satisfied  (when  the  sick  baby  gradually  loses  the  gastro- 
intestinal symptoms),  if  the  bodily  weight  only  slightly  in- 
creases, or  even  remains  the  same,  perhaps  for  weeks,  and 
we  should  be  careful  not  to  change  the  wet-nurse,  or  take 
refuge  in  artificial  food.  Vomiting  is,  as  a  rule,  the  last 
symptom  to  disappear. 

One  group  of  gastro-intestinal  affections  in  all  breast- 
babies  and  children,  during  the  first  few  years  of  life,  is  char- 
acterized by  mucous  stools. 

These  cases,  according  to  general  experience,  are  most 
rapidly  cured  by  a  diet  of  cereals,  with  the  absolute  exclusion 
of  albumen  and  fat.  The  hope  which  was  entertained,  that 
we  might  be  able,  perhaps,  to  bring  about  a  cure  of  the 
diseased  stomach  and  intestines  by  administering  food  free 
from  germs,  was  not  realized.  This  may,  perhaps,  prevent 
the  disease,  however. 

Sterilization  of  the  milk,  carried  to  the  extreme,  has 
even  produced  a  very  disagreeable  result — Barlow's  disease. 

The  author  recommends  that  the  milk  be  boiled  not 
longer  than  ten  minutes.  Neither  does  he  believe  that  the 
curdling,  in  large  flakes,  of  cow's  milk  is  of  great  importance 
in  feeding. 

The  endeavor  of  Heubner  and  Hofmann  to  increase 
the  caloric  heat-producing  power  of  diluted  cow's  milk  by  the 
addition  of  sugar  of  milk  is  designated  by  the  author,  at  least 
as  far  as  sick  infants  are  concerned,  as  having  miscarried. 

The  methods  of  Gaertner  and  Backhausen  to  render  all 


MEDICINE   AND  NEUROLOGY.  6ll 

oxydizable  constituents  of  cow's  milk,  including  the  fat,  equal 
to  that  of  mother's  milk,  have  also  failed  in  the  sick  infant. 
"  Fettmilch  "  does  not  quiet  vomiting,  but  often  causes  it.  It 
is  to  be  recommended  where  constipation  is  present.  But  a 
large  number  of  sick  babies  do  not  thrive  on  it. 

Keller,  in  his  experiments,  has  shown  that  the  great 
emaciation  of  children  suffering  with  gastro-intestinal  diseases 
is  caused  by  a  disturbance  of  oxydation,  which  finds  its  ex- 
pression in  the  large  excretion  of  ammonia,  i.  e.,  the  acids  in 
the  circulation  are  not  destroyed,  as  in  the  healthy  infant, 
but  are  retained  in  the  blood,  and  continually  interfere  with 
metabolism.  It  is  mainly  important  to  know,  not  how  many 
calorics  is  contained  in  the  infant  food,  and  how  many  of 
them  are  absorbed,  but  how  many  of  them  are  oxygenated  ; 
and  it  is  of  importance  to  know  that  an  infant  suffering  with 
a  gastro-intestinal  affection  does  not  at  once  improve  even 
when  it  is  fed  with  good  breast  milk,  for  the  reason  that  this 
is  not  as  yet  perfectly  oxydated,  the  sugar  of  milk  remaining 
in  part  undestroyed,  and  therefore  a  great  amount  of  am- 
monia is  excreted. 

We  have  also  learned  from  observation  on  children 
suffering  from  gastro-intestinal  affections  that  in  feeding  with 
cow's  milk,  fat  as  a  source  of  acids,  which  are  with  difficulty 
oxygenated,  may  become  dangerous  to  the  health  of  the 
infant,  so  also  many  carbo-hydrates  and  albuminoid  bodies. 
We  are  therefore  practically  obliged  to  find  a  food  for  infants 
suffering  with  gastro-intestinal  catarrh,  which  is  readily  oxy- 
genated, in  which  as  few  as  possible  non-oxydizable  acid 
products  of  metabolism  are  produced,  and  to  meet  the  harm- 
ful products  by  supplying  the  system  with  alkalies. 

The  attempts  to  render  the  casein  of  infant  foods 
more  digestible  by  peptonization,  have  also  not  produced 
encouraging  results.  The  author  declares  the  peptonized 
milks  as  unsuitable  to  infants  suffering  with  gastro-intestinal 
affections ;  breast-milk  contains  neither  peptones  nor  albu- 
minoids. 

The  method  recommended  by  Backhausen,  which  con- 
sists in  precipitating  the  casein  by  lablenzym,  and  adding  a 
solution  of  albumin  after  destroying  the  enzym,  has  not,  by  , 
any  means,  given  encouraging  results.  It  has,  moreover, 
never  been  demonstrated  that  the  casein  of  cow's  milk  is  not 
easily  digested  ;  at  least  no  proof  has  yet  been  offered  that 
the  intestine  is  not  able  readily  to  absorb  it. 

The  amount  of  albumin  which  is  necessary  to  the  infant 
(Heuber  and  Rubner,  6.2-6.5,  pro  die)  is    present  even   in 


6l2  PROGRESS   OF   MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

strongly  diluted  cow's  milk,  and  there  is  no  necessity  for 
giving  infants  a  food  especially  rich  in  albuminoids. 

There  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  infants  suffering  from 
gastro- intestinal  diseases  are  not  in  want  of  an  increased 
supply  of  albumin,  otherwise  they  would  not  thrive  best  when 
receiving  breast-milk  (which  is  so  greatly  deficient  in  albu- 
min), and  all  experiments  with  foods  rich  in  albumin,  in 
infants  suffering  from  gastro-intestinal  affections,  would  not 
have  given  such  bad  results.  Not  because  a  milk  containing 
much  albumin  favors  intestinal  decomposition,  but  because  it 
leads  to  disturbances  in  the  intermediate  metabolism,  with 
which  we  are  at  present  not  well  acquainted.  It  might  also 
be  mentioned  that  the  deleterious  influence  of  strongly 
diluted  milk  may,  in  part,  be  explained  by  the  fact  that 
the  large  quantity  of  water  ingested  removes  much  of 
the  salty  constituents  of  the  organism.  These  salts  may. 
however,  be  replaced  by  adding  them  to  cow's  milk,  and 
their  removal  is  certainly  less  injurious  than  over-nutrition 
with  albumin. 

The  volumetric  method  of  Eschbach,  which  seeks  to 
know  the  amount  of  food  necessary  to  the  child  in  twenty- 
four  hours,  which  would  be  taken  by  a  child  of  the  same  age 
when  nursed  at  the  breast,  gives  an  average  figure,  which  is 
only  applicable  to  healthy  infants.  Sick  babies  should  only 
be  fed  with  the  smallest  possible  quantity  which  is  sufficient 
for  their  existence ;  and  the  author  permits  sick  babies  to 
drink  as  much  as  they  wish,  at  long  intervals  (four  hours) 
only  ;  other  pediatrists  reduce  the  quantity  of  single  meals, 
and  shorten  the  intervals. 

HOT  AIR  AS   A  HEMOSTATIC. 

Tlie  jet  of  hot  air  from  a  Hollander  apparatus  directed 
upon  the  bleeding  surface  of  a  kidney,  liver,  or  severed 
blood  vessel,  will  arrest  the  hemorrhage  by  the  formation  of 
an  eschar  commencing  around  the  edges  and  gradually 
spreading  over  the  entire  surface,  mechanically  checking  the 
flow  in  experiments  on  animals,  and  Schneider  concludes 
that  it  would  be  equally  effective  on  man.  The  heat  is  only 
39  degrees  at  5  mm.  from  the  apparatus,  and  hence  is  not 
sufficient  to  injure  the  organ.  He  found  steam  less  effective 
and  less  convenient  for  several  reasons,  masking  the  field  of 
operation,  etc. — La  Semaine  Med.,  August  3. 

SODIUM  SALICYLATE  FOR  TOOTHACHE. 

Dr.  Frederick  C.  Coley,  in   an  article  on  the    medical 


MEDICINE    AND    NEUROLOGY.  613 

treatment  of  toothache  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Practi- 
tioner, states  that  of  all  medical  remedies  for  toothache  he 
knows  of  none  which  is  so  successful  as  sodium  salicylate.  He 
believes  it  is  especially  useful  in  those  cases  where  the  pain 
is  started  by  "  taking  cold." 

A  dose  of  15  grains  will  usually  relieve  the  pain  very 
promptly,  and  if  this  is  repeated  every  four  hours  the  inflam- 
mation may  entirely  subside,  leaving,  of  course,  a  carious 
tooth  to  be  disposed  of  according  to  circumstances.  The 
addition  of  belladonna  is  often  advantageous.  Fifteen  grains 
of  sodium  of  salicylate,  with  15  minims  of  tr.  belladonna, 
will  often  procure  refreshing  sleep  instead  of  a  night  of 
agony.  It  is  especially  valuable  with  children,  when  extrac- 
tion of  teeth  is  to  be  avoided,  if  possible,  lest  the  develop- 
ment of  the  maxilla  should  be  injured. — Medical  Times. 

YELLOW  PALMS  AS  A  SIGN  OF  TYPHOID 
FEVER. 

Filopowicz  {Centralblatt  fuer  die  Medizinisclu  Wis- 
sensckafien,  1898,  No.  11  ;  Amer.  Jour.  Med.  Sciences, 
October)  calls  attention  [for  the  second  time]  to  a  symptom 
of  typhoid  fever  not  generally  looked  for.  The  palms  and  soles 
acquire  a  yellow  color,  which  is  more  marked  in  proportion 
as  the  skin  is  thickened  by  toil,  but  present  even  when  the 
skin  is  thin.  This  change  comes  on  in  the  early  days  of 
the  disease,  and  lasts  until  the  end,  disappearing  in  con* 
valescence.  The  author  thinks  the  sign  due  to  the  changes 
in  the  circulation,  especially  to  anemia  of  the  skin,  as  the  re- 
sult of  which  the  subcutaneous  fat  shows  through. — N.  Y. 
Med.  Jour. 


SURGBRY. 


IN  CHARGE   OP 

GEORGE  FISK.  M.D. 
InstruQtor  in  Surgery  University  of  Bishop's  College  ;  Assistant  Surgeon  Western  Hospita. 


TREATMENT      OF     PARALYSIS— TRANSPLANT- 
ATION OF  TENDON. 

Herr  Vulpius,  in  speaking  on  the  above  subject  before 
the  German  Surgical  Society,  Berlin,  said  that  although 
club-foot  had  been  successfully  treated,  in  the  paralytic  form, 
the  paralysis  was  not  removed.  This  was  achieved  by 
transplantation  of  the  tendon  of  a  functionally  active  muscle. 
The  operation  was  not  by  any  means  difficult.  A  plastic 
dressing  was  afterwards  applied.  Gymnastic  after-treatment 
was  of  great  importance.  He  had  operated  in  this  way  in 
twenty-eight  cases.  In  one  case  in  the  thigh  he  had  trans- 
planted the  tendon  of  the  sartorius  on  to  the  paralyzed 
quadriceps.  The  procedure  was  of  great  importance  in  the 
upper  extremity.  In  one  case  of  paralysis  of  the  flexor  of  the 
fingers  he  had  transplanted  the  tendon  of  the  flexor  carpi 
radialis  on  to  the  flexor  sublimis  digitorum. 

Hr.  Frank  in  a  case  of  paralysis  of  the  extensor  of  the 
wrist  had  shortened  the  extensor  carpi  radialis,  and  on  the 
ulnar  side  had  attached  the  extensor  digitorum  communis. 
The  child,  who  was  previously  helpless,  could  write  with  the 
hand,  knit,  and  dress  herself.  The  method  could  also  be 
employed  in  spastic  paralysis. — Medical  Press,  etc,  July  13, 
1898. 


PAINLESS  TREATMENT  OF  CARBUNCLES. 

-  Dr.  Sol.  W.  Rosenbaum  describes  (A^.  Y.  Med.  Jour.) 
various  methods  adopted  for  the  treatment  of  carbuncles. 
Stimson,  Parker,  Beck,  Gross,  etc.,  regard  incision  as  the  only 
radical  cure.  A  simple  painless  method  of  treatment,  in- 
troduced by  Dr.  George  H.  Swinburne,  "  I  have  followed  at 
the  Good  Samaritan  Dispensary  in  over  200  cases,  with  uni- 
formly good  results — never  having  septicaemia  or  pyaemic 
sequela  " —  consists  in  injecting  the  following  solution  as  an 
abortive  in  those  cases  which  are  soft  and  soggy  : — 
B. — Glycerin 3J. 

SalicyHc  acid 3v. 

Borax. 

Boracic  acid aa  3iiss — M. 


SURGERY.  615 

Fold  a  piece  of  aseptic  gauze  until  it  forms  a  thickness 
of  six  to  eight  layers,  the  surface  area  to  be  somewhat  larger 
than  the  carbuncle  to  be  covered.  The  gauze  is  at  first 
thoroughly  saturated  with  Thiersch's  solution,  then  covered 
with  a  layer  of  ten  per  cent,  ointment  of  ichthyol,  and  then 
applied  to  the  carbuncle.  A  piece  of  rubber  protective  large 
enough  to  overlap  the  gauze  is  now  placed  on  the  same  to 
keep  in  the  moisture.  A  layer  of  cotton  is  placed  on  the 
protective,  and  then  the  bandage  is  applied  and  allowed  to 
stay  on  for  two  days.  When  the  patient  returns  to  be 
rebandaged,  and  to  have  the  dressings  renewed,  the  cores 
are  found  to  have  separated  from  their  respective  walls,  and 
at  the  next  redressing,  which  is  again  in  two  days,  they  are 
found  entirely  separated,  and  can  be  easily  and  painlessly 
removed.  At  the  next  visit,  granulation  has  passed  the 
primary  stage,  and  healing  quickly  results,  leaving  an  almost 
invisible  scar.  The  only  constitutional  treatment  which  I 
found  necessary  is  to  give  cathartics,  like  fluid  extract  of 
cascara  sagrada  or  castor  oil,  and,  in  individual,  anemic,  or 
cachectic  cases,  compound  syrup  of  the  hypophosphites. 

With  this  simple,  but  very  effective  treatment,  I  have 
summarized  the  following  advantages  : 

1.  Painlessness  (a  great  factor  with  many  patients). 

2.  Quickness  of  healing,  more  so  than  with  other 
methods. 

3.  No  scar  or  cicatrix  remaining — important  when  car- 
buncles are  in  visible  parts. 

I  have  treated  a  patient  at  our  dispensary  who  had  a 
carbuncle,  situated  on  the  median  line  of  the  back  between 
the  scapule,  measuring  in  diameter  four  inches  and  seven 
eighths  ;  including  the  zone  of  inflammation,  complete 
measurement  reached  up  to  seven  inches.  The  patient  was 
cured  in  five  visits,  coming  every  second  day.  Hardly  any 
pain  was  suffered  during  treatment,  and  no  cicatrix  remains. 
— Med.  and  Surg.  Monitor,  July,  1898. 

CARE    OF    SOLDIERS'    FEET. 

Th^  Medical  News  of  July  2,  1898,  in  a  leading  article 
on  the  care  of  soldiers'  feet,  quotes  from  a  recent  article  in 
the  Deittsche  Mil.  Ariz.  Zeitsckrift.,  by  Gerdeck,  on  the  use 
of  formalin.  He  recommends  that  undiluted  formalin  be 
pencilled  over  the  feet  three  or  four  times  at  intervals  of 
about  six  hours,  and  that  four  or  five  drops  of  the  same  fluid 
be  dropped  into  the  boot  to  disinfect  it  and  to  protect  the 
leather.  It  is  then  a  prophylactic,  and  enables  soldiers  who 
habitually  suffer  from  sore  feet  to   march  without  difficulty. 


6l6  PROGRESS  OF  MEDICAL  SCIENCE. 

Even  where  a  concentrated  solution  of  formalin  is  applied  to 
the  feet  a  few  times,  the  feet  do  not  sweat  again  for  two  or 
three  weeks. —  Treatment,  Aug.,  1898. 


TREATMENT  OF  SENILE  GANGRENE. 

Prof.  Thomas  Jones,  of  the  Manchester  Royal  In- 
firmary (the  Medical  Chronicle,  January,  1898),  formulates 
the  following  rules  to  be  observed  in  cases  of  senile  gan- 
grene : 

"  I.  When  the  gangrene  is  limited  to  one  or  two  toes, 
and  the  patient's  condition  is  and  remains  satisfactory,  be 
content  with  the  expectant  plan  of  treatment,  taking  pre- 
cautions to  lessen  or  prevent  the  effects  of  local  septic  infec- 
tion. 

"  2.  When,  however,  the  gangrene  has  reached  the 
metatarsus,  be  prepared  to  carry  out  the  high  amputation — 
that  is,  amputation  above  the  knee,  or,  in  rare  and  favorable 
cases,  through  the  knee-joint  itself." 

As  the  tissues  of  the  stump  may  not  be  perfectly  aseptic 
in  these  cases,  it  will  conduce  to  the  ultimate  and  more  perfect 
union  of  the  flaps  if  a  drainage-tube  is  introduced  and  left  in 
the  stump  for  a  few  days. —  Treatment,  Aug.,  1898. 

COLOTOMY  AND  COLOSTOMY. 

Von  Mosetig-Moorhof  ( Wiener  medicinische  Presse 
1898,  No.  3)  reviews  the  accepted  methods  of  forming  an 
artificial  anus,  and  describes  a  modification  in  technique 
which  he  has  found  useful  in  certain  cases.  The  classical 
inguinal  operation — that  of  Littre — he  terms  "  colostomy  ;" 
it  consists  in  bringing  the  descending  colon  up  to  the  anterior 
abdominal  wall,  to  which  it  is  stitched,  the  opening  into  the 
lumen  being  made  at  once  or  after  an  interval,  according  to 
circumstances.  The  disadvantage  of  this  simple  operation  is 
that  it  does  not  entirely  prevent  the  entry  of  feces  into  the 
distal  part  of  the  bowel,  where  they  stagnate  and  tend  to  set 
up  inflammatory  troubles.  To  prevent  this,  Madelung  in- 
troduced true  colotomy,  in  which  the  gut  is  cut  completely 
across,  the  proximal  portion  brought  out  of  the  wound,  and 
the  distal  closed  by  sutures  and  returned  to  the  abdomen. 
This  method  is  not  entirely  satisfactory,  as  the  distal  end 
tends  to  become  distended  by  the  accumulation  of  its  own 
secretion,  which  may  eventually  lead  to  ulceration.  Konig 
and  Sonnenburg  obviated  this  difficulty  by  leaving  the 
upper  extremity  of  this  portion  open  and  attached  to  the 


SURGERY.  617 

abdominal  wall  below  the  artificial  anus ;  by  this  means  the 
rectum  can,  if  desired,  be  irrigated  from  above*  Attdther 
means  of  preventing  feces  from  getting  into  the  rectum  is  by 
the  formation  of  a  spur,  first  devised  by  Verneuil,  whose 
original  plan  has  been  considerably  improved  by  later  sur- 
geons. The  disadvantage  of  both  this  method  and  colotomy 
is  that  they  require  a  long  and  freely  movable  colon  and 
mesocolon  ;  when  they  are  inadvisable  or  impracticable  the 
author  recommends  the  method  he  has  himself  devised* 
This  consists  in  the  ordinary  operation  of  colostomy  per- 
formed at  one  sitting,  but  preceded  by  partial  occlusion  of 
the  distal  portion  of  the  bowel.  A  ligature, is  tied  round 
this,  occluding  it  to  about  one-half  its  diameter,  and  the 
bulging  serous  surfaces  on  either  side  are  sewn  together  with 
interrupted  stitches.  An  artificial  construction  is  thus  pro- 
duced, which  prevents  the  accumulation  of  feces  in  the 
rectum. —  University  Med.  Mag.,  Aug.,  1898. 

A   NEW    METHOD    OF    DRAINING    THE    PERI- 
TONEAL   CAVITY. 

Delageniere  [Bulletin  et  Memoir es  de  la  Societi  de 
Chirurgie,  No.  12,  1898),  holding  that  the  means  hitherto 
used  for  draining  the  abdomen  after  laparotomy  are  defec- 
tive, proposes  to  drain  this  cavity  in  a  similar  way  as  a  spirit 
lamp  is  drained  by  its  wick.  He  employs  a  perforated 
nickel  tube,  in  which  is  inserted  a  skein  of  absorbent  cotton. 
This  skein  closely  fits  the  interior  of  the  metallic  tube,  and  is 
frayed  out  as  it  projects  from  either  end.  Both  the  outer 
tube  and  the  cotton  can  be  readily  sterilized,  and  the  skein 
can  be  changed  from  time  to  time  without  removing  the 
tube.  In  no  case,  the  author  states,  should  the  metal  tube  be 
allowed  to  remain  for  a  longer  period  than  thirty-six  hours. 
Excellent  results,  it  is  stated,  have  been  obtained  from  this 
method  of  drainage,  and,  after  long  and  difificult  abdominal 
operations,  the  course  of  the  after-treatment  has  thus  been 
rendered  absolutely  apyretic.  The  nickel  tubes  used  by  the 
author  vary  in  length  from  eight  to  ten  centimetres,  and  in 
diameter  from  five  to  twenty  millimetres. —  University  Med, 
Mag,  Aug,  1898. 


Medical  Society  Proceedings. 


MONTREAL  MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Annual  Meeting. 

The  Twenty-First  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Montreal  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Society  was  held  in  the  rooms  of  the  Natural  History 
Society,  on  Friday  evening,  October  the  jlh,  1898. 

The  retiring  President,  Dr.  Robt,  Craik,  occupied  the  chair. 

The  Treasurer,  Dr.  J.  M.  Jack,  read  the  following  report  for  the 
session  1897-98. 

Receipts . 

Oct.     I.  To  Cash  in  Bank $9305 

Nov,    4.     "    Rent  Clinical  Society,  '96-97 $  1950 

Dec.  24.    '•   Cash  from  Lister  Dinner  Committee 37  41 

1898. 

Jan.     22.    Interest  on  Cash  in  Bank  for  1897 4  22 

Sep.    30.    Cash,  members'  subscriptions. 560  00 

621   13 

$714  18 
Expenditures. 

By  Cash  to  Secretary's  Current  Expenses,  1897-98 $44  80 

"  Charges  Dr.  G.  Campbell,  Secretary,  1896-97......      50  00 

"  Account  Bentley,  printing  for  session,  1897-98 36  25 

*'  Charges  Dr.  S.  R.  Mackenzie,  Secretary,  1897-98..     50  00 
'*  Account  Electric  Co.,  lighting  for  9  months,  1897-98.     14  21 

"  Charges  Dr.  Buller,  9  months'  rent,  1897-98 318  75 

"  Cash,  care  of  Hall,  lor  9  months 18  00 

"  Account  E.  Cox.,  re  Lister  Address 50  00 

*'  Cash,  Treasurer  for  postage,  1897-98 5  00 

"  Account  Davis,  type-written  letters,  special 7  50 

"  Cash,  Natural  History  Society,  rent  of  Hall 24  00 

—    618  51 

Cash  Balance. $95  67 

Assets. 

Members'  subscriptions  overdue $545  00 

Society  furniture ••   21000 

Cash  on  hand  in  Bank 95  66 

850  67 

$850  67- 
Liabilities. 

Account  Dr.  Lockhart,  re  cash  paid  for  removing  books...       3  05 

Account  M.  Hicks  for  storage  on  books 3  00 

Account  Sabiston  Litho.  Co . ,  printing 3  75 

9  80 

Net  Assets $840  87 

James  M.  Jack, 
Montreal  5th  October,  1898.  Treasurer, 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS.  619 

The  Secretary,  Dr.  Ridley  MacKenzie,  reported  that  eighteen 
regular  meetings  had  been  held  during  the  year,  the  average  attend- 
ance being  32.  Thirteen  new  members  had  been  elected  during 
the  year,  making  the  total  number  of  ordinary  members  on  the  roll 
156.     With  i6  temporary  members  the  grand  total  numbers  172. 

The  work  of  the  year  had  consisted  of  eleven  papers,  twenty 
case  reports,  sixteen  living  cases  and  thirty-five  pathological  speci- 
mens, besides  the  exhibition  of  electrical  apparatus  and  skiagrams. 

The  report  of  the  Committee  on  Provincial  Elections  was  then 
read  and  adopted  without  discussion,  the  President  thanking  the 
committee  on  half  of  the  Society  for  the  faithful  and  efficient  man- 
ner in  which  it  had  performed  its  work. 

The  following  were  elected  officers  for  the  ensuing  year  : — 

President — Dr.  J.  G.  Adami. 

First  Vice-President — Dr   H.  A.  Lafleur. 

Second  Vice-President — Dr.  J.  M.  Elder. 

Secretary — Dr.  A.  J.  Bazin. 

Treasurer — Dr.  J.  M.  Jack. 

Council — Drs.  Robert  Craik,  F.  J.  Shepherd  and  James  Bell. 

The  retiring  President,  Dr.  Robert  Craik,  before  reviewing  the 
work  of  the  past  session,  spoke  of  the  unfailing  courtesy  and  kind- 
ness shown  to  him  by  the  members,  which  had  made  his  duties  as 
chairman  a  pleasure  as  well  as  profit.  He  thanked  the  Society  for 
the  honour  they  had  done  him  in  calling  over  the  meetings  after  an 
unavoidable  absence  of  years.  Although  the  work  of  the  year  had 
all  been  of  value,  there  were  a  few  subjects  of  sufficient  importance 
for  special  reference.  Thus  the  modern  improvements  in  the 
different  departments  of  surgery,  especially  of  the  uterus,  gall- 
bladder and  bile  ducts ;  and  the  operations  for  the  relief  of  ma- 
lignant disease  of  larynx  and  tongue  marked  an  immense  advance 
in  this  department  to  one  who,  like  himself,  had  seen  the  beginning 
of  the  surgery  of  these  organs.  Twenty-five  or  thirty  years  ago 
such  operations  never  entered  into  our  calculations  in  the  most  re- 
mote way,  yet  the  progress  made  during  this  period  of  time  was 
but  a  foretaste  of  what  the  next  twenty-five  years  would  bring  about. 
Another  point  to  which  reference  was  made  was  the  growing  influence 
of  the  Society  in  municipal  affairs.  During  the  year  our  advice 
had  been  sought  by  influential  aldermen  on  important  sanitary 
matters.  Of  still  greater  importance  was  the  reform  of  the  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  Province  which  our  Society  has  been 
largely  instrumental  in  bringing  about. 

Stated  Meetings  October  2^th,  1898. 

J.  G.  Adami,  M.D.,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Drs;  W.  G.  M.  Byers,C.  H.  Church,  H.  M.  Church,  W.  M.  Fisk 
and  C.  J.  Edgar  were  elected  ordinary  members. 

Pathological  Specimens. 

Dr.  A.  G.  Nichols  'showed  the  pathological  specimens,  and 
gave  the  history  of  a  case  of  appendicitis,  with  unusual  changes  in ' 


620  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS. 

the  liver,  a  case  of  gastro-cholecystic  fistula  with   diverticula  in 
the  duodenum,  a  case  of  cancer  of  the  oesophagus. 

Cancer  of  the  Tongue. 

Dr.  G.  E.  Armstrong  showed  a  man  from  whom  he  had  re- 
moved one-half  of  the  tongue  by  a  modification  of  Buntin's  method, 

Charcot's  Joints. 

Dr.  G.  E.  Armstrong  showed  a  tabetic  patient  with  marked 
disorganization  of  the  right  knee  and  left  hip  joints. 

The  Crescent  form  of  Malaria  Plasmodium. 

Dr.  H.  A.  Lafleur  exhibited  specimens  of  blood  from  a  case 
of  asstivo-autumnal  malaria  which  had  been  under  his  care  in  the 
Montreal  General  Hospital  showing  the  crescent  form  of  Plasmo- 
dium. 

The  patient,  a  French-Canadian,  had  served  in  the  United  States 
Army  and  contracted  the  malaria  at  Santiago.  At  the  close  of  the 
war  he  had  come  to  Canada  and  so  drifted  into  the  hospital.  One 
feature  of  interest  in  the  case  was  the  resistance  shown  by  the 
organism  to  quinine.  After  three  days  of  observation,  quinine  was 
commenced  on  the  fourth  day,  and,  although  under  its  influence  the 
paroxysms  of  fever  were  controlled,  the  Plasmodium  was  still  present 
in  the  blood,  though  not  in  such  numbers,  when  he  left  the  hospital 
on  the  tenth  day.  In  the  quotidian  or  tertian  fevers  usually  met 
with  in  Canada,  from  ten  to  fifteen  grains  of  quinine  given  in  divided 
doses  was  suflScient  to  entirely  remove  the  Plasmodium  from  the 
blood.  This  was  the  first  time  that  the  crescents  had  been  shown 
before  the  Society,  but  the  speaker  had  seen  them  in  one  case  in 
hospital  the  preceding  summer. 

Hospital  Abuse. 

The  discussion  on  this  subject  which  was  to  have  followed  the 
reading  of  Dr.  Armstrong's  paper  at  the  meeting  of  June  was  con- 
tinued. 

Dr.  H.  L.  Reddy  said  that  there  was  very  little  room  for  hos- 
pital abuse  in  the  Women's  Hospital  with  which  he  was  connected, 
as  the  conditions  were  such  that  it  was  to  the  interest  of  the  pa- 
tients themselves  to  obey  rules.  Thus  the  patients  were  all  required 
to  pay  a  small  amount  towards  their  board  weekly  if  they  desired 
to  send  their  children  to  the  Foundling  Institutions.  If  they  do  not 
pay  their  board  they  are  required  to  nurse  their  children.  They  are 
warned  of  the  danger  of  mammary  abscess  if  they  wean  the  children 
on  leaving  the  hospital  without  having  the  treatment  which  is  re- 
quired on  such  occasions.  For  those  who  are  really  unable  to  pay 
the  small  sum  demanded,  it  was  often  possible  to  find  some  one  re- 
ponsible  on  whom  the  charge  could  be  laid. 

The  matron  who  admits  the  patients  under  his  directions  gen- 
erally found  out  the  truth,  and  naturally  a  great  deal  depends  on 
her  to  prevent  abuse  of  the  charity  of  the  hospital.  If  there  was  no 
one  whose  duty  it  was  to  provide,  and  in  all  cases  of  the  deserving 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS  621 

poor  married  women,  they  are  admitted  to  the  hospital  free  of 
charge. 

Dr.  T.  G.  Roddick  thought  that  Dr.  Armstrong  referred  more 
especially  to  abuse  in  the  out-patient  departments  of  the  general 
hospitals,  and  agreed  that  there  was  great  abuse  made  of  these  chari- 
ties. He  felt,  however,  that  the  profession  was  more  to  blame  than 
the  pubHc.  The  Montreal  General  Hospital  had  gone  into  this  sub- 
ject years  ago  and  found  that  many,  then,  were  in  the  habit  of  driv- 
ing to  and  from  the  hospital  in  cabs.  He  advocated  more  rigid 
attention  to  receiving  patients  only  on  properly  made  out  certifi- 
cates given  by  responsible  persons.  He  objected  to  the  small 
charge  made  at  most  hospitals  to  poor  patients,  as  these  on  receiv- 
ing treatment  were  under  the  impression,  in  many  instances,  that 
they  were  paying  for  what  they  obtained. 

Dr.  H.  A.  Lafleur  was  of  the  opinion  that  the  much  vaunt- 
ed certificates  were  worse  than  useless.  Any  clergyman  or  priest 
would  give  a  certificate  for  the  asking,  and  the  only  class  that  the 
certificates  kept  from  coming  to  the  hospital  were  those  who  would 
not  take  the  trouble  of  procuring  them. 

Dr.  Robert  Craik  thought  that  the  system  in  vogue  at  the 
Roosevelt  Ho  pital  in  New  York  was  about  the  best  remedy.  This 
was  that  every  applicant  for  treatment  was  obliged  to  go  before  an 
officer  and  register  the  name  and  other  particulars  and  if  obviously 
a  suitable  case,  he  or  she  was  passed  on  to  the  doctor  ;  if  not,  the 
case  was  investigated  before  it  was  accepted  for  treatment. 

Dr.  A.  J.  Richer  was  afraid  that  the  method  of  dealing  with 
applicants  referred  to  by  Dr.  Craik  might  put  such  difficulties  in  the 
way  of  admitting  patients  that  it  would  make  the  system  worse 
than  the  present  one.  In  his  experience  in  the  hospitals  or  Paris, 
where  a  somewhat  similar  system  was  carried  out,  cases  were  not 
rare  where  patients  had  applied  to  the  bureau  and  been  refused,  and 
had  been  picked  up  later  on  the  streets  dead.  It  might  also  cause 
abuse  in  the  opposite  direction.  The  officers  whose  duty  it  was 
to  attend  to  the  admission  of  patients  were  apt  to  take  advantage  of 
their  position  and  become  abusive  to  the  poorer  classes.  At  the 
same  time  he  tliought  that  it  might  be  possible,  through  a  central 
board  as  suggested  by  Dr.  Armstrong,  to  obviate  this  difficulty,  and 
thus  try  to  relieve  the  hospitals  of  much  of  the  present  abuse. 

Dr.  J.  M.  Elder  held  that  certificates  were  absolutely  worth- 
less, and  that  the  present  means  of  preventing  [abuse  were  quite 
inadequate. 

There  was  a  certain  definite  floating  population  of  hospital 
abusers,  who  present  themselves  for  treatment  with  more  or  less 
regularity  at  the  various  hospitals.  This  class  was  able  to  pay  for 
medical  services  and  should  be  made  to  do  so  ;  but  the  real  diffi- 
culty in  dealing  properly  with  them  lay  in  the  rivalry  between  the 
hospitals  themselves  for  patients.  The  remedy  was  concerted  ac- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  different  hospital  authorities,  so  that  each 
hospital  should  furnish  to  the  others  a  sort  of  "  black  list "  of 
these  professional  "  hospital  abusers,"  and  thus  render  it  impos- 
sible for  them  to  get  gratis  medicine  and  advice  they  were  well  able 
to  pay  for. 


622  MEDICAL  SOCIETY   PROCEEDINGS. 

Some  such  plan  as  Dr.  Armstrong  suggests  must  soon  be 
adopted  in  justice  to'the  hospitals,  as  well  as  to  the  outside  prac- 
titioner. 

Dr.  A.  E.  Garrow  agreed  with  Dr.  Roddick  that  the  phy- 
sicians themselves  were  the  worst  offenders,  as  patients  sent  to  any 
hospital  with  a  doctor's  certificate  stating  that  they  were  suitable  • 
cases  were  admitted  without  question.  The  method  in  vogue  for 
the  past  year  at  the  Royal  Victoria  Hospital  was  somewhat  Hke 
that  advocated  by  Dr.  Craik,  and  it  had  been  found  to  work  very 
well. 

The  President  pointed  out  that  clearly  the  main  cause  of  the 
abuse  of  hospitals  by  the  public,  the  hospital  management  and  the 
profession,  lay  in  the  fact  that  no  clear  distinction  was  made  be- 
tween the  hospital  as  a  pure  charity  and  the  hospital  as  what  is 
truly,  a  benefit  society — and  that  it  was  the  attempt  with  true  Brit- 
ish illogicality  and  desire  to  compromise,  to  run  our  hospitals  as 
both  at  the  same  time,  which  was  at  the  basis  of  the  main  abuses 
of  which  complaint  is  now  being  made. 

If  the  hospital  has  been  founded  originally  for  the  benefit  of 
the  poor,  and  if  that  hospital  calls  itself  a  charitable  institution,  it 
is,  if  not  absolutely  wrong,  certainly  most  impolitic  for  such  hospi- 
tal to  accept  into  its  wards  pay  patients.  Only  those  who  are  in- 
capable of  paying  the  usual  lees  of  the  practitioner  should  be  ad- 
mitted. There  may  be  certain  minor  exceptions  to  this  broad  prin- 
ciple, but  the  principle  exists,  for  what  happens  if  this  rule  be 
neglected  ?  Y.  sees  that  X.,  who  can  perfectly  well  afford  medical 
treatment,  is  admitted  to  the  hospital,  and  not  knowing  the  exact 
conditions  of  X.'s  admission,  is  unable  to  see  why  he  also  should 
not  use  the  hospital  ;  what  is  more,  as  Dr.  Armstrong  has  pointed 
out,  when  the  subscribing  public  recognise  this  fact,  and  recognize 
also  that  the  attention  which  they  receive  at  the  hospital  is  better 
than  they  can  possibly  receive  at  home,  then  these  subscribers 
begin  to  be  anxious  themselves  to  use  the  hospital ;  and,  once  private 
wards  are  introduced,  steadily,  both  the  outside  public  and  the 
staff  of  the  hospital  are  led  to  urge  that  there  be  an  increased  num- 
ber of  such  private  wards,  and  so  gradually  and  surely  once  the 
principle  is  admitted  that  those  who  can  afford  to  pay  the  ordinary 
fee  demanded  by  the  ordinary  practitioner  can  get  treatment  at 
the  public  hospital,  the  attempt  of  the  paying  public  to  utilize  the 
hospital  becomes  evdent  and  becomes  successful.  It  was  a  mis- 
take for  charitable  institutions,  such  as  our  larjjer  hospitals  in 
Montreal,  to  allow  any  corporations  or  combination  of  individuals 
to  subscribe  to  the  hospital  funds  conditionally. 

The  working  classes  now-a-days  have  become  so  accustomed 
to  the  system  of  medical  rehef  afforded  by  the  benefit  societies  to 
which  they  belong,  that  almost  naturally  they  appear  to  be  incap- 
able of  seeing  that  their  subscriptions  to  the  hospital  are  not  of 
the  same  class  as  their  subscriptions  to  their  benefit  society.  Thus 
it  is  that  foremen  and  others  receiving  high  wages  consider  them- 
selves absolutely  entitled  to  treatment  at  the  hospital  to  which  they 
have  subscribed. 

It  is  for  our  hospitals  to  make  it  clearly  understood  that  they 


MEDICAL   SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS,  623 

only  exist  for  those  who  cannot  pay  the  ordinary  fee  of  the  ordin- 
ary practitioner.  The  more  the  President  considered  this  subject 
the  more  he  was  convinced  that  it  was  a  mistaken  policy  to  have 
private  and  public  wards  in  the  same  building.  Undoubtedly,  the 
better  class  public  has  of  late  grown  to  realise  the  admirable  ser- 
vice afforded  in  our  hospitals,  and  is  beginning  to  demand  that  it 
should  be  entitled  to  the  same  advantages  as  the  poor  can  now 
obtain.  But  the  well-to-do  have  no  right  to  ask  the  charities  to 
give  them  these  advantages.  Ihe  way  to  satisfy  this  demand  is 
lor  he  public  or  sections  of  the  public,  acting  more  or  less  in  con- 
cert with  the  medical  profession,  to  combine  and  establish  pay 
hospitals.  It  would  even  be  legitimate  for  the  existing  hospitals  to 
establish  separate  buildings  in  which  they  receive '  well-to-do  pa- 
tients and  to  employ  the  profits  obtained  from  such  patients  for 
the  purposes  of  the  charity  pure  and  simple,  bjt,  so  long  as  pay  pa- 
tients and  charity  patients  are  received  into  the  same  building,  and 
given  what  is  practically  the  same  treatment,  for  so  long  is  it  cer- 
tain that  those  who  can  perfectly  well  afford  to  pay  the  hospital 
charges  and  the  physicians' fees  will  attempt  to  benefit  from  the 
charily. 

In  the  meantime,  he  was  of  the  opinion  that  to  lessen  the  evil, 
no  better  scheme  could  be  brought  forward  than  that  suggested  by 
Dr.  Armstrong,  and  he  hoped  that  this  Society  would  use  its  in- 
fluence to  bring  about  the  devolopment  of  such  a  system  of  char- 
ity organization  and  enquiry  into  the  good  faith  of  those  present- 
ing themselves  for  gratuitous  treatment  in  our  public  hospitals. 


TTfiE; 


Canada  Medical  Record 


FUBIvISHKD    MONTHI^Y. 


Subscription  Price^  $  i  .co  ptr  annum  in  advance.     Single 
Copies,  lo  cents. 


Make  all  Cheques  or  V.O.  Money  Orders  for  subscription,  or  advertising,  payable  tO 
JOH>  LOVELL)  &SON,  '^3  St.  Nicholas  Street,  Montreal,  to  whom  all  bu&uiess  commu> 
nications  should  be  addressed. 

Ad  communications  for  the  Journal,  hooks  for  review,  and  exchanges,  should  Oe 
addres'Sed  to  the  Kdltor.  Box  2174,  Post  Oftica,  Montreal. 


Editorial. 


THE  CANADIAN  PRACTITIONER  AND 
MEDICAL  REVIEW. 

This  is  to  be  the  title  of  a  new  medical  journal  to 
appear  in  January  next,  the  result  of  an  amalgamation 
between  the  two  Toronto  journals,  Thd  Canadian  Practitioner 
and  The  Canadian  Medical  Revieiv. 

We  are  glad  to  hear  of  this  union  of  forces.  There  are 
too  many  medical  journals  published.  It  would  be  much 
better  to  have  fewer  and  improve  the  quality.  Few  physi- 
cians can  read  more  than  three  or  four,  and  usually  do  not 
care  to  subscribe  for  a  greater  number,  and,  if  a  subscriber 
for  a  journal  in  any  district  where  a  number  exist,  he  is  only 
partially  informed  of  the  work  done.  Whereas,  a  consolida- 
tion of  literary  efforts  in  organs  representing  wider  spheres 
gives  a  more  satisfactory  journal  to  the  subscriber  and  will 
lead  to  a  more  extended  list  of  readers  for  the  articles  of 
contributors.  We  offer  our  congratulations  on  the  improved 
prospects  afforded  by  this  union  and  extend  our  sincere 
wishes  for  its  success. 


Book   Reviews. 


International  Clinics. — A  quarterly  of  clinical  lectures  on 
■  Medicine,  Neurology,  Surgery,  Gynaecology,  Obstetrics, 
Ophthalmology,  Laryngology,  Pharyngology,  Rhinology, 
Otology  and  Dermatology,  and  specially  prepared  articles  on 
treatment  and  drugs,  by  professors  and  lecturers  in  the 
leading  medical  colleges  of  the  United  States,  Germany,  Aus- 
tria, France,  Great  Britain  and  Canada.  Edited  by  Judson 
Daland,  M.D.  (University  of  Pennsylvania),  Philadelphia: 
'  J.  Mitchell  Bruce,  M.D,,  F.R.C.P.,  London,  Eng. ;  David  W. 
Finlay,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  Aberdeen,  Scotland.  Volume  III., 
eighth  series,  1898.  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  Philadelphia, 
Pa. ;  Charles  Roberts,  593  Cadieux  Street,  Montreal,  Domin- 
ion Agent. 

This  volume  is  quite  up  to  the  standard  of  its  predecessors  in 
regard  to  the  quality  of  the  articles  and  the  standing  of  the  writers. 
Among  the  most  interesting  articles  are  the  following .  "  The 
Therapeutic  Use  of  Alcohol,"  by  Henry  Martyne  Bracken,  M.D. ; 
"  The  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Ocular  Headaches,"  by  Casey 
A.  Wood,  M.D.  ;  "  The  Principles  Underlying  the  Treatment  of 
Derangements  of  Cardiac  Function,"  bv  Augustus  A.  Eshner, 
M.D. ;  "  The  Treatment  of  Pertussis,"  by  Floyd  M.  Crandall, 
M.D. ;  "  Some  Observations  regarding  the  Treatment  of  the  Con- 
ditions generally  known  as  Anteversion  and  Anteflexion,"  by  J.  C. 
Webster,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.E.,  F.R.S.E. ;  "A  Case  of  Acute  Tuber- 
culosis associated  with  Ulcerative  (infective)  Endocarditis  leading 
to  Acute  Septicaemia  fatal  on  the  fifth  day,"  by  Sir  Dyce  Duck- 
worth, M.D.,  LL.D.,  F.R.C.P. ;  "Physical  Signs  in  Examination 
of  Brain  Cases,"  by  Francis  Warner,  M.D.  (London),  F.R.C.P., 
F.R.C.S.,  Eng. ;  Hydrocephalus,  Dermoid  Cyst  of  the  Scalp, 
Dupuylren  Exostoses  of  the  big  toe.  Epithelioma  of  Face  in- 
volving the  Orbit,"  by  Fredrick  Trendelenburg,  M.D.  Also  articles 
by  Joseph  T.  Matthews,  Paul  F.  Munde,  Seth  Scott  Bishop, 
Arthur  von  Harlingen  and  a  number  of  other  writers. 

A  Manual  of  Venereal  Diseases- — By  James  R.  Hay  den, 
M.D.,  Chief  of  Clinic  and  Instructor  in  Genito-Urinary  and 
Veneral  Diseases,  College   of  Physicians   and  Surgeons,  New 
York  j  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  and  Venereal  Diseases  in 
the    Medical    Department  of  the  University  of  Vermont,  etc. 
New    (2d)    edition,    revised   and   enlarged.      In   one    i2mo. 
volume  of  304  pages,  with  54  engravings.     Cloth,  $1.50,  ne\ 
Lea  Brothers  &  Co.,  Publishers,  Philadelphia  and  iNew  York. 
In  this,  the  second  edition    of  Dr.  Hayden's  book,  the  text 
has  been  thoroughly  revised  and  brought  up  to  date,  and  it  is  en- 
deavored to  give  in   a  clear   and   compact   form  a  rtsumi  of  our 
present  knowledge  of  the  three  diseases  :  gonorrhoea,  chancroid  and 
syphilis.     History  and  statistics  are  not  included,  but  a  practical 
presentation  of  the  essential  points   in  regard   to  diagnosis,  prog- 
nosis, infective  etiology,  narcotic  symptoms  and  treatment  is  given. 


626  BOOK   REVIEWS. 

The  numerous  illustrations  show  the  different  instruments  used 
and  the  method  of  using  them,  and  other  practical  points  in  the 
management  of  these  affections  and  their  complications.  It  will  be 
a  useful  addition  to  the  library,  enabling  one  in  a  very  brief  period 
to  freshen  the  memory  and  fit  the  latest  points  in  regard  to  the 
management  of  the  common  class  of  affections. 

The  Physician's  Visiting  List  for  1899.— Forty-eighth 
year  of  its  publication.  P.  Blakiston,  Son  &  Co.  ^successors 
to  Lindsay  &  Blakiston),  1012  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia. 

This  visiting  list  is  arranged  for  from  twenty-five  to  one 
hundred  patients  per  day  or  month.  Price  from  one  dollar  to  two 
dollars  and  twenty-five  cents.  A  perpetual  and  a  monthly  edition  are 
also  published.  They  are  strongly  bound  in  leather,  compact  and 
very  conveniently  arranged,  and  they  are  undoubtedly  the  most 
satisfactory  of  the  various  visiting  lists  we  have  examined,  and 
are  the  ones  most  extensively  used.  We  can  unhesitatingly  recom- 
mend them. 

La  Tuberculose,  sa  Prophylaxie,  son  Traitement. 
Dr.  E.  Vigenaud,  Paris,  1898,  Soci6t6  d'Editions  Scientifiques. 
Price,  3  francs. 

A  very  interesting  monograph  upon  tuberculosis,  its  prophy- 
laxis and  treatment. 

This  concise  little  book  of  about  160  pages  treats  the  whole 
subject  of  tuberculosis  in  a  most  practical  way.  The  subject  is 
viewed  in  its  different  phases  in  a  most  able  manner.  The  chapter 
upon  treatment  will  stand  the  criticism  of  the  best  authorities.  It 
gives,  in  a  nutshell,  the  most  enlightened  ideas  of  the  authorities  of 
the  present  day,  being  in  every  way  thoroughly  up  to  date. 

Les  Desequilibres  des  Jambes.  Dr.  Gelineau,  Paris,  1898, 
Societd  d'Editions  Scientifiques.    Price,  3  francs, 

A  monograph  of  1 20  pages,  giving  detailed  observations  upon 
a  number  of  cases  of  a  certain  form  of  mono  and  sometimes 
para-plegia  of  a  transient  nature,  which  was  some  years  ago  de- 
scribed by  Blocq  as  manifestations  of  hysteria.  The  author  of  this 
little  book,  however,  disclaims  this  explanation  by  citing  minute 
observations  made  by  himself  of  a  number  of  cases  of  astasia  and 
astasia-abasia  occuring  in  subjects  which  were  not  hysterical. 

It  will  prove  very  interesting  to  physicians  who  have  to  deal 
with  neurasthenics. 

Anderson's  Physical  Education.— We  have  just  re- 
ceived from  the  publishers  a  copy  of  '*  Anderson's  Physical  Edu- 
cation." This  is  the  latest  work  of  Dr.  W.  G.  Anderson,  the  well- 
known  Professor  of  Gymnastics  at  Yale  University.  The  book 
treats  of  every  phase  of  body  building,  and  is  *' up  to  date"  in 
every  particular.  There  are  special  chapters  devoted  to  profes- 
sional people,  business  men,  women  and  children.  It  tells  you 
how  to  decrease  your  weight  if  corpulent,  and  increase  it  if  thin. 
It  gives  valuable  measurement  charts  for  both  men  and  women. 


BOOK   REVIEWS.  627 

Every  reader  interested  in  better  health,  greater  strength,  grace, 
self-control,  elegant  carriage,  should  possess  a  copy  of  this  work. 

The  book  is  full  of  good  suggestions  for  all  classes.  The  parent 
who  is  anxious  about  the  narrow  chest  of  the  child — the  young 
man  who  is  worried  about  his  lungs  and  stooping  shoulders — the 
business  man  on  the  verge  of  collapse — the  busy  editor,  lawyer  or 
minister  alarmed  because  of  an  over-taxed  brain  and  its  resultant 
sleeplessness — the  society  woman  who  finds  the  adipose  tissue  is 
accumulating  too  rapidly  over  the  abdomen — the  housewife  who 
can  no  longer  climb  the  stairs  without  losing  her  breath — the  young 
lady  who  is  troubled  about  the  bones  in  her  neck  showing  and 
slight  bust  development  can  all  find  in  this  book  much  that  will 
benefit  and  help  them.  We  know  of  no  work  that  gives  as  many 
useful  and  helpful  suggestions  in  such  compact  and  readable  form. 
The  illustrations,  about  one  hundred  in  number,  are  taken  from 
drawings  and  life. 

The  book  will  be  sent  post  paid  by  the  publishers  for  15  cts. 
Address  The  Harold  A.  Wilson  Co.,  Limited,  35  King  St. 
West,  Toronto. 

The  Medical  News  Visiting  List  for  1899.  —  Weekly 
(dated,  for  30  patients)  ;  Monthly  (undated,  for  120  patients 
per  month) ;  Perpetual  (undated,  for  30  patients  weekly  per 
year);  and  Perpetual  (undated,  for  60 patients  weekly  per  year). 
The  first  three  styles  contain  32  pages  of  data  and  160  pages  of 
blanks.  The  60-patient  Perpetual  consists  of  256  pages  of 
blanks.  Each  style  in  one  wallet-shaped  book,  with  pocket, 
pencil  and  rubber.  Seal  Grain  Leather,  $1.25.  Thumb-letter 
Index,  25  cents  extra.  Philadelphia  and  New  York;  Lea  Bros. 
&  Co. 

This  valuable  little  book  appears  in  the  same  well-known  form 
as  last  year  with  the  exception  that  the  material  composing  it  is 
better  if  anything.  To  those  who  have  used  it  no  word  of  recom- 
mendation is  needed,  but  to  those  who  have  not  experienced  the 
convenience  of  this  compact  visiting  list  a  trial  of  it  will  reveal  a 
boon.  It  contains  32  pages  of  data  which  form  an  invaluable 
guide  in  emergencies.  The  blank  pages  are  arranged  conveniently 
to  record  all  manner  of  professional  engagements  and  memoranda. 

Diet  for  the  Sick.      -By  Miss  E.    Hibbard    and    Mrs.    Emma 

Drant,  matrons  at  two  large  hospitals  in  Detroit.     103  pages  ; 

board   sides,   postpaid,    25   cents.       The  Illustrated  Medical 

Journal  Co.,  Detroit,  Mich.,  publishers. 

This  is  the  Third  Edition  of  this  handy  and  popular  little  bed- 
side book.  The  recipes  for  sick  dishes  have  all  been  tried,  and 
are  those  largely  used  by  the  Detroit  hospitals  where  the  two  con- 
tributors of  them  served  as  matrons.  Added  to  these  are  various 
Diet  Tables,  as  for  :  Anaemia,  Bright's  Disease,  Calculus,  Cancer, 
Consumption,  Diabetes,  Dyspepsia,  Fevers,  Gout,  Obesity,  Rheu- 
matism, Uterine  fibroids,  etc.,  as  given  by  the  highest  authorities. 
The  booklet  is  intended  to  be  given  to  the  family  by  the  physician, 
and  for  such  purposes  one  half  dozen  will  be  sent,  prepaid,  on 
receipt  of  $1.00.  • 


PUBIvISHBRS  DKPARTTME^NX, 


NERVES    AND    FOOD. 

Sir  Henry  Thompson,  writing  in  the  Nineteenth  Century^  makes  the  follow- 
ing remarks  upon  the  altered  diet  which  has  become  necessary,  owing  to  the 
extraordinary  changes  affecting  man  in  every  rank  of  life  and  his  surroundings  in 
all  parts  of  the  civilized  world,  which  have  taken  place  during  the  last  sixty 
years :  "  It  is  difficult — perhaps  impossible — for  the  present  generation  to 
realize  the  contrast  presented  in  respect  of  the  demand  now  made  on  man's 
activity,  especially  that  of  his  brain,  during,  say,  the  last  thirty  or  forty  years, 
with  that  which  was  required  by  the  routine  of  life  as  it  was  in  the 'thirties.' 
The  wear  and  tear  of  existence  has  enormously  increased,  and  the  demand  for 
rapid  action  and  intense  exertion  by  the  nervous  system  is  certainly  tenfold 
greater  now,  to  make  a  moderate  estimate,  than  it  was  then.  A  railway 
appeared  in  the  first  year  of  the  decade  named  ;  the  penny  post  and  the  electric 
telegraph  not  until  its  close ;  while  the  press,  both  daily  and  weekly, 
now  gigantic,  was  then,  by  comparison,  insignificant  and  diminutive. 
For  the  great  majority,  even  of  business-men,  life  was  tranquil  and  leisure 
plentiful,  while  competition  was  almost  unknown ;  I  need  not  attempt  to 
describe  what  it  is  now.  Such  changes  have  naturally  been  tha  cause  of  per- 
manent injury  to  many  whose  powers  sufficed  for  the  quiet  time  but  gave  way 
in  large  and  increasing  number  under  the  inevitable  struggle  which  issues  in 
'  the  survival  of  the  fittest.'  The  necessary  result  of  this  extreme  demand  for 
brain  activity,  since  that  organ  is  the  sole  source  of  energy  on  which  all  the 
functions  of  the  body,  including  that  of  digestion,  depend,  is  an  insufficient 
supply  for  this  important  process.  Under  these  circumstances  nothing  can  be 
more  important  than  to  provide  food  of  a  kind  and  in  a  form  which  will 
economise  the  work  of  the  stomach.  It  must  not  be  bulky  ;  much  of  it  may  be 
advantageously  soluble  in  form  so  as  to  be  readily  and  easily  assimilated,  even 
pre-digested  sometimes,  and  when  solid  not  requiring  much  mastication.  I 
have  found  nothing  which  fulfils  these  conditions  so  completely  as  the  various 
concentrated  extracts  of  meat  which  are  now  so  extensively  used.  A  teaspoonful 
of  sound  beef  extract  in  a  breakfast-cup  of  hot  water  when. the  brain  is  fatigued 
and  the  stomach  unfit  for  work  is  often  the  best  antidote  possible,  reinvigorates 
the  system,  and  prepares  it  for  a  light  meal  or  for  a  little  more  work,  as  the 
case  may  be — a  result  far  too  frequently  sought  through  the  pernicious  habit  of 
obtaining  temporary  relief  in  a  glass  of  wine  or  spirit.'' 


Several  features  of  striking  interest  will  be  found  in  the  opening  numbers  of 
The  Living  Age  for  the  new  year.  The  number  for  January  7  contains, 
among  other  things,  a  pungent  and  wholesome  lecture  on  Art  and  Morality, 
by  M.  Ferdinand  Brunetiere,  which  is  translated  for  the  magazine  and  copy- 
righted by  it  ;  the  first  instalment  of  1  he  Etchingham  Letters,  which  are  attract- 
ing wide  notice  in  The  Cornhill  by  their  cleverness,  andj  the  beginning  of  a  short 
serial.  The  number  for  January  14  gives  the  full  text  of  Lord  Rosebery's  re- 
cent address  on  Literary  Statesmen,  which  has  been  the  subject  of  general  com- 
ment ;  an  article  from  Blackwood's  on  The  Ethics  of  Conquest,  which  relates  to 
the  Philippines  ;  and  a  bright  paper  on  The  Madness  of  Mr.  Kipling. 


Vol.  XXVI. 


clANUARV,    1898 


No.  1 


■*-  -*■■*- 


kjl^ma^^  #»fcKr«^ill^»i^fe^a»g^^^^to^^^ 


*****«««*»Si«***«?«-«i8^««**«^»*«J^^****«^i«*?*^**»*»»*«»* 


ESTABLISHED  IN   1872 


SUBSCRIPTION  PRIGS 

ONE    DOLLAR    A     YEAR 


i     * 


A  Monthly  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery 

EDITOR 

J.     BRADFORD    McCONNELI^,    M.D. 

A.SSOCIA.TE   EDITORS 

F.  WAYLAND  CAMPBELL,  M.A..  M.D..  D.C.L.,  L.R.C.P.  Lond. 
W.  H.  DRUMMOND,  M.D. 


i^^Mii^^^^i^j^jj^^^ 


i* 


Free  for  a  Postal. 

Desire  us  ihat  every  physician  may  have  opportunity  to  make  trial  of 

Duncan,  Flockhail&Co.'s  Capsules 

I  am  instructed  by  Messrs.  D.,  F.  &  Co.  to  send  working 
sample  to  every  physician  making  application  for  same. 
Full  List  of  Capsules  will  be  forwarded  on  request  .  .  , 

E..    L.    GiBSO:N',   88  Wellington  St.  West,    TORONTO. 


^i^^^^^.^^^»^^*i^^^^»^^m»^^m¥imi»^^^.^^^^.i^^>^^^^.W^'^^>)i^^^ 


The  fJemington  Typewriter  f 


EDISON    MIMEOGRAPH. 


Special  Medical  keyboard  without  extra  charge.  Machines- rented  or  exchanged,   o 


SPACKMAN&  CO, 

119  St.  Frs.  XiivuT  St. 

MONTRtAi:, 


Ermold's  Improved 
Mathieu's  Tonsilotome 


T^HE  above  instrument  is  of  simple  construction  consisting  of 
1  only  THREE  Pieces  and  one  Screw,  instead  of  Thirteen 

pLsas-n'th'eoldstWe.     I^  =s  stron,  easily  Oeane      and  d.s.n-    , 
fected,  works  smoothly  and  does  not  get  out  of  order. 

LYflAN,  SONS  &  CO., 

SURGICAL    SUPPLIES, 

Qan.a«fi  St.  Paul  Street,      rJiOHTHEAl,  P-Q- 

ago  ^^-\l''-'^^^ll\l,,  ,^^3  r..y  attention  was  called  to 
Albany,    soon  ^f"^'''''^  ^^,^  Cod  Liver  Oil.    I  have 

Maltlne  Plain  and  to  Ma.une  p,,p„af,ons  ever 

p-esoribed  these  and  the  "*  ^^  ,^  ^asf 

.inca,  with  the  ^^ll^^l^slZ^^on  .u^  an^rv^ia,  and  other 
ing  diseases  -"-'^^^  '=°"/^,';,^^  ^^  feeble  dicestlve  powers 
conditions   m   which  debility  o  recently  I 

seemed  to  call  '-j;-;-  :„°' ^^^une  with  Coca  Wme, 
have  given  especial  attention  i^  the  Maltlne 

and  find  It  to  be  a  — ^^'^^^^^'^  "^^a;;  felt  tVia  greatest 
Ust.     in  all  these  twenty  years  I  ha  ^_^^^^  ^^^^^^^ 

conn  lence  and  reliance  in  <■"«  "^^  °f  j^^Hine 

Uons.  and  have  "--;Xert  wU^teniany  hriuiant 
'^:ZX  r  h^e  Z.  attained  In  n^odern  phar- 

macy.-  Chicago  Medical  Times,  April,  1898. ^ 

,.  „  THff  Canada  Medical  Record. 
In  corresponding  with  Advertisers  please  mention  The  Canada 


Bxactly  what  the  Doctor  Orders 


Macmillan's, 


PHILLIPS    SQUARE. 


Prescriptions  telephoned  us  by  the  Physician  promptly  despatched 

to  their  destination. 

TELEPHONE    4737. 


In  corresponding  with  Advertisers  please  mention  The  Canada  Medical  Uecoud. 


B.  E.  McGALE, 

Dispensing 
PhLarmacetitical 

.     i    .    AND 

Manufacturing 
Chemist, 
2123  Notre  Dame  Street 


(Branch  store  next  to  Balmoral  Hotel). 


Montreal, 


W^S^^^'-/^\ 


>f,..'Ai^.''' .  Vj^: -•*   -  vv> :  •^-'--'•-"••^  -  --'V^'    ^A>-'   '-'^'J- 


^f/?/At 


R         Canada  medical  record 

C358 
V.26 


GSRSTS